openSUSE Translation Commits
Threads by month
- ----- 2024 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2023 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2022 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2021 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2020 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2019 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2018 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2017 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2016 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2015 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2014 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
September 2015
- 20 participants
- 429 discussions
09 Sep '15
Author: keichwa
Date: 2015-09-09 10:23:27 +0200 (Wed, 09 Sep 2015)
New Revision: 92611
Added:
trunk/yast/hi/po/docker.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/fonts.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/journal.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/vpn.hi.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/gtk.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses-pkg.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/qt-pkg.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/qt.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/sudo.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/wol.hi.po
trunk/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on-creator.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:46+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/add-on.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "इंस्टलेशन करें"
@@ -54,14 +54,14 @@
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr "फोन्डस शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
@@ -88,10 +88,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अनंजान"
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "इंस्टलेशन करें"
@@ -233,39 +233,39 @@
#. ],
#. ...
#. ]
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600
#, fuzzy
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr "सूचीपत्र में कोई उत्पाद नहीं पाया गया।"
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314
#, fuzzy
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr "पैकेज %1 माध्यम पर नही मिला था ।"
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr "फोन्डस शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "होम डायरक्टरी:%1"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387
#, fuzzy
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr "साफ्टवेयर चुनाव"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
"चयनित माध्यम पर बहुविध सूचीपत्र मिले।\n"
"जिस सूचीपत्र का प्रयोग करना हो उसे चुनें।</p>\n"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr "रिपोजिटरी त्रुटि"
@@ -289,37 +289,37 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr "इंसटालेसन विफल करें ?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr "भरती चुनें।"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "ऍड-ऑन उत्पादों की निर्भरताएं पूरी नहीं की जा सकती।"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708
#, fuzzy
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr "कार्ड चुनाव"
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr "प्राप्य होस्ट (&A):"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
@@ -331,12 +331,12 @@
"चुनें।</p>\n"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "चुनिंदा ऍड-ऑन उत्पादों की निर्भरताएं पूरी नहीं की जा सकती।"
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big></br>\n"
@@ -355,98 +355,98 @@
"इसे चुनें और <b>Delete</b>पर क्लिक करें।</p>"
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "होम डायरक्टरी:%1"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965
msgid "Product"
msgstr "प्रोडक्ट"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Media"
msgstr "मिडिया"
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr "मिटाने के लिए प्रिटंर चुनें।े "
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr "इंस्टलेशन करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "इंस्टलेशन करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr "बंडल मैनेजर (&k)"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr "<p> एक नया पैटर्न सृजित करने के लिए <b>नया</b> का या मौजूदा पैटर्न को आयात करने के लिए <b>आयात</b>का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>सार:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr "अनजाना विक्रेता"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>अनुवाद:</b>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr "अज्ञात त्रुटि"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>सार:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr "अनजाना प्रोशसर"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>सार:</b> %1<br>"
@@ -454,18 +454,18 @@
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "अनजाना प्रोशसर"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr "अनंजान"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr "मोड्यूल कैर्नल निर्भरता अपडेट कर रहा हैं ..."
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/audit-laf.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,1075 +17,1183 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. the auth configuration
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33
-msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
-msgstr ""
+#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "None"
+msgid "None."
+msgstr "कुछ नहीं"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49
-msgid "There is no help for this parameter."
-msgstr ""
+#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
+msgstr "मोडम प्राचलें"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55
-msgid "Default value: "
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Optional Parameter File"
+msgid "Optional Parameters"
+msgstr "वैकल्पिक मानक फाइल"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59
-msgid "Available values: "
+#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'"
-msgstr ""
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Key"
+msgid "Authentication Client Config"
+msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
-msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr "रद्द"
+#. Overview of all config sections
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण "
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
-msgid "OK"
-msgstr "ठीक है"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr "इस सेशीन का होम डाइरक्टरीस (&H)"
-#. Waiting for response
-#. Waiting for response
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338
-msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid."
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+msgstr "NTP डैमण समर्थ करें।"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200
-msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes."
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selections"
+msgid "Sections"
+msgstr "चुनाव "
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212
-msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Service"
+msgid "New Service/Domain"
+msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215
-msgid "New Parameter"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Service"
+msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+msgstr "सेवा सृजित करें"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
-msgid "Help"
-msgstr "मदद"
-
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
-msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'"
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Customisation - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
-msgid "New"
-msgstr "नया"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "नाम"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
-msgid "Add New Domain"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "वैल्यू"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358
-msgid "Name:"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "विवरण"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359
-msgid "Activate Domain"
-msgstr ""
+#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+msgid "More Parameters"
+msgstr "मोडम प्राचलें"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361
-msgid "The identification provider used for the domain"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "छलनी"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
+#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387
-msgid "Help for creating new domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391
-msgid "You have to provide a domain name!"
-msgstr ""
+#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+msgstr "वास्तव में अनुभाग%1 को हटाएं?"
-#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421
-msgid "Basic Settings:"
-msgstr "आधारभूत सेटिंग्ज़"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+msgstr "क्या आप वास्तव में विभाजन %1 को हटाना चाहते हैं?"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423
-msgid "Services:"
+#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267
+msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#. Count of active domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463
-msgid ""
-"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n"
-"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
-msgstr ""
+#. Warn against removal of important parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modem Parameter Details"
+msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
+msgstr "मोडम प्राचल का विस्तृत सूचना"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273
msgid ""
-"There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
-"%s \n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486
+#. Save settings - validate
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Logging enabled"
+msgid "No domain enabled"
+msgstr "लोगिगं समर्थ हैं"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
+"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#. user must correct the mistake
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321
+msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
msgstr ""
-#. Main dialog contents
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
+#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Authentication Client"
-msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
+#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
+msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+msgstr "क्या आप इस प्रोफाइल को संपादन मोड में खोलना चाहेंगे? "
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605
-msgid "Configured Authentication Domains"
-msgstr ""
+#. New service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "सेवाऎ"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
-msgid "Add"
-msgstr "जोङे"
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Domain"
+msgstr "डोमेइन"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
-msgid "Edit"
-msgstr "संपादन"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
-msgid "Delete"
-msgstr "मिटाऐं"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Identification:"
+msgid "Identification provider:"
+msgstr "पहचान करें: "
-#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "Authentication provider:"
+msgstr "सत्यापन मोड (&A)"
-#. initialize GUI
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553
-msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity
Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Activate Domain"
msgstr ""
+#. Create new service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+msgstr "इन सेवाऎ समर्थ करेगां"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgstr "नये प्रोफाइल हेतु एक नया नाम प्रविष्ट करें."
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "इस डोमेन पहले से ही परिभाषित हैं ।"
+
#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
msgstr ""
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
msgstr ""
#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117
-msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122
-msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252
-msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297
-msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385
-msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421
-msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484
-msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496
-msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507
-msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password for LDAP server"
+msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
+msgstr "LDAP सेवक का पासवर्ड"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP secure port"
+msgid "LDAP schema type"
+msgstr "LDAP सुरिक्षित पोर्ट"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853
-msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address"
+msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr "निश्चित पते वाला होस्ट का IP पता (ओर होस्टनेम)"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002
-msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149
-msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n"
+msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
+msgstr "ओटोमोउन्टर पाकेज इंस्टाल किया जायेगा।\n"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
+#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
+msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
+msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
#. end Export
#. ################################################################
#. ################################################################
#. Summary()
#. returns html formated configuration summary
#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Cancel"
+#~ msgstr "रद्द"
+
+#~ msgid "OK"
+#~ msgstr "ठीक है"
+
+#~ msgid "Help"
+#~ msgstr "मदद"
+
+#~ msgid "New"
+#~ msgstr "नया"
+
+#~ msgid "Basic Settings:"
+#~ msgstr "आधारभूत सेटिंग्ज़"
+
+#~ msgid "Add"
+#~ msgstr "जोङे"
+
+#~ msgid "Edit"
+#~ msgstr "संपादन"
+
+#~ msgid "Delete"
+#~ msgstr "मिटाऐं"
+
#~ msgid "SPAM Prevention"
#~ msgstr "SPAM अवरोधन"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/auth-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/autoinst.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
msgstr "विन्यास डाटा पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "इसमें कुछ समय लग सकता है"
@@ -49,13 +49,14 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot();
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -65,7 +66,7 @@
"अधिक विवरण के लिए लॉग फाइल देखें या\n"
"संचालन फाइल ठीक कर पुनः प्रयास करें.\n"
-#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612
+#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Reading configuration data"
msgstr "विन्यास डाटा पढ़ रहा है"
@@ -108,7 +109,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr "कुछ प्राचल लुप्त है"
@@ -121,36 +122,36 @@
msgstr "AutoYaST प्रोफाइल का पाथ लुप्त है"
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr "सिस्टम पर X विन्डो सिस्टम समनुरूपण कापी कर रहा हैं..."
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown mode"
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr "अनजाना मोड"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable"
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr "समर्थकृत करने के लिए मॉड्यूल की कोमा-पृथकृत सूची"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?"
msgstr "%1 है !सचमुच ऊपर लिखें ?"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr "सिस्टम का प्रतिरूप बनना..."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
@@ -223,7 +224,7 @@
"व फाइल की सामग्री दें.\n"
#. OPEN
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397
msgid "Select a file to load."
msgstr "लोड करने के लिए फाइल का चयन करें."
@@ -266,7 +267,7 @@
msgstr "पहले टेबल से फाइल का चयन करें"
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -277,49 +278,75 @@
"</p>"
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "उन्नति"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr "स्व-अधिष्ठापन व्यवस्थाओ के अनुरूप सिस्टम विन्यास करना"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unknown sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+msgstr ""
+
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr "%1विन्यास कर रहा है"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr "%1 विन्यास नहीं कर रहा है"
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "पोस्ट-स्क्रिप्ट निष्पादन कर रहा है"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
+#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
+#. bnc#937900
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Determine running services"
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "चलने वाला सेवा निश्चय करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "विन्यास समाप्त कर रहा है"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 की जांच कर रहा है"
@@ -493,88 +520,88 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>सिस्टम के स्वअधिष्ठापन के लिए तैयार होने तक प्रतीक्षा करें.</P>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "पूर्व-अधिष्ठापन प्रयोक्ता स्क्रिप्ट क्रियान्वित करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था विन्यास करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "भाषा निर्धारित करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "विभाजन योजना तैयार करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "बूटलोडर विन्यास करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेयर चयन विन्यास करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "पूर्व-अधिष्ठापित प्रयोक्ता क्रियान्वित कर रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था विन्यास कर रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set up language"
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "भाषा निर्धारित करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "विभाजन योजना बना रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "बूटलोडर विन्यास कर रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repairing file system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम की मरम्मत की जा रही है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेयर चयन विन्यास कर रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring language..."
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "भाषा विन्यास का पता कर रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "सिस्टम को स्वचालित अधिष्ठापन के लिए तैयार कर रहा है"
#. configure general settings
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
@@ -583,12 +610,12 @@
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "भाषा विन्यास का पता कर रहा है..."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -597,7 +624,7 @@
"पुनः प्रयास करें.\n"
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -938,11 +965,11 @@
msgstr "अग्रवर्ती (&A)...."
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
msgstr ""
@@ -1023,7 +1050,7 @@
msgid "System Profile Location"
msgstr "सिस्टम प्रोफाइल स्थिति"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45
msgid "&Profile Location:"
msgstr "प्रोफाइल स्थिति: (&P)"
@@ -1031,11 +1058,11 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117
msgid "Choose a hard disk"
msgstr "कोई हार्ड डिस्क चुनें"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124
msgid "No disks found."
msgstr "कोई डिस्क नहीं मिली."
@@ -1044,7 +1071,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -1057,13 +1084,13 @@
"</p>"
#. force help text width
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Hard Disk Selection"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क चयन"
#. there is a selection from that one option has to be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr "जारी रखने के लिए एक विकल्प चुनें."
@@ -1265,19 +1292,19 @@
#. SAVE
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697
msgid "Save as..."
msgstr "एेसे संचित करे..."
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709
msgid "File %1 was saved successfully."
msgstr "फाइल %1 सफलतापूर्वक सुरक्षित हुई"
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An error occured while saving the file."
msgid "An error occurred while saving the file."
@@ -1425,37 +1452,36 @@
msgid "Source"
msgstr "स्रोत"
-#. Menu interface
-#. @param list menu items
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
+#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
+#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An error occured while opening/parsing the XML file."
msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file."
msgstr "XML फाइल को खोलने/पार्सिंग के दौरान त्रुटि उत्पन्न हुई."
#. NEW
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Modules"
msgstr "उपलब्ध मॉड्यूल"
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. EXIT
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
msgid "Control file changed."
msgstr "संचालन फाइल परिवर्तित है"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791
msgid "Save the changes to %1?"
msgstr "%1में परिवर्तन सेव करें ?"
@@ -1626,7 +1652,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "RNG वैधता के साथ XML जांच रहा है..."
@@ -1637,7 +1663,7 @@
msgstr "अनुभाग %1 नहीं मिला।"
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "RNC वैधता के साथ XML जांच रहा है..."
@@ -1678,7 +1704,7 @@
msgstr "पहले चरण के बाद मशीन को बंद कर दें"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr "हस्ताक्षरों को संभालना"
@@ -2037,40 +2063,40 @@
"</p>\n"
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
msgstr "प्रोटोकॉल HTTP(S) के माध्यम से URL '%1' नहीं ढू़ढा जा सका. सर्वर ने कोड %2 वापस लिया."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
msgstr "प्रोटोकॉल FTP के माध्यम से URL '%1' नहीं ढू़ढा जा सका. सर्वर ने कोड %2 वापस लिया"
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
msgstr "%1/%2 पर फाइल पढ़ना असफल रहा.\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgstr "%1 पर फाइल पढ़ना असफल रहा.\n"
#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
msgstr "माउंटिंग %1 असफल रही."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
msgstr "CD पर फाइल पढ़ना असफल रहा. पाथ: %1/%2."
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
msgstr "रिमोट फाइल %1 नहीं पाई जा सकती"
@@ -2078,22 +2104,22 @@
#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
msgstr "फाइल %1 नहीं पाई जा सकी"
#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
msgstr "प्रोटोकॉल TFTP के माध्यम से URL '%1' नहीं ढू़ढा जा सका."
#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोटोकॉल %1."
@@ -2374,7 +2400,7 @@
#. Read rules file
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448
msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n"
msgstr "नियम फाइल की पार्सिंग असफल रही. XML पार्सर रिपोर्ट:\n"
@@ -2382,12 +2408,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "XML पार्सर ने स्वयास्ट प्रोफाइल को पार्सर करते समय. त्रुटि दर्ज की. त्रुटि संदेश है:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2403,46 +2429,46 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "प्रोफाइल &प्रयोग करें"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "फ्लॉपी से नियंत्रण फाइल कॉपी कर रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "TFTP सेवक: %2 से नियंत्रण फाइल (%1) वापस ले रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "NFS सेवक: %2 से नियंत्रण फाइल (%1) वापस ले रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "HTTP सेवक: %2 से नियंत्रण फाइल (%1) वापस ले रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "FTP सेवक: %2 से नियंत्रण फाइल (%1) वापस ले रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "फाइल: %1 से नियंत्रण फाइल कॉपी कर रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "उपकरण: /dev/%1 से नियंत्रण फाइल कॉपी कर रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "डिफाल्ट स्थान से नियंत्रण फाइल प्रतिलिपि कर रहा है."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "अज्ञात स्रोत."
@@ -2452,7 +2478,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2462,7 +2488,7 @@
"<p>नियंत्रण फाइल के लगभग सभी स्रोत विन्यास प्रबंधन प्रणाली का प्रयोग \n"
"कर विन्यास किए जा सकते है.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
@@ -2477,7 +2503,7 @@
"सिस्टम अधिष्ठापित करने के लिए प्रयोग किया जा सके.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2513,81 +2539,105 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन सुनिश्चित करें?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हाँ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "No"
msgstr "नहीं"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "AutoYaST का द्वितीय चरण "
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr "चरण एक के बाद मशीन को रोका जा रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr "चरण एक के बाद मशीन को रोका जा रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr "चरण एक के बाद मशीन को रोका जा रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "अहस्ताक्षरित फाइलों को स्वीकार कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "अहस्ताक्षरित फाइलों को स्वीकार नहीं कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "चेकसम के बिना फाइलों को स्वीकार कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "चेकसम के बिना फाइलों को स्वीकार नहीं कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "असफल प्रमाणीकरणों को स्वीकार कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "असफल प्रमाणीकरणों को स्वीकार नहीं कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr "अज्ञात GPG कुंजियों को स्वीकार कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr "अज्ञात GPG कुंजियों को स्वीकार नहीं कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr "नई GPG कुंजियों को आयात कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr "नई GPG कुंजियों को आयात नहीं कर रहा है"
+#. NTP syncing
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Syncing server..."
+msgid "Syncing time..."
+msgstr "Synicing सर्वर..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+msgid "Syncing time with %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Parsing failed."
+msgid "Time syncing failed."
+msgstr "पार्ज़िंग असफल।"
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
+msgid "Cannot update system time."
+msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम मांउट नही कर सकता ।"
+
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2606,16 +2656,22 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "ड्राइवों"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
+#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+msgid "%s drive in total"
+msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Total of %1 drive"
-#| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives"
-msgid "Total of %1 drive"
-msgstr "%1 ड्राइव का योग"
+#| msgid "Not detected."
+msgid "Not yet cloned."
+msgstr "नहीं पता लगाया हैं।"
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
@@ -2669,7 +2725,7 @@
msgstr "अनंजान"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
@@ -2680,29 +2736,29 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "%1 पर फाइल पढ़ना असफल रहा.\n"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापित बंडलो की जाँच कर रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Retrieving image file..."
msgid "Store image to ..."
@@ -2710,60 +2766,60 @@
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Archive created successfully"
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "आर्काइव सफलतापूर्वक बनाया गया"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read '%1' from the installation media."
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "इंसटालेसन मिडिया से %1 नही पढ सकता ।"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read '%1' from the installation media."
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "इंसटालेसन मिडिया से %1 नही पढ सकता ।"
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image directory..."
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "आईएसओ चित्र डायरेक्टरी सृजित की जा रही है..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "ठीक हैं"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2771,19 +2827,19 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "आईएसओ आकृति सृजित कर रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "आईएसओ आकृति सृजित कर रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
@@ -2791,24 +2847,24 @@
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "चयनित प्रतिरूप"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "एकल चयन बंडल"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "हटाए जाने वाले बंडल"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "फोर्स कर्नेल बंडल"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2816,7 +2872,7 @@
"%1 "
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "पैकेज़ रिसॉल्वर रन विफल। कृपया autoyast प्रोफाइल में अपना सॉफ्टवेयर खंड जांचें।"
@@ -2825,24 +2881,31 @@
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr "आपकी एक्सएमएल प्रोफाइल में समरूपित पार्टिशन योजना हार्ड डिस्क पर फिट नहीं होती। %1एमबी लुप्त है"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+#| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives"
+msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+msgstr "%1 ड्राइव का योग"
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr "कोई विशिष्ट ड्राइव विन्यासित नहीं हुई है"
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "रूट विभाजन मूल्यांकन कर रह है। कृपा ठहरें ..."
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr "लिनक्स रूट विभाजन नही मिला"
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
@@ -2851,20 +2914,20 @@
"रूट विभाजन विन्यास नहीं किया. स्वचालित अधिष्ठापन संभव नहीं है.\n"
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "विन्यास डाटा संग्रह कर रहा है..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2872,7 +2935,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "फाइल %1 में टिप्पणियां राइट नहीं कर सकते."
@@ -2880,7 +2943,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/base.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -23,129 +23,129 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54
msgid "Print the help for this module"
msgstr "इस माड्यूल के लिए मदद मुदर्ण करें"
#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module"
msgstr "इस माड्यूल के लिए मदद का लोग अनुवाद मुदर्ण करें"
#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format"
msgstr "XML फोर्माट में इस माड्यूल के लिए मदद का लोग अनुवाद मुदर्ण करें"
#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72
msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module"
msgstr "मोड्यूल को नियंत्रण करने के लिए प्रभावशाली शेल शुरू करें"
#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78
msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes"
msgstr "प्रभावशाली मोड से निर्गम करें और परिवर्तन सेव करें"
#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84
msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes"
msgstr "बिना परिवर्तन को संचित करके प्रभावशाली मोड विफलन करें "
#. translators: command line "help" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92
msgid "Print the help for this command"
msgstr "इस कमान्ड के लिए मदद मुदर्ण करें"
#. translators: command line "verbose" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98
msgid "Show progress information"
msgstr "प्रगति का सूचना दिखायें"
#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104
msgid "Where to store the XML output"
msgstr "XML अउटपुट कहाँ संचित करना हैं"
#. string: command line interface is not supported
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
msgstr "यह यास्ट माड्यूल कमांड लाइन अंतराफलक को आलम्बन नहीं करता है."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "सभी कमांडों के सूची के लिए मदद का इस्तेमाल करें। "
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "सभी कमांडों के सूची के लिए यास्ट२ %1 मदद का इस्तेमाल करें। "
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr "अनजान कमान्ड: %1 "
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr "विक्लप %1 मान गायब हैं।"
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr "कमान्ड के लिए अन्जान विक्लप '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr "विक्लप के लिए मान गायब हैं '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr "विक्लप %1 के लिए मान '%2' के लिए आशा थी, %3 मिली "
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr "विकल्प %1 को कोई मान नहीं हैं । दिया गया मान: %2"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "सभी कमांडों के सूची के लिए '%1 %2' मदद का इस्तेमाल करें। "
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "सभी कमांडों के सूची के लिए 'यास्ट %1 %2' मदद का इस्तेमाल करें। "
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "यास्ट समनुरूपण मोड्यूल %1\n"
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
msgid "No help available"
msgstr "कोई मदद नहीं मिला"
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr "कमान्ड '%1'"
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
@@ -154,14 +154,14 @@
" विकल्प:"
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
@@ -170,139 +170,139 @@
" उदाहरण: "
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module."
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "यह एक YaST2 मोड्यूल हैं।"
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr "बेसिक वाक्यविन्यास:"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr " यास्ट२ %1 <command> [वेर्बोस] [विकल्प]"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr " यास्ट२ %1 <command> मदद "
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr " <command> [विकल्प]"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr " <command> मदद"
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr "कमान्ड:"
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
msgid "No help available."
msgstr "कोई मदद प्राप्य नहीं हैं।"
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr " प्राप्य विकल्पों के सूची के लिए 'Yast2 %1 <command> मदद' चलें। "
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "लक्ष्य फायल नाम ('xmlfile' विवल्प) गायब हैं। xmlfile=<target_XML_file> कमांड लेइन विकल्प का इस्तेमाल करें।"
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "लक्ष्य फायल नाम ('xmlfile' विकल्प) खाली हैं। xmlfile=<target_XML_file> कमांड लेइन विकल्प का इस्तेमाल करें।"
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "अन्जान"
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr "या '%1'"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr "कमान्ड '%1' बदाईए।"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "%1 से एक कमान्ड बताईए"
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "%1 से सिर्फ एक कमान्ड बताईए"
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "इस मोड्यूल के लिए कोई यूज़र इंटरफेस प्राप्य नहीं हैं।"
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "तैयार"
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं"
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "समाप्त कर रहा हैं"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
msgid "Done"
msgstr "किया हुआ"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr "छोड़ देता हैं (बिना परिवर्तन करके) "
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr "हाँ/नहीं?:"
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
msgid "yes"
msgstr "हाँ"
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
msgid "no"
msgstr "नहीं"
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
#. %1 - link to our bugzilla
#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored
#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157
msgid ""
"This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n"
"Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
@@ -382,13 +382,13 @@
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save YaST Logs..."
msgstr "लोग इस नाम पर संचित करें..."
@@ -397,17 +397,37 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
+#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its
+#. unloading after end of block.
+#. @param [String] package to load
+#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield
+#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed
+#.
+#. @example
+#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do
+#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic")
+#. end
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Copying the packages..."
+msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'"
+msgstr "पैकेज़ कॉपी कर रहा है...."
+
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358
+msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "इस अधिष्ठापन मोड के लिए वर्कफ्लो परिभाषित नहीं है."
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Do you really want\n"
@@ -419,20 +439,20 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन जारी रखें (&C)"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन रोक दें (&A)"
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?"
@@ -440,13 +460,13 @@
#. popup dialog caption
#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "चेतावनी"
#. popup message, %1 is list of problems
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200
msgid ""
"The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n"
"Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n"
@@ -461,7 +481,7 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An internal error occurred. View the log file."
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
@@ -473,7 +493,7 @@
msgstr "%1 का मान गलत हैं"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67
msgid "Unavailable"
msgstr "अप्राप्य"
@@ -482,7 +502,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting"
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -498,7 +518,7 @@
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -509,45 +529,45 @@
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr "बूट के दौरान"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "हाथ से"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Via xinetd"
msgstr "Xinetd"
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr "Xinetd(&X)"
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "सेवा स्टार्ट"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr "सेवा लगातार हैं"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr "सेवा लगातार नहीं हैं"
@@ -556,7 +576,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -570,7 +590,7 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -579,32 +599,32 @@
"<b>%3</b>इस्तेमाल करें।</p>\n"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr "सेवा अब शुरू करें"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr "सेवा अब समाप्त करें"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "परिवर्तन को सेव करें और सेवा को फिर से शुरू करें"
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr "सेवा शुरू करें (&S)"
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr "सेवा बन्द करें (&t)"
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "परिवर्तन को सेव करें और सेवा को फिर से शुरू करें (&a)"
@@ -620,7 +640,7 @@
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -631,38 +651,38 @@
"<b>%1</b> सेट करें.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP सहायता सक्रिय हैं"
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP सहायता सक्रिय हैं (&L)"
#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "टाब"
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "ऊपर (&U)"
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "नीचे (&D)"
#. popup message
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302
msgid ""
"The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n"
"because it is in use.\n"
@@ -673,37 +693,37 @@
"पहले इसका कनफिगरेशन में प्रयोग रोकें."
#. popup title
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308
msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key."
msgstr "TSIG कि मिटा नहीं सकती हैं।"
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318
msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कि के साथ फाइल को चुनें"
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333
msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कि के लिए फाइल को चुनें"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353
msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory."
msgstr "बताया गया फाइल का नाम एक विद्यमान डाइरक्टेरी हैं ।"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358
msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?"
msgstr "बताया गया फाइल विद्यमान हैं, फिर लिखें ? "
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr "TSIG कि नहीं बताया हैं। "
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
@@ -712,7 +732,7 @@
"उसे हटाएं?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
@@ -721,27 +741,27 @@
"पाई गई. उसे हटाएं?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr "अब कुंजी बनेगी. जारी?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr "TSIG कि बनना फेल हो गया।"
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr "बताया गया फाइल विद्यमान नहीं हैं।"
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr "बताया गया फाइल में TSIG कि नहीं हैं।"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -752,7 +772,7 @@
"पुरानी कुंजियां हटेंगी. जारी?"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
@@ -761,7 +781,7 @@
"यह डाइलोग इस्तेमाल करके TSIG कि को शासन करें।</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -772,7 +792,7 @@
"है और <b>जोड़े</b> क्लिक करें.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -785,7 +805,7 @@
"<b>जेनरेट</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -802,27 +822,27 @@
"में प्रयोग रोकना होगा.</p>\n"
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr "विद्यमान TSIG कि को जोडें"
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr "नया TSIG कि बनाइए"
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr "कि ID (&K)"
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr "बनाइए (&G)"
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr "हालिया TSIG कि"
@@ -830,54 +850,54 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
msgid "Key ID"
msgstr "कि ID"
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "फाइल नाम"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr "चुन लिया विकल्प (&S)"
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr "हालिया विकल्प:"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "चुन लिया वुकल्प पहले से हि उपस्थित हैं। "
#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882
msgid "Ch."
msgstr "Ch"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
msgid "Option"
msgstr "विकल्प"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893
msgid "Value"
msgstr "मान"
#. help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -888,7 +908,7 @@
"चयन कर क्लिक करें <b>संपादन</b>.</p>"
#. help 2/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -897,7 +917,7 @@
"हटाने के लिए, चुनें और क्लिक करें <b>डिलिट</b>.</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n"
"whether the option was changed.</P>"
@@ -906,7 +926,7 @@
"कि क्या विकल्प बदला गया.</P>"
#. help 4/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928
msgid ""
"<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n"
"and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n"
@@ -917,42 +937,42 @@
"के लिए.</p>"
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "अन्य (&O)"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "इस डिवेइस समनुरूपण को समनुरूपण नहीं किया हैं"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr "समनुरूपण करने के लिए <B>सम्पादन</B> प्रेस करें"
#. Message shown while loading modules information
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197
msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..."
msgstr "मोड्यूल लोड कर रहा हैं, कृपया इंतजार करें..."
#. Heading for NCurses Control Center
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 Control Center"
msgid "YaST Control Center"
msgstr "यास्ट नियंतरण केन्द्र"
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Rundi"
msgid "Run"
msgstr "रूंडी"
#. show popup when running as non-root
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n"
@@ -962,14 +982,14 @@
"जो मोड्युल को रूट का विशेषाधिकार नही चाहिये वो आपको दिखा देता हैं"
#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Controlling YaST2 ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgstr "कीबोर्ड से यास्ट ncurses कन्ट्रोल करें"
#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
msgid ""
"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n"
"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n"
@@ -984,12 +1004,12 @@
"कुछ तत्व दिशा कुंजियों का (अर्थात, सूची में स्क्रॉल करने के लिए) का उपयोग करते हैं.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n"
"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>"
@@ -998,7 +1018,7 @@
"है. बटन को सक्रिय करने के लिए [ALT] तथा अक्षर का उपयोग करें.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
@@ -1007,7 +1027,7 @@
" बंद करने के लिए [ESC] को दबाएं.</p>\n"
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n"
"<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n"
@@ -1022,7 +1042,7 @@
"फोकस को [CTRL] + [F] तथा पीछे की तरफ [CTRL] + [B] के साथ अंतरण कराएं.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n"
"try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n"
@@ -1033,7 +1053,7 @@
"[ALT] + [TAB] के लिए एक प्रतिस्थापन के रूप में [ESC] + [TAB].</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
@@ -1048,12 +1068,12 @@
"वर्तमान डायलॉग के लिए प्रकार्य कुंजी बंधनों को पाने के लिए F1 को दबाएं.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
msgstr "<p>F कुंजियां सामान्यतौर पर कुछ कार्यों से संबंधित होती हैं:</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
msgid ""
"F1 = Help<br>\n"
"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n"
@@ -1078,7 +1098,7 @@
"F10 = ठीक, अगला, समाप्त, अथवा स्वीकृत<br>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382
msgid ""
"<p>In some environments, all or some\n"
"F keys are not available.</p>"
@@ -1088,7 +1108,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1098,7 +1118,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1108,7 +1128,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1286,8 +1306,8 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "छोड़ जायें (&S)"
@@ -1309,7 +1329,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "पासवेर्ड (&P)"
@@ -1527,34 +1547,34 @@
#.
#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
#. @return [String] the release information
-#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "listen value to delete not found"
msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
msgstr "मिटने के लिए सुनने की वैल्यु नहीं मिली"
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "वास्तव में अधिष्ठापन रोक दें?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "YaST सिस्टम की मरम्मत वास्तव में रोक दें?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "सिस्टम की मरम्मत रोक दें"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "सिस्टम की मरम्मत जारी रखें (&C)"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1567,7 +1587,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1581,7 +1601,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1592,29 +1612,29 @@
"आपको पुर्नअधिष्ठापन करना होगा."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "वास्तव में रोक दें"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "सभी परिवर्तन लुप्त हो जाएंगे!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "विवरण..... (&D)"
#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101
msgid "Messages"
msgstr "संदेश "
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109
msgid "Display Messages: %1"
msgstr "संदेशों दिखायें: %1"
@@ -1624,91 +1644,89 @@
#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file
#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed
#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113
+#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हाँ"
-#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "नहीं"
#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118
msgid "Time-out Messages: %1"
msgstr "टाइम अाउट संदेश: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125
msgid "Log Messages: %1"
msgstr "लोग संदेश: %1"
#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr "चेतावनी"
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139
msgid "Display Warnings: %1"
msgstr "चेतावनीयाँ दिखायें: %1"
#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148
msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1"
msgstr "टाइम अउट चेतावनी: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155
msgid "Log Warnings: %1"
msgstr "लोग चेतावनी: %1 वनी"
#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162
msgid "Errors"
msgstr "गलतीयाँ"
#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
msgid "Display Errors: %1"
msgstr "गलतीयाँ दिखायें: %1"
#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178
msgid "Time-out Errors: %1"
msgstr "टाइम अउट गलतीयाँ: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
msgid "Log Errors: %1"
msgstr "लोग गलतीयाँ: %1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Warning:"
#| msgid_plural "Warnings:"
@@ -1716,7 +1734,7 @@
msgstr "चेतावनी"
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error:"
#| msgid_plural "Errors:"
@@ -1725,8 +1743,8 @@
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Message:"
#| msgid_plural "Messages:"
@@ -1782,26 +1800,26 @@
msgstr "मुटायें (&l)"
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "चर(&V)"
-#. TODO FIXME
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242
+#. FIXME: do it
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234
#, fuzzy
msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package."
msgstr "Xterm छूटा हुआ है, Xterm पैकेजों को संस्थापित करें"
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187
msgid "GPG Private Keys"
msgstr "GPG निजी कुंजियां"
#. table header - GPG key user ID
#. table header - GPG key user ID
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226
msgid "User ID"
msgstr "कि ID"
@@ -1810,14 +1828,14 @@
#. lazy
#. Standard text strings
#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC"
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55
msgid "Fingerprint"
msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट"
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1827,12 +1845,12 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219
msgid "GPG Public Keys"
msgstr "जीपीजी सार्वजनिक कुंजियां"
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1842,11 +1860,11 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282
msgid "&Create a new GPG key..."
msgstr "नया TSIG कि बनाइए"
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
@@ -1859,12 +1877,12 @@
"</p>"
#. text entry
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325
msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1"
msgstr "जीपीजी कुंजी %1 के लिए &पासफ्रेज "
#. help text
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key."
@@ -1874,18 +1892,18 @@
#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350
msgid "Enter Passphrase"
msgstr "पासवेर्ड भरती करें (&E):"
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr "जीपीजी कुंजी %1 को अनलॉक करने के लिए पासफ्रेज दर्ज करें : "
#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes
#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
-#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107
+#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made."
msgstr "के लिए परिवर्तनों के लिए परिवर्तित लॉग प्रविष्ट करें"
@@ -1948,102 +1966,101 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget
#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs
#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons
-#. menubutton
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "अग्रवर्ती (&v)"
#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case
#. of error in the YaST code)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231
msgid "Log"
msgstr "लोग"
#. logview caption
#. logview caption
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554
+#. menubutton
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545
msgid "&Log"
msgstr "लोग (&L)"
#. menubutton entry
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255
msgid "&Save Log"
msgstr "लोग संचित करें (&S)"
#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390
msgid "Save Log as..."
msgstr "लोग इस नाम पर संचित करें..."
#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr "लोग पढ़ने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall package is not installed."
msgstr "आवश्यक पैकेज %1 इंस्टाल नहीं हुआ हैं।"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
msgstr "फायरवाल असवर्थ हैं"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121
msgid "Firewall port is closed"
msgstr "फायरवाल पोर्ट बंद हैं"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124
msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces"
msgstr "सभी अंतराफलको पर फायरवाल पोर्ट खुला हैं"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127
msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces"
msgstr "चुन लिया अंतराफलको पर फायरवाल पोर्ट खुला हैं"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130
msgid "No network interfaces are configured"
msgstr "कोई नेटवर्क इंटरफेस समनुरूपण नहीं किया गया हैं"
#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone."
msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone"
msgstr "कोई अंतराफलक इस ज़ोन को निरूपित किया रया हैं"
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवाल में खुले पोर्ट के साथ नेटवर्क इंटरफेस हैं (&N)"
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2056,7 +2073,7 @@
"आगो चलें ?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2072,8 +2089,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2088,29 +2105,29 @@
"जारी रखें?"
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवाल में खुले पोर्ट के साथ नेटवर्क इंटरफेस हैं (&I)"
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "सभी चुनें (&A)"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "कोई नहीं चुनें (&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2118,7 +2135,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2131,7 +2148,7 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
@@ -2140,7 +2157,7 @@
"इन पर क्लिक करें<b>%2</b>।<br>"
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
@@ -2149,47 +2166,47 @@
"प्राप्य होगा ।</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "इस फायरवाल पर पोर्ट खुलें"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr "फायरवाल का विवरण"
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr "इस फायरवाल पर पोर्ट खुलें (&F)"
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "फायरवाल का विवरण (&D)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr "फायरवाल व्यवस्थायें।"
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr "फायरवाल खुला हैं"
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "मोडम"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
@@ -2197,27 +2214,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "आईएसडीएन"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "डीएसएल"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अनंजान"
@@ -2227,332 +2244,332 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त अड्रेस "
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet नेटवरक कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "एसिंक्रोनस टांसफर मोड (ATM)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "संबध बदं कर रहा हैं"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "XP नेजवर्क"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "कॉमन लिंक एकसेस फॉर वर्कस्टेशन (CLAW)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr " ISDN कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "चैनल टु चैनल इंटरफेस(CTC)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL संबध"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "डम्मी"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "USB नेटवर्क उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "एंटरप्राइज़ सिस्टम कनेक्टर (ESCON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "इथरनेट "
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet नेटवरक कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "फाइबरचेनल सिस्टम कनेक्टर (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "हाई परफॉरमेंस पैरेलल इंटरफेस (HIPPI)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "हाइपर सोकेट्स"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "हिपरसॉकेट्स इंटरफेस (HSI)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN कनेक्शन"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "इंफ्रारेड नेटवरक उपकरण"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "इंफ्रारेड उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "इंटर यूज़र कम्युनिकेशन व्हेकिल (IUCV)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS नेटवरक कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "लूप बाक"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "लूपबैक उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet नेटवरक कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "समांतर लाइन"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "पारेलेल लाइन कनेक्शन"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "OSA एक्सप्रेस ओर QDIO उपकरण (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 एनंकाप्सुलेशन उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "सीरियल लाइन"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "सीरियल लाइन कनेक्शन"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "टोकण रिन्ग"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "टोकण रिंग नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB नेटवर्क उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare नेजवर्क उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "वेएरलेस"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "वाएरलेस नेटवर्क कार्ड "
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP नेजवर्क"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
#, fuzzy
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "विर्चुयल यूज़र"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "ब्रिज"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
#, fuzzy
msgid "TUN"
msgstr "LUN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "RTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "Infiniबैंड"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "इंफ्रारेड उपकरण"
@@ -2568,55 +2585,55 @@
msgstr "DHCP सेवक"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "DHCP द्वारा IP अड्रेस नियत किया जोयेगा"
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "उपकरण नाम"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "आईपी पता"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "उपकरण आईडी"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "संबद्ध"
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "इस LAN पर होस्टों को लिए क्रमवीक्षण कर रहे हैं..."
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "NFS सेवक (&N)"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr "सुदूर होस्ट (&m)"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "निर्यात डायरक्टेरियाँ (&E)"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2631,14 +2648,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2658,50 +2675,50 @@
"बीच में खाली जगह नहीं छोड़नी है.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "बाहरी ज़ोन"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "आंतरिक ज़ोन"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "असैनिक ज़ोन"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "RTC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UPS"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "PC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP "
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "अन्जान ज़ोन"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2717,7 +2734,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
@@ -2762,88 +2779,88 @@
msgstr "शायद परस्पर-विरोधी सेवा के लिए जाँच कर रहा हैं..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "फायरवाल सेवा समायोजन करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं.."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "फायरवाल सेवा समायोजन कर रहा हैं..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "व्यवस्थायें लिखना फेल हो गया"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "अन्जान विकल्प: %1 "
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
msgstr "नया नेटवर्क डिवेइस %1 मिला; आंतरिक फायरवाल इंटरफेस जैसा इसको जोडें "
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
msgstr "नया नेटवर्क डिवेइस %1 मिला; बाहरी फायरवाल इंटरफेस जैसा इसको जोडें "
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
#, fuzzy
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
msgstr "ये पैकेज इंसटाल नहीं किया एया है और तक इंसटाल नही किजाएगा है।"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "सुदूर प्रशासन (VNC) पोर्टों %1खुला%2 हैं "
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "सुदूर प्रशासन (VNC) पोर्टों %1अवरुद्ध%2 हैं "
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr "सुदूर प्रशासन (VNC) पोर्टों %1खुला%2 हैं "
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr "सुदूर प्रशासन (VNC) पोर्टों %1खुला%2 हैं "
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SSH port is <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>, but there are still no network interfaces configured"
msgid ""
@@ -2852,45 +2869,45 @@
msgstr "SSH पोर्ट <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">खुला है</a>, लेकिन अब भी कोई नेटवर्क इंटरफेस कॉन्फिगर नहीं किया हुआ है"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
msgstr "आपSSH पर सिस्टम अधिष्ठापित कर रहे हैं, परंतु आपने SSH पोर्ट को फायरवाल पर खोला नहीं है."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr "सुदूर प्रशासन (VNC) पोर्टों %1खुला%2 हैं "
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr "सुदूर प्रशासन (VNC) पोर्टों %1खुला%2 हैं "
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
msgstr "आप सुदूर प्रशासक (VNC) का उपयोग करके सिस्टम अधिष्ठापित कर रहें हैं, परंतु आपने VNC पोर्ट्स को फायरवाल पर नहीं खोला है."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target Configuration"
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open"
msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य विन्यास"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target Configuration"
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked"
msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य विन्यास"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
@@ -2929,90 +2946,73 @@
#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
#. ]
#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "सेवा %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "अन्जान सेवा '%1'"
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "ये बंडल अधिष्ठापित करने का जरूरत नहीं हैं:"
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
msgid "These packages need to be removed:"
msgstr "ये बंडल हटाने का जरूरत हैं:"
#. labels changed for bug #215195
#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (),
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापित (&I)"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727
-msgid "Package: "
-msgstr "बंडल :"
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208
-msgid "Size: "
-msgstr "आकार :"
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231
-msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
-#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314
-msgid "Show &details"
-msgstr "विवरण दिखाऐ"
-
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "फाइल के अखंडता जाँच करना फेल हो गया:"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "बंडल के अधिषठापन की दुबारा कोशिश करें ?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "अधिषठापन विफल करें ?"
@@ -3021,57 +3021,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "त्रुटि : %1 :"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "बंडल अनअधिषठापन कर रहा है %1 (%2) ..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापन कर रहा है %1 (%2) ..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "बंडल अनअधिषठापन कर रहा है"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापन कर रहा है"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 बंडल अधिषठापनेसन फेल हो गया ।"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 बंडल अधिषठापनेसन फेल हो गया ।"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
@@ -3087,29 +3087,29 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "साइड A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "साइड B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1x %2"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "माध्यम: %1"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
@@ -3130,7 +3130,7 @@
"%1.।nजाचँ करे कि डायरक्टरी एक्सस कर सके है या नही।ाा "
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
@@ -3141,62 +3141,56 @@
"इंसटलेशन मिडिया एक्सस नही कर सकता \n"
"%1.।nजाचँ करे कि सेवक एक्सस कक्सस कर सकते है या नही।"
-#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
-msgstr "सही शोर्स मिडियम मांउट नही किया जा सकता था ।"
-
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
#, fuzzy
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "ताजा करना स्किप करें"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "इजैक्ट"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "CD/DVD मीडियम पढ़ो (&C) "
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "अधिषठापनेसन की दुबारा कोशिश करें ?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "मीडीयम स्किप करें?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "गलत मीडीयम को इगनोर कर रहा है ..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 सृजित कर रहा है"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "स्रोत को ताजा करने में खराबी आ गई ।"
@@ -3204,9 +3198,9 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "रिमोट शोर्स विवरण लाने में अयोग्य है ।"
@@ -3214,24 +3208,24 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "नया मैटाडाटा लाने में करने में खराबी आ गई ।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "स्रोत मान्य नहीं है।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडेटा अमान्य है।"
@@ -3240,101 +3234,97 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "ताजा करने की दुबारा कोशिश करें ?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 की जांच कर रहा है"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "स्रोत को ताजा करने में खराबी आ गई ।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "स्रोत ब्योरों की जांच कर रहा है।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडेटा अमान्य है।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM पैकेज %1 को लागू कर रहा है..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM पैकेज को लागू कर रहा है"
-#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
-msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..."
-
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754
-msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
-msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+msgid "Package: "
+msgstr "बंडल :"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट %1 (पैच %2) शुरू कर रहा है..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट चला रहा है"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "बंडल :"
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट :"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट का आउटपुट"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3343,7 +3333,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3353,45 +3343,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "ताजा करना स्किप करें"
#. heading of popup
-#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "डाउनौणलोगंन्कि (&D)"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "डाउनलोड कर रहा है : %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "पैकेेज डाटाहेस जाँच रहा है"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "पैकेेज डाटाहेस दुबारा बना रहा है। ये प्रोशेस कुछ समय ले सकता है । ।"
-#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "स्थिती"
-
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3400,12 +3382,16 @@
"%1है "
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "बंडल डाटाहेस बदल नाँच रहा है ।ये प्रोशेस कुछ समय ले सकता है । ।"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "स्थिती"
+
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3414,13 +3400,13 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "संस्थापित पैकेजों को प्रमाणित करें"
@@ -3432,30 +3418,30 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "टारगेट डायरक्टरी शुरु करना फेल हो गया"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "MySQL डाटाबेस"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
@@ -3464,10 +3450,23 @@
msgstr "URL:%1"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "यूजर का नाम"
+#. check box
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+msgid "Show &details"
+msgstr "विवरण दिखाऐ"
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+msgid "Size: "
+msgstr "आकार :"
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58
msgid ""
@@ -3475,7 +3474,7 @@
"Ask PackageKit to quit again?"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking software management.\n"
"This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n"
@@ -3487,14 +3486,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183
msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Would you like to continue without having access\n"
@@ -3504,7 +3503,7 @@
"पैकेज प्रबंधन कार्य नहीं करेगा!\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n"
@@ -3515,15 +3514,15 @@
"पैकेज प्रबंधन कार्य नहीं करेगा!\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
msgstr "क्या तुम CD बदल कर दुबारा कोशिश करना चाहते हो? "
#. print the question
#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
#| msgid_plural "Do you accept these license agreements?"
@@ -3531,7 +3530,7 @@
msgstr "लाइसैन्स स्वीकार पत्र स्वीकार करें ?"
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
@@ -3568,17 +3567,17 @@
"यास्ट ठीक तरह से काम नहीं करेगा।\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "पैकेज %1 लैसेन्स निश्चित करें"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "मैं सहमत हुँ (&A)"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "मैं असहमत हुँ (&D)"
@@ -3606,7 +3605,7 @@
"पुष्टि करने की आवश्यकता होती है, <b>सबसे असहमत हुँ</b> पर क्लिक करें।</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3620,7 +3619,7 @@
"\t\t दर्शाया गया है। किसी वस्तु का विवरण देखने के लिए, इसे सूची में से चुनें।\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3634,7 +3633,7 @@
"\t\t सन्दर्भ मीनू से, आप सभी वस्तुओं के स्टेटस भी बदल सकते हैं।\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3646,7 +3645,7 @@
"\t\t जहां आप व्यक्तिगत सॉफ्टवेयर बंडलों को देख और चुन सकते हैं।\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3666,149 +3665,149 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "साफ्टवेयर चुनाव"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
#, fuzzy
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "और अधिक..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापनेशन समाप्त हो गया । \n"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापनेशन"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "लोग संदेश: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "फेल हुई संचयाऐं: %1।"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन बंडल(&P)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "कुल रिस्टोरड पैकेजसले :"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "कुल रिस्टोरड पैकेजसले :"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "इंसटाल्ड पैकेजो की सख्याँ"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "पैकेजस"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "डिफाल्ट पट्टा समय: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन आकार:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "कुल डाउनलोड साइज :"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "बैकअप आंकड़े:"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
msgid "Details"
msgstr "विवरण"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापन कर रहा है"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "समाप्त (&F)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>इंसटालेशन </B></P><P>विरचयुल मशीन को इंसटालेशन के लिए तैयार कर रहा है...</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन बंडल(&P)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "बदले हुए बंडल"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "बदले हुए बंडल"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "छूट हुए बंडल"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3840,7 +3839,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3858,18 +3857,18 @@
"फिर भी इसका प्रयोग करेंगे?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr "बदले हुए बंडल"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr "&अहस्ताक्षरित फाइलों को स्वीकार करें"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
@@ -3887,7 +3886,7 @@
"फिर भी इसे संस्थापित करें?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
@@ -3905,70 +3904,70 @@
"फिर भी इसका प्रयोग करेंगे?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr "कोई भरती नहीं मिली"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr "URL:%1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr "अगुली निशान: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता का नाम :%1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr "प्रतिरूप बनाऐ : %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr "सेवक: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ID: %1"
msgid "ID: "
msgstr "URL:%1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name: %1"
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता का नाम :%1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: "
msgstr "प्रतिरूप बनाऐ : %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr "सेवक: %1"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3990,7 +3989,7 @@
"फिर भी इसे संस्थापित करें?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -4013,12 +4012,12 @@
"फिर भी इसका प्रयोग करेंगे?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr "कुछ बंडलो का अधिषठापनेसन फेल हो गया"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4039,7 +4038,7 @@
"फिर भी इसे संस्थापित करें?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4060,12 +4059,12 @@
"फिर भी इसका प्रयोग करेंगे?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "अन्जान ज़ोन"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
@@ -4091,7 +4090,7 @@
"सबसे अधिक सुरक्षित है। "
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
@@ -4117,17 +4116,17 @@
"सबसे अधिक सुरक्षित है।"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr "अविश्वसनीय सार्वजनिक कुंजी के साथ साइन किया"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -4142,7 +4141,7 @@
"आपके सिस्टम के सॉफ्टवेयर पर कुछ हद तक नियंत्रण रखने की अनुमति दे देता है।</p>"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
@@ -4158,7 +4157,7 @@
"कुंजी <tt>%1</tt> के स्वामी द्वारा सृजित बंडल यह चेतावनी दर्शाएंगे।</p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -4166,7 +4165,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The GnuPG key %1\n"
@@ -4191,17 +4190,17 @@
"भरोसा कर सकते हैं और यह कुंजी वाकई उसी स्वामी की है।"
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "अविश्वसनीय GnuPG कुंजी आयात करें"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Trust"
msgid "&Trust"
@@ -4209,7 +4208,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4232,13 +4231,13 @@
"फिर भी इसका प्रयोग करेंगे?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "चेतावनी"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4257,7 +4256,7 @@
"फिर भी इसका प्रयोग करेंगे?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "अज्ञात फाइल सिस्टम"
@@ -4269,83 +4268,83 @@
#. translators: default global progress bar label
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "ड्रैवर इंसटाल कर रहा हैं... "
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
msgid "Media"
msgstr "मिडिया"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "छूट हुए बंडल"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
msgid "Time"
msgstr "टाइम"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "प्रयोक्ताओं के लिए अनुमेय कार्य:\n"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>जब तक बंडल किए जा रहो है इंतजार करें ।</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "रिलीज़ नोट"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "स्लाइड दिखाये(&w)"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "विस्तृत विवरण (&D)"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "नवीनकरें"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "अधिषठापन करें"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "बंडल अधिषठापनेशन"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4354,17 +4353,18 @@
"छोडना चाहते है ?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "विफल कर दिया गया"
-#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
+#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL))
+#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd)
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196
msgid "File not found."
msgstr "फाइल नहीं मिली।"
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr "सिस्टम लॉग (%1)"
@@ -4949,31 +4949,45 @@
msgstr "बलूटूथ उपकरण"
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr "ये संदेश दुबारा नहीं दिखायें (&A)"
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+msgid ""
+"File %s has been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose this file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose these files."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416
+#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation."
msgstr "initrd बनाने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4982,19 +4996,19 @@
"तुम्हारी सिस्टम रीबूट करें\n"
#. bnc #421002
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177
msgid "Confirm driver activation"
msgstr "ड्राइवेर सक्रियण निश्चित करें"
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. vendor and device information strings as stored
#. in the hardware-probing database.
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184
msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgstr "यास्ट ने निम्नलिखित उप्करण दूढ़ लिये हैं "
#. Caption for Textentry with module information
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193
msgid "&Driver/Module to load"
msgstr "लोड करने के लिए ड्राइवेर/मोड्यूल (&D) "
@@ -5006,7 +5020,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -5017,7 +5031,7 @@
"हिस्से का आरंभ या अंत हाइफन से हो और अंतिम हिस्सा अंक से नहीं भी शुरू हो सकता है."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5026,7 +5040,7 @@
"यह आवश्यक नहीं किसी होस्ट नाम का आरंभ या अंत हाइफन से हो.\n"
#. Translators: dot: "."
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n"
@@ -5039,7 +5053,7 @@
"मध्य के चार 0-255 पूर्णा्रक होते हैं."
#. Translators: colon: ":"
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n"
@@ -5053,7 +5067,7 @@
"मध्य के चार 0-255 पूर्णा्रक होते हैं."
#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n"
@@ -5081,56 +5095,56 @@
"IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n"
#. Byte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "B"
msgstr "kB"
#. KiloByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129
msgid "KiB"
msgstr "KiB"
#. MegaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MB"
msgid "MiB"
msgstr "MB"
#. GigaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "GB"
msgid "GiB"
msgstr "GB"
#. TeraByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "TB"
msgid "TiB"
msgstr "TB"
-#. covert a number to download rate string
-#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238
-msgid "%1/s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s")
#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s")
#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201
msgid "%1 (on average %2)"
msgstr ""
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
msgid "..."
msgstr "CD..."
+#. covert a number to download rate string
+#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+msgid "%1/s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection.
#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when
#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules
@@ -5142,20 +5156,20 @@
#. the suggested load command
#.
#. This is the heading of the popup box
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102
msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection"
msgstr "हीर्डवेयर दूढ़ना निश्चित करें"
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. hardware class name (network cards).
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 will detect the following hardware:"
msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:"
msgstr "यास्ट ने निम्नलिखित उप्करण दूढ़ करेगा: "
#. Message in a continue/cancel popup
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182
msgid ""
"This module must be run as root.\n"
"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
@@ -5168,35 +5182,35 @@
"और व्यवस्था लिखे जाने की संभावना लगभग नहीं है.\n"
#. Popup headline
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190
msgid "Root Privileges Needed"
msgstr "रूट विशेषाधिकार का जरूरत हैं"
#. Popup question
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207
msgid "Really delete selected entry?"
msgstr "चुन लिया भरती मिटायें ? "
#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.)
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221
msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें '%1'?"
#. button text
#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel"
#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept".
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508
msgid "&Apply"
msgstr "विनियोग करें (&A)"
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "YaST2\n"
@@ -5209,14 +5223,14 @@
"शुरू कर रहा हैं ..."
#. Heading for help popup window
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदद"
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modules"
msgid "Module"
@@ -6005,7 +6019,75 @@
"आपको DNS सर्वर द्वारा प्रशासित %1 के लिए कोई रिवर्स जोन नहीं है.\n"
"होस्टनाम %2 जोड़ा नहीं जा सकता."
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "सेवा स्थिति"
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:"
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Activate During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "बूट के समय आक्टिवेट करें"
+
+#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings"
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्स पढ़ रहा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "काम कर रहा है"
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "S&top now ..."
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "अब बंदरु करें ...(&t)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start now ..."
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "अब शुरु करें ...(&S)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
+#~ msgstr "सही शोर्स मिडियम मांउट नही किया जा सकता था ।"
+
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
+#~ msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..."
+
+#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
+#~ msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "No running network detected."
#~ msgstr "टोकन रिगं नेटवर्क नियत्रंक"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/bootloader.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -51,70 +51,27 @@
msgstr "विकल्प का मान"
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr "मान निर्दिष्ट नहीं किया गया था।"
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr "विकल्प निर्दिष्ट नहीं किया गया था।"
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value: %1"
msgid "Value: %s"
msgstr "मान :%1"
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr "निर्दिष्ट विकल्प विद्यमान नहीं है।"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "बूटलोडर विन्यास को सहेजा जा रहा है..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "सिस्टम अब पुन: बूट होगा..."
-
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "संस्थापन के लिए कोई बूट लोडर नहीं चुना गया है। आपका सिस्टम संभवत:बूट होने योग्य नहीं।"
-
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "विभाजन होने के कारण बूटलोडर को उचित ढंग से संस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता"
-
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "बूट हो रहा है"
-
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "बूटिगं (&B)"
-
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -249,9 +206,16 @@
msgstr "<p><b>सीरियल संपर्क पैरामीटर</b>आपको सीरियल कंसोल के लिए प्रयोग करने के लिएपैरामीटर परिभाषित करने देता है। कृपया विवरण के लिए ग्रब दस्तावेजीकरण (<कोड>जानकारीग्रब</कोड>) देखें।</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
@@ -275,14 +239,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>मीनू इंटरफेस के लिए पासवर्ड</b><br>\n"
"वह पासवर्ड परिभाषित करें जो बूट मीनू एक्सेस करने के लिए जरूरी होगा।YaST केवल तभी पासवर्ड स्वीकार करेगा जब आप उसे <b>पासवर्ड पुनः टाइप करें</b> मेंदोहराएंगे।</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -295,73 +258,73 @@
"डिस्कों को फिर से क्रम में करने हेतु डिस्कों का क्रम BIOS में बने क्रम के अनुरूप निर्दिष्ट करने के लिए,\n"
"<b>ऊपर</b> और <b>नीचे</b> बटनों का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थिति"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "बूट पार्टीशन के लिए पार्टीशन तालिका में सक्रिय फ्लैग सेट करें"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "टाइम-आउट सेकंड के दसवें हिस्सों में"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "डिफॉल्ट बूट अनुभाग"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "MBR में जेनेरिक कोड लिखें"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "एचएफएस बूट विभाजन"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "मास्टर बूट रिकॉर्ड (&M)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "बूट विभाजन %1 का बूट &सेक्टर (&S)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "अन्य कर्नेल मानक (&P)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "यदि डिफॉल्ट नाकाम रहे तो फॉलबैक खंड"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "बूट पर हाइड मेन्यू"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "मेन्यू इंटरफेस के लिए पासवर्ड"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "डिबगिंग फ्लैग"
@@ -374,103 +337,110 @@
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड के साथ बूट लोडर की सुरक्षा करें (&e)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Security Event Notification"
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना नोटिफिकेसन"
+
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "पासवेर्ड (&P)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड फिर से टाइप करें (&t)"
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "बूट विभाजन %1 का बूट &सेक्टर (&S)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "एचएफएस बूट विभाजन"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थिति"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "मास्टर बूट रिकॉर्ड (&M)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "रूट विभाजन %1 का बूट सेक्टर (&t)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "अन्य कर्नेल मानक (&P)"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प"
#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Secure"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "सुरक्षित"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "लेयर २ सहायता समर्थ करें (&L)"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थिति"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -498,49 +468,38 @@
msgstr "<p><b>वीजीए मोड</b>बूटिंग के समय कर्नल द्वारा सेट <i>कंसोल</i> के लिए वीजीए मोडपरिभाषित करता है।</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>वैकल्पिक कर्नल कमांड लाइन पैरामीटर</b>आपको कर्नल पास करने के लिए अतिरिक्त पैरामीटर परिभाषित करने देता है।</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "वैकल्पिक कर्नेल कमांड लाइन मानक"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Distribution:"
msgid "D&istributor"
msgstr "वितरण :"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "वीजीए मोड (&V)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr "वैकल्पिक कर्नेल कमांड लाइन मानक"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -590,7 +549,7 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autodetected card"
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
@@ -598,73 +557,72 @@
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाइल"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "सीरीयल कन्शोल"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:"
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "विरोध विभेदन:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "गायब आर्गमैन्टस"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "सीरीयल कन्शोल"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "गायब आर्गमैन्टस"
-#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132
+#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "फाइल चुनें"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "विभाजन होने के कारण बूटलोडर को उचित ढंग से संस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "बूट लोडर व्यवस्था"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "वर्तमान बूट लोडर के लिए सेट करने हेतु कोई विकल्प नहीं है।"
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर (&B)"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -679,63 +637,63 @@
"आगे बढ़ना है?\n"
#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
msgstr "विन्यास फाइलों को सम्पादित करें (&d)"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr "नया विन्यास प्रस्तावित करें (&P)"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr "एकदम शुरू से आरंभ करें (&S)"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr "डिस्क से विन्यास को फिर पढ़ें (&R)"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क के एमबीआर को पुनर्स्थापित करें"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr "डिस्क पर बूटलोडर बूट कोड लिखें"
#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
msgid "Other"
msgstr "अन्य"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr "एमबीआर को सफलतापूर्वक पुनर्स्थापित किया गया।"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr "एमबीआर को पुनर्स्थापित करने में असफल।"
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवस्थाऎं लिखने पर खराबी हो गया"
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प (&L)"
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr "बूट लोडर संस्थापन विवरण (&D)"
@@ -780,7 +738,7 @@
"<B>विन्यास फाइलों को एडिट करें</B>पर क्लिक करें।</P>"
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
@@ -789,7 +747,7 @@
"प्रतिनिधित्व करता है।</P>"
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
@@ -798,7 +756,7 @@
"<B>सम्पादन</B> को दबाएं।</P>"
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -815,7 +773,7 @@
"<B>ऊपर</B> और <B>नीचे</B> बटनों का प्रयोग कर बदला जा सकता है।</P>"
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -826,7 +784,7 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
@@ -835,7 +793,7 @@
"बूट मैनेजर (%1) को निम्नलिखित तरीकों से संस्थापित किया जा सकता है:</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -846,7 +804,7 @@
"इसकी संस्तुति नहीं की जाती है।</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -868,7 +826,7 @@
"विन्यास करें;.</p> (&P)"
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -879,7 +837,7 @@
"सीमाओं का ध्यान रखें।</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -892,7 +850,7 @@
"आप किसी लॉजिकल विभाजन से बूट कर सकेंगे या नहीं कर सकेंगे।</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -903,7 +861,7 @@
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) </p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
@@ -915,7 +873,7 @@
"करने के लिए <b>बूट लोडर अधिष्ठापन विवरण</b>पर क्लिक करें।</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
@@ -927,7 +885,7 @@
"<b>बूट लोडर</b>का उपयोग करें।</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
@@ -939,7 +897,7 @@
"<b>बूट लोडर विक्लपो</b>पर क्लिक करें।</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -950,7 +908,7 @@
"<P>नोट : अंतिम विन्यास फाइल की इन्डेंटिंग भिन्न हो सकती है।</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
@@ -962,7 +920,7 @@
"नाम अनूठा होना चाहिए।</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
@@ -971,7 +929,7 @@
"सृजित करने के लिए नये अनुभागका प्रकार को चुनें।</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -982,7 +940,7 @@
"बदलाव करें जो चयनित अनुभागसे भिन्न हो।</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
@@ -992,7 +950,7 @@
"अन्य चित्र जोड़ने हेतु <b>कर्नेल (लीनक्स)</b> को चुनें।</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
@@ -1002,7 +960,7 @@
"लेकिन इसे XEN परिवेश में आरंभ करें।</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -1012,7 +970,7 @@
"और आरंभ करता है, को जोड़ने के लिए <b>दुसरा सिस्टम (चेनलोडर)</b>को चुनें।\n"
"इसका प्रयोग अन्य ऑपरेटिंग सिस्टमों को बूट करने के लिए होता है।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
@@ -1025,7 +983,7 @@
"प्रयोग होता है।</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "ऑर्डर ऑफ हार्ड डिस्क : %1"
@@ -1035,27 +993,27 @@
msgstr "कोई भी बूट लोडर संस्थापित न करें"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr "डू नॉट इंस्टॉल एनी बूट लोडर"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "डिफॉल्ट बूट लोडर संस्थापित करें"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "इंस्टॉल डिफॉल्ट बूट लोडर"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर"
@@ -1154,40 +1112,115 @@
"विभाजन होने के कारण, बूट लोडर को\n"
"उचित ढंग से संस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता है।"
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "कक्षा को निम्नतम एक प्रिंटर रखना पड़ेगा।"
+
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "छन्नक व्यवस्थाऐं"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "डिस्कें (&i)"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "युक्ति(&D)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
+msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
+#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
+msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "बूटलोडर विन्यास को सहेजा जा रहा है..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "सिस्टम अब पुन: बूट होगा..."
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "बूट हो रहा है"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "बूटिगं (&B)"
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "संस्थापन के लिए कोई बूट लोडर नहीं चुना गया है। आपका सिस्टम संभवत:बूट होने योग्य नहीं।"
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "विभाजन होने के कारण बूटलोडर को उचित ढंग से संस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता"
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235
msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "स्थिति : %1"
@@ -1196,7 +1229,7 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "बूट लोडर टाइप : %1"
@@ -1216,114 +1249,123 @@
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "स्थिति : %1"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "LDAP सुरक्षित पोर्ट: %1"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "अनजाना मोडल:%1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "कोई बूट डिवाइस नहीं पाया गया"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर की जांच करें"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "विभाजन को पढ़ें"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "बूट लोडर व्यवस्था को लोड करें"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर की जांच की जा रही है..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "विभाजन को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर व्यवस्था को लोड किया जा रहा है..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास आरंभ किया जा रहा है"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "initrd सृजित करें"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास फाइलों को सहेजें"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर को संस्थापित करें"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "initrd को सृजित किया जा रहा है..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास फाइलों को सहेजा जा रहा है..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर को संस्थापित किया जा रहा है..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विन्यास को सहेजा जा रहा है..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>वैकल्पिक कर्नल कमांड लाइन पैरामीटर</b>आपको कर्नल पास करने के लिए अतिरिक्त पैरामीटर परिभाषित करने देता है।</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+#~ msgstr "वैकल्पिक कर्नेल कमांड लाइन मानक"
+
#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
#~ msgstr "वैश्विक विकल्प या एक अनुभाग के विकल्प को हटाएं"
@@ -1342,10 +1384,6 @@
#~ msgid "Disk Order"
#~ msgstr "डिस्क ऑर्डर"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Disk order settings"
-#~ msgstr "छन्नक व्यवस्थाऐं"
-
#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
#~ msgstr "बूट मेन्यू"
@@ -1364,16 +1402,6 @@
#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
#~ msgstr "जायस्टिक को समर्थ करें।"
-#~ msgid "&Device"
-#~ msgstr "युक्ति(&D)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-#~ msgstr "कक्षा को निम्नतम एक प्रिंटर रखना पड़ेगा।"
-
-#~ msgid "D&isks"
-#~ msgstr "डिस्कें (&i)"
-
#~ msgid "&Up"
#~ msgstr "ऊपर (&U)"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ca-management.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -2570,8 +2570,8 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429
msgid "Missing value 'caName'."
msgstr "'अनुपलब्ध मान 'caName'।"
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@
msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'."
msgstr "अनुपलब्ध मानक 'certType'। "
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244
msgid "Getting defaults failed."
msgstr "डिफॉल्ट ढूंढ़ने में असफल।"
@@ -2624,11 +2624,11 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327
msgid "Initializing the CA failed."
msgstr "CA आरंभ करने में असफल रहा।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370
msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
msgstr "डिफॉल्ट को लिखने में असफल रहा।"
@@ -2639,16 +2639,16 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'."
msgstr "मानक 'caName' के लिए अमान्य मान।"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'."
msgstr "मानक 'type' के लिए अमान्य मान।"
@@ -2672,7 +2672,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007
msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'."
msgstr "अनुपलब्ध मान 'caPasswd'।"
@@ -2683,7 +2683,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770
msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'."
msgstr "अनुपलब्ध मानक 'caName'।"
@@ -2698,7 +2698,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'."
msgstr "मानक 'caPasswd' के लिए अमान्य मान।"
@@ -2736,7 +2736,7 @@
msgid "Missing value 'days'."
msgstr "अनुपलब्ध मान 'दिन'। "
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359
msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed."
msgstr "CRLGenerationData को संशोधित करने में असफल। "
@@ -2791,8 +2791,8 @@
msgstr "मानक 'P12Password'अनुपलब्ध।"
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'."
msgstr "मानक 'अनुरोध' के लिए अमान्य मान।"
@@ -3020,109 +3020,109 @@
msgid "Importing the certificate failed."
msgstr "प्रमाण-पत्र का आयात असफल रहा।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'."
msgstr "अनुपलब्ध मानक 'caName'।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326
msgid "File not found."
msgstr "फाइल नहीं मिली।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'type'."
msgstr "अनुपलब्ध मानक 'certType'। "
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'."
msgstr "मानक 'type' के लिए अमान्य मान।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'."
msgstr "अनुपलब्ध मानक 'certType'। "
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'."
msgstr "'%s 'में अज्ञात मान '%s'।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'."
msgstr "अनुपलब्ध मानक 'caName'।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'."
msgstr "'%s 'में अज्ञात मान '%s'।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462
msgid "Parsing failed."
msgstr "पार्ज़िंग असफल।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590
msgid "Parsing the request failed."
msgstr "अनुरोध की पार्ज़िंग असफल।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704
msgid "Getting the request list failed."
msgstr "अनुरोध सूची ढूंढ़ने में असफल।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779
#, perl-format
msgid "Request not found in %s."
msgstr "%s में अनुरोध नहीं मिला."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read the request."
msgstr "CA को नहीं पढ़ा जा सकता है।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792
#, fuzzy
msgid "No request data found."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"अनुरोध नहीं मिला।\n"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835
msgid "Importing the request failed."
msgstr "अनुरोध को आयात करने में असफल।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926
msgid "Deleting the request failed."
msgstr "अनुरोध को हटाए जाने में असफल।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'."
msgstr "मानक 'caCertificate' का अमान्य मान।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'."
msgstr "मानक 'caKey' का अमान्य मान।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001
#, perl-format
msgid "CA key not available in %s."
msgstr "CA key not available in %s"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030
msgid "Importing the CA failed."
msgstr "CA का आयात करने में असफल।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127
msgid "Deleting the CA failed."
msgstr "CA को हटाने में असफल।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyfile does not exist."
msgstr "फाइल उपलब्ध नहीं है।"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password change failed."
msgstr "पासवर्ड सत्यापन फेल हो गया"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/cio.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@
msgstr "इस्तेमाल किया गया"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "हाँ"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "no"
msgstr "नहीं"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
-msgstr "हाँ"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/cluster.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -91,85 +91,85 @@
msgstr "समनुरूपित"
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ठीक है"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "रिमोट पता :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "रिमोट पता :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Node List"
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr "नोड सूची"
#. Set need to require 'set'
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgid "Node ID must be unique"
msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता अनुपम होना चाहिए"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network &Address:"
msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "नेटवर्क पता (&A)"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "हार्डवेयर पता परिभाषित होना चाहिए। "
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured"
-msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured"
+msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
msgstr "जब कार्ड समनुरुपित हो जाए तो टेस्ट आवाज चलाऐं"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for clock skew must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer"
msgstr "घड़ी विषमता का मान अवश्य ही धनात्मक पूर्णांक होना चाहिए"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Transport"
msgid "Transport:"
@@ -179,236 +179,224 @@
# msgstr "होस्ट संचालन"
# msgid "Sel."
# msgstr "सियोल"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "चैनल"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network &Address:"
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "नेटवर्क पता (&A)"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Multicast Group"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "मल्टीकास्ट समूह"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Multicast"
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr "मल्टीकास्ट"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Scan the Channels"
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr "चैनल स्कैन करें"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clustering"
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "कलस्टरिगं"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Expected MD5: %1"
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr "अनुमानित MD5: %1"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "रिमोट पता :"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr "रिमोट पता :"
#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690
-msgid "Number of threads must be integer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696
-msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification"
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना नोटिफिकेसन समर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
-msgid "Threads:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
msgid "Running"
msgstr "काम कर रहा है"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No network running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "कोई नेटवर्क नहीं चल रहा"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "बूट हो रहा है"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "ऑन: अभी और बूट करते समय शुरू करें (&n)"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "ऑफ -- सर्वर केवल मैनुअली आरंभ होता है"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "स्विच ओन और ओफ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Firewall Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "फायरवाल आरम्भ करें"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "फायरवाल बन्द करें"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local Host"
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "स्थानीय आतिथय"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
msgid "Add"
msgstr "जोङे"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "देर"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "फाइल चुनें"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "सुझाव दिए गए एफस्टैब लाइनें"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid host name."
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "वैध होस्ट नाम प्रविष्ट करें।"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specify the host name."
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "होस्ट नाम निर्दिष्ट करें।"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile."
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "प्रोफाइल %1 हेतु एक नया नाम प्रविष्ट करें."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the file name"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "फाइल का नाम भरती करें "
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Archive %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -421,50 +409,50 @@
"क्या आप सचमुच उसे ओवरराइट करना चाहते हैं?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "की फाइल पार्सिन्ग करना फेल हो गया"
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "आकृति सृजन विफल।"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for clock skew must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
@@ -479,18 +467,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
@@ -498,7 +485,7 @@
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -507,7 +494,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -518,7 +505,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Initializing slp-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -529,7 +516,7 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>slp-सेवक P समनुरुआरम्भ कर रहा है पण </big></b><br>कृपा इतंजार करें ...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -538,7 +525,7 @@
"अव<b>विफल </b> दबाकर समनुरुपण यूटिलिटी को सावधानी से विफल कर दें ?।</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -551,7 +538,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -576,41 +563,41 @@
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "प्रिंटर समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "डाटाबेस पढो"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "पुरानी व्यवसथाऐ पढो "
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "पूर्व व्यवस्थाऎं पढ रहा हैं..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -618,71 +605,71 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "जरुरी पैकेज इंसटाल नहीं कर सकता ।"
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 नहीं पढ सकता ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 नहीं पढ सकता ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "उपकरण नहीं खोज सकता ।"
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "समनुरुपण यवस्थाऐं सेव कर रहा है..."
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile"
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "नक्षे में बदलाव सेव करें"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "फाइलो में बदलाव संचित कर रहा है..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/control-center.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/control.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/country.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -14,38 +14,38 @@
"\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
msgid "Keyboard configuration."
msgstr "कुंजीपटल समनुरूपण।"
#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
msgid "Keyboard configuration summary."
msgstr "कुंजीपटल समनुरूपण सार।"
#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration."
msgstr "कुंजीपटल समनुरूपण के लिए नया वैल्युओं सेट करें।"
#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
msgid "List all available keyboard layouts."
msgstr "सभी उपलप्त कुंजीपटल अभिन्यासों को सूचित करें।"
#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
msgid "New keyboard layout"
msgstr "नया कुंजीपटल अभिन्यास"
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr "हालिया कुंजीपटल अभिन्यास: %1 "
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
msgstr "कुंजीपटल अभिन्यास %1 गलत हैं। संभाव्य वैल्युओं के लिए list कमान्ड का इस्तेमाल करें"
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -230,6 +230,12 @@
"से भिन्न कुंजीपटल अभिन्यास का उपयोग कर रहे हैं। \n"
"नवीनीकरण के दौरान उपयोग हेतु अभिन्यास चुनें।"
+#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
+#. any error to the user
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
+msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3"
@@ -324,24 +330,24 @@
msgstr "बूट लोडर मेनु में भाषांतर नवीनीकरण कर रहा हैं..."
#. help for write dialog
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं</b><br>कृपया इंतजार करें...</p>"
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)"
msgstr "हालिया भाषा: %1 (%2)"
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr "अधिक भाषायें: %1"
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
msgstr "भाषा %1 मान्य नहीं हैं। उचित वैल्यू के लिए सूची कमांड का इस्तेमाल करें।"
@@ -693,8 +699,8 @@
#. label text (Clock setting)
#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
msgid "UTC"
msgstr "UTC"
@@ -709,7 +715,7 @@
msgstr "हालिया समय और डेट:\t%1"
#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"Time %1 is in the past.\n"
"Set a correct time before starting installation."
@@ -718,12 +724,12 @@
"संस्थापना के पहले सही समय सेट करें।"
#. summary item
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "समय ज़ोन"
#. menue label text
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&Time Zone"
msgstr "समय ज़ोन (&T)"
@@ -862,7 +868,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "समनुरूपण नहीं किया"
@@ -870,8 +876,8 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "सिस्टम दिन और समय बदल करें"
@@ -885,28 +891,22 @@
#. label text
#. label text
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "रीजियन (&R) "
-#. title for combo box 'timezone'
-#. title for selection box 'timezone'
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "समय ज़ोन (&Z)"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "सिस्टम दिन और समय बदल करें"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@
"<p><b><big>समय ज़ोन और घड़ी व्यवस्थायें</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -941,35 +941,35 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "घड़ी और समय ज़ोन"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "मान्य समय ज़ोन चुनें"
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr "लोकल समय"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr "हार्डवेयर घड़ी सेट करें "
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr "समनुरूपण नहीं किया"
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr "हालिया समय ज़ोन: %1"
@@ -1019,197 +1019,197 @@
msgstr "कैनेडियन (बहुभाषी)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "स्पेनी"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr "स्पेनी (लाटिन अमरीका)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr "स्पेनी (CP 850)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "इतालवी"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "पुर्तगाली"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "पुर्तगाली (ब्राज़ील)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "पुर्तगाली (ब्राज़ील -- US उच्चारण चिह्न)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "यूनानी"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "डचच"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "डानिश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "नोरवीजियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "स्वीडिश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "फिनिश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "चेक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "चेक (कुओर्टि)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "स्लोवाक "
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Slovak (कुओर्टि)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "स्लोवेन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "हंगेरियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "पालिश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "रूस"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "सेर्बियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "एस्टोनियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "लित्उनियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "तुर्क"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "क्रोएशियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "जापानीस"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "बैल्जियम"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "ड्वोराक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "अइसलान्डिक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "उक्रेनियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "खमेर"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "कोरियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "अरबिक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "ताजिक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "परंपरागत चाइनीज"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "सरल चाइनीज "
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "रूमेनियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Internal Zone"
msgid "US International"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/crowbar.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -19,33 +19,40 @@
"\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module
-#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56
+#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of CD creator"
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "सीडी बनाने वाला का समरूपण"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Repository"
-msgid "Repository Name"
-msgstr "भंडार"
+#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
+msgid "Common for All"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "URL"
-msgstr "URL"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
+msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "Ask On Error"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
+msgid "SLES 12"
msgstr ""
-#. help text
+#. combobox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Location of the printer"
+msgid "&Location of Repositories"
+msgstr "प्रिंटर की स्थिति"
+
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
@@ -55,60 +62,48 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Repository"
-msgid "Repository &URL"
-msgstr "भंडार"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135
-msgid "&Ask On Error"
-msgstr ""
-
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Administrator DN"
msgid "Administrator Name"
msgstr "प्रशासक DN"
#. help text
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
msgstr "&पुष्टि के लिए पासवर्ड को फिर से दर्ज करें :"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Model"
msgid "&Mode"
msgstr "मोडल(&M)"
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cooling Policy"
msgid "Bonding &Policy"
msgstr "कूलिंग पॉलिसी"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215
msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network"
msgstr ""
#. help text for conduit if list
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n"
"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n"
@@ -116,113 +111,213 @@
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254
msgid "Network"
msgstr "नेटवर्क"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sender Address"
msgid "Subnet Address"
msgstr "प्रेषक पता"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network &Mask"
msgid "Network Mask"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मास्क (&M)"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Use LDAP"
msgid "Use &VLAN"
msgstr "LDAP इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CHAN IDS"
msgid "VLAN &ID"
msgstr "सीएचएएन आईडीएस"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295
msgid "Rou&ter"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317
msgid "Router pre&ference"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "सबनेट (&S)"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क (&m)"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Broadcast"
msgid "Broa&dcast"
msgstr "ब्रोडकास्ट"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bridge"
msgid "&Add Bridge"
msgstr "ब्रिज"
#. push button label&
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit..."
msgid "Edit Ran&ges..."
msgstr "संपादित करें... (&E)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Add &Bastion Network"
msgstr "XP नेजवर्क"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP पता"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "नाम"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+msgid "URL"
+msgstr "URL"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+msgid "Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Target Name"
+msgid "Target Platform"
+msgstr "लक्ष्य नाम"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
+#| "Choose a different one."
+msgid ""
+"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
+"Choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+"हार्डवेर समनुरूपण %1 अभी विद्यमान हैं।\n"
+"अलग समनुरूपण चुनें।"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
+msgid "Server &URL"
+msgstr "LDAP संचयक URL"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Repository"
+msgid "Repository Name"
+msgstr "भंडार"
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+msgid "&Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Repository"
+msgid "Repository &URL"
+msgstr "भंडार"
+
+#. label (hint for user)
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Repository"
+msgid "A&dd Repository"
+msgstr "भंडार"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
+msgid "Remote SMT Server"
+msgstr "रिमोट WINS संचयक"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Master Server"
+msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
+msgstr "मास्टर सर्वर"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "कस्टम"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "यूजर का नाम"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
msgid "Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set the password."
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड सैट करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
+msgid "User name cannot be empty."
+msgstr "सर्वर नेम खाली हो नहीं हो सकता हैं"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -231,7 +326,7 @@
"दुबारा कोशिश करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -244,19 +339,19 @@
"अलग समनुरूपण चुनें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "सेरच डोमेइन %1 गलत हैं।"
-#. table entry (VLAN status)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861
+#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -266,7 +361,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -275,7 +370,7 @@
msgstr "IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। "
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -284,100 +379,95 @@
msgstr "सुदूर IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। "
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "सेवक का पता %1 का फोरमाट सही नहीं हैं। "
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "सेवक का पता %1 का फोरमाट सही नहीं हैं। "
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "आईपी पता"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "आईपी पता"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "न्यूनतम पता अधिकतम से कम होना चाहिए."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "UML User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "UML यूजर व्यवसथाऐ"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "XP नेजवर्क"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "नेटवर्क"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "भंडार"
-#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501
-msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
msgid ""
"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -386,7 +476,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -441,56 +531,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CD Creator Configuration"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "सीडी बनाने वाला समरूपण"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "स्कैनर समनुरुपण शुरु कर रहा है"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "समरूपण पढ़ें"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं...."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Source Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "शोर्स समनुरुपण सेव कर रहा है "
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/dhcp-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:46+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -2435,59 +2435,59 @@
msgstr "DHCP सेवक निपुण समनुरूपण (&E)..."
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं "
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "परिस्थिति जाँच करें "
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें "
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें "
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "परिस्थिति जाँच कर रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "सवाप्त हुआ"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2504,14 +2504,14 @@
"परित्याग कर रहा है."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2520,89 +2520,89 @@
"प्रतीत नहीं होता है. नया समनुरुपण तैयार करें?"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक समनुरूपण सुरक्षित कर रहा हैं"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें लिखें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें लिखें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक फिर से शुरू करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें लिखें"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "DHCP सेवक फिर से शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "DHCP सेवक व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं..."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "DHCP डैमण फिर से शुरू करने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "बूट करने का समय DHCP सेवक शुरू हुआ हैं।"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "बूट करने का समय DHCP सेवक नहीं शुरू हुआ हैं।"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "%1 पर सुनें"
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "डायनेमिक पता रेंज: %1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "LDAP समनुरूपण गायब हैं। LDAP इस्तेमाल करना नहीं सकती हैं"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "बहु dhcp सेवा DN के लिए सहारा क्रियान्वित नहीं."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "DHCP सेवा DN परिभाषित नहीं हैं।"
@@ -2610,23 +2610,23 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "%1 बनने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "%1 अपडेट करने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1 बनने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "/etc/dhcpd.conf लिखने पर खराबी आ गया।"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/dns-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -12,15 +12,243 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
+msgid "DNS server configuration"
+msgstr "DNS सर्वर संरुपण"
+
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
+msgid "Start-up settings"
+msgstr "स्टार्ट-अप व्यवस्थायैं"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
+msgid "DNS forwarders"
+msgstr "DNS फॉरवर्डर"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
+msgid "Logging settings"
+msgstr "लोगिंग व्यवस्थयें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
+msgid "DNS zones"
+msgstr "DNS जोन"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
+msgid "Access control lists"
+msgstr "ऐक्सेस नियंत्रण सूची"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
+msgid "Zone transport rules"
+msgstr "जोन यातायात नियम"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
+msgid "Zone name servers"
+msgstr "सर्वरों के जोन नाम"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
+msgid "Zone mail servers"
+msgstr "जोन मेल सर्वर"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
+msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
+msgstr "अथॉरिटी का आरंभ (SOA)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
+msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr "जोन स्रोत अभिलेख, जैसे कि A, CNAME, NS, MX, अथवा PTR"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
+msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
+msgstr "A तथा कोरेस्पोंडिग PTR अभिलेख को फौरन हैन्डल करें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
+msgid "Show current settings"
+msgstr "वर्तमान व्यवस्थयें दिखाओ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
+msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
+msgstr "DNS को बूट प्रक्रिया में आरंभ करें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
+msgid "Start DNS server manually"
+msgstr "DNS सर्वर को हाथ से स्टार्ट करें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
+msgid "Add a new record"
+msgstr "नया रिकाड़ जोड़े"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
+msgid "Remove a record"
+msgstr "रिकाड़ हठाओ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
+msgid "IPv4 address"
+msgstr "IPv4 पता"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
+msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
+msgstr "लॉगिंग गंतव्य (syslog|file)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
+msgid "Set option"
+msgstr "विकल्प सेट करें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
+msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
+msgstr "लॉगिंग हेतु फाइलनाम (पूर्ण पाथ)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
+msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
+msgstr "अधिकतम लॉग आकार [0-9]+(KMG)*"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
+msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
+msgstr "रोटेशन हेतु आरूपों की अधिकतम संख्या, '0' का मतलब कोई रोटेशन नहीं"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
+msgid "Zone name"
+msgstr "जोन नाम"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
+msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
+msgstr "जोन प्रकार, मास्टर या स्लेव"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
+msgid "DNS zone master server"
+msgstr "DNS जोन मास्टर सर्वर"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
+msgid "Enable option"
+msgstr "विकल्प समर्थ करें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
+msgid "Disable option"
+msgstr "विकल्प असमर्थ करें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "सर्वर का नाम (बिन्दु अथवा संबंधित नाम के साथ समाप्त पूर्ण योग्य फार्मेट में)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "मेल सर्वर (बिन्दु अथवा संबंधित नाम के साथ समाप्त पूर्ण योग्य फार्मेट में)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
+msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
+msgstr "मेल सर्वर वरीयता (संख्या 0 से 65535 तक)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
+msgid "Serial number of zone update"
+msgstr "जोन नवीनीकरण की क्रम संख्या"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
+msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
+msgstr "जोन में अभिलेखों के बने रहने की अवधि"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
+msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
+msgstr "जोन अभिलेख से पूर्व अंतराल रिफ्रेश किया जाना चाहिए"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An interval between retries of failed refresh"
+msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
+msgstr "असफल रिफ्रेश के मध्य पुर्नप्रयासों के बीच अंतराल"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
+msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
+msgstr "अंतराल जिसके बाद जोन अभिलेख अधिकार संपन्न नहीं रह जाते"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
+msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
+msgstr "न्यूनतम TTL जिसे इस जोन में अभिलेख के साथ निर्यात किया जाना चाहिए"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
+msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr "DNS रिसोर्स प्रकार, जैसा कि A, CNAME, NS, MX, अथवा PTR"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
+msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
+msgstr "DNS प्रश्न, जैसा कि example.org for A record"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr "DNS रिसोर्स अभिलेख मान, जैसा कि example.org's A अभिलेख के लिए 192.0.34.166"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
+msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
+msgstr "DNS अभिलेख के लिए होस्टनाम"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
+msgid "Log named queries %1"
+msgstr "नाम वाले प्रश्न %1 लॉग करें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
+msgid "Log zone updates %1"
+msgstr "जोन नवीनीकरण %1लॉग करें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
+msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
+msgstr "जोन स्थानांतरण %1 लॉग करें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
+msgstr "रनलेवल सूची"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
msgid "Parameter %1 is required."
msgstr "मानक %1 की आवश्यकता है."
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1."
msgstr "मानक %1 के लिए अज्ञात मान."
@@ -28,72 +256,54 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555
msgid "Start-Up Settings:"
msgstr "आरंभिक सेटिंग्ज़:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "सिर्फ एक पैरामीटर मान्य हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..."
msgstr "बूट प्रक्रिया में DNS सर्वर को सक्रिय करना..."
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..."
msgstr "DNS सर्वर को बूट प्रक्रिया से अलग करना..."
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process"
msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process."
msgstr "बूट प्रक्रिया के दौरान DNS सर्वर सक्रिय हो जाता है"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DNS server needs manual starting"
msgid "DNS server needs manual starting."
msgstr "DNS सर्वर को मैनुअल स्टार्ट की आवश्यकता है"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
msgid "Forwarding:"
msgstr "फॉरवर्ड करना:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
msgid "Forwarder IP"
msgstr "फॉरवर्ड करने वाली IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
@@ -103,70 +313,57 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661
msgid "Logging destination"
msgstr "लॉगिंग गंतव्य"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
msgid "System log"
msgstr "सिस्टम लॉग"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
msgid "File"
msgstr "फाइल "
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "फाइल नाम"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
msgid "Maximum size"
msgstr "अधिकतम आकार"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
msgid "Maximum versions"
msgstr "अधिकतम आरूप"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
msgid "Log named queries"
msgstr "लॉग नाम की जांच"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
msgid "Log zone updates"
msgstr "लॉग जोन नवीनीकरण"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
msgid "Log zone transfers"
msgstr "लॉग जोन ट्रांसफर"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
msgid "Logging Settings:"
msgstr "लॉगिंग सेटिंग्ज़:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
msgid "Setting"
msgstr "सेटिंग"
@@ -174,99 +371,79 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
msgid "Value"
msgstr "मूल्य"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
msgid "Logging Rule"
msgstr "लॉगिंग नियम"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
msgid "DNS Zones:"
msgstr "DNS जोन:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाम"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
msgid "Master Server"
msgstr "मास्टर सर्वर"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "फॉरवर्डर्स"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
msgid "Predefined"
msgstr "पूर्वपरिभाषित"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "कस्टम"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
msgid "ACLs:"
msgstr "ACLs:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
msgid "Zone Transport:"
msgstr "जोन परिवहन:"
@@ -275,392 +452,93 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "ज़ोन"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
msgid "Enabled ACL"
msgstr "असमर्थित ACL"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
msgid "Name Servers:"
msgstr "सर्वरों का नाम:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
msgid "Name Server"
msgstr "सर्वर का नाम"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215
msgid "Mail Servers:"
msgstr "मेल सर्वर:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "मेल सेवक"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "वरीयता"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):"
msgstr "अथॉरिटी का आरंभ (SOA):"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
msgid "Key"
msgstr "कि"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
msgid "Record Query"
msgstr "अभिलेख प्रश्न"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
msgid "Record Type"
msgstr "अभिलेख प्रकार"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
msgid "Record Value"
msgstr "अभिलेख मान"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
msgid "Hostname Record:"
msgstr " होस्टनाम अभिलेख"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr " होस्टनाम अभिलेख"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP "
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
-msgid "DNS server configuration"
-msgstr "DNS सर्वर संरुपण"
-
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
-msgid "Start-up settings"
-msgstr "स्टार्ट-अप व्यवस्थायैं"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
-msgid "DNS forwarders"
-msgstr "DNS फॉरवर्डर"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
-msgid "Logging settings"
-msgstr "लोगिंग व्यवस्थयें"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
-msgid "DNS zones"
-msgstr "DNS जोन"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
-msgid "Access control lists"
-msgstr "ऐक्सेस नियंत्रण सूची"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
-msgid "Zone transport rules"
-msgstr "जोन यातायात नियम"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
-msgid "Zone name servers"
-msgstr "सर्वरों के जोन नाम"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
-msgid "Zone mail servers"
-msgstr "जोन मेल सर्वर"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
-msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
-msgstr "अथॉरिटी का आरंभ (SOA)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
-msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr "जोन स्रोत अभिलेख, जैसे कि A, CNAME, NS, MX, अथवा PTR"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
-msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
-msgstr "A तथा कोरेस्पोंडिग PTR अभिलेख को फौरन हैन्डल करें"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
-msgid "Show current settings"
-msgstr "वर्तमान व्यवस्थयें दिखाओ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
-msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
-msgstr "DNS को बूट प्रक्रिया में आरंभ करें"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
-msgid "Start DNS server manually"
-msgstr "DNS सर्वर को हाथ से स्टार्ट करें"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
-msgid "Add a new record"
-msgstr "नया रिकाड़ जोड़े"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
-msgid "Remove a record"
-msgstr "रिकाड़ हठाओ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
-msgid "IPv4 address"
-msgstr "IPv4 पता"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
-msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
-msgstr "लॉगिंग गंतव्य (syslog|file)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
-msgid "Set option"
-msgstr "विकल्प सेट करें"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
-msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
-msgstr "लॉगिंग हेतु फाइलनाम (पूर्ण पाथ)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
-msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
-msgstr "अधिकतम लॉग आकार [0-9]+(KMG)*"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
-msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
-msgstr "रोटेशन हेतु आरूपों की अधिकतम संख्या, '0' का मतलब कोई रोटेशन नहीं"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
-msgid "Zone name"
-msgstr "जोन नाम"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
-msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
-msgstr "जोन प्रकार, मास्टर या स्लेव"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
-msgid "DNS zone master server"
-msgstr "DNS जोन मास्टर सर्वर"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
-msgid "Enable option"
-msgstr "विकल्प समर्थ करें"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
-msgid "Disable option"
-msgstr "विकल्प असमर्थ करें"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr "सर्वर का नाम (बिन्दु अथवा संबंधित नाम के साथ समाप्त पूर्ण योग्य फार्मेट में)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr "मेल सर्वर (बिन्दु अथवा संबंधित नाम के साथ समाप्त पूर्ण योग्य फार्मेट में)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
-msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
-msgstr "मेल सर्वर वरीयता (संख्या 0 से 65535 तक)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
-msgid "Serial number of zone update"
-msgstr "जोन नवीनीकरण की क्रम संख्या"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
-msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
-msgstr "जोन में अभिलेखों के बने रहने की अवधि"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
-msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
-msgstr "जोन अभिलेख से पूर्व अंतराल रिफ्रेश किया जाना चाहिए"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "An interval between retries of failed refresh"
-msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
-msgstr "असफल रिफ्रेश के मध्य पुर्नप्रयासों के बीच अंतराल"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "An interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgstr "अंतराल जिसके बाद जोन अभिलेख अधिकार संपन्न नहीं रह जाते"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
-msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
-msgstr "न्यूनतम TTL जिसे इस जोन में अभिलेख के साथ निर्यात किया जाना चाहिए"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
-msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr "DNS रिसोर्स प्रकार, जैसा कि A, CNAME, NS, MX, अथवा PTR"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
-msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
-msgstr "DNS प्रश्न, जैसा कि example.org for A record"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr "DNS रिसोर्स अभिलेख मान, जैसा कि example.org's A अभिलेख के लिए 192.0.34.166"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
-msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
-msgstr "DNS अभिलेख के लिए होस्टनाम"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
-msgid "Log named queries %1"
-msgstr "नाम वाले प्रश्न %1 लॉग करें"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
-msgid "Log zone updates %1"
-msgstr "जोन नवीनीकरण %1लॉग करें"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
-msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
-msgstr "जोन स्थानांतरण %1 लॉग करें"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
-msgstr "रनलेवल सूची"
-
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
@@ -679,8 +557,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS जोन"
@@ -701,10 +579,8 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
-#. check box
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP सहायता सक्रिय हैं "
@@ -731,103 +607,34 @@
msgstr "DNS सर्वर विषेशज्ञ संरुपण... (&E)"
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS सेवक"
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270
-msgid "When &Booting"
-msgstr "बूट करने पर (&B)"
-
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274
-msgid "&Manually"
-msgstr "हाथ से (&M)"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280
-msgid "When Booting"
-msgstr "बूट करने पर "
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282
-msgid "Manually"
-msgstr "हाथ से"
-
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service status - label
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "DNS server is running"
-msgid "DNS server is running."
-msgstr "DNS सर्वर चल रहा है"
+#| msgid "Drop Changes"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "बदलाव छोडे"
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "DNS server is not running"
-msgid "DNS server is not running."
-msgstr "DNS सर्वर नहीं चल रहा है"
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620
-msgid "&Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "DNS सर्वर अभी शुरू करें (&S)"
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626
-msgid "S&top DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "DNS सर्वर अभी रोकें (&t)"
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
-msgstr "अभी सेटिंग्ज़ सेव तथा DNS सर्वर फिर से लोड करें (&N)"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316
-msgid "Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "DNS सर्वर अभी शुरू करें"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318
-msgid "Stop DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "DNS सर्वर अभी रोके"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "अभी सेटिंग्ज़ सेव तथा DNS सर्वर फिर से लोड कर"
-
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. Frame label (DNS starting)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "स्टार्ट-अप "
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "मूल विकल्प"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "लोगिगं"
@@ -835,8 +642,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -844,131 +651,99 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr "TSIG कुंजियां"
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
-msgid "Now and When Booting"
-msgstr "अभी और बूट करते समय"
-
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
-msgid "Only Manually"
-msgstr "सिर्फ हाथ से"
-
-#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602
-msgid "Switch On and Off"
-msgstr "स्विच ओन और ओफ"
-
-#. Current status
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608
-msgid "Current Status: "
-msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:"
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#. if (! Popup::YesNo (
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719
-msgid ""
-"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
-"be reread from new data storage.\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"आपके सभी परिवर्तन लुप्त हो जाएंगे. सेटिंग्ज़ नए\n"
-"डाटा स्टोरेज से फिर से पढ़ी जाएंगी.\n"
-"जारी रखें?\n"
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DNS server configuration"
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr "DNS सर्वर संरुपण"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr "कस्टम रिपेयर"
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name servers"
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr "सर्वरों के जोन नाम"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name servers"
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr "सर्वरों के जोन नाम"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr "IP पता जोड़ें"
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "IPv4 या IPv6 पता"
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr "फॉरवर्डर सूची (&L)"
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता %1 के लिए अकाउंट नहीं बना सकता।"
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -976,12 +751,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "नकली IP पता"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
@@ -991,46 +766,46 @@
"मध्य के चार 0-255 पूर्णा्रक होते हैं."
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr "पुष्टि हो चुका फॉरवर्डर पहले से मौजूद हैं."
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr "विकल्प जोड़ें अथवा परिवर्तन करें"
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr "विकल्प (&p)"
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "वैल्यू (&V)"
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr "परिवर्तन (&h)"
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr "वर्तमान विकल्प"
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
msgid "Option"
msgstr "विकल्प"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
@@ -1039,7 +814,7 @@
"बिना किसा मान के सेट करें?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -1048,7 +823,7 @@
"वास्तव में उसे %2 पर सेट करें?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -1057,7 +832,7 @@
"वास्तव में उसे %2 पर सेट करें?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -1066,7 +841,7 @@
"वास्तव में उसे %1 पर सेट करें?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -1075,7 +850,7 @@
"वास्तव में उसे %1 पर सेट करें?\n"
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
@@ -1084,77 +859,77 @@
"वास्तव में एक और जोड़ें?\n"
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr "लॉग प्रकार"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr "सिस्टम लॉग (&S)"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
msgid "&File"
msgstr "फाइल (&F)"
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr "अधिकता आकार (MB) (&S)"
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr "अधिकतम आरूप (&V)"
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त लॉगिंग"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr "सभी DNS प्रश्न लॉग करें (&Q)"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr "जोन नवीनीकरण लॉग करें (&U)"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr "जोन स्थानांतरण लॉग करें (&T)"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr "लॉग हेतु फाइल चयन करें"
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr "विकल्प सेटअप"
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "नाम (&N)"
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr "वर्तमान ACL सूची"
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
msgid "ACL"
msgstr "ACL"
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
@@ -1163,12 +938,12 @@
"वास्तव में उसे हटा दें?\n"
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr "निर्धारित ACL प्रविष्टि पहले से विद्यमान है."
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr "नये जोन जोड़ें (&d)"
@@ -1178,8 +953,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
msgid "Master"
msgstr "मास्टर"
@@ -1189,9 +964,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
msgid "Slave"
msgstr "स्लेव"
@@ -1200,23 +975,36 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "फॉरवर्ड"
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS जोन संरुपण करें"
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr "निर्धारित नाम वाला जोन पहले से संरुपण है."
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgstr "समनुरूपण सेव करना फेल हो गया। व्यवस्थायें बदल करें ?"
+
+#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration files"
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "संरुपण फाइलें सेव करें"
+
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -1707,13 +1495,8 @@
"सभी परिवर्तन लुप्त हो जाएंगे.\n"
"वास्तव में बाहर आएं?"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70
-msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
-msgstr "समनुरूपण सेव करना फेल हो गया। व्यवस्थायें बदल करें ?"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgstr "इस तरह के जोन इस उपकरण से संपादित नहीं हो सकते."
@@ -2784,56 +2567,56 @@
msgstr "मेल प्रसारण (&M)"
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "DNS सर्वर संरुपण आरम्भ कर रहा है"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "परिस्थिति जाँज करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr "DNS डेमन के कैशे फ्लश करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवाल सेवा व्यवस्थाऐं पढें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज़ पढ़े"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "परिस्थिति जाँच कर रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "DNS डेमोन में कैशे फ्लश कर रहा है..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवाल ा व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है.."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज़ पढ़ रहा है..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
@@ -2843,73 +2626,73 @@
"त्रुटि: "
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "DNS सर्वर संरुपण सेव कर रहा है"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr "संरुपण फाइलें सेव करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr "DNS डोमोन फिर से शुरू करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr "जोन फाइलें नवीनीकरण करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr "DNS सेवा व्यवस्थित करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल सेटिंग्ज़ लिख रहा है"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr "संरुपण फाइलें सेव कर रहा है..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "DNS डेमोन फिर से शुरू कर रहा है..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr "जोन फाइलें नवीनीकरण कर रहा है..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr "DNS सेवा को व्यवस्थित कर रहा है..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "SuSEconfig शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल सेटिंग्ज़ लिख रहा है..."
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
@@ -2922,47 +2705,47 @@
"त्रुटि: "
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
msgid "Stub"
msgstr "स्टब"
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
msgid "Hint"
msgstr "हिंट"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system"
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr "DNS सर्वर सिस्टम को बूट करते समय शुरू होता है"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system"
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr "DNS सर्वर सिस्टम को बूट करते समय शुरू नहीं होता है"
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr "संरुपित जोन: %s"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "LDAP समनुरूपण गायब हैं। LDAP इस्तिमाल करना नहीं सकती हैं"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr "LDAP सहारा को समर्थित करें?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
@@ -2971,32 +2754,93 @@
"LDAP सहारा सक्रिय नहीं है."
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown LDAP error"
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr "अन्जान LDAP खराबी"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "%1 बनने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "cn=डिफाल्ट DNS,%1 बनाते समय त्रुटि उत्पन्न हुई. LDAP का प्रयोग नहीं हो रहा है."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "%1 नवीनीकरण करने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "%1 बनाते समय त्रुटि उत्पन्न हुई. LDAP का प्रयोग नहीं हो रहा है."
+#~ msgid "When &Booting"
+#~ msgstr "बूट करने पर (&B)"
+
+#~ msgid "&Manually"
+#~ msgstr "हाथ से (&M)"
+
+#~ msgid "When Booting"
+#~ msgstr "बूट करने पर "
+
+#~ msgid "Manually"
+#~ msgstr "हाथ से"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "DNS server is running"
+#~ msgid "DNS server is running."
+#~ msgstr "DNS सर्वर चल रहा है"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "DNS server is not running"
+#~ msgid "DNS server is not running."
+#~ msgstr "DNS सर्वर नहीं चल रहा है"
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DNS सर्वर अभी शुरू करें (&S)"
+
+#~ msgid "S&top DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DNS सर्वर अभी रोकें (&t)"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "अभी सेटिंग्ज़ सेव तथा DNS सर्वर फिर से लोड करें (&N)"
+
+#~ msgid "Start DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DNS सर्वर अभी शुरू करें"
+
+#~ msgid "Stop DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DNS सर्वर अभी रोके"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "अभी सेटिंग्ज़ सेव तथा DNS सर्वर फिर से लोड कर"
+
+#~ msgid "Now and When Booting"
+#~ msgstr "अभी और बूट करते समय"
+
+#~ msgid "Only Manually"
+#~ msgstr "सिर्फ हाथ से"
+
+#~ msgid "Switch On and Off"
+#~ msgstr "स्विच ओन और ओफ"
+
+#~ msgid "Current Status: "
+#~ msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
+#~ "be reread from new data storage.\n"
+#~ "Continue?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "आपके सभी परिवर्तन लुप्त हो जाएंगे. सेटिंग्ज़ नए\n"
+#~ "डाटा स्टोरेज से फिर से पढ़ी जाएंगी.\n"
+#~ "जारी रखें?\n"
+
#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server"
#~ msgstr "चालु करें DNS सर्वर (&S)"
Added: trunk/yast/hi/po/docker.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/docker.hi.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/docker.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: hi\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. Only root can start process
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Communication with fingerprint reader failed."
+msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
+msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट रीडर के साथ संचार विफल।"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Do you really want\n"
+#| "to quit the installation?"
+msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+"कया आप सचमुच अधिषठापनेशन\n"
+"छोडना चाहते है ?"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
+msgid "Do you want to remove the container?"
+msgstr "क्या आप पुनः प्रयास करना चाहते हैं?"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Do you really want\n"
+#| "to quit the installation?"
+msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+"कया आप सचमुच अधिषठापनेशन\n"
+"छोडना चाहते है ?"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image"
+msgid "&Images"
+msgstr "चित्र"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Containers"
+msgstr "कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disk Image"
+msgid "Docker Images"
+msgstr "डिस्क इमेज"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
+msgid "Running Docker Containers"
+msgstr "इंटरनेट कनेक्शन परीक्षण चल रहा है"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr "भंडार"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tab"
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr "टाब"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image"
+msgid "Image ID"
+msgstr "चित्र"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create"
+msgid "Created"
+msgstr "सृजित करना"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Virtual Device"
+msgid "Virtual Size"
+msgstr "विरचयुल उपकरण"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Container ID"
+msgstr "कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr "चित्र"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Commands:"
+msgid "Command"
+msgstr "कमान्ड:"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "स्थिती"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Port"
+msgid "Ports"
+msgstr "पोर्ट "
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
+msgid "Re&fresh"
+msgstr "रिफ्रेश (&f)"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid "R&un"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "&Delete"
+msgstr "मिटाएँ (&D)"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&View Changes"
+msgid "S&how Changes"
+msgstr "परिवर्तन &देखें"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Terminals"
+msgid "Inject &Terminal"
+msgstr "टर्मिनल"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Stop Container"
+msgstr "कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Kill Container"
+msgstr "कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Comment"
+msgid "&Commit"
+msgstr "टिप्पणी"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Exit"
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr "निर्गम"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
+msgstr "क्या आप वास्तव में विभाजन %1 को हटाना चाहते हैं?"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/drbd.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -73,11 +73,15 @@
msgstr "स्रोत समनुरूपण"
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+msgid "LVM Configuration"
+msgstr "LVM विन्यासेशन"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
msgstr "स्रोत समनुरूपण"
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
msgstr "स्रोत समनुरूपण"
@@ -256,7 +260,7 @@
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
@@ -291,14 +295,34 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>सम्बंध समनुरूपण</big></b></p> "
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>सम्बंध समनुरूपण</big></b></p> "
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -308,7 +332,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -318,7 +342,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -328,7 +352,7 @@
"यहां केडंप समरूपित करें।<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -347,7 +371,7 @@
"फिर <b>समरूपण</b> दबाएं।</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -358,7 +382,7 @@
" समनुरुपण में बदलाव खुलता है ।.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -370,7 +394,7 @@
"संपादित करें।<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -383,7 +407,7 @@
"केडंप समरूपित करने के लिए <b>जोड़ें</b> दबाएं।</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -399,7 +423,7 @@
"फिर इच्छानुसार <b>संपादित करें</b> या <b>मिटा दें</b> दबाएं।</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -411,7 +435,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -422,7 +446,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -432,28 +456,58 @@
"चलते रहने के लिए<b>अगला</b>दबाऐ।\n"
"<br></p>\n"
+#. Default is always true (auto)
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
+msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण "
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device type"
+msgid "Device Filter"
+msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार (&D)"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..."
+msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
+msgstr "SCPM डाटाबेस लिख रहा हैं..."
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable Microphone."
+msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
+msgstr "माइक्रोफोन समर्थ करें।"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "स्रोत नाम (&N):"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300
+#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
+#. Ignore the removed disk
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल"
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Scheme name must be set."
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr "व्यवस्था का नाम आवश्यक रूप से सेट किया जाए."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
@@ -462,79 +516,80 @@
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "बूट हो रहा है"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37
#, fuzzy
-msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting"
+msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting"
msgstr "ऑन -- हार्टबीट सर्वर को अभी और बूटिंग के समय आरंभ करें"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41
msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgstr "ऑफ -- सर्वर केवल मैनुअली आरंभ होता है"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "स्विच ओन और ओफ"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start DRBD Server Now"
msgstr "DNS सर्वर अभी शुरू करें"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now"
msgstr "DNS सर्वर अभी रोके"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74
+#. firewall_layout is just a dialog
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89
msgid "Propagate Configuration"
msgstr "विन्यास को संचरित करें"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96
msgid ""
"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "DRBD server is running."
msgstr "DNS सर्वर चल रहा है"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "DRBD server is not running."
msgstr "DNS सर्वर नहीं चल रहा है"
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "'lirc' सेवा शुरु करना फेल हो गया ।"
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "सेवाऎं रोके"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "हार्टबीट संरुपण"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
@@ -566,63 +621,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "साम्बा ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं पढें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "संसाधनों को पढ़ें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LVM configuration"
+msgid "Read LVM configurations"
+msgstr "LVM विन्यासेशन"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "डेमन स्थिति पढ़ें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "साम्बा ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "संसाधनों को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
+msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
+msgstr "समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं...."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "डेमन स्थिति को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr "ipsec.conf सेव करने पर खराबी हो गया:"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups"
msgid ""
@@ -630,12 +703,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "संसाधन समुह का समनुरुपण "
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "NFS समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
@@ -644,34 +717,58 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं लिखो"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "संसाधनों को लिखें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write configuration"
+msgid "Write LVM configurations"
+msgstr "समनुरूपण लिखें"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "डेमन स्थिति पढ़ें"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the firewall settings"
+msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
+msgstr "फायरवॉल सेटिंग्ज़ लिख रहा है"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं लिख रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "संसाधनों को लिखा जा रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
+msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "डेमन स्थिति को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
+msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
+msgstr "फायरवॉल सेटिंग्ज़ लिख रहा है..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr "डाइरक्टेरी %1 बनना नहीं सकता"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/fcoe-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall-services.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/firewall.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/firstboot.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -108,13 +108,13 @@
msgstr "लेबल"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr "मोडयूल नाम"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "स्थिती"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr "मोडयूल नाम"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
"आने के लिए बैक बटन नहीं है .</p>\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Your language setting has been changed.\n"
@@ -236,23 +236,23 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "कुंजीपटल अभिन्यास"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "भाषा (&L)"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "कुंजीपटल लेअउट (&K)"
#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/hi/po/fonts.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/fonts.hi.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/fonts.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -0,0 +1,677 @@
+# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: hi\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
+#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
+#. otherwise testsuite will fail
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
+msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
+msgstr "बिटमैप सपांदक"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+msgid "Black and White Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr "अकरण"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fonts"
+msgid "CFF Fonts"
+msgstr "फ़ॉन्ट"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. for testsuite
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+msgid "installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do not install"
+msgid "not installed"
+msgstr "अधिष्ठापित न करें"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:190
+msgid "Preference List for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. nothing to do here, initialize_familylist_widget will
+#. toggle off/on btn_add_manual as appropriate
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>वैधता:</b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:325
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b> %1 के लिए विवरण </b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
+msgid "<p>No specimen available for this font and script.</p>"
+msgstr "इस प्रकार के यूजर के लिए कोई UID उपलब्ध नहीं है।"
+
+#. unlikely
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:333
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>"
+msgid "<b>No script found for %s.</b>"
+msgstr "<p><b> %1 के लिए विवरण </b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:341
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>वैधता:</b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Description</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>"
+msgstr "<p><b>विवरण</b></p>"
+
+#. nothing to do nowadays
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496
+msgid ""
+"Family preference list for %s\n"
+"do not contain any installed family.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:499
+msgid ""
+"Please make sure to install at least one for each\n"
+"alias, otherwise this preference setting has no effect.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502
+msgid ""
+"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n"
+"If you install them when this yast module is running,\n"
+"reread the profile to see results.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. <table> do not work for text mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542
+msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543
+msgid ""
+" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n"
+"compiled in FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545
+msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547
+msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560
+msgid "Match for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing"
+msgid "Font &Antialiasing"
+msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588
+msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769
+msgid "Force A&utohinting On"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772
+msgid "Force Hint St&yle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623
+msgid "Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626
+msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add Lan&guage"
+msgid "All Lan&guages"
+msgstr "भा&षा जोड़ें"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Bamileke Languages"
+msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages"
+msgstr "बामिलेक भाषायें "
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644
+msgid "&Select"
+msgstr "चूनें (&S)"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter"
+msgid "LCD &Filter"
+msgstr "छलनी(&F)"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgid "&Layout"
+msgstr "कुंजीपटल लेअउट (&K)"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688
+msgid "Alias"
+msgstr "एलियास"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Net Family"
+msgid "Font Family"
+msgstr "नेट परिवार"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+msgid "Available"
+msgstr "उपलब्ध"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr "हटाऐ"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Down"
+msgid "Down"
+msgstr "नीचे (&D)"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Up"
+msgid "Up"
+msgstr "ऊपर (&U)"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66
+msgid "&Add"
+msgstr "जोडें (&A)"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Patches"
+msgid "&Installed families..."
+msgstr "संस्थापित पैच"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Search &description"
+msgid "Search &Metric Compatible"
+msgstr "खोज विवरण(&d)"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746
+msgid "Never use o&ther fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775
+msgid "Subpixel &Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Connection Details"
+msgid "&Rendering Details"
+msgstr "संबध व्यवस्थायें"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing"
+msgid "Antialiasing"
+msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Printing"
+msgid "Hinting"
+msgstr "प्रिटं कर रहा है"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837
+msgid "Prefered &Families"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844
+msgid "Forcing Family Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Patch Level"
+msgid "Match &Preview"
+msgstr "पैच लेवल"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Preserve"
+msgid "&Presets"
+msgstr "टूटा हुआ सेवक"
+
+#. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated
+#. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config
+#. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the Configuration"
+msgid "Reading Font Configuration"
+msgstr "समनुरुपण पढ रहा है"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read sysconfig values"
+msgid "Read sysconfig file"
+msgstr "sysconfig मान पढे"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading routes..."
+msgid "Reading %s..."
+msgstr "रूटों को पढ़ रहा है..."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Host Configuration"
+msgid "Font Configuration"
+msgstr "होस्ट समनुरूपण"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&User Code"
+msgid " (User Mode)"
+msgstr "&उपयोगकर्ता कोड"
+
+#. misuse back_button a bit
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save system settings"
+msgid "&Use system settings"
+msgstr "सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं संचित करो"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
+msgid "Writing Font Configuration"
+msgstr "NFS समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save sysconfig values"
+msgid "Write sysconfig file"
+msgstr "sysconfig मान संचय करें"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
+msgid "Run fonts-config"
+msgstr "SuSEconfig चलिए"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing users..."
+msgid "Writing %s..."
+msgstr "यूजर लिख रहा है..."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
+msgid "Running fonts-config..."
+msgstr "SuSEconfig चल रहा हैं..."
+
+#. we are in user mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999
+msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration &Module"
+msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>"
+msgstr "मोड्युल समनुरूपण (&M)"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027
+msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028
+msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
+msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
+msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033
+msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035
+msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036
+msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
+msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
+msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039
+msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040
+msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042
+msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
+msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
+msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050
+msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056
+msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057
+msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059
+msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060
+msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063
+msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066
+msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068
+msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074
+msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
+msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>सुनें</h3>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
+msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081
+msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
+msgid "<p>See: %s<p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
+msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>सुनें</h3>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
+msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
+msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
+msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
+msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101
+msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
+msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
+msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
+msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
+msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114
+msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
+msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
+msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
+msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>यूजर</h3>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125
+msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127
+msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129
+msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130
+msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
+msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
+msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
+msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142
+msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
+msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
+msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148
+msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149
+msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
+msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
+msgid "&Filter"
+msgstr "छलनी(&F)"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Patches"
+msgid "Installed Families"
+msgstr "संस्थापित पैच"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Export Format"
+msgid "Font Format"
+msgstr "निर्यात स्वरूप"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Script Name"
+msgid "Script Coverages"
+msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट का नाम"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr "रद्द करें (&C)"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr "ठीक है"
+
+#. save unknown langs
+#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Languages"
+msgid "&Languages"
+msgstr "भाषायें"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ftp-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 22:11+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -2064,24 +2064,24 @@
msgstr "नए यूजर के लिए होम डायरक्टरी न बनाएं"
#. anonymous dir
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr "<p><ul><i>सभी सेवाऐ बदं चिन्हित की गई हैं</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
#, fuzzy
msgid "FTP daemon"
msgstr "NTP डेमन"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid "FTP daemon %1"
msgstr "NTP डेमन"
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "These options will be configured"
msgstr "इन सेवाऎ समर्थ करेगां"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/geo-cluster.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,10 +60,10 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Printer Configuration"
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -122,17 +122,17 @@
msgstr "नैविगेटर्स"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
msgid "Add"
msgstr "जोङे"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "मिटाऐं"
@@ -140,175 +140,243 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
-#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication"
+msgid "Authentification"
+msgstr "सत्यापन "
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cancel"
+msgid "Ca&ncel"
+msgstr "रद्द"
+
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ठीक है"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification"
+msgid "Enable Security Auth"
+msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना नोटिफिकेसन समर्थ करें"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Key"
+msgid "Authentification file"
+msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
+msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Key"
+msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Basics"
+msgid "Basic"
+msgstr "मूल (&B)"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "कृपा अपना असली ईमेल पता भरती करें"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directories"
msgid "retries"
msgstr "डाइरेक्टरी (&c)"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Required patterns"
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr "आवश्यक पैटर्न"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "क्रियायें अवैध है"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "' सही नहीं हैं ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The source is not valid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "स्रोत मान्य नहीं है।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "' सही नहीं हैं ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "' सही नहीं हैं ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "लक्ष्य खाली नहीं हो सकता।"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "परिसेवक प्रशासक का ई-मेल पता"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "परिसेवक प्रशासक का ई-मेल पता"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "जोन नाम %1 पहले से विद्यमान है."
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+#. Validation check before switch to authentification
+#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "समरूपण नाम खाली नहीं किया जा सकता।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "समरूपण नाम खाली नहीं किया जा सकता।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610
+#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "कुंजी अवैध है"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621
+#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "गेटवे IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। "
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
+#. Validation check before switch to basic
+#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to create the installation RAM disk."
+msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgstr ""
+"URL'%1 इंस़टालेसन शोर्स बनाने में \n"
+"सक्षम नही है।"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+msgstr "प्रोक्सी के लिए सत्यापन स्थापित करें"
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -316,105 +384,112 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr "समनुरूपण फाईल पढ़ो "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "TV Station Configuration"
+msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgstr "TV स्टेशन समनुरुपण"
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
-#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("")
+#. Convert relative path to absolute path
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था नहीं लिखा जा सकता."
#. List like site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253
msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
#. Create a ticket item
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था नहीं लिखा जा सकता."
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "प्रिंटर समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं"
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
-msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "पुरानी व्यवसथाऐ पढो "
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "पूर्व व्यवस्थाऎं पढ रहा हैं..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Printer Configuration"
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "प्रिंटर समनुरुपण "
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता"
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr " समनुरुपण सार "
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/gtk.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/gtk.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/gtk.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:48+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/http-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -142,10 +142,10 @@
#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") );
#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil );
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@
#. translators: service status radio button label
#. translators: server module status
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@
#. translators: server module status unknown
#. list of all installed modules
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "अन्जान"
@@ -718,9 +718,9 @@
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr "सभी पता"
@@ -774,37 +774,37 @@
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "HTTP सेवक समनुरूपण को चला रहा हैं"
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "वातावरण चाँज करें"
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
msgid "Read Apache2 configuration"
msgstr "Apache2 समनुरूपण पढें"
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण पढें"
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "वातावरण चाँज कर रहा हैं"
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..."
msgstr "Apache2 समनुरूपण पढ रहा हैं"
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण पढं रहा हैं"
@@ -813,23 +813,23 @@
#. translators: progress step
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: progress finished
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "खतम....."
#. notification about package needed 1/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185
msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>HTTP सर्वर समनुरूपण के लिए<b>%1</b> पैकेज इस्तेमाल होना चाहिए </p>"
#. notification about package needed 2/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189
msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>क्या आप इसे अब इन्सटाल करना चाहते हो</p>"
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195
msgid ""
"The package %1 is not available.\n"
"\n"
@@ -845,52 +845,52 @@
#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247
msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist."
msgstr "समनुरूपण फईल %1 उपस्थिति नहीं हैं"
#. off();
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279
msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine."
msgstr "कोई DNS सैर्वर इस मेशीन पर नहीं चला रहा हैं"
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402
msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "HTTP सर्वर समनुरूपण को सेव कर रहा हैं"
#. translators: progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413
msgid "Write the Apache2 settings"
msgstr "Apache2 वयवसथाओँ को लिखो"
#. translators: progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
msgid "Enable Apache2 service"
msgstr "Apache2 सेर्वीसस समर्थ करो"
#. translators: progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418
msgid "Disable Apache2 service"
msgstr "Apache2 सेर्वीसस असमर्थ करो"
#. translators: progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
#. translators: progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr "Apache2 सेर्वीसस समर्थ कर रहा हैं......"
#. translators: progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427
msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr "Apache2 सेर्वीसस असमर्थ कर रहा हैं...."
#. install required RPMs for modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441
msgid ""
"The enabled modules require\n"
"installation of some of these additional packages:\n"
@@ -903,17 +903,17 @@
" क्या उन्हें अब अधिष्ठापित करना है?\n"
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550
msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
msgstr "मोड्यूल विवरण का नाम नहीं बताया गया हैं,छोड देता हैं"
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562
msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1"
msgstr "आटोइन्सटलेशन के लिए मोड्यूल का अन्जाना बदलाव:%1"
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581
msgid ""
"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n"
"This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
@@ -922,39 +922,39 @@
"यह असंगत मॉड्यूल विन्यास उत्पन्न कर सकता है."
#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596
msgid "Listen statement without port found."
msgstr "बिना पोर्ट दूढें वाक्य सुनें"
#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port)
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730
msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>सुनें</h3>"
#. "Default host" information
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>"
msgstr "अकरण(Default) होस्ट"
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799
msgid " in "
msgstr "अंन्दर"
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>"
msgstr "विर्चुल होस्ट विवरण"
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@
#. translators: multi selection box
#. translators: multi selection box
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474
msgid "&Listen on Interfaces"
msgstr "अंतराफलक पर सुनो (&L)"
@@ -1280,27 +1280,27 @@
msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty."
msgstr "प्रशासक ई-मेल खाली नहीं हो सकता"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709
#, fuzzy
msgid "All addresses (*)"
msgstr "सभी पता"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714
msgid "IP Addresses"
msgstr "आईपी पते"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716
#, fuzzy
msgid "ServerName"
msgstr " सर्वर नेम"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty."
msgstr "Root डैरक्टरी नेम खाली हो नहीं हो सकता हैं"
#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80'
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818
msgid ""
"To use name-based virtual hosting,\n"
"you must designate the IP address on the server\n"
@@ -1308,63 +1308,63 @@
"Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854
msgid "Master Zone %1"
msgstr "मास्टर जोन %1"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872
msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2."
msgstr "ज़ोन %2 में %1 रिकार्ड पहले से उपस्थिति हैं"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925
msgid "DNS Settings"
msgstr "DNS व्यवस्थाएँ"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884
msgid "Add to Zone"
msgstr "ज़ोन में जोडें"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "ज़ोन का नाम"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
msgid "Create New Zone"
msgstr "नया ज़ोन बनाओ "
#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021
msgid "CGI Directory"
msgstr "CGI डैरक्टरी"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028
msgid "Choose Certificate File"
msgstr " प्रमाण पत्र फाईल चुना दो"
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039
msgid "Enter the certificate file."
msgstr " प्रमाण पत्र फाईल बरती करें दो"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Certificate Key File"
msgstr " प्रमाण पत्र फाईल चुना दो"
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the key file."
msgstr " प्रमाण पत्र फाईल बरती करें दो"
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230
msgid "Select Certificate"
msgstr "प्रमाण पत्र चुनो"
#. translators: error message un failed certificate import
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222
msgid ""
"Cannot import certificate\n"
"%1"
@@ -1373,63 +1373,63 @@
"%1"
#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429
msgid "Network &Address:"
msgstr "नेटवर्क पता (&A)"
#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement
#. translators: popup error
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442
msgid "Invalid port number."
msgstr "नकली पोर्ट न०"
#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940
msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers"
msgstr "HTTP प्रवेशिका द्वारा रिजोल्यूशन"
#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943
msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used"
msgstr "इस्तेमाल IP पते द्वारा रिजोल्यूशन"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107
msgid "Modules dependency problem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
#, fuzzy
msgid "requires"
msgstr "जरुरी"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable required module or disable first one."
msgstr "precise पोइंटर समर्थ करें,या असमर्थ करें ।"
#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221
msgid "New Module &Name:"
msgstr "नया मोड्यूल नेम (&N):"
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239
msgid "A name for the module to add is required."
msgstr "जो माड्यूल जोडना हैं उसका नाम जरूरी हैं"
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242
msgid "The module is already in the list."
msgstr "माड्यूल पहले से ही सूची में हैं"
#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting
#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305
msgid "The entry '%1' already exists."
msgstr "भरती %1 पहले से ही उपस्थित हैं"
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326
msgid ""
"The list of the ports to which the server should\n"
"listen cannot be empty."
@@ -1438,85 +1438,85 @@
"खाली नहीं रह सकता."
#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493
msgid "At least one interface must be selected."
msgstr "कम से कम एक अंतराफलक चुनना पडेगा"
#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520
msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
msgstr "&PHP5 स्क्रिप्टिंग को समर्थ करें"
#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528
msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting"
msgstr "P&erl स्क्रिप्टिन्ग समर्थ करो"
#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536
msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting"
msgstr "P&ython स्क्रिप्टिन्ग समर्थ करो"
#. illegal keys in vhost
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid "Illegal key in vhost '%s'."
msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'."
msgstr "'%s' vहॉस्ट में अवैधानिक कुंजी."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739
#, perl-format
msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s."
msgstr "अन्दरूणी त्रुटी : डाटा एक अरे होना चाहिए ना कि %s"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764
msgid "Illegal host ID."
msgstr "होस्ट ID गलत हैं"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786
msgid "hostid already exists"
msgstr "होस्ट ID पहले से ही मैजूद हैं"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825
msgid "can not delete default host"
msgstr "अकरण होस्ट को नहीं मिटा सकता"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846
msgid "hostid not found"
msgstr "होस्ट ID नहीं मिली"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261
msgid "illegal port"
msgstr "अवैर्ध पोर्ट"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278
msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgstr "फायरवाल लिखने का नियम फेल हो गया"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325
msgid "listen value to delete not found"
msgstr "मिटने के लिए सुनने की वैल्यु नहीं मिली"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798
msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID."
msgstr "बताई गई ID होस्ट पकड़ने में नाकाम हैं"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
msgstr "PEM डाटा खराब हैं"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761
msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID."
msgstr "इस होस्ट ID के लिए कोई प्रमाण पत्र की फाइल समनुरूपित नहीं की गई हैं"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgstr "की फाइल पार्सिन्ग करना फेल हो गया"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803
msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
msgstr "इस होस्ट ID के लिए कोई CA प्रमाण पत्र फाइल समनुरूपित नहीं की गई हैं"
@@ -1524,230 +1524,230 @@
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic authentication"
msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "User authentication using text files"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता सत्यापन स्त्रोत"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Authorization"
msgstr "सत्यापन"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70
msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79
#, fuzzy
msgid "User authentication using DBM files"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता सत्यापन स्त्रोत"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
msgstr "पोस्ट-स्क्रिप्ट निष्पादन कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173
msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185
msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220
msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250
msgid "User-specific directories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258
msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285
#, fuzzy
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन तरीका"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300
msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335
msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345
msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360
msgid "File system provider for mod_dav"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371
msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390
msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411
msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434
msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447
msgid "Server-side image map processing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458
msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467
msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507
msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564
msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571
msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578
msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584
msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590
msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626
msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666
msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715
msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721
msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/inetd.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/installation.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -13,23 +13,310 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
"\n"
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
+msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
+msgstr "फोन्डस शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
+
+#. dialog content - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
+
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
+msgstr "कृपया इंतजार करें..."
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"No installation control file has been found,\n"
+"the installer cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. progress step title
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
+msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
+msgstr "Yast समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. Dialog busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267
+msgid "Finishing the installation..."
+msgstr "बेसिक संसथापन खतम करें"
+
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+#| "a graphical installation. There is less than %1 MB\n"
+#| "memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
+"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"आपका कंप्यूटर एक ग्राफिक संस्थापन के लिए सभी आवश्यकताओं को\n"
+"पूरा नहीं करता। इसमें %1 MB से कम की\n"
+"मेमोरी है या X सर्वर को शुरू नहीं किया जा सकता।\n"
+"\n"
+"फॉलबैक के तौर पर, YaST2 का पाठ्य अग्र-भाग संस्थापन के बीच में\n"
+"आपको दिशा-निर्देश देगा। यह अग्र-भाग ग्राफिक वाले की\n"
+"भांति क्रिया-पद्धति प्रदान करता है, लेकिन स्क्रीनें\n"
+"मैनुअल वालों से अलग होती हैं।\n"
+
+#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
+#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
+#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "The required packages were not installed (minimal installation) or\n"
+#| "the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgid ""
+"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
+"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ग्राफिक इंटरफेस शुरू नहीं किया जा सकता।\n"
+"\n"
+"आवश्यक पैकेज संस्थापित (न्यूनतम संस्थापन) नहीं हैं या\n"
+"ग्राफिक कार्ड ठीक ढंग से समर्थित नहीं है।\n"
+"\n"
+"फॉलबैक के तौर पर, YaST2 का पाठ्य अग्र-भाग संस्थापन के बीच में\n"
+"आपको दिशा-निर्देश देगा। यह अग्र-भाग ग्राफिक वाले की\n"
+"भांति क्रिया-पद्धति प्रदान करता है, लेकिन स्क्रीनें\n"
+"मैनुअल वालों से अलग होती हैं।\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start service %1"
+msgstr "सेवाऎं शुरू करो"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgstr "सेवा %1 रीस्टार्ट की जा रही है...ी"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+msgstr "<p>जब तक पैकेज किए जा रहो है इंतजार करें ।</p>"
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has failed.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+"पिछला संस्थापन नाकाम रहा।\n"
+"क्या आप इसे जारी रखना चाहेंगे?\n"
+"\n"
+"नोट : आपको फिर से कुछ जानकारी प्रविष्ट करनी पड़ सकती है।"
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+"पिछले संस्थापन को बीच में ही छोड़ दिया गया।\n"
+"क्या आप इसे जारी रखना चाहेंगे?\n"
+"\n"
+"नोट : आपको फिर से कुछ जानकारी प्रविष्ट करनी पड़ सकती है।"
+
+#. popup headline (#x1)
+#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
+#. dialog cotent (progress information)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
+msgid "Starting Installation..."
+msgstr "संसथापन निश्चित करें"
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167
+msgid "Confirm Installation"
+msgstr "संसथापन निश्चित करें"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>All information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>बेस संसथापन के लिए सभी आवश्यक सूचनाऎं मिल गई हैं </p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
+"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
+"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
+"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>अगर अब आपने जारी रखा, तो आपके हार्ड डिस्क के पार्टीशन, पिछले संवादों के संस्थापन सेटिंग्स के अनुसार, \n"
+"<b>फॉर्मेट</b>\n"
+"(इन पार्टीशन में मौजूद किसी भी डेटा का मिट जाना) हो जाएंगे।</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
+"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
+"previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>अगर अब आपने जारी रखा, तो पिछले संवादों के संस्थापन सेटिंग्स के अनुसार, \n"
+"आपकी हार्ड डिस्क के डेटा पर फिर से लिख दिया जाएगा।</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>यदी तुम निश्चित नहीं हो तो वापस जाकर व्यवस्थाओं की जाँच करें</p>"
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+msgid "Confirm Update"
+msgstr "नवीनीकरण निश्चित करें"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>नवीनीकरण के लिए सभी आवश्यक सूचनाऎं मिल गई हैं </p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
+"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>अगर अब आपने जारी रखा, तो पिछले संवादों के संस्थापन सेटिंग्स के अनुसार, \n"
+"आपकी हार्ड डिस्क के डेटा पर फिर से लिख दिया जाएगा।</p>"
+
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+msgid "Start &Update"
+msgstr "नवीनीकरण शुरू करें (&U)"
+
#. this is a heading
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61
-msgid "Dummy"
-msgstr "डम्मी"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66
+msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:63
-msgid "&Dummy"
-msgstr "डम्मी (&D)"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68
+msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
+msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
+msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
+msgstr "सेवा %1 रीस्टार्ट की जा रही है...ी"
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
@@ -42,15 +329,19 @@
"को एक प्रोफाइल की आवश्यकता होती है। अगर यह विकल्प\n"
"चुना गया है, तो वर्तमान सिस्टम का एक प्रोफाइल /रूट/autoyast.xml में स्टोर हो जाता है।</p>\n"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
+msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
msgid "Clone System Configuration"
msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
@@ -58,107 +349,100 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "फाइलों को संसथापित सिस्टम में कापी कर रहा है ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:65
-msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
-msgstr "लोग फाइलों को संसथापित सिस्टम में कापी कर रहा है..."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60
msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..."
msgstr "फाइलों को संसथापित सिस्टम में कापी कर रहा है ..."
#. Create a summary
#. return string
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from Images"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Install from Images"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Do not Install from Images"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
msgstr ""
#. Image name, Image location
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Create Image"
msgid "Create Image"
msgstr "प्रतिरूप बनाओ(&I)"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188
msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200
msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
@@ -166,7 +450,7 @@
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
@@ -174,30 +458,31 @@
"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1."
msgstr ""
#. changed to true
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
msgid ""
"Cannot enable installation from images.\n"
"\n"
@@ -206,52 +491,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from &Images"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "No installation images are available"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "अकरण विन्डो प्रबघंक शुरू कर रहा हैं ..."
#. feedback heading
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgid "Add-on Product Installation"
msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद का अधिष्ठापन"
#. feedback message
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..."
msgstr "पठन पैकेजिज़ अधिष्ठापन साधनों पर उपलब्ध है..."
#. popup error message
#. %1 represents the the error message details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109
msgid ""
"An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n"
"Details: %1\n"
@@ -265,35 +550,35 @@
#. bnc #542792
#. Repository name must be generated from product details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updates for %1 %2"
msgstr "%1 के लिए अन्यनाम"
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "अनजाना मोड"
#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70
msgid "Run Update"
msgstr "अद्यतन रन करायें"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
msgid "Skip Update"
msgstr "अद्यतन को छोड़ें"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73
msgid "Online Update"
msgstr "ओनलाइन अपडेट "
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
msgid "Run Online Update now?"
msgstr "इस समय ऑनलाइन अद्यतन रन कराना चाहते हैं?"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76
msgid ""
"Select whether to run an online update now.\n"
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
@@ -305,45 +590,52 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. combobox
#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&भाषा"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "कुंजीपटल लेअउट (&K)"
#. bnc #359456
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "हाँ मैं स्वीकार पत्र पर सहमत हुँ"
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "कीबोर्ड"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "लैसेन्स समझोता"
#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "License &Translations..."
msgstr "PTR: रिवर्स अनुवाद"
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -358,7 +650,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -367,7 +659,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -378,7 +670,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -391,7 +683,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -410,26 +702,26 @@
#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
#. 28 = Operation timeout.
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "विमोचन लेख"
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
msgstr "VPN सेवा असमर्थ करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
@@ -443,23 +735,23 @@
#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST"
msgstr "ओटो यास्ट के लिए सिस्टम क्लोण करें (&C)"
#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
msgid "Installation Completed"
msgstr "संसथापन समाप्त हो गया"
#. congratulation text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>बघाई</b></p>"
#. congratulation text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
@@ -468,22 +760,22 @@
"<b>खतम</b> पर क्लिक करने के बाद, आप सिस्टम में लॉगिन कर सकते हैं।</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
msgstr "<p>हमें :%1 पर पाऎं</p>"
#. congratulation text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
msgstr "<p> खूब सारा मजा हो ! तुम्हारी SUSE डिवलेपमेन्ट टीम</p>"
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>आपका सिस्टम इस्तेमाल करने के लिए तैयार हैं </p>"
#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n"
@@ -496,7 +788,7 @@
"लोगिन स्क्रीन पर चला जायेगा</p>\n"
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
@@ -507,7 +799,7 @@
"SUSE स्वागत संवाद पर भी गौर कीजिए।</p>\n"
#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
@@ -520,33 +812,26 @@
"को एक प्रोफाइल की आवश्यकता होती है। अगर यह विकल्प\n"
"चुना गया है, तो वर्तमान सिस्टम का एक प्रोफाइल /रूट/autoyast.xml में स्टोर हो जाता है।</p>\n"
-#. Dialog busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
-msgid "Finishing the installation..."
-msgstr "बेसिक संसथापन खतम करें"
-
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>X11 सिस्टम अक्सस करने के लिए<b>%1</b>पैकेज इंसटाल होना चाहिए</p> "
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "इसे अभी अधिष्ठापित करना है?"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed."
msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled."
msgstr "ये बंडल अधिष्ठापन नहीं किये है और अधिष्ठापन नही किये जा सकेगे।"
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "सिस्टम अब पुन: बूट होगा..."
@@ -555,16 +840,17 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "इमेज %1 इस्तेमाल करें"
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
@@ -572,136 +858,129 @@
msgstr "कैटलॉग का प्रारंभिकीकरण असफल"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "चित्र डाउनलोड किया जा रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "चित्र डाउनलोड किया जा रहा है..."
#. reset the label
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "चित्र डाउनलोड किया जा रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "चित्र डाउनलोड किया जा रहा है..."
#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "उपलब्ध नियंत्रकों को संसूचित करना"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "उप्करण का सक्रियण "
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "&DASD समनुरुपित उपकरणः"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "&ZFCP डिस्कों को विन्यासित करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "&ZFCP डिस्कों को विन्यासित करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "&iSCSI डिस्कों को विन्यासित करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation - Warming Up"
msgstr "अधिषठापन मिडिया"
-#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
-#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#. popup headline (#x1)
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379
-msgid "Starting Installation..."
-msgstr "संसथापन निश्चित करें"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
-#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr "फोन्डस शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Show packages with status"
msgid "Show &package updates"
@@ -710,82 +989,83 @@
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "बेसिक संसथापन खतम करें"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "पूर्व अधिष्ठापन स्क्रिप्टस"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "संसथापित सिस्टम पर फाईलस कापी करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण सेव करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "संसथापन व्यवस्थाऎं सेव करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "बूट प्रबघंक इंसटाल करें"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "आरंभिक बूट के लिए सिस्टम तैयार करें"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "बदलें..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "सिस्टम डाटा एकत्रित करना..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
#. Button to accept a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "मैं सहमत हुँ (&A)"
#. Button to reject a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67
msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
msgstr " मैं असहमत हुँ (&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr ""
@@ -793,48 +1073,33 @@
"बेस सिस्टम संसथापन करने पर क्रुपया ईन्तजार करें\n"
"</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr "कृपया इंतजार करें..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "संसथापन व्यवस्थाऎं"
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
-
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media"
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "अलग मीडिया से ऐड-ऑन उत्पादों को शामिल करें (&c)"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -845,7 +1110,7 @@
"क्या करने के लिए चूनें </p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -853,7 +1118,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -869,23 +1134,23 @@
"<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b> चुनें।</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup"
msgstr "सेट-अप रीति"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95
msgid ""
"No network setup has been found.\n"
"It is important if using remote repositories,\n"
@@ -893,43 +1158,43 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure your network card now?"
msgstr "क्या तुम CD बदल कर दुबारा कोशिश करना चाहते हो? "
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select"
msgstr "चूनें (&S)"
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118
msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126
msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
"have a configured network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
@@ -942,7 +1207,7 @@
"अधिक विवरणों के लिए लॉग फाइल %1 को जांचें।"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
@@ -950,7 +1215,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
@@ -959,12 +1224,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr "डेसक्टाप चुनाव"
#. UI wait loop
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No desktop was selected. Select the\n"
@@ -977,339 +1242,51 @@
"डेसक्टाप चुनें।"
#. BNC #449818
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
msgid "Other"
msgstr "अन्य"
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
msgstr ""
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क की जांच..."
-#. kilobytes
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125
+#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
+#. BNC #439104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "बंडल लगाए जा रहे हैं..."
-#. question in a popup box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214
-msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
-msgstr "सभी को सचमुच अकरण मूल पर रीसैट करें ?"
-
-#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216
-msgid "You will lose all changes."
-msgstr "तुम सभी बदलाव खो दोगे "
-
-#. force_reset
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "निम्नलिखित समनुरूपण इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
-msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
-msgstr "यूजर के निर्वेदन पर समनुरूपण स्किप कर रहा हुँ"
-
-#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
-"resolved before continuing.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"प्रस्ताव में एक त्रुटि है जिसे आगे बढ़ना जारी रखने से पहले\n"
-"दूर कर लिया जाना चाहिए।\n"
-
-#. not using tabs
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
-msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
-msgstr "त्रुटिः अप्राप्ति टाइटल"
-
-#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
-msgstr "हालिया व्यवस्थायों का सार दिखायें"
-
-#. busy message;
-#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
-msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgstr "तुम्हारी सिस्टम विश्लेशण कर रहा हैं..."
-
-#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
-msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
-msgstr "खराबी: कोई प्रस्ताव लहीं"
-
-#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
-#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
-msgid ""
-"Configuration saved.\n"
-"There were errors."
-msgstr ""
-"समनुरूपण सेव किया\n"
-"कुछ खराबी था"
-
-#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "अधिषठापन सेवक "
-
-#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
-#. do this later manually or not at all
-#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
-#. use newlines for longer translations.
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
-msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)"
-
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
-msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
-msgstr "निम्नलिखित समनुरूपण इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
-
-#. menu button
-#. menu button
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "बदलें... (&C)"
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)"
-
-#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
-#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr "बदलाव करने के लिए किसी भी शीर्षक पर क्लिक करें या नीचे दिए \"बदलें...\" मेन्यू का प्रयोग करें।"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
-msgstr "बदलाव करने के लिए किसी भी शीर्षक पर क्लिक करें या नीचे दिए \"बदलें...\" मेन्यू का प्रयोग करें।"
-
-#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
-msgid "&Reset to defaults"
-msgstr "अकरण पर रीसेट करें (&R) "
-
-#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
-"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"संगत शीर्षक पर क्लिक कर या <b>बदलें...</b> मेन्यू का प्रयोग कर\n"
-"मानों को बदलें।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for installation proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"प्रदर्शित मानों के साथ नया संस्थापन करने के लिए <b>स्वीकार </b> का प्रयोग करें।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. kicking out, bug #203811
-#. no such headline
-#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _("<p>
-#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install,
-#. click the <b>Mode</b> headline or select <b>Mode</b> in the
-#. <b>Change...</b> menu.
-#. </p>
-#. ");
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"आपकी हार्ड डिस्क किसी भी रूप में संशोधित नहीं की गई है, अत: आप अभी भी सुरक्षित ढंग से रद्द कर सकते है।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for update proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"प्रदर्शित मानों के साथ नया संस्थापन करने के लिए <b>स्वीकार</b> का प्रयोग करें।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for network configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>अगला</b> दबाकर नेटवर्क सेटिंग्स को प्रभावी करें।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for service configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>अगला</b> दबाकर सर्विस सेटिंग्स को प्रभावी करें।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>अगला</b> दबाकर हार्डवेयर सेटिंग्स को प्रभावी करें।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
-msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>UML संसथापन प्रस्ताव</B></P>"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
-msgid ""
-"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
-"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>UML (उपयोगकर्ता मोड लिनक्स) संस्थापन आपको होस्ट सिस्टम में स्वतंत्र\n"
-"लिनक्स वर्चुअल मशीनें शुरू करने की अनुमति देता है।</P>"
-
-#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
-#. hardhware configuration.
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"सेटिंग्स का, जिस रूप में उन्हें दर्शाया गया है उसी तरह, प्रयोग करने के लिए, <b>अगला</b> दबाएं।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-#| "locked by the system administrator, so cannot be changed. To change\n"
-#| "a proposal that is locked, ask your system administrator.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
-"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>कुछ प्रस्ताव सिस्टम प्रशासक द्वारा\n"
-"लॉक किए हुए हो सकते हैं, इसलिए बदले नहीं जा सकते। लॉक किए हुए किसी प्रस्ताव\n"
-"को बदलने के लिए अपने सिस्टम प्रशासक से पूछें।</p>"
-
-#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
-msgid "&Update"
-msgstr "नवीनीकरण करें (&U)"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
-msgid "&Install"
-msgstr "अधिष्ठापित (&I)"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "इस मोड्यूल के लिए कोई यूज़र इंटरफेस प्राप्य नहीं हैं।"
#. combobox item
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Language: %1"
msgstr "भाषा"
#. caption for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr "विमोचन लेख"
#. +2 thingies on the right
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248
msgid "&Product"
msgstr "उत्पाद(&P)"
#. help text for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Here are the <b>release notes</b> for the installed\n"
@@ -1322,130 +1299,122 @@
"ये नए लक्षणों और बदलावों का एक संक्षिप्त सारांश प्रदान करते हैं।</p>"
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr "कोई पाच नहीं इंस्टाल किया हैं । "
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Starting service %1..."
-msgstr "सेवा %1 रीस्टार्ट की जा रही है...ी"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
msgid "Choose one scenario, please."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgstr "दस्तावेज रूट चुनें"
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "तुम्हारी कैम्पूटर विश्लेशण कर रहा हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr "USB अपकरण जाँज कर रहा हैं"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "USB अपकरण जाँज कर रहा हैं"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr "फाईरवेर अपकरण जाँज कर रहा हैं..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "फाईरवेर अपकरण जाँज कर रहा हैं..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "फ्लॉपी डिस्क डिवाइसों की जांच"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "फ्लॉपी डिस्क डिवाइसों की जांच..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क कंट्रोलर्स की जांच"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क कंट्रोलर्स की जांच..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क कंट्रोलर्स के लिए लोड कर्नेल मॉड्यूल"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क कंट्रोलर्स के लिए लोडिंग कर्नेल मॉड्यूल्स..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क की जांच"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क की जांच..."
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "गुम हुए पार्टिशनों की तलाश करें"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "रूट डिवाइस के लिए तलाश..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "नया बंडल डाटाबेस आरंभ किया जा रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "नया बंडल डाटाबेस आरंभ किया जा रहा है..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "सिस्टम ग्रुप"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "<p>जब तक सिस्टम समनुरुप किया जा रहा है कृपा इंतजार करें ।</p>"
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1458,7 +1427,7 @@
"आपका हार्डवेर जाँज करें\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1471,7 +1440,7 @@
"संसथापन के लिए हार्ड डिस्क नहीं मिला\n"
"आपका हार्डवेर जाँज करें\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1479,7 +1448,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1496,7 +1465,7 @@
"आपका हार्डवेर जाँज करें\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
@@ -1504,160 +1473,176 @@
msgstr "कैटलॉग का प्रारंभिकीकरण असफल"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remove"
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "हटाऐ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त संसाधन चुनें:"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "हालिया स्थिति:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#. menu button
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+msgid "&Change..."
+msgstr "बदलें... (&C)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "स्थिति बदलें (&T)"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अनंजान"
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "कार्यकर्म समनुरुप नहीं है"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "अतिरिक्त संसाधन चुनें:"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"कृपया प्रतिबिंब की पुर्नप्राप्ति तक प्रतीक्षा करें.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "पुराना संचय किया गया समनुरुपण पढें"
#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "पुराना संचय किया गया समनुरुपण पढ रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "पुराना संचय किया गया समनुरुपण पढें"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "अतिरिक्त संसाधन चुनें:"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "पुराना संचय किया गया समनुरुपण पढें"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "अतिरिक्त संसाधन चुनें:"
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1667,7 +1652,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1677,7 +1662,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
@@ -1689,7 +1674,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
@@ -1699,7 +1684,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
@@ -1710,7 +1695,7 @@
"%2"
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
@@ -1721,17 +1706,17 @@
"%2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "स्वागत"
#. welcome text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71
msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>स्वागत</b><p>"
#. welcome text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n"
"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
@@ -1744,7 +1729,7 @@
" \n"
#. help ttext
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to go through the\n"
@@ -1757,125 +1742,109 @@
"<b>अगला</b> पर क्लिक करें।</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing automatic configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63
msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
msgstr "मोड्यूल कैर्नल निर्भरता अपडेट कर रहा हैं ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Setting up linker cache"
msgid "Setting up linker cache..."
msgstr "लिंकर कैशे व्यवस्थित कर रहा हैं"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
msgid "Checking the installed system..."
msgstr "संसथापित सिस्टम में जा रहा हैं... "
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "टैम सोण सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr "भाषा सेव कर रहा हैं .."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "कन्सोल समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "कुँजीपटल समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "प्रोडक्ट सूचनाऎं सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..."
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "औटोमाटिक संसथापन व्यवस्थाऎं सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading security settings..."
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "सुरक्षा व्यवस्था पढ़ रहा है..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Saving sound card settings..."
-msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
-msgstr "आवाज कार्ड का व्यवस्थाऐं संचय कर रहा है..."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "हार्डवैर समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं... "
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
msgstr "SSH व्यवस्थाऎं संसथापित सिस्टम पर कापी कर रहा हैं..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
msgid "Moving to installed system..."
msgstr "संसथापित सिस्टम में जा रहा हैं... "
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
msgstr "सभी माउंटड उपकरणों को अनमाउंटड कर रहा हैं... "
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
msgstr "सिस्टम पर X विन्डो सिस्टम समनुरूपण कापी कर रहा हैं..."
-#. progress step title
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
-msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
-msgstr "Yast समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं..."
-
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1889,277 +1858,306 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50
-msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
-msgstr "अकरण विन्डो प्रबघंक शुरू कर रहा हैं ..."
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42
+msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
+msgstr "लोग फाइलों को संसथापित सिस्टम में कापी कर रहा है..."
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
-msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
-msgstr "फोन्डस शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
+msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
+msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+#. question in a popup box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
+msgstr "सभी को सचमुच अकरण मूल पर रीसैट करें ?"
+
+#. explain consequences of a decision
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+msgid "You will lose all changes."
+msgstr "तुम सभी बदलाव खो दोगे "
+
+#. while input loop
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
-msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
+msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+msgstr "निम्नलिखित समनुरूपण इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"No installation control file has been found,\n"
-"the installer cannot continue."
+#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
+#. to store profile after installation
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
+msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
msgstr ""
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-#| "a graphical installation. There is less than %1 MB\n"
-#| "memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
+msgstr "यूजर के निर्वेदन पर समनुरूपण स्किप कर रहा हुँ"
+
+#. error message is a popup
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
msgid ""
-"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
-"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
+"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
-"आपका कंप्यूटर एक ग्राफिक संस्थापन के लिए सभी आवश्यकताओं को\n"
-"पूरा नहीं करता। इसमें %1 MB से कम की\n"
-"मेमोरी है या X सर्वर को शुरू नहीं किया जा सकता।\n"
-"\n"
-"फॉलबैक के तौर पर, YaST2 का पाठ्य अग्र-भाग संस्थापन के बीच में\n"
-"आपको दिशा-निर्देश देगा। यह अग्र-भाग ग्राफिक वाले की\n"
-"भांति क्रिया-पद्धति प्रदान करता है, लेकिन स्क्रीनें\n"
-"मैनुअल वालों से अलग होती हैं।\n"
+"प्रस्ताव में एक त्रुटि है जिसे आगे बढ़ना जारी रखने से पहले\n"
+"दूर कर लिया जाना चाहिए।\n"
-#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
-#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
-#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#. busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "The required packages were not installed (minimal installation) or\n"
-#| "the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
+msgstr "हालिया व्यवस्थायों का सार दिखायें"
+
+#. busy message;
+#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgstr "तुम्हारी सिस्टम विश्लेशण कर रहा हैं..."
+
+#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
+msgstr "खराबी: कोई प्रस्ताव लहीं"
+
+#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
+#. text for a message box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
msgid ""
-"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
-"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"Configuration saved.\n"
+"There were errors."
msgstr ""
-"ग्राफिक इंटरफेस शुरू नहीं किया जा सकता।\n"
-"\n"
-"आवश्यक पैकेज संस्थापित (न्यूनतम संस्थापन) नहीं हैं या\n"
-"ग्राफिक कार्ड ठीक ढंग से समर्थित नहीं है।\n"
-"\n"
-"फॉलबैक के तौर पर, YaST2 का पाठ्य अग्र-भाग संस्थापन के बीच में\n"
-"आपको दिशा-निर्देश देगा। यह अग्र-भाग ग्राफिक वाले की\n"
-"भांति क्रिया-पद्धति प्रदान करता है, लेकिन स्क्रीनें\n"
-"मैनुअल वालों से अलग होती हैं।\n"
+"समनुरूपण सेव किया\n"
+"कुछ खराबी था"
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278
+#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
+#. do this later manually or not at all
+#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
+#. use newlines for longer translations.
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)"
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
+msgstr "निम्नलिखित समनुरूपण इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
+
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start service %1"
-msgstr "सेवाऎं शुरू करो"
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Export Configuration"
+msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298
+#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
+#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
-msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ"
+#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgstr "बदलाव करने के लिए किसी भी शीर्षक पर क्लिक करें या नीचे दिए \"बदलें...\" मेन्यू का प्रयोग करें।"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
-msgstr "<p>जब तक पैकेज किए जा रहो है इंतजार करें ।</p>"
+#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
+msgstr "बदलाव करने के लिए किसी भी शीर्षक पर क्लिक करें या नीचे दिए \"बदलें...\" मेन्यू का प्रयोग करें।"
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has failed.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
-msgstr ""
-"पिछला संस्थापन नाकाम रहा।\n"
-"क्या आप इसे जारी रखना चाहेंगे?\n"
-"\n"
-"नोट : आपको फिर से कुछ जानकारी प्रविष्ट करनी पड़ सकती है।"
+#. menu button item
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+msgid "&Reset to defaults"
+msgstr "अकरण पर रीसेट करें (&R) "
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
-msgstr ""
-"पिछले संस्थापन को बीच में ही छोड़ दिया गया।\n"
-"क्या आप इसे जारी रखना चाहेंगे?\n"
-"\n"
-"नोट : आपको फिर से कुछ जानकारी प्रविष्ट करनी पड़ सकती है।"
+#. FATE #120373
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Update"
+msgstr "नवीनीकरण करें (&U)"
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:199
-msgid "Confirm Installation"
-msgstr "संसथापन निश्चित करें"
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Install"
+msgstr "अधिष्ठापित (&I)"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202
+#. @return [String] translated headline
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>All information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>बेस संसथापन के लिए सभी आवश्यक सूचनाऎं मिल गई हैं </p>"
+msgid "Installation Overview"
+msgstr "अधिषठापन सेवक "
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#, fuzzy
+#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77
msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
-"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
-"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
-"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
+"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>अगर अब आपने जारी रखा, तो आपके हार्ड डिस्क के पार्टीशन, पिछले संवादों के संस्थापन सेटिंग्स के अनुसार, \n"
-"<b>फॉर्मेट</b>\n"
-"(इन पार्टीशन में मौजूद किसी भी डेटा का मिट जाना) हो जाएंगे।</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"संगत शीर्षक पर क्लिक कर या <b>बदलें...</b> मेन्यू का प्रयोग कर\n"
+"मानों को बदलें।\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
-"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
-"previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>अगर अब आपने जारी रखा, तो पिछले संवादों के संस्थापन सेटिंग्स के अनुसार, \n"
-"आपकी हार्ड डिस्क के डेटा पर फिर से लिख दिया जाएगा।</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"आपकी हार्ड डिस्क किसी भी रूप में संशोधित नहीं की गई है, अत: आप अभी भी सुरक्षित ढंग से रद्द कर सकते है।\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254
-msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>यदी तुम निश्चित नहीं हो तो वापस जाकर व्यवस्थाओं की जाँच करें</p>"
-
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242
-msgid "Confirm Update"
-msgstr "नवीनीकरण निश्चित करें"
-
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246
+#. Help text for installation proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>नवीनीकरण के लिए सभी आवश्यक सूचनाऎं मिल गई हैं </p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"प्रदर्शित मानों के साथ नया संस्थापन करने के लिए <b>स्वीकार </b> का प्रयोग करें।\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248
+#. so update
+#. Help text for update proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
-"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>अगर अब आपने जारी रखा, तो पिछले संवादों के संस्थापन सेटिंग्स के अनुसार, \n"
-"आपकी हार्ड डिस्क के डेटा पर फिर से लिख दिया जाएगा।</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"प्रदर्शित मानों के साथ नया संस्थापन करने के लिए <b>स्वीकार</b> का प्रयोग करें।\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:258
-msgid "Start &Update"
-msgstr "नवीनीकरण शुरू करें (&U)"
+#. Help text for network configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"<b>अगला</b> दबाकर नेटवर्क सेटिंग्स को प्रभावी करें।\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42
-msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+#. Help text for service configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"<b>अगला</b> दबाकर सर्विस सेटिंग्स को प्रभावी करें।\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44
-msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"<b>अगला</b> दबाकर हार्डवेयर सेटिंग्स को प्रभावी करें।\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
+#. Proposal in uml module
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>UML संसथापन प्रस्ताव</B></P>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr "संसथापन मोड"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+msgid ""
+"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
+"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+"<P>UML (उपयोगकर्ता मोड लिनक्स) संस्थापन आपको होस्ट सिस्टम में स्वतंत्र\n"
+"लिनक्स वर्चुअल मशीनें शुरू करने की अनुमति देता है।</P>"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
-msgstr "सेवा %1 रीस्टार्ट की जा रही है...ी"
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35
-msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
+#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
+#. hardhware configuration.
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"सेटिंग्स का, जिस रूप में उन्हें दर्शाया गया है उसी तरह, प्रयोग करने के लिए, <b>अगला</b> दबाएं।\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Text to display
#.
#. @return String
-#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Administration"
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "सुदूर प्रशासन"
+#. Writes configuration
+#.
+#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
+#. Snapper is configured.
+#.
+#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
+#. otherwise it returns false.
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking root file system entry of fstab..."
+msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
+msgstr "एफस्टैब की रूट फाइल सिस्टम प्रविष्टि की जांच की जा रही है..."
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr ""
"URL'%1 इंस़टालेसन शोर्स बनाने में \n"
"सक्षम नही है।"
-#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#. count megabytes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "चित्र डाउनलोड किया जा रहा है..."
@@ -2168,7 +2166,7 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "सेवाऎं रोक रहा हैं"
@@ -2176,19 +2174,50 @@
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "सर्वीस दुबारा शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
+#~ msgstr "त्रुटिः अप्राप्ति टाइटल"
+
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
+#~| "locked by the system administrator, so cannot be changed. To change\n"
+#~| "a proposal that is locked, ask your system administrator.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
+#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
+#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>कुछ प्रस्ताव सिस्टम प्रशासक द्वारा\n"
+#~ "लॉक किए हुए हो सकते हैं, इसलिए बदले नहीं जा सकते। लॉक किए हुए किसी प्रस्ताव\n"
+#~ "को बदलने के लिए अपने सिस्टम प्रशासक से पूछें।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
+#~ msgstr "अकरण विन्डो प्रबघंक शुरू कर रहा हैं ..."
+
+#~ msgid "Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "डम्मी"
+
+#~ msgid "&Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "डम्मी (&D)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Saving sound card settings..."
+#~ msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
+#~ msgstr "आवाज कार्ड का व्यवस्थाऐं संचय कर रहा है..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted"
#~ msgstr "दोबारा अधिष्ठापन की जरुरत है"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/instserver.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/iplb.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -115,8 +115,10 @@
msgstr "संपादन"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Log Out"
-msgstr "लॉग आउट"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connect"
+msgid "Disconnect"
+msgstr "संबंधन"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -127,9 +129,6 @@
msgstr "खोज"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Log In"
-msgstr "लॉग इन"
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "संबंधन"
@@ -212,8 +211,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI प्रारंभक</h1>"
@@ -332,42 +331,40 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"वर्तमान सत्रों की सूची. नया लक्ष्य जोड़ने के लिए <b>योग</b> को दबाएं.\n"
-"किसी को हटाने के लिए, इसे चयन करे तथा <b>लॉग आउट</b> को दबाएं.\n"
-"स्टार्टअप स्टेटस को बदलने के लिए <b>टोगल</b> को दबाएं.\n"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>चेतावनी</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>जब iSCSI युक्ति <b>पढे</b>/<b>लिखे</b> को अभिगम करना हो तो सुनिश्चित करें कि यह अभिगम अपवर्जी है, नहीं तो डाटा विकृति की प्रबल खतरा है.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> /etc/initiatorname.iscsi से एक वैल्य है। यदिआपके पास iBFT है, यह वैल्यू यहां से बदल दी जाएगी और आप उसे परिवर्तित नहीं कर पाएंगे(इसे बाओस सेटअप में करें)।</p><p>यदि आप यह वैल्यू परिवर्तित करना चाहते हैं, <b>नामरक्षित करें</b>बटन प्रयोग करें। यह वैल्यू स्वतः रक्षित नहीं होती।</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -375,14 +372,10 @@
"केवल <b>पोर्ट</b> को बदलें. यदि आवश्यकता हो. प्रमाणीकरण के लिए, <b>उपयोक्ता नाम</b> तथा <b>पासवर्ड</b> का उपयोग करें. यदि आपको प्रमाणीकरण की आवश्यकता नहीं है, तो\n"
"<b>प्रमाणीकरण नहीं</b> को चयन करें.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य द्वारा प्रस्तावित नोड्स की सूची. एक आइटम को चयन करें तथा <b>संबंधन</b> पर क्लिक करें. "
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
-msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr "प्रमाणिकरण प्रकार को चयन करें तथा <b>उपयोक्ता</b> तथा <b>पासवर्ड</b> डालें."
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -398,12 +391,22 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication"
+msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+msgstr "सत्यापन "
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
-msgstr "डिस्कार्ड लक्ष्यों की सूची. नया <b>डिस्कवरी</b> स्टार्ट करें अथवा किसी लक्ष्य से <b>संबद्ध</b> करें."
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -457,16 +460,24 @@
msgstr "Root डैरक्टरी नेम खाली हो नहीं हो सकता हैं"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+msgstr "आरंभकर्ता का नाम"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
+"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
"गलत प्रारंभक नाम\n"
"सही सिंटैक्स है \n"
@@ -476,12 +487,12 @@
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "IP पता निवेशित करें"
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "पोर्ट निवेशित करें"
@@ -489,37 +500,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
msgid "True"
msgstr "सत्य"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
msgid "False"
msgstr "असत्य"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "इस टार्गेटनाम के साथ टार्गेट पहले से जुड़ा हुआ है। सुनिश्चित करें कि डेटा करप्शन से बचने केलिए मल्टीपाथिंग समर्थित है।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "जारी रखें"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "लक्ष्य पहले ही से संबद्ध है।"
@@ -614,7 +625,7 @@
msgstr "सभी"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
@@ -626,11 +637,40 @@
"पुराना initiatorname, iBFT से वैल्यू द्वारा बदल दिया जाएगा और बैकअप सृजितकरेगा।\n"
"यदि आप विभिन्न initiatorname प्रयोग करना चाहते हैं, उसे बाओस में बदलें।"
+#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image creation failed."
+msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+msgstr "आकृति सृजन विफल।"
+
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr " समनुरुपण सार "
+#~ msgid "Log Out"
+#~ msgstr "लॉग आउट"
+
+#~ msgid "Log In"
+#~ msgstr "लॉग इन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "वर्तमान सत्रों की सूची. नया लक्ष्य जोड़ने के लिए <b>योग</b> को दबाएं.\n"
+#~ "किसी को हटाने के लिए, इसे चयन करे तथा <b>लॉग आउट</b> को दबाएं.\n"
+#~ "स्टार्टअप स्टेटस को बदलने के लिए <b>टोगल</b> को दबाएं.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+#~ msgstr "प्रमाणिकरण प्रकार को चयन करें तथा <b>उपयोक्ता</b> तथा <b>पासवर्ड</b> डालें."
+
+#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+#~ msgstr "डिस्कार्ड लक्ष्यों की सूची. नया <b>डिस्कवरी</b> स्टार्ट करें अथवा किसी लक्ष्य से <b>संबद्ध</b> करें."
+
#~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up"
#~ msgstr "टोगल स्टार्ट-अप"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/iscsi-lio-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता नाम"
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड"
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@
msgstr "डिस्क से CA आयात करें"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Client name already exists!"
@@ -630,101 +630,110 @@
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NIS client"
msgid "New client name:"
msgstr "NIS ग्राहक"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ठीक है"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द"
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "सचमुच चयनित वस्तु को मिटा दें?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error while removing %1\n"
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr "%1 मिटाने पर खराबी आ गया\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "लक्ष्य खाली नहीं हो सकता।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "लक्ष्य खाली नहीं हो सकता।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "लक्ष्य पहले ही से मौजूद है"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "इन्कमिन्ग मेल "
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "अउटगोइन्ग मेल "
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "None"
msgstr "कुछ नहीं"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+msgid ""
+"There isn't any client specified.\n"
+"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
+"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
+"Really want to continue without client access?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
@@ -734,7 +743,7 @@
"डायरक्टरी बनाते वक्त खराबी पैदा हो गई %1:\n"
"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
@@ -750,12 +759,12 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
-#. local IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420
+#. scope link IPv6
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/isns.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/hi/po/journal.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/journal.hi.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/journal.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: hi\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Countries"
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr "&देशों"
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return the result as an array of Items
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change Suffix"
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr "प्रत्यय बदलें"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr "ताजा करो"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Braille display"
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr "Braille डिस्पले"
+
+#. Interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fetching Interval"
+msgid "Time interval"
+msgstr "मध्यांतर आनयन"
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter"
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr "छलनी(&F)"
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65
+msgid "With no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the time interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "File system"
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90
+msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102
+msgid "Between these dates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104
+msgid "Since system's boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "From previous boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys
+#.
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label short label for the filter
+#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Unit"
+msgid "Units"
+msgstr "इकाई (&U)"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "For these systemd units"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "फाइले"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135
+msgid "For these files (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140
+msgid "Priority"
+msgstr "वरीयता"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr "टाइम"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr "स्रोत"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Messages"
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr "संदेश "
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/kdump.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:46+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -56,217 +56,219 @@
msgstr "डंप टार्गेट में डंप आकृतियां रक्षित करने के लिए पद शामिल है"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr "नाम योजना है:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] कृपया केवल \"kernel_string\" प्रविष्ट करें।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
msgstr "केडंप कमांडलाइन एक ऐसी कमांड लाइन है जिसे केडंप कर्नल के पास पास ऑफ करने की जरूरत है।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
msgstr "यह वैरिएबल सेट करें यदि आप केवल डिफाल्ट कमांड लाइन स्ट्रिंग में वैल्य _संशोधित_ करना चाहते हैं।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
msgstr "केडंप कर्नल में कोर रक्षित करने के बाद तुरंत रिबूट करें।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory."
msgstr "करनल और initrd कापी करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
msgstr "विनिर्दिष्ट करता है कि कितने डंप रखे गए। 0 का मतलब सभी रखे।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages."
msgstr "प्रत्येक चुने गए नोटिफिकेशन पद्धति के लिए एक ईमेल पते की आवश्यकता होती है।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages."
msgstr "प्रत्येक चुने गए नोटिफिकेशन पद्धति के लिए एक ईमेल पते की आवश्यकता होती है।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
msgstr "उस फाइल का पाथ जिसमें पासवर्ड शामिल है (सादी पाठ फाइल)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "Email address for sending notification messages"
msgstr "प्रत्येक चुने गए नोटिफिकेशन पद्धति के लिए एक ईमेल पते की आवश्यकता होती है।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209
msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "विकल्प समर्थ करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "विकल्प असमर्थ करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229
msgid "Shows current option status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234
msgid "Size of allocated memory MB"
msgstr "आवंटित मेमोरी एमबी का आकार"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241
msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving"
msgstr "डंप लेवल की संख्या में रक्षित करने के लिए पेज शामिल हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Dump format can be ELF or compressed"
msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo"
msgstr "डंप फॉर्मेट ईएलएफ या कम्प्रैस्ड हो सकता है"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254
-msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
msgstr "डंप टार्गेट में इससे टार्गेट का प्रकार शामिल है: फाइल (स्थानीय फाइलसिस्टम), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of server"
msgstr "नमूने का नाम"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port for connection"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कनेक्शन"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directory for saving dump images"
msgstr "सेवक पर डायरक्टरी"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Exported share"
msgstr "निर्यात असफल रहा।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "User name"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता नाम"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289
msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)"
msgstr "उस फाइल का पाथ जिसमें पासवर्ड शामिल है (सादी पाठ फाइल)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "udev_id of raw partition"
msgstr "पार्टिशन का आकार."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr "नाम योजना है: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] कर्नल का मतलब केवल \"kernel_string\" है।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Include command line options."
msgstr " <command> [विकल्प]"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
msgstr "विकल्प का मतलब केडंप कर्नल बूट करने के लिए रनलेवल है। केवल वैल्यू जैसे 1,2,3,5 या एस की अनुमति है"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all."
msgstr "डंप की संख्या। 0 का मतलब सभी रखें।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Email address"
msgstr "ई-मेल पता"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365
msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display Settings:"
msgstr "मेल सेटिंग्ज"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420
msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)"
msgstr "केडंप समर्थित है (बूट विकल्प \"क्रैशकर्नल\" जोड़ दिया)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425
msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1"
msgstr "केडंप के लिए आवंटित मेमोरी (एमबी):%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump is disabled"
msgstr "NTP डैमण असमर्थ हैं।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Level: %1"
msgstr "युक्ति(&D)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Format: %1"
msgstr "DER स्वरूप"
#. parsing target info
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Target Settings"
msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid "target: %1"
msgstr "हार्डवेर: %1"
@@ -276,8 +278,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582
#, fuzzy
msgid "file directory: %1"
msgstr "होम डायरक्टरी:%1"
@@ -286,125 +288,125 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575
#, fuzzy
msgid "server name: %1"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता : %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "port: %1"
msgstr "होस्ट: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597
msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्त्ता नाम: गुमनाम संपर्क की अनुमति है"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "user name: %1"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता : %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589
#, fuzzy
msgid "share: %1"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता का नाम :%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610
msgid "EMPTY"
msgstr "रिक्त"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618
msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1"
msgstr "कस्टम केडंप कर्नल: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629
msgid "Kdump command line: %1"
msgstr "केडंप कमांड लाइन: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640
msgid "Kdump command line append: %1"
msgstr "केडंप कमांड लाइन संशोधित: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650
msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1"
msgstr "केडंप तुरंत रिबूट: %1"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "enabled"
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "disabled"
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
msgstr "पुराने डंपों की संख्या: पुराने डंप मिटाए बिना सभी डंप रक्षित"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
#, fuzzy
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
msgstr "पुराने बैकअप की अधिकतम संख्या (&x)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1"
msgstr "एसएमटी सर्वर: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1"
msgstr "रनलेवलो में %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701
msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1"
msgstr "पहचान :%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720
msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "परिवर्तन लागू करने के लिए रिबूट जरूरी है। "
@@ -423,44 +425,44 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong options were used."
msgstr "चेतावनी: किसी एन्क्रिप्शन का प्रयोग नहीं किया गया है।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778
msgid "Dump level was set."
msgstr "डंप स्तर सेट था।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value of option."
msgstr "विकल्प का मान"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format was set."
msgstr "DER स्वरूप"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value."
msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
msgstr "विकल्प में केवल \"ईएलएफ\" या \"कम्प्रैस्ड\" वैल्यू शामिल की जा सकती है।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "फाइल %1 विद्यमान नहीं है।"
@@ -468,8 +470,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing."
msgstr ""
@@ -480,54 +482,54 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value for \"server\" missing."
msgstr "सेवक अधिषठापन नाम गायब हैं "
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995
msgid "Value for \"share\" missing."
msgstr "\"शेयर\" की वैल्यू लुप्त है।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for target."
msgstr "मानक %1 के लिए अज्ञात मान."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
msgstr "विकल्प का मान"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"."
msgstr "विकल्प \"स्तर\" के लिए गलत वैल्यू। पार्टिशन मौजूद नहीं।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"."
msgstr "विकल्प का मान"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"."
msgstr "विकल्प \"स्तर\" के लिए गलत वैल्यू। पार्टिशन मौजूद नहीं।"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257
msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275
#, fuzzy
msgid "No option has been defined."
msgstr "चेतावनी: किसी एन्क्रिप्शन का प्रयोग नहीं किया गया है।"
@@ -539,12 +541,12 @@
msgstr "मोडम समनुरूपण"
#. proposal part - kdump label
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82
msgid "Kdump"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "असमर्थ(&D)"
@@ -649,20 +651,24 @@
msgid "FTP"
msgstr "FTP"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
-msgid "SSH (scp)"
-msgstr "एसएसएच (एससीपी)"
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223
+msgid "SSH"
+msgstr "SSH"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224
+msgid "SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NFS"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
msgid "CIFS (SMB)"
msgstr "सीआईएफएस (एसएमबी)"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "&SMTP Server"
msgstr "NTP सेवक"
@@ -671,7 +677,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "यूजर का नाम"
@@ -680,129 +686,129 @@
#. password entry
#. password entry
#. password entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "पासवेर्ड (&P)"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notification &To"
msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना नोटिफिकेसन"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notifica&tion CC"
msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना नोटिफिकेसन"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel"
msgstr "कस्टम केडंप & कर्नल"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
msgstr "केडंप कमांड लाइन"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append"
msgstr "कमांड:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361
msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core"
msgstr "&कोर रक्षित करने के बाद तुरंत रिबूट समर्थ करना"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images"
msgstr "पुराने बंडलोो मिटाऐ"
#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps"
msgstr "पुराने बैकअप की अधिकतम संख्या (&x)"
#. "handle" :
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Memory"
msgstr "मैमोरी"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Start-Up"
msgstr "स्टार्ट-अप "
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "स्टार्ट-अप "
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering"
msgstr "केडंप - डंप फिल्टरिंग"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Filtering"
msgstr "क्या लोकल फिल्टरिगं करें(&F)"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
msgstr "केडंप आकृति के लिए लक्ष्य रक्षित कर रहा"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Target"
msgstr "लक्ष्य"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP Server"
msgstr "NTP सेवक"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notification Email Addresses"
msgstr "नोटिफिकेसन असमर्थ कर दिया गया है"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488
#, fuzzy
msgid "Email Notification"
msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना नोटिफिकेसन"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump"
msgstr "केडंप के लिए कस्टम कर्नल"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Command Line"
msgstr "कमांड लाइन"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Settings"
msgstr "DNS व्यवस्थाएँ"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Expert Settings"
msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
@@ -864,7 +870,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@@ -874,7 +880,7 @@
"<p><b>केडंप आकृति के लिए टार्गेट रक्षित कर रहा</b><br>\n"
" केडंप आकृतियां रक्षित करने के लिए लक्ष्य।<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
@@ -887,7 +893,7 @@
" <i>ब्राउज</i> दबाकर डायलॉग के द्वारा केडंप आकृतियां रक्षित करने के लिए डायरेक्टरी चुनना\n"
" <br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n"
@@ -904,11 +910,11 @@
" <i>गुमनाम एफटीपी समर्थ करना</i> सर्वर से गुमनाम संपर्क बनाना समर्थ करता है।\n"
" <i>प्रयोगकर्त्ता नाम</i> एफटीपी संपर्क के लिए।<i>पासवर्ड</i> एफटीपी संपर्क के लिए।<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n"
+"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
@@ -921,9 +927,33 @@
" <i>सर्वर पर डायरेक्टरी</i> - केडंप आकृतियां रक्षित करने के लिए पाथ।\n"
" <i>प्रयोगकर्त्ता नाम</i> एसएसएच संपर्क के लिए।<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
+"<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n"
+" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
+" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
+" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
+" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>एसएसएच</b> - एसएसएच के द्वारा केडंप आखृति रक्षित करें।\n"
+" <i>सर्वर नाम</i> - सर्वर का नाम।\n"
+" <i>पोर्ट</i> - संपर्क के लिए पोर्ट नंबर।\n"
+" <i>सर्वर पर डायरेक्टरी</i> - केडंप आकृतियां रक्षित करने के लिए पाथ।\n"
+" <i>प्रयोगकर्त्ता नाम</i> एसएसएच संपर्क के लिए।<br></p>"
+
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
+msgid ""
+"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n"
+"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n"
+"by default.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
@@ -932,8 +962,8 @@
" <i>सर्वर नाम</i> - सर्वर का नाम।\n"
" <i>सर्वर पर डायरेक्टरी</i> - केडंप आकृतियां रक्षित करने के लिए पाथ।<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
@@ -950,7 +980,7 @@
" <i>प्रयोगकर्त्ता नाम</i>संपर्क के लिए।<i>पासवर्ड</i> संपर्क के लिए।<br></p>"
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n"
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
@@ -961,7 +991,7 @@
" कृपया केवल <i>kernel_string</i> प्रविष्ट करें।<br></p>"
#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
@@ -969,7 +999,7 @@
msgstr "<p><b>वैकल्पिक कर्नल कमांड लाइन पैरामीटर</b>आपको कर्नल पास करने के लिए अतिरिक्तपैरामीटर परिभाषित करने देता है।</p>"
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
@@ -988,7 +1018,7 @@
" सेट हो।<br></p>\n"
#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
@@ -997,7 +1027,7 @@
" केडंप में कोर रक्षित करने के बाद तुरंत रिबूट समर्थ करें।<br></p>"
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
@@ -1008,7 +1038,7 @@
" <i>पुराने डंपों की संख्या</i> में डंप फाइल की संख्या इस संख्या से बढ़ जाती है, पुराने डंप हट जाते हैं।<br></p>"
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n"
" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n"
@@ -1018,38 +1048,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Server
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP User Name
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Password
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification To (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
@@ -1064,7 +1094,7 @@
" <i>पुराने डंपों की संख्या</i> में डंप फाइल की संख्या इस संख्या से बढ़ जाती है, पुराने डंप हट जाते हैं।<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1074,7 +1104,7 @@
"कृपया इतंजार करें....<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -1083,7 +1113,7 @@
"अव<b>विफल </b> दबाकर समनुरुपण उपयोगिता को सावधानी से विफल कर दें ?।</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1093,7 +1123,7 @@
"कृपया इंतजार करें...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -1106,7 +1136,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1116,7 +1146,7 @@
"slp-सेवक समनुरुपण यहाँ करें ।<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1130,7 +1160,7 @@
"फिर <b>समनुरुपण</b>दबाऐ ।</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -1141,7 +1171,7 @@
" समनुरुपण में बदलाव खुलता है ।.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1153,7 +1183,7 @@
"इसके समनुरुपण का सपांदन करिए ।<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1163,7 +1193,7 @@
"slp-सेवक समनुरुपण के लिए <b>जोड</b> दबाऐ ।</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1213,6 +1243,10 @@
msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP"
msgstr "गुमनाम एफटीपी समर्थ करें"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
+msgid "SSH / SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entries
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196
#, fuzzy
@@ -1277,147 +1311,156 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं...."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "ग्लोबल विक्लप पढ़ें "
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr "उपलब्ध शोर्सेज को खोज रहा है ..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "विभाजन को पढ़ा जा रहा है..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/openldap में नहीं लिख़ सकता"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था पढ़ा नहीं जा सकता."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "फाइल %1 नहीं पढ़ी जा सकती"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "मोडम समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "नवीनीकृत विकल्प"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "जोन फाइलें नवीनीकरण कर रहा है..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "बूटलोडर फाल्ट के लिए क्रैशकर्नल पैरामीटर जोड़ रहा है।"
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "रनलेवलो में %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "विकल्प के लिए शून्य वैल्यू: %1 "
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "DER स्वरूप"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "पुराने बैकअप की अधिकतम संख्या (&x)"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "पुराने बैकअप की अधिकतम संख्या (&x)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
+#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
+msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "SSH (scp)"
+#~ msgstr "एसएसएच (एससीपी)"
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
#~ msgstr "%1 बंडल उपलब्ध नहीं है।"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/languages_db.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharna(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -12,751 +12,18 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53
-msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
-msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक समनुरूपण मोड्यूल"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66
-msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP के साथ सत्यापन के समर्थ या असमर्थ करें"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73
-msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
-msgstr "LDAP ग्रहक का समनुरूपण सार"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83
-msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
-msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक कि ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाएँ बदलो"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91
-msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr "सेवा समर्थ करें"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97
-msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr "सेवा असमर्थ करें"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the server option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103
-msgid "The LDAP server name"
-msgstr "LDAP सेवक नाम"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the base option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110
-msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
-msgstr "सेर्च बेस के विभिन्य नाम (DN)"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create default configuration objects."
-msgstr "अकरण (Default) समनुरूपण ओब्जक्ट बनाओ (&t)"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr "LDAP सेवक पाससवर्ड:"
-
-#. help text for the 'automounter' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130
-msgid "Start or stop automounter"
-msgstr "ओटोमोउनटर को स्टार्ट ओर स्टोप करें"
-
-#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr "इस सेशीन का होम डाइरक्टरीस (&H)"
-
-#. help text for the 'tls' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
-msgstr "सम्बंध नाम बरती करें "
-
-#. help text for the 'sssd' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154
-msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
-msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'realm' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Kerberos"
-msgid "Kerberos Realm"
-msgstr "करबरोस(&K)"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177
-msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr "KDC सेवक पता"
-
-#. password entering label
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313
-msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
-msgstr "LDAP सेवक पाससवर्ड:"
-
#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88
+#: src/ui.rb:88
msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
msgstr "कार्य लिखले का सचमुच विफल करें ?"
#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96
+#: src/ui.rb:96
msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings"
msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक व्यवस्थाएँ लिखो"
-#. popup window
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130
-msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
-msgstr "SLP द्वारा दिए गया LDAP सेवक स्कानिन्क कर रहा हैं"
-
-#. multiselection box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152
-msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
-msgstr "SLP द्वारा दिए गया LDAP सेवक"
-
-#. warning popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "CA certificate file does not exist."
-msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
-msgstr "CA सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल विघमान नहीं हैं"
-
-#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
-msgstr "NTP समनुरूपण...(&N)"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255
-msgid "Use SSL/TLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264
-msgid "Protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278
-msgid "StartTLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "LDAP Server"
-msgid "LDAPS"
-msgstr "LDAP सर्वर"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300
-msgid "TLS Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310
-msgid "Request server certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Certificates"
-msgstr " प्रमाण पत्र फाईल चुना दो"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
-msgstr "अयात के लिए प्रमाण पत्र फाइल"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336
-msgid "B&rowse"
-msgstr "ब्राउज़..."
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
-msgstr " प्रमाण पत्र फाईल चुना दो"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Brows&e"
-msgstr "ब्राउजं (&w)"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"प्रमाण-पत्र नहीं मिला"
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
-msgstr "CA प्रमाण पत्र"
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
-msgstr "पैकेज के साथ डायरेक्टरी का पाथ"
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Choose the certificate file"
-msgstr " प्रमाण पत्र फाईल चुना दो"
-
-#. error message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
-msgstr "विनिर्दिष्ट यूआरएल से एसएमटी प्रमाणपत्र डाउनलोड नहीं कर सकता।"
-
-#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The downloaded certificate file\n"
-"\n"
-"'%1'\n"
-"\n"
-"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n"
-#| "LDAP client.</p>\n"
-msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>यहां, आपकी मशीन एक <b>LDAP ग्राहक</b> के तौर पर\n"
-"स्थापित हो सकती है।</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 2/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535
-msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr "अपने यूजर का OpenLDAP सेवक के साथ सत्यापन करें Use LDAP चूनें NSS और PAM भी इसे समनुरूपित किया जाऐगें"
-
-#. help text 3/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
-"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
-"removed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>LDAP सेवाओं को निष्क्रिय करने के लिए, <b>LDAP का प्रयोग न करें</b> पर क्लिक करें.\n"
-"अगर आप LDAP को निष्क्रिय करते हैं, तो /etc/nsswitch.conf में passwd के लिए वर्तमान LDAP प्रविष्टि\n"
-"हटा दी जाएगी। PAM कॉन्फिगरेशन संशोधित कर दी जाएगी और LDAP प्रविष्टि\n"
-"हटा दी जाएगी।</p>"
-
-#. help text 3.5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546
-msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>LDAP क्रियाशील करने और इस मेशीन में यूजर को रोकने के लिए <b>LDAP समर्थ करें लेकिन लोगिन असमर्थ चूनें</b></p>"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
-"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>पहली प्रविष्टि में LDAP सर्वर का <b>address</b> (उदाहरण के लिए, ldap.example.com या 10.20.0.2) और दूसरी में खोजें आधार का <b>विशिष्ट नाम</b> (\"base DN\", जैसे कि dc=example,dc=com) दर्ज करें। सर्वरों के पतों को जगह छोड़कर अलग-अलग करने के द्वारा\n"
-"अनेक सर्वरों का उल्लेख करें। इन पतों को LDAP का प्रयोग किए बिना हल करना\n"
-"अवश्य ही संभव है। आप उस पोर्ट का उल्लेख भी कर सकते हैं जिस पर सर्वर सिंटैक्स \"server:port\", उदाहरण के लिए, ldap.example.com:379 का प्रयोग कर चल रहा है।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561
-msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>खोजें</b> से, सेवा स्थान प्रोटोकॉल (एसएलपी) द्वारा प्रदत्त सूची से LDAP सर्वर चुनें। <b>लाएं DN</b> का प्रयोग कर, सर्वर से आधार DN पढ़ें।</p>"
-
-#. help text 6/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
-"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>कुछ LDAP सर्वर StartTLS [RFC2830] का समर्थन करते हैं।\n"
-"अगर आपका सर्वर इसका समर्थन करता है और यह कॉन्फिगर किया हुआ है, तो LDAP सर्वर के साथ अपने संचार को इन्क्रिप्ट करने के लिए\n"
-"<b>LDAPTLS/SSL</b> को सक्रिय करें।</p>\n"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n"
-" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n"
-" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n"
-" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n"
-" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579
-msgid ""
-"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n"
-" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n"
-" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
-" is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 8/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-#| "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-"<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
-"<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>उन्नत LDAP सेटिंग्स की कॉन्फिगरेशन के लिए,\n"
-"<b>Advanced Configuration</b> पर क्लिक करें।</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 9/9 (additional)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n"
-#| "such as users' home directories.\n"
-#| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n"
-#| "locally or over LDAP.\n"
-#| "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
-#| "automatically.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
-"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
-"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
-"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Automounter</b> एक डायमन है जो निर्देशिकाओं जैसे कि उपयोगकर्ताओं की गृह निर्देशिकाओं, \n"
-"को स्वत: माउंट करता है।\n"
-"यह मान लिया गया है कि इसकी कॉन्फिगरेशन फाइलें (auto.*) पहले से ही स्थानीय तौर पर\n"
-"या LDAP पर मौजूद हैं।\n"
-"अगर इसे संस्थापित नहीं किया गया है और आप इसका प्रयोग करना चाहते हैं, तो यह स्वत: ही\n"
-"संस्थापित हो जाएगा।</p>\n"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr "आटोमाउंटर शुरू करें (&m)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr "इस सेशीन का होम डाइरक्टरीस (&H)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "D&isable User Login"
-msgid "Disable User &Logins"
-msgstr "यूजर लागइन असमर्थ करें(&i)"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648
-msgid "User Authentication"
-msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन"
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP इस्तेमाल न करें (&o)"
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672
-msgid "&Use LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687
-msgid "LDAP Client"
-msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक "
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697
-msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
-msgstr "LDAP और सेवर कि पते (&S)"
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703
-msgid "F&ind"
-msgstr "दूढो (&n)"
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711
-msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
-msgstr "LDAP आधारित DN (&D)"
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717
-msgid "F&etch DN"
-msgstr "DN को पकडो (7e)"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
-msgstr "NTP समनुरूपण...(&N)"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733
-msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
-msgstr "एड़वान्स समनुरूपण (&A)"
-
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90
-msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक समनुरूपण"
-
-#. question popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765
-msgid ""
-"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n"
-"\n"
-"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n"
-"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n"
-"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838
-msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
-msgstr "LDAP आघारित DN भरती करें"
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845
-msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
-msgstr "LDAP सेवर का कम से कम एक पता भरती करें"
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853
-msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
-msgstr "LDAP सेवक नाम"
-
-#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has
-#. enabled NIS client before
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871
-msgid ""
-"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
-"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"जब आप अपनी मशीन को एक LDAP ग्राहक के रूप में कॉन्फिगर करते हैं, तो\n"
-"आप NIS के साथ डेटा को पुन:प्राप्त नहीं कर सकते। क्या आप सुनिश्चित हैं?\n"
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941
-msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
-msgstr "LDAP कलैन्ड समर्थ हैं"
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947
-msgid ""
-"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
-"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
-"the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"यह बदलाव सिर्फ नई सृजित प्रक्रियाओं को ही प्रभावित करेगा, पहले से\n"
-"चल रही सेवाओं को नहीं। मशीन को समस्त सेवाओं के लिए सक्षम करने हेतु \n"
-"अपनी सेवाओं को मैनुअल ढंग से फिर से शुरू करें या इसे फिर से बूट करें।\n"
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
-"restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"LDAP उपयोगकर्ताओं के लिए रिमोट लॉगिन को सक्षम करने पर, YaST द्वारा 'sshd'\n"
-"स्वत: ही फिर से शुरू हो जाएगा।\n"
-
-#. yes/no question
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970
-msgid ""
-"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n"
-"Enable certificate checks now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015
-msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>अडंवान्सड LDAP क्लैन्ड व्यवस्थायें</b></p>"
-
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017
-msgid ""
-"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
-"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
-"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
-"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>पासवर्ड बदली प्रोटोकॉल</b>, /etc/ldap.conf फाइल के pam_password एट्रीब्यूट की ओर इशारा करता है। इसके मानों के अर्थ के लिए <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> देखें।</p>"
-
-#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
-"The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>आप जिन LDAP समूह का प्रयोग कर रहे हैं उनके प्रकारों को सेट करें।\n"
-"<b>समूह सदस्य के गुण</b> के लिए डिफॉल्ट मान <i>%1</i> है।</p>\n"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034
-msgid ""
-"<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n"
-"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n"
-"or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042
-msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
-
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-#| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
-#| "server.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
-"server.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>सबसे पहले, <b>कॉन्फिगरेशन आधार DN</b> सेट करें।\n"
-"यह आपके कॉन्फिगरेशन डेटा को रखे जाने का आधार है, जिसे LDAP\n"
-"सर्वर पर सहेजा जाता है।</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-#| "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-#| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
-#| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-"<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
-"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>सर्वर पर रखे गए डेटा तक पहुंच बनाने के लिए,\n"
-"<b>प्रशासक DN</b> प्रविष्ट करें।\n"
-"आप पूरा DN (उदाहरण के लिए, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) या सिर्फ\n"
-"सापेक्षिक DN (उदाहरण के लिए, cn=Administrator) प्रविष्ट कर सकते हैं। अगर उचित विकल्प जांचा जाता है तो LDAP आधार DN स्वत: ही सम्मिलित हो जाता है।</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057
-msgid ""
-"<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>LDAP उपयोगकर्ताओं और समूहों के लिए डिफॉल्ट कॉन्फिगरेशन वस्तुएं सृजित करने हेतु,\n"
-"<b>डिफॉल्ट कॉन्फिगरेशन वस्तुएं सृजित करें</b> की जांच करें। वस्तुओं को सिर्फ तभी सृजित किया जा सकता है जबकि वे पहले से मौजूद न हों।</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>LDAP सर्वर पर रखी गई सेटिंग्स को कॉन्फिगर करने के लिए \n"
-"<b>कॉन्फिगर करें</b> दबाएं। अगर आप अभी तक जुड़े नहीं हैं या आपने अपना कॉन्फिगरेशन बदल लिया है, तो\n"
-"आपसे पासवर्ड पूछा जाएगा।</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-#| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n"
-#| "in /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>विशिष्ट मानचित्रों (उपयोगकर्ता, पासवर्ड, और समूह) के प्रयोग के लिए खोज आधारों का उल्लेख तभी करें जबकि ये DN आधार से अलग हों। इन मानों को /etc/ldap.conf फाइल में स्थित\n"
-"nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, और nss_base_group एट्रीब्यूटों में\n"
-"सेट किया जाता है।</p>\n"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142
-msgid "C&lient Settings"
-msgstr "क्लैन्ड व्यवस्थायें(&l)"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144
-msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
-msgstr "प्रशासक व्यवस्थायें (&m) "
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146
-msgid "Naming Contexts"
-msgstr "नाम से संबंधित संदर्भ"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180
-msgid "&User Map"
-msgstr "यूजर माप (&U)"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186
-msgid "&Browse"
-msgstr "ब्रउजं (&B)"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194
-msgid "&Group Map"
-msgstr "ग्रूप माप (&G)"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332
-msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr "ब्राउजं (&w)"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&User Map"
-msgid "&Autofs Map"
-msgstr "यूजर माप (&U)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240
-msgid "&Use Kerberos"
-msgstr "केर्बरोस इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248
-msgid "Default Real&m"
-msgstr "अकरण विभाग (&m)"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250
-msgid "&KDC Server Address"
-msgstr "KDC सेवक पता"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "LDAP Server"
-msgid "LDAP Schema"
-msgstr "LDAP सर्वर"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "User and Group Configuration"
-msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
-msgstr "यूजर और ग्रुप समनुरुपण "
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
-msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
-msgstr "पासवेर्ट बदली प्रोटोकोल (&s)"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
-msgstr "ग्रूप सदस्य के गुण(&r)"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326
-msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
-msgstr "आधार DN समनुरूपण (&B)"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341
-msgid "Administrator &DN"
-msgstr "प्रशासक DN (&D)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347
-msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr "आधार DN से जोडें (&p)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355
-msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
-msgstr "अकरण (Default) समनुरूपण ओब्जक्ट बनाओ (&t)"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364
-msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
-msgstr "यूज़र प्रबधंन व्यवस्थएँ समनुरूपित करें (&S)...."
-
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384
-msgid "Advanced Configuration"
-msgstr "एड़वान्स समनुरूपण"
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500
-msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
-msgstr "LDAP सेवक को बाँधने वाले DN को भरती करें "
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507
-msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
-msgstr "बेस DN का समनुरूपण भरती करें "
-
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592
+#: src/ui.rb:144
msgid ""
"If you reread settings from the server,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n"
@@ -765,7 +32,7 @@
"समस्त बदलाव खो जाएंगे।\n"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616
+#: src/ui.rb:168
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Here, configure the template used for\n"
@@ -778,7 +45,7 @@
"नई वस्तुएं सृजित करने (जैसे उपयोगकर्ता या समूह) के लिए किया जाता है।</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620
+#: src/ui.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
@@ -787,7 +54,7 @@
"<b>cn</b> मान को बदलने से टेम्पलेट का नाम बदल जाता है।</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624
+#: src/ui.rb:176
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b>, used\n"
@@ -804,54 +71,54 @@
#. table header 1/2
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033
+#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr "आट्रिब्यूट"
#. table header 2/2
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035
+#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582
msgid "Value"
msgstr "वैल्यु"
#. label (table folows)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701
+#: src/ui.rb:253
msgid "Default Values for New Objects"
msgstr "नया ओब्जक्ट के लिए अकरण वैल्यु"
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707
+#: src/ui.rb:259
msgid "Attribute of Object"
msgstr "ओबजक्ट का आट्रिब्यूट"
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709
+#: src/ui.rb:261
msgid "Default Value"
msgstr "अकरण वैल्यु"
#. button label (with non-default shortcut)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715
+#: src/ui.rb:267
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "जोड़ें (&d)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717
+#: src/ui.rb:269
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729
+#: src/ui.rb:281
msgid "Object Template Configuration"
msgstr "ओब्जक्ट टेम्बलेट समनुरूपण लास"
#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832
+#: src/ui.rb:384
msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?"
msgstr "सचमुच अकरण (Default) गुण \"%1\" मिटाएँ ?"
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090
+#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636
msgid ""
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
@@ -860,14 +127,14 @@
"एक मान प्रविष्ट करें।"
#. helptext 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886
+#: src/ui.rb:438
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>"
msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>"
msgstr "<p>यहाँ पर, LDAP डायरक्टरी में सेव समनुरूपण को संभालें.</p>"
#. helptext 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890
+#: src/ui.rb:442
msgid ""
"<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n"
"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n"
@@ -880,7 +147,7 @@
"<b>Delete</b> के प्रयोग से मिटाएं।</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897
+#: src/ui.rb:449
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
@@ -891,7 +158,7 @@
"वर्तमान मॉड्यूल का दूसरा नाम रख देता है।</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903
+#: src/ui.rb:455
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n"
"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n"
@@ -902,44 +169,488 @@
"</p>\n"
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983
+#: src/ui.rb:535
msgid "Configuration &Module"
msgstr "मोड्युल समनुरूपण (&M)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007
+#: src/ui.rb:559
msgid "C&onfigure Template"
msgstr "टेम्बलेट समर्थ करें (&o)"
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051
+#: src/ui.rb:598
msgid "Module Configuration"
msgstr "मोड्युल समनुरूपण "
-#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118
-msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
-msgstr "सचमुच मोड्युल \"%1\" मिटाएँ ?"
+#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक समनुरूपण मोड्यूल"
-#. message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154
+#~ msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP के साथ सत्यापन के समर्थ या असमर्थ करें"
+
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्रहक का समनुरूपण सार"
+
+#~ msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक कि ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाएँ बदलो"
+
+#~ msgid "Enable the service"
+#~ msgstr "सेवा समर्थ करें"
+
+#~ msgid "Disable the service"
+#~ msgstr "सेवा असमर्थ करें"
+
+#~ msgid "The LDAP server name"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवक नाम"
+
+#~ msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
+#~ msgstr "सेर्च बेस के विभिन्य नाम (DN)"
+
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You currently have configuration modules\n"
-#| "of each type, so you cannot add a new one."
-msgid ""
-"You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
-"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"वर्तमान में आपके पास प्रत्येक प्रकार के कॉन्फिगरेशन मॉड्यूल हैं,\n"
-"इसलिए आप कोई नया नहीं जोड़ सकते।"
+#~ msgid "Create default configuration objects."
+#~ msgstr "अकरण (Default) समनुरूपण ओब्जक्ट बनाओ (&t)"
-#. label (init dialog)
-#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवक पाससवर्ड:"
+#~ msgid "Start or stop automounter"
+#~ msgstr "ओटोमोउनटर को स्टार्ट ओर स्टोप करें"
+
+#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#~ msgstr "इस सेशीन का होम डाइरक्टरीस (&H)"
+
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
+#~ msgstr "सम्बंध नाम बरती करें "
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Kerberos"
+#~ msgid "Kerberos Realm"
+#~ msgstr "करबरोस(&K)"
+
+#~ msgid "KDC Server Address"
+#~ msgstr "KDC सेवक पता"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवक पाससवर्ड:"
+
+#~ msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
+#~ msgstr "SLP द्वारा दिए गया LDAP सेवक स्कानिन्क कर रहा हैं"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
+#~ msgstr "SLP द्वारा दिए गया LDAP सेवक"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "CA certificate file does not exist."
+#~ msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
+#~ msgstr "CA सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल विघमान नहीं हैं"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
+#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "NTP समनुरूपण...(&N)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "LDAP Server"
+#~ msgid "LDAPS"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सर्वर"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Certificates"
+#~ msgstr " प्रमाण पत्र फाईल चुना दो"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
+#~ msgstr "अयात के लिए प्रमाण पत्र फाइल"
+
+#~ msgid "B&rowse"
+#~ msgstr "ब्राउज़..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
+#~ msgstr " प्रमाण पत्र फाईल चुना दो"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Brows&e"
+#~ msgstr "ब्राउजं (&w)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "प्रमाण-पत्र नहीं मिला"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
+#~ msgstr "CA प्रमाण पत्र"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
+#~ msgstr "पैकेज के साथ डायरेक्टरी का पाथ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Choose the certificate file"
+#~ msgstr " प्रमाण पत्र फाईल चुना दो"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
+#~ msgstr "विनिर्दिष्ट यूआरएल से एसएमटी प्रमाणपत्र डाउनलोड नहीं कर सकता।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n"
+#~| "LDAP client.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>यहां, आपकी मशीन एक <b>LDAP ग्राहक</b> के तौर पर\n"
+#~ "स्थापित हो सकती है।</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "अपने यूजर का OpenLDAP सेवक के साथ सत्यापन करें Use LDAP चूनें NSS और PAM भी इसे समनुरूपित किया जाऐगें"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
+#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
+#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
+#~ "removed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>LDAP सेवाओं को निष्क्रिय करने के लिए, <b>LDAP का प्रयोग न करें</b> पर क्लिक करें.\n"
+#~ "अगर आप LDAP को निष्क्रिय करते हैं, तो /etc/nsswitch.conf में passwd के लिए वर्तमान LDAP प्रविष्टि\n"
+#~ "हटा दी जाएगी। PAM कॉन्फिगरेशन संशोधित कर दी जाएगी और LDAP प्रविष्टि\n"
+#~ "हटा दी जाएगी।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>LDAP क्रियाशील करने और इस मेशीन में यूजर को रोकने के लिए <b>LDAP समर्थ करें लेकिन लोगिन असमर्थ चूनें</b></p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
+#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
+#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>पहली प्रविष्टि में LDAP सर्वर का <b>address</b> (उदाहरण के लिए, ldap.example.com या 10.20.0.2) और दूसरी में खोजें आधार का <b>विशिष्ट नाम</b> (\"base DN\", जैसे कि dc=example,dc=com) दर्ज करें। सर्वरों के पतों को जगह छोड़कर अलग-अलग करने के द्वारा\n"
+#~ "अनेक सर्वरों का उल्लेख करें। इन पतों को LDAP का प्रयोग किए बिना हल करना\n"
+#~ "अवश्य ही संभव है। आप उस पोर्ट का उल्लेख भी कर सकते हैं जिस पर सर्वर सिंटैक्स \"server:port\", उदाहरण के लिए, ldap.example.com:379 का प्रयोग कर चल रहा है।\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>खोजें</b> से, सेवा स्थान प्रोटोकॉल (एसएलपी) द्वारा प्रदत्त सूची से LDAP सर्वर चुनें। <b>लाएं DN</b> का प्रयोग कर, सर्वर से आधार DN पढ़ें।</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
+#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
+#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
+#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>कुछ LDAP सर्वर StartTLS [RFC2830] का समर्थन करते हैं।\n"
+#~ "अगर आपका सर्वर इसका समर्थन करता है और यह कॉन्फिगर किया हुआ है, तो LDAP सर्वर के साथ अपने संचार को इन्क्रिप्ट करने के लिए\n"
+#~ "<b>LDAPTLS/SSL</b> को सक्रिय करें।</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
+#~| "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
+#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
+#~ "<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>उन्नत LDAP सेटिंग्स की कॉन्फिगरेशन के लिए,\n"
+#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b> पर क्लिक करें।</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n"
+#~| "such as users' home directories.\n"
+#~| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n"
+#~| "locally or over LDAP.\n"
+#~| "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
+#~| "automatically.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
+#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
+#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
+#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> एक डायमन है जो निर्देशिकाओं जैसे कि उपयोगकर्ताओं की गृह निर्देशिकाओं, \n"
+#~ "को स्वत: माउंट करता है।\n"
+#~ "यह मान लिया गया है कि इसकी कॉन्फिगरेशन फाइलें (auto.*) पहले से ही स्थानीय तौर पर\n"
+#~ "या LDAP पर मौजूद हैं।\n"
+#~ "अगर इसे संस्थापित नहीं किया गया है और आप इसका प्रयोग करना चाहते हैं, तो यह स्वत: ही\n"
+#~ "संस्थापित हो जाएगा।</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
+#~ msgstr "आटोमाउंटर शुरू करें (&m)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
+#~ msgstr "इस सेशीन का होम डाइरक्टरीस (&H)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "D&isable User Login"
+#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins"
+#~ msgstr "यूजर लागइन असमर्थ करें(&i)"
+
+#~ msgid "User Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP इस्तेमाल न करें (&o)"
+
+#~ msgid "&Use LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Client"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक "
+
+#~ msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP और सेवर कि पते (&S)"
+
+#~ msgid "F&ind"
+#~ msgstr "दूढो (&n)"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP आधारित DN (&D)"
+
+#~ msgid "F&etch DN"
+#~ msgstr "DN को पकडो (7e)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
+#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "NTP समनुरूपण...(&N)"
+
+#~ msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "एड़वान्स समनुरूपण (&A)"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक समनुरूपण"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
+#~ msgstr "LDAP आघारित DN भरती करें"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवर का कम से कम एक पता भरती करें"
+
+#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवक नाम"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
+#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "जब आप अपनी मशीन को एक LDAP ग्राहक के रूप में कॉन्फिगर करते हैं, तो\n"
+#~ "आप NIS के साथ डेटा को पुन:प्राप्त नहीं कर सकते। क्या आप सुनिश्चित हैं?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
+#~ msgstr "LDAP कलैन्ड समर्थ हैं"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
+#~ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
+#~ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "यह बदलाव सिर्फ नई सृजित प्रक्रियाओं को ही प्रभावित करेगा, पहले से\n"
+#~ "चल रही सेवाओं को नहीं। मशीन को समस्त सेवाओं के लिए सक्षम करने हेतु \n"
+#~ "अपनी सेवाओं को मैनुअल ढंग से फिर से शुरू करें या इसे फिर से बूट करें।\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
+#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "LDAP उपयोगकर्ताओं के लिए रिमोट लॉगिन को सक्षम करने पर, YaST द्वारा 'sshd'\n"
+#~ "स्वत: ही फिर से शुरू हो जाएगा।\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>अडंवान्सड LDAP क्लैन्ड व्यवस्थायें</b></p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
+#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>पासवर्ड बदली प्रोटोकॉल</b>, /etc/ldap.conf फाइल के pam_password एट्रीब्यूट की ओर इशारा करता है। इसके मानों के अर्थ के लिए <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> देखें।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
+#~ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>आप जिन LDAP समूह का प्रयोग कर रहे हैं उनके प्रकारों को सेट करें।\n"
+#~ "<b>समूह सदस्य के गुण</b> के लिए डिफॉल्ट मान <i>%1</i> है।</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
+#~| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
+#~| "server.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
+#~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
+#~ "server.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>सबसे पहले, <b>कॉन्फिगरेशन आधार DN</b> सेट करें।\n"
+#~ "यह आपके कॉन्फिगरेशन डेटा को रखे जाने का आधार है, जिसे LDAP\n"
+#~ "सर्वर पर सहेजा जाता है।</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
+#~| "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
+#~| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
+#~| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
+#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
+#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
+#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>सर्वर पर रखे गए डेटा तक पहुंच बनाने के लिए,\n"
+#~ "<b>प्रशासक DN</b> प्रविष्ट करें।\n"
+#~ "आप पूरा DN (उदाहरण के लिए, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) या सिर्फ\n"
+#~ "सापेक्षिक DN (उदाहरण के लिए, cn=Administrator) प्रविष्ट कर सकते हैं। अगर उचित विकल्प जांचा जाता है तो LDAP आधार DN स्वत: ही सम्मिलित हो जाता है।</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
+#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>LDAP उपयोगकर्ताओं और समूहों के लिए डिफॉल्ट कॉन्फिगरेशन वस्तुएं सृजित करने हेतु,\n"
+#~ "<b>डिफॉल्ट कॉन्फिगरेशन वस्तुएं सृजित करें</b> की जांच करें। वस्तुओं को सिर्फ तभी सृजित किया जा सकता है जबकि वे पहले से मौजूद न हों।</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
+#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
+#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>LDAP सर्वर पर रखी गई सेटिंग्स को कॉन्फिगर करने के लिए \n"
+#~ "<b>कॉन्फिगर करें</b> दबाएं। अगर आप अभी तक जुड़े नहीं हैं या आपने अपना कॉन्फिगरेशन बदल लिया है, तो\n"
+#~ "आपसे पासवर्ड पूछा जाएगा।</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
+#~| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n"
+#~| "in /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
+#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>विशिष्ट मानचित्रों (उपयोगकर्ता, पासवर्ड, और समूह) के प्रयोग के लिए खोज आधारों का उल्लेख तभी करें जबकि ये DN आधार से अलग हों। इन मानों को /etc/ldap.conf फाइल में स्थित\n"
+#~ "nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, और nss_base_group एट्रीब्यूटों में\n"
+#~ "सेट किया जाता है।</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "C&lient Settings"
+#~ msgstr "क्लैन्ड व्यवस्थायें(&l)"
+
+#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
+#~ msgstr "प्रशासक व्यवस्थायें (&m) "
+
+#~ msgid "Naming Contexts"
+#~ msgstr "नाम से संबंधित संदर्भ"
+
+#~ msgid "&User Map"
+#~ msgstr "यूजर माप (&U)"
+
+#~ msgid "&Browse"
+#~ msgstr "ब्रउजं (&B)"
+
+#~ msgid "&Group Map"
+#~ msgstr "ग्रूप माप (&G)"
+
+#~ msgid "Bro&wse"
+#~ msgstr "ब्राउजं (&w)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&User Map"
+#~ msgid "&Autofs Map"
+#~ msgstr "यूजर माप (&U)"
+
+#~ msgid "&Use Kerberos"
+#~ msgstr "केर्बरोस इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
+
+#~ msgid "Default Real&m"
+#~ msgstr "अकरण विभाग (&m)"
+
+#~ msgid "&KDC Server Address"
+#~ msgstr "KDC सेवक पता"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "LDAP Server"
+#~ msgid "LDAP Schema"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सर्वर"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "User and Group Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
+#~ msgstr "यूजर और ग्रुप समनुरुपण "
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "यूजर सत्यापन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
+#~ msgstr "पासवेर्ट बदली प्रोटोकोल (&s)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
+#~ msgstr "ग्रूप सदस्य के गुण(&r)"
+
+#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
+#~ msgstr "आधार DN समनुरूपण (&B)"
+
+#~ msgid "Administrator &DN"
+#~ msgstr "प्रशासक DN (&D)"
+
+#~ msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
+#~ msgstr "आधार DN से जोडें (&p)"
+
+#~ msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
+#~ msgstr "अकरण (Default) समनुरूपण ओब्जक्ट बनाओ (&t)"
+
+#~ msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
+#~ msgstr "यूज़र प्रबधंन व्यवस्थएँ समनुरूपित करें (&S)...."
+
+#~ msgid "Advanced Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "एड़वान्स समनुरूपण"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवक को बाँधने वाले DN को भरती करें "
+
+#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
+#~ msgstr "बेस DN का समनुरूपण भरती करें "
+
+#~ msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
+#~ msgstr "सचमुच मोड्युल \"%1\" मिटाएँ ?"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "You currently have configuration modules\n"
+#~| "of each type, so you cannot add a new one."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
+#~ "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "वर्तमान में आपके पास प्रत्येक प्रकार के कॉन्फिगरेशन मॉड्यूल हैं,\n"
+#~ "इसलिए आप कोई नया नहीं जोड़ सकते।"
+
+#~ msgid "Initializing..."
+#~ msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>LDAP Tree</b> टैब में स्थित LDAP ट्री को ब्राउज़ करें।</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ldap.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/live-installer.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/mail.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/multipath.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@
msgid "alias"
msgstr "एलियास"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955
msgid "wwid"
msgstr ""
@@ -134,15 +134,15 @@
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameters:\n"
msgstr "अवैधानिक '%s' प्राचल"
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicated configuration."
msgstr "माउस समनुरूपण"
@@ -150,89 +150,76 @@
#. used for store undecided input
#. used for store undecided input
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "विवरण दिखाऎं (&S)"
#. do not do with number id
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameter:"
msgstr "अवैधानिक '%s' प्राचल"
#. devices section
#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file.
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameters:"
msgstr "अवैधानिक '%s' प्राचल"
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943
msgid "item"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicated configuration"
msgstr "माउस समनुरूपण"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607
#, fuzzy
msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath"
msgstr "ipsec बूट स्क्रिप्ट असमर्थ करना नहीं सकता : "
#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use multipath failed:"
msgstr "अधिषठापनफेल हो गया।"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653
#, fuzzy
-msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
-msgstr "ipsec बूट स्क्रिप्ट असमर्थ करना नहीं सकता : "
-
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664
-#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd."
msgstr "ipsec बूट स्क्रिप्ट असमर्थ करना नहीं सकता : "
-#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot start multipathd."
msgstr "ऑटो&डिटेक्ट मल्टीपाथ"
-#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath");
#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd");
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not use multipath failed:"
msgstr "NIS न इस्तेमाल करें (&n)"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot stop multipath."
msgstr "ipsec बूट स्क्रिप्ट असमर्थ करना नहीं सकता : "
-#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd."
msgstr "ipsec बूट स्क्रिप्ट असमर्थ करना नहीं सकता : "
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
-msgstr "ipsec बूट स्क्रिप्ट असमर्थ करना नहीं सकता : "
-
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
@@ -330,36 +317,36 @@
#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one.
#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore.
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939
msgid "should be a decimal integer"
msgstr ""
#. replacewidget_notify = true;
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396
#, fuzzy
msgid "illegal value"
msgstr "अवैर्ध पोर्ट"
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674
msgid "should be greater than 0"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737
msgid "invalid decimal integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278
#, fuzzy
msgid "should not be empty"
msgstr "पोर्ट फील्ड खाली नहीं होनी चाहिए"
@@ -499,6 +486,14 @@
msgstr "सेवक पहचान"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
+#~ msgstr "ipsec बूट स्क्रिप्ट असमर्थ करना नहीं सकता : "
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
+#~ msgstr "ipsec बूट स्क्रिप्ट असमर्थ करना नहीं सकता : "
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Cannot install required packages"
#~ msgstr "जरुरी पैकेज इंसटाल नहीं कर सकता ।"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses-pkg.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses-pkg.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses-pkg.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -17,19 +17,19 @@
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
#. headline of package versions popup
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Versions"
msgstr "पैकेज के विवरण"
#. text above of list of all package versions
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "List all available languages."
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
msgstr "सभी उपलप्त भाषायें सूचित करें।"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Packages with Status"
msgstr "बंडल स्थिति के साथ दिखाऐ"
@@ -37,68 +37,68 @@
#. headline - packages with automatic status change
#. headline of a popup with packages
#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
msgid "Automatic Changes"
msgstr "आटोमैटिक बदलाव"
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following"
msgstr "तुम्हारे मैनुयल चुनाव के साथ ,निम्नलिखित"
#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
msgstr "बंडल निर्भरताओ को हल करने के लिए बदल दिए गए है :"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Continue anyway"
msgstr "जारी रखें(&o)"
#. headline of a popup showing the package license
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502
#, fuzzy
msgid "End User License Agreement"
msgstr "लैसेन्स समझोता"
#. label text - keep it short
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691
msgid "Filter: "
msgstr "छलनी:"
#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698
msgid "Total Download Size: "
msgstr "कुल डाउनलोड साइज :"
#. Help button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "मदद(&H)"
#. add the Cancel button
#. begin: the label of the Cancel button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द(&C)"
#. add the OK button
#. the label of an Accept button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "स्वीकारें(&A)"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&onfiguration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण"
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
msgstr "नये पैचस(&N)"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the label of the selections
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr "पैटर्न"
@@ -406,46 +406,58 @@
msgstr "सिस्टम &सत्यापित करें"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Recommended packages"
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "अनुशंसित पैकेज"
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selecting packages..."
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
msgstr "पैकेज चुनना..."
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
msgstr "सभी सूचित बंडल(&P)"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
msgstr "निर्भरता रिजॉल्वर &परीक्षण केस उत्पन्न करें"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "सभी बंडलो की निर्भरता ठीक है ।"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180
-msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
-msgstr "निर्भरता रिजॉल्वर &परीक्षण केस इसमें लिखा गया "
-
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249
-msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
+msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following"
msgstr ""
#. part 2 of the text
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । "
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
+msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
+msgstr "निर्भरता रिजॉल्वर &परीक्षण केस इसमें लिखा गया "
+
+#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
+msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
msgstr "सभी बंडलो की निर्भरता ठीक है ।"
@@ -611,7 +623,7 @@
#. column header package description (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "सार"
@@ -826,299 +838,299 @@
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label of a frame with search settings
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Search in "
msgstr "अन्दर ढूँढे"
#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:)
#. text for the package search popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search &Phrase"
msgstr "खोज वाक्यांश"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332
msgid "Code"
msgstr "कोड"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338
msgid "Language"
msgstr "भाषा"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. column header package name (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाम"
#. column header installed package version (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
msgid "Version"
msgstr "अनुवाद"
#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
msgid "Avail. Vers."
msgstr "उप.अनु."
#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
msgid "Inst. Vers."
msgstr "अधि. अनू."
#. column header package size (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
msgid "Size"
msgstr "आकार"
#. column header package architecture (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "वास्तुकला"
#. column header patch kind (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
msgid "Kind"
msgstr "प्रकार"
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416
msgid "Solving..."
msgstr "हल कर रहा है..."
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422
msgid "Saving..."
msgstr "संचित कर रहा है..."
#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
msgid "Loading..."
msgstr "लोड कर रहा है..."
#. the headline of the disk space popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
msgid "Disk Usage Overview"
msgstr "डिस्क उपयोग का विवरण"
#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "विभाजन"
#. column header used disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
msgid "Used"
msgstr "इस्तेमाल किया गया"
#. column header free disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
msgid "Free"
msgstr "खाली"
#. column header total disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
msgid "Total"
msgstr "कुल"
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>"
msgstr "<i>डिस्क आकार से बाहर !</i>"
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>"
msgstr "<b>डिस्क आकार खत्म हो रहा है!</b>"
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
msgid "needs"
msgstr "जरुरतें"
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
msgid "more disk space."
msgstr "और डिस्क जगह"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
msgid "<b>Version: </b>"
msgstr "<b>अनुवाद:</b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
msgid "<b>Size: </b>"
msgstr "<b>आकार: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
msgid "<b>Installed: </b>"
msgstr "<b>अधिष्ठापन: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
msgid "<b>Authors: </b>"
msgstr "<b>लेखक: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
msgid "<b>License: </b>"
msgstr "<b>लाइसेंस: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>"
msgstr "<b>मिडिया : </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>"
msgstr "<b>बंडल समुह:</b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
msgid "<b>Provides: </b>"
msgstr "<b>देता है: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
msgid "<b>Requires: </b>"
msgstr "<b>जरुरत है: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561
msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>"
msgstr "<b>पहले से जरुरत है : </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>"
msgstr "<b>के साथ विरोध: </b>"
#. headline for a list of installed files
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576
msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>"
msgstr "<i>अधिष्ठापित फाइलो की सूची:</i><br>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the help popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation"
msgstr "पैच डौणलोड और अधिष्ठापनेशन"
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
msgstr "<p>\"संस्तुत\" मोड का अर्थ है आपको पैच अधिष्ठापन करना चाहिए. \"सुरक्षा\" सुरक्षा पैच है तथा इसे अधिष्ठापित करने के लिए बहुत अधिक संस्तुति की जाती है. \"यास्ट२\" पैजेज़ हमेशा पहले अधिष्ठापित होंगी. अन्य पैचेज़ द्वितीय रन में अवश्य अधिष्ठापित हों.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
msgstr "<p>स्टेटस फ्लेग का अर्थ:</p><p><b>+</b>: आपके अधिष्ठापन से संबंधित पैचिज़ पूर्व चयनित है. वे डाउनलोड होंगी तथा आपके सिस्टम पर आधिष्ठापत होंगी. यदि आप किसी पैच को नहीं चाहते हैं, तो उसे '-' के साथ अचयनित करें.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for a warning popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "चेतावनी"
#. label for an error popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
msgid "Error"
msgstr "खराबी"
#. label for a notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669
msgid "Notify"
msgstr "नोट किया गया"
#. the label of an OK button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "ठीक है(&O)"
#. the label of the Yes button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr "हाँ (&Y)"
#. the label of the No button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705
msgid "&No"
msgstr "नहीं (&N)"
#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user
#. has to make some action (#213602)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
msgstr "ठीक है -- दुबारा कोशिश करें(&O)"
#. text for a Notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
msgstr "<p>आपके सभी चुनाव समाप्त हो जाएंगे जब कैन्सिल के साथ विद्यमान होंगे.<br>क्या वास्तव में विद्यमान है?</p>"
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Languages"
msgstr "बामिलेक भाषायें "
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Repositories"
msgstr "उपलब्ध संचयाऐं"
@@ -1127,63 +1139,63 @@
#. (the list shows all patches which are needed)
#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" );
#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" );
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed Patches"
msgstr "नये पैचस(&N)"
#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754
msgid "Installed Patches"
msgstr "संस्थापित पैच"
#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
msgid "Online Update Patches"
msgstr "आनलाइन नवीनीकरण पैच"
#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars )
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
msgid "Update Problem -- see help"
msgstr "नवीनीकरण समस्या -- मदद देखें"
#. the label for Filter: Search results
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
msgid "Search Results"
msgstr "परिणाम ढूँढे"
#. the headline of the dependency popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
msgid "Package Dependencies"
msgstr "बंडल निर्भरताऐं"
#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
msgstr "<b>समस्या सूची अद्यतन करें</b><br><p>सूची के बंडलो का स्वतः अद्यतन नहीं हो सकता है.</p><p>संभावित कारण:</p><p> वे अन्य बंडलो द्वारा अप्रयुक्त है.</p><p>कोई अधिक नया आरूप नहीं है. जिसे किसी मीडिया अधिष्ठापन पर अद्यतन किया जाए.</p><p> वे तीसरी पार्टी बंडल हैं</p><p> उनके साथ क्या करना है मैनुअली चयन करें. उन्हें डिलिट करना क्रिया का अति सुरक्षित कालचक्र है</p>"
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
msgid "Source"
msgstr "स्रोत"
#. menu entry Update List
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
msgid "&Update List"
msgstr " नवीनीकृत सूची(&U)"
#. part of the patch description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
msgid "<b>Patch: </b>"
msgstr "<b>पैच: </b>"
#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819
msgid "No patches available"
msgstr "कोई पैच उपलब्ध नहीं।"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825
msgid "Script"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ncurses.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/network.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -61,43 +61,43 @@
msgstr "सेवक का पता"
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:163
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:161
msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "DNS समनुरूपण सार:"
#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected
#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected
#. fail message: a string is expected
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:188
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid "InvalidHostname. "
msgstr "नेटमास्क गायब हैं: %1\n"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgid "Invalid IP. "
msgstr "नकली IP पता"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:225
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "[not set]"
msgid "Cannot set "
msgstr "[सेट नहीं]"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:226
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager."
msgstr "नेटवर्क मैनेजर द्वारा सभांला गया"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:245
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:243
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid checkpoint value."
msgid "Invalid option value."
msgstr "असत्यापित जाँच बिन्दू वैल्यू "
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:254
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Internal Zone"
msgid "Internal error"
@@ -110,41 +110,41 @@
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "फाइरवाल ज़ोन (&Z)"
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "फायरवाल (&F)"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण"
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr "फायरवाल अंकराफलक"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवाल"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr "फायरवाल अंकराफलक"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -152,13 +152,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
@@ -175,47 +175,47 @@
#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr "&RPC पोर्टस"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr "&RPC पोर्टस"
#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347
#, fuzzy
msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349
#, fuzzy
msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>"
@@ -223,12 +223,12 @@
#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description
#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped
#. @return [String] proposal html text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवाल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">सक्षम है</a>"
@@ -242,32 +242,32 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:125
+#: src/clients/host.rb:123
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "होस्ट समनुरूपण सार:"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107
msgid "Connecting to Internet..."
msgstr "इंटेरनेट से जोड रहा हैं..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109
msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..."
msgstr "नया रिलीस नोट्स डाउनलोड कर रहा हैं..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111
msgid "Closing connection..."
msgstr "कनेक्शन बंद किया जा रहा है..."
#. Test dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239
msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
msgstr "इंटरनेट कनेक्शन परीक्षण चल रहा है"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
"प्रगति देखें।</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
"रद्द किया जा सकता है।</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
@@ -294,62 +294,62 @@
"और सेटिंग्स को सही करें।</p>\n"
#. Label for result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
msgid "Test Result:"
msgstr "परिणाम:"
#. Push Button to abort internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299
msgid "&Abort Test"
msgstr "&Abort परीक्षण"
#. Frame label: status of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304
msgid "Test Status"
msgstr "टेस्ट स्थिति"
#. Push Button to see logs of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314
msgid "&View Logs..."
msgstr "लोग जांच करें (&V)..."
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351
msgid "Success"
msgstr "सफलता"
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355
msgid "Failure"
msgstr "असफलता"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces"
msgstr "करनल नेटवर्क इंटरफेस"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386
msgid "Kernel Routing Table"
msgstr "करनल राउटिगं टेबिल"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406
msgid "Hostname Lookup"
msgstr "होस्ट नेम लुकअप"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426
msgid "Kernel Messages"
msgstr "करनल संदेशा"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576
msgid "Download of Release Notes"
msgstr "रिलीस नोट्स का डाउनलोड"
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719
msgid ""
"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n"
"RPM signature check failed."
@@ -358,18 +358,18 @@
"RPM सिगनेचर जांच अनुत्तीर्ण हो गई।"
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746
msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed."
msgstr "%1 पैकेज इंसटालेसन फेल हो गया ।"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr "संबध खुल रहा हैं"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -378,13 +378,13 @@
"लॉग्स देखें।\n"
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@
"क्लिक करें।\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
@@ -410,12 +410,12 @@
msgstr "नया रिलीस नोट्स डाउनलोड कर रहा हैं..."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr "पाचेस के लिए जाँच करें"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
"लॉग्स देखें।\n"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr "संबध बदं कर रहा हैं"
@@ -471,64 +471,53 @@
msgid "Config identifier"
msgstr "उपकरणों अभिज्ञापक"
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:136
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:137
msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration"
msgstr "कार्डसमनुरूपण"
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:140
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:141
msgid "Configuration Name"
msgstr "समनुरूपण नाम"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:145
-msgid "Device boot protocol"
-msgstr "उपकरणों बूट प्रोटोकोल"
-
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:150
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:146
msgid "Device IP address"
msgstr "उपकरण IP अड्रेस "
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:155
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:151
msgid "Network mask"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मेस्क"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:160
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prefix length"
msgstr "कुंजी की लम्बाई"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:165
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:161
msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgstr "बॉन्ड स्लेव्स"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:170
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN"
msgstr "फायरवाल अंकराफलक"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:175
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr "अंतराफलक या स्ट्रिन्ग"
-#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
-#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
-#. has higher priority
-#.
-#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
-#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
-#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
-#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
-#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
-#. Other elements may have similar problems,
-#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
+#. see bnc#498993
+#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
+#. we'll keep values from installation
+#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "कॉन्फिगरेशन त्रुटि : इंटरफेस आरंभ नहीं किया गया!"
@@ -556,17 +545,17 @@
"lan\t"
#. Selection box item
-#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110
+#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/network.rb:90
+#: src/clients/network.rb:88
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण"
#. Network dialog help
-#: src/clients/network.rb:93
+#: src/clients/network.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n"
" the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
@@ -575,11 +564,11 @@
"कोई एक चुनें और <b>Launch</b> दबाएं।</p>"
#. Selection box label
-#: src/clients/network.rb:107
+#: src/clients/network.rb:105
msgid "&Available Network Modules:"
msgstr "उपलप्घ नेटवर्क मोड्युल (&A): "
-#: src/clients/network.rb:125
+#: src/clients/network.rb:123
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "आरम्भ करें (&L)"
@@ -599,12 +588,12 @@
msgstr "सुदूर शासन स्वीकार या अस्वीकार करने के लिए 'हाँ' ओर 'नहीं' स्थापित करें"
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:128
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "सुदूर अक्सेस समनुरूपण सार:"
#. Command line error message
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:148
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:146
msgid ""
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
@@ -625,7 +614,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "राउटिगं समनुरूपण"
@@ -709,120 +698,120 @@
#. main ui function
#. Frame label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
msgid "Routing Table"
msgstr "रूटिन्क टेबल"
#. Table header 1/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
msgid "Destination"
msgstr "डेस्टिनेशन"
#. Table header 2/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
msgid "Gateway"
msgstr "गेटवे"
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क"
#. Table header 4/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91
msgid "Device"
msgstr "उपकरण"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
msgid "Options"
msgstr "विकल्प"
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:427
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डिंग : ऑन"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "infrared नियत्रंण असमर्थ कर दिया गया है"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "IP फोरवार्डिन्ग समर्थ हैं (&I)"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:276
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "IP फोरवार्डिन्ग समर्थ हैं (&I)"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:282
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डिंग : ऑन"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:292
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डिंग : ऑन"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:302
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डिंग : ऑन"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:324
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr "कम से कम एक पता बताना हैं।"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:333
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr "तालिका में फाइलें जोड़ रहा है..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "कम से कम एक पता बताना हैं।"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर मेनु में भाषांतर नवीनीकरण कर रहा हैं..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:419
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "चेतावनी: किसी एन्क्रिप्शन का प्रयोग नहीं किया गया है।"
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
msgid "Change."
msgstr "बदलें।"
@@ -844,152 +833,152 @@
msgstr "कुछ भी कॉन्फिगर नहीं है"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card"
msgstr " ISDN कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
msgid "USB ISDN Card"
msgstr " ISDN कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA वाएरलेस नेटवर्क कार्ड "
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "USB वाएरलेस नेटवर्क कार्ड "
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA वाएरलेस नेटवर्क कार्ड "
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
msgid "USB FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "USB वाएरलेस नेटवर्क कार्ड "
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection"
msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN कनेक्शन"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
msgid "USB ISDN Connection"
msgstr "USB ISDN कनेक्शन"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226
msgid "PCMCIA Modem"
msgstr "PCMCIA मोडेम"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
msgid "USB Modem"
msgstr "USB मोडेम"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230
msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA टोकण रिंग नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234
msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "USB टोकण रिंग नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB नेटवर्क उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA वाएरलेस नेटवर्क कार्ड "
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
msgid "USB Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "USB वाएरलेस नेटवर्क कार्ड "
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr "अनजान नेटवर्क उपकरण"
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr "%1 के रूप में कॉन्फिगर किया हुआ"
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr "अड्रेस %2 %1 के साथ समनुरूपण किया हैं।"
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr "अड्रेस %2 %1 के साथ समनुरूपण किया हैं। (सुदूर %3)"
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr "अड्रेस के बिना समनुरूपण किया हैं।"
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configured without an address."
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr "अड्रेस के बिना समनुरूपण किया हैं।"
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr "अड्रेस %1 के साथ समनुरूपण किया हैं।"
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr "अड्रेस %1 के साथ समनुरूपण किया हैं ।(सुदूर %2)"
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr "%1 के साथ समनुरूपण किया हैं।"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr "अड्रेस %2 %1 के साथ समनुरूपण किया हैं।"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr "अड्रेस %2 %1 के साथ समनुरूपण किया हैं। (सुदूर %3)"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr "अड्रेस %2 %1 के साथ समनुरूपण किया हैं।"
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "शासन किया हुआ"
@@ -1074,67 +1063,67 @@
msgstr "- इंटेरनेट पर संबध करें।"
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "- Download latest release notes"
msgstr "- नया रिलीस नोट्स डाउनलोड करें"
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207
msgid "- Check for latest updates"
msgstr "- नये अपडेट्स के लिए जाँच करें।"
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212
msgid "- Close connection"
msgstr "- संबध बंद करें"
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "The following steps will be performed:"
msgstr "निम्नलिखित चरण प्रतिपादित किए जाएंगे :"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231
msgid "Select:"
msgstr "चुनें:"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now"
msgstr "हाँ, अब ओणलैन अपडेट चलें (&Y)"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "N&o, Skip Update"
msgstr "नहीं,इस अपडेट को छोड़ दें (&o)"
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Online Updates Available"
msgstr "ओनलाइन अपडेट उपलप्घ हैं"
#. Label text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
msgstr "YaST आनलाइन अपडेट द्वारा इनको डाउनलोड और इंस्टाल करें। "
#. Heading
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
msgstr "इंटेरनेट संबध टेस्ट लोग:"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "&Select Log:"
msgstr "लोग चुनें (&S)"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त अड्रेस "
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
@@ -1142,7 +1131,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP अड्रेस "
@@ -1150,7 +1139,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
@@ -1160,7 +1149,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
@@ -1171,176 +1160,176 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "मिटायें (&l)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr "इंटरफेस का नाम (&N)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr "<p>TODO एक किस्म से अस्पष्ट है!</p>"
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr "फायरवॉल ज़ोनों में नेटवर्क अंतराफलक : "
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr "अनिवार्य इंटरफेस (&M)"
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार (&D)"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "समनुरूपण नाम (&C)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr "नया ग्रुप जोङे"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "मोडम उपकरण"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr "फायरवाल अंकराफलक"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CHAN IDS"
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr "सीएचएएन आईडीएस"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr "बॉन्ड स्लेव्स"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Up"
msgid "Up"
msgstr "ऊपर (&U)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Down"
msgid "Down"
msgstr "नीचे (&D)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr "बॉन्ड स्लेव्स"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr "बॉन्ड ड्राइवर विकल्प"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr "<p>बॉन्ड ड्राइवर विकल्पों का चयन करें और यदि आपको आवश्यकता है तो संपादन करें।</p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "गतिक IP अड्रेस(&D) "
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr "उत्पाद संस्करण और रिलीज"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr "LDAP वेर्शन 2"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr "LDAP वेर्शन 2"
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr "लोकल IP पता:"
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "IP अड्रेस (&I) "
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr "सबनेट मास्क (&S)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "होस्टनाम (&H)"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr "सुदूर IP अड्रेस (&e) "
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr "सुदूर IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। "
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1351,13 +1340,13 @@
"जबकि आप जानते हों कि पड़ताल गलत है।"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "समनुरूपण %1 पहले से हि उपस्थित हैं"
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1371,23 +1360,23 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "नकली IP पता"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "नेटमास्क गायब हैं: %1\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "नेटमास्क गायब हैं: %1\n"
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1397,7 +1386,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1407,59 +1396,58 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
msgid "&General"
msgstr "साधारण (&G)"
-#. TODO:
-#. "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209
+#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "उप्करण का सक्रियण (&D)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "फाइरवाल ज़ोन (&Z)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr " मेल ट्रास्फंर एजेन्ट "
-#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole
+#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>विस्तृत नेटवर्क कार्ड सेटिंग्स को यहां कॉन्फिगर करें।</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "अड्रेस (&A)"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>IP अड्रेस समनुरूपण करें</p> "
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "हार्डवेयर(&H)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "बॉन्ड स्लेव्स"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "वएरलेस (&W)"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1467,7 +1455,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1477,7 +1465,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
@@ -1668,11 +1656,11 @@
msgstr "CI7000 एडप्टर"
#. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview();
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89
msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device."
msgstr "उपकरण निर्धारित करने के लिए \"id\" विकल्प का प्रयोग करें।"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98
msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
msgstr "\"id\" का मान सीमा से बाहर है। \"id\" का अधिकतम मान जांचने के लिए \"list\" विकल्प का प्रयोग करें।"
@@ -1680,25 +1668,25 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr "बूटप्रोटो के लिए संभव नहीं मान!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr "स्टार्टमोड के लिए संभव नहीं मान!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "उपकरण मिटा दिया गया था।"
@@ -1738,17 +1726,17 @@
msgid "Note"
msgstr "&नोटबुक"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "विश्वीय विकल्प"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "सिंहावलोकन"
#. continue-cancel popup, #178848
#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153
msgid ""
"A Xen network bridge was detected.\n"
"Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n"
@@ -1762,7 +1750,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
@@ -1775,7 +1763,7 @@
"फर्मवेयर के संस्थापन के लिए अपने YaST संस्थापन स्रोतों में एड-ऑन सीडी को जोड़ें और इस कॉन्फिगरेशन डायलॉग पर \n"
"वापस आ जाएं।"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
@@ -1794,22 +1782,22 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr "फर्मवेयर इंसटाल कर रहा है..."
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr "इंसटलेशन के वक्त खराबी आ गई"
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1824,12 +1812,12 @@
"तो इंटरफेस NetworkManager द्वारा प्रबंधित नहीं रह जाएगा।\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "सेट-अप रीति"
@@ -1838,7 +1826,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ"
@@ -1866,7 +1854,7 @@
msgstr "DHCP द्वारा होस्ट नाम बदल करें (&C)"
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1874,20 +1862,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1895,7 +1883,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1903,7 +1891,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
@@ -1915,12 +1903,12 @@
"उदाहरण के लिए, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>। <b>नोट :</b> अगर दो कार्डों को एक ही मॉड्यूल नाम के साथ\n"
"कॉन्फिगर किया गया हो, तो सहेजते समय विकल्प आपस में विलीन हो जाएंगे।</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1930,7 +1918,7 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1939,7 +1927,7 @@
"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> या <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> लिखा जाएगा।</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
@@ -1947,83 +1935,68 @@
"<p>मॉड्यूल के लिए विकल्पों को <b>IBM उपकरण ड्राइवर और संस्थापन आदेश</b>\n"
"पुस्तिका में निर्दिष्ट किए फॉर्मेट में लिखा जाना चाहिए।</p>"
-#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
-msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
-msgstr "मानुअल नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण"
-
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr "&PCMCIA"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290
msgid "&USB"
msgstr "&USB"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
-msgid "&Hotplug Type"
-msgstr "होटप्लग प्रकार (&H)"
-
-#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307
-msgid "P&CI"
-msgstr "PCI (&C)"
-
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr "केर्नल मोड्युल (&K)"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr "मोड्युल नेम (&M)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "उपकरण नाम"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368
msgid "Change"
msgstr "परिवर्तन"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Identification"
msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr "सेवक पहचान"
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "सेकन्टस"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Blin"
msgid "Blink"
msgstr "ब्लिन"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त डोमेन"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr "मानुअल नेटवर्क कार्ड चुनाव"
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -2033,18 +2006,18 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड (&N)"
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "खोज (&S)"
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -2054,7 +2027,7 @@
"अलग समनुरूपण चुनें।"
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "S/390 नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण"
@@ -2062,35 +2035,35 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "S/390 उपकरण व्यवस्थायें"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "प्रोट नेम (&P)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "पोर्ट न० (&P)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "IPA टेकओवर समर्थ करें (&E)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "लेयर २ सहायता समर्थ करें (&L)"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "लेयर २ &MAC अड्रेस "
@@ -2098,103 +2071,103 @@
# msgstr "होस्ट संचालन"
# msgid "Sel."
# msgstr "सियोल"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "चैनल"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "अब बदलाव लिखें"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "संचालन फाइल परिवर्तित है"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>इस इंटरफेस के लिए <b>पोर्टनेम</b> भरती करें। (case-sensitive)</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p>इस इंटरफेस (स्पेस द्वारा अलग किया हुआ) के लिए कोई भी अतिरिक्त <b>विकल्प</b> प्रविष्ट करें।</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>अगर इस इंटरफेस के लिए IP पता अधिग्रहण सक्षम हो, तो<b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> चुनें।</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>अगर यह कार्ड लेयर 2 समर्थन के साथ कॉन्फिगर किया गया है, तो <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> चुनें।</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>अगर यह कार्ड लेयर 2 समर्थन के साथ कॉन्फिगर किया गया है, तो <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> प्रविष्ट करें।</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "पोर्ट न० (&P)"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "LANCMD टैमआउट (&L)"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>इस इंटरफेस के लिए <b>पोर्ट न०</b> चुनें।</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>इस इंटरफेस के लिए <b>LANCMD टैमआउट</b> बतायें।</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "सुसंगतता मोड "
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "बढ़ाया गया मोड"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "CTC-आधारित tty (Linux से Linux कनेक्शन)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "सुसंगतता मोड के साथ OS/390 और z/OS "
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल (&P)"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>इस इंटरफेस के लिए <b>प्रोटोकोल </b> चुनें।</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "साथी का नाम (&P)"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2203,7 +2176,7 @@
"उदाहरण के लिए, z/VM उपयोगकर्ता नाम सहित किससे जुड़ना है (केस-संवेदनशील)।</p>\n"
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
@@ -2212,13 +2185,13 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "हार्डवेयर डाटा"
#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n"
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -2227,7 +2200,7 @@
"शुरू कर रहा हैं</big></b><br>क्रुपया शुरू करें...<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
@@ -2236,7 +2209,7 @@
"<B>रद्द करें</B> को अभी दबाकर कॉन्फिगरेशन यूटिलिटी को सुरक्षित ढंग से रद्द करें।</p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n"
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -2245,7 +2218,7 @@
"सेव कर रहा हैं</big></b><br>क्रुपया शुरू करें...<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2254,8 +2227,8 @@
"<b>रद्द करें</b> को दबाने के द्वारा सहेजना रद्द करें।</p>\n"
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2267,9 +2240,7 @@
"<b>NetworkManager</b> का प्रयोग करें। यह वायर्ड एवं अनेक वायरलेस नेटवर्कों\n"
"के बीच अदला-बदली करने के लिए उपयुक्त है।</p>\n"
-#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
@@ -2279,8 +2250,17 @@
"अचानक ही अनेक इंटरफेसों का प्रयोग करने की जरूरत हो तो\n"
"<b><tt>ifup</tt> पारंपरिक पद्धति</b> का प्रयोग करें।</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
+#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678)
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
msgid ""
+"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n"
+"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n"
+"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n"
+"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66
+msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
@@ -2289,7 +2269,7 @@
"संस्थापित नेटवर्क कार्डों का एक ओवरव्यू प्राप्त करें। इसके अतिरिक्त,\n"
"उनको कॉन्फिगरेशन को संपादित करें।<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
@@ -2297,7 +2277,7 @@
"<p><b><big>एक नेटवर्क कार्ड को जोड़ना :</big></b><br>\n"
"मैनुअल ढंग से एक नया नेटवर्क कार्ड कॉन्फिगर करने के लिए <b>जोड़ें</b> दबाएं।</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2309,7 +2289,7 @@
"इसके बाद <b>संपादित करें</b> या <b>मिटाएं</b> जो भी वांछित हो, दबाएं।</p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2319,12 +2299,12 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr "<p>सभी परिवर्तन रिबूट के बाद लागू होंगे।</p>"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2338,7 +2318,7 @@
"डिफॉल्ट रूट के बजाय इसे प्रयोग किया जाता है। डिफॉल्ट रूट का विचार सिर्फ आपको यह कहने में सक्षम बनाने के लिए है कि\n"
"\"और इसके अलावा हर चीज यहां जानी चाहिए।\"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2346,13 +2326,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2360,14 +2340,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
@@ -2382,7 +2362,7 @@
"इससे बचें क्योंकि संचालन समय में होस्टनाम के बदलते रहने से\n"
"ग्राफिक डेस्कटॉप भ्रमित हो सकता है।</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2391,7 +2371,7 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
@@ -2400,7 +2380,7 @@
"प्रविष्ट करें। सामान्यत: ये DHCP द्वारा प्राप्त किए जा सकते हैं।</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2411,7 +2391,7 @@
"(उदाहरण के लिए, 192.168.0.42) प्रविष्ट किया जाना चाहिए, एक होस्टनाम के रूप में नहीं।</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2423,7 +2403,7 @@
"(उदाहरण के लिए, suse.de) के डोमेन नाम के समान होता है। इसमें अतिरिक्त सर्च डोमेन (जैसे suse.com) भी\n"
"हो सकते हैं। डोमेनों को कॉमा या सफेद स्पेस से एक-दूसरे से अलग करें।</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2431,7 +2411,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2441,7 +2421,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2455,19 +2435,19 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
@@ -2477,7 +2457,7 @@
"आपको कोई स्थैतिक IP पता नहीं दिया है तो इसे भी चुनें।</p>"
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
@@ -2488,7 +2468,7 @@
"चल रहा हो, तो आप डायनामिक पता कार्यभार चुन सकते हैं।</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2496,7 +2476,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
@@ -2508,7 +2488,7 @@
"प्रविष्ट करें।</p>"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
@@ -2520,7 +2500,7 @@
"IP पता प्रविष्ट करें।</p>"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
@@ -2528,7 +2508,7 @@
"<p>नेटवर्क कॉन्फिगरेशन के बारे में और अधिक जानकारी के लिए <b>नेटवर्क प्रशासक</b> से\n"
"संपर्क करें।</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
@@ -2536,7 +2516,7 @@
"<p>इस उत्पाद के लिए DHCP कॉन्फिगरेशन की संस्तुति नहीं की जाती है।\n"
"इस उत्पाद के अवयव DHCP के साथ कार्य नहीं भी कर सकते हैं।</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2547,11 +2527,11 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>अनिवार्य इंटरफेस</b> यह निर्दिष्ट करता है कि अगर बूट होने के समय इंटरफेस शुरू होने में असफल हो जाता है तो नेटवर्क सेवा असफलता की रिपोर्ट करती है या नहीं।</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2561,7 +2541,7 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
@@ -2569,13 +2549,13 @@
msgstr "<p>बॉन्ड उपकरण के लिए स्लेव उपकरणों का चयन करें। केवल वही उपकरण, जिनकी डिवाइस सक्रियता कभी नहीं है और कोई पता नहीं सेटअप के रूप में सेट हैं, हीउपलब्ध हैं।</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>ग्राहक कनेक्शन बनाऎं</big></b><br>"
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2590,7 +2570,7 @@
"यहां एक उत्कृष्ट मुक्त-रूप पहचानकर्ता निर्दिष्ट करें।</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
@@ -2611,7 +2591,7 @@
"छोड़ें। एक होस्टनाम को खाली न छोड़ें।</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2619,7 +2599,7 @@
msgstr "<p>इस संवाद में एक इंटरफेस (इसके उपनामों) के अतिरिक्त पते कॉन्फिगर करें।</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Enter an <b>Alias Name</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
@@ -2632,22 +2612,24 @@
"<b>नेटमास्क</b>भरती करें।</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
-" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
+"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
-msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>उपनाम में इंटरफेस नाम शामिल न करें। उदाहरण के लिए, <b>eth0:foo</b> के बजाय <b>foo</b> प्रविष्ट करें।</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
@@ -2677,7 +2659,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
@@ -2685,8 +2667,7 @@
"<p>यहां, वायरलेस नेटवर्किंग के लिए\n"
"सर्वाधिक महत्वपूर्ण सेटिंग्स सेट करें।</p>"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2700,8 +2681,7 @@
"<i>Infrastructure Mode</i> भी कहा जाता है), या <b>Master</b> (पहुंच बिंदु के रूप में कार्य करने वाला\n"
"नेटवर्क कार्ड) हो सकता है।</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2719,8 +2699,7 @@
"स्थिति में, आपका WLAN कार्ड सर्वोत्तम सिग्नल शक्ति के साथ पहुंच बिंदु से\n"
"जुड़ जाता है।</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
@@ -2756,8 +2735,7 @@
"<b>WPA-PSK</b> या <b>WPA-EAP</b> चुनें। यह सिर्फ <b>Managed</b> प्रचालन मोड में\n"
"संभव है।</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2772,7 +2750,7 @@
"उत्पन्न की जाती हैं, इसलिए आपको सिर्फ 40 से 232 बिट्स प्रविष्ट करने की आवश्यकता होती है।</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2788,8 +2766,7 @@
"शब्दकोषीय आक्रमण फिर भी संभव हैं। किसी ऐसे शब्द का प्रयोग न करें जिसका\n"
"पासफ्रेज़ के तौर पर अनुमान लगाना आसान हो।</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -2797,8 +2774,7 @@
"<p> WPA-EAP (जिसे कभी-कभी WPA इंटरप्राइस के रूप में भी उद्धृत किया जाता है)\n"
"का प्रयोग करने के लिए, अगले संवाद में कुछ अतिरिक्त मानक दर्ज करें।</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -2811,31 +2787,31 @@
"'वायरलेस' फाइल देखें।</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "IP अड्रेस "
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क (&m)"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "IP अड्रेस गलत हैं। "
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr "सबनेट मास्क गलत हैं। "
@@ -2862,26 +2838,26 @@
msgstr "&Hexadecimal"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75
msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgstr "EAP मोड (&M)"
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79
msgid "TTLS"
msgstr "TTLS"
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81
msgid "PEAP"
msgstr "PEAP"
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83
msgid "TLS"
msgstr "TLS"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n"
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
@@ -2892,11 +2868,11 @@
"विभिन्न पद्धतियां होती हैं, नाम लेकर कहें तो TLS, TTLS, और PEAP.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98
msgid "&Identity"
msgstr "पहचान (&I)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
@@ -2909,22 +2885,22 @@
"सेट करने की आवश्यकताएं होती हैं, तो आप इसे यहां सेट कर सकते हैं। सामान्यत: इसकी आवश्यकता नहीं होती।</p>\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110
msgid "&Anonymous Identity"
msgstr "अनामक पहचान (&A)"
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "पासवेर्ड (&P)"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125
msgid "&Client Certificate"
msgstr "क्लाइन्ट सेर्टिफिकेट (&C)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
@@ -2939,23 +2915,23 @@
"उचित <b>Client Key Password</b> रखता है।</p>\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143
msgid "Client &Key"
msgstr "क्लाइन्ट कि (&K)"
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156
msgid "Client Key Pass&word"
msgstr "क्लाइन्ट कि पासवेर्ड (&w)"
#. text entry label
#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority)
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166
msgid "&Server Certificate"
msgstr "सेवक सेर्टिफिकेट (&S)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n"
"a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n"
@@ -2966,11 +2942,11 @@
"सर्वर की प्रमाणिकता का मान्यीकरण करने के लिए प्रयुक्त की जाती है।</p>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "विस्तृत सूचना (&D)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220
msgid ""
"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n"
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
@@ -2979,11 +2955,11 @@
"कोई प्रमाणपत्र या कुंजी फाइलें नहीं है, तो अपने सिस्टम प्रशासक से संपर्क करें।\n"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238
msgid "&Authentication Method"
msgstr "सत्यापन तरीका"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n"
"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n"
@@ -2996,11 +2972,11 @@
"सामना कर रहे हैं, तो अपनी आंतरिक प्रमाणीकरण विधि चुनें।</p>\n"
#. radio button group label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249
msgid "&PEAP Version"
msgstr "LDAP वेर्शन 2"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
@@ -3009,136 +2985,136 @@
"क्रियान्वयन (संस्करण 0 या 1) का भी बलपूर्वक प्रयोग कर सकते हैं। सामान्यत: यह आवश्यक नहीं होता।</p>\n"
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
msgid "&Any"
msgstr "एनड्रेर"
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन (&E)"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr "सहभाजी कि"
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "वेयरलेस नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr "वेयरलेस उपकरण व्यवस्थायें"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr "काम करने का मोड (&p)"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr "तदर्थ"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
msgid "Master"
msgstr "मास्टेर"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr "नेटवर्क नाम (ESSID)(&t)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr "सहभाजी नेटवर्क"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr "सत्यापन मोड (&A)"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन कि (&E)"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें (&x)"
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP कीस (&W) "
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "WPA प्रमाणीकरण मोड सिर्फ प्रबंधित प्रचालन मोड में ही संभव है।"
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "इस मोड के लिए नेटवर्क नाम बताइए"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "नेटवर्क नाम को 32 वर्णों से छोटा होना चाहिए।"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "पासफ्रेज़ को 8 से 63 वर्णों (सम्मिलित रूप से) के बीच होना चाहिए।"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "कि के लिए %1 हेक्साडेसिमेल डिजिट्स चाहिये"
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन कि गलत हैं।"
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "इस सत्यापन मोड के लिए एन्क्रिप्शन कि बताना हैं। "
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3148,13 +3124,13 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "वेयरलेस निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
@@ -3163,7 +3139,7 @@
"(बहुत जरूरी हैं)।</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -3176,7 +3152,7 @@
"इधर-उधर करेगा।</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
@@ -3185,7 +3161,7 @@
"चाह सकते हैं। डिफॉल्ट दर यथासंभव तेज गति है।</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
@@ -3194,7 +3170,7 @@
"जुड़ा जा सकता हो।</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -3204,77 +3180,61 @@
"यह सामान्यत: एक अच्छा विचार है, विशेषकर अगर आप एक लैपटॉप उपयोगकर्ता हैं और AC शक्ति से डिसकनेक्ट\n"
"हो सकते हैं।</p>\n"
-#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726
-msgid ""
-"<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
-"the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>चैनल के बजाय <b>Frequency</b> को निर्दिष्ट करने के लिए,\n"
-"वांछित मान चुनें।</p>\n"
-
-#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734
-msgid "&Frequency"
-msgstr "आवृति (&F)"
-
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "स्वचालित"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "चैनल (&C)"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr "बिट रेट (&i)"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "अक्सेस पोइंन्ट (&A)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "पवर शासन इस्तिमाल करें (&P)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "EAP मोड (&M)"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन कि भरती करें"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "कि (&K)"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदद"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "वेयरलेस कि"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3289,7 +3249,7 @@
"एक कुंजी होती है।</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3304,50 +3264,50 @@
"सेट करने की आवश्यकता हो सकती है।</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP कि"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "कि लम्बाई (&K)"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
msgid "No."
msgstr "नहीं।"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "Key"
msgstr "कि"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Default"
msgstr "अकरण"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "डिफाल्ट सैट करें"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट चुनें"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3356,47 +3316,47 @@
"प्रविष्ट करें।"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
msgid "Any"
msgstr "एनड्रेर"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "RTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP जानकारी"
@@ -3443,12 +3403,12 @@
msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन सेटिंग्स"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "ये पाकेजों इंस्टाल करना हैं:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3460,75 +3420,68 @@
"\n"
"फिर से प्रयास करें?\n"
-#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
-#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
-#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265
-msgid "unplugged"
-msgstr "अणप्लगड"
-
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अनजान"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DNS समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DSL समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "होस्ट समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "ISDN समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "मोडेम समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "संभरक समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "रूटिन्ग समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr "मेल को अभी कॉन्फिगर करें?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr "%1 का समनुरूपण चलें ?"
@@ -3538,126 +3491,126 @@
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "मोडेम"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN कार्ड"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL उपकरण"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "सभी नेटवर्क उपकरणों"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "होस्ट नाम गलत हैं।"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "डोमेइन नाम (&D)"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127
msgid "The domain name is invalid."
msgstr "डोमेइन नाम गलत हैं।"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134
msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP द्वारा होस्ट नाम बदल करें (&C)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144
msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration"
msgstr "DNS समनुरूपण"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154
msgid "Only Manually"
msgstr "सिर्फ हाथ से"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use Default Policy"
msgstr "अकरण मान इस्तेमाल करें"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use Custom Policy"
msgstr "पासवेर्ड माप(&P)"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Custom Policy Rule"
msgstr "अकाउस्टिक पॉलिसी(&A)"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177
msgid "Name Server &1"
msgstr "नेम सेवक &1"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193
msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid."
msgstr "तीसरा नाम सेवक गलत हैं। "
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201
msgid "Do&main Search"
msgstr "डोमेइन सेरच (&m)"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228
msgid "Name Server &2"
msgstr "नेम सेवक &2"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230
msgid "Name Server &3"
msgstr "नेम सेवक &3"
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "होस्ट नाम और डोमेइन नाम "
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251
msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List"
msgstr "नेम सेवक और डोमेइन सूचि सेरच लिस्ट"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname/DNS"
msgstr "होस्टनाम"
@@ -3667,7 +3620,7 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event
#. @param event the event being handled
#. @return nil so that the dialog loops on
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "No interface with dhcp"
msgstr "नेटवर्क इंटरफेस"
@@ -3676,28 +3629,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "सेरच सूचि में सब से अधिक %1 डोमेइन हो सकती हैं"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "सेरच सूचि में सब से अधिक %1 चिह्न हो सकती हैं"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "सेरच डोमेइन %1 गलत हैं।"
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "होस्ट नाम और नाम सेवक समनुरूपण"
@@ -3746,12 +3699,12 @@
msgstr "होस्ट एलियासेस"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "होस्ट एलियासेस (&t)"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "एलियास नाम \"%1\" गलत हैं।"
@@ -3831,7 +3784,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "डीफोल्ट गेटवे गलत हैं। "
@@ -3856,12 +3809,12 @@
msgstr "मिटायें (&t)"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54
msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression"
msgstr "प्रिफिक्स रेगुलर एक्सप्रेशन डायल करें (&D)"
#. dial prefix regex help
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n"
"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
@@ -3876,43 +3829,43 @@
"बदलने की अनुमति नहीं है।</p>\n"
#. radio button group label,method of setup
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69
msgid "Setup Method"
msgstr "सेट-अप रीति"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75
msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)"
msgstr "स्वचालित अड्रेस सेटअप(DHCP द्वारा) (&u) "
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77
msgid "S&tatic Address Setup"
msgstr "स्थैतिक अड्रेस सेटअप (&t)"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80
msgid "<p>H</p>"
msgstr "<p>H</p>"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95
msgid "At Boot Time"
msgstr "बूट टाइम के समय"
#. is a part of the static help text
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102
msgid "Never"
msgstr "कभी नहीं"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106
msgid "By NetworkManager"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मानेजर द्वारा"
#. help text for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111
msgid ""
"<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n"
"controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST."
@@ -3921,12 +3874,12 @@
"इंटरफेस को नियंत्रित करता है। इसे YaST में सेट करने की जरूरत नहीं है।"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "हाथ से"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n"
@@ -3936,12 +3889,12 @@
"(देखें नीचे 'उपयोगकर्ता नियंत्रित') इंटरफेस को मैनुअल ढंग से नियंत्रित कर सकते हैं।"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
msgid "On Cable Connection"
msgstr "केबल कनेक्शन पर"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129
msgid ""
"<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n"
"The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n"
@@ -3954,12 +3907,12 @@
"किसी पहुंच बिंदु से कनेक्ट कर सकता है।\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138
msgid "On Hotplug"
msgstr "होटप्लग पर"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140
msgid ""
"With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n"
"the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n"
@@ -3972,13 +3925,12 @@
"तो इससे बूटटाइम में त्रुटि नहीं होती।\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149
msgid "On NFSroot"
msgstr "NFSरूट पर"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
@@ -3989,26 +3941,15 @@
"कभी शटडाउन नहीं होंगे। 'ifdown <iface>' अभी भी काम कर रहा है।\n"
"जब आपके पास nfs या iscsi रूट फाइलसिस्टम हो तो इसका प्रयोग करें।\n"
-#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
-"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>On NFSroot</b> का प्रयोग लगभग 'स्वत:' की तरह है। लेकिन इस स्टार्टमोड के साथ इंटरफेस 'rcnetwork stop' के जरिए \n"
-"कभी शटडाउन नहीं होंगे। 'ifdown <iface>' अभी भी काम कर रहा है।\n"
-"जब आपके पास nfs या iscsi रूट फाइलसिस्टम हो तो इसका प्रयोग करें।\n"
-
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activate &Device"
msgstr "सभी सेवाऎ चालू करें (&A)"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
@@ -4020,66 +3961,66 @@
"इंटरफेस कब सेट किया जाना चाहिए। <b>बूट होने के समय</b> इसे सिस्टम बूट होने के समय आरंभ करता है। <b>कभी नहीं</b> उपकरण को कभी आरंभ नहीं करता।\n"
"%1</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235
msgid "IPoIB Device Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall is not installed."
msgstr "फायरवाल असवर्थ हैं"
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253
msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254
msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255
msgid "576 (dial-up)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262
msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263
msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr "&MTU "
#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Service"
msgid "NetworkManager Service"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा"
#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgid "Traditional ifup"
msgstr "परंपरागत चाइनीज"
#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add &Service"
msgid "Wicked Service"
msgstr "संचया जोङे(&S)"
#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Services"
msgid "Network Services Disabled"
@@ -4088,48 +4029,48 @@
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "IP प्रोटोकोल"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "अनजाना चालक"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "IP अड्रेस "
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "DHCP द्वारा IP अड्रेस नियत किया जोयेगा"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
@@ -4137,80 +4078,91 @@
msgstr "अगला %1: %2 -- %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "उपकरण बदल करें"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "नेटवर्क उपकरण चुनें"
+#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration
+#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten
+#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
+#.
+#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unconfigured"
+msgid "configured"
+msgstr "असमनुरूुुपित"
+
#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue
#.
#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Network Restart"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण करें (&C)"
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24
msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr "उपकरण नाम"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99
msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "IP पता: %1"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr "समनुरूपण %1 पहले से हि उपस्थित हैं"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "समनुरूपण फाईल पढ़ो "
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr "होस्ट नाम निर्दिष्ट करें।"
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण नवीनीकरण"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf पढो "
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड पढ समनुरूपण रहा है"
@@ -4218,46 +4170,46 @@
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr "युक्ति लिखे जा रहे हैं..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण नवीनीकरण कर रहा हैं"
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf पढ़ रहा है..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "होस्टनाम : DHCP द्वारा सेट"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "होस्ट: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "/etc/hosts पर होस्टनाम नहीं लिखा जाएगा"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "नाम सर्वर : %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "खोज सूची : %1"
@@ -4390,7 +4342,7 @@
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
@@ -4403,92 +4355,92 @@
msgstr "परिवर्तन लागू करने के लिए रिबूट जरूरी है। "
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "ड्राइवरों की सूचना लिखें"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं स्थापित करें"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं सक्रिय करें"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf लिख रहा है..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं ..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं ..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं स्थापित कर रहा है..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं.."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवाएं सक्रिय कर रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "नेटवर्क व्यवसथाएँ"
@@ -4496,152 +4448,151 @@
#. Import data
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मैनेजर द्वारा सभांला गया"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मानेजर द्वारा"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मानेजर द्वारा"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "यदि सभंव हो 3D सहायता समर्थ करें"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6 अक्षम"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "यदि सभंव हो 3D सहायता समर्थ करें"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "(असुरक्षित)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "बूट के समय अपने आप शुरू करेगा"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "केबल कनेक्शन पर अपने आप शुरू करेगा"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मैनेजर द्वारा सभांला गया"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "किसी भी रूप में आरंभ नहीं होगा"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "हाथ से शुरू करेगा"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "DHCP द्वारा IP अड्रेस नियत किया जोयेगा"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP पता: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP अड्रेस: %1, सबनेट मास्क %2 "
-#. FIXME:
-#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
+#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "समनुरूपण नहीं किया"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "उपकरण का नाम: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond slaves"
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "बॉन्ड स्लेव्स"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "(असुरक्षित)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
@@ -4651,12 +4602,12 @@
"मॉड्यूल को स्टार्ट करने के लिए <b>विन्यास ध्वनि कार्ड</b> को दबाएं.\n"
"</P>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "जरूरी जानकारी"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "अन्जान"
@@ -4699,14 +4650,14 @@
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed."
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr "uml सेवा समर्थ करना फेल हो गया ।"
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4714,68 +4665,68 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन सक्षम है।"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "रिमोट प्रशासन अक्षम है।"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "डाउनौणलोगंन्कि व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं "
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "राउटिगं समनुरूपण"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं.."
#. at first stop the running routes
-#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
+#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway: %1"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "गेटवे : %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डिंग : ऑन"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डिंग : ऑन"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr "स्वचालित"
@@ -4790,6 +4741,40 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(असुरक्षित)"
+#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
+#~ msgstr "उपकरणों बूट प्रोटोकोल"
+
+#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "मानुअल नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण"
+
+#~ msgid "&Hotplug Type"
+#~ msgstr "होटप्लग प्रकार (&H)"
+
+#~ msgid "P&CI"
+#~ msgstr "PCI (&C)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
+#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>चैनल के बजाय <b>Frequency</b> को निर्दिष्ट करने के लिए,\n"
+#~ "वांछित मान चुनें।</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "&Frequency"
+#~ msgstr "आवृति (&F)"
+
+#~ msgid "unplugged"
+#~ msgstr "अणप्लगड"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
+#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<b>On NFSroot</b> का प्रयोग लगभग 'स्वत:' की तरह है। लेकिन इस स्टार्टमोड के साथ इंटरफेस 'rcnetwork stop' के जरिए \n"
+#~ "कभी शटडाउन नहीं होंगे। 'ifdown <iface>' अभी भी काम कर रहा है।\n"
+#~ "जब आपके पास nfs या iscsi रूट फाइलसिस्टम हो तो इसका प्रयोग करें।\n"
+
#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क मैनेजर द्वारा सभांला गया"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 1999-06-16 23:13+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com> \n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -16,55 +16,55 @@
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
#. Command line help text for the nfs module
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29
msgid "Configuration of NFS client"
msgstr "NFS क्लैंट का समनुरूपण"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43
msgid "List configured NFS mounts"
msgstr "समनुरूपण किया गया NFS माउंट को सूचित करें"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50
msgid "Add an NFS mount"
msgstr "एक NFS माउंट को जोडें।"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55
msgid "Edit an NFS mount"
msgstr "एक NFS माउंट को संपादित करें।"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60
msgid "Delete an NFS mount"
msgstr "एक NFS माउंट को मिटायें।"
#. host:path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_spec
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70
msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')"
msgstr "सुदूर फाइल सिस्टम (host:path) "
#. path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_file
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79
msgid "Local mount point"
msgstr "लोकल मौट पोइंट"
#. a list?
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_mntops
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89
msgid "Mount options"
msgstr "आरोह विकल्प"
#. nfs or nfs4
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_type
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98
msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs."
msgstr ""
@@ -73,28 +73,28 @@
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481
msgid "Server"
msgstr "सेवक"
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160
msgid "Remote File System"
msgstr "सुदूर फाइल सिस्टम"
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "माउंट पाइंट "
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488
msgid "Options"
msgstr "विकल्प"
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"."
@@ -102,22 +102,22 @@
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334
msgid "No NFS mount specified."
msgstr "कोई NFS माउंट नहीं बताया हैं।"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253
msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found."
msgstr "NFS आरोह पाये गए मानदंड से सुमेलन नहीं करता है."
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271
msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:"
msgstr "NFS आरोह मानदंड से सुमेल करता है:"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n"
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
"0-9, A-Z, a-z, बिन्दुएं, -, तथा _का उपयोग हो."
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
"कोई प्रविष्टि रखता है."
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -156,14 +156,14 @@
"यह (/) सलैश से आरंभ अवश्य हो."
#. Help, part 1 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p>The table contains all directories \n"
"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n"
"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n"
@@ -172,14 +172,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 3 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
@@ -190,29 +190,29 @@
#. selection box label
#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows
#. NFS servers only
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "NFS सेवक (&N)"
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "निर्यात डायरक्टेरियाँ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249
msgid "&NFS Server Hostname"
msgstr "NFS सेवक होस्टनेम (&N)"
#. pushbutton label
#. choose a host from a list
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255
msgid "Choo&se"
msgstr "चूनें (&s)"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263
msgid "&Remote Directory"
msgstr "रिमोट डायरेक्ट्री (&R)"
@@ -220,50 +220,50 @@
#. select from a list of remote filesystems
#. make it short
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "चूनें (&S)"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS&v4 Share"
msgstr "NFS सेवक (&N)"
#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
msgid "pNFS (v4.1)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287
msgid "&Mount Point (local)"
msgstr "माउंट पोइंट (लोकल)"
#. button label
#. browse directories to select a mount point
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "ब्राउज़ (&B)"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "विकल्प (&p)"
#. label message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "इस LAN में होस्ट के लिए स्कान कर रहा हैं..."
#. Translators: 1st part of error message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325
#, fuzzy
msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network."
msgstr "आपके नेटवर्क में कोई NTP सेवक नहीं मिला । "
#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...)
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -275,18 +275,18 @@
"जो संभवत: नेटवर्क स्कैनिंग को ब्लॉक कर देता है।"
#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356
msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..."
msgstr "\"%1\" के लिए डाइलेक्टेरी लिस्ट मिल रहा हैं..."
#. heading for a directory selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371
msgid "Select the Mount Point"
msgstr "माउंट पाइंट चूनें"
#. help text 1/4
#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n"
"<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n"
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@
#. help text 2/4
#. added "Select" button
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429
msgid ""
"<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n"
"enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n"
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439
msgid ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n"
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
"से चयन करें.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450
msgid ""
"<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n"
"read the man page mount(8).</p>"
@@ -333,65 +333,65 @@
"mount(8) मान पेज पढ़ें</p>"
#. popup heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदद"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Directory"
msgstr "रिमोट डायरेक्ट्री (&R)"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Type"
msgstr "USB कार्ड"
-#. `VSpacing (1),
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522
+#. #211570
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name"
msgstr "NIS डोमेइन नाम (&D)"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "&PHP5 स्क्रिप्टिंग को समर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NFS Shares"
msgstr "NFS सेवक (&N)"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS &Settings"
msgstr "DNS व्यवस्थाएँ"
#. Default values
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "वास्तव में %1 हटाना है?"
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgstr "NFS ग्राहक समनुरूपण "
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr "डाइरक्टेरी %1 बनना नहीं सकता"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -402,81 +402,83 @@
"नहीं किये जाएंगे.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr "NFS समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "सेर्वीसेस बंद करें"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "सेर्वीसेस शुरू करें"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "सेर्वीसेस बंद कर रहा हैं..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "सेर्वीसेस शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "NFS क्लैन्ट व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं । क्रुपया इंतजार करें..."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr "/etc/fstab से NFS लिखावटें माउंट करना नहीं सकता ।"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr "NFS लिखावटें"
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr "%1 लिखावटें समनुरूपण किया"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140
msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed."
msgstr "रिक्त विकल्प स्ट्रींग स्वीकृत नहीं है."
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149
-msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\""
-msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1"
+msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'"
+msgstr "विकल्प के लिए शून्य वैल्यू: %1 "
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown option: %1"
msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'"
msgstr "अनजान विकल्प: %1 "
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid option: %1"
msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'"
msgstr "असत्यापित विकल्प: %1"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1"
msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/nfs_server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/nis.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1"
msgstr "डोमेन %1 का NIS सेवक (&N)"
-#. firewall openning help
+#. firewall opening help
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028
msgid "NIS client"
msgstr "NIS ग्राहक"
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864
msgid "Fin&d"
msgstr "खोज (&d)"
@@ -289,11 +289,6 @@
msgid "&Use NIS"
msgstr "NIS इस्तेमाल करें (&U)"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr "ओटोमोउन्टर शुरू करें (&m)"
-
#. button label (short for Expert settings)
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489
msgid "E&xpert..."
@@ -306,9 +301,14 @@
msgid "NFS Configuration..."
msgstr "NTP समनुरूपण...(&N)"
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499
+msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
+msgstr "ओटोमोउन्टर शुरू करें (&m)"
+
#. dialog title
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
msgid "Configuration of NIS client"
msgstr "ळघए ग्राहक का समनुरूपण"
@@ -316,12 +316,12 @@
#. but the domain is unknown.
#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers
#. but the domain is unknown.
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904
msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known."
msgstr "जब डोमेन ज्ञात हो तभी सेवक खोज चलेगा ।"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593
msgid ""
"When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n"
"you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n"
@@ -332,81 +332,81 @@
"क्या आप सुनिश्चित हैं?"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676
msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>"
msgstr "<p>सामान्यतया, किसी होस्ट के लिए यह पूछना संभव है कि कोई ग्राहक किस सर्वर का प्रयोग कर रहा है। <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> को अक्षम करने से यह केवल स्थानीय होस्ट तक सीमित हो जाता है।</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#. Check, ie. turn on a check box
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684
msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>"
msgstr "<p>जांचें <b>Broken server</b> यदि किसी गैरविशेषाधिकार प्राप्त पोर्ट पर चल रहे सर्वरों से उत्तरों को स्वीकार किया जाना है। यह सुरक्षा के लिए एक जोखिम है और बेहतर है कि ऐसे सर्वर को बदल दें।</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692
msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>"
msgstr "<p>अन्य विकल्पों के विस्तृत सूचना के लिए <b>man ypbind</b> देखें।</p>"
#. frame label
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731
msgid "Expert settings"
msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708
msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts"
msgstr "सुदूर होस्टों को उत्तर दें (&w)"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712
msgid "Br&oken server"
msgstr "टूटा हुआ सेवक (&o)"
#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind')
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719
msgid "Other &ypbind options"
msgstr "अन्य ypbind विकल्प (&y)"
#. Translators: multilineedit label
#. comma: ","
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846
msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)"
msgstr "सेवक (स्पेस और कोमा से विभाजित) (&S)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr "ब्रोडकास्ट (&B)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr "&SLP"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874
msgid "Domain Settings"
msgstr "डोमेन व्यवस्थायें"
#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit...
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877
msgid "&Domain name"
msgstr "डोमेन नाम (&D)"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932
msgid "This domain is already defined."
msgstr "इस डोमेन पहले से ही परिभाषित हैं ।"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937
msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgstr "सेवक का पता %1 का फोरमाट सही नहीं हैं। "
#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946
msgid ""
"Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n"
"does not make any sense. Select just one option."
@@ -415,56 +415,56 @@
"कोई तुक नहीं है। केवल एक विकल्प चुनें। "
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979
msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>"
msgstr "<p>अतिरिक्त डोमेन के लिए सेवक बताइए </p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987
msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>"
msgstr "<p>NIS सेवक को मिलने के लिए सेवक लोकेशन प्रोटोकोल (<b>SLP</b>) इस्तेमाल करना सकती हैं।</p>"
#. dialog label
#. dialog subtitle
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038
msgid "Additional Domains"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त डोमेन"
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
msgid "Domain"
msgstr "डोमेन"
#. table header
#. summary header
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr "ब्रोडकास्ट"
#. table header - Service Location Protocol
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009
msgid "SLP"
msgstr "SLP"
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
msgid "Servers"
msgstr "सेवक"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "जोडें (&d)"
#. Translators: a yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123
msgid "Really delete this domain?"
msgstr "सचमुच इस डोमेन को मिटायें ?"
#. popup text FIXME better...
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253
msgid "NIS is now enabled."
msgstr "NIS अब समर्थ हैं।"
@@ -544,47 +544,47 @@
msgstr "ग्राहक समर्थ हैं"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206
msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..."
msgstr "NIS समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं..."
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "सेवा बदं करें"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "सेवा शुरू करें"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "सेवा बदं कर रहा हैं..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "सेवा शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227
msgid "Writing NIS client settings"
msgstr "NIS ग्राहक व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252
msgid "Error while running ypclient."
msgstr "ypclient चलने पर खराबी आ गया।"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr "NIS सेवक नहीं मिला"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/nis_server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 1999-05-18 07:35+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com> \n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/ntp-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -77,20 +77,20 @@
msgstr "समनुरूपण करें (&C) ..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "ZENworks के साथ सिंक्रोनाइज कर रहा है"
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -1330,27 +1330,27 @@
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ..."
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr "NTP क्लैन्ट समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं ।"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण पढ़ेंैं।"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
msgid "Read NTP settings"
msgstr "NTP व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें।"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
msgstr "NTP व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..."
@@ -1360,119 +1360,119 @@
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr "NTP क्लैन्ट समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं। "
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr "NTP व्यवस्थायें लिखें ।"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr "NTP डैमण दुबारा शुरू करें।"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr "NTP डैमण दुबारा शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr "समरूपण को नहीं पढ़ा जा सकता है।"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr "NTP डैमण दुबारा शुरू करना नहीं सकता।"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "सिस्टम शुरू करने पर NTP डैमण शुरू करेगा।"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr " NTP डैमण शुरू स्वतः न करेगा।"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "सेवक: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "रेडियो क्लोक: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "पीयर्स: %1 "
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "को प्रसारण समय सूचना : %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "से प्रसारण समय सूचना प्राप्त की : %1"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr " समनुरुप फाइलें आरम्भ करें"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "माउस समनुरूपण सार"
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "NTP सेवक को परीक्षा कर रहा हैं...."
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "सेवक पहुंच योग्य हैं और उचित रीति से जवाब देता हैं।"
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "सेवक पहुंच योग्य नहीं हैं और उचित रीति से जवाब नहीं देता हैं।"
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/oneclickinstall.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
#. Remove any removals
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing Packages..."
msgstr "पैकेजेज़ को पढ़ रहा..."
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Patterns..."
msgstr "बंडल लगाए जा रहे हैं..."
@@ -100,8 +100,8 @@
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "बंडल लगाए जा रहे हैं..."
@@ -408,40 +408,40 @@
msgid "Adding repository %1"
msgstr "%1 उप्करण जोड रहा हैं"
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository."
msgstr "सर्वर से संपर्क-स्थापित करते समय त्रुटि हुई।"
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "विवरण :"
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "फिर प्रयास करें?"
#. * Install all the specified packages
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Marking package %1 for installation"
msgstr "अधिषठापनमाध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । "
#. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo.
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed."
msgstr "पैकेज %1 अधिष्ठापित किया जाएगा."
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Performing Installation..."
msgstr "अधिषठापन करें"
#. * Install all the specified patterns
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed."
msgstr "/var विभाजन %1 माउंट नही किया जा सकता था।\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update-configuration.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/online-update.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -247,9 +247,13 @@
#. popup message
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n"
+#| "Finishing and restarting now."
msgid ""
"Packages for package management were updated.\n"
-"Finishing and restarting now."
+"Finishing and restarting YaST now."
msgstr ""
"ऑनलाइन अद्यतन के दौरान, YaST अद्यतन हुआ था.\n"
"अब समापन तथा रीस्टार्ट करना."
@@ -322,66 +326,50 @@
msgstr "ठीक है"
#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 "
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM %1 को डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236
msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM डाउनलोड प्रगति पर है"
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM का डाउनलोड नाकाम रहा : %1"
#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM).
#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 "
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM को लागू कर रहा है : %1"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284
msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM अनुप्रयोग प्रगति पर हैं"
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM को लागू करना नाकाम रहा : %1"
-#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 "
-msgstr "पैच RPM %1 को डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
-
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337
-msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
-msgstr "पैच की प्रगती "
-
-#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr "पैच RPM का डाउनलोड नाकाम रहा : %1"
-
-#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354
msgid "Script Execution Progress"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट का निष्पादन प्रगति पर है"
#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360
msgid "Starting script %1"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट %1 को शुरू कर रहा है"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430
msgid ""
"Patch %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -390,7 +378,7 @@
"\n"
#. error popoup (detailed info follows)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
msgstr ""
@@ -555,6 +543,16 @@
"Contact us if you need further assistance."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 "
+#~ msgstr "पैच RPM %1 को डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
+
+#~ msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
+#~ msgstr "पैच की प्रगती "
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
+#~ msgstr "पैच RPM का डाउनलोड नाकाम रहा : %1"
+
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you abort the installation now, SuSEconfig will\n"
#~ "not be run. The patches have been installed\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/opensuse_mirror.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/packager.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository"
msgstr "राउटिगं समनुरूपण सार:"
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?"
msgstr ""
@@ -261,49 +261,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check network configuration"
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण पढें"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download list of online repositories"
msgstr "रिलीस नोट्स का डाउनलोड"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking network configuration..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरूपण पढं रहा हैं"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..."
msgstr "नया रिलीस नोट्स डाउनलोड कर रहा हैं..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize the repository manager"
msgstr "YaST2 पैकेज प्रंबधक"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the repository manager..."
msgstr "अकरण विन्डो प्रबघंक शुरू कर रहा हैं ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टियों की सूची"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The packager is being initialized and \n"
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
msgstr "<p>जब तक बंडल किए जा रहो है इंतजार करें ।</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot download list of repositories,\n"
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
msgstr "रिलीस नोट्स का डाउनलोड"
#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No product URL defined from which to download\n"
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
msgstr "रिलीस नोट्स का डाउनलोड"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to download list of repositories\n"
@@ -337,13 +337,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text
#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes")
#. see *4
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>सार:</b> %1<br>"
#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हाँ"
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@
#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository
#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository
#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n"
@@ -366,31 +366,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टियों की सूची"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&अन्य(&O)"
#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "&List of Repositories"
msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टियों की सूची"
#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository Description"
msgstr "कोई विवरण नहीं"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>List of default online repositories.\n"
@@ -400,29 +400,29 @@
"कृपया प्रतिबिंब की पुर्नप्राप्ति तक प्रतीक्षा करें.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टियों की सूची"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
@@ -436,53 +436,53 @@
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repository %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 पर फाइल पढ़ना असफल रहा.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete deselected online repositories"
msgstr "चयनित संसाधन अभिलेख को मिटाएें करें?"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..."
msgstr "माउंटेड ext2 फाइल सिस्टम का पता लगा रहा है..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add all selected online repositories"
msgstr "चयनित संसाधन अभिलेख को मिटाएें करें?"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..."
msgstr "माउंटेड ext2 फाइल सिस्टम का पता लगा रहा है..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add repository: %1"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step,
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..."
msgstr "पार्टिशन %1 को स्वैप करने के लिए जोड़ा जा रहा है..."
#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736
msgid ""
"Low memory detected.\n"
"\n"
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "बंडल लगाए जा रहे हैं..."
@@ -543,8 +543,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "शुरु कर रहा है ..."
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL:%1"
@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "विवरण :"
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "दुबारा कोशिश करें ?"
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@
"सभी बदलाव नष्ट हो जाएँगे ।"
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
@@ -915,47 +915,47 @@
msgstr "यहां कोई समरूपण %1 नहीं है।"
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 सृजित कर रहा है"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 सृजित कर रहा है"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "रजिस्टर्ड होस्ट"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "रजिस्टर्ड होस्ट"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "स्रोत %1 सृजित कर रहा है"
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जा रही है...ी"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "चुने हुए अधिषठापनेसन स्रोत सूची से हटा दें ?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@
msgstr "चयनित संसाधन अभिलेख को मिटाएें करें?"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@
"सैट नही हो सकता।"
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1117,20 +1117,20 @@
"उन्हें अभी संस्थापित करें?\n"
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Following packages haven't been found on the medium:\n"
@@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr "जाँच शुरु करें(&S)"
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "इजैक्ट"
@@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1600,83 +1600,93 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन सिस्टम के तैयार होने के दौरान त्रुटि उत्पन्न हुई"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "नियत्रंण फाइल %1 नहीं मिली ।"
+#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
+#. or check the content file
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
+msgid ""
+"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
+"The add-on product cannot be registered."
+msgstr "पैकेज %1 संस्थापित नहीं किया हैं सेवाऎ संपादित करना नहीं सकती हैं."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद CD डालें"
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, डायरेक्ट्री: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त जानकारी"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "उत्पाद चयन"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद CD डालें"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "पहला अधिषठापनेसन मीडीयम डालें ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।"
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "अनजाना मोड"
@@ -1776,7 +1786,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
msgid "Total"
msgstr "कुल"
@@ -1785,12 +1795,12 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2) डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1799,118 +1809,118 @@
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading Package"
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "%1 मिटा रहा है"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "इंसटाल्ड नहीं है (%1 -> %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM लागू कर रहा है : %1"
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr "जबकि, तुम 32-बिट वितरण अधिषठापन करने की कोशिश कर रहे हो ।"
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML संसथापन प्रस्ताव</B></P>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "उत्पाद: %1 "
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "सिस्टम :%1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "पैटर्न"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "अधिषठापन करने वाले बंडलो का साइज : %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "रिलीस नोट्स का डाउनलोड"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n"
@@ -1921,40 +1931,40 @@
"फिर भी जारी रखें?\n"
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "पर्याप्त डिस्क स्थान नहीं है"
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr "डिस्क स्पेस पर्याप्त नही है।अकेले चुनाव में कुछ बंडल हटाऐ ।"
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "पार्टीशन %3 पर सिर्फ %1 (%2%%) मुक्त स्थान उपलब्ध है।<BR>"
#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr "पैकेज %1 अधिष्ठापित किया जाएगा."
#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr "%1पैकेजों को अद्यतन किया जाएगा"
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
@@ -1962,17 +1972,17 @@
#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1983,13 +1993,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "%1 पर कोई शोर्स नही मिला ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
@@ -2007,33 +2017,33 @@
"नोट डाउनलोड कर सकते हैं।</b></p>"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "गलत मीडीयम को इगनोर कर रहा है ..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "आवश्यक बंडल इस्टांल करने में फेल हो गया "
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "फोन्डस शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 को अदंर डालें"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 नहीं मिली"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -2042,19 +2052,19 @@
"अधिक विवरणों के लिए लॉग फाइल %1 को जांचें।"
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "बंडल चुनाव का मूल्यांकन कर रहा है ..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -2062,7 +2072,7 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
-#. @param string filename
+#. @param [String] license_ident file name
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
@@ -2104,39 +2114,49 @@
"संरुपण रद्द हो जाएगा।</p>\n"
#. dialog title
+#. #459391
+#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "लैसेन्स समझोता"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "वास्तव में सम्मिलित उत्पाद अधिष्ठापन का विफलन करना चाहते हैं?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
#, fuzzy
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "सिस्टम षट डौण कर रहा हैं ..."
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "License Agreement"
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr "लैसेन्स समझोता"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -2194,113 +2214,107 @@
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2) डाउनलोड कर रहा है"
-#. remote
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
-msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..."
-
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM को डाउनलोड करना नाकाम रहा : %1"
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM को लागू करना नाकाम रहा : %1"
-#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr "पैच RPM को डाउनलोड करना नाकाम रहा : %1"
-
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
msgid "&Scan Using SLP..."
msgstr "SLP इस्तेमाल करते हुए स्कैन..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "Commun&ity Repositories"
msgstr "समनुरूपित होस्ट "
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr "URL बताऐ ..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr "FTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr "HTTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr "HTTPS..."
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720
-msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
+msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr "SMB/CIFS"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47
-msgid "&NFS..."
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&NFS..."
+msgid "NF&S..."
msgstr "NFS..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr "CD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr "DVD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क(&H)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr "लोकल डायरक्टरी ..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr "ISO ईमेजस ईस्तिमाल करो (&I)"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr "कोई विवरण नहीं"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
@@ -2309,7 +2323,7 @@
"तो <b>ISO चित्र</b> सेट करें।</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
@@ -2319,53 +2333,53 @@
"तो समुच्चय की पहली मीडिया स्थिति को सेट करें।</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "सेवक का नाम "
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "डायरेक्टरी तक पथ या ISO चित्र"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "ISO ईमेजस ईस्तिमाल करो (&I)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Protocol"
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल (&P)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "माउंट विकल्प"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " (default)"
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "(डिफॉल्ट)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "&विकल्प का नाम"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "प्रोटोकाल"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "&विकल्प का नाम"
@@ -2373,40 +2387,40 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS सेवक"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "CD या DVD ड्राइव"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "लोकल डायरक्टरी"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "ISO ईमेजस ईस्तिमाल करो (&I)"
@@ -2416,26 +2430,26 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "सेवक और डायरक्टरी"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "खोज रास्तााम खाली नहीं रह सकता।"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "भंडार"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2446,13 +2460,13 @@
"डायरेक्टरी या फाइल का पथ निर्दिष्ट करने के लिए <b>डायरेक्टरी या ISO चित्र का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "सेवा नाम"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2463,17 +2477,17 @@
"डायरेक्टरी या फाइल का पथ निर्दिष्ट करने के लिए <b>डायरेक्टरी या ISO चित्र का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "URL रिक्त नही हो सकती"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2486,16 +2500,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2506,7 +2520,7 @@
"NFS सर्वर होस्ट नाम और सर्वर पर मौजूद पथ बताने के लिए <b>सर्वर नाम</b>\n"
"और <b>डायरेक्टरी या ISO चित्र का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2515,16 +2529,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2533,12 +2547,12 @@
"मीडिया का प्रकार बताने के लिए <b>CD-ROM</b> या <b>DVD-ROM</b> को सेट करें।</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "डिस्क प्रतिरूप फाइल"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2546,7 +2560,7 @@
msgstr "बताई गई डायरक्टरी उपलब्ध नहीं है।"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2554,7 +2568,7 @@
msgstr "बताया गया फाइल विद्यमान नहीं हैं।"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2562,18 +2576,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "डायरेक्टरी तक पथ या ISO चित्र"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "लोकल डायरक्टरी"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2587,23 +2601,23 @@
"<b>डायरेक्टरी का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
#, fuzzy
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "मास स्टोरेज उपकरण"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2620,7 +2634,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2628,12 +2642,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "फ्लोपी डिस्क उपकरण"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2649,13 +2663,13 @@
"<b>डायरेक्टरी का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "लोकल डायरक्टरी"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2667,73 +2681,73 @@
"<b>डायरेक्टरी का पथ</b> का प्रयोग करें।</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "सेवक का नाम"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "पोर्ट (&P)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "शेयर"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "ISO ईमेजस ईस्तिमाल करो (&I)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "सेवक पर डायरक्टरी"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "सत्यापन"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "बेनाम"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "वर्कग्रुप या डोमेन"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "यूजर का नाम"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड(&P)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "HTTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2759,7 +2773,7 @@
"तो <b>ISO चित्र</b>सेट करें।</p>"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2768,12 +2782,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2785,7 +2799,7 @@
"बंडल अधिषठापन किए जा सकते है।</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2796,7 +2810,7 @@
"से अधिषठापित &product;होना चाहिये CD या DVD उपलब्ध.है</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2822,7 +2836,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2841,28 +2855,28 @@
"पैकेज स्थित हैं, जैसे /data1/CD1।</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the media type."
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "मीडिया प्रकार चुनें।"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद CD डालें"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "एड-ऑन उत्पाद DVD डालें"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "कोई हार्ड डिस्क नहीं पाया गया"
-#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359
+#. use three slashes as third slash means path
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2872,17 +2886,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "मीडीया जाँच"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Products"
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "सम्मिलित उत्पाद"
+#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
+msgstr "' सही नहीं हैं ।"
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
#, fuzzy
@@ -2990,7 +3013,7 @@
#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr "बाहर निकालने के लिए &Drive"
@@ -3116,6 +3139,12 @@
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "कृपया कुछ बंडल रद्द करें ।"
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
+#~ msgstr "बंडल डाउनलोड कर रहा है %1 (%2)..."
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
+#~ msgstr "पैच RPM को डाउनलोड करना नाकाम रहा : %1"
+
#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
#~ msgstr "हाँ मैं स्वीकार पत्र पर सहमत हुँ"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/pam.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.shara(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/pkg-bindings.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -40,20 +40,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:651
+#: src/Package.cc:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । "
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:657
+#: src/Package.cc:661
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "%1 बंडल उपलब्ध नहीं है।"
#. still not initialized, throw an exception
#. translators: this is an error message
-#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128
+#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager"
msgstr "बंडल डाटाबेस को आरंभ नहीं किया जा सकता है."
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
msgid "Download Descriptions"
msgstr "कोई विवरण नहीं"
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155
#: src/Source_Load.cc:479
msgid "Rebuild Cache"
msgstr ""
@@ -104,19 +104,19 @@
msgid "Adding the Repository..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं...."
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading "
msgstr "डाउनौणलोगंन्कि (&D)"
#. stages: "download", "build cache"
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:401
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Metadata"
msgstr "ताजा स्थिति ...(&R)"
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:409
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository..."
msgstr "अद्यतन स्रोतों को रिफ्रेश कर रहा है..."
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/printer.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox.
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a driver."
msgstr "पहले ड्राइव का चयन करें."
@@ -474,8 +474,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "कुछ भी नहीं चुना गया"
@@ -675,8 +675,8 @@
#. Exit this dialog in any case:
#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
#. Have the PageSize option topmost:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335
#, fuzzy
msgid "No driver options available"
msgstr "कोई विवरण उपलब्ध नहीं"
@@ -1049,7 +1049,11 @@
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061
#, fuzzy
msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1062,142 +1066,137 @@
msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>To configure the modem, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
+msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
+msgstr "<p>मॉडम को कॉन्फिगर करने के लिए <b>%1</b> पैकेजों को संस्थापित किया जाना चाहिए।</p>"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
#, fuzzy
msgid "Never Disable the Queue"
msgstr "सेवा असमर्थ करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181
msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189
msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a specific connection type."
msgstr "- संबध बंद करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Connection Type"
msgstr "सबंध प्रकार"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directly Connected Device"
msgstr "सीधे जुडे हुए प्रिंटर"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Parallel Port"
-msgstr "समानांतर प्रिंटर"
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB Port"
msgstr "यूडीपी पोर्ट"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Serial Port"
-msgstr "क्रमिक पोर्ट"
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239
msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242
msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
msgstr "इटेंरनेट (IP) प्रोटोकोल"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print via Print Server Machine"
msgstr "IPX नेटवर्क सेवक द्वाराको सीधा प्रिंट करें(&I)"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255
msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257
msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)"
msgstr ""
#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CUPS Server"
msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)"
msgstr "CUPS सेवक"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235
-msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Special"
msgstr "विशेष व्यवस्थायें"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272
msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276
msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279
msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290
msgid "Connection Settings"
msgstr "संबध व्यवस्थायें"
@@ -1212,7 +1211,7 @@
#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK".
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection Wizard"
msgstr "सबंध"
@@ -1222,12 +1221,12 @@
#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped.
#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped.
#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366
msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368
msgid ""
"An untested and insecure workaround might be\n"
"to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n"
@@ -1237,48 +1236,48 @@
#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP
#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here
#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a connection"
msgstr "- संबध बंद करें"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected
#. because there is no connection available to be selected:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446
msgid ""
"If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n"
"to access the device via this type of connection.\n"
"Was the printer connected and switched on all the time?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a valid connection"
msgstr "- संबध बंद करें"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected
#. because the current connection is no longer valid:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457
msgid ""
"When the current connection is no longer valid,\n"
"it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n"
"Is the printer still connected and switched on?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty."
msgstr "सर्वर नेम खाली हो नहीं हो सकता हैं"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty."
msgstr "Root डैरक्टरी नेम खाली हो नहीं हो सकता हैं"
@@ -1286,17 +1285,17 @@
#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values
#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564
#, fuzzy
msgid "URI could not be empty."
msgstr "URL रिक्त नही हो सकती"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty."
msgstr "सर्वर नेम खाली हो नहीं हो सकता हैं"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580
#, fuzzy
msgid "Both user and password must be specified."
msgstr "कम से कम एक पते का जोड़ा बताना हैं।"
@@ -1304,7 +1303,11 @@
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616
+#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible.
+#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name
+#.
+#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servername could not be empty."
msgstr "सर्वर नेम खाली हो नहीं हो सकता हैं"
@@ -1315,33 +1318,33 @@
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty."
msgstr "सर्वर नेम खाली हो नहीं हो सकता हैं"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2'
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not be empty."
msgstr "पोर्ट फील्ड खाली नहीं होनी चाहिए"
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'."
msgstr "निर्माणकर्त्ता प्रविष्ट करें"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830
#, fuzzy
msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network"
msgstr "इस LAN पर होस्टों को लिए क्रमवीक्षण कर रहे हैं..."
@@ -1351,11 +1354,11 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please wait...\n"
@@ -1363,25 +1366,25 @@
msgstr "ड्राइवरों की सूचना लिखें"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1391,7 +1394,7 @@
#. });
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929
msgid ""
"Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n"
"(Network issue or firewall active?)"
@@ -1399,7 +1402,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969
msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
@@ -1409,14 +1412,14 @@
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121
msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040
msgid ""
"This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n"
"if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n"
@@ -1426,31 +1429,31 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091
msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test OK"
msgstr "परीक्षा"
#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
#, fuzzy
msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
msgstr "<p>X11 सिस्टम अक्सस करने के लिए<b>%1</b>पैकेज इंसटाल होना चाहिए</p> "
#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues."
msgstr ""
@@ -1605,55 +1608,48 @@
msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG"
msgstr ""
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190
-msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr.
#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202
msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver"
msgstr ""
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available
#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available"
msgstr "कोई विवरण प्राप्य नहीं हैं"
#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225
msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located"
msgstr ""
#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "ब्रउजं (&B)"
#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a printer description file"
msgstr "प्रिंटर का मोडल चुनें।"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot access '%1'"
msgstr "फायल %1 खुलना नहीं सकती हैं"
#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr ""
@@ -1661,17 +1657,17 @@
"एक अन्य चुनें"
#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700
msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available"
msgstr "विफल :स्कैनर डाटाबेस बनाने में फेल हो गया।"
@@ -2175,7 +2171,7 @@
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
-"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
+"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
@@ -2284,34 +2280,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
-"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n"
+"Devices which are connected via USB\n"
"are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
"For example:<br>\n"
-"parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
-"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
-"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
-"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n"
-"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n"
-"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n"
-"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n"
-"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n"
-"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n"
-"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n"
-"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n"
-"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n"
-"see the manual of your serial printer.\n"
-"Example device URIs:<br>\n"
-"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
-"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a bluetooth printer.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2352,7 +2327,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2424,23 +2399,10 @@
"The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
-"<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n"
-"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n"
-"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n"
-"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n"
-"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-"novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n"
-"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2454,7 +2416,7 @@
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n"
"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n"
-"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n"
+"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n"
"The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n"
"which is then called by beh.\n"
@@ -2482,7 +2444,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2521,7 +2483,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n"
@@ -2538,7 +2500,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
@@ -2554,7 +2516,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n"
@@ -2569,7 +2531,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2583,7 +2545,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
@@ -2599,7 +2561,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n"
@@ -2619,7 +2581,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
@@ -2655,7 +2617,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2667,14 +2629,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n"
"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n"
"Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n"
-"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
+"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
"and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n"
"the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n"
"can overwrite the default error policy\n"
@@ -2693,7 +2655,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2712,7 +2674,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2857,32 +2819,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "CUPS सेवक"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The print server is accessible."
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
@@ -2891,39 +2853,39 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "भरती चुनें।"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "TSIG कि मिटा नहीं सकती हैं।"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "संसथापन निश्चित करें"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "समरूपण %1 अभी मिटाएं?"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें?"
@@ -2935,38 +2897,38 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "संसथापन निश्चित करें"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "इस तरह के जोन इस उपकरण से संपादित नहीं हो सकते."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "ढूँढे गए प्रिंटर :"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "प्रिटिगं समाप्त हुयी(&F)"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2975,27 +2937,27 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "ढूँढे गए प्रिंटर :"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "पुरानी व्यवस्था को हटा दिया जाए?"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "इस माड्यूल के लिए मदद मुदर्ण करें"
@@ -3004,7 +2966,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "%1 टेस्ट करने में फेल हो गया।"
@@ -3024,26 +2986,26 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "T&est Printing"
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "जाँच प्रिटिगं(&e)"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print test page"
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "जाँच पेज प्रिंट करें"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print test page"
msgid "Two test pages"
@@ -3051,7 +3013,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "जरुरी बंडल %1 इंसटाल करने में फेल हो गया ।"
@@ -3060,19 +3022,19 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repair was successful"
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
@@ -3080,7 +3042,7 @@
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing failed."
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
@@ -3102,56 +3064,56 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "ढूँढे गए प्रिंटर :"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें?"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "एफस्टैब नहीं पढ़ा जा सकता"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3909,144 +3871,61 @@
msgstr "क्रियान्वित चालक निकाल रहा है..."
#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..."
msgstr "NFS सेवक व्यवस्थायें लिख रहा हैं। कृपया इंतजार करें..."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to add queue %1."
msgstr "%1 पढने में फेल हो गया।"
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
msgstr "%1 टेस्ट करने में फेल हो गया।"
#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case
#. which should not happen at all:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to determine the driver options."
msgstr "क्रियान्वित चालक निकालने में फेल हो गया ।"
#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "New value"
msgid "new value"
msgstr "नई मान"
#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set value"
msgid "saved value"
msgstr "मान सेट करो"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
-msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr "DNS सर्वर सिस्टम को बूट करते समय शुरू नहीं होता है"
+msgid "The server '"
+msgstr "नाम सर्वर (&N)"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
-msgstr "एनएफएस सर्वर नाम '%1' अवैध है।"
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network."
-msgstr "एनएफएस सर्वर नाम '%1' अवैध है।"
-
-#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called
-#. indirectly without a button click by the user
-#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'."
-msgstr "अकरण होस्ट को नहीं मिटा सकता"
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409
-msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important
-#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'."
-msgstr "अकरण होस्ट को नहीं मिटा सकता"
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454
-msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible."
-msgstr "प्रिंट परिसेवक अभिगम्य है."
-
-#. but it the last test is not really important
-#. so that the last test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'."
-msgstr "अकरण होस्ट को नहीं मिटा सकता"
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555
-msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network."
-msgstr ""
-"फाइल '%1' मौजूद नहीं।\n"
-"कोई अन्य चुनें।"
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server '%1' is unknown."
-msgstr "एनएफएस सर्वर नाम '%1' अवैध है।"
-
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n"
"This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n"
@@ -4057,7 +3936,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -4066,7 +3945,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
@@ -4076,7 +3955,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name.
#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423
msgid ""
"To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
"Use 'Driver Packages' to install it."
@@ -4239,6 +4118,52 @@
msgstr "माइग्रेशन छोड़ें"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Parallel Port"
+#~ msgstr "समानांतर प्रिंटर"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Serial Port"
+#~ msgstr "क्रमिक पोर्ट"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network."
+#~ msgstr "DNS सर्वर सिस्टम को बूट करते समय शुरू नहीं होता है"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
+#~ msgstr "एनएफएस सर्वर नाम '%1' अवैध है।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network."
+#~ msgstr "एनएफएस सर्वर नाम '%1' अवैध है।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'."
+#~ msgstr "अकरण होस्ट को नहीं मिटा सकता"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'."
+#~ msgstr "अकरण होस्ट को नहीं मिटा सकता"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible."
+#~ msgstr "प्रिंट परिसेवक अभिगम्य है."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'."
+#~ msgstr "अकरण होस्ट को नहीं मिटा सकता"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "फाइल '%1' मौजूद नहीं।\n"
+#~ "कोई अन्य चुनें।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server '%1' is unknown."
+#~ msgstr "एनएफएस सर्वर नाम '%1' अवैध है।"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Look Up"
#~ msgstr "ऊपर देखो(&L)"
@@ -4361,11 +4286,6 @@
#~ msgstr "निम्नलिखित प्रमाणपत्रों को आयात करना :"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "<p>To configure the modem, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
-#~ msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
-#~ msgstr "<p>मॉडम को कॉन्फिगर करने के लिए <b>%1</b> पैकेजों को संस्थापित किया जाना चाहिए।</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Usual &General Setting"
#~ msgstr "साघारण व्यवस्थायें "
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/product-creator.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/proxy.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,100 +18,6 @@
"\n"
"\n"
-#. Commandline help title
-#. Proxy dialog caption
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399
-msgid "Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40
-msgid "Enable proxy settings"
-msgstr "प्रोक्सी व्यवस्थायें समर्थ करें"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48
-msgid "Disable proxy settings"
-msgstr "प्रोक्सी व्यवस्थायें असमर्थ करें"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56
-msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
-msgstr "हालिया प्रोक्सी व्यवस्थायें बदल करें "
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66
-msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgstr "प्रोक्सी के लिए सत्यापन स्थापित करें"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76
-msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
-msgstr "हालिया व्यवस्थायों का सार दिखायें"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88
-msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
-msgstr "HTTP प्रोक्सी स्थापित करें"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93
-msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
-msgstr "HTTPS प्रोक्सी स्थापित करें"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98
-msgid "Set FTP proxy"
-msgstr "FTP प्रोक्सी स्थापित करें"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103
-msgid "Clear all options listed"
-msgstr "सभी सूचित विकल्पों का साफ करें"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107
-msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-msgstr "प्रोक्सी व्यवस्थायें न इस्तिमाल करने के लिए डोमैनस स्थापित करें"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114
-msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr "प्रोक्सी सत्यापन के लिए यूज़रनेे इस्तिमाल करेंम"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121
-msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr "प्रोक्सी सत्यापन के लिए पाेवार्डस इस्तिमाल करें"
-
-#. ask the user
-#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238
-msgid "Password:"
-msgstr "पासवेर्ड:"
-
-#. Return a modification status
-#. @return true if data was modified
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109
-msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण का स्थिति"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112
-msgid "HTTP"
-msgstr "HTTP"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116
-msgid "HTTPS"
-msgstr "HTTP"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120
-msgid "FTP"
-msgstr "FTP"
-
#. Informative label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "No details available."
@@ -180,6 +86,12 @@
msgid "Proxy settings work correctly."
msgstr "प्रोक्सी व्यवस्थायें ठीक तरह काम कर रहा हैं।"
+#. Proxy dialog caption
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27
+msgid "Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण"
+
#. Proxy dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405
msgid ""
@@ -326,7 +238,7 @@
msgstr "प्रोक्सी व्यवस्थायें (&o) टेस्त करें"
#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615
msgid ""
"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n"
"Really use these settings?"
@@ -334,7 +246,7 @@
"प्रॉक्सी को सक्षम कर दिया गया है, लेकिन कोई प्रॉक्सी URL निर्दिष्ट नहीं है।\n"
"वास्तव में इन सेटिंग्स का प्रयोग करें?"
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628
msgid ""
"Security warning:\n"
"Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n"
@@ -343,42 +255,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643
msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty."
msgstr "युज़र नाम खाली करके पासवेरड भरती करना नहीं सकती हैं।"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "HTTP प्रोक्सी URL गलत हैं। "
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659
msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी URL में एक योजना विशिष्ट विवरण (http) होना चाहिए।"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "HTTPS प्रोक्सी URL गलत हैं। "
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी URL में एक योजना विशिष्ट विवरण (http) होना चाहिए। "
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687
msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "FTP प्रोक्सी URL गलत हैं। "
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी URL में एक योजना विशिष्ट विवरण (http) होना चाहिए।"
#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705
msgid ""
"One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n"
"Check if all domains match one of the following:\n"
@@ -388,24 +300,112 @@
"* Domain name prefixed by '.'"
msgstr ""
+#. Return a modification status
+#. @return true if data was modified
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104
+msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण का स्थिति"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107
+msgid "HTTP"
+msgstr "HTTP"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111
+msgid "HTTPS"
+msgstr "HTTP"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115
+msgid "FTP"
+msgstr "FTP"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35
+msgid "Enable proxy settings"
+msgstr "प्रोक्सी व्यवस्थायें समर्थ करें"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43
+msgid "Disable proxy settings"
+msgstr "प्रोक्सी व्यवस्थायें असमर्थ करें"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51
+msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
+msgstr "हालिया प्रोक्सी व्यवस्थायें बदल करें "
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61
+msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+msgstr "प्रोक्सी के लिए सत्यापन स्थापित करें"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71
+msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
+msgstr "हालिया व्यवस्थायों का सार दिखायें"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83
+msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
+msgstr "HTTP प्रोक्सी स्थापित करें"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88
+msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
+msgstr "HTTPS प्रोक्सी स्थापित करें"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93
+msgid "Set FTP proxy"
+msgstr "FTP प्रोक्सी स्थापित करें"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98
+msgid "Clear all options listed"
+msgstr "सभी सूचित विकल्पों का साफ करें"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102
+msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
+msgstr "प्रोक्सी व्यवस्थायें न इस्तिमाल करने के लिए डोमैनस स्थापित करें"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109
+msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr "प्रोक्सी सत्यापन के लिए यूज़रनेे इस्तिमाल करेंम"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116
+msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr "प्रोक्सी सत्यापन के लिए पाेवार्डस इस्तिमाल करें"
+
+#. ask the user
+#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233
+msgid "Password:"
+msgstr "पासवेर्ड:"
+
#. Popup headline
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण सफलतापूर्वक सेव किया।"
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39
msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
msgstr ""
-#. Write routing settings and apply changes
+#. Write proxy settings and apply changes
#. @return true if success
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update configuration"
msgid "Update proxy configuration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण नवीनीकरण"
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving VPN Configuration"
msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
@@ -413,34 +413,34 @@
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
#. but only when Progress is visible
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgid "Updating proxy configuration..."
msgstr "प्रोक्सी समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं ..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418
msgid "Proxy is disabled."
msgstr "प्रॉक्सी अक्षम है। "
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423
msgid "Proxy is enabled."
msgstr "प्रॉक्सी सक्षम है।"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432
msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी : %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440
msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1"
msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी : %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447
msgid "FTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी : %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/qt-pkg.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/qt-pkg.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/qt-pkg.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -12,274 +12,282 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Update Problems"
msgstr "समस्याअो को आधुनिक करे"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Patterns"
msgid "Patter&ns"
msgstr "पैटर्न"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package &Groups"
msgstr "बंडल समुह"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379
msgid "&RPM Groups"
msgstr "RPM समुह(&R)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Languages"
msgstr "भाषाऐ"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr "भंडार"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "खोज(&S)"
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr "संकेतशब्द"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "अधिष्ठापन सार(&I)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr "विवरण(&e)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr "तकनीकी डाटा(&T)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "निर्भरताऐ"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr "अनुवाद(&V)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585
msgid "File List"
msgstr "फाइल सूची"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr "लॉग परिवर्तन करें"
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#. button #0
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258
-#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द(&C)"
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "स्वीकारें(&A)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682
msgid "&File"
msgstr "फाइल(&F)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr "आयात...(&I)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr "निर्यात...(&E)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr "बाहर - बदलाव रद्द करें(&x)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr "छोडे - बदलाव सेव करें(&Q)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702
msgid "&Package"
msgstr "बंडल(&P)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr "सभी बंडल"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr "अगर नया अनुवाद उपलब्ध है तो नवीनीकरण करें"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr "बिना शर्त नवीनीकरण करें"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr "पैच(&P)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "समनुरूपण"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr "भंडार"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "ओनलाइन नवीन"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr "निर्भरताऐं(&D)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr "जाचँ(&k)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr "अपने आप जाचँ(&u)"
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "पैकेज"
+
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "विकल्प (&O)"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr "फेल हुए पैकेजो की सूची दिखाऐ"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr "सभी मैचिगं-debuginfo पैकेज इंसटाल करें"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "सत्यापन मोड (&A)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
-msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selecting packages..."
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr "पैकेज चुनना..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Extras"
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr "अन्य(&E)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr "उत्पाद"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr "आटोमैटिक बंडल बदलाव दिखाऐ(&A)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Show &details"
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr "विवरण दिखाऐ"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr "सभी मिले-devel बंडल अधिष्ठापित करें"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr "सभी मिले-debuginfo बंडल अधिष्ठापित करें"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr "सभी मिले-debuginfo बंडल अधिष्ठापित करें"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
+msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "सभी मिले-devel बंडल अधिष्ठापित करें"
+
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr "निर्भरता रिजॉल्वर &परीक्षण केस उत्पन्न करें"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "मदद(&H)"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr "विवरण(&O)"
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr "चिन्ह(&S)"
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr "कुंजी(&K)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "सभी बंडलो की निर्भरता ठीक है ।"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr "पैच"
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr "बंडल सूची संचित करें"
@@ -287,59 +295,59 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "खराबी"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr "बंडल सूची %1 को लिखने में खराबी"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr "बंडल सूची लोड करें"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr "%1 से बंडल सूची लोड करने में खराबी"
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr "%1पैकेजों को अद्यतन किया जाएगा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "जारी रखें(&o)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "रद्द(&C)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr "जोङे गए सबबंडल :"
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
-#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
-#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
-#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120
+#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165
+#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "ठीक है(&O)"
@@ -387,7 +395,7 @@
msgstr "आपके हाथ से चयनों के अतिरिक्त निर्भरता के समाधान हेतु, निम्नलिखित बंडलोमें परिवर्तन किया गया है:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428
msgid "C&ontinue"
msgstr "जारी रखें(&o)"
@@ -1596,10 +1604,43 @@
"सुरक्षित कार्य विधि उनको हटाना है.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207
msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length.
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398
+msgid ""
+"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n"
+"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n"
+"package at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406
+msgid ""
+"This version is multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n"
+"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415
+msgid ""
+"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n"
+"and unselect all other versions,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog heading
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions"
+msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
+msgstr "पैकेज़ विवरण सृजित करें"
+
#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture,
#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from,
#. %4 is the repository's priority
@@ -1607,13 +1648,13 @@
#. Examples:
#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE
#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE
-#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
-#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402
+#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
+#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586
msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570
msgid "This version is installed in your system."
msgstr "तुम्हारे सिस्टम में ये अनुवाद अधिष्ठापित थे।"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/qt.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/qt.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/qt.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -40,18 +40,23 @@
msgstr "प्रयोग में"
#. Window title for help wizard window
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320
+#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदद"
#. Close button for wizard help window
#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132
msgid "&Close"
msgstr "बन्द (&C)"
+#. Window title for help wizard window
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes..."
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "रीलीज नोटस ..."
+
#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
@@ -71,12 +76,12 @@
msgstr "अप्रत्याशित क्लिक"
#. parent
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:623
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:629
msgid "Color switching"
msgstr "रंग स्विचिगं"
#. caption
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:624
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:630
msgid ""
"Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n"
"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors."
@@ -112,24 +117,41 @@
msgid "Configure YaST Logging:"
msgstr "मेल डोमेन्स को विन्यासित करें"
+#. Help button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Help" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340
+msgid "&Help"
+msgstr "मदद(&H)"
+
#.
#. "Release Notes" button
#.
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:869
+#. Release Notes button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Release Notes" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes..."
-msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "&Release Notes"
msgstr "रीलीज नोटस ..."
-#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324
-msgid "Steps"
+#. "Steps" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Steps"
+msgid "&Steps"
msgstr "कदम"
-#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328
-msgid "Tree"
+#. "Tree" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tree"
+msgid "&Tree"
msgstr "ट्री"
#~ msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
@@ -268,9 +290,6 @@
#~ msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
#~ msgstr "निर्भरता रिजॉल्वर &परीक्षण केस उत्पन्न करें"
-#~ msgid "&Help"
-#~ msgstr "मदद(&H)"
-
#~ msgid "&Overview"
#~ msgstr "विवरण(&O)"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/rdp.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/rear.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -284,16 +284,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "तुम्हारी सिस्टम विश्लेशण कर रहा हैं..."
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading general settings"
msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr "साघारण व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं "
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgid "Analyzing system"
-msgstr "तुम्हारी सिस्टम विश्लेशण कर रहा हैं..."
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/registration.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -14,25 +14,25 @@
"\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
msgid ""
"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
@@ -41,228 +41,76 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#. display the registration update dialog
+#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#. dialog title
+#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after
+#. pressing "Next"
#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
+#. @return [Symbol] user input
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration name is missing."
-msgid "Registration is being updated..."
-msgstr "समरूपण नाम लुप्त है।"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
-msgstr "डीफोल्ट गेटवे गलत हैं। "
-
-#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
-"You can manually register the system from scratch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
-msgstr "नोवल ग्राहक केंद्र समरूपण"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452
-msgid "The system is already registered."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Email Address"
-msgid "&E-mail Address"
-msgstr "ईमेल पता"
-
-#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration &Code"
-msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
-msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Skip Registration"
-msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334
-msgid ""
-"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to install the latest available\n"
-"on-line updates during installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. then register the product(s)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registering %s ..."
-msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423
-msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441
-msgid ""
-"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
-"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Register New User"
-msgid "Register Again"
-msgstr "नया प्रयोगकर्त्ता पंजीकृत करें"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
-msgid "Select Extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
-msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>आपका सिस्टम इस्तेमाल के लिए तैयार हैं</p>"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471
-msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473
-msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The base product was not found,\n"
-"check your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501
-msgid ""
-"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
-"Report a bug at %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504
-msgid ""
-"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
-"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43
msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "रिपेयर सफल सिद्ध हुआ."
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
-#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
-#. but better than aborting the installation...
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228
+#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
+#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "एसएमटी फाइल प्रमाणपत्र फाइल डाउनलोड विफल"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Import Certificate"
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट आयात करें "
+#. %s is name of given product
+#. then register the product(s)
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registering %s ..."
+msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+
#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55
msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr "उत्पाद पंजीकरण"
@@ -353,33 +201,33 @@
msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाइल का चयन करें"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60
msgid "Common Name (CN): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62
msgid "Organization (O): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64
msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "Issued By"
msgstr ""
@@ -419,42 +267,42 @@
msgstr "क्रम संख्या :"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "अगुली निशान: %1"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37
#, fuzzy
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "अगुली निशान: %1"
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "डेस्टिनेशन गलत हैं। "
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -470,58 +318,58 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "प्रयोग के लिए पंजीकरण डेटा"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "विवरण :"
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -536,21 +384,37 @@
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
-#. register the system and the base product
-#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two
-#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil)
-#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts
-#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+msgid ""
+"The base product was not found,\n"
+"check your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
@@ -560,72 +424,133 @@
#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the
#. installation workflow
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
-#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
+#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
+#. @return [Symbol] the user input
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
+msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
+msgstr "समरूपण %1 लोड कर रहा..."
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
+#| "for your new installation?"
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
+msgstr ""
+"क्या आप अपने नए संस्थापन के लिए इन माउंट बिंदुओं का\n"
+"प्रयोग करना चाहेंगे?"
+
+#. Yast::Mode.update
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
+msgstr "क्या आप इस प्रोफाइल को संपादन मोड में खोलना चाहेंगे? "
+
#. indent size used in summary text
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
#, fuzzy
msgid "Certificate:"
msgstr "प्रमाण पत्र"
#. create UI label for a base product
-#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
+#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "अन्जान LDAP खराबी"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "संसथापन निश्चित करें"
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No product found in the catalog"
+msgid ""
+"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
+"The product cannot be registered."
+msgstr "सूचीपत्र में कोई उत्पाद नहीं पाया गया।"
+
+#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control
+#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
+msgid "Really abort?"
+msgstr "वास्तव में रोक दें"
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "लैसेन्स समझोता"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir
-#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon
+#. @param [Addon] addon the addon
#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Downloading the license for\n"
@@ -634,30 +559,31 @@
msgstr "प्रमाण-पत्र का हटाया जाना असफल रहा।"
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46
msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
+#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the registration data."
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
@@ -665,128 +591,163 @@
msgstr[0] "रेजिस्ट्रेशन डाटा भरती करें।"
msgstr[1] "रेजिस्ट्रेशन डाटा भरती करें।"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44
+#. create the main dialog definition
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
-msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+#| msgid "Details..."
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "विवरण :"
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47
+#. addon description widget
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
-msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>प्रथमतः आप मेल पताओं को सेट कर सकते हैं तथा उपयोक्ता के लिए अपरों को.</p>"
+#| msgid "is not available"
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr "उपलब्ध नही है"
+#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>प्रथमतः आप मेल पताओं को सेट कर सकते हैं तथा उपयोक्ता के लिए अपरों को.</p>"
+
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Details..."
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "विवरण :"
+msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
+msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
-msgstr ""
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>प्रथमतः आप मेल पताओं को सेट कर सकते हैं तथा उपयोक्ता के लिए अपरों को.</p>"
-#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
-#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "is not available"
-msgid "%s (not available)"
-msgstr "उपलब्ध नही है"
+msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+#. create the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57
msgid "Identifier"
msgstr "पहचानकर्ता"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58
msgid "Version"
msgstr "वरजन"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "वास्तुकला"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Rule Type"
msgid "Release Type"
msgstr "नियम प्रकार"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration Code"
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72
msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
msgstr ""
-#. disable download on a non-registered system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें '%1'?"
-#. replace the content
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
+#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Vendor Identifier"
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr "विक्रेता पहचानने वाला"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "वरजन"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Architecture"
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr "वास्तुकला"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Rule Type"
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr "नियम प्रकार"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration &Code"
+msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
@@ -794,7 +755,7 @@
"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>उत्पाद पंजीकरण में नॉवेल डेटाबेस में आपका उत्पाद शामिल है, जिससे आप ऑनलाइन अपडेट तथा तकनीकी समर्थन प्राप्त कर सकते हैं। स्वतः संस्थापन करते समय, <b>Run Product Registration</b> चुनें। प्रक्रिया सरल बनाने के लिए, अपने सिस्टम में <b>Hardware Profile</b> और <b>Optional Information</b>से सूचना शामिल करें।</p>"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgid ""
@@ -803,130 +764,449 @@
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr "<p>यदि आपका नेटवर्क कस्टम एसएमटी सर्वर फैलाता है, कृपया एसएमटी सर्वर का यूआरएल और <b>एसएमटी सर्वर सेटिंग्स</b> में एसएमटी प्रमाणपत्र की स्थिति सेट करें। कृपया अधिक सहयोग के लिए अपना एसएमटी मैनुअल देखें।</p>"
-#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#. the UI defition for the global registration status
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Address"
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr "ईमेल पता"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "SLPसेवकक व्यवस्थाऐं"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr "सेवक सेर्टिफिकेट (&S)"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "सेवक सेर्टिफिकेट (&S)"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
msgid "none"
msgstr "कुछ नहीं"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select Certificate File"
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाइल का चयन करें"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#. the UI defition for the main dialog
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Skip Registration"
+msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+
+#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
+msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#. the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "The system is already registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
+"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
+"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really skip the registration now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+msgid ""
+"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
+"a registered system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
+#. not displayed in installed system
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
+msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgstr "नोवल ग्राहक केंद्र समरूपण"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Certificate has been imported."
msgid "Certificate has expired"
msgstr "प्रमाण-पत्र का आयात किया जा चुका है।"
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
#, fuzzy
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr "सेवक सेर्टिफिकेट (&S)"
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid time"
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr "अमान्य समय"
#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+#. register the base system if not already registered
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n"
+"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Migration Details"
+msgid "Migration Repositories"
+msgstr "माइग्रेशन विवरण"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the Mount Point"
+msgid "Select the Migration Repositories"
+msgstr "माउंट पाइंट चूनें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Importing repositories..."
+msgid "Manage Repositories..."
+msgstr "रिपॉजिटरी आयात करना..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "URL: %1"
+msgid "URL: %s"
+msgstr "URL:%1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Priority"
+msgid "Priority: %s"
+msgstr "वरीयता"
+
+#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it
+#. before the translation deadline...
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available
+#. updates now
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50
+msgid ""
+"Online updates are available for installation.\n"
+"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to install the updates now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgid "Internal error: %s"
+msgstr "आंतरिक ज़ोन"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170
+msgid "No installed product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199
+msgid "No migration product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registering Migration Products..."
+msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Importing repositories..."
+msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
+msgstr "रिपॉजिटरी आयात करना..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the Mount Point"
+msgid "Select the Migration Target"
+msgstr "माउंट पाइंट चूनें"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>चयनित इमेज समरूपण बदलने या इमेज सृजित करने के लिए <b>संपादित करें</b>प्रयोग करें।</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Manually Select Patches"
+msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
+msgstr "हाथ से पैच चूनें (&M)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgid "Select the target migration."
+msgstr "अनुभाग को सम्पादित करने से पहले बूट लोडर को चुनें।"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "P&ossible Solutions"
+msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
+msgstr "संभावित समाधान(&o)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgid "Migration Summary"
+msgstr "समनुरुपण सार"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
+#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
+#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
+#. using the selected migration.
+#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
+#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
+msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
+msgstr "पैकेज %1 अधिष्ठापित किया जाएगा."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240
+msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285
+msgid ""
+"The selected migration contains a product\n"
+"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n"
+"available at the registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>आपका सिस्टम इस्तेमाल के लिए तैयार हैं</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Select Extensions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Register New User"
+msgid "Register Again"
+msgstr "नया प्रयोगकर्त्ता पंजीकृत करें"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name is missing."
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "समरूपण नाम लुप्त है।"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr "डीफोल्ट गेटवे गलत हैं। "
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "जांच रहा है..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "पंजीकरण डेटा की 1 मद"
@@ -938,13 +1218,6 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Registration Code"
-#~ msgid "Registering Product..."
-#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-#~ msgstr[0] "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-#~ msgstr[1] "पंजीकरण का कोड"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Registration Code"
#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
#~ msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
@@ -1397,11 +1670,6 @@
#~ msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No product found in the catalog"
-#~ msgid "No products found to be registered."
-#~ msgstr "सूचीपत्र में कोई उत्पाद नहीं पाया गया।"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "unknown process"
#~ msgid "unknown status"
#~ msgstr "अन्जान क्रिया"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/reipl.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/relocation-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -307,21 +307,21 @@
msgstr "मेल परिसेवक विन्यास"
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing slp-server Configuration"
msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr "slp-सेवक समनुरुपण आरम्भ कर रहा है "
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current configuration"
msgid "Read the current xend configuration"
msgstr "हालिया समनुरूपण पढ़ें"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgid "Read the current xend state"
@@ -329,19 +329,19 @@
#. Progress stage 3/3
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..."
msgstr "हालिया समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgid "Reading the current xend state..."
@@ -349,61 +349,61 @@
#. Progress step 3/3
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..."
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state"
msgstr "winbind की सिथ्ति पढो"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..."
msgstr "winbind की सिथ्ति पढ रहा है ..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state."
msgstr "वर्तमान RPM डेटाबेस को नहीं पढ़ सकता है।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Could not read firewall settings."
msgid "Cannot read firewall settings."
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थाऎं नहीं पढ़ सकता हैं |"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state."
msgstr "वर्तमान RPM डेटाबेस को नहीं पढ़ सकता है।"
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving slp-server Configuration"
msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr "slp-सेवक समनुरुपण सेव कर रहा है "
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the new settings"
msgid "Write the Xend settings"
msgstr "नई व्यवस्थाऐं लिखो"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgid "Adjust the Xend service"
@@ -411,19 +411,19 @@
#. Progress stage 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Writing the Xend settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..."
@@ -431,33 +431,33 @@
#. Progress step 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं.."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr "DNS सेवा व्यवस्थित करें"
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr "DNS सेवा को व्यवस्थित कर रहा है..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgid "Cannot write the xend settings."
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-client.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
"\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62
msgid ""
"Samba client configuration module.\n"
"See Samba documentation for details."
@@ -23,44 +23,44 @@
"विवरण के लिए साम्बा डाक्यूमेंटेशन देखें ।"
#. translators: command line help text for winbind action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75
msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)"
msgstr "winbind संचया समर्थ या असमर्थ करें"
#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85
msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain"
msgstr "जाँचे यदि ये मशीन डोमेन की सदस्य है"
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Join this machine into a domain"
msgid "Join this machine to a domain"
msgstr "इस मशीन को डोमेन में जोडे"
#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105
msgid "Change the global settings of Samba"
msgstr "साम्बा की ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐ बदलें"
#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113
msgid "Enable the service"
msgstr "संचया समर्थ करें"
#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119
msgid "Disable the service"
msgstr "संचया असमर्थ करें"
#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125
msgid "The name of a domain to join"
msgstr "जोडने के लिए डोमेन का नाम"
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST2 will\n"
@@ -73,18 +73,18 @@
"बगैर यूजर और पासवर्ड बताए डोमेन जोडने की कोशिश करता है।"
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139
msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain"
msgstr "डोमेन जोडते हुए यूजर का पासवर्ड इस्तेमाल होता है"
#. command line help text for machine optioa
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "The machine account"
msgstr "साम्बा एकाउंटस्थाऐं पढें"
#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153
msgid "The name of a workgroup"
msgstr "कार्यसमुह का नाम"
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr " डोोमेन %1 सफलतापूर्वक जोड दिया गया है ।"
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता(&U)"
@@ -642,23 +642,23 @@
"</p>\n"
#. default value of Machine Account
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "(डिफॉल्ट)"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Machine Account OU"
msgstr "खेल अकाउंट"
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78
msgid "O&btain list"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"User name and password are required\n"
@@ -667,18 +667,18 @@
"डोमेन %1 जोडने के लिए \n"
"उपयोगकर्ता और पासवर्ड भरती करे ।"
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Machine Account"
msgstr "खेल अकाउंट"
#. translators: text for busy pop-up
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177
msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..."
msgstr "कार्यसमुह की सदस्यता की जाँच कर रहा है ..."
#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -686,21 +686,21 @@
"उपयोगकर्ता और पासवर्ड भरती करे ।"
#. additional information for cluster environment
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n"
msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes."
msgstr "समनुरूपण अब लिखा जाएगा । \n"
#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1."
msgstr ""
"डोमेन %1 जोडने के लिए \n"
"उपयोगकर्ता और पासवर्ड भरती करे ।"
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@
"मूलशब्द भरती रिक्त छोड दें ।"
#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@
"तो अपने आप नही निकाल सकता ।"
#. popup question, first part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308
msgid ""
"This host is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
@@ -726,11 +726,11 @@
"का सदस्य नही है ।"
#. last part of popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312
msgid "Join the domain %1?"
msgstr "डोमेन %1 जोडे ?"
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@
"यदि ये होस्ट डोमेन %1 का सदस्य है \n"
"तो अपने आप नही निकाल सकता ।"
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This host is not a member\n"
@@ -755,93 +755,93 @@
"का सदस्य नही है ।"
#. popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361
msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
msgstr "उपयोक्ता सहभाग पहले ही से मौजूद है. इन सहभागिताओं को रखें अथवा डिलिट कर दें?"
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363
msgid "&Keep"
msgstr "रखें(&K)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "मिटाएँ (&D)"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381
msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?"
msgstr "अन्य विंडोज़ सहभागिता संचयाएं उपलब्ध है. उनको भी रोक दें?"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392
msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401
msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP"
msgstr "रिमोट WINS सेवक"
#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418
msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438
msgid "Sharing by Users"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ताओं द्वारा सााझीदारी"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr "साझीदारी"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453
msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ताओं को उनकी डायरेक्टरियां साझा करने की अनुमति दें"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463
msgid "Allow &Guest Access"
msgstr "मेहमान एक्सेस की अनुमति दें"
#. texty entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
msgid "&Permitted Group"
msgstr "&मंजूरी-प्राप्त समूह"
#. infield label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481
msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares"
msgstr "शेयरों की &अधिकतम संख्या"
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
msgstr "<p>समूह के सदस्यों को <b>अनुमति प्राप्त समूह</b> में उनकी <b>अपनी डायरेक्ट्रियों को अन्य प्रयोक्ता के साथ</b>सहभाग करने में समर्थ करता है.उदाहणार्थ के लिए, किसी स्थानीय स्कोप के लिए उपयोक्ता अथवा डोमेन स्कोप के लिए <tt>उपयोक्ता</tt> <tt>डोमेन%1उपयोक्ता</tt> उपयोक्ता यह अवश्य निश्चित करें कि फाइल सिस्टम परमीशनज़ अभिगम की अनुमति देता है.</p>"
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517
msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>सहभागिताओं की अधिकतम संख्या</b> के साथ कुल शेयरों की धनराशि को सीमित करता है, जो बनाया जा सकता है.</p>"
#. membership dialog help common part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522
msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>बिना प्रामाणिकरण के प्रयोगकर्त्ता शेयर एक्सेस करने की अनुमति देने के लिए<b>मेहमान एक्सेस की अनुमति दें</b> समर्थ करें।</p>"
#. help text for PAM Mount table
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
@@ -850,12 +850,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538
msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for kerberos method option
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546
msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -921,8 +921,8 @@
#. final progress step label
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: write progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "खत्म हो गया"
@@ -997,13 +997,13 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हाँ"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "नहीं"
@@ -1031,143 +1031,143 @@
"फिर से परीक्षा करो."
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622
msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "साम्बा ग्राहक समनुरुपण आरम्भ कर रहा है "
#. translators: progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633
msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
msgstr "साम्बा की ग्लोबल व्यवसथाऐ पढो"
#. translators: progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635
msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgstr "winbind की सिथ्ति पढो"
#. translators: progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639
msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
msgstr "साम्बा की ग्लोबल व्यवसथाऐ पढ रहा है ..."
#. translators: progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641
msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgstr "winbind की सिथ्ति पढ रहा है ..."
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "साम्बा ग्राहक समनुरुपण संचय कर रहा है"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ असमर्थ करें"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ समर्थ करें"
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ असमर्थ कर रहा है..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr "साम्बा संचयाऐ समर्थ कर रहा है..."
#. write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773
msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
msgstr "केरबेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन को लिखें"
#. write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775
msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
msgstr "केरबेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन को लिख रहा है..."
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887
msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
msgstr "%1 को व्यवसथाऐ नही लिख सकता ।है "
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846
msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
msgstr "winbind व्यवसथाऐ आरम्भ नही कर सकता ।"
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851
msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
msgstr "winbind डेमनथाऐ आरम्भ नही कर सकता ।"
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857
msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
msgstr "winbind व्यवसथाऐ बंद नही कर सकता ।"
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862
msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
msgstr "winbind डेमन बंद रम्भ नही कर ।सकता "
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878
msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
msgstr "PAM सेटिंग्स को नहीं लिख सकता है।"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण "
#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
msgstr "कार्यसमुह या डोमेन :%1"
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068
msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr "लॉगइन पर होम डायरेक्ट्री सृजित करें"
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgstr "ऑफ लाइन प्रमाणीकरण सक्षम है"
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083
msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
msgstr "शेयरों की अधिकतम संख्या : %1"
#. summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>कार्यसमुह या डोमेन :%1</b>: %1</p>"
#. summary item: authentication using winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109
msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>SMB के साथ सत्यापन </b>: %1</p>"
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name
#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071
msgid "Share %1 already exists."
msgstr "शेयर %1 पहले से उपलब्ध है।"
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. translators: share status
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ किया गया"
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "समर्थ किया गया"
@@ -386,23 +386,23 @@
#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)"
msgstr "प्राथमिक डोमेन नियत्रंक (PDC)(&P)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)"
msgstr "बैाअपथमिक डोमेन नियत्रंक (BDC)(&a)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Not a Domain &Controller"
msgstr "मिक डोमेन नियत नहीं है(&C)"
#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हाँ"
@@ -411,19 +411,19 @@
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78
msgid "No"
msgstr "नहीं"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Samba Installation"
msgstr "साम्बा इंसटालेशन"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "Step 1 of 2"
msgstr "2 का 1 कदम"
@@ -431,49 +431,49 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"),
#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)),
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name"
msgstr "कार्यग्रुप या डोमेन नेम(&W)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Step 2 of 2"
msgstr "2 का 2 कदम"
#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "Current Domain Name:"
msgstr "हालिया डोमेन नेमः"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Samba Server Type"
msgstr "साम्बा संचयक प्रकार"
#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Not available because a PDC is present."
msgstr "उपलब्ध नहीं है क्योंकि PDC उपस्थित है।"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rename Share"
msgstr "नया शेयर"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593
#, fuzzy
msgid "New Share &Name"
msgstr "शेयर नेम"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter a new share name."
msgstr "यूजर नाम भरती करें:"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Share '%1' already exists.\n"
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
"दूसरा नाम बरती करें "
#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"If you delete share %1,\n"
"all its settings will be lost.\n"
@@ -494,26 +494,26 @@
"वास्तव में डिलिट करना है?"
#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing.
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "Trusted &Domain"
msgstr "विश्वसनीय डोमेन(&D)"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779
msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
msgstr "डोमेन नेम खाली नहीं हो सकता।"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785
msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship."
msgstr "विश्वसनीय डोमेन सबंध स्थापित नहीं बनाो सकता।"
#. issue a warning, if not already done so
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The password for trusted domains\n"
"is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n"
@@ -526,14 +526,14 @@
"रूप में देखा जा सकता है."
#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil'
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "&Trusted Domains"
msgstr "विश्वसनीय डोमेन"
#. confirmation
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844
msgid ""
"Really abandon trust relationship\n"
"to trusted domain %1?"
@@ -542,235 +542,235 @@
"को वास्तव में छोड़ें?"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864
msgid "Share %1"
msgstr "शेयर %1"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration"
msgstr "निपूण ग्लोबल सेटिंग्ज़ अधिष्ठापन"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920
msgid "Identification"
msgstr "पहचान"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922
msgid "Share &Name"
msgstr "शेयर नेम(&N)"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Share &Description"
msgstr "शेयर विवरण(&D)"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928
msgid "Share Type"
msgstr "शेयर प्रकार"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933
msgid "&Printer"
msgstr "प्रिंटर(&P)"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935
msgid "&Directory"
msgstr "डायरक्टरी(&D)"
#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Share &Path"
msgstr "शेयर रास्ता(&P)"
#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946
msgid "&Read-Only"
msgstr "सिर्फ पढने के लिए(&R)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "&Inherit ACLs"
msgstr "ACLs ग्रहण करें(&I)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950
msgid "Expose Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952
msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961
msgid "New Share"
msgstr "नया शेयर"
#. translators: file selection dialog title
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Path for a Share"
msgstr "शेयर के लिए रास्ता"
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
msgstr "शेयर नाम खाली नहीं रह सकता।"
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Share path cannot be empty."
msgstr "खोज रास्तााम खाली नहीं रह सकता।"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089
msgid "Available Shares"
msgstr "उपलब्ध शेयर"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "फिल्टर(&F)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid "Show &All Shares"
msgstr "सभी शेयर दिखाऐं"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098
msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares"
msgstr "सिस्टम शेयर ना दिखाऐं"
#. translators: table header texts
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
msgid "Status"
msgstr "स्थिति"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
msgid "Read-Only"
msgstr "सिर्फ पढने के लिए"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाम"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Path"
msgstr "रास्ता"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Allow &Guest Access"
msgid "Guest Access"
msgstr "मेहमान एक्सेस की अनुमति दें"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid "Comment"
msgstr "टिप्पणी"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Rename..."
msgstr "यूजरनेम"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "टोगल स्थिति"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "WINS Server Support"
msgstr "WINS संचयक स्पोर्ट"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150
msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgstr "रिमोट WINS संचयक"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155
msgid "Na&me"
msgstr "नाम(&m)"
#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Not a DC"
msgstr "DC नहीं है"
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172
msgid "Primary (PDC)"
msgstr "प्राथमिक (PDC)"
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Backup (BDC)"
msgstr "बैकअप (BDC)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Base Settings"
msgstr "आधार व्यवस्थाऐं"
#. translators: combobox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194
msgid "Domain &Controller"
msgstr "डोमेन नियत्रंक"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "Advanced Settings..."
msgstr "एडवांस व्यवस्थाऐं"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
msgid "&Expert Global Settings"
msgstr "निपुण ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "&User Authentication Sources"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता सत्यापन स्त्रोत"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "Samba Configuration"
msgstr "साम्बा समनुरुपण "
#. tab label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242
msgid "Start-&Up"
msgstr "स्टार्ट-अप(&U)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&Shares"
msgstr "साझा(&S)"
#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid "I&dentity"
msgstr "पहचान(&D)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298
msgid "WINS"
msgstr "WINS"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "&LDAP Settings"
msgstr "LDAP व्यवस्थाऐं(&L)"
#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18)
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464
msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname"
msgstr "NetBIOS होस्टनेम(&H)"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565
msgid "User Information Sources"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता जानकारी स्त्रोत"
#. try to create it
#. first, ask for password
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619
msgid ""
"For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n"
"administrative account (root).\n"
@@ -780,16 +780,16 @@
"प्रशासनिक अकाउंट (रूट) चाहिए.\n"
"उसे अभी तैयार किया जाएगा."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "Samba root &Password"
msgstr "साम्बा root पासवर्ड"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626
msgid "&Verify Password"
msgstr "पासवर्ड सत्यापित करें (&V)"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match."
@@ -798,12 +798,12 @@
" में कोई मेल नहीं है."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663
msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता %1 के लिए अकाउंट नहीं बना सकता।"
#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@
"डोमेन %1 जोडने के लिए \n"
"उपयोगकर्तानेम और पासवर्ड भरती करे ।"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712
msgid ""
"To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n"
"text entries empty."
@@ -820,17 +820,17 @@
"मूलशब्द भरती रिक्त छोड दें ।"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता(&U)"
#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725
msgid "Do &Not Join"
msgstr "नहीं जोङे(&N)"
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr "डोमेन %1 सफलतापूर्वक जोङ दिया गया है।"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/samba-users.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/scanner.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr "%1 को असमर्थ करने में फेल हो गया।"
@@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "फाइल %1 विद्यमान नहीं है।"
@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr "%1 पढने में फेल हो गया।"
@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr "क्रियान्वित स्कैनर निकाले"
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr "क्रियान्वित स्कैनर निकाल रहा है..."
@@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "खत्म हो गया"
@@ -1277,19 +1277,19 @@
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "अनजाना चालक"
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr "अनजाना उत्पादक"
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr "अनजाना मोडल"
@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr "%1 %2 पर %3"
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@
#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only
#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
@@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1560,51 +1560,51 @@
"वैकल्पिक रूप से आगे बढ़ें और ptal सेवा का उपयोग करने के लिए प्रिंटर के कनफिगरेशन को बदलें.\n"
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr "%1 चालक सैट कर रहा है"
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr "जाँचे जबकि कुछ अन्य पैकेट भी इंसटाल होने चाहिए"
#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr "जाँचे कि क्या फर्मवेयर अपलोड की जरुरत है"
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr "विशेष चालको के लिए विशेष जरुरतें टेस्ट और सैट करें"
#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr "चालक को क्रियान्वित करें"
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr "जाँच कर रहा है जबकि कुछ अन्य पैकेट भी इंसटाल होने चाहिए..."
#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr "जाँच कर रहा है कि क्या फर्मवेयर अपलोड की जरुरत है..."
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr "विशेष चालको के लिए जरुरतें टेस्ट और सैट कर रहा है ..."
#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr "चालक का क्रियान्वन कर रहा है..."
#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr "जरुरी बंडल अधिष्ठापित नहीं है"
@@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr "चालक %1 को बंडल %2 की जरुरत है।"
@@ -1622,9 +1622,9 @@
#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system.
#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "विफल कर दिया गया"
@@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@
#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr "फर्मवेयर अपलोड की जरुरत है"
@@ -1645,14 +1645,14 @@
#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr "अगर ptal सेवा नहीं चल रही है,तो स्कैनर काम नहीं कर सकता ।"
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
msgstr ""
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@
"%1"
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1677,49 +1677,49 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
msgstr "ड्राइवर hpoj को निष्क्रिय किया गया है परंतु सहबद्ध सेवा ptal को निष्क्रिय नहीं किया गया है क्योंकि CUPS प्रिंटिंग सिस्टम को उसकी आवश्यकता है."
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr "ptal सेवा रोकनेरने में फेल हो गया ।"
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr "ptal सेवा असमर्थ करने में फेल हो गया ।"
#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
#. then show a message but exit successfully because
#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr "%1 के लिए स्कैनर नहीं"
#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr "बगैर समरुप क्रियान्वित स्कैनर के बिना टेस्ट सभंव नहीं है।"
#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr "टेस्ट के लिए स्कैनर(&S) "
#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr "%1 टेस्ट कर रहा है"
#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr "'scanimage -d %1 -T' के साथ टेस्ट कर रहा है"
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr "(कोई परिणाम उपलब्ध नहीं)"
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@
#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected.
#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr "%1 सफलतापूर्वक टेस्ट हो गया"
@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
@@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr "नेटवर्क द्वारा स्कैनिगं के लिए समनुरुपण निकालने में फेल हो गया ।"
@@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr "नेटवर्क द्वारा स्कैनिगं सैट करने ने में फेल हो गया ।"
@@ -1801,14 +1801,14 @@
#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to write firewall settings regarding scanning via network."
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr "नेटवर्क द्वारा स्कैनिगं सबंधित फायरवाल व्यवस्थाऐं लिखने से मना करने में फेल हो गया ।"
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/security.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
"\n"
"\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
+#. translators: command line help text for Security module
#: src/clients/security.rb:59
msgid "Security configuration module"
msgstr "सुरक्षा विन्यास मॉड्यूल"
@@ -36,15 +36,17 @@
msgid "Set the value of the specific option"
msgstr "विशिष्ट विकल्पों का मान सेट करें"
-#. command line help text for 'level home' option
+#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:94
-msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
-msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशन सुरक्षा स्तर (बिना नेटवर्क के)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Networked Workstation security level"
+msgid "Workstation security level"
+msgstr "नेटवर्क किए हुए वर्कस्टेशन का सुरक्षा स्तर"
-#. command line help text for 'level network' option
+#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:100
-msgid "Networked Workstation security level"
-msgstr "नेटवर्क किए हुए वर्कस्टेशन का सुरक्षा स्तर"
+msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level"
+msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'level server' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:106
@@ -116,234 +118,224 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अनंजान"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr "Magic SysRq कुंजियां सक्षम करें(&M)"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "निहित अनुमतियों का उपयोग करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "डिस्प्ले मानेजर पर सुदूर अभिगम"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "Chroot &Jail में NTP डायमन चलाएं"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "डिस्प्ले मानेजर पर सुदूर अभिगम"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "DHCP सेवक असमर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "डिस्प्ले मानेजर पर सुदूर अभिगम"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "सर्वीस दुबारा शुरू करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "सेवाऎ असमर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "VPN सेवा समर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "IP फोरवार्डिन्ग समर्थ हैं (&I)"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "IP फोरवार्डिन्ग समर्थ हैं (&I)"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n"
-" (multiuser with network)"
-msgstr "सिस्टम संचयाऐं(रन लेवल) शुरु कर रहा है ।कृपया इंतजार करें..."
+#| msgid "Enable the service"
+msgid "Enable basic system services"
+msgstr "सेवा समर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n"
-" (multiuser with network and graphical login)"
-msgstr "सिस्टम संचयाऐं(रन लेवल) शुरु कर रहा है ।कृपया इंतजार करें..."
+#| msgid "Disable the service"
+msgid "Disable extra services"
+msgstr "सेवा असमर्थ करें"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
-msgstr ""
-"रन लेवल %2 पर सेवा %1 समर्थ करना नहीं सकती हैं:\n"
-"%3"
-
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5"
-msgstr ""
-"रन लेवल %2 पर सेवा %1 समर्थ करना नहीं सकती हैं:\n"
-"%3"
-
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "समनुरूपण करें (&C) ..."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "सुरक्षा व्यवस्था"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Status"
msgstr "स्थिती"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "सुरक्षा व्यवस्था"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदद"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"ये आवश्यक संचयाऐं गायब है:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above)
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"ये आवश्यक संचयाऐं गायब है:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
msgid "Description"
msgstr "विवरण"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "विशेष की विवरण"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "इसे बदल दें? "
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&विवरण"
+#. update the current value
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "तुम्हारी सिस्टम विश्लेशण कर रहा हैं..."
+
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "बूट व्यवस्था"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "बूट अनुमतियां"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "विविध व्यवस्था"
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "पासवर्ड व्यवस्था"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "जाँच"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "पासवर्ड आयु"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -352,7 +344,7 @@
"ज्यादा बड़ी नहीं हो सकती।"
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
@@ -361,12 +353,12 @@
"चयनित इंक्रिप्सन विधि के लिए पासवर्ड की अधिकतम लंबाई अधिकतम %1 है।"
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "लाँगइन व्यवस्था"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
msgid "Login"
msgstr "लागइन"
@@ -467,21 +459,23 @@
#. Main dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
+#| "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
-"any type of a network.</p>"
+"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
+"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>होम वर्कस्टेशन</b>: किसी भी प्रकार के नेटवर्क से नहीं जुड़े\n"
-"एक होम कंप्यूटर के लिए।</p>"
+"<p><b>नेटवर्क युक्त वर्कस्टेशन</b>: इंटरनेट सहित किसी भी प्रकार के नेटवर्क से जुड़े\n"
+"एक कंप्यूटर के लिए।</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
-"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
+"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
+"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>नेटवर्क युक्त वर्कस्टेशन</b>: इंटरनेट सहित किसी भी प्रकार के नेटवर्क से जुड़े\n"
-"एक कंप्यूटर के लिए।</p>"
#. Main dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
@@ -928,41 +922,47 @@
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51
-msgid "Home Workstation"
-msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशन"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
+msgid "Workstation"
+msgstr "वर्कस्टेशन"
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53
-msgid "Networked Workstation"
-msgstr "नेटवर्क किया हुआ वर्कस्टेशन"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Raid Device"
+msgid "Roaming Device"
+msgstr "Raid उपकरण"
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58
msgid "Network Server"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवक"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60
-msgid "&Home Workstation"
-msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशन(&H)"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Workstation"
+msgid "&Workstation"
+msgstr "वर्कस्टेशन"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62
-msgid "N&etworked Workstation"
-msgstr "नेटवर्क वर्कस्टेशन(&e)"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Raid Device"
+msgid "&Roaming Device"
+msgstr "Raid उपकरण"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67
msgid "Network &Server"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवक(&S)"
@@ -1046,13 +1046,13 @@
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "अधिकतम(&u)"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "न्यूनतम(&i)"
@@ -1077,96 +1077,89 @@
msgid "Nobody"
msgstr "कोई नहीं"
-#. ComboBox value
-#. ["local",_("Local Users")],
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
-msgid "Automatic"
-msgstr "स्वचालित"
-
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Designation"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "सिस्टम पद"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot open the virtual machine console."
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "विरचयुल मशीन वातावरण तैयार नही कर सकता ।"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Keys"
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण कुंजी"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "पासवर्ड इंक्रिप्सन पद्धति(&a)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "नए पासवर्डों की जांच(&C)"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "याद रखने वाले पासवर्डों की संख्या(&e)"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "पासवर्ड की स्वीकार करने योग्य न्यूनतम लंबाई(&M)"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "पासवर्ड का समय समाप्त होने की चेतावनी से दिन पहले(&D)"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "&फाइल अनुमतियां"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "आसान"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "सुरक्षित"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "पैरानोइड"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "&उपयोगकर्ता updatedb लांच कर रहा है"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "अ&धिकतम"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&न्यूनतम"
@@ -1186,69 +1179,118 @@
msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:608
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "सुरक्षा विन्यास सहेज रहा है"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "सुरक्षा व्यवस्था लिखें"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "inittab व्यवस्था लिखें"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "PAM व्यवस्थाएँ लिखो"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save system settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं संचित करो"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "सुरक्षा व्यवस्था लिख रहा है..."
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "inittab व्यवस्था लिख रहा है..."
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:631
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "PAM व्यवस्थाएँ लिख रहा हैं........"
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving system settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं संचित कर रहा है..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:869
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "वर्तमान सुरक्षा स्तर : कस्टम व्यवस्था"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "वर्तमान सुरक्षा स्तर : %1"
+#~ msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
+#~ msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशन सुरक्षा स्तर (बिना नेटवर्क के)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n"
+#~ " (multiuser with network)"
+#~ msgstr "सिस्टम संचयाऐं(रन लेवल) शुरु कर रहा है ।कृपया इंतजार करें..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n"
+#~ " (multiuser with network and graphical login)"
+#~ msgstr "सिस्टम संचयाऐं(रन लेवल) शुरु कर रहा है ।कृपया इंतजार करें..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "रन लेवल %2 पर सेवा %1 समर्थ करना नहीं सकती हैं:\n"
+#~ "%3"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "रन लेवल %2 पर सेवा %1 समर्थ करना नहीं सकती हैं:\n"
+#~ "%3"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
+#~ "any type of a network.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>होम वर्कस्टेशन</b>: किसी भी प्रकार के नेटवर्क से नहीं जुड़े\n"
+#~ "एक होम कंप्यूटर के लिए।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Home Workstation"
+#~ msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशन"
+
+#~ msgid "Networked Workstation"
+#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क किया हुआ वर्कस्टेशन"
+
+#~ msgid "&Home Workstation"
+#~ msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशन(&H)"
+
+#~ msgid "N&etworked Workstation"
+#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क वर्कस्टेशन(&e)"
+
+#~ msgid "Automatic"
+#~ msgstr "स्वचालित"
+
#~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path"
#~ msgstr "रूट के पथ में वर्तमान निर्देशिका(&C)"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/services-manager.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,224 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr "डिफाल्ट सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default initrd Path"
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr "डिफॉल्ट initrd पथ"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default initrd Path"
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr "डिफॉल्ट initrd पथ"
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the default system settings"
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "डिफाल्ट सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढें"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "डिफाल्ट सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Shares"
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr "उपलब्ध शेयर"
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । "
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । "
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29
+msgid ""
+"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n"
+"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
+
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default &Lease Time"
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr "डीफाल्ट पट्टा समय (&L)"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "सेवाऎ"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "सक्रिय"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "विवरण"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start"
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr "शुरू करें (&S)"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr "केडंप समर्थ/असमर्थ करें"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr "विवरण दर्शाएं(&D)"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Security Manager"
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr "सुरक्षा प्रबंधक"
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..."
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr "साम्बा संचया व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Active"
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr "सक्रिय"
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
@@ -63,161 +280,84 @@
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Security Manager"
-msgid "Services Manager"
-msgstr "सुरक्षा प्रबंधक"
-
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default Image"
msgid "Default Target"
msgstr "डिफाल्ट इमेज"
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr "समर्थ हैं"
-
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "असमर्थ हैं"
-
#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
-#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103
msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
msgstr ""
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
-#~ msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
-#~ msgstr "डिफाल्ट सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..."
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr "अब तक समनुरूपण नहीं किया हैं।"
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
+#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Default initrd Path"
-#~ msgid "&Default systemd target"
-#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट initrd पथ"
+#| msgid "Could not add interface."
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr "इंटरफेस नहीं जोड़ सकते।"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Default initrd Path"
-#~ msgid "Default systemd target"
-#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट initrd पथ"
+#| msgid "Could not add interface."
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr "इंटरफेस नहीं जोड़ सकते।"
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Read the default system settings"
-#~ msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
-#~ msgstr "डिफाल्ट सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढें"
+#| msgid "Graphical Menu File"
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाइल"
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
-#~ msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
-#~ msgstr "डिफाल्ट सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..."
+#| msgid "Text Mode"
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr "टेक्स्ट मोड"
+#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Available Shares"
-#~ msgid "Available Targets"
-#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध शेयर"
+#| msgid "Select Mode"
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr "मोड चुने"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
-#~ msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
-#~ msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । "
+#| msgid "Available Interfaces"
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "प्राप्य अंतराफलक "
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
-#~ msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
-#~ msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । "
+#| msgid "Default Image"
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr "डिफाल्ट इमेज"
-#~ msgid "Writing configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..."
-
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
-#~ msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
-#~ msgstr "सिस्टम समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं"
+#| msgid "&Switch Mode"
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr "स्विच मोड(&S)"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Default &Lease Time"
-#~ msgid "Default System &Target"
-#~ msgstr "डीफाल्ट पट्टा समय (&L)"
+#| msgid "Other System"
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम को बूट करें"
-#~ msgid "Service"
-#~ msgstr "सेवाऎ"
-
-#~ msgid "Active"
-#~ msgstr "सक्रिय"
-
-#~ msgid "Description"
-#~ msgstr "विवरण"
-
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "&Start"
-#~ msgid "&Start/Stop"
-#~ msgstr "शुरू करें (&S)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
-#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable"
-#~ msgstr "केडंप समर्थ/असमर्थ करें"
-
-#~ msgid "Show &Details"
-#~ msgstr "विवरण दर्शाएं(&D)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..."
-#~ msgid "Reading services status..."
-#~ msgstr "साम्बा संचया व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Active"
-#~ msgid "Inactive"
-#~ msgstr "सक्रिय"
-
-#~ msgid "Not configured yet."
-#~ msgstr "अब तक समनुरूपण नहीं किया हैं।"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Could not add interface."
-#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
-#~ msgstr "इंटरफेस नहीं जोड़ सकते।"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Graphical Menu File"
-#~ msgid "Graphical mode"
-#~ msgstr "ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाइल"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Text Mode"
-#~ msgid "Text mode"
-#~ msgstr "टेक्स्ट मोड"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Available Interfaces"
-#~ msgid "Graphical Interface"
-#~ msgstr "प्राप्य अंतराफलक "
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Select Mode"
-#~ msgid "Emergency Mode"
-#~ msgstr "मोड चुने"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "&Switch Mode"
-#~ msgid "Switch Root"
-#~ msgstr "स्विच मोड(&S)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Default Image"
-#~ msgid "Initrd Default Target"
-#~ msgstr "डिफाल्ट इमेज"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Other System"
-#~ msgid "Multi-User System"
-#~ msgstr "अन्य सिस्टम को बूट करें"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Required DMA Mode"
-#~ msgid "Rescue Mode"
-#~ msgstr "जरुरी DMA मोड"
+#| msgid "Required DMA Mode"
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr "जरुरी DMA मोड"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/slp-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mouse.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 1999-06-09 17:26+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com> \n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/snapper.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,8 +18,32 @@
"\n"
"\n"
-#. The main ()
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of snapper
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of Heartbeat"
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
@@ -27,14 +51,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "Description"
msgstr "विवरण"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Map"
msgid "User data"
@@ -42,45 +66,45 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&leanup Script"
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट साफ करना"
-#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
+#. popup label, %{num} is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
-msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "(%1)"
-msgid "Pre (%1)"
+msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr "(%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host %1"
-msgid "Post (%1)"
+msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr "होस्ट %1"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create New "
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "नया सृजित करें "
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -88,243 +112,250 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "पूर्व"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें '%1'?"
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+msgstr "सचमुच मिटायें '%1'?"
+
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "सिंगापुर"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ताओ की सूची पढ रहा है..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Current Configuration:"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "हालिया समनुरूपण:"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
msgid "ID"
msgstr "अइडी (ID)"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "शुरुआती तारीख"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "अंतिम तारीख"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Us&er Data"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "यूजर डाटा(&e)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Change"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "कोई बदलाव नहीं"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Modify"
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "बदलें (&M)"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected IDE device"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "चुना हुआ IDE उपकरण"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "अगला %1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "फाइलो में बदलाव संचित कर रहा है..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "असफल प्रमाणीकरणों को स्वीकार कर रहा है"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File %1 does not exists"
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "फाइल %1 मौजूद नहीं।"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File Contents: %1"
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "फाइल सामग्री : %1"
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restored Files:"
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "रिस्टोरड फाइले :"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restore Options"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "रिस्टोर विकल्प"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "चुना गया"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "खोलो (&O)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "चुना गया"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
msgid ""
@@ -337,7 +368,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -347,21 +378,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr "अधिषठापन माध्यम से पाकेज %s को दूढ़ रहा हैं । "
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring Files"
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "फाइले रिस्टोर कर रहा है "
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -372,7 +403,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -385,30 +416,30 @@
"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करें...<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -419,143 +450,159 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup error
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
+#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
+msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+msgstr "ipsec.conf सेव करने पर खराबी हो गया:"
-#. Initialize snapper agent
-#. Return true on success
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#. Return the path to given snapshot
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to test %1."
+msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+msgstr "%1 टेस्ट करने में फेल हो गया।"
+
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
-msgid "Reason not known."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
-msgid "Configuration not found."
-msgstr "समनुरूपण पूरा हो गया हैं"
+#| msgid "Failed to read %1."
+msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+msgstr "%1 पढने में फेल हो गया।"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network configuration is not valid."
-msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरुपण सत्य नही है ।"
+#| msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
+msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+msgstr "%1 को असमर्थ करने में फेल हो गया।"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr "कैटलॉग का प्रारंभिकीकरण असफल"
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to test %1."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
+msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
msgstr "%1 टेस्ट करने में फेल हो गया।"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr "%1 को असमर्थ करने में फेल हो गया।"
+#| msgid "Initializing System Manager"
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+msgstr "सिस्टम प्रबंधक शुरू कर रहा"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+#| msgid "Read the configuration"
+msgid "Read list of configurations"
+msgstr "समरूपण पढ़ें"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
+msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgstr "उपयोगकर्ताओ की सूची पढ रहा है..."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to read %1."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr "%1 पढने में फेल हो गया।"
+#| msgid "Reading the Configuration"
+msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+msgstr "समनुरुपण पढ रहा है"
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Initializing System Manager"
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
-msgstr "सिस्टम प्रबंधक शुरू कर रहा"
+#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
+msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+msgstr "उपयोगकर्ताओ की सूची पढ रहा है..."
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
-msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
-msgid "Reading the database..."
-msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..."
-
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed."
+msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर समनुरुपण फेल हो गया ।"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
+msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring Files"
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "फाइले रिस्टोर कर रहा है "
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delete"
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "मिटाऐं"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Skipped\n"
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "छोडं दिया \n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+#~ msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
+#~ msgstr "समनुरूपण पूरा हो गया हैं"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Network configuration is not valid."
+#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क समनुरुपण सत्य नही है ।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+#~ "%1"
+#~ msgstr "कैटलॉग का प्रारंभिकीकरण असफल"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+#~ msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+#~ msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+#~ msgstr "variable %1 नहीं मिला था।"
+
+#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
+#~ msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..."
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/sound.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/squid.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "बूट करने पर "
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "हाथ से"
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
msgid "Logging and Timeouts"
msgstr "लोगिगं स्थिती"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Miscellaneous Setting"
msgstr "विविध व्यवस्था"
@@ -477,35 +477,31 @@
msgid "Cache &Store Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339
-msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Timeouts"
msgstr "टाइम-आउट्स"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection &Timeout"
msgstr "कनेक्शन प्रकार"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client &Lifetime"
msgstr "अकरण जीवन समय (&D)"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "&Language of error messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Administrator's email"
msgstr "प्रशासक का मेल (&A)"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode"
msgstr ""
@@ -1018,30 +1014,30 @@
#. ************* ACL END ************************
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG **********
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578
#, fuzzy
msgid "Access Log must not be empty."
msgstr " अवश्य ही पासवर्ड खाली नहीं होना चाहिए"
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cache Log must not be empty."
msgstr " अवश्य ही पासवर्ड खाली नहीं होना चाहिए"
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field."
msgstr ""
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ******
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684
#, fuzzy
msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces."
msgstr "प्रशासक ई-मेल खाली नहीं हो सकता"
@@ -1059,174 +1055,174 @@
#. Read all squid settings
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration"
msgstr "inetd समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File."
msgstr "समनुरुपण फाइल से शेयर को हटाऐ."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File."
msgstr "समनुरुपण फाइल से शेयर को हटाऐ."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File."
msgstr "समनुरुपण फाइल से शेयर को हटाऐ."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File."
msgstr "पहुंच नियंत्रण सूची प्रसंस्करण कर रही है"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Other Settings."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज़ पढ़े"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Service Status."
msgstr "साम्बा संचया व्यवस्थाऐं पढें"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..."
msgstr "रूटों को पढ़ रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..."
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..."
msgstr "रूटों को पढ़ रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..."
msgstr "नियंत्रक को लोड कर रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Other Settings ..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज़ पढ़ रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Service Status ..."
msgstr "साम्बा संचया व्यवस्थाऐं पढ रहा है..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..."
msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgstr "समरूपण को नहीं पढ़ा जा सकता है।"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read service status."
msgstr "शोर्सेज नही पढ सकता ।"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Squid Configuration"
msgstr "inetd समनुरूपण सेव कर रहा हैं"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिखें"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start Service"
msgstr "सेवाऎं शुरू करो"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........."
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं.."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting Service..."
msgstr "सेवाऎं शुरू कर रहा हैं..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त हुआ"
#. write settings
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता"
#. firewall
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था नहीं लिखा जा सकता."
#. Header
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584
msgid "Squid Cache Proxy"
msgstr ""
#. Start daemon
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start daemon: "
msgstr "डेइमण शुरू करें।"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
#, fuzzy
msgid "When booting"
msgstr "बूट करने पर "
#. Http Ports
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured ports:"
msgstr "समनुरूपित होस्ट "
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
msgid " (transparent)"
msgstr "ट्रांसपोर्ट"
#. Cache directory
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cache directory: "
msgstr "वर्ग डायरेक्ट्री: (&C)"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/sshd.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/storage.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
#. dialog heading
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
msgid "Expert Partitioner"
msgstr "विशेषज्ञ विभाजनर"
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "विभिन्न होम पार्टिशन प्रस्तावित करें"
@@ -1153,15 +1153,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
-"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
-"\n"
+"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
+"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n"
+"approximately 1MB large.\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1181,7 +1182,7 @@
"क्या आप अपने सेटअप को बदलना चाहते हैं? \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
@@ -1202,7 +1203,7 @@
"\n"
"इसे बदल दें? \n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1211,7 +1212,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
@@ -1229,7 +1230,7 @@
"इसे बदल दें? \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
@@ -1255,7 +1256,7 @@
" इसे बदल दें? \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
@@ -1281,13 +1282,13 @@
" इसे बदल दें? \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "वास्तव में इस प्रविष्टि को हटाया जाना है?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1310,7 +1311,7 @@
"क्या आप इसे बदलना चाहते हैं? \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1326,7 +1327,7 @@
"विशेषकर निम्नलिखित में से किसी मामले में : \n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1339,7 +1340,7 @@
"- यदि इस विभाजन में अभी तक कोई फाइल सिस्टम नहीं है \n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n"
@@ -1355,7 +1356,7 @@
"में से एक के लिए एसाइन हो\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
@@ -1367,7 +1368,7 @@
"क्या आप अपना सेटअप परिवर्तित करना चाहते हैं?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1376,7 +1377,7 @@
"सम्पादन से पहले इसे RAID से हटा दें।\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1385,7 +1386,7 @@
"सम्पादन से पहले इसे वॉल्यूम समूह से हटा दें।\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1394,7 +1395,7 @@
"सम्पादन से पहले वॉल्यूम हटा दें।\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1403,7 +1404,7 @@
"इसे मिटाने से पहले इसे RAID से हटा दें।\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1411,13 +1412,13 @@
" उपकरण (%2) %1 द्वारा प्रयोग किया गया है। \n"
" इसे मिटाने से पहले %1 हटा दें। \n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656
#, fuzzy
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "उपकरण मिटा दिया गया था।"
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n"
@@ -1432,7 +1433,7 @@
"है।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1451,7 +1452,7 @@
"अगर आपको ठीक-ठीक न पता हो कि आप क्या कर रहे हैं तो कृपया Cancel चुनें। \n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1466,7 +1467,7 @@
"से हटा दें। \n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1481,7 +1482,7 @@
"से हटा दें। \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1503,7 +1504,7 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
@@ -1559,7 +1560,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1585,7 +1586,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1596,7 +1597,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -2009,7 +2010,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -3248,7 +3249,7 @@
msgstr "%1 उप्करण मिटा रहा हैं"
#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
#.
#. All Rights Reserved.
#.
@@ -3266,17 +3267,17 @@
#.
#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. File: ep-graph.rb
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add RAID"
msgstr "RAI&D जोड़ें"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Add Volume Group"
msgstr "विस्तार समूह जोड़ें"
@@ -3284,29 +3285,29 @@
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Path"
msgid "Device Graph"
msgstr "उपकरण पथ"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Device Graph..."
msgstr "निर्यात...(&E)"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>"
msgstr "<p>यह फ्रेम साइन के अनुरोध को प्रदर्शित करता है।</p>"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving graph file failed."
msgstr "की फाइल पार्सिन्ग करना फेल हो गया"
@@ -3314,21 +3315,21 @@
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " Mount "
msgid "Mount Graph"
msgstr "माउंट"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Mount Graph..."
msgstr "निर्यात...(&E)"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>"
msgstr "<p>यह फ्रेम साइन के अनुरोध को प्रदर्शित करता है।</p>"
@@ -3476,7 +3477,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3726,7 +3727,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380
msgid "Hard Disks"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क"
@@ -4006,7 +4007,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493
msgid "Log"
msgstr "लोग"
@@ -4179,7 +4180,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt Files"
msgstr "क्रिप्ट फाइल..."
@@ -4596,7 +4597,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Volume Management"
msgstr "प्रोफाइल प्रबंधन (&g)"
@@ -4667,36 +4668,36 @@
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Mapper"
msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NFS"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434
msgid "tmpfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unused Devices"
@@ -4704,20 +4705,20 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "अधिषठापन सार"
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "व्यवसथाऐ"
#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n"
@@ -4729,19 +4730,19 @@
"वाकई मुख्य संवाद से बाहर निकल जाएं? \n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>"
msgstr "<p>अब, अपनी हार्ड डिस्क पर नए विभाजन की स्थिति दर्ज करें।</p>"
#. Fullscreen summary of changes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592
#, fuzzy
msgid ": Summary"
msgstr "सार"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "System View"
msgstr "सिस्टम की जांच"
@@ -6313,7 +6314,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "पुन: आकार देना संभव नहीं :"
@@ -6326,7 +6327,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Could not set encryption.\n"
@@ -6345,7 +6346,7 @@
"दिया गया क्रिप्ट पासवर्ड गलत हो सकता है। \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -6357,7 +6358,7 @@
"कृपया फिर से कोशिश करें।"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6370,29 +6371,29 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन कि भरती करें"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "संभरक पासवेर्ड भरती करें"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "वॉल्यूम समूह"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6400,14 +6401,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "क्या आप पुनः प्रयास करना चाहते हैं?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6415,98 +6416,98 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "एन्क्रिप्शन कि भरती करें"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "यास्ट ने निम्नलिखित उप्करण दूढ़ लिये हैं "
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "यास्ट ने निम्नलिखित उप्करण दूढ़ लिये हैं "
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "DASD डिस्क"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "DASD डिस्क"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "डिस्क"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384
#, fuzzy
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6514,7 +6515,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6522,7 +6523,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6530,20 +6531,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set global root filesystem"
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "वैश्विक रूट फाइलसिस्टम को सेट करें"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
@@ -7209,52 +7210,52 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows."
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "अनियमित एफएस के कारण पुनः आकार देना असंभव है। विंडोज़ के अधीन एफएस प्रयोग करकेदेखें।"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "एलएमवी आधारित प्रस्तुति सृजित करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr "वॉल्यूम समूह"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम विकल्प :"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "विभिन्न होम पार्टिशन प्रस्तावित करें"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "ग्लोबल व्यवस्थाऐं लिखो"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
@@ -7264,7 +7265,7 @@
"एलवीएम आधारित प्रस्तुति सृजित करने के लिए, समरूप बटन चुनें।</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7273,33 +7274,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "इंक्रिप्टेड फाइल सिस्टम के लिए अपना पासवर्ड दर्ज करें।"
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "पासवेर्ड:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "&पुष्टि के लिए पासवर्ड को फिर से दर्ज करें :"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/sudo.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/sudo.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/sudo.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sudo.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/support.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,54 +32,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SUSE Support"
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "SUSE मदद"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Open"
msgstr "खुलें"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -87,183 +87,184 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "Options"
msgstr "विकल्प"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr "ईमेल पता"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाम"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "उन्नति"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
+#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
msgid "File Name"
msgstr "फाइल का नाम"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/sysconfig.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -489,101 +489,125 @@
"\n"
#. Translation: Progress bar label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "ढुँढ रहा है..."
-#. Display confirmation dialog
-#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
-#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
-#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
-msgid "Command: "
-msgstr "कमांड:"
-
#. button label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881
msgid "S&kip"
msgstr "छोडे(&S)"
-#. get activation map for variable
-#. start generic commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
-msgid "A command will be executed"
-msgstr "कमांड पूरी की जाएगी"
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
-msgid "Starting command: %1..."
-msgstr "कमांड शुरु कर रहा हैं:%1..."
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
-msgid "Command %1 failed"
-msgstr "कमांड %1 फेल हो गई"
-
#. write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909
msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
msgstr "sysconfig समनुरुपण को संचित कर रहा है"
#. progress bar item
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923
msgid "Write the new settings"
msgstr "नई व्यवस्थाऐं लिखो"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924
msgid "Activate the changes"
msgstr "बदलाव क्रियान्वित करें"
-#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
-msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
-msgstr "variable %1 फाइल %2 को संचित करना फेल हो गया ।"
-
-#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
-msgid "Saving variable %1..."
-msgstr "variable %1 संचित कर रहा है..."
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934
msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgstr "फाइलो में बदलाव संचित कर रहा है..."
-#. service is running, reload it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
-msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
-msgstr "संचिता %1 रीलोडेड की जाएगी"
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "खत्म हो गया"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
-msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "समनुरुपण सार"
+
+#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param cmd [String] command to execute
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "कमांड शुरु कर रहा हैं:%1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "कमांड %1 फेल हो गई"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr "कमांड पूरी की जाएगी"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "कमांड:"
+
+#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param name [String] service name
+#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgid "Reloading service %s..."
msgstr "संचिता %1 रीलोडेड की जा रही है..."
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
-msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgid "Reload of the service %s failed"
msgstr "संचिता %1 रीलोडेड करना फेल हो गया"
-#. service is running, restart it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
-msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
-msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जाएगी"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+msgid "Service %s will be reloaded"
+msgstr "संचिता %1 रीलोडेड की जाएगी"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
-msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgid "Restarting service %s..."
msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जा रही है...ी"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
-msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgid "Restart of the service %s failed"
msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू करना फेल हो गया"
-#. set 100% in progress bar
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "खत्म हो गया"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgid "Service %s will be restarted"
+msgstr "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जाएगी"
-#. configuration summary headline
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
-msgid "Configuration Summary"
-msgstr "समनुरुपण सार"
+#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd)
+#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil
+#.
+#. @param service name
+#. @return [Boolean] active?
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
+msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:"
+msgstr "इस सेवा मिटा नहीं सकतीह | यं इन्सटालससनहीक सकता हैं"
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr "variable %1 संचित कर रहा है..."
+
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr "variable %1 फाइल %2 को संचित करना फेल हो गया ।"
+
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/tftp-server.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/timezone_db.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -1444,8 +1444,8 @@
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587
-msgid "Saigon"
-msgstr "साएगो"
+msgid "Ho Chi Minh City"
+msgstr ""
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591
@@ -2589,6 +2589,9 @@
msgid "GMT-9"
msgstr "GMT-9"
+#~ msgid "Saigon"
+#~ msgstr "साएगो"
+
#~ msgid "Calcutta"
#~ msgstr "कलकत्ता"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/tune.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/update.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr "नवीनीकृत विकल्प"
@@ -178,9 +178,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अनजाना"
@@ -300,28 +300,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr "नवीनीकृत के लिए बंडलोो : %1"
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127
msgid "New Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "इंसटाल के लिए नए बंडलो : %1"
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Packages to Remove: %1"
msgstr "मिटाने के लिए बंडलो : %1"
#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143
msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr "नवीनीकृत करने वाले बंडलो का कुल आकार : %1"
-#. warning text
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
+msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>"
msgstr "सभी तनाव हल नही कर सकता ,मैनुयली करना पडेगा"
#. this is a heading
@@ -366,29 +368,29 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr "वर्तमान RPM डेटाबेस को नहीं पढ़ सकता है।"
-#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
-msgstr "इसंटाल्ड उत्पाद इसंटालेशन मीडिया के उत्पाद के साथ ठीक नही है ।"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "अनजाना प्रोशसर"
+#. error message in proposal
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})."
+msgstr "इसंटाल्ड उत्पाद इसंटालेशन मीडिया के उत्पाद के साथ ठीक नही है ।"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -396,24 +398,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr "सिर्फ अपडेट इंसटाल्ड पैकेेजस"
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr "अपडेट पर आधारित चुनाव \"%1\""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -422,17 +424,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr "नवीनीकृत विकल्प(&U)"
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr "इनमें से कोई भी फाइलें मौजूद नहीं हैं :%1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -595,7 +597,7 @@
msgstr "जारी रखें(&o)"
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
@@ -605,17 +607,17 @@
"आर्टिकल देखें।"
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr "अज्ञात लीनक्स सिस्टम"
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr "गैर-लीनक्स सिस्टम"
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -630,7 +632,7 @@
"या अपना सिस्टम दुबारा आरमभ करें।\n"
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr "विभाजन %1 जाँच रहा है"
@@ -639,24 +641,24 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "विवरण दर्शाएं(&D)"
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr "विभाजन %1 जाँच रहा है"
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "फाइल के अखंडता जाँच करना फेल हो गया:"
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
@@ -672,25 +674,25 @@
"क्या आप उपकरण को माउंट करना जारी रखना चाहेंगे?"
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "समनुरूपण छोड़ जाऎं (&S)"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "पासवर्ड सही नही है।दुबारा कोशिश करें ?"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "चेतावनी"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -701,7 +703,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
@@ -732,27 +734,27 @@
"नवीनीकृत विफल करने के लिए रदद पर क्लिक करें।"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "माउंट विकल्प बताऐ(&S)"
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "माउंट विकल्प"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "माउंट बिंदु(&M)"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "उपकरण(&D)"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -761,12 +763,12 @@
"(अपने आप ढूंढने के लिए खाली)(&F)"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "/var विभाजन %1 माउंट नही किया जा सकता था।\n"
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -774,18 +776,18 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442
msgid "None"
msgstr "कुछ नहीं"
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "इस डिस्क समनुरुपण के साथ /var विभाजन मांउट करने में असमर्थ है।\n"
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -793,24 +795,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "रूट पार्टिशन का चयन करें"
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "उपकरण आईडी"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "इस डिस्क समनुरुपण के साथ /var विभाजन मांउट करने में असमर्थ है।\n"
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -823,7 +825,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -832,32 +834,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "कोई fstab नही मिला।"
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "/etc/fstab में रूट विभाजन अस्तयापित रूट उपकरण है ।\n"
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "ये अभी %1की तरह माउंटड है लेकिन %2 की तरह सूचित है ।\n"
#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "रूट विभाजन मूल्यांकन कर रह है। कृपा ठहरें ..."
#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr "विभाजन माउंट कर रहा है। कृपा ठहरें ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees"
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/users.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
#. helptext 2/3
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>केवल स्थानीय फाइलों <i>/etc/passwd</i> और <i>/etc/shadow</i> का प्रयोग करके उपयोगकर्ताओं को प्रमाणीकृत करने के लिए <b>Local</b> को चुनें।</p>"
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
msgstr "लोकल (/etc/passwd)(&o)"
@@ -232,18 +232,18 @@
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr "&एक पूर्व संस्थापन से उपयोगकर्ता डेटा पढ़ें"
#. button label
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
msgid "&Choose"
msgstr "&चुनें"
#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
msgid "Authentication Method"
msgstr "सत्यापन तरीका"
@@ -254,13 +254,13 @@
#. selection box label
#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
msgid "&Select Users to Read"
msgstr "चुना हुआ यूजर सिस्टम यूजर है"
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
msgstr "&सभी का चयन या गैर-चयन करें"
@@ -392,8 +392,8 @@
#. The two group password information do not match
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -435,8 +435,8 @@
#. last part of message popup
#. last part of message popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Reset Password"
msgid "Really use this password?"
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
msgid "DES"
msgstr "DES"
@@ -482,105 +482,105 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
msgid "SHA-256"
msgstr ""
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
msgid "SHA-512"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password Encryption Type"
msgstr "पासवर्ड एनकरिपशन "
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
msgid "&DES"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
msgid "&MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
msgid "SHA-&256"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
msgid "SHA-&512"
msgstr ""
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>लागइन व्यवस्थाऐं</b></p>"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
msgstr "पासवर्ड इनक्रिप्सन पद्धति"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
msgid "User's &Full Name"
msgstr "यूजर का पूरा नाम(&F)"
#. input field for login name
#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "यूजर का नाम(&U)"
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
#, fuzzy
msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgstr "सिस्टम प्रशासक \"root\" के लिए पासवर्ड"
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
msgstr "सिस्टम मेल प्राप्त करें(&y)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Automatic Login"
msgstr "आटोमाटिक लागइन(&u)"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create New User"
msgstr "नया सृजित करें "
@@ -589,13 +589,13 @@
#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Empty User Login"
msgstr "रिक्त यूजर लागइन"
#. yes-no popup contents
#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid ""
"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@
#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@
"</p>"
#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -695,14 +695,14 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. these are used only during installation time
#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -723,23 +723,23 @@
#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "निपुण व्यवस्थायें"
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
msgstr "पासवर्ड इनक्रिप्सन पद्धति"
#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "User %s will be imported."
msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
@@ -747,17 +747,17 @@
msgstr[1] "संचिता %1फिर से शुरू की जाएगी"
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "बदलें .....(&C)"
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "सार"
#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@
msgstr "यूजर की नई UID "
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66
+#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
msgstr "NIS समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं..."
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@
#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD
#. The date must stay in this format
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD."
msgstr "समाप्त होने की तारीख YYYY-MM-DD फोरमैट में होनी चाहिए।"
@@ -1575,19 +1575,19 @@
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217
msgid "Plug-In Description"
msgstr "प्लग-इन विवरण"
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226
msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In"
msgstr "जोङ या हटान प्लग-इन(&o)"
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "लांच(&L)"
@@ -1643,17 +1643,17 @@
#. tab label
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "प्लग-इन"
#. popup question
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
msgstr "होम डायरक्टरी को %1 पे बदलें?"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n"
@@ -1665,12 +1665,12 @@
"पहले उपयोगकर्ता को लॉग आउट करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Enter the size for the home directory."
msgstr "यूजर फिल्टरण ीिए वैल्यू भरती करें।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583
msgid ""
"\n"
"Directory cannot be encrypted."
@@ -1678,65 +1678,65 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485
msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed."
msgstr "प्लग-इन नहीं हटाया जा सकता।"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005
#, fuzzy
msgid "Now you have added a new user."
msgstr "अब आपने LDAP को समर्थ किया गया हैं"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071
msgid "New Local Group"
msgstr "नया लोकल ग्रुप"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073
msgid "New System Group"
msgstr "नया सिस्टम ग्रुप"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075
msgid "New LDAP Group"
msgstr "नया LDAP ग्रुप"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079
msgid "Existing Local Group"
msgstr "विद्धमान लोकल ग्रुप"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081
msgid "Existing System Group"
msgstr "विद्धमान सिस्टम ग्रुप"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083
msgid "Existing LDAP Group"
msgstr "विद्धमान LDAP ग्रुप"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "ग्रुप का नाम"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154
msgid "Group &ID (gid)"
msgstr "ग्रुप &ID"
#. selection box label
#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes
#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog)
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593
msgid "Group &Members"
msgstr "ग्रुप सदस्य(&M)"
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "ग्रुप डाटा(&D)"
@@ -3615,13 +3615,13 @@
#. init dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284
msgid "User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "यूजर और ग्रुप समनुरुपण "
#. label (during init dialog)
#. label (during init dialog)
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "शुरु कर रहा है..."
@@ -4594,14 +4594,14 @@
"समूह नाम के बीच असंगतता है।\n"
"कोई दूसरा प्रयास करें।"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid "User does not exist."
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "यूजर विद्धमान नहीं है।"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4612,7 +4612,7 @@
"डिफॉल्ट समूह के रूप में उपयोग करते हैं।"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4623,23 +4623,23 @@
"पहले इन उपयोगकर्ताओं को समूह से हटाएं।"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>यूजर</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>ग्रुप</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "लाँगइन व्यवस्था"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/vm.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/hi/po/vpn.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/vpn.hi.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/vpn.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
+# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: hi\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. Manage VPN client secrets.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
+msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Gateway"
+msgid "Gateway IP"
+msgstr "गेटवे"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Shared Key"
+msgid "Pre-shared key"
+msgstr "सहभाजी कि"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Set"
+msgid "Set"
+msgstr "सैट(&S)"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Show &Next"
+msgid "Show key"
+msgstr "&अगला दर्शाएं"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Certificate key file does not exist."
+msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
+msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट की फाइल विघमान नहीं हैं"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Certificate"
+msgstr "प्रमाण पत्र"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr "कि"
+
+#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
+msgid ""
+"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Load PSKs
+#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
+#. Load XAuth
+#. Load EAP
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
+msgid "(hidden)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Remove the selected EAP user.
+#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select a product to delete."
+msgid "Please select a user to delete."
+msgstr "डिलिट करने के लिए उत्पाद का चयन करें"
+
+#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
+msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path."
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
+msgstr "विनिर्दिष्ट पथ में एसएमटी प्रमाणपत्र नहीं खोज सकता।"
+
+#. Event handlers
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
+msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल पढ़ना नहीं सकता"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
+msgstr "सेर्टिफिकेट फाइल पढ़ना नहीं सकता"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
+msgid "Gateway pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read certificates"
+msgid "Gateway certificate"
+msgstr "प्रमाण पत्रो को पढो"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
+msgid "Path to certificate file"
+msgstr " प्रमाण-पत्र फाइल के लिए पथ की आवश्यकता है।"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Pick.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
+msgid "Path to certificate key file"
+msgstr " प्रमाण-पत्र फाइल के लिए पथ की आवश्यकता है।"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
+msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता नाम"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "जोङे"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "मिटाऐं"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&New Password"
+msgid "Show Password"
+msgstr "नया पासवर्ड (&N)"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
+msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Gateway"
+msgid "Gateway - PSK"
+msgstr "गेटवे"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Path of Certificate"
+msgid "Gateway - Certificate"
+msgstr "प्रमाण-पत्र का पथ (&P)"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Samba or Windows Printer"
+msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
+msgstr "साम्बा या विंडो प्रिंटर"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Client &Key"
+msgid "Client - PSK"
+msgstr "क्लाइन्ट कि (&K)"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Client Certificate"
+msgid "Client - Certificate"
+msgstr "क्लाइन्ट प्रमाण पत्र(&C)"
+
+#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name '%1' is already in use"
+msgid "The connection name is already used."
+msgstr "कॉन्फिगरेशन नाम '%1' पहले से ही प्रयोग में है"
+
+#. Find an unused gateway scenario
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n"
+"All of gateway scenarios are already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Warn against duplicated configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337
+msgid ""
+"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n"
+"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
+msgid "The user name is already used."
+msgstr "बताया गया पंक्ति नाम %1 पहले ही इस्तेमाल कर लिया गया है।"
+
+#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496
+msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Left side: global config & connection management
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "ग्लोबल सनुरुपण "
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
+msgstr "NTP डैमण समर्थ करें।"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "All Patches"
+msgid "All VPNs"
+msgstr "सभी पैच"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Delete DN"
+msgid "Delete VPN"
+msgstr "DN मिटाऐं(&D)"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection Settings"
+msgid "View Connection Status"
+msgstr "संबध व्यवस्थायें"
+
+#. Event handlers
+#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "- Close connection"
+msgid "Delete connection"
+msgstr "- संबध बंद करें"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: "
+msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
+msgstr "क्या तुम सचमुच मिटाना चाहते हो:"
+
+#. Check for incomplete configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
+msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
+msgstr "निम्नलिखित परिचालनों के लिए समरूपण विफल:"
+
+#. Consider enabling the daemon
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n"
+"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "Partition table successfully repaired.\n"
+msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"पार्टिशन टेबल सफलतापूर्वक रिपेयर किया गया.\n"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?"
+msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
+msgstr "क्या तुम CD बदल कर दुबारा कोशिश करना चाहते हो? "
+
+#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "नाम"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "विवरण"
+
+#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make widgets for connection configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection Management"
+msgid "Connection name: "
+msgstr "कनेक्शन प्रबंधन"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "प्रकार"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Master Server"
+msgid "Gateway (Server)"
+msgstr "मास्टर सर्वर"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Clients"
+msgid "Client"
+msgstr "ग्राहक"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The scheme name"
+msgid "The scenario is"
+msgstr "व्यवस्था नाम"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You must select a certificate."
+msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
+msgstr "आप एक प्रमाण पत्र चूनें"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Edit Crypt File"
+msgid "Edit Credentials"
+msgstr "क्रिप्ट फाइल संपादित करें"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
+msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
+msgstr "परिसेवक को प्रमाणीकरण की आवश्यकता होती है"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "By a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read certificates"
+msgid "By a certificate"
+msgstr "प्रमाण पत्रो को पढो"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+msgid "VPN gateway IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. They are however allowed in password
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the user password."
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr "प्रयोगकर्त्ता पासवर्ड प्रविष्ट करें।"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
+msgstr "नये प्रोफाइल हेतु एक नया नाम प्रविष्ट करें."
+
+#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the connection name."
+msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
+msgstr "सम्बंध नाम बरती करें "
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n"
+"Name has to begin with a letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
+msgid "Path to certificate file:"
+msgstr " प्रमाण-पत्र फाइल के लिए पथ की आवश्यकता है।"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
+msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
+msgstr " प्रमाण-पत्र फाइल के लिए पथ की आवश्यकता है।"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path."
+msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
+msgstr "विनिर्दिष्ट पथ में एसएमटी प्रमाणपत्र नहीं खोज सकता।"
+
+#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the certificate file."
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
+msgstr " प्रमाण पत्र फाईल बरती करें दो"
+
+#. Return password string.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter keywords:"
+msgid "Please enter a password."
+msgstr "कृपयाकीवेर्डस भरती करें:"
+
+#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
+msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
+msgstr "NTP डैमन दुबारा शुरू करें"
+
+#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Rename and restart"
+msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
+msgstr "दुबारा नाम दो और दुबारा चलाओ"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
+msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
+msgstr "एमबीआर को पुनर्स्थापित करने में असफल।"
+
+#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Install packages
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
+msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
+msgstr "आवश्यक पैकेज इस्टांल करने में फेल हो गया "
+
+#. Enable/disable daemon
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
+msgstr "NTP डैमण दुबारा शुरू करें।"
+
+#. Configure IP forwarding
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+msgid ""
+"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
+"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
+msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
+msgstr "एमबीआर को पुनर्स्थापित करने में असफल।"
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+msgid ""
+"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"The script is located at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Settings"
+msgid "VPN Global Settings"
+msgstr "विश्वीय व्यवस्थायें"
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
+msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
+msgstr "VPN सेवा समर्थ करें"
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
+msgid "Gateway and Connections"
+msgstr "ग्राहक सम्बंध बनाइए "
+
+#. Gateway summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Client summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
+msgid "A client connecting to "
+msgstr "समनुरूपण"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/wol.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/wol.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/wol.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: SLE 10SP1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-15 14:37+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
+++ trunk/yast/hi/po/yast2-apparmor.hi.po 2015-09-09 08:23:27 UTC (rev 92611)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.hi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 20:47+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Sangeeta Kumari <k.sangeeta09(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hindi <en(a)li.org>\n"
1
0
09 Sep '15
Author: keichwa
Date: 2015-09-09 10:22:51 +0200 (Wed, 09 Sep 2015)
New Revision: 92610
Added:
trunk/yast/eu/po/docker.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/fonts.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/journal.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/vpn.eu.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/gtk.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses-pkg.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/qt-pkg.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/qt.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/sudo.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/wol.eu.po
trunk/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,21 +43,21 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -214,41 +214,41 @@
#. ],
#. ...
#. ]
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
"Select the repository to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr ""
@@ -260,33 +260,33 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
@@ -294,12 +294,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n"
"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n"
@@ -308,102 +308,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965
msgid "Product"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,1070 +17,1108 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. the auth configuration
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33
-msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
+#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "None."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49
-msgid "There is no help for this parameter."
+#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55
-msgid "Default value: "
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59
-msgid "Available values: "
+#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'"
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Authentication Client Config"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
-msgid "Cancel"
+#. Overview of all config sections
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
-msgid "OK"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr ""
-#. Waiting for response
-#. Waiting for response
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338
-msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200
-msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+msgid "Sections"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212
-msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New Service/Domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215
-msgid "New Parameter"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
-msgid "Help"
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Customisation - %s"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
-msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
-msgid "New"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
-msgid "Add New Domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358
-msgid "Name:"
+#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "More Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138
+msgid "Name filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361
-msgid "The identification provider used for the domain"
+#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387
-msgid "Help for creating new domain"
+#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221
+msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391
-msgid "You have to provide a domain name!"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
+msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
msgstr ""
-#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421
-msgid "Basic Settings:"
+#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267
+msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423
-msgid "Services:"
+#. Warn against removal of important parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272
+msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#. Count of active domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273
msgid ""
-"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n"
-"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
-"%s \n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
+#. Save settings - validate
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303
+msgid "No domain enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
+"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#. user must correct the mistake
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321
+msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
msgstr ""
-#. Main dialog contents
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
-msgid "Authentication Client"
+#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605
-msgid "Configured Authentication Domains"
+#. New service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
-msgid "Add"
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
-msgid "Edit"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
-msgid "Delete"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Identification provider:"
msgstr ""
-#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Authentication provider:"
msgstr ""
-#. initialize GUI
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553
-msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity
Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Activate Domain"
msgstr ""
+#. Create new service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
msgstr ""
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
msgstr ""
#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117
-msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122
-msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252
-msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297
-msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385
-msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421
-msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507
-msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853
-msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002
-msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149
-msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
+#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
+msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
+msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
#. end Export
#. ################################################################
#. ################################################################
#. Summary()
#. returns html formated configuration summary
#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -49,20 +49,21 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot();
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
"control file and try again.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612
+#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Reading configuration data"
msgstr ""
@@ -104,7 +105,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr ""
@@ -115,29 +116,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114
msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120
msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr ""
@@ -197,7 +198,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OPEN
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397
msgid "Select a file to load."
msgstr ""
@@ -236,7 +237,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -244,47 +245,73 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unknown sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+msgstr ""
+
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
+#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
+#. bnc#937900
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -449,99 +476,99 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
#. configure general settings
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -829,11 +856,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
msgstr ""
@@ -899,7 +926,7 @@
msgid "System Profile Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45
msgid "&Profile Location:"
msgstr ""
@@ -907,11 +934,11 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117
msgid "Choose a hard disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124
msgid "No disks found."
msgstr ""
@@ -920,7 +947,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -929,13 +956,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. force help text width
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Hard Disk Selection"
msgstr ""
#. there is a selection from that one option has to be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr ""
@@ -1114,19 +1141,19 @@
#. SAVE
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697
msgid "Save as..."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709
msgid "File %1 was saved successfully."
msgstr ""
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716
msgid "An error occurred while saving the file."
msgstr ""
@@ -1265,34 +1292,33 @@
msgid "Source"
msgstr ""
-#. Menu interface
-#. @param list menu items
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
+#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
+#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file."
msgstr ""
#. NEW
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734
msgid "Available Modules"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. EXIT
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
msgid "Control file changed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791
msgid "Save the changes to %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1448,7 +1474,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1458,7 +1484,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1497,7 +1523,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -1789,40 +1815,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
msgstr ""
@@ -1830,22 +1856,22 @@
#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
msgstr ""
#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
msgstr ""
#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2055,7 +2081,7 @@
#. Read rules file
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448
msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2063,12 +2089,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2079,45 +2105,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2127,14 +2153,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2143,7 +2169,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2174,79 +2200,97 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
+#. NTP syncing
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+msgid "Syncing time..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+msgid "Syncing time with %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+msgid "Time syncing failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+msgid "Cannot update system time."
+msgstr ""
+
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2262,12 +2306,19 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
-msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+msgid "%s drive in total"
+msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr ""
#. Return Summary
@@ -2320,7 +2371,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2328,76 +2379,76 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2405,43 +2456,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2450,44 +2501,48 @@
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
+msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr ""
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr ""
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2495,14 +2550,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -25,280 +25,280 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54
msgid "Print the help for this module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72
msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78
msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84
msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line "help" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92
msgid "Print the help for this command"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line "verbose" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98
msgid "Show progress information"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104
msgid "Where to store the XML output"
msgstr ""
#. string: command line interface is not supported
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
msgid "No help available"
msgstr ""
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
msgstr ""
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
msgid "No help available."
msgstr ""
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
msgid "Done"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr ""
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
#. %1 - link to our bugzilla
#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored
#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157
msgid ""
"This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n"
"Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
@@ -373,13 +373,13 @@
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178
msgid "&Save YaST Logs..."
msgstr ""
@@ -387,48 +387,66 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
+#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its
+#. unloading after end of block.
+#. @param [String] package to load
+#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield
+#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed
+#.
+#. @example
+#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do
+#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic")
+#. end
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352
+msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358
+msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180
msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190
msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog caption
#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is list of problems
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200
msgid ""
"The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n"
"Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n"
@@ -443,7 +461,7 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr ""
@@ -453,7 +471,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67
msgid "Unavailable"
msgstr ""
@@ -462,7 +480,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting"
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -475,7 +493,7 @@
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -486,43 +504,43 @@
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
msgid "Via xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr ""
@@ -531,7 +549,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -542,39 +560,39 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
@@ -590,7 +608,7 @@
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -598,38 +616,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48
msgid "Tab"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302
msgid ""
"The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n"
"because it is in use.\n"
@@ -637,71 +655,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup title
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308
msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318
msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333
msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353
msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358
msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -709,14 +727,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -724,7 +742,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -733,7 +751,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -744,27 +762,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
@@ -772,54 +790,54 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
msgid "Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
msgid "Filename"
msgstr ""
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr ""
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr ""
#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882
msgid "Ch."
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -827,21 +845,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n"
"whether the option was changed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928
msgid ""
"<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n"
"and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n"
@@ -849,50 +867,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
msgid "&Other"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr ""
#. Message shown while loading modules information
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197
msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..."
msgstr ""
#. Heading for NCurses Control Center
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224
msgid "YaST Control Center"
msgstr ""
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262
msgid "Run"
msgstr ""
#. show popup when running as non-root
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273
msgid ""
"YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n"
"You can only see modules that do not require root privileges."
msgstr ""
#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320
msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
msgid ""
"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n"
"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n"
@@ -902,26 +920,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n"
"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n"
"<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n"
@@ -931,7 +949,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n"
"try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n"
@@ -939,19 +957,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
msgid ""
"F1 = Help<br>\n"
"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n"
@@ -966,7 +984,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382
msgid ""
"<p>In some environments, all or some\n"
"F keys are not available.</p>"
@@ -974,7 +992,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -982,7 +1000,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -990,7 +1008,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1166,8 +1184,8 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1189,7 +1207,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1385,32 +1403,32 @@
#.
#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
#. @return [String] the release information
-#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62
msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1420,7 +1438,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1430,7 +1448,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1438,29 +1456,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101
msgid "Messages"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109
msgid "Display Messages: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1470,103 +1488,101 @@
#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file
#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed
#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113
+#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118
msgid "Time-out Messages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125
msgid "Log Messages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139
msgid "Display Warnings: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148
msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155
msgid "Log Warnings: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162
msgid "Errors"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
msgid "Display Errors: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178
msgid "Time-out Errors: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
msgid "Log Errors: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
msgid "Error:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
msgid "Message:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1619,25 +1635,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO FIXME
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242
+#. FIXME: do it
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234
msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package."
msgstr ""
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187
msgid "GPG Private Keys"
msgstr ""
#. table header - GPG key user ID
#. table header - GPG key user ID
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226
msgid "User ID"
msgstr ""
@@ -1646,14 +1662,14 @@
#. lazy
#. Standard text strings
#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC"
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55
msgid "Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1661,12 +1677,12 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219
msgid "GPG Public Keys"
msgstr ""
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1674,11 +1690,11 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282
msgid "&Create a new GPG key..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
@@ -1687,12 +1703,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325
msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key."
@@ -1700,18 +1716,18 @@
#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350
msgid "Enter Passphrase"
msgstr ""
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr ""
#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes
#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
-#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107
+#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105
msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made."
msgstr ""
@@ -1760,99 +1776,98 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget
#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs
#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons
-#. menubutton
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case
#. of error in the YaST code)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231
msgid "Log"
msgstr ""
#. logview caption
#. logview caption
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554
+#. menubutton
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545
msgid "&Log"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255
msgid "&Save Log"
msgstr ""
#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390
msgid "Save Log as..."
msgstr ""
#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
msgid "Firewall package is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121
msgid "Firewall port is closed"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124
msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127
msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130
msgid "No network interfaces are configured"
msgstr ""
#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155
msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone"
msgstr ""
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -1861,7 +1876,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -1872,8 +1887,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -1883,29 +1898,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr ""
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -1913,7 +1928,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -1923,60 +1938,60 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr ""
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr ""
@@ -1984,27 +1999,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -2014,326 +2029,326 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
msgid "TAP"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr ""
@@ -2348,55 +2363,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Connected"
msgstr ""
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2407,14 +2422,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2431,47 +2446,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2482,7 +2497,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
@@ -2525,121 +2540,121 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr ""
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
msgid ""
"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
@@ -2676,87 +2691,70 @@
#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
#. ]
#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
msgid "These packages need to be removed:"
msgstr ""
#. labels changed for bug #215195
#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (),
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727
-msgid "Package: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208
-msgid "Size: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231
-msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314
-msgid "Show &details"
-msgstr ""
-
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2765,57 +2763,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -2826,34 +2824,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2862,7 +2860,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2870,90 +2868,85 @@
"Check whether the server is accessible."
msgstr ""
-#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860
-msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2961,103 +2954,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
-#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754
-msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3067,68 +3056,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr ""
-
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3139,27 +3124,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3167,10 +3152,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
+#. check box
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+msgid "Show &details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+msgid "Size: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58
msgid ""
@@ -3178,7 +3176,7 @@
"Ask PackageKit to quit again?"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking software management.\n"
"This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n"
@@ -3190,21 +3188,21 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183
msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112
msgid ""
"Would you like to continue without having access\n"
"to the software management or retry to access it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163
msgid ""
"Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n"
"continue without having access to the software management,\n"
@@ -3212,19 +3210,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187
msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
msgstr ""
#. print the question
#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
@@ -3256,17 +3254,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
@@ -3283,7 +3281,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3292,7 +3290,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3301,7 +3299,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3309,7 +3307,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3322,124 +3320,124 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3465,7 +3463,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3477,16 +3475,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3497,7 +3495,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3508,62 +3506,62 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
msgid "ID: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
msgid "Name: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
msgid "Created: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3577,7 +3575,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3591,12 +3589,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3609,7 +3607,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3622,12 +3620,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3641,7 +3639,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3655,17 +3653,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -3675,7 +3673,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -3683,7 +3681,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3691,7 +3689,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -3700,23 +3698,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3730,12 +3728,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3748,7 +3746,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr ""
@@ -3759,91 +3757,92 @@
#. translators: default global progress bar label
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
-#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
+#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL))
+#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd)
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -4428,49 +4427,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr ""
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+msgid ""
+"File %s has been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose this file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose these files."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416
+#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation."
msgstr ""
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
msgstr ""
#. bnc #421002
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177
msgid "Confirm driver activation"
msgstr ""
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. vendor and device information strings as stored
#. in the hardware-probing database.
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184
msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgstr ""
#. Caption for Textentry with module information
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193
msgid "&Driver/Module to load"
msgstr ""
@@ -4482,7 +4495,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4490,21 +4503,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: "."
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n"
"in the range 0-255 separated by dots."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: colon: ":"
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n"
"hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n"
@@ -4512,7 +4525,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128
msgid ""
"A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n"
"IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n"
@@ -4524,49 +4537,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. Byte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
msgid "B"
msgstr ""
#. KiloByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129
msgid "KiB"
msgstr ""
#. MegaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131
msgid "MiB"
msgstr ""
#. GigaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133
msgid "GiB"
msgstr ""
#. TeraByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135
msgid "TiB"
msgstr ""
-#. covert a number to download rate string
-#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238
-msgid "%1/s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s")
#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s")
#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201
msgid "%1 (on average %2)"
msgstr ""
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
+#. covert a number to download rate string
+#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+msgid "%1/s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection.
#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when
#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules
@@ -4578,18 +4591,18 @@
#. the suggested load command
#.
#. This is the heading of the popup box
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102
msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection"
msgstr ""
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. hardware class name (network cards).
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107
msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:"
msgstr ""
#. Message in a continue/cancel popup
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182
msgid ""
"This module must be run as root.\n"
"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
@@ -4598,49 +4611,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190
msgid "Root Privileges Needed"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207
msgid "Really delete selected entry?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.)
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221
msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. button text
#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel"
#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept".
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508
msgid "&Apply"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339
msgid ""
"YaST\n"
"Initializing ...\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for help popup window
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
msgid "Module"
msgstr ""
@@ -5384,3 +5397,51 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -51,68 +51,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Value: %s"
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -221,7 +178,7 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
@@ -240,12 +197,11 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -254,64 +210,64 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -323,86 +279,91 @@
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""
#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -429,42 +390,34 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42
msgid "D&istributor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
-msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -507,71 +460,70 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132
+#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
msgid "Select File"
msgstr ""
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -581,62 +533,62 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -671,21 +623,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -696,7 +648,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -705,14 +657,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -720,7 +672,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -733,7 +685,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -741,7 +693,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -750,7 +702,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -758,7 +710,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -766,7 +718,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -774,7 +726,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -782,7 +734,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -790,7 +742,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -798,14 +750,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -813,28 +765,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -842,7 +794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -852,27 +804,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
@@ -948,40 +900,113 @@
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr ""
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
+msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
+#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
+msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235
msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -989,7 +1014,7 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1008,106 +1033,106 @@
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2411,8 +2411,8 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429
msgid "Missing value 'caName'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2451,7 +2451,7 @@
msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244
msgid "Getting defaults failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -2465,11 +2465,11 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327
msgid "Initializing the CA failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370
msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -2480,16 +2480,16 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007
msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770
msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2576,7 +2576,7 @@
msgid "Missing value 'days'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359
msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -2630,8 +2630,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2839,100 +2839,100 @@
msgid "Importing the certificate failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321
msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332
msgid "Missing parameter 'type'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343
msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353
msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462
msgid "Parsing failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590
msgid "Parsing the request failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704
msgid "Getting the request list failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779
#, perl-format
msgid "Request not found in %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786
msgid "Cannot read the request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792
msgid "No request data found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835
msgid "Importing the request failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926
msgid "Deleting the request failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001
#, perl-format
msgid "CA key not available in %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030
msgid "Importing the CA failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127
msgid "Deleting the CA failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483
msgid "Keyfile does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502
msgid "Password change failed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -76,304 +76,292 @@
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr ""
#. Set need to require 'set'
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Node ID must be unique"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220
-msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
+msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690
-msgid "Number of threads must be integer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696
-msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
-msgid "Threads:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -386,18 +374,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
@@ -405,7 +392,7 @@
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -414,7 +401,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -425,28 +412,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -465,96 +452,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-07 22:40+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-11 22:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-15 22:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n"
@@ -18,38 +18,38 @@
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
msgid "Keyboard configuration."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
msgid "Keyboard configuration summary."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
msgid "List all available keyboard layouts."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
msgid "New keyboard layout"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr "Une honetako diseinua: %1"
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
msgstr ""
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -202,6 +202,12 @@
"diseinua ezberdina da sistema eguneraketarekikoaz\n"
"Eguneratzean zehar nahi duzun diseinua aukeratu:"
+#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
+#. any error to the user
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
+msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3"
@@ -295,24 +301,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. help for write dialog
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
msgstr ""
@@ -598,8 +604,8 @@
#. label text (Clock setting)
#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
msgid "UTC"
msgstr ""
@@ -614,19 +620,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"Time %1 is in the past.\n"
"Set a correct time before starting installation."
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. menue label text
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&Time Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -746,15 +752,15 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
@@ -766,34 +772,28 @@
#. label text
#. label text
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#. title for combo box 'timezone'
-#. title for selection box 'timezone'
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -811,34 +811,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -888,197 +888,197 @@
msgstr "Kanadarra (eleanitza)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "Gaztelera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr "Gaztelera (Amerika latinoa)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr "Gaztelera (CP 850)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Italiera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Portugesa"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Portugesa (Brasil)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "Portugesa (Brasil AEB azentua)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Grekoa"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Nederlandera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Daniera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Norvegiera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Suediera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finlandiera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Txekiera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "Txekiera (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Eslovakiera "
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Eslovakiera (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Esloveniera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Hungariera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Poloniera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Errusiera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Serbiera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estoniera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Lituaniera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Turkiarra"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Kroaziera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japoniarra"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Belgikarra"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Islandiera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ukrainarra"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "Khemerera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Korearra"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Arabiera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Tadjikera"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Tradizional txinatarra"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Txinatar erraztua"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Errumaniarra"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
msgid "US International"
msgstr "AEB nazioartekoa"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,29 +16,36 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module
-#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56
+#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "Repository Name"
+#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
+msgid "Common for All"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "URL"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
+msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "Ask On Error"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
+msgid "SLES 12"
msgstr ""
-#. help text
+#. combobox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
+msgid "&Location of Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
@@ -48,50 +55,40 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122
-msgid "Repository &URL"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135
-msgid "&Ask On Error"
-msgstr ""
-
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148
msgid "Administrator Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194
msgid "&Mode"
msgstr ""
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
msgid "Bonding &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215
msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network"
msgstr ""
#. help text for conduit if list
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n"
"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n"
@@ -99,117 +96,195 @@
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255
msgid "Subnet Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256
msgid "Network Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275
msgid "Use &VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285
msgid "VLAN &ID"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295
msgid "Rou&ter"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317
msgid "Router pre&ference"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372
msgid "Broa&dcast"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382
msgid "&Add Bridge"
msgstr ""
#. push button label&
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391
msgid "Edit Ran&ges..."
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
msgid "Add &Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+msgid "URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+msgid "Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+msgid "Target Platform"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+msgid ""
+"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
+"Choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+msgid "Server &URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+msgid "Repository Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+msgid "&Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+msgid "Repository &URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label (hint for user)
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+msgid "A&dd Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+msgid "Remote SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+msgid "User name cannot be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
-#. table entry (VLAN status)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861
+#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -217,96 +292,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
-#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501
-msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
msgid ""
"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -315,7 +385,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -350,47 +420,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87
msgid "Crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2227,57 +2227,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2288,101 +2288,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2390,22 +2390,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,15 +15,238 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
+msgid "DNS server configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
+msgid "Start-up settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
+msgid "DNS forwarders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
+msgid "Logging settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
+msgid "DNS zones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
+msgid "Access control lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
+msgid "Zone transport rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
+msgid "Zone name servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
+msgid "Zone mail servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
+msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
+msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
+msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
+msgid "Show current settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
+msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
+msgid "Start DNS server manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
+msgid "Add a new record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
+msgid "Remove a record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
+msgid "IPv4 address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
+msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
+msgid "Set option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
+msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
+msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
+msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
+msgid "Zone name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
+msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
+msgid "DNS zone master server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
+msgid "Enable option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
+msgid "Disable option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
+msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
+msgid "Serial number of zone update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
+msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
+msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
+msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
+msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
+msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
+msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
+msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
+msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
+msgid "Log named queries %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
+msgid "Log zone updates %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
+msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
+msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
msgid "Parameter %1 is required."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -31,68 +254,50 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555
msgid "Start-Up Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
msgid "DNS server needs manual starting."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
msgid "Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
msgid "Forwarder IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
@@ -102,70 +307,57 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661
msgid "Logging destination"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
msgid "System log"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
msgid "File"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
msgid "Filename"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
msgid "Maximum size"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
msgid "Maximum versions"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
msgid "Log named queries"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
msgid "Log zone updates"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
msgid "Log zone transfers"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
msgid "Logging Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
msgid "Setting"
msgstr ""
@@ -173,99 +365,79 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
msgid "Logging Rule"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
msgid "DNS Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
msgid "Master Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
msgid "Predefined"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
msgid "ACLs:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
msgid "Zone Transport:"
msgstr ""
@@ -274,386 +446,92 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
msgid "Enabled ACL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
msgid "Name Servers:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
msgid "Name Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215
msgid "Mail Servers:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
msgid "Record Query"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
msgid "Record Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
msgid "Record Value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
msgid "Hostname Record:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
-msgid "DNS server configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
-msgid "Start-up settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
-msgid "DNS forwarders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
-msgid "Logging settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
-msgid "DNS zones"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
-msgid "Access control lists"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
-msgid "Zone transport rules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
-msgid "Zone name servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
-msgid "Zone mail servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
-msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
-msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
-msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
-msgid "Show current settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
-msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
-msgid "Start DNS server manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
-msgid "Add a new record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
-msgid "Remove a record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
-msgid "IPv4 address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
-msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
-msgid "Set option"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
-msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
-msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
-msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
-msgid "Zone name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
-msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
-msgid "DNS zone master server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
-msgid "Enable option"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
-msgid "Disable option"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
-msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
-msgid "Serial number of zone update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
-msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
-msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
-msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
-msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
-msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
-msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
-msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
-msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
-msgid "Log named queries %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
-msgid "Log zone updates %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
-msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
-msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
@@ -672,8 +550,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -694,10 +572,8 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
-#. check box
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -722,99 +598,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270
-msgid "When &Booting"
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274
-msgid "&Manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280
-msgid "When Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282
-msgid "Manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service status - label
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651
-msgid "DNS server is running."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653
-msgid "DNS server is not running."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620
-msgid "&Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626
-msgid "S&top DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316
-msgid "Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318
-msgid "Stop DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. Frame label (DNS starting)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""
@@ -822,8 +631,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -831,118 +640,89 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
-msgid "Now and When Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
-msgid "Only Manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602
-msgid "Switch On and Off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Current status
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608
-msgid "Current Status: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#. if (! Popup::YesNo (
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719
-msgid ""
-"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
-"be reread from new data storage.\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr ""
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -950,181 +730,181 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
msgid "&Value"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr ""
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr ""
@@ -1133,8 +913,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
@@ -1144,9 +924,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
msgid "Slave"
msgstr ""
@@ -1155,23 +935,34 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr ""
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -1638,13 +1429,8 @@
"Really exit?"
msgstr ""
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70
-msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgstr ""
@@ -2402,197 +2188,197 @@
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
msgid "Stub"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
msgid "Hint"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/eu/po/docker.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/docker.eu.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/docker.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
+"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: eu\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Only root can start process
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
+msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "Do you want to remove the container?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
+msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "&Images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174
+msgid "&Containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184
+msgid "Docker Images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
+msgid "Running Docker Containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
+msgid "Image ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234
+msgid "Created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
+msgid "Virtual Size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
+msgid "Container ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+msgid "Command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+msgid "Ports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
+msgid "Re&fresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid "R&un"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "&Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
+msgid "S&how Changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
+msgid "Inject &Terminal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296
+msgid "&Stop Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
+msgid "&Kill Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
+msgid "&Commit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
+msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -68,10 +68,14 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+msgid "LVM Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49
msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -216,7 +220,7 @@
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
@@ -250,14 +254,32 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -267,7 +289,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -277,14 +299,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -293,7 +315,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -301,7 +323,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -309,14 +331,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -324,7 +346,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -333,7 +355,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -341,32 +363,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. Default is always true (auto)
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+msgid "Device Filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300
+#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
+#. Ignore the removed disk
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
@@ -375,70 +420,71 @@
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36
-msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting"
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37
+msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41
msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62
msgid "Start DRBD Server Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67
msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74
+#. firewall_layout is just a dialog
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89
msgid "Propagate Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96
msgid ""
"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141
msgid "DRBD server is running."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
msgid "DRBD server is not running."
msgstr ""
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166
msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr ""
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174
msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -470,69 +516,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+msgid "Read LVM configurations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -540,30 +598,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+msgid "Write LVM configurations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -110,11 +110,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
msgid ""
"Your language setting has been changed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -216,22 +216,22 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72
msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78
msgid "&Language"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/eu/po/fonts.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/fonts.eu.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/fonts.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
+"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: eu\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
+#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
+#. otherwise testsuite will fail
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+msgid "Black and White Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+msgid "CFF Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. for testsuite
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+msgid "installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+msgid "not installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:190
+msgid "Preference List for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. nothing to do here, initialize_familylist_widget will
+#. toggle off/on btn_add_manual as appropriate
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:324
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:325
+msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:328
+msgid "<p>No specimen available for this font and script.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. unlikely
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:333
+msgid "<b>No script found for %s.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:341
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342
+msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. nothing to do nowadays
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496
+msgid ""
+"Family preference list for %s\n"
+"do not contain any installed family.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:499
+msgid ""
+"Please make sure to install at least one for each\n"
+"alias, otherwise this preference setting has no effect.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502
+msgid ""
+"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n"
+"If you install them when this yast module is running,\n"
+"reread the profile to see results.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. <table> do not work for text mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542
+msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543
+msgid ""
+" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n"
+"compiled in FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545
+msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547
+msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560
+msgid "Match for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766
+msgid "Font &Antialiasing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588
+msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769
+msgid "Force A&utohinting On"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772
+msgid "Force Hint St&yle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623
+msgid "Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626
+msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632
+msgid "All Lan&guages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637
+msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644
+msgid "&Select"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777
+msgid "LCD &Filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677
+msgid "&Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688
+msgid "Alias"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+msgid "Font Family"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+msgid "Available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710
+msgid "Down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711
+msgid "Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66
+msgid "&Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719
+msgid "&Installed families..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735
+msgid "Search &Metric Compatible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746
+msgid "Never use o&ther fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775
+msgid "Subpixel &Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799
+msgid "&Rendering Details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803
+msgid "Antialiasing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810
+msgid "Hinting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837
+msgid "Prefered &Families"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844
+msgid "Forcing Family Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860
+msgid "Match &Preview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879
+msgid "&Presets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated
+#. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config
+#. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933
+msgid "Reading Font Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936
+msgid "Read sysconfig file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937
+msgid "Reading %s..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957
+msgid "Font Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958
+msgid " (User Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. misuse back_button a bit
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963
+msgid "&Use system settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975
+msgid "Writing Font Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978
+msgid "Write sysconfig file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979
+msgid "Run fonts-config"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980
+msgid "Writing %s..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981
+msgid "Running fonts-config..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. we are in user mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999
+msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026
+msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027
+msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028
+msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
+msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
+msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033
+msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035
+msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036
+msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
+msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
+msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039
+msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040
+msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042
+msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
+msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
+msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050
+msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056
+msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057
+msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059
+msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060
+msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063
+msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066
+msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068
+msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074
+msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078
+msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
+msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081
+msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
+msgid "<p>See: %s<p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087
+msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
+msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
+msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
+msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
+msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101
+msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
+msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
+msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
+msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
+msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114
+msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
+msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
+msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124
+msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125
+msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127
+msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129
+msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130
+msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
+msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
+msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
+msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142
+msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
+msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
+msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148
+msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149
+msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
+msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
+msgid "&Filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Installed Families"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Font Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Script Coverages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. save unknown langs
+#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240
+msgid "&Languages"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1829,20 +1829,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. anonymous dir
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
msgid "FTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094
msgid "FTP daemon %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098
msgid "These options will be configured"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,10 +60,10 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -114,17 +114,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -132,237 +132,292 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
-#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205
+msgid "Authentification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+msgid "Ca&ncel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122
+msgid "Enable Security Auth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
+msgid "Authentification file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
+msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+msgid "Basic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+#. Validation check before switch to authentification
+#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610
+#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621
+#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
+#. Validation check before switch to basic
+#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
-#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("")
+#. Convert relative path to absolute path
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235
msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
msgstr ""
#. List like site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253
msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
#. Create a ticket item
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277
msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
msgstr ""
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
-msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/gtk.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/gtk.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/gtk.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -142,10 +142,10 @@
#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") );
#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil );
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@
#. translators: service status radio button label
#. translators: server module status
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@
#. translators: server module status unknown
#. list of all installed modules
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -606,9 +606,9 @@
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr ""
@@ -662,37 +662,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
msgid "Read Apache2 configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -701,23 +701,23 @@
#. translators: progress step
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: progress finished
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. notification about package needed 1/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185
msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. notification about package needed 2/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189
msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195
msgid ""
"The package %1 is not available.\n"
"\n"
@@ -728,52 +728,52 @@
#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247
msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. off();
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279
msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine."
msgstr ""
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402
msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413
msgid "Write the Apache2 settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
msgid "Enable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418
msgid "Disable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427
msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. install required RPMs for modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441
msgid ""
"The enabled modules require\n"
"installation of some of these additional packages:\n"
@@ -782,55 +782,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550
msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562
msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581
msgid ""
"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n"
"This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596
msgid "Listen statement without port found."
msgstr ""
#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port)
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730
msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. "Default host" information
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750
msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799
msgid " in "
msgstr ""
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778
msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>"
msgstr ""
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@
#. translators: multi selection box
#. translators: multi selection box
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474
msgid "&Listen on Interfaces"
msgstr ""
@@ -1139,24 +1139,24 @@
msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709
msgid "All addresses (*)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714
msgid "IP Addresses"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716
msgid "ServerName"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803
msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80'
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818
msgid ""
"To use name-based virtual hosting,\n"
"you must designate the IP address on the server\n"
@@ -1164,206 +1164,206 @@
"Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854
msgid "Master Zone %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872
msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925
msgid "DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884
msgid "Add to Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
msgid "Create New Zone"
msgstr ""
#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021
msgid "CGI Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028
msgid "Choose Certificate File"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039
msgid "Enter the certificate file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045
msgid "Choose Certificate Key File"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057
msgid "Enter the key file."
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230
msgid "Select Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message un failed certificate import
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222
msgid ""
"Cannot import certificate\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429
msgid "Network &Address:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement
#. translators: popup error
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442
msgid "Invalid port number."
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940
msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943
msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107
msgid "Modules dependency problem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
msgid "requires"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
msgid "Enable required module or disable first one."
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221
msgid "New Module &Name:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239
msgid "A name for the module to add is required."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242
msgid "The module is already in the list."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting
#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305
msgid "The entry '%1' already exists."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326
msgid ""
"The list of the ports to which the server should\n"
"listen cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493
msgid "At least one interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520
msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528
msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536
msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. illegal keys in vhost
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753
#, perl-format
msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739
#, perl-format
msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764
msgid "Illegal host ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786
msgid "hostid already exists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825
msgid "can not delete default host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846
msgid "hostid not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261
msgid "illegal port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278
msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325
msgid "listen value to delete not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798
msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761
msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803
msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
@@ -1371,223 +1371,223 @@
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
msgid "Basic authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54
msgid "User authentication using text files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62
msgid "User Authorization"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70
msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79
msgid "User authentication using DBM files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173
msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185
msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220
msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250
msgid "User-specific directories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258
msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300
msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335
msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345
msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360
msgid "File system provider for mod_dav"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371
msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390
msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411
msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434
msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447
msgid "Server-side image map processing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458
msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467
msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507
msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564
msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571
msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578
msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584
msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590
msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626
msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666
msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715
msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721
msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-11 22:36+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n"
@@ -17,23 +17,236 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
+msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog content - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"No installation control file has been found,\n"
+"the installer cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. progress step title
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73
+msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. Dialog busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267
+msgid "Finishing the installation..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
+msgid ""
+"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
+"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
+#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
+#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
+"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+msgid "Start service %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
+msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has failed.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup headline (#x1)
+#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
+#. dialog cotent (progress information)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
+msgid "Starting Installation..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167
+msgid "Confirm Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
+msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
+"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
+"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
+"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
+"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
+"previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+msgid "Confirm Update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
+"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+msgid "Start &Update"
+msgstr ""
+
#. this is a heading
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61
-msgid "Dummy"
-msgstr "Probakoa"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66
+msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:63
-msgid "&Dummy"
-msgstr "&Probakoa"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68
+msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
+msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
+msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
+msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
@@ -41,112 +254,109 @@
"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
+msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
msgid "Clone System Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:65
-msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60
msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. Create a summary
#. return string
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>"
msgstr "Irudi bidez instalazioa <b>gaitua </b> dago"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>"
msgstr "Irudi bidez instalazioa <b>desgaitua </b> dago"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
msgid "Installation from Images"
msgstr "Irudi bidez instalazioa"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
msgstr "Hemen Novellek aurre definitutako irudiak aukera ditzakezu RPM instalazioa azkartzeko"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
msgid "&Install from Images"
msgstr "&Instalatu iruditik"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144
msgid "&Do not Install from Images"
msgstr "&Ez instalatu iruditik"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
msgstr ""
#. Image name, Image location
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
msgid "Create Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188
msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200
msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
@@ -154,7 +364,7 @@
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
@@ -162,30 +372,31 @@
"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1."
msgstr ""
#. changed to true
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
msgid ""
"Cannot enable installation from images.\n"
"\n"
@@ -194,45 +405,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Installation from &Images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
msgid "No installation images are available"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr ""
#. feedback heading
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51
msgid "Add-on Product Installation"
msgstr ""
#. feedback message
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53
msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
#. %1 represents the the error message details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109
msgid ""
"An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n"
"Details: %1\n"
@@ -242,33 +453,33 @@
#. bnc #542792
#. Repository name must be generated from product details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165
msgid "Updates for %1 %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70
msgid "Run Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
msgid "Skip Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73
msgid "Online Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
msgid "Run Online Update now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76
msgid ""
"Select whether to run an online update now.\n"
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
@@ -278,43 +489,48 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. combobox
#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
msgid "&Language"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
#. bnc #359456
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr ""
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
msgid "License &Translations..."
msgstr ""
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -324,7 +540,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -333,7 +549,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -341,7 +557,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -350,7 +566,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -364,23 +580,23 @@
#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
#. 28 = Operation timeout.
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n"
@@ -388,51 +604,51 @@
#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
msgid "Installation Completed"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 3/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n"
"to the login screen.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
@@ -440,7 +656,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
@@ -448,29 +664,22 @@
"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dialog busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
-msgid "Finishing the installation..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315
msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled."
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -479,266 +688,247 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
msgid "Installation - Warming Up"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
-#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#. popup headline (#x1)
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379
-msgid "Starting Installation..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
-#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr ""
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr ""
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr ""
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
#. Button to accept a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. Button to reject a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67
msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
-msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation from Images"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Irudi bidez instalazioa"
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -746,7 +936,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -754,22 +944,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
msgid "Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95
msgid ""
"No network setup has been found.\n"
"It is important if using remote repositories,\n"
@@ -777,48 +967,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105
msgid "Configure your network card now?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118
msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126
msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
"have a configured network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
msgid ""
"Network configuration has failed.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for details."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
@@ -826,7 +1016,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
@@ -835,425 +1025,185 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr ""
#. UI wait loop
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
msgid ""
"No desktop type was selected.\n"
"Select the desired desktop environment."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #449818
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
msgstr ""
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgstr ""
-#. kilobytes
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125
+#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
+#. BNC #439104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
-#. question in a popup box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214
-msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216
-msgid "You will lose all changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force_reset
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
-msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
-"resolved before continuing.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. not using tabs
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
-msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
-msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. busy message;
-#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
-msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
-msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
-#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
-msgid ""
-"Configuration saved.\n"
-"There were errors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
-#. do this later manually or not at all
-#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
-#. use newlines for longer translations.
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
-msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
-msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button
-#. menu button
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
-#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
-msgid "&Reset to defaults"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
-"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for installation proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. kicking out, bug #203811
-#. no such headline
-#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _("<p>
-#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install,
-#. click the <b>Mode</b> headline or select <b>Mode</b> in the
-#. <b>Change...</b> menu.
-#. </p>
-#. ");
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for update proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for network configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for service configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
-msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
-msgid ""
-"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
-"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
-#. hardhware configuration.
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
-"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
-msgid "&Update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
-msgid "&Install"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
msgid "Language: %1"
msgstr ""
#. caption for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. +2 thingies on the right
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248
msgid "&Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n"
"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283
-msgid "Starting service %1..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
msgid "Choose one scenario, please."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300
msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgstr ""
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1261,7 +1211,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1270,151 +1220,167 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#. menu button
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+msgid "&Change..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr ""
#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1424,7 +1390,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1434,7 +1400,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1443,7 +1409,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1452,7 +1418,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1460,7 +1426,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1468,17 +1434,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
#. welcome text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71
msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. welcome text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n"
"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
@@ -1487,121 +1453,109 @@
msgstr ""
#. help ttext
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n"
"basic configuration of the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
msgid "Writing automatic configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63
msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60
msgid "Setting up linker cache..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
msgid "Checking the installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
-msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
msgid "Moving to installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
-msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1615,202 +1569,252 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50
-msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42
+msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
-msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
+msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
-msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+#. question in a popup box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"No installation control file has been found,\n"
-"the installer cannot continue."
+#. explain consequences of a decision
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
-"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+#. while input loop
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
+msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
-#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
-#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
+#. to store profile after installation
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
+msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error message is a popup
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
msgid ""
-"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
-"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
+"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278
-msgid "Start service %1"
+#. busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298
-msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+#. busy message;
+#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304
-msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357
+#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
+#. text for a message box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
msgid ""
-"The previous installation has failed.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+"Configuration saved.\n"
+"There were errors."
msgstr ""
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
+#. do this later manually or not at all
+#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
+#. use newlines for longer translations.
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:199
-msgid "Confirm Installation"
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202
-msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
+msgid "&Export Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
-"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
-"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
-"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
+#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
-"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
-"previous dialogs.</p>"
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254
-msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+#. menu button item
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242
-msgid "Confirm Update"
+#. FATE #120373
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246
-msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248
+#. @return [String] translated headline
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57
+msgid "Installation Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
-"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
+"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:258
-msgid "Start &Update"
+#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42
-msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+#. Help text for installation proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44
-msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+#. so update
+#. Help text for update proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63
-msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
+#. Help text for network configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69
-msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
+#. Help text for service configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
-msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
+#. Proposal in uml module
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35
-msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+msgid ""
+"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
+"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
+#. hardhware configuration.
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Text to display
#.
#. @return String
-#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. Writes configuration
+#.
+#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
+#. Snapper is configured.
+#.
+#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
+#. otherwise it returns false.
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr ""
-#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#. count megabytes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1818,20 +1822,26 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "Probakoa"
+
+#~ msgid "&Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "&Probakoa"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Log Out"
+msgid "Disconnect"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
@@ -123,9 +123,6 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Log In"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -207,8 +204,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -300,49 +297,42 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
-msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -357,12 +347,20 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
+msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -413,24 +411,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
msgid ""
-"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
+"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -438,36 +442,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -556,7 +560,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -564,7 +568,12 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
@@ -507,101 +507,110 @@
#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
msgid "Client name already exists!"
msgstr ""
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
msgid "New client name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+msgid ""
+"There isn't any client specified.\n"
+"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
+"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
+"Really want to continue without client access?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
@@ -615,12 +624,12 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
-#. local IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420
+#. scope link IPv6
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/eu/po/journal.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/journal.eu.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/journal.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
+"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: eu\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return the result as an array of Items
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Time interval"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65
+msgid "With no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the time interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90
+msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102
+msgid "Between these dates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104
+msgid "Since system's boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "From previous boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys
+#.
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label short label for the filter
+#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Units"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "For these systemd units"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135
+msgid "For these files (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140
+msgid "Priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,197 +46,197 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158
msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182
msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
msgid "Email address for sending notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209
msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229
msgid "Shows current option status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234
msgid "Size of allocated memory MB"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241
msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248
msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254
-msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
msgid "Name of server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267
msgid "Port for connection"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272
msgid "Directory for saving dump images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279
msgid "Exported share"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284
msgid "User name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289
msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296
msgid "udev_id of raw partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
msgid "Include command line options."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331
msgid "Email address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365
msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415
msgid "Display Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420
msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425
msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431
msgid "Kdump is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437
msgid "Dump Level: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445
msgid "Dump Format: %1"
msgstr ""
#. parsing target info
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452
msgid "Dump Target Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457
msgid "target: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -245,8 +245,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582
msgid "file directory: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -254,113 +254,113 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575
msgid "server name: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528
msgid "port: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597
msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602
msgid "user name: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589
msgid "share: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610
msgid "EMPTY"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618
msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629
msgid "Kdump command line: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640
msgid "Kdump command line append: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650
msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681
msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692
msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701
msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709
msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720
msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -379,39 +379,39 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250
msgid "Wrong options were used."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778
msgid "Dump level was set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807
msgid "Wrong value of option."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803
msgid "Dump format was set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810
msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -419,8 +419,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016
msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing."
msgstr ""
@@ -428,48 +428,48 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983
msgid "Value for \"server\" missing."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995
msgid "Value for \"share\" missing."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037
msgid "Wrong value for target."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148
msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168
msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188
msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245
msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257
msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275
msgid "No option has been defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -479,12 +479,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. proposal part - kdump label
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82
msgid "Kdump"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr ""
@@ -574,20 +574,24 @@
msgid "FTP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
-msgid "SSH (scp)"
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223
+msgid "SSH"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224
+msgid "SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
msgid "NFS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
msgid "CIFS (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251
msgid "&SMTP Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -595,7 +599,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -604,114 +608,114 @@
#. password entry
#. password entry
#. password entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287
msgid "Notification &To"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Notifica&tion CC"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361
msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps"
msgstr ""
#. "handle" :
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427
msgid "Kdump Memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Kdump Start-Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Dump Filtering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463
msgid "Dump Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "SMTP Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Notification Email Addresses"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Email Notification"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506
msgid "Command Line"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514
msgid "Dump Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "Kdump Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -758,14 +762,14 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
@@ -774,7 +778,7 @@
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n"
@@ -785,10 +789,10 @@
" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
-"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n"
+"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
@@ -796,16 +800,34 @@
" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
+"<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n"
+" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
+" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
+" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
+" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
+msgid ""
+"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n"
+"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n"
+"by default.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
@@ -816,7 +838,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n"
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
@@ -824,14 +846,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
" Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n"
@@ -840,14 +862,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
@@ -855,7 +877,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n"
" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n"
@@ -865,66 +887,66 @@
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Server
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP User Name
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Password
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification To (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -933,14 +955,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n"
@@ -949,7 +971,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -957,7 +979,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n"
@@ -965,14 +987,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n"
@@ -1014,6 +1036,10 @@
msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
+msgid "SSH / SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entries
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196
msgid "Exported Sha&re"
@@ -1070,126 +1096,132 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
+#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
+msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,653 +15,39 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53
-msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66
-msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73
-msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83
-msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91
-msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97
-msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the server option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103
-msgid "The LDAP server name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the base option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110
-msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117
-msgid "Create default configuration objects."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123
-msgid "LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'automounter' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130
-msgid "Start or stop automounter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'tls' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146
-msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'sssd' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154
-msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162
-msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'realm' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170
-msgid "Kerberos Realm"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177
-msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. password entering label
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313
-msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88
+#: src/ui.rb:88
msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96
+#: src/ui.rb:96
msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings"
msgstr ""
-#. popup window
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130
-msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. multiselection box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152
-msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206
-msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255
-msgid "Use SSL/TLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264
-msgid "Protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278
-msgid "StartTLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286
-msgid "LDAPS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300
-msgid "TLS Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310
-msgid "Request server certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320
-msgid "Certificates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330
-msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336
-msgid "B&rowse"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345
-msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351
-msgid "Brows&e"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360
-msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365
-msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425
-msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437
-msgid "Choose the certificate file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462
-msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The downloaded certificate file\n"
-"\n"
-"'%1'\n"
-"\n"
-"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533
-msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535
-msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
-"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
-"removed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3.5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546
-msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
-"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561
-msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 6/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
-"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n"
-" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n"
-" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n"
-" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n"
-" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579
-msgid ""
-"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n"
-" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n"
-" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
-" is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 8/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-"<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
-"<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 9/9 (additional)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
-"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
-"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
-"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625
-msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635
-msgid "Disable User &Logins"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648
-msgid "User Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663
-msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672
-msgid "&Use LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687
-msgid "LDAP Client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697
-msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703
-msgid "F&ind"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711
-msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717
-msgid "F&etch DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733
-msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90
-msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. question popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765
-msgid ""
-"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n"
-"\n"
-"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n"
-"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n"
-"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838
-msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845
-msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853
-msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has
-#. enabled NIS client before
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871
-msgid ""
-"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
-"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941
-msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947
-msgid ""
-"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
-"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
-"the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
-"restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no question
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970
-msgid ""
-"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n"
-"Enable certificate checks now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015
-msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017
-msgid ""
-"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
-"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
-"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
-"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
-"The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034
-msgid ""
-"<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n"
-"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n"
-"or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042
-msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
-"server.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050
-msgid ""
-"<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-"<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
-"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057
-msgid ""
-"<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142
-msgid "C&lient Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144
-msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146
-msgid "Naming Contexts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180
-msgid "&User Map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186
-msgid "&Browse"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194
-msgid "&Group Map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332
-msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208
-msgid "&Autofs Map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240
-msgid "&Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248
-msgid "Default Real&m"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250
-msgid "&KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257
-msgid "LDAP Schema"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269
-msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281
-msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291
-msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298
-msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326
-msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341
-msgid "Administrator &DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347
-msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355
-msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364
-msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384
-msgid "Advanced Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500
-msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507
-msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
-msgstr ""
-
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592
+#: src/ui.rb:144
msgid ""
"If you reread settings from the server,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616
+#: src/ui.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Configure the template used for creating \n"
"new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620
+#: src/ui.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624
+#: src/ui.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n"
"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n"
@@ -670,66 +56,66 @@
#. table header 1/2
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033
+#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr ""
#. table header 2/2
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035
+#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (table folows)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701
+#: src/ui.rb:253
msgid "Default Values for New Objects"
msgstr ""
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707
+#: src/ui.rb:259
msgid "Attribute of Object"
msgstr ""
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709
+#: src/ui.rb:261
msgid "Default Value"
msgstr ""
#. button label (with non-default shortcut)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715
+#: src/ui.rb:267
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717
+#: src/ui.rb:269
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729
+#: src/ui.rb:281
msgid "Object Template Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832
+#: src/ui.rb:384
msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090
+#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636
msgid ""
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
msgstr ""
#. helptext 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886
+#: src/ui.rb:438
msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890
+#: src/ui.rb:442
msgid ""
"<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n"
"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n"
@@ -738,7 +124,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897
+#: src/ui.rb:449
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
@@ -746,7 +132,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903
+#: src/ui.rb:455
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n"
"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n"
@@ -754,33 +140,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983
+#: src/ui.rb:535
msgid "Configuration &Module"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007
+#: src/ui.rb:559
msgid "C&onfigure Template"
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051
+#: src/ui.rb:598
msgid "Module Configuration"
msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118
-msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154
-msgid ""
-"You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
-"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label (init dialog)
-#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@
msgid "alias"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955
msgid "wwid"
msgstr ""
@@ -115,90 +115,79 @@
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258
msgid "Illegal parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329
msgid "Duplicated configuration."
msgstr ""
#. used for store undecided input
#. used for store undecided input
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr ""
#. do not do with number id
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443
msgid "Illegal parameter:"
msgstr ""
#. devices section
#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file.
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561
msgid "Illegal parameters:"
msgstr ""
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943
msgid "item"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343
msgid "Duplicated configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607
msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath"
msgstr ""
#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647
msgid "Use multipath failed:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654
-msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653
msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd."
msgstr ""
-#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663
msgid "* Cannot start multipathd."
msgstr ""
-#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath");
#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd");
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683
msgid "Do not use multipath failed:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689
msgid "* Cannot stop multipath."
msgstr ""
-#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699
msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725
-msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
@@ -290,35 +279,35 @@
#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one.
#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore.
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939
msgid "should be a decimal integer"
msgstr ""
#. replacewidget_notify = true;
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396
msgid "illegal value"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674
msgid "should be greater than 0"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737
msgid "invalid decimal integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278
msgid "should not be empty"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses-pkg.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses-pkg.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses-pkg.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,82 +16,82 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. headline of package versions popup
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990
msgid "Package Versions"
msgstr ""
#. text above of list of all package versions
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105
msgid "&Packages with Status"
msgstr ""
#. headline - packages with automatic status change
#. headline of a popup with packages
#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
msgid "Automatic Changes"
msgstr ""
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following"
msgstr ""
#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
msgid "&Continue anyway"
msgstr ""
#. headline of a popup showing the package license
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502
msgid "End User License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. label text - keep it short
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691
msgid "Filter: "
msgstr ""
#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698
msgid "Total Download Size: "
msgstr ""
#. Help button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107
msgid "&Help"
msgstr ""
#. add the Cancel button
#. begin: the label of the Cancel button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. add the OK button
#. the label of an Accept button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747
msgid "C&onfiguration"
msgstr ""
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the label of the selections
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr ""
@@ -364,40 +364,50 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180
+#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
+msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. part 2 of the text
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
+msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
msgstr ""
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
msgstr ""
-#. part 2 of the text
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251
-msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265
+#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
msgstr ""
@@ -546,7 +556,7 @@
#. column header package description (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""
@@ -742,292 +752,292 @@
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label of a frame with search settings
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
msgid "&Search in "
msgstr ""
#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:)
#. text for the package search popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312
msgid "Search &Phrase"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332
msgid "Code"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. column header package name (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. column header installed package version (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
msgid "Avail. Vers."
msgstr ""
#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
msgid "Inst. Vers."
msgstr ""
#. column header package size (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
#. column header package architecture (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
#. column header patch kind (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
msgid "Kind"
msgstr ""
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416
msgid "Solving..."
msgstr ""
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422
msgid "Saving..."
msgstr ""
#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
msgid "Loading..."
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the disk space popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
msgid "Disk Usage Overview"
msgstr ""
#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
msgid "Partition"
msgstr ""
#. column header used disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
msgid "Used"
msgstr ""
#. column header free disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
msgid "Free"
msgstr ""
#. column header total disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>"
msgstr ""
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
msgid "needs"
msgstr ""
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
msgid "more disk space."
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
msgid "<b>Version: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
msgid "<b>Size: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
msgid "<b>Installed: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
msgid "<b>Authors: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
msgid "<b>License: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
msgid "<b>Provides: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
msgid "<b>Requires: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561
msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. headline for a list of installed files
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576
msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the help popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for a warning popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""
#. label for an error popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""
#. label for a notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669
msgid "Notify"
msgstr ""
#. the label of an OK button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
msgid "&OK"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the Yes button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the No button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705
msgid "&No"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user
#. has to make some action (#213602)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
msgstr ""
#. text for a Notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721
msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
msgid "Available Languages"
msgstr ""
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
msgid "Available Repositories"
msgstr ""
@@ -1035,61 +1045,61 @@
#. (the list shows all patches which are needed)
#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" );
#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" );
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746
msgid "Needed Patches"
msgstr ""
#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754
msgid "Installed Patches"
msgstr ""
#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
msgid "Online Update Patches"
msgstr ""
#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars )
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
msgid "Update Problem -- see help"
msgstr ""
#. the label for Filter: Search results
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
msgid "Search Results"
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the dependency popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
msgid "Package Dependencies"
msgstr ""
#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
msgid "Source"
msgstr ""
#. menu entry Update List
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
msgid "&Update List"
msgstr ""
#. part of the patch description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
msgid "<b>Patch: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819
msgid "No patches available"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825
msgid "Script"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -51,34 +51,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:163
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:161
msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected
#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected
#. fail message: a string is expected
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:188
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:186
msgid "InvalidHostname. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208
msgid "Invalid IP. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:225
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:223
msgid "Cannot set "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:226
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:224
msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:245
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:243
msgid "Invalid option value."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:254
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:252
msgid "Internal error"
msgstr ""
@@ -88,35 +88,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -124,13 +124,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
@@ -147,49 +147,49 @@
#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288
msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr ""
#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347
msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349
msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description
#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped
#. @return [String] proposal html text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361
msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363
msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
@@ -202,139 +202,139 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:125
+#: src/clients/host.rb:123
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107
msgid "Connecting to Internet..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109
msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111
msgid "Closing connection..."
msgstr ""
#. Test dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239
msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
msgstr ""
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Label for result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
msgid "Test Result:"
msgstr ""
#. Push Button to abort internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299
msgid "&Abort Test"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label: status of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304
msgid "Test Status"
msgstr ""
#. Push Button to see logs of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314
msgid "&View Logs..."
msgstr ""
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351
msgid "Success"
msgstr ""
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355
msgid "Failure"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386
msgid "Kernel Routing Table"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406
msgid "Hostname Lookup"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426
msgid "Kernel Messages"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576
msgid "Download of Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719
msgid ""
"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n"
"RPM signature check failed."
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746
msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -345,26 +345,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr ""
@@ -411,61 +411,50 @@
msgid "Config identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:136
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:137
msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:140
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:141
msgid "Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:145
-msgid "Device boot protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:150
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:146
msgid "Device IP address"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:155
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:151
msgid "Network mask"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:160
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:156
msgid "Prefix length"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:165
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:161
msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:170
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:166
msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:175
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:171
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr ""
-#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
-#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
-#. has higher priority
-#.
-#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
-#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
-#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
-#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
-#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
-#. Other elements may have similar problems,
-#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
+#. see bnc#498993
+#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
+#. we'll keep values from installation
+#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -480,28 +469,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Selection box item
-#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110
+#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/network.rb:90
+#: src/clients/network.rb:88
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Network dialog help
-#: src/clients/network.rb:93
+#: src/clients/network.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n"
" the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Selection box label
-#: src/clients/network.rb:107
+#: src/clients/network.rb:105
msgid "&Available Network Modules:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/network.rb:125
+#: src/clients/network.rb:123
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr ""
@@ -521,12 +510,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:128
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. Command line error message
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:148
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:146
msgid ""
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
@@ -545,7 +534,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -616,109 +605,109 @@
#. main ui function
#. Frame label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
msgid "Routing Table"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 1/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
msgid "Destination"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 2/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
msgid "Gateway"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 4/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91
msgid "Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:427
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:276
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:282
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:292
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:302
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:324
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:333
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:419
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -740,149 +729,149 @@
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
msgid "USB ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
msgid "USB FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
msgid "USB ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226
msgid "PCMCIA Modem"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
msgid "USB Modem"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230
msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234
msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
msgid "USB Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr ""
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr ""
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
msgid "Managed"
msgstr ""
@@ -954,73 +943,73 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "- Download latest release notes"
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207
msgid "- Check for latest updates"
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212
msgid "- Close connection"
msgstr ""
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "The following steps will be performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231
msgid "Select:"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "N&o, Skip Update"
msgstr ""
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Online Updates Available"
msgstr ""
#. Label text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
msgstr ""
#. Heading
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "&Select Log:"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1028,7 +1017,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
@@ -1038,7 +1027,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
@@ -1049,156 +1038,156 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr ""
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1206,13 +1195,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1223,20 +1212,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1246,7 +1235,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1254,61 +1243,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO:
-#. "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209
+#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole
+#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1318,7 +1306,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -1505,11 +1493,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview();
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89
msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98
msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
msgstr ""
@@ -1517,23 +1505,23 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr ""
@@ -1571,17 +1559,17 @@
msgid "Note"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup, #178848
#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153
msgid ""
"A Xen network bridge was detected.\n"
"Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n"
@@ -1591,7 +1579,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1599,7 +1587,7 @@
"to this configuration dialog.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1612,20 +1600,20 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr ""
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1635,12 +1623,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1649,7 +1637,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -1676,7 +1664,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1684,20 +1672,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1705,7 +1693,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1713,19 +1701,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1733,91 +1721,76 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
-msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290
msgid "&USB"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
-msgid "&Hotplug Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307
-msgid "P&CI"
-msgstr ""
-
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368
msgid "Change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379
msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr ""
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389
msgid "Blink"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr ""
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -1825,25 +1798,25 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489
msgid "&Search"
msgstr ""
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1851,138 +1824,138 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -1990,41 +1963,41 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n"
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n"
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n"
@@ -2032,28 +2005,35 @@
"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
+#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678)
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
msgid ""
+"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n"
+"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n"
+"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n"
+"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66
+msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a network card to change or remove.\n"
@@ -2061,7 +2041,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2071,12 +2051,12 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2085,7 +2065,7 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2093,13 +2073,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2107,14 +2087,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
@@ -2123,7 +2103,7 @@
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2132,14 +2112,14 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2147,7 +2127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2155,7 +2135,7 @@
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2163,7 +2143,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2173,7 +2153,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2187,26 +2167,26 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2214,7 +2194,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2222,7 +2202,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2230,7 +2210,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2238,19 +2218,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2261,11 +2241,11 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2275,19 +2255,19 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2297,7 +2277,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
@@ -2310,36 +2290,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
-" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
+"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
-msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2356,14 +2336,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2372,8 +2351,7 @@
"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2384,8 +2362,7 @@
"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2405,8 +2382,7 @@
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2416,7 +2392,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2426,15 +2402,13 @@
"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -2443,29 +2417,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2492,26 +2466,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75
msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79
msgid "TTLS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81
msgid "PEAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83
msgid "TLS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n"
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
@@ -2519,11 +2493,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98
msgid "&Identity"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
@@ -2532,22 +2506,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110
msgid "&Anonymous Identity"
msgstr ""
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125
msgid "&Client Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
@@ -2557,23 +2531,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143
msgid "Client &Key"
msgstr ""
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156
msgid "Client Key Pass&word"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority)
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166
msgid "&Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n"
"a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n"
@@ -2581,22 +2555,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220
msgid ""
"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n"
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238
msgid "&Authentication Method"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n"
"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n"
@@ -2605,144 +2579,144 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button group label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249
msgid "&PEAP Version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
msgid "&Any"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2750,20 +2724,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2772,94 +2746,80 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726
-msgid ""
-"<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
-"the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734
-msgid "&Frequency"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2869,7 +2829,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2879,97 +2839,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -3010,12 +2970,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3023,75 +2983,68 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
-#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
-#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265
-msgid "unplugged"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -3101,122 +3054,122 @@
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127
msgid "The domain name is invalid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134
msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144
msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151
msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154
msgid "Only Manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
msgid "Use Default Policy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
msgid "Use Custom Policy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167
msgid "&Custom Policy Rule"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177
msgid "Name Server &1"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193
msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201
msgid "Do&main Search"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228
msgid "Name Server &2"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230
msgid "Name Server &3"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251
msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268
msgid "Hostname/DNS"
msgstr ""
@@ -3225,7 +3178,7 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event
#. @param event the event being handled
#. @return nil so that the dialog loops on
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442
msgid "No interface with dhcp"
msgstr ""
@@ -3233,28 +3186,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3301,12 +3254,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3375,7 +3328,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3400,12 +3353,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54
msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression"
msgstr ""
#. dial prefix regex help
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n"
"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
@@ -3415,67 +3368,67 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button group label,method of setup
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69
msgid "Setup Method"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75
msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77
msgid "S&tatic Address Setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80
msgid "<p>H</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95
msgid "At Boot Time"
msgstr ""
#. is a part of the static help text
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102
msgid "Never"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106
msgid "By NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111
msgid ""
"<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n"
"controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST."
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n"
"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
msgid "On Cable Connection"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129
msgid ""
"<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n"
"The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n"
@@ -3484,12 +3437,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138
msgid "On Hotplug"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140
msgid ""
"With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n"
"the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n"
@@ -3498,35 +3451,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149
msgid "On NFSroot"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151
msgid ""
"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
-"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184
msgid "Activate &Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
@@ -3534,219 +3478,228 @@
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235
msgid "IPoIB Device Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246
msgid "Firewall is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253
msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254
msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255
msgid "576 (dial-up)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262
msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263
msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr ""
#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287
msgid "NetworkManager Service"
msgstr ""
#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Traditional ifup"
msgstr ""
#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303
msgid "Wicked Service"
msgstr ""
#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311
msgid "Network Services Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
msgstr ""
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr ""
+#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration
+#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten
+#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
+#.
+#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+msgid "configured"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue
#.
#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23
msgid "Confirm Network Restart"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24
msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93
msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99
msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3875,7 +3828,7 @@
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
@@ -3886,241 +3839,240 @@
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
#. Import data
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME:
-#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
+#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -4156,12 +4108,12 @@
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4169,59 +4121,59 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
#. at first stop the running routes
-#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
+#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,55 +16,55 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. Command line help text for the nfs module
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29
msgid "Configuration of NFS client"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43
msgid "List configured NFS mounts"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50
msgid "Add an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55
msgid "Edit an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60
msgid "Delete an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. host:path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_spec
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70
msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')"
msgstr ""
#. path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_file
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79
msgid "Local mount point"
msgstr ""
#. a list?
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_mntops
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89
msgid "Mount options"
msgstr ""
#. nfs or nfs4
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_type
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98
msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs."
msgstr ""
@@ -73,49 +73,49 @@
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160
msgid "Remote File System"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236
msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334
msgid "No NFS mount specified."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253
msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271
msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83
msgid ""
"The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n"
"shorter than 50 characters and only use\n"
@@ -126,14 +126,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -141,14 +141,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p>The table contains all directories \n"
"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n"
"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n"
@@ -157,14 +157,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 3 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
@@ -175,29 +175,29 @@
#. selection box label
#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows
#. NFS servers only
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249
msgid "&NFS Server Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label
#. choose a host from a list
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255
msgid "Choo&se"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263
msgid "&Remote Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -205,48 +205,48 @@
#. select from a list of remote filesystems
#. make it short
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275
msgid "NFS&v4 Share"
msgstr ""
#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
msgid "pNFS (v4.1)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287
msgid "&Mount Point (local)"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. browse directories to select a mount point
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""
#. label message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: 1st part of error message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325
msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...)
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331
msgid ""
"\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -254,18 +254,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356
msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..."
msgstr ""
#. heading for a directory selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371
msgid "Select the Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n"
"<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n"
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
#. help text 2/4
#. added "Select" button
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429
msgid ""
"<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n"
"enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n"
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439
msgid ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n"
@@ -292,64 +292,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450
msgid ""
"<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n"
"read the man page mount(8).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482
msgid "Remote Directory"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486
msgid "NFS Type"
msgstr ""
-#. `VSpacing (1),
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522
+#. #211570
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508
msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527
msgid "&NFS Shares"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
msgid "NFS &Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Default values
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -357,76 +357,76 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
msgid "Start services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140
msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed."
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149
-msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\""
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151
+msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155
msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159
msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163
msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1"
msgstr ""
-#. firewall openning help
+#. firewall opening help
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028
msgid "NIS client"
msgstr ""
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864
msgid "Fin&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -261,11 +261,6 @@
msgid "&Use NIS"
msgstr ""
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr ""
-
#. button label (short for Expert settings)
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489
msgid "E&xpert..."
@@ -276,9 +271,14 @@
msgid "NFS Configuration..."
msgstr ""
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499
+msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
msgid "Configuration of NIS client"
msgstr ""
@@ -286,12 +286,12 @@
#. but the domain is unknown.
#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers
#. but the domain is unknown.
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904
msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593
msgid ""
"When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n"
"you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n"
@@ -299,137 +299,137 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676
msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
#. Check, ie. turn on a check box
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684
msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692
msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731
msgid "Expert settings"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708
msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712
msgid "Br&oken server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind')
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719
msgid "Other &ypbind options"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: multilineedit label
#. comma: ","
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846
msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874
msgid "Domain Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit...
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877
msgid "&Domain name"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932
msgid "This domain is already defined."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937
msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgstr ""
#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946
msgid ""
"Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n"
"does not make any sense. Select just one option."
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979
msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987
msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
#. dialog subtitle
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038
msgid "Additional Domains"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
msgid "Domain"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. summary header
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. table header - Service Location Protocol
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009
msgid "SLP"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
msgid "Servers"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: a yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123
msgid "Really delete this domain?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text FIXME better...
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253
msgid "NIS is now enabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -503,46 +503,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206
msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
msgid "Start services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227
msgid "Writing NIS client settings"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252
msgid "Error while running ypclient."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,25 +71,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -1174,27 +1174,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
msgid "Read NTP settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1204,115 +1204,115 @@
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
#. Remove any removals
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291
msgid "Removing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264
msgid "Installing Patterns..."
msgstr ""
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -354,36 +354,36 @@
msgid "Adding repository %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123
msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. * Install all the specified packages
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185
msgid "Marking package %1 for installation"
msgstr ""
#. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo.
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211
msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225
msgid "Performing Installation..."
msgstr ""
#. * Install all the specified patterns
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252
msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51
msgid ""
"Packages for package management were updated.\n"
-"Finishing and restarting now."
+"Finishing and restarting YaST now."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
@@ -284,70 +284,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 "
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236
msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress"
msgstr ""
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM).
#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 "
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284
msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
msgstr ""
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 "
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337
-msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354
msgid "Script Execution Progress"
msgstr ""
#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360
msgid "Starting script %1"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430
msgid ""
"Patch %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popoup (detailed info follows)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549
msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -191,14 +191,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346
msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348
msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?"
msgstr ""
@@ -216,63 +216,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646
msgid "Check network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648
msgid "Download list of online repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653
msgid "Checking network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655
msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664
msgid "Initialize the repository manager"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669
msgid "Initializing the repository manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679
msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685
msgid ""
"<p>The packager is being initialized and \n"
"the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717
msgid ""
"Cannot download list of repositories,\n"
"no network configured."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795
msgid ""
"No product URL defined from which to download\n"
"list of repositories.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809
msgid ""
"Unable to download list of repositories\n"
"or no repositories defined."
@@ -281,12 +281,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text
#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes")
#. see *4
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915
msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository
#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository
#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n"
@@ -309,56 +309,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237
msgid "List of Online Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254
msgid "&List of Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260
msgid "Repository Description"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264
msgid ""
"<p>List of default online repositories.\n"
"Click on a repository for details.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374
msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -369,46 +369,46 @@
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514
msgid "Adding repository %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591
msgid "Delete deselected online repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593
msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601
msgid "Add all selected online repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606
msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615
msgid "Add repository: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step,
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624
msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..."
msgstr ""
#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736
msgid ""
"Low memory detected.\n"
"\n"
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
@@ -772,61 +772,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr ""
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -939,20 +939,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1333,71 +1333,79 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
+#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
+#. or check the content file
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
+msgid ""
+"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
+"The add-on product cannot be registered."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -1478,7 +1486,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
@@ -1487,169 +1495,169 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr ""
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr ""
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr ""
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr ""
#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr ""
#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr ""
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
msgstr ""
#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1660,12 +1668,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1673,50 +1681,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr ""
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr ""
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1724,7 +1732,7 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
-#. @param string filename
+#. @param [String] license_ident file name
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1760,37 +1768,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
+#. #459391
+#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr ""
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -1839,202 +1855,192 @@
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr ""
-#. remote
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
msgid "&Scan Using SLP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
msgid "Commun&ity Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720
-msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47
-msgid "&NFS..."
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+msgid "NF&S..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2043,53 +2049,53 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2099,23 +2105,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2124,42 +2130,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2167,17 +2173,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2187,20 +2193,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2213,7 +2219,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2221,11 +2227,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2237,12 +2243,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2250,71 +2256,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2329,7 +2335,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2338,12 +2344,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2351,7 +2357,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2359,7 +2365,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2369,7 +2375,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2378,25 +2384,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
-#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359
+#. use three slashes as third slash means path
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2406,15 +2412,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
+#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
+msgstr ""
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
msgid "Initializing Available Repositories"
@@ -2508,7 +2521,7 @@
#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,18 +43,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:651
+#: src/Package.cc:655
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:657
+#: src/Package.cc:661
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
#. still not initialized, throw an exception
#. translators: this is an error message
-#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128
+#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129
msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager"
msgstr ""
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
msgid "Download Descriptions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155
#: src/Source_Load.cc:479
msgid "Rebuild Cache"
msgstr ""
@@ -96,17 +96,17 @@
msgid "Adding the Repository..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325
msgid "Downloading "
msgstr ""
#. stages: "download", "build cache"
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:401
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:406
msgid "Refresh Metadata"
msgstr ""
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:409
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:414
msgid "Refreshing Repository..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -204,8 +204,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox.
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980
msgid "Select a driver."
msgstr ""
@@ -434,8 +434,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -613,8 +613,8 @@
#. Exit this dialog in any case:
#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
#. Have the PageSize option topmost:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335
msgid "No driver options available"
msgstr ""
@@ -934,7 +934,11 @@
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061
msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -943,130 +947,125 @@
msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
+msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
msgid "Never Disable the Queue"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181
msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189
msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293
msgid "Select a specific connection type."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
msgid "&Connection Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220
msgid "Directly Connected Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198
-msgid "Parallel Port"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226
msgid "USB Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204
-msgid "Serial Port"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239
msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242
msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252
msgid "Print via Print Server Machine"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255
msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257
msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)"
msgstr ""
#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260
msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235
-msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269
msgid "Special"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272
msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276
msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279
msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290
msgid "Connection Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -1081,7 +1080,7 @@
#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK".
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313
msgid "Connection Wizard"
msgstr ""
@@ -1090,12 +1089,12 @@
#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped.
#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped.
#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366
msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368
msgid ""
"An untested and insecure workaround might be\n"
"to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n"
@@ -1105,67 +1104,71 @@
#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP
#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here
#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443
msgid "Select a connection"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected
#. because there is no connection available to be selected:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446
msgid ""
"If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n"
"to access the device via this type of connection.\n"
"Was the printer connected and switched on all the time?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454
msgid "Select a valid connection"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected
#. because the current connection is no longer valid:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457
msgid ""
"When the current connection is no longer valid,\n"
"it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n"
"Is the printer still connected and switched on?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497
msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values
#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564
msgid "URI could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574
msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580
msgid "Both user and password must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616
+#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible.
+#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name
+#.
+#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348
msgid "Servername could not be empty."
msgstr ""
@@ -1175,30 +1178,30 @@
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748
msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2'
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789
msgid "Could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812
msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830
msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network"
msgstr ""
@@ -1207,36 +1210,36 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904
msgid ""
"Please wait...\n"
"This could take more than a minute."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1246,7 +1249,7 @@
#. });
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929
msgid ""
"Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n"
"(Network issue or firewall active?)"
@@ -1254,7 +1257,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969
msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
@@ -1264,14 +1267,14 @@
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121
msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040
msgid ""
"This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n"
"if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n"
@@ -1281,29 +1284,29 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091
msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133
msgid "Test OK"
msgstr ""
#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
msgstr ""
#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues."
msgstr ""
@@ -1444,67 +1447,60 @@
msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG"
msgstr ""
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190
-msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr.
#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202
msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver"
msgstr ""
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available
#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215
msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225
msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located"
msgstr ""
#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr ""
#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274
msgid "Select a printer description file"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666
msgid "Cannot access '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr ""
#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700
msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available"
msgstr ""
@@ -1987,7 +1983,7 @@
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
-"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
+"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
@@ -2096,34 +2092,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
-"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n"
+"Devices which are connected via USB\n"
"are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
"For example:<br>\n"
-"parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
-"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
-"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
-"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n"
-"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n"
-"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n"
-"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n"
-"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n"
-"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n"
-"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n"
-"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n"
-"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n"
-"see the manual of your serial printer.\n"
-"Example device URIs:<br>\n"
-"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
-"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a bluetooth printer.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2164,7 +2139,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2236,23 +2211,10 @@
"The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
-"<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n"
-"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n"
-"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n"
-"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n"
-"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-"novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n"
-"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2266,7 +2228,7 @@
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n"
"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n"
-"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n"
+"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n"
"The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n"
"which is then called by beh.\n"
@@ -2294,7 +2256,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2333,7 +2295,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n"
@@ -2350,7 +2312,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
@@ -2366,7 +2328,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n"
@@ -2381,7 +2343,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2395,7 +2357,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
@@ -2411,7 +2373,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n"
@@ -2431,7 +2393,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
@@ -2467,7 +2429,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2479,14 +2441,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n"
"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n"
"Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n"
-"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
+"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
"and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n"
"the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n"
"can overwrite the default error policy\n"
@@ -2505,7 +2467,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2524,7 +2486,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2664,67 +2626,67 @@
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2735,33 +2697,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2770,25 +2732,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2796,7 +2758,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2815,28 +2777,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2844,25 +2806,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2882,53 +2844,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3621,125 +3583,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059
msgid "Failed to add queue %1."
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179
msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case
#. which should not happen at all:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
msgid "Failed to determine the driver options."
msgstr ""
#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
msgid "new value"
msgstr ""
#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
msgid "saved value"
msgstr ""
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)."
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358
+msgid "The server '"
msgstr ""
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
-msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
-msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386
-msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called
-#. indirectly without a button click by the user
-#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409
-msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important
-#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454
-msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but it the last test is not really important
-#. so that the last test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555
-msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644
-msgid "The server '%1' is unknown."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n"
"This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n"
@@ -3750,7 +3639,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -3759,7 +3648,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
@@ -3769,7 +3658,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name.
#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423
msgid ""
"To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
"Use 'Driver Packages' to install it."
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,100 +15,6 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. Commandline help title
-#. Proxy dialog caption
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399
-msgid "Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40
-msgid "Enable proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48
-msgid "Disable proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56
-msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66
-msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76
-msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88
-msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93
-msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98
-msgid "Set FTP proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103
-msgid "Clear all options listed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107
-msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114
-msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121
-msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ask the user
-#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238
-msgid "Password:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Return a modification status
-#. @return true if data was modified
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109
-msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112
-msgid "HTTP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116
-msgid "HTTPS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120
-msgid "FTP"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Informative label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "No details available."
@@ -173,6 +79,12 @@
msgid "Proxy settings work correctly."
msgstr ""
+#. Proxy dialog caption
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27
+msgid "Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Proxy dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405
msgid ""
@@ -293,13 +205,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615
msgid ""
"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n"
"Really use these settings?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628
msgid ""
"Security warning:\n"
"Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n"
@@ -308,42 +220,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643
msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659
msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687
msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705
msgid ""
"One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n"
"Check if all domains match one of the following:\n"
@@ -353,52 +265,140 @@
"* Domain name prefixed by '.'"
msgstr ""
+#. Return a modification status
+#. @return true if data was modified
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104
+msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107
+msgid "HTTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111
+msgid "HTTPS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115
+msgid "FTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35
+msgid "Enable proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43
+msgid "Disable proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51
+msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61
+msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71
+msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83
+msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88
+msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93
+msgid "Set FTP proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98
+msgid "Clear all options listed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102
+msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109
+msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116
+msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ask the user
+#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233
+msgid "Password:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Popup headline
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39
msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
msgstr ""
-#. Write routing settings and apply changes
+#. Write proxy settings and apply changes
#. @return true if success
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174
msgid "Update proxy configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176
msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
#. but only when Progress is visible
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184
msgid "Updating proxy configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418
msgid "Proxy is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423
msgid "Proxy is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432
msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440
msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447
msgid "FTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/qt-pkg.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/qt-pkg.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/qt-pkg.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,249 +15,254 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318
msgid "&Update Problems"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345
msgid "Patter&ns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367
msgid "Package &Groups"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379
msgid "&RPM Groups"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392
msgid "&Languages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr ""
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585
msgid "File List"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr ""
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#. button #0
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258
-#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702
msgid "&Package"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr ""
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
-msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885
+msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
msgid "&Help"
msgstr ""
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr ""
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr ""
@@ -265,59 +270,59 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr ""
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr ""
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
-#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
-#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
-#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120
+#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165
+#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
msgid "&OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -364,7 +369,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428
msgid "C&ontinue"
msgstr ""
@@ -1496,10 +1501,41 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207
msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length.
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398
+msgid ""
+"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n"
+"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n"
+"package at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406
+msgid ""
+"This version is multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n"
+"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415
+msgid ""
+"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n"
+"and unselect all other versions,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog heading
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423
+msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture,
#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from,
#. %4 is the repository's priority
@@ -1507,13 +1543,13 @@
#. Examples:
#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE
#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE
-#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
-#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402
+#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
+#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586
msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570
msgid "This version is installed in your system."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/qt.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/qt.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/qt.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -42,18 +42,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Window title for help wizard window
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320
+#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Close button for wizard help window
#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132
msgid "&Close"
msgstr ""
+#. Window title for help wizard window
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr ""
@@ -70,12 +73,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. parent
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:623
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:629
msgid "Color switching"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:624
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:630
msgid ""
"Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n"
"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors."
@@ -106,20 +109,33 @@
msgid "Configure YaST Logging:"
msgstr ""
+#. Help button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Help" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340
+msgid "&Help"
+msgstr ""
+
#.
#. "Release Notes" button
#.
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:869
-msgid "Release Notes"
+#. Release Notes button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Release Notes" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355
+msgid "&Release Notes"
msgstr ""
-#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324
-msgid "Steps"
+#. "Steps" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345
+msgid "&Steps"
msgstr ""
-#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328
-msgid "Tree"
+#. "Tree" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350
+msgid "&Tree"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,225 +16,89 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
msgid ""
"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr ""
#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr ""
-#. display the registration update dialog
+#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#. dialog title
+#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after
+#. pressing "Next"
#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
+#. @return [Symbol] user input
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216
-msgid "Registration is being updated..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217
-msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
-"You can manually register the system from scratch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452
-msgid "The system is already registered."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
-msgid "&E-mail Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Registration &Code"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293
-msgid "&Skip Registration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334
-msgid ""
-"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to install the latest available\n"
-"on-line updates during installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. then register the product(s)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71
-msgid "Registering %s ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419
-msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423
-msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441
-msgid ""
-"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
-"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455
-msgid "Register Again"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
-msgid "Select Extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470
-msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471
-msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473
-msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The base product was not found,\n"
-"check your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501
-msgid ""
-"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
-"Report a bug at %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504
-msgid ""
-"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
-"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43
msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
-#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
-#. but better than aborting the installation...
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228
+#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
+#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
+#. %s is name of given product
+#. then register the product(s)
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277
+msgid "Registering %s ..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55
msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr ""
@@ -300,33 +164,33 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60
msgid "Common Name (CN): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62
msgid "Organization (O): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64
msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "Issued By"
msgstr ""
@@ -355,38 +219,38 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -402,53 +266,53 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -461,21 +325,37 @@
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. register the system and the base product
-#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two
-#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil)
-#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts
-#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+msgid ""
+"The base product was not found,\n"
+"check your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -483,68 +363,115 @@
#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the
#. installation workflow
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
-#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
+#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
+#. @return [Symbol] the user input
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157
+msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
+msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203
+msgid ""
+"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Yast::Mode.update
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. indent size used in summary text
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Certificate:"
msgstr ""
#. create UI label for a base product
-#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
+#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438
+msgid ""
+"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
+"The product cannot be registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control
+#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
+msgid "Really abort?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir
-#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon
+#. @param [Addon] addon the addon
#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88
msgid ""
"Downloading the license for\n"
"%s\n"
@@ -552,255 +479,560 @@
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46
msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
+#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44
-msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+#. create the main dialog definition
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47
-msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+#. addon description widget
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74
-msgid "Details"
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
-#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
-#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136
-msgid "%s (not available)"
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
+msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
msgstr ""
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+#. create the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57
msgid "Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60
msgid "Release Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61
msgid "Registration Code"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72
msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
msgstr ""
-#. disable download on a non-registered system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr ""
-#. replace the content
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
+#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Registration &Code"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#. the UI defition for the global registration status
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#. the UI defition for the main dialog
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr ""
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+msgid "&Skip Registration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#. the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "The system is already registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
+"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
+"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really skip the registration now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+msgid ""
+"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
+"a registered system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
+#. not displayed in installed system
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
msgid "Certificate has expired"
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr ""
+#. register the base system if not already registered
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n"
+"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Migration Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Select the Migration Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Manage Repositories..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "URL: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Priority: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it
+#. before the translation deadline...
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available
+#. updates now
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50
+msgid ""
+"Online updates are available for installation.\n"
+"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to install the updates now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86
+msgid "Internal error: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170
+msgid "No installed product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199
+msgid "No migration product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246
+msgid "Registering Migration Products..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272
+msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Select the Migration Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Select the target migration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+msgid "Migration Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
+#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
+#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
+#. using the selected migration.
+#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
+#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223
+msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240
+msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285
+msgid ""
+"The selected migration contains a product\n"
+"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n"
+"available at the registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Select Extensions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73
+msgid "Register Again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -246,120 +246,120 @@
msgstr ""
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307
msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317
msgid "Read the current xend configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319
msgid "Read the current xend state"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326
msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328
msgid "Reading the current xend state..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339
msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346
msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368
msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377
msgid "Cannot read firewall settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386
msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state."
msgstr ""
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407
msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417
msgid "Write the Xend settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419
msgid "Adjust the Xend service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426
msgid "Writing the Xend settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428
msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436
msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443
msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460
msgid "Cannot write the xend settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,66 +16,66 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62
msgid ""
"Samba client configuration module.\n"
"See Samba documentation for details."
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75
msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85
msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95
msgid "Join this machine to a domain"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105
msgid "Change the global settings of Samba"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113
msgid "Enable the service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119
msgid "Disable the service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125
msgid "The name of a domain to join"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132
msgid ""
"The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n"
"try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139
msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for machine optioa
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146
msgid "The machine account"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153
msgid "The name of a workgroup"
msgstr ""
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr ""
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90
msgid "&Username"
msgstr ""
@@ -540,172 +540,172 @@
msgstr ""
#. default value of Machine Account
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73
msgid "&Machine Account OU"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78
msgid "O&btain list"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121
msgid ""
"User name and password are required\n"
"for listing the machine accounts."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139
msgid "&Machine Account"
msgstr ""
#. translators: text for busy pop-up
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177
msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..."
msgstr ""
#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203
msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. additional information for cluster environment
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231
msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes."
msgstr ""
#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242
msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249
msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, first part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308
msgid ""
"This host is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. last part of popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312
msgid "Join the domain %1?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319
msgid ""
"This cluster is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361
msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363
msgid "&Keep"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381
msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392
msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401
msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411
msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418
msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438
msgid "Sharing by Users"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453
msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463
msgid "Allow &Guest Access"
msgstr ""
#. texty entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
msgid "&Permitted Group"
msgstr ""
#. infield label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481
msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517
msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help common part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522
msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for PAM Mount table
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
@@ -714,12 +714,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538
msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for kerberos method option
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546
msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -771,8 +771,8 @@
#. final progress step label
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: write progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
@@ -843,13 +843,13 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -873,142 +873,142 @@
msgstr ""
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622
msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633
msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635
msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639
msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641
msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgstr ""
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr ""
#. write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773
msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
msgstr ""
#. write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775
msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887
msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846
msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851
msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857
msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862
msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878
msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068
msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083
msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item: authentication using winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109
msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name
#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071
msgid "Share %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. translators: share status
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -370,23 +370,23 @@
#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Not a Domain &Controller"
msgstr ""
#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
@@ -395,19 +395,19 @@
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Samba Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "Step 1 of 2"
msgstr ""
@@ -415,53 +415,53 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"),
#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)),
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Step 2 of 2"
msgstr ""
#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "Current Domain Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Samba Server Type"
msgstr ""
#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Not available because a PDC is present."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Rename Share"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593
msgid "New Share &Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622
msgid "Enter a new share name."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631
msgid ""
"Share '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose another share name.\n"
msgstr ""
#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"If you delete share %1,\n"
"all its settings will be lost.\n"
@@ -469,26 +469,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing.
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "Trusted &Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779
msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785
msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship."
msgstr ""
#. issue a warning, if not already done so
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The password for trusted domains\n"
"is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n"
@@ -497,297 +497,297 @@
msgstr ""
#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil'
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "&Trusted Domains"
msgstr ""
#. confirmation
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844
msgid ""
"Really abandon trust relationship\n"
"to trusted domain %1?"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864
msgid "Share %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920
msgid "Identification"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922
msgid "Share &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Share &Description"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928
msgid "Share Type"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933
msgid "&Printer"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935
msgid "&Directory"
msgstr ""
#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Share &Path"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946
msgid "&Read-Only"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "&Inherit ACLs"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950
msgid "Expose Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952
msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961
msgid "New Share"
msgstr ""
#. translators: file selection dialog title
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Path for a Share"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Share path cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089
msgid "Available Shares"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid "Show &All Shares"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098
msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table header texts
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
msgid "Read-Only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Path"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
msgid "Guest Access"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid "Comment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid "&Rename..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "WINS Server Support"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150
msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155
msgid "Na&me"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Not a DC"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172
msgid "Primary (PDC)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Backup (BDC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Base Settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194
msgid "Domain &Controller"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "Advanced Settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
msgid "&Expert Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "&User Authentication Sources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "Samba Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. tab label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242
msgid "Start-&Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&Shares"
msgstr ""
#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid "I&dentity"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298
msgid "WINS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "&LDAP Settings"
msgstr ""
#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18)
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464
msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565
msgid "User Information Sources"
msgstr ""
#. try to create it
#. first, ask for password
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619
msgid ""
"For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n"
"administrative account (root).\n"
"It will be created now."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "Samba root &Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626
msgid "&Verify Password"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663
msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712
msgid ""
"To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n"
"text entries empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Username"
msgstr ""
#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725
msgid "Do &Not Join"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr ""
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr ""
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
@@ -1040,19 +1040,19 @@
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr ""
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr ""
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@
#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only
#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
msgid ""
"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
@@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1242,51 +1242,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr ""
#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr ""
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr ""
#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr ""
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr ""
#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr ""
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr ""
#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr ""
#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr ""
@@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr ""
@@ -1304,9 +1304,9 @@
#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system.
#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@
#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr ""
@@ -1327,19 +1327,19 @@
#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
msgstr ""
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1352,49 +1352,49 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
msgstr ""
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr ""
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr ""
#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
#. then show a message but exit successfully because
#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr ""
#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr ""
#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@
#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected.
#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr ""
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr ""
@@ -1465,11 +1465,11 @@
#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
+#. translators: command line help text for Security module
#: src/clients/security.rb:59
msgid "Security configuration module"
msgstr ""
@@ -35,14 +35,14 @@
msgid "Set the value of the specific option"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for 'level home' option
+#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:94
-msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
+msgid "Workstation security level"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for 'level network' option
+#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:100
-msgid "Networked Workstation security level"
+msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'level server' option
@@ -115,221 +115,213 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n"
-" (multiuser with network)"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n"
-" (multiuser with network and graphical login)"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5"
-msgstr ""
-
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404
-msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above)
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425
-msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
+#. update the current value
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
@@ -407,15 +399,15 @@
#. Main dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
-"any type of a network.</p>"
+"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
+"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
-"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
+"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
+"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
@@ -766,41 +758,41 @@
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51
-msgid "Home Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
+msgid "Workstation"
msgstr ""
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53
-msgid "Networked Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56
+msgid "Roaming Device"
msgstr ""
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58
msgid "Network Server"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60
-msgid "&Home Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63
+msgid "&Workstation"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62
-msgid "N&etworked Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65
+msgid "&Roaming Device"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67
msgid "Network &Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -878,13 +870,13 @@
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
@@ -908,90 +900,83 @@
msgid "Nobody"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#. ["local",_("Local Users")],
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
-msgid "Automatic"
-msgstr ""
-
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
@@ -1010,61 +995,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:608
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:631
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:869
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,194 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29
+msgid ""
+"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n"
+"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
@@ -63,24 +250,62 @@
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-msgid "Services Manager"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
msgid "Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
-msgid "Enabled"
+#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
+#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103
+msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
-msgid "Disabled"
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
msgstr ""
-#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
-#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
-#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
-msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
+#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,265 +15,294 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. The main ()
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of snapper
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
+#. popup label, %{num} is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
-msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
-msgid "Pre (%1)"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
-msgid "Post (%1)"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
-msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr ""
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -284,7 +313,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -294,17 +323,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -315,37 +344,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -356,115 +385,91 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup error
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
-msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
+#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
+msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Initialize snapper agent
-#. Return true on success
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#. Return the path to given snapshot
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
-msgid "Reason not known."
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
-msgid "Configuration not found."
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
+msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
-msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
-msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
-msgid ""
-"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
-msgid ""
-"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
+msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
-msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
-msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+msgid "Read list of configurations"
msgstr ""
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
-msgid ""
-"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
+#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+msgid "Read list of snapshots"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
-msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
+msgid "Reading list of configurations"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
-msgid "Reading the database..."
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
+msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
+msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
+msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
msgid "Logging and Timeouts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369
msgid "Miscellaneous Setting"
msgstr ""
@@ -432,31 +432,27 @@
msgid "Cache &Store Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339
-msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Timeouts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350
msgid "Connection &Timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Client &Lifetime"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "&Language of error messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Administrator's email"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode"
msgstr ""
@@ -904,28 +900,28 @@
#. ************* ACL END ************************
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG **********
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578
msgid "Access Log must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588
msgid "Cache Log must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field."
msgstr ""
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ******
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684
msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces."
msgstr ""
@@ -941,149 +937,149 @@
#. Read all squid settings
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088
msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092
msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
msgid "Read Other Settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
msgid "Read Service Status."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101
msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
msgid "Reading Other Settings ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
msgid "Reading Service Status ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117
msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122
msgid "Cannot read service status."
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465
msgid "Saving Squid Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474
msgid "Start Service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482
msgid "Starting Service..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. write settings
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. firewall
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr ""
#. Header
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584
msgid "Squid Cache Proxy"
msgstr ""
#. Start daemon
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589
msgid "Start daemon: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "When booting"
msgstr ""
#. Http Ports
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594
msgid "Configured ports:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611
msgid " (transparent)"
msgstr ""
#. Cache directory
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625
msgid "Cache directory: "
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#. dialog heading
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
msgid "Expert Partitioner"
msgstr ""
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -843,15 +843,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
-"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
-"\n"
+"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
+"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n"
+"approximately 1MB large.\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -863,7 +864,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -875,7 +876,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -884,7 +885,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -895,7 +896,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -910,7 +911,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -925,12 +926,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -943,7 +944,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -952,7 +953,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -961,7 +962,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -969,7 +970,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -977,53 +978,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1032,7 +1033,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1042,7 +1043,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1052,7 +1053,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1068,7 +1069,7 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
@@ -1111,7 +1112,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1131,7 +1132,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1140,7 +1141,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1437,7 +1438,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -2443,7 +2444,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
#.
#. All Rights Reserved.
#.
@@ -2461,16 +2462,16 @@
#.
#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. File: ep-graph.rb
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
msgid "Add RAID"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Add Volume Group"
msgstr ""
@@ -2478,43 +2479,43 @@
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
msgid "Device Graph"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
msgid "Save Device Graph..."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
msgid "Saving graph file failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459
msgid "Mount Graph"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
msgid "Save Mount Graph..."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2634,7 +2635,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -2853,7 +2854,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380
msgid "Hard Disks"
msgstr ""
@@ -3096,7 +3097,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493
msgid "Log"
msgstr ""
@@ -3235,7 +3236,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404
msgid "Crypt Files"
msgstr ""
@@ -3585,7 +3586,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396
msgid "Volume Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -3646,54 +3647,54 @@
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
msgid "RAID"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412
msgid "Device Mapper"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420
msgid "NFS"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434
msgid "tmpfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
msgid "Unused Devices"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566
msgid ""
"You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n"
"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n"
@@ -3701,17 +3702,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580
msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Fullscreen summary of changes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592
msgid ": Summary"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667
msgid "System View"
msgstr ""
@@ -4939,7 +4940,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4952,7 +4953,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4961,7 +4962,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4969,7 +4970,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -4978,24 +4979,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5003,12 +5004,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5016,86 +5017,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5103,7 +5104,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5111,7 +5112,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5119,18 +5120,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5718,48 +5719,48 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5768,32 +5769,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/sudo.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/sudo.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/sudo.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,52 +32,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -85,183 +85,184 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
+#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -465,97 +465,107 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translation: Progress bar label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#. Display confirmation dialog
-#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
-#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
-#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
-msgid "Command: "
-msgstr ""
-
#. button label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881
msgid "S&kip"
msgstr ""
-#. get activation map for variable
-#. start generic commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
-msgid "A command will be executed"
+#. write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909
+msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
-msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923
+msgid "Write the new settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
-msgid "Command %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924
+msgid "Activate the changes"
msgstr ""
-#. write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
-msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934
+msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
-msgid "Write the new settings"
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965
+msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
-msgid "Activate the changes"
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
msgstr ""
-#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
-msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param cmd [String] command to execute
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
-msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
-msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "A command will be executed"
msgstr ""
-#. service is running, reload it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
-msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "Command: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
-msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param name [String] service name
+#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156
+msgid "Reloading service %s..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
-msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157
+msgid "Reload of the service %s failed"
msgstr ""
-#. service is running, restart it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
-msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158
+msgid "Service %s will be reloaded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
-msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160
+msgid "Restarting service %s..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
-msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161
+msgid "Restart of the service %s failed"
msgstr ""
-#. set 100% in progress bar
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
-msgid "Finished"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162
+msgid "Service %s will be restarted"
msgstr ""
-#. configuration summary headline
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
-msgid "Configuration Summary"
+#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd)
+#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil
+#.
+#. @param service name
+#. @return [Boolean] active?
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187
+msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:"
msgstr ""
+
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587
-msgid "Saigon"
+msgid "Ho Chi Minh City"
msgstr ""
#. time zone
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr ""
@@ -152,9 +152,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -249,28 +249,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127
msgid "New Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Packages to Remove: %1"
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143
msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. warning text
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154
+msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>"
msgstr ""
#. this is a heading
@@ -315,27 +315,27 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr ""
-#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
+#. error message in proposal
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129
+msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -343,22 +343,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr ""
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -367,17 +367,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr ""
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -516,24 +516,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -552,23 +552,23 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr ""
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -576,24 +576,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -617,39 +617,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -657,17 +657,17 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr ""
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -675,22 +675,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr ""
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -709,32 +709,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr ""
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr ""
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr ""
#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
#. helptext 2/3
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
msgstr ""
@@ -220,18 +220,18 @@
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
msgid "&Choose"
msgstr ""
#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
msgid "Authentication Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -242,13 +242,13 @@
#. selection box label
#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
msgid "&Select Users to Read"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
msgstr ""
@@ -354,8 +354,8 @@
#. The two group password information do not match
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -385,8 +385,8 @@
#. last part of message popup
#. last part of message popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
msgid "Really use this password?"
msgstr ""
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
msgid "DES"
msgstr ""
@@ -425,99 +425,99 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
msgid "SHA-256"
msgstr ""
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
msgid "SHA-512"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
msgid "Password Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
msgid "&DES"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
msgid "&MD5"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
msgid "SHA-&256"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
msgid "SHA-&512"
msgstr ""
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
msgid "User's &Full Name"
msgstr ""
#. input field for login name
#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "&Username"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
msgid "&Automatic Login"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
msgid "Create New User"
msgstr ""
@@ -525,13 +525,13 @@
#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Empty User Login"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup contents
#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid ""
"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@
#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
@@ -596,14 +596,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. these are used only during installation time
#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -620,39 +620,39 @@
#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
msgstr ""
#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
msgid "User %s will be imported."
msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
msgid ""
"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
"the password should have at least %s characters."
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66
+#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@
#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD
#. The date must stay in this format
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD."
msgstr ""
@@ -1399,19 +1399,19 @@
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217
msgid "Plug-In Description"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226
msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr ""
@@ -1467,17 +1467,17 @@
#. tab label
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430
msgid ""
"The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n"
"because the user is currently logged in.\n"
@@ -1485,12 +1485,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Enter the size for the home directory."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583
msgid ""
"\n"
"Directory cannot be encrypted."
@@ -1498,64 +1498,64 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485
msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005
msgid "Now you have added a new user."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071
msgid "New Local Group"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073
msgid "New System Group"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075
msgid "New LDAP Group"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079
msgid "Existing Local Group"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081
msgid "Existing System Group"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083
msgid "Existing LDAP Group"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154
msgid "Group &ID (gid)"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes
#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog)
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593
msgid "Group &Members"
msgstr ""
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
@@ -3084,13 +3084,13 @@
#. init dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284
msgid "User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. label (during init dialog)
#. label (during init dialog)
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3956,13 +3956,13 @@
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -3970,7 +3970,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -3978,22 +3978,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/eu/po/vpn.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/vpn.eu.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/vpn.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
+# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
+"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: eu\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Manage VPN client secrets.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
+msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Gateway IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+msgid "Pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
+msgid "Set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+msgid "Show key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
+msgid ""
+"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Load PSKs
+#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
+#. Load XAuth
+#. Load EAP
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
+msgid "(hidden)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Remove the selected EAP user.
+#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+msgid "Please select a user to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
+msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Event handlers
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
+msgid "Gateway pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+msgid "Gateway certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+msgid "Path to certificate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Pick.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+msgid "Path to certificate key file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
+msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+msgid "Show Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
+msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+msgid "Gateway - PSK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
+msgid "Gateway - Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+msgid "Client - PSK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+msgid "Client - Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303
+msgid "The connection name is already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Find an unused gateway scenario
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n"
+"All of gateway scenarios are already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Warn against duplicated configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337
+msgid ""
+"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n"
+"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432
+msgid "The user name is already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496
+msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Left side: global config & connection management
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
+msgid "All VPNs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Delete VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "View Connection Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Event handlers
+#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
+msgid "Delete connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
+msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Check for incomplete configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Consider enabling the daemon
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n"
+"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
+msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make widgets for connection configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+msgid "Connection name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+msgid "Gateway (Server)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+msgid "Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+msgid "The scenario is"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+msgid "Edit Credentials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "By a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+msgid "By a certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+msgid "VPN gateway IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. They are however allowed in password
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n"
+"Name has to begin with a letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Path to certificate file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return password string.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Please enter a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Install packages
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable daemon
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Configure IP forwarding
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+msgid ""
+"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
+"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+msgid ""
+"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"The script is located at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+msgid "VPN Global Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+msgid "Gateway and Connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Gateway summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Client summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+msgid "A client connecting to "
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/wol.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/wol.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/wol.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
+++ trunk/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po 2015-09-09 08:22:51 UTC (rev 92610)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
1
0
09 Sep '15
Author: keichwa
Date: 2015-09-09 10:22:45 +0200 (Wed, 09 Sep 2015)
New Revision: 92609
Modified:
trunk/yast/ru/po/add-on-creator.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/audit-laf.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-server.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/autoinst.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/ca-management.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/control-center.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/control.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/crowbar.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/dns-server.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/docker.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/fcoe-client.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/firewall-services.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/firewall.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/fonts.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/ftp-server.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/geo-cluster.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/gtk.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/http-server.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/inetd.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/instserver.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/iscsi-lio-server.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/isns.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/journal.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/kdump.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/languages_db.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/ldap.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/live-installer.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/mail.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/ncurses.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/nfs_server.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/nis_server.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/ntp-client.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/oneclickinstall.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/online-update-configuration.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/online-update.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/opensuse_mirror.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/pam.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/product-creator.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/qt-pkg.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/qt.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/rdp.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/registration.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/reipl.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/samba-users.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/slp-server.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/sound.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/sshd.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/storage.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/sudo.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/tftp-server.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/timezone_db.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/tune.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/vm.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/vpn.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/wol.ru.po
trunk/yast/ru/po/yast2-apparmor.ru.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/add-on-creator.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/add-on-creator.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/add-on-creator.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 19:34+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/audit-laf.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/audit-laf.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/audit-laf.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 00:45+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@
#. Overview of all config sections
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Общие настройки"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Создать домашний каталог при входе в систему"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
@@ -106,12 +106,12 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Значение"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
msgid "Description"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Описание"
#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-17 00:20+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/autoinst.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/autoinst.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/autoinst.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -1452,7 +1452,8 @@
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Настройки"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Выбрать каталог"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/ca-management.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/ca-management.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/ca-management.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -139,7 +139,8 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr "&Пароль:"
@@ -211,7 +212,8 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr "Новые пароли не совпадают."
@@ -2248,7 +2250,8 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr "Пароль LD&AP:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr "&Пароль сертификата:"
@@ -2296,23 +2299,28 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "Незашифрованные се&ртификат и ключ в формате PEM"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "Зашифрованны&е сертификат и ключ в формате PEM"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr "&Сертификат в формате DER"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr "Сер&тификат и ключ в формате PKCS12"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr "Как PKCS12 и вк&лючая цепочку CA"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr "&Новый пароль"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/control-center.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/control-center.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/control-center.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-11 01:17+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentiev <alex239(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/control.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/control.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/control.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 00:39+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/crowbar.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/crowbar.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/crowbar.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -272,10 +272,12 @@
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
+# the type of user set
+# the type of group set
#. combobox item
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
msgid "Custom"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Пользовательский"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/dns-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/dns-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/dns-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -305,7 +305,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -376,7 +377,8 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
@@ -453,7 +455,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/docker.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/docker.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/docker.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
msgid "Repository"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Репозиторий"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
msgid "Tag"
@@ -84,15 +84,15 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
msgid "Image"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Образ"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
msgid "Command"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Команда"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
msgid "Status"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Состояние"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
msgid "Ports"
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
msgid "Re&fresh"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Обно&вление"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
msgid "R&un"
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
msgid "&Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "У&далить"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
msgid "S&how Changes"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/fcoe-client.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/fcoe-client.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/fcoe-client.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (fcoe-client)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 23:51+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/firewall-services.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/firewall-services.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/firewall-services.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 20:07+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/firewall.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/firewall.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/firewall.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 20:06+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/fonts.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/fonts.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/fonts.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
msgid "Default"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "По умолчанию"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
@@ -193,9 +193,13 @@
msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages"
msgstr ""
+# pushbutton label,
+# select from a list of remote filesystems
+# make it short
+# appears in help text too
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644
msgid "&Select"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Выбрать"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777
msgid "LCD &Filter"
@@ -207,7 +211,7 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688
msgid "Alias"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Псевдоним"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
msgid "Font Family"
@@ -215,23 +219,23 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
msgid "Available"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Доступны"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708
msgid "Remove"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Удалить"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710
msgid "Down"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вниз"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711
msgid "Up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вверх"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66
msgid "&Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Доб&авить"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719
msgid "&Installed families..."
@@ -311,7 +315,7 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978
msgid "Write sysconfig file"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Запись файла sysconfig"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979
msgid "Run fonts-config"
@@ -562,7 +566,7 @@
#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
msgid "&Filter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Фильтр"
#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61
msgid "Installed Families"
@@ -578,13 +582,13 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242
msgid "&Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Отмена"
#: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243
msgid "&Ok"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Оk"
#. save unknown langs
#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240
msgid "&Languages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Языки"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/ftp-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/ftp-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/ftp-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -963,7 +963,8 @@
#. Expert Settings widget
#.
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213
msgid "Br&owse"
msgstr "Обзо&р"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/geo-cluster.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/geo-cluster.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/geo-cluster.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -63,8 +63,10 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Настройка GeoCluster"
@@ -134,7 +136,8 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr "сайт"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "ticket"
msgstr "билет"
@@ -253,7 +256,8 @@
msgstr "билет не может быть пустым"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Настройка брандмауэра"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/gtk.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/gtk.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/gtk.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-11 22:32+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/http-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/http-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/http-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -250,7 +250,8 @@
msgstr "Модули сервера"
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Main Host"
msgstr "Основной узел"
@@ -295,7 +296,8 @@
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
msgid "Default Host"
msgstr "Узел по умолчанию"
@@ -717,10 +719,10 @@
#. translators: Listen type for all addresses;
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
-#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
+#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr "Все адреса"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/inetd.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/inetd.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/inetd.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 20:18+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/instserver.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/instserver.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/instserver.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: instserver.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 20:20+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 23:43+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/iscsi-lio-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/iscsi-lio-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/iscsi-lio-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@
msgstr "Служба"
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr "Общее"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/isns.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/isns.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/isns.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 00:43+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/journal.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/journal.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/journal.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-29 17:10+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-29 17:10+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119
msgid "Refresh"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Обновить"
#. Header
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50
@@ -102,9 +102,10 @@
msgid "For these systemd units"
msgstr ""
+# table header
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134
msgid "Files"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Файлы"
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135
msgid "For these files (executable or device)"
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140
msgid "Priority"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Приоритет"
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141
msgid "With at least this priority"
@@ -123,12 +124,12 @@
#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164
msgid "Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Время"
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165
msgid "Source"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Источник"
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166
msgid "Message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Сообщение"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/kdump.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/kdump.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/kdump.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "SSH"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SSH"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224
msgid "SFTP"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/languages_db.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/languages_db.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/languages_db.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-11 01:17+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentiev <alex239(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/ldap.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/ldap.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/ldap.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-27 10:12+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/live-installer.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/live-installer.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/live-installer.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 20:37+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/mail.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/mail.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/mail.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 00:42+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/ncurses.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/ncurses.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/ncurses.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-23 18:35+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentiev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/nfs_server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/nfs_server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/nfs_server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-26 23:37+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/nis_server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/nis_server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/nis_server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-30 00:10+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/ntp-client.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/ntp-client.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/ntp-client.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -493,12 +493,14 @@
msgstr "Сервер NTP"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr "Локальный сервер NTP"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr "Открытый сервер NTP"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/oneclickinstall.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/oneclickinstall.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/oneclickinstall.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -132,7 +132,8 @@
msgstr "Для дополнительной информации смотрите <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt>."
#. <region name="Define the UI components"> *
-#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:47
+#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:47
msgid "Select the software components you wish to install:"
msgstr "Выберите компоненты программного обеспечения, которые вы хотите установить:"
@@ -166,7 +167,8 @@
#. Load the xml communication from the user interface.
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:107 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:136
-#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:168 src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:41
+#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:168
+#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:41
msgid "Repositories"
msgstr "Репозитории"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/online-update-configuration.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/online-update-configuration.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/online-update-configuration.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (online_update_configuration)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 00:30+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/online-update.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/online-update.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/online-update.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -421,7 +421,8 @@
msgid "Try again"
msgstr "Попробовать ещё раз"
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318
msgid "Skip Patch"
msgstr "Пропустить исправление"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/opensuse_mirror.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/opensuse_mirror.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/opensuse_mirror.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 22:24+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/pam.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/pam.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/pam.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-11 01:17+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentiev <alex239(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <kde-russian(a)lists.kde.ru>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/product-creator.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/product-creator.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/product-creator.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 21:00+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/qt-pkg.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/qt-pkg.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/qt-pkg.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -135,7 +135,8 @@
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr "Обновить, если есть версия новее"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr "Обновить безоговорочно"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/qt.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/qt.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/qt.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
msgstr "Справка"
#. Close button for wizard help window
-#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86
-#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132
+#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132
msgid "&Close"
msgstr "&Закрыть"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/rdp.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/rdp.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/rdp.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-18 01:15+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentyev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/registration.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/registration.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/registration.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@
#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
msgid "Really abort?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Действительно прервать?"
#. dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/reipl.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/reipl.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/reipl.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-26 23:34+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/samba-users.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/samba-users.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/samba-users.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-03 19:59+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentyev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/slp-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/slp-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/slp-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-23 19:42+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentiev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/sound.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/sound.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/sound.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 22:12+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/sshd.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/sshd.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/sshd.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-27 21:53+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/storage.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/storage.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/storage.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -96,7 +96,8 @@
msgstr "&Создать разметку"
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -2538,9 +2539,11 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Редактировать"
@@ -2571,8 +2574,9 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2594,7 +2598,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr "Редактировать..."
@@ -2611,7 +2616,8 @@
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
msgid "Delete..."
@@ -3415,7 +3421,8 @@
msgstr "Сдвинуть"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Изменить размер"
@@ -3514,7 +3521,8 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
msgid "Add..."
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/sudo.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/sudo.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/sudo.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sudo.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 22:19+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/tftp-server.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/tftp-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/tftp-server.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-26 23:27+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/timezone_db.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/timezone_db.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/timezone_db.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -258,17 +258,20 @@
msgstr "Хорватия"
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882
msgid "Iceland"
msgstr "Исландия"
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878
msgid "Azores"
msgstr "Азорские острова"
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880
msgid "Canary Islands"
msgstr "Канарские острова"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/tune.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/tune.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/tune.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 22:34+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/vm.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/vm.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/vm.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-30 00:07+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/vpn.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/vpn.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/vpn.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
msgid "Certificate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Сертификат"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
msgid "Key"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ключ"
#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
@@ -124,19 +124,19 @@
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
msgid "Username"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Имя пользователя"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Пароль"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Добавить"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Удалить"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
msgid "Show Password"
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
#. Left side: global config & connection management
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Общие настройки"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
@@ -284,11 +284,11 @@
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Имя"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
msgid "Description"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Описание"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
msgid "Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Тип"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/wol.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/wol.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/wol.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wol\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-11 01:17+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentiev <alex239(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/yast2-apparmor.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/yast2-apparmor.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/yast2-apparmor.ru.po 2015-09-09 08:22:45 UTC (rev 92609)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-30 00:04+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
1
0
09 Sep '15
Author: keichwa
Date: 2015-09-09 10:21:52 +0200 (Wed, 09 Sep 2015)
New Revision: 92608
Modified:
trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/gtk.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/opensuse_mirror.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on-creator.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-06 21:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -51,8 +51,7 @@
"Informatie over Addon-module\n"
"----------------------------\n"
"\n"
-"Om een nieuw addon-product via de commandoregel toe te voegen gebruikt u "
-"deze syntaxis:\n"
+"Om een nieuw addon-product via de commandoregel toe te voegen gebruikt u deze syntaxis:\n"
" /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n"
"URL is het pad naar de addon-bron.\n"
"\n"
@@ -65,12 +64,8 @@
"dvd://\n"
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
-"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie "
-"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
#. dialog caption
#. this is a heading
@@ -155,11 +150,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik daarna op "
-"<b>OK</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik daarna op <b>OK</b>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245
@@ -213,8 +205,7 @@
"The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n"
"Aborting now.\n"
msgstr ""
-"De gegevens op de CD-ROM komen niet overeen met het draaiende Linux-"
-"systeem.\n"
+"De gegevens op de CD-ROM komen niet overeen met het draaiende Linux-systeem.\n"
"Er wordt nu gestopt.\n"
#. VENDOR: dialog heading
@@ -354,9 +345,7 @@
#. message popup
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
-msgstr ""
-"Afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde addon-producten konden niet worden "
-"opgelost."
+msgstr "Afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde addon-producten konden niet worden opgelost."
#. Help for add-on products
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
@@ -369,8 +358,7 @@
"<p><big><b>Addon-productinstallatie</b></big><br/>\n"
"Hier ziet u alle addon-producten die voor installatie zijn geselecteerd.\n"
"Om een nieuw product toe te voegen, klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een\n"
-"toegevoegd product te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op <b>Verwijderen</"
-"b>.</p>"
+"toegevoegd product te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939
@@ -420,18 +408,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Alle addon-producten die op uw systeem zijn geïnstalleerd worden getoond."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Alle addon-producten die op uw systeem zijn geïnstalleerd worden getoond.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284
-msgid ""
-"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove "
-"an add-on which is in use.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>-knop om een nieuw addon-product toe te voegen of "
-"op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een in gebruik zijnde addon te verwijderen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>-knop om een nieuw addon-product toe te voegen of op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een in gebruik zijnde addon te verwijderen.</p>"
#. no items
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337
@@ -482,8 +464,7 @@
"\n"
"Are sure you want to delete it?"
msgstr ""
-"Verwijderen van het addon-product %1 kan tot gevolg hebben dat alle vanaf "
-"deze addon\n"
+"Verwijderen van het addon-product %1 kan tot gevolg hebben dat alle vanaf deze addon\n"
"geïnstalleerde pakketten verwijderd worden.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het echt verwijderen?"
@@ -507,22 +488,16 @@
"\n"
"Do you want to skip using add-on products?"
msgstr ""
-"Uw systeem heeft onvoldoende geheugen voor het gebruiken van addon-"
-"producten\n"
-"tijdens de installatie. U kunt de addon-producten later op een draaiend "
-"systeem toevoegen.\n"
+"Uw systeem heeft onvoldoende geheugen voor het gebruiken van addon-producten\n"
+"tijdens de installatie. U kunt de addon-producten later op een draaiend systeem toevoegen.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het gebruik van addon-producten overslaan?"
#~ msgid "&Select Language Extensions to be Installed"
#~ msgstr "&Selecteer de te installeren taaluitbreidingen"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the "
-#~ "<b>OK</b> button.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik op de "
-#~ "<b>OK</b>-knop.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the <b>OK</b> button.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik op de <b>OK</b>-knop.</p>"
#~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..."
#~ msgstr "Lezen van de beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebronnen..."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 19:48+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -42,12 +42,10 @@
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
-#| msgid "New Parameter"
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr "Verplichte parameters"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
-#| msgid "New Parameter"
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "Optionele parameters"
@@ -58,7 +56,6 @@
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-#| msgid "Authentication Client"
msgid "Authentication Client Config"
msgstr "Configuratie van cliënt voor authenticatie"
@@ -80,7 +77,6 @@
msgstr "Secties:"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-#| msgid "Add New Domain"
msgid "New Service/Domain"
msgstr "Nieuwe service/domein"
@@ -95,7 +91,6 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
-#| msgid "Name:"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Naam"
@@ -110,7 +105,6 @@
#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135
-#| msgid "New Parameter"
msgid "More Parameters"
msgstr "Meer parameters"
@@ -149,7 +143,6 @@
msgstr "U mag sectie SSSD niet verwijderen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-#| msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
msgstr "Wilt u de sectie %s verwijderen?"
@@ -165,8 +158,7 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup "
-"failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
"Do you still wish to continue?"
msgstr ""
@@ -177,18 +169,13 @@
msgstr "Geen domein ingeschakeld"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304
-#| msgid ""
-#| "There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n"
-#| "sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n"
-#| "Do you want to write this configuration?"
msgid ""
"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
"Er zijn geen geactiveerde domeinen in de \"domains\"-parameter van [sssd].\n"
-"SSSD zal niet worden gestart. Alleen lokale authenticatie zal beschikbaar "
-"zijn.\n"
+"SSSD zal niet worden gestart. Alleen lokale authenticatie zal beschikbaar zijn.\n"
"Wilt u toch doorgaan?"
#. user must correct the mistake
@@ -203,13 +190,11 @@
#. New service
#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-#| msgid "Services:"
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Service"
#. New domain and provider types
#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-#| msgid "Add New Domain"
msgid "Domain"
msgstr "Domein"
@@ -218,12 +203,10 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-#| msgid "The identification provider used for the domain"
msgid "Identification provider:"
msgstr "Identificatie-leverancier:"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-#| msgid "Authentication Client"
msgid "Authentication provider:"
msgstr "Authenticatie-leverancier:"
@@ -238,7 +221,6 @@
#. Create new domain
#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-#| msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
msgstr "Voer een naam in voor het nieuwe domein."
@@ -252,10 +234,8 @@
msgstr "Geeft aan wat de syntax is van het configuratie bestand"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
-msgstr ""
-"Kommagescheiden lijst van services die starten zodra sssd zichzelf start"
+msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van services die starten zodra sssd zichzelf start"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
msgid ""
@@ -264,88 +244,45 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
-"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
-msgstr ""
-"Aantal keren dat services moeten proberen opnieuw te verbinden in geval van "
-"een crash van een leverancier van gegevens of herstart voordat ze dit opgeven"
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr "Aantal keren dat services moeten proberen opnieuw te verbinden in geval van een crash van een leverancier van gegevens of herstart voordat ze dit opgeven"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be "
-"configured or SSSD won't start."
-msgstr ""
-"SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijkertijd gebruiken, maar tenminste één "
-"moetgeconfigureerd zijn. Anders start SSSD niet."
+msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+msgstr "SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijkertijd gebruiken, maar tenminste één moetgeconfigureerd zijn. Anders start SSSD niet."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be "
-"queried."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze parameter bevat de lijst van domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze worden "
-"afgevraagd."
+msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+msgstr "Deze parameter bevat de lijst van domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze worden afgevraagd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
-"user name and domain into these components"
-msgstr ""
-"Standaard reguliere expressie die beschrijft hoe de tekenreeks met "
-"gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden ontleedt in deze componenten"
+msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+msgstr "Standaard reguliere expressie die beschrijft hoe de tekenreeks met gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden ontleedt in deze componenten"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid ""
-"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a "
-"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
-msgstr ""
-"Het standaard printf(3)-compatibele formaat dat beschrijft hoe een geordende "
-"lijst (naam, domein) vertaalt wordt in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam."
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+msgstr "Het standaard printf(3)-compatibele formaat dat beschrijft hoe een geordende lijst (naam, domein) vertaalt wordt in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid ""
-"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update "
-"its internal DNS resolver."
-msgstr ""
-"SSSD controleert de status van resolv.conf om vast te stellen wanneer de "
-"interne DNS resolver moet worden bijgewerkt."
+msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+msgstr "SSSD controleert de status van resolv.conf om vast te stellen wanneer de interne DNS resolver moet worden bijgewerkt."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to "
-"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Standaard proberen we inotify hiervoor te gebruiken en we vallen terug op "
-"het iedere 5 seconden bekijken van resolv.conf, als inotify niet kan worden "
-"gebruikt."
+msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+msgstr "Standaard proberen we inotify hiervoor te gebruiken en we vallen terug op het iedere 5 seconden bekijken van resolv.conf, als inotify niet kan worden gebruikt."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
-"files."
-msgstr ""
-"Map in het bestandssysteem waar SSSD de Kerberos replay-cache-bestanden moet "
-"opslaan."
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+msgstr "Map in het bestandssysteem waar SSSD de Kerberos replay-cache-bestanden moet opslaan."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid ""
-"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
-"domain name component."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze tekenreeks zal worden gebruikt als een standaard domeinnaam voor alle "
-"namen zonder een domeinnaamcomponent"
+msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+msgstr "Deze tekenreeks zal worden gebruikt als een standaard domeinnaam voor alle namen zonder een domeinnaamcomponent"
#. Define Global Services Parameters
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid ""
-"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the "
-"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most "
-"verbose mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Bitmasker dat aangeeft welke debug niveaus zichtbaar zullen zijn. 0x0010 is "
-"de standaard waarde en tegelijk de laagst toegestane waarde, 0xFFF0 is de "
-"meest uitgebreide modus."
+msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+msgstr "Bitmasker dat aangeeft welke debug niveaus zichtbaar zullen zijn. 0x0010 is de standaard waarde en tegelijk de laagst toegestane waarde, 0xFFF0 is de meest uitgebreide modus."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
@@ -360,92 +297,49 @@
msgstr "Timeout in seconden tussen heartbeats voor deze service."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
-"opened at one time by this SSSD process."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze optie specificeert het maximum aantal bestandbeschrijvers dat tegelijk "
-"geopend kunnen zijn door dit SSSD-proces."
+msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+msgstr "Deze optie specificeert het maximum aantal bestandbeschrijvers dat tegelijk geopend kunnen zijn door dit SSSD-proces."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
-"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze optie specificeert het aantal seconden dat een client van een SSSD "
-"proces een bestandbeschrijver kan vasthouden zonder erover te berichten."
+msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+msgstr "Deze optie specificeert het aantal seconden dat een client van een SSSD proces een bestandbeschrijver kan vasthouden zonder erover te berichten."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid ""
-"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it "
-"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
-msgstr ""
-"Als een service niet reageert op ping controles (zie ook de ”timeout” "
-"optie), zal die eerst een SIGTERM signaal krijgen met de instructie elegant "
-"te stoppen."
+msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+msgstr "Als een service niet reageert op ping controles (zie ook de ”timeout” optie), zal die eerst een SIGTERM signaal krijgen met de instructie elegant te stoppen."
#. NSS configuration options
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about "
-"all users)?"
-msgstr ""
-"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss opsommingen in de cache zetten (verzoeken om "
-"informatie over alle gebruikers)?"
+msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
+msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss opsommingen in de cache zetten (verzoeken om informatie over alle gebruikers)?"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
-msgid ""
-"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
-"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
-"for the domain."
-msgstr ""
-"De entry-cache kan automatisch worden ingesteld om entries te updaten in de "
-"achtergrond als dit ze wordt verzocht boven een percentage van de "
-"entry_cache_timeout waarde van het domein."
+msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
+msgstr "De entry-cache kan automatisch worden ingesteld om entries te updaten in de achtergrond als dit ze wordt verzocht boven een percentage van de entry_cache_timeout waarde van het domein."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
-msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
-"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) "
-"before asking the back end again."
-msgstr ""
-"specificeert hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve hits in de cache in de cache "
-"mag zetten (dat zijn queries voor ongeldige database-entries, zoals niet "
-"bestaande entries) voordat de back-end hierover opnieuw wordt gevraagd."
+msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
+msgstr "specificeert hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve hits in de cache in de cache mag zetten (dat zijn queries voor ongeldige database-entries, zoals niet bestaande entries) voordat de back-end hierover opnieuw wordt gevraagd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
-#| msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
-msgstr ""
-"Sluit bepaalde gebruikers uit om te worden opgehaald door de SSS-backend."
+msgstr "Sluit bepaalde gebruikers uit om te worden opgehaald door de SSS-backend."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
-#| msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr "Sluit bepaalde groepen uit om te worden opgehaald door de SSS-backend."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u wilt dat gefilterde gebruikers groepsleden blijven, dan zet u deze "
-"optie op onwaar."
+msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
+msgstr "Als u wilt dat gefilterde gebruikers groepsleden blijven, dan zet u deze optie op onwaar."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value "
-"or a template."
-msgstr ""
-"Laat de thuismap van de gebruiker buiten beschouwing. U kunt of een absolute "
-"waarde of een sjabloon opgeven."
+msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
+msgstr "Laat de thuismap van de gebruiker buiten beschouwing. U kunt of een absolute waarde of een sjabloon opgeven."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
-msgid ""
-"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
-"explicitly by the domain's data provider."
-msgstr ""
-"Stel een standaard sjabloon in voor de thuismap van een gebruiker als die "
-"niet expliciet is gespecificeerd door de gegevensleverancier van het domein."
+msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
+msgstr "Stel een standaard sjabloon in voor de thuismap van een gebruiker als die niet expliciet is gespecificeerd door de gegevensleverancier van het domein."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
@@ -453,77 +347,44 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
-msgstr ""
-"Beperk de shell van de gebruikers tot één van de gepresenteerde waarden."
+msgstr "Beperk de shell van de gebruikers tot één van de gepresenteerde waarden."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr "Vervang ieder exemplaar van deze shells door de shell_fallback"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
-msgid ""
-"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"De standaard te gebruiken shell als een toegestane shell niet is "
-"geïnstalleerd op de machine."
+msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
+msgstr "De standaard te gebruiken shell als een toegestane shell niet is geïnstalleerd op de machine."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
-msgid ""
-"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
-msgstr ""
-"De standaard te gebruiken shell als een leverancier er geen levert tijdens "
-"het zoeken."
+msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
+msgstr "De standaard te gebruiken shell als een leverancier er geen levert tijdens het zoeken."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
-"considered valid."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin de lijst van subdomeinen wordt "
-"beschouwd als geldig."
+msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
+msgstr "Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin de lijst van subdomeinen wordt beschouwd als geldig."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
-msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
-"valid."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin records in de in-memory cache geldig "
-"zijn."
+msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
+msgstr "Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin records in de in-memory cache geldig zijn."
#. PAM configuration options
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
-msgid ""
-"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached "
-"logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
-msgstr ""
-"Als de identificatie leverancier offline is, hoe lang staan we cached logins "
-"toe (in dagen sinds de laatste succesvolle online login)."
+msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
+msgstr "Als de identificatie leverancier offline is, hoe lang staan we cached logins toe (in dagen sinds de laatste succesvolle online login)."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
-msgid ""
-"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
-"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
-msgstr ""
-"De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts "
-"is bereikt voordat een nieuwe login poging mogelijk is."
+msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
+msgstr "De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts is bereikt voordat een nieuwe login poging mogelijk is."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
-msgid ""
-"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
-msgstr ""
-"Bepaalt welk soort berichten worden getoond aan de gebruiker tijdens "
-"authenticatie."
+msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
+msgstr "Bepaalt welk soort berichten worden getoond aan de gebruiker tijdens authenticatie."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
-msgid ""
-"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
-"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
-"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor ieder PAM verzoek terwijl SSSD online is, zal de SSSD onmiddellijk "
-"proberen de in de cache bewaarde identiteitsinformatie van de gebruiker bij "
-"te werken om te garanderen dat authenticatie plaatsvind met de meest recente "
-"informatie."
+msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
+msgstr "Voor ieder PAM verzoek terwijl SSSD online is, zal de SSSD onmiddellijk proberen de in de cache bewaarde identiteitsinformatie van de gebruiker bij te werken om te garanderen dat authenticatie plaatsvind met de meest recente informatie."
#. The kerberos domain section
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
@@ -533,140 +394,80 @@
#. SUDO configuration options
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
-msgid ""
-"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
-"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
-msgstr ""
-"Wel of niet evalueren van de sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter attributen die "
-"tijdsafhankelijke sudoer-entries toepassen."
+msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
+msgstr "Wel of niet evalueren van de sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter attributen die tijdsafhankelijke sudoer-entries toepassen."
#. AUTOFS configuration options
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
-msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative "
-"hits before asking the back end again."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert het aantal seconden dat de autofs-responder negatieve hits in "
-"de cache moet bewaren alvorens de backend opnieuw te bevragen."
+msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
+msgstr "Specificeert het aantal seconden dat de autofs-responder negatieve hits in de cache moet bewaren alvorens de backend opnieuw te bevragen."
#. SSH configuration options
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
-"file."
-msgstr ""
-"Wel of niet hostnamen en adressen hashen in het beheerde bestand known_hosts."
+msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
+msgstr "Wel of niet hostnamen en adressen hashen in het beheerde bestand known_hosts."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
-"host keys were requested."
-msgstr ""
-"De hoeveelheid seconden een host in het beheerde bestand known_hosts wordt "
-"gehouden nadat zijn host-keys zijn opgevraagd."
+msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
+msgstr "De hoeveelheid seconden een host in het beheerde bestand known_hosts wordt gehouden nadat zijn host-keys zijn opgevraagd."
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
-msgid ""
-"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
-"outside these limits, it is ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"UID en GID limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item bevat dat "
-"buiten deze limieten valt, wordt het genegeerd."
+msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
+msgstr "UID en GID limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item bevat dat buiten deze limieten valt, wordt het genegeerd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
-msgid ""
-"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor "
-"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
-msgstr ""
-"Als de service zich niet beëindigd na ”force_timeout” seconden, zal de "
-"monitor de service geforceerd afsluiten door middel van het signaal SIGKILL."
+msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
+msgstr "Als de service zich niet beëindigd na ”force_timeout” seconden, zal de monitor de service geforceerd afsluiten door middel van het signaal SIGKILL."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the "
-"backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend "
-"opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss gebruiker-items als geldig beschouwen voordat "
-"de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss gebruiker-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss groep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de "
-"backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss groep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before "
-"asking the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss netgroep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat "
-"de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss netgroep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss service-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de "
-"backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss service-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-"Hoeveel seconden moet sudo regels als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend "
-"opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet sudo regels als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid "
-"before asking the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Hoeveel seconden moet de autofs service automounter-maps als geldig "
-"beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet de autofs service automounter-maps als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
-msgid ""
-"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
-"being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
-msgstr ""
-"Aantal dagen dat items in de cache worden gelaten, na iedere succesvolle "
-"aanmelding, voordat ze worden verwijderd tijdens het opruimen van de cache."
+msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
+msgstr "Aantal dagen dat items in de cache worden gelaten, na iedere succesvolle aanmelding, voordat ze worden verwijderd tijdens het opruimen van de cache."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr "De identificatie-leverancier die wordt gebruikt voor het domein."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
-msgid ""
-"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
-"as the user's login name reported to NSS."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik de volledige naam en het domein (zoals vastgelegd in "
-"full_name_format van het domein) zoals ook gebruikt voor de aanmeldnaam van "
-"de gebruiker gerapporteerd aan NSS."
+msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
+msgstr "Gebruik de volledige naam en het domein (zoals vastgelegd in full_name_format van het domein) zoals ook gebruikt voor de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker gerapporteerd aan NSS."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
@@ -677,11 +478,8 @@
msgstr "De toegangscontrole leverancier gebruikt voor het domein."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
-msgstr ""
-"De leverancier die bewerkingen voor wachtwoordwijziging af zou moeten "
-"handelen voor het domein."
+msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
+msgstr "De leverancier die bewerkingen voor wachtwoordwijziging af zou moeten handelen voor het domein."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
@@ -689,13 +487,11 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
-msgstr ""
-"De leverancier die laden van selinux instellingen zou moeten afhandelen."
+msgstr "De leverancier die laden van selinux instellingen zou moeten afhandelen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
-msgstr ""
-"De leverancier die het verkrijgen van subdomeinen zou moeten afhandelen."
+msgstr "De leverancier die het verkrijgen van subdomeinen zou moeten afhandelen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
@@ -703,49 +499,27 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
-msgstr ""
-"De leverancier gebruikt voor het ophalen van host identiteitsinformatie."
+msgstr "De leverancier gebruikt voor het ophalen van host identiteitsinformatie."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
-msgid ""
-"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
-"containing user name and domain into these components."
-msgstr ""
-"Reguliere expressie voor het domein, die beschrijft hoe de reeks met "
-"gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden omgezet in deze componenten."
+msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
+msgstr "Reguliere expressie voor het domein, die beschrijft hoe de reeks met gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden omgezet in deze componenten."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, "
-"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
-msgstr ""
-"Een formaat, compatible met printf(3), dat beschrijft hoe de geordende lijst "
-"(naam, domein) moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam "
-"voor dit domein."
+msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
+msgstr "Een formaat, compatible met printf(3), dat beschrijft hoe de geordende lijst (naam, domein) moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam voor dit domein."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
-msgid ""
-"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
-"performing DNS lookups."
-msgstr ""
-"Biedt de mogelijkheid de adresfamilie van voorkeur te selecteren, voor "
-"gebruik tijdens DNS zoekopdrachten"
+msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
+msgstr "Biedt de mogelijkheid de adresfamilie van voorkeur te selecteren, voor gebruik tijdens DNS zoekopdrachten"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
-msgid ""
-"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS "
-"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
-msgstr ""
-"Stelt vast hoelang (in seconden) wordt gewacht op een antwoord van de DNS "
-"resolver voordat wordt aangenomen dat die onbereikbaar is."
+msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
+msgstr "Stelt vast hoelang (in seconden) wordt gewacht op een antwoord van de DNS resolver voordat wordt aangenomen dat die onbereikbaar is."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
-"the service discovery DNS query."
-msgstr ""
-"Als servicezoeken wordt gebruikt in de backend, specificeert het het "
-"domeindeel van de DNS zoekopdracht van het servicezoeken."
+msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
+msgstr "Als servicezoeken wordt gebruikt in de backend, specificeert het het domeindeel van de DNS zoekopdracht van het servicezoeken."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
@@ -756,86 +530,47 @@
msgstr "Behandel gebruikers- en groepnamen als hoofdlettergevoelig."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
-msgid ""
-"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
-"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested "
-"name was an alias."
-msgstr ""
-"Als een gebruiker of groep op naam wordt opgezocht in de proxy provider, "
-"wordt een tweede zoekopdracht op ID uitgevoerd om de naam te kunnen "
-"onderscheiden van een alias met dezelfde naam."
+msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
+msgstr "Als een gebruiker of groep op naam wordt opgezocht in de proxy provider, wordt een tweede zoekopdracht op ID uitgevoerd om de naam te kunnen onderscheiden van een alias met dezelfde naam."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
-msgid ""
-"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik deze homedir als standaard waarde voor alle subdomeinen binnen dit "
-"domein."
+msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
+msgstr "Gebruik deze homedir als standaard waarde voor alle subdomeinen binnen dit domein."
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
-msgstr ""
-"Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die toestemming hebben om zich aan te "
-"melden. "
+msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die toestemming hebben om zich aan te melden. "
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only "
-"to groups within this SSSD domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die toestemming hebben zich aan te melden. "
-"Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen dit SSSD domein."
+msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die toestemming hebben zich aan te melden. Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen dit SSSD domein."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This "
-"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd. Dit "
-"is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen het SSSD domein."
+msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd. Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen het SSSD domein."
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
-msgid ""
-"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"De software voegt de aanmeldnaam toe aan de base_directory and gebruikt die "
-"als persoonlijke map."
+msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
+msgstr "De software voegt de aanmeldnaam toe aan de base_directory and gebruikt die als persoonlijke map."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
-msgid ""
-"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
-msgstr ""
-"Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden aangemaakt voor "
-"nieuwe gebruikers."
+msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
+msgstr "Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden aangemaakt voor nieuwe gebruikers."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
-msgid ""
-"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
-msgstr ""
-"Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden gewist voor "
-"verwijderde gebruikers."
+msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
+msgstr "Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden gewist voor verwijderde gebruikers."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
-msgid ""
-"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created "
-"home directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruikt door sss_useradd(8) om de standaard permissies op te geven voor een "
-"nieuw aangemaakte persoonlijke map."
+msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
+msgstr "Gebruikt door sss_useradd(8) om de standaard permissies op te geven voor een nieuw aangemaakte persoonlijke map."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
-msgid ""
-"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
-"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
-"sss_useradd(8)"
-msgstr ""
-"De map, met hierin het noodzakelijke minimum aan bestanden en submappen, die "
-"moet worden gekopieerd in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, zodra de "
-"persoonlijke map is aangemaakt door sss_useradd(8)"
+msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
+msgstr "De map, met hierin het noodzakelijke minimum aan bestanden en submappen, die moet worden gekopieerd in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, zodra de persoonlijke map is aangemaakt door sss_useradd(8)"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
msgid "The mail spool directory."
@@ -852,25 +587,15 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr ""
-"De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-regels."
+msgstr "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-regels."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
-"should connect in the order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD "
-"verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+msgstr "Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
-"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
-msgstr ""
-"Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD "
-"verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur, om het wachtwoord van de "
-"gebruiker te veranderen."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
+msgstr "Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur, om het wachtwoord van de gebruiker te veranderen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
@@ -882,9 +607,7 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
-msgstr ""
-"De standaard bind-DN die wordt gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP "
-"bewerkingen."
+msgstr "De standaard bind-DN die wordt gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP bewerkingen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
@@ -900,8 +623,7 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
@@ -909,251 +631,127 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de "
-"gebruiker."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de gebruiker."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het gecos-veld van de gebruiker."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het gecos-veld van de gebruiker."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
-msgid ""
-" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam van de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker "
-"bevat."
+msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam van de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker bevat."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard shell van de gebruiker "
-"bevat."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard shell van de gebruiker bevat."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat het UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat de objectSID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de objectSID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
-"parent object."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat het tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging aan "
-"het bovenliggend object."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging aan het bovenliggend object."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last "
-"password change)."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van "
-"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum van "
-"de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
+msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum van de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord)."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password "
-"age)."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van "
-"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (minimum "
-"leeftijd van het wachtwoord)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
+msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (minimum leeftijd van het wachtwoord)."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password "
-"age)."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van "
-"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (maximum "
-"leeftijd van het wachtwoord)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
+msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (maximum leeftijd van het wachtwoord)."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning "
-"period)."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van "
-"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger "
-"(waarschuwingsperiode van het wachtwoord)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
+msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (waarschuwingsperiode van het wachtwoord)."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password "
-"inactivity period)."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van "
-"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (periode "
-"dat het wachtwoord inactief is)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
+msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (periode dat het wachtwoord inactief is)."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this "
-"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its "
-"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt "
-"gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat "
-"overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum waarop het account "
-"verloopt)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
+msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum waarop het account verloopt)."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in "
-"kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de "
-"naam van een LDAP attribuut, dat de datum en tijd opslaat van de laatste "
-"verandering van het wachtwoord in kerberos."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
+msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut, dat de datum en tijd opslaat van de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord in kerberos."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de "
-"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaldatum en -tijd opslaat van het "
-"huidige wachtwoord."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
+msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaldatum en -tijd opslaat van het huidige wachtwoord."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
-"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de "
-"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaltijd van het account opslaat."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
+msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaltijd van het account opslaat."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
-"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de "
-"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat het control-bit-veld van het "
-"gebruikersaccount opslaat."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
+msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat het control-bit-veld van het gebruikersaccount opslaat."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter "
-"determines if access is allowed or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of een equivalent wordt gebruikt, stelt "
-"deze parameter vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
+msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of een equivalent wordt gebruikt, stelt deze parameter vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if "
-"access is allowed or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast "
-"of toegang is toegestaan of niet."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
+msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until "
-"which date access is granted."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast "
-"tot wanneer toegang is toegestaan."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
+msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast tot wanneer toegang is toegestaan."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the "
-"hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut de "
-"uren van een dag in een week vast wanneer toegang is toegestaan."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
+msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut de uren van een dag in een week vast wanneer toegang is toegestaan."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name "
-"(UPN)."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat de Kerberos \"User Principal Name\" (UPN) bevat van "
-"de gebruiker."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de Kerberos \"User Principal Name\" (UPN) bevat van de gebruiker."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat de SSH publieke sleutels bevat van de gebruiker. "
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de SSH publieke sleutels bevat van de gebruiker. "
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
-msgid ""
-"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
-"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
-"fail."
-msgstr ""
-"Sommige directory servers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, zouden het "
-"gebiedsdeel van de UPN kunnen leveren in kleine letters, waardoor de "
-"authenticatie kan mislukken."
+msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
+msgstr "Sommige directory servers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, zouden het gebiedsdeel van de UPN kunnen leveren in kleine letters, waardoor de authenticatie kan mislukken."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
-msgstr ""
-"Stel deze optie in op true als u een gebied met hoofdletter wilt gebruiken"
+msgstr "Stel deze optie in op true als u een gebied met hoofdletter wilt gebruiken"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
-msgid ""
-"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
-"enumerated records."
-msgstr ""
-"Legt vast hoeveel seconden SSSD moet wachten voordat de cache van opgesomde "
-"records wordt ververst."
+msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
+msgstr "Legt vast hoeveel seconden SSSD moet wachten voordat de cache van opgesomde records wordt ververst."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
-msgid ""
-"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
-"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
-"space."
-msgstr ""
-"Stel vast hoe vaak de cache van inactieve entries (zoals van groepen zonder "
-"leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) moet worden "
-"gecontroleerd en vervolgens te verwijderen om ruimte te besparen."
+msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
+msgstr "Stel vast hoe vaak de cache van inactieve entries (zoals van groepen zonder leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) moet worden gecontroleerd en vervolgens te verwijderen om ruimte te besparen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat een overzicht geeft van groepslidmaatschappen van de "
-"gebruiker."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat een overzicht geeft van groepslidmaatschappen van de gebruiker."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
-msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will "
-"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry "
-"to determine access privilege."
-msgstr ""
-"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, zal SSSD "
-"de aanwezigheid van het authorizedService attribuut in het LDAP-item van de "
-"gebruiker gebruiken om toegangsrechten vast te stellen."
+msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
+msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid van het authorizedService attribuut in het LDAP-item van de gebruiker gebruiken om toegangsrechten vast te stellen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
-msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the "
-"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
-"privilege."
-msgstr ""
-"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid "
-"van het attribuut host in het LDAP item van de gebruiker gebruiken om de "
-"toegangsrechten vast te stellen."
+msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
+msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid van het attribuut host in het LDAP item van de gebruiker gebruiken om de toegangsrechten vast te stellen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
@@ -1180,42 +778,20 @@
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het objectSID bevat van een LDAP groepsobject."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
-msgid ""
-" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
-"parent object."
-msgstr ""
-" Het LDAP attribuut dat een datumstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van "
-"het bovenliggend object."
+msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
+msgstr " Het LDAP attribuut dat een datumstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van het bovenliggend object."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
-msgid ""
-"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
-"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
-"follow."
-msgstr ""
-"Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-formaat dat geneste groepen "
-"ondersteunt (bijv. RFC2307bis), dan controleert deze optie hoeveel geneste "
-"SSSD niveaus nog volgen."
+msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
+msgstr "Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-formaat dat geneste groepen ondersteunt (bijv. RFC2307bis), dan controleert deze optie hoeveel geneste SSSD niveaus nog volgen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
-"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with "
-"complex or deep nested groups."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory "
-"specifiek kenmerk dat zoekopdrachten naar groepen kan versnellen bij "
-"toepassen van complexe of diep geneste groepen."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
+msgstr "Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory specifiek kenmerk dat zoekopdrachten naar groepen kan versnellen bij toepassen van complexe of diep geneste groepen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
-"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when "
-"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory "
-"specifiek kenmerk dat initgroups operaties kan versnellen (met name bij het "
-"omgaan met complexe of diep geneste groepen)."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
+msgstr "Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory specifiek kenmerk dat initgroups operaties kan versnellen (met name bij het omgaan met complexe of diep geneste groepen)."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
@@ -1230,147 +806,84 @@
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van netgroep-leden."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat de (host, gebruiker, domein) netgroup tripletten "
-"bevat."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de (host, gebruiker, domein) netgroup tripletten bevat."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP netgroep-object bevat."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP netgroep-object bevat."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr "De objectklasse van een service-item in LDAP."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their "
-"aliases."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van service-attributen en hun aliassen."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van service-attributen en hun aliassen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de poort bevat waarmee deze service kan werken."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP attribuut dat de protocollen bevat waarmee deze service kan werken."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
+msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de protocollen bevat waarmee deze service kan werken."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
-msgid ""
-"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches "
-"for this attribute type."
-msgstr ""
-"Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP "
-"zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgstr "Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
-msgid ""
-" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
-"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
-"is entered)."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten toestemming "
-"hebben te draaien voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache "
-"worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)."
+msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
+msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten toestemming hebben te draaien voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
-"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
-"are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten naar "
-"gebruiker- en groep-opsommingen zijn toegestaan voordat ze worden gestopt en "
-"de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt "
-"gestart)."
+msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
+msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten naar gebruiker- en groep-opsommingen zijn toegestaan voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) "
-"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna de poll(2)/select(2) gevolgd "
-"door een connect(2) terug keert in geval van geen activiteit."
+msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
+msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna de poll(2)/select(2) gevolgd door een connect(2) terug keert in geval van geen activiteit."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
-"will abort if no response is received."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP "
-"API's zullen stoppen als geen reactie is ontvangen."
+msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
+msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP API's zullen stoppen als geen reactie is ontvangen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
-"maintained."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) tot wanneer een verbinding met de "
-"LDAP server in stand zal worden gehouden."
+msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
+msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) tot wanneer een verbinding met de LDAP server in stand zal worden gehouden."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
-"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert het aantal records dat moet worden opgehaald van LDAP in een "
-"enkel verzoek. Sommige LDAP servers dwingen een maximum limiet per-verzoek "
-"af."
+msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
+msgstr "Specificeert het aantal records dat moet worden opgehaald van LDAP in een enkel verzoek. Sommige LDAP servers dwingen een maximum limiet per-verzoek af."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr "Schakel de LDAP-paging-controle uit."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
-msgid ""
-"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
-"security level necessary to establish the connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Geef het minimum veiligheidsniveau op dat nodig is voor het maken van de "
-"verbinding, als er wordt gecommuniceerd met een LDAP server die SASL "
-"gebruikt."
+msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
+msgstr "Geef het minimum veiligheidsniveau op dat nodig is voor het maken van de verbinding, als er wordt gecommuniceerd met een LDAP server die SASL gebruikt."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
-"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
-msgstr ""
-"Geef het aantal groepsleden op dat moet ontbreken uit de interne cache om "
-"een 'dereference lookup' teweeg te brengen."
+msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
+msgstr "Geef het aantal groepsleden op dat moet ontbreken uit de interne cache om een 'dereference lookup' teweeg te brengen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
-"Authorities that sssd will recognize."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor alle Certificate "
-"Authorities die sssd zal herkennen."
+msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
+msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor alle Certificate Authorities die sssd zal herkennen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
-"certificates in separate individual files."
-msgstr ""
-"Legt het pad of een directory vast dat Certificate Authority certificaten "
-"bevat in gescheiden, individuele bestanden."
+msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
+msgstr "Legt het pad of een directory vast dat Certificate Authority certificaten bevat in gescheiden, individuele bestanden."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor de sleutel van de "
-"client."
+msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor de sleutel van de client."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
@@ -1381,22 +894,12 @@
msgstr "Legt acceptabele cipher-suites vast."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
-msgid ""
-"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the "
-"channel."
-msgstr ""
-"Legt vast dat de id_provider verbinding ook tls moet gebruiken om het kanaal "
-"te beschermen."
+msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
+msgstr "Legt vast dat de id_provider verbinding ook tls moet gebruiken om het kanaal te beschermen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
-msgid ""
-"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
-"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
-"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
-msgstr ""
-"Legt vast dat SSSD moet proberen om gebruiker - en groep ID's vast te leggen "
-"van de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid, in plaats van "
-"te vertrouwen op ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number."
+msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
+msgstr "Legt vast dat SSSD moet proberen om gebruiker - en groep ID's vast te leggen van de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid, in plaats van te vertrouwen op ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
@@ -1411,12 +914,8 @@
msgstr "Geeft aan welk SASL gebied te gebruiken."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
-msgid ""
-"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
-"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
-msgstr ""
-"Als deze optie aan staat, zal de LDAP bibliotheek een zoekopdracht op IP-"
-"adres uitvoeren om de volledige hostnaam op te halen tijdens een SASL bind."
+msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
+msgstr "Als deze optie aan staat, zal de LDAP bibliotheek een zoekopdracht op IP-adres uitvoeren om de volledige hostnaam op te halen tijdens een SASL bind."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
@@ -1424,65 +923,39 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
-msgstr ""
-"Geeft aan dat de id_provider Kerberos credentials (TGT) moet initiëren."
+msgstr "Geeft aan dat de id_provider Kerberos credentials (TGT) moet initiëren."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr "Geeft de levensduur in seconden van de TGT als GSSAPI wordt gebruikt."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
-msgid ""
-"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer het beleid om het verlopen van het wachtwoord te evalueren aan de "
-"kant van de client."
+msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
+msgstr "Selecteer het beleid om het verlopen van het wachtwoord te evalueren aan de kant van de client."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Geeft aan wanneer automatische \"referral chasing\" moet worden ingeschakeld."
+msgstr "Geeft aan wanneer automatische \"referral chasing\" moet worden ingeschakeld."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt zodra service-ontdekking is "
-"ingeschakeld."
+msgstr "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt zodra service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
-"password changes when service discovery is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt om een LDAP server te vinden "
-"die wachtwoord veranderingen toestaat als service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld."
+msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
+msgstr "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt om een LDAP server te vinden die wachtwoord veranderingen toestaat als service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
-msgid ""
-"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
-"days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
-msgstr ""
-"Geeft aan of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change wordt bijgewerkt met "
-"het aantal dagen vanaf de Epoch na een wachtwoord veranderingsoperatie."
+msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
+msgstr "Geeft aan of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change wordt bijgewerkt met het aantal dagen vanaf de Epoch na een wachtwoord veranderingsoperatie."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
-msgid ""
-"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
-"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that "
-"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
-msgstr ""
-"Als access_provider = ldap en ldap_access_order = filter (standaard) worden "
-"gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Deze optie specificeert een criterium "
-"voor het LDAP zoekfilter waaraan moet worden voldaan om de gebruiker toegang "
-"tot deze host te verschaffen."
+msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
+msgstr "Als access_provider = ldap en ldap_access_order = filter (standaard) worden gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Deze optie specificeert een criterium voor het LDAP zoekfilter waaraan moet worden voldaan om de gebruiker toegang tot deze host te verschaffen."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
-msgid ""
-" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
-"be enabled."
-msgstr ""
-" Met deze optie kan een evaluatie van toegangscontrole aan de zijde van de "
-"client worden ingesteld."
+msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
+msgstr " Met deze optie kan een evaluatie van toegangscontrole aan de zijde van de client worden ingesteld."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
@@ -1490,41 +963,27 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
-msgstr ""
-"Geeft aan hoe alias dereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekopdracht."
+msgstr "Geeft aan hoe alias dereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekopdracht."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
-msgid ""
-"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that "
-"use the RFC2307 schema."
-msgstr ""
-"Staat toe lokale gebruikers te handhaven als leden van een LDAP groep voor "
-"servers die het RFC2307 schema gebruiken."
+msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
+msgstr "Staat toe lokale gebruikers te handhaven als leden van een LDAP groep voor servers die het RFC2307 schema gebruiken."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
-"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"Geeft een komma-gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de "
-"Kerberos servers waarmee SSSD een verbinding zou moeten maken, in volgorde "
-"van voorkeur."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
+msgstr "Geeft een komma-gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de Kerberos servers waarmee SSSD een verbinding zou moeten maken, in volgorde van voorkeur."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
-msgid ""
-"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative "
-"servers can be defined here."
-msgstr ""
-"Als de dienst voor het veranderen van wachtwoorden niet draait op het KDC, "
-"kunnen hier alternatieve servers worden gedefinieerd."
+msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
+msgstr "Als de dienst voor het veranderen van wachtwoorden niet draait op het KDC, kunnen hier alternatieve servers worden gedefinieerd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
@@ -1535,65 +994,36 @@
msgstr "Locatie van de cache met credential van de gebruiker."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
-msgid ""
-" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change "
-"password request is aborted."
-msgstr ""
-" Time-out in seconden nadat een verzoek tot online authenticatie of tot "
-"verandering van wachtwoord is afgebroken."
+msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
+msgstr " Time-out in seconden nadat een verzoek tot online authenticatie of tot verandering van wachtwoord is afgebroken."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
-msgid ""
-"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
-"spoofed."
-msgstr ""
-"Verifieer met behulp van krb5_keytab dat de TGT die is verkregen, niet is "
-"vervalst."
+msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
+msgstr "Verifieer met behulp van krb5_keytab dat de TGT die is verkregen, niet is vervalst."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
-msgid ""
-"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from "
-"KDCs."
-msgstr ""
-"De locatie van de keytab te gebruiken bij het valideren van credentials, "
-"verkregen van KDC's."
+msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
+msgstr "De locatie van de keytab te gebruiken bij het valideren van credentials, verkregen van KDC's."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
-msgid ""
-"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to "
-"request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
-msgstr ""
-"Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik "
-"dit om een TGT te verzoeken, zodra de provider weer online is."
+msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
+msgstr "Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik dit om een TGT te verzoeken, zodra de provider weer online is."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
-msgid ""
-"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer "
-"immediately followed by a time unit."
-msgstr ""
-"Vraag om een te vernieuwen ticket met een totale leeftijd, gegeven als een "
-"geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid."
+msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
+msgstr "Vraag om een te vernieuwen ticket met een totale leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
-msgid ""
-"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately "
-"followed by a time unit."
-msgstr ""
-"Vraag om een ticket met een leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal "
-"onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid."
+msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
+msgstr "Vraag om een ticket met een leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
-msgstr ""
-"De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles als de TGT moet worden vernieuwd."
+msgstr "De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles als de TGT moet worden vernieuwd."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
-msgid ""
-"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-"
-"authentication."
-msgstr ""
-"Schakelt flexibele authenticatie secure tunneling (FAST) in voor pre-"
-"authenticatie van Kerberos."
+msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
+msgstr "Schakelt flexibele authenticatie secure tunneling (FAST) in voor pre-authenticatie van Kerberos."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
@@ -1601,8 +1031,7 @@
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert of de hoofd host en gebruiker gecanonaliseerd moeten worden."
+msgstr "Specificeert of de hoofd host en gebruiker gecanonaliseerd moeten worden."
#. The Active Directory domain section
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
@@ -1614,43 +1043,24 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
-msgid ""
-"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to "
-"which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de AD servers "
-"waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
+msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
+msgstr "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de AD servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid ""
-"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the "
-"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this "
-"host."
-msgstr ""
-"Optioneel. Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam niet de volledig "
-"gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt in het Active Directory "
-"domein om deze host mee te identificeren."
+msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+msgstr "Optioneel. Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam niet de volledig gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt in het Active Directory domein om deze host mee te identificeren."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr "Gaat boven de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
-msgid ""
-" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
-"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
-msgstr ""
-" Specificeert de onderste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's "
-"voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active "
-"Directory."
+msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgstr " Specificeert de onderste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
-"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert de bovenste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor "
-"overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory."
+msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgstr "Specificeert de bovenste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
@@ -1665,12 +1075,8 @@
msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het standaard domein"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
-msgid ""
-"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to "
-"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
-msgstr ""
-"Verandert het gedrag van het algoritme van de het overeen laten komen van "
-"ID's om zich meer te gedragen als winbind's “idmap_autorid” algoritme."
+msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
+msgstr "Verandert het gedrag van het algoritme van de het overeen laten komen van ID's om zich meer te gedragen als winbind's “idmap_autorid” algoritme."
#. The Active Directory domain section
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
@@ -1682,37 +1088,24 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid ""
-"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully "
-"qualified name."
-msgstr ""
-"Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam(5) niet de volledig "
-"gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft."
+msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+msgstr "Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam(5) niet de volledig gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into "
-"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze optie vertelt SSSD om de DNS-server ingebouwd in FreeIPA v2 automatisch "
-"bij te werken met het IP-adres van deze client."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
+msgstr "Deze optie vertelt SSSD om de DNS-server ingebouwd in FreeIPA v2 automatisch bij te werken met het IP-adres van deze client."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
-msgstr ""
-"De toe te passen TTL naar het DNS-record van de client bij het bijwerken "
-"ervan."
+msgstr "De toe te passen TTL naar het DNS-record van de client bij het bijwerken ervan."
#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
-msgid ""
-"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
-msgstr ""
-"Kies het interface waarvan het IP-adres gebruikt zou moeten worden voor "
-"dynamisch bijwerken van de DNS."
+msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
+msgstr "Kies het interface waarvan het IP-adres gebruikt zou moeten worden voor dynamisch bijwerken van de DNS."
#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
@@ -1720,9 +1113,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) "
-"to diagnose."
+msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
msgstr ""
#. end Export
@@ -1816,55 +1207,14 @@
#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
#~ msgstr "Client-configuratie voor authenticatie (sssd)"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and "
-#~ "authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one "
-#~ "authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication "
-#~ "domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In "
-#~ "the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected "
-#~ "providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected "
-#~ "identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:"
-#~ "<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD "
-#~ "internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See "
-#~ "sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: "
-#~ "FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</"
-#~ "b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:"
-#~ "<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for "
-#~ "Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise "
-#~ "Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider."
-#~ "<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
-#~ "<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth "
-#~ "provider is the id_provider.<br>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "SSSD biedt een set daemons om toegang te beheren tot mappen op afstand en "
-#~ "authenticatiemechanismen.<br>U moet minstens een authenticatiedomein "
-#~ "instellen.<br>De eerste die u ingesteld moet hebben voor een "
-#~ "authenticatiedomein is de leverancier van de identificatie en "
-#~ "authenticatie voor het domein.<br>In de volgende stap moet u enige "
-#~ "verplichte parameters instellen voor de geselecteerde leveranciers. U "
-#~ "kunt later alle parameters, beschikbaar voor de geselecteerde leverancier "
-#~ "van identificatie en autorisaties. SSSD biedt de volgende id_provider:"
-#~ "<br><b>proxy</b>: ondersteunt een ouderwetse NSS-leverancier."
-#~ "<br><b>local</b>: SSSD interne leverancier voor locale gebruikers."
-#~ "<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP-leverancier. Zie sssd-ldap(5) voor meer informatie "
-#~ "over het instellen van LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise "
-#~ "Identity Management leverancier.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory "
-#~ "leverancier.<br>Ondersteunde autorisatieleveranciers zijn:<br><b>ldap</b> "
-#~ "voor natuurlijke LDAP-authenticatie.<br><b>krb5</b> voor authenticatie "
-#~ "met Kerberos.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise Identity "
-#~ "Management leverancier.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory leverancier."
-#~ "<br><b>proxy</b> voor doorgeven van authenticatie naar een andere PAM-"
-#~ "target.<br><b>none</b> schakelt authenticatie expliciet uit.<br>De "
-#~ "standaard leverancier van authenticatie is de id_provider.<br>"
+#~ msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Ident
ity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
+#~ msgstr "SSSD biedt een set daemons om toegang te beheren tot mappen op afstand en authenticatiemechanismen.<br>U moet minstens een authenticatiedomein instellen.<br>De eerste die u ingesteld moet hebben voor een authenticatiedomein is de leverancier van de identificatie en authenticatie voor het domein.<br>In de volgende stap moet u enige verplichte parameters instellen voor de geselecteerde leveranciers. U kunt later alle parameters, beschikbaar voor de geselecteerde leverancier van identificatie en autorisaties. SSSD biedt de volgende id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: ondersteunt een ouderwetse NSS-leverancier.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD interne leverancier voor locale gebruikers.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP-leverancier. Zie sssd-ldap(5) voor meer informatie over het instellen van LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management leverancier.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory leverancier.<br>Ondersteunde autorisatieleveranciers zijn:<br><b>ldap</b> voor natuurlijke LDAP-authe
nticatie.<br><b>krb5</b> voor authenticatie met Kerberos.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management leverancier.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory leverancier.<br><b>proxy</b> voor doorgeven van authenticatie naar een andere PAM-target.<br><b>none</b> schakelt authenticatie expliciet uit.<br>De standaard leverancier van authenticatie is de id_provider.<br>"
#~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
#~ msgstr "Stelt vast of een domein kan worden genoemd."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Bepaalt of credentials van gebruikers ook in de lokale LDB-cache worden "
-#~ "bewaard."
+#~ msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+#~ msgstr "Bepaalt of credentials van gebruikers ook in de lokale LDB-cache worden bewaard."
#~ msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
#~ msgstr "De authenticatie leverancier gebruikt voor het domein."
@@ -1873,34 +1223,22 @@
#~ msgstr "Gebruik het domeindeel van hostnaam van het systeem."
#~ msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die expliciet toegang wordt "
-#~ "geweigerd."
+#~ msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd."
#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van bewerkingen op "
-#~ "een LDAP gebruiker."
+#~ msgstr "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van bewerkingen op een LDAP gebruiker."
#~ msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
#~ msgstr "Geeft het schema-type aan, in gebruik op de doel-LDAP-server."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, "
-#~ "if any."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Geeft aan welke controles worden uitgevoerd op servercertificaten in een "
-#~ "TLS sessie, als die er zijn."
+#~ msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+#~ msgstr "Geeft aan welke controles worden uitgevoerd op servercertificaten in een TLS sessie, als die er zijn."
#~ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
#~ msgstr "De naam van het Kerberos gebied."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers "
-#~ "to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-servers "
-#~ "waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
+#~ msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#~ msgstr "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
#~ msgid "SPAM Prevention"
#~ msgstr "SPAM-preventie"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:04+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -30,9 +30,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47
#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45
msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..."
-msgstr ""
-"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving "
-"uitgevoerd..."
+msgstr "Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -139,11 +137,8 @@
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
-msgstr ""
-"Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende "
-"systeem"
+msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
+msgstr "Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem"
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
msgid "known modules: %1"
@@ -175,30 +170,22 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n"
-"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified "
-"location.</p>"
+"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op "
-"het geïnstalleerde\n"
-"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de "
-"gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren.</p>"
+"<p>Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op het geïnstalleerde\n"
+"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren.</p>"
#. help 2/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n"
-"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a "
-"symbolic\n"
-"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit "
-"pattern for the\n"
+"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n"
+"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n"
"new permissions.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de "
-"permissies van de\n"
-"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis <i>userid:"
-"groupid</i> in te stellen.\n"
-"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken "
-"wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n"
+"<p>Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies van de\n"
+"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis <i>userid:groupid</i> in te stellen.\n"
+"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n"
"een octaal nummer dat het bitpatroon van de nieuwe permissies weergeeft.</p>"
# bedoelt men hier:
@@ -277,18 +264,13 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n"
-"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location "
-"in the\n"
-"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web "
-"server\n"
+"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n"
+"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n"
"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een "
-"configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n"
-"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het "
-"geïnstalleerde\n"
-"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren "
-"en u een\n"
+"<p>Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n"
+"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het geïnstalleerde\n"
+"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren en u een\n"
"httpd.conf-configuratiebestand heeft voorbereid.</p>"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332
@@ -315,9 +297,7 @@
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
-msgstr ""
-"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-"
-"instellingen"
+msgstr "Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-instellingen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
@@ -340,8 +320,7 @@
"\n"
"%s\n"
"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed "
-"YaST packages in <software/> section."
+"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
@@ -456,8 +435,7 @@
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische "
-"installatie.</p>\n"
+"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
msgid "Probe hardware"
@@ -561,9 +539,7 @@
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische "
-"installatie.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.</P>"
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
@@ -730,12 +706,10 @@
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217
msgid ""
-"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-"
-"out)\n"
+"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
"installation messages.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, "
-"loggen\n"
+"<p>Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, loggen\n"
"en/of bekijken (met tijdslimiet).</p> \n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223
@@ -743,10 +717,8 @@
"<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n"
"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het wordt aanbevolen alle <b>meldingen</b> te bekijken met een "
-"tijdslimiet.\n"
-"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen "
-"niet genegeerd worden.</p>\n"
+"<p>Het wordt aanbevolen alle <b>meldingen</b> te bekijken met een tijdslimiet.\n"
+"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet genegeerd worden.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230
msgid "Messages and Logging"
@@ -763,14 +735,12 @@
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
-"to add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Kies één van de volgende <b>basis</b>selecties en klik op <i>gedetailleerd</"
-"i> om\n"
+"Kies één van de volgende <b>basis</b>selecties en klik op <i>gedetailleerd</i> om\n"
"<b>uitgebreide</b> selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -782,10 +752,8 @@
msgstr "Locatie van de installatiebron (zoals http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
-msgstr ""
-"De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)"
+msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
+msgstr "De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
msgid "using that installation source failed"
@@ -800,41 +768,31 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
-"to mount\n"
-"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
-"can be\n"
-"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
-"possible.\n"
+"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
+"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
+"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:</b>\n"
-"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door "
-"de\n"
-"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat "
-"het aan\n"
-"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een "
-"UUID\n"
-"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden "
-"via een\n"
-"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit "
-"onmogelijk.\n"
+"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n"
+"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan\n"
+"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een UUID\n"
+"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden via een\n"
+"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n"
"\t"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
"\t "
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Volumelabel:</b>\n"
"\t De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft\n"
-"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel "
-"activeert.\n"
+"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n"
"\t Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n"
"\t "
@@ -935,8 +893,7 @@
"You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n"
"system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n"
msgstr ""
-"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig "
-"bestandssysteem\n"
+"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig bestandssysteem\n"
"geselecteerd. Gaarne een geldig bestandssysteem selecteren om door te gaan.\n"
#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we
@@ -1005,11 +962,8 @@
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
-msgid ""
-"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap"
-"\" is geselecteerd."
+msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
+msgstr "Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" is geselecteerd."
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
@@ -1075,13 +1029,10 @@
"<p>\n"
"Voor deze machine kon geen profiel worden gevonden of opgehaald.\n"
"Controleer of u de juiste locatie op de commandoregel heeft opgegeven\n"
-"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres "
-"naar het\n"
+"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres naar het\n"
"profiel opgeven, geen map. Wanneer u gebruik maakt van op regels- of op\n"
-"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces "
-"opnieuw\n"
-"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk "
-"zijn.</p>\n"
+"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces opnieuw\n"
+"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk zijn.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30
msgid "System Profile Location"
@@ -1116,8 +1067,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn "
-"gedetecteerd.\n"
+"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd.\n"
"Selecteer de harde schijf waarop u &product; wilt installeren.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1191,17 +1141,14 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200
msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor "
-"besturingsbestanden. </p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor besturingsbestanden. </p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n"
"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een "
-"specifieke\n"
+"<p>U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een specifieke\n"
"afdeling, groep of terrein in uw bedrijfsomgeving.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213
@@ -1210,8 +1157,7 @@
"and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en "
-"wanneer\n"
+"<p>De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en wanneer\n"
"het wordt samengevoegd bij het aanmaken van een besturingsbestand.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1280,8 +1226,7 @@
"creating the classes.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Wanneer u <b>categorieën</b> gedefinieerd en aangemaakt heeft,\n"
-"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw "
-"<i>profiel</i>.\n"
+"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw <i>profiel</i>.\n"
"Dit profiel bevat dan informatie van iedere categorie afhankelijk\n"
"van de prioriteit (volgorde) die is ingesteld bij het aanmaken van\n"
"de categorieën.</P>\n"
@@ -1488,12 +1433,8 @@
#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current "
-"system?"
-msgstr ""
-"Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw "
-"huidige systeem?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
+msgstr "Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw huidige systeem?"
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
@@ -1507,12 +1448,8 @@
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current "
-"system?"
-msgstr ""
-"Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw "
-"huidige system?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
+msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw huidige system?"
#. EXIT
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
@@ -1548,8 +1485,7 @@
"the <b>Repository</b> field.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Geef in het <b>depot</b>veld de map op, waarin u alle "
-"<em>besturingsbestanden</em>\n"
+"Geef in het <b>depot</b>veld de map op, waarin u alle <em>besturingsbestanden</em>\n"
"wilt opslaan.</P>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71
@@ -1653,8 +1589,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
msgid ""
"Kickstart file was imported.\n"
-"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and "
-"partitioning\n"
+"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n"
"were imported correctly."
msgstr ""
"Het 'kickstart'-bestand is geïmporteerd.\n"
@@ -1788,31 +1723,25 @@
"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n"
"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n"
"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n"
-"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without "
-"interruption.\n"
+"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een "
-"ongewenste installatie\n"
-"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een "
-"overzicht zien van de\n"
-"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie "
-"automatisch en\n"
+"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste installatie\n"
+"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een overzicht zien van de\n"
+"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie automatisch en\n"
"zonder onderbreking uit te voeren dient u deze optie te deselecteren.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
-"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in "
-"manual mode\n"
+"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n"
"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie "
-"voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n"
+"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n"
" na de eerste keer opnieuw opstarten (na de installatie van het pakket).\n"
" </P>\n"
@@ -1823,8 +1752,7 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van "
-"AutoYast.\n"
+"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van AutoYast.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172
@@ -1850,8 +1778,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333
msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)"
-msgstr ""
-"Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)"
+msgstr "Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341
msgid "Store answer in this file"
@@ -1957,17 +1884,13 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
-"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD "
-"and\n"
+"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt <em>xmllint</em> om het profiel te valideren aan "
-"de hand van DTD en het\n"
-"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk "
-"weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n"
-"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, "
-"bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.</p>\n"
+"<p>Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt <em>xmllint</em> om het profiel te valideren aan de hand van DTD en het\n"
+"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n"
+"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
@@ -1987,25 +1910,19 @@
"The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n"
"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het "
-"configuratiebestand\n"
-"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor "
-"configuratiebeheer worden \n"
+"<p>Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het configuratiebestand\n"
+"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor configuratiebeheer worden \n"
"geladen om zo meer configuratie-opties aan SUSE toe te voegen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package "
-"selections.</p>\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit "
-"systeem\n"
-"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op "
-"de\n"
-"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit systeem\n"
+"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op de\n"
+"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36
msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>"
@@ -2013,12 +1930,10 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target "
-"system.\n"
+"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt "
-"zullen worden.\n"
+"<p>In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt zullen worden.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40
@@ -2057,12 +1972,10 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n"
-"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions "
-"are\n"
+"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n"
"created automatically:"
msgstr ""
-"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station "
-"tevens\n"
+"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station tevens\n"
"het station is waar de hoofdpartitie op moet komen, dan zullen de\n"
"volgende partities automatisch worden aangemaakt:"
@@ -2071,8 +1984,7 @@
" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n"
"Sizes are calculated automatically.\n"
msgstr ""
-" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een "
-"hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n"
+" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n"
"De groottes worden automatisch berekend.\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61
@@ -2080,41 +1992,27 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Geavanceerde opties</b></p>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new "
-"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST "
-"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended "
-"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition "
-"using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
-msgstr ""
-"AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe "
-"partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 "
-"de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of "
-"uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te "
-"specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes."
+msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
+msgstr "AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes."
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n"
"interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met "
-"behulp van deze\n"
-"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand "
-"toe te voegen.\n"
+"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met behulp van deze\n"
+"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand toe te voegen.\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
-"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID "
-"partitions as\n"
+"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de "
-"configuratie\n"
+"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de configuratie\n"
"aan een bestaand besturingsbestand toe. U kunt als voorbereiding alleen\n"
"niet-geformatteerde LVM- en RAID-partities aanmaken.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2122,15 +2020,12 @@
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code "
-"%2."
+msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %2."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2."
+msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2."
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
@@ -2210,23 +2105,20 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>Pre-installatiescripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de "
-"installatie begint. </P>\n"
+"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie begint. </P>\n"
#. help 2/6
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the "
-"installation\n"
+"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n"
"is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n"
"</P>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>Post-installatie scripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat "
-"de installatie is voltooid.\n"
+"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat de installatie is voltooid.\n"
"Deze scripts draaien buiten de 'chroot'-omgeving.\n"
"</P>"
@@ -2238,21 +2130,16 @@
"<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n"
"environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n"
"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n"
-"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the "
-"installed \n"
+"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n"
"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>'Chroot'-scripts</H3>\n"
-"<P>Kies de opties voor <i>'chroot'-scripts</i> om uw post-installatie-script "
-"binnen de\n"
-"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd "
-"voorafgaand\n"
-"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts "
-"op het\n"
-"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te "
-"benaderen,\n"
+"<P>Kies de opties voor <i>'chroot'-scripts</i> om uw post-installatie-script binnen de\n"
+"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd voorafgaand\n"
+"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts op het\n"
+"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te benaderen,\n"
"moet u altijd het koppelpunt \"/mnt\" in uw scripts gebruiken.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2261,16 +2148,13 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
-"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted"
-"\".\n"
+"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de "
-"bootloader-\n"
-"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label "
-"\"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n"
+"<p>Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de bootloader-\n"
+"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label \"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help 5/6
@@ -2299,15 +2183,13 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> "
-"or \n"
+"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n"
"<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen "
-"<i>Perl</i> of \n"
+"<P>Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen <i>Perl</i> of \n"
"<i>Python</i> als pre-installatiescripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2317,44 +2199,32 @@
"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n"
"<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n"
"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n"
-"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, "
-"which\n"
-"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an "
-"installation\n"
-"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, "
-"too.\n"
+"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n"
+"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n"
+"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Netwerktoegang:</H3>\n"
-" <P>Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk "
-"uitgeschakeld en\n"
-" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te "
-"maken. Een\n"
-" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van "
-"init-scripts, die\n"
-" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden "
-"uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n"
-" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie <b>Netwerk</b> ook voor het script na "
-"installatie gebruiken.\n"
+" <P>Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk uitgeschakeld en\n"
+" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. Een\n"
+" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van init-scripts, die\n"
+" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n"
+" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie <b>Netwerk</b> ook voor het script na installatie gebruiken.\n"
" </P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n"
-"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up "
-"box as feedback.\n"
-"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that "
-"might help\n"
+"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n"
+"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n"
"you to debug your script.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback en foutopsporing:</H3>\n"
-" <P>Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-"
-"upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n"
-" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het "
-"feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n"
+" <P>Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n"
+" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n"
" bij het opsporen van fouten in uw script.</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155
@@ -2442,15 +2312,12 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the "
-"installation for\n"
+"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n"
"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt "
-"u de installatie naar behoefte\n"
-"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie "
-"overnemen.</p>\n"
+"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u de installatie naar behoefte\n"
+"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie overnemen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
msgid "User Script Management"
@@ -2477,12 +2344,8 @@
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746
-msgid ""
-"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The "
-"error message is:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-"
-"profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n"
+msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
+msgstr "De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
@@ -2495,10 +2358,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"De gebruiker-gedefinieerde categorieën konden niet opgehaald worden.\n"
-"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, "
-"via netwerk\n"
-"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het "
-"originele besturingsbestand \n"
+"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, via netwerk\n"
+"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het originele besturingsbestand \n"
"geïnstalleerd worden zonder daarbij van categorieën gebruik te maken.\n"
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
@@ -2563,35 +2424,27 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
msgid ""
-"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to "
-"those available\n"
-"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the "
-"data\n"
+"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
+"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, "
-"zijn identiek aan\n"
-"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van "
-"het instellen van\n"
-"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het "
-"besturingsbestand\n"
-"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te "
-"zetten.\n"
+"<p>De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn identiek aan\n"
+"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van het instellen van\n"
+"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het besturingsbestand\n"
+"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te zetten.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
-"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, "
-"including\n"
+"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als aanvulling op bestaande en bekende modules zijn er nieuwe\n"
"interfaces voor speciale en complexe configuraties gemaakt, zoals\n"
-"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</"
-"p>\n"
+"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</p>\n"
#. Construct node name for display in tree.
#.
@@ -2699,7 +2552,6 @@
msgstr "Tijd synchroniseren met %s."
#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-#| msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr "Tijd synchroniseren is mislukt."
@@ -2716,8 +2568,7 @@
#. the next instructions taints result
#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282
msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
-msgstr ""
-"Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven."
+msgstr "Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven."
#. PUBLIC INTERFACE
#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE
@@ -2807,24 +2658,16 @@
#. Install
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
-"log"
-msgstr ""
-"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/"
-"ay_image.log controleren"
+msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Image aanmaken - pakketten installeren"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
-"log"
-msgstr ""
-"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/"
-"ay_image.log controleren"
+msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
@@ -2836,18 +2679,14 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
-"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be "
-"changed anymore."
+"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
"U kunt nu wijzigingen in de image aanbrengen in %1/\n"
-"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer "
-"te wijzigen."
+"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer te wijzigen."
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr ""
-"Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log "
-"controleren"
+msgstr "Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
msgid "Image created successfully"
@@ -2888,12 +2727,10 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
msgid ""
-"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different "
-"AutoYaST XML file.\n"
+"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
msgstr ""
-"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander "
-"AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n"
+"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n"
"Als u op de OK-knop drukt wordt de iso aangemaakt."
#. create the actual ISO file
@@ -2935,21 +2772,13 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the "
-"autoyast profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de "
-"softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
+msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel."
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
-msgid ""
-"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard "
-"disk. %1MB missing"
-msgstr ""
-"De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de "
-"harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt"
+msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
+msgstr "De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt"
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
msgid "Total of %1 drive"
@@ -2978,8 +2807,7 @@
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"Meerdere hoofdpartities gevonden. U heeft echter niet aangegeven welke\n"
-"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet "
-"mogelijk.\n"
+"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet mogelijk.\n"
#. return list of available devices
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
@@ -3054,28 +2882,18 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>Enter the partition information according to your\n"
-#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the "
-#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and "
-#~ "no size.</P>\n"
+#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.</P>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical "
-#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then "
-#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with "
-#~ "AutoYaST.\n"
+#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<P>For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>Geef de partitie-informatie op overeenkomstig uw\n"
-#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u "
-#~ "het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met "
-#~ "partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.</P>\n"
+#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.</P>\n"
#~ " <p>\n"
-#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische "
-#~ "partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en "
-#~ "kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld "
-#~ "met AutoYaST.\n"
+#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld met AutoYaST.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#~ " <P>Raadpleeg de online documentatie voor meer informatie.\n"
#~ " </P>\n"
@@ -3134,16 +2952,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical "
-#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical "
-#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n"
+#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe "
-#~ "aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste "
-#~ "schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n"
+#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n"
#~ " </P>\n"
#~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -87,8 +87,7 @@
#. string: command line interface is not supported
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface."
+msgstr "Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface."
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
@@ -98,8 +97,7 @@
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's."
+msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
@@ -145,8 +143,7 @@
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties."
+msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
@@ -180,8 +177,7 @@
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm "
-"'optie=waarde'."
+" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm 'optie=waarde'."
#. translators: example title for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
@@ -244,26 +240,17 @@
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties."
+msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
-"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie "
-"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie "
-"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
@@ -498,8 +485,7 @@
"\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te "
-"voeren.\n"
+"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te voeren.\n"
"Doorgaan met deze installatie laat u achter in een niet ondersteunde status\n"
"en kan van invloed zijn op vereisten voor compliance.\n"
" \n"
@@ -513,9 +499,7 @@
#. bugzilla #332436
#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende "
-"werkprocedures."
+msgstr "Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende werkprocedures."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
@@ -823,10 +807,8 @@
"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een bestaande TSIG-sleutel toevoegen</b></big><br>\n"
-"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de <b>naam</"
-"b>\n"
-"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>."
-"</p>\n"
+"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de <b>naam</b>\n"
+"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
@@ -838,10 +820,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel aanmaken</b></big><br>\n"
"Om een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel te maken moet u de <b>bestandsnaam</b> van het\n"
-"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de <b>sleutel-ID</b> "
-"om\n"
-"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op <b>Genereren</b> "
-"klikken.</p>\n"
+"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de <b>sleutel-ID</b> om\n"
+"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op <b>Genereren</b> klikken.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
@@ -954,8 +934,7 @@
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie "
-"te\n"
+"<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie te\n"
"verwijderen selecteert u deze en klikt u daarna op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
@@ -1033,26 +1012,15 @@
"Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>1) <i>Algemeen</i><br>\n"
-"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de "
-"dialoog.\n"
-"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + "
-"[TAB] om terug te gaan\n"
+"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de dialoog.\n"
+"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + [TAB] om terug te gaan\n"
"Selecteer of activeer elementen met [SPATIE] of [ENTER].\n"
-"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven "
-"schuiven in lijsten).</p>"
+"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven schuiven in lijsten).</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
-msgid ""
-"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
-"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of "
-"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog "
-"on the right.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om "
-"een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan "
-"er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant "
-"gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
@@ -1082,11 +1050,9 @@
"move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>2) <i>Vervanging van toetsaanslagen</i><br>\n"
-"<p>Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het "
-"toetsenbord,\n"
+"<p>Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het toetsenbord,\n"
"zijn er meerdere manieren om door de pagina's van de dialoog te navigeren.\n"
-"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus "
-"met\n"
+"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus met\n"
"[CTRL] + [F] vooruit en met [CTRL] + [B] achteruit verplaatsen.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
@@ -1097,20 +1063,17 @@
"[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB].</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als [ALT]+[letter] niet werkt,\n"
-"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + "
-"[H].\n"
+"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + [H].\n"
"[ESC] + [TAB] is tevens een vervanging voor [ALT] + [TAB].</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
-"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>Functietoetsen</i><br>\n"
-"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van "
-"de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond.</p>"
+"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
@@ -1911,14 +1874,12 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
-"information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een nieuwe GPG-sleutel maken</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager "
-"voor meer informatie.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager voor meer informatie.\n"
" Druk op Ctrl+C om te annuleren.\n"
" </p>"
@@ -1981,8 +1942,7 @@
"and select the action to process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te "
-"slaan,\n"
+"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te slaan,\n"
"kik op <b>%1</b> en selecteer vervolgens de uit te voeren actie.</p>"
#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label
@@ -2004,8 +1964,7 @@
"to which to save the log.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op <B>Log opslaan</B> en "
-"selecteer\n"
+"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op <B>Log opslaan</B> en selecteer\n"
"vervolgens het bestand waarin u het log wilt opslaan.</P>\n"
#. menu button
@@ -2054,8 +2013,7 @@
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
-msgstr ""
-"De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie."
+msgstr "De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie."
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
@@ -2104,8 +2062,7 @@
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd "
-"worden:\n"
+"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd worden:\n"
"%1\n"
#. question popup
@@ -2718,8 +2675,7 @@
"Really continue?"
msgstr ""
"Al uw netwerkinterfaces worden momenteel beheerd door NetworkManager,\n"
-"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit "
-"programma.\n"
+"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit programma.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u toch doorgaan?"
@@ -2755,8 +2711,7 @@
"A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+."
-"_-'.\n"
+"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+._-'.\n"
"Een poortnummer mag een getal zijn tussen de 0 en 65535.\n"
"Spaties zijn niet toegestaan.\n"
@@ -2915,111 +2870,73 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-"
-"interface"
+msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-interface"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-"
-"interface"
+msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-interface"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden "
-"uitgeschakeld."
+msgstr "Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden uitgeschakeld."
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">uitschakelen</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">inschakelen</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</"
-"a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</"
-"a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), "
-"but\n"
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
-"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</"
-"a>), maar\n"
+"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>), maar\n"
"er zijn nog geen netwerkinterfaces ingesteld"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port "
-"on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort "
-"niet geopend op de firewall."
+msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
+msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort niet geopend op de firewall."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
-"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op "
-"afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall."
+msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
@@ -3033,12 +2950,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
-"needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de "
-"noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend."
+msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend."
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
@@ -3159,8 +3072,7 @@
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken "
-"systeem.\n"
+"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n"
"Verifieer het systeem later door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien.\n"
#. At start of package install.
@@ -3195,26 +3107,21 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
-"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
-"module."
+"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
"Geen aandacht geven aan een pakketfout kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n"
-"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te "
-"draaien."
+"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien."
#. error report
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
-"changed. To \n"
-"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> "
-"from \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
+"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>De bron op de opgegeven URL geeft nu een ander media-ID.\n"
-"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is "
-"veranderd.\n"
+"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is veranderd.\n"
"Om deze bron te blijven gebruiken, open <i>Installatiebronnen</i> in \n"
"YaST Configuratiecentrum en vernieuw de installatiebron.</p>\n"
@@ -3497,8 +3404,7 @@
#. message in a progress popup
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten."
+msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
@@ -3718,8 +3624,7 @@
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
"of acceptance of its license.\n"
-"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be "
-"installed.\n"
+"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
"<br>\n"
"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
@@ -3727,8 +3632,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Licentiebevestiging</big></b><br>\n"
"Het pakket in de kop van de dialoog heeft een expliciete bevestiging\n"
"nodig ten behoeve van de acceptatie van zijn licentie.\n"
-"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet "
-"geïnstalleerd worden.\n"
+"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet geïnstalleerd worden.\n"
"<br>\n"
"Klik op <b>Ik ga akkoord</b> als u de pakketlicentie accepteert.\n"
"Klik op <b>Ik ga niet akkoord</b> als u de pakketlicentie afwijst.</p>"
@@ -3737,18 +3641,14 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
-"to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
-"the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke "
-"software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n"
-"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie "
-"getoond\n"
+"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n"
+"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie getoond\n"
"in de linker\n"
"\t\tkolom. Om een beschrijving van een item te bekijken, selecteer\n"
"het item in de lijst.\n"
@@ -3783,8 +3683,7 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
-"disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -3792,13 +3691,11 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over "
-"blijft\n"
+"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over blijft\n"
"\t\tnadat alle verzochte wijzigingen zijn uitgevoerd.\n"
"\t\tPartities die vol of bijna vol zijn kunnen de systeemprestaties nadelig\n"
"\t\tbeïnvloeden en in sommige gevallen zelfs leiden tot serieuze problemen.\n"
-"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen "
-"werken.\n"
+"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen werken.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
@@ -3899,12 +3796,8 @@
msgstr "Doorgaan in softwarebeheer"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed "
-"or removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Installatierapport</B></BIG><BR>Hier is een samenvatting van de "
-"geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten.</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installatierapport</B></BIG><BR>Hier is een samenvatting van de geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten.</P>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
msgid "Installation Report"
@@ -3957,8 +3850,7 @@
"Het pakket %1 uit de installatiebron %2\n"
"%3\n"
"is niet digitaal ondertekend. Dit betekent dat de oorsprong\n"
-"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren "
-"van\n"
+"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren van\n"
"het pakket kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch installeren?"
@@ -4015,16 +3907,14 @@
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
-"Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"Geen controlesom voor bestand %1 gevonden in de installatiebron.\n"
"Dit betekent dat het bestand onderdeel is van de ondertekende bron,\n"
-"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het "
-"gebruiken\n"
+"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het gebruiken\n"
"van het bestand kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch gebruiken?"
@@ -4099,13 +3989,10 @@
msgstr ""
"Pakket %1 uit installatiebron %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole "
-"is mislukt: %4\n"
+"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n"
"\n"
-"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per "
-"ongeluk of\n"
-"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de "
-"integriteit\n"
+"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per ongeluk of\n"
+"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit\n"
"en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch installeren?\n"
@@ -4125,11 +4012,9 @@
msgstr ""
"Bestand %1 uit installatiebron %2\n"
"%3\n"
-" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole "
-"is mislukt: %4\n"
+" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n"
"\n"
-"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk "
-"of\n"
+"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk of\n"
"door een aanvaller gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan brengt een groot\n"
"risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n"
"\n"
@@ -4254,8 +4139,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>De eigenaar van de sleutel kan opwaarderingen,\n"
"pakketten en pakketbronnen aanleveren die uw systeem zal vertrouwen\n"
-"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere "
-"waarschuwing.\n"
+"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere waarschuwing.\n"
"Op die manier zal het importeren van de sleutel naar uw sleutelring met\n"
"vertrouwde sleutels de sleuteleigenaar toestaan om enige controle te hebben\n"
"over de software op uw systeem.</p>"
@@ -4265,8 +4149,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
-"used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Er zal een waarschuwingsvenster worden geopend voor elk\n"
"pakket dat niet is ondertekend door een vertrouwde (geïmporteerde) sleutel.\n"
@@ -4334,8 +4217,7 @@
"\n"
"Het bestand is, ofwel per ongeluk of door een aanvaller, nadat het in\n"
"de installatiebron is gezet en ondertekent, gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan\n"
-"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met "
-"zich mee.\n"
+"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n"
@@ -4352,8 +4234,7 @@
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
-"risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4361,10 +4242,8 @@
"is %2,\n"
"maar de verwachte controlesom is niet bekend.\n"
"\n"
-"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan "
-"worden\n"
-"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw "
-"systeem in gevaar.\n"
+"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan worden\n"
+"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n"
@@ -4414,16 +4293,8 @@
msgstr "<p>De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd.</p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
-"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
-"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
-"installed.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Afbreken van de installatie</B> Pakketinstallatie kan worden "
-"afgebroken met de <B>Afbreken</B>-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een "
-"inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen "
-"worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Afbreken van de installatie</B> Pakketinstallatie kan worden afgebroken met de <B>Afbreken</B>-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
@@ -5091,9 +4962,6 @@
#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
-#| msgid ""
-#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-#| "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
@@ -5103,9 +4971,6 @@
#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
-#| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgid ""
"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose these files."
@@ -5160,12 +5025,9 @@
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
"start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit."
msgstr ""
-"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden "
-"gescheiden.\n"
-"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken "
-"mag niet aan het begin\n"
-"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een "
-"cijfer beginnen."
+"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden gescheiden.\n"
+"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken mag niet aan het begin\n"
+"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een cijfer beginnen."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
@@ -5213,8 +5075,7 @@
"Voorbeelden:\n"
"IP: 192.168.0.1 of 2001:db8:0::1\n"
"IP/netwerkmasker: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 of 2001:db8:0::1/56\n"
-"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/"
-"ffff::0\n"
+"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
#. Byte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
@@ -5292,8 +5153,7 @@
"and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n"
msgstr ""
"Deze module moet als root draaien.\n"
-"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal "
-"functioneren.\n"
+"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal functioneren.\n"
"Bepaalde instellingen zullen bijvoorbeeld niet juist ingelezen kunnen\n"
"worden en waarschijnlijk kunnen de instellingen niet opgeslagen worden.\n"
@@ -5941,9 +5801,7 @@
#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250
msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format."
-msgstr ""
-"De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam "
-"hebben."
+msgstr "De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam hebben."
#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256
@@ -5994,14 +5852,12 @@
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
-"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"Het omgekeerde IPv4-adres %1 is ongeldig.\n"
"\n"
"Een geldige omgekeerde IPv4 bestaat uit vier getallen tussen 0 en 255,\n"
-"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr."
-"arpa.'.\n"
+"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
"Voorbeeld: '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' voor het IPv4-adres '192.168.32.1'.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make
@@ -6013,8 +5869,7 @@
"such as 'host.example.org.'.\n"
msgstr ""
"De relatieve hostnaam %1 kan niet samen met zone %2 gebruikt worden.\n"
-"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt "
-"eindigt,\n"
+"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt eindigt,\n"
"zoals bijvoorbeeld: 'host.example.org.'.\n"
#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format
@@ -6051,8 +5906,7 @@
"Ongeldig SOA-record.\n"
"%1 moet een BIND tijdstype zijn.\n"
"Een BIND tijdstype bestaat uit getallen en uit de hoofdletterongevoelige\n"
-"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel "
-"toegestaan.\n"
+"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel toegestaan.\n"
"Geef waarden op zoals bijvoorbeeld 12H15m, 86400 of 1W30M.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record,
@@ -6068,8 +5922,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020
msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file."
-msgstr ""
-"Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn."
+msgstr "Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028
@@ -6132,7 +5985,6 @@
"Hostnaam %2 kan niet worden toegevoegd."
#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-#| msgid "Service Start"
msgid "Service Status"
msgstr "Servicestatus"
@@ -6140,41 +5992,27 @@
#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same "
-"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service "
-"during boot'.</p>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running "
-"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' "
-"buttons).</p>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to "
-"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service "
-"in the already running system.</p>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Huidige status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Toont de huidige status van de service. De status zal hetzelfde blijven "
-"na opslaan van de instellingen, onafhankelijk van de waarde van 'start "
-"service bij opstarten van het systeem'.</p>\n"
+"Toont de huidige status van de service. De status zal hetzelfde blijven na opslaan van de instellingen, onafhankelijk van de waarde van 'start service bij opstarten van het systeem'.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Herladen na opslaan van instellingen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Alleen van toepassing als de service nu actief is. Verzekert dat de actieve "
-"service de nieuwe configuratie na opslaan zal herladen (via knoppen 'ok' of "
-"'opslaan').</p>\n"
+"Alleen van toepassing als de service nu actief is. Verzekert dat de actieve service de nieuwe configuratie na opslaan zal herladen (via knoppen 'ok' of 'opslaan').</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Starten bij opstarten van systeem</big></b><br>\n"
-"Activeer dit veld om de service in te schakelen bij opstarten van het "
-"systeem. Deactiveer het om de service uit te schakelen. Dit heeft geen "
-"invloed op de huidige status van de service in het al actieve systeem.</p>\n"
+"Activeer dit veld om de service in te schakelen bij opstarten van het systeem. Deactiveer het om de service uit te schakelen. Dit heeft geen invloed op de huidige status van de service in het al actieve systeem.</p>\n"
#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-#| msgid "Current Status: "
msgid "Current status:"
msgstr "Huidige status:"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:100
#. Widget to configure the status on boot
#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#| msgid "During Boot"
msgid "Start During System Boot"
msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van het systeem starten"
@@ -6185,12 +6023,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#| msgid "Warning"
msgid "running"
msgstr "actief"
#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#| msgid "&Stop"
msgid "Stop now"
msgstr "Nu stoppen"
@@ -6199,6 +6035,12 @@
msgid "stopped"
msgstr "gestopt"
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start it now?"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "Nu starten?"
+
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "Kon het correcte bronmedium niet aankoppelen."
@@ -6229,9 +6071,7 @@
#~ "sommige pakketten hebben niet opgeloste afhankelijkheden."
#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden "
-#~ "is noodzakelijk."
+#~ msgstr "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden is noodzakelijk."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
@@ -6247,8 +6087,7 @@
#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "De softwarebeheerder starten en de problemen repareren\n"
-#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten "
-#~ "installeren?"
+#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten installeren?"
#~ msgid "Installed Size"
#~ msgstr "Installatiegrootte"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -102,17 +102,13 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
-"code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
-"even\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie</b><br>\n"
-"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start "
-"vervolgens\n"
-"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, "
-"zelfs\n"
+"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n"
+"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n"
"als de bootloader is geïnstalleerd in de MBR.</p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -133,12 +129,10 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
-"loaded.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Wachttijd in seconden</b><br>\n"
-"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.</"
-"p>\n"
+"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
@@ -149,169 +143,110 @@
"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p> Door op <b>Instellen als standaard</b> te klikken markeert u de "
-"geselecteerde \n"
-"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een "
-"opstartmenu\n"
-"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een "
-"ander \n"
-"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets "
-"wordt\n"
-"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem "
-"opgestart.\n"
-"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden "
-"gewijzigd met de toetsen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p> Door op <b>Instellen als standaard</b> te klikken markeert u de geselecteerde \n"
+"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n"
+"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n"
+"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt\n"
+"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n"
+"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
-"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b> Vervang de MBR van uw "
-"schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n"
+"<p><b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b> Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n"
"de actieve partitie opstart).</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the "
-"other is\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is een van de aanbevolen opties, de "
-"andere is \n"
+"<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is een van de aanbevolen opties, de andere is \n"
"<b>Opstarten van hoofdpartitie</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have "
-"another operating system\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR)</b> wordt afgeraden als u "
-"een ander\n"
+"<p><b>Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR)</b> wordt afgeraden als u een ander\n"
"besturingssysteem hebt geïnstalleerd op de computer</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there "
-"is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot "
-"Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is "
-"needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een "
-"geschikte partitie\n"
-"aanwezig is. Selecteer <b>Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor "
-"opstartpartitie</b> en <b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b>\n"
-" in <b>Opties voor bootloader</b> om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is "
-"of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n"
+"<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een geschikte partitie\n"
+"aanwezig is. Selecteer <b>Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie</b> en <b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b>\n"
+" in <b>Opties voor bootloader</b> om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n"
"starten van deze sectie.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root "
-"partition is on \n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie</b> moet geselecteerd worden als uw "
-"root-partitie zich op \n"
+"<p><b>Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie</b> moet geselecteerd worden als uw root-partitie zich op \n"
"een logische partitie bevindt en de partitie /boot ontbreekt</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aangepaste opstartpartitie</b> laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan "
-"wordt opgestart.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Aangepaste opstartpartitie</b> laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan wordt opgestart.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. <b>Redundantie voor MD-array "
-"inschakelen</b>\n"
+"<p>MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. <b>Redundantie voor MD-array inschakelen</b>\n"
"inschakelen om GRUB naar MBR van beide schijven te schrijven.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</"
-"code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Gebruik seriële console</b> definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n"
-"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub2</"
-"code>) voor details.</p>"
+"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub2</code>) voor details.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. "
-#| "a serial console),\n"
-#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</"
-#| "code> to the\n"
-#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in "
-#| "which you\n"
-#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a "
-"serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</"
-"code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which "
-"you\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Terminaldefinitie</b></p><br>\n"
-"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal "
-"(bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n"
-"geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de "
-"opdracht \n"
-"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal "
-"waarop u een \n"
+"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n"
+"geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de opdracht \n"
+"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal waarop u een \n"
"willekeurige toets indrukt, geselecteerd als GRUB-terminal.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section "
-"numbers\n"
+"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt</b> bevat een lijst "
-"met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n"
+"<p><b>Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt</b> bevat een lijst met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n"
"het opstarten als de standaardsectie niet kan worden opgestart.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Menu verbergen bij opstarten</b> om het opstartmenu te "
-"verbergen</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Menu verbergen bij opstarten</b> om het opstartmenu te verbergen</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST "
-#| "will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-#| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. "
-"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry "
-"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the "
-"way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it "
-"in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bescherm de bootloader met een wachtwoord</b><br>\n"
-"Bij opstarten van het systeem een item wijzigen of zelfs opstarten via een "
-"item in de lijst vereist een wachtwoord. Als <b>Alleen wijziging van item "
-"beschermen</> is geactiveerd dan zal opstarten vanaf een item niet beperkt "
-"zijn maar wijzigen vereist een wachtwoord (wat de manier is waarop GRUB 1 "
-"zich gedroeg). YaST accepteert het wachtwoord uitsluitend als u het "
-"herhaalt in <b>Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw</b>.</p>"
+"Bij opstarten van het systeem een item wijzigen of zelfs opstarten via een item in de lijst vereist een wachtwoord. Als <b>Alleen wijziging van item beschermen</> is geactiveerd dan zal opstarten vanaf een item niet beperkt zijn maar wijzigen vereist een wachtwoord (wat de manier is waarop GRUB 1 zich gedroeg). YaST accepteert het wachtwoord uitsluitend als u het herhaalt in <b>Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
@@ -323,12 +258,9 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Schijfvolgorde</b></big><br>\n"
-"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de "
-"BIOS,\n"
-"gebruik de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b> om de schijven op volgorde "
-"te zetten.\n"
-"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een schijf te "
-"verwijderen, druk op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
+"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n"
+"gebruik de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b> om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n"
+"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
@@ -503,46 +435,24 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee "
-"definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the "
-"<i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te "
-"stellen VGA-modus voor de <i>console</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te stellen VGA-modus voor de <i>console</i>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
-"foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vreemd OS detecteren</b> door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met "
-"andere vreemde distributie </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Vreemd OS detecteren</b> door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie </p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only "
-"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not "
-"touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Protective MBR-vlag</b> is een instelling alleen voor experts, die "
-"alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in "
-"GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Protective MBR-vlag</b> is een instelling alleen voor experts, die alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create "
-"boot entry name. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Distributeur</b> specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de "
-"kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Distributeur</b> specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. </p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
@@ -636,9 +546,7 @@
#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig "
-"aan."
+msgstr "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig aan."
#. file open popup caption
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
@@ -650,9 +558,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden "
-"geïnstalleerd."
+msgstr "De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden geïnstalleerd."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. dialog caption
@@ -770,10 +676,8 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the "
-"current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or "
-"reread\n"
+"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
+"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>Via de knop <B>Overig</B>\n"
@@ -818,16 +722,11 @@
"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P> Door op <b>Als standaard instellen</b> te klikken wordt de "
-"geselecteerde \n"
-"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader "
-"een \n"
-"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een "
-"ander besturingssysteem \n"
-"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of "
-"besturingssysteem) zal \n"
-"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt "
-"gedrukt.\n"
+"<P> Door op <b>Als standaard instellen</b> te klikken wordt de geselecteerde \n"
+"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader een \n"
+"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een ander besturingssysteem \n"
+"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of besturingssysteem) zal \n"
+"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt gedrukt.\n"
"De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp van\n"
"de knoppen <B>Omhoog</B> en <B>Omlaag</B>.</P>"
@@ -869,22 +768,18 @@
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</"
-"b>\n"
+"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
"to update the master boot record\n"
"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"- In de <b>bootsector</b> van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> "
-"(hoofdpartitie). \n"
+"- In de <b>bootsector</b> van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> (hoofdpartitie). \n"
"Dit is de aanbevolen optie als er een geschikte partitie aanwezig is.\n"
"Selecteer <b>Bootloaderpartitie activeren</b> of\n"
-"<b>MBR door generieke code vervangen</b> bij <b>Details "
-"bootloaderinstallatie</b>\n"
+"<b>MBR door generieke code vervangen</b> bij <b>Details bootloaderinstallatie</b>\n"
"om de master boot record bij te werken wanneer\n"
-"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van "
-"&product;.</p>"
+"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van &product;.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
@@ -906,10 +801,8 @@
"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bijvoorbeeld, de meeste PC's hebben een BIOS-limiet\n"
-"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de "
-"1024.\n"
-"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om "
-"vanaf een logische partitie op te starten.</p>"
+"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de 1024.\n"
+"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
@@ -931,8 +824,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Details bootloaderinstallatie</b><br>\n"
"Om de geavanceerde opties van de bootloaderinstallatie aan te passen\n"
-" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op <b>Details "
-"bootloaderinstallatie</b>.</p>"
+" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op <b>Details bootloaderinstallatie</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
@@ -965,15 +857,13 @@
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Handmatige configuratie</B><BR>\n"
"Hier kunt u de bootloaderconfiguratie handmatig wijzigen.</P>\n"
-"<P>Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong "
-"hebben.</P>"
+"<P>Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong hebben.</P>"
#. help text 1/1
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The "
-"section\n"
+"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
"name must be unique.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sectienaam</b><br>\n"
@@ -996,10 +886,8 @@
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
"selected section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Geselecteerde sectie klonen</b> om de momenteel "
-"geselecteerde\n"
-"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in "
-"de\n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Geselecteerde sectie klonen</b> om de momenteel geselecteerde\n"
+"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in de\n"
"geselecteerde sectie.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
@@ -1008,8 +896,7 @@
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Image-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image "
-"toe te voegen\n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Image-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image toe te voegen\n"
"om te laden en te starten.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
@@ -1018,8 +905,7 @@
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Xen-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe "
-"te voegen, \n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Xen-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n"
"maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
@@ -1030,20 +916,17 @@
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer <b>Ander systeem (Chainloader)</b> om een sectie toe te voegen\n"
-"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt "
-"gebruikt\n"
+"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt gebruikt\n"
"voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the "
-"disk. This is used for\n"
+"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer <b>Menu-sectie</b> om een sectie toe te voegen \n"
-"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie "
-"van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n"
+"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n"
"voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
@@ -1169,10 +1052,8 @@
#. error report
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr ""
-"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd."
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd."
#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
@@ -1244,77 +1125,45 @@
#. warning text in the summary richtext
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178
-msgid ""
-"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
-"bootable."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien "
-"niet opstartbaar."
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar."
#. error in the proposal
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr ""
-"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd"
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd"
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</"
-"a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</"
-"a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet "
-"installeren</a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet installeren</a>"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot"
-"\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot"
-"\">installeren</a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet "
-"installeren</a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet installeren</a>"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root"
-"\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot"
-"\">installeren</a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>"
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
-"are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-"Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u "
-"weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie."
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr "Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie."
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243
@@ -1360,37 +1209,23 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk "
-"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub "
-"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install "
-"stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr ""
-"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT "
-"schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de "
-"bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-"
-"partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR."
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR."
#. check if boot device is on raid0
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten."
+msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten."
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
-"Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie "
-"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record"
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record"
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr ""
-"Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren."
+msgstr "Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren."
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144
@@ -1463,13 +1298,8 @@
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie opslaan"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe "
-#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee "
-#~ "definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters.</p>"
#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
#~ msgstr "&Failsafe kernelparameter voor de commandoregel"
@@ -1490,9 +1320,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Sectie %1 is niet gevonden."
#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve "
-#~ "commandoregelmodus"
+#~ msgstr "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve commandoregelmodus"
#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
#~ msgstr "Sectienaam moet gespecificeerd zijn."
@@ -1504,21 +1332,14 @@
#~ msgstr "Opstartmenu"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option "
-#~ "<i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Gebruik de vertrouwde grub</b> betekent installeer de vertrouwde "
-#~ "grub en gebruik deze. De optie <i>Grafisch menubestand</i> wordt "
-#~ "genegeerd.\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Gebruik de vertrouwde grub</b> betekent installeer de vertrouwde grub en gebruik deze. De optie <i>Grafisch menubestand</i> wordt genegeerd.\n"
#~ "Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical "
-#~ "boot menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Grafisch menubestand</b> definieert het voor het grafisch "
-#~ "opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Grafisch menubestand</b> definieert het voor het grafisch opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Geluidssignalen</b> schakel geluidssignalen aan/uit.</p>"
@@ -1686,8 +1507,7 @@
#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd en u heeft de configuratiebestanden\n"
-#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de "
-#~ "bootloaderinstellingen.\n"
+#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de bootloaderinstellingen.\n"
#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
#~ msgstr "Geen bestandssysteem aanmaken"
@@ -1725,87 +1545,50 @@
#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Image-sectie</b></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name "
-#~ "directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Kernel-image</b> definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam "
-#~ "rechtstreeks in of kies via <b>Bladeren</b></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Kernel-image</b> definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam rechtstreeks in of kies via <b>Bladeren</b></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root "
-#~ "device.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Hoofdapparaat</b> stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet "
-#~ "worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Hoofdapparaat</b> stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to "
-#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allereerste RAM-schijf</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de "
-#~ "aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Allereerste RAM-schijf</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n"
#~ "rechtstreeks in of kies door te <b>Bladeren</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for "
-#~ "booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Chainloader-sectie</b> als u een sectie wilt definiëren "
-#~ "voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Chainloader-sectie</b> als u een sectie wilt definiëren voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to "
-#~ "select this section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken</p> in om het selecteren "
-#~ "van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken</p> in om het selecteren van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating "
-#~ "systems found on your computer.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Met <b>Ander systeem</b> kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd "
-#~ "niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Met <b>Ander systeem</b> kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your "
-#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor "
-#~ "opstarten</b> als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de "
-#~ "partitie te kunnen opstarten</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten</b> als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de partitie te kunnen opstarten</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of "
-#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see "
-#~ "the grub documentation.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Met <b>Blok-offset voor chainloading</b> geeft u de lijst op te "
-#~ "starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n"
-#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer "
-#~ "bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Met <b>Blok-offset voor chainloading</b> geeft u de lijst op te starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n"
+#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or "
-#~ "other image \n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>XEN-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image "
-#~ "toe te voegen, \n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>XEN-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n"
#~ "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specificeert de te gebruiken Hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional "
-#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor</b>; hiermee definieert u "
-#~ "aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor</b>; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Menusectie</b></p>"
@@ -1813,27 +1596,17 @@
#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Partitie van menubestand</b></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which "
-#~ "is loaded menu file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu</b> specificeert het pad op het "
-#~ "root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu</b> specificeert het pad op het root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually "
-#~ "need to be on the first disk.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap</b> "
-#~ "Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap</b> Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is "
-#~ "possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is "
-#~ "possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1847,39 +1620,30 @@
#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</b><br>\n"
#~ "Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
-#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to "
-#~ "a\n"
+#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Dumpsectie</b> om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt "
-#~ "opgegeven hoe\n"
-#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of "
-#~ "tapeapparaat of om een\n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Dumpsectie</b> om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt opgegeven hoe\n"
+#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of tapeapparaat of om een\n"
#~ " bestand toe te voegen aan een SCSI-schijfpartitie.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Menusectie</b> om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de "
-#~ "configuratie.\n"
-#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden "
-#~ "gegroepeerd</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Menusectie</b> om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de configuratie.\n"
+#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden gegroepeerd</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters "
-#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>SELinux inschakelen</b> om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-"
-#~ "parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te "
-#~ "schakelen. \n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>SELinux inschakelen</b> om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te schakelen. \n"
#~ "Let erop dat dit ook AppArmor zal uitschakelen.</p>"
#~ msgid "Image Section"
@@ -2014,26 +1778,16 @@
#~ msgstr "Secties:<br>%1"
#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken"
+#~ msgstr "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken"
#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
#~ msgstr "Voorstellen en &samenvoegen met bestaande GRUB-menu's"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-"
-#~ "partitietabel"
+#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
+#~ msgstr "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-partitietabel"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the "
-#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot "
-#~ "Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten "
-#~ "(booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze "
-#~ "zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\""
+#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#~ msgstr "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten (booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\""
#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
#~ msgstr "Toegevoegde kernelparameters: %1"
@@ -2084,64 +1838,39 @@
#~ msgstr "Diagnostiek leverancier"
#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen "
-#~ "opstarten."
+#~ msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely "
-#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result "
-#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 "
-#~ "GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 "
-#~ "ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)."
+#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
+#~ msgstr "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n"
-#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of "
-#~ "range.\n"
-#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot "
-#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader "
-#~ "configuration)"
+#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n"
+#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br/"
-#~ ">\n"
-#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten "
-#~ "bereik.\n"
-#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de "
-#~ "BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on "
-#~ "de configuratie van de bootloader)."
+#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br/>\n"
+#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten bereik.\n"
+#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on de configuratie van de bootloader)."
#~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now."
#~ msgstr "De LILO is nu niet ondersteund."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your "
-#~ "system may not be bootable."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. "
-#~ "U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar."
+#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable."
+#~ msgstr "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a "
-#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition."
+#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat."
-#~ "<br>\n"
-#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine "
-#~ "primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt."
+#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br>\n"
+#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a "
-#~ "PReP Boot partition."
+#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat."
-#~ "<br>\n"
-#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-"
-#~ "Boot-partitie aanmaakt."
+#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br>\n"
+#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-Boot-partitie aanmaakt."
#~ msgid "Stay &LILO"
#~ msgstr "Bij &LILO blijven"
@@ -2149,12 +1878,8 @@
#~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB"
#~ msgstr "Instellingen converteren en &GRUB installeren"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to "
-#~ "GRUB"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van "
-#~ "LILO naar GRUB te selecteren"
+#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB"
+#~ msgstr "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van LILO naar GRUB te selecteren"
#~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options"
#~ msgstr "&ELILO Algemene opties"
@@ -2187,70 +1912,53 @@
#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO\n"
#~ "in case of boot problems.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Uitgebreidheid [0-5]</b><br> Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-"
-#~ "meldingen zijn \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Uitgebreidheid [0-5]</b><br> Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-meldingen zijn \n"
#~ "wanneer zich problemen voordoen bij het opstarten.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These "
-#~ "are\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-"
-#~ "opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan "
-#~ "de kernel.\n"
-#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n"
+#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the "
-#~ "initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
+#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, "
-#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
-#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in "
-#~ "of kies door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
+#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of default image file</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het imagebestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert het te "
-#~ "gebruiken\n"
-#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies "
-#~ "door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het imagebestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert het te gebruiken\n"
+#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\n"
#~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of "
-#~ "'tekstmenu')</b><br>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')</b><br>\n"
#~ "Let op: 'tekstmenu' heeft op sommige machines problemen veroorzaakt.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>\n"
-#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to "
-#~ "TRUE.\n"
+#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n"
#~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n"
#~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n"
#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>EDD30-modus blokkeren</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te "
-#~ "stellen op TRUE.\n"
-#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de "
-#~ "variabele\n"
+#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te stellen op TRUE.\n"
+#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de variabele\n"
#~ "kan dan problemen veroorzaken. Daarom hebt u vanaf ELILO-3.2 de optie \n"
#~ "het forceren van de variabele te blokkeren.</p>\n"
@@ -2261,10 +1969,8 @@
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het "
-#~ "aanvankelijk laden van de \n"
-#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt "
-#~ "verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n"
+#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het aanvankelijk laden van de \n"
+#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n"
#~ " </p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2286,8 +1992,7 @@
#~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Stel het gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO</b>\n"
-#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of "
-#~ "\"tekstmenu\"</p>"
+#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\"</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Display the Content of a File by Function Keys</b>\n"
@@ -2309,8 +2014,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA</b>\n"
#~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA.\n"
-#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd "
-#~ "worden.</p>"
+#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd worden.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)</b>\n"
@@ -2318,8 +2022,7 @@
#~ "the chooser.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Bericht getoond op het hoofdscherm (Indien ondersteund)</b>\n"
-#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund "
-#~ "wordt\n"
+#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund wordt\n"
#~ "door het keuzeprogramma.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2328,8 +2031,7 @@
#~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n"
#~ "Default is 0</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch "
-#~ "opstarten</b>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten</b>\n"
#~ "Het aantal tienden van seconden dat moet worden gewacht alvorens\n"
#~ "automatisch op te starten in niet-interactieve modus.\n"
#~ "Standaard is 0</p>"
@@ -2337,12 +2039,8 @@
#~ msgid "Boot Image Location"
#~ msgstr "Locatie opstart-image"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive "
-#~ "mode)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch "
-#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)"
+#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)"
#~ msgid "Force interactive mode"
#~ msgstr "Interactieve modus forceren"
@@ -2366,8 +2064,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Naam van standaard image-bestand"
#~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')"
+#~ msgstr "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')"
#~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)"
#~ msgstr "Bericht dat verschijnt op hoofdscherm (indien ondersteund)"
@@ -2380,15 +2077,13 @@
#~ msgstr "EDD30-modus blokkeren"
#~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen"
+#~ msgstr "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen"
#~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate"
#~ msgstr "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan"
#~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel"
+#~ msgstr "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel"
#~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File"
#~ msgstr "&Naam van standaard image-bestand"
@@ -2410,16 +2105,10 @@
#~ msgstr "Forceren dat rootfs als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld"
#~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu"
-#~ "\")"
+#~ msgstr "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\")"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive "
-#~ "Mode)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch "
-#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)"
+#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)"
#~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys"
#~ msgstr "De inhoud van een bestand weergeven door functie&toetsen"
@@ -2474,8 +2163,7 @@
#~ "Dit is het partitienummer van uw opstartpartitie. Op een\n"
#~ "PowerMac moet het in HFS-formaat zijn omdat we de hfsutils gebruiken om\n"
#~ "de bestanden naar die partitie te kopiëren. Op CHRP hebt u een 41 PReP\n"
-#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar "
-#~ "opgeslagen.</p>"
+#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar opgeslagen.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Boot Folder Path</b>\n"
@@ -2487,42 +2175,30 @@
#~ "map wordt gemarkeerd als op te starten.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These "
-#~ "are\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-"
-#~ "opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan "
-#~ "de kernel.\n"
-#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n"
+#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the "
-#~ "initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
+#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, "
-#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
-#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in "
-#~ "of kies door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
+#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of Default Image File</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard image-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, "
-#~ "definieert het aanvankelijk \n"
-#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of "
-#~ "kies door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard image-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert het aanvankelijk \n"
+#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2536,84 +2212,65 @@
#~ "<p><b>Partition for Boot Loader Duplication</b>\n"
#~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n"
#~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n"
-#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a "
-#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system.</p>"
+#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Partitie voor bootloaderduplicatie</b>\n"
-#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen "
-#~ "zou moeten worden.\n"
+#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen zou moeten worden.\n"
#~ "Met deze optie wordt de bootpartitie geconverteerd naar FAT. \n"
-#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een "
-#~ "RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven.</p>"
+#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Change Boot Device in NV-RAM</b>\n"
#~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n"
-#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified "
-#~ "in\n"
+#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n"
#~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Opstartapparaat veranderen in NV-RAM</b>\n"
#~ "deze optie vertelt lilo om de OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n"
-#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar "
-#~ "het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n"
-#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen "
-#~ "opstarten.</p>"
+#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n"
+#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen opstarten.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Do not Use OS-chooser</b>\n"
-#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script "
-#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n"
-#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple "
-#~ "G5 systems \n"
+#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n"
+#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n"
#~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Geen besturingssysteemkiezer gebruiken</b>\n"
-#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een "
-#~ "Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n"
-#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met "
-#~ "Apple G5 systemen \n"
+#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n"
+#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met Apple G5 systemen \n"
#~ "breekt af als er geen monitor is aagekoppeld.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux</b>\n"
-#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots "
-#~ "automatically \n"
+#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n"
#~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Wachttijd in seconden voor MacOS/Linux</b>\n"
-#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux "
-#~ "automatisch opstart \n"
+#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux automatisch opstart \n"
#~ "als er geen toets wordt ingedrukt om MacOS op te starten</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Always Boot from FAT Partition</b>\n"
-#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition "
-#~ "format\n"
-#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for "
-#~ "more\n"
+#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n"
+#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n"
#~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n"
#~ "the FAT formatted file system</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Altijd vanaf FAT-partitie opstarten</b>\n"
-#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat "
-#~ "selecteren\n"
-#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem "
-#~ "voor meer\n"
+#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat selecteren\n"
+#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem voor meer\n"
#~ "complexe instellingen. Deze optie forceert het lilo-script om het\n"
#~ "FAT geformatteerde bestandssysteem te gebruiken</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Install Boot Loader Even on Errors</b>\n"
#~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n"
-#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Bootloader zelfs bij foutmeldingen installeren</b>\n"
-#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy "
-#~ "is\n"
-#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet "
-#~ "ondersteunde setup.</p>"
+#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy is\n"
+#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet ondersteunde setup.</p>"
#~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location"
#~ msgstr "Locatie PPC-bootloader"
@@ -2821,13 +2478,10 @@
#~ msgstr "De LILO opstartlader is niet ondersteund"
#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen "
-#~ "opstarten."
+#~ msgstr "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten."
#~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt."
+#~ msgstr "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt."
#~ msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader"
#~ msgstr "S390-bootloader installeren"
@@ -2884,13 +2538,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n"
-#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard "
-#~ "disk.\n"
+#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n"
#~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "U wilt de bootloader op de harddisk installeren.\n"
-#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen "
-#~ "booten.\n"
+#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen booten.\n"
#~ "Wilt u deze vervangen zodat u van diskette kan booten?"
#~ msgid ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -99,22 +99,15 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84
msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
-msgstr ""
-"Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een "
-"omgevingsvariabele)"
+msgstr "Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93
msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
-msgstr ""
-"CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een "
-"omgevingsvariabele)"
+msgstr "CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100
-msgid ""
-"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
-msgstr ""
-"P12-wachtwoord (veiligheid: dit dient te worden gegeven door een "
-"omgevingsvariabele)"
+msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
+msgstr "P12-wachtwoord (veiligheid: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112
msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL"
@@ -130,19 +123,15 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and "
-"certificate\n"
+"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n"
-"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and "
-"certificate from a file.\n"
+"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en "
-"het\n"
+"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en het\n"
"certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache-server te kunnen communiceren.\n"
-"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA "
-"en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n"
+"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -393,12 +382,8 @@
#.
#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server "
-"Name and E-Mail."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de "
-"servernaam en e-mail."
+msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail."
+msgstr "Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de servernaam en e-mail."
#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754)
#. NO FORCE RESET
@@ -419,21 +404,16 @@
msgstr "De oude instellingen verwijderen?"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338
-msgid ""
-"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet achterhalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord "
-"in om door te kunnen gaan."
+msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue."
+msgstr "Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet achterhalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan."
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325
msgid ""
"The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n"
-"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate "
-"creation.\n"
+"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
msgstr ""
"Het wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de certificaten.\n"
-"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken "
-"van certificaten uit.\n"
+"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken van certificaten uit.\n"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351
msgid "Current default CA and certificate."
@@ -488,15 +468,11 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406
msgid ""
-"The root password is too short for use as the password for the "
-"certificates.\n"
-" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate "
-"creation.\n"
+"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n"
+" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de "
-"certificaten.\n"
-"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken "
-"van certificaten uit.\n"
+"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de certificaten.\n"
+"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken van certificaten uit.\n"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413
msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate."
@@ -507,12 +483,8 @@
msgstr "CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427
-msgid ""
-"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is "
-"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Is de standaardhostnaam <b>linux</b> echt uniek? Het certificaat is "
-"alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Is de standaardhostnaam <b>linux</b> echt uniek? Het certificaat is alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is.</p>"
#. menu title
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468
@@ -550,28 +522,24 @@
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and "
-"<b>certificates</b>\n"
+"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n"
"while completing the installation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de "
-"gewenste installatie methode\n"
+"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de gewenste installatie methode\n"
"voor de <b>CA's</b> en de <b>certificaten</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in "
-"the installed system \n"
+"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n"
"if you do not want to create or import it now.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het "
-"geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n"
+"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n"
"als u deze niet nu wilt aanmaken of importeren.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -668,17 +636,14 @@
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA "
-"and certificate\n"
+"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n"
"Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST maakt automatisch een <b>standaard CA en een certificaat</b> aan. De CA "
-"en het\n"
-"certificaat worden gebruikt om met <b>Apache server</b> te kunnen "
-"communiceren.\n"
+"YaST maakt automatisch een <b>standaard CA en een certificaat</b> aan. De CA en het\n"
+"certificaat worden gebruikt om met <b>Apache server</b> te kunnen communiceren.\n"
"De <b>standaard instellingen</b> kunnen hier worden gewijzigd.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -703,67 +668,38 @@
#. help text 1/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted "
-"network connections.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-"
-"versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren.</p>"
+msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren.</p>"
#. help text 2/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a "
-"certificate for several services running on this host. "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het doel van de <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is een certificaat voor "
-"verschillende services te leveren die draaien op deze host. "
+msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. "
+msgstr "<p>Het doel van de <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is een certificaat voor verschillende services te leveren die draaien op deze host. "
#. help text 3/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during "
-"configuration of such a service.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken "
-"tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service.</p>"
+msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>"
+msgstr "Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service.</p>"
#. help text 4/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100
-msgid ""
-"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server "
-"certificate or replace the current one.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met de knop <b>Importeren/Vervangen</b> kunt u een nieuw "
-"servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met de knop <b>Importeren/Vervangen</b> kunt u een nieuw servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen.</p>"
#. help text 5/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But "
-"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b> te "
-"klikken. Echter, wees absoluut zeker, dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door "
-"andere services.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken. Echter, wees absoluut zeker, dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door andere services.</p>"
#. help text 6/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in "
-"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>Naar bestand exporteren</b> in de sectie <b>Certificaat</b> van de "
-"module <b>CA-beheer</b> kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met <b>Naar bestand exporteren</b> in de sectie <b>Certificaat</b> van de module <b>CA-beheer</b> kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan.</p>"
#. help text 7/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124
-msgid ""
-"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 "
-"format with CA chain</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Certificaten die vanaf een disk geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in het "
-"<b>PKCS12 formaat met CA chain</b> te zijn geschreven.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Certificaten die vanaf een disk geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in het <b>PKCS12 formaat met CA chain</b> te zijn geschreven.</p>"
#. help text 8/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132
@@ -826,12 +762,8 @@
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</"
-"b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Speciale informatie over het huidige CA wordt gegeven door "
-"<b>Certificaten</b>, <b>CRL</b> en <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Speciale informatie over het huidige CA wordt gegeven door <b>Certificaten</b>, <b>CRL</b> en <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>"
#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA
#. @param CA name
@@ -966,38 +898,25 @@
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51
-msgid ""
-"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some "
-"default values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuw subCA of certificaat zal het systeem u "
-"enige standaard waarden voorstellen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuw subCA of certificaat zal het systeem u enige standaard waarden voorstellen.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57
msgid "<p>With this workflow, change these default settings.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaard instellingen aan te passen.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaard instellingen aan te passen.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij <b>nieuwe</B> opgaves "
-"gebruikt.</p>"
+msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij <b>nieuwe</B> opgaves gebruikt.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client "
-"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt de standaard instellingen van de <b>subCA's</b>, de <b>cliënt "
-"certificaten</b> en de <b>server certificaten</b> aanpassen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt de standaard instellingen van de <b>subCA's</b>, de <b>cliënt certificaten</b> en de <b>server certificaten</b> aanpassen.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79
@@ -1020,12 +939,8 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are "
-"saved.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit venster geeft van alle standaard instellingen een overzicht alvorens "
-"ze worden opgeslagen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft van alle standaard instellingen een overzicht alvorens ze worden opgeslagen.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142
@@ -1138,14 +1053,8 @@
#. help text 1/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The "
-"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the "
-"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van "
-"deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief email "
-"adres en de certificaat status (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken).</p>"
+msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief email adres en de certificaat status (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken).</p>"
#. help text 2/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52
@@ -1154,37 +1063,23 @@
#. help text 3/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het "
-"complete certificaat.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete certificaat.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bovendien kunt u een certificaat <b>Intrekken</b>, <b>Verwijderen</b> of "
-"<b>Exporteren</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Bovendien kunt u een certificaat <b>Intrekken</b>, <b>Verwijderen</b> of <b>Exporteren</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71
msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>Toevoegen</b> kunt u een nieuwe server of cliënt certificaat "
-"genereren.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met <b>Toevoegen</b> kunt u een nieuwe server of cliënt certificaat genereren.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het "
-"geselecteerde certificaat.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het geselecteerde certificaat.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
#. popup window header
@@ -1194,8 +1089,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145
msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden aangemaakt."
+msgstr "U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden aangemaakt."
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150
msgid "Reasons"
@@ -1478,8 +1372,7 @@
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69
msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-map <b>Exporteren</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-map <b>Exporteren</b>.</p>"
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95
@@ -1538,11 +1431,8 @@
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u enige standaard "
-"waarden voorstellen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u enige standaard waarden voorstellen.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148
@@ -1579,17 +1469,8 @@
#. Translators: long help text - security information
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111
-msgid ""
-"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write "
-"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored "
-"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be "
-"readable for the root user."
-msgstr ""
-"Waarschuwing!<br>Activeren van het automatisch aanmaken en exporteren van "
-"een CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. "
-"Het wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is "
-"voor het aanmaken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de root "
-"gebruiker."
+msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user."
+msgstr "Waarschuwing!<br>Activeren van het automatisch aanmaken en exporteren van een CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. Het wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is voor het aanmaken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de root gebruiker."
#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA
#. @param selected CA
@@ -1601,34 +1482,15 @@
#. this default can only be set inside this function
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381
msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door <b>Exporteer eenmalig</b> te "
-"selecteren.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door <b>Exporteer eenmalig</b> te selecteren.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384
-msgid ""
-"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation "
-"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in "
-"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can "
-"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and "
-"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om het herhaald aanmaken van de CRL te activeren selecteer <b>Herhaald "
-"aanmaken en exporteren</b>. In dat geval moet het interval voor het aanmaken "
-"in <b>Herhaalperiode</b> worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet "
-"wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet "
-"plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de <b>Beveiligingsinformatie</b> hebt "
-"gelezen en begrepen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om het herhaald aanmaken van de CRL te activeren selecteer <b>Herhaald aanmaken en exporteren</b>. In dat geval moet het interval voor het aanmaken in <b>Herhaalperiode</b> worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de <b>Beveiligingsinformatie</b> hebt gelezen en begrepen.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP "
-"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</"
-"b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-"
-"server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectivelijke parameters in "
-"<b>Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand</b> en <b>Exporteer naar LDAP</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectivelijke parameters in <b>Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand</b> en <b>Exporteer naar LDAP</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401
msgid "Export once"
@@ -1782,26 +1644,20 @@
#. help text 1/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89
msgid "<p>To generate a new CA, some entries are needed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91
msgid "<p>To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96
msgid "<p>To generate a new request, some entries are needed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren.</p>"
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106
msgid "<p>It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit is afhankelijk van de policy welke in het configuratie bestand "
-"gedefinieerd is.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dit is afhankelijk van de policy welke in het configuratie bestand gedefinieerd is.</p>"
#. help text 4/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111
@@ -1810,49 +1666,30 @@
#. help text 5/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, "
-"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>CA Name</b> is de naam van een CA certificaat. Gebruik alleen de "
-"tekens \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" en \"_\".</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>CA Name</b> is de naam van een CA certificaat. Gebruik alleen de tekens \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" en \"_\".</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123
msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Common Name</b> is de naam van het CA.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Common Name</b> is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat "
-"wordt aangemaakt.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Common Name</b> is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat wordt aangemaakt.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Common Name</b> is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de "
-"server.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Common Name</b> is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de server.</p>"
#. help text 6/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server "
-"administrator.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> zijn geldige email adressen van de gebruiker of "
-"de serverbeheerder.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> zijn geldige email adressen van de gebruiker of de serverbeheerder.</p>"
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and "
-"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Plaats</b>, en "
-"<b>Staat</b> zijn meestal optioneel.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Plaats</b>, en <b>Staat</b> zijn meestal optioneel.</p>"
#. To translators: pushbutton label
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173
@@ -1883,32 +1720,18 @@
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469
-msgid ""
-"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length "
-"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De privé sleutel van de CA heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een "
-"minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave "
-"in het volgende veld.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De privé sleutel van de CA heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use "
-"certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Elke CA heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige programma's, die "
-"van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Elke CA heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484
-msgid ""
-"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the "
-"time frame in days.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (<b>Geldige "
-"periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (<b>Geldige periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
#. help text 4/4
@@ -1916,65 +1739,33 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these "
-"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work "
-"correctly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>Geavanceerde opties</b> zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties "
-"wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet langer meer mogelijk om een correcte werking "
-"van het aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De <b>Geavanceerde opties</b> zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet langer meer mogelijk om een correcte werking van het aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498
-msgid ""
-"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum "
-"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next "
-"field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De privé sleutel van het certificaat heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig "
-"met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen "
-"de opgave in het volgende veld.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De privé sleutel van het certificaat heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that "
-"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Elk certificaat heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige "
-"programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel "
-"lengtes nodig.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Elk certificaat heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513
-msgid ""
-"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). "
-"Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode "
-"(<b>Geldige periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (<b>Geldige periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528
-msgid ""
-"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum "
-"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next "
-"field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een "
-"minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave "
-"in het volgende veld.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use "
-"certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Elk verzoek heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige programma's, "
-"die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Elk verzoek heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561
msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password"
@@ -2008,12 +1799,8 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be "
-"created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te "
-"maken CA.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te maken CA.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706
@@ -2022,12 +1809,8 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that "
-"will be created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te "
-"maken certificaat.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te maken certificaat.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716
@@ -2036,12 +1819,8 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be "
-"created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat "
-"aangemaakt zal worden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat aangemaakt zal worden.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727
@@ -2155,16 +1934,8 @@
#.
#. Creating a new CA/Certificate
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that "
-"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the "
-"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</"
-"P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien "
-"die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u met deze extensies niet vertrouwd bent, "
-"bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt "
-"(package openssl-doc) bestand.</P>"
+msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u met deze extensies niet vertrouwd bent, bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc) bestand.</P>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61
msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>"
@@ -2230,12 +2001,8 @@
#. help text 1/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The "
-"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze "
-"CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief email adres.</p>"
+msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief email adres.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53
@@ -2244,38 +2011,23 @@
#. help text 3/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete "
-"request.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het "
-"complete verzoek.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete verzoek.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt bovendien een verzoek <b>Ondertekenen</b>, <b>Verwijderen</b> of "
-"exporteren.<b>"
+msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt bovendien een verzoek <b>Ondertekenen</b>, <b>Verwijderen</b> of exporteren.<b>"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new "
-"request.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>Importeren</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met "
-"<b>Toevoegen</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met <b>Importeren</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met <b>Toevoegen</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79
-msgid ""
-"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het "
-"geselecteerde verzoek.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het geselecteerde verzoek.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326
msgid "Generate Time"
@@ -2372,18 +2124,13 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
-msgid ""
-"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoek-extensies die u kunt accepteren.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoek-extensies die u kunt accepteren.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u deze extensies verwerpt zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de "
-"plaats worden gebruikt.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als u deze extensies verwerpt zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de plaats worden gebruikt.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
@@ -2395,12 +2142,8 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be "
-"signed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te "
-"ondertekenen verzoek.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te ondertekenen verzoek.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
@@ -2455,16 +2198,12 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Root CA aanmaken</b> genereert een nieuwe root certificaat autoriteit."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Root CA aanmaken</b> genereert een nieuwe root certificaat autoriteit.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156
-msgid ""
-"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>"
+msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Voor meer informatie over CA-beheer, lees de handleiding.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:70
@@ -2525,8 +2264,7 @@
"The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n"
"Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de "
-"certificaten.\n"
+"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de certificaten.\n"
"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten.\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245
@@ -2682,22 +2420,15 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n"
-" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue."
-"</p>\n"
+" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Common server certificaat (PKCS12 + CA chain formaat)\n"
-" importeren van disk:</big></b> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op "
-"<b>Verder</b> om door te gaan.</p>\n"
+" importeren van disk:</big></b> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op <b>Verder</b> om door te gaan.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222
-msgid ""
-"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place "
-"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate."
-msgstr ""
-"Importeer een server certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze "
-"naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n common certificaat kunnen "
-"vinden."
+msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate."
+msgstr "Importeer een server certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n common certificaat kunnen vinden."
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230
@@ -2739,12 +2470,10 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369
msgid ""
"The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n"
-"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in "
-"subject alternative names."
+"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names."
msgstr ""
"De hostnaam van deze server (commando: hostname --long) moet overeenkomen \n"
-"met ofwel de common-naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in "
-"het subject alternatieve namen."
+"met ofwel de common-naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in het subject alternatieve namen."
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383
@@ -2812,12 +2541,10 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658
msgid ""
"Key Password is required. \n"
-"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not "
-"encrypted key."
+"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key."
msgstr ""
"Sleutelwachtwoord is vereist.\n"
-"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de versleutelde sleutel of een nieuwe in "
-"het geval van een niet versleutelde sleutel."
+"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de versleutelde sleutel of een nieuwe in het geval van een niet versleutelde sleutel."
#. Error popup
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -81,9 +81,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
-msgstr ""
-"Gespecificeerde reeks is ongeldig. Verkeerde waarde bevindt zich in fragment "
-"'%s'"
+msgstr "Gespecificeerde reeks is ongeldig. Verkeerde waarde bevindt zich in fragment '%s'"
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
@@ -92,13 +90,11 @@
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
msgid ""
"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
-"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range "
-"specified with dash.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
msgstr ""
"Lijst met reeksen kanalen gescheiden door en komma uit verbanning halen.\n"
-"Reeks kan een kanaal, deel van kanaal zijn die gevuld zal worden tot nul of "
-"reeks gespecificeerd door minteken.\n"
+"Reeks kan een kanaal, deel van kanaal zijn die gevuld zal worden tot nul of reeks gespecificeerd door minteken.\n"
"Voorbeeld waarde: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -134,12 +134,8 @@
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
-#| msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured"
-msgid ""
-"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
-msgstr ""
-"De verwachte stemmen moeten volledig zijn wanneer multicast-transport is "
-"ingesteld"
+msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
+msgstr "De verwachte stemmen moeten volledig zijn wanneer multicast-transport is ingesteld"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
@@ -151,12 +147,8 @@
msgstr "De multicast-poort moet moet een positief geheel getal zijn"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
-msgid ""
-"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to "
-"passive."
-msgstr ""
-"Alleen passive of active kan gekozen worden bij meerdere gebruikte "
-"interfaces. Stel in op passief."
+msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
+msgstr "Alleen passive of active kan gekozen worden bij meerdere gebruikte interfaces. Stel in op passief."
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
@@ -231,20 +223,12 @@
msgstr "Authenticatie van beveiliging inschakelen"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
-msgid ""
-"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/"
-"authkey."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor een nieuw aangemaakt cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/"
-"corosync/authkey te genereren ."
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgstr "Voor een nieuw aangemaakt cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/corosync/authkey te genereren ."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
-msgid ""
-"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other "
-"nodes manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieer handmatig /etc/"
-"corosync/authkey van andere nodes."
+msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
+msgstr "Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieer handmatig /etc/corosync/authkey van andere nodes."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
@@ -371,8 +355,7 @@
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
"Sleutelbestand %1 is gegenereerd.\n"
-"Op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" klikken voegt ze toe aan de "
-"sync-lijst."
+"Op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" klikken voegt ze toe aan de sync-lijst."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
msgid "Key generation failed."
@@ -381,13 +364,11 @@
#. SaveCsync2();
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
msgid ""
-"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between "
-"cluster nodes.\n"
+"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt om de status van firewalls tussen "
-"clusternodes te dupliceren.\n"
+"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt om de status van firewalls tussen clusternodes te dupliceren.\n"
"YaST kan helpen bij het instellen van enige basis aspecten van conntrackd.\n"
"U moet het starten met de ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
@@ -415,273 +396,81 @@
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the "
-#| "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should "
-#| "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over "
-#| "192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 "
-#| "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the "
-#| "full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of "
-#| "the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 "
-#| "networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address "
-#| "used by openais executive. The default should work for most "
-#| "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a "
-#| "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config"
-#| "\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in "
-#| "which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
-#| "nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-#| "possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the "
-#| "openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes "
-#| "in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using "
-#| "udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is "
-#| "optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 "
-#| "bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster "
-#| "membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will "
-#| "be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the "
-#| "system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value "
-#| "of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant "
-#| "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication "
-#| "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-#| "environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-#| "double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't "
-#| "become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one "
-#| "network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only "
-#| "one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If "
-#| "multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may "
-#| "be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting "
-#| "quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is "
-#| "present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section."
-#| "<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when "
-#| "using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></"
-#| "p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address "
-"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in "
-"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set "
-"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which "
-"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be "
-"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface "
-"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
-"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used "
-"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but "
-"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address "
-"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address."
-"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 "
-"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must "
-"be specified.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais "
-"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in "
-"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using "
-"udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional "
-"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value "
-"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. "
-"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from "
-"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring "
-"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should "
-"not be used.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, "
-"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers "
-"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become "
-"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network "
-"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one "
-"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple "
-"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen."
-"<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting "
-"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is "
-"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast "
-"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should "
-"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in "
-"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated."
-"<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using "
-"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind-netwerkadres</big></b><br>Dit specificeert het adres waaraan "
-"het programma openais zich bindt. Dit adres zou altijd moeten eindigen op "
-"nul. Als het totem-verkeer gerouteerd moet worden over 192.168.5.92, stel "
-"bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0.<br>Dit kan ook een IPv6-adres zijn, in welk "
-"geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. In dit geval moet het volledige adres worden "
-"gespecificeerd en is er geen automatische selectie van het netwerkinterface "
-"binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt moet het "
-"veld nodeid gespecificeerd worden.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicastadres</big></b><br>Dit is het door openais gebruikte "
-"multicastadres. De standaard zou in de meeste netwerken moeten werken, maar "
-"de netwerkbeheerder zou gevraagd moeten worden naar een te gebruiken "
-"multicastadres. Vermijdt 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\"-multicastadres "
-"is.<br>Dit mag ook een IPv6 multicastadres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal "
-"worden gebruikt. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt, moet het veld node-id worden "
-"gespecificeerd.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Poort</big></b><br>Dit specificeert het UDP-poortnummer. Het is "
-"mogelijk om hetzelfde multicastadres in een netwerk met geconfigureerde "
-"openais services voor verschillende UDP-poorten.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Memberadres</big></b><br>Deze lijst specificeert alle nodes in "
-"het cluster per IP-adres. Dit is in te stellen met gebruik van udpu "
-"(Unicast) <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node-ID</big></b><br>Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel bij "
-"gebruik van IPv4 en vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit is een 32-bit waarde "
-"die de node-identifier levert aan het lidmaatschap van de clusterservice. "
-"Als dit niet is gespecificeerd met IPv4, zal de node-id worden bepaald uit "
-"het 32-bit IP-adres van het systeem waaraan het systeem is gebonden met ring-"
-"identifier 0. De waarde 0 van de node-identifier is gereserveerd en moet "
-"niet worden gebruikt.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Dit specificeert de modus van de redundante "
-"ring, die geen, actief of passief mag zijn. Actieve replicatie biedt een "
-"iets lagere latency van verzenden naar aflevering in onbetrouwbare "
-"netwerkomgevingen maar minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de "
-"snelheid van het totem-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet cpu-"
-"bound wordt. De laatste optie is geen, in welk geval slechts één "
-"netwerkinterface zal worden gebruikt om het totem-protocol te laten werken. "
-"Als er slechts één interface-directive is gespecificeerd, zal geen "
-"automatisch worden gekozen. Als meerdere interface-directives zijn "
-"gespecificeerd, mag alleen actief of passief worden gekozen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Verwachte stemmen</big></b><br>Verwacht stemnummer voor het "
-"stemmenquorum. Zal automatisch berekend worden wanneer de sectie nodelijst "
-"{} aanwezig is in corosync.conf of gespecificeerd kan worden in de sectie "
-"quorum {}.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node-id automatisch genereren</big></b><br>Node-id is vereist bij "
-"gebruik van IPv6. Dit ingeschakeld zal de node-id automatisch genereren."
-"<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind-netwerkadres</big></b><br>Dit specificeert het adres waaraan het programma openais zich bindt. Dit adres zou altijd moeten eindigen op nul. Als het totem-verkeer gerouteerd moet worden over 192.168.5.92, stel bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0.<br>Dit kan ook een IPv6-adres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. In dit geval moet het volledige adres worden gespecificeerd en is er geen automatische selectie van het netwerkinterface binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt moet het veld nodeid gespecificeerd worden.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicastadres</big></b><br>Dit is het door openais gebruikte multicastadres. De standaard zou in de meeste netwerken moeten werken, maar de netwerkbeheerder zou gevraagd moeten worden naar een te gebruiken multicastadres. Vermijdt 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\"-multicastadres is.<br>Dit mag ook een IPv6 multicastadres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt, moet het veld node-id worden gespecificeerd.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Poort</big></b><br>Dit specificeert het UDP-poortnummer. Het is mogelijk om hetzelfde multicastadres in een netwerk met geconfigureerde openais services voor verschillende UDP-poorten.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Memberadres</big></b><br>Deze lijst specificeert alle nodes in het cluster per IP-adres. Dit is in te stellen met gebruik van udpu (Unicast) <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node-ID</big></b><br>Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel bij gebruik van IPv4 en vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit is een 32-bit waarde die de node-identifier levert aan het lidmaatschap van de clusterservice. Als dit niet is gespecificeerd met IPv4, zal de node-id worden bepaald uit het 32-bit IP-adres van het systeem waaraan het systeem is gebonden met ring-identifier 0. De waarde 0 van de node-identifier is gereserveerd en moet niet worden gebruikt.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Dit specificeert de modus van de redundante ring, die geen, actief of passief mag zijn. Actieve replicatie biedt een iets lagere latency van verzenden naar aflevering in onbetrouwbare netwerkomgevingen maar minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de snelheid van het totem-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet cpu-bound wordt. De laatste optie is geen, in welk geval slechts één netwerkinterface zal worden gebruikt om het totem-protocol te laten werken. Als er slechts één interface-directive is gespecificeerd, zal geen automatisch worden gekozen. Als meerdere interface-directives zijn gespecificeerd, mag alleen actief of passief worden gekozen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Verwachte stemmen</big></b><br>Verwacht stemnummer voor het stemmenquorum. Zal automatisch berekend worden wanneer de sectie nodelijst {} aanwezig is in corosync.conf of gespecificeerd kan worden in de sectie quorum {}.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node-id automatisch genereren</big></b><br>Node-id is vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit ingeschakeld zal de node-id automatisch genereren.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads "
-#| "are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the "
-#| "protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this "
-#| "directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads "
-#| "to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 "
-#| "indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best "
-#| "performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/"
-#| "SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It "
-#| "further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the "
-#| "sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. "
-#| "Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem "
-#| "which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume "
-#| "75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For "
-#| "100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of "
-#| "9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled "
-#| "on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization "
-#| "when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with "
-#| "large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this "
-#| "option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible "
-#| "when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 "
-"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further "
-"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 "
-"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this "
-"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces "
-"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles "
-"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks "
-"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible "
-"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A "
-"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option "
-"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame "
-"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is "
-"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this "
-"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Security Auth inschakelen</big></b><br>Dit specificeert dat HMAC/"
-"SHA1 authenticatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te authenticeren. "
-"Het specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten worden met het "
-"versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen tegen "
-"afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan elk "
-"door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. "
-"Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec "
-"zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met "
-"verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/s is mogelijk met 100% "
-"cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer "
-"van 10Mb/s is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is "
-"uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote "
-"frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is "
-"ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/s is mogelijk wanneer deze "
-"optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Security Auth inschakelen</big></b><br>Dit specificeert dat HMAC/SHA1 authenticatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te authenticeren. Het specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten worden met het versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen tegen afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan elk door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/s is mogelijk met 100% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 10Mb/s is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/s is mogelijk
wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot "
-"or not</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when "
-"Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Opstarten van de corosync service bij "
-"opstarten of niet</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall-instellingen</big></b><br>Schakel de poort in "
-"wanneer de Firewall is ingeschakeld</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Opstarten van de corosync service bij opstarten of niet</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall-instellingen</big></b><br>Schakel de poort in wanneer de Firewall is ingeschakeld</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the "
-"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the "
-"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be "
-"synced.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed "
-"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is "
-"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup "
-"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</"
-"p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de "
-"lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exac dezelfde "
-"tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>De volledige absolute bestandsnaam om "
-"te synchroniseren.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authenticatie wordt gedaan met "
-"de IP-adressen en pre-shared-keys in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt "
-"gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup "
-"moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het "
-"is aangemaakt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exac dezelfde tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>De volledige absolute bestandsnaam om te synchroniseren.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authenticatie wordt gedaan met de IP-adressen en pre-shared-keys in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het is aangemaakt.</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network "
-"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for "
-"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated "
-"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be "
-"used for syncing.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for "
-"syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated interface</big></b><br>Een dedicated "
-"netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. Het interface moet multicast "
-"ondersteunen en is OP bij gebruik. U moet het mogelijk vooraf instellen. </"
-"p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>Het IPv4 adres toegekend aan het dedicated "
-"netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast adres</big></b><br>Het voor synchroniseren te "
-"gebruiken multicast adres.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Groepsnummer</big></b><br>Een numeriek ID aangevend de groep "
-"voor synchronisatie.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated interface</big></b><br>Een dedicated netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. Het interface moet multicast ondersteunen en is OP bij gebruik. U moet het mogelijk vooraf instellen. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>Het IPv4 adres toegekend aan het dedicated netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast adres</big></b><br>Het voor synchroniseren te gebruiken multicast adres.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Groepsnummer</big></b><br>Een numeriek ID aangevend de groep voor synchronisatie.</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
@@ -700,8 +489,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/control-center.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-19 16:51+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 21:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -59,11 +59,8 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de "
-"mogelijke waarden te bekijken."
+msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
+msgstr "De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken."
#. summary item
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
@@ -89,22 +86,15 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule "
-"verfijnen.\n"
-"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"keyboard</tt>.\n"
+"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule verfijnen.\n"
+"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n"
"Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n"
"</p>"
#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the "
-"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. "
-"Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface "
-"heeft u een ander programma nodig.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface heeft u een ander programma nodig.</p>\n"
#. heading text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
@@ -186,16 +176,14 @@
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n"
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Kies de <b>toetsenbordindeling</b> die u wilt gebruiken\n"
"voor de installatie en het geïnstalleerde systeem. \n"
"Test de indeling in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer "
-"<b>Geavanceerd</b>.\n"
+"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer <b>Geavanceerd</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
@@ -214,17 +202,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of "
-"your desktop environment.</p>\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Kies de <b>toetsenbordindeling</b> die u in het systeem wilt gebruiken.\n"
-"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer "
-"<b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw "
-"bureaubladomgeving.</p>\n"
+"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw bureaubladomgeving.</p>\n"
#. Screen title for keyboard screen
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
@@ -350,8 +334,7 @@
#. help for write dialog
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>De configuratie wordt opgeslagen</b><br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>De configuratie wordt opgeslagen</b><br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>"
#. summary label
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
@@ -367,11 +350,8 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke "
-"waarden te bekijken."
+msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
+msgstr "'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken."
#. label text
#. heading text
@@ -417,14 +397,11 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary "
-"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
+"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en "
-"secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer "
-"nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n"
+"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n"
"</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112
@@ -508,20 +485,13 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the "
-"primary language.\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to "
-"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted "
-"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Selecteer de optie <b>Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen</b> om de "
-"toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n"
-"Selecteer de optie <b>Tijdzone aanpassen</b> om de huidige tijdszone aan te "
-"passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al "
-"zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk "
-"uitgeschakeld.\n"
+"Selecteer de optie <b>Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen</b> om de toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n"
+"Selecteer de optie <b>Tijdzone aanpassen</b> om de huidige tijdszone aan te passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk uitgeschakeld.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
@@ -534,8 +504,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Secundaire talen</b><br>\n"
-"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt "
-"gaan gebruiken.\n"
+"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt gaan gebruiken.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. error message - package solver failed
@@ -549,8 +518,7 @@
"There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n"
"Remove some languages from the selection."
msgstr ""
-"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen "
-"installeren.\n"
+"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen installeren.\n"
"Verwijder enkele talen uit de selectie."
#. help text for langauge expert screen
@@ -564,8 +532,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen voor de taal verfijnen.\n"
-"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"language</tt>.\n"
+"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n"
"Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -578,38 +545,27 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Regio-instellingen voor gebruiker 'root'</b>\n"
-"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn "
-"ingesteld.</p>"
+"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn ingesteld.</p>"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other "
-"values\n"
+"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
"are unset.<br>\n"
"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Alleen ctype:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een "
-"normale gebruiker.\n"
+"<p><b>Alleen ctype:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een normale gebruiker.\n"
"Andere waarden zijn niet ingesteld.<br>\n"
-"<b>Ja:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een "
-"normale gebruiker.<br>\n"
-"<b>Nee:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen "
-"ingesteld.\n"
+"<b>Ja:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een normale gebruiker.<br>\n"
+"<b>Nee:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen ingesteld.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary "
-"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may "
-"not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Gedetailleerde instellingen</b> om een lokaliteit voor de "
-"primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De "
-"vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Gedetailleerde instellingen</b> om een lokaliteit voor de primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit.</p>"
#. heading text
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
@@ -681,14 +637,11 @@
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the "
-"appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit "
-"medium.\n"
-"Voeg de <b>Language Add-On-CD</b> als extra installatiebron toe voor de "
-"juiste ondersteuning\n"
+"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit medium.\n"
+"Voeg de <b>Language Add-On-CD</b> als extra installatiebron toe voor de juiste ondersteuning\n"
"voor deze taal.\n"
#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
@@ -697,10 +650,8 @@
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
msgstr ""
-"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal "
-"zal worden\n"
-"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het "
-"nieuwe systeem."
+"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal zal worden\n"
+"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het nieuwe systeem."
#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52
@@ -788,27 +739,21 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware "
-"Clock Set To</b>.\n"
-"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as "
-"Microsoft\n"
+"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n"
+"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n"
"Windows) use local time.\n"
"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n"
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard "
-"time\n"
+"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij "
-"<b>Hardwareklok ingesteld op</b>.\n"
-"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben "
-"(zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n"
+"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij <b>Hardwareklok ingesteld op</b>.\n"
+"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben (zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n"
"Computers met alleen Linux worden normaliter\n"
"ingesteld op Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen "
-"van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n"
+"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text: extra note about localtime
@@ -824,24 +769,19 @@
"<p>\n"
"Opmerking: De interne systeemklok zoals gebruikt door de Linux-kernel moet\n"
"altijd in UTC zijn, omdat dit de referentie is voor de juiste lokale tijd\n"
-"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, "
-"kijk\n"
-"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over "
-"neveneffecten.\n"
+"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, kijk\n"
+"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over neveneffecten.\n"
"</p>"
#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769)
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
msgid ""
"\n"
-"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your "
-"system.\n"
+"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n"
"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n"
"\n"
-"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the "
-"year\n"
-"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, "
-"backups may fail,\n"
+"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n"
+"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n"
"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n"
"\n"
"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n"
@@ -849,17 +789,12 @@
"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te "
-"zijn geïnstalleerd.\n"
-"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op "
-"Annuleren te klikken.\n"
+"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te zijn geïnstalleerd.\n"
+"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op Annuleren te klikken.\n"
"\n"
-"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per "
-"jaar aanpassen\n"
-"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet "
-"omschakelt, kunnen\n"
-"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, "
-"etc.\n"
+"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per jaar aanpassen\n"
+"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet omschakelt, kunnen\n"
+"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, etc.\n"
"\n"
"Als u UTC gebruikt zal Linux de tijd automatisch aanpassen.\n"
"\n"
@@ -867,12 +802,8 @@
#. help text for set time dialog
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them "
-"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan "
-"op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
@@ -992,17 +923,14 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</"
-"b>.\n"
+"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst "
-"de <b>regio</b>.\n"
-"Selecteer vervolgens bij <b>Tijdzone</b> de juiste tijdzone, land of regio "
-"uit de lijst.\n"
+"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst de <b>regio</b>.\n"
+"Selecteer vervolgens bij <b>Tijdzone</b> de juiste tijdzone, land of regio uit de lijst.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
@@ -1013,8 +941,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op <b>Wijzigen</b> om dit aan "
-"te passen.\n"
+"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op <b>Wijzigen</b> om dit aan te passen.\n"
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
@@ -1292,14 +1219,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to "
-#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n"
+#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Voor de te <b>vergrendelen apparaten</b>, voer een door spaties "
-#~ "gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll "
-#~ "Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n"
+#~ "Voor de te <b>vergrendelen apparaten</b>, voer een door spaties gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -46,53 +46,42 @@
#. combobox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
-#| msgid "Re&positories"
msgid "&Location of Repositories"
msgstr "&Locatie van installatiebronnen"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</"
-#| "p>\n"
+#| "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
#| "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
#| "</p><p>\n"
#| "<ul>\n"
-#| "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</"
-#| "i> for SMT server\n"
-#| "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-"
-#| "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+#| "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+#| "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
#| "</p><p>\n"
#| "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's "
-"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
-" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also "
-"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> "
-"for SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/"
-"sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u de locatie van uw <b>Installatiebronnen voor bijwerken</b> "
-"bewerken.</p>\n"
+"<p>Hier kunt u de locatie van uw <b>Installatiebronnen voor bijwerken</b> bewerken.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Enige voorbeelden van hoe de URL er uit zou kunnen zien:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> "
-"voor SMT-server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/"
-"sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> voor SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> voor SMT-server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> voor SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"Voor een gedetailleerde beschrijving, kijk in de Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -116,15 +105,11 @@
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as "
-"space-separated list.</p>"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Definieer hier een <b>Netwerkmodus</b> met relevant <b>beleid voor "
-"bonding</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>U kunt ook interfacenamen specificeren voor het bastion-netwerk-conduits "
-"als spatie-gescheiden lijst.</p>"
+"<p>Definieer hier een <b>Netwerkmodus</b> met relevant <b>beleid voor bonding</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>U kunt ook interfacenamen specificeren voor het bastion-netwerk-conduits als spatie-gescheiden lijst.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
@@ -224,7 +209,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. text entry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
-#| msgid "User Name"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Naam"
@@ -246,9 +230,6 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
-#| msgid ""
-#| "User '%1' already exists.\n"
-#| "Choose a different name."
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -283,7 +264,6 @@
#. push button label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
-#| msgid "Repository Name"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Installatiebron &toevoegen"
@@ -435,11 +415,8 @@
#. label (hint for user)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
-msgid ""
-"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Als er geen gebruiker aanwezig is, zal gebruiker 'crowbar' met het standaard "
-"wachtwoord worden gebruikt."
+msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
+msgstr "Als er geen gebruiker aanwezig is, zal gebruiker 'crowbar' met het standaard wachtwoord worden gebruikt."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
#. tab header
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -125,9 +125,7 @@
#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Print de huidige gebruikte interface en laat de andere beschikbare "
-"interfaces zien"
+msgstr "Print de huidige gebruikte interface en laat de andere beschikbare interfaces zien"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. command line help text for an option
@@ -589,12 +587,10 @@
#. at least minimal configuration
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
msgid ""
-"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP "
-"address \n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
-"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen "
-"IP-adres \n"
+"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen IP-adres \n"
"en netwerkmasker)."
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
@@ -809,12 +805,10 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
-"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP "
-"server.\n"
+"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
-"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik is nodig om overeen te komen met hetzelfde "
-"netwerk als de DHCP-server draait.\n"
+"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik is nodig om overeen te komen met hetzelfde netwerk als de DHCP-server draait.\n"
"IP-adres %1 komt niet overeen met netwerk '%2/%3'."
#. Label of the registered hosts table
@@ -955,8 +949,7 @@
"naar dit dialoog terugkeren. Om dit dialoog weer te geven moet u de\n"
"wijzigingen eerst opslaan en de module daarna opnieuw starten.\n"
"Als een te complexe configuratie is ingesteld zal bij het starten van\n"
-"de DHCP-server module de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden "
-"weergegeven.\n"
+"de DHCP-server module de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden weergegeven.\n"
"\n"
"Doorgaan?"
@@ -973,8 +966,7 @@
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
-"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and "
-"write\n"
+"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n"
"/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n"
"changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n"
" \n"
@@ -982,10 +974,8 @@
msgstr ""
"U hebt een alternatief configuratiebestand voor de DHCP-server opgegeven.\n"
"\n"
-"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf "
-"lezen\n"
-"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. "
-"Alle\n"
+"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf lezen\n"
+"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. Alle\n"
"wijzigingen zullen worden opgeslagen in het standaard-configuratiebestand.\n"
" \n"
"Wilt u doorgaan?\n"
@@ -1004,8 +994,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n"
"the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n"
-"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how "
-"hostnames\n"
+"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n"
"are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n"
"<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n"
"If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n"
@@ -1020,12 +1009,9 @@
"hostnamen worden aangemaakt (bijv. <tt>dhcp%i</tt> of <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n"
"<tt>%i</tt> zal worden vervangen door het nummer van de host in het bereik.\n"
"Als er geen <tt>%i</tt> is gedefinieerd, dan wordt het nummer toegevoegd\n"
-"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden "
-"gebruikt\n"
-"in <b>Hostnaambasis</b>. <b>Start</b> definieert het eerste getal dat "
-"gebruikt\n"
-"wordt voor de eerste hostnaam. Hostnamen worden incrementeel aangemaakt.</"
-"p>\n"
+"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden gebruikt\n"
+"in <b>Hostnaambasis</b>. <b>Start</b> definieert het eerste getal dat gebruikt\n"
+"wordt voor de eerste hostnaam. Hostnamen worden incrementeel aangemaakt.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33
@@ -1049,8 +1035,7 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n"
-"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be "
-"changed.</p>\n"
+"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt zowel <b>Naam nieuwe zone</b> als <b>Naam omgekeerde zone</b>\n"
"niet wijzigen omdat beide afkomstig zijn uit de huidige instellingen\n"
@@ -1063,8 +1048,7 @@
"to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer het keuzevakje <b>Ook omgekeerde zone aanmaken</b> als u \n"
-"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.</"
-"p>\n"
+"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50
@@ -1102,8 +1086,7 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n"
-"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the "
-"current\n"
+"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n"
"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n"
"during the zone creation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1130,8 +1113,7 @@
"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n"
"all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n"
-"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to "
-"use\n"
+"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n"
"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DNS-records</big></b><br />\n"
@@ -1160,8 +1142,7 @@
"<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n"
"complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klik op <b>Toevoegen</"
-"b>,\n"
+"<p>Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>,\n"
"vul het formulier in en klik op <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1)
@@ -1198,8 +1179,7 @@
"<p><b><big>DNS-synchronisatie</big></b><br />\n"
"Dit is een geavanceerd hulpmiddel voor het bewerken van\n"
"DNS-serverinstellingen zodat die overeen komen met uw DHCP-instellingen.\n"
-"Alleen 'A'-records--DNS-records die hostnamen converteren naar IP-"
-"adressen--\n"
+"Alleen 'A'-records--DNS-records die hostnamen converteren naar IP-adressen--\n"
"worden hier onderhouden.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2)
@@ -1223,8 +1203,7 @@
"from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kies menuoptie <b>speciale "
-"taken</b> -> <b>Assistent starten</b>.</p>\n"
+"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kies menuoptie <b>speciale taken</b> -> <b>Assistent starten</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139
@@ -1232,13 +1211,10 @@
"<p>\n"
" To create or remove a single DNS record,\n"
"click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the "
-"corresponding\n"
+"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n"
"reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n"
"Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n"
-"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range "
-"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, "
-"select\n"
+"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n"
"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1248,8 +1224,7 @@
"omgekeerde zone te synchroniseren, selecteer \n"
"<b>Synchroniseren met omgekeerde zone</b>.\n"
"Gebruik <b>Bereik van overeenkomende DNS-records verwijderen</b>\n"
-"uit <b>Speciale taken</b> om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik "
-"van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n"
+"uit <b>Speciale taken</b> om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n"
"van DNS-records aan te maken, selecteer\n"
"<b>Nieuw bereik van DNS-records aanmaken</b> uit <b>Speciale tekan</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -1540,8 +1515,7 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234
msgid ""
"No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n"
-"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server "
-"defined. \n"
+"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n"
"Really use the current settings?\n"
msgstr ""
"Er wordt geen IP-adres geleverd voor een naamserver in de huidige DNS-zone.\n"
@@ -1857,8 +1831,7 @@
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u <b>Start DHCP "
-"Server in Chroot Jail</b>\n"
+"Om de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u <b>Start DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>\n"
"in te stellen. Het opstarten van een willekeurige daemon in een Chroot Jail\n"
"is veiliger en wordt dan ook sterk aanbevolen.</p>"
@@ -1883,13 +1856,10 @@
"To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Geconfigureerde declaraties</b><br>\n"
-"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen dient u deze eerst te selecteren "
-"en vervolgens op <b>Wijzigen</b>\n"
-"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een "
-"declaratie die de nieuwe\n"
+"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Wijzigen</b>\n"
+"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een declaratie die de nieuwe\n"
"declaratie moet gaan bevatten en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
-"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op "
-"<b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
+"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
@@ -1913,8 +1883,7 @@
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Netwerkadres en masker</big></b><br>\n"
-"Stel het <b>Netwerkadres</b> en het <b>Netwerkmasker</b> van het subnet in.</"
-"p>"
+"Stel het <b>Netwerkadres</b> en het <b>Netwerkmasker</b> van het subnet in.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
@@ -1998,8 +1967,7 @@
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Dynamische DNS</b> om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te "
-"passen.</p>"
+"Gebruik <b>Dynamische DNS</b> om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te passen.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
@@ -2022,12 +1990,9 @@
"and reverse zone.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG sleutel</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om dynamische DNS-bijwerkingen uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatie "
-"sleutel opgegeven te zijn.\n"
-"Gebruik <b>TSIG sleutel</b> om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel "
-"te selecteren. De sleutel\n"
-"moet voor de DHCP en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel "
-"voor zowel de voorwaartse\n"
+"Om dynamische DNS-bijwerkingen uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatie sleutel opgegeven te zijn.\n"
+"Gebruik <b>TSIG sleutel</b> om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel te selecteren. De sleutel\n"
+"moet voor de DHCP en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel voor zowel de voorwaartse\n"
"als de omgekeerde zone.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
@@ -2039,8 +2004,7 @@
"<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Globale DHCP-server instellingen</big></b><br>\n"
-"De globale instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de "
-"dynamische\n"
+"De globale instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de dynamische\n"
"DNS optimaal te kunnen laten werken. U kunt dit automatisch laten doen door\n"
"<b>Globale dynamische DNS-instellingen bijwerken</b> te activeren.</p>"
@@ -2049,45 +2013,35 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
-"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the "
-"DHCP\n"
+"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n"
"server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bij te werken zones</big></b><br>\n"
-"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor "
-"beide ook hun \n"
-"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host "
-"draait als de DHCP\n"
+"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor beide ook hun \n"
+"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host draait als de DHCP\n"
"server, dan kunt u de velden leeg laten.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
-"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started "
-"with \n"
-"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible "
-"options,\n"
+"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
+"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n"
"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opstartargumenten voor DHCP-server</big></b><br>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten "
-"opstarten\n"
-"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaard poort om naar te luisteren). "
-"Voor\n"
-"alle mogelijke opties, lees de man-pagina van dhcpd. Indien leeg gelaten "
-"zullen de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt.</p>"
+"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten opstarten\n"
+"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaard poort om naar te luisteren). Voor\n"
+"alle mogelijke opties, lees de man-pagina van dhcpd. Indien leeg gelaten zullen de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</"
-"p>\n"
+"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Netwerkkaartselectie</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer één of meer netwerkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken met de DHCP-"
-"server.</p>\n"
+"Selecteer één of meer netwerkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken met de DHCP-server.</p>\n"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
@@ -2148,10 +2102,8 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Printserver</b> biedt deze server als de standaard printserver aan.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Printserver</b> biedt deze server als de standaard printserver aan.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
@@ -2165,8 +2117,7 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP "
-"expires\n"
+"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standaard lease tijd</b> stelt de tijd in waarna het geleasde IP\n"
@@ -2181,8 +2132,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Subnetinformatie</big></b></br>\n"
-"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, "
-"netwerkmasker\n"
+"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, netwerkmasker\n"
"en minimum en maximum IP-adressen die voor de clients beschikbaar zijn.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2191,20 +2141,17 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
-"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the "
-"same netmask.\n"
+"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n"
"For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n"
"Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n"
"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IP-adresbereik</big></b><br>\n"
"Stel het <b>Eerste IP-adres</b> en <b>Laatste IP-adres</b> in\n"
-"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen "
-"moeten\n"
+"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen moeten\n"
"hetzelfde netmasker hebben. Voorbeeld: <tt>192.168.1.1</tt>\n"
"en <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>.\n"
-"Selecteer <b>Dynamische BOOTP toestaan</b> als het opgegeven bereik "
-"dynamisch\n"
+"Selecteer <b>Dynamische BOOTP toestaan</b> als het opgegeven bereik dynamisch\n"
"mag worden toegewezen aan BOOTP- en DHCP-clients</p>.\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
@@ -2215,10 +2162,8 @@
"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lease-tijd</big></b><br>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de <b>standaard</b> lease-tijd voor het huidige IP-"
-"adressenbereik\n"
-"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt."
-"<br></p>"
+"Hier kunt u de <b>standaard</b> lease-tijd voor het huidige IP-adressenbereik\n"
+"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt.<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
@@ -2261,17 +2206,13 @@
"<p>Om een nieuwe host toe te voegen, moet u z'n <b>Naam</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware adres</b> en <b>IP-adres</b> instellen en\n"
"vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b> klikken.</p>\n"
-"<p>Om een geconfigureerde host te modificeren dient u deze eerst in de tabel "
-"te selecteren,\n"
-"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op <b>In lijst wijzigen</b> te "
-"klikken.</p>"
+"<p>Om een geconfigureerde host te modificeren dient u deze eerst in de tabel te selecteren,\n"
+"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op <b>In lijst wijzigen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een host te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op "
-"<b>Uit lijst verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om een host te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <b>Uit lijst verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. help text 1/7
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
@@ -2465,8 +2406,7 @@
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
-"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-server configuratie wilt verlaten zonder deze "
-"eerst op te slaan?\n"
+"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-server configuratie wilt verlaten zonder deze eerst op te slaan?\n"
"Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan."
#. yes-no popup
@@ -2487,8 +2427,7 @@
"%1\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone."
msgstr ""
-"De hieronder weergegeven interfaces komen in geen enkele firewall-zone "
-"voor.\n"
+"De hieronder weergegeven interfaces komen in geen enkele firewall-zone voor.\n"
"%1\n"
"Start YaST2 Firewallconfiguratie om ze toe te wijzen aan een zone."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -174,19 +174,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid ""
-"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-"Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt "
-"of een relatieve naam)"
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt of een relatieve naam)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-"Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt "
-"of een relatieve naam)"
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt of een relatieve naam)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
@@ -235,11 +229,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid ""
-"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr ""
-"Recordwaarde DNS-bron, zoals bijvoorbeeld 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-"
-"record"
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr "Recordwaarde DNS-bron, zoals bijvoorbeeld 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-record"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
@@ -647,7 +638,6 @@
#. FIXME: new startup
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-#| msgid "C&hange"
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr "Wijzigen toepassen"
@@ -775,8 +765,7 @@
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
"been changed to its local equivalent %2."
msgstr ""
-"Doorsturen van een een DNS verzoek naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop "
-"veroorzaken.\n"
+"Doorsturen van een een DNS verzoek naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop veroorzaken.\n"
"IP-adres %1 wordt nu door deze server gebruikt, dus moet het\n"
"worden gewijzigd naar zijn lokale equivalent %2."
@@ -1029,7 +1018,6 @@
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
-#| msgid "Save configuration files"
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "De configuratiebestanden opslaan is mislukt"
@@ -1368,8 +1356,7 @@
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
msgid ""
-"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII "
-"characters excluding '='\n"
+"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
msgstr ""
"Ongeldig %{txt}-record. Het moet bestaan uit te printen US-ASCII tekens met\n"
@@ -1465,13 +1452,10 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
-"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From "
-"feature."
+"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
-"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 "
-"zone.\n"
-"Om records handmatig te wijzigen moet u het item \"Automatisch gegenereerde "
-"records uit\" uitschakelen."
+"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 zone.\n"
+"Om records handmatig te wijzigen moet u het item \"Automatisch gegenereerde records uit\" uitschakelen."
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
@@ -1562,8 +1546,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialiseren afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28
@@ -1606,8 +1589,7 @@
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om de DNS-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u <b>Start DNS-"
-"server in Chroot Jail</b>\n"
+"Om de DNS-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u <b>Start DNS-server in Chroot Jail</b>\n"
"in te stellen. Het opstarten van welke daemon dan ook in een Chroot Jail\n"
"is veiliger en wordt dan ook dringend aangeraden.</p>"
@@ -1667,10 +1649,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Dynamische DNS-zone bijwerken</big></b><br>\n"
"De zone kan automatisch worden bijgewerkt, meestal omdat de IP-adressen\n"
"dynamisch door de DHCP-server worden toegewezen. Om DDNS-updates toe te\n"
-"staan, dient <b>Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan</b> te worden ingesteld als "
-"ook\n"
-"de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b> die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor "
-"zowel\n"
+"staan, dient <b>Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan</b> te worden ingesteld als ook\n"
+"de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b> die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor zowel\n"
"de DHCP- als de DNS-servers moet u dezelfde sleutel gaan gebruiken.</p>"
#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1
@@ -1681,8 +1661,7 @@
"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een DNS-zone wijzigen:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Voor het wijzigen van de zone instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende "
-"item\n"
+"Voor het wijzigen van de zone instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende item\n"
"in de tabel te selecteren en daarna op <b>Bewerken</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1
@@ -1691,10 +1670,8 @@
"<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om een nieuw record aan de zone toe te voegen. "
-"Voor het verwijderen\n"
-"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <B>Verwijderen</"
-"B> te klikken.</p>"
+"<p>Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om een nieuw record aan de zone toe te voegen. Voor het verwijderen\n"
+"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <B>Verwijderen</B> te klikken.</p>"
#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93
@@ -1711,17 +1688,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</"
-"b>\n"
-"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click "
-"<b>Delete</b>\n"
+"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n"
"to remove an existing one.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Master servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Stel de IP-adressen van de master naamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik "
-"<b>Toevoegen</b>\n"
-"om een nieuwe master naamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande "
-"server en\n"
+"Stel de IP-adressen van de master naamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b>\n"
+"om een nieuwe master naamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande server en\n"
"Klik op <b>Verwijderen</b> om deze te verwijderen.</p>"
#. help 1/2
@@ -1729,15 +1702,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n"
"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n"
-"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</"
-"b>\n"
+"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n"
"or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n"
"server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Zone type</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer <b>Master</b> om deze naamserver als primaire databron van\n"
-"de zone in te stellen. Om het als secondaire naamserver in te stellen, dient "
-"u\n"
+"de zone in te stellen. Om het als secondaire naamserver in te stellen, dient u\n"
"<b>Slave</b> of <b>Stub</b> te selecteren: de zone data zal dan van\n"
"de master server worden gespiegeld.</p>"
@@ -1745,8 +1716,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n"
-"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and "
-"back.\n"
+"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n"
"Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n"
"addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n"
"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n"
@@ -1766,10 +1736,8 @@
"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interface categorieën</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-"
-"server.\n"
-"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds "
-"gedefinieerd.</p>\n"
+"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-server.\n"
+"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds gedefinieerd.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129
@@ -1826,13 +1794,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n"
-"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
-"the\n"
+"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Serie</b>nummer wordt gebruikt om te bepalen of de zone op de master\n"
-"servers is gewijzigd (de slave servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele "
-"zone\n"
+"servers is gewijzigd (de slave servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele zone\n"
"te synchroniseren).</p>\n"
#. help text 6/9 - Refresh
@@ -1852,10 +1818,8 @@
"<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n"
"the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Herhalen</b> bepaalt hoe vaak de slave servers zullen proberen om, na "
-"een\n"
-"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de master server te synchroniseren."
-"</p>"
+"<p><b>Herhalen</b> bepaalt hoe vaak de slave servers zullen proberen om, na een\n"
+"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de master server te synchroniseren.</p>"
#. help text 8/9 - Expiry
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167
@@ -1864,10 +1828,8 @@
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave servers "
-"vervalt\n"
-"en waarna slave servers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer "
-"gesynchroniseerd is.\n"
+"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave servers vervalt\n"
+"en waarna slave servers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer gesynchroniseerd is.\n"
"</p>"
#. help text 9/9 - Minimum
@@ -1887,19 +1849,14 @@
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n"
"To add a new TSIG key, use the \n"
-"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</"
-"b>.\n"
-"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</"
-"b>.\n"
+"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG-sleutelbeheer</big></b><br>\n"
-"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zonebijwerkingen. "
-"Gebruik voor het\n"
-"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld <b>Bestandsnaam</b> of "
-"de kknop <b>Bladeren</b>\n"
-"en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te "
-"verwijderen,\n"
+"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zonebijwerkingen. Gebruik voor het\n"
+"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld <b>Bestandsnaam</b> of de kknop <b>Bladeren</b>\n"
+"en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te verwijderen,\n"
"selecteer deze in de lijst en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1961,10 +1918,8 @@
"<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen z'n <b>IP-adres</b> op en klik "
-"daarna op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
-"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren "
-"en vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b> klikken.</p>"
+"<p>Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen z'n <b>IP-adres</b> op en klik daarna op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
+"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b> klikken.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225
@@ -1986,15 +1941,12 @@
"<p>Om nieuwe opties toe te voegen moet u de <b>Optie</b> selecteren,\n"
"z'n <b>Waarde</b> opgeven en op <b>Toevoegen</b> klikken.</p>\n"
"<p>Om een geconfigureerde optie aan te passen moet u deze in de tabel\n"
-"selecteren, de <b>Waarde</b> er van wijzigen en op <b>Wijzigen</b> klikken.</"
-"p>\n"
+"selecteren, de <b>Waarde</b> er van wijzigen en op <b>Wijzigen</b> klikken.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236
msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op "
-"<b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238
@@ -2003,33 +1955,24 @@
"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Loggen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Gebruik dit dialoog om verschillende opties van het DNS-server loggen te "
-"definiëren.</p>"
+"Gebruik dit dialoog om verschillende opties van het DNS-server loggen te definiëren.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the "
-"system log. \n"
+"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n"
"To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n"
-"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log "
-"and \n"
+"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n"
-"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</"
-"b>\n"
+"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n"
"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Selecteer <b>Naar systeemlog loggen </b> om logberichten van de DNS-server "
-"in het systeemlog op te slaan. De DNS-server logberichten kunnen in een "
-"apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n"
-"selecteer hiervoor <b>Naar bestand loggen</b> en geef de <b>Bestandsnaam</b> "
-"op waarin\n"
-"het log moet worden opgeslagen en de <b>Maximum grootte</b> van het "
-"logbestand.\n"
-"De DNS-server zal de logbestanden automatisch roteren. Gebruik <b>Maximum "
-"versies</b> om\n"
+"Selecteer <b>Naar systeemlog loggen </b> om logberichten van de DNS-server in het systeemlog op te slaan. De DNS-server logberichten kunnen in een apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n"
+"selecteer hiervoor <b>Naar bestand loggen</b> en geef de <b>Bestandsnaam</b> op waarin\n"
+"het log moet worden opgeslagen en de <b>Maximum grootte</b> van het logbestand.\n"
+"De DNS-server zal de logbestanden automatisch roteren. Gebruik <b>Maximum versies</b> om\n"
"te specificeren hoeveel logbestanden er opgeslagen mogen worden.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3
@@ -2045,11 +1988,9 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Extra loggen</b>:\n"
"selecteer de acties die u wilt laten loggen. Algemene acties worden\n"
-"altijd gelogd. <b>Alle DNS-queries loggen</b> logt alle queries van clients "
-"aan de DNS-server.\n"
+"altijd gelogd. <b>Alle DNS-queries loggen</b> logt alle queries van clients aan de DNS-server.\n"
"<b>Alle zone-bijwerkingen loggen</b> logt wanneer DNS is bijgewerkt.\n"
-"<b>Zone-overdrachten loggen</b> logt wanneer een zone compleet is "
-"overgedragen naar\n"
+"<b>Zone-overdrachten loggen</b> logt wanneer een zone compleet is overgedragen naar\n"
"de secondaire\n"
"nameserver.</p>\n"
@@ -2094,17 +2035,12 @@
"<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n"
"(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n"
-"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</"
-"p>\n"
+"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de <b>bestandsnaam</"
-"b> op\n"
-"(of gebruik de knop <b>Bladeren</b> om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op "
-"<b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
-"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de <b>bestandsnaam</b> en "
-"<b>Sleutel-ID</b> in en klik\n"
-"op <b>Genereren</b>. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en "
-"toegevoegd.</p>\n"
+"<p>Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de <b>bestandsnaam</b> op\n"
+"(of gebruik de knop <b>Bladeren</b> om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
+"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de <b>bestandsnaam</b> en <b>Sleutel-ID</b> in en klik\n"
+"op <b>Genereren</b>. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en toegevoegd.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288
@@ -2127,28 +2063,22 @@
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</"
-"b>,\n"
+"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n"
"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de <b>Zonenaam</b>, selecteer het "
-"<b>Zonetype</b>\n"
+"<p>Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de <b>Zonenaam</b>, selecteer het <b>Zonetype</b>\n"
"en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address "
-"followed by\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n"
"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n"
-"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), "
-"select\n"
+"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n"
"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van "
-"het omgekeerde\n"
-"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als <b>Zonenaam</b> "
-"(bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n"
+"<p>Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van het omgekeerde\n"
+"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als <b>Zonenaam</b> (bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> voor het <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> netwerk),\n"
"selecteer vervolgens het <b>Zonetype</b> en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2156,20 +2086,16 @@
#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address "
-"followed by\n"
-"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone "
-"name are\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n"
+"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n"
"supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een nieuw IPv6 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van "
-"het\n"
+"<p>Om een nieuw IPv6 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van het\n"
"omgekeerde IPv6-adres in gevolgd door <tt>%1</tt> als <b>Zonenaam</b>.\n"
-"Verschillende formaten voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden ondersteund: "
-"De\n"
+"Verschillende formaten voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden ondersteund: De\n"
"standaard vorm: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"de voorwaardse vorm: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"de voorwaardse vorm zonder netmaskbits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
@@ -2184,15 +2110,13 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Om de instellingen te wijzigen voor een zone, zoals zonetransport\n"
"en naam- en e-mailservers, selecteer deze en klik op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n"
-"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op "
-"<b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
+"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n"
-"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control "
-"access\n"
+"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n"
"to the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS en zonetransport</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2208,10 +2132,8 @@
"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer <b>Dynamisch "
-"bijwerken toestaan</b>\n"
-"en selecteer de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b>. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te "
-"definiëren\n"
+"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer <b>Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan</b>\n"
+"en selecteer de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b>. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te definiëren\n"
"voordat de zone dynamisch kan worden bijgewerkt.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3
@@ -2238,8 +2160,7 @@
"check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-"
-"zone.\n"
+"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-zone.\n"
"Selecteer het selectievak <b>Automatisch genereren van records uit</b>\n"
"en kies de zone waaruit de records gegenereerd moeten worden.</p>\n"
@@ -2251,24 +2172,20 @@
"from the current on in the <b>Connected Reverse Zones</b> field.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn "
-"gegenereerd\n"
+"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn gegenereerd\n"
"vanuit de huidige in het <b>Verbonden omgekeerde zones</b> veld.</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n"
-"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</"
-"b>.\n"
+"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>NS-records</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voer het adres van de naamserver in "
-"en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
-"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik "
-"op\n"
+"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voer het adres van de naamserver in en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
+"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op\n"
"<b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers
@@ -2281,11 +2198,9 @@
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>MX-records</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het <b>adres</b> en de "
-"<b>prioriteit</b> in\n"
+"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het <b>adres</b> en de <b>prioriteit</b> in\n"
"en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
-"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en "
-"klik\n"
+"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik\n"
"op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7
@@ -2293,15 +2208,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n"
"changed on\n"
-"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
-"the\n"
+"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Serieel</b> is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de "
-"zone\n"
+"<p><b>Serieel</b> is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de zone\n"
"op de masterservers gewijzigd is\n"
-"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te "
-"synchroniseren)\n"
+"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te synchroniseren)\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7
@@ -2320,10 +2232,8 @@
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave-servers "
-"vervalt\n"
-"en waarna slave-servers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn "
-"gesynchroniseerd.\n"
+"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave-servers vervalt\n"
+"en waarna slave-servers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn gesynchroniseerd.\n"
"</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5
@@ -2335,10 +2245,8 @@
"click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n"
-"In dit dialoog kunt u de bronrecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe "
-"bronrecords\n"
-"toe te voegen, selecteer de <b>Recordsleutel</b>, <b>Type</b> en <b>Waarde</"
-"b>, en klik\n"
+"In dit dialoog kunt u de bronrecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe bronrecords\n"
+"toe te voegen, selecteer de <b>Recordsleutel</b>, <b>Type</b> en <b>Waarde</b>, en klik\n"
"daarna op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5
@@ -2347,10 +2255,7 @@
"<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n"
"and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste "
-"onderdelen en klik op <b>Wijzigen</b>. Om een record te verwijderen, "
-"selecteer deze en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste onderdelen en klik op <b>Wijzigen</b>. Om een record te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432
@@ -2396,20 +2301,16 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479
msgid ""
"<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n"
-"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an "
-"absolute\n"
+"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n"
"domain name followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n"
"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NS: Naamserver</b><br>\n"
-"<b>Recordsleutel</b> is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een "
-"absolute\n"
+"<b>Recordsleutel</b> is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een absolute\n"
"domeinnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n"
-"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige "
-"gekwalificeerde\n"
-"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd "
-"te worden.</p>\n"
+"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n"
+"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460
@@ -2423,10 +2324,8 @@
"<p><b>MX: Mail relay</b><br>\n"
"<b>Recordsleutel</b> is een host- of zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n"
"of een absolute host- of zonenaam gevolgd door een punt.\n"
-"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige "
-"gekwalificeerde\n"
-"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd "
-"te worden.</p>\n"
+"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n"
+"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468
@@ -2434,8 +2333,7 @@
"<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n"
"followed by a dot\n"
-"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</"
-"tt>)\n"
+"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n"
" or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n"
"(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
@@ -2448,8 +2346,7 @@
" of een deel van de omgekeerde zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n"
"(bijv: <i>1</i> voor IP-adres <i>192.168.0.1</i> in zone\n"
"<i>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</i>).\n"
-"<b>Waarde</b> is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een "
-"punt.</p>\n"
+"<b>Waarde</b> is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een punt.</p>\n"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487
@@ -2458,8 +2355,7 @@
"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie voltooien</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Controleer de opgegeven instellingen alvorens de configuratie af te "
-"ronden.</p> \n"
+"<p>Controleer de opgegeven instellingen alvorens de configuratie af te ronden.</p> \n"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491
@@ -2468,8 +2364,7 @@
"SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer <b>Open poort in firewall</b> om de SuSEfirewall2 instellingen\n"
-"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden "
-"toegestaan.</p>"
+"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden toegestaan.</p>"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495
@@ -2526,10 +2421,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Zonetransport</b></big><br>\n"
"Stel <b>Zonetransport inschakelen</b> in om zonetransporten toe te staan\n"
-"en selecteer de <b>ACL's</b> die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe "
-"host\n"
-"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te "
-"zijn\n"
+"en selecteer de <b>ACL's</b> die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe host\n"
+"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te zijn\n"
"gedefinieerd alvorens zonetransporten toegestaan kunnen worden.</p>"
#. forward zone help text 1/2
@@ -2863,9 +2756,7 @@
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
-msgstr ""
-"Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet "
-"gebruikt."
+msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet gebruikt."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
@@ -3080,6 +2971,4 @@
#~ msgstr "DNS-server draait niet"
#~ msgid "Invalid TXT record key. It should be similar to a hostname."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Ongeldig TXT-record-sleutel. Het zou met een hostnaam overeen moeten "
-#~ "komen."
+#~ msgstr "Ongeldig TXT-record-sleutel. Het zou met een hostnaam overeen moeten komen."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -22,14 +22,11 @@
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service "
-"manually."
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
@@ -143,4 +140,3 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr ""
-
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
-#| msgid "DRBD Configuration"
msgid "LVM Configuration"
msgstr "LVM-configuratie"
@@ -194,8 +193,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te drukken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
@@ -237,8 +235,7 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bezig met booten:</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>activeren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij "
-"booten</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>activeren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij booten</p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>activeren van \"Uit\", de DRBD-server start alleen handmatig</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Schakel Aan en Uit:</b></p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>Nu starten of stoppen van DRBD-server</p>\n"
@@ -251,179 +248,81 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a "
-"resource</p>\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een "
-"hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen</p>\n"
+"<p>Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -"
-#| "n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, "
-#| "which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to "
-#| "reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to "
-#| "connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource "
-#| "being described. You must use this device with your application (file "
-#| "system) and you must not use the low level block device which is "
-#| "specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either "
-#| "omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a "
-#| "default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
-#| "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/"
-#| "dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and "
-#| "retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on "
-#| "top of it.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
-#| "backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) "
-"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which "
-"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach "
-"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to "
-"the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being "
-"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and "
-"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk "
-"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or "
-"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/"
-"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/"
-"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve "
-"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</"
-"p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
-"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam "
-"(uname -n) van een van de nodes. Mag geen \".\" in de hostnaam bevatten</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, "
-"die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-"
-"apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort "
-"nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-"
-"apparaat.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de "
-"hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing "
-"gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau "
-"niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door "
-"zijn minor-getal. Anders mag u de naam weg of het woord minor en zijn getal. "
-"Als u de naam weglaat dan zal de standaard /dev/drbdminor worden gebruikt.\n"
-"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drdb{service} minor {minor drdb-getal [0...255]}' of '/dev/"
-"drbd{minor drdb-getal [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te "
-"slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief "
-"is.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het "
-"reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam (uname -n) van een van de nodes. Mag geen \".\" in de hostnaam bevatten</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-apparaat.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door zijn minor-getal. Anders mag u de naam weg of het woord minor en zijn getal. Als u de naam weglaat dan zal de standaard /dev/drbdminor worden gebruikt.\n"
+"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drdb{service} minor {minor drdb-getal [0...255]}' of '/dev/drbd{minor drdb-getal [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief is.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
-"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
-"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both "
-"local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node "
-"was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-"
-"error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by "
-"DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected "
-"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is "
-"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must "
-"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, "
-"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-"
-"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time "
-"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default "
-"unit is 100ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive "
-"packet</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two "
-"write barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write "
-"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The "
-"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top "
-"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by "
-"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is "
-"KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= "
-"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, "
-"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de "
-"locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de "
-"locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het "
-"zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: wacht op timeout van de verbinding</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als "
-"deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager "
-"niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-"
-"socket</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen "
-"door DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-socket</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen door DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet "
-"kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt "
-"daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet "
-"lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 "
-"seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden "
-"op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet "
-"binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De "
-"standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op "
-"een keep-alive-pakket</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen "
-"twee schrijfgrenzen</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire "
-"node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt "
-"deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie "
-"uitschakelt.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop "
-"DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door "
-"synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, "
-"de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-"
-"area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. "
-"(minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen twee schrijfgrenzen</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie uitschakelt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. (minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
-#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>LVM-configuratie</big></b></p>"
@@ -431,25 +330,12 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the "
-"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t"
-"\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file "
-"layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the "
-"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is "
-"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than "
-"from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: "
-"According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed "
-"automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</"
-"p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These "
-"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed "
-"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, "
-"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. "
-"Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -459,35 +345,24 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globale configuratie van DRBD</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's "
-"sanity check</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeer <b>\"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\"</b> om één van de drbdadm's "
-"fitheidtests uit te schakelen</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Activeer <b>\"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\"</b> om één van de drbdadm's fitheidtests uit te schakelen</p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it "
-"waited so\n"
+"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n"
" limited logging capacity.\n"
-" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' "
-"seconds,\n"
+" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n"
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Dialoog verversen:</b> De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden "
-"die tot\n"
-" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de "
-"console van uw\n"
-" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met "
-"beperkte\n"
+"<p><b>Dialoog verversen:</b> De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden die tot\n"
+" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de console van uw\n"
+" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met beperkte\n"
" logcapaciteit.\n"
-" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-"
-"verversing' seconden,\n"
-" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. "
-"</p>"
+" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-verversing' seconden,\n"
+" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. </p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
@@ -522,8 +397,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een DRBD toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer een DRBD uit de lijst met gedetecteerde DRBD's.\n"
-"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige (niet "
-"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
+"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
"Klik daarna op <b>Configureren</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -566,8 +440,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen DRBD.\n"
-"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
@@ -605,7 +478,6 @@
#. Default is always true (auto)
#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
-#| msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "LVM-filterconfiguratie van DRBD"
@@ -644,8 +516,7 @@
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
-msgstr ""
-"Namen van nodes mogen geen \".\" bevatten bij gebruik van de locale hostnaam."
+msgstr "Namen van nodes mogen geen \".\" bevatten bij gebruik van de locale hostnaam."
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
@@ -661,7 +532,6 @@
msgstr "Opstarten"
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37
-#| msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting"
msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting"
msgstr "Aan -- Start de DRBD-server tijdens het opstarten"
@@ -789,7 +659,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
-#| msgid "DRBD Configuration"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "De LVM-configuratie lezen"
@@ -802,7 +671,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
-#| msgid "Read global settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen"
@@ -819,7 +687,6 @@
msgstr "Bronnen worden gelezen..."
#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
-#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "LVM-configuraties worden gelezen..."
@@ -872,7 +739,6 @@
msgstr "Bronnen opslaan"
#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
-#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "LVM-configuraties wegschrijven"
@@ -882,7 +748,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
-#| msgid "Write global settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "De SuSEFirewall-instellingen wegschrijven"
@@ -896,7 +761,6 @@
msgstr "Bronnen worden opgeslagen..."
#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
-#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "LVM-configuraties worden weggeschreven..."
@@ -906,7 +770,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
-#| msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "De SuSEFirewall-instellingen worden weggeschreven..."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/fcoe-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-05 00:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall-services.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-03 17:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-07 10:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -53,15 +53,11 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on "
-"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
-"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeer <b>Eerste-opstart-serie</b> aan om YaST het programma eerste-"
-"opstart te laten starten bij het eerste opstarten na configuratie.</p>\n"
-"<p>Controleer de documentatie van de module yast2-firstboot voor meer "
-"informatie.</p>\n"
+"<p>Activeer <b>Eerste-opstart-serie</b> aan om YaST het programma eerste-opstart te laten starten bij het eerste opstarten na configuratie.</p>\n"
+"<p>Controleer de documentatie van de module yast2-firstboot voor meer informatie.</p>\n"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -193,8 +189,7 @@
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>De installatie van &product; op uw computer is voltooid.\n"
-"Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem gaan "
-"aanmelden.</p>\n"
+"Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem gaan aanmelden.</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language
@@ -238,20 +233,14 @@
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n"
-"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will "
-"start\n"
-"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button "
-"to\n"
+"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n"
+"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n"
"return to this installation sequence.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Indien gewenst kunnen experts op dit moment van alle SuSE-"
-"configuratiemodules\n"
-"gebruik maken. Door <b>YaST Configuratiecentrum starten</b> te selecteren "
-"zal YaST direct\n"
-"na het <b>Voltooien</b> worden opgestart. Opmerking: Het "
-"configuratiecentrum\n"
-"heeft geen terugkeerknop om naar deze installatieomgeving terug te gaan.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>Indien gewenst kunnen experts op dit moment van alle SuSE-configuratiemodules\n"
+"gebruik maken. Door <b>YaST Configuratiecentrum starten</b> te selecteren zal YaST direct\n"
+"na het <b>Voltooien</b> worden opgestart. Opmerking: Het configuratiecentrum\n"
+"heeft geen terugkeerknop om naar deze installatieomgeving terug te gaan.</p>\n"
#. popup text
#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
@@ -264,8 +253,7 @@
"Uw taalinstellingen zijn gewijzigd.\n"
"\n"
"Indien nodig kunt u uw toetsenbordinstellingen aanpassen aan de nieuwe\n"
-"taal. Gebruik het configuratieprogramma voor de toetsenbordlayout nadat u "
-"zich heeft aangemeld."
+"taal. Gebruik het configuratieprogramma voor de toetsenbordlayout nadat u zich heeft aangemeld."
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Build dialog
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -28,123 +28,56 @@
msgstr "Bitmap lettertypen"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in "
-"the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which "
-"contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for "
-"each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute "
-"the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, "
-"some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of "
-"itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not "
-"smoothed."
-msgstr ""
-"Anders dan 'outline fonts' (lettertypen wiskundig beschreven met krommen; "
-"gekozen in de rest van de profielen), 'bitmap fonts' representeren een groep "
-"lettertypen, die een bitmap voor elk schriftteken en grootte bevat. Dus "
-"bestaan slechts een aantal afmetingen voor elk lettertype. Ze zijn erg snel "
-"weer te geven, omdat er geen noodzaak is om de bitmap te berekenen en "
-"beschouwd worden als beter leesbaar speciaal op kleine groottes (zelfs, "
-"sommige 'outline fonts' bevatten zogenaamde 'embedded bitmaps', "
-"bitmapversies van zichzelf, voor kleine afmetingen). 'Bitmap fonts' worden "
-"zwart-wit weergegeven, niet uitgesmeerd."
+msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
+msgstr "Anders dan 'outline fonts' (lettertypen wiskundig beschreven met krommen; gekozen in de rest van de profielen), 'bitmap fonts' representeren een groep lettertypen, die een bitmap voor elk schriftteken en grootte bevat. Dus bestaan slechts een aantal afmetingen voor elk lettertype. Ze zijn erg snel weer te geven, omdat er geen noodzaak is om de bitmap te berekenen en beschouwd worden als beter leesbaar speciaal op kleine groottes (zelfs, sommige 'outline fonts' bevatten zogenaamde 'embedded bitmaps', bitmapversies van zichzelf, voor kleine afmetingen). 'Bitmap fonts' worden zwart-wit weergegeven, niet uitgesmeerd."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr "Zwart-wit weergave"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
-msgid ""
-"Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. "
-"In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any "
-"drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good "
-"hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap "
-"quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
-msgstr ""
-"Lettertypen weergegeven zonder antialiasing (grijze uitsmering), zwart-wit. "
-"In contrast tot uitgesmeerde lettertypen, zijn ze beter leesbaar zonder iets "
-"negatiefs van uitsmeren (vage of ongelijke stokjes etc.). In combinatie met "
-"goede 'hinted fonts' (bijv. Liberation 1 lettertypen) kan deze instelling "
-"lettertypen leveren van bitmap-kwaliteit en toch schaalbaarheid handhaven."
+msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
+msgstr "Lettertypen weergegeven zonder antialiasing (grijze uitsmering), zwart-wit. In contrast tot uitgesmeerde lettertypen, zijn ze beter leesbaar zonder iets negatiefs van uitsmeren (vage of ongelijke stokjes etc.). In combinatie met goede 'hinted fonts' (bijv. Liberation 1 lettertypen) kan deze instelling lettertypen leveren van bitmap-kwaliteit en toch schaalbaarheid handhaven."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr "Zwart-wit weergave voor lettertypes van gelijke breedte"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and "
-"unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is "
-"used."
-msgstr ""
-"Lettertypen met gelijke breedte worden niet uitgesmeerd, andere lettertypen "
-"(sans-serif, sans en niet-gespecificeerd) zullen de standaard instelling "
-"gebruiken. De standaard voorkeurslijst van de familie wordt gebruikt."
+msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr "Lettertypen met gelijke breedte worden niet uitgesmeerd, andere lettertypen (sans-serif, sans en niet-gespecificeerd) zullen de standaard instelling gebruiken. De standaard voorkeurslijst van de familie wordt gebruikt."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standaard"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, "
-"this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of "
-"readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting "
-"instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType "
-"autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native "
-"hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default "
-"family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good "
-"instructions are prefered)."
-msgstr ""
-"Lettertypen worden uitgesmeerd met anti-aliasing. Anders dan zwart-wit "
-"weergegeven lettertypen, kan deze instelling 'prachtige' lettertypen geven "
-"soms met verminderde leesbaarheid. TrueType lettertypen, die bekend staan om "
-"hun goede hinting-instructies worden weergegeven met de bytecode-"
-"interpreter, anders wordt FreeType autohinter gebruikt op het 'hintslight' "
-"hinting-niveau. Gebruik van eigen hinting-instructies van lettertypen "
-"produceert schrifttekens met dunnere stokken. De standaard voorkeurslijst "
-"van de familie wordt gebruikt (nu worden TrueType lettertypen met goede "
-"instructies hebben de voorkeur)."
+msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
+msgstr "Lettertypen worden uitgesmeerd met anti-aliasing. Anders dan zwart-wit weergegeven lettertypen, kan deze instelling 'prachtige' lettertypen geven soms met verminderde leesbaarheid. TrueType lettertypen, die bekend staan om hun goede hinting-instructies worden weergegeven met de bytecode-interpreter, anders wordt FreeType autohinter gebruikt op het 'hintslight' hinting-niveau. Gebruik van eigen hinting-instructies van lettertypen produceert schrifttekens met dunnere stokken. De standaard voorkeurslijst van de familie wordt gebruikt (nu worden TrueType lettertypen met goede instructies hebben de voorkeur)."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "CFF-lettertypen"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered "
-"good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
-msgstr ""
-"Gegeven de bijdrage van Adobe aan de FreeType bibliotheek, CFF-lettertypen "
-"kunnen beschouwd worden als een goed compromis tussen leesbaarheid en "
-"gladheid van weergegeven schriftteken."
+msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
+msgstr "Gegeven de bijdrage van Adobe aan de FreeType bibliotheek, CFF-lettertypen kunnen beschouwd worden als een goed compromis tussen leesbaarheid en gladheid van weergegeven schriftteken."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr "Exclusieve Autohinter Rendering"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
-msgid ""
-"Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter "
-"is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes "
-"fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference "
-"list is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Anders dan in het standaard profiel, zelfs voor goede hinted lettertypen, "
-"wordt autohinter van FreeType gebruikt (op het 'hintslight' niveau). Dat "
-"geeft dikkere, maar soms vage (en dus minder leesbare), schrifttekens. De "
-"standaard voorkeurslijst van de familie wordt gebruikt."
+msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr "Anders dan in het standaard profiel, zelfs voor goede hinted lettertypen, wordt autohinter van FreeType gebruikt (op het 'hintslight' niveau). Dat geeft dikkere, maar soms vage (en dus minder leesbare), schrifttekens. De standaard voorkeurslijst van de familie wordt gebruikt."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr "Weergave op subpixel"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
-msgid ""
-"Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel "
-"rendering enabled FreeType library."
-msgstr ""
-"Subpixel weergaveeigenschap van LCD-monitor gebruiken. Vereist FreeType "
-"bibliotheek met ingeschakelde subpixel weergave."
+msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
+msgstr "Subpixel weergaveeigenschap van LCD-monitor gebruiken. Vereist FreeType bibliotheek met ingeschakelde subpixel weergave."
#. for testsuite
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
@@ -183,16 +116,11 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Familie:</b> %s</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342
-#| msgid "<b>Scripts</b>"
msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>"
msgstr "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>"
#. nothing to do nowadays
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Family preference list for %s\n"
-#| "does not contain any installed family.\n"
-#| "\n"
msgid ""
"Family preference list for %s\n"
"do not contain any installed family.\n"
@@ -213,17 +141,12 @@
"\n"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Fonts can be installed for example via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n"
-#| "If you install them when this yast module is running,\n"
-#| "reread the profile to see results.\n"
msgid ""
"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n"
"If you install them when this yast module is running,\n"
"reread the profile to see results.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Lettertypen kunnen bijv. geïnstalleerd worden via fontinfo.opensuse."
-"org. \n"
+"Lettertypen kunnen bijv. geïnstalleerd worden via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n"
"Als u ze installeert wanneer deze yast-module actief is,\n"
"lees het profiel dan opnieuw om de resultaten te zien.\n"
@@ -233,9 +156,6 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel "
-#| "rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgid ""
" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n"
"compiled in FreeType library."
@@ -421,243 +341,120 @@
#. we are in user mode
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999
-msgid ""
-"This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit zal eerder met deze module gedane gebruikersinstellingen niet te "
-"herstellen verwijderen."
+msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
+msgstr "Dit zal eerder met deze module gedane gebruikersinstellingen niet te herstellen verwijderen."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026
msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Module voor instellen van lettertypen</h1>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027
-msgid ""
-"<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering "
-"setting.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Module om weergave van lettertypen <b>systeembreed</b> of per "
-"<b>gebruiker</b> in te stellen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Module om weergave van lettertypen <b>systeembreed</b> of per <b>gebruiker</b> in te stellen.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028
-msgid ""
-"<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that "
-"one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
-msgstr ""
-"<i>Standaard van de distributie</i> is de instelling van lettertypen "
-"meegeleverd op media en diegene is al jaren bijna hetzelfde (beslissingen "
-"van individuele bureaubladomgevingen niet meegeteld). "
+msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
+msgstr "<i>Standaard van de distributie</i> is de instelling van lettertypen meegeleverd op media en diegene is al jaren bijna hetzelfde (beslissingen van individuele bureaubladomgevingen niet meegeteld). "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
-#| msgid "This setting can be changed:"
msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
msgstr "Deze instelling kan gewijzigd worden:<ul>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to "
-#| "create <i>system setting.</i> System, where font module never run or "
-#| "<b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
-msgid ""
-"<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create "
-"<i>system setting.</i> "
-msgstr ""
-"<li>systeembreed wanneer de module wordt uitgevoerd met <tt>root</tt> "
-"credentials om het systeem <i>systeeminstelling</i> te maken."
+msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> "
+msgstr "<li>systeembreed wanneer de module wordt uitgevoerd met <tt>root</tt> credentials om het systeem <i>systeeminstelling</i> te maken."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to "
-#| "create <i>system setting.</i> System, where font module never run or "
-#| "<b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
-msgid ""
-"System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, "
-"uses distribution default.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"Systeem waar de lettertypemodule nooit is uitgevoerd of de voorinstelling "
-"<b>Standaard</b> is gekozen, wordt de distributie standaard gebruikt.</li>"
+msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
+msgstr "Systeem waar de lettertypemodule nooit is uitgevoerd of de voorinstelling <b>Standaard</b> is gekozen, wordt de distributie standaard gebruikt.</li>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035
msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. "
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036
-msgid ""
-"User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, "
-"uses system settings. "
+msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. "
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
-msgid ""
-"User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></"
-"ul>"
+msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
-#| msgid "<b>NOTE:</b> "
msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> "
msgstr "<p><b>OPMERKING:</b> "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039
-msgid ""
-"In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with "
-"other font setting. "
+msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. "
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040
-#| msgid ""
-#| "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with "
-#| "other font setting. Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/"
-#| "fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font "
-#| "module setting."
-msgid ""
-"Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should "
-"always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Niettemin hebben instellingen in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> "
-"altijd voorrang hebben boven willekeurige instellingen in de "
-"lettertypenmodule.</p>"
+msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
+msgstr "Niettemin hebben instellingen in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> altijd voorrang hebben boven willekeurige instellingen in de lettertypenmodule.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042
msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hulp voor knop <i>Voorinstellingen</i> en voor het huidige tabblad volgt."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hulp voor knop <i>Voorinstellingen</i> en voor het huidige tabblad volgt.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: "
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: "
-"<ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Knop <b>Voorkeursinstellingen</b> biedt een mogelijkheid om "
-"voorgedefinieerde profielen te kiezen: "
-"<ul>"
+msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
+msgstr "<p>Knop <b>Voorkeursinstellingen</b> biedt een mogelijkheid om voorgedefinieerde profielen te kiezen: <ul>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. "
-#| "That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective "
-#| "individual fields of corresponding tabs."
-msgid ""
-"Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. "
-"That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective "
-"individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Elk enkel menu-item daar vult de van toepassing zijnde instelling in alle "
-"tabbladen. Die instelling kan later willekeurig aangepast worden in de "
-"respectievelijke individuele velden van de overeenkomstige tabbladen.</p>"
+msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
+msgstr "Elk enkel menu-item daar vult de van toepassing zijnde instelling in alle tabbladen. Die instelling kan later willekeurig aangepast worden in de respectievelijke individuele velden van de overeenkomstige tabbladen.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056
msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>"
msgstr "<h2>Tabblad Voorbeeld laten overeenkomen</h2>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057
-msgid ""
-"<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system "
-"plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>In deze paragraaf betekent <i>huidige instelling</i> instellingen van het "
-"systeem plus wijzigingen gemaakt in de nu actieve lettertypenmodule.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>In deze paragraaf betekent <i>huidige instelling</i> instellingen van het systeem plus wijzigingen gemaakt in de nu actieve lettertypenmodule.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059
msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. "
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. In "
-#| "other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves "
-#| "to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
-msgid ""
-"In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves "
-"to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Met andere woorden, voor elke alias (%s) kunt u de familienaam zien, die "
-"oplost in de gegeven alias volgens de <i>huidige instelling.</i></p>"
+msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
+msgstr "Met andere woorden, voor elke alias (%s) kunt u de familienaam zien, die oplost in de gegeven alias volgens de <i>huidige instelling.</i></p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of "
-#| "the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into "
-#| "account. In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font "
-#| "can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the "
-"matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier bovenop staat grafische modus toe een voorbeeld van de weergave van "
-"het overeenkomende lettertype te tonen (opnieuw) met inachtneming van "
-"<i>huidige instelling</i>."
+msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
+msgstr "<p>Hier bovenop staat grafische modus toe een voorbeeld van de weergave van het overeenkomende lettertype te tonen (opnieuw) met inachtneming van <i>huidige instelling</i>."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of "
-#| "the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into "
-#| "account. In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font "
-#| "can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen "
-"and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"In het overeenkomende keuzevak, kan dekking van scripts van overeenkomende "
-"lettertypen worden gezien en wordt een voorbeeld tekenreeks voor het "
-"gegeven script worden gekozen.</p>"
+msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
+msgstr "In het overeenkomende keuzevak, kan dekking van scripts van overeenkomende lettertypen worden gezien en wordt een voorbeeld tekenreeks voor het gegeven script worden gekozen.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068
-msgid ""
-"<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from "
-"Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on "
-"the fly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Onderaan zijn cruciële weergave-opties gedupliceert uit het tabblad "
-"Weergavedetails, die gebruikt kan worden om onmiddelijk de wijzigingen te "
-"zien in de weergave.</p>"
+msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Onderaan zijn cruciële weergave-opties gedupliceert uit het tabblad Weergavedetails, die gebruikt kan worden om onmiddelijk de wijzigingen te zien in de weergave.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074
msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>"
msgstr "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Tabblad Weergave details</h2>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075
-msgid ""
-"<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend "
-"font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit tabblad bestuurt <b>hoe</b> lettertypen worden weergegeven. Het biedt "
-"ook hoe toe te passen algorithmen voor lettertypenweergave aangepast kunnen "
-"worden en hun opties te wijzigen.</p> "
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dit tabblad bestuurt <b>hoe</b> lettertypen worden weergegeven. Het biedt ook hoe toe te passen algorithmen voor lettertypenweergave aangepast kunnen worden en hun opties te wijzigen.</p> "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078
msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
-#| msgid ""
-#| "By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called "
-#| "<i>antialiasing.</i>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called "
-"<i>antialiasing.</i>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Standaard worden alle outline-lettertypen uitgesmeerd met de methode "
-"genaamd "
-"<i>antialiasing</i>."
+msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>"
+msgstr "<p>Standaard worden alle outline-lettertypen uitgesmeerd met de methode genaamd <i>antialiasing</i>."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081
-#| msgid ""
-#| " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced "
-#| "only."
-msgid ""
-" Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced "
-"only.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-" Zwart-wit weergave kan voor alle lettertypes worden afgedwongen of voor die "
-"van gelijke breedte alleen.</p>"
+msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>"
+msgstr " Zwart-wit weergave kan voor alle lettertypes worden afgedwongen of voor die van gelijke breedte alleen.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
@@ -669,108 +466,48 @@
msgstr "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
-msgid ""
-"<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Instructie voor hinting helpen bij het rasterizeren om stokken aan "
-"schrifttekens te laten passen op het raster.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Instructie voor hinting helpen bij het rasterizeren om stokken aan schrifttekens te laten passen op het raster.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
-msgid ""
-"<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on "
-"font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced "
-"by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>In de standaard instelling kan autohinter van FreeType gebruikt worden "
-"afhankelijk van het lettertype en de kwaliteit van eigen instructies. "
-"Gebruik van autohinter kan afgedwongen worden met de optie <b>Autohinting "
-"aan afdwingen</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>In de standaard instelling kan autohinter van FreeType gebruikt worden afhankelijk van het lettertype en de kwaliteit van eigen instructies. Gebruik van autohinter kan afgedwongen worden met de optie <b>Autohinting aan afdwingen</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen. It "
-#| "is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option."
-#| "</p>"
msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voor elk hinting-algoritme, wordt een hintstijl (hintingniveau) gekozen."
+msgstr "<p>Voor elk hinting-algoritme, wordt een hintstijl (hintingniveau) gekozen."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen. It "
-#| "is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option."
-#| "</p>"
-msgid ""
-" It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-" Het is mogelijk om de hintstijl globaal in te stellen met de optie "
-"<b>Hintstijl afdwingen</b>.</p>"
+msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr " Het is mogelijk om de hintstijl globaal in te stellen met de optie <b>Hintstijl afdwingen</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101
msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Ingebedde bitmaps</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, that is bitmap "
-#| "version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned "
-#| "off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on "
-#| "for every font.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version "
-"of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off "
-"entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every "
-"font."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Enkele lettertypen met een omtrek bevatten zogenaamde bitmap-strikes, "
-"d.w.z. een bitmapversie van het gegeven lettertype voor bepaalde groottes. In "
-"deze sectie kan het geheel uitgezet worden, of alleen voor lettertypen die "
-"gespecificeerde talen dekken, of aan voor elk lettertype."
+msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
+msgstr "<p>Enkele lettertypen met een omtrek bevatten zogenaamde bitmap-strikes, d.w.z. een bitmapversie van het gegeven lettertype voor bepaalde groottes. In deze sectie kan het geheel uitgezet worden, of alleen voor lettertypen die gespecificeerde talen dekken, of aan voor elk lettertype."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Subpixel weergave</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
-msgid ""
-"<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour "
-"primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Subpixel weergave vermeerdert de resolutie in één richting door "
-"kleurprimaries (subpixels) van een LCD display te gebruiken.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Subpixel weergave vermeerdert de resolutie in één richting door kleurprimaries (subpixels) van een LCD display te gebruiken.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout "
-"corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies LCD-filter, dat gebruikt zou moeten worden en subpixel indeling "
-"overeenkomstig het display en zijn rotatie.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Kies LCD-filter, dat gebruikt zou moeten worden en subpixel indeling overeenkomstig het display en zijn rotatie.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering "
-#| "turned off by default. Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support "
-#| "compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned "
-"off by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Merk op dat vanwege patenten, FreeType heeft subpixel weergave standaard "
-"uitgeschakeld."
+msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default."
+msgstr "<p>Merk op dat vanwege patenten, FreeType heeft subpixel weergave standaard uitgeschakeld."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering "
-#| "turned off by default. Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support "
-#| "compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
-msgid ""
-" Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this "
-"section has no effect.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Zonder ondersteuning van subpixel weergave van FreeType meegenomen bij het "
-"compileren instellingen in deze sectie hebben geen effect.</p>"
+msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
+msgstr "Zonder ondersteuning van subpixel weergave van FreeType meegenomen bij het compileren instellingen in deze sectie hebben geen effect.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>"
@@ -778,22 +515,18 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123
msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit tabblad bestuurt <b>welke</b> lettertypen worden weergegeven.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dit tabblad bestuurt <b>welke</b> lettertypen worden weergegeven.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124
msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Lijsts met voorkeuren</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be "
-"defined."
+msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127
-msgid ""
-" These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
+msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129
@@ -805,76 +538,40 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
-msgid ""
-"<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other "
-"query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for "
-"SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse."
-"org.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het systeem zal eerst zoeken naar de eerst <b>geïnstalleerde</b> familie "
-"in de lijst, waarbij natuurlijk met andere elementen in het zoeken rekening "
-"zal worden gehouden. Beschikbare pakketten met lettertypen voor de SUSE-"
-"distributies kunnen doorgebladerd worden en geïnstalleerd vanaf <b>fontinfo."
-"opensuse.org.</b></p>"
+msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het systeem zal eerst zoeken naar de eerst <b>geïnstalleerde</b> familie in de lijst, waarbij natuurlijk met andere elementen in het zoeken rekening zal worden gehouden. Beschikbare pakketten met lettertypen voor de SUSE-distributies kunnen doorgebladerd worden en geïnstalleerd vanaf <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Familie voorkeuren afdwingen</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
-msgid ""
-"<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into "
-"account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>In sommige omstandigheden wordt met FPL's in deze dialoog gedefinieerd "
-"geen rekening gehouden. De volgende twee opties versterken deze rol.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>In sommige omstandigheden wordt met FPL's in deze dialoog gedefinieerd geen rekening gehouden. De volgende twee opties versterken deze rol.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142
msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Metrisch compatibel zoeken</h4>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
-msgid ""
-"<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of "
-"the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the "
-"same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Twee lettertypen zijn metrisch compatibel, wanneer alle overeenkomstige "
-"letters dezelfde grootte hebben. Dit houdt in, dat tonen van het document "
-"met deze lettertypen ook dezelfde grootte en afbreking van regels etc. heeft."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Twee lettertypen zijn metrisch compatibel, wanneer alle overeenkomstige letters dezelfde grootte hebben. Dit houdt in, dat tonen van het document met deze lettertypen ook dezelfde grootte en afbreking van regels etc. heeft.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
-msgid ""
-"<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts "
-"preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Via standaard instellingen, substitueert het systeem bij voorkeur "
-"metrisch compatibele lettertypen en FPL's gedefinieerd in deze dialoog "
-"kunnen door deze regel omzeild worden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Via standaard instellingen, substitueert het systeem bij voorkeur metrisch compatibele lettertypen en FPL's gedefinieerd in deze dialoog kunnen door deze regel omzeild worden.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148
-msgid ""
-"<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Waar metrische compatibiliteit niet belangrijk is, wordt deze optie "
-"uitgeschakeld.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Waar metrische compatibiliteit niet belangrijk is, wordt deze optie uitgeschakeld.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149
msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Nooit andere lettertypen gebruiken</h4>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
-msgid ""
-"<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here "
-"defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or "
-"GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Indien geactiveerd zal deze optie een erg sterke positie voor hier "
-"gedefinieerde voorkeurslijsten introduceren. Het pusht families daar vanaf "
-"voor document of GUI-verzoeken, als ze de vereiste tekenset dekken.</p>"
+msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Indien geactiveerd zal deze optie een erg sterke positie voor hier gedefinieerde voorkeurslijsten introduceren. Het pusht families daar vanaf voor document of GUI-verzoeken, als ze de vereiste tekenset dekken.</p>"
#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
@@ -907,39 +604,18 @@
msgstr "Ta&len"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You have set LCD filter type (%s). This needs subpixel rendering "
-#~ "capabality\n"
-#~ "compiled in FreeType library. Unfortunately, we can not ship it due "
-#~ "patent reasons.\n"
+#~ "You have set LCD filter type (%s). This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n"
+#~ "compiled in FreeType library. Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "U hebt het LCD-filter type (%s) ingesteld. Dit heeft subpixel weergave\n"
-#~ "mogelijkheden gecompileerd in de FreeType bibliotheek. Helaas kunnen we "
-#~ "het vanwege patenten niet leveren.\n"
+#~ "mogelijkheden gecompileerd in de FreeType bibliotheek. Helaas kunnen we het vanwege patenten niet leveren.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Zie README.subpixel-patents uit pakketdocumentatie van yast2-fonts.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. User, "
-#~ "which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, "
-#~ "uses system settings. User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses "
-#~ "distribution default.</li>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<li>voor <i>gebruikersinstelling</i> wanneer de module wordt uitgeveord "
-#~ "als gewone gebruiker. Gebruiker, wanneer deze module nooit is uitgevoerd "
-#~ "of <b>Systeeminstellingen</b> wordt gekozen, gebruikt "
-#~ "systeeminstellingen. Gebruiker, die de voorinstelling <b>Standaard</b> "
-#~ "kiest, gebruikt de distributie standaard.</li>"
+#~ msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li>"
+#~ msgstr "<li>voor <i>gebruikersinstelling</i> wanneer de module wordt uitgeveord als gewone gebruiker. Gebruiker, wanneer deze module nooit is uitgevoerd of <b>Systeeminstellingen</b> wordt gekozen, gebruikt systeeminstellingen. Gebruiker, die de voorinstelling <b>Standaard</b> kiest, gebruikt de distributie standaard.</li>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be "
-#~ "defined. These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered "
-#~ "family first. There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each "
-#~ "generic alias. FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Hier kunnen lijsten voor familievoorkeuren (FPL) voor generieke "
-#~ "aliasen (%s) gedefinieerd. Dit zijn gesorteerde lijsten met familienamen, "
-#~ "met meest geprefereerde familie eerst. Er is een standaard (systeembrede) "
-#~ "FPL gedefineerd voor elke generieke alias. FPLs gedefineerd in deze "
-#~ "dialoog voor deze gezet worden.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined. These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first. There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias. FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Hier kunnen lijsten voor familievoorkeuren (FPL) voor generieke aliasen (%s) gedefinieerd. Dit zijn gesorteerde lijsten met familienamen, met meest geprefereerde familie eerst. Er is een standaard (systeembrede) FPL gedefineerd voor elke generieke alias. FPLs gedefineerd in deze dialoog voor deze gezet worden.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -65,8 +65,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102
msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Voer de bestaande map voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers in (alleen pure-ftpd)"
+msgstr "Voer de bestaande map voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers in (alleen pure-ftpd)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110
@@ -91,8 +90,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)"
+msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)"
msgstr "Maximum doorvoer voor lokale geauthenticeerde gebruikers.[KB/s]"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -114,36 +112,23 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181
-msgid ""
-"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server "
-"(vsftpd only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word getoond als een client een verbinding "
-"maakt (alleen vsftpd)."
+msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)."
+msgstr "Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word getoond als een client een verbinding maakt (alleen vsftpd)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190
msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)."
-msgstr ""
-"vsftpd ondersteund beveiligde verbindingen middels SSL (alleen vsftpd)."
+msgstr "vsftpd ondersteund beveiligde verbindingen middels SSL (alleen vsftpd)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd "
-"only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v2 verbindingen zijn toegestaan "
-"(alleen vsftpd)."
+msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)."
+msgstr "Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v2 verbindingen zijn toegestaan (alleen vsftpd)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208
-msgid ""
-"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd "
-"only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v3 verbindingen zijn toegestaan "
-"(alleen vsftpd)."
+msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)."
+msgstr "Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v3 verbindingen zijn toegestaan (alleen vsftpd)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217
@@ -152,18 +137,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226
-msgid ""
-"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a "
-"local admin (pure-ftpd only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Sta downloaden van bestanden die zijn geüpload maar niet door een lokale "
-"beheerder zijn gecontroleerd niet toe (alleen pure-ftpd)."
+msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)."
+msgstr "Sta downloaden van bestanden die zijn geüpload maar niet door een lokale beheerder zijn gecontroleerd niet toe (alleen pure-ftpd)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235
msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)"
-msgstr ""
-"Beveiligingsinstellingen voor SSL en TLS protocollen (uitsluitend pure-ftpd)"
+msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen voor SSL en TLS protocollen (uitsluitend pure-ftpd)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244
@@ -210,16 +190,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296
msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies"
-msgstr ""
-"De minimale waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve "
-"verbindingen"
+msgstr "De minimale waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve verbindingen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303
msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies"
-msgstr ""
-"De maximum waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve "
-"verbindingen"
+msgstr "De maximum waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve verbindingen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310
@@ -258,11 +234,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362
-msgid ""
-"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server."
-msgstr ""
-"Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word afgebeeld als er een verbinding met "
-"de server word gemaakt."
+msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server."
+msgstr "Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word afgebeeld als er een verbinding met de server word gemaakt."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369
@@ -1348,8 +1321,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25
@@ -1379,16 +1351,13 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n"
-" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-"
-"ftpd, \n"
+" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n"
" </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Geselecteerde service</b><br>\n"
-" Het frame laat u zien welke daemon momenteel is ingesteld: <b>vsftpd, "
-"pure-ftpd, \n"
-" </b>. Als u beide daemons heeft geïnstalleerd kunt u tussen beide "
-"wisselen.\n"
+" Het frame laat u zien welke daemon momenteel is ingesteld: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n"
+" </b>. Als u beide daemons heeft geïnstalleerd kunt u tussen beide wisselen.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============----------
@@ -1418,8 +1387,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Chroot:</b><br>\n"
-"Wanneer chroot is ingeschakeld worden lokale gebruikers na aanmelden "
-"opgesloten \n"
+"Wanneer chroot is ingeschakeld worden lokale gebruikers na aanmelden opgesloten \n"
"in een chroot()-gevangenis in hun eigen persoonlijke map.\n"
"<b>Waarschuwing:</b> Deze optie heeft gevolgen voor beveiliging, \n"
"in het bijzonder als de gebruikers toestemming hebben om te uploaden \n"
@@ -1461,8 +1429,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Umask voor anoniem:</b><br>\n"
"De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak door anonieme gebruikers. \n"
-"Als u octale waarden specificeert, onthoud dat u een \"0\" dient voor te "
-"voegen, anders \n"
+"Als u octale waarden specificeert, onthoud dat u een \"0\" dient voor te voegen, anders \n"
"wordt de waarde beschouwd als een basis-10 getal.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1470,15 +1437,13 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n"
-"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated "
-"users. \n"
+"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n"
"If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n"
"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Umask voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers:</b><br>\n"
-"De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak, umask, door geauthenticeerde "
-"gebruikers. \n"
+"De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak, umask, door geauthenticeerde gebruikers. \n"
"Als u octale waarden specificeert moet u een \"0\" voorvoegen, anders \n"
"wordt de waarde beschouwd als een basis-10 geheel getal.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1493,8 +1458,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FTP-map voor anonieme gebruikers:</b><br>\n"
"U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor anonieme FTP-gebruikers.\n"
-"Klik op <b>Bladeren</b> om de map op het lokale bestandssysteem te "
-"selecteren.\n"
+"Klik op <b>Bladeren</b> om de map op het lokale bestandssysteem te selecteren.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1
@@ -1506,8 +1470,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FTP-map voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers:</b><br>\n"
-"U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor geauthenticeerde FTP-"
-"gebruikers. \n"
+"U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor geauthenticeerde FTP-gebruikers. \n"
"Klik op <b>Bladeren</b> om de map op het lokale systeem te selecteren.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1560,8 +1523,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Lokale max. snelheid:</b><br>\n"
-"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid voor lokale geauthenticeerde "
-"gebruikers.\n"
+"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid voor lokale geauthenticeerde gebruikers.\n"
"</p>"
#. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1
@@ -1571,8 +1533,7 @@
"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Anonieme max. snelheid:</b><br>\n"
-"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme clients.</"
-"p>\n"
+"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme clients.</p>\n"
#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============----------
#.
@@ -1581,19 +1542,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n"
"<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n"
-"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are "
-"permitted.\n"
-"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are "
-"permitted.\n"
+"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n"
+"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Anonieme en lokale gebruikers activeren/deactiveren</b><br>\n"
-"<b>Alleen anoniem</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen anonieme aanmeldingen "
-"toegestaan.\n"
-"<b>Alleen geauthenticeerde gebruikers</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen "
-"geauthenticeerde gebruikers toegestaan.\n"
-"<b>Beide</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn zowel geauthenticeerde als anonieme "
-"gebruikers toegestaan.\n"
+"<b>Alleen anoniem</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen anonieme aanmeldingen toegestaan.\n"
+"<b>Alleen geauthenticeerde gebruikers</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen geauthenticeerde gebruikers toegestaan.\n"
+"<b>Beide</b> indien ingeschakeld, zijn zowel geauthenticeerde als anonieme gebruikers toegestaan.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1
@@ -1616,14 +1572,12 @@
"<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n"
"If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n"
"<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n"
-"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after "
-"login.\n"
+"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Anonieme gebruikers kunnen uploaden</b><br>\n"
"Indien ingeschakeld mogen anonieme gebruikers uploaden.\n"
-"<i>uitsluitend vsftpd:</i> als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers kunnen "
-"uploaden\n"
+"<i>uitsluitend vsftpd:</i> als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers kunnen uploaden\n"
"hebt u een bestaande map nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1632,16 +1586,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n"
-"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create "
-"directories,\n"
-"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory "
-"after login.</p>\n"
+"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n"
+"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Anoniem kan mappen aanmaken</b><br>\n"
"Indien ingeschakeld kunnen anonieme gebruikers mappen aanmaken.\n"
"<i>alleen vsftpd:</i> als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers mappen kunnen\n"
-"aanmaken, heeft u een bestaande map nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan.</"
-"p>\n"
+"aanmaken, heeft u een bestaande map nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan.</p>\n"
#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============----------
#.
@@ -1653,8 +1604,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Passieve modus activeren</b><br>\n"
-"Indien ingeschakeld zal de FTP-server passieve modus voor een verbinding "
-"toestaan.\n"
+"Indien ingeschakeld zal de FTP-server passieve modus voor een verbinding toestaan.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1
@@ -1735,11 +1685,9 @@
"use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>DSA-certificaat om te gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen</"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b>DSA-certificaat om te gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen</b><br>\n"
"Deze optie specificeert de locatie van het DSA-certificaat om te \n"
-"gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen. Selecteer een bestand door op "
-"<b>Bladeren</b> te klikken.\n"
+"gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen. Selecteer een bestand door op <b>Bladeren</b> te klikken.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1
@@ -1761,16 +1709,13 @@
"<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n"
"<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n"
"<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n"
-"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use "
-"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n"
+"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Beveiligingsinstellingen</b><br>\n"
"<i>SSL/TLS deactiveren</i> schakel de SSL/TLS-versleuteling uit.\n"
-"<i>SSL en TLS accepteren</i> Accepteer zowel traditionele als versleutelde "
-"sessies.\n"
-"<i>Verbindingen zonder SSL/TLS weigeren</i> Weiger verbindingen die geen "
-"gebruik maken van SSL/TLS, inclusief anonieme sessies.\n"
+"<i>SSL en TLS accepteren</i> Accepteer zowel traditionele als versleutelde sessies.\n"
+"<i>Verbindingen zonder SSL/TLS weigeren</i> Weiger verbindingen die geen gebruik maken van SSL/TLS, inclusief anonieme sessies.\n"
"</p>"
#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============----------
@@ -1806,8 +1751,7 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster "
-"geopend\n"
+"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n"
" waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
@@ -1912,8 +1856,7 @@
"To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"Om anonieme gebruikers toe te staan te uploaden dient u een map te hebben "
-"waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n"
+"Om anonieme gebruikers toe te staan te uploaden dient u een map te hebben waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n"
"\n"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108
@@ -1971,27 +1914,18 @@
"dan heeft u een map met schrijftoegang voor ze nodig."
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227
-msgid ""
-"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should "
-"have no write access.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Voor anonieme verbindingen zou de persoonlijke map van een anonieme "
-"gebruiker niet schrijfbaar moeten zijn.\n"
+msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n"
+msgstr "Voor anonieme verbindingen zou de persoonlijke map van een anonieme gebruiker niet schrijfbaar moeten zijn.\n"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314
-msgid ""
-"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should "
-"have no write access."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor anonieme verbindingen zou de persoonlijke map van een anonieme "
-"gebruiker niet schrijfbaar moeten zijn."
+msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access."
+msgstr "Voor anonieme verbindingen zou de persoonlijke map van een anonieme gebruiker niet schrijfbaar moeten zijn."
#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode"
#. check values Max Port >= Min Port
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457
msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port."
-msgstr ""
-"De conditie voor poorten is dat max. poort kleiner groter dan min. poort."
+msgstr "De conditie voor poorten is dat max. poort kleiner groter dan min. poort."
#. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections"
#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty
@@ -2008,12 +1942,8 @@
#. Valid function of "Security Settings"
#. check of existing certificate
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722
-msgid ""
-"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL "
-"connection is missing."
-msgstr ""
-"Certificaat <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> voor de SSL-verbinding "
-"ontbreekt."
+msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing."
+msgstr "Certificaat <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> voor de SSL-verbinding ontbreekt."
#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214
@@ -2039,12 +1969,8 @@
msgstr "Wilt U vsftpd instellen? Als alternatief kunt u pure-ftpd kiezen."
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839
-msgid ""
-"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration "
-"in interactive mode."
-msgstr ""
-"U heeft beide achtergrondprocessen geïnstalleerd. Daarom is het noodzakelijk "
-"om de configuratie in interactieve modus te draaien."
+msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode."
+msgstr "U heeft beide achtergrondprocessen geïnstalleerd. Daarom is het noodzakelijk om de configuratie in interactieve modus te draaien."
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858
@@ -2196,13 +2122,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>\n"
#~ "Here you can specify a directory which is used for ftp anonymous users. \n"
-#~ "By pressing <b>Browse</b> you can select a directory from the local "
-#~ "filesystem.\n"
+#~ "By pressing <b>Browse</b> you can select a directory from the local filesystem.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>FTP-map voor anonieme gebruikers:</b><br>\n"
-#~ "U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor anonieme FTP-"
-#~ "gebruikers.\n"
+#~ "U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor anonieme FTP-gebruikers.\n"
#~ "Klik op <b>Bladeren</b> om de map op het lokale systeem op te zoeken.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -2232,8 +2156,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Een FTP-server toevoegen</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Selecteer uit de lijst met gedetecteerde FTP-servers een FTP-server.\n"
-#~ "Wanneer uw FTP-server niet automatisch gedetecteerd wordt, selecteer "
-#~ "dan \n"
+#~ "Wanneer uw FTP-server niet automatisch gedetecteerd wordt, selecteer dan \n"
#~ "<b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b> en klik dan op <b>Instellen</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -147,7 +147,6 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
-#| msgid "Cancel"
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr "&Annuleren"
@@ -164,32 +163,20 @@
msgstr "Authenticatie van beveiliging inschakelen"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-#| msgid "configuration file"
msgid "Authentification file"
msgstr "Authenticatiebestand"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
-msgstr ""
-"Een relatief pad zal opgeslagen worden in /etc/booth of het absolute pad "
-"wordt direct gebruikt."
+msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgstr "Een relatief pad zal opgeslagen worden in /etc/booth of het absolute pad wordt direct gebruikt."
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid ""
-"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/"
-"booth/<key>."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor een nieuw aangemaakt geo-cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om "
-"/etc/booth/<key> te genereren."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgstr "Voor een nieuw aangemaakt geo-cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/booth/<key> te genereren."
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node "
-"manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Om met een bestaand geo-cluster mee te doen, kopieer /etc/booth/<key> uit "
-"de andere node handmatig."
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgstr "Om met een bestaand geo-cluster mee te doen, kopieer /etc/booth/<key> uit de andere node handmatig."
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
@@ -328,9 +315,7 @@
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
-msgstr ""
-"Authenticatiebestand aanmaken is mislukt "
-" "
+msgstr "Authenticatiebestand aanmaken is mislukt "
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
@@ -348,7 +333,6 @@
msgstr "Configuratiebestand kiezen:"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-#| msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgid "Authentification Configuration"
msgstr "Authenticatie-configuratie"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/gtk.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/gtk.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/gtk.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-03 23:13+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -45,9 +45,7 @@
#. translators: help text for listen command line action
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65
msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen."
-msgstr ""
-"Instelling van de poorten en de netwerk adressen waar de server de inkomende "
-"verzoeken van moet gaan behandelen."
+msgstr "Instelling van de poorten en de netwerk adressen waar de server de inkomende verzoeken van moet gaan behandelen."
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74
msgid "Configure virtual hosts"
@@ -348,8 +346,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28
@@ -373,52 +370,32 @@
#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The "
-"default is 80.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>poort</b> waarde definieert de poort waarnaar Apache2 luistert. "
-"Standaard is dat 80.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De <b>poort</b> waarde definieert de poort waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Standaard is dat 80.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses "
-"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 "
-"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Te beluisteren interfaces</b> bevat de lijst met alle IP adressen die "
-"voor deze host geconfigureerd zijn. De aangevinkte IP adressen zijn degene "
-"waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Mocht u er niet zeker van zijn, vink dan gewoon "
-"alles aan.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Te beluisteren interfaces</b> bevat de lijst met alle IP adressen die voor deze host geconfigureerd zijn. De aangevinkte IP adressen zijn degene waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Mocht u er niet zeker van zijn, vink dan gewoon alles aan.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u de script talen activeren die de Apache2 server zou moeten "
-"ondersteunen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de script talen activeren die de Apache2 server zou moeten ondersteunen.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 "
-"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het overzicht geeft de instellingen weer die in de Apache2 configuratie "
-"zullen worden opgeslagen zodra u op <b>Voltooien</b> klikt.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het overzicht geeft de instellingen weer die in de Apache2 configuratie zullen worden opgeslagen zodra u op <b>Voltooien</b> klikt.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n"
-"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration."
-"</p>"
+"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Met behulp van de <b>Geavanceerde HTTP-serverconfiguratie</b> \n"
-"\t\tknop is, alvorens de configuratie wordt opgeslagen, een meer "
-"gedetailleerde configuratie mogelijk.</p>"
+"\t\tknop is, alvorens de configuratie wordt opgeslagen, een meer gedetailleerde configuratie mogelijk.</p>"
#. module dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58
@@ -427,8 +404,7 @@
"The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n"
"The first column contains the name of the module. \n"
"The second column shows whether the module should be\n"
-"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column "
-"displays a short description\n"
+"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n"
"of the module.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>HTTP-server modules wijzigen</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -442,12 +418,10 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To change the status of a module, \n"
-"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Om de status van een module te veranderen \n"
-"dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op <b>Status "
-"omschakelen</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
+"dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op <b>Status omschakelen</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. module dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71
@@ -462,8 +436,7 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, "
-"choose\n"
+"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n"
"<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>HTTP-server instellingen</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -478,12 +451,9 @@
"The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n"
"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Door <b>Open firewall voor de geselecteerde poorten</b> te activeren, "
-"geeft u YaST2 \n"
-"de opdracht om de firewall dusdanig aan te passen zodat de Apache2 poorten "
-"daardoor \n"
-"toegankelijk blijven. De interfaces van de firewall zullen niet toegevoegd "
-"of verwijderd \n"
+"<p>Door <b>Open firewall voor de geselecteerde poorten</b> te activeren, geeft u YaST2 \n"
+"de opdracht om de firewall dusdanig aan te passen zodat de Apache2 poorten daardoor \n"
+"toegankelijk blijven. De interfaces van de firewall zullen niet toegevoegd of verwijderd \n"
"worden. Deze optie is alleen bij een geactiveerde firewall beschikbaar.</p>\n"
#. server configuration overview help 1/2
@@ -515,110 +485,81 @@
#. server configuration overview help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to "
-"change settings.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om de instellingen te veranderen dient u het betreffende item in de lijst "
-"te selecteren en op <b>Bewerken</b> te klikken.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om de instellingen te veranderen dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op <b>Bewerken</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106
msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>Log bestanden</b> kunt u de server logbestanden bekijken.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met <b>Log bestanden</b> kunt u de server logbestanden bekijken.</p>"
#. hosts list help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n"
"This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n"
-"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is "
-"used if no other host\n"
+"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n"
"matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n"
"press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Geconfigureerde hosts</big></b><br>\n"
-"Dit is een lijst met reeds geconfigureerde hosts. Één van de hosts is als "
-"standaard host\n"
-"gemarkeerd (het * karakter naast de naamserver). Als voor een inkomend "
-"verzoek\n"
-"geen passende host is gevonden, dan zal de standaard host worden gebruikt. "
-"Klik op\n"
-"<b>Als standaard instellen</b> om een host als de standaard in te stellen.</"
-"p>\n"
+"Dit is een lijst met reeds geconfigureerde hosts. Één van de hosts is als standaard host\n"
+"gemarkeerd (het * karakter naast de naamserver). Als voor een inkomend verzoek\n"
+"geen passende host is gevonden, dan zal de standaard host worden gebruikt. Klik op\n"
+"<b>Als standaard instellen</b> om een host als de standaard in te stellen.</p>\n"
#. hosts list help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the host.\n"
-"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click "
-"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n"
+"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een host te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel "
-"en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een host toe te voegen. Of druk op "
-"<b>Verwijderen</b> om een host te verwijderen.</p>"
+"<p>Om een host te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een host toe te voegen. Of druk op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een host te verwijderen.</p>"
#. host editing help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then "
-"click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
+"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Host configuratie</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om de standaard host instellingen te wijzigen dient u het betreffende item "
-"uit de tabel te selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> te klikken.\n"
-"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Of druk op "
-"<b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>"
+"Om de standaard host instellingen te wijzigen dient u het betreffende item uit de tabel te selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> te klikken.\n"
+"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Of druk op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>"
#. host editing help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n"
-"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</"
-"b>,\n"
+"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n"
"\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n"
-"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use "
-"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
+"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>Server-resolutie</b> opties stelt de manier in waarop de te "
-"gebruikenset \n"
-"\tvirtual hosts word bepaald. Als u <b>Resolutie via HTTP-headers</b> "
-"kiest,\n"
+"<p>De <b>Server-resolutie</b> opties stelt de manier in waarop de te gebruikenset \n"
+"\tvirtual hosts word bepaald. Als u <b>Resolutie via HTTP-headers</b> kiest,\n"
"\tzal de standaard server geen verzoeken naar het IP adres van een\n"
-"\tnaamgebaseerde virtual host sturen. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt "
-"configureren, gebruik dan <b>Resolutie via IP-adres</b></p>"
+"\tnaamgebaseerde virtual host sturen. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt configureren, gebruik dan <b>Resolutie via IP-adres</b></p>"
#. listen dialog editor help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network "
-"interfaces\n"
+"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n"
"where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big><i>Luisterpoort</i> host instellingen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Met <i>Luisterpoort</i> instructie kunt u de poorten en de netwerk "
-"interfaces selecteren\n"
+"Met <i>Luisterpoort</i> instructie kunt u de poorten en de netwerk interfaces selecteren\n"
"waar de HTTP-server de inkomende verzoeken van moet gaan behandelen.</p>\n"
#. listen dialog editor help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the entry.\n"
-"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n"
+"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een item te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel "
-"en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw item toe te voegen. Klik op "
-"<b>Verwijderen</b> om een item te verwijderen.</p>"
+"<p>Om een item te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw item toe te voegen. Klik op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een item te verwijderen.</p>"
#. ssl options dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143
@@ -629,8 +570,7 @@
"encrypting communication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>SSL configuratie</big></b><br>\n"
-"Dit is een lijst met opties die gerelateerd is aan de SSL (Secure Socket "
-"Layer)\n"
+"Dit is een lijst met opties die gerelateerd is aan de SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n"
"host instellingen. SSL geef de mogelijkheid om veilig met een host\n"
"te communiceren door middel van een versleutelde communicatie.</p>\n"
@@ -638,30 +578,23 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n"
-"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access "
-"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n"
+"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n"
"or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Het algemene gedrag wordt door de SSL optie bepaald. De host heeft\n"
-"of helemaal geen SSL ondersteuning (<tt>Geen SSL</tt>), of staat zowel geen-"
-"SSL als SSL toegang\n"
-"toe (<tt>Toegestaan</tt>), of accepteert alleen versleutelde SSL "
-"verbindingen (<tt>Vereist</tt>).\n"
+"of helemaal geen SSL ondersteuning (<tt>Geen SSL</tt>), of staat zowel geen-SSL als SSL toegang\n"
+"toe (<tt>Toegestaan</tt>), of accepteert alleen versleutelde SSL verbindingen (<tt>Vereist</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
#. ssl options dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the option.\n"
-"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n"
+"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een optie te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel "
-"en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een optie toe te voegen. Of selecteer het en "
-"druk op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>"
+"<p>Om een optie te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een optie toe te voegen. Of selecteer het en druk op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>"
#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode)
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162
@@ -691,29 +624,24 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host."
-"</p>"
+"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Nieuwe host</big></b><br>\n"
-"In dit dialoog kunt u de basis informatie van een nieuwe virtuele host "
-"opgeven.</p>"
+"In dit dialoog kunt u de basis informatie van een nieuwe virtuele host opgeven.</p>"
#. new host dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n"
-"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS "
-"name returned as a part\n"
+"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n"
"of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n"
"is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n"
"this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n"
"address for feedback about this host.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><i>Serveridentificatie</i> specificeert de inhoud en de presentatie van "
-"de\n"
+"<p><i>Serveridentificatie</i> specificeert de inhoud en de presentatie van de\n"
"nieuwe virtuele host. <b>Servernaam</b> is de DNS-naam die teruggegeven\n"
-"is als deel van de HTTP-headers van de serverrespons. <b>Hoofdmap "
-"serverinhoud</b>\n"
+"is als deel van de HTTP-headers van de serverrespons. <b>Hoofdmap serverinhoud</b>\n"
"is het absolute pad naar een map die alle door de virtuele host geleverde\n"
"documenten bevat. Met <b>Beheerder's email</b> kan een e-mailadres\n"
"ingesteld worden ten behoeve van feedback over deze host.</p>\n"
@@ -726,49 +654,38 @@
"settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n"
"There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n"
"from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n"
-"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual "
-"host\n"
+"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n"
"by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n"
-"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</"
-"b>\n"
+"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n"
"Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Serverresolutie</b></big><br>\n"
"Apache 2 moet kunnen bepalen welke virtuele host instellingen het zou\n"
"moeten gebruiken om een respons voor een HTTP-verzoek te kunnen maken. Er\n"
-"zijn twee basis benaderingen. Als voor het inkomende verzoek <i>HTTP-"
-"headers</i>\n"
-"worden gebruikt, zal de server de hostnaam opzoeken die door de HTTP-verzoek "
-"headers\n"
-"gespecificeerd wordt. De andere mogelijkheid om de virtuele host te bepalen "
-"is door middel\n"
-"van het <i>IP-adres</i> dat door de cliënt gebruikt wordt als deze een "
-"verbinding met de\n"
-"server maakt. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt, gebruik dan <b>Resolutie "
-"via IP-adres</b>\n"
+"zijn twee basis benaderingen. Als voor het inkomende verzoek <i>HTTP-headers</i>\n"
+"worden gebruikt, zal de server de hostnaam opzoeken die door de HTTP-verzoek headers\n"
+"gespecificeerd wordt. De andere mogelijkheid om de virtuele host te bepalen is door middel\n"
+"van het <i>IP-adres</i> dat door de cliënt gebruikt wordt als deze een verbinding met de\n"
+"server maakt. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt, gebruik dan <b>Resolutie via IP-adres</b>\n"
"Raadpleeg de Apache 2-handleiding voor verdere details.</p>\n"
#. advanced new host dialog 1/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual "
-"host.</p>"
+"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Details voor nieuwe host</big></b><br>\n"
-"In dit venster kunt u aanvullende informatie opgeven betreffende een nieuwe "
-"virtuele host.</p>"
+"In dit venster kunt u aanvullende informatie opgeven betreffende een nieuwe virtuele host.</p>"
#. advanced new host dialog 2/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n"
-"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias "
-"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
+"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer <b>CGI-ondersteuning inschakelen</b>\n"
-"om CGI-scripts in het pad in <b>Pad naar CGI-map</b> uit te kunnen voeren "
-"met de alias <tt>cgi-bin</tt>.</p>"
+"om CGI-scripts in het pad in <b>Pad naar CGI-map</b> uit te kunnen voeren met de alias <tt>cgi-bin</tt>.</p>"
#. advanced new host dialog 3/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208
@@ -778,25 +695,16 @@
"Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n"
"Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>SSL ondersteuning inschakelen</b> om HTTPS toegang tot deze "
-"virtuele host\n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>SSL ondersteuning inschakelen</b> om HTTPS toegang tot deze virtuele host\n"
"te kunnen krijgen.\n"
"\n"
-"Voer daarna het pad voor het certificaatbestand in bij <b>Pad van "
-"certificaatbestand<b>.\n"
+"Voer daarna het pad voor het certificaatbestand in bij <b>Pad van certificaatbestand<b>.\n"
"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor op IP-adres gebaseerde vhosts.</p>\n"
#. advanced new host dialog 4/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that "
-"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends "
-"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voer in <b>Map index</b> een spatiegescheiden lijst van bestanden waar "
-"Apache naar moet zoeken als een URL naar een map wijst (een URL die eindigt "
-"met een <tt>/</tt>). Het eerste bestand dat gevonden word zal worden "
-"gebruikt.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Voer in <b>Map index</b> een spatiegescheiden lijst van bestanden waar Apache naar moet zoeken als een URL naar een map wijst (een URL die eindigt met een <tt>/</tt>). Het eerste bestand dat gevonden word zal worden gebruikt.</p>"
#. advanced new host dialog 5/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219
@@ -807,8 +715,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Publieke HTML</b>\n"
"\n"
-"activeert de toegang tot <tt>.public_html</tt> mappen van alle gebruikers.</"
-"p>"
+"activeert de toegang tot <tt>.public_html</tt> mappen van alle gebruikers.</p>"
#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon.
#.
@@ -930,12 +837,8 @@
#. notification about package needed 1/2
#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om de HTTP-server te kunnen instellen dienen de <b>%1</b> pakketten "
-"geïnstalleerd te zijn.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om de HTTP-server te kunnen instellen dienen de <b>%1</b> pakketten geïnstalleerd te zijn.</p>"
#. notification about package needed 2/2
#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189
@@ -1019,8 +922,7 @@
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550
msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
-msgstr ""
-"De module beschrijving heeft geen gespecificeerde naam, wordt genegeerd."
+msgstr "De module beschrijving heeft geen gespecificeerde naam, wordt genegeerd."
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562
@@ -1302,14 +1204,12 @@
#. translators: popup error message when validate server
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943
msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support."
-msgstr ""
-"De standaard host kan niet met SSL ondersteuning worden geconfigureerd."
+msgstr "De standaard host kan niet met SSL ondersteuning worden geconfigureerd."
#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used)
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966
msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Als er geen servernaam is gedefinieerd, dan zal de hostnaam worden gebruikt."
+msgstr "Als er geen servernaam is gedefinieerd, dan zal de hostnaam worden gebruikt."
#. translators: popup error message when validate server
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971
@@ -1320,8 +1220,7 @@
#. in another virtual host
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991
msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host."
-msgstr ""
-"De opgegeven servernaam is reeds op een andere virtuele host geconfigureerd."
+msgstr "De opgegeven servernaam is reeds op een andere virtuele host geconfigureerd."
#. error message - the entered ip address is already
#. configured for another virtual host
@@ -1642,22 +1541,15 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Zorgt voor de toegangscontrole dat gebaseerd is op de client-hostnaam, IP-"
-"adres, etc."
+msgstr "Zorgt voor de toegangscontrole dat gebaseerd is op de client-hostnaam, IP-adres, etc."
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
-msgstr ""
-"De CGI-scripts, gebaseerd op mediatype of verzoekmethode, worden uitgevoerd"
+msgstr "De CGI-scripts, gebaseerd op mediatype of verzoekmethode, worden uitgevoerd"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
-msgid ""
-"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for "
-"URL redirection"
-msgstr ""
-"Verschillende delen van het host bestandssysteem in de documentenstructuur "
-"en de URL-omleiding worden toegewezen"
+msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
+msgstr "Verschillende delen van het host bestandssysteem in de documentenstructuur en de URL-omleiding worden toegewezen"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
msgid "Basic authentication"
@@ -1681,8 +1573,7 @@
msgstr "Gebruikerauthenticatie met gebruik van DBM-bestanden"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
-msgid ""
-"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
+msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
msgstr "Genereert automatisch een map index, gelijk aan het Unix commando: ls"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
@@ -1691,21 +1582,15 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
-msgstr ""
-"Zorgt voor \"trailing slash\" omleidingen en de verzorging van de map index-"
-"bestanden"
+msgstr "Zorgt voor \"trailing slash\" omleidingen en de verzorging van de map index-bestanden"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
-msgstr ""
-"Wijzigt de werkomgeving die aan de CGI-scripts en SSI-pagina's wordt "
-"doorgegeven"
+msgstr "Wijzigt de werkomgeving die aan de CGI-scripts en SSI-pagina's wordt doorgegeven"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
-msgstr ""
-"Creëren van verlopen HTTP-headers overeenkomstig aan gebruiker "
-"gespecificeerde criteria"
+msgstr "Creëren van verlopen HTTP-headers overeenkomstig aan gebruiker gespecificeerde criteria"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
@@ -1716,12 +1601,8 @@
msgstr "Registratie van de gemaakte server verzoeken"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185
-msgid ""
-"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and "
-"content"
-msgstr ""
-"Associeert de gevraagde bestandsnaam-extensies met het bestandsgedrag en de "
-"inhoud"
+msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
+msgstr "Associeert de gevraagde bestandsnaam-extensies met het bestandsgedrag en de inhoud"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -1731,12 +1612,8 @@
msgstr "Zorgt voor inhoud-onderhandeling"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220
-msgid ""
-"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the "
-"request"
-msgstr ""
-"Staat de instelling van de omgevingsvariabelen, gebaseerd op de verzoek "
-"kenmerken, toe"
+msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
+msgstr "Staat de instelling van de omgevingsvariabelen, gebaseerd op de verzoek kenmerken, toe"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
@@ -1744,9 +1621,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
-msgstr ""
-"Staat CGI-scripts toe om als een gespecificeerde gebruiker en groep te "
-"starten"
+msgstr "Staat CGI-scripts toe om als een gespecificeerde gebruiker en groep te starten"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250
msgid "User-specific directories"
@@ -1758,20 +1633,15 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
-msgstr ""
-"Staat de \"Anonymous\" gebruikerstoegang tot geverifieerde gebieden toe"
+msgstr "Staat de \"Anonymous\" gebruikerstoegang tot geverifieerde gebieden toe"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
msgstr "Gebruiker verificatie met gebruik van MD5 digest verificatie"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300
-msgid ""
-"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic "
-"authentication"
-msgstr ""
-"Staat het toe dat een LDAP-map voor het opslaan van de database voor de HTTP "
-"Basic-verificatie wordt gebruikt"
+msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
+msgstr "Staat het toe dat een LDAP-map voor het opslaan van de database voor de HTTP Basic-verificatie wordt gebruikt"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
@@ -1799,17 +1669,11 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
-msgstr ""
-"Een eenvoudige echo server ten behoeve van de illustratie van de protocol "
-"modules"
+msgstr "Een eenvoudige echo server ten behoeve van de illustratie van de protocol modules"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411
-msgid ""
-"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the "
-"client"
-msgstr ""
-"De respons-body via een extern programma doorgeven voordat het aan de cliënt "
-"wordt geleverd"
+msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
+msgstr "De respons-body via een extern programma doorgeven voordat het aan de cliënt wordt geleverd"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
@@ -1828,23 +1692,16 @@
msgstr "Biedt een uitgebreid serverconfiguratie overzicht"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467
-msgid ""
-"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP "
-"modules"
-msgstr ""
-"LDAP-verbindingspooling en resultaat-caching-services die door andere LDAP-"
-"modules gebruikt kunnen worden"
+msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
+msgstr "LDAP-verbindingspooling en resultaat-caching-services die door andere LDAP-modules gebruikt kunnen worden"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr "Registreren van de, per verzoek, ingaande en uitgaande bytes"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507
-msgid ""
-"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
-msgstr ""
-"Bepaalt het MIME type van een bestand door naar een paar bytes van z'n "
-"inhoud te kijken"
+msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
+msgstr "Bepaalt het MIME type van een bestand door naar een paar bytes van z'n inhoud te kijken"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
@@ -1867,32 +1724,20 @@
msgstr "HTTP-ondersteuningsmodule voor mod_proxy"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590
-msgid ""
-"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
-msgstr ""
-"Biedt een op regels gebaseerde herschrijvingsonderdeel aan om gevraagde "
-"URL's on-the-fly mee te herschrijven"
+msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
+msgstr "Biedt een op regels gebaseerde herschrijvingsonderdeel aan om gevraagde URL's on-the-fly mee te herschrijven"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
-msgstr ""
-"Probeert de door de gebruikers opgegeven, eventueel foutieve, URL's te "
-"corrigeren"
+msgstr "Probeert de door de gebruikers opgegeven, eventueel foutieve, URL's te corrigeren"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626
-msgid ""
-"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer "
-"Security (TLS) protocols"
-msgstr ""
-"Krachtige cryptografie met gebruik van de Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) en de "
-"Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocollen"
+msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
+msgstr "Krachtige cryptografie met gebruik van de Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) en de Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocollen"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666
-msgid ""
-"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
-msgstr ""
-"Biedt een omgevingsvariabele met voor ieder verzoek een uniek identificatie "
-"label"
+msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
+msgstr "Biedt een omgevingsvariabele met voor ieder verzoek een uniek identificatie label"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
@@ -1900,8 +1745,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
-msgstr ""
-"Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch geconfigureerde virtuele \"mass\" hosting"
+msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch geconfigureerde virtuele \"mass\" hosting"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
@@ -1939,12 +1783,8 @@
#~ msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Ports"
#~ msgstr "Open &firewall voor geselecteerde poorten"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 "
-#~ "ports on the firewall.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>U kunt controleren of de Apache2 poorten in de firewall geactiveerd "
-#~ "zijn wanneer de firewall is ingeschakeld.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 ports on the firewall.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>U kunt controleren of de Apache2 poorten in de firewall geactiveerd zijn wanneer de firewall is ingeschakeld.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
#~ msgid "IP Adresses"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-03 17:21+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -115,8 +115,7 @@
msgstr ""
"De grafische interface kon niet gestart worden.\n"
"\n"
-"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale "
-"installatie) \n"
+"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale installatie) \n"
"of de grafische kaart wordt niet correct ondersteund.\n"
"\n"
"De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u nu verder door de\n"
@@ -188,8 +187,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu compleet.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu compleet.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
@@ -199,12 +197,9 @@
"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u nu verder gaat zullen aan de hand van de instellingen in de "
-"voorgaande dialogen\n"
-"<b>bestaande partities</b> op uw harde schijf <b>verwijderd </b> of "
-"<b>geformatteerd</b>\n"
-"worden (waarbij de <b>bestaande gegevens</b> op deze partities verloren "
-"zullen gaan).</p>"
+"<p>Als u nu verder gaat zullen aan de hand van de instellingen in de voorgaande dialogen\n"
+"<b>bestaande partities</b> op uw harde schijf <b>verwijderd </b> of <b>geformatteerd</b>\n"
+"worden (waarbij de <b>bestaande gegevens</b> op deze partities verloren zullen gaan).</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
@@ -238,8 +233,7 @@
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
@@ -275,25 +269,18 @@
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)."
+msgstr "Zwarte lijst van apparaten is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)."
+msgstr "Zwarte lijst van apparaten is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to "
-"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Zwarte lijst van apparaten</b> als u een zwarte lijst met "
-"channels naar zulke apparaten die de footprint van het kernelgeheugen "
-"verminderen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Zwarte lijst van apparaten</b> als u een zwarte lijst met channels naar zulke apparaten die de footprint van het kernelgeheugen verminderen.</p>"
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
@@ -308,30 +295,20 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST "
-"profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Systeeminstellingen klonen</b> als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt "
-"aanmaken.\n"
-"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie "
-"uitvoeren zonder\n"
-"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het "
-"geïnstalleerde\n"
-"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een "
-"profiel van het huidige\n"
+"<p>Gebruik <b>Systeeminstellingen klonen</b> als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt aanmaken.\n"
+"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie uitvoeren zonder\n"
+"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het geïnstalleerde\n"
+"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een profiel van het huidige\n"
"systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-"AutoYaST profiel aan het eind van de installatie wegschrijven naar /root/"
-"autoinst.xmlat?"
+msgstr "AutoYaST profiel aan het eind van de installatie wegschrijven naar /root/autoinst.xmlat?"
#. this is a heading
#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
@@ -346,20 +323,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href="
-"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Het AutoYaST profiel zal weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinst.xml (<a "
-"href=\"%1\">het niet wegschrijven</a>)."
+msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+msgstr "Het AutoYaST profiel zal weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">het niet wegschrijven</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Het AutoYaST profiel zal niet weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinstxml "
-"(<a href=\"\">het wel wegschrijven</a>)."
+msgstr "Het AutoYaST profiel zal niet weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinstxml (<a href=\"\">het wel wegschrijven</a>)."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
@@ -390,12 +361,8 @@
msgstr "Installatie vanuit images"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier kunt u kiezen om door Novell voorgedefinieerde images te gebruiken om "
-"RPM-installatie te versnellen."
+msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
+msgstr "Hier kunt u kiezen om door Novell voorgedefinieerde images te gebruiken om RPM-installatie te versnellen."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
msgid "&Install from Images"
@@ -406,12 +373,8 @@
msgstr "&Geen installatie vanuit images"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
-msgid ""
-"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation "
-"source"
-msgstr ""
-"Aangepast gebruik van images - dit vereist een te configureren URL als "
-"installatiebron"
+msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
+msgstr "Aangepast gebruik van images - dit vereist een te configureren URL als installatiebron"
#. Image name, Image location
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
@@ -419,20 +382,12 @@
msgstr "Hier kunt u aangepaste images aanmaken.\n"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
-msgid ""
-"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
-"image here"
-msgstr ""
-"U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image "
-"kunt aanmaken"
+msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
+msgstr "U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image kunt aanmaken"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during "
-"installation)"
-msgstr ""
-"Maak een image-bestand aan (AutoYaST zal het ophalen uit de gegeven locatie "
-"bij installatie)"
+msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
+msgstr "Maak een image-bestand aan (AutoYaST zal het ophalen uit de gegeven locatie bij installatie)"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
msgid "Create Image"
@@ -448,8 +403,7 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
-msgstr ""
-"ISO aanmaken (image en autoinst.xml zullen zich op het medium bevinden)"
+msgstr "ISO aanmaken (image en autoinst.xml zullen zich op het medium bevinden)"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -458,35 +412,25 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
-"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in "
-"the\n"
+"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Installatie vanuit images</b> wordt gebruikt om de installatie te "
-"versnellen.\n"
-"Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem "
-"overeenkomstig\n"
-"uw keuze van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten "
-"worden\n"
+"<p><b>Installatie vanuit images</b> wordt gebruikt om de installatie te versnellen.\n"
+"Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem overeenkomstig\n"
+"uw keuze van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden\n"
"op de standaard manier uit pakketten geïnstalleerd.</p>\n"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will "
-"dump an\n"
-"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
-"already.\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-"
-"installation.</p>"
+"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
+"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aanmaken van eigen images</b> wordt gebruikt als u\n"
-"de complete stap van RPM-installatie wilt overslaan. In plaats daarvan dumpt "
-"AutoYaST een\n"
-"image op de harde schijf wat heel wat sneller is en al voor-geconfigureerd "
-"kan zijn.\n"
-"Al het andere dan RPM-installatie wordt gedaan zoals tijdens een normale "
-"auto-installatie.</p>"
+"de complete stap van RPM-installatie wilt overslaan. In plaats daarvan dumpt AutoYaST een\n"
+"image op de harde schijf wat heel wat sneller is en al voor-geconfigureerd kan zijn.\n"
+"Al het andere dan RPM-installatie wordt gedaan zoals tijdens een normale auto-installatie.</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
@@ -496,15 +440,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
-"originating from the images will\n"
-"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</"
-"p>"
+"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
+"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Merk op dat bij het installeren vanuit images, de tijdstempels van alle "
-"pakketten uit de images komen\n"
-"en niet overeenkomen met de datum van installatie maar met de datum dat de "
-"image is gemaakt.</p>"
+"<p>Merk op dat bij het installeren vanuit images, de tijdstempels van alle pakketten uit de images komen\n"
+"en niet overeenkomen met de datum van installatie maar met de datum dat de image is gemaakt.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
@@ -546,15 +486,13 @@
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Installatie vanaf images is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen</a>)."
+msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Installatie vanaf images is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen</a>)."
+msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen</a>)."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
@@ -686,14 +624,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
-"translations.\n"
+"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"De licentie moet geaccepteerd zijn voordat de installatie doorgaat.\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Vertalingen van licenties...</b> om de licentie te tonen in alle "
-"beschikbare vertalingen.\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Vertalingen van licenties...</b> om de licentie te tonen in alle beschikbare vertalingen.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
@@ -748,8 +684,7 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
-msgstr ""
-"U moet de licentieovereenkomst accepteren om dit product te installeren"
+msgstr "U moet de licentieovereenkomst accepteren om dit product te installeren"
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
@@ -788,8 +723,7 @@
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>De installatie van &product; op uw computer is klaar.\n"
-"Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem "
-"aanmelden.</p>\n"
+"Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem aanmelden.</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
@@ -831,30 +765,21 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Gebruik <b>Klonen</b> als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt aanmaken.\n"
-"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie "
-"uitvoeren zonder\n"
-"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het "
-"geïnstalleerde\n"
-"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een "
-"profiel van het huidige\n"
+"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie uitvoeren zonder\n"
+"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het geïnstalleerde\n"
+"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een profiel van het huidige\n"
"systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
-msgid ""
-"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om het huidige systeem te kunnen klonen moet het pakket <b>%1</b> "
-"geïnstalleerd zijn.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om het huidige systeem te kunnen klonen moet het pakket <b>%1</b> geïnstalleerd zijn.</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -897,12 +822,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
-"packages."
+"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
"Debugging is aan gezet.\n"
-"YaST zal een softwarebeheerder voor u openen om de huidige status van de "
-"pakketten te controleren."
+"YaST zal een softwarebeheerder voor u openen om de huidige status van de pakketten te controleren."
#. unknown image
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
@@ -936,13 +859,8 @@
msgstr "Te gebruiken schijf"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
-"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer de schijf waarnaar de image zal worden geschreven. Alle gegevens "
-"op de schijf zullen verloren gaan en de schijf zal gepartitioneerd worden "
-"zoals gedefinieerd in de image."
+msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
+msgstr "Selecteer de schijf waarnaar de image zal worden geschreven. Alle gegevens op de schijf zullen verloren gaan en de schijf zal gepartitioneerd worden zoals gedefinieerd in de image."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
@@ -1009,9 +927,7 @@
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
-msgstr ""
-"Zaken voor bijwerken van pakketten zijn gevonden in deze extra "
-"installatiebronnen:"
+msgstr "Zaken voor bijwerken van pakketten zijn gevonden in deze extra installatiebronnen:"
#. yes/no popup question
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
@@ -1137,32 +1053,24 @@
"<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om de aanbevolen externe softwarebronnen tijdens de installatie of het "
-"bijwerken\n"
-"te gebruiken, selecteer <b>Online-softwarebronnen toevoegen vóór de "
-"installatie</b>.</p>"
+"Om de aanbevolen externe softwarebronnen tijdens de installatie of het bijwerken\n"
+"te gebruiken, selecteer <b>Online-softwarebronnen toevoegen vóór de installatie</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-"select\n"
+"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, "
-"selecteer\n"
+"Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n"
"<b>Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://"
-"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de "
-"installatie, zie dan de <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>site.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de installatie, zie dan de <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>site.</p>"
#. Error message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
@@ -1218,12 +1126,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
-"configuration.</p>\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Een geconfigureerd netwerk is nodig voor externe installatiebronnen\n"
-"of voor addon-producten. Als u geen gebruik maakt van externe "
-"installatiebronnen\n"
+"of voor addon-producten. Als u geen gebruik maakt van externe installatiebronnen\n"
"dan kunt u het instellen overslaan.</p>\n"
#. error popup
@@ -1238,35 +1144,25 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-"number \n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
-"ones \n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In Linux is <b>keuze</b> een topprioriteit. <i>openSUSE</i> biedt een "
-"aantal\n"
-"verschillende bureaubladomgevingen. Hieronder is een lijst met de 2 "
-"belangrijkste,\n"
+"<p>In Linux is <b>keuze</b> een topprioriteit. <i>openSUSE</i> biedt een aantal\n"
+"verschillende bureaubladomgevingen. Hieronder is een lijst met de 2 belangrijkste,\n"
"<b>GNOME</b> en <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-"installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in "
-"the software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
-"additional desktop \n"
+"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt een alternatieve bureaubladomgeving selecteren (of één van de "
-"minimale installatiepatronen)\n"
-"dat beter in uw behoeften voorziet door de <b>Overige</b> optie te kiezen . "
-"Later in de \n"
-"softwareselectie of na installatie, kunt u uw selectie wijzigen of een extra "
-"bureaubladomgeving \n"
+"<p>U kunt een alternatieve bureaubladomgeving selecteren (of één van de minimale installatiepatronen)\n"
+"dat beter in uw behoeften voorziet door de <b>Overige</b> optie te kiezen . Later in de \n"
+"softwareselectie of na installatie, kunt u uw selectie wijzigen of een extra bureaubladomgeving \n"
"toevoegen. Dit scherm staat u toe de standaard in te stellen.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
@@ -1292,8 +1188,7 @@
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan het basisproduct niet vinden. Uitgavenotities zullen niet getoond worden."
+msgstr "Kan het basisproduct niet vinden. Uitgavenotities zullen niet getoond worden."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:62
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:102
@@ -1442,19 +1337,16 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
-msgstr ""
-"YaST tast nu de hardware van uw computer en geïnstalleerde systemen af."
+msgstr "YaST tast nu de hardware van uw computer en geïnstalleerde systemen af."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
msgid ""
"\n"
-"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-"installation."
+"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's "
-"nodig hebt voor de installatie."
+"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de installatie."
#. pop-up error report
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
@@ -1566,12 +1458,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the "
-"upgrade process.</p>"
+"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hier kunt u alle gevonden software installatiebronnen zien\n"
-"op het systeem dat u aan het opwaarderen bent. Activeer diegenen die u wilt "
-"gebruiken bij het opwaardeerproces.</p>"
+"op het systeem dat u aan het opwaarderen bent. Activeer diegenen die u wilt gebruiken bij het opwaardeerproces.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
@@ -1586,8 +1476,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een URL-adres te wijzigen, klik op de knop <b>Wijzigen...</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om een URL-adres te wijzigen, klik op de knop <b>Wijzigen...</b>.</p>"
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
@@ -1761,8 +1650,7 @@
"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voordat uw systeem klaar is voor gebruik moeten er nog enkele stappen "
-"worden ondernomen.\n"
+"<p>Voordat uw systeem klaar is voor gebruik moeten er nog enkele stappen worden ondernomen.\n"
"YaST zal u nu door enkele basisconfiguraties heen leiden. Klik op\n"
"<b>Verder</b> om door te gaan. </p>\n"
" \n"
@@ -1875,8 +1763,7 @@
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
-msgstr ""
-"Configuratie van het X Window-systeem wordt naar het systeem gekopieerd..."
+msgstr "Configuratie van het X Window-systeem wordt naar het systeem gekopieerd..."
#. call command
#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
@@ -1897,8 +1784,7 @@
"\n"
"Laden van de geïnstalleerde kernel door kexec te gebruiken.\n"
"\n"
-"Bezig te proberen de geïnstalleerde kernel via kexec te laden i.p.v. met "
-"herstarten\n"
+"Bezig te proberen de geïnstalleerde kernel via kexec te laden i.p.v. met herstarten\n"
"Een ogenblik geduld.\n"
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1970,8 +1856,7 @@
#. busy message
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
-msgstr ""
-"Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..."
+msgstr "Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
@@ -2020,9 +1905,7 @@
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen..."
-"\" onderin het venster."
+msgstr "Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen...\" onderin het venster."
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
@@ -2076,13 +1959,11 @@
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
-"displayed.\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Installeren</b> om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe "
-"installatie uit te voeren.\n"
+"Klik op <b>Installeren</b> om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe installatie uit te voeren.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. so update
@@ -2095,8 +1976,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Bijwerken</b> om bijwerken met de weergegeven waarden uit te "
-"voeren.\n"
+"Klik op <b>Bijwerken</b> om bijwerken met de weergegeven waarden uit te voeren.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
@@ -2213,10 +2093,8 @@
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
-"De installatie was niet in staat om pakketafhankelijkheden automatisch op te "
-"lossen.\n"
-"De softwarebeheerder zal voor u geopend worden om deze handmatig op te "
-"lossen."
+"De installatie was niet in staat om pakketafhankelijkheden automatisch op te lossen.\n"
+"De softwarebeheerder zal voor u geopend worden om deze handmatig op te lossen."
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "FOUT: Titel ontbreekt"
@@ -2227,10 +2105,8 @@
#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Enkele voorstellen kunnen\n"
-#~ "door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd "
-#~ "worden.\n"
-#~ "Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd "
-#~ "voorstel wilt aanpassen.</p>\n"
+#~ "door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd worden.\n"
+#~ "Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd voorstel wilt aanpassen.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
#~ msgstr "Installatieomgeving wordt geïnitialiseerd..."
@@ -2349,11 +2225,8 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
#~ msgstr "Hardware informatie over geselecteerde netwerkkaart"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Hier kunt u uw netwerkkaarten instellen zodat ze onmiddellijk gebruikt "
-#~ "kunnen worden.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u uw netwerkkaarten instellen zodat ze onmiddellijk gebruikt kunnen worden.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\n"
@@ -2519,8 +2392,7 @@
#~ "Go back and change it?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Omdat de test van de internet verbinding is mislukt, zou u\n"
-#~ "doorgestuurd moeten worden naar het vorige scherm om de configuratie te "
-#~ "wijzigen\n"
+#~ "doorgestuurd moeten worden naar het vorige scherm om de configuratie te wijzigen\n"
#~ "Wilt u terug gaan om de configuratie te veranderen?"
#~ msgid "Go Back"
@@ -2574,12 +2446,8 @@
#~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..."
#~ msgstr "De netwerk instellingen worden opgeslagen..."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..."
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wacht even terwijl de netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen en getest..."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested...</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Wacht even terwijl de netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen en getest...</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n"
@@ -2669,8 +2537,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on "
-#~ "your\n"
+#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -2696,25 +2563,21 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation "
-#~ "program\n"
+#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\n"
#~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n"
#~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n"
#~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n"
#~ "configuration.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Selecteer <b>Gebruik automatische configuratie</b> om het "
-#~ "installatieprogramma\n"
+#~ "Selecteer <b>Gebruik automatische configuratie</b> om het installatieprogramma\n"
#~ "uw netwerk automatische te laten instellen. Anders krijgt u een\n"
-#~ "configuratievoorstel met de mogelijkheid alle instellingen handmatig aan "
-#~ "te\n"
+#~ "configuratievoorstel met de mogelijkheid alle instellingen handmatig aan te\n"
#~ "passen. Onervaren gebruikers kunnen beter de automatische configuratie\n"
#~ "gebruiken.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Update mode does not support automatic configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De bijwerkmodus ondersteunt de automatische configuratie niet.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>De bijwerkmodus ondersteunt de automatische configuratie niet.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\n"
@@ -2841,14 +2704,10 @@
#~ msgstr "Onbekend chroot-pad. De debugger kan niet verder gaan."
#~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De verbinding met inst-sys is mislukt. De debugger kan niet verder gaan."
+#~ msgstr "De verbinding met inst-sys is mislukt. De debugger kan niet verder gaan."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Het pakket <b>%1</b> moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot het X11-"
-#~ "systeem te kunnen krijgen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Het pakket <b>%1</b> moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot het X11-systeem te kunnen krijgen.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
#~ msgstr "oorbereidenet nu installeren?</p>"
@@ -2902,68 +2761,51 @@
#~ msgstr "Lettertypen worden geïnitialiseerd..."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation "
-#~ "up. \n"
-#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your "
-#~ "selection \n"
-#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be "
-#~ "installed from \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up. \n"
+#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n"
+#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n"
#~ "packages the standard way.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Installatie vanuit images</b> wordt gebruikt om de installatie te "
-#~ "versnellen.\n"
-#~ "Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem "
-#~ "overeenkomstig uw keuze\n"
-#~ "van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden "
-#~ "op de standaard manier\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Installatie vanuit images</b> wordt gebruikt om de installatie te versnellen.\n"
+#~ "Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem overeenkomstig uw keuze\n"
+#~ "van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden op de standaard manier\n"
#~ "uit pakketten geïnstalleerd.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please "
-#~ "wait...</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De installatie is bezig met het schrijven van de automatische "
-#~ "configuratie. Even geduld...</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait...</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>De installatie is bezig met het schrijven van de automatische configuratie. Even geduld...</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on "
-#~ "your\n"
+#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Kies <b>Nieuwe installatie</b> in het geval er geen\n"
-#~ "Linux-systeem op uw computer is geïnstalleerd of als u een bestaand "
-#~ "Linux-\n"
+#~ "Linux-systeem op uw computer is geïnstalleerd of als u een bestaand Linux-\n"
#~ "systeem volledig wilt vervangen en geen instellingen wilt overnemen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-#~ "select\n"
+#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
#~ "<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, "
-#~ "selecteer\n"
+#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n"
#~ "<b>Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Even geduld a.u.b terwijl de installatie de netwerkkaarten onderzoekt..."
+#~ msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b terwijl de installatie de netwerkkaarten onderzoekt..."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely "
-#~ "abort.\n"
+#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Uw harde schijf is op geen enkele wijze gewijzigd, dus u kunt nog steeds "
-#~ "veilig afbreken.\n"
+#~ "Uw harde schijf is op geen enkele wijze gewijzigd, dus u kunt nog steeds veilig afbreken.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices"
@@ -2990,14 +2832,11 @@
#~ msgstr "Beschadigd systeem re&pareren"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux "
-#~ "system on\n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n"
#~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Kies <b>Geïnstalleerd systeem repareren</b> in het geval u een beschadigd "
-#~ "Linux-systeem op uw\n"
-#~ "harde schijf heeft staan. Met deze optie wordt getracht de problemen "
-#~ "automatisch op te lossen.\n"
+#~ "Kies <b>Geïnstalleerd systeem repareren</b> in het geval u een beschadigd Linux-systeem op uw\n"
+#~ "harde schijf heeft staan. Met deze optie wordt getracht de problemen automatisch op te lossen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: instserver.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-04 15:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iplb.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-15 22:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -127,7 +127,6 @@
msgstr "Bewerk"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-#| msgid "Connect"
msgid "Disconnect"
msgstr "Verbinding verbreken"
@@ -253,8 +252,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46
@@ -275,8 +273,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opslaan afbreken</big></b><br>\n"
"Breek de opslagprocedure af door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.\n"
-" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit "
-"te doen.\n"
+" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit te doen.\n"
" </p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
@@ -298,8 +295,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een iSCSI-initiator toevoegen</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer een iSCSI-initiator in de lijst met gedetecteerde initiators.\n"
-" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u <b>Overig (niet "
-"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
+" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u <b>Overig (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
" Klik vervolgens op <b>Instellen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -310,8 +306,7 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster "
-"geopend\n"
+"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n"
" waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
@@ -348,12 +343,7 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get "
-"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the "
-"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use "
-"<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target "
-"from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
@@ -363,69 +353,38 @@
msgstr "<h1>Waarschuwing</h1>"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that "
-"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data "
-"corruption.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Zorg er voor dat bij <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>-toegang tot een iSCSI-"
-"apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er "
-"datacorruptie optreedt.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Zorg er voor dat bij <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>-toegang tot een iSCSI-apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er datacorruptie optreedt.</p>\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname."
-#| "iscsi</tt>. \n"
-#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are "
-#| "only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</"
-"tt>. \n"
-"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only "
-"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Initiatornaam</b> is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname."
-"iscsi</tt>.\n"
-"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde "
-"alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen.</p>"
+"<p><b>Initiatornaam</b> is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n"
+"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
-"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for "
-"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
-"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should "
-"be 3205.\n"
+"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
+"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Als u gebruik wilt maken van <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) "
-"voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-"
-"methode,\n"
-"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is "
-"3205.\n"
+"Als u gebruik wilt maken van <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-methode,\n"
+"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is 3205.\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
-#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</"
-#| "b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
-#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgid ""
"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
-"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> "
-"and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Voer het <b>IP-adres</b> van de ISCSI-server in.\n"
-"Wijzig <b>Poort</b> alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik "
-"<b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b>. Als u geen\n"
+"Wijzig <b>Poort</b> alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b>. Als u geen\n"
"verificatie nodig hebt, selecteer <b>Geen verificatie</b>.\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click "
-"<b>Connect</b>. "
-msgstr ""
-"Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er "
-"een en klik op <b>Verbinden</b>. "
+msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
+msgstr "Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er een en klik op <b>Verbinden</b>. "
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -435,11 +394,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n"
"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n"
-"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. "
-"when\n"
+"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n"
"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI "
-"service\n"
+"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n"
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>handmatig</b> is voor iSCSI-doelen waarmee niet standaard wordt\n"
@@ -451,36 +408,16 @@
"iSCSI-service verbonden moeten worden.</p>\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-#| msgid "No Authentication"
msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Authenticatie</h1>"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the "
-"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter "
-"<b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing "
-"Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming "
-"Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target "
-"server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the "
-"<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server "
-"specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the "
-"connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status "
-"'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen."
-"<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> "
-"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, "
-"<b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</"
-"b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets "
-"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets "
-"(to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the "
-"<b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-"
-"up mode.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
@@ -516,8 +453,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel."
+msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel."
#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
@@ -537,19 +473,10 @@
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-#| msgid "&Initiator Name"
msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
msgstr "Onjuiste initiatornaam"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
-#| "The correct syntax is\n"
-#| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-#| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "Example:\n"
-#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
@@ -599,12 +526,8 @@
#. check if not already connected
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
-msgid ""
-"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that "
-"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
-msgstr ""
-"Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor "
-"meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen."
+msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
+msgstr "Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen."
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
@@ -637,12 +560,8 @@
#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300)
#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt instellen, moet het <b>%1</b>-pakket worden "
-"geïnstalleerd.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt instellen, moet het <b>%1</b>-pakket worden geïnstalleerd.</p>"
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -725,8 +644,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Initiatornaam uit iBFT en die uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"zijn verschillend. De oude initiatornaam wordt vervangen door de waarde uit\n"
-"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS "
-"als\n"
+"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS als\n"
"u een andere naam wilt gebruiken.\n"
#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
@@ -746,26 +664,16 @@
#~ msgstr "Aanmelden"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press "
-#~ "<b>Add</b>.\n"
+#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer "
-#~ "het en klikt op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
+#~ "Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer het en klikt op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
#~ "Als u een doel wilt verwijderen klikt op <b>Afmelden</b>.\n"
#~ "Als u de opstartstatus wilt wijzigen, klikt op <b>Omschakelen</b>.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and "
-#~ "<b>Password</b>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de <b>gebruikersnaam</b> en het "
-#~ "<b>wachtwoord</b> in."
+#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+#~ msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de <b>gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>wachtwoord</b> in."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</"
-#~ "b> to any target."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe <b>Zoekopdracht</b> of klik "
-#~ "op <b>Verbinden</b> om verbinding te maken met een doel."
+#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+#~ msgstr "Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe <b>Zoekopdracht</b> of klik op <b>Verbinden</b> om verbinding te maken met een doel."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -267,8 +267,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n"
"Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -278,8 +277,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47
@@ -342,8 +340,7 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster "
-"geopend\n"
+"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n"
" waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
@@ -414,65 +411,30 @@
#. discovery authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of "
-"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert "
-"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik <b>Geen verificatie</b> of een van "
-"de <b>Inkomende</b> en <b>Uitgaande</b> (kunnen beide samen gebruikt "
-"worden). Voer daarna de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> in."
+msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik <b>Geen verificatie</b> of een van de <b>Inkomende</b> en <b>Uitgaande</b> (kunnen beide samen gebruikt worden). Voer daarna de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> in."
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target "
-"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is "
-"<i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi "
-"initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN "
-"geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke client is toegestaan "
-"om er toegang toe te hebben (de clientnaam is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/"
-"iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iscsi-initiator). <b>Verwijderen</b> zal de "
-"toegang van de client tot de LUN verwijderen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke client is toegestaan om er toegang toe te hebben (de clientnaam is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iscsi-initiator). <b>Verwijderen</b> zal de toegang van de client tot de LUN verwijderen.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN "
-"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the "
-"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both "
-"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use "
-"Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is "
-"disabled here.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>LUN bewerken</b> kunt u wijzigen tot welke LUN's de client toegang "
-"heeft. Merk op dat het doelnummer van de LUN uniek moet zijn.<br>Na "
-"indrukken van <b>Auth bewerken</b>, selecteert u het type authenticatie. "
-"Gebruik <b>Inkomend</b>, <b>Uitgaand</b> of beiden. Voer dan <b>Gebruiker</"
-"b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b>. Als <b>Authenticatie gebruiken</b> is uitgeschakeld "
-"in de vorige dialoog, <b>Auth bewerken</b> is hier uitgeschakeld.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met <b>LUN bewerken</b> kunt u wijzigen tot welke LUN's de client toegang heeft. Merk op dat het doelnummer van de LUN uniek moet zijn.<br>Na indrukken van <b>Auth bewerken</b>, selecteert u het type authenticatie. Gebruik <b>Inkomend</b>, <b>Uitgaand</b> of beiden. Voer dan <b>Gebruiker</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b>. Als <b>Authenticatie gebruiken</b> is uitgeschakeld in de vorige dialoog, <b>Auth bewerken</b> is hier uitgeschakeld.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to "
-"the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kopiëren</b> biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra client toegang te "
-"geven tot de LUN.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Kopiëren</b> biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra client toegang te geven tot de LUN.</p>"
#. target dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by "
-"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</"
-"b>."
+"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgstr ""
-"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan "
-"door op <b>Toevoegen</b> te klikken.\n"
-"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op <b>Bewerken</b> "
-"of <b>Verwijderen</b>."
+"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan door op <b>Toevoegen</b> te klikken.\n"
+"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>."
#. edit target
#. add target
@@ -483,80 +445,58 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"<b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</"
-"b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te "
-"maken onder een <b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"U moet het <b>pad</b> naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n"
-"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te "
-"geven. \n"
-"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de "
-"gebruiker\n"
+"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te geven. \n"
+"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n"
"geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
-"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which "
-"address\n"
+"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-"<p>Onder <b>IP-adres</b> en <b>Portnummer</b> specificeert u onder welk "
-"adres\n"
-"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is "
-"3260.\n"
+"<p>Onder <b>IP-adres</b> en <b>Portnummer</b> specificeert u onder welk adres\n"
+"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is 3260.\n"
"Alleen IP-adressen toegekend aan een van de netwerkkaarten zijn mogelijk."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
-msgstr ""
-"Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden."
+msgstr "Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"lun.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</"
-"b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te "
-"maken onder een LUN.\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een LUN.\n"
"U moet het <b>pad</b> naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n"
-"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te "
-"geven. \n"
-"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de "
-"gebruiker\n"
+"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te geven. \n"
+"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n"
"geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional "
-"configuration options."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties <b>toevoegen</b>, <b>bewerken</b> of "
-"<b>verwijderen</b>."
+msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
+msgstr "U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties <b>toevoegen</b>, <b>bewerken</b> of <b>verwijderen</b>."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
-"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-"purposes).\n"
-"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and "
-"<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
+"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
+"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
-"Bewerk het <b>LUN</b>-nummer indien nodig, stel <b>Type</b> in (nullio is "
-"voor testdoeleinden).\n"
-"Als Type=fileio, zet <b>Pad</b> naar schijfstation of bestand. <b>SCSI-ID</"
-"b> en <b>Sectoren</b> zijn optioneel."
+"Bewerk het <b>LUN</b>-nummer indien nodig, stel <b>Type</b> in (nullio is voor testdoeleinden).\n"
+"Als Type=fileio, zet <b>Pad</b> naar schijfstation of bestand. <b>SCSI-ID</b> en <b>Sectoren</b> zijn optioneel."
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
@@ -584,8 +524,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
-msgstr ""
-"Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn."
+msgstr "Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:51+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-29 17:10+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-29 23:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -135,4 +135,3 @@
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166
msgid "Message"
msgstr "Melding"
-
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -54,36 +54,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102
msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images"
-msgstr ""
-"Het bereik van de dump bevat de bestemming waar de dump-image zal worden "
-"opgeslagen"
+msgstr "Het bereik van de dump bevat de bestemming waar de dump-image zal worden opgeslagen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]. Voer alleen "
-"\"kernel_tekst\" in."
+msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr "Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]. Voer alleen \"kernel_tekst\" in."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the "
-"kdump kernel."
-msgstr ""
-"De kdump-commandoregel is de commandoregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de "
-"kdump-kernel."
+msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
+msgstr "De kdump-commandoregel is de commandoregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de kdump-kernel."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command "
-"line string."
-msgstr ""
-"Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de standaard-"
-"commandoregeltekst."
+msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
+msgstr "Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de standaard-commandoregeltekst."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
@@ -98,9 +84,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeert hoeveel oude dumps zullen worden bewaart. 0 betekent allemaal "
-"bewaren."
+msgstr "Specificeert hoeveel oude dumps zullen worden bewaart. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
@@ -114,12 +98,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes "
-"password (plain text file)."
-msgstr ""
-"SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingen. Pad van bestand dat "
-"wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)"
+msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
+msgstr "SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingen. Pad van bestand dat wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
@@ -164,15 +144,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, "
-#| "ssh, nfs, cifs"
-msgid ""
-"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, "
-"sftp, nfs, cifs"
-msgstr ""
-"Het doel van de dump bevat het type doel: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem) "
-"ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+#| msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
+msgstr "Het doel van de dump bevat het type doel: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem) ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
@@ -213,12 +187,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means "
-"only \"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent "
-"alleen \"kernel_tekst\"."
+msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr "Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent alleen \"kernel_tekst\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
@@ -227,12 +197,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
-msgid ""
-"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 "
-"or s are allowed"
-msgstr ""
-"Optie betekent runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen de waarden "
-"1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan"
+msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
+msgstr "Optie betekent runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen de waarden 1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
@@ -374,9 +340,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
-msgstr ""
-"Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden "
-"verwijderd"
+msgstr "Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden verwijderd"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
@@ -413,8 +377,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten."
-msgstr ""
-"Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven."
+msgstr "Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
@@ -467,11 +430,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810
-msgid ""
-"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
-msgstr ""
-"Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" "
-"bevatten."
+msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
+msgstr "Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" bevatten."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830
@@ -642,7 +602,7 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "SSH"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SSH"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224
msgid "SFTP"
@@ -791,13 +751,11 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n"
-" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/"
-"removed. \n"
+" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n"
" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kdump activeren/deactiveren</b><br>\n"
-" Kdump activeren of deactiveren. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter is "
-"toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n"
+" Kdump activeren of deactiveren. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter is toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n"
" Om de wijzigingen toe te passen, dient u te herstarten.<br></p>\n"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
@@ -814,21 +772,10 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n"
-" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take "
-"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-"
-"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which "
-"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the "
-"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has "
-"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
+" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Door-firmware-geassisteerde-dump</b><br>\n"
-" Dumps worden niet gegenereerd voordat de partitie opnieuw is "
-"geïnitialiseerd maar vinden plaats wanneer de partitie opnieuw is opgestart. "
-"Bij uitvoeren van een door firmware geassisteerde dump wordt systeemgeheugen "
-"bevroren en de partitie opnieuw gestart, die een nieuw exemplaar van het "
-"bestandssysteem maakt om gegevens te dumpen van de vorige kernel-crash. Deze "
-"functie is alleen geschikt wanneer het systeem meer dan 1.5 GB geheugen "
-"heeft.</p>"
+" Dumps worden niet gegenereerd voordat de partitie opnieuw is geïnitialiseerd maar vinden plaats wanneer de partitie opnieuw is opgestart. Bij uitvoeren van een door firmware geassisteerde dump wordt systeemgeheugen bevroren en de partitie opnieuw gestart, die een nieuw exemplaar van het bestandssysteem maakt om gegevens te dumpen van de vorige kernel-crash. Deze functie is alleen geschikt wanneer het systeem meer dan 1.5 GB geheugen heeft.</p>"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57
@@ -849,47 +796,37 @@
"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n"
" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n"
-" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip."
-"<br>\n"
-" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster."
-"<br>\n"
+" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Dump-format</b><br>\n"
" <i>Geen dump</i> - alleen de kernel-log opslaan.<br>\n"
" <i>ELF-format</i> - maak een dumpbestand in het ELF-format.<br>\n"
-" <i>Gecomprimeerd format</i> - comprimeer dumpgegevens voor elke pagina "
-"met gzip.<br>\n"
-" <i>LZO gecomprimeerd format</i> - enigszins grotere bestanden maar veel "
-"sneller.<br>\n"
+" <i>Gecomprimeerd format</i> - comprimeer dumpgegevens voor elke pagina met gzip.<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO gecomprimeerd format</i> - enigszins grotere bestanden maar veel sneller.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
-" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving "
-"dumps.<br></p>"
+" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Opslagdoel voor Kdump-image</b><br>\n"
-" Het doel voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. Selecteer het type doel voor "
-"het opslaan van dumps.<br></p>"
+" Het doel voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. Selecteer het type doel voor het opslaan van dumps.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
" <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
-" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing "
-"<i>Browse</i>\n"
+" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Lokaal bestandssysteem</b> - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale "
-"bestandssysteem.\n"
-" <i>Map voor opslaan van dumps</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-"
-"images.\n"
-" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te "
-"klikken op <i>Bladeren</i>\n"
+"<p><b>Lokaal bestandssysteem</b> - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale bestandssysteem.\n"
+" <i>Map voor opslaan van dumps</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n"
+" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te klikken op <i>Bladeren</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
@@ -900,17 +837,14 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n"
-" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection."
-"<br></p>"
+" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Kdump-image via FTP opslaan.\n"
" <i>Servernaam</i> - de naam van de FTP-server.\n"
" <i>Poort</i> - het poortnummer voor de verbinding.\n"
" <i>Map op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n"
-" <i>Anonieme FTP activeren</i> - activeert anonieme verbinding met de "
-"server.\n"
-"....<i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor FTP-verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor FTP-"
-"verbinding.<br></p>"
+" <i>Anonieme FTP activeren</i> - activeert anonieme verbinding met de server.\n"
+"....<i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor FTP-verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor FTP-verbinding.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
@@ -978,8 +912,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - sla Kdump-image op via NFS.\n"
" <i>Servernaam</i> - de naam van de NFS-server.\n"
-" <i>Map op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images."
-"<br></p>"
+" <i>Map op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
@@ -995,10 +928,8 @@
" <i>Servernaam</i> - de naam van de server.\n"
" <i>Geëxporteerde share</i> - de naam van de Windows-share.\n"
" <i>Map op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n"
-" <i>Authenticatie gebruiken</i> - activeert geauthenticeerde verbinding "
-"met de server.\n"
-" <i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor verbinding."
-"<br></p>"
+" <i>Authenticatie gebruiken</i> - activeert geauthenticeerde verbinding met de server.\n"
+" <i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor verbinding.<br></p>"
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
@@ -1007,8 +938,7 @@
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aangepaste Kdump-kernel</b> de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel "
-"invoeren.\n"
+"<p><b>Aangepaste Kdump-kernel</b> de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel invoeren.\n"
" Het naamschema is: <i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]</i>\n"
" De gebruiker voert alleen <i>kernel_tekst</i> in.<br></p>"
@@ -1042,16 +972,14 @@
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activeren</b> - \n"
-" Activeer het onmiddellijk herstarten nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de "
-"kdump.<br></p>"
+" Activeer het onmiddellijk herstarten nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de kdump.<br></p>"
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
-" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed."
-"<br></p>"
+" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Verwijderen van oude dump-images activeren</b> - \n"
" Activeer het verwijderen van oude dump-images. Als het \n"
@@ -1075,69 +1003,50 @@
#. SMTP Server
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SMTP-server</b> voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een "
-"dump.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SMTP-server</b> voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een dump.</p>"
#. SMTP User Name
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
-" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, "
-"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
+" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Gebruikersnaam</b> voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n"
-" <i>SMTP-server</i> is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt "
-"normaal SMTP gebruikt.</p>\n"
+" <i>SMTP-server</i> is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.</p>\n"
#. SMTP Password
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. "
-"This\n"
-" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP "
-"will be used.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
+" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Wachtwoord</b> voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n"
" <i>SMTP-server</i> is ingesteld.\n"
-" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP "
-"gebruikt.</p>\n"
+" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.</p>\n"
#. Notification To (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification "
-"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Melding naar</b> Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per "
-"e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Melding naar</b> Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.</p>\n"
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses "
-"to\n"
-" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
+" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Melding-CC</b> Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-"
-"mailadressen\n"
-" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump "
-"is opgeslagen.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Melding-CC</b> Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-mailadressen\n"
+" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump is opgeslagen.</p>\n"
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the "
-"number of dump files \n"
+"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aantal oude dumps</b> specificeert hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. "
-"Als het aantal \n"
-"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd.</"
-"p>"
+"<p><b>Aantal oude dumps</b> specificeert hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. Als het aantal \n"
+"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd.</p>"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
@@ -1155,8 +1064,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
@@ -1199,8 +1107,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een Kdump toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer een kdump uit de lijst met gedetecteerde kdumps.\n"
-"Wanneer uw kdump niet automatisch gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige "
-"(niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
+"Wanneer uw kdump niet automatisch gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
"Klik daarna op <b>Instellen</b>.\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -1243,8 +1150,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen kdump.\n"
-"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</"
-"P>\n"
+"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>\n"
#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target
#.
@@ -1467,9 +1373,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
-msgid ""
-"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but "
-"only %{available} are available."
+msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
@@ -1496,10 +1400,8 @@
#~ " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Dumpformaat</b><br>\n"
-#~ " <i>Gecomprimeerd formaat</i> - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina "
-#~ "voor pagina.\n"
-#~ " <i>ELF-formaat</i> - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat."
-#~ "<br></p>"
+#~ " <i>Gecomprimeerd formaat</i> - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina voor pagina.\n"
+#~ " <i>ELF-formaat</i> - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat.<br></p>"
#~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added"
#~ msgstr "Niet-ondersteunde architectuur, \"crashkernel\" is niet toegevoegd"
@@ -1512,14 +1414,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
-#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command "
-#~ "line string. \n"
+#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n"
#~ " The string will be appended if the <i>Kdump Command Line</i>\n"
#~ " is set. <br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Kdump-commandoregel-toevoeging</b>\n"
-#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven "
-#~ "waarden\n"
+#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven waarden\n"
#~ " worden toegevoegd aan de standaard-commandoregel.\n"
#~ " De tekst wordt toegevoegd als de <i>Kdump-commandoregel</i>\n"
#~ " is geactiveerd.<br></p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/languages_db.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-06 12:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -61,8 +61,7 @@
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Wijzig de attribuutwaarden met van het sjabloon met <b>Bewerken</b>.\n"
-"Het veranderen van de waarde <b>cn</b> zal het sjabloon een andere naam "
-"geven.</p>\n"
+"Het veranderen van de waarde <b>cn</b> zal het sjabloon een andere naam geven.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/ui.rb:176
@@ -145,10 +144,8 @@
"create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n"
"using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Elke configuratieset wordt een \"configuratiemodule\" genoemd. Als er "
-"zich\n"
-"geen configuratiemodule bevindt op de opgegeven locatie "
-"(basisconfiguratie),\n"
+"<p>Elke configuratieset wordt een \"configuratiemodule\" genoemd. Als er zich\n"
+"geen configuratiemodule bevindt op de opgegeven locatie (basisconfiguratie),\n"
" maakt u er een met de optie <b>Nieuw</b>. Verwijder de huidige module\n"
" met <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -156,13 +153,11 @@
#: src/ui.rb:449
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value "
-"renames the\n"
+"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
"current module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Wijzig de kenmerkwaardes in de tabel met behulp van <b>Bewerken</b>.\n"
-"Sommige waardes hebben een speciale betekenis, het veranderen van de <b>cn</"
-"b> waarde\n"
+"Sommige waardes hebben een speciale betekenis, het veranderen van de <b>cn</b> waarde\n"
"bijvoorbeeld geeft de huidige module een nieuwe naam.</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4
@@ -321,129 +316,74 @@
#~ msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u uw machine instellen als een LDAP-client.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use "
-#~ "LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Gebruik LDAP</b> om uw gebruikers met behulp van een "
-#~ "OpenLDAP-server te verifiëren. NSS en PAM zullen overeenkomstig "
-#~ "geconfigureerd worden.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Gebruik LDAP</b> om uw gebruikers met behulp van een OpenLDAP-server te verifiëren. NSS en PAM zullen overeenkomstig geconfigureerd worden.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/"
-#~ "nsswitch.conf\n"
-#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP "
-#~ "entry\n"
+#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
+#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
#~ "removed.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Klik op <b>LDAP niet gebruiken</b> om de LDAP-services uit te "
-#~ "schakelen.\n"
+#~ "<p>Klik op <b>LDAP niet gebruiken</b> om de LDAP-services uit te schakelen.\n"
#~ "Wanneer u LDAP uitschakelt zal de huidige LDAP-opgave voor\n"
#~ "passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf verwijderd worden. De PAM configuratie\n"
#~ "zal worden aangepast en de LDAP-opgave zal worden verwijderd.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, "
-#~ "select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Met de optie <b>LDAP-gebruikers toestaan maar logins uitschakelen</b> "
-#~ "kunt u LDAP activeren zonder logins toe te staan.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Met de optie <b>LDAP-gebruikers toestaan maar logins uitschakelen</b> kunt u LDAP activeren zonder logins toe te staan.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the "
-#~ "system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Activeer <b>Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon</b> als u wilt dat het "
-#~ "systeem SSSD gebruikt in plaats van nss ldap.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Activeer <b>Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon</b> als u wilt dat het systeem SSSD gebruikt in plaats van nss ldap.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or "
-#~ "10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search "
-#~ "base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple "
-#~ "servers\n"
-#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve "
-#~ "the\n"
-#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the "
-#~ "server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap."
-#~ "example.com:379</tt>.\n"
+#~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
+#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
+#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Voer bij <b>Adressen</b> het adres van de LDAP-server (zoals ldap."
-#~ "voorbeeld.com of 10.20.0.2) in en de DN van de zoekbasis (<b>Basis DN</"
-#~ "b>, zoals dc=voorbeeld,dc=com). Geef meerdere servers op\n"
-#~ "door de adressen met een spatie te scheiden. Het moet mogelijk zijn om de "
-#~ "adressen\n"
-#~ " om te zetten zonder LDAP te gebruiken. U kunt de poort waarop de server "
-#~ "wordt uitgevoerd ook opgeven met de syntaxis \"server:poort\", "
-#~ "bijvoorbeeld <tt>ldap.voorbeeld.com:379</tt>.\n"
+#~ "<p>Voer bij <b>Adressen</b> het adres van de LDAP-server (zoals ldap.voorbeeld.com of 10.20.0.2) in en de DN van de zoekbasis (<b>Basis DN</b>, zoals dc=voorbeeld,dc=com). Geef meerdere servers op\n"
+#~ "door de adressen met een spatie te scheiden. Het moet mogelijk zijn om de adressen\n"
+#~ " om te zetten zonder LDAP te gebruiken. U kunt de poort waarop de server wordt uitgevoerd ook opgeven met de syntaxis \"server:poort\", bijvoorbeeld <tt>ldap.voorbeeld.com:379</tt>.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the "
-#~ "service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN "
-#~ "from server.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer de LDAP-server met behulp van <b>Zoeken</b> uit de lijst die "
-#~ "door het service locatie protocol (SLP) aangeleverd is. Met behulp van "
-#~ "<b>Fetch DN</b> kunt u de basis DN van de server lezen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer de LDAP-server met behulp van <b>Zoeken</b> uit de lijst die door het service locatie protocol (SLP) aangeleverd is. Met behulp van <b>Fetch DN</b> kunt u de basis DN van de server lezen.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/"
-#~ "SSL</b>\n"
-#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a "
-#~ "CA\n"
+#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
+#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Sommige LDAP-servers ondersteunen StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-#~ "Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u "
-#~ "<b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-#~ "om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand "
-#~ "met een\n"
+#~ "Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
+#~ "om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand met een\n"
#~ "CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van een gegeven URL.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the "
-#~ "config\n"
-#~ " options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform "
-#~ "on server certificates.\n"
-#~ " The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with "
-#~ "keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-#~ " <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</"
-#~ "b> dialog there is\n"
-#~ " the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set "
-#~ "the TLS_REQCERT\n"
-#~ " configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to "
-#~ "<i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n"
+#~ " options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n"
+#~ " The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
+#~ " <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n"
+#~ " the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n"
+#~ " configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Een TLS-sessie kan een speciale clientconfiguratie nodig hebben. Eén "
-#~ "van de configuratie-opties is TLS_REQCERT die specificeert "
-#~ "welke controles uitgevoerd moeten worden op servercertificaten.\n"
-#~ " De waarde is het <b>niveau</b> dat gespecificeerd kan worden "
-#~ "met sleutelwoorden <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-#~ " <i>try</i> en <i>demand</i>. In de dialoog <b>SSL/TLS-"
-#~ "configuratie</b> is er\n"
-#~ " de optie <b>Servercertificaat</b> die de configuratie-optie "
-#~ "TLS_REQCERT\n"
-#~ " op <i>demand</i> instelt als het is ingeschakeld of <i>allow</"
-#~ "i> als het is uitgeschakeld.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Een TLS-sessie kan een speciale clientconfiguratie nodig hebben. Eén van de configuratie-opties is TLS_REQCERT die specificeert welke controles uitgevoerd moeten worden op servercertificaten.\n"
+#~ " De waarde is het <b>niveau</b> dat gespecificeerd kan worden met sleutelwoorden <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
+#~ " <i>try</i> en <i>demand</i>. In de dialoog <b>SSL/TLS-configuratie</b> is er\n"
+#~ " de optie <b>Servercertificaat</b> die de configuratie-optie TLS_REQCERT\n"
+#~ " op <i>demand</i> instelt als het is ingeschakeld of <i>allow</i> als het is uitgeschakeld.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS "
-#~ "URLs.\n"
-#~ " LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. "
-#~ "They have a syntax\n"
-#~ " similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the "
-#~ "default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
+#~ "<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n"
+#~ " LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n"
+#~ " similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
#~ " is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Naast LDAP URL's and TLS/SSL-versleuteling ondersteunt LDAP LDAPS "
-#~ "URL's.\n"
-#~ " LDAPS URL's gebruikt SSL-verbindingen in plaats van gewone "
-#~ "verbindingen. Ze hebben een syntaxis\n"
-#~ " overeenkomend met LDAP URL's behalve dat de schema's "
-#~ "verschillend zijn en de standaard poort voor LDAPS URL's\n"
+#~ "<p>Naast LDAP URL's and TLS/SSL-versleuteling ondersteunt LDAP LDAPS URL's.\n"
+#~ " LDAPS URL's gebruikt SSL-verbindingen in plaats van gewone verbindingen. Ze hebben een syntaxis\n"
+#~ " overeenkomend met LDAP URL's behalve dat de schema's verschillend zijn en de standaard poort voor LDAPS URL's\n"
#~ " is 636 in plaats van 389.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -458,22 +398,15 @@
#~ "<b>Configuratie voor SSL/TLS</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, "
-#~ "such\n"
-#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should "
-#~ "already\n"
-#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but "
-#~ "you\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
+#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
+#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is een daemon die automatisch mappen, zoals "
-#~ "persoonlijke\n"
-#~ "mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt. De bijhorende configuratiebestanden "
-#~ "(auto.*)\n"
-#~ "dienen reeds te bestaan, lokaal of via LDAP. Indien het niet "
-#~ "geïnstalleerd is en\n"
-#~ "u het wel wilt gaan gebruiken, dan zal het automatisch geïnstalleerd "
-#~ "worden.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is een daemon die automatisch mappen, zoals persoonlijke\n"
+#~ "mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt. De bijhorende configuratiebestanden (auto.*)\n"
+#~ "dienen reeds te bestaan, lokaal of via LDAP. Indien het niet geïnstalleerd is en\n"
+#~ "u het wel wilt gaan gebruiken, dan zal het automatisch geïnstalleerd worden.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
#~ msgstr "Auto&mounter starten"
@@ -523,15 +456,13 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n"
#~ "Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n"
-#~ "Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old "
-#~ "configuration?"
+#~ "Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Een vorige configuratie voor LDAP-client is gedetecteerd.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "De huidige configuratie gebruikt geen SSSD maar nss_ldap.\n"
#~ "Alleen op SSSD gebaseerde configuraties worden door YaST ondersteund.\n"
-#~ "wilt u doorgaan en SSSD gebruiken of afbreken om de oude configuratie te "
-#~ "behouden?"
+#~ "wilt u doorgaan en SSSD gebruiken of afbreken om de oude configuratie te behouden?"
#~ msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
#~ msgstr "Geef een LDAP-basis-DN op."
@@ -547,8 +478,7 @@
#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Wanneer u de computer configureert als een LDAP-client,\n"
-#~ "kunt u geen gegevens ophalen met NIS. Wilt u toch LDAP gebruiken in "
-#~ "plaats van NIS?\n"
+#~ "kunt u geen gegevens ophalen met NIS. Wilt u toch LDAP gebruiken in plaats van NIS?\n"
#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
#~ msgstr "LDAP is nu ingeschakeld."
@@ -568,47 +498,34 @@
#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Als u externe aanmelding wilt inschakelen voor LDAP-gebruikers, wordt "
-#~ "sshd\n"
+#~ "Als u externe aanmelding wilt inschakelen voor LDAP-gebruikers, wordt sshd\n"
#~ " automatisch opnieuw gestart door YaST.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification "
-#~ "is disabled.\n"
+#~ "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n"
#~ "Enable certificate checks now?"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De beveiligde verbinding is ingeschakeld, maar verificatie van het server-"
-#~ "certificaat is uitgeschakeld.\n"
+#~ "De beveiligde verbinding is ingeschakeld, maar verificatie van het server-certificaat is uitgeschakeld.\n"
#~ "Certificaat-controle nu inschakelen?"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Geavanceerde LDAP-clientinstellingen</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> "
-#~ "and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
-#~ "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking "
-#~ "<b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
-#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</"
-#~ "tt>.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
+#~ "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
+#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als Kerberos authenticatie moet worden gebruikt, specificeer dan de "
-#~ "<b>realm</b> en het <b>KDC-adres</b>.\n"
-#~ "Bepaal of credentials van de gebruiker lokaal lokaal gecasht moet worden "
-#~ "door <b>SSSD offline authenticatie</b> te activeren.\n"
-#~ "Voor meer informatie over instellingen van SSSD, lees de man-pagina van "
-#~ "<tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Als Kerberos authenticatie moet worden gebruikt, specificeer dan de <b>realm</b> en het <b>KDC-adres</b>.\n"
+#~ "Bepaal of credentials van de gebruiker lokaal lokaal gecasht moet worden door <b>SSSD offline authenticatie</b> te activeren.\n"
+#~ "Voor meer informatie over instellingen van SSSD, lees de man-pagina van <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute "
-#~ "of the\n"
-#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an "
-#~ "explanation of its values.</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
+#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging</b> verwijst naar het attribuut "
-#~ "pam_password\n"
-#~ "van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> voor "
-#~ "een uitleg\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging</b> verwijst naar het attribuut pam_password\n"
+#~ "van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> voor een uitleg\n"
#~ "over de bijbehorende waarden.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -619,10 +536,8 @@
#~ "De standaardwaarde voor <b>Groepslid-attribuut</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where "
-#~ "your\n"
-#~ "certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing "
-#~ "certificates\n"
+#~ "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n"
+#~ "certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n"
#~ "or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u\n"
@@ -644,52 +559,36 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,"
-#~ "dc=com) or \n"
-#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is "
-#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
+#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
+#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, "
-#~ "geeft u de \n"
+#~ "<p>Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, geeft u de \n"
#~ "<b>Beheer DN</b> op.\n"
-#~ "U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein,"
-#~ "dc=com) of\n"
-#~ "alleen de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de "
-#~ "LDAP wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein,dc=com) of\n"
+#~ "alleen de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de LDAP wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and "
-#~ "groups,\n"
-#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only "
-#~ "created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
+#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vink <b>Standaard configuratieobjecten aanmaken</b> aan om de "
-#~ "standaard configuratieobjecten voor\n"
-#~ "LDAP-gebruikers en groepen aan te maken. De objecten worden alleen "
-#~ "aangemaakt als ze nog niet bestaan.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Vink <b>Standaard configuratieobjecten aanmaken</b> aan om de standaard configuratieobjecten voor\n"
+#~ "LDAP-gebruikers en groepen aan te maken. De objecten worden alleen aangemaakt als ze nog niet bestaan.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected "
-#~ "yet or\n"
+#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klik op <b>Instellen</b> om de, op de LDAP-server opgeslagen,\n"
-#~ "instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u "
-#~ "uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n"
+#~ "instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n"
#~ "naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if "
-#~ "they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and "
-#~ "ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
+#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Geef een zoekbasis op voor specifieke mappings (gebruikers of groepen) "
-#~ "als die afwijken van de basis-DN. Deze waarden zijn\n"
-#~ "ingesteld op de attributen ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base "
-#~ "en ldap_autofs_search_base in het bestand /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Geef een zoekbasis op voor specifieke mappings (gebruikers of groepen) als die afwijken van de basis-DN. Deze waarden zijn\n"
+#~ "ingesteld op de attributen ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base en ldap_autofs_search_base in het bestand /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#~ msgid "C&lient Settings"
@@ -792,19 +691,10 @@
#~ msgstr "Initialiseren..."
#~ msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Blader door de LDAP-structuur in het linker gedeelte van het "
-#~ "dialoogvenster.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Blader door de LDAP-structuur in het linker gedeelte van het dialoogvenster.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the "
-#~ "object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected "
-#~ "attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als het LDAP-object eenmaal is geselecteerd in de structuur dan toont "
-#~ "de tabel de objectdata. Gebruik <b>Bewerken</b> mo de waarde te wijzigen "
-#~ "van het geselecteerde attribuut. Gebruik <b>Opslaan</b> om uw wijzigingen "
-#~ "in LDAP op te slaan.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Als het LDAP-object eenmaal is geselecteerd in de structuur dan toont de tabel de objectdata. Gebruik <b>Bewerken</b> mo de waarde te wijzigen van het geselecteerde attribuut. Gebruik <b>Opslaan</b> om uw wijzigingen in LDAP op te slaan.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n"
@@ -853,12 +743,10 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
-#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server "
-#~ "Certificate is valid."
+#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Het opzetten van TLS-versleuteling is mislukt.\n"
-#~ "Controleer of het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en het "
-#~ "servercertificaat geldig is."
+#~ "Controleer of het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en het servercertificaat geldig is."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
@@ -929,18 +817,13 @@
#~ "De object categorie is niet gevonden.\n"
#~ msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er kan geen verbinding met de LDAP-server tot stand worden gebracht."
+#~ msgstr "Er kan geen verbinding met de LDAP-server tot stand worden gebracht."
#~ msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij een poging verbinding te maken met de "
-#~ "LDAP-server."
+#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij een poging verbinding te maken met de LDAP-server."
#~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van gegevens van de LDAP-"
-#~ "server."
+#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van gegevens van de LDAP-server."
#~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users."
#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij schrijven van LDAP-gebruikers."
@@ -949,14 +832,10 @@
#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij schrijven van LDAP-groepen."
#~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-"
-#~ "server."
+#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-server."
#~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van een schema van de LDAP-"
-#~ "server."
+#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van een schema van de LDAP-server."
#~ msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred."
#~ msgstr "Er is een onbekende LDAP-fout opgetreden."
@@ -977,8 +856,7 @@
#~ "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Het mislukken van het maken van de verbinding kan komen doordat uw\n"
-#~ "cliënt geconfigureerd is voor TLS/SSL terwijl de server dit niet "
-#~ "ondersteunt.\n"
+#~ "cliënt geconfigureerd is voor TLS/SSL terwijl de server dit niet ondersteunt.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Wilt u het verbinden zonder TLS/SSL proberen?\n"
@@ -1007,8 +885,7 @@
#~ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n"
#~ "Select another one.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er bestaat een object met de geselecteerde DN, maar dit is geen "
-#~ "sjabloonobject.\n"
+#~ "Er bestaat een object met de geselecteerde DN, maar dit is geen sjabloonobject.\n"
#~ "Selecteer een ander object.\n"
#~ msgid "Writing LDAP Configuration..."
@@ -1056,24 +933,19 @@
#~ "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n"
#~ "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n"
#~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n"
-#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name "
-#~ "(DN),\n"
+#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n"
#~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als het attribuut meerdere waarden kan hebben, voegt u nieuwe items "
-#~ "toe\n"
+#~ "<p>Als het attribuut meerdere waarden kan hebben, voegt u nieuwe items toe\n"
#~ "met <b>Waarde toevoegen</b>. Soms bevat de knop de lijst met\n"
-#~ " mogelijke waarden die kunnen worden gebruikt voor het huidige "
-#~ "attribuut.\n"
-#~ " Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een DN (Distinguished Name) "
-#~ "moet zijn,\n"
+#~ " mogelijke waarden die kunnen worden gebruikt voor het huidige attribuut.\n"
+#~ " Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een DN (Distinguished Name) moet zijn,\n"
#~ " kunt u deze met <b>Bladeren</b> kiezen uit de LDAP-structuur.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De beschrijving van het kenmerk \"%1\"<br>(alleen engelstalig):</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>De beschrijving van het kenmerk \"%1\"<br>(alleen engelstalig):</p>"
#~ msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute"
#~ msgstr "&Waarde van \"%1\" kenmerk"
@@ -1118,28 +990,22 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
-#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults "
-#~ "when\n"
+#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
#~ "the new object is created.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Hier kunt u de kenmerkwaarden van een object,\n"
-#~ "met gebruik van het huidige sjabloon, opgeven. Als een nieuw object "
-#~ "wordt\n"
+#~ "met gebruik van het huidige sjabloon, opgeven. Als een nieuw object wordt\n"
#~ "aangemaakt zullen deze waarden als de standaarden gebruikt worden.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
-#~ "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be "
-#~ "replaced\n"
-#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid"
-#~ "\"\n"
+#~ "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
+#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
#~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>U kunt van een speciale syntax gebruik maken om kenmerk waarden\n"
-#~ "van reeds bestaande kenmerken aan te maken. De expressie <i>%attr_name</"
-#~ "i> zal worden vervangen\n"
-#~ "met de waarde van het kenmerk \"attr_name\" (voorbeeld: gebruik \"/home/"
-#~ "%uid\"\n"
+#~ "van reeds bestaande kenmerken aan te maken. De expressie <i>%attr_name</i> zal worden vervangen\n"
+#~ "met de waarde van het kenmerk \"attr_name\" (voorbeeld: gebruik \"/home/%uid\"\n"
#~ "als de waarde voor \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Attribute &Name"
@@ -1152,154 +1018,58 @@
#~ msgstr "LDAP-versie 2"
#~ msgid "There was a problem with writing LDAP users."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-gebruikers een probleem opgetreden."
+#~ msgstr "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-gebruikers een probleem opgetreden."
#~ msgid "There was a problem with writing LDAP groups."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-groepen een probleem opgetreden."
+#~ msgstr "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-groepen een probleem opgetreden."
#~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-"
-#~ "server."
+#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-server."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging "
-#~ "Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password "
-#~ "policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer de tabs <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging</b>, <b>Beleid "
-#~ "voor wachtwoordveroudering</b> en <b>Beleid voor uitsluiting</b> om de "
-#~ "beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te "
-#~ "kiezen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer de tabs <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging</b>, <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordveroudering</b> en <b>Beleid voor uitsluiting</b> om de beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te kiezen.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to "
-#~ "set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords "
-#~ "may not be used.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Geef de waarde voor <b>Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in "
-#~ "geschiedenis</b> op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte "
-#~ "wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet "
-#~ "worden gebruikt.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Geef de waarde voor <b>Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in geschiedenis</b> op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to "
-#~ "change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an "
-#~ "administrator.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen</b> "
-#~ "in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat "
-#~ "het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen</b> in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their "
-#~ "passwords.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen</b> in om gebruikers toe "
-#~ "te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen</b> in om gebruikers toe te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, "
-#~ "check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet "
-#~ "worden opgegeven, schakelt u <b>Oud wachtwoord vereist voor "
-#~ "wachtwoordwijziging</b> in.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden opgegeven, schakelt u <b>Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging</b> in.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords "
-#~ "are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not "
-#~ "be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords "
-#~ "are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the "
-#~ "user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked "
-#~ "Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the "
-#~ "password cannot be checked.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd "
-#~ "terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer <b>Geen "
-#~ "controle</b> als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. "
-#~ "Met <b>Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden "
-#~ "wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden "
-#~ "uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft "
-#~ "opgegeven. Met <b>Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren</b> "
-#~ "worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het "
-#~ "wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer <b>Geen controle</b> als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met <b>Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met <b>Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in "
-#~ "<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel bij <b>Minimale wachtwoordlengte</b> het minimale aantal tekens in "
-#~ "dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "Stel bij <b>Minimale wachtwoordlengte</b> het minimale aantal tekens in dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between "
-#~ "modifications to the password.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Met <b>Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet "
-#~ "verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Met <b>Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a "
-#~ "password expires.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Met <b>Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoe lang na de "
-#~ "wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Met <b>Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoe lang na de wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how "
-#~ "long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning "
-#~ "messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Bij <b>Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing "
-#~ "veroorzaakt</b> stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er "
-#~ "een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de "
-#~ "verificatie.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt</b> stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de verificatie.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to "
-#~ "authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Bij <b>Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord</b> stelt u het "
-#~ "aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor "
-#~ "verificatie.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord</b> stelt u het aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after "
-#~ "a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen</b> in om het gebruik "
-#~ "van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende "
-#~ "mislukte verbindingspogingen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen</b> in om het gebruik van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the "
-#~ "password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the "
-#~ "Password</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Bij <b>Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u "
-#~ "het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het "
-#~ "wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</"
-#~ "b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Bij <b>Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u in hoe lang het "
-#~ "wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u in hoe lang het wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password "
-#~ "failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful "
-#~ "authentication has occurred.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Met <b>Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen</b> stelt u in hoe lang het "
-#~ "duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de "
-#~ "mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft "
-#~ "plaatsgevonden.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Met <b>Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen</b> stelt u in hoe lang het duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft plaatsgevonden.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#~ msgid "&Password Change Policies"
@@ -1391,16 +1161,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/"
-#~ "SSL</b>\n"
-#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA "
-#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n"
+#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
+#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Sommige LDAP-servers ondersteunen StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-#~ "Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u "
-#~ "<b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-#~ "om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand "
-#~ "met het CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van de gegeven URL.</p>\n"
+#~ "Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
+#~ "om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand met het CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van de gegeven URL.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
@@ -1417,8 +1183,7 @@
#~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
#~ "automatically.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is een daemon dat automatisch mappen, zoals "
-#~ "persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt.\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is een daemon dat automatisch mappen, zoals persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt.\n"
#~ "De bijhorende configuratiebestanden (auto.*) dienen reeds te bestaan,\n"
#~ "lokaal of via LDAP.\n"
#~ "Indien het niet geïnstalleerd is en u het wel wilt gaan\n"
@@ -1452,76 +1217,51 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "was gekopieerd naar de map '%2'"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute "
-#~ "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the "
-#~ "meaning of its values.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging</b> verwijst naar het attribuut "
-#~ "pam_password van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man "
-#~ "pam_ldap</tt> voor de betekenis van de bijbehorende waarden.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging</b> verwijst naar het attribuut pam_password van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> voor de betekenis van de bijbehorende waarden.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify "
-#~ "where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either "
-#~ "directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file."
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u "
-#~ "specificeren waar uw certificaatbestand zich bevindt. Het is mogelijk om "
-#~ "ofwel een map met certificaten in te voeren of het expliciete pad naar "
-#~ "een certificaatbestand.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u specificeren waar uw certificaatbestand zich bevindt. Het is mogelijk om ofwel een map met certificaten in te voeren of het expliciete pad naar een certificaatbestand.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n"
#~ "an LDAP server using protocol 2 (for example, OpenLDAP v1), activate\n"
#~ "<b>LDAP Version 2</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Normaal gesproken wordt het protocol voor LDAP-versie 3 gebruikt. Als "
-#~ "u een LDAP-server hebt\n"
+#~ "<p>Normaal gesproken wordt het protocol voor LDAP-versie 3 gebruikt. Als u een LDAP-server hebt\n"
#~ "waarop protocol 2 wordt gebruikt (bijvoorbeeld OpenLDAP v1), activeert u\n"
#~ " <b>LDAP-versie 2</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the "
-#~ "LDAP\n"
+#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
#~ "server.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Eerst dient u de <b>Configuratie basis DN</b> in te stellen.\n"
-#~ "Het is de basis voor het opslaan van uw configuratie data, welke op de "
-#~ "LDAP-server\n"
+#~ "Het is de basis voor het opslaan van uw configuratie data, welke op de LDAP-server\n"
#~ "is opgeslagen.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,"
-#~ "dc=com) or just\n"
-#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is "
-#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
+#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
+#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, "
-#~ "geeft u de \n"
+#~ "<p>Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, geeft u de \n"
#~ "<b>Beheer DN</b> op.\n"
-#~ " U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein,"
-#~ "dc=com) of alleen\n"
-#~ " de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de LDAP "
-#~ "wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.</p>\n"
+#~ " U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein,dc=com) of alleen\n"
+#~ " de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de LDAP wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Persoonlijke mappen</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n"
-#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any "
-#~ "direct\n"
-#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can "
-#~ "manage\n"
+#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n"
+#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n"
#~ "user home directories.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als er op deze computer persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers zijn "
-#~ "opgeslagen\n"
+#~ "<p>Als er op deze computer persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers zijn opgeslagen\n"
#~ "kies dan de toepasselijke optie. Het wijzigen van deze waarde heeft geen\n"
#~ "directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-gebruikersmodule\n"
#~ "waarmee persoonlijke mappen kunnen worden onderhouden.</p>\n"
@@ -1531,13 +1271,10 @@
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Wachtwoordbeleid</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</"
-#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
+#~ "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
#~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met <b>Bewerken</b>. "
-#~ "Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De "
-#~ "configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n"
+#~ "<p>Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met <b>Bewerken</b>. Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n"
#~ " als het wachtwoorbeleid reeds is aangezet in de LDAP-server.</p>"
#~ msgid "&Password Map"
@@ -1587,14 +1324,11 @@
#~ "removing current ones.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De tweede tabel bevat een lijst met <b>standaard waarden</b> die voor\n"
-#~ "nieuwe objecten worden gebruikt. Modificeer de lijst door nieuwe waarden "
-#~ "toe\n"
+#~ "nieuwe objecten worden gebruikt. Modificeer de lijst door nieuwe waarden toe\n"
#~ "te voegen, of door de huidige waarden te wijzigen of te verwijderen.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Hier kunt u de configuratie, die in de LDAP-map is opgeslagen, beheren."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de configuratie, die in de LDAP-map is opgeslagen, beheren.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You currently have configuration modules\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-08 16:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-05 22:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:51+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -230,130 +230,83 @@
"\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not "
-"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd "
-"stopped.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></"
-"p>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Multipad-status</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tStart of stop multipathd, controleer de multipad-informatie.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start multipathd</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tKlik <b>\"Gebruik multipad\"</b> om multipathd te starten. Klik <b>"
-"\"Multipad niet gebruiken\"</b> om multipathd te stoppen.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tMultipad status-informatie kan nog steeds getoont worden als "
-"multipathd is gestopt.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlik <b>\"Gebruik multipad\"</b> om multipathd te starten. Klik <b>\"Multipad niet gebruiken\"</b> om multipathd te stoppen.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tMultipad status-informatie kan nog steeds getoont worden als multipathd is gestopt.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Configureer multipad</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tKlik op de <b>Configureer</b> tab om de multipad-configuraties te "
-"maken.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlik op de <b>Configureer</b> tab om de multipad-configuraties te maken.<br></p>\n"
#. dialog help for Configure tab
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There "
-"are four sections in the configuration file:\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, "
-"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults "
-"settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath "
-"candidates.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist "
-"settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from "
-"blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure "
-"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides "
-"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices "
-"settings.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations."
-"<br><br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tDe gehele inhoud van /etc/multipath.conf kan hier geconfigureerd "
-"worden. Er zijn vier secties in het configuratiebestand:\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>multipaden</b>, <b>standaarden</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, "
-"<b>blacklist_uitzonderingen</b>, <b>apparaten.</b><br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tDe gehele inhoud van /etc/multipath.conf kan hier geconfigureerd worden. Er zijn vier secties in het configuratiebestand:\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>multipaden</b>, <b>standaarden</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_uitzonderingen</b>, <b>apparaten.</b><br><br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>Multipaden:</b> lijst met fijnafstellingen van multipaden.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Standaarden:</b> standaard instellingen van multipad-hulpmiddelen."
-"<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Standaarden configureren\"</b> om de standaard "
-"instellingen te configureren.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> lijst met aparaatnamen die geen multipad-kandidaten "
-"zijn.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Blacklist configureren\"</b> om de instellingen "
-"voor de blacklist te configureren.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist uitzonderingen:</b> lijst met apparaatnamen uit te "
-"sluiten van de blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Blacklist-uitzonderingen configureren\"</b> om de "
-"instellingen van de blacklist-uitzonderingen te configureren.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Apparaten:</b> lijst van instellingen per opslagcontroller. Gaat "
-"boven de standaard instellingen, aangegeven door de instellingen per "
-"multipad.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Apparaten configureren\"</b> om "
-"apparaatunstellingen te configureren.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Voltooien\"</b> om de configuraties op te slaan "
-"en bij te werken.<br><br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Standaarden:</b> standaard instellingen van multipad-hulpmiddelen.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Standaarden configureren\"</b> om de standaard instellingen te configureren.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> lijst met aparaatnamen die geen multipad-kandidaten zijn.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Blacklist configureren\"</b> om de instellingen voor de blacklist te configureren.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist uitzonderingen:</b> lijst met apparaatnamen uit te sluiten van de blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Blacklist-uitzonderingen configureren\"</b> om de instellingen van de blacklist-uitzonderingen te configureren.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Apparaten:</b> lijst van instellingen per opslagcontroller. Gaat boven de standaard instellingen, aangegeven door de instellingen per multipad.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Apparaten configureren\"</b> om apparaatunstellingen te configureren.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tKlik op de knop <b>\"Voltooien\"</b> om de configuraties op te slaan en bij te werken.<br><br></p>\n"
#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath "
-"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own "
-"value as default setting.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie van standaarden</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tGlobale standaard instellingen kunnen hier geconfigureerd en gewist "
-"worden.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tElke standaard instelling hier is van invloed op alle multipad-"
-"configuraties, tenzij en overeenkomstige lokale instelling er overheen gaat."
-"<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tAls hier een standaard instelling gewist wordt, dan zal multipad zijn "
-"eigen standaard waarde als instelling gebruiken.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tGlobale standaard instellingen kunnen hier geconfigureerd en gewist worden.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tElke standaard instelling hier is van invloed op alle multipad-configuraties, tenzij en overeenkomstige lokale instelling er overheen gaat.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tAls hier een standaard instelling gewist wordt, dan zal multipad zijn eigen standaard waarde als instelling gebruiken.<br></p>\n"
#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates."
-"<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, "
-"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist."
-"<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device "
-"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are "
-"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in "
-"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Blacklist-configuratie</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden beschouwd als geen "
-"kandidaten voor multipad.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: <b>wwid</b>, "
-"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: Het wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de blacklist aan te "
-"geven.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om "
-"apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in map /dev). Algemene "
-"apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller in de "
-"blacklist aan te geven. En apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd door "
-"leverancier en productnaam.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden beschouwd als geen kandidaten voor multipad.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: Het wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de blacklist aan te geven.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in map /dev). Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller in de blacklist aan te geven. En apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd door leverancier en productnaam.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3
@@ -361,47 +314,30 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, "
-"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from "
-"blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device "
-"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are "
-"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted "
-"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Blacklist-uitzonderingen-configuratie</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden uitgesloten van de "
-"blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: <b>wwid</b>, "
-"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: Het wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de blacklist aan te "
-"geven.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om "
-"apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in map /dev). Algemene "
-"apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller uit te "
-"sluiten van de blacklist. En apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd door "
-"leverancier en productnaam.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden uitgesloten van de blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: Het wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de blacklist aan te geven.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in map /dev). Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller uit te sluiten van de blacklist. En apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd door leverancier en productnaam.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the "
-"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name."
-"<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie van apparaten</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tEen lijst met instellingen per storage-controler worden hier gegeven, "
-"zij gaan boven de standaard instellingen en worden boven de instellingen per "
-"multipad aangebracht<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tElk apparaat wordt geïdentificeerd door <b>leverancier</b> en "
-"<b>product</b>naam.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tEen lijst met instellingen per storage-controler worden hier gegeven, zij gaan boven de standaard instellingen en worden boven de instellingen per multipad aangebracht<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tElk apparaat wordt geïdentificeerd door <b>leverancier</b> en <b>product</b>naam.<br></p>\n"
#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words.
#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
@@ -460,9 +396,7 @@
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122
msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Ka de sectie voor blacklist-uitzonderingen in een multipad-configuratie niet "
-"lezen."
+msgstr "Ka de sectie voor blacklist-uitzonderingen in een multipad-configuratie niet lezen."
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132
msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -61,11 +61,8 @@
msgstr "pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:"
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
-msgid ""
-"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een "
-"corrupt systeem te krijgen."
+msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
+msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een corrupt systeem te krijgen."
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
msgid "&Continue anyway"
@@ -128,37 +125,20 @@
msgstr "Niet noodzakelijk"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid ""
-"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if "
-"recommeded by a newly installed package."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd "
-"worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket."
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
+msgstr "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
-msgid ""
-"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already "
-"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij "
-"reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de "
-"gebruiker."
+msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
+msgstr "Het is gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de gebruiker."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211
-msgid ""
-"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. "
-"updates aren't possible."
-msgstr ""
-"De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen installatiebron "
-"hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk."
+msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible."
+msgstr "De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen installatiebron hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215
-msgid ""
-"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any "
-"longer."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere "
-"afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn."
+msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer."
+msgstr "Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn."
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65
msgid "Delete"
@@ -191,12 +171,8 @@
#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB
#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178
#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> "
-"locale"
-msgstr ""
-"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor "
-"taalregio <b>%s</b>"
+msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale"
+msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor taalregio <b>%s</b>"
#. the label of the selections
#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
@@ -404,15 +380,12 @@
msgstr "Systeem nu &verifiëren"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-#| msgid "Installed Packages"
msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
msgstr "Aan&bevolen pakketten installeren"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
-#| msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
-msgstr ""
-"Aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten nu installeren"
+msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten nu installeren"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
@@ -432,10 +405,8 @@
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
-#| msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following"
-msgstr ""
-"Vanwege aanbevelingen door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten, zijn de volgende"
+msgstr "Vanwege aanbevelingen door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten, zijn de volgende"
#. part 2 of the text
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
@@ -444,14 +415,12 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
-msgstr ""
-"Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar"
+msgstr "Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar"
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
-msgstr ""
-"Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens"
+msgstr "Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens"
#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
@@ -587,8 +556,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257
msgid "<i>This information is available for installed packages only.</i>"
-msgstr ""
-"<i>Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten.</i>"
+msgstr "<i>Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten.</i>"
#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429
msgid "References:<br>"
@@ -701,98 +669,33 @@
#. part1 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to "
-"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single "
-"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or "
-"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when "
-"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package "
-"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> "
-"and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Welkom bij de pakketselectie</b></p><p>Dit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij "
-"het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten "
-"installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten "
-"voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen "
-"zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of "
-"verwijderen van iets, de oplosser doet dat voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten "
-"bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : <b>filters</b>, <b>pakkettabel</b> en <b>menu</"
-"b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Welkom bij de pakketselectie</b></p><p>Dit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of verwijderen van iets, de oplosser doet dat voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : <b>filters</b>, <b>pakkettabel</b> en <b>menu</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large "
-"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain "
-"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ "
-"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on "
-"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Filters</b> op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in "
-"een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen "
-"pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een "
-"geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook "
-"zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden "
-"in <i>Hoe filters te gebruiken</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Filters</b> op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden in <i>Hoe filters te gebruiken</i>.</p>"
#. additional help text for post installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You "
-"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the "
-"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has "
-"several columns:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Pakkettabel</b> is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een "
-"lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen "
-"(bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van "
-"de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Pakkettabel</b> is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen (bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:</p>"
#. part2 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143
-msgid ""
-"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and "
-"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available "
-"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed "
-"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op <i>Pakketstatus en "
-"symbolen</i>)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</"
-"li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde "
-"installatiebronnen)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet "
-"geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>"
+msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
+msgstr "<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op <i>Pakketstatus en symbolen</i>)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>"
#. part3 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status "
-"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete "
-"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status "
-"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu "
-"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package "
-"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het menu <b>Acties</b> direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de "
-"status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te "
-"veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra "
-"te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door "
-"direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor "
-"gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie <i>Pakketstatus en "
-"symbolen</i>).</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het menu <b>Acties</b> direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie <i>Pakketstatus en symbolen</i>).</p>"
#. part4 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package "
-"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions "
-"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful "
-"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Menu</b> biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van "
-"pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert "
-"verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van "
-"installatiebronnen. Voor meer informatie, kijk op <i>Bruikbare functies in "
-"het menu</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Menu</b> biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van installatiebronnen. Voor meer informatie, kijk op <i>Bruikbare functies in het menu</i>.</p>"
#. the headline of the help window
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165
@@ -801,31 +704,13 @@
#. part 1 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172
-msgid ""
-"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the "
-"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an "
-"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should "
-"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the "
-"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu <i>Acties</i> of "
-"met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om "
-"een extra pakket te installeren.</p><p> De status \"Taboe\" heeft de "
-"betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen "
-"betekent de status \"Geblokkeerd\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet "
-"worden behouden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu <i>Acties</i> of met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om een extra pakket te installeren.</p><p> De status \"Taboe\" heeft de betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen betekent de status \"Geblokkeerd\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet worden behouden.</p>"
#. part 2 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. "
-"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all "
-"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt <b>RET</b> of <b>SPATIE</b> gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te "
-"schakelen. Het menu <i>Acties</i> stelt u tevens in staat om de status van "
-"alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in "
-"de lijst').</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt <b>RET</b> of <b>SPATIE</b> gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te schakelen. Het menu <i>Acties</i> stelt u tevens in staat om de status van alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in de lijst').</p>"
#. part 3 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185
@@ -834,30 +719,13 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192
-msgid ""
-"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be "
-"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</"
-"p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: "
-"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---"
-"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b> + </b>: dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleeerd</p><p><b>a+ </b>: pakket "
-"wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd</p><p><b> > </b>: pakket wordt "
-"opgewaardeerd</p><p><b>a> </b>: pakket wordt automatisch opgewaardeerd</"
-"p><p><b> i </b>: pakket is geïnstalleerd</p><p><b> - </b>: pakket wordt "
-"verwijderd</p><p><b>---</b>: pakket nooit installeren (taboo)</p>"
+msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleeerd</p><p><b>a+ </b>: pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd</p><p><b> > </b>: pakket wordt opgewaardeerd</p><p><b>a> </b>: pakket wordt automatisch opgewaardeerd</p><p><b> i </b>: pakket is geïnstalleerd</p><p><b> - </b>: pakket wordt verwijderd</p><p><b>---</b>: pakket nooit installeren (taboo)</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it "
-"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</"
-"p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>-i-</b>: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder "
-"het nooit ( pakket geblokkeerd )</p><p>Statusinformatie voor patronen en "
-"talen:</p><p><b> i </b>: Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder het nooit ( pakket geblokkeerd )</p><p>Statusinformatie voor patronen en talen:</p><p><b> i </b>: Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206
@@ -866,88 +734,28 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the "
-"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties "
-"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), "
-"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the "
-"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Filter</b> stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent "
-"geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op "
-"pakketeigenschappen (installatiebron, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers"
-"\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het "
-"gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder "
-"beschreven.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Filter</b> stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op pakketeigenschappen (installatiebron, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder beschreven.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have "
-"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of "
-"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may "
-"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the "
-"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Patronen</b> beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen "
-"zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk "
-"patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou "
-"moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor "
-"installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de "
-"status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Patronen</b> beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They "
-"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific "
-"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers "
-"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a "
-"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. "
-"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific "
-"repository. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Talen</b> zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij "
-"bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke "
-"bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. <b>RPM-Groepen</b> zijn echter geen "
-"pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een "
-"bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een "
-"hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter <b>Installatiebronnen</b> laat "
-"pakketten zien uit een specifieke installatiebron.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Talen</b> zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. <b>RPM-Groepen</b> zijn echter geen pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter <b>Installatiebronnen</b> laat pakketten zien uit een specifieke installatiebron.</p>"
#. help text package search
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234
-msgid ""
-"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for "
-"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the "
-"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides "
-"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om het filter <b>Zoeken</b> te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van "
-"een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-"
-"pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te "
-"zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het "
-"bijhorende keuzevakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om het filter <b>Zoeken</b> te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het bijhorende keuzevakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose "
-"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or "
-"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter "
-"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, "
-"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>Installatiesamenvatting</b> laat de samenvatting zien van de "
-"pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn "
-"bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de "
-"gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter "
-"<b>Pakketclassificatie</b> biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn "
-"<i>Aanbevolen</i>, <i>Gesuggereerd</i>, <i>Verweest</i> of <i>Niet nodig</i>."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De <b>Installatiesamenvatting</b> laat de samenvatting zien van de pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter <b>Pakketclassificatie</b> biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn <i>Aanbevolen</i>, <i>Gesuggereerd</i>, <i>Verweest</i> of <i>Niet nodig</i>.</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248
@@ -955,143 +763,32 @@
msgstr "Bruikbare functies in het menu"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the "
-"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are "
-"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package "
-"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve "
-"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try "
-"Again'.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Afhankelijkheden:</b> Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband "
-"met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke "
-"statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij "
-"pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor "
-"het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen "
-"selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- opnieuw "
-"proberen'.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Afhankelijkheden:</b> Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- opnieuw proberen'.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260
-msgid ""
-"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle "
-"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually "
-"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry "
-"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve "
-"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic "
-"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate "
-"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into "
-"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what "
-"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te "
-"schakelen zet u <i>Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole</i> uit. U kunt "
-"handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op <i>Afhankelijkheden nu "
-"controleren</i> te drukken. Het element <i>Systeem controleren</i> zal de "
-"pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen "
-"en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische "
-"installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u <i>Testgeval voor "
-"afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren</i> gebruiken. Dit dumpt "
-"pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit "
-"is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" "
-"in Bugzilla.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te schakelen zet u <i>Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole</i> uit. U kunt handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op <i>Afhankelijkheden nu controleren</i> te drukken. Het element <i>Systeem controleren</i> zal de pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u <i>Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren</i> gebruiken. Dit dumpt pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic "
-#| "Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already "
-#| "Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already "
-#| "installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: "
-#| "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please "
-#| "note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option "
-#| "<i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). "
-#| "These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/"
-#| "yast2</tt>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency "
-"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak "
-"dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair "
-"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after "
-"checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System "
-"Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options "
-"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: <i>Automatische "
-"controle op afhankelijkheden</i> (zie boven), <i>Aanbevolen pakketten "
-"installeren</i>: indien ingeschakeld, zullen zwakke afhankelijkheden worden "
-"gehonoreerd, <i>Systeemverificatiemodus</i>: repareer afhankelijkheden van "
-"geïnstalleerde pakketten en los deze onmiddellijk op. Opmerking: na "
-"controle van het systeem met <i>Systeem nu verifiëren</i> is de optie "
-"<i>Systeemverificatiemodus</i> geactiveerd (indien gewenst de optie "
-"deactiveren). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het instellingenbestand van "
-"YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: <i>Automatische controle op afhankelijkheden</i> (zie boven), <i>Aanbevolen pakketten installeren</i>: indien ingeschakeld, zullen zwakke afhankelijkheden worden gehonoreerd, <i>Systeemverificatiemodus</i>: repareer afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten en los deze onmiddellijk op. Opmerking: na controle van het systeem met <i>Systeem nu verifiëren</i> is de optie <i>Systeemverificatiemodus</i> geactiveerd (indien gewenst de optie deactiveren). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het instellingenbestand van YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
-msgid ""
-"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove "
-"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may "
-"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, "
-"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/"
-"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Geavanceerde opties:<br> <i>Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten</i>: "
-"verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. <i>Wijziging van leverancier "
-"toestaan</i>: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het "
-"geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen "
-"alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek "
-"<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Geavanceerde opties:<br> <i>Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten</i>: verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. <i>Wijziging van leverancier toestaan</i>: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will "
-"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: "
-"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package "
-"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and "
-"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Beeld:</b> Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond "
-"wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: "
-"pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, "
-"licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle "
-"bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.).</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Beeld:</b> Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.).</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the "
-"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository "
-"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update "
-"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch "
-"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three "
-"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package "
-"Installation</b> menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Configuratie:</b><br>Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest "
-"van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u "
-"<b>Installatiebronnebeheer</b> starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen "
-"bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van installatiebronnen "
-"(<b>Online Update Configuratie starten</b>). U kunt ook een van de drie "
-"mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het "
-"menu <b>Actie na pakketinstallatie</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Configuratie:</b><br>Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u <b>Installatiebronnebeheer</b> starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van installatiebronnen (<b>Online Update Configuratie starten</b>). U kunt ook een van de drie mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het menu <b>Actie na pakketinstallatie</b>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package "
-"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and "
-"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import "
-"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring "
-"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described "
-"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup "
-"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted "
-"partition.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Extra's:</b><br>Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. <i>Exporteer "
-"de pakketlijst naar een bestand</i> schrijft de gegevens over de "
-"geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-"
-"bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie <i>Importeer "
-"pakketlijst uit bestand</i> b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set "
-"pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het "
-"geleverde XML-bestand. <i>Toon beschikbare schijfruimte</i> laat in een "
-"extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte "
-"op de huidige aangekoppelde partities.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Extra's:</b><br>Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. <i>Exporteer de pakketlijst naar een bestand</i> schrijft de gegevens over de geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie <i>Importeer pakketlijst uit bestand</i> b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het geleverde XML-bestand. <i>Toon beschikbare schijfruimte</i> laat in een extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte op de huidige aangekoppelde partities.</p>"
#. label of a frame with search settings
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
@@ -1278,8 +975,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
-msgstr ""
-"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor "
+msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor "
#. the headline of the help popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
@@ -1289,92 +985,28 @@
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
-msgid ""
-"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</"
-"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You "
-"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain "
-"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in "
-"the feature.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Algemene informatie over patches:</p><p>De soorten patches, "
-"<b>beveiliging</b> lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten "
-"zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook <b>aanbevolen</b> patches moeten "
-"installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. "
-"Installeer patches voor <b>functies</b> als u geïnteresseerd bent in de "
-"functie.</p>"
+msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Algemene informatie over patches:</p><p>De soorten patches, <b>beveiliging</b> lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook <b>aanbevolen</b> patches moeten installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. Installeer patches voor <b>functies</b> als u geïnteresseerd bent in de functie.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
-msgid ""
-"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) "
-"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second "
-"run.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen "
-"altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een "
-"tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
-msgid ""
-"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your "
-"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your "
-"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> "
-"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You "
-"have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Betekenis van de statusvlaggen:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches die betrekking "
-"hebben op uw installatie zijn voorgeselecteerd. Ze zullen gedownload en op "
-"uw systeem geïnstalleerd worden. Wanneer u een bepaalde patch niet wilt "
-"hebben, dan kunt u deze met '-' deselecteren.</p><p><b> i </b>: Aan alle "
-"vereisten van deze patch is voldaan.</p><p><b> + </b>: U hebt deze patch "
-"geselecteerd voor installatie.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Betekenis van de statusvlaggen:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches die betrekking hebben op uw installatie zijn voorgeselecteerd. Ze zullen gedownload en op uw systeem geïnstalleerd worden. Wanneer u een bepaalde patch niet wilt hebben, dan kunt u deze met '-' deselecteren.</p><p><b> i </b>: Aan alle vereisten van deze patch is voldaan.</p><p><b> + </b>: U hebt deze patch geselecteerd voor installatie.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
-msgid ""
-"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a "
-"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all "
-"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is "
-"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is "
-"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still "
-"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with "
-"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the "
-"patches are not wanted.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Meer details over de status:<br>Als er verschillende patches voor een "
-"pakket zijn (of een set pakketten), die nog niet toegepast zijn in het "
-"system, zijn ze allemaal voorgeselecteerd en hebben de status <b>a+</b>. Als "
-"een van de patches is gedeactiveerd met '-' kan het daarna de status <b>i</"
-"b> tonen. Dit is omdat een van de andere patches voor de(het)zelfde "
-"pakket(ten) nog steeds is geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van het/de "
-"pakket(ten) zal/zullen worden geïnstalleerd en met deze patch worden "
-"bevredigd. Deactiveren van alle patches is vereist als de patches ongewenst "
-"zijn</p>"
+msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Meer details over de status:<br>Als er verschillende patches voor een pakket zijn (of een set pakketten), die nog niet toegepast zijn in het system, zijn ze allemaal voorgeselecteerd en hebben de status <b>a+</b>. Als een van de patches is gedeactiveerd met '-' kan het daarna de status <b>i</b> tonen. Dit is omdat een van de andere patches voor de(het)zelfde pakket(ten) nog steeds is geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van het/de pakket(ten) zal/zullen worden geïnstalleerd en met deze patch worden bevredigd. Deactiveren van alle patches is vereist als de patches ongewenst zijn</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
-msgid ""
-"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e."
-"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to "
-"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a "
-"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages "
-"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the "
-"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are "
-"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system."
-"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the "
-"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De menu's:</p><p>Het menu <b>Filter</b> stelt u in staat om de patches te "
-"filteren, bijv. toon de 'Geïnstalleerden' of geef een lijst met patches voor "
-"'Beveiliging'. Het biedt ook het zoeken naar patches.<br>Gebruik het menu "
-"<b>Acties</b> om de status van een patch te wijzigingen.<br>Het menu "
-"<b>Beeld</b> biedt de mogelijkheid om te zien welke pakketten betrokken zijn "
-"bij de patch. Merk op: als het filter is 'Alle patches' dan kan de lijst met "
-"pakketten voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten "
-"betrokken zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten is geïnstalleerd op het "
-"systeem.<br>Het menu <b>Afhankelijkheden</b> bevat controles op "
-"afhankelijkheden en het item 'Testgeval voor oplosser genereren' entry.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De menu's:</p><p>Het menu <b>Filter</b> stelt u in staat om de patches te filteren, bijv. toon de 'Geïnstalleerden' of geef een lijst met patches voor 'Beveiliging'. Het biedt ook het zoeken naar patches.<br>Gebruik het menu <b>Acties</b> om de status van een patch te wijzigingen.<br>Het menu <b>Beeld</b> biedt de mogelijkheid om te zien welke pakketten betrokken zijn bij de patch. Merk op: als het filter is 'Alle patches' dan kan de lijst met pakketten voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten betrokken zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten is geïnstalleerd op het systeem.<br>Het menu <b>Afhankelijkheden</b> bevat controles op afhankelijkheden en het item 'Testgeval voor oplosser genereren' entry.</p>"
#. label for a warning popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
@@ -1414,12 +1046,8 @@
#. text for a Notify popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721
-msgid ""
-"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost."
-"<br>Really exit?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie "
-"zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert.<br>Wilt u stoppen?</p>"
+msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert.<br>Wilt u stoppen?</p>"
#. the label of language table
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
@@ -1467,21 +1095,8 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
-msgid ""
-"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated "
-"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other "
-"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any "
-"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually "
-"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Opwaardeer-probleemlijst</b><br><p>De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet "
-"automatisch worden bijgewerkt.</p><p>Mogelijke redenen:</p><p>Ze zijn "
-"vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.</p><p>Op geen enkel "
-"installatiemedium zijn voor nieuwe versies voor opwaardering beschikbaar.</"
-"p><p>Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partij</p><p>Bepaal "
-"handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
+msgstr "<b>Opwaardeer-probleemlijst</b><br><p>De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet automatisch worden bijgewerkt.</p><p>Mogelijke redenen:</p><p>Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.</p><p>Op geen enkel installatiemedium zijn voor nieuwe versies voor opwaardering beschikbaar.</p><p>Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partij</p><p>Bepaal handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen.</p>"
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
@@ -1507,29 +1122,14 @@
msgid "Script"
msgstr "Script"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if "
-#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by "
-#~ "already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for "
-#~ "Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be "
-#~ "set."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd "
-#~ "worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om "
-#~ "pakketten aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie "
-#~ "<b>Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten</"
-#~ "b> uit het menu <b>Afhankelijkheden</b> worden geactiveerd."
+#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
+#~ msgstr "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om pakketten aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie <b>Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten</b> uit het menu <b>Afhankelijkheden</b> worden geactiveerd."
#~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----"
#~ msgstr "----- deze patch is defect!!! -----"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" "
-#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De soort \"aanbevolen\" betekent dat u de patch zou moeten "
-#~ "installeren. \"beveiliging\" is een beveiligingspatch waarvan het zeer "
-#~ "aan te bevelen is om het te installeren.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>De soort \"aanbevolen\" betekent dat u de patch zou moeten installeren. \"beveiliging\" is een beveiligingspatch waarvan het zeer aan te bevelen is om het te installeren.</p>"
#~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web"
#~ msgstr "Zoek pakketten op het &web "
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-28 02:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -135,23 +135,18 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
-"attacks.\n"
-"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via "
-"dedicated\n"
+"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
+"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall en SSH</big></b><br />\n"
-"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor "
-"aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n"
-"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt "
-"met een daarvoor specifieke\n"
+"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n"
+"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt met een daarvoor specifieke\n"
"SSH-client</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled "
-"after\n"
+"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hier kunt u kiezen of de firewall zal worden in- of uitgeschakeld na\n"
@@ -159,16 +154,12 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
-"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for "
-"SSH\n"
-"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH "
-"service (i.e. it\n"
+"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
+"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
"will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te "
-"zetten of niet\n"
-"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-"
-"service inschakelen (dwz. het\n"
+"<p>Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te zetten of niet\n"
+"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-service inschakelen (dwz. het\n"
"wordt ingeschakeld bij opstarten van de computer).</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -382,11 +373,8 @@
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
-msgid ""
-"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest "
-"kan niet worden uitgevoerd."
+msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
+msgstr "Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest kan niet worden uitgevoerd."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
@@ -395,20 +383,15 @@
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
"\n"
-"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any "
-"steps\n"
-"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network "
-"configuration,\n"
+"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
+"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n"
"click 'Cancel'.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van "
-"de server.\n"
+"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van de server.\n"
"Dit hoeft niet te betekenen dat het netwerk onjuist is ingesteld.\n"
"\n"
-"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om "
-"de andere\n"
-"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te "
-"gaan\n"
+"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om de andere\n"
+"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te gaan\n"
"naar uw netwerconfiguratie.\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
@@ -595,8 +578,7 @@
#. Commandline command help
#: src/clients/remote.rb:85
msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
-msgstr ""
-"Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden."
+msgstr "Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden."
#. Command line output Headline
#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
@@ -639,8 +621,7 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:71
msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination"
-msgstr ""
-"Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming"
+msgstr "Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#: src/clients/routing.rb:79
@@ -779,8 +760,7 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
-msgstr ""
-"Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn."
+msgstr "Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
@@ -791,12 +771,8 @@
msgstr "Het IP-adres van de bestemming moet gespecificeerd worden."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
-msgid ""
-"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) "
-"must be specified"
-msgstr ""
-"Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, "
-"opties) moet worden gespecificeerd"
+msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
+msgstr "Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, opties) moet worden gespecificeerd"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
@@ -1265,9 +1241,7 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien "
-"nodig. </p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien nodig. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
@@ -1433,8 +1407,7 @@
#. tab set but not for one tab
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
@@ -1470,21 +1443,15 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with "
-"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
-" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On "
-"Cable Connection</b>\n"
-" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have "
-"to\n"
+"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
+" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
+" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>PRIORITEIT VAN IFPLUGD</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> en "
-"met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n"
-" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces "
-"<b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> heeft\n"
-" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. "
-"Daarom moeten we hebben om\n"
+"<p> Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> en met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n"
+" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> heeft\n"
+" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. Daarom moeten we hebben om\n"
" de prioriteit van elk interface in te stellen.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
@@ -1514,8 +1481,7 @@
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69
msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
-msgstr ""
-"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten"
+msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten"
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76
@@ -1684,12 +1650,8 @@
msgstr "Gebruik optie \"id\" om het apparaat te bepalen."
#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of "
-"\"id\"."
-msgstr ""
-"De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de "
-"maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren."
+msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
+msgstr "De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren."
#. Handler for action "add"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
@@ -1796,10 +1758,8 @@
"Het apparaat heeft firmware nodig om correct te functioneren. Firmware kan\n"
"doorgaans worden gedownload van de webpagina van de leverancier van het\n"
"stuurprogramma.\n"
-"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op "
-"<b>Doorgaan</b>\n"
-"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op <b>Annuleren</b> en keert "
-"u\n"
+"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op <b>Doorgaan</b>\n"
+"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op <b>Annuleren</b> en keert u\n"
"terug naar dit dialoogvenster nadat u de firmware hebt geïnstalleerd.\n"
#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-(
@@ -1811,12 +1771,8 @@
msgstr "De firmware wordt geïnstalleerd"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script "
-"needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
-msgstr ""
-"Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het "
-"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?"
+msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
+msgstr "Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
@@ -1840,9 +1796,7 @@
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
-msgstr ""
-"Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt "
-"verwijderen?"
+msgstr "Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt verwijderen?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
@@ -1898,76 +1852,57 @@
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Type apparaat</b>. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, "
-"selecteer \n"
+"<p><b>Type apparaat</b>. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, selecteer \n"
"er een naar behoefte.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
-"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name "
-"(for\n"
+"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die "
-"toestaan\n"
+"<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n"
"een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n"
"(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify "
-"now configured NIC. \n"
-"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will "
-"start blinking for selected time.\n"
+"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
+"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen</b> staat u toe om de nu "
-"geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n"
-"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik <b>Knipperen</b> en LED's op uw NIC zullen "
-"knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n"
+"<p><b>Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen</b> staat u toe om de nu geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n"
+"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik <b>Knipperen</b> en LED's op uw NIC zullen knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n"
"</p>"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
-"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if "
-"there is more than one driver available for\n"
-"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the "
-"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
+"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
+"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kernel-module</b>. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-"
-"naam, \n"
-"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u "
-"zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n"
-"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar "
-"gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Kernel-module</b>. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-naam, \n"
+"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n"
+"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.</p>\n"
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
-"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, "
-"for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
-"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while "
-"saving.</p>\n"
+"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
+"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> Bovendien mag u <b>Opties</b> specificeren voor de kernel-module.\n"
"Zij dienen geschreven te worden in het formaat: <i>optie</i>=<i>waarde</i>.\n"
"De items moeten gescheiden zijn door middel van spaties,\n"
"bijv: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Opmerking:</b> wanneer er twee kaarten met\n"
-"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het "
-"opslaan\n"
+"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het opslaan\n"
"samengevoegd worden.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool "
-"with these options.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u opties specificeert in <b>Ethtool-opties</b>, dan zal ifup ethtool "
-"aanroepen met deze opties.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Als u opties specificeert in <b>Ethtool-opties</b>, dan zal ifup ethtool aanroepen met deze opties.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
@@ -1986,8 +1921,7 @@
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hier kunt u uw netwerkapparaat instellen. De instellingen zullen in\n"
-"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> of in <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> worden opgeslagen.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> of in <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> worden opgeslagen.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
@@ -1995,8 +1929,7 @@
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat "
-"is gespecificeerd\n"
+"<p>De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat is gespecificeerd\n"
"in de handleiding <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>"
#. CheckBox label
@@ -2062,8 +1995,7 @@
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer de netwerkkaart die u wilt gaan instellen a.u.b.. U kunt naar\n"
-"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het "
-"zoekveld.</p>"
+"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het zoekveld.</p>"
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
@@ -2156,41 +2088,24 @@
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de <b>poortnaam</b> op.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de <b>poortnaam</b> op.</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by "
-"spaces).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef de eventuele extra <b>opties</b> voor deze interface op (gescheiden "
-"door spaties).</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Geef de eventuele extra <b>opties</b> voor deze interface op (gescheiden door spaties).</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be "
-"enabled for this interface.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>IPA Takeover activeren</b> als de IP adres takeover voor "
-"deze interface geactiveerd moet worden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>IPA Takeover activeren</b> als de IP adres takeover voor deze interface geactiveerd moet worden.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured "
-"with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen</b> asl dit apparaat layer "
-"2 ondersteund.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen</b> asl dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteund.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured "
-"with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voer het <b>Layer 2 MAC adres</b> in als dit apparaat layer 2 "
-"ondersteuning ondersteund.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Voer het <b>Layer 2 MAC adres</b> in als dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteuning ondersteund.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
@@ -2292,8 +2207,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> te klikken."
-"</p>\n"
+"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
@@ -2365,8 +2279,7 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>Netwerkkaart toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen."
-"</P>\n"
+"Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen.</P>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
msgid ""
@@ -2385,24 +2298,19 @@
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n"
"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n"
-"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the "
-"response \n"
+"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n"
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6-protocol-instellingen</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Activeer <b>IPv6 activeren</b> om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te "
-"schakelen.\n"
+"<p>Activeer <b>IPv6 activeren</b> om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te schakelen.\n"
"U kunt IPv6 samen met IPv4 gebruiken. Dit is de standaard optie.\n"
-"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de "
-"kernelmodule\n"
-"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk "
-"wordt\n"
+"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de kernelmodule\n"
+"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk wordt\n"
"gebruikt kan de responstijd sneller zijn.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart.</p>"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92
@@ -2424,14 +2332,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed."
-"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n"
"gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n"
"het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n"
-"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</"
-"p>\n"
+"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
@@ -2439,8 +2345,7 @@
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>IPv4-forwarding</b> inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe "
-"netwerken\n"
+"<p><b>IPv4-forwarding</b> inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe netwerken\n"
"naar interne) als dit systeem een router is.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
@@ -2457,26 +2362,20 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone "
-"is not enough. \n"
+"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van "
-"IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n"
+"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n"
"U zou masquerading en/of minstens een redirect regel in de configuratie van\n"
-"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor "
-"gebruiken.</p>\n"
+"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor gebruiken.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
-"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the "
-"DHCP client.\n"
-"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical "
-"desktop. \n"
-"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that "
-"assign \n"
+"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
+"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n"
+"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n"
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Wanneer u DHCP gebruikt om een IP-adres te krijgen, geef dan op of u ook\n"
@@ -2484,29 +2383,21 @@
"zien via het commando <i>hostname</i>) zal automatisch door de DHCP-cliënt\n"
"worden ingesteld.\n"
"Het veranderen van de hostnaam tijdens het gebruik van de computer kan uw\n"
-"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u "
-"verbinding\n"
-"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam "
-"toewijzen.</p>"
+"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u verbinding\n"
+"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam toewijzen.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
-"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is "
-"a \n"
-"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, "
-"even \n"
-"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, "
-"especially \n"
+"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
+"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n"
+"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n"
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP</b> associeert uw hostnaam "
-"met \n"
-"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is "
-"een \n"
+"<p><b>Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP</b> associeert uw hostnaam met \n"
+"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is een \n"
"bruikbare optie als u wilt dat de hostnaam altijd oplosbaar is, zelfs \n"
-"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, "
-"speciaal \n"
+"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, speciaal \n"
"als deze computer enige netwerkservices levert.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137
@@ -2514,8 +2405,7 @@
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van "
-"hostnamen.\n"
+"<p>Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van hostnamen.\n"
"Gebruikelijk kunnen deze door middel van DHCP worden verkregen.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
@@ -2534,8 +2424,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
-"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search "
-"domains\n"
+"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n"
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Een zoekdomein is de domeinnaam waar het zoeken naar hostnamen\n"
@@ -2545,41 +2434,29 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the "
-"DNS domain\n"
-"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially "
-"important if this \n"
-"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using "
-"the <i>hostname</i> \n"
+"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
+"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
+"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n"
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. <i>mijnmachine</i>) en het DNS-"
-"domein\n"
-"(b.v. <i>voorbeeld.nl</i>) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal "
-"belangrijk als deze \n"
-"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met "
-"het <i>hostname</i> \n"
+"<p>Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. <i>mijnmachine</i>) en het DNS-domein\n"
+"(b.v. <i>voorbeeld.nl</i>) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal belangrijk als deze \n"
+"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met het <i>hostname</i> \n"
"commando.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
-"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is "
-"handled\n"
+"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
"by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n"
"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n"
-"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for "
-"most\n"
+"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n"
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de "
-"inhoud van het\n"
-"bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit "
-"gedaan door\n"
-"het script <i>netconfig</i> dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt "
-"met dynamische\n"
-"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de "
-"optie <b>Gebruik\n"
+"<p>Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de inhoud van het\n"
+"bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit gedaan door\n"
+"het script <i>netconfig</i> dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt met dynamische\n"
+"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de optie <b>Gebruik\n"
"standaard beleid</b> is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169
@@ -2593,18 +2470,13 @@
"Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n"
"policy.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Door de optie <b>Alleen handmatig</b> te kiezen, zal <i>netconfig</i> "
-"niet\n"
+"<p>Door de optie <b>Alleen handmatig</b> te kiezen, zal <i>netconfig</i> niet\n"
"langer worden toegestaan het bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i> te wijzigen. U\n"
-"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie <b>Gebruik "
-"aangepast\n"
-"beleid</b> kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die "
-"bestaat\n"
-"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, "
-"met\n"
+"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie <b>Gebruik aangepast\n"
+"beleid</b> kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die bestaat\n"
+"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met\n"
"STATIC en STATIC_FALLBACK als voorgedefinieerde speciale waarden. Voor meer\n"
-"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina <i>netconfig</i>. Opmerking: het veld "
-"leeg\n"
+"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina <i>netconfig</i>. Opmerking: het veld leeg\n"
"laten is hetzelfde als <b>Alleen handmatig</b> beleid.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
@@ -2612,22 +2484,16 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address "
-"to this device.\n"
+"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adres instellen</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Geen adres instellen</b> als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-"
-"adres wilt verbinden.\n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Geen adres instellen</b> als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-adres wilt verbinden.\n"
"Dit is vooral bruikbaar voor bonding-ethernetapparaten.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS."
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeer <b>iBFT</b> als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw "
-"BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Activeer <b>iBFT</b> als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw BIOS.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
@@ -2646,18 +2512,15 @@
"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Een van de methoden voor dynamisch toewijzen van adressen kiezen.\n"
-"Selecteer <b>DHCP</b> als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt "
-"draaien.\n"
+"Selecteer <b>DHCP</b> als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt draaien.\n"
"Netwerkadressen worden dan automatisch verkregen van de server.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
-"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + "
-"Zeroconf\n"
-"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
+"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Om automatisch te zoeken naar een IP-adres en deze statisch toe te\n"
"wijzen, selecteer <b>Zeroconf</b>. Om DHCP te gebruiken met zeroconf als\n"
@@ -2667,8 +2530,7 @@
#. Address dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for "
-"your computer, and the \n"
+"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"for your peer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2679,19 +2541,13 @@
#. Address dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
-"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your "
-"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
-"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix "
-"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
-"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written "
-"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
+"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
+"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voor <b>Statisch adres instellen</b>, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: "
-"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n"
-"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van "
-"het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n"
-"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal "
-"worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Voor <b>Statisch adres instellen</b>, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n"
+"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n"
+"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
@@ -2730,12 +2586,8 @@
"firewall woren uitgeschakeld.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports "
-"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vereiste interface</b> geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding "
-"geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Vereiste interface</b> geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid ""
@@ -2743,8 +2595,7 @@
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
"transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n"
"set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n"
-"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the "
-"recommended\n"
+"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n"
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Maximale overdrachtseenheid</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2758,12 +2609,10 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
-"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No "
-"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
+"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer de slave-apparaten voor het bond-apparaat.\n"
-"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op <b>Nooit</"
-"b> en met <b>Geen ingesteld netwerkadres</b> zijn beschikbaar.</p>"
+"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op <b>Nooit</b> en met <b>Geen ingesteld netwerkadres</b> zijn beschikbaar.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255
@@ -2774,35 +2623,27 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
-"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for "
-"each\n"
+"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
"DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n"
"identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n"
"network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>DHCP cliënt identificatie label</b>, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt "
-"standaard\n"
-"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP "
-"cliënt op\n"
-"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier "
-"een vrij in\n"
-"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines "
-"heeft die van hetzelfde\n"
+"<p>De <b>DHCP cliënt identificatie label</b>, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt standaard\n"
+"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP cliënt op\n"
+"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier een vrij in\n"
+"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines heeft die van hetzelfde\n"
"netwerk interface gebruik maken en dus hetzelfde hardware adres hebben.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
-"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP "
-"server. Some \n"
+"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
-"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</"
-"b>\n"
-"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/"
-"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
+"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
+"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bij <b>Te versturen hostnaam</b> wordt een tekenreeks opgegeven\n"
@@ -2836,38 +2677,19 @@
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional "
-#| "and legacy. The total\n"
-#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) "
-#| "is\n"
-#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility "
-#| "truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and "
-"legacy. The total\n"
+"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 "
-"characters.</p>"
+"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>IPv4-adreslabel</b>, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en "
-"verouderd. De totale\n"
-" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en "
-"label) is\n"
-" beperkt tot 15 tekens. De verouderde ifconfig-utility kort "
-"het af na 9 tekens.</p>"
+"<p><b>IPv4-adreslabel</b>, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en verouderd. De totale\n"
+" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en label) is\n"
+" beperkt tot 15 tekens. De verouderde ifconfig-utility kort het af na 9 tekens.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, "
-#| "enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter "
-"<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sluit de interfacenaam niet in in het label. Bijvoorbeeld voer "
-"<b>foo</b> in in plaats van <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Sluit de interfacenaam niet in in het label. Bijvoorbeeld voer <b>foo</b> in in plaats van <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
@@ -2897,8 +2719,7 @@
"<br><b>Hexadecimaal</b>: geef rechtstreeks de hex-codes van de sleutel op.\n"
"Voor 64-bit sleutels moeten er 10 hex-digits opgeven worden, voor\n"
"128-bit sleutels 26, voor 156-bit sleutels 32 en voor 256-bit sleutels 58.\n"
-"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of "
-"groepen\n"
+"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of groepen\n"
"van elkaar te scheiden, een voorbeeld: <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n"
"</p> \n"
@@ -2919,11 +2740,9 @@
"called <i>Infrastructure Mode</i>), or <b>Master</b> (the network card\n"
"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>operating modus</b> is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De "
-"modus kan\n"
+"<p>De <b>operating modus</b> is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De modus kan\n"
"<b>Ad-hoc</b> (peer-to-peer netwerk zonder accesspoint), <b>Managed</b>\n"
-"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de "
-"<i>Infrastructuur modus</i>\n"
+"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de <i>Infrastructuur modus</i>\n"
"genoemd), of <b>Master</b> zijn (de netwerkkaart gedraagt zich\n"
"als een accespoint).</p>\n"
@@ -2932,21 +2751,17 @@
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
"wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n"
-"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> "
-"authentication mode,\n"
+"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n"
"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n"
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Stel de <b>Netwerknaam (ESSID)</b> in die gebruikt\n"
-"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde "
-"virtuele\n"
-"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde "
-"ESSID nodig om\n"
+"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde virtuele\n"
+"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde ESSID nodig om\n"
"met elkaar te kunnen communiceren. Als u de operatie modus <b>Managed</b>\n"
"kiest en de verificatie modus niet gelijk is aan <b>WPA</b>, dan kunt u dit\n"
-"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN "
-"kaart zich met\n"
+"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN kaart zich met\n"
"het access point associëren met de best mogelijke signaalsterkte.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
@@ -2962,33 +2777,26 @@
"NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n"
"potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n"
"specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n"
-"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
-"Access)\n"
+"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n"
"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n"
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In sommige netwerken dient u een <b>authenticatiemodus</b> in te "
-"stellen.\n"
+"<p>In sommige netwerken dient u een <b>authenticatiemodus</b> in te stellen.\n"
"Dit is afhankelijk van de gebruikte beveiligingstechnologie WEP of WPA.\n"
"<b>WEP</b> (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is een systeem voor het\n"
"versleutelen van draadloos netwerkverkeer met een optionele\n"
"authenticatie gebaseerd op de gebruikte versleutelcode.\n"
"In de meeste gevallen waar WEP wordt gebruikt, is de <b>WEP-Open</b>\n"
"modus (helemaal geen authenticatie) prima. Dit betekent niet dat u geen WEP\n"
-"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u <b>Geen versleuteling</"
-"b>).\n"
+"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u <b>Geen versleuteling</b>).\n"
"Sommige netwerken kunnen <b>WEP-shared key</b>-authenticatie nodig hebben.\n"
-"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële "
-"aanvaller\n"
+"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële aanvaller\n"
"gemakkelijker om in uw netwerk in te breken. Gebruik de <b>Open</b>\n"
-"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te "
-"gebruiken.\n"
-"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
-"Access)\n"
-"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle "
-"hardware\n"
+"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te gebruiken.\n"
+"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
+"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle hardware\n"
"biedt WPA-ondersteuning. Als u WPA wilt gebruiken, selecteer dan\n"
"<b>WPA-PSK</b> of <b>WPA-EAP</b> als authenticatiemodus.\n"
"Dit is alleen in de besturingsmodus <b>Managed</b> mogelijk.<p>\n"
@@ -3017,14 +2825,10 @@
"dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n"
"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared "
-"sleutel opgeven. Deze\n"
-"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden "
-"hiermee\n"
-"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, "
-"maar\n"
-"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te "
-"raden\n"
+"<p>Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared sleutel opgeven. Deze\n"
+"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden hiermee\n"
+"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, maar\n"
+"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te raden\n"
"woord als wachtwoord.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
@@ -3039,15 +2843,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
-"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for "
-"all\n"
+"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n"
"available options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Deze waarden zullen in het interface configuratie bestand\n"
-"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra "
-"instellingen nodig heeft,\n"
-"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand "
-"'wireless' voor alle\n"
+"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra instellingen nodig heeft,\n"
+"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand 'wireless' voor alle\n"
"beschikbare opties.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
@@ -3141,8 +2942,7 @@
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n"
-"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Voor TTLS en PEAP voert u uw <b>identiteit</b>\n"
"en <b>wachtwoord</b> in zoals ingesteld op de server.\n"
@@ -3169,16 +2969,13 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
-"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key "
-"pair\n"
+"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n"
"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n"
"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>TLS gebruikt een <b>clientcertificaat</b> in plaats van de combinatie "
-"van\n"
-"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/"
-"privé\n"
+"<p>TLS gebruikt een <b>clientcertificaat</b> in plaats van de combinatie van\n"
+"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/privé\n"
"sleutelpaar om de communicatie te versleutelen. Daarom heeft u tevens een\n"
"<b>clientkey</b> bestand nodig waar uw privé-sleutel in is opgeslagen en\n"
"het <b>client key wachtwoord</b> voor dat bestand.</p>\n"
@@ -3236,12 +3033,9 @@
"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n"
"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 "
-"authenticatiemethode).\n"
-"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden "
-"wilt\n"
-"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde "
-"authenticatie-\n"
+"<p>Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 authenticatiemethode).\n"
+"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden wilt\n"
+"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde authenticatie-\n"
"methoden, stel dan hier de ingebouwde authenticateimethode in.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label
@@ -3255,8 +3049,7 @@
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u PEAP gebruikt kunt u tevens het gebruik van een specifieke PEAP-\n"
-"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet "
-"noodzakelijk.</p>\n"
+"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet noodzakelijk.</p>\n"
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
@@ -3353,8 +3146,7 @@
#. Popup text
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
-msgstr ""
-"De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk."
+msgstr "De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
@@ -3370,9 +3162,7 @@
#. Error popup
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
-msgstr ""
-"De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters "
-"(inclusief)."
+msgstr "De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters (inclusief)."
#. Error popup
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
@@ -3427,13 +3217,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
-"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for "
-"access\n"
+"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n"
"points in that case.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Wanneer u uw draadloze LAN kaart in master of ad-hoc mode wilt gaan\n"
-"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken <b>Kanaal</b> "
-"instellen.\n"
+"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken <b>Kanaal</b> instellen.\n"
"Bij de managed mode is dit niet nodig -- om de accesspoints te vinden zal\n"
"de kaart bij deze mode alle kanalen namelijk gaan doorlopen.</p>\n"
@@ -3443,8 +3231,7 @@
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een "
-"transmissie\n"
+"<p>In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een transmissie\n"
"<b>Bit snelheid</b> instellen. Zo snel mogelijk is de standaard.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
@@ -3454,8 +3241,7 @@
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>In een omgeving met meerdere <b>Accesspoints</b> kunt u door het opgeven\n"
-"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen "
-"hebben.</p>"
+"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen hebben.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
@@ -3464,10 +3250,8 @@
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Energiebeheer gebruiken</b> activeert het energiebesparing "
-"mechanisme.\n"
-"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent "
-"en de\n"
+"<p><b>Energiebeheer gebruiken</b> activeert het energiebesparing mechanisme.\n"
+"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent en de\n"
"verbinding met de netspanning verbroken zou kunnen worden.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80
@@ -3528,16 +3312,14 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
-"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four "
-"keys,\n"
+"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
"although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n"
"The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n"
"one key.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>In dit venster kunt u uw WEP sleutels definieren waarmee u uw\n"
"data versleutelt voordat deze verzonden wordt. U mag maximaal vier sleutels\n"
-"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit "
-"is de\n"
+"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit is de\n"
"standaard sleutel. De andere sleutels kunnen voor het decoderen van data\n"
"gebruikt worden. Normaliter heeft u slechts één sleutel.</p>"
@@ -3597,12 +3379,10 @@
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
msgid ""
-"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in "
-"connections\n"
+"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
-"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan "
-"resulteren in\n"
+"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan resulteren in\n"
"onveilige, kwetsbare draadloze netwerken. Doorgaan zonder CA?"
#. error popup text
@@ -3687,17 +3467,14 @@
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</"
-"tt>).\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Instellingen voor beheer op afstand</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Als deze functie is ingeschakeld kunt\n"
"u het systeem vanaf een andere computer over het netwerk beheren.\n"
-"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</"
-"tt>),\n"
-"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>http://<hostnaam>:"
-"%2/</tt>).\n"
+"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</tt>),\n"
+"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>http://<hostnaam>:%2/</tt>).\n"
"Dit type beheer op afstand is minder veilig dan het gebruik van SSH.</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
@@ -3956,12 +3733,8 @@
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use "
-"it at your own risk?"
-msgstr ""
-"Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege "
-"Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?"
+msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
+msgstr "Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?"
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
@@ -4145,20 +3918,15 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n"
-"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the "
-"expression.\n"
+"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
"A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n"
"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n"
"to change the prefix.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Wanneer <b>Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer</b> is "
-"ingesteld, kunnen\n"
-"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen "
-"zodat het met\n"
-"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</"
-"tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n"
-"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie "
-"wordt het\n"
+"<p>Wanneer <b>Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer</b> is ingesteld, kunnen\n"
+"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen zodat het met\n"
+"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n"
+"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie wordt het\n"
"gebruikers niet toegestaan om het toegangsnummer aan te passen.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label,method of setup
@@ -4221,8 +3989,7 @@
"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Handmatig</b>: U kunt de interface handmatig bedienen\n"
-"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' "
-"hieronder).</p>.\n"
+"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' hieronder).</p>.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
@@ -4257,10 +4024,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Met <b>Tijdens hotpluggen</b>,\n"
"zal de interface ingesteld worden zodra deze beschikbaar komt. Dit is\n"
-"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in "
-"een\n"
-"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig "
-"is.\n"
+"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in een\n"
+"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig is.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149
@@ -4270,16 +4035,12 @@
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this "
-"startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still "
-"available.\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Gebruik maken van <b>Op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. "
-"Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
-"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt "
-"wel.\n"
+"Gebruik maken van <b>Op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
+"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt wel.\n"
"Gebruik dit als u een NFS- of iSCSI-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
@@ -4292,14 +4053,12 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> "
-"activates it during system boot, \n"
+"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Apparaatactivering</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. "
-"<b>Tijdens opstarten</b> start de interface op met het systeem.\n"
+"<p>Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. <b>Tijdens opstarten</b> start de interface op met het systeem.\n"
"<b>Nooit</b> start het apparaat niet op.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
@@ -4432,7 +4191,6 @@
#.
#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
-#| msgid "Not configured"
msgid "configured"
msgstr "geconfigureerd"
@@ -4445,12 +4203,8 @@
msgstr "Bevestig het opnieuw opstarten van het netwerk"
#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply "
-"the settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de "
-"instellingen toe te passen."
+msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
+msgstr "Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de instellingen toe te passen."
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93
@@ -4835,12 +4589,8 @@
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid ""
-"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked "
-"will be used."
-msgstr ""
-"AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet beschikbaar, "
-"Wicked zal worden gebruikt."
+msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+msgstr "AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet beschikbaar, Wicked zal worden gebruikt."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
@@ -4970,14 +4720,8 @@
msgstr "Geen hwinfo"
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
-msgid ""
-"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) "
-"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan "
-"devices). See dmesg output for details."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) "
-"niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware "
-"(voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details."
+msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
+msgstr "Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware (voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details."
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
msgid ""
@@ -5145,13 +4889,11 @@
#~ msgstr "niet ingeplugd"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this "
-#~ "startmode will never\n"
+#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Gebruik maken van <b>op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar "
-#~ "interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
+#~ "Gebruik maken van <b>op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
#~ "afgesloten via 'rcnetwork stop'. ifdown <interface> werkt wel.\n"
#~ "Gebruik dit als u een nfs- of iscsi-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n"
@@ -5162,14 +4904,11 @@
#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn "
-#~ "instellingen \n"
+#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn instellingen \n"
#~ "kunnen niet door YaST bewerkt worden.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager "
-#~ "connectiebewerker\n"
-#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele "
-#~ "methode met ifup.\n"
+#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager connectiebewerker\n"
+#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele methode met ifup.\n"
#~ msgid "Device name:"
#~ msgstr "Apparaatnaam:"
@@ -5180,19 +4919,11 @@
#~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
#~ msgstr "Beheerd door &wicked"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href="
-#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a "
-#~ "href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)"
+#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
+#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href="
-#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden "
-#~ "(<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)"
+#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)"
+#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)"
#~ msgid "General &Network Settings"
#~ msgstr "Algemene &netwerkinstellingen"
@@ -5220,8 +4951,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Alias &naam"
#~ msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk"
+#~ msgstr "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -5295,11 +5025,8 @@
#~ msgid "Bond slaves"
#~ msgstr "Bond-slaves"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b> for configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op <b>Bewerken</b> om het in "
-#~ "te stellen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b> for configuration.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op <b>Bewerken</b> om het in te stellen.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n"
@@ -5357,8 +5084,7 @@
#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a DSL device.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Een DSL apparaat toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat "
-#~ "instellen.</P>"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat instellen.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5366,8 +5092,7 @@
#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of "
-#~ "verwijderen.\n"
+#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n"
#~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid "Type"
@@ -5394,20 +5119,15 @@
#~ "<p>First, choose your <b>PPP mode</b>. This is either\n"
#~ "<i>PPP over Ethernet</i> (PPPoE), <i>PPP over ATM</i> (PPPoATM),\n"
#~ "<i>CAPI for ADSL</i> or <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> (PPTP).\n"
-#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet "
-#~ "to your computer.\n"
-#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a "
-#~ "VPN server.\n"
+#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n"
+#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n"
#~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kies eerst uw <b>PPP modus</b>. Dit is of\n"
#~ "<i>PPP over Ethernet</i> (PPPoE) of <i>PPP over ATM</i> (PPPoATM).\n"
-#~ "<i>CAPI voor ADSL</i> of <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> "
-#~ "(PPTP).\n"
-#~ "Gebruik <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw "
-#~ "computer is verbonden.\n"
-#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan "
-#~ "gebruiken.</p>"
+#~ "<i>CAPI voor ADSL</i> of <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> (PPTP).\n"
+#~ "Gebruik <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw computer is verbonden.\n"
+#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan gebruiken.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you are using <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>, first configure your\n"
@@ -5417,29 +5137,22 @@
#~ "uw ethernetkaart.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set "
-#~ "up\n"
-#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</"
-#~ "i>\n"
+#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set up\n"
+#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
#~ "connections, <b>Ethernet Card</b> is needed for <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n"
#~ "connections.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De <b>PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen</b> zijn instellingen die u "
-#~ "nodig heeft om uw\n"
-#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. <b>VPI/VCI</b> is alleen geschikt voor "
-#~ "<i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
-#~ "verbindingen, <b>Ethernetkaart</b> is nodig voor <i>PPP over Ethernet</"
-#~ "i>\n"
+#~ "<p>De <b>PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen</b> zijn instellingen die u nodig heeft om uw\n"
+#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. <b>VPI/VCI</b> is alleen geschikt voor <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
+#~ "verbindingen, <b>Ethernetkaart</b> is nodig voor <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n"
#~ "verbindingen.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, <i>0.38</i>\n"
#~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld "
-#~ "<i>0.38</i>\n"
-#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld <i>0.38</i>\n"
+#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n"
@@ -5447,8 +5160,7 @@
#~ "so by pressing <b>Configure Network Cards</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Voor PPPoE moet u het apparaat van de ethernetkaart, waarmee uw DSL\n"
-#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft "
-#~ "ingesteld, kunt u dit\n"
+#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft ingesteld, kunt u dit\n"
#~ "doen door op <b>Netwerkkaarten instellen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address.</p>"
@@ -5563,8 +5275,7 @@
#~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations.<BR></P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Overzicht ISDN-kaarten</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en "
-#~ "verbindingsinstellingen.\n"
+#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en verbindingsinstellingen.\n"
#~ "Tevens kunt u hun configuratie hier wijzigen.<BR></P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5572,8 +5283,7 @@
#~ "Press <B>Add</B> to configure an ISDN card manually.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Een ISDN-kaart toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart "
-#~ "instellen.</P>\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart instellen.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5586,12 +5296,10 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</"
-#~ "P>\n"
+#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Een ISDN-verbinding toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding "
-#~ "instellen.</P>\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding instellen.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5600,8 +5308,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "Selecteer een te wijzigen of te verwijderen ISDN-kaart of verbinding.\n"
-#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</"
-#~ "P>\n"
+#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>\n"
#~ msgid "Hardware"
#~ msgstr "Hardware"
@@ -5620,8 +5327,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Gedetailleerde ISDN-instellingen"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines "
-#~ "are\n"
+#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n"
#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>Remote telefoonnummer lijst</b> bepaalt welke remote machines\n"
@@ -5635,53 +5341,41 @@
#~ "keuzevak om toestemming te geven aan alle caller id's.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally "
-#~ "without special \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \n"
#~ "processing.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Als de <b>callback modus</b> <b>uit</b> staat worden de aanroepen \n"
#~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, "
-#~ "a callback \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
#~ "is triggered.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als de <b>callback modus</b> als <b>server</b> staat ingesteld zal na "
-#~ "een \n"
+#~ "<p>Als de <b>callback modus</b> als <b>server</b> staat ingesteld zal na een \n"
#~ "inkomende aanroep de callback modus worden uitgevoerd.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the "
-#~ "initial call then \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \n"
#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als de callback modus als <b>cliënt</b> staat ingesteld zal het lokale "
-#~ "systeem als \n"
-#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Als de callback modus als <b>cliënt</b> staat ingesteld zal het lokale systeem als \n"
+#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial "
-#~ "call and the\n"
-#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the "
-#~ "server than on\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n"
+#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n"
#~ "the client.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De <b>callback wachttijd</b> is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste "
-#~ "aanroep en de\n"
-#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de "
-#~ "server dan op\n"
+#~ "<p>De <b>callback wachttijd</b> is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste aanroep en de\n"
+#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de server dan op\n"
#~ "de cliënt.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In <b>Additional ipppd Options</b>, add extra options for ipppd,\n"
#~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Bij <b>Extra ipppd opties</b> kunt u extra opties voor ipppd "
-#~ "instellen,\n"
-#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie."
-#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Bij <b>Extra ipppd opties</b> kunt u extra opties voor ipppd instellen,\n"
+#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options"
#~ msgstr "&Extra ipppd opties"
@@ -5720,13 +5414,11 @@
#~ msgstr "Selectie van ISDN-service"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your "
-#~ "DSL\n"
+#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n"
#~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n"
#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u "
-#~ "uw DSL\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u uw DSL\n"
#~ "verbinding instellen met behulp van <b>DSL CAPI interface toevoegen</b>.\n"
#~ "U kunt dit echter ook later in het DSL configuratie dialoog doen.</p>\n"
@@ -5736,19 +5428,16 @@
#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Voor ISDN-netwerkgebruik zijn er twee type interfaces:\n"
-#~ "<b>RawIP</b> en <b>SyncPPP</b>. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP "
-#~ "gebruiken:\n"
+#~ "<b>RawIP</b> en <b>SyncPPP</b>. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP gebruiken:\n"
#~ "de standaard bij de meeste internet providers.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To switch between various Internet providers, an\n"
-#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple "
-#~ "providers to the\n"
+#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n"
#~ "same interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Om te kunnen schakelen tussen verschillende internet providers is een\n"
-#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van "
-#~ "meerdere providers\n"
+#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van meerdere providers\n"
#~ "aan dezelfde interface is voldoende.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5793,24 +5482,17 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n"
-#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected "
-#~ "directly\n"
-#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in "
-#~ "the\n"
-#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or "
-#~ "digits\n"
-#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally "
-#~ "means\n"
+#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n"
+#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n"
+#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n"
+#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n"
#~ "the default MSN is actually used.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw "
-#~ "telefoonnummer \n"
+#~ "<p>Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw telefoonnummer \n"
#~ "op (zonder kengetal) wanneer uw ISDN-kaart rechtstreeks is verbonden met\n"
#~ "de ISDN-aansluiting. Wanneer deze is verbonden met een PBX, geef dan het\n"
-#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de "
-#~ "laatste cijfer(s)\n"
-#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit "
-#~ "mislukt.\n"
+#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de laatste cijfer(s)\n"
+#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit mislukt.\n"
#~ "Normaal betekent dat dan dat de standaard MSN wordt gebruikt.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5823,10 +5505,8 @@
#~ "</tt>\n"
#~ "Note: ippp0 is an example</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' "
-#~ "aangemeld bent) met\n"
-#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en "
-#~ "stoppen:\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' aangemeld bent) met\n"
+#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en stoppen:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
#~ " <br> <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
#~ " <br> <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
@@ -5836,33 +5516,27 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Selecting <b>channel bundling</b> sets up a 128-kBit connection\n"
-#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second "
-#~ "channel,\n"
+#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n"
#~ "use the following commands:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen "
-#~ "automatically. If\n"
-#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic "
-#~ "goes down, it \n"
+#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen automatically. If\n"
+#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n"
#~ "removes a channel.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Door <b>kanalen bundelen</b> te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit "
-#~ "verbinding\n"
+#~ "<p>Door <b>kanalen bundelen</b> te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit verbinding\n"
#~ "worden gemaakt dat ook als Multilink PPP bekend staat.\n"
-#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende "
-#~ "commando's:\n"
+#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende commando's:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "U kunt ook het pakket <b>xibod</b> installeren om dit alles automatisch "
-#~ "te laten gebeuren.\n"
+#~ "U kunt ook het pakket <b>xibod</b> installeren om dit alles automatisch te laten gebeuren.\n"
#~ "Wanneer er meer bandbreedte nodig is zal het een kanaal toevoegen.\n"
#~ "Als de verkeersdrukte minder wordt zal het een kanaal verwijderen.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -5871,16 +5545,13 @@
#~ "<p>Selecting\n"
#~ "<b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall\n"
#~ "and sets this interface as external.\n"
-#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is "
-#~ "established.\n"
+#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Door\n"
#~ "<b>Externe firewall interface</b> te selecteren zal de firewall\n"
-#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat "
-#~ "ingesteld.\n"
-#~ "<b>Herstart firewall</b> zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding "
-#~ "tot stand is gebracht.\n"
+#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n"
+#~ "<b>Herstart firewall</b> zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding tot stand is gebracht.\n"
#~ "</p> "
#~ msgid "D&efault Provider"
@@ -5977,8 +5648,7 @@
#~ "particular vendors by selecting a vendor.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Selecteer de in te stellen ISDN-kaart. U kunt de kaarten \n"
-#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren.</p>"
#~ msgid "All"
#~ msgstr "Alles"
@@ -6016,13 +5686,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n"
#~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n"
-#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your "
-#~ "salesman.</p>\n"
+#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Wanneer u een oude ISA-kaart heeft kunt u de waarden voor\n"
#~ "de IO poort of het geheugenadres en de gebruikte interrupt opgeven.\n"
-#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem "
-#~ "contact op met uw leverancier.</p>\n"
+#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem contact op met uw leverancier.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Start Mode: </b> With <b>OnBoot</b>, the driver is loaded during\n"
@@ -6030,12 +5698,9 @@
#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> command. Only the user root can do this.\n"
#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Startmodus: </b>Met <b>OnBoot</b> wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens "
-#~ "de\n"
-#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met <b>Handmatig</b> moet het stuurprogramma met "
-#~ "het\n"
-#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan "
-#~ "dit doen.\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Startmodus: </b>Met <b>OnBoot</b> wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens de\n"
+#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met <b>Handmatig</b> moet het stuurprogramma met het\n"
+#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan dit doen.\n"
#~ "<b>HotPlug </b> is een speciaal geval voor PCMCIA- en USB-apparaten.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6045,11 +5710,8 @@
#~ "<p>Er zijn meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw ISDN-kaart beschikbaar.\n"
#~ "Selecteer er één uit de lijst.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>ISDN-protocol: </b>In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-"
-#~ "protocol.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>ISDN-protocol: </b>In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-protocol.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Area Code: </b> Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n"
@@ -6060,20 +5722,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Dial Prefix: </b> If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n"
-#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common "
-#~ "one is \"0\".</p>\n"
+#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Bel toegangsnummer: </b> Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft "
-#~ "om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n"
-#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus "
-#~ "gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Bel toegangsnummer: </b> Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n"
+#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN "
-#~ "Log</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Zet <b>Start ISDN Loggen</b> uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt "
-#~ "gaan loggen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN Log</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Zet <b>Start ISDN Loggen</b> uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt gaan loggen.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175
#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol"
@@ -6258,8 +5913,7 @@
#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a modem.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Modem toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen."
-#~ "</P>\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -6267,8 +5921,7 @@
#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of "
-#~ "verwijderen.\n"
+#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n"
#~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid "Modem Devices"
@@ -6281,18 +5934,13 @@
#~ msgstr "<p>Geef alle modem configuratie waarden op.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. "
-#~ "ttyS0,\n"
-#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, "
-#~ "etc.,\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n"
+#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n"
#~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Modem apparaat</b> specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is "
-#~ "aangesloten.\n"
-#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen "
-#~ "gewoonlijk met\n"
-#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB "
-#~ "poorten.</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Modem apparaat</b> specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is aangesloten.\n"
+#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen gewoonlijk met\n"
+#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB poorten.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:280
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6300,25 +5948,18 @@
#~ "Often, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P>Wanneer u op een PBX bent aangesloten moet u waarschijnlijk een\n"
-#~ "<B>Bel toegangsnummer</B> opgegeven. Vaak is dit een <I>9</I> of een "
-#~ "<I>0</I>.</P>\n"
+#~ "<B>Bel toegangsnummer</B> opgegeven. Vaak is dit een <I>9</I> of een <I>0</I>.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone\n"
-#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the "
-#~ "additional\n"
-#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for "
-#~ "your\n"
-#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the additional\n"
+#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for your\n"
+#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kies de juiste <b>Bel-mode</b> voor uw telefoonaansluiting. De meeste\n"
-#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken <I>toon bellen</I> als <B>Bel-mode</B>. "
-#~ "Selecteer\n"
-#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker "
-#~ "(<i>Luidspreker aan</l>)\n"
-#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon "
-#~ "(<i>Kiestoon detectie</l>).</p>\n"
+#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken <I>toon bellen</I> als <B>Bel-mode</B>. Selecteer\n"
+#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker (<i>Luidspreker aan</l>)\n"
+#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon (<i>Kiestoon detectie</l>).</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Press <b>Details</b> to configure the baud rate and the modem \n"
@@ -6431,12 +6072,9 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Dial on Demand</b> means that the Internet\n"
-#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet "
-#~ "is\n"
-#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. "
-#~ "Use\n"
-#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because "
-#~ "there are\n"
+#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n"
+#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. Use\n"
+#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n"
#~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Inbellen op verzoek</b> betekent dat de internetverbinding\n"
@@ -6450,8 +6088,7 @@
#~ "<p>When <b>Modify DNS</b> is enabled, the <i>name server</i> will be\n"
#~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer <b>DNS wijzigen</b> is geactiveerd, dan wordt de "
-#~ "<i>naamserver</i>\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer <b>DNS wijzigen</b> is geactiveerd, dan wordt de <i>naamserver</i>\n"
#~ "bij een gemaakte internetverbinding automatisch gewijzigd.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6459,36 +6096,28 @@
#~ "after connecting, disable <b>Automatically Retrieve DNS</b> and\n"
#~ "manually enter the DNS.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding "
-#~ "niet\n"
-#~ "doorgeeft, dient <b>Automatisch DNS opzoeken</b> uitgeschakeld te worden "
-#~ "en\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding niet\n"
+#~ "doorgeeft, dient <b>Automatisch DNS opzoeken</b> uitgeschakeld te worden en\n"
#~ "moet de DNS handmatig worden opgegeven.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name Servers</b> are required to convert hostnames\n"
-#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You "
-#~ "only\n"
+#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n"
#~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n"
#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>Naamservers</b> zijn nodig om hostnamen (bijv: www.suse.com)\n"
#~ "om te zetten in IP-adressen (bijv: 213.95.15.200). U hoeft alleen\n"
-#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u <i>Inbellen op verzoek</i> heeft "
-#~ "ingeschakeld of\n"
+#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u <i>Inbellen op verzoek</i> heeft ingeschakeld of\n"
#~ "als u <b>DNS wijzigen</b> tijdens de verbinding heeft uitgeschakeld.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the "
-#~ "dial-up\n"
-#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try "
-#~ "this\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n"
+#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n"
#~ "option.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Prompts negeren</b> schakelt de detectie van prompts van de "
-#~ "inbelserver uit.\n"
-#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, "
-#~ "probeer\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Prompts negeren</b> schakelt de detectie van prompts van de inbelserver uit.\n"
+#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, probeer\n"
#~ "dan deze optie.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6498,15 +6127,13 @@
#~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Door <b>Externe firewall interface</b> te selecteren zal de firewall\n"
-#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat "
-#~ "ingesteld.\n"
+#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n"
#~ "Door deze optie te kiezen zullen de dial-up verbindingen met\n"
#~ "het internet beschermd zijn tegen aanvallen van buitenaf.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>Idle Time-Out</b> specifies the time after which an idle\n"
-#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>Idle time-out</b> is de wachttijd waarna een idle verbinding\n"
#~ "wordt verbroken (0 betekent geen time-out bij de verbinding).</p>\n"
@@ -6578,10 +6205,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b>\n"
-#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this "
-#~ "case,\n"
-#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is "
-#~ "established.\n"
+#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n"
+#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n"
#~ "This is the default with most providers.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>dynamisch IP-adres</b> wanneer\n"
@@ -6591,30 +6216,24 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\n"
-#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your "
-#~ "static\n"
-#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, "
-#~ "almost all\n"
+#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n"
+#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n"
#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Schakel <b>Peer-DNS gebruiken</b> om uw\n"
-#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit "
-#~ "vervangt uw\n"
-#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-"
-#~ "servers. Vandaag de dag\n"
+#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit vervangt uw\n"
+#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-servers. Vandaag de dag\n"
#~ "ondersteunen bijna alle providers het gebruik van peer-DNS.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without "
-#~ "special \n"
+#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n"
#~ "processing.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Indien de callback mode uit staat worden de aanroepen \n"
#~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a "
-#~ "callback \n"
+#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
#~ "is triggered.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als server, zal na een \n"
@@ -6624,14 +6243,12 @@
#~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n"
#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem "
-#~ "als \n"
+#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem als \n"
#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to set the default\n"
-#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to "
-#~ "reach\n"
+#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n"
#~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klik op <b>Standaard route</b> voor het instellen van de standaard\n"
@@ -6715,8 +6332,7 @@
#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Provider toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.</"
-#~ "P>\n"
+#~ "Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -6725,8 +6341,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen provider.\n"
-#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</"
-#~ "B>.</P>\n"
+#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Select the appropriate <b>provider</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer de gewenste <b>provider</b> a.u.b..</p>"
@@ -6739,9 +6354,7 @@
#~ "kies dan één van de providers uit de lijst.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to add a provider not in the list.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Gebruik <b>Nieuw</b> voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in "
-#~ "de lijst staat.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Nieuw</b> voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in de lijst staat.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Choose one of the available provider types.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Kies één van de beschikbare provider types.</p>"
@@ -6782,16 +6395,14 @@
#~ "<p>Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n"
#~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit "
-#~ "de lijst\n"
+#~ "<p>Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit de lijst\n"
#~ "heeft geselecteerd, dan worden deze waarden aangeleverd.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Geef een <b>providernaam</b> voor de provider op.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</"
-#~ "b>\n"
+#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</b>\n"
#~ "to access your provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Geef, om toegang tot uw provider te krijgen, een <b>providernaam</b>\n"
@@ -6799,8 +6410,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n"
-#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands "
-#~ "for\n"
+#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands for\n"
#~ "Synchronous PPP.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kies het type packet encapsulation a.u.b.. <b>RawIP</b> betekent\n"
@@ -6815,23 +6425,19 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Geef de <b>Lijn ID</b>\n"
#~ "(bijv: 0056780362), het <b>T-online nummer</b> (bijv:870008594732),\n"
-#~ "de <b>gebruikerscode</b> (typerend 0001) en het <b>wachtwoord</b> op dat "
-#~ "moet\n"
-#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u "
-#~ "het niet zeker weet).</p>"
+#~ "de <b>gebruikerscode</b> (typerend 0001) en het <b>wachtwoord</b> op dat moet\n"
+#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet).</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Enter the <b>User Name</b> and the\n"
#~ "<b>Password</b> to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Geef de <b>gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>wachtwoord</b> op dat moet\n"
-#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u "
-#~ "het niet zeker weet).</p>"
+#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet).</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>User Name</b> will be extended\n"
-#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</"
-#~ "i>\n"
+#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</i>\n"
#~ "at the end.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>gebruikersnaam</b> zal worden uitgebreid\n"
@@ -6839,21 +6445,17 @@
#~ "aan het eind.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password "
-#~ "every time.\n"
+#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password every time.\n"
#~ "Your\n"
#~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n"
#~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n"
#~ "(readable by root only).\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen</b> om telkens om het "
-#~ "wachtwoord te vragen.\n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen</b> om telkens om het wachtwoord te vragen.\n"
#~ "Uw\n"
-#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde "
-#~ "schijf opslaat.\n"
-#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de "
-#~ "harde schijf opgeslagen\n"
+#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde schijf opslaat.\n"
+#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de harde schijf opgeslagen\n"
#~ "(alleen voor root leesbaar).\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -6946,17 +6548,14 @@
#~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "NetworkManager kan niet naar een wachtwoord vragen.\n"
-#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het "
-#~ "systeem.\n"
+#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het systeem.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone "
-#~ "field.\n"
+#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Continue?"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen "
-#~ "zijn.\n"
+#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen zijn.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Doorgaan?"
@@ -6966,54 +6565,40 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space\n"
#~ "(after the <b>/</b>) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n"
-#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte\n"
#~ "(na <b>/</b>) met uw Kamp aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op\n"
-#~ "en klik op <b>Verder</b>. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "en klik op <b>Verder</b>. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Access AOL-DSL.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>AOL-DSL toegang.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (before\n"
-#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click "
-#~ "<b>Next</b>.\n"
-#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you "
-#~ "need\n"
-#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can "
-#~ "enter\n"
-#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and "
-#~ "request\n"
+#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
+#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n"
+#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n"
+#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n"
#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte\n"
-#~ "(voor de <b>@</b>) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord "
-#~ "op en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt "
-#~ "inbellen, dan dient u uw\n"
-#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan "
-#~ "kunt u de PIN\n"
-#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan "
-#~ "de AOL hotline en\n"
-#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "(voor de <b>@</b>) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt inbellen, dan dient u uw\n"
+#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan kunt u de PIN\n"
+#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan de AOL hotline en\n"
+#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Kamp 1&1 DSL toegang.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
-#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click "
-#~ "<b>Next</b>.\n"
+#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</"
-#~ "b>)\n"
-#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op "
-#~ "<b>Verder</b>.\n"
+#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</b>)\n"
+#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
#~ "Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL.</p>"
@@ -7031,14 +6616,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
-#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password "
-#~ "and\n"
+#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n"
#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</"
-#~ "b>)\n"
-#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en "
-#~ "klik op\n"
+#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</b>)\n"
+#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op\n"
#~ "<b>Verder</b>. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
@@ -7048,24 +6630,19 @@
#~ msgstr "Providerconfiguratie"
#~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren"
+#~ msgstr "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n"
-#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-"
-#~ "root User\n"
-#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This "
-#~ "will require\n"
+#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n"
+#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n"
#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Apparaataansturing</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Gewoonlijk mag alleen de systeembeheerder een netwerkinterface \n"
-#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met <b>Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-"
-#~ "gebruiker via QInternet activeren</b>\n"
-#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit "
-#~ "vereist dat\n"
+#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met <b>Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren</b>\n"
+#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit vereist dat\n"
#~ "<b>smpppd</b> is geïnstalleerd en actief is.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration"
@@ -7334,19 +6911,11 @@
#~ msgid "Firewall Settings"
#~ msgstr "Firewallinstellingen"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
-#~ "\">disable</a>)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--"
-#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)"
+#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
+#~ msgstr "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
-#~ "\">enable</a>)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--"
-#~ "enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)"
+#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
+#~ msgstr "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)"
#~ msgid "Password:"
#~ msgstr "Wachtwoord:"
@@ -7385,8 +6954,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Wis alle getoonde opties"
#~ msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden"
+#~ msgstr "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden"
#~ msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
#~ msgstr "De te gebruiken gebruikersnaam voor de proxy-verificatie"
@@ -7419,9 +6987,7 @@
#~ msgstr "&Proxy"
#~ msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-"
-#~ "instellingen effectief te maken."
+#~ msgstr "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen effectief te maken."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60
#~ msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
@@ -7487,17 +7053,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings "
-#~ "to take effect, \n"
-#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings "
-#~ "immediately. Please check \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n"
+#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n"
#~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Configureer uw internet proxy- (caching)-instellingen hier.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan "
-#~ "te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n"
-#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen "
-#~ "onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n"
+#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n"
#~ "wat uw applicatie (webbrowser, ftp-client,...) ondersteunt. </p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7508,8 +7070,7 @@
#~ "waarmee u toegang tot het world wide web (WWW) krijgt.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your "
-#~ "secured access\n"
+#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>URL van HTTPS-proxy</b> is de naam van de proxyserver\n"
@@ -7530,8 +7091,7 @@
#~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n"
#~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als de optie <b>Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken</b> is "
-#~ "ingeschakeld,\n"
+#~ "<p>Als de optie <b>Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken</b> is ingeschakeld,\n"
#~ "hoeft u alleen de URL van de HTTP-proxy in te vullen. Dit zal dan\n"
#~ "voor alle protocollen (HTTP, HTTPS en FTP) worden gebruikt.\n"
@@ -7540,30 +7100,25 @@
#~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n"
#~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Geen proxy domeinen</b> is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de "
-#~ "verzoeken\n"
-#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te "
-#~ "maken,\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Geen proxy domeinen</b> is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de verzoeken\n"
+#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te maken,\n"
#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld: <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
#~ "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)."
-#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Als u een proxyserver met verificatie gebruikt, voer dan\n"
#~ "<b>Proxy-gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Proxy-wachtwoord</b> in. Een geldige\n"
-#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens "
-#~ "(aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).</p>\n"
+#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens (aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n"
#~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klik op <b>Proxyinstellingen testen</b> om\n"
-#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen.</"
-#~ "p> \n"
+#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen.</p> \n"
#~ msgid "&Enable Proxy"
#~ msgstr "&Activeer proxy"
@@ -7625,16 +7180,13 @@
#~ msgstr "Onjuiste URL voor HTTP-proxy."
#~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
+#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
#~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy is ongeldig."
#~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te "
-#~ "bevatten."
+#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
#~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
#~ msgstr "Onjuiste FTP proxy URL."
@@ -7665,29 +7217,23 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n"
-#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for "
-#~ "example,\n"
+#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n"
#~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die "
-#~ "toestaan\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n"
#~ "een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n"
-#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een "
-#~ "herstart.\n"
+#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway "
-#~ "address,\n"
+#~ "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
#~ "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be "
-#~ "routed, \n"
+#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, \n"
#~ "as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n"
#~ "gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n"
#~ "het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n"
-#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk "
-#~ "interface.</p>\n"
+#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -7700,8 +7246,7 @@
#~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Wanneer <b>Automatisch opnieuw verbinden</b> is geactiveerd zal de\n"
-#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80
#~ msgid "Automatically &Reconnect"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -76,8 +76,7 @@
#. fstab(5): fs_type
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98
msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs."
-msgstr ""
-"Bestandssysteem-id, ondersteund is nfs en nfs4. Standaard waarde is nfs."
+msgstr "Bestandssysteem-id, ondersteund is nfs en nfs4. Standaard waarde is nfs."
#. CLI action handler.
#. Print summary in command line
@@ -123,8 +122,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271
msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:"
-msgstr ""
-"Er zijn meerdere NFS-aankoppelpunten gevonden die aan de criteria voldoen:"
+msgstr "Er zijn meerdere NFS-aankoppelpunten gevonden die aan de criteria voldoen:"
#. error popup message
#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83
@@ -170,55 +168,43 @@
"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>De tabel bevat alle mappen die \n"
-"geëxporteerd zijn vanuit servers op afstand en lokaal aangekoppeld zijn via "
-"NFS (NFS-shares).</p>"
+"geëxporteerd zijn vanuit servers op afstand en lokaal aangekoppeld zijn via NFS (NFS-shares).</p>"
#. Help, part 2 of 3
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n"
"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n"
-"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further "
-"information \n"
+"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n"
"about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Elke NFS-share wordt geïdentificeerd door een NFS-serveradres op afstand "
-"en\n"
+"<p>Elke NFS-share wordt geïdentificeerd door een NFS-serveradres op afstand en\n"
"geëxporteerde map, lokale map waar de map op afstand is aangekoppeld, \n"
-"NFS-type (ofwel normaal nfs of nfsv4) en aankoppelopties. Voor verdere "
-"informatie \n"
-"over het aankoppelen van NFS en aankoppelopties, ga naar <tt>man nfs.</tt></"
-"p>"
+"NFS-type (ofwel normaal nfs of nfsv4) en aankoppelopties. Voor verdere informatie \n"
+"over het aankoppelen van NFS en aankoppelopties, ga naar <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>"
#. Help, part 3 of 3
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53
msgid ""
-"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration "
-"of\n"
+"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een nieuwe NFS-share aan te koppelen, klikt u op <B>Toevoegen</B>. Om "
-"de\n"
-"configuratie te wijzigen van de huidige gekoppelde share, klik op "
-"<B>Bewerken</B>.\n"
-"Verwijderen en afkoppelen van een geselecteerde share gaat met "
-"<B>Verwijderen</B>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Om een nieuwe NFS-share aan te koppelen, klikt u op <B>Toevoegen</B>. Om de\n"
+"configuratie te wijzigen van de huidige gekoppelde share, klik op <B>Bewerken</B>.\n"
+"Verwijderen en afkoppelen van een geselecteerde share gaat met <B>Verwijderen</B>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
-"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might "
-"need\n"
-"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct "
-"setting\n"
+"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
+"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n"
"of file/directory access rights.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u toegang wilt tot NFSv4-shares (NFSv4 is een nieuwere versie\n"
"van het NFS-protocol), activeer dan de optie <b>Schakel NFSv4 in</b>.\n"
"In dat geval moet u mogelijk de specifieke <b>NFSv4 Domeinnaam</b> leveren,\n"
-"die is vereist voor de juiste instelling van de toegangsrechten van bestand/"
-"map.</p>\n"
+"die is vereist voor de juiste instelling van de toegangsrechten van bestand/map.</p>\n"
#. selection box label
#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows
@@ -337,22 +323,19 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Bij <b>Extern bestandssysteem</b>,\n"
"vult u het pad in naar de map op de NFS-server. Kies\n"
-"<b>Selecteren</b> om een van de geëxporteerde mappen van de server te "
-"kiezen.\n"
+"<b>Selecteren</b> om een van de geëxporteerde mappen van de server te kiezen.\n"
"</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439
msgid ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
-"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the "
-"directory should be mounted. With\n"
+"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n"
"<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n"
"interactively.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bij <b>Extern bestandssysteem</b>,\n"
-"Bij <b>aankoppelpunt </b>, vult u het pad in van het lokale bestandssysteem "
-"waar de map aangekoppeld dient te worden. Met\n"
+"Bij <b>aankoppelpunt </b>, vult u het pad in van het lokale bestandssysteem waar de map aangekoppeld dient te worden. Met\n"
"<b>Bladeren</b>,kunt u het aankoppelpunt interactief \n"
"selecteren.</p>"
@@ -485,7 +468,6 @@
#. To translators: error popup
#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151
-#| msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\""
msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'"
msgstr "Onverwachte waarde '%{value}' voor optie '%{key}'\""
@@ -503,4 +485,3 @@
#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163
msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'"
msgstr "Lege waarde voor optie: '%{key}'"
-
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -105,8 +105,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>De optie <b>Broadcast</b> biedt de mogelijkheid\n"
"om in het lokale netwerk naar een server te zoeken indien de\n"
-"gespecificeerde server niet reageert. Dit is echter een veiligheidsrisico.</"
-"p>\n"
+"gespecificeerde server niet reageert. Dit is echter een veiligheidsrisico.</p>\n"
#. Translators: short for Expert settings
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71
@@ -146,15 +145,12 @@
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n"
"from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n"
-"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</"
-"b>.\n"
+"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n"
"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Firewall-instellingen</b><br>\n"
-"Stel <b>Open firewall poort</b> in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen "
-"dat\n"
-"externe computers toegang tot de service 'ypbind' krijgen. Klik op "
-"<b>Firewall-details</b>\n"
+"Stel <b>Open firewall poort</b> in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen dat\n"
+"externe computers toegang tot de service 'ypbind' krijgen. Klik op <b>Firewall-details</b>\n"
"om de interfaces te selecteren waarvoor de poort geopend moet worden.\n"
"Deze optie is alleen beschikaar wanneer de firewall geactiveerd is.</p>\n"
@@ -170,36 +166,25 @@
#. help text for netconfig part
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it "
-"is\n"
-"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined "
-"here\n"
+"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n"
+"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n"
"with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n"
"etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n"
-"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to "
-"modify\n"
+"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n"
"the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n"
"Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n"
"space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n"
-"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, "
-"see\n"
+"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n"
"the netconfig manual page.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies de manier waarop de NIS-configuratie gewijzigd moet worden. Normaal "
-"is dat\n"
-"het door het netconfigscript wordt behandeld die statisch hier gedefinieerde "
-"waarden\n"
-"mengt met de dynamisch verkregen waarden (b.v. als DHCP-cliënt, "
-"NetworkManager etc.).\n"
+"<p>Kies de manier waarop de NIS-configuratie gewijzigd moet worden. Normaal is dat\n"
+"het door het netconfigscript wordt behandeld die statisch hier gedefinieerde waarden\n"
+"mengt met de dynamisch verkregen waarden (b.v. als DHCP-cliënt, NetworkManager etc.).\n"
"Dit is Standaard beleid en is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.\n"
-"Door Alleen handmatige wijzigingen zal netconfig niet langer toestaan de "
-"configuratie te\n"
-"wijzigen. U kunt echter het bestand handmatig bewerken. Door Gebruikerbeleid "
-"te kiezen\n"
-"kunt u een gebruikerbeleidtekenreeks definiëren die bestaat uit een spatie-"
-"gescheiden\n"
-"lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK "
-"als\n"
+"Door Alleen handmatige wijzigingen zal netconfig niet langer toestaan de configuratie te\n"
+"wijzigen. U kunt echter het bestand handmatig bewerken. Door Gebruikerbeleid te kiezen\n"
+"kunt u een gebruikerbeleidtekenreeks definiëren die bestaat uit een spatie-gescheiden\n"
+"lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK als\n"
"voorgedefinieerde speciale waarde. Voor meer informatie, zie de netconfig\n"
"handleidingpagina.</p>\n"
@@ -227,14 +212,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279
-msgid ""
-"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in "
-"NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>NFS-instellingen die invloed hebben op hoe de automounter werkt kunnen "
-"ingesteld worden in NFS-client, die geconfigureerd kan worden met de knop "
-"<b>NFS-configuratie</b> button.</p>"
+msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>NFS-instellingen die invloed hebben op hoe de automounter werkt kunnen ingesteld worden in NFS-client, die geconfigureerd kan worden met de knop <b>NFS-configuratie</b> button.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:72
#. radio button label
@@ -368,27 +347,14 @@
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676
-msgid ""
-"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is "
-"using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local "
-"host.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Normaal gesproken is het voor elke host mogelijk om na te gaan welke "
-"server een client gebruikt. Door <b>Externe hosts beantwoorden</b> uit te "
-"schakelen zal dit tot de lokale host worden beperkt.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Normaal gesproken is het voor elke host mogelijk om na te gaan welke server een client gebruikt. Door <b>Externe hosts beantwoorden</b> uit te schakelen zal dit tot de lokale host worden beperkt.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#. Check, ie. turn on a check box
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an "
-"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better "
-"to replace such a server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op <b>Gebroken server</b> wanneer antwoorden van servers, die op een "
-"poort zonder privileges draaien, geaccepteerd moeten worden. Het is echter "
-"een veiligheidsrisico en het zou beter zijn om zo'n type server te vervangen."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Gebroken server</b> wanneer antwoorden van servers, die op een poort zonder privileges draaien, geaccepteerd moeten worden. Het is echter een veiligheidsrisico en het zou beter zijn om zo'n type server te vervangen.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692
@@ -470,12 +436,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987
-msgid ""
-"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het Service Locatie Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) kan voor het zoeken naar een "
-"NIS-server gebruikt worden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het Service Locatie Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) kan voor het zoeken naar een NIS-server gebruikt worden.</p>"
#. dialog label
#. dialog subtitle
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/nis_server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 11:03+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -34,44 +34,22 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using "
-"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable "
-"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Druk op <b>Nu synchroniseren</b> om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen "
-"met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik "
-"wilt maken, activeer dan de optie <b>NTP-configuratie opslaan</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Druk op <b>Nu synchroniseren</b> om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik wilt maken, activeer dan de optie <b>NTP-configuratie opslaan</b>.</p>"
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started "
-"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The "
-"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the "
-"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De optie <b>NTP als daemon uitvoeren</b> activeren, betekent dat de NTP-"
-"service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek "
-"gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de "
-"installatie wijzigen met de <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De optie <b>NTP als daemon uitvoeren</b> activeren, betekent dat de NTP-service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de installatie wijzigen met de <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met de <b>Configureer</b>-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met de <b>Configureer</b>-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is "
-"configured.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een "
-"netwerk hebt ingesteld.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een netwerk hebt ingesteld.</p>"
#. translators: error popup
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
@@ -633,8 +611,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
@@ -663,22 +640,16 @@
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be "
-"activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It "
-"is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Start de NTP-daemon</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer of de NTP-daemon nu en tijdens het opstarten van het systeem "
-"geactiveerd moet\n"
-"worden. Tijdens het initialiseren zal de NTP-daemon de hostnamen gaan "
-"opzoeken. Voordat\n"
+"Selecteer of de NTP-daemon nu en tijdens het opstarten van het systeem geactiveerd moet\n"
+"worden. Tijdens het initialiseren zal de NTP-daemon de hostnamen gaan opzoeken. Voordat\n"
"de NTP-daemon start dient de netwerkverbinding opgestart te zijn.</p>\n"
-"Bij selectie van <b>Zonder daemon synchroniseren</b> zal de ntp-daemon niet "
-"geactiveerd worden. \n"
-"De systeemtijd zal periodiek ingesteld worden. Het interval is aan te "
-"passen. De standaard is 15 minuten.\n"
+"Bij selectie van <b>Zonder daemon synchroniseren</b> zal de ntp-daemon niet geactiveerd worden. \n"
+"De systeemtijd zal periodiek ingesteld worden. Het interval is aan te passen. De standaard is 15 minuten.\n"
" U kunt dit wijzigen wanneer het systeem is ingesteld."
#. help text 2/5
@@ -697,23 +668,16 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote "
-"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
-"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</"
-"tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
-"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This "
-"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
+"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
+"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
+"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie van Secure NTP</big></b><br>\n"
-"Door het selecteren van <b>NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</"
-"b>\n"
+"Door het selecteren van <b>NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b>\n"
"voorkomt u dat alle externe hosts de NTP-instellingen op uw computer kunnen\n"
-"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de "
-"servers\n"
-"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host."
-"<br>\n"
-"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. "
-"Deze\n"
+"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de servers\n"
+"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host.<br>\n"
+"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. Deze\n"
"optie is niet beschikbaar als NTP geconfigureerd is via DHCP.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
@@ -728,28 +692,22 @@
"<p><b><big>Instellen via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"Activeer <b>NTP-daemon via DHCP instellen</b> om de informatie\n"
"over de NTP-servers via het DHCP-protocol van uw netwerkserver op te halen\n"
-"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder "
-"na\n"
-"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden "
-"wordt.</p>"
+"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder na\n"
+"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden wordt.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
-"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new "
-"synchronization\n"
+"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n"
"peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n"
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Geconfigureerde servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer de betreffende regel en klik vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> om NTP-"
-"servers, peers, lokale klokken\n"
-"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe "
-"synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n"
-"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren "
-"en op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
+"Selecteer de betreffende regel en klik vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> om NTP-servers, peers, lokale klokken\n"
+"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n"
+"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
@@ -758,21 +716,18 @@
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Logbestand weergeven </big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Als u de logbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de "
-"knop <b>Logbestand weergeven</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Als u de logbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de knop <b>Logbestand weergeven</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or "
-"against\n"
+"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
"a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Geavanceerde configuratie</big></b><br>\n"
"Om deze in te stellen voor het synchroniseren tegen meerdere externe\n"
-"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik <b>Geavanceerde "
-"configuratie</b>."
+"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik <b>Geavanceerde configuratie</b>."
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
@@ -798,8 +753,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
-"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic "
-"link to \n"
+"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
"the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n"
"<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n"
"click <b>Browse</b>.\n"
@@ -808,12 +762,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Klokapparaat</big></b><br>\n"
"Om de klok te kunnen laten werken is het noodzakelijk dat er een speciale\n"
-"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt "
-"gemaakt.\n"
+"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt gemaakt.\n"
"Om dit te doen klikt u op <b>Symlink aanmaken</b> en stelt u vervolgens het\n"
"<b>Apparaat</b> in. Klik op <b>Bladeren</b> als u het apparaat wilt gaan\n"
-"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link "
-"aan\n"
+"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link aan\n"
"te maken, of moet deze handmatig worden aangemaakt.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
@@ -823,8 +775,7 @@
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</big></b><br>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</b> om het klokstuurprogramma te "
-"kalibreren.</p>"
+"Klik op <b>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</b> om het klokstuurprogramma te kalibreren.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
@@ -850,8 +801,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Een server selecteren</big></b><br>\n"
"Klik op <b>Selecteren</b> om een NTP-server uit een lokaal netwerk, of\n"
"een lijst van bekende NTP-servers, te selecteren.\n"
-" Maak een keuze uit <b>Lokale NTP-server</b> en <b>Publieke NTP-server</b>.</"
-"p>"
+" Maak een keuze uit <b>Lokale NTP-server</b> en <b>Publieke NTP-server</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
@@ -902,8 +852,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
-"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in "
-"the\n"
+"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
"<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -916,23 +865,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
-"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the "
-"remote\n"
+"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n"
"host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n"
"<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n"
"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Toegangscontroleopties</big></b><br>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <b><tt>restrict</tt></"
-"b>\n"
-"in <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) voor deze server definieren, waarbij wordt "
-"aangegeven welke type\n"
+"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <b><tt>restrict</tt></b>\n"
+"in <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) voor deze server definieren, waarbij wordt aangegeven welke type\n"
"acties externe hosts mogen uitvoeren op uw NTP-daemon. Standaard is dit\n"
-"ingesteld op <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>. Deze optie is alleen "
-"beschikbaar\n"
-"als u <b>NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b> hebt "
-"geselecteerd\n"
+"ingesteld op <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar\n"
+"als u <b>NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b> hebt geselecteerd\n"
"bij de <b>Veiligheidsinstellingen</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/6
@@ -986,10 +930,8 @@
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Accepteer broadcast pakketten</b> om NTP-packets, die door "
-"andere hosts\n"
-"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale "
-"tijd mee in te stellen.</p>"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Accepteer broadcast pakketten</b> om NTP-packets, die door andere hosts\n"
+"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale tijd mee in te stellen.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
@@ -1015,22 +957,18 @@
"netwerk</b></big><br>\n"
"Klik op <b>Opzoeken</b> om met behulp van het\n"
"Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) de NTP-servers in het lokale netwerk te\n"
-"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers.</"
-"p>"
+"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To "
-"display\n"
+"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
"NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een publieke NTP-server selecteren</b></big><br>\n"
-"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van <b>Publieke NTP-"
-"servers</b>. Om alleen\n"
-"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in <b>Land</b> "
-"te selecteren.</p>"
+"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van <b>Publieke NTP-servers</b>. Om alleen\n"
+"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in <b>Land</b> te selecteren.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
@@ -1047,12 +985,9 @@
"<p><big><b>Opmerking</b></big><br>\n"
"De getoonde NTP-servers zijn mogelijk niet voor elk land beschikbaar,\n"
"misschien alleen maar voor een bepaald land of regio.\n"
-"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het "
-"beste even\n"
-"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server "
-"dichter bij u in de\n"
-"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke "
-"server dan ook van deze lijst.\n"
+"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het beste even\n"
+"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server dichter bij u in de\n"
+"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke server dan ook van deze lijst.\n"
"Kijk ook eens op <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n"
"voor een NTP-server bij u in de buurt.</p>"
@@ -1063,8 +998,7 @@
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Server toegankelijkheid testen</b></big><br>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Test</b> om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste "
-"manier reageert.</p>"
+"Klik op <b>Test</b> om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste manier reageert.</p>"
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
@@ -1072,51 +1006,38 @@
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
-"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names "
-"are\n"
-"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means "
-"that\n"
+"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n"
+"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n"
"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Willekeurige servers gebruiken</b></big><br>\n"
-"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie "
-"selecteert,\n"
-" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De "
-"servernamen zijn\n"
-" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur "
-"gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n"
-" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.</"
-"p>\n"
+"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie selecteert,\n"
+" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De servernamen zijn\n"
+" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n"
+" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
-"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various "
-"calibration\n"
-"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the "
-"particular\n"
+"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
+"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n"
"driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Klokstuurprogrammacalibratie</b></big><br>\n"
-"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster "
-"kunnen diverse calibratie\n"
-"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is "
-"afhankelijk van het\n"
-"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle "
-"opties.</p>"
+"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster kunnen diverse calibratie\n"
+"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is afhankelijk van het\n"
+"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle opties.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
-"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</"
-"i>.</p>\n"
+"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"Om meer over de betekenis van de opties te weten te komen kunt u het\n"
"beste het <i>ntp-doc</i> pakket installeren en\n"
-"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i> nader bekijken.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i> nader bekijken.</p>\n"
#. yes-no popup
#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -43,12 +43,8 @@
msgstr "Bestand waar de interne representatie van een YMP naar toe gaat"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> "
-"instructions"
-msgstr ""
-"Bestand met de interne representatie van instructies voor "
-"<b>Eénkliksinstallatie</b>"
+msgid "File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> instructions"
+msgstr "Bestand met de interne representatie van instructies voor <b>Eénkliksinstallatie</b>"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65
msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file."
@@ -56,14 +52,11 @@
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:71
msgid "If you continue, the following repositories will be subscribed:"
-msgstr ""
-"Als u verdergaat, dan worden de volgende installatiebronnen toegevoegd:"
+msgstr "Als u verdergaat, dan worden de volgende installatiebronnen toegevoegd:"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:81
msgid "If you continue, the following software packages will be installed:"
-msgstr ""
-"Als verdergaat, dan zullen de volgende softwarepakketten worden "
-"geïnstalleerd op uw systeem:"
+msgstr "Als verdergaat, dan zullen de volgende softwarepakketten worden geïnstalleerd op uw systeem:"
#. trick ncurses
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:110
@@ -117,9 +110,7 @@
#. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation.
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:184
msgid "Warning: Unable to remove temporarily added repositories."
-msgstr ""
-"Waarschuwing: Kan de tijdelijk toegevoegde installatiebronnen niet "
-"verwijderen."
+msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan de tijdelijk toegevoegde installatiebronnen niet verwijderen."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:188
@@ -136,11 +127,8 @@
msgstr "Deze assistent zal software op uw computer installeren."
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Zie <tt>http://nl.opensuse.org/Standards/One_Click_Install</tt> voor meer "
-"informatie."
+msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information."
+msgstr "Zie <tt>http://nl.opensuse.org/Standards/One_Click_Install</tt> voor meer informatie."
#. <region name="Define the UI components"> *
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59
@@ -214,50 +202,28 @@
msgstr "Installatiestappen"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required "
-"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het inschrijven bij de vereiste bronnen. "
-"Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het inschrijven bij de vereiste bronnen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie."
#. Remove any removals
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het verwijderen van de gespecificeerde "
-"pakketten. Zie de yast2-logs voor meer informatie."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het verwijderen van de gespecificeerde pakketten. Zie de yast2-logs voor meer informatie."
#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde "
-"patronen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde patronen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie."
#. if that was successful now try and install the packages
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde "
-"pakketten. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde pakketten. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie."
#. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation.
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that "
-"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST "
-"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het uitschrijven bij de bronnen die "
-"tijdens de installatie zijn gebruikt. U kunt ze handmatig verwijderen in "
-"YaST > Installatiebronnen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het uitschrijven bij de bronnen die tijdens de installatie zijn gebruikt. U kunt ze handmatig verwijderen in YaST > Installatiebronnen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie."
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159
msgid "No error occurred."
@@ -294,11 +260,8 @@
msgstr "Installatie is niet mogelijk"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71
-msgid ""
-"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s."
-msgstr ""
-"De installatie-link of het bestand dat u opende bevat geen instructies voor "
-"%s."
+msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s."
+msgstr "De installatie-link of het bestand dat u opende bevat geen instructies voor %s."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81
msgid "Software is being installed."
@@ -327,12 +290,8 @@
msgstr "Niet opnieuw vragen"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348
-msgid ""
-"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not "
-"remain subscribed."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze bronnen zullen alleen worden toegevoegd tijdens de installatie. U zult "
-"niet ingeschreven blijven."
+msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed."
+msgstr "Deze bronnen zullen alleen worden toegevoegd tijdens de installatie. U zult niet ingeschreven blijven."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352
msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation."
@@ -340,9 +299,7 @@
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:360
msgid "If you continue, the following changes will be made to your system:"
-msgstr ""
-"Als u doorgaat zullen de volgende wijzigingen worden aangebracht aan uw "
-"systeem:"
+msgstr "Als u doorgaat zullen de volgende wijzigingen worden aangebracht aan uw systeem:"
#. Put remove message at top, incase people try to push it off the bottom of the warning by adding lots of packages.
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:372
@@ -382,12 +339,8 @@
msgstr "Installatie is gedeeltelijk gelukt."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507
-msgid ""
-"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/"
-"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: "
-msgstr ""
-"De installatie is mislukt. Zie het logbestand <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt> "
-"voor meer informatie. Het foutstadium was: "
+msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: "
+msgstr "De installatie is mislukt. Zie het logbestand <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt> voor meer informatie. Het foutstadium was: "
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515
msgid "Error Message"
@@ -454,12 +407,8 @@
msgstr "onbekend"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13
-msgid ""
-"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown "
-"error occurred."
-msgstr ""
-"Systeembeheerderprivileges (root-rechten) zijn vereist. Ofwel deze zijn niet "
-"meegegeven, of er is een onbekende fout opgetreden."
+msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred."
+msgstr "Systeembeheerderprivileges (root-rechten) zijn vereist. Ofwel deze zijn niet meegegeven, of er is een onbekende fout opgetreden."
#~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed."
#~ msgstr "Wacht even terwijl de software wordt geïnstalleerd."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update-configuration.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 23:24+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -70,14 +70,8 @@
#. help text for online-update initialization
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. "
-"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> "
-"module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het systeem is bezig met het initialiseren van de installatie- en bronnen "
-"voor bijwerken. Installatie- en bronnen voor bijwerken kunnen worden "
-"gewijzigd in de module <b>Installatiebronnen</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het systeem is bezig met het initialiseren van de installatie- en bronnen voor bijwerken. Installatie- en bronnen voor bijwerken kunnen worden gewijzigd in de module <b>Installatiebronnen</b>.</p>"
#. progress stage label
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137
@@ -172,12 +166,8 @@
#. help text for online update
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be "
-"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als er speciale berichten bij reparaties horen, zullen ze worden getoond "
-"in een extra dialoog als de reparatie wordt geïnstalleerd.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Als er speciale berichten bij reparaties horen, zullen ze worden getoond in een extra dialoog als de reparatie wordt geïnstalleerd.</p>\n"
#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp)
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81
@@ -257,9 +247,6 @@
#. popup message
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n"
-#| "Finishing and restarting now."
msgid ""
"Packages for package management were updated.\n"
"Finishing and restarting YaST now."
@@ -273,10 +260,8 @@
"At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n"
"properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
-"Voor minstens één van de geïnstalleerde elementen voor bijwerken moet het "
-"systeem worden\n"
-"herstart om correct te kunnen werken. Start uw systeem zo spoedig mogelijk "
-"opnieuw op."
+"Voor minstens één van de geïnstalleerde elementen voor bijwerken moet het systeem worden\n"
+"herstart om correct te kunnen werken. Start uw systeem zo spoedig mogelijk opnieuw op."
#. popup message
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67
@@ -287,8 +272,7 @@
"\n"
"Reboot the system as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
-"Deze elementen voor bijwerken vereisen dat het systeem wordt herstart om "
-"goed te kunnen werken:\n"
+"Deze elementen voor bijwerken vereisen dat het systeem wordt herstart om goed te kunnen werken:\n"
"\n"
"%1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -297,18 +281,15 @@
#. continue/cancel popup text
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76
msgid ""
-"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of "
-"YaST.\n"
+"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n"
"They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n"
"\n"
"You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n"
"\n"
"Continue with installing your selection?"
msgstr ""
-"Er zijn reparaties beschikbaar voor pakketbeheer, die een herstart van YaST "
-"vereisen.\n"
-"Deze dienen eerst geïnstalleerd te worden en alle andere reparaties pas na "
-"de herstart.\n"
+"Er zijn reparaties beschikbaar voor pakketbeheer, die een herstart van YaST vereisen.\n"
+"Deze dienen eerst geïnstalleerd te worden en alle andere reparaties pas na de herstart.\n"
"\n"
"U hebt enkele andere reparaties geselecteerd om nu te worden geïnstalleerd.\n"
"\n"
@@ -466,8 +447,7 @@
"If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n"
"Your installation will remain untouched.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Als u de installatie nu afbreekt, zal er geen reparatie geïnstalleerd "
-"worden.\n"
+"Als u de installatie nu afbreekt, zal er geen reparatie geïnstalleerd worden.\n"
"Uw systeem zal ongewijzigd blijven.\n"
#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not
@@ -538,8 +518,7 @@
#. Dialog label above a list of patches
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424
msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation"
-msgstr ""
-"Deze patches maken het nodig het syteem opnieuw op te starten na installatie"
+msgstr "Deze patches maken het nodig het syteem opnieuw op te starten na installatie"
#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433
@@ -549,9 +528,7 @@
#. Solver can't solve it automatically
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457
msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting."
-msgstr ""
-"Online bijwerken was niet in staat de selectie van enige patches die een "
-"herstart van het systeem nodig maken ongedaan te maken."
+msgstr "Online bijwerken was niet in staat de selectie van enige patches die een herstart van het systeem nodig maken ongedaan te maken."
#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/opensuse_mirror.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/opensuse_mirror.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/opensuse_mirror.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 11:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -254,8 +254,7 @@
"\n"
"Would you like to configure it?"
msgstr ""
-"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een "
-"internetverbinding nodig.\n"
+"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een internetverbinding nodig.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u de internetverbinding confgureren?"
@@ -401,21 +400,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op <b>Verder</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op <b>Verder</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op "
-"<b>Voltooien</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op <b>Voltooien</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
@@ -434,9 +425,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de "
-"installatiebron...</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de installatiebron...</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
@@ -533,12 +522,8 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de "
-"softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile."
+msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel."
#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area
#. %1 - an error message (details)
@@ -604,12 +589,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de "
-"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
+msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
#. pad to 3 characters
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
@@ -778,37 +759,24 @@
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.</"
-"p>\n"
+"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
-msgid ""
-"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol "
-"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software "
-"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</"
-"P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>A <B>service</B> of <B>Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) </B> is een "
-"protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software "
-"installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de "
-"servicebeheerder.</P>"
+msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>A <B>service</B> of <B>Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) </B> is een protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de servicebeheerder.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository "
-"or service.\n"
-"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is "
-"available at the entered location.\n"
+"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n"
+"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Een nieuwe bron of service toevoegen</b><br>\n"
-"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en "
-"specificeer de bron of service.\n"
-"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is "
-"ingegeven.\n"
+"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en specificeer de bron of service.\n"
+"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is ingegeven.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
@@ -850,70 +818,46 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, "
-"use\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh "
-"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use "
-"the check boxes below.\n"
+"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>De status van een installatiebron of service wijzigen</b><br>\n"
-"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik <b>Bewerken</b>. Om een bron te "
-"verwijderen, gebruik\n"
-"<b>Verwijderen</b>. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen "
-"tijdens de initialisatie aan\n"
-"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik "
-"onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n"
+"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik <b>Bewerken</b>. Om een bron te verwijderen, gebruik\n"
+"<b>Verwijderen</b>. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen tijdens de initialisatie aan\n"
+"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
-"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest "
-"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is "
-"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is "
-"used.</P>\n"
+"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Prioriteit van een installatiebron</B><BR>\n"
-"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de "
-"hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als "
-"een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste "
-"prioriteit gebruikt.</P>\n"
+"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste prioriteit gebruikt.</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
-msgid ""
-"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in "
-"repositories and services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in "
-"installatiebronnen en services.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in installatiebronnen en services.</P>"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
-"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after "
-"installation.</P>"
+"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren</B><BR>Activeer deze optie om "
-"gedownloade\n"
+"<P><B>Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren</B><BR>Activeer deze optie om gedownloade\n"
"pakketten te bewaren in een lokale cache zodat zij later opnieuw gebruik\n"
"kunnen worden bij het opnieuw installeren van pakketten. Indien niet\n"
-"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na "
-"installatie.</P>"
+"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na installatie.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
-msgid ""
-"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/"
-"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map <B>/var/cache/zypp/"
-"packages</B>, wijzig de locatie in het bestand <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</"
-"P>"
+msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, wijzig de locatie in het bestand <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>"
#. popup message part 1
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
@@ -1022,17 +966,14 @@
"Really add the repository again?"
msgstr ""
"Installatiebron %1\n"
-"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd "
-"moeten worden.\n"
+"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd moeten worden.\n"
"\n"
"Deze installatiebron nog eens toevvoegen?"
#. Error popup
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie</"
-"p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie</p>\n"
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
@@ -1045,11 +986,8 @@
#. warning text
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103
#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58
-msgid ""
-"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
-msgstr ""
-"De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige "
-"interventie is nodig"
+msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
+msgstr "De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is nodig"
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
@@ -1065,25 +1003,18 @@
#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de "
-"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
+msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
#. error message (%1 is a package file name)
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194
msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository."
-msgstr ""
-"Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren."
+msgstr "Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren."
#. error message
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216
msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd "
-"worden."
+msgstr "Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd worden."
#. error message
#. error message
@@ -1114,8 +1045,7 @@
#. start package manager
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362
msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
+msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369
msgid ""
@@ -1205,8 +1135,7 @@
#. rich text - error message
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112
msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken."
-msgstr ""
-"Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd."
+msgstr "Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd."
#. result of the check - success
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122
@@ -1215,17 +1144,13 @@
#. wrong MD5
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
-msgstr ""
-"<B>Fout</B> -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen<BR>Het medium is "
-"onbruikbaar."
+msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
+msgstr "<B>Fout</B> -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen<BR>Het medium is onbruikbaar."
#. the correct MD5 is unknown
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131
msgid "<B>Unknown</B> -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown."
-msgstr ""
-"<B>Onbekend</B> -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend."
+msgstr "<B>Onbekend</B> -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend."
#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1)
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251
@@ -1247,8 +1172,7 @@
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304
msgid ""
"<P>When you have a problem with\n"
-"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you "
-"should check\n"
+"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n"
"whether the medium is broken.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Als u tijdens het installeren problemen ondervindt en u\n"
@@ -1258,31 +1182,24 @@
#. help text - media check 3/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310
msgid ""
-"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</"
-"B>\n"
+"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n"
"or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n"
"The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n"
"drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> "
msgstr ""
-"<P>Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op "
-"<B>Controle starten</B>\n"
+"<P>Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op <B>Controle starten</B>\n"
"of gebruik <B>Controle ISO-bestand</B> en selecteer een ISO-bestand.\n"
"De controle kan enkele minuten duren, afhankelijk van de snelheid van het\n"
-"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum."
-"</P>"
+"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum.</P>"
#. help text - media check 4/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317
msgid ""
-"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the "
-"installation.\n"
-"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</"
-"P>\n"
+"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n"
+"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de "
-"installatie.\n"
-"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde "
-"medium te vervangen.</P>\n"
+"<P>Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de installatie.\n"
+"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde medium te vervangen.</P>\n"
#. help text - media check 5/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321
@@ -1295,32 +1212,21 @@
#. help text - media check 6/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system."
-"</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Let op:</B> U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het "
-"systeem wordt gebruikt.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Let op:</B> U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het systeem wordt gebruikt.</P>"
#. help text - media check 7/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329
-msgid ""
-"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the "
-"boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item "
-"medium controleren in het opstartmenu.</P>"
+msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item medium controleren in het opstartmenu.</P>"
#. help text - media check 8/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333
msgid ""
-"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your "
-"recording\n"
-"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</"
-"P>\n"
+"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n"
+"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie <B>pad</B> van uw "
-"brandsoftware.\n"
+"<P>Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie <B>pad</B> van uw brandsoftware.\n"
"Dit voorkomt leesfouten aan het einde van de media tijdens de controle.</P>\n"
#. advice check of the media
@@ -1477,8 +1383,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel</b><br>\n"
-"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het "
-"sleutelbestand op.\n"
+"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. header in file selection popup
@@ -1606,8 +1511,7 @@
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
-"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet "
-"mogelijk.\n"
+"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet mogelijk.\n"
"Wijzig het protocol of pak het ISO-image uit aan de kant van de server."
#. popup message part 2
@@ -1634,8 +1538,7 @@
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem."
+msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem."
#. error report
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
@@ -1677,8 +1580,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
-"The installation repository also contains the listed additional "
-"repositories.\n"
+"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
"De installatiebron bevat ook de lijst met additionele bronnen.\n"
@@ -1850,50 +1752,29 @@
#. warning text
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
-msgid ""
-"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-"
-"bit distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits "
-"distributie te installeren."
+msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
+msgstr "Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits distributie te installeren."
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
-msgid ""
-"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after "
-"installing the system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na "
-"installatie van het systeem.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na installatie van het systeem.</P>"
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
-msgid ""
-"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to "
-"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and "
-"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed "
-"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) "
-"free space before starting the installation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die "
-"geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden "
-"bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter "
-"zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens "
-"25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie "
-"te starten.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens 25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie te starten.</P>"
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
-"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if "
-"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
+"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>De totale 'te downloaden grootte' is de grootte van de pakketten die\n"
"gedownload zullen worden vanaf remote (network) installatiebronnen.\n"
-"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er "
-"een limiet is voor het downloaden.</P>\n"
+"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er een limiet is voor het downloaden.</P>\n"
#. help text for software proposal - header
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
@@ -1928,41 +1809,27 @@
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
-msgstr ""
-"Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1"
+msgstr "Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1"
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation "
-"media."
-msgstr ""
-"Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van "
-"nieuwe installatiemedia."
+msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
+msgstr "Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van nieuwe installatiemedia."
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation "
-"media."
-msgstr ""
-"Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een "
-"nieuw installatiemedium."
+msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
+msgstr "Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een nieuw installatiemedium."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
-msgid ""
-"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot "
-"start installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, "
-"kan installatie niet starten."
+msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
+msgstr "Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, kan installatie niet starten."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
-msgstr ""
-"Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren."
+msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren."
#. summary warning
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
@@ -1972,15 +1839,12 @@
#. summary warning
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
-msgstr ""
-"Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige "
-"selectie."
+msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige selectie."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
-msgstr ""
-"Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar.<BR>"
+msgstr "Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar.<BR>"
#. newly installed products
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
@@ -1995,8 +1859,7 @@
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
-msgstr ""
-"Product <b>%{old_product}</b> zal bijgewerkt worden tot <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> zal bijgewerkt worden tot <b>%{new_product}</b>"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
@@ -2010,8 +1873,7 @@
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Fout:</b> Product <b>%s</b> zal automatisch verwijderd worden.</font>"
+msgstr "<b>Fout:</b> Product <b>%s</b> zal automatisch verwijderd worden.</font>"
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
@@ -2019,20 +1881,15 @@
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
-"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or "
-"module\n"
-"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to "
-"the\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li><b>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</"
-"b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li><b>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Neem contact op met de verkoper van de verwijderde add-on om u van\n"
-"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met "
-"producten opwaerderen ga naar de\n"
-"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor "
-"verwijdering.\n"
+"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met producten opwaerderen ga naar de\n"
+"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor verwijdering.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
@@ -2043,8 +1900,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
msgid ""
-"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the "
-"installation\n"
+"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2117,12 +1973,8 @@
msgstr "Kan licentiebestand '%1' niet lezen"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the "
-"root of the live media when building the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar."
-"gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image."
+msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
+msgstr "Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar.gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image."
#. combo box
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
@@ -2195,7 +2047,6 @@
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
-#| msgid "License Agreement"
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr "%Licentieovereenkomst van %s"
@@ -2308,13 +2159,11 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
-#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr "S&MB/CIFS"
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
-#| msgid "&NFS..."
msgid "NF&S..."
msgstr "NF&S..."
@@ -2481,14 +2330,10 @@
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is "
-"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name."
-"</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Bronnaam</b></big><br>\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Bronnaam</b> om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. "
-"Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of "
-"het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Bronnaam</b> om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. text entry
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
@@ -2499,13 +2344,10 @@
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, "
-"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Service naam</b></big><br>\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Service naam</b> om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als "
-"dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam "
-"gebruiken.</p>\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Service naam</b> om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. popup message
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
@@ -2553,15 +2395,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
-"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See "
-"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
+"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for details and the list of supported options."
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Opties voor aankoppelen</b></big><br>\n"
-"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume "
-"specificeren.\n"
-"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is "
-"aanbevolen. Zie <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
+"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume specificeren.\n"
+"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is aanbevolen. Zie <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"voor details en de lijst met ondersteunde opties."
#. radio button
@@ -2580,8 +2419,7 @@
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Cd- of dvd-media</b></big><br>\n"
-"Stel <b>CD-ROM</b> of <b>DVD-ROM</b> in om het type medium te specificeren.</"
-"p>"
+"Stel <b>CD-ROM</b> of <b>DVD-ROM</b> in om het type medium te specificeren.</p>"
#. dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
@@ -2668,10 +2506,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>USB-stick of -schijf</b></big><br>\n"
"Selecteer het USB-apparaat waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Pad naar map</b> om de map van de installatiebron te "
-"specificeren.\n"
-"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat "
-"gebruiken.\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Pad naar map</b> om de map van de installatiebron te specificeren.\n"
+"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat gebruiken.\n"
"Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n"
"(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n"
"<b>Gewone RPM-map</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2706,8 +2542,7 @@
"<p><big><b>Schijf</b></big><br>\n"
"Selecteer de schijf waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n"
"Stel <b>Pad naar map</b> in om het pad naar de map te specificeren.\n"
-"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf "
-"gebruiken.\n"
+"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf gebruiken.\n"
"Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n"
"(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n"
"<b>Gewone RPM-map</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2803,8 +2638,7 @@
"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n"
"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to "
-"Directory\n"
+"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n"
"or ISO Image</b>. \n"
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2823,12 +2657,10 @@
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
msgid ""
-"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS "
-"repository.\n"
+"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het is mogelijk om het <b>poort</b>nummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te "
-"stellen.\n"
+"<p>Het is mogelijk om het <b>poort</b>nummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te stellen.\n"
"Laat het leeg om de standaardpoort te gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
@@ -2914,18 +2746,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
-"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download "
-"the\n"
+"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n"
"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n"
"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bestanden downloaden</b><br>\n"
"Elke installatiebron heeft bestanden die de inhoud van bron beschrijven.\n"
-"Selecteer <b>Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden</b> om de "
-"bestanden\n"
+"Selecteer <b>Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden</b> om de bestanden\n"
"te downloaden op het moment dat deze YaST-module wordt afgesloten. Als deze\n"
-"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden "
-"wanneer\n"
+"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden wanneer\n"
"ze later nodig zijn.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:271
@@ -3247,24 +3076,18 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all "
-#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n"
+#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Pakketzoeken</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van <i>Webpin pakketzoeken</i> om te "
-#~ "zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE "
-#~ "installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.</p>\n"
+#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van <i>Webpin pakketzoeken</i> om te zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of "
-#~ "the\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of the\n"
#~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n"
-#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Beveiliging</b></big><br> De gevonden software is vaak geen\n"
-#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron "
-#~ "van\n"
+#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron van\n"
#~ "een pakket vertrouwt. Wij nemen geen enkele verantwoordelijk voor het\n"
#~ "installeren van dit soort software.</p>\n"
@@ -3278,9 +3101,7 @@
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Zoeken is mislukt</b></p>"
#~ msgid "<p><b>No packages matching entered criteria were found.</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria "
-#~ "voldoen.</b></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria voldoen.</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -3291,8 +3112,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "<b>Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het "
-#~ "sleutelbestand.\n"
+#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het sleutelbestand.\n"
#~ "Activeer het keuzevakje <B>Vertrouwd</B> aan als u de sleutel vertrouwd.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -3313,12 +3133,10 @@
#~ "De server op afstand gaf de foutcode %1"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the "
-#~ "Internet.\n"
+#~ "<p>Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n"
#~ "Click on the repository to see its details.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet "
-#~ "zijn gedownload zien.\n"
+#~ "<p>Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet zijn gedownload zien.\n"
#~ "Klik op een installatiebron om de details te bekijken.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -3332,26 +3150,21 @@
#~ msgstr "Pakketinformatie wordt gelezen. Even geduld a.u.b..."
#~ msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
+#~ msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
#~ msgid "Search &In"
#~ msgstr "Zoeken &in"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. "
-#~ "They are\n"
-#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a "
-#~ "connection\n"
+#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
+#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n"
#~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n"
#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste "
-#~ "initiële\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste initiële\n"
#~ "uitgave, die deel uitmaakt van de installatiemedia. Als u tijdens de\n"
#~ "installatie een internetverbinding tot uw beschikking heeft, dan kunt u\n"
-#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden."
-#~ "</b></p>"
+#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden.</b></p>"
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Installatie van addon-product"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/pam.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-22 00:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -33,51 +33,26 @@
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:36
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available "
-"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a "
-"while...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>Het laden van "
-"beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen is bezig. Dit "
-"kan even duren...</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>Het laden van beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen is bezig. Dit kan even duren...</P>"
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:42
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
-"reading installed packages...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>De "
-"pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in...</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in...</P>"
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:47
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is "
-"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available "
-"packages in the repository...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Registreren van een nieuwe installatiebron</B></BIG></P><P>Een "
-"nieuwe installatiebron wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de "
-"lijst van beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebron...</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Registreren van een nieuwe installatiebron</B></BIG></P><P>Een nieuwe installatiebron wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de lijst van beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebron...</P>"
#: src/HelpTexts.h:52
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
-"updating configured repositories...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Opslaan van installatiebronnen</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder "
-"is bezig de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen op te waarderen...</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating configured repositories...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Opslaan van installatiebronnen</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder is bezig de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen op te waarderen...</P>"
#: src/HelpTexts.h:55
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
-"updating the repository content...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Verversen van de installatiebron</B></BIG></P><P>De "
-"pakketbeheerder is de inhoud van de installatiebron aan het opwaarderen...</"
-"P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating the repository content...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Verversen van de installatiebron</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder is de inhoud van de installatiebron aan het opwaarderen...</P>"
#. error message
#: src/Package.cc:655
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -74,26 +74,17 @@
#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is
#. mandatory to set up local print queues.
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan printen niet configureren (vereist pakket cups-client is niet "
-"geïnstalleerd)."
+msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)."
+msgstr "Kan printen niet configureren (vereist pakket cups-client is niet geïnstalleerd)."
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan lokale printers niet configureren (vereist pakket cups is niet "
-"geïnstalleerd)."
+msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)."
+msgstr "Kan lokale printers niet configureren (vereist pakket cups is niet geïnstalleerd)."
#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config:
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)."
-msgstr ""
-"Geen toegang tot lokale printer (gebruikt CUPS-server '%1' op afstand voor "
-"printen)."
+msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)."
+msgstr "Geen toegang tot lokale printer (gebruikt CUPS-server '%1' op afstand voor printen)."
#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd:
#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because
@@ -135,9 +126,7 @@
#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done.
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196
msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan lokale printers niet configureren (er is geen toegang tot een lokale "
-"cupsd)."
+msgstr "Kan lokale printers niet configureren (er is geen toegang tot een lokale cupsd)."
#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here)
#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces
@@ -199,28 +188,20 @@
#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now.
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49
msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now"
-msgstr ""
-"&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal aangekoppelde printers"
+msgstr "&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal aangekoppelde printers"
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically:
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61
-msgid ""
-"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in"
-msgstr ""
-"Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt "
-"ingeplugd"
+msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in"
+msgstr "Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt ingeplugd"
#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers
#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer.
#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name.
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer "
-"configuration"
-msgstr ""
-"Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische USB-"
-"printerconfiguratie"
+msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration"
+msgstr "Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische USB-printerconfiguratie"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
@@ -237,12 +218,8 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of "
-"printers for the local system."
-msgstr ""
-"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het "
-"automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem."
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system."
+msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
@@ -252,8 +229,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
-msgstr ""
-"Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName' item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr "Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName' item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt"
#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp).
#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage
@@ -447,9 +423,7 @@
#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271
msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)"
-msgstr ""
-"Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het "
-"ondersteunen)"
+msgstr "Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het ondersteunen)"
#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name:
#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name:
@@ -540,12 +514,8 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379
-msgid ""
-"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are "
-"allowed for the queue name."
-msgstr ""
-"Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de "
-"wachtrijnaam."
+msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name."
+msgstr "Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de wachtrijnaam."
#. when a queue name is changed to be valid:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389
@@ -567,12 +537,8 @@
#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821
-msgid ""
-"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, "
-"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
-msgstr ""
-"Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze "
-"wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'."
+msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
+msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'."
#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called
#. and this function would have shown more specific messages.
@@ -618,12 +584,8 @@
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used.
#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term.
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315
-msgid ""
-"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface "
-"script' is used)"
-msgstr ""
-"Geen wordt geen apparaatstuurprogramma gebruikt (het is een 'rauwe' wachtrij "
-"of er wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)"
+msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)"
+msgstr "Geen wordt geen apparaatstuurprogramma gebruikt (het is een 'rauwe' wachtrij of er wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)"
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323
msgid "Current Driver"
@@ -632,9 +594,7 @@
#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384
msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver"
-msgstr ""
-"Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander "
-"apparaatstuurprogramma toe"
+msgstr "Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander apparaatstuurprogramma toe"
#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line):
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461
@@ -676,12 +636,8 @@
#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823
-msgid ""
-"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time "
-"and use the 'Refresh List' button."
-msgstr ""
-"Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en "
-"gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'."
+msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
+msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'."
#. Exit this dialog in any case:
#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
@@ -694,9 +650,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855
msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Mogelijke oorzaak: Er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe "
-"configuratie."
+msgstr "Mogelijke oorzaak: Er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe configuratie."
#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416
@@ -708,11 +662,8 @@
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432
-msgid ""
-"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up"
-msgstr ""
-"Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'raw-"
-"wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden"
+msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up"
+msgstr "Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden"
#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452
@@ -724,9 +675,7 @@
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467
msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up."
-msgstr ""
-"Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou "
-"moeten worden."
+msgstr "Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden."
#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server
@@ -835,11 +784,8 @@
msgstr "S&topbits"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076
-msgid ""
-"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een "
-"bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen."
+msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed."
+msgstr "Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen."
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
@@ -921,12 +867,8 @@
msgstr "URI (zie de handleiding van de printer) [procent gecodeerd]"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402
-msgid ""
-"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be "
-"installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een SMB-"
-"printer-share te kunnen krijgen."
+msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed."
+msgstr "Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een SMB-printer-share te kunnen krijgen."
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
@@ -994,9 +936,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792
msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een IPX-"
-"afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen."
+msgstr "Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een IPX-afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen."
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
@@ -1032,9 +972,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985
msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te "
-"kunnen drukken."
+msgstr "Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te kunnen drukken."
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
@@ -1053,17 +991,13 @@
msgstr "Programma (/path/to/command?option=value) [procent-gecodeerd]"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Om 'beh' te gebruiken moet het RPM-pakket cups-backend geïnstalleerd zijn."
+msgstr "Om 'beh' te gebruiken moet het RPM-pakket cups-backend geïnstalleerd zijn."
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr ""
-"Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]"
+msgstr "Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]"
#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
@@ -1259,15 +1193,11 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits."
-msgstr ""
-"De 'space' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens."
+msgstr "De 'space' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens."
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
-msgid ""
-"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
-msgstr ""
-"De 'mark' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens en "
-"1 stopbit."
+msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
+msgstr "De 'mark' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens en 1 stopbit."
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty."
@@ -1313,8 +1243,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty."
-msgstr ""
-"Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn."
+msgstr "Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn."
#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
@@ -1422,8 +1351,7 @@
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'."
-msgstr ""
-"De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'."
+msgstr "De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
@@ -1440,19 +1368,13 @@
#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
-msgid ""
-"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be "
-"installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket samba-krb-"
-"printing zijn geïnstalleerd."
+msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
+msgstr "Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket samba-krb-printing zijn geïnstalleerd."
#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues."
-msgstr ""
-"Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle "
-"wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken."
+msgstr "Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -1551,8 +1473,7 @@
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111
msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers"
-msgstr ""
-"Printerbeschrijvingsbestanden voor Ghostscript apparaatstuurprogramma's"
+msgstr "Printerbeschrijvingsbestanden voor Ghostscript apparaatstuurprogramma's"
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs.
#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text
@@ -1637,8 +1558,7 @@
#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
-msgid ""
-"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
+msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr "Het printerbeschrijvingsbestand komt niet overeen met de specificatie."
#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
@@ -1649,11 +1569,8 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
-msgid ""
-"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
-msgstr ""
-"Een niet-overkomende printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig "
-"falen."
+msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
+msgstr "Een niet-overkomende printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig falen."
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available"
@@ -1670,9 +1587,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138
msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1."
-msgstr ""
-"Het instellen van opties voor het apparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt voor "
-"wachtrij %1."
+msgstr "Het instellen van opties voor het apparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt voor wachtrij %1."
#. Read dialog help 1/1:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37
@@ -1703,14 +1618,12 @@
"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the "
-"printer\n"
+"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n"
"device.<br>\n"
"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n"
"device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n"
-"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL "
-"printer.\n"
+"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1718,14 +1631,10 @@
"Een printer wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printerwachtrij.<br>\n"
"Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n"
"de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden.<br>\n"
-"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde "
-"printer.\n"
-"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een "
-"kleurenprinter\n"
-"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een PostScript"
-"+PCL printer\n"
-"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig "
-"printen.\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde printer.\n"
+"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n"
+"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een PostScript+PCL printer\n"
+"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig printen.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Overview dialog help 2/7:
@@ -1745,11 +1654,9 @@
"<b><big>Gebruik van wachtrijen op afstand:</big></b><br>\n"
"Wachtrijen op afstand bestaan op andere hosts in het netwerk\n"
"daarom kunnen ze niet gewijzigd worden op deze host.<br>\n"
-"De wachtrijen op afstand die hier in de lijst staan zijn bekend op deze "
-"host\n"
+"De wachtrijen op afstand die hier in de lijst staan zijn bekend op deze host\n"
"en kunnen gewoonlijk direct door toepassingen gebruikt worden\n"
-"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een "
-"printer\n"
+"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een printer\n"
"die al beschikbaar is via een wachtrij op afstand.<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1763,8 +1670,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Een printer configureren:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een "
-"printer.\n"
+"Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een printer.\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 4/7:
@@ -1840,8 +1746,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>AutoYaST overzicht voor afdrukwachtrij</big></b><br>\n"
-"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het "
-"netwerk.<br>\n"
+"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het netwerk.<br>\n"
"Er is geen AutoYaST ondersteuning voor lokale afdrukwachtrijen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1852,38 +1757,27 @@
"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n"
"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device."
-"<br>\n"
-"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer "
-"device.\n"
-"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer "
-"drivers\n"
+"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n"
+"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n"
+"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n"
"should be used for the same printer device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n"
"to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n"
-"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL "
-"printer\n"
-"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less "
-"quality).\n"
+"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n"
+"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Stel een nieuwe wachtrij in voor een printerapparaat</big></b><br>\n"
-"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij."
-"<br>\n"
+"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij.<br>\n"
"Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n"
"de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden.<br>\n"
-"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde "
-"printerapparaat.\n"
-"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende "
-"printerstuurprogramma's\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n"
+"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende printerstuurprogramma's\n"
"gebruikt moeten worden voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n"
-"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een "
-"kleurenprinter\n"
-"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met "
-"een PCL-aansturing\n"
-"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere "
-"kwaliteit,\n"
+"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n"
+"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing\n"
+"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere kwaliteit,\n"
"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en één voor\n"
"tweezijdig printen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1909,8 +1803,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer "
-"device.<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
@@ -1918,28 +1811,22 @@
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
-"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything "
-"else\n"
-"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one "
-"device)\n"
+"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
+"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar "
-"het printerapparaat.<br>\n"
-"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar "
-"het apparaat worden gestuurd\n"
+"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat.<br>\n"
+"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n"
"zodat er niet geprint kan worden.<br>\n"
"Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n"
"dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding.<br>\n"
"In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via het 'usb:/...'\n"
"en de 'hp:/...' verbinding.\n"
"De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n"
-"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar "
-"voor iets anders\n"
-"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one "
-"apparaat)\n"
+"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n"
+"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n"
"moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1950,8 +1837,7 @@
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all."
-"<br>\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
"with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n"
"and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n"
@@ -1976,8 +1862,7 @@
"and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n"
"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n"
"If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n"
-"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the "
-"model.\n"
+"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n"
"Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n"
"is different from the autodetected model name.\n"
"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n"
@@ -1999,66 +1884,49 @@
"<p>\n"
"Het <b>stuurprogramma</b> bepaalt of de juiste gegevens voor het specifieke\n"
"printer-model worden geproduceerd.<br>\n"
-"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde "
-"gegevens naar de printer\n"
-"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in iets wat er slecht of chaotisch uitziet of "
-"helemaal niets laat zien.<br>\n"
-"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam "
-"die komt uit de\n"
+"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde gegevens naar de printer\n"
+"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in iets wat er slecht of chaotisch uitziet of helemaal niets laat zien.<br>\n"
+"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam die komt uit de\n"
"automatische detectie van de nu geselecteerde verbinding.\n"
-"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving "
-"overeenkomt de model-naam.\n"
+"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving overeenkomt de model-naam.\n"
"Deze worden standaard getoond.<br>\n"
-"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch "
-"gedetecteerde model-naam\n"
+"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n"
"en alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen bij hetzelfde model behoren dan\n"
-"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de "
-"minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n"
+"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n"
"De bovenste wordt dan automatisch voor-geselecteerd.\n"
-"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er "
-"handmatig\n"
+"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er handmatig\n"
"naar zoeken en deze selecteren.<br>\n"
-"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat "
-"niet\n"
+"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat niet\n"
"noodzakelijk dat deze de juiste is\n"
"voor uw specifieke behoeften.\n"
"Het kan zelfs zo zijn dat de automatisch voor-geselecteerde stuurprogramma\n"
"helemaal niet werkt voor uw printer-model.\n"
"De reden is dat de automatisch selectie\n"
"werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n"
-"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de "
-"stuurprogramma)\n"
+"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma)\n"
"zodat het resultaat alleen een best-guess voorstel is\n"
"over hoe uw eigen printer-model opgezet moet worden.<br>\n"
"Controleer daarom of de huidige voor-geselecteerde waarden zinnig zijn\n"
"en voel u vrij om er mee te spelen en wijzig de instellingen\n"
"tot wat waarvan u weet dat het beste werkt voor uw printer.<br>\n"
-"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch "
-"gedetecteerde model-naam\n"
-"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is "
-"voor dat model.\n"
-"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de "
-"stuurprogramma\n"
+"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n"
+"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n"
+"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma\n"
"van de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam.\n"
"U kunt daarom alles als zoek-tekst naar een stuurprogramma invullen\n"
"en alle beschikbare beschrijvingen doorzoeken.<br>\n"
"Gewoonlijk zijn de standaard optie-instellingen redelijk\n"
"zodat de stuurprogramma voor uw specifieke printer-model werkt.\n"
-"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke "
-"printer.\n"
-"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de "
-"stuurprogramma\n"
+"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n"
+"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de stuurprogramma\n"
"overeenkomen met het papier dat in uw printer is geladen.\n"
"U kunt ofwel expliciet A4 of Letter selecteren als standaard papiergrootte\n"
-"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de "
-"stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n"
+"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n"
"waarop de stuurprogramma terugvalt als deze geen A4 noch Letter ondersteunt\n"
"(bijvoorbeeld een stuurprogramma voor een klein-formaat foto-printer).\n"
-"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of "
-"Letter,\n"
+"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of Letter,\n"
"dan moet u eerst de wachtrij opzetten en dan kunt u in een tweede stap\n"
-"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' "
-"dialoog.\n"
+"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' dialoog.\n"
"</p>"
#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7:
@@ -2128,13 +1996,10 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door <b>run hp-"
-"setup</b><br>\n"
-"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal "
-"ondersteuning\n"
+"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door <b>run hp-setup</b><br>\n"
+"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal ondersteuning\n"
"bij het instellen van HP-printers en HP-all-in-one apparaten die een\n"
-"propriëtair apparaatstuurprogramma nodig heeft dat wordt gedownload van HP "
-"en\n"
+"propriëtair apparaatstuurprogramma nodig heeft dat wordt gedownload van HP en\n"
"op de juiste manier geïnstalleerd op een specifiek eindgebruikerssysteem.\n"
"Verder levert 'hp-setup' bettere ondersteuning voor het instellen\n"
"van HP-netwrrkprinters en HP-all-in-one netwerkapparaten\n"
@@ -2162,8 +2027,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device."
-"<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
@@ -2171,10 +2035,8 @@
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
-"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything "
-"else\n"
-"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one "
-"device)\n"
+"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
+"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n"
"the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
@@ -2204,58 +2066,43 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar "
-"het printerapparaat.<br>\n"
-"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar "
-"het apparaat worden gestuurd\n"
+"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat.<br>\n"
+"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n"
"zodat er niet geprint kan worden.<br>\n"
"Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n"
"dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding.<br>\n"
"In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via de verbinding\n"
"'usb:/...' en de 'hp:/...'.\n"
"De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n"
-"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar "
-"voor iets anders\n"
-"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one "
-"apparaat)\n"
+"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n"
+"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n"
"moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt.<br>\n"
"Als u de nu gebruikte verbinding verwisselt voor een andere, dan\n"
"zal het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma vooraf worden\n"
-"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw "
-"geselecteerde verbinding\n"
-"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen "
-"overeenkomen\n"
+"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw geselecteerde verbinding\n"
+"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen overeenkomen\n"
"met de modelnaam.<br>\n"
-"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de "
-"automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam\n"
-"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde "
-"model horen,\n"
-"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke "
-"stuurprogramma\n"
-"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte "
-"stuurprpgramma).\n"
-"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke "
-"stuurprogramma is\n"
+"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam\n"
+"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde model horen,\n"
+"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma\n"
+"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte stuurprpgramma).\n"
+"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma is\n"
"voor uw specifieke behoefte.\n"
"Strikt genomen kan het bovenaan vermelde stuurprogramma\n"
"in het geheel niet werken voor uw specifieke printermodel.\n"
"De reden is dat de automatische stuurprogramma selectie\n"
"alleen werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n"
-"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de "
-"stuurprogramma's)\n"
+"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's)\n"
"zodat het resultaat slechts een best-guess voorstel is\n"
"over hoe uw specifieke printermodel in te stellen.<br>\n"
"Controleer daarom of de nu voorgeselecteerde zinvol zijn\n"
"en voel u vrij om hiermee te spelen en de instellingen te wijzigen\n"
"tot iets wat het beste werkt voor uw printer.<br>\n"
-"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch "
-"gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n"
-"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma "
-"beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n"
+"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n"
+"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n"
"Vaak is alleen de modelnaam in de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma's\n"
"verschillend van de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam.\n"
-"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een "
-"geschikt stuurprogramma\n"
+"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n"
"en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2266,12 +2113,9 @@
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all."
-"<br>\n"
-"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings "
-"later\n"
-"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now."
-"<br>\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
+"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n"
+"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n"
"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n"
"For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n"
"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n"
@@ -2280,8 +2124,7 @@
"should work for the particular driver.\n"
"Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n"
"with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n"
-"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages."
-"<br>\n"
+"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n"
"you must first apply this change to the print queue\n"
"so that the new driver is used for the queue\n"
@@ -2289,8 +2132,7 @@
"and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n"
"by using this dialog again.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
-"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was "
-"not changed.\n"
+"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n"
"This results usually only one single driver which matches\n"
"so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n"
"to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n"
@@ -2300,17 +2142,12 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Het <b>stuurprogramma</b> bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor "
-"het\n"
+"Het <b>stuurprogramma</b> bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor het\n"
"specifieke printermodel.<br>\n"
-"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data "
-"naar de printer gezonden\n"
-"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende printout, chaotische printout, of "
-"helemaal geen printout.<br>\n"
-"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen "
-"ervoor wijzigen\n"
-"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu "
-"wijzigen.<br>\n"
+"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data naar de printer gezonden\n"
+"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende printout, chaotische printout, of helemaal geen printout.<br>\n"
+"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen ervoor wijzigen\n"
+"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu wijzigen.<br>\n"
"Sommige optieinstellingen moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n"
"Bijvoorbeeld de standaard papergrootte instelling van het stuurprogramma\n"
"moet overeenkomen met het papier dat nu is geladen in uw printer.<br>\n"
@@ -2319,28 +2156,20 @@
"zou moeten werken voor het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n"
"Niettemin kan het voorkomen dat uw specifieke printer niet wil printen\n"
"met een hoge resolutie. Bijvoorbeeld bij een laserprinter\n"
-"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te "
-"verwerken.<br>\n"
+"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te verwerken.<br>\n"
"Als u het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma wilt vervangen door een andere,\n"
"dan moet u eerst deze wijziging toepassen op de printwachtrij\n"
"zodat het nieuwe stuurprogramma wordt gebruikt voor de wachtrij\n"
"(dwz. u moet deze dialoog als eerste stap beëindigen)\n"
-"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's "
-"wijzigen\n"
+"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's wijzigen\n"
"door deze dialoog opnieuw te gebruiken.<br>\n"
-"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma "
-"ingevuld\n"
-"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding "
-"niet is gewijzigd.\n"
-"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat "
-"overeenkomt\n"
+"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma ingevuld\n"
+"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding niet is gewijzigd.\n"
+"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat overeenkomt\n"
"zodat u een minder specifieke zoektekst moet invoeren\n"
-"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer "
-"zoeken.\n"
-"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen "
-"stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n"
-"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een "
-"geschikt stuurprogramma\n"
+"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer zoeken.\n"
+"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n"
+"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n"
"en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2349,10 +2178,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n"
-"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and "
-"<b>location</b>.\n"
-"Application programs often show description and location in the print "
-"dialog.\n"
+"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n"
+"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n"
"To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n"
"which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n"
"it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n"
@@ -2365,19 +2192,13 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet "
-"kiezen,\n"
-"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor "
-"<b>beschrijving</b> en <b>locatie</b>.\n"
-"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de "
-"printerdialoog.\n"
+"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet kiezen,\n"
+"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor <b>beschrijving</b> en <b>locatie</b>.\n"
+"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de printerdialoog.\n"
"Om er zeker van te zijn dat deze tekenreeksen er goed uit zien in elke taal\n"
-"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan "
-"gebruiken,\n"
-"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale "
-"tekens\n"
-"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII "
-"spatie (hex 20)).\n"
+"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan gebruiken,\n"
+"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale tekens\n"
+"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII spatie (hex 20)).\n"
"Gewoonlijk bevat de beschrijving het model en optioneel het stuurprogramma\n"
"(b.v. 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 met het generieke PCL-stuurprogramma')\n"
"en de locatie beschrijft waar de printer staat\n"
@@ -2400,16 +2221,13 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Stel opties voor stuurprogramma in</big></b><br>\n"
-"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te "
-"laten omdat\n"
+"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te laten omdat\n"
"de standaarden redelijke waarden hebben voor het gebruikelijke printen.<br>\n"
"Bovendien tonen de printdialogen in de gebruikelijke applicatieprogramma's\n"
"ook de stuurprogrammaopties zodat elke gebruiker de stuurprogrammaopties\n"
"kan specificeren voor elke individuele printout.<br>\n"
-"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de "
-"papiergrootte\n"
-"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de "
-"printer.\n"
+"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de papiergrootte\n"
+"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de printer.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3:
@@ -2427,12 +2245,10 @@
"<p>\n"
"Niet-standaard instellingen kunnen niet in alle gevallen werken of hebben\n"
"onverwachte gevolgen.<br>\n"
-"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een "
-"laserprinter\n"
+"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een laserprinter\n"
"als zijn standaard ingebouwde geheugen onvoldoende is om de hoge resolutie\n"
"pagina's te verwerken.<br>\n"
-"Of een instelling hoge kwaliteit kan het printen ontoelaatbaar langzaam "
-"zijn\n"
+"Of een instelling hoge kwaliteit kan het printen ontoelaatbaar langzaam zijn\n"
"op een inkjetprinter.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2450,19 +2266,13 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke "
-"stuurprogrammainstellingen\n"
-"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te "
-"verkrijgen.<br>\n"
+"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke stuurprogrammainstellingen\n"
+"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te verkrijgen.<br>\n"
"In het bijzinder wanneer de printer optionele eenheden heeft zoals\n"
-"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan "
-"moeten de\n"
-"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast "
-"worden.<br>\n"
-"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op "
-"'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n"
-"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex "
-"printen negeren.\n"
+"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan moeten de\n"
+"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast worden.<br>\n"
+"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op 'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n"
+"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex printen negeren.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2:
@@ -2480,8 +2290,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Voeg toe of verwijder printerstuurprogrammapakketten</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet "
-"geïnstalleerd\n"
+"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n"
"en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het geïnstalleerd kan worden.<br>\n"
"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket gemarkeerd is dan is het geïnstalleerd\n"
"en kunt u het selecteren om het te verwijderen.\n"
@@ -2538,10 +2347,8 @@
"Het simpele instellen zal wel werken maar het actuele printen\n"
"zal niet werken omdat het stuurprogramma zou ontbreken.\n"
"Voor niet-PostScript printers hebt u een printerstuurprogramma nodig\n"
-"en een PPD-bestand dat exact overeenkomt met het betreffende "
-"stuurprogramma.\n"
-"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste "
-"plaats\n"
+"en een PPD-bestand dat exact overeenkomt met het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n"
+"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste plaats\n"
"als u de bovengenoemde printerstuurprogrammapakketten installeert.<br>\n"
"Alleen voor PostScript printers is een PPD-bestand alleen in het algemeen\n"
"voldoende om een werkende PostScript printerconfiguratie in te stellen.\n"
@@ -2555,81 +2362,37 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device."
-"<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Specificeer de verbinding</big></b><br>\n"
-"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het "
-"printerapparaat.<br>\n"
-"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het "
-"apparaat\n"
+"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het printerapparaat.<br>\n"
+"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het apparaat\n"
"gezonden worden en kan er dus niets geprint worden.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
-#| "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-"
-#| "transfer,\n"
-#| "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
-#| "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
-#| "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
-#| "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
-#| "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n"
-#| "is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)."
-#| "<br>\n"
-#| "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters "
-#| "like\n"
-#| "colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals "
-#| "sign '='.<br>\n"
-#| "Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark "
-#| "'?')\n"
-#| "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so "
-#| "that\n"
-#| "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n"
-#| "ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&"
-#| "waitprinter=false<br>\n"
-#| "Some examples:<br>\n"
-#| "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n"
-#| "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
-#| "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
-#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n"
-#| "via port 9100 may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
-#| "socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n"
-#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n"
-#| "via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n"
-#| "may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
-#| "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
-"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-"
-"transfer,\n"
+"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
"Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n"
-"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)."
-"<br>\n"
+"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n"
"The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n"
-"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign "
-"'='.<br>\n"
-"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark "
-"'?')\n"
+"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n"
+"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n"
"of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n"
"a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n"
-"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&"
-"waitprinter=false<br>\n"
+"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
"Some examples:<br>\n"
"A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n"
"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
@@ -2645,28 +2408,21 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printerapparaat-URI</big></b><br>\n"
-"Een verbinding wordt gespecificeed als een zogenaamde <b>apparaat-URI</b>."
-"<br>\n"
-"Het eerste woord (het zogenaamde URI-schema) specificeert de soort van "
-"dataoverdracht,\n"
+"Een verbinding wordt gespecificeed als een zogenaamde <b>apparaat-URI</b>.<br>\n"
+"Het eerste woord (het zogenaamde URI-schema) specificeert de soort van dataoverdracht,\n"
"bijvoorbeeld 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', of 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"Na het schema staan meer of minder extra componenten\n"
"die de details specificeren voor dit soort van gegevensoverdracht.<br>\n"
"Spaties zijn niet toegestaan in een URI.\n"
"Daarom moet een spatie in een waarde voor een URI-component gecodeerd\n"
"worden als '%20' (20 is de hexadecimale waarde van een spatie).<br>\n"
-"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde "
-"tekens\n"
-"zoals een dubbelepunt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of "
-"is-gelijk '='.<br>\n"
-"Tenslotte kunnen er optionele parameters zijn (gescheiden door een "
-"vraagteken '?')\n"
+"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde tekens\n"
+"zoals een dubbelepunt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of is-gelijk '='.<br>\n"
+"Tenslotte kunnen er optionele parameters zijn (gescheiden door een vraagteken '?')\n"
"in de vorm van 'optie1=waarde1&optie2=waarde2&optie3=waarde3' zodat\n"
"een volledige apparaat-URI bijvoorbeeld zou kunnen zijn:<br>\n"
-"ipp://server.domein:631/printers/wachtrijnaam?waitjob=false&"
-"waitprinter=false<br>\n"
-"Speciale tekens moeten procent-gecodeerd zijn (ook bekend als URL-"
-"encoding).\n"
+"ipp://server.domein:631/printers/wachtrijnaam?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
+"Speciale tekens moeten procent-gecodeerd zijn (ook bekend als URL-encoding).\n"
"Enige voorbeelden:<br>\n"
"Een USB printermodel 'Fun Printer 1000+' gemaakt door 'ACME'\n"
"met serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan een apparaat-URI hebben zoals:<br>\n"
@@ -2761,11 +2517,9 @@
"<b><big>Procent codering</big></b><br>\n"
"Het onderwerp is gecompliceerd.\n"
"Het is aanbevolen om gereserveerde tekens en spaties voor\n"
-"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle "
-"staan\n"
+"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle staan\n"
"(bijv. u kunt het niet vermijden wanneer u zulke tekens moet specificeren\n"
-"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op "
-"afstand\n"
+"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op afstand\n"
"maar de printerwachtrij staat niet onder uw controle).\n"
"Wanneer mogelijk, gebruik alleen zogenaamde niet-gereserveerde tekens.\n"
"Dit zijn kleine en hoofdletters, decimale cijfers, minteken, punt,\n"
@@ -2773,8 +2527,7 @@
"Zelfs minteken, punt, tilde en onderscheid tussen kleine en hoofdletters\n"
"zou speciale problemen in speciale gevallen kunnen veroorzaken\n"
"(bijv. alleen letters, cijfers en underscore zijn bekend goed te werken\n"
-"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet "
-"significant daar).\n"
+"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet significant daar).\n"
"Daarom is het het beste alleen kleine letters, cijfers en underscore\n"
"te gebruiken voor alle waarden in alle URI's indien mogelijk.<br>\n"
"Gereserveerde tekens en spaties in de waarde van een component\n"
@@ -2786,14 +2539,10 @@
"(dwz. niet-procent-gecodeerd).\n"
"Voor zulke invoervelden worden alle spaties en gereserveerde tekens\n"
"automatisch procent-gecodeerd.\n"
-"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is (niet-procent-"
-"gecodeerd),\n"
-"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd "
-"worden.\n"
-"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier "
-"is hoe\n"
-"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI."
-"<br>\n"
+"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is (niet-procent-gecodeerd),\n"
+"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd worden.\n"
+"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier is hoe\n"
+"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI.<br>\n"
"Als daarentegen een invoerveld in de dialoog bedoelt is om meer dan een\n"
"enkele waarde in te voeren voor een enkele component van de URI\n"
"(bijv. een enkel invoerveld voor alle optionele parameters\n"
@@ -2834,8 +2583,7 @@
"at-teken @ is procent gecodeerd as %40<br>\n"
"linker rechte haakje [ is procent gecodeerd as %5B<br>\n"
"rechter rechte haak ] is procent gecodeerd as %5D<br>\n"
-"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' "
-"op<br>\n"
+"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' op<br>\n"
"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2851,16 +2599,14 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's voor direct verbinden apparaten</big></b><br>\n"
"Apparaten die zijn verbonden via USB\n"
-"worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de van toepassing zijn apparaat-URI "
-"wordt automatisch gegenereerd.\n"
+"worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de van toepassing zijn apparaat-URI wordt automatisch gegenereerd.\n"
"Bijvoorbeeld:<br>\n"
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
"A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n"
"and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n"
"A network printer has such a device built-in.\n"
@@ -2897,8 +2643,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een "
-"printserverdoos</big></b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een printserverdoos</big></b><br>\n"
"Een printserverdoos is een klein apparaat met een netwerkverbinding\n"
"en een USB of parallelle poort om de echte printer aan te sluiten.\n"
"Een netwerkprinter heeft zo'n soort apparaat ingebouwd.\n"
@@ -2908,16 +2653,14 @@
"<b>TCP-poort (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
"Het IP-adres en een poortnummer zijn nodig voor toegang.\n"
"Het poortnummer 9100 is vaak de juiste.\n"
-"Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare "
-"protocol.\n"
+"Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare protocol.\n"
"De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is:<br>\n"
"socket://ip-adres:poortnummer<br>\n"
"<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>\n"
"Een LPD draait op het apparaat en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n"
"Het IP-adres en een LPD-wachtrijnaam zijn nodig voor toegang.\n"
"Bijna alle netwerkprinters en printserverdozen ondersteunen het.\n"
-"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere "
-"manier.\n"
+"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere manier.\n"
"Maar het gebruik van een correcte LPD-wachtrij die niet op de een\n"
"of andere manier de data wijzigt of extra formfeeds of bannerpagina's\n"
"toevoegt zou essentieel kunnen zijn voor betrouwbaar printen.\n"
@@ -2926,8 +2669,7 @@
"<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>\n"
"IPP is het eigen protocol voor CUPS dat op een echte computer draait\n"
"maar als IPP is geïmplementeerd in een kleine printserverdoos,\n"
-"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de "
-"leverancier\n"
+"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de leverancier\n"
"in de documentatie dit officieel ondersteunt. \n"
"De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is:<br>\n"
"ipp://ip-adres:poortnummer/resource<br>\n"
@@ -2939,94 +2681,6 @@
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n"
-#| "means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>\n"
-#| "Access happens via various different network protocols.\n"
-#| "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n"
-#| "provides in your particular network:<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be "
-#| "installed.\n"
-#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n"
-#| "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-#| "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n"
-#| "A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n"
-#| "is needed to access it.\n"
-#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-#| "Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n"
-#| "must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>\n"
-#| "By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n"
-#| "When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n"
-#| "the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n"
-#| "so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n"
-#| "would not work.<br>\n"
-#| "For printing in an AD environment additionally\n"
-#| "the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n"
-#| "In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n"
-#| "is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n"
-#| "which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n"
-#| "who submitted a particular print job.\n"
-#| "When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n"
-#| "in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n"
-#| "via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n"
-#| "When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n"
-#| "a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n"
-#| "and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n"
-#| "even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n"
-#| "In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n"
-#| "has to be specified for authentication.\n"
-#| "A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n"
-#| "where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n"
-#| "This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n"
-#| "for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n"
-#| "and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n"
-#| "directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n"
-#| "In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n"
-#| "where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>\n"
-#| "For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>\n"
-#| "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n"
-#| "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n"
-#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer"
-#| "%201000%2B<br>\n"
-#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n"
-#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:"
-#| "Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
-#| "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n"
-#| "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries."
-#| "<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
-#| "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n"
-#| "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n"
-#| "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n"
-#| "<b>CUPS Server</b><br>\n"
-#| "Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n"
-#| "a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n"
-#| "in the <b>Print Via Network</b> dialog.\n"
-#| "Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n"
-#| "to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>\n"
-#| "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n"
-#| "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n"
-#| "To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n"
-#| "the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n"
-#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n"
-#| "the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-#| "to a Novell Netware print queue.\n"
-#| "A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n"
-#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n"
-#| "the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3036,8 +2690,7 @@
"Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n"
"provides in your particular network:<br>\n"
"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be "
-"installed.\n"
+"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n"
"the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
"to a SMB printer share.<br>\n"
@@ -3080,8 +2733,7 @@
"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n"
"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n"
-"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:"
-"Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
+"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
"'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n"
"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n"
"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
@@ -3102,24 +2754,21 @@
"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om te printen via een printserver-machine</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om te printen via een printserver-machine</big></b><br>\n"
"In tegenstelling tot een printserverdoos is een printserver-machine\n"
"een echte computer die een printservice biedt.<br>\n"
"Toegang gaat via verschillende netwerkprotocollen.\n"
"Vraag uw netwerkbeheerder wat elke printserver-machine\n"
"levert in uw specifieke netwerk:<br>\n"
"<b>Windows (R) of Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang te hebben tot "
-"een SMB-printer-share.\n"
+"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang te hebben tot een SMB-printer-share.\n"
"Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'smb'die gekoppeld is aan\n"
"het <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> programma dat in werkelijkheid de gegevens\n"
"naar een SMB-printer-share zendt.<br>\n"
"Een servernaam en een printer-share-naam en optioneel een werkgroepnaam\n"
"zijn nodig voor toegang.\n"
"Verder kan een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord nodig zijn voor toegang>.\n"
-"Bedenk dat spaties en speciale tekens procent-gecodeerd moeten worden (zie "
-"eerder).<br>\n"
+"Bedenk dat spaties en speciale tekens procent-gecodeerd moeten worden (zie eerder).<br>\n"
"Standaard voert CUPS backends uit (hier smbspool) als gebruiker 'lp'.\n"
"Bij afdrukken in een Active Directory (R) omgeving (AD)\n"
"is het de gebruiker 'lp' niet toegestaan om in deze omgeving\n"
@@ -3132,12 +2781,10 @@
"die een omhulling is om smbspool uit te voeren als de originele\n"
"gebruiker die een bepaalde afdruktaak heeft ingediend.\n"
"Wanneer het Kerberos protocol voor authenticatie wordt gebruikt\n"
-"in een AD-omgeving, dan krijgt een gebruiker een \"ticket granting ticket"
-"\" (TGT)\n"
+"in een AD-omgeving, dan krijgt een gebruiker een \"ticket granting ticket\" (TGT)\n"
"via de schermbeheerder bij aanmelden in het bureaublad van Gnome of KDE.\n"
"Wanneer smbspool wordt uitgevoerd als de originele gebruiker die een\n"
-"specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, dan kan het het TGT van deze "
-"gebruiker\n"
+"specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, dan kan het het TGT van deze gebruiker\n"
"krijgen en gebruiken om het door te geven in de afdrukgegevens naar de\n"
"SMB-printer-share zelfs in een AD-omgeving met Kerberos-authenticatie.\n"
"In dit geval is er geen vaste gebruikersnaam of een vast wachtwoord\n"
@@ -3150,16 +2797,13 @@
"direct naar de SMB printer-share in de AD-omgeving zenden.\n"
"Het werkt dus specifiek niet op een aparte CUPS-servermachine\n"
"waar gebruikers die afdruktaken indienen niet zijn aangemeld.<br>\n"
-"Voor de traditionele manier is een overeenkomstige volledige apparaat-URI:"
-"<br>\n"
+"Voor de traditionele manier is een overeenkomstige volledige apparaat-URI:<br>\n"
"smb://gebruikersnaam:wachtswoord@werkgroep/server/printer<br>\n"
"Bijvoorbeeld 'John Doe' met wachtwoord '@thuis!' zou er zoiets uitzien\n"
-"met het volgende apparaat URI om toegang te bieden tot 'Fun Printer 1000+' "
-"als:\n"
+"met het volgende apparaat URI om toegang te bieden tot 'Fun Printer 1000+' als:\n"
"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
"Voor <b>meer informatie</b> kijk op <tt>man smbspool</tt> en<br>\n"
-"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:"
-"Printen_via_SMB_(Samba)_share_of_Windows_share<br>\n"
+"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Printen_via_SMB_(Samba)_share_of_Windows_share<br>\n"
"<b>Traditionele UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
"Een Line Printer Daemon (LPD) draait op een traditionele UNIX-server\n"
"en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n"
@@ -3169,8 +2813,7 @@
"<b>CUPS-server</b><br>\n"
"Gewoonlijk zou u geen lokale printwachtrij op moeten zetten voor\n"
"toegang tot een wachtrij op een CUPS-server op afstand. In plaats\n"
-"daarvan doet u de instelling via de dialoog <b>Printen via het network</"
-"b>.\n"
+"daarvan doet u de instelling via de dialoog <b>Printen via het network</b>.\n"
"Alleen als u echt weet dat u een lokale printwachtrij\n"
"op moet zetten om toegang te hebben tot een wachtrij op een CUPS-server\n"
"op afstand ga dan hier verder.<br>\n"
@@ -3181,47 +2824,6 @@
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "<b>Specify an Arbitrary Device URI</b>\n"
-#| "if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n"
-#| "or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>\n"
-#| "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
-#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n"
-#| "the program that you specified here.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n"
-#| "To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n"
-#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n"
-#| "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n"
-#| "which is then called by beh.\n"
-#| "This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n"
-#| "repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n"
-#| "of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n"
-#| "If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n"
-#| "so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n"
-#| "print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>\n"
-#| "Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n"
-#| "in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>\n"
-#| "Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n"
-#| "to call the backend.<br>\n"
-#| "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n"
-#| "Example:<br>\n"
-#| "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n"
-#| "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second "
-#| "delay\n"
-#| "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n"
-#| "and the print job is lost.<br>\n"
-#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/"
-#| "beh</tt> and<br>\n"
-#| "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/"
-#| "BackendErrorHandler\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3254,12 +2856,10 @@
"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n"
"Example:<br>\n"
"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n"
-"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second "
-"delay\n"
+"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n"
"between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n"
"and the print job is lost.<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/"
-"beh</tt> and<br>\n"
+"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n"
"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3269,8 +2869,7 @@
"als u het exact juiste apparaat-URI weet voor uw specifieke geval\n"
"of om een bestaande apparaat-URI op een speciale manier te wijzigen.<br>\n"
"<b>Zend printdata naar een ander programma (pipe)</b><br>\n"
-"Om dit te kunnen doen, moet het RPM-pakket cups-backends worden "
-"geïnstalleerd.\n"
+"Om dit te kunnen doen, moet het RPM-pakket cups-backends worden geïnstalleerd.\n"
"Het pakket biedt de CUPS-backend-'pipe' die\n"
"het programma draait dat u hier specificeert.\n"
"De overeenkomende apparaat-URI is:<br>\n"
@@ -3292,16 +2891,13 @@
"in geval van een fout. '0' betekent een oneindig aantal pogingen.<br>\n"
"Vertraging is het aantal seconden tussen twee pogingen\n"
"om de backend aan te roepen.<br>\n"
-"The laatste parameter is the originele URI, die de wachtrij oorspronkelijk "
-"had.<br>\n"
+"The laatste parameter is the originele URI, die de wachtrij oorspronkelijk had.<br>\n"
"Voorbeeld:<br>\n"
"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adres:poort-nummer<br>\n"
"De beh backend probeert een netwerkprinter 3 keer met 5 seconden vertraging\n"
-"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang nog steeds mislukt, zal de wachtrij niet "
-"uitgeschakeld\n"
+"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang nog steeds mislukt, zal de wachtrij niet uitgeschakeld\n"
"worden en gaat de printjob verloren.<br>\n"
-"Voor <b>meer informatie</b> kijk op <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> "
-"en<br>\n"
+"Voor <b>meer informatie</b> kijk op <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> en<br>\n"
"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…"
"</p>"
@@ -3310,8 +2906,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
-"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network."
-"<br>\n"
+"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n"
"By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n"
"to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n"
@@ -3346,25 +2941,19 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printen via het netwerk</big></b><br>\n"
-"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te "
-"printen via het netwerk.<br>\n"
+"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te printen via het netwerk.<br>\n"
"Standaard gebruikt CUPS de zogenaamde 'Browsing' modus\n"
"voor het beschikbaar stellen van printers via het netwerk.<br>\n"
-"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk "
-"bekend maken\n"
-"en moet als gevolg daarvan op uw host het CUPS-daemon proces (cupsd) "
-"draaien\n"
+"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk bekend maken\n"
+"en moet als gevolg daarvan op uw host het CUPS-daemon proces (cupsd) draaien\n"
"die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers.<br>\n"
"CUPS Browsing informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631.<br>\n"
"Betreffende de firewall:<br>\n"
-"Controleer of er een firewall actief is voor een networkzone waarin "
-"printers\n"
-"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde "
-"gebruikers\n"
+"Controleer of er een firewall actief is voor een networkzone waarin printers\n"
+"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde gebruikers\n"
"(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers op zijn printer printen).\n"
"Standaard laat SuSEfirewall alle toegang toe via een netwerkinterface\n"
-"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd."
-"<br>\n"
+"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd.<br>\n"
"Het is niet logisch om te printen in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n"
"met een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de niet vertrouwde 'externe zone'\n"
"die standaard als niet veilig wordt ingesteld.\n"
@@ -3379,8 +2968,7 @@
"Gebruik de YaST module voor het instellen van de firewall om deze\n"
"fundamentele instelling te verrichten om veiligheid plus bruikbaarheid te\n"
"verkrijgen in uw netwerk en printers op afstand in een vertrouwd intern\n"
-"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall."
-"<br>\n"
+"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall.<br>\n"
"Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase\n"
"artikel 'CUPS en GEZONDE Firewall instellingen' at<br>\n"
"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_en_GEZONDE_Firewall_instellingen\n"
@@ -3405,14 +2993,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"Als u toegang hebt tot CUPS-servers op afstand om af te drukken\n"
"maar deze servers publiceren hun printerinformatie niet via het netwerk\n"
-"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan "
-"accepteren\n"
+"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan accepteren\n"
"(bijv. omdat u firewallbescherming nodig hebt voor de netwerkzone\n"
-"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van CUPS-"
-"servers\n"
+"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van CUPS-servers\n"
"verzoeken (aangenomen dat de CUPS-servers dit toestaan).<br>\n"
-"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een cups-polld-"
-"proces\n"
+"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een cups-polld-proces\n"
"gestart door het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) op uw host.\n"
"Standaard zal elke cups-polld een CUPS-server op afstand elke 30\n"
"seconden afvragen op printerinformatie.\n"
@@ -3423,10 +3008,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
-"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your "
-"host.\n"
-"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly."
-"<br>\n"
+"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n"
+"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n"
"A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n"
"for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n"
"to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n"
@@ -3436,21 +3019,16 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server "
-"hebt,\n"
-"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon "
-"te\n"
-"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-"
-"server\n"
+"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server hebt,\n"
+"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon te\n"
+"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server\n"
"te specificeren en direct toegang te hebben.<br>\n"
"Een mogelijk nadeel is dat programma's enige tijd vertraagd worden\n"
"(totdat er een timeout optreedt) wanneer zij toegang\n"
"proberen te krijgen tot de CUPS-server maar is niet beschikbaar\n"
"(bijv. wanneer u op reis bent met uw laptop). Gewoonlijk is het timeout\n"
-"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat "
-"het kan\n"
-"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand /etc/"
-"hosts te hebben.\n"
+"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat het kan\n"
+"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand /etc/hosts te hebben.\n"
"</p>"
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
@@ -3486,22 +3064,17 @@
"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n"
"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n"
-"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must "
-"run\n"
+"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n"
"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n"
"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big></b><br>\n"
"Gebruikelijk is CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) zo in te stellen dat de\n"
-"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te "
-"maken via het netwerk.<br>\n"
-"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het "
-"netwerk\n"
-"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-cliënt-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces "
-"(cupsd) draaien\n"
+"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te maken via het netwerk.<br>\n"
+"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het netwerk\n"
+"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-cliënt-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) draaien\n"
"die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers.<br>\n"
"CUPS-blader-informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3511,34 +3084,26 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
-"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients."
-"<br>\n"
+"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n"
"In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n"
"to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n"
"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n"
"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n"
-"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS "
-"Browsing.\n"
+"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n"
"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n"
-"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server "
-"directly.\n"
+"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-cliënt-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te "
-"hebben\n"
-"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij "
-"cliënten.<br>\n"
+"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-cliënt-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te hebben\n"
+"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij cliënten.<br>\n"
"In een lokaal netwerk is het gebruikelijk om CUPS-browsing in te stellen\n"
"en toegang van buiten open te stellen voor alle hosts in het lokale netwerk\n"
"en alle printers bekend te maken aan al die hosts.<br>\n"
"Het is niet verreist de printers in alle gevallen bekend te maken.\n"
-"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor CUPS-"
-"browsing.\n"
-"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de cliënt-systemen "
-"te\n"
-"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de cliënten direct "
-"toegang\n"
+"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor CUPS-browsing.\n"
+"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de cliënt-systemen te\n"
+"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de cliënten direct toegang\n"
"hebben tot de server.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3620,8 +3185,7 @@
"op uw host tegen ongewenste toegang via het netwerk.<br>\n"
"Afdrukken via het netwerk wordt gedaan in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n"
"(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers van welk extern netwerk ook\n"
-"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers "
-"fysieke\n"
+"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers fysieke\n"
"toegang tot de printer nodig om hun papieruitvoer te krijgen.<br>\n"
"Standaard laat de SuSEfirewall alle netwerkverkeer passeren\n"
"via een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de 'interne zone'\n"
@@ -3640,8 +3204,7 @@
"Gebruik de YaST module voor het instellen van de firewall om deze\n"
"fundamentele instelling te verrichten om veiligheid plus bruikbaarheid te\n"
"verkrijgen in uw netwerk en printers op afstand in een vertrouwd intern\n"
-"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall."
-"<br>\n"
+"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall.<br>\n"
"Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase\n"
"artikel 'CUPS en GEZONDE Firewall instellingen' at<br>\n"
"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_en_GEZONDE_Firewall_instellingen\n"
@@ -3660,8 +3223,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS bewerkingbeleid</big></b><br>\n"
-"Bewerkingbeleid zijn de regels die gebruikt worden bij elke bewerking binnen "
-"CUPS.\n"
+"Bewerkingbeleid zijn de regels die gebruikt worden bij elke bewerking binnen CUPS.\n"
"Zulke bewerkingen zijn bijvoorbeeld 'print iets', 'annuleer een printout',\n"
"'configureer een printer', 'wijzig of verwijder een printerconfiguratie'\n"
"en 'schakel printen in of uit'.\n"
@@ -3669,29 +3231,6 @@
#. Policies help 2/2:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n"
-#| "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n"
-#| "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n"
-#| "(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
-#| "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n"
-#| "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n"
-#| "can overwrite the default error policy\n"
-#| "and enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\n"
-#| "For example it can stop any further printing attempt\n"
-#| "even when the default error policy is to retry the job.\n"
-#| "This could happen when any attempt to establish\n"
-#| "the communication with the printer is useless\n"
-#| "so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n"
-#| "<br>\n"
-#| "The following error policies exist:<br>\n"
-#| "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n"
-#| "Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by "
-#| "default).<br>\n"
-#| "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3711,8 +3250,7 @@
"<br>\n"
"The following error policies exist:<br>\n"
"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n"
-"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by "
-"default).<br>\n"
+"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n"
"Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3734,8 +3272,7 @@
"<br>\n"
"Het foutenbeleid dat gebruikt kan worden is:<br>\n"
"Stop de printer en bewaar de job voor later.<br>\n"
-"Stuur de job opnieuw vanaf het begin na enige tijd te hebben gewacht (30 "
-"seconden als standaard).<br>\n"
+"Stuur de job opnieuw vanaf het begin na enige tijd te hebben gewacht (30 seconden als standaard).<br>\n"
"Breek de job af en gooi deze weg en ga verder met de volgende job.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3758,8 +3295,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big></b><br>\n"
"Activeer het keuzevakje om de automatische configuratie van YaST\n"
"voor printers, die met de lokale host zijn verbonden, uit te voeren.<br>\n"
"Voor elk automatisch gedetecteerde lokaal verbonden printer,\n"
@@ -3798,11 +3334,9 @@
"<b><big>Automatische configuratie voor USB-printers</big></b><br>\n"
"Het RPM-pakket 'udev-configure-printer' levert\n"
"automatische configuratie wanneer USB-printers ingeplugd worden.<br>\n"
-"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet "
-"geïnstalleerd\n"
+"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n"
"en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het zal worden geïnstalleerd.<br>\n"
-"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel is geactiveerd, dan is het al "
-"geïnstalleerd\n"
+"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel is geactiveerd, dan is het al geïnstalleerd\n"
"en dan kunt u het deactiveren zodat het zal worden verwijderd.<br>\n"
"Als udev-configure-printer is geïnstalleerd, dan gebeurt\n"
"het automatische instellen van de USB printer via de items\n"
@@ -3901,17 +3435,13 @@
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
msgid ""
-"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not "
-"accessible.\n"
+"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
"A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te "
-"zijn.\n"
-"Controleer met 'lpstat -h localhost -r' of een lokale cupsd toegankelijk "
-"is.\n"
-"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere "
-"mislukkingen.\n"
+"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te zijn.\n"
+"Controleer met 'lpstat -h localhost -r' of een lokale cupsd toegankelijk is.\n"
+"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n"
#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631).
@@ -3931,18 +3461,14 @@
"If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n"
"the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n"
msgstr ""
-"De CUPS-daemon lijkt niet te luisteren op de officiële IANA IPP poort "
-"(631).\n"
-"Controleer met 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' waar de cupsd echt naar "
-"luistert.\n"
+"De CUPS-daemon lijkt niet te luisteren op de officiële IANA IPP poort (631).\n"
+"Controleer met 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' waar de cupsd echt naar luistert.\n"
"Dit kan gebeuren als er een 'Listen ...:1234' of 'Port 1234' instelling is\n"
"(waar 1234 elk poortnummer is die niet de officiële poort 631 is)\n"
"in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (controleer ook of er een 'BrowsePort 1234' is).\n"
"De YaST-printermodule ondersteunt de niet-officiële poort niet.\n"
-"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere "
-"mislukkingen.\n"
-"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de YaST-"
-"printermodule\n"
+"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n"
+"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de YaST-printermodule\n"
"niet gebruiken voor het configureren van uw printers.\n"
#. Busy message:
@@ -3952,8 +3478,7 @@
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
-"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot "
-"de CUPS-server...\n"
+"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot de CUPS-server...\n"
"(dit kan enige tijd duren)"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
@@ -3965,19 +3490,14 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
-msgstr ""
-"Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt "
-"gebruikt."
+msgstr "Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt gebruikt."
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
-msgid ""
-"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
-msgstr ""
-"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen "
-"en mislukkingen."
+msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
+msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen en mislukkingen."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
@@ -4004,11 +3524,8 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
-msgid ""
-"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen "
-"verwijderd worden."
+msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
+msgstr "Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen verwijderd worden."
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
@@ -4016,12 +3533,8 @@
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
-msgid ""
-"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be "
-"restored."
-msgstr ""
-"De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet "
-"hersteld worden."
+msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
+msgstr "De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet hersteld worden."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
@@ -4047,8 +3560,7 @@
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt."
+msgstr "Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt."
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
@@ -4057,8 +3569,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
-msgstr ""
-"De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat printjobs geweigerd worden."
+msgstr "De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat printjobs geweigerd worden."
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
@@ -4070,8 +3581,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat uitprinten is uigeschakeld."
+msgstr "De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat uitprinten is uigeschakeld."
#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue.
#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because
@@ -4079,12 +3589,8 @@
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
-msgid ""
-"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is "
-"printed."
-msgstr ""
-"Er zijn wachtende printjobs die verwijderd zouden kunnen worden voordat de "
-"testpagina is geprint."
+msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
+msgstr "Er zijn wachtende printjobs die verwijderd zouden kunnen worden voordat de testpagina is geprint."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
@@ -4164,8 +3670,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
-msgstr ""
-"De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten."
+msgstr "De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten."
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
@@ -4217,34 +3722,24 @@
msgstr "Voor de volledige log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log."
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
-msgid ""
-"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
-msgstr ""
-"Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 "
-"(alleen Engels)"
+msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
+msgstr "Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 (alleen Engels)"
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log."
+msgstr "Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log."
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
-msgid ""
-"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote "
-"system."
-msgstr ""
-"Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van "
-"de systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand."
+msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
+msgstr "Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van de systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand."
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het "
-"toevoegen van een configuratie."
+msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het toevoegen van een configuratie."
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
msgid "Cannot Modify"
@@ -4252,11 +3747,8 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
-msgid ""
-"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen "
-"gewijzigd worden."
+msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
+msgstr "Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen gewijzigd worden."
#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to
@@ -4311,12 +3803,8 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local "
-"system."
-msgstr ""
-"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met instellen "
-"van beleid voor het lokale systeem."
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system."
+msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met instellen van beleid voor het lokale systeem."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name.
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331
@@ -4327,8 +3815,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354
msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-msgstr ""
-"Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr "Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value.
#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name.
@@ -4418,9 +3905,7 @@
#. from where remote printer information is polled:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146
msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)"
-msgstr ""
-"Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden "
-"door spatie)"
+msgstr "Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden door spatie)"
#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly
#. only via one single remote CUPS server:
@@ -4457,9 +3942,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263
msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall-instellingen zie de helptekst "
-"van deze dialoog."
+msgstr "Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall-instellingen zie de helptekst van deze dialoog."
#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name.
#. Such a client-only config does not make sense:
@@ -4478,8 +3961,7 @@
#. when a client-only server is not accessible:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures."
-msgstr ""
-"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen."
+msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430
@@ -4494,9 +3976,7 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467
msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Het keuzevakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was "
-"uitgeschakeld."
+msgstr "Het keuzevakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was uitgeschakeld."
#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf:
#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has
@@ -4514,9 +3994,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow.
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569
msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr ""
-"Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is "
-"mislukt"
+msgstr "Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. but now the user has deactivated it
#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled.
@@ -4526,8 +4004,7 @@
#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597
msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr ""
-"Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names.
#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense:
@@ -4538,9 +4015,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll.
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659
msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-msgstr ""
-"Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is "
-"mislukt"
+msgstr "Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. but now the user has deactivated it
#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled:
@@ -4566,8 +4041,7 @@
#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727
msgid ""
-"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept "
-"announcements'\n"
+"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n"
"or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n"
"it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4594,9 +4068,7 @@
#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83
msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:"
-msgstr ""
-"Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand "
-"zijn toegestaan:"
+msgstr "Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand zijn toegestaan:"
#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues
#. for computers within the local network:
@@ -4654,28 +4126,20 @@
#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues
#. for hosts and/or networks:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180
-msgid ""
-"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)"
-msgstr ""
-"Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden "
-"door een spatie)"
+msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)"
+msgstr "Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden door een spatie)"
#. TextEntry to publish local print queues
#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192
-msgid ""
-"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by "
-"space)"
-msgstr ""
-"Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen "
-"(gescheiden door een spatie)"
+msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)"
+msgstr "Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen (gescheiden door een spatie)"
#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default
#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214
msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below."
-msgstr ""
-"&Maak printers openbaar als standaard in het onderstaande netwerkinterface."
+msgstr "&Maak printers openbaar als standaard in het onderstaande netwerkinterface."
#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221
@@ -4691,9 +4155,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396
msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr ""
-"Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is "
-"mislukt"
+msgstr "Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406
@@ -4704,23 +4166,19 @@
#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594
msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr ""
-"Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr "Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values.
#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536
msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr ""
-"Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr "Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values.
#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560
msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr ""
-"Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is "
-"mislukt"
+msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613
@@ -4730,12 +4188,8 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer "
-"configurations."
-msgstr ""
-"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met gedeelde "
-"lokale printerconfiguraties."
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations."
+msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met gedeelde lokale printerconfiguraties."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -4875,9 +4329,7 @@
#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678
msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1."
-msgstr ""
-"Het bepalen van de opties voor de apparaataansturing voor queue %1 is "
-"mislukt."
+msgstr "Het bepalen van de opties voor de apparaataansturing voor queue %1 is mislukt."
#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see
#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…:
@@ -4927,9 +4379,7 @@
#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098
msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)."
-msgstr ""
-"Kon de de printqueue's niet tonen (het detecteren van de printqueues is "
-"mislukt)."
+msgstr "Kon de de printqueue's niet tonen (het detecteren van de printqueues is mislukt)."
#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119
@@ -4992,17 +4442,13 @@
#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496
msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database."
-msgstr ""
-"Het aanmaken van de de database voor printerapparaatstuurprogramma is "
-"mislukt."
+msgstr "Het aanmaken van de de database voor printerapparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt."
#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected.
#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525
msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer een verbinding, daarna tonen overeenkomstige "
-"apparaatstuurprogramma's zich hier."
+msgstr "Selecteer een verbinding, daarna tonen overeenkomstige apparaatstuurprogramma's zich hier."
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
@@ -5013,16 +4459,13 @@
#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
-msgstr ""
-"Geen overeenkomend apparaatstuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of "
-"probeer 'Meer zoeken'."
+msgstr "Geen overeenkomend apparaatstuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of probeer 'Meer zoeken'."
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..."
-msgstr ""
-"Veel printerapparaatstuurprogramma's worden verwerkt. Even geduld aub..."
+msgstr "Veel printerapparaatstuurprogramma's worden verwerkt. Even geduld aub..."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
@@ -5040,8 +4483,7 @@
#. which should not happen at all:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
msgid "Failed to determine the driver options."
-msgstr ""
-"Het vaststellen van de opties voor de apparaatstuurprogramma's is mislukt."
+msgstr "Het vaststellen van de opties voor de apparaatstuurprogramma's is mislukt."
#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
@@ -5054,7 +4496,6 @@
msgstr "opgeslagen waarde"
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358
-#| msgid "&Test Server"
msgid "The server '"
msgstr "De server '"
@@ -5073,8 +4514,7 @@
"kan worden. Dit gebeurt als YaST in tekstmodus draait, of als de\n"
"gebruiker die YaST draait geen DISPLAY-omgevingsvariabele heeft\n"
"aangemaakt of wanneer het YaST-proces geen toegang heeft tot de\n"
-"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten "
-"uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n"
+"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n"
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
@@ -5093,12 +4533,10 @@
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
-"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer "
-"configuration.\n"
+"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
"'hp-setup' is opgestart.\n"
-"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de printer-"
-"configuratie.\n"
+"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de printer-configuratie.\n"
#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed:
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
@@ -5115,20 +4553,13 @@
#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron "
-"beschikbaar."
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
+msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron beschikbaar."
#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
-msgstr ""
-"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de "
-"installatiebron."
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
+msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de installatiebron."
#. Only a simple message because:
#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
@@ -5153,17 +4584,14 @@
#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287
msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?"
-msgstr ""
-"Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden "
-"achterblijven?"
+msgstr "Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden achterblijven?"
#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292
msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere."
-msgstr ""
-"Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders."
+msgstr "Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
@@ -5192,9 +4620,7 @@
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445
msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot"
-msgstr ""
-"Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van "
-"het systeem is mislukt"
+msgstr "Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van het systeem is mislukt"
#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment
#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs:
@@ -5233,9 +4659,7 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441
msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet opgestart bij het opstarten van het "
-"systeem."
+msgstr "Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet opgestart bij het opstarten van het systeem."
#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment
#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs:
@@ -5278,9 +4702,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)"
#~ msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Apparaatstuurprogramma voor Konica Minolta 2300W en 2400W (zonder "
-#~ "onderhoud)"
+#~ msgstr "Apparaatstuurprogramma voor Konica Minolta 2300W en 2400W (zonder onderhoud)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -5305,29 +4727,23 @@
#~ "Example device URIs:<br>\n"
#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be "
-#~ "installed.\n"
-#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends "
-#~ "the data\n"
+#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
+#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
#~ "to a bluetooth printer.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "<b><big>Apparaat-URI's voor direct verbonden apparaten</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Apparaten die direct zijn verbonden via de parallelle poort of via USB\n"
-#~ "worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt "
-#~ "automatisch gegenereerd.\n"
+#~ "worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt automatisch gegenereerd.\n"
#~ "Bijvoorbeeld:<br>\n"
#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
#~ "Gewoonlijk werken alleen de automatisch gegenereerde apparaat-URI's.\n"
-#~ "Als het apparaat niet automatisch wordt gedetecteerd dan is er gewoonlijk "
-#~ "geen communicatie\n"
-#~ "met het apparaat mogelijk en kunnen er geen gegevens naar het apparaat "
-#~ "worden gezonden.<br>\n"
-#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een HP-printer of alles-in-een apparaat via de "
-#~ "backend-hp\n"
+#~ "Als het apparaat niet automatisch wordt gedetecteerd dan is er gewoonlijk geen communicatie\n"
+#~ "met het apparaat mogelijk en kunnen er geen gegevens naar het apparaat worden gezonden.<br>\n"
+#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een HP-printer of alles-in-een apparaat via de backend-hp\n"
#~ "dan moet het RPM-pakket hplip geïnstalleerd zijn.\n"
#~ "Het pakket levert de afdruk- en scansoftware van HP, HPLIP.<br>\n"
#~ "In tegenstelling tot apparaten die via een seriële poort of bluetooth\n"
@@ -5339,10 +4755,8 @@
#~ "Voorbeeld apparaat-URI's:<br>\n"
#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een apparaat via bluetooth moet het RPM-pakket "
-#~ "bluez-cups zijn geïnstalleerd.\n"
-#~ "Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'bluetooth' die de gegevens in "
-#~ "werkelijkheid\n"
+#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een apparaat via bluetooth moet het RPM-pakket bluez-cups zijn geïnstalleerd.\n"
+#~ "Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'bluetooth' die de gegevens in werkelijkheid\n"
#~ "naar een bluetooth-printer stuurt.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -5393,8 +4807,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</"
-#~ "big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n"
#~ "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n"
#~ "A network printer has such kind of device built-in.\n"
@@ -5431,8 +4844,7 @@
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of "
-#~ "een printserverdoos</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een printserverdoos</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Een printserverdoos is een klein apparaat met een netwerkverbinding\n"
#~ "en een USB of parallelle poort om the echte printer aan te sluiten.\n"
#~ "Een netwerkprinter heeft zo'n soort apparaat ingebouwd.\n"
@@ -5442,16 +4854,14 @@
#~ "<b>TCP-poort (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
#~ "Het IP-adres en een poortnummer zijn nodig voor toegang.\n"
#~ "Het poortnummer 9100 is vaak de juiste.\n"
-#~ "Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare "
-#~ "protocol.\n"
+#~ "Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare protocol.\n"
#~ "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is:<br>\n"
#~ "socket://ip-adres:poortnummer<br>\n"
#~ "<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>\n"
#~ "Een LPD draait op het apparaat en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n"
#~ "Het IP-adres en een LPD-wachtrijnaam zijn nodig voor toegang.\n"
#~ "Bijna alle netwerkprinters en printserverdozen ondersteunen het.\n"
-#~ "Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere "
-#~ "manier.\n"
+#~ "Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere manier.\n"
#~ "Maar het gebruik van een correcte LPD-wachtrij die niet op de een\n"
#~ "of andere manier de data wijzigt of extra formfeeds of bannerpagina's\n"
#~ "toevoegt zou essentieel kunnen zijn voor betrouwbaar printen.\n"
@@ -5460,8 +4870,7 @@
#~ "<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>\n"
#~ "IPP is het eigen protocol voor CUPS dat op een echte computer draait\n"
#~ "maar als IPP is geïmplementeerd in een kleine printserverdoos,\n"
-#~ "het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de "
-#~ "leverancier\n"
+#~ "het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de leverancier\n"
#~ "in de documentatie dit officieel ondersteunt. \n"
#~ "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is:<br>\n"
#~ "ipp://ip-adres:poortnummer/resource<br>\n"
@@ -5482,24 +4891,20 @@
#~ "Ve&rwijder het cups-autoconfig en udev-configure-printer pakket."
#~ msgid "There are no settings when udev-configure-printer is used."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er zijn geen instellingen als udev-configure-printing wordt gebruikt."
+#~ msgstr "Er zijn geen instellingen als udev-configure-printing wordt gebruikt."
#~ msgid "Settings for automatic configuration with cups-autoconfig"
#~ msgstr "Instellingen voor automatische configuratie met cups-autoconfig"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#~ msgid "Enable &Automatic Configuration of New Attachend USB Printers"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Schakel &automatische configuratie in van nieuw aangekoppelde USB-printers"
+#~ msgstr "Schakel &automatische configuratie in van nieuw aangekoppelde USB-printers"
#~ msgid "Operation &Policy for Automatically Configured USB Printers"
#~ msgstr "Werkings&beleid voor automatisch geconfigureerde USB-printers"
#~ msgid "&Disable Printout when Disconnecting an USB Printer"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Schakel uitprinten &uit bij het verbreken van de verbinding met een USB-"
-#~ "printer"
+#~ msgstr "Schakel uitprinten &uit bij het verbreken van de verbinding met een USB-printer"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#~ msgid "&Trigger Automatic Configuration to Run Now"
@@ -5509,33 +4914,20 @@
#~ msgid "not set"
#~ msgstr "niet ingesteld"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf "
-#~ "is mislukt"
+#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
+#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt"
#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf "
-#~ "is mislukt"
+#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig."
-#~ "conf is mislukt"
+#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
+#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig."
-#~ "conf is mislukt"
+#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
+#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt"
#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het instellen van 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is "
-#~ "mislukt"
+#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt"
#~ msgid "Automatic configuration failed."
#~ msgstr "Automatische configuratie is mislukt."
@@ -5548,12 +4940,10 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally "
-#~ "use\n"
+#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally use\n"
#~ "another kind of print server (e.g. print via a Windows/SMB server\n"
#~ "or print via a traditional Unix LPR server) or if you must access\n"
-#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print "
-#~ "queue\n"
+#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print queue\n"
#~ "on your host.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -5561,8 +4951,7 @@
#~ "Als er geen CUPS-server in uw network is of als u extra een ander soort\n"
#~ "printserver moet gebruiken (b.v. printen via een Windows/SMB-server\n"
#~ "of printen via een traditionele Unix LPR-server) of als u direct een\n"
-#~ "een netwerkprinter moet gebruiken, dan moet u een toepasselijke "
-#~ "printerwachtrij\n"
+#~ "een netwerkprinter moet gebruiken, dan moet u een toepasselijke printerwachtrij\n"
#~ "in te stellen op uw host.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -5591,13 +4980,11 @@
#~ "HAL gebruikt dat verouderd is.<br>\n"
#~ "Als de autoconfiguratiedialoog wordt opgestart, dan controleert deze\n"
#~ "of udev-configure-printer of cups-autoconfig is geïnstalleerd.\n"
-#~ "Als geen van deze is geïnstalleerd, dat probeert deze één van hen te "
-#~ "installeren\n"
+#~ "Als geen van deze is geïnstalleerd, dat probeert deze één van hen te installeren\n"
#~ "waarbij udev-configure-printer wordt geprefereerd\n"
#~ "maar als het mislukt om udev-configure-printer te installeren,\n"
#~ "dan probeert het cups-autoconfig te installeren.<br>\n"
-#~ "Als geen van deze uiteindelijk is geïnstalleerd, dan is de dialoog "
-#~ "onbruikbaar\n"
+#~ "Als geen van deze uiteindelijk is geïnstalleerd, dan is de dialoog onbruikbaar\n"
#~ "en alle zijn elementen zijn uitgeschakeld.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -5628,11 +5015,9 @@
#~ "Het bepaalt of de printer al is geconfigureerd.\n"
#~ "Als dat zo is, dan zal afdrukken worden ingeschakeld.\n"
#~ "Als de printer niet is geconfigureerd, dan zal cups-autoconfig proberen\n"
-#~ "om een passend apparaatstuurprogramma ervoor te vinden en, indien "
-#~ "succesvol,\n"
+#~ "om een passend apparaatstuurprogramma ervoor te vinden en, indien succesvol,\n"
#~ "dan configureert cups-autoconfig deze.\n"
-#~ "Als een USB printer wordt uitgenomen, dan zal 'hal-cups-autoconfig --"
-#~ "disable'\n"
+#~ "Als een USB printer wordt uitgenomen, dan zal 'hal-cups-autoconfig --disable'\n"
#~ "worden geactiveerd die afdrukken kan uitschakelen afhankelijk van de\n"
#~ "instellingen van cups-autoconfig die zijn opgeslagen in zijn\n"
#~ "/etc/cups-autoconfig.conf bestand.\n"
@@ -5658,33 +5043,22 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS "
-#~ "server,\n"
-#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on "
-#~ "your host.\n"
+#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
+#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n"
#~ "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Als u alleen via het network print en als u alleen één enkele CUPS-server "
-#~ "gebruikt,\n"
-#~ "dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-bladeren te gebruiken en om een CUPS-"
-#~ "daemon te hebben draaien op uw host.\n"
-#~ "Hiervoor in de plaats is simpeler de CUP-server te specificeren en deze "
-#~ "direct te gebruiken.\n"
+#~ "Als u alleen via het network print en als u alleen één enkele CUPS-server gebruikt,\n"
+#~ "dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-bladeren te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon te hebben draaien op uw host.\n"
+#~ "Hiervoor in de plaats is simpeler de CUP-server te specificeren en deze direct te gebruiken.\n"
#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Check that your firewall allows incomming printer information on UDP port "
-#~ "631."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Controleer dat uw firewall inkomende printerinformatie toestaat op UDP "
-#~ "poort 631."
+#~ msgid "Check that your firewall allows incomming printer information on UDP port 631."
+#~ msgstr "Controleer dat uw firewall inkomende printerinformatie toestaat op UDP poort 631."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Controleer dat uw firewall toegang tot CUPS via IPP op poort 631 toestaat."
+#~ msgid "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631."
+#~ msgstr "Controleer dat uw firewall toegang tot CUPS via IPP op poort 631 toestaat."
#~ msgid "Waiting until the config files are updated..."
#~ msgstr "Wachten totdat de configuratie bestanden zijn bijgewerkt..."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/product-creator.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-07 12:18+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -105,17 +105,13 @@
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405
msgid ""
"<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to "
-"take effect, \n"
-"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. "
-"Please check \n"
+"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n"
+"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n"
"what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Configureer uw internet proxy- (caching)-instellingen hier.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te "
-"melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n"
-"in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen "
-"onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n"
+"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n"
+"in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n"
"wat uw applicatie (webbrowser, ftp-client,...) ondersteunt. </p>"
#. Proxy dialog help 2/8
@@ -130,8 +126,7 @@
#. Proxy dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416
msgid ""
-"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured "
-"access\n"
+"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>URL van HTTPS-proxy</b> is de naam van de proxyserver\n"
@@ -169,10 +164,8 @@
"for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n"
"for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Geen proxy domeinen</b> is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de "
-"verzoeken\n"
-"rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te "
-"maken,\n"
+"<p><b>Geen proxy domeinen</b> is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de verzoeken\n"
+"rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te maken,\n"
"zoals bijvoorbeeld: <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#. Proxy dialog help 7/8
@@ -180,8 +173,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
"the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</"
-"p>\n"
+"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u een proxyserver met verificatie gebruikt, voer dan\n"
"<b>Proxy-gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Proxy-wachtwoord</b> in. Een geldige\n"
@@ -286,8 +278,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659
msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-msgstr ""
-"De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
+msgstr "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668
@@ -297,8 +288,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-msgstr ""
-"De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
+msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687
@@ -400,8 +390,7 @@
#. command-line option help
#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102
msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-"Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden"
+msgstr "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden"
#. command-line option help
#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109
@@ -426,9 +415,7 @@
#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39
msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen "
-"effectief te maken."
+msgstr "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen effectief te maken."
#. Write proxy settings and apply changes
#. @return true if success
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -173,7 +173,6 @@
msgstr "&Autocontrole"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809
-#| msgid "Recommended Packages"
msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
msgstr "&Aanbevolen pakketten installeren"
@@ -236,7 +235,6 @@
msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -de&bugbron-pakketten installeren"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885
-#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages"
msgstr "Alle overeenkomende &aanbevolen pakketten installeren"
@@ -318,20 +316,12 @@
msgstr "&Annuleren"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
-msgid ""
-"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system "
-"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuleer omschakeling</a> van "
-"systeempakketten naar versies in installatiebron %2</small></p>"
+msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
+msgstr "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuleer omschakeling</a> van systeempakketten naar versies in installatiebron %2</small></p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
-msgid ""
-"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the "
-"versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Schakel systeempakketten</a> naar de "
-"versies in deze installatiebron (%2)</p>"
+msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Schakel systeempakketten</a> naar de versies in deze installatiebron (%2)</p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
@@ -363,17 +353,8 @@
msgstr "Fout: onvoldoende schijfruimte!"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you "
-"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not "
-"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and "
-"deselect some packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u weet wat u doet kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U "
-"loopt echter het risico dat u een corrupt systeem krijgt dat alleen "
-"handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n "
-"situatie moet handelen, klik dan op <b>Annuleren</b> en deselecteer enkele "
-"pakketten.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als u weet wat u doet kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U loopt echter het risico dat u een corrupt systeem krijgt dat alleen handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n situatie moet handelen, klik dan op <b>Annuleren</b> en deselecteer enkele pakketten.</p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
msgid "C&ontinue Anyway"
@@ -398,12 +379,8 @@
msgstr "Automatische wijzigingen"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301
-msgid ""
-"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been "
-"changed to resolve dependencies:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ter aanvulling van uw handmatige selecties zijn de volgende pakketten "
-"gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:"
+msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
+msgstr "Ter aanvulling van uw handmatige selecties zijn de volgende pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428
@@ -416,12 +393,8 @@
msgstr "Niet ondersteunde pakketten"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322
-msgid ""
-"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or "
-"requires an additional customer contract for support."
-msgstr ""
-"Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of "
-"een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist."
+msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support."
+msgstr "Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421
msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry."
@@ -434,220 +407,101 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65
-msgid ""
-"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for "
-"details."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Opmerking:</b> Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding "
-"voor de details."
+msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details."
+msgstr "<b>Opmerking:</b> Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding voor de details."
#. Help specific to online update mode
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72
msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit dialoogvenster selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en "
-"installeren."
+msgstr "In dit dialoogvenster selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en installeren."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73
-msgid ""
-"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the "
-"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the "
-"(estimated) download size."
-msgstr ""
-"De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met de respectievelijke "
-"patch-type (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) "
-"downloadgrootte."
+msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size."
+msgstr "De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met de respectievelijke patch-type (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) downloadgrootte."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76
-msgid ""
-"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on "
-"your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</"
-"b> check box below the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw "
-"systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje "
-"<b>Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches</b> onderaan de lijst wijzigen."
+msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list."
+msgstr "Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje <b>Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches</b> onderaan de lijst wijzigen."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78
-msgid ""
-"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the "
-"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description "
-"here."
-msgstr ""
-"Het veld <b>Patch-beschrijving</b> veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over "
-"de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving "
-"ervan hier te bekijken."
+msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here."
+msgstr "Het veld <b>Patch-beschrijving</b> veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving ervan hier te bekijken."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80
-msgid ""
-"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently "
-"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete "
-"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is "
-"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
-msgstr ""
-"De pakketlijst aan de rechterkant toont u de inhoud van de huidige "
-"geselecteerde patch, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat.. Van een "
-"patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen "
-"de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te "
-"voorkomen."
+msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
+msgstr "De pakketlijst aan de rechterkant toont u de inhoud van de huidige geselecteerde patch, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat.. Van een patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te voorkomen."
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list )
#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88
-msgid ""
-"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter "
-"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"Naast <b>Patches</b> kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren "
-"bij <b>Filter</b> linksboven:"
+msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
+msgstr "Naast <b>Patches</b> kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren bij <b>Filter</b> linksboven:"
#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96
-msgid ""
-"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can "
-"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
-msgstr ""
-"In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, "
-"opwaarderen, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele "
-"pakket\"selecties\" selecteren."
+msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
+msgstr "In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, opwaarderen, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele pakket\"selecties\" selecteren."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98
-msgid ""
-"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or "
-"right-click it to open a context menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van "
-"een selectie, rechtsklik om een contextmenu te openen."
+msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu."
+msgstr "Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van een selectie, rechtsklik om een contextmenu te openen."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100
-msgid ""
-"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. "
-"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only "
-"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check "
-"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn "
-"you if there are dependency conflicts."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik de knop <b>Afhankelijkheden controleren</b> voor het oplossen van "
-"pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere "
-"pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden "
-"wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal "
-"automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en "
-"het zal u waarschuwen in het geval dat er afhankelijkheidsconflicten "
-"optreden."
+msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts."
+msgstr "Gebruik de knop <b>Afhankelijkheden controleren</b> voor het oplossen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en het zal u waarschuwen in het geval dat er afhankelijkheidsconflicten optreden."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105
-msgid ""
-"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically "
-"be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u dit dialoog met behulp van <b>Accepteren</b> verlaat, dan zal deze "
-"controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd."
+msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed."
+msgstr "Wanneer u dit dialoog met behulp van <b>Accepteren</b> verlaat, dan zal deze controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd."
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list)
#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111
-msgid ""
-"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at "
-"the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het <b>Filter</"
-"b>venster linksboven:"
+msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:"
+msgstr "Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het <b>Filter</b>venster linksboven:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115
-msgid ""
-"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically "
-"belong together."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Selecties</b> toont enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties die logisch "
-"gezien bij elkaar horen."
+msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together."
+msgstr "<b>Selecties</b> toont enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties die logisch gezien bij elkaar horen."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116
-msgid ""
-"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can "
-"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te "
-"selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechter pakketlijst "
-"selecteren of de selectie er van juist ongedaan maken."
+msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
+msgstr "Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechter pakketlijst selecteren of de selectie er van juist ongedaan maken."
#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124
-msgid ""
-"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and "
-"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category "
-"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right "
-"side."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Pakketgroepen</b> toont de pakketten in categorieën. U kunt de groepen "
-"als boomstructuur uitklappen en inklappen om de categorieën daarmee te "
-"verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de "
-"pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te "
-"maken."
+msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side."
+msgstr "<b>Pakketgroepen</b> toont de pakketten in categorieën. U kunt de groepen als boomstructuur uitklappen en inklappen om de categorieën daarmee te verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te maken."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127
-msgid ""
-" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that "
-"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
-msgstr ""
-" <b>Tip:</b> Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle "
-"pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren."
+msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
+msgstr " <b>Tip:</b> Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130
-msgid ""
-"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. "
-"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Zoeken</b> biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan "
-"verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier "
-"om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam er van weet."
+msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
+msgstr "<b>Zoeken</b> biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam er van weet."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a "
-"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Tip:</b> Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een "
-"bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld <b>Zorgt voor</b>."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
+msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld <b>Zorgt voor</b>."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135
-msgid ""
-"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- "
-"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Installatieoverzicht</b> laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem "
-"zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen "
-"worden."
+msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
+msgstr "<b>Installatieoverzicht</b> laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen worden."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137
-msgid ""
-"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to "
-"<b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can "
-"see all changes that will be made to your system."
-msgstr ""
-"Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om <b>Afhankelijkheden controleren</"
-"b> te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar <b>Installatieoverzicht</b> te gaan "
-"voordat u op <b>Accepteren</b> klikt. Op die manier ziet u alle wijzigingen "
-"die op uw systeem gemaakt zullen worden."
+msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system."
+msgstr "Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om <b>Afhankelijkheden controleren</b> te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar <b>Installatieoverzicht</b> te gaan voordat u op <b>Accepteren</b> klikt. Op die manier ziet u alle wijzigingen die op uw systeem gemaakt zullen worden."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140
-msgid ""
-"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; "
-"use the check boxes at the left side."
-msgstr ""
-"Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt "
-"zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant."
+msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side."
+msgstr "Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see "
-"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and "
-"uncheck everything else."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Tip:</b> Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke "
-"pakketten op uw systeem ongewijzigd zullen blijven. Gewoon op <b>Behouden</"
-"b> klikken en al het andere deselecteren."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else."
+msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke pakketten op uw systeem ongewijzigd zullen blijven. Gewoon op <b>Behouden</b> klikken en al het andere deselecteren."
#. Make sure all images used here are specified in
#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am !
@@ -664,8 +518,7 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168
msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en het zal ook niet geïnstalleerd worden."
+msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en het zal ook niet geïnstalleerd worden."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278
@@ -698,12 +551,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the "
-"versions are the same)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Opwaardeer het of installeer het opnieuw "
-"(bij identieke versies)."
+msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)."
+msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Opwaardeer het of installeer het opnieuw (bij identieke versies)."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277
@@ -725,22 +574,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199
-msgid ""
-"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any "
-"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other "
-"packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en zou in geen geval geïnstalleerd mogen "
-"worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden "
-"kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen."
+msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en zou in geen geval geïnstalleerd mogen worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316
-msgid ""
-"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any "
-"installation media."
-msgstr ""
-"Als \"taboe\" ingestelde pakketten worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel "
-"installatiemedia bestaan."
+msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media."
+msgstr "Als \"taboe\" ingestelde pakketten worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel installatiemedia bestaan."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101
@@ -749,21 +588,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209
-msgid ""
-"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not "
-"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en zou niet aangepast mogen worden, vooral niet "
-"omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen "
-"krijgen."
+msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en zou niet aangepast mogen worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213
-msgid ""
-"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by "
-"newer versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik deze status voor pakketten derden die niet door eventuele, met de "
-"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden."
+msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "Gebruik deze status voor pakketten derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275
@@ -773,19 +603,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220
-msgid ""
-"This package will be installed automatically because some other package "
-"needs it."
-msgstr ""
-"Omdat een ander pakket het nodig heeft, zal dit pakket automatisch "
-"geïnstalleerd gaan worden."
+msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it."
+msgstr "Omdat een ander pakket het nodig heeft, zal dit pakket automatisch geïnstalleerd gaan worden."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Tip:</b> U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket "
-"te kunnen verwijderen."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
+msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket te kunnen verwijderen."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276
@@ -795,12 +618,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer "
-"version, so it will automatically be updated."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar sommige ander pakketten hebben een "
-"nieuwere versie nodig: het zal daarom automatisch worden bijgewerkt."
+msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated."
+msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar sommige ander pakketten hebben een nieuwere versie nodig: het zal daarom automatisch worden bijgewerkt."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274
@@ -810,18 +629,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it "
-"is deleted."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het "
-"verwijderd moet worden."
+msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted."
+msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het verwijderd moet worden."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236
msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig "
-"wordt."
+msgstr "Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig wordt."
#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265
@@ -841,13 +654,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278
-msgid ""
-"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the "
-"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
-msgstr ""
-"Neem dit pakket. Installeer het wanneer het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. "
-"Opwaardeer het wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie "
-"beschikbaar is."
+msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
+msgstr "Neem dit pakket. Installeer het wanneer het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Opwaardeer het wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is."
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285
@@ -856,21 +664,13 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287
-msgid ""
-"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not "
-"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog "
-"niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is."
+msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed."
+msgstr "Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is."
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295
-msgid ""
-"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore "
-"packages that are not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Opwaardeer dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie "
-"beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten."
+msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed."
+msgstr "Opwaardeer dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten."
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302
@@ -879,25 +679,13 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304
-msgid ""
-"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently "
-"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden"
-"\" in wanneer het nu op \"opwaarderen\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere "
-"pakketten."
+msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
+msgstr "Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden\" in wanneer het nu op \"opwaarderen\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere pakketten."
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package "
-"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies "
-"that other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u "
-"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral "
-"niet omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen "
-"hebben of kunnen krijgen. "
+msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. "
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
@@ -907,23 +695,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package "
-"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that "
-"other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u "
-"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral niet omdat "
-"andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen "
-"krijgen. "
+msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. "
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328
-msgid ""
-"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer "
-"versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de "
-"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden."
+msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden."
#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248
#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208
@@ -983,13 +760,8 @@
msgstr "Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing genereren"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the "
-"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het "
-"opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs zullen worden "
-"opgeslagen in de map <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p>Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs zullen worden opgeslagen in de map <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395
@@ -997,13 +769,8 @@
msgstr "Testgeval voor oplossing"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410
-msgid ""
-"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare "
-"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing zal worden geschreven "
-"naar <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om "
-"als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?</p>"
+msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing zal worden geschreven naar <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?</p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413
@@ -1012,12 +779,8 @@
#. caption
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check "
-"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Fout</b> bij aanmaken van testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing</"
-"p><p>Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Fout</b> bij aanmaken van testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing</p><p>Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt></p>"
#. startsWith
#. filter
@@ -1769,8 +1532,7 @@
"<p>Mogelijke redenen:</p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li>Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt\n"
-"<li>Er zijn op geen enkel installatiemedium nieuwe versies beschikbaar voor "
-"de opwaardering\n"
+"<li>Er zijn op geen enkel installatiemedium nieuwe versies beschikbaar voor de opwaardering\n"
"<li>Het zijn pakketten van derde partijen\n"
"</ul>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1824,7 +1586,6 @@
#. Dialog heading
#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423
-#| msgid "Unmaintained Packages"
msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
msgstr "Incompatibele versies van pakketten"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -77,8 +77,7 @@
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
msgstr ""
-"U klikte met de rechter muisknop op een plek waar een linker muisklik werd "
-"verwacht.\n"
+"U klikte met de rechter muisknop op een plek waar een linker muisklik werd verwacht.\n"
"Wilt u de functies van de linker en rechter muisknop omdraaien?"
#. Popup dialog caption
@@ -130,7 +129,6 @@
#. "Help" button
#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340
-#| msgid "Help"
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Help"
@@ -142,21 +140,17 @@
#. "Release Notes" button
#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "&Release Notes"
msgstr "&Uitgavenotities"
#. "Steps" button
#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345
-#| msgid "Steps"
msgid "&Steps"
msgstr "&Stappen"
#. "Tree" button
#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350
-#| msgid "Tree"
msgid "&Tree"
msgstr "&Boomstructuur"
-
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 13:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -44,12 +44,8 @@
msgstr "Dit systeem wordt niet door Rear ondersteund, omdat:"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you "
-"ignore this warning."
-msgstr ""
-"Verwacht NIET dat de gemaakte reservekopie bruikbaar is voor systeemherstel "
-"als u deze waarschuwing negeert."
+msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning."
+msgstr "Verwacht NIET dat de gemaakte reservekopie bruikbaar is voor systeemherstel als u deze waarschuwing negeert."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104
msgid "This system is not supported."
@@ -113,9 +109,7 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:381
msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup."
-msgstr ""
-"Beëindigd. U wordt ten zeerste aangeraden om de gemaakte reservekopie te "
-"testen."
+msgstr "Beëindigd. U wordt ten zeerste aangeraden om de gemaakte reservekopie te testen."
#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
#. The whole sequence
@@ -125,79 +119,36 @@
#. help text for Rear
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419
-msgid ""
-"<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Reservekopie maken met Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) instellen "
-"voor uw computer.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Reservekopie maken met Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) instellen voor uw computer.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422
-msgid ""
-"<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want "
-"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Beslis hoe uw <b>Systeem voor reservekopieën</b> te starten. Kies USB als "
-"u wilt booten vanaf een USB-stick of ISO voor CD-ROM, respectievelijk.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Beslis hoe uw <b>Systeem voor reservekopieën</b> te starten. Kies USB als u wilt booten vanaf een USB-stick of ISO voor CD-ROM, respectievelijk.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have "
-"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location "
-"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to "
-"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies waar de <b>reservekopie</b> opgeslagen moet worden. Selecteer NFS "
-"als u een server moet gebruiken die Network File System biedt. Specificeer "
-"de locatie als volgt: <tt>nfs://hostnaam/map</tt>. U kunt ook USB kiezen om "
-"uw reservekopie op een USB-stick of USB-schijf op te slaan.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Kies waar de <b>reservekopie</b> opgeslagen moet worden. Selecteer NFS als u een server moet gebruiken die Network File System biedt. Specificeer de locatie als volgt: <tt>nfs://hostnaam/map</tt>. U kunt ook USB kiezen om uw reservekopie op een USB-stick of USB-schijf op te slaan.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428
-msgid ""
-"<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click "
-"<b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als geen USB-apparaten getond worden, koppel dan een USB-stick of een USB-"
-"schijf aan en klik op <b>USB-apparaten opnieuw scannen</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als geen USB-apparaten getond worden, koppel dan een USB-stick of een USB-schijf aan en klik op <b>USB-apparaten opnieuw scannen</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy "
-"to be overwritten.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Oude reservekopie bewaren</b> als u niet wilt dat de vorige "
-"reservekopie wordt overschreven.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Oude reservekopie bewaren</b> als u niet wilt dat de vorige reservekopie wordt overschreven.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the "
-"backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's "
-"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the "
-"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b> biedt toe te voegen <b>extra mappen om een "
-"reservekopie van te maken</b> en <b>extra kernel-modules voor het "
-"herstelsysteem</b>. Dat is alleen nuttig als uw reservekopie niet alle "
-"benodigde mappen of het herstelsysteem kan niet opstarten vanwege "
-"ontbrekende kernel-modules.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b> biedt toe te voegen <b>extra mappen om een reservekopie van te maken</b> en <b>extra kernel-modules voor het herstelsysteem</b>. Dat is alleen nuttig als uw reservekopie niet alle benodigde mappen of het herstelsysteem kan niet opstarten vanwege ontbrekende kernel-modules.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's "
-"output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on "
-"your system!</strong></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De knoppen <b>Opslaan en Rear nu uitvoeren</b> voert Rear uit en toont de "
-"uitvoer van Rear. <strong>Voer een test uit of de aangemaakte reservekopie "
-"op uw systeem werkt zoals u verwacht!</strong></p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>"
+msgstr "<p>De knoppen <b>Opslaan en Rear nu uitvoeren</b> voert Rear uit en toont de uitvoer van Rear. <strong>Voer een test uit of de aangemaakte reservekopie op uw systeem werkt zoals u verwacht!</strong></p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes "
-"the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>OK</b> slaat de configuratie op en sluit af terwijl <b>Annuleren</b> "
-"de configuratiedialoog sluit zonder opslaan.<p>"
+msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>OK</b> slaat de configuratie op en sluit af terwijl <b>Annuleren</b> de configuratiedialoog sluit zonder opslaan.<p>"
#. prepare advanced menu
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459
@@ -260,16 +211,11 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581
msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"NETFS_URL is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde of in een fout format.\n"
+msgstr "NETFS_URL is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde of in een fout format.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590
-msgid ""
-"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot "
-"configure.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Uw configuratiebestand van Rear bevat opties die deze module van YaST niet "
-"in kan stellen.\n"
+msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n"
+msgstr "Uw configuratiebestand van Rear bevat opties die deze module van YaST niet in kan stellen.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595
msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -258,8 +258,7 @@
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden "
-"bereikt.\n"
+"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden bereikt.\n"
"Wilt u het netwerk nu instellen?"
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
@@ -325,8 +324,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
-msgstr ""
-"Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat."
+msgstr "Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat."
#. %s are error details
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
@@ -395,8 +393,7 @@
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
msgstr ""
"Ga na of een product is geïnstalleerd en /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
-"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het "
-"basisproduct."
+"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het basisproduct."
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
@@ -424,8 +421,6 @@
msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modulen laden..."
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157
-#| msgid "Registering Product..."
-#| msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "Migratieproducten laden..."
@@ -441,7 +436,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203
-#| msgid "Registration failed partially."
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
@@ -449,11 +443,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Registration added some update repositories.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "Do you want to install the latest available\n"
-#| "on-line updates during installation?"
msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
msgstr "Wilt u deze installatiebronnen inschakelen tijdens de installatie\n"
@@ -504,7 +493,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438
-#| msgid "No products found to be registered."
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -559,24 +547,18 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
-"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you "
-"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective "
-"extension or module.</p>"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Voer registratiecodes in voor de vereiste extensies of modules.</p>\n"
-"<p>Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen "
-"registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de "
-"de respectievelijke extensie of module.</p>"
+"<p>Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de de respectievelijke extensie of module.</p>"
#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
-msgstr[0] ""
-"De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig."
-msgstr[1] ""
-"De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig."
+msgstr[0] "De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig."
+msgstr[1] "De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig."
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
@@ -609,21 +591,13 @@
#. help text (2/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
-msgid ""
-"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific "
-"registration code.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig "
-"kunnen hebben.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig kunnen hebben.</p>"
#. help text (3/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the "
-"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in "
-"het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen.</p>"
#. dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
@@ -632,11 +606,8 @@
#. help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.</p>"
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
@@ -645,36 +616,23 @@
#. dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
-#| msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
msgstr "Herregistratie van extensies en modulen"
#. help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered "
-#| "together with the base product.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u extensies en modulen selecteren die opnieuw geregistreerd "
-"zullen worden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u extensies en modulen selecteren die opnieuw geregistreerd zullen worden.</p>"
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
-#| msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Geregistreerde extensies en modulen"
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered "
-"together with the base product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen "
-"worden samen met het basisproduct.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen worden samen met het basisproduct.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
@@ -739,30 +697,22 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center "
-"database,\n"
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product "
-"Registration</b>.</p>"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE "
-"Customer Center,\n"
+"<p>Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE Customer Center,\n"
"waarmee u online-bijwerken en technische ondersteuning krijgt.\n"
-"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, "
-"selecteert u <b>Productregistratie uitvoeren</b>.</p>"
+"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, selecteert u <b>Productregistratie uitvoeren</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL "
-"of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. "
-"Refer\n"
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL "
-"van de server\n"
-"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de <b>SMT-server-instellingen</b> "
-"in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie.</p>"
+"<p>Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL van de server\n"
+"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de <b>SMT-server-instellingen</b> in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie.</p>"
#. the UI defition for the global registration status
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
@@ -779,8 +729,7 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
-msgstr ""
-"Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken"
+msgstr "Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
@@ -835,7 +784,6 @@
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
-#| msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
msgstr "Extensies of modulen opnieuw ®istreren"
@@ -850,12 +798,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get "
-"updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-"Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te "
-"registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies."
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr "Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies."
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
@@ -886,10 +830,8 @@
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
"Voer een registratie- of evaluatie-code in voor dit product en uw\n"
-"gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande "
-"velden.\n"
-"Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk "
-"op\n"
+"gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande velden.\n"
+"Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk op\n"
"een geregistreerd systeem."
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
@@ -899,9 +841,7 @@
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie "
-"gereed is."
+msgstr "Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie gereed is."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -935,52 +875,28 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the "
-"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren "
-"van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de "
-"overgedragen gegevens.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de overgedragen gegevens.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known "
-"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the "
-"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met "
-"bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de "
-"uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid ""
-"<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Een certificaat importeren staat het gebruik toe van bijvoorbeeld een "
-"zelf-getekend certificaat.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Een certificaat importeren staat het gebruik toe van bijvoorbeeld een zelf-getekend certificaat.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to "
-"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> U zou de vingerafdruk van het certificaat moeten "
-"controleren om zeker te zijn dat u het echte certificaat van de gewenste "
-"server importeert.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> U zou de vingerafdruk van het certificaat moeten controleren om zeker te zijn dat u het echte certificaat van de gewenste server importeert.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big "
-"security risk.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot "
-"beveiligingsrisico.</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot beveiligingsrisico.</b></p>"
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
@@ -1006,10 +922,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for "
-"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found "
-"in the selected repositories.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
@@ -1022,7 +935,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
-#| msgid "Updating software repositories..."
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr "Installatiebronnen beheren..."
@@ -1030,7 +942,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
-#| msgid "Server URL: %s"
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr "URL: %s"
@@ -1068,8 +979,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246
-#| msgid "Registering Product..."
-#| msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
msgid "Registering Migration Products..."
msgstr "Migratieproducten registreren..."
@@ -1078,7 +987,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272
-#| msgid "Updating software repositories..."
msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
msgstr "Migratie-installatiebronnen voorbereiden..."
@@ -1089,15 +997,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered "
-#| "together with the base product.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver "
-"may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u de migratiedoelproducten selecteren. De registratieserver "
-"kan verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten aanbieden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de migratiedoelproducten selecteren. De registratieserver kan verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten aanbieden.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67
@@ -1106,15 +1007,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories "
-"later.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139
-#| msgid "Manual Interaction Required"
msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
msgstr "Migratie-installatiebronnen handmatig selecteren"
@@ -1140,9 +1038,7 @@
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server "
-"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
+msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr ""
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
@@ -1187,21 +1083,12 @@
msgstr "<p>Het systeem is reeds geregistreerd.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or "
-"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules "
-"registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE "
-"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich "
-"aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar "
-"verwijderen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar verwijderen.</p>"
#. button label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
@@ -1326,8 +1213,7 @@
#~ "select repositories which will be used for installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "U kunt handmatig de status van de installatiebron wijzigen,\n"
-#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de "
-#~ "installatie."
+#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de installatie."
#~ msgid "Repository State"
#~ msgstr "Status installatiebron"
@@ -1340,26 +1226,20 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-#~ "select\n"
+#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
#~ "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>%s</i> "
-#~ "site.</p>"
+#~ "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>%s</i> site.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, "
-#~ "selecteer\n"
+#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n"
#~ "<b>Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ "> <p>Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie "
-#~ "de site <i>%s</i>.</p>"
+#~ "> <p>Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie de site <i>%s</i>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Registering Selected Add-on Products and Extensions"
#~ msgstr "Geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren"
#~ msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies "
-#~ "registreren invoeren"
+#~ msgstr "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren invoeren"
#~| msgid "Registration &Code"
#~ msgid "Registration &Key"
@@ -1382,11 +1262,8 @@
#~ msgid "Adding Services"
#~ msgstr "bezig met toevoegen van services"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The repository manager is downloading registered repositories...</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde "
-#~ "installatiebronnen te downloaden...</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading registered repositories...</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde installatiebronnen te downloaden...</p>"
#~ msgid "Online Update Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Configuratie van online-bijwerken"
@@ -1443,8 +1320,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Er is een server voor bijwerken toegevoegd aan uw configuratie."
#~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie."
+#~ msgstr "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie."
#~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed."
#~ msgstr "Geen software installatiebron heeft wijziging nodig."
@@ -1542,8 +1418,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with "
-#~ "Novell.\n"
+#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n"
#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n"
#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1556,22 +1431,17 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your "
-#~ "system\n"
+#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n"
#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n"
-#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be "
-#~ "involved\n"
-#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the "
-#~ "Novell\n"
-#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the "
-#~ "identity\n"
+#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n"
+#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n"
+#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n"
#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n"
-#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</"
-#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</b>.\n"
#~ "Met <b>Details</b> wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n"
#~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n"
#~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n"
@@ -1581,52 +1451,39 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</"
-#~ "b>\n"
+#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</b>\n"
#~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n"
-#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your "
-#~ "product.\n"
+#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan "
-#~ "<b>Registratiecode</b>\n"
-#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-"
-#~ "ondersteuning\n"
+#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan <b>Registratiecode</b>\n"
+#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-ondersteuning\n"
#~ "waar u voor uw product recht op hebt.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n"
-#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver "
-#~ "support\n"
-#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. "
-#~ "View\n"
-#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</"
-#~ "tt>.\n"
+#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n"
+#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n"
+#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten "
-#~ "Novell.\n"
-#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen "
-#~ "te\n"
-#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor "
-#~ "uw\n"
-#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</"
-#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Novell.\n"
+#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n"
+#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n"
+#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</b>.\n"
#~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n"
#~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your "
-#~ "update \n"
+#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, "
-#~ "such \n"
+#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n"
#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1643,53 +1500,43 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local "
-#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n"
+#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
#~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
#~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een "
-#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
+#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
#~ "Verzeker u ervan dat de netwerk- en proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n"
-#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of "
-#~ "te wijzigen.\n"
+#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with "
-#~ "Open-SLX.\n"
+#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n"
#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n"
#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Configureer uw systeem om online-bijwerken te activeren door het bij\n"
-#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer <b>Nu instellen</b> om dit nu te "
-#~ "doen.\n"
+#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer <b>Nu instellen</b> om dit nu te doen.\n"
#~ "Of stel de registratie uit met <b>Later instellen</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your "
-#~ "system\n"
+#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n"
#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n"
-#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be "
-#~ "involved\n"
-#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-"
-#~ "SLX\n"
-#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the "
-#~ "identity\n"
+#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n"
+#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n"
+#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n"
#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n"
-#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</"
-#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</b>.\n"
#~ "Met <b>Details</b> wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n"
#~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n"
#~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n"
@@ -1699,36 +1546,26 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used "
-#~ "for\n"
-#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver "
-#~ "support\n"
-#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. "
-#~ "View\n"
-#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</"
-#~ "tt>.\n"
+#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n"
+#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n"
+#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n"
+#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-"
-#~ "SLX.\n"
-#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen "
-#~ "te\n"
-#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor "
-#~ "uw\n"
-#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</"
-#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-SLX.\n"
+#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n"
+#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n"
+#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</b>.\n"
#~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n"
#~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your "
-#~ "update \n"
+#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-"
-#~ "SLX, such \n"
+#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n"
#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1737,8 +1574,7 @@
#~ "Met <b>Regelmatig synchroniseren met het Customer Center</b> wordt\n"
#~ "gecontroleerd of uw bronnen voor bijwerken nog geldig zijn, en worden\n"
#~ "eventuele nieuwe beschikbare bronnen toegevoegd. Daarnaast worden\n"
-#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX "
-#~ "verzonden,\n"
+#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX verzonden,\n"
#~ "bijvoorbeeld hardware-informatie als <b>Hardwareprofiel</b> geactiveerd\n"
#~ "is. Met deze optie worden geen opwaarderingsbronnen verwijderd die\n"
#~ "handmatig werden toegevoegd.\n"
@@ -1746,18 +1582,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local "
-#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n"
+#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
#~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
#~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een "
-#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
+#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
#~ "Verzeker u ervan dat het netwerk- en de proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n"
-#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te "
-#~ "controleren of te wijzigen.\n"
+#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid "Error"
@@ -1832,8 +1665,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Geavanceerd"
#~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren."
+#~ msgstr "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren."
#~ msgid "Xen DomU detected."
#~ msgstr "Xen DomU gedetecteerd."
@@ -1841,11 +1673,8 @@
#~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed."
#~ msgstr "Het is nodig om het volgende pakket installeren."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden "
-#~ "geïnstalleerd."
+#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed."
+#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden geïnstalleerd."
#~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first."
#~ msgstr "Daarom moeten de volgende pakketten eerst verwijderd worden."
@@ -1853,12 +1682,8 @@
#~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed."
#~ msgstr "Het pakket %1 zou geïnstalleerd moeten zijn en %2 verwijderd."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may "
-#~ "miscount this installation."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie "
-#~ "verkeerd telt."
+#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation."
+#~ msgstr "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie verkeerd telt."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373
#~ msgid "Setting up online update source..."
@@ -1892,29 +1717,19 @@
#~ msgid "Key is invalid."
#~ msgstr "Sleutel is ongeldig."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Get more information about the registration process with "
-#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met "
-#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration\n"
-#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter "
-#~ "the\n"
-#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with "
-#~ "<tt>suse_register\n"
-#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove "
-#~ "a\n"
-#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with "
-#~ "<b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n"
+#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n"
+#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n"
+#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De overige informatie die voor registratie wordt gebruikt wordt\n"
-#~ "weergegeven in <b>Registratiegegevens</b>. Een nieuw sleutel- en "
-#~ "waardepaar\n"
-#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op <b>Toevoegen</b> en de gewenste "
-#~ "gegevens\n"
+#~ "weergegeven in <b>Registratiegegevens</b>. Een nieuw sleutel- en waardepaar\n"
+#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op <b>Toevoegen</b> en de gewenste gegevens\n"
#~ "in te voeren. Deze parameters zijn wat kan worden doorgegeven aan\n"
#~ "<tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Meer informatie over deze parameters kunt u\n"
#~ "verkrijgen met <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Verwijder een sleutel- en\n"
@@ -2031,30 +1846,11 @@
#~ msgid "See the help text for details."
#~ msgstr "Voor details, de hulptekst raadplegen."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To register this installation at a local registration server, "
-#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the "
-#~ "<b>Advanced</b> menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren "
-#~ "dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te "
-#~ "configureren via het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the <b>Advanced</b> menu.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te configureren via het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The registration server URL has to start with <i>https://</i> whereas "
-#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format <i>http://</"
-#~ "i>, <i>https://</i> or <i>ftp://</i>. Furthermore valid locations are <i>/"
-#~ "path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> and the "
-#~ "keyword <i>done</i>. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling "
-#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met <i>https://</i> "
-#~ "terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met <i>http://"
-#~ "</i>, <i>https://</i> of <i>ftp://</i>. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen <i>/"
-#~ "patd/op/lokale/schijf</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/patd/op/floppy-disk</i> en "
-#~ "het sleutelwoord <i>done</i>. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-"
-#~ "certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The registration server URL has to start with <i>https://</i> whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format <i>http://</i>, <i>https://</i> or <i>ftp://</i>. Furthermore valid locations are <i>/path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> and the keyword <i>done</i>. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met <i>https://</i> terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met <i>http://</i>, <i>https://</i> of <i>ftp://</i>. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen <i>/patd/op/lokale/schijf</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/patd/op/floppy-disk</i> en het sleutelwoord <i>done</i>. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen.</p>"
#~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?"
#~ msgstr "Wilt u registratie overslaan?"
@@ -2081,9 +1877,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Overslaan"
#~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden "
-#~ "opgevat."
+#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden opgevat."
#~ msgid "Change the URL and retry."
#~ msgstr "De URL wijzigen en het opnieuw proberen."
@@ -2121,8 +1915,7 @@
#~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dit certificaat wordt gebruikt om te verbinden met de SMT-server.\n"
-#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de "
-#~ "registratie.\n"
+#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de registratie.\n"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Uitgegeven voor:</b></p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -209,8 +209,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44
@@ -239,45 +238,28 @@
"<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n"
"Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n"
"<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n"
-"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all "
-"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated "
-"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name "
-"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be "
-"accepted.</p>\n"
+"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n"
"<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n"
"SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Relocatie-adres</b><br>\n"
"Adres xend moet luisteren naar verbindingen voor het relocatie-socket</p>\n"
"<p><b>Toegestane hosts</b><br>\n"
-"De hosts waarvoor het is toegestaan om met de relocatie-poort te praten. "
-"Indien leeg, dan zijn alle verbindingen toegestaan. Anders is dit een door "
-"spaties gescheiden reeks van reguliere expressies. Elke host met een "
-"volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres dat overeenkomt met een "
-"van deze reguliere expressies zal worden geaccepteerd.</p>\n"
+"De hosts waarvoor het is toegestaan om met de relocatie-poort te praten. Indien leeg, dan zijn alle verbindingen toegestaan. Anders is dit een door spaties gescheiden reeks van reguliere expressies. Elke host met een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres dat overeenkomt met een van deze reguliere expressies zal worden geaccepteerd.</p>\n"
"<p><b>SSL-sleutelbestand/SSL-certbestand</b><br>\n"
"SSL-sleutel en certificaat te gebruiken voor het ssl-relocatie-interface</p>"
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n"
-"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host "
-"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting "
-"the data stream.</p>\n"
+"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n"
-"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the "
-"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually "
-"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>"
+"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Getunnelde migratie</big></b><br>\n"
-"De libvirtd van de bronhost opent een directe verbinding met de libvirtd van "
-"de bestemmingshost voor het zenden van migratie gegevens. Dit staat de optie "
-"van versleuteling van de gegevensstroom toe.</p>\n"
+"De libvirtd van de bronhost opent een directe verbinding met de libvirtd van de bestemmingshost voor het zenden van migratie gegevens. Dit staat de optie van versleuteling van de gegevensstroom toe.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Gewone migratie</big></b><br>\n"
-"The VM van de bronhost opent een directe niet versleutelde TCP-verbinding "
-"naar de bestemmingshost voor het verzenden van de migratie gegeven. Tenzij "
-"er een poort handmatig is gespecificeerd, zal libvirt een migratie-poort uit "
-"de standaard reeks kiezen.</p>"
+"The VM van de bronhost opent een directe niet versleutelde TCP-verbinding naar de bestemmingshost voor het verzenden van de migratie gegeven. Tenzij er een poort handmatig is gespecificeerd, zal libvirt een migratie-poort uit de standaard reeks kiezen.</p>"
#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration
#. @return sequence result
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -176,12 +176,8 @@
#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid'
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</"
-"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef het <b>bereik</b> op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de "
-"waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Geef het <b>bereik</b> op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:1061
#. frame label
@@ -417,8 +413,7 @@
#. continue/cancel popup
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808
msgid ""
-"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the "
-"following\n"
+"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n"
"settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
@@ -479,8 +474,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -490,8 +484,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op <b>Afbreken</b> te "
-"klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44
@@ -523,48 +516,38 @@
#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active "
-"Directory domain.\n"
+"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n"
"Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active "
-"Directory-domein.\n"
+"<p>Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active Directory-domein.\n"
"Geef de naam van het lidmaatschap op.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n"
-"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if "
-"joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
+"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>SMB-informatie voor Linux-verificatie gebruiken</b> staat de \n"
-"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt "
-"deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.</p>\n"
+"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the "
-"list of name servers.\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n"
"This option is only available for static network setups.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeer <b>Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen</b> om uw AD-server "
-"aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n"
-"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk."
-"</p>"
+"<p>Activeer <b>Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen</b> om uw AD-server aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n"
+"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk.</p>"
#. Samba role dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n"
-"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the "
-"domain.</p>\n"
+"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Wanneer u op <b>OK</b> drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap "
-"verifiëren.\n"
-"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens "
-"toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
+"<p>Wanneer u op <b>OK</b> drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap verifiëren.\n"
+"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79
@@ -582,41 +565,18 @@
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home "
-"directories created on the first login.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Schakel <b>Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden</b> in als u wilt dat "
-"deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden</b> in als u wilt dat deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is "
-"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must "
-"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored "
-"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no "
-"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially "
-"useful for mobile users."
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Offline-verificatie</b> maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich "
-"aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze "
-"optie vereist dat u minstens eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De "
-"toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw "
-"computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen "
-"verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het "
-"bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers."
+msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users."
+msgstr "<p><b>Offline-verificatie</b> maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze optie vereist dat u minstens eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers."
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS "
-"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b> om geavanceerde mogelijkheden "
-"zoals WINS-opties of aankoppelen van persoonlijke mappen op de server uit "
-"Active Directory-domeinen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b> om geavanceerde mogelijkheden zoals WINS-opties of aankoppelen van persoonlijke mappen op de server uit Active Directory-domeinen.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97
@@ -626,28 +586,17 @@
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
-"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for "
-"joining\n"
-"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be "
-"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>"
+"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n"
+"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> op dat gebruikt "
-"moet\n"
-"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de auto-"
-"installatie.\n"
-"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-"
-"versleutelde) tekst in het profiel.</p> "
+"<p>Geef de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> op dat gebruikt moet\n"
+"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de auto-installatie.\n"
+"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-versleutelde) tekst in het profiel.</p> "
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active "
-"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos "
-"configuration.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef de <b>Active Directory Server</b> op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te "
-"nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde "
-"voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Geef de <b>Active Directory Server</b> op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109
@@ -659,8 +608,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Om uw tijd met een NTP-server te synchroniseren, dient u uw computer\n"
-"als een NTP-client in te stellen. Dit doet u bij de module <b>NTP-"
-"configuratie</b>.\n"
+"als een NTP-client in te stellen. Dit doet u bij de module <b>NTP-configuratie</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. default value of Machine Account
@@ -698,8 +646,7 @@
#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203
msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1."
-msgstr ""
-"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten."
+msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten."
#. additional information for cluster environment
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231
@@ -709,9 +656,7 @@
#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242
msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1."
-msgstr ""
-"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein "
-"'%1'."
+msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein '%1'."
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249
msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n"
@@ -759,8 +704,7 @@
#. popup question
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361
msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
-msgstr ""
-"Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?"
+msgstr "Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?"
#. button label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363
@@ -784,12 +728,8 @@
#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for "
-"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor "
-"naam vinden, activeer <b>Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor naam vinden, activeer <b>Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden</b>.</p>"
#. check box label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411
@@ -798,12 +738,8 @@
#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided "
-"by DHCP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>WINS-server via DHCP ophalen</b> om een WINS-server die door "
-"DHCP wordt geleverd te gebruiken.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>WINS-server via DHCP ophalen</b> om een WINS-server die door DHCP wordt geleverd te gebruiken.</p>"
#. frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438
@@ -837,83 +773,42 @@
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the "
-"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other "
-"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</"
-"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system "
-"permissions allow access.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen mappen te delen</b> maakt het voor "
-"gebruikers van de groep in <b>Toegestane groep</b> mogelijk om hun mappen "
-"te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor een lokaal "
-"bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De gebruiker "
-"dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het bestandssysteem "
-"de toegang toestaan.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen mappen te delen</b> maakt het voor gebruikers van de groep in <b>Toegestane groep</b> mogelijk om hun mappen te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor een lokaal bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De gebruiker dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het bestandssysteem de toegang toestaan.</p>"
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares "
-"that may be created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>Maximum aantal shares</b> kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag "
-"worden aangemaakt beperken.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met <b>Maximum aantal shares</b> kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag worden aangemaakt beperken.</p>"
#. membership dialog help common part
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522
-msgid ""
-"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow "
-"Guest Access</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, "
-"selecteer <b>Gasttoegang toestaan</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, selecteer <b>Gasttoegang toestaan</b>.</p>"
#. help text for PAM Mount table
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
-"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when "
-"the\n"
+"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
"user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n"
-"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each "
-"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>"
+"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>In de tabel <b>Koppel servermappen aan</b>,kunt u mappen specificeren\n"
-"(zoals een persoonlijke map) die lokaal aangekoppeld zou moeten worden "
-"wanneer\n"
-"de gebruiker is aangemeld. Als het aankoppelen gebruikerspecifiek zou "
-"moeten,\n"
-"specificeer dan <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders "
-"wordt\n"
-"de map gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-"
-"pagina pam_mount.conf.</p>"
+"(zoals een persoonlijke map) die lokaal aangekoppeld zou moeten worden wanneer\n"
+"de gebruiker is aangemeld. Als het aankoppelen gebruikerspecifiek zou moeten,\n"
+"specificeer dan <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders wordt\n"
+"de map gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-pagina pam_mount.conf.</p>"
#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for "
-"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount "
-"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a "
-"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bijvoorbeeld, u mag de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> voor <b>Pad "
-"op afstand</b> gebruiken, de <tt>~/</tt> waarde voor <b>Lokaal "
-"aankoppelpunt</b> om de persoonlijke map te koppelen, samen met een waarde "
-"<tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als onderdeel van <b>Opties</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Bijvoorbeeld, u mag de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> voor <b>Pad op afstand</b> gebruiken, de <tt>~/</tt> waarde voor <b>Lokaal aankoppelpunt</b> om de persoonlijke map te koppelen, samen met een waarde <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als onderdeel van <b>Opties</b>.</p>"
#. help text for kerberos method option
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546
-msgid ""
-"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are "
-"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos "
-"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page "
-"for details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De waarde van de <b>Kerberos methode</b> definieert hoe kerberos tickets "
-"verifieert. Wanneer <b>Single Sing-on voor SSH</b> wordt gebruikt, is de "
-"standaard Kerberos methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. "
-"Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De waarde van de <b>Kerberos methode</b> definieert hoe kerberos tickets verifieert. Wanneer <b>Single Sing-on voor SSH</b> wordt gebruikt, is de standaard Kerberos methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details.</p>"
#. translators: initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74
@@ -1220,5 +1115,4 @@
#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
-msgstr ""
-"Doorgaan met samenvoegen kan niet: Status van cluster is niet samenhangend"
+msgstr "Doorgaan met samenvoegen kan niet: Status van cluster is niet samenhangend"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -30,9 +30,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66
msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)"
-msgstr ""
-"SAMBA-server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de "
-"details"
+msgstr "SAMBA-server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de details"
#. translators: command line help text for share action
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79
@@ -117,23 +115,17 @@
#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share"
-msgstr ""
-"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share "
-"te lezen"
+msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share te lezen"
#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share"
-msgstr ""
-"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de "
-"share te schrijven"
+msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de share te schrijven"
#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215
msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN"
-msgstr ""
-"Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar "
-"moet zijn"
+msgstr "Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar moet zijn"
#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222
@@ -143,9 +135,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share"
-msgstr ""
-"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is "
-"toegestaan"
+msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is toegestaan"
#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236
@@ -165,9 +155,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254
msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins"
-msgstr ""
-"De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen "
-"toestaan"
+msgstr "De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen toestaan"
#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260
@@ -177,8 +165,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266
msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information"
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan"
+msgstr "Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan"
#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272
@@ -202,20 +189,13 @@
#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server"
-msgstr ""
-"Het LDAP-achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie "
-"op de LDAP-server"
+msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server"
+msgstr "Het LDAP-achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie op de LDAP-server"
#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing "
-"passwords)"
-msgstr ""
-"De LDAP-DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP-server (bijvoorbeeld "
-"om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)"
+msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)"
+msgstr "De LDAP-DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP-server (bijvoorbeeld om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)"
#. translators: error message for share command line action
#. must provide the share name
@@ -279,16 +259,13 @@
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
-"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the "
-"users,\n"
+"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
msgstr ""
"Omdat er momenteel gebruikers verbonden zijn met deze Sambaserver\n"
"is de serverconfiguratie opnieuw geladen in plaats van opnieuw gestart.\n"
-"Om er voor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd kunt u de "
-"commando's\n"
-"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' en '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' uitvoeren. De "
-"verbindingen met\n"
+"Om er voor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd kunt u de commando's\n"
+"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' en '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' uitvoeren. De verbindingen met\n"
"deze server zullen dan wel worden verbroken."
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
@@ -319,9 +296,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279
msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted."
-msgstr ""
-"Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele "
-"aanhalingstekens."
+msgstr "Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele aanhalingstekens."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL
@@ -885,8 +860,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45
@@ -914,51 +888,38 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and "
-"click <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Werkgroep of domein selectie</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en "
-"klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
+"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT "
-"style domain.</p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n"
-"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their "
-"passwords.</p>\n"
-"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings "
-"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be "
-"phased out in future releases.</p>"
+"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n"
+"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>SAMBA-server type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Een <i>domein controller</i> staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een "
-"Windows NT-stijl domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
-"<p>De reserve controller gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de "
-"validatie.\n"
-"De primaire controller gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en "
-"hun wachtwoorden.</p>\n"
-"<p>De in de configuratiedialoog beschikbare opties hangen af van de "
-"instellingen in deze sectie. De domaincontroller in Windows NT-stijl zal "
-"uitgefaseerd worden in toekomstige uitgaven.</p>"
+"<p>Een <i>domein controller</i> staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows NT-stijl domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
+"<p>De reserve controller gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie.\n"
+"De primaire controller gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.</p>\n"
+"<p>De in de configuratiedialoog beschikbare opties hangen af van de instellingen in deze sectie. De domaincontroller in Windows NT-stijl zal uitgefaseerd worden in toekomstige uitgaven.</p>"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n"
"depend on the settings in this selection.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>SAMBA-server type</big></b><br>\n"
-"Een <i>domein controller</i> staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een "
-"Windows domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
+"Een <i>domein controller</i> staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
"<p>De in de configuratiedialogen beschikbare opties\n"
"hangen van deze instelling af.</p>"
@@ -1031,9 +992,7 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n"
-"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain "
-"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The "
-"backup controller \n"
+"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n"
"uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n"
"uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n"
"If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n"
@@ -1041,10 +1000,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>De basis instellingen stellen de domein en de server rol in.\n"
"<b>Reserve domein controller</b> en <b>Primaire domein controller</b> staan\n"
-"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve "
-"controller \n"
-"gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie. De primaire "
-"controller\n"
+"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve controller \n"
+"gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie. De primaire controller\n"
"gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.\n"
"Wanneer de server niet als domein controller participeert, kies dan de\n"
"<b>Geen DC</b> waarde.</p>\n"
@@ -1092,12 +1049,10 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global "
-"settings.</p>\n"
+"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b> geeft toegang tot \n"
-"gedetailleerde configuratie, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en geavanceerde "
-"globale instellingen.</p>\n"
+"gedetailleerde configuratie, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en geavanceerde globale instellingen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
@@ -1123,13 +1078,10 @@
"choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw domein aan de lijst toe te voegen.\n"
-"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het "
-"wachtwoord op.\n"
-"Het wachtwoord wordt door de SAMBA-server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot "
-"het\n"
+"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het wachtwoord op.\n"
+"Het wachtwoord wordt door de SAMBA-server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot het\n"
"trust domein. Nadat er op <b>OK</b> is geklikt, zal YaST proberen om de\n"
-"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze "
-"in de lijst\n"
+"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze in de lijst\n"
"te selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162
@@ -1155,10 +1107,8 @@
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, "
-"<b>Bewerken</b>\n"
-"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te "
-"verwijderen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, <b>Bewerken</b>\n"
+"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>\n"
#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174
@@ -1175,10 +1125,8 @@
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, "
-"<b>Bewerken</b>\n"
-"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te "
-"verwijderen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, <b>Bewerken</b>\n"
+"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182
@@ -1195,29 +1143,21 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n"
-"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</"
-"b> is used when\n"
+"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n"
"creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n"
"a password for write access, set the password using\n"
"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Zoek basis DN</b> (onderscheidende naam) is de basis\n"
-"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De "
-"<b>Administratie DN</b> wordt\n"
-"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als "
-"de\n"
-"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het "
-"wachtwoord met\n"
+"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De <b>Administratie DN</b> wordt\n"
+"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als de\n"
+"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het wachtwoord met\n"
"behulp van <b>LDAP-administratie wachtwoord instellen</b> op.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password "
-"is set.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opmerking:</b>Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP-"
-"administratie wachtwoord instelt.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Opmerking:</b>Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP-administratie wachtwoord instelt.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200
@@ -1235,14 +1175,11 @@
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current "
-"one first\n"
+"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n"
"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u de authenticatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan "
-"de huidige eerst\n"
-"door op <b>Delete</b> te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop "
-"<b>Toevoegen</b></p>\n"
+"<p>Als u de authenticatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan de huidige eerst\n"
+"door op <b>Delete</b> te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop <b>Toevoegen</b></p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211
@@ -1345,41 +1282,21 @@
"honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ACL's overnemen</b> kan gebruikt worden om er zeker van te zijn\n"
-"dat als er standaard ACL's op de bovenliggende mappen bestaan, ze ook "
-"altijd\n"
+"dat als er standaard ACL's op de bovenliggende mappen bestaan, ze ook altijd\n"
"gehonoreerd worden tijdens het aanmaken van een submap.</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by "
-"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only "
-"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to "
-"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions "
-"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further "
-"details.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>Snapshots blootstellen</b> geselecteerd zal Samba snapshots "
-"gemaakt door Snapper voor toegang en manipulatie door CIFS/SMB-clients "
-"blootstellen.\n"
-"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Snapper biedt "
-"en het Share-pad overeenkomt met een door Btrfs gesteund "
-"configuratiesubvolume van Snapper. Relevante toegangsrechten moeten ook "
-"worden toegekend, zie de manpagina van Samba <b>vfs snapper(8)</b> voor "
-"verdere details.</p>"
+"<p>Met <b>Snapshots blootstellen</b> geselecteerd zal Samba snapshots gemaakt door Snapper voor toegang en manipulatie door CIFS/SMB-clients blootstellen.\n"
+"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Snapper biedt en het Share-pad overeenkomt met een door Btrfs gesteund configuratiesubvolume van Snapper. Relevante toegangsrechten moeten ook worden toegekend, zie de manpagina van Samba <b>vfs snapper(8)</b> voor verdere details.</p>"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of "
-"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if "
-"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See "
-"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Btrfs-functies gebruiken</b> instrueert Samba om voordeel te trekken "
-"van functies specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n"
-"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Btrfs biedt en "
-"het Share-pad is een Btrfs-subvolume. Zie de manpagina van Samba <b>vfs "
-"snapper(8)</b> voor verdere details.</p>"
+"<p><b>Btrfs-functies gebruiken</b> instrueert Samba om voordeel te trekken van functies specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n"
+"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Btrfs biedt en het Share-pad is een Btrfs-subvolume. Zie de manpagina van Samba <b>vfs snapper(8)</b> voor verdere details.</p>"
#. help for LDAP Settings dialog
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289
@@ -1388,91 +1305,53 @@
"Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the "
-"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/"
-"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
+"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, "
-"including full Administrator DN.\n"
+"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP "
-"objects.\n"
+"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To "
-"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</"
-"b>.<p>"
+"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP-instellingen</big></b><br>\n"
"Bepaal hier de te gebruiken LDAP-server voor authenticatie.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<b>LDAP-wachtwoordbackend</b> instellen stelt u in staat "
-"gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de "
-"URL. Met <b>LDAP-idmap-backend</b>, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in "
-"LDAP op.\n"
+"<b>LDAP-wachtwoordbackend</b> instellen stelt u in staat gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de URL. Met <b>LDAP-idmap-backend</b>, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in LDAP op.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"In de authenticatiesectie, stelt u de credentials voor de LDAP-server in, "
-"inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n"
+"In de authenticatiesectie, stelt u de credentials voor de LDAP-server in, inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<b>Basis DN voor zoeken</b> is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan "
-"Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n"
+"<b>Basis DN voor zoeken</b> is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op <b>Verbinding "
-"testen</b>. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard "
-"waarden te gebruiken, klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b>.<p>"
+"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op <b>Verbinding testen</b>. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard waarden te gebruiken, klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b>.<p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The "
-"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, "
-"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> "
-"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Achtervoegsel van gebruiker</b> specificeert waar gebruikers in de "
-"LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de "
-"waarde van <b>Zoek basis-DN</b>. Overeenkomstig specificeert "
-"<b>Achtervoegsel van groep</b> de plaats voor groepen, <b>Achtervoegsel voor "
-"machines</b> voor machines en <b>Achtervoegsel voor idmap</b> die voor idmap-"
-"mappings.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Achtervoegsel van gebruiker</b> specificeert waar gebruikers in de LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de waarde van <b>Zoek basis-DN</b>. Overeenkomstig specificeert <b>Achtervoegsel van groep</b> de plaats voor groepen, <b>Achtervoegsel voor machines</b> voor machines en <b>Achtervoegsel voor idmap</b> die voor idmap-mappings.</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait "
-"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</"
-"p>"
+"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Replicatieslaaptijd</b> is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal "
-"wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit "
-"kunnen bijbenen.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-operaties (in "
-"seconden).</p>"
+"<p><b>Replicatieslaaptijd</b> is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit kunnen bijbenen.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-operaties (in seconden).</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311
-msgid ""
-"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met <b>SSL "
-"of TLS gebruiken</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met <b>SSL of TLS gebruiken</b>.</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete "
-"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
-"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the "
-"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual "
-"page for details.</p>"
+"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
+"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>DN verwijderen</b> specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-"
-"entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.</p>\n"
-"<p>Met <b>Wachtwoorden synchroniseren</b>, definieert u mogelijke "
-"synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de "
-"manpagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details.</p>"
+"<p><b>DN verwijderen</b> specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Met <b>Wachtwoorden synchroniseren</b>, definieert u mogelijke synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de manpagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details.</p>"
#. translators: warning text
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322
@@ -1524,20 +1403,17 @@
"Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n"
"entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er "
-"namelijk\n"
+"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er namelijk\n"
"voor dat uw gehele bestandssysteem door Samba cliënten door te bladeren is.\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, "
-"and\n"
+"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n"
"expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b> geven toegang tot \n"
-"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP-instellingen, "
-"gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en\n"
+"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP-instellingen, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en\n"
"geavanceerde globale instellingen.</p>\n"
#. translators: combo box value
@@ -1753,8 +1629,7 @@
#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338
msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported."
-msgstr ""
-"YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën."
+msgstr "YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën."
#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP
#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-users.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-09 15:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -116,9 +116,7 @@
#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is alleen mogelijk om een stuurprogramma zonder bijpassende scanner te "
-"verwijderen."
+msgstr "Het is alleen mogelijk om een stuurprogramma zonder bijpassende scanner te verwijderen."
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry
#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
@@ -279,12 +277,8 @@
#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837
-msgid ""
-"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-"
-"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)."
-msgstr ""
-"Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' is alleen beschikbaar voor i386-compatibele "
-"architecturen (32-bit i386 en ook 64-bit x86_64)."
+msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)."
+msgstr "Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' is alleen beschikbaar voor i386-compatibele architecturen (32-bit i386 en ook 64-bit x86_64)."
#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64:
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845
@@ -296,9 +290,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' kan voor problemen zorgen op de 64-bits x86_64 "
-"architectuur."
+msgstr "Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' kan voor problemen zorgen op de 64-bits x86_64 architectuur."
#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected:
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865
@@ -314,8 +306,7 @@
"The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n"
"Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio."
msgstr ""
-"Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' zou moeten werken, maar wordt niet langer "
-"onderhouden.\n"
+"Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' zou moeten werken, maar wordt niet langer onderhouden.\n"
"Probeer het meer actuele stuurprogramma 'hpaio' te gebruiken."
#. Configure backend dialog
@@ -415,8 +406,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active "
-"scanners.\n"
+"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -430,8 +420,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n"
"detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual "
-"configuration.\n"
+"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -464,8 +453,7 @@
"configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n"
"If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n"
"check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n"
-"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the "
-"scanner.\n"
+"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -497,8 +485,7 @@
"If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n"
"check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n"
"If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n"
-"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been "
-"loaded.\n"
+"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -520,16 +507,14 @@
"Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n"
"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n"
"which is connected to the parallel port,\n"
-"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</"
-"b>\n"
+"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n"
"before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Scanners die via de parallelle poort werken kunnen met dit programma\n"
"niet ingesteld worden, behalve voor alles-in-één apparaten van HP.\n"
-"Algemene scanners via de parallelle poort moeten handmatig geconfigureerd "
-"worden.\n"
+"Algemene scanners via de parallelle poort moeten handmatig geconfigureerd worden.\n"
"Voor de scannereenheid in een alles-in-één apparaat van HP dat via de\n"
"parallelle poort is aangesloten, moet u mogelijk <tt>hp-setup</tt> draaien\n"
"via <b>Overig</b> en <b>Draai hp-setup</b>, alvorens u de scanner\n"
@@ -555,10 +540,8 @@
"connected to another host in the network.\n"
"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n"
"which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n"
-"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</"
-"b>\n"
-"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</"
-"b>.\n"
+"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n"
+"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -587,16 +570,13 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n"
"Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n"
"Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n"
-"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled "
-"drivers,\n"
+"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n"
"set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De tabel bevat de lijst met geconfigureerde stuurprogramma's en de "
-"bijhorende scanners.\n"
-"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om het model en stuurprogramma te kiezen en aan te "
-"zetten.\n"
+"De tabel bevat de lijst met geconfigureerde stuurprogramma's en de bijhorende scanners.\n"
+"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om het model en stuurprogramma te kiezen en aan te zetten.\n"
"Klik op <b>Bewerken</b> om het stuurprogramma te wijzigen en aan te zetten.\n"
"Klik op <b>Verwijderen</b> om het stuurprogramma te verwijderen.\n"
"Als u op <b>Overig</b> klikt, dan kunt u de detectie herstarten, actieve\n"
@@ -618,8 +598,7 @@
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible "
-"reasons are:\n"
+"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n"
"The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n"
"the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n"
"(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n"
@@ -646,16 +625,14 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n"
-"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing "
-"<b>Next</b>.\n"
+"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
"The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n"
"<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scannermodel selecteren</big></b><br>\n"
-"Alle bekende scannermodellen, al dan niet ondersteund, worden hier "
-"weergegeven.\n"
+"Alle bekende scannermodellen, al dan niet ondersteund, worden hier weergegeven.\n"
"Lees eerst zorgvuldig alle informatie voordat u een model selecteert en\n"
"op <b>Verder</b> klikt. De informatie is gebaseerd op de gegevens van het\n"
"SANE-project op <tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n"
@@ -667,45 +644,31 @@
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver "
-"available.\n"
-"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-"
-"backends package.\n"
-"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete."
-"<br>\n"
-"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver "
-"does not work.\n"
+"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n"
+"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n"
+"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n"
+"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n"
"Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n"
-"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver "
-"internals\n"
-"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained "
-"driver.\n"
+"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n"
+"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Een model is ondersteund als er minstens een geschikt apparaatstuurprogramma "
-"voor de scanner is.\n"
-"De meeste apparaatstuurprogramma's voor scanners komen uit het SANE-project "
-"en worden geleverd in het sane-backends pakket.\n"
-"De onderhoudstatus voor een specifiek model varieert van minimaal tot "
-"compleet.<br>\n"
-"Wanneer een apparaatstuurprogramma getoond wordt als 'niet-onderhouden', dan "
-"betekent dat niet dat deze niet werkt.\n"
+"Een model is ondersteund als er minstens een geschikt apparaatstuurprogramma voor de scanner is.\n"
+"De meeste apparaatstuurprogramma's voor scanners komen uit het SANE-project en worden geleverd in het sane-backends pakket.\n"
+"De onderhoudstatus voor een specifiek model varieert van minimaal tot compleet.<br>\n"
+"Wanneer een apparaatstuurprogramma getoond wordt als 'niet-onderhouden', dan betekent dat niet dat deze niet werkt.\n"
"Zelfs een niet-onderhouden apparaatstuurprogramma kan perfect werken.\n"
-"Maar het betekent dat er niet langer iemand is die weet heeft van de "
-"interne\n"
-"werking zodat er gewoonlijk geen hulp is als er problemen zijn met een niet-"
-"onderhouden apparaatstuurprogramma.\n"
+"Maar het betekent dat er niet langer iemand is die weet heeft van de interne\n"
+"werking zodat er gewoonlijk geen hulp is als er problemen zijn met een niet-onderhouden apparaatstuurprogramma.\n"
"</p>"
#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5:
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a "
-"driver.\n"
-"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an "
-"unsupported scanner.\n"
+"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n"
+"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -723,8 +686,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Als er aanvullend commentaar beschikbaar is, dan wordt dit getoond tussen "
-"blokhaakjes.\n"
+"Als er aanvullend commentaar beschikbaar is, dan wordt dit getoond tussen blokhaakjes.\n"
"</p>"
#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5:
@@ -735,36 +697,24 @@
"<p>\n"
"Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n"
"To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n"
-"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is "
-"also possible.\n"
-"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this "
-"list,\n"
-"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson."
-"*</tt>.\n"
-"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search "
-"string.\n"
-"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson."
-"*perfection</tt>\n"
-"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson."
-"*1200</tt>.\n"
+"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n"
+"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n"
+"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n"
+"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n"
+"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n"
+"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Gebruik de <b>Zoekterm</b> om snel een geschikt item te vinden.\n"
-"Om een bepaalde tekst in de tabel te kunnen vinden, voert u het in in het "
-"veld.\n"
+"Om een bepaalde tekst in de tabel te kunnen vinden, voert u het in in het veld.\n"
"Een meer gecompliceerde zoekopdracht met behulp van hoofdlettergevoelige\n"
"reguliere expressies is ook mogelijk.\n"
-"Als de scanner gedetecteerd is en de naam van de fabrikant is in deze lijst "
-"aanwezig,\n"
-"dan is de zoekterm vooringesteld met de fabrikantnaam, zoals <tt>^Epson.*</"
-"tt>.\n"
-"Om de zoekresultaten te verfijnen kunt u modelspecifieke details aan de "
-"zoekterm toevoegen.\n"
-"Voeg bijvoorbeeld een term toe die onderdeel is van het modelnaam: "
-"<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n"
-"Of voeg enkele cijfers toe die onderdeel zijn van het modeltype: <tt>^Epson."
-"*1200</tt>.\n"
+"Als de scanner gedetecteerd is en de naam van de fabrikant is in deze lijst aanwezig,\n"
+"dan is de zoekterm vooringesteld met de fabrikantnaam, zoals <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n"
+"Om de zoekresultaten te verfijnen kunt u modelspecifieke details aan de zoekterm toevoegen.\n"
+"Voeg bijvoorbeeld een term toe die onderdeel is van het modelnaam: <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n"
+"Of voeg enkele cijfers toe die onderdeel zijn van het modeltype: <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4:
@@ -773,8 +723,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n"
"The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n"
-"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</"
-"b>.\n"
+"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n"
"If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -835,14 +784,10 @@
"<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n"
"In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n"
-"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one "
-"devices:\n"
-"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer "
-"available),\n"
-"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-"
-"one devices,\n"
-"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio "
-"driver.\n"
+"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n"
+"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n"
+"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n"
+"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n"
"Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n"
"but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n"
"Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n"
@@ -853,18 +798,13 @@
"<b><big>HP alles-in-één-apparaten</big></b><br>\n"
"De alles-in-één-apparaten van HP hebben een speciale instellingsprocedure\n"
"nodig. In dat geval wordt er een bijpassende dialoog geopend.\n"
-"Er zijn twee softwarepakketten die ondersteuning leveren voor HP alles-in-"
-"één-apparaten:\n"
-"de verouderde HPOJ-software (pakket 'hp-officeJet', dat niet langer "
-"beschikbaar is),\n"
+"Er zijn twee softwarepakketten die ondersteuning leveren voor HP alles-in-één-apparaten:\n"
+"de verouderde HPOJ-software (pakket 'hp-officeJet', dat niet langer beschikbaar is),\n"
"die het PTAL-systeem levert (met de ptal-service),\n"
-"en de nieuwe HPLIP-software (pakket 'hplip'), die de hpaio-apparaatbesturing "
-"levert.\n"
+"en de nieuwe HPLIP-software (pakket 'hplip'), die de hpaio-apparaatbesturing levert.\n"
"Beide pakketten kunnen tegelijkertijd worden geïnstalleerd,\n"
-"maar de ptal-services en de hpaio-apparaatbesturing kunnen niet tegelijk "
-"draaien.\n"
-"Daarom moet één van beide gebruikt worden voor alle HP alles-in-één-"
-"apparaten.\n"
+"maar de ptal-services en de hpaio-apparaatbesturing kunnen niet tegelijk draaien.\n"
+"Daarom moet één van beide gebruikt worden voor alle HP alles-in-één-apparaten.\n"
"</p>"
#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5:
@@ -893,12 +833,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via "
-"the network,\n"
-"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a "
-"server.\n"
-"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to "
-"access saned on your server.\n"
+"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n"
+"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n"
+"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n"
"Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n"
"or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n"
"If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n"
@@ -907,17 +844,12 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Serverinstellingen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u lokaal aangesloten scanners hebt, en u deze via het netwerk "
-"toegankelijk wilt maken, stel dan de 'saned network scanning daemon' zodanig "
-"in dat deze uw host in een server veranderd.\n"
-"Voer bij <b>Toegestane clients</b> in welke client-hosts toestemming hebben "
-"om saned op uw server te benaderen.\n"
-"Voer een door komma's gescheiden lijst van client-hosts (hostnamen of IP-"
-"adressen) of\n"
+"Als u lokaal aangesloten scanners hebt, en u deze via het netwerk toegankelijk wilt maken, stel dan de 'saned network scanning daemon' zodanig in dat deze uw host in een server veranderd.\n"
+"Voer bij <b>Toegestane clients</b> in welke client-hosts toestemming hebben om saned op uw server te benaderen.\n"
+"Voer een door komma's gescheiden lijst van client-hosts (hostnamen of IP-adressen) of\n"
"subnets (CIDR-notatie, zoals 192.168.1.0/24) in.\n"
"Als er geen client-hosts zijn toegestaan, dan wordt saned niet geactiveerd.\n"
-"Als saned is geactiveerd, dan is xinetd ook geactiveerd en ingesteld voor "
-"saned.\n"
+"Als saned is geactiveerd, dan is xinetd ook geactiveerd en ingesteld voor saned.\n"
"</p>"
#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5:
@@ -983,8 +915,7 @@
"toe aan de interne zone van de firewall.\n"
"Gebruik de instellingsmodule van YaST voor de Firewall om deze fundamentele\n"
"instelling te maken met betrekking tot netwerkbeveiliging en de firewall en\n"
-"scannen via het netwerk zal zonder enige verdere firewall-instelling gaan."
-"<br>\n"
+"scannen via het netwerk zal zonder enige verdere firewall-instelling gaan.<br>\n"
"Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase (SDB)\n"
"artikel 'CUPS en SANE firewall-instellingen' at<br>\n"
"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
@@ -998,10 +929,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the "
-"network,\n"
-"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the "
-"servers.\n"
+"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n"
+"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n"
"The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n"
"In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n"
"Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n"
@@ -1010,14 +939,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Cliëntinstellingen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u toegang tot scanners wilt die zijn aangesloten op andere hosts "
-"(servers)\n"
-"in het netwerk, stel dan het metastuurprogramma 'net' in om toegang te "
-"krijgen\n"
+"Als u toegang tot scanners wilt die zijn aangesloten op andere hosts (servers)\n"
+"in het netwerk, stel dan het metastuurprogramma 'net' in om toegang te krijgen\n"
"via de daemon die op de servers draait.\n"
"De 'saned'-daemon en de firewall op de servers moeten de toegang toestaan.\n"
-"Vul bij <b>Gebruikte servers</b> de servers in die u wilt gebruiken. Voer "
-"een\n"
+"Vul bij <b>Gebruikte servers</b> de servers in die u wilt gebruiken. Voer een\n"
"door komma's gescheiden lijst met servers (servernamen of IP-adressen) in.\n"
"Als u geen servers invoert, dan wordt 'net' niet geactiveerd.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1046,10 +972,8 @@
"<b><big>Configuratie van lokale host:</big></b><br>\n"
"Door het loopback-netwerk te gebruiken kunnen 'saned' en het\n"
"metastuurprogramma 'net' ook op uw lokale computer worden gebruikt.\n"
-"In dat geval zijn de server en cliënt feitelijk dezelfde computer "
-"(localhost).\n"
-"Sommige scanners, zoals scanners verbonden met de parallelle poort, vereisen "
-"root-privileges.\n"
+"In dat geval zijn de server en cliënt feitelijk dezelfde computer (localhost).\n"
+"Sommige scanners, zoals scanners verbonden met de parallelle poort, vereisen root-privileges.\n"
"Als u <tt>localhost</tt> invoert voor de server en de cliënt, dan kunt u\n"
"de scanner ook als gewone gebruiker op uw lokale computer benaderen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1088,8 +1012,7 @@
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399
msgid ""
"The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n"
-"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly "
-"Avasys)\n"
+"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n"
"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n"
"(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n"
"where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n"
@@ -1109,38 +1032,26 @@
"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson (vroeger\n"
"Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver)/\n"
"waar RPM-pakketten voor 32-bit (i386) en 64-bit (x86_64) architecturen\n"
-"kunnen worden gedownload (als u de Epson/Avasys licentieovereenkomsten "
-"accepteert).\n"
-"Het Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma bevat propriëtaire alleen-binaire "
-"software.\n"
-"Voor sommige modellen is het alleen beschikbaar voor 32-bit (i386) "
-"architecturen\n"
+"kunnen worden gedownload (als u de Epson/Avasys licentieovereenkomsten accepteert).\n"
+"Het Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma bevat propriëtaire alleen-binaire software.\n"
+"Voor sommige modellen is het alleen beschikbaar voor 32-bit (i386) architecturen\n"
"die niet werken wanneer u een 64-bit systeem gebruikt.\n"
-"Sommige scanners worden ook ondersteund door een ander (vrije-software) "
-"apparaatstuurprogramma.\n"
+"Sommige scanners worden ook ondersteund door een ander (vrije-software) apparaatstuurprogramma.\n"
"Wanneer uw scannermodel een DFSG niet-vrije (propriëtaire) module vereist,\n"
-"dan dient u twee pakketten van Epson/Avasys te downloaden en te "
-"installeren:\n"
+"dan dient u twee pakketten van Epson/Avasys te downloaden en te installeren:\n"
"Het 'iscan'-pakket voor de basis software en een extra\n"
"model-afhankelijke 'iscan-plugin'-pakket met de propriëtaire module.\n"
#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron "
-"beschikbaar."
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
+msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron beschikbaar."
#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
-msgstr ""
-"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de "
-"installatiebron."
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
+msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de installatiebron."
#. Only a simple message because:
#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
@@ -1161,8 +1072,7 @@
"with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n"
"this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n"
"gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n"
-"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is "
-"fixed.\n"
+"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n"
msgstr ""
"Het bepalen van de actieve scanners is mislukt.\n"
"Wanneer de 'net metadriver' is geactiveerd en er is iets verkeerd\n"
@@ -1381,8 +1291,7 @@
"Should the hplip package be installed?\n"
msgstr ""
"Het lijkt erop dat 'hplip' niet is geïnstalleerd, deze is vereist\n"
-"om 'hp-setup' te kunnen draaien. Moet het pakket 'hplip' geïnstalleerd "
-"worden?\n"
+"om 'hp-setup' te kunnen draaien. Moet het pakket 'hplip' geïnstalleerd worden?\n"
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
@@ -1401,12 +1310,10 @@
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
-"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner "
-"configuration.\n"
+"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
"'hp-setup' is opgestart.\n"
-"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de "
-"scannerconfiguratie.\n"
+"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de scannerconfiguratie.\n"
#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column
#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet:
@@ -1457,8 +1364,7 @@
#. nor an active driver was found:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426
msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists."
-msgstr ""
-"Geen scanner gedetecteerd en geen actieve scanner of stuurprogramma aanwezig."
+msgstr "Geen scanner gedetecteerd en geen actieve scanner of stuurprogramma aanwezig."
#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455
@@ -1472,8 +1378,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461
msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required."
-msgstr ""
-"Software voor Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma van Epson/Avasys is vereist."
+msgstr "Software voor Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma van Epson/Avasys is vereist."
#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name
#. which provides the driver for the particular model:
@@ -1507,8 +1412,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality."
-msgstr ""
-"Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 zou volledige functionaliteit leveren."
+msgstr "Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 zou volledige functionaliteit leveren."
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584
@@ -1535,8 +1439,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality."
-msgstr ""
-"Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 zou minimale functionaliteit leveren."
+msgstr "Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 zou minimale functionaliteit leveren."
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627
@@ -1557,32 +1460,25 @@
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
msgid ""
-"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's "
-"memory.\n"
+"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
"\n"
-"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot "
-"distribute it.\n"
+"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n"
"Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n"
-"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web "
-"site.\n"
-"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular "
-"scanner.\n"
+"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n"
+"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n"
"Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n"
"http://www.sane-project.org/.\n"
"\n"
"After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n"
-"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware "
-"upload.\n"
+"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n"
"The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n"
msgstr ""
"Een firmware-bestand bevat software die in het geheugen van de scanner\n"
"geladen moet worden. Zonder firmware zal de scanner niet functioneren.\n"
"\n"
-"Aangezien firmware onder een beperkte licentie van de scannerfabrikant "
-"valt,\n"
-"kunnen we deze niet distribueren. Gewoonlijk is het firmware-bestand "
-"ergens\n"
+"Aangezien firmware onder een beperkte licentie van de scannerfabrikant valt,\n"
+"kunnen we deze niet distribueren. Gewoonlijk is het firmware-bestand ergens\n"
"op de CD van de fabrikant opgeslagen. Ook kan het vaak via de website van\n"
"de fabrikant gedownload worden. Vraag eventueel de fabrikant hoe u aan de\n"
"firmware voor uw type scanner kunt komen. Op de SANE-website kunt u meer\n"
@@ -1607,8 +1503,7 @@
"de ptal-service. U kunt nu doorgaan, maar dan wordt de ptal-service\n"
"gestopt en zullen alle printerwachtrijen die gebruik maken van de\n"
"ptal-service niet langer werken.\n"
-"Als u doorgaat, wijzig dan de printerconfiguratie zodat deze HPLIP "
-"gebruikt.\n"
+"Als u doorgaat, wijzig dan de printerconfiguratie zodat deze HPLIP gebruikt.\n"
#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
@@ -1620,19 +1515,16 @@
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
"\n"
-"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be "
-"initialized.\n"
+"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n"
"Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n"
"The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n"
"Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n"
"before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n"
"An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n"
-"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB "
-"fails,\n"
+"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n"
"set up the PTAL system manually.\n"
"If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n"
-"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/"
-"lp0),\n"
+"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n"
"so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n"
"\n"
"Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n"
@@ -1647,13 +1539,11 @@
"Het PTAL-systeem en de hplip-service sluiten elkaar uit. Daarom moet\n"
"een draaiende hplip-service gestopt en gedeactiveerd worden voordat\n"
"het PTAL-systeem geïnitialiseerd, geactiveerd en gestart wordt.\n"
-"Alleen bij USB is een automatische initialisatie van het PTAL-systeem "
-"veilig.\n"
+"Alleen bij USB is een automatische initialisatie van het PTAL-systeem veilig.\n"
"Stel het PTAL-systeem handmatig in als u een niet-USB-apparaat hebt of als\n"
"de geautomatiseerde USB-initialisatie mislukte.\n"
"Als u een alles-in-één apparaat (scanner+printer) hebt, denk er dan aan dat\n"
-"een draaiende ptal-service het USB-apparaatbestand (bijvoorbeeld /dev/usb/"
-"lp0)\n"
+"een draaiende ptal-service het USB-apparaatbestand (bijvoorbeeld /dev/usb/lp0)\n"
"volledig in beslag zal nemen, waardoor de printer niet langer via het\n"
"USB-apparaatbestand benaderd kan worden.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1670,8 +1560,7 @@
"and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n"
"If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n"
"Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n"
-"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal "
-"service.\n"
+"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n"
msgstr ""
"Er is minstens één printerconfiguratie aanwezig die gebruikt maakt van\n"
"de hplip-service. U kunt nu doorgaan, maar dan wordt de hplip-service\n"
@@ -1796,12 +1685,8 @@
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
-msgid ""
-"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not "
-"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
-msgstr ""
-"Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' is gedeactiveerd. De bijhorende ptal-service is "
-"echter niet gedeactiveerd omdat het CUPS-afdruksysteem deze nodig heeft."
+msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
+msgstr "Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' is gedeactiveerd. De bijhorende ptal-service is echter niet gedeactiveerd omdat het CUPS-afdruksysteem deze nodig heeft."
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
@@ -1826,9 +1711,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is niet mogelijk om een test uit te voeren zonder een bijpassende "
-"actieve scanner."
+msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om een test uit te voeren zonder een bijpassende actieve scanner."
#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
@@ -1901,9 +1784,7 @@
#. The latter results no error.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
-msgstr ""
-"Het vaststellen van de configuratie voor het scannen via het netwerk is "
-"mislukt."
+msgstr "Het vaststellen van de configuratie voor het scannen via het netwerk is mislukt."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
@@ -1931,9 +1812,7 @@
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall zie de helptekst van deze "
-"dialoog."
+msgstr "Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall zie de helptekst van deze dialoog."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A scanner is not known to HAL.\n"
@@ -1978,8 +1857,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Toegangsrechten voor USB- en SCSI-scanner testen en instellen"
#~ msgid "Testing and setting USB and SCSI scanner access permissions..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Toegangsrechten voor USB- en SCSI-scanners worden getest en ingesteld..."
+#~ msgstr "Toegangsrechten voor USB- en SCSI-scanners worden getest en ingesteld..."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Failed to set scanner access permissions.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -251,13 +251,9 @@
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</"
-#| "B></P>"
+#| msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Deze basis systeemservices zijn niet geactiveerd in runlevel %1:<BR><B>"
-"%2</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P>Deze basis systeemservices zijn niet geactiveerd in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
@@ -267,14 +263,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Deze extra services zijn geactiveerd in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P>Deze extra services zijn geactiveerd in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Controleer de lijst met services en schakel alle ongebruikte services uit."
-"</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Controleer de lijst met services en schakel alle ongebruikte services uit.</P>"
#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
@@ -354,8 +347,7 @@
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
"De minimum wachtwoordlengte kan niet groter dan het maximum zijn.\n"
-"De maximum wachtwoordlengte voor de geselecteerde versleutelingsmethode is "
-"%1."
+"De maximum wachtwoordlengte voor de geselecteerde versleutelingsmethode is %1."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. Login dialog caption
@@ -384,8 +376,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt nu veilig het configuratieprogramma afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>"
+"U kunt nu veilig het configuratieprogramma afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
@@ -412,8 +403,7 @@
"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opstartveiligheid</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Gebruik dit dialoog om de verschillende opstartinstellingen die "
-"gerelateerd zijn aan beveiliging te wijzigen.</p>"
+"<p>Gebruik dit dialoog om de verschillende opstartinstellingen die gerelateerd zijn aan beveiliging te wijzigen.</p>"
#. Boot dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
@@ -438,40 +428,31 @@
"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Afsluitgedrag van aanmeldscherm</b>:\n"
-"Hiermee bepaalt u wie er toestemming heeft om de computer vanuit KDM af te "
-"sluiten.</p>\n"
+"Hiermee bepaalt u wie er toestemming heeft om de computer vanuit KDM af te sluiten.</p>\n"
#. Boot dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, "
-"user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring "
-"authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Breng systeem in slaapstand</b>:\n"
-"Stel de condities in om gebruikers het systeem in slaapstand te brengen. "
-"Standaard heeft de gebruiker op het actieve console dat recht.\n"
-"Andere opties zijn om deze actie aan elke gebruiker toe te kennen of in alle "
-"gevallen authenticatie te vereisen.</p>\n"
+"Stel de condities in om gebruikers het systeem in slaapstand te brengen. Standaard heeft de gebruiker op het actieve console dat recht.\n"
+"Andere opties zijn om deze actie aan elke gebruiker toe te kennen of in alle gevallen authenticatie te vereisen.</p>\n"
#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
-"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which "
-"include\n"
-" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The "
-"default\n"
+"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
+" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
" settings can be modified as needed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<P><BIG><B>Lokale veiligheid instellen</B></BIG></P>\n"
-"<p>Door middel van voorgedefinieerde standaardwaarden kunt u de lokale "
-"veiligheidsinstellingen\n"
-"wijzigen. Dit is inclusief opstarten, aanmelden, wachtwoorden, aanmaken van "
-"gebruikers en bestandstoegangsrechten.\n"
+"<p>Door middel van voorgedefinieerde standaardwaarden kunt u de lokale veiligheidsinstellingen\n"
+"wijzigen. Dit is inclusief opstarten, aanmelden, wachtwoorden, aanmaken van gebruikers en bestandstoegangsrechten.\n"
"De standaardinstellingen kunnen naar behoefte worden gewijzigd.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -484,9 +465,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Werkstation in netwerk</b>: voor een computer die verbonden is met een "
-"type netwerk, inclusief het internet.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Werkstation in netwerk</b>: voor een computer die verbonden is met een type netwerk, inclusief het internet.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
@@ -524,51 +503,39 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
-"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to "
-"prevent\n"
-"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait "
-"to\n"
-"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</"
-"tt>).</p>"
+"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
+"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n"
+"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Wachttijd na mislukte aanmeldpoging</b>:\n"
-"Het is verstandig om na een mislukte aanmeldpoging enige tijd te wachten, "
-"dit\n"
-"om het gissen naar een wachtwoord te ontmoedigen. Maak de tijd kort genoeg "
-"zodat\n"
-"gebruikers niet onnodig lang hoeven te wachten als ze hun wachtwoord "
-"foutgetypt hebben. Een geschikte waarde is drie (<tt>3</tt>) seconden.</p>"
+"Het is verstandig om na een mislukte aanmeldpoging enige tijd te wachten, dit\n"
+"om het gissen naar een wachtwoord te ontmoedigen. Maak de tijd kort genoeg zodat\n"
+"gebruikers niet onnodig lang hoeven te wachten als ze hun wachtwoord foutgetypt hebben. Een geschikte waarde is drie (<tt>3</tt>) seconden.</p>"
#. Login dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
-"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than "
-"usual).\n"
+"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Geslaagde aanmeldpogingen vastleggen:</b> Het registreren van "
-"geslaagde\n"
-"aanmeldpogingen is zinvol. Het kan u waarschuwen voor niet-geautoriseerde "
-"toegang\n"
-"tot het systeem. (bijv: als een gebruiker zich vanaf een andere locatie dan "
-"gewoonlijk aanmeldt).\n"
+"<p><b>Geslaagde aanmeldpogingen vastleggen:</b> Het registreren van geslaagde\n"
+"aanmeldpogingen is zinvol. Het kan u waarschuwen voor niet-geautoriseerde toegang\n"
+"tot het systeem. (bijv: als een gebruiker zich vanaf een andere locatie dan gewoonlijk aanmeldt).\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Login dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
-"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote "
-"access\n"
+"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
"to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Externe grafische aanmelding toestaan</b>:\n"
"Deze optie staat het toe om toegang via het netwerk tot het grafische\n"
"aanmeldvenster van dit systeem te krijgen. Externe toegang tot\n"
-"uw systeem via een grafische display manager kan een veiligheidsrisico "
-"opleveren.</p>"
+"uw systeem via een grafische display manager kan een veiligheidsrisico opleveren.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
@@ -583,16 +550,12 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
-"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common "
-"word.\n"
+"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
"By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren</b>: Het is verstandig om een "
-"wachtwoord\n"
-"te kiezen dat niet gevonden kan worden in een woordenboek en dat niet "
-"bestaat uit een\n"
-"naam of een ander simpel en algemeen woord. Door deze optie te activeren "
-"worden de\n"
+"<p><b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren</b>: Het is verstandig om een wachtwoord\n"
+"te kiezen dat niet gevonden kan worden in een woordenboek en dat niet bestaat uit een\n"
+"naam of een ander simpel en algemeen woord. Door deze optie te activeren worden de\n"
"wachtwoorden gecontroleerd met inachtneming van deze regels.</p>"
#. Password dialog help
@@ -600,34 +563,26 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
-"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the "
-"new\n"
+"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n"
"password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n"
"This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Minimaal acceptabele wachtwoordlengte</b>:\n"
-"Het acceptabele minimum aantal karakters in een nieuw wachtwoord, vermindert "
-"met\n"
-"het aantal verschillende tekenklassen (andere, hoofd-/kleine letter en "
-"cijfer)dat\n"
-"wordt gebruikt in het nieuwe wachtwoord. Zie manpagina pam_cracklib voor "
-"meer uitleg.\n"
-"Deze optie kan alleen gewijzigd worden als <b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden "
-"controleren</b> is geactiveerd.</p>"
+"Het acceptabele minimum aantal karakters in een nieuw wachtwoord, vermindert met\n"
+"het aantal verschillende tekenklassen (andere, hoofd-/kleine letter en cijfer)dat\n"
+"wordt gebruikt in het nieuwe wachtwoord. Zie manpagina pam_cracklib voor meer uitleg.\n"
+"Deze optie kan alleen gewijzigd worden als <b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren</b> is geactiveerd.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
-"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from "
-"reusing.\n"
+"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
"Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Oude wachtwoorden onthouden</b>:\n"
-"Voer het aantal oude wachtwoorden van gebruikers in dat moet worden "
-"onthouden en die gebruikers\n"
-"niet mogen hergebruiken. Voer 0 in als wachtwoorden niet moeten worden "
-"onthouden</p>"
+"Voer het aantal oude wachtwoorden van gebruikers in dat moet worden onthouden en die gebruikers\n"
+"niet mogen hergebruiken. Voer 0 in als wachtwoorden niet moeten worden onthouden</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
@@ -639,35 +594,26 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
-"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you "
-"need\n"
+"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
"compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, de standaard Linux-methode, werkt in alle netwerkomgevingen,\n"
-"uw wachtwoorden mogen hiermee echter niet langer dan acht lettertekens zijn. "
-"Gebruik deze\n"
+"uw wachtwoorden mogen hiermee echter niet langer dan acht lettertekens zijn. Gebruik deze\n"
"methode wanneer u de compatibiliteit met andere systemen nodig heeft.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
-"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current "
-"Linux \n"
+"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>MD5</b> staat het gebruik van langere wachtwoorden toe en wordt "
-"ondersteund door\n"
-"alle moderne Linux-distributies, maar niet door andere systemen of oude "
-"software.</p>"
+"<p><b>MD5</b> staat het gebruik van langere wachtwoorden toe en wordt ondersteund door\n"
+"alle moderne Linux-distributies, maar niet door andere systemen of oude software.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other "
-"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen "
-"gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
@@ -682,16 +628,12 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
-"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer "
-"the\n"
+"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
"time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aantal dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt</b>: Hier wordt "
-"het aantal\n"
-"dagen ingesteld dat de gebruikers gewaarschuwd worden voordat hun wachtwoord "
-"zal gaan verlopen.\n"
-"Hoe langer de tijd, hoe onwaarschijnlijker dat iemand het wachtwoord kan "
-"raden.</p>"
+"<p><b>Aantal dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt</b>: Hier wordt het aantal\n"
+"dagen ingesteld dat de gebruikers gewaarschuwd worden voordat hun wachtwoord zal gaan verlopen.\n"
+"Hoe langer de tijd, hoe onwaarschijnlijker dat iemand het wachtwoord kan raden.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
@@ -700,8 +642,7 @@
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Gebruikersveiligheid</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u de instellingen voor het aanmaken van gebruikers "
-"wijzigen.</p>"
+"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u de instellingen voor het aanmaken van gebruikers wijzigen.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
@@ -725,31 +666,24 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</"
-"p>"
+"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Overige veiligheidsinstellingen</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u diverse instellingen voor lokale veiligheid "
-"wijzigen.</p>"
+"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u diverse instellingen voor lokale veiligheid wijzigen.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
-"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions."
-"secure\n"
+"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
"or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n"
-"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions."
-"*.\n"
-"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred "
-"accidentally\n"
+"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n"
+"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n"
"or by intruders.</p><p>\n"
"With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n"
"in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n"
-"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can "
-"only\n"
-"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or "
-"by\n"
+"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n"
+"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n"
"daemons, not by ordinary users.\n"
"The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n"
"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n"
@@ -757,40 +691,29 @@
"<p><b>Bestandstoegangsrechten</b>: Instellingen voor de toegangsrechten\n"
"van bepaalde systeembestanden kunnen worden ingesteld aan de hand van de\n"
"gegevens in het bestand /etc/permissions.secure\n"
-"of /etc/permissions.easy. Welk bestand wordt gebruikt is afhankelijk van "
-"deze selectie.\n"
-"Het starten van SuSEconfig stelt deze toegangsrechten in aan de hand van /"
-"etc/permissions.*.\n"
-"Dit repareert bestanden met onjuiste toegangsrechten, waar dit perongeluk is "
-"veranderd of door\n"
+"of /etc/permissions.easy. Welk bestand wordt gebruikt is afhankelijk van deze selectie.\n"
+"Het starten van SuSEconfig stelt deze toegangsrechten in aan de hand van /etc/permissions.*.\n"
+"Dit repareert bestanden met onjuiste toegangsrechten, waar dit perongeluk is veranderd of door\n"
"indringers.</p><p>\n"
-"Met <b>Eenvoudig</b> worden de meeste systeembestanden die in 'Veilig' "
-"alleen voor root\n"
+"Met <b>Eenvoudig</b> worden de meeste systeembestanden die in 'Veilig' alleen voor root\n"
"leesbaar zijn leesbaar gemaakt voor gewone gebruikers.\n"
-"Met <b>Veilig</b> worden bepaalde systeembestanden, zoals /var/log/messages, "
-"alleen\n"
-"leesbaar voor de gebruiker root. Bepaalde programma's kunnen alleen door "
-"root worden gestart,\n"
+"Met <b>Veilig</b> worden bepaalde systeembestanden, zoals /var/log/messages, alleen\n"
+"leesbaar voor de gebruiker root. Bepaalde programma's kunnen alleen door root worden gestart,\n"
"of door daemons, maar niet door gewone gebruikers.\n"
-"De meest-veilige instelling is <b>Paranoïde</B>. Hier moet u beslissen "
-"welke\n"
-"gebruikers in staat zullen zijn om X-toepassingen en setuid-programma's te "
-"draaien.</p>\n"
+"De meest-veilige instelling is <b>Paranoïde</B>. Hier moet u beslissen welke\n"
+"gebruikers in staat zullen zijn om X-toepassingen en setuid-programma's te draaien.</p>\n"
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
-"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database "
-"(locatedb)\n"
+"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
"that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n"
-"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</"
-"b>\n"
+"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n"
" (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Gebruiker die updatedb start</b>: Het programma updatedb draait \n"
-"één keer per dag. Het doorzoekt uw gehele bestandssysteem en maakt een "
-"database\n"
+"één keer per dag. Het doorzoekt uw gehele bestandssysteem en maakt een database\n"
"aan (locatedb) waarin de locatie van elk bestand wordt opgeslagen.\n"
"De database kan met behulp van het programma \"locate\" doorzocht worden.\n"
"Hier kunt u gebruiker opgeven dat dit commando zal uitvoeren: <b>nobody</b>\n"
@@ -801,53 +724,42 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
-"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like "
-"system\n"
+"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n"
"searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Huidige map in root's pad</b>: Op een DOS-systeem\n"
"worden uitvoerbare bestanden (programma's) eerst opgezocht in de huidige\n"
-"map en daarna via de huidige padvariabele (omgevingsvariabele $PATH). Dit in "
-"tegenstelling tot een\n"
+"map en daarna via de huidige padvariabele (omgevingsvariabele $PATH). Dit in tegenstelling tot een\n"
"UNIX-systeem waar alleen gezocht wordt via het zoekpad.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
-"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current "
-"directory\n"
+"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
"then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n"
"for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Huidige map in het pad van reguliere gebruikers</b><br> Op een\n"
"DOS systeem worden uitvoerbare bestanden (programma's) eerst opgezocht in\n"
-"de huidige map en daarna via de huidige path-variabele. Dit in "
-"tegenstelling\n"
-"bij een UNIX-systeem waar exclusief gezocht wordt via het zoekpad (variabele "
-"PATH).</p>"
+"de huidige map en daarna via de huidige path-variabele. Dit in tegenstelling\n"
+"bij een UNIX-systeem waar exclusief gezocht wordt via het zoekpad (variabele PATH).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
-"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown "
-"programs in\n"
+"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n"
"the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n"
-"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your "
-"system,\n"
+"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n"
"is rather easy if you set this option.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sommige systemen hebben het vereenvoudigd door het toevoegen van de punt "
-"(\".\")\n"
+"<p>Sommige systemen hebben het vereenvoudigd door het toevoegen van de punt (\".\")\n"
"aan het zoekpad, zodat bestanden in de\n"
-"huidige map gevonden en gestart kunnen worden. Dit is erg gevaarlijk "
-"aangezien u dan per ongeluk onbekende\n"
-"programma's in de huidige map kunt starten i.p.v. de gewoonlijke "
-"systeemwijde\n"
-"programma's. Het maken van <i>Trojan Horses</i>, die gebruik maken van de "
-"zwakheid van\n"
+"huidige map gevonden en gestart kunnen worden. Dit is erg gevaarlijk aangezien u dan per ongeluk onbekende\n"
+"programma's in de huidige map kunt starten i.p.v. de gewoonlijke systeemwijde\n"
+"programma's. Het maken van <i>Trojan Horses</i>, die gebruik maken van de zwakheid van\n"
"uw systeem om het te ondermijnen, wordt dan wel erg gemakkelijk.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
@@ -872,205 +784,108 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
-"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, "
-"during kernel\n"
+"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
"debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Magische SysRq-toetsen activeren</b><br> Indien u deze optie "
-"selecteert zult\n"
-"u zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) nog enige "
-"controle over het\n"
-"het systeem houden. Zie voor de details <i>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/"
-"sysrq.txt</i></p>"
+"<p><b>Magische SysRq-toetsen activeren</b><br> Indien u deze optie selecteert zult\n"
+"u zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) nog enige controle over het\n"
+"het systeem houden. Zie voor de details <i>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</i></p>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important "
-"security settings.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Beveiligingsoverzicht</B><BR>Dit overzicht toont de meest belangrijke "
-"beveiligingsinstellingen.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Beveiligingsoverzicht</B><BR>Dit overzicht toont de meest belangrijke beveiligingsinstellingen.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
-msgid ""
-"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Om de huidige waarde te wijzigen, klikt u op de koppeling geassocieerd "
-"met de optie.</P>"
+msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Om de huidige waarde te wijzigen, klikt u op de koppeling geassocieerd met de optie.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
-msgid ""
-"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current "
-"value of the option is secure.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Een vinkje in de kolom <B>Beveiligingsstatus</B> betekent dat de huidige "
-"waarde van de optie veilig is.</P>"
+msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Een vinkje in de kolom <B>Beveiligingsstatus</B> betekent dat de huidige waarde van de optie veilig is.</P>"
#. an error message (rich text)
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not "
-"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>De huidige waarde kan niet gelezen worden. De service is "
-"waarschijnlijk niet geïnstalleerd of de optie ontbreekt in het systeem.</B></"
-"P>"
+msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>De huidige waarde kan niet gelezen worden. De service is waarschijnlijk niet geïnstalleerd of de optie ontbreekt in het systeem.</B></P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
"configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n"
-"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then "
-"the\n"
-"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only "
-"to\n"
-"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords "
-"that\n"
-"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote "
-"graphical\n"
+"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n"
+"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n"
+"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n"
+"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n"
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Een displaybeheerder levert een grafisch aanmeldscherm en kan over het "
-"netwerk\n"
-"werken door middel van een X-server die op een ander systeem draait als dat "
-"zo is geconfigureerd.</P><P>De windows die getoond worden zouden dan hun "
-"gegevens verzenden over het netwerk. Als dat netwerk niet volledig vertrouwd "
-"kan worden, kan\n"
-"het netwerkverkeer afgeluisterd worden door een aanvaller, die niet alleen "
-"toegang heeft tot de grafische inhoud van het scherm, maar ook tot "
-"gebruikersnamen en\n"
-"gebruikte wachtwoorden.</P><P>Als u <EM>XDMCP</EM> niet nodig hebt voor "
-"grafische\n"
+"<P>Een displaybeheerder levert een grafisch aanmeldscherm en kan over het netwerk\n"
+"werken door middel van een X-server die op een ander systeem draait als dat zo is geconfigureerd.</P><P>De windows die getoond worden zouden dan hun gegevens verzenden over het netwerk. Als dat netwerk niet volledig vertrouwd kan worden, kan\n"
+"het netwerkverkeer afgeluisterd worden door een aanvaller, die niet alleen toegang heeft tot de grafische inhoud van het scherm, maar ook tot gebruikersnamen en\n"
+"gebruikte wachtwoorden.</P><P>Als u <EM>XDMCP</EM> niet nodig hebt voor grafische\n"
"aanmelding op afstand deactiveer dan deze optie.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
msgid ""
-"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of "
-"the\n"
-"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down "
-"is\n"
-"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to "
-"create\n"
+"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
+"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
+"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n"
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>Bij het opstarten wordt de systeemtijd gezet uit de hardware klok van de\n"
-"computer. Het is dus nodig de hardware klok voor afsluiten in te stellen.</"
-"P><P>Een consistente systeemtijd is essentieel voor de eigenschap van het\n"
+"computer. Het is dus nodig de hardware klok voor afsluiten in te stellen.</P><P>Een consistente systeemtijd is essentieel voor de eigenschap van het\n"
"systeem om correcte log-messages te maken.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
-msgid ""
-"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its "
-"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are "
-"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can "
-"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog "
-"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Storingen in een systeem worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd door afwijkend "
-"gedrag. Syslog-messages over events die zich herhalen op een reguliere basis "
-"zijn belangrijk om oorzaken te vinden van problemen en de afwezigheid van "
-"een enkel record kan meer vertellen dan de afwezigheid van alle logregels.</"
-"P><P>Daarom zijn syslog-messages van system-events alleen bruikbaar als deze "
-"aanwezig zijn.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Storingen in een systeem worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd door afwijkend gedrag. Syslog-messages over events die zich herhalen op een reguliere basis zijn belangrijk om oorzaken te vinden van problemen en de afwezigheid van een enkel record kan meer vertellen dan de afwezigheid van alle logregels.</P><P>Daarom zijn syslog-messages van system-events alleen bruikbaar als deze aanwezig zijn.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
-msgid ""
-"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files "
-"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the "
-"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Uitvoeren in chroot omgevingen worden gebruikt om een proces te beperken "
-"tot alleen die bestanden die het nodig heeft door deze in een aparte submap "
-"te plaatsen en het proces te draaien met een gewijzigde root (chroot) die is "
-"ingesteld op die map.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Uitvoeren in chroot omgevingen worden gebruikt om een proces te beperken tot alleen die bestanden die het nodig heeft door deze in een aparte submap te plaatsen en het proces te draaien met een gewijzigde root (chroot) die is ingesteld op die map.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
-msgid ""
-"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize "
-"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its "
-"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with "
-"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement "
-"to be effective.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>De DHCP-cliënt-daemon zou moeten draaien als de gebruiker <EM>dhcpd</EM> "
-"om de mogelijke bedreiging te minimaliseren voor het geval dat de service "
-"kwetsbaar zou worden bevonden door een zwakte in zijn programmacode.</"
-"P><P>Opmerking: dhcpd moet nooit als <EM>root</EM> worden uitgevoerd of met "
-"de eigenschap <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> om de uitvoering in de chroot-"
-"opsluiting effectief te laten zijn.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>De DHCP-cliënt-daemon zou moeten draaien als de gebruiker <EM>dhcpd</EM> om de mogelijke bedreiging te minimaliseren voor het geval dat de service kwetsbaar zou worden bevonden door een zwakte in zijn programmacode.</P><P>Opmerking: dhcpd moet nooit als <EM>root</EM> worden uitgevoerd of met de eigenschap <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> om de uitvoering in de chroot-opsluiting effectief te laten zijn.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
-msgid ""
-"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window "
-"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does "
-"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be "
-"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or "
-"otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Systeembeheerders zouden zich nooit als <EM>root</EM> moeten aanmelden in "
-"een X Window sessie om het gebruik van de root-privileges te minimaliseren.</"
-"P><P>Deze optie helpt niet tegen onvoorzichtige systeembeheerders, maar zal "
-"voorkomen dat aanvallers in staat zijn als <EM>root</EM> zich aan te melden "
-"via de display-manager als zij het wachtwoord raden of op een andere manier "
-"het wachtwoord verkrijgen.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Systeembeheerders zouden zich nooit als <EM>root</EM> moeten aanmelden in een X Window sessie om het gebruik van de root-privileges te minimaliseren.</P><P>Deze optie helpt niet tegen onvoorzichtige systeembeheerders, maar zal voorkomen dat aanvallers in staat zijn als <EM>root</EM> zich aan te melden via de display-manager als zij het wachtwoord raden of op een andere manier het wachtwoord verkrijgen.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
msgid ""
-"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, "
-"connect\n"
-"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on "
-"a\n"
+"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
+"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
"different system and display their content on the X server through network\n"
-"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus "
-"the\n"
-"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and "
-"therefore\n"
+"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n"
+"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n"
"subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n"
-"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display "
-"X\n"
-"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell "
-"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server "
-"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
+"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n"
+"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>X-Window cliënten, d.w.z. programma's die een window openen op uw scherm, "
-"maken\n"
-"een verbinding met de X-server die op de fysieke machine draait. Programma's "
-"kunnen\n"
+"<P>X-Window cliënten, d.w.z. programma's die een window openen op uw scherm, maken\n"
+"een verbinding met de X-server die op de fysieke machine draait. Programma's kunnen\n"
"ook op een ander systeem draaien en tonen hun inhoud op de X-server via\n"
-"netwerkverbindingen.</P><P>Als dit is ingeschakeld dan luistert de X-server "
-"op een\n"
-"poort 6000 plus het schermnummer. Omdat het netwerkverkeer niet versleuteld "
-"wordt\n"
-"overgedragen is het daarom onderwerp van afluisteren van het netwerk en "
-"omdat er\n"
-"een poort wordt open gehouden door een programma - hier de X-server - opent "
-"dat\n"
-"aanvalopties, de veilige instelling is om dit uit te schakelen.</P><P>Om X-"
-"Window\n"
-"cliënts over een netwerk te gebruiken bevelen we het gebruik van secure "
-"shell\n"
-"(<EM>ssh</EM>) aan, die toestaat de X-Window cliënten te verbinden met de X-"
-"server\n"
+"netwerkverbindingen.</P><P>Als dit is ingeschakeld dan luistert de X-server op een\n"
+"poort 6000 plus het schermnummer. Omdat het netwerkverkeer niet versleuteld wordt\n"
+"overgedragen is het daarom onderwerp van afluisteren van het netwerk en omdat er\n"
+"een poort wordt open gehouden door een programma - hier de X-server - opent dat\n"
+"aanvalopties, de veilige instelling is om dit uit te schakelen.</P><P>Om X-Window\n"
+"cliënts over een netwerk te gebruiken bevelen we het gebruik van secure shell\n"
+"(<EM>ssh</EM>) aan, die toestaat de X-Window cliënten te verbinden met de X-server\n"
"via de versleutelde ssh-verbinding.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
msgid ""
-"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not "
-"expose\n"
-"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP "
-"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through "
-"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
+"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
+"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Het subsysteem voor e-mail afleveren wordt altijd gestart. Het toont "
-"zich\n"
-"echter standaard niet aan de buitenkant van het systeem omdat het niet "
-"luistert\n"
-"op de SMTP-netwerkpoort 25.</P><P>Als u geen e-mailberichten aflevert aan "
-"uw\n"
+"<P>Het subsysteem voor e-mail afleveren wordt altijd gestart. Het toont zich\n"
+"echter standaard niet aan de buitenkant van het systeem omdat het niet luistert\n"
+"op de SMTP-netwerkpoort 25.</P><P>Als u geen e-mailberichten aflevert aan uw\n"
"systeem via de SMTP-protocol dan kunt u deze optie uitschakelen.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
@@ -1079,24 +894,18 @@
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
"installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n"
"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n"
-"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would "
-"continue\n"
+"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n"
"to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n"
"killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n"
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en opgewaardeerd "
-"wordt,\n"
+"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en opgewaardeerd wordt,\n"
"dan wordt de service herstart nadat de bestanden van het pakket zijn\n"
-"geïnstalleerd.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig "
-"om\n"
-"te doen als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden "
-"of\n"
-"hun configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon "
-"doordraaien\n"
+"geïnstalleerd.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om\n"
+"te doen als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden of\n"
+"hun configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon doordraaien\n"
"totdat de services gestopt zijn, b.v. draaiende daemons worden\n"
-"gestopt.</P><P>Deze instelling zou alleen bij een specifieke reden "
-"gewijzigd\n"
+"gestopt.</P><P>Deze instelling zou alleen bij een specifieke reden gewijzigd\n"
"mogen worden.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
@@ -1105,17 +914,14 @@
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
"removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n"
"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n"
-"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would "
-"continue\n"
+"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n"
"to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n"
"killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n"
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en gedeïnstalleerd "
-"wordt,\n"
+"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en gedeïnstalleerd wordt,\n"
"dan wordt de service gestopt voordat de bestanden van het pakket verwijderd\n"
-"worden.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om te "
-"doen\n"
+"worden.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om te doen\n"
"als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden of hun\n"
"configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon doordraaien\n"
"totdat de services gestopt zijn, b.v. draaiende daemons worden\n"
@@ -1123,40 +929,12 @@
"gewijzigd mogen worden.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
-msgid ""
-"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the "
-"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) "
-"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such "
-"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate "
-"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause "
-"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most "
-"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS "
-"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Een systeem kan overladen raken met talrijke verbindingspogingen zodat "
-"het systeem geen geheugen meer heeft, wat leidt tot een Denial of Service "
-"(DoS) kwetsbaarheid.</P><P>Het gebruik van syncookies is een methode die kan "
-"helpen in zulke situaties, maar in configuraties met een zeer groot aantal "
-"legitieme verbindingspogingen uit één bron kan de instelling "
-"<EM>Geactiveerd</EM> problemen opleveren met geweigerde TCP-verbindingen "
-"onder hoge belasting.</P><P>Toch zal voor de meeste omgevingen, de "
-"syncookies de eerste lijn van verdediging tegen SYNflood DoS aanvallen zijn. "
-"Dus de veilige instelling is <EM>Geactiveerd</EM>.</P>"
+msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Een systeem kan overladen raken met talrijke verbindingspogingen zodat het systeem geen geheugen meer heeft, wat leidt tot een Denial of Service (DoS) kwetsbaarheid.</P><P>Het gebruik van syncookies is een methode die kan helpen in zulke situaties, maar in configuraties met een zeer groot aantal legitieme verbindingspogingen uit één bron kan de instelling <EM>Geactiveerd</EM> problemen opleveren met geweigerde TCP-verbindingen onder hoge belasting.</P><P>Toch zal voor de meeste omgevingen, de syncookies de eerste lijn van verdediging tegen SYNflood DoS aanvallen zijn. Dus de veilige instelling is <EM>Geactiveerd</EM>.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
-msgid ""
-"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, "
-"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network "
-"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards "
-"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not "
-"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>IP-forwarding betekent dat pakketten in het network doorgestuurd worden "
-"die ontvangen zijn maar niet bestemd zijn voor één van de in het systeem "
-"geconfigureerde netwerkinterfaces, d.w.z. netwerkinterfaceadressen.</"
-"P><P>Als een systeem netwerkverkeer doorstuurt op de ISO/OSI laag 3, dan "
-"wordt dat een router genoemd. Als u deze routing-functionaliteit niet nodig "
-"hebt, dan schakelt u deze optie uit.</P>"
+msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>IP-forwarding betekent dat pakketten in het network doorgestuurd worden die ontvangen zijn maar niet bestemd zijn voor één van de in het systeem geconfigureerde netwerkinterfaces, d.w.z. netwerkinterfaceadressen.</P><P>Als een systeem netwerkverkeer doorstuurt op de ISO/OSI laag 3, dan wordt dat een router genoemd. Als u deze routing-functionaliteit niet nodig hebt, dan schakelt u deze optie uit.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
@@ -1167,41 +945,20 @@
msgstr "<P>Dezes instelling is alleen van toepassing op <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
-msgid ""
-"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes "
-"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Magische SysRq sleutels inschakelen geeft u nog enige controle over het "
-"systeem zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) of als "
-"het systeem niet meer reageert</p>"
+msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
+msgstr "<p>Magische SysRq sleutels inschakelen geeft u nog enige controle over het systeem zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) of als het systeem niet meer reageert</p>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
-msgid ""
-"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The "
-"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</"
-"P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Er zijn voorgedefinieerde bestandspermissies in /etc/permissions.* "
-"bestanden. De meest restrictieve bestandspermissies zijn gedefineerd in "
-"'secure' of 'paranoid' betanden.</P>"
+msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Er zijn voorgedefinieerde bestandspermissies in /etc/permissions.* bestanden. De meest restrictieve bestandspermissies zijn gedefineerd in 'secure' of 'paranoid' betanden.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
-msgid ""
-"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and "
-"to run the security-related services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Basis systeemservices moeten ingeschakeld zijn om systeemconsistentie te "
-"leveren en aan beveiliging gerelateerde services te laten werken.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Basis systeemservices moeten ingeschakeld zijn om systeemconsistentie te leveren en aan beveiliging gerelateerde services te laten werken.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
-msgid ""
-"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. "
-"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by "
-"the system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Iedere draaiende service is een potentieel doel van een "
-"beveiligingsaanval. Het is daarom aanbevolen alle niet door het systeem "
-"gebruikte services uit te zetten.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Iedere draaiende service is een potentieel doel van een beveiligingsaanval. Het is daarom aanbevolen alle niet door het systeem gebruikte services uit te zetten.</P>"
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
@@ -1535,9 +1292,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
#~ "any type of a network.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Werkstation thuis</b>: voor een computer thuis die niet is "
-#~ "verbonden met een type netwerk.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Werkstation thuis</b>: voor een computer thuis die niet is verbonden met een type netwerk.</p>"
#~ msgid "Networked Workstation"
#~ msgstr "Werkstation in netwerk"
@@ -1560,17 +1315,11 @@
#~ msgid "Use current directory in path of regular users"
#~ msgstr "Huidige map in pad van de reguliere gebruikers gebruiken"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>By default the current working directory is not used when searching "
-#~ "for executables.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>Als standaard wordt de huidige map niet gebruikt vooer het zoeken naar "
-#~ "uitvoerbare programma's.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P>By default the current working directory is not used when searching for executables.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P>Als standaard wordt de huidige map niet gebruikt vooer het zoeken naar uitvoerbare programma's.</P>"
#~ msgid "This setting applies for <EM>root</EM> user and system users."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Deze instellingen zijn van toepassing op de <EM>root</EM>-gebruiker en "
-#~ "systeemgebruikers."
+#~ msgstr "Deze instellingen zijn van toepassing op de <EM>root</EM>-gebruiker en systeemgebruikers."
#~ msgid "This setting applies for regular users."
#~ msgstr "Deze instellingen zijn van toepassing op reguliere gebruikers."
@@ -1586,17 +1335,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Blowfish</b> is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n"
-#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the "
-#~ "hash,\n"
-#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n"
+#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Blowfish</b> is identiek aan md5, het gebruikt echter een ander "
-#~ "algoritme om\n"
-#~ "wachtwoorden te versleutelen. Er is veel processorkracht nodig om de hash "
-#~ "uit te rekenen, het\n"
-#~ "kraken van wachtwoorden met behulp van een woordenboek wordt hierdoor dan "
-#~ "ook moeilijker.</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Blowfish</b> is identiek aan md5, het gebruikt echter een ander algoritme om\n"
+#~ "wachtwoorden te versleutelen. Er is veel processorkracht nodig om de hash uit te rekenen, het\n"
+#~ "kraken van wachtwoorden met behulp van een woordenboek wordt hierdoor dan ook moeilijker.</p>"
#~ msgid "Disable service restart on update"
#~ msgstr "Herstarten van services deactiveren na opwaarderen"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -46,47 +46,24 @@
msgstr "Bezig het standaard systemd target te selecteren"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units "
-"whose job is to activate services and other units."
-msgstr ""
-"Systemd is een systeem- en servicebeheerder voor Linux. Het bestaat uit "
-"eenheden met de taak is om services en andere eenheden te activeren."
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr "Systemd is een systeem- en servicebeheerder voor Linux. Het bestaat uit eenheden met de taak is om services en andere eenheden te activeren."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink "
-"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man "
-"page."
-msgstr ""
-"Standaard target-eenheid wordt standaard geactiveerd bij opstarten. "
-"Gewoonlijk is het een symlink gelokaliseerd in pad /etc/systemd/system/"
-"default.target . Zie meer op manpagina van systemd."
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr "Standaard target-eenheid wordt standaard geactiveerd bij opstarten. Gewoonlijk is het een symlink gelokaliseerd in pad /etc/systemd/system/default.target . Zie meer op manpagina van systemd."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with "
-"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
-msgstr ""
-"Multi-User target is voor het instellen van een niet-grafisch multi-user "
-"systeem met een netwerk geschikt voor een server (overeenkomstig met "
-"runlevel 3)."
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr "Multi-User target is voor het instellen van een niet-grafisch multi-user systeem met een netwerk geschikt voor een server (overeenkomstig met runlevel 3)."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
-msgid ""
-"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which "
-"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
-msgstr ""
-"Graphical target voor instellen van een grafisch aanmeldscherm met netwerk "
-"wat typisch is voor werkstations (overeenkomend met runlevel 5)."
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr "Graphical target voor instellen van een grafisch aanmeldscherm met netwerk wat typisch is voor werkstations (overeenkomend met runlevel 5)."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
-msgid ""
-"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with "
-"graphical target."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u niet zeker bent van de beste optie voor u, kies dan het grafische "
-"target"
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr "Als u niet zeker bent van de beste optie voor u, kies dan het grafische target"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
msgid "Available Targets"
@@ -105,9 +82,7 @@
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235
msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
-msgstr ""
-"Installatie van Live wordt typisch gebruikt voor een volledige GUI in het "
-"doelsysteem"
+msgstr "Installatie van Live wordt typisch gebruikt voor een volledige GUI in het doelsysteem"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
@@ -115,8 +90,7 @@
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242
msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
-msgstr ""
-"Installatie van Tekstmodus neemt aan dat het targetsysteem geen GUI heeft"
+msgstr "Installatie van Tekstmodus neemt aan dat het targetsysteem geen GUI heeft"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249
@@ -132,11 +106,8 @@
msgstr "X11 pakketten zijn niet geselecteerd voor de installatie"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258
-msgid ""
-"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
-msgstr ""
-"Deze aanbeveling is gebaseerd op de analyse van andere instellingen voor de "
-"installatie"
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr "Deze aanbeveling is gebaseerd op de analyse van andere instellingen voor de installatie"
#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
@@ -258,27 +229,20 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
-"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from "
-"the \n"
+"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n"
" list of services.</p>\n"
-"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is "
-"enabled\n"
+"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n"
"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
"Dit installatievoorstel stelt u in staat om een een service uit de lijst\n"
"met services te starten en in te schakelen.</p>\n"
-"<p>Het Kan ook poorten in de firewall voor een service openen als de "
-"firewall is\n"
+"<p>Het Kan ook poorten in de firewall voor een service openen als de firewall is\n"
"ingeschakeld en een specifieke service vereist deze te openen.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched "
-"%link"
-msgstr ""
-"Service %service zal %toggled worden en poort in firewall zal worden "
-"%switched %link"
+msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link"
+msgstr "Service %service zal %toggled worden en poort in firewall zal worden %switched %link"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160
msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link"
@@ -308,9 +272,7 @@
#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103
msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
-msgstr ""
-"Onbekend profielschema voor services van autoyast voor 'beheerder van "
-"services'"
+msgstr "Onbekend profielschema voor services van autoyast voor 'beheerder van services'"
#. AutoYast summary
#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/slp-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 16:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -76,25 +76,21 @@
#. popup label, %{num} is number
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr "Momentopname %{num} wijzigen"
#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-#| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr "Momentopnamen %{pre} en %{post} wijzigen"
#. label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-#| msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr "Pre (%{pre})"
#. label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-#| msgid "Post (%1)"
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr "Post (%{post})"
@@ -121,13 +117,11 @@
#. yes/no popup question
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
-#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr "Momentopname %{num} verwijderen?"
#. yes/no popup question
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
msgstr "Momentopnamen %{pre} en %{post} verwijderen?"
@@ -283,8 +277,7 @@
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
-msgstr ""
-"Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname tonen:"
+msgstr "Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname tonen:"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
@@ -294,14 +287,12 @@
#. radio button label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
-msgstr ""
-"Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
+msgstr "Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
-msgstr ""
-"Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
+msgstr "Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
@@ -361,7 +352,6 @@
#. popup message
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr "Geen bestand voor terugzetten geselecteerd."
@@ -377,19 +367,16 @@
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n"
"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?"
msgstr ""
"<p>Deze bestanden zullen hersteld worden vanuit de momentopname '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>Bestanden die bestaan in de originele momentopname zullen gekopieerd "
-"worden\n"
+"<p>Bestanden die bestaan in de originele momentopname zullen gekopieerd worden\n"
"naar het huidige systeem.</p>\n"
-"<p>Bestanden die niet bestonden in de momentopname zullen worden verwijderd."
-"</p>OK?"
+"<p>Bestanden die niet bestonden in de momentopname zullen worden verwijderd.</p>OK?"
#. Read dialog help
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
@@ -402,87 +389,35 @@
#. Summary dialog help:
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
-#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three "
-#| "types\n"
-#| "of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots "
-#| "are\n"
-#| "used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and "
-#| "Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed "
-#| "between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled "
-#| "together in the table.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to "
-#| "see the\n"
-#| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three "
-"types\n"
-"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots "
-"are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post "
-"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between "
-"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in "
-"the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see "
-"the\n"
+"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
+"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie van momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er "
-"zijn drie typen momentopnamen, <b>enkel</b>, <b>vooraf</b> en <b>nadien</b>. "
-"Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van "
-"een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En "
-"Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan "
-"door een speciale operatie uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee "
-"momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn een paar in "
-"de tabel.</p>\n"
-"<p>Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenpaar en klik op "
-"<b>Wijzigingen tonen</b> om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te "
-"zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.</p>\n"
+"<p>De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er zijn drie typen momentopnamen, <b>enkel</b>, <b>vooraf</b> en <b>nadien</b>. Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan door een speciale operatie uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn een paar in de tabel.</p>\n"
+"<p>Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenpaar en klik op <b>Wijzigingen tonen</b> om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the "
-#| "first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see "
-#| "the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the "
-#| "time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By "
-#| "default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is "
-#| "possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first "
-"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the "
-"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of "
-"creation for both snapshots.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By "
-"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is "
-"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken "
-"van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de "
-"beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het "
-"tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n"
+"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de "
-"wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen "
-"geselecteerde gepaarde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het "
-"bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n"
+"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen geselecteerde gepaarde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
@@ -490,67 +425,46 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the "
-"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time "
-"of its creation.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between "
-"snapshot version and current system.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de "
-"geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de "
-"beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n"
+"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de "
-"verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n"
+"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-#| "%1"
msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
msgstr "Ophalen van configuratie is mislukt:\n"
#. Return the path to given snapshot
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-#| "%1"
msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
msgstr "Ophalen van aankoppelpunt van momentopname is mislukt:\n"
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-#| "%1"
msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
msgstr "Nieuwe momentopname aanmaken is mislukt:\n"
#. Modify existing snapshot
#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
-#| "%1"
msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
msgstr "Wijzigen van momentopname is mislukt:\n"
#. Delete existing snapshot
#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-#| "%1"
msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
msgstr "Verwijderen van momentopname is mislukt:\n"
@@ -561,25 +475,21 @@
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
-#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgid "Read list of configurations"
msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen lezen"
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgid "Read list of snapshots"
msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen lezen"
#. Progress step 1/2
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgid "Reading list of configurations"
msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen"
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen"
@@ -600,8 +510,7 @@
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
"Er is geen snapper-configuratie. U moet een of meer configuraties\n"
-"aanmaken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het "
-"commandoregelhulpprogramma\n"
+"aanmaken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het commandoregelhulpprogramma\n"
"snapper kan gebruikt worden om configuraties aan te maken."
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
@@ -661,9 +570,5 @@
#~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available."
#~ msgstr "Bestand /etc/sysconfig/snapper is niet beschikbaar."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</"
-#~ "p>Are you sure?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Deze bestanden zullen worden gekopieerd uit momentopname '%1' naar het "
-#~ "huidige systeem: <p>%2</p>Zeker weten?"
+#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</p>Are you sure?"
+#~ msgstr "Deze bestanden zullen worden gekopieerd uit momentopname '%1' naar het huidige systeem: <p>%2</p>Zeker weten?"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/sound.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-17 16:18+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -532,8 +532,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42
@@ -596,9 +595,7 @@
#. Cache Dialog
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache."
-"</p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Patronen verversen</b> definieert de manier\n"
"waarop Squid de objecten in de cache behandelt.</p>\n"
@@ -639,12 +636,8 @@
#. Cache 2 Dialog
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for "
-"objects.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Cache-geheugen</b> definiëert de ideale hoeveelheid geheugen voor "
-"objecten.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Cache-geheugen</b> definiëert de ideale hoeveelheid geheugen voor objecten.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
@@ -652,8 +645,7 @@
"on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Max objectgrootte</b> definieert de maximum grootte van op de schijf\n"
-"te bewaren objecten. Grotere objecten zullen niet op schijf bewaard worden.</"
-"p>\n"
+"te bewaren objecten. Grotere objecten zullen niet op schijf bewaard worden.</p>\n"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
@@ -675,18 +667,15 @@
"<p>Vervanging begint als het wissel(schijf)gebruik boven de \n"
"<b>Verwissel laagwatermarkering</b> is, met pogingen om het gebruik bij de \n"
"<b>Verwissel laagwatermarkering</b>houden. Als wisselgebruik dicht bij de\n"
-"<b>Verwissel hoogwatermarkering</b> komt dan wordt verwijdering "
-"agressiever.\n"
+"<b>Verwissel hoogwatermarkering</b> komt dan wordt verwijdering agressiever.\n"
"Als het gebruik dicht bij de <b>Verwissel laagwatermarkering</b> zit dan\n"
"wordt er telkens minder vervanging gedaan.\n"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be "
-"replaced\n"
+"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n"
"when disk space is needed.\n"
-"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement "
-"in\n"
+"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n"
"memory when space for new objects is not available.\n"
"Policies could be:\n"
"<table>\n"
@@ -711,8 +700,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Cache-vervangingspolicy</b> bepaalt welke objecten vervangen worden\n"
"als er schijfruimte nodig is.\n"
-"<b>Geheugenvervangingspolicy</b> specificeert de policy voor "
-"objectvervanging in\n"
+"<b>Geheugenvervangingspolicy</b> specificeert de policy voor objectvervanging in\n"
"geheugen wanneer ruimte voor nieuwe objecten niet beschikbaar is.\n"
"Policies kunnen zijn:\n"
"<table>\n"
@@ -737,25 +725,16 @@
#. Cache Directory
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap "
-"files will be stored.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Directoriynaam</b> definiëert de topmap waar cache wisselbestanden "
-"opgeslagen worden.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Directoriynaam</b> definiëert de topmap waar cache wisselbestanden opgeslagen worden.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this "
-"directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Grootte</b> definiëert de te gebruiken hoeveelheid schijfruimte (in "
-"MB) onder deze map.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Grootte</b> definiëert de te gebruiken hoeveelheid schijfruimte (in MB) onder deze map.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level "
-"subdirectories, \n"
+"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n"
"which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Niveau-1 mappen</b> definieert een aantal eerste niveau submappen, \n"
@@ -763,26 +742,20 @@
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level "
-"subdirectories,\n"
+"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n"
"which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Niveau-2 mappen</b> definiëert het aantal tweede niveau submappen die "
-"aangemaakt zullen worden\n"
+"<p><b>Niveau-2 mappen</b> definiëert het aantal tweede niveau submappen die aangemaakt zullen worden\n"
"onder elk eerste niveau map.</p>\n"
#. ACL Groups
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Toegang tot de Squid-server kan gecontroleerd worden via <b>ACL-groepen</"
-"b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Toegang tot de Squid-server kan gecontroleerd worden via <b>ACL-groepen</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group "
-"depends\n"
+"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n"
"on the particular type.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ACL-groep</b> heeft verschillende typeringen en de beschrijving\n"
@@ -790,41 +763,30 @@
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
-"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to "
-"ACL Groups.\n"
-"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be "
-"allowed\n"
+"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n"
+"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n"
"or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In de <b>Toegangscontrole</b>tabel kan toegang geweigerd of toegestaan "
-"worden voor ACL-groepen.\n"
-"Als er meer ACL-groupen op één regel staan dan betekent dat dat toegang "
-"wordt toegestaan\n"
-"of geweigerd voor de leden die aan al deze ACL-groepen op hetzelfde moment "
-"voldoen.</p>\n"
+"<p>In de <b>Toegangscontrole</b>tabel kan toegang geweigerd of toegestaan worden voor ACL-groepen.\n"
+"Als er meer ACL-groupen op één regel staan dan betekent dat dat toegang wordt toegestaan\n"
+"of geweigerd voor de leden die aan al deze ACL-groepen op hetzelfde moment voldoen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n"
"The first matching entry is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Een <b>Toegangscontrole</b> tabel wordt in de hier weergegeven volgorde "
-"gecontroleerd.\n"
+"<p>Een <b>Toegangscontrole</b> tabel wordt in de hier weergegeven volgorde gecontroleerd.\n"
"De eerste die overeenkomt wordt gebruikt.</p>\n"
#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Toegangslog</b> definiëert het bestand waar activiteiten van clients "
-"worden gelogd.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Toegangslog</b> definiëert het bestand waar activiteiten van clients worden gelogd.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about "
-"your\n"
+"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n"
"cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Cache-log</b> definieert het bestand waarin algemene informatie over\n"
@@ -832,14 +794,11 @@
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of "
-"all\n"
-"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an "
-"object\n"
+"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n"
+"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n"
"gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Cache-opslaglog</b> definieert de locatie waar de transactielog van "
-"alle\n"
+"<p><b>Cache-opslaglog</b> definieert de locatie waar de transactielog van alle\n"
"objecten die in de objectenopslag zitten evenals de tijd wanneer een object\n"
"verwijderd wordt. Deze optie kan leeg zijn.</p>\n"
@@ -849,8 +808,7 @@
"<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Met <b>Emuleer Httpd-log</b> specificeert u dat Squid zijn\n"
-"<b>Toegangslog</b> in het algemene HTTPD-logbestandsformaat wegschrijft.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<b>Toegangslog</b> in het algemene HTTPD-logbestandsformaat wegschrijft.</p>\n"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
@@ -875,8 +833,7 @@
"error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>E-mailadres beheerder</b> is het adres dat toegevoegd wordt aan elke\n"
-"foutmeldingspagina die aan cliënten getoond wordt. Standaard is de webmaster."
-"</p>\n"
+"foutmeldingspagina die aan cliënten getoond wordt. Standaard is de webmaster.</p>\n"
#. table cell
#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55
@@ -1027,11 +984,8 @@
#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module)
#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n"
-msgstr ""
-"Als u de naam van deze ACL-groep wijzigt dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed "
-"worden:\n"
+msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n"
+msgstr "Als u de naam van deze ACL-groep wijzigt dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden:\n"
#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474
msgid "Change name anyway"
@@ -1057,8 +1011,7 @@
#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524
msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n"
-msgstr ""
-"Als u deze ACL-groep verwijdert dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden: \n"
+msgstr "Als u deze ACL-groep verwijdert dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden: \n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373
#. +
@@ -1379,12 +1332,8 @@
msgstr "Bestemmingsdomein"
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the "
-"origin server is located."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit verwijst naar het bestemmingsdomein, dwz. het brondomein waar de "
-"oorspronkelijke server zich bevindt."
+msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located."
+msgstr "Dit verwijst naar het bestemmingsdomein, dwz. het brondomein waar de oorspronkelijke server zich bevindt."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155
msgid "Matches the client domain name."
@@ -1443,11 +1392,8 @@
msgstr "Komt overeen met een reguliere expressie op de complete URL."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213
-msgid ""
-"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information"
-msgstr ""
-"Komt overeen met een URL-pad zonder enige informatie over protocol, poort of "
-"hostnaam"
+msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information"
+msgstr "Komt overeen met een URL-pad zonder enige informatie over protocol, poort of hostnaam"
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220
msgid "port"
@@ -1501,24 +1447,16 @@
msgstr "Dit type komt overeen met de HTTP-methode in de aanvraagkoppen."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278
-msgid ""
-"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the "
-"user agent header."
-msgstr ""
-"Een reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het type van de browser van de "
-"client gebaseerd op de user-agent-header."
+msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header."
+msgstr "Een reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het type van de browser van de client gebaseerd op de user-agent-header."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288
msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections"
msgstr "Maximum aantal HTTP-verbindingen"
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300
-msgid ""
-"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of "
-"HTTP connections established."
-msgstr ""
-"Komt overeen als het IP-adres van de client meer dan het gespecificeerde "
-"aantal HTTP-verbindingen heeft gemaakt."
+msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established."
+msgstr "Komt overeen als het IP-adres van de client meer dan het gespecificeerde aantal HTTP-verbindingen heeft gemaakt."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307
msgid "Matches Referer header."
@@ -1534,19 +1472,15 @@
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328
msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers."
-msgstr ""
-"Reguliere expressie die overeen komt met elk van de bekende verzoek-headers."
+msgstr "Reguliere expressie die overeen komt met elk van de bekende verzoek-headers."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351
msgid ""
-"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. "
-"Can\n"
+"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n"
"be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het mime-type van het ontvangen "
-"antwoord door squid.\n"
-"Kan gebruikt worden om een download van een bestand te detecteren of enige "
-"typen HTTP-tunneling-verzoeken.\n"
+"Reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het mime-type van het ontvangen antwoord door squid.\n"
+"Kan gebruikt worden om een download van een bestand te detecteren of enige typen HTTP-tunneling-verzoeken.\n"
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358
msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/sshd.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 23:51+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -128,8 +128,7 @@
"displayed is proposed for your hard drive.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde "
-"partitioneringsvoorstel\n"
+"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde partitioneringsvoorstel\n"
"voor uw harde schijf word voorgesteld.</p>"
#. help text continued
@@ -176,9 +175,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
-msgstr ""
-"Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te "
-"stellen."
+msgstr "Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te stellen."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
@@ -417,8 +414,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Windows gebruik</b> is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw "
-"Windowspartitie.\n"
+"<b>Windows gebruik</b> is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw Windowspartitie.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
@@ -539,9 +535,7 @@
#. popup text
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option."
-msgstr ""
-"Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste "
-"partitionering."
+msgstr "Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste partitionering."
#. Win NT / 2000
#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
@@ -683,11 +677,8 @@
#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
-msgid ""
-"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor "
-"installatie."
+msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgstr "Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor installatie."
#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
@@ -702,8 +693,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn "
-"gevonden.\n"
+"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn gevonden.\n"
"Selecteer de harde schijf waar &product; op geïnstalleerd moet worden.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -715,8 +705,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; "
-"gebruikt moet worden.\n"
+"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; gebruikt moet worden.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help part 3 of 3
@@ -732,10 +721,8 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Voor ervaren gebruikers bestaat de optie <b>Aangepaste partitionering</b>\n"
-"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde "
-"schijven\n"
-"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie "
-"van &product;.\n"
+"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde schijven\n"
+"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie van &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
@@ -818,8 +805,7 @@
"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
msgstr ""
"De /home partitie zal niet worden geformatteerd. Controleer na installatie,\n"
-"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn "
-"ingesteld."
+"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn ingesteld."
#. label text
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218
@@ -919,8 +905,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Gebruik de <b>gehele harde schijf</b>, of één of meer van de aangegeven "
-"partities\n"
+"Gebruik de <b>gehele harde schijf</b>, of één of meer van de aangegeven partities\n"
"of vrije gebieden.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -948,10 +933,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><i>De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich "
-"bevindende \n"
-"data zal verloren gaan. </i></b>Het herstellen van deze data is niet "
-"mogelijk.\n"
+"<b><i>De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich bevindende \n"
+"data zal verloren gaan. </i></b>Het herstellen van deze data is niet mogelijk.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
@@ -972,10 +955,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er "
-"is\n"
-"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of <b>Windows geheel "
-"verwijderen</b>\n"
+"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er is\n"
+"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of <b>Windows geheel verwijderen</b>\n"
"of de ruimte <b>verkleinen</b> om zo genoeg ruimte te krijgen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -993,8 +974,7 @@
"Als u Windows verwijderd, zal alle data op deze partitie <b>onherroepelijk\n"
"verloren gaan</b> tijdens het installeren. Bij het verkleinen van Windows\n"
"<b>raden we u sterk aan om een reservekopie te maken</b>, dit omdat de data\n"
-"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel "
-"eens.\n"
+"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel eens.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Label text
@@ -1041,10 +1021,8 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"U wilt een FAT-partitie aankoppelen op één van de volgende\n"
-"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk "
-"problemen\n"
-"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, "
-"zoals ext3 of ext4.\n"
+"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk problemen\n"
+"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n"
"\n"
"Deze instelling gebruiken?\n"
@@ -1116,11 +1094,6 @@
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
-#| "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "Really use this setup?\n"
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1130,8 +1103,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Waarschuwing: Er is geen partitie van het type bios_grub aanwezig.\n"
"Zo'n partitie is aanbevolen (vereist door Btrfs) wanneer Grub2 is\n"
-"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Het moet niet geformatteerd "
-"zijn en ongeveer 1 MB groot zijn.\n"
+"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Het moet niet geformatteerd zijn en ongeveer 1 MB groot zijn.\n"
"Deze setup gebruiken?\n"
#. popup text
@@ -1268,8 +1240,7 @@
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
"to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap"
-"\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
@@ -1315,8 +1286,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
-"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount "
-"points\n"
+"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
"like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n"
msgstr ""
"Bij twijfel kunt u beter teruggaan en deze partitie markeren om\n"
@@ -1330,8 +1300,7 @@
"\n"
"Really keep the partition unformatted?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van "
-"verloren gaan.\n"
+"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van verloren gaan.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u de partitie niet geformatteerd laten?\n"
@@ -1390,25 +1359,20 @@
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische "
-"partitie \n"
+"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische partitie \n"
"is en er een andere logische partitie met een hoger nummer in gebruik is.\n"
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768
msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
-"mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
-"extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
-"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die "
-"aangekoppeld zijn:\n"
+"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die aangekoppeld zijn:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de "
-"uitgebreide\n"
+"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de uitgebreide\n"
"partitie gaat verwijderen.\n"
"Kies Annuleren tenzij u heel zeker weet waarmee u bezig bent.\n"
@@ -1575,32 +1539,27 @@
"Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
"by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n"
"to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n"
-"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is "
-"disabled, \n"
+"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n"
"this is not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:</b>\n"
"Normaliter wordt een te mounten bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n"
"apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat\n"
"het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken\n"
-"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen "
-"aangekoppeld\n"
-"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is "
-"het\n"
+"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen aangekoppeld\n"
+"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is het\n"
"verder niet mogelijk.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Volumelabel:</b>\n"
-"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft "
-"normaal alleen\n"
+"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft normaal alleen\n"
"zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n"
"Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n"
@@ -1742,8 +1701,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Het bestandssysteem op de partitie kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n"
-"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een "
-"bestandssysteem toe."
+"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308
@@ -1753,23 +1711,18 @@
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint "
-"worden.\n"
-"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een "
-"bestandssysteem toe."
+"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n"
+"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition."
-msgstr ""
-"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie."
+msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
-msgstr ""
-"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische "
-"volume."
+msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische volume."
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
@@ -1785,10 +1738,8 @@
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 "
-"uitgebreid worden.\n"
-"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een "
-"bestandssysteem toe."
+"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n"
+"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353
@@ -1798,10 +1749,8 @@
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 "
-"uitgebreid worden.\n"
-"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een "
-"bestandssysteem toe."
+"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n"
+"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361
msgid "Continue resizing?"
@@ -1814,8 +1763,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380
msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
-msgstr ""
-"U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind."
+msgstr "U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387
msgid ""
@@ -1826,10 +1774,8 @@
"Shrink the file system now?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is "
-"echter\n"
-"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw "
-"gegevens te maken.\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is echter\n"
+"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw gegevens te maken.\n"
"\n"
"Bestandssysteem nu verkleinen?"
@@ -1838,14 +1784,12 @@
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
-"partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"Het geselecteerde apparaat bevat partities die momenteel aangekoppeld zijn:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de "
-"partitietabel verwijderd.\n"
+"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de partitietabel verwijderd.\n"
"Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
@@ -1894,14 +1838,11 @@
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547
msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper "
-"inschakelen.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper inschakelen.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566
@@ -2001,16 +1942,14 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
-"tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp "
-"of /var/tmp.\n"
+"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n"
"Als u het wachtwoord voor versleuteling leeg laat, zal het systeem een \n"
"willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem aanmaken.\n"
"Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n"
@@ -2023,16 +1962,14 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
-"system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van "
-"uw bestandssysteem.\n"
+"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van uw bestandssysteem.\n"
"Het is belangrijk dat u uw wachtwoord zorgvuldig uitkiest. Een combinatie\n"
"van cijfers en letters wordt aanbevolen. Om er zeker van te kunnen zijn dat\n"
"het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven moet u het tweemaal opgeven.\n"
@@ -2044,16 +1981,14 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
-"at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"U moet onderscheidt maken tussen grote en kleine letters. Een wachtwoord\n"
-"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale "
-"karakters\n"
+"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale karakters\n"
"bevatten (bijv: letters met accent tekens of trema's).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2100,17 +2035,14 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
-"is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom "
-"niet\n"
-" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u <b>Overslaan</b> selecteren. In dat "
-"geval wordt er \n"
+"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom niet\n"
+" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u <b>Overslaan</b> selecteren. In dat geval wordt er \n"
" geen toegang verkregen tot het bestandssysteem tijdens de opwaardering.\n"
" </p>\n"
@@ -2129,8 +2061,7 @@
"met uw installatie tijdens het opstarten, omdat de schijf waarop \n"
"uw partitie /boot zich bevindt, geen GPT-schijflabel bevat.\n"
"\n"
-"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te "
-"starten.\n"
+"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te starten.\n"
"\n"
"Als u deze schijf moet gebruiken voor de installatie dan moet u het \n"
"schijflabel met de geavanceerde partitionering vernietigen.\n"
@@ -2169,8 +2100,7 @@
"\n"
"Really do this?\n"
msgstr ""
-"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het "
-"besturingssysteem\n"
+"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het besturingssysteem\n"
"nodig heeft tijdens opstarten niet automatisch aan te koppelen.\n"
"\n"
"Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n"
@@ -2238,17 +2168,13 @@
"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"This is not possible."
msgstr ""
-"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /"
-"var, /home).\n"
+"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"Dat is niet mogelijk."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
-msgstr ""
-"Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een "
-"aankoppelpunt."
+msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+msgstr "Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een aankoppelpunt."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268
@@ -2330,8 +2256,7 @@
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of "
-"annuleren.\n"
+"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of annuleren.\n"
"Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet."
#. button text
@@ -2351,21 +2276,15 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het "
-"is aangekoppeld."
+msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het is aangekoppeld."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is "
-"aangekoppeld."
+msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is aangekoppeld."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen "
-"terwijl het is aangekoppeld."
+msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen terwijl het is aangekoppeld."
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
@@ -2473,8 +2392,7 @@
"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call FCoE configuration?"
msgstr ""
-"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige "
-"wijzigingen.\n"
+"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n"
"Wilt u de configuratie van FCoE toch aanroepen?"
#. popup text
@@ -2485,8 +2403,7 @@
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige "
-"wijzigingen.\n"
+"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n"
"Wilt u de multipad-configuratie toch aanroepen?\n"
#. popup text
@@ -2825,13 +2742,11 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
-"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an "
-"existing\n"
+"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u alle gegevens op een volume wilt versleutelen\n"
-"kies dan <b>Apparaat versleutelen</b>. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een "
-"bestaand\n"
+"kies dan <b>Apparaat versleutelen</b>. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een bestaand\n"
"volume zal alle gegevens erop verwijderen.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -2949,8 +2864,7 @@
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
-msgstr ""
-"Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat."
+msgstr "Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat."
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
@@ -3062,8 +2976,7 @@
msgstr ""
"U bent een aangekoppeld bestandsysteem met %1 Gigabyte aan het uitbreiden. \n"
"Dit kan behoorlijk langzaam gaan en uren kosten. U zou kunnen overwegen om \n"
-"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van "
-"grootte \n"
+"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van grootte \n"
"veranderen heel wat kan laten toenemen."
#. label for log view
@@ -3427,8 +3340,7 @@
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
"De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte worden\n"
-"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in "
-"gebruik is."
+"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
@@ -3672,8 +3584,7 @@
"partitions are shown here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dit beeld toont alle partities van de geselecteerde\n"
-"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of "
-"multipad dan\n"
+"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of multipad dan\n"
"worden hier geen partities getoond.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -3684,8 +3595,7 @@
"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dit beeld toont alle apparaten die gebruikt worden door de\n"
-"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS "
-"RAID's,\n"
+"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS RAID's,\n"
"gepartitioneerde software RAID's en multipadschijven.</p>\n"
#. tab heading
@@ -3720,8 +3630,7 @@
"the table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>YaST2 heeft een scan gemaakt van uw harde schijven en een of meer \n"
-"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude "
-"aankoppelpunten\n"
+"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude aankoppelpunten\n"
"worden getoond in de tabel.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
@@ -3733,8 +3642,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt kiezen of de bestaande systeemvolumes,\n"
"bijv. / and /usr, zullen worden geformatteerd bij\n"
-"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden "
-"geformatteerd.</p>"
+"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden geformatteerd.</p>"
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328
@@ -3888,15 +3796,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
-"file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Padnaam van loop-bestand:</b><br>Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar "
-"het bestand\n"
-"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p><b>Padnaam van loop-bestand:</b><br>Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar het bestand\n"
+"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
@@ -3907,12 +3812,9 @@
"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Loop-bestand aanmaken:</b><br>Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand "
-"aangemaakt\n"
-"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. <b>OPMERKING:</b> "
-"Wanneer \n"
-"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p><b>Loop-bestand aanmaken:</b><br>Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand aangemaakt\n"
+"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. <b>OPMERKING:</b> Wanneer \n"
+"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56
@@ -3922,8 +3824,7 @@
"created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Grootte:</b><br>Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het "
-"bestandssysteem\n"
+"<p><b>Grootte:</b><br>Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het bestandssysteem\n"
"dat is gemaakt in het versleutelde loop-apparaat heeft deze grootte.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -3936,12 +3837,9 @@
"careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>OPMERKING:</b>Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op "
-"consistentie\n"
-"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem "
-"dan niet\n"
-"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. "
-"Wees voorzichtig \n"
+"<p><b>OPMERKING:</b>Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op consistentie\n"
+"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem dan niet\n"
+"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n"
"met het opgeven van de grootte en de padnaam.</p>\n"
#. input field label
@@ -4086,8 +3984,7 @@
"The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n"
"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"."
msgstr ""
-"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. "
-"Toegestaan\n"
+"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. Toegestaan\n"
"zijn alfanumerieke tekens, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" en \"+\"."
#. error popup text
@@ -4123,9 +4020,7 @@
#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?"
-msgstr ""
-"Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt "
-"verwijderen?"
+msgstr "Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt verwijderen?"
#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
@@ -4133,8 +4028,7 @@
"The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n"
"in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\""
msgstr ""
-"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte "
-"opgeven\n"
+"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte opgeven\n"
"groter dan %1 in machten van 2, bijv: \"%2\" of \"%3\""
#. error popup text
@@ -4168,15 +4062,12 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan.</p>"
#. label for input field
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
@@ -4209,13 +4100,11 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
-"higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Voer de grootte in evenals het aantal en de grootte\n"
-"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan "
-"niet hoger zijn\n"
+"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan niet hoger zijn\n"
"dan het aantal fysieke volumes van de volumegroep.</p>"
#. helptext
@@ -4232,8 +4121,7 @@
"met willekeurige grootte van het volume. De vereiste ruimte wordt, indien\n"
"nodig, toegekend uit de <b>Thin-pool</b>. Men kan dus een Thin-volume maken\n"
"met een grootte groter dan de Thin-pool. Wanneer er echt gegevens naar een\n"
-"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat "
-"zijn\n"
+"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat zijn\n"
"om aan de eis van deze vraag om ruimte te voldoen.\n"
"Thin-volumes kunnen geen Stripe-count hebben."
@@ -4268,8 +4156,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
-"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt het logische volume als een <b>Normaal volume</b> declareren.\n"
@@ -4281,23 +4168,19 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
-"such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een <b>Thin-pool</b>\n"
-"Dit betekent dat <b>Thin-volumes</b> de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit "
-"zo'n pool toekennen.</p>"
+"Dit betekent dat <b>Thin-volumes</b> de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit zo'n pool toekennen.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</"
-"b>.</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een <b>Thin-volume</b>.\n"
-"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit "
-"een <b>Thin-pool</b>.</p>"
+"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit een <b>Thin-pool</b>.</p>"
#. heading for frame
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
@@ -4351,15 +4234,12 @@
msgid ""
"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
"\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
-"unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
msgstr ""
-"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan "
-"te maken.\n"
+"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan te maken.\n"
"\n"
-"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type "
-"0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n"
+"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type 0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n"
"een ongebruikt RAID-apparaat. Wijzig uw partitietabel overeenkomstig."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
@@ -4574,8 +4454,7 @@
"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n"
"Really exit?"
msgstr ""
-"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze "
-"veranderingen\n"
+"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze veranderingen\n"
"zullen verloren gaan bij het verlaten van de partitiedialoog met %1.\n"
"Echt beëindigen?"
@@ -4596,12 +4475,8 @@
#. fallback dialog content
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van "
-"yast2-nfs-client."
+msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
+msgstr "Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-nfs-client."
#. heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
@@ -4632,47 +4507,34 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
-"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Dit niveau vergroot uw schijfprestaties.\n"
-"Er is <b>GEEN</b> redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is "
-"gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.</p>\n"
+"Er is <b>GEEN</b> redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data "
-"on all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
-"partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met "
-"twee of\n"
-"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie "
-"van alle data op\n"
-"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data "
-"verloren gaan.\n"
-"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte "
-"hebben.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met twee of\n"
+"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van alle data op\n"
+"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data verloren gaan.\n"
+"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte hebben.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
-"disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
-"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal "
-"schijven en biedt ook nog\n"
-"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere "
-"schijven. Bij het falen van\n"
-"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee "
-"schijven gaat alle data verloren</p>\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal schijven en biedt ook nog\n"
+"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere schijven. Bij het falen van\n"
+"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee schijven gaat alle data verloren</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
@@ -4689,15 +4551,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
-"the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</"
-"p>\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Partities toevoegen aan uw RAID.</b> Afhankelijk van uw RAID-type\n"
"is de bruikbare schijfgrootte de som van deze partities (RAID0), de grootte\n"
-"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).</"
-"p>\n"
+"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
@@ -4760,17 +4619,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
-"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
-"the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Chunk-grootte:</b><br>De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat "
-"op apparaten\n"
-"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, "
-"voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n"
-"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig "
-"effect op de array.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Chunk-grootte:</b><br>De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat op apparaten\n"
+"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n"
+"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig effect op de array.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Parity Algorithm:"
@@ -4780,12 +4634,10 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
-"with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
"Het pariteit-algoritme dat gebruikt wordt bij RAID5/6.\n"
-"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende "
-"platen.\n"
+"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende platen.\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
@@ -4864,16 +4716,14 @@
"for the raid to be usable.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status "
-"bevindt.\n"
+"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status bevindt.\n"
"Dit betekent gewoonlijk dat de subset van raid-apparaten te klein is\n"
"voor de raid om bruikbaar te zijn.\n"
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99
msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID."
-msgstr ""
-"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken."
+msgstr "Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
@@ -4912,8 +4762,7 @@
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
"De RAID %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte\n"
-"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in "
-"gebruik is."
+"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is."
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132
@@ -5078,22 +4927,16 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</"
-"i>\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
-"and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standaard aangekoppeld door</b> geeft de aankoppelmethode\n"
-"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. <i>Apparaatnaam</i> gebruikt de "
-"apparaatnaam\n"
-"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. <i>Apparaat-ID</i> en <i>Apparaatpad</"
-"i>\n"
-"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. "
-"Deze zouden\n"
-"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte <i>UUID</"
-"i> en\n"
+"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. <i>Apparaatnaam</i> gebruikt de apparaatnaam\n"
+"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. <i>Apparaat-ID</i> en <i>Apparaatpad</i>\n"
+"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. Deze zouden\n"
+"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte <i>UUID</i> en\n"
"<i>Volumelabel</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -5109,18 +4952,13 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
-"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
-"aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Uitlijning van nieuw aangemaakte partities</b>\n"
-"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. <b>cilinder</b> is de "
-"traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. <b>optimaal</b> "
-"lijnt de \n"
-"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-"
-"kernel \n"
+"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. <b>cilinder</b> is de traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. <b>optimaal</b> lijnt de \n"
+"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-kernel \n"
"of probeert compatibel met Windows Vista en Win 7 te zijn.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -5130,8 +4968,7 @@
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Opslagapparaten tonen per</b> controleert\n"
-"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur.</"
-"p>"
+"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
@@ -5394,8 +5231,7 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
-"cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Deze dialoog is voor het definiëren van klassen voor de raid-apparaten\n"
@@ -5406,21 +5242,15 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
msgid ""
"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing "
-"the \n"
-"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
-"in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
-"currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
+"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
"selected devices into this class.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt een apparaat in een klasse stoppen door rechts te klikken op het\n"
-"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op "
-"de \n"
-"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze "
-"in een\n"
-"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot "
-"\"%2\" gebruiken \n"
+"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op de \n"
+"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze in een\n"
+"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot \"%2\" gebruiken \n"
"om nu geselecteerde apparaten in deze klasse te stoppen.</p>"
#. dialog help text
@@ -5446,13 +5276,10 @@
msgid ""
"<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n"
"class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n"
-"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will "
-"follow."
+"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow."
msgstr ""
-"<b>Interleaved</b> gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het "
-"eerste \n"
-"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna "
-"komt \n"
+"<b>Interleaved</b> gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het eerste \n"
+"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna komt \n"
"het tweede apparaat van klasse A, het tweede apparaat van klasse B enzovoort."
#. dialog help text
@@ -5462,42 +5289,29 @@
"When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n"
"order in the RAID to be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst "
-"met \n"
-"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de "
-"apparaten \n"
+"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst met \n"
+"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de apparaten \n"
"gebruikt als volgorde van apparaten in de aan te maken RAID.</p>"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
msgid ""
"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All "
-"devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
-"expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-"
-"part1) and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
-"then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
"regular expression.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Door op de knop \"<b>%1</b>\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die "
-"regels\n"
-"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* "
-"A\").\n"
-"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de "
-"klasse op\n"
-"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de "
-"naam in\n"
+"Door op de knop \"<b>%1</b>\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die regels\n"
+"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* A\").\n"
+"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de klasse op\n"
+"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de naam in\n"
"de kernel (bijv. /dev/sda1), de padnaam van udev (bijv.\n"
-"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id "
-"(bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste "
-"overeenkomst bepaalt\n"
-"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt "
-"met de\n"
+"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id (bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste overeenkomst bepaalt\n"
+"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt met de\n"
"reguliere expressie.</p>"
#. headline text
@@ -5522,8 +5336,7 @@
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""
-"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or "
-"%.\n"
+"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or %.\n"
"De waarde moet boven 100k of tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw."
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
@@ -5534,8 +5347,7 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
-"Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs-grootte:</b>\n"
@@ -5560,8 +5372,7 @@
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prioriteit van wisselgeheugen:</b>\n"
-"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een "
-"hogere prioriteit aan.</p>\n"
+"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een hogere prioriteit aan.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
@@ -5572,8 +5383,7 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
-"installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Als alleen-lezen aankoppelen:</b>\n"
@@ -5592,8 +5402,7 @@
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Geen toegangstijd:</b>\n"
-"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. "
-"Standaard onwaar.</p>\n"
+"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. Standaard onwaar.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
@@ -5607,8 +5416,7 @@
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Door gebruiker aan te koppelen:</b>\n"
-"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. "
-"Standaard onwaar.</p>\n"
+"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. Standaard onwaar.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
@@ -5621,19 +5429,14 @@
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></"
-"tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
-"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Niet tijdens opstarten van systeem aankoppelen:</b>\n"
-"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het "
-"systeem aangekoppeld.\n"
+"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het systeem aangekoppeld.\n"
"Er wordt een regel in /etc/fstab aangemaakt en het bestandssysteem zal\n"
-"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <"
-"aankoppelpunt></tt>\n"
-"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem "
-"is aangekoppeld).\n"
+"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <aankoppelpunt></tt>\n"
+"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem is aangekoppeld).\n"
"Standaard onwaar.</p>\n"
#. button text
@@ -5665,23 +5468,16 @@
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
-"impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact."
-"</p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Gegevens-journaling-modus:</b>\n"
"Specificeert de journalingmodus voor bestandsgegevens.\n"
-"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd "
-"voordat\n"
-"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste "
-"prestatieverlies<br>\n"
-"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem "
-"zelf\n"
-"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. "
-"Gemiddeld prestatieverlies<br>\n"
-"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen "
-"prestatieverlies</p>\n"
+"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd voordat\n"
+"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste prestatieverlies<br>\n"
+"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem zelf\n"
+"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. Gemiddeld prestatieverlies<br>\n"
+"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen prestatieverlies</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
@@ -5717,19 +5513,14 @@
msgstr "Willekeurige optie-&waarde"
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
-msgid ""
-"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-"Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties "
-"of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw."
+msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
+msgstr "Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /"
-"etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aanvullende opties:</b>\n"
@@ -5749,8 +5540,7 @@
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Karakterset voor bestandsnamen:</b>\n"
-"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows "
-"partities gebruikt moet worden.</p>\n"
+"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows partities gebruikt moet worden.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
@@ -5761,12 +5551,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
-"systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Codepagina voor korte FAT namen:</b>\n"
-"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters "
-"op FAT bestandssystemen.</p>\n"
+"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters op FAT bestandssystemen.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
@@ -5777,12 +5565,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
-"is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aantal FAT's:</b>\n"
-"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. "
-"De standaard is 2.</p>"
+"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. De standaard is 2.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
@@ -5793,15 +5579,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
-"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable "
-"for the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FAT grootte:</b>\n"
-"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of "
-"32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die "
-"waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem."
-"</p>\n"
+"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of 32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
@@ -5811,8 +5592,7 @@
#. popup text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens."
+msgstr "De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
@@ -5832,12 +5612,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names "
-"in directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Hash-functie:</b>\n"
-"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het "
-"sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.</p>\n"
+"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
@@ -5848,16 +5626,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
-"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
-"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
-"2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FS revisie:</b>\n"
-"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet "
-"worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x "
-"series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel "
-"versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.</p>\n"
+"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5869,14 +5641,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
-"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
-"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Blokgrootte:</b>\n"
-"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, "
-"1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is "
-"geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.</p>\n"
+"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5903,13 +5671,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
-"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Percentage voor inode-ruimte:</b>\n"
-"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum "
-"percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan "
-"inodes.</p>\n"
+"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
@@ -5920,17 +5685,14 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
-"or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Inode aaneengesloten:</b>\n"
-"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een "
-"inode allocatie\n"
+"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een inode allocatie\n"
"al dan niet aaneengesloten is. Standaard zijn de inodes aaneengesloten.\n"
-"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet "
-"aaneengesloten toegang.</p>\n"
+"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet aaneengesloten toegang.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
@@ -5951,12 +5713,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the "
-"aggregate size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Loggrootte</b>\n"
-"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat "
-"doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.</p>\n"
+"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
@@ -5994,15 +5754,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
-"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
-"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Blokgrootte:</b>\n"
-"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en "
-"4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte "
-"bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te "
-"verwachten gebruik er van.</p>\n"
+"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te verwachten gebruik er van.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
@@ -6018,23 +5773,17 @@
"bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n"
"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n"
"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n"
-"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a "
-"reasonable\n"
+"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n"
"value for this parameter.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bytes per inode:</b>\n"
-"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor "
-"elke\n"
+"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor elke\n"
"<bytes-per-inode> bytes schijfruimte. Hoe groter de verhouding\n"
"bytes-per-inode, des te minder inodes er worden aangemaakt. In het algemeen\n"
-"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het "
-"bestandssysteem,\n"
-"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk "
-"is\n"
-"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het "
-"aangemaakt is.\n"
-"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.</"
-"p>\n"
+"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het bestandssysteem,\n"
+"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk is\n"
+"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het aangemaakt is.\n"
+"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
@@ -6053,17 +5802,8 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
-"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
-"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
-"default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root:</b> Specificeert het, voor "
-"de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt "
-"normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het "
-"standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard "
-"gereserveerde is 0.1.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root:</b> Specificeert het, voor de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard gereserveerde is 0.1.</p>"
#. checkbox text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
@@ -6103,13 +5843,11 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
-"really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Geen journaal:</b>\n"
-"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit "
-"alleen wanneer\n"
+"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit alleen wanneer\n"
"u echt weet wat u doet.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
@@ -6272,8 +6010,7 @@
"De volgende volumes bevatten een versleutelde handtekening maar de \n"
"wachtwoorden zijn nog niet bekend.\n"
"De wachtwoorden moeten bekend zijn als de volumes nodig zijn ofwel \n"
-"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume "
-"bevatten."
+"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume bevatten."
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
@@ -6339,11 +6076,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223
-msgid ""
-"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
-msgstr ""
-"Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf "
-"in gebruik zijn."
+msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgstr "Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf in gebruik zijn."
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249
msgid ""
@@ -6352,8 +6086,7 @@
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd "
-"wisselgeheugen bevat\n"
+"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen bevat\n"
"dat nodig is voor het uitvoeren van de installatie.\n"
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263
@@ -6373,8 +6106,7 @@
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd "
-"wisselgeheugen\n"
+"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen\n"
"bevat dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n"
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301
@@ -6407,8 +6139,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat dit indirect apparaat\n"
-"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de "
-"installatie.\n"
+"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363
@@ -6695,13 +6426,11 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
msgid ""
"<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n"
-"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) "
-"by\n"
+"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n"
"file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Gekoppeld op</b> geeft aan hoe het bestandssysteem\n"
-"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, "
-"(UUID)\n"
+"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, (UUID)\n"
"op bestandssysteem-UUID, (ID) op apparaat-ID, en (Path) op apparaatpad.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
@@ -6709,14 +6438,12 @@
msgid ""
"A question mark (?) indicates that\n"
"the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n"
-"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this "
-"volume\n"
+"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n"
"YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Een vraagteken (?) geeft aan dat\n"
"het bestandssysteem niet vermeld staat in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Het is ofwel\n"
-"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen "
-"van\n"
+"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen van\n"
"de instellingen van dit volume zal YaST <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> niet bijwerken.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
@@ -6732,12 +6459,10 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
msgid ""
"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
-"it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
msgstr ""
-"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het "
-"bestandssysteem\n"
+"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het bestandssysteem\n"
"momenteel niet is aangekoppeld (bijvoorbeeld omdat de optie <tt>noauto</tt>\n"
"is ingeschakeld in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
@@ -6803,8 +6528,7 @@
"logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Stripes</b> toont het aantal stripes voor LVM\n"
-"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-"
-"grootte.\n"
+"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-grootte.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
@@ -7100,12 +6824,8 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
-msgid ""
-"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
-"under Windows."
-msgstr ""
-"Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent "
-"bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren."
+msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
+msgstr "Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
@@ -7168,10 +6888,8 @@
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem "
-"voor\n"
-"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst.</"
-"p>"
+"<p>Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem voor\n"
+"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
@@ -7179,8 +6897,7 @@
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste "
-"gevallen\n"
+"<p>De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste gevallen\n"
"te worden gebruikt voor slaapstand naar schijf.</p>"
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
@@ -7302,16 +7019,12 @@
#~ msgstr "&Btrfs als standaard bestandssysteem gebruiken"
#~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet "
-#~ "beschikbaar."
+#~ msgstr "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet beschikbaar."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
-#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file "
-#~ "system,\n"
-#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /"
-#~ "boot.\n"
+#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n"
+#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -7328,9 +7041,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Het verwijderen van sommige apparaten is mislukt."
#~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet "
-#~ "beschikbaar"
+#~ msgstr "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet beschikbaar"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The selected device is currently mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -7347,8 +7058,7 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u zeker weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens "
-#~ "deze te verwijderen.\n"
+#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens deze te verwijderen.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n"
@@ -7378,22 +7088,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
#~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
-#~ "to mount\n"
-#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
-#~ "can be\n"
-#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
-#~ "possible.\n"
+#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
+#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
+#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:</b>\n"
-#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door "
-#~ "de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n"
-#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen "
-#~ "bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n"
-#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen "
-#~ "kunnen aangekoppeld \n"
-#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, "
-#~ "dan is dit onmogelijk.\n"
+#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n"
+#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n"
+#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld \n"
+#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n"
#~ msgid "&Device name"
#~ msgstr "&Apparaat naam"
@@ -7416,28 +7119,21 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "De bestandssysteem is momenteel aangekoppeld op %1.\n"
-#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als "
-#~ "deze aangekoppeld is.\n"
+#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als deze aangekoppeld is.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna "
-#~ "opnieuw uitvoeren.\n"
+#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna opnieuw uitvoeren.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
-#~ "tmp.\n"
-#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will "
-#~ "create \n"
-#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose "
-#~ "all \n"
+#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
+#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n"
+#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n"
#~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /"
-#~ "tmp of /var/tmp.\n"
-#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het "
-#~ "systeem \n"
+#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n"
+#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het systeem \n"
#~ "een willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem.\n"
#~ "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n"
#~ "gaan wanneer het systeem wordt afgesloten.\n"
@@ -7505,14 +7201,10 @@
#~ "koppelingsmethode voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen.</p>"
#~ msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, <BR>klik dan op <B>Ja</B>.</"
-#~ "P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P>Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, <BR>klik dan op <B>Ja</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid "<P>To ignore these mount points, <BR> press <B>No</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, <BR>klik dan op <B>Nee</B>.</"
-#~ "P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P>Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, <BR>klik dan op <B>Nee</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/sudo.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sudo.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-09 16:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -46,9 +46,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit start een browser met verbinding naar het portaal van het SUSE Support "
-"Center."
+msgstr "Dit start een browser met verbinding naar het portaal van het SUSE Support Center."
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Open"
@@ -72,8 +70,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit doet een upload van de verzamelde logs naar de gespecificeerde URL."
+msgstr "Dit doet een upload van de verzamelde logs naar de gespecificeerde URL."
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Upload"
@@ -292,8 +289,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44
@@ -336,8 +332,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een ondersteuning toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Kies een ondersteuning uit de lijst van gedetecteerde ondersteuningen.\n"
-"Als uw ondersteuning niet is gedetecteerd, gebruik <b>Ander (niet "
-"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
+"Als uw ondersteuning niet is gedetecteerd, gebruik <b>Ander (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
"Druk dan op <b>Instellen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -356,20 +351,15 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use "
-"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
-"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure "
-"you write down\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
+"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Openen van SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om een webbrowser te starten die de portal SUSE Support Center opent, "
-"gebruikt u <b>SUSE Support Center openen</b>.\n"
-"U kunt dan een Service Request openen bij Global Technical Support. Ga na "
-"dat u het Service Request number\n"
-"opschrijft om in te voegen in de up te loaden gegevens van de supportconfig."
-"</p>\n"
+"Om een webbrowser te starten die de portal SUSE Support Center opent, gebruikt u <b>SUSE Support Center openen</b>.\n"
+"U kunt dan een Service Request openen bij Global Technical Support. Ga na dat u het Service Request number\n"
+"opschrijft om in te voegen in de up te loaden gegevens van de supportconfig.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80
@@ -378,9 +368,7 @@
"To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Gegevens verzamelen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om het hulpmiddel voor het verzamelen van gegevens van de "
-"ondersteuningsinstellingen uit te voeren, gebruik <b>Gegevens verzamelen</"
-"b></p>"
+"Om het hulpmiddel voor het verzamelen van gegevens van de ondersteuningsinstellingen uit te voeren, gebruik <b>Gegevens verzamelen</b></p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84
@@ -390,21 +378,18 @@
"The server may or may not be Global Technical Support.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Verzamelde gegevens uploaden</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om de reeds verzamelde gegevens naar een server te uploaden, gebruik "
-"<b>Gegevens uploaden</b>.\n"
+"Om de reeds verzamelde gegevens naar een server te uploaden, gebruik <b>Gegevens uploaden</b>.\n"
"De server kan wel of niet de Global Technical Support zijn.</p>"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default "
-"settings,\n"
+"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n"
"gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opties van Supportconfig</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer een optie om de standaards te overschrijven. U kunt de standaard "
-"instellingen gebruiken,\n"
+"Selecteer een optie om de standaards te overschrijven. U kunt de standaard instellingen gebruiken,\n"
"de meeste gegevens verzamelen of alleen een minimale hoeveelheid gegevens."
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3
@@ -415,8 +400,7 @@
"to select specific data sets to collect.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Instellingen voor de expert</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer <b>Aangepast gebruiken</b> en klik op de knop <b>Instellingen voor "
-"de expert</b>\n"
+"Selecteer <b>Aangepast gebruiken</b> en klik op de knop <b>Instellingen voor de expert</b>\n"
"om specifieke gegevenssets te selecteren om te verzamelen.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3
@@ -424,87 +408,68 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n"
-"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</"
-"p>\n"
+"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opties</big></b><br>\n"
"Verzamel extra informatie. Deze opties zijn gewoonlijk niet\n"
-"nodig, maar kan ingevoegd worden als omstandigheden meer informatie vereisen."
-"</p>\n"
+"nodig, maar kan ingevoegd worden als omstandigheden meer informatie vereisen.</p>\n"
#. Expert dialog help 1/1
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the "
-"supportconfig tarball.</p>"
+"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Standaard opties</b></big><br>\n"
-"Selecteer maak selectie ongedaan van elk van de sets gegevens die u zou "
-"willen invoegen in de tarball van supportconfig.</p>"
+"Selecteer maak selectie ongedaan van elk van de sets gegevens die u zou willen invoegen in de tarball van supportconfig.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n"
-"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to "
-"include\n"
-"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment."
-"txt file.</p>"
+"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n"
+"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Contactinformatie</b></big><br>\n"
"Vul alle velden van de contactinformatie in die u zou willen invoegen\n"
-"in de tarball van supportconfig. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand "
-"basic-environment.txt file.</p>"
+"in de tarball van supportconfig. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand basic-environment.txt file.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n"
-"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported "
-"upload services include\n"
-"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball "
-"filename in your upload target,\n"
-"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual "
-"tarball filename.\n"
+"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n"
+"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n"
+"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n"
"See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Uploadinformatie</big></b><br>\n"
-"De uploadbestemming is de bestemmings-URI van de tarball van supportconfig. "
-"ondersteunde upload-services omvatten\n"
-"ftp, http, https, scp. Als het nodig is de bestandsnaam van de tarball van "
-"supportconfig in uw uploadbestemming in te voegen,\n"
-"gebruik dan het sleutelwoord <i>tarball</i>. Deze zal vervangen worden door "
-"de actuele bestandsnaam van de tarball.\n"
+"De uploadbestemming is de bestemmings-URI van de tarball van supportconfig. ondersteunde upload-services omvatten\n"
+"ftp, http, https, scp. Als het nodig is de bestandsnaam van de tarball van supportconfig in uw uploadbestemming in te voegen,\n"
+"gebruik dan het sleutelwoord <i>tarball</i>. Deze zal vervangen worden door de actuele bestandsnaam van de tarball.\n"
"Zie <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> voor verdere details.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n"
-"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</"
-"i><br>\n"
+"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n"
"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n"
"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Voorbeelden van uploadbestemmingen</big></b><br>\n"
-"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</"
-"i><br>\n"
+"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n"
"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n"
"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global "
-"Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open "
-"service request.\n"
+"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Als u een tarball met supportconfig aan het uploaden "
-"bent naar Global Technical Support,\n"
-"ga dan na dat u het elf-cijferige service-request-number invoegt uit uw "
-"geopend service-request.\n"
+"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Als u een tarball met supportconfig aan het uploaden bent naar Global Technical Support,\n"
+"ga dan na dat u het elf-cijferige service-request-number invoegt uit uw geopend service-request.\n"
#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137
@@ -519,29 +484,23 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n"
-"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some "
-"of the collected data,\n"
+"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n"
"use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Overzicht van Verzamelde gegevens</big></b><br>\n"
-"Bekijk de gegevens verzameld door supportconfig. Als u enige van de "
-"verzamelde gegevens niet wilt delen,\n"
-"gebruik dan <b>Uit gegevens verwijderen</b> en het geselecteerde bestand zal "
-"verwijderd worden.</p>\n"
+"Bekijk de gegevens verzameld door supportconfig. Als u enige van de verzamelde gegevens niet wilt delen,\n"
+"gebruik dan <b>Uit gegevens verwijderen</b> en het geselecteerde bestand zal verwijderd worden.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
"If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n"
"directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</"
-"big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u een kopie van de tarball van supportconfig wilt opslaan, selecteer dan "
-"de\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
+"Als u een kopie van de tarball van supportconfig wilt opslaan, selecteer dan de\n"
"doelmap en ga na dat deze optie is geactiveerd.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
@@ -550,8 +509,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n"
-"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be "
-"uploaded\n"
+"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n"
"as default value.\n"
"Change this value only in special cases.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -576,16 +534,13 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n"
"into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</"
-"big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u de tarball van supportconfig al hebt gemaakt, schrijf het volledige "
-"pad\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
+"Als u de tarball van supportconfig al hebt gemaakt, schrijf het volledige pad\n"
"in het veld <i>Pakket met logbestanden</i>.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
@@ -647,13 +602,11 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39
msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Laat een lijst zien van de huidige systeem service statussen. chkconfig.txt"
+msgstr "Laat een lijst zien van de huidige systeem service statussen. chkconfig.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42
msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informatie gerelateerd aan het opvangen van een systeemkerndump. crash.txt"
+msgstr "Informatie gerelateerd aan het opvangen van een systeemkerndump. crash.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45
msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt"
@@ -661,8 +614,7 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48
msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Schijf, bestandssysteemkoppelingen en partitie-informatie. fs-diskio.txt"
+msgstr "Schijf, bestandssysteemkoppelingen en partitie-informatie. fs-diskio.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51
msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt"
@@ -670,29 +622,19 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54
msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informatie over de controle op de gezondheid van de Novell eDirectory. "
-"novell-edir.txt"
+msgstr "Informatie over de controle op de gezondheid van de Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env."
-"txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Systeemomgeving-informatie, inclusief sysctl en de omgeving van root. env.txt"
+msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt"
+msgstr "Systeemomgeving-informatie, inclusief sysctl en de omgeving van root. env.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files "
-"in /etc. etc.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Verkrijgt recursief *.conf bestanden, samen met verschillende andere "
-"configuratiebestanden in /etc. etc.txt"
+msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt"
+msgstr "Verkrijgt recursief *.conf bestanden, samen met verschillende andere configuratiebestanden in /etc. etc.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63
msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Aan Enterprise Volume Management System gerelateerde informatie. evms.txt"
+msgstr "Aan Enterprise Volume Management System gerelateerde informatie. evms.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66
msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt"
@@ -704,16 +646,11 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72
msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"LDAP gerelateerde informatie, inclusief een root DSE doorzoeking. ldap.txt"
+msgstr "LDAP gerelateerde informatie, inclusief een root DSE doorzoeking. ldap.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX "
-"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Aan Novell Linux User Management gerelateerde informatie, inclusief zoeken "
-"in objecten van een root DSE, UNIX Config en workstation. novell-lum.txt"
+msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt"
+msgstr "Aan Novell Linux User Management gerelateerde informatie, inclusief zoeken in objecten van een root DSE, UNIX Config en workstation. novell-lum.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78
msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt"
@@ -741,8 +678,7 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96
msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Aan Network gerelateerde informatie, inclusief firewall rules. network.txt"
+msgstr "Aan Network gerelateerde informatie, inclusief firewall rules. network.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99
msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt"
@@ -769,12 +705,8 @@
msgstr "Aan OpenWBEM gerelateerde informatie. openwbem.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account "
-"information. pam.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Aan Pluggable Authentication Module gerelateerde informatie, inclusief "
-"informatie over gebruikersaccounts. pam.txt"
+msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt"
+msgstr "Aan Pluggable Authentication Module gerelateerde informatie, inclusief informatie over gebruikersaccounts. pam.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120
msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt"
@@ -793,12 +725,8 @@
msgstr "Aan Update-cliënt gerelateerde informatie. updates.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR "
-"data files. sar.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Aan System Activity Reporting gerelateerde informatie, inclusief kopieën van "
-"de SAR gegevensbestanden. sar.txt"
+msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt"
+msgstr "Aan System Activity Reporting gerelateerde informatie, inclusief kopieën van de SAR gegevensbestanden. sar.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135
msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt"
@@ -810,18 +738,12 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141
msgid ""
-"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for "
-"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n"
-"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to "
-"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n"
+"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n"
+"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n"
"works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n"
msgstr ""
-"Aan Self-Monitoring, Analysis en Reporting Technology gerelateerde "
-"informatie voor harde schijven. WAARSCHUWING: Sommige harde schijf "
-"controllers en apparaten gedragen\n"
-"zich niet netjes. Van probing SMART-gegevens is bekend dat ze soms "
-"bestandssystemen wijzigen in de modus allee-lezen of zelfs de server laten "
-"hangen. Ga na dat probing SMART gegevens\n"
+"Aan Self-Monitoring, Analysis en Reporting Technology gerelateerde informatie voor harde schijven. WAARSCHUWING: Sommige harde schijf controllers en apparaten gedragen\n"
+"zich niet netjes. Van probing SMART-gegevens is bekend dat ze soms bestandssystemen wijzigen in de modus allee-lezen of zelfs de server laten hangen. Ga na dat probing SMART gegevens\n"
"in uw omgeving werkt alvorens deze optie in te schakelen. fs-smartmon.txt\n"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146
@@ -854,59 +776,32 @@
msgstr "Aan XEN virtualization gerelateerde informatie. xen.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167
-msgid ""
-"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances "
-"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e"
-msgstr ""
-"Vertelt aan supportconfig om het bestandssysteem te doorzoeken op alle "
-"exemplaren van eDirectory bestanden. Indien geactiveerd, wordt "
-"ADD_OPTION_FSLIST ook automatisch geactiveerd. -e"
+msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e"
+msgstr "Vertelt aan supportconfig om het bestandssysteem te doorzoeken op alle exemplaren van eDirectory bestanden. Indien geactiveerd, wordt ADD_OPTION_FSLIST ook automatisch geactiveerd. -e"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170
-msgid ""
-"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Een volledige bestandslijst met gebruikmaking van find vanaf de root van het "
-"bestandssyteem. -L, fs-files.txt"
+msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt"
+msgstr "Een volledige bestandslijst met gebruikmaking van find vanaf de root van het bestandssyteem. -L, fs-files.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173
-msgid ""
-"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just "
-"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if "
-"available. -l"
-msgstr ""
-"Voegt het gehele logbestand toe, inclusief commentaar, in plaats van alleen "
-"het aantal VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT regels daarvan. Ook geroteerde logs worden "
-"toefevoegd indien beschikbaar. -l"
+msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l"
+msgstr "Voegt het gehele logbestand toe, inclusief commentaar, in plaats van alleen het aantal VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT regels daarvan. Ook geroteerde logs worden toefevoegd indien beschikbaar. -l"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176
msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d"
-msgstr ""
-"Minimaliseert de hoeveelheid schijfinformatie en gedetailleerde scanning. -d"
+msgstr "Minimaliseert de hoeveelheid schijfinformatie en gedetailleerde scanning. -d"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option "
-"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved."
-msgstr ""
-"Normaal worden alle logs in /var/log/YaST2/* meegenomen. Deze optie "
-"minimaliseert de hoeveelheid van elk opgehaald bestand."
+msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved."
+msgstr "Normaal worden alle logs in /var/log/YaST2/* meegenomen. Deze optie minimaliseert de hoeveelheid van elk opgehaald bestand."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182
-msgid ""
-"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to "
-"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Draait een rpm -V op ieder geïnstalleerd RPM-pakket. Dit neemt enige tijd om "
-"gereed te komen. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
+msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
+msgstr "Draait een rpm -V op ieder geïnstalleerd RPM-pakket. Dit neemt enige tijd om gereed te komen. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you "
-"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Normaal worden alleen de basis SLP-servicetypes getoond. Deze optie staat u "
-"toe om elk ontdekt servicetype individueel te bevragen. -s, slp.txt"
+msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt"
+msgstr "Normaal worden alleen de basis SLP-servicetypes getoond. Deze optie staat u toe om elk ontdekt servicetype individueel te bevragen. -s, slp.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188
msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt"
@@ -914,8 +809,7 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191
msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Het e-mailadres van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt"
+msgstr "Het e-mailadres van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194
msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt"
@@ -923,70 +817,39 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197
msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Telefoonnummer van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt"
+msgstr "Telefoonnummer van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200
-msgid ""
-"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the "
-"entire file."
-msgstr ""
-"Het aantal in te voegen regels bij het verkrijgen van een logbetand. Nul "
-"betekent neem het gehele bestand."
+msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file."
+msgstr "Het aantal in te voegen regels bij het verkrijgen van een logbetand. Nul betekent neem het gehele bestand."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203
-msgid ""
-"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is "
-"always used."
-msgstr ""
-"De locatie van de tarball van supportconfig. De eerste geldige locatie in de "
-"lijst wordt altijd gebruikt."
+msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used."
+msgstr "De locatie van de tarball van supportconfig. De eerste geldige locatie in de lijst wordt altijd gebruikt."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the "
-"entire file."
-msgstr ""
-"Het maximum aantal te nemen regels uit /var/log/messages. Nul betekent het "
-"gehele bestand."
+msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file."
+msgstr "Het maximum aantal te nemen regels uit /var/log/messages. Nul betekent het gehele bestand."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the "
-"supportconfig tarball."
-msgstr ""
-"Het maximum aantal logbestanden voor heartbeat-policy-engine om mee te nemen "
-"in de tarball van supportconfig."
+msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
+msgstr "Het maximum aantal logbestanden voor heartbeat-policy-engine om mee te nemen in de tarball van supportconfig."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
-msgstr ""
-"Het maximum aantal SAR gegevensbestanden om mee te nemen in de tarball van "
-"supportconfig."
+msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
+msgstr "Het maximum aantal SAR gegevensbestanden om mee te nemen in de tarball van supportconfig."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215
msgid ""
-"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if "
-"you\n"
-"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -"
-"Q."
+"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n"
+"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q."
msgstr ""
-"Indien op 1 ingesteld, zal supportconfig worden uitgevoerd zonder veel "
-"uitvoer. Deze optie is nuttig als u\n"
-"van plan bent om supportconfig regelmatig, bijvoorbeeld in een cron-job, uit "
-"te voeren. Instellen met -Q."
+"Indien op 1 ingesteld, zal supportconfig worden uitgevoerd zonder veel uitvoer. Deze optie is nuttig als u\n"
+"van plan bent om supportconfig regelmatig, bijvoorbeeld in een cron-job, uit te voeren. Instellen met -Q."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
-msgid ""
-"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using "
-"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports "
-"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
-msgstr ""
-"Wordt gebruikt om te specificeren waar de tarball van supportconfig geüpload "
-"zal worden, bij gebruik van de opstartoptie -u srnum. U kunt elke FTP-server "
-"specificeren die anonieme uploads ondersteunt. De standaard is de publieke "
-"ftp-server van SUSE."
+msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
+msgstr "Wordt gebruikt om te specificeren waar de tarball van supportconfig geüpload zal worden, bij gebruik van de opstartoptie -u srnum. U kunt elke FTP-server specificeren die anonieme uploads ondersteunt. De standaard is de publieke ftp-server van SUSE."
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -41,8 +41,7 @@
#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text.
#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58
msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'"
-msgstr ""
-"Stel de waarde van de variabele in. Vereist de opties 'variable' en 'value'"
+msgstr "Stel de waarde van de variabele in. Vereist de opties 'variable' en 'value'"
#. help text for command 'set' 2/3
#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks.
@@ -144,8 +143,7 @@
"(e.g., %1$%2).\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Gebruik een volledige variabelenaam in de vorm <VARIABELENAAM>"
-"$<BESTANDSNAAM>\n"
+"Gebruik een volledige variabelenaam in de vorm <VARIABELENAAM>$<BESTANDSNAAM>\n"
"(bijvoorbeeld: %1$%2).\n"
#. error popup message
@@ -322,10 +320,8 @@
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819
msgid ""
"<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n"
-"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which "
-"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n"
-"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig "
-"takes effect.</p>\n"
+"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n"
+"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Nadat u de wijzigingen hebt opgeslagen zal deze editor de variabelen\n"
"in het corresponderende sysconfig-bestand aanpassen. Daarna zal het de\n"
@@ -336,13 +332,8 @@
#. helptext for popup - part 2/2
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file "
-"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> U kunt nog altijd ieder individueel "
-"configuratiebestand handmatig wijzigen. De bestandsnaam kunt u in de "
-"variabeleomschrijving zien.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> U kunt nog altijd ieder individueel configuratiebestand handmatig wijzigen. De bestandsnaam kunt u in de variabeleomschrijving zien.</p>"
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830
msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor"
@@ -355,23 +346,13 @@
#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2)
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration "
-"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to "
-"configure your hardware and system settings.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Systeemconfiguratie-editor</B></P><P>Met de systeemconfiguratie-editor "
-"kunt u enkele systeeminstellingen aanpassen. U kunt ook YaST gebruiken voor "
-"het configureren van uw hardware- en systeeminstellingen.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Systeemconfiguratie-editor</B></P><P>Met de systeemconfiguratie-editor kunt u enkele systeeminstellingen aanpassen. U kunt ook YaST gebruiken voor het configureren van uw hardware- en systeeminstellingen.</P>"
#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2)
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read "
-"directly from configuration files.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Opmerking:</B> De omschrijvingen zijn niet vertaald omdat ze "
-"rechtstreeks uit de configuratiebestanden worden gelezen.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Opmerking:</B> De omschrijvingen zijn niet vertaald omdat ze rechtstreeks uit de configuratiebestanden worden gelezen.</P>"
#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877
@@ -400,13 +381,8 @@
#. help text in popup dialog
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951
-msgid ""
-"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select "
-"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier worden de zoekresultaten getoond. Als u het item ziet waar u naar "
-"zocht, selecteer het dan en klik vervolgens op \"Ga naar\". Deze dialoog "
-"zal sluiten als u op \"Annuleren\" klikt."
+msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog."
+msgstr "Hier worden de zoekresultaten getoond. Als u het item ziet waar u naar zocht, selecteer het dan en klik vervolgens op \"Ga naar\". Deze dialoog zal sluiten als u op \"Annuleren\" klikt."
#. push button label
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956
@@ -593,33 +569,27 @@
#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart
#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156
-#| msgid "Reloading service %1..."
msgid "Reloading service %s..."
msgstr "Service %s wordt herladen..."
#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157
-#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
msgid "Reload of the service %s failed"
msgstr "Het herladen van service %s is mislukt"
#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158
-#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
msgid "Service %s will be reloaded"
msgstr "De service %s zal herladen worden"
#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160
-#| msgid "Restarting service %1..."
msgid "Restarting service %s..."
msgstr "Service %s wordt herstart..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161
-#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
msgid "Restart of the service %s failed"
msgstr "De herstart van service % is mislukt"
#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162
-#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
msgid "Service %s will be restarted"
msgstr "De service %s zal opnieuw gestart worden"
@@ -630,8 +600,7 @@
#. @return [Boolean] active?
#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187
msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kan de status van de service niet bepalen, systemd service bestaat niet:"
+msgstr "Kan de status van de service niet bepalen, systemd service bestaat niet:"
#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266
@@ -644,10 +613,8 @@
msgstr "Het opslaan van de variabele %1 in het bestand %2 is mislukt."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can "
-#~ "detect if\n"
-#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a "
-#~ "configuration file manually,\n"
+#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
+#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>SuSEconfig legt van elk configuratiebestand een controlesom vast,\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/tftp-server.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:43+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/tune.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 10:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -106,20 +106,17 @@
"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Reservekopie aanmaken van de gewijzigde bestanden:</b>\n"
-"Slaat alleen de gewijzigde bestanden op die tijdens het bijwerken worden "
-"vervangen.</p>\n"
+"Slaat alleen de gewijzigde bestanden op die tijdens het bijwerken worden vervangen.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n"
-"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of "
-"the\n"
+"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n"
"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Volledige reservekopie van\n"
-"/etc/sysconfig maken:</b> Dit omvat alle configuratiebestanden die deel "
-"uitmaken\n"
+"/etc/sysconfig maken:</b> Dit omvat alle configuratiebestanden die deel uitmaken\n"
"van het sysconfig-mechanisme, ook degene die niet vervangen worden.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7
@@ -225,16 +222,14 @@
"either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>De bijwerkoptie verschilt voor beide modi. In\n"
-"beide gevallen bevelen we aan om een reservekopie van uw persoonlijke "
-"gegevens te maken.</p>\n"
+"beide gevallen bevelen we aan om een reservekopie van uw persoonlijke gegevens te maken.</p>\n"
#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n"
"updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n"
-"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former "
-"predefined\n"
+"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n"
"software selection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Met nieuwe software:</b> Met deze standaardinstelling\n"
@@ -247,8 +242,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n"
"only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n"
-"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, "
-"is\n"
+"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n"
"not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten:</b> Deze selectie werkt\n"
@@ -262,8 +256,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>After the update, some software might not\n"
-"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete "
-"those\n"
+"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n"
"packages during the update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Na de opwaardering kan het zijn dat bepaalde software niet meer\n"
@@ -329,13 +322,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched
#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154
-#| msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
-msgid ""
-"Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</"
-"a>"
-msgstr ""
-"Niet alle conflicten konden worden opgelost. <a href=\"%s\">Handmatige "
-"interventie is vereist.</a>"
+msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>"
+msgstr "Niet alle conflicten konden worden opgelost. <a href=\"%s\">Handmatige interventie is vereist.</a>"
#. this is a heading
#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:198
@@ -395,22 +383,14 @@
#. error message in proposal
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the "
-#| "installation media."
-msgid ""
-"The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on "
-"the installation media (%{update_to})."
-msgstr ""
-"Het geïnstalleerde product (%{update_from}) is niet compatibel met het "
-"product dat op het installatiemedium (%{update_to}) staat."
+msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})."
+msgstr "Het geïnstalleerde product (%{update_from}) is niet compatibel met het product dat op het installatiemedium (%{update_to}) staat."
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
msgid ""
-"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the "
-"running system.<br>\n"
+"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
"or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -423,9 +403,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
-msgstr ""
-"Waarschuwing: opwaarderen van '%1' naar '%2', producten komen niet exact "
-"overeen."
+msgstr "Waarschuwing: opwaarderen van '%1' naar '%2', producten komen niet exact overeen."
#. Proposal for backup during update
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194
@@ -445,8 +423,7 @@
"installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n"
"deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Bijwerkopties</big></b> Selecteer hoe uw systeem wordt "
-"bijgewerkt.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bijwerkopties</big></b> Selecteer hoe uw systeem wordt bijgewerkt.\n"
"Kies of alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten moeten worden bijgewerkt of dat\n"
"ook nieuwe pakketten moeten worden geïnstalleerd (standaard). Beslis of\n"
"niet onderhouden pakketten moeten worden verwijderd.</p>\n"
@@ -601,12 +578,10 @@
#. pop-up question
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
-"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected "
-"partition.\n"
+"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
-"Op de geselecteerde partitie is een mogelijk incomplete installatie "
-"gevonden.\n"
+"Op de geselecteerde partitie is een mogelijk incomplete installatie gevonden.\n"
"Wilt u deze toch gebruiken?"
#. button label
@@ -623,8 +598,7 @@
"\n"
"Are you sure you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-"Het initialiseren van het systeem voor bijwerken is om een onbekende reden "
-"mislukt.\n"
+"Het initialiseren van het systeem voor bijwerken is om een onbekende reden mislukt.\n"
"Het is ten zeerste aanbevolen niet verder te gaan met het bijwerkproces.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u toch doorgaan?"
@@ -727,16 +701,14 @@
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
-"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not "
-"fit.\n"
+"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
"It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n"
"or not use a /boot partition at all.\n"
"\n"
"Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n"
msgstr ""
"Uw /boot-partitie is te klein (%1 MB).\n"
-"We bevelen een afmeting aan van minimaal %2 MB, anders kan de nieuwe kernel "
-"er\n"
+"We bevelen een afmeting aan van minimaal %2 MB, anders kan de nieuwe kernel er\n"
"niet op passen. Het is daarom veiliger om die partitie te vergroten\n"
"of zelfs helemaal geen /boot-partitie te gebruiken.\n"
"\n"
@@ -760,8 +732,7 @@
"\n"
"Als u zeker weet dat de partitie niet noodzakelijk is voor het bijwerken\n"
"(als het dus geen systeempartitie is), kunt u op 'Doorgaan' klikken.\n"
-"Klik op 'Aankoppelopties opgeven' om de opties voor aankoppelen te "
-"controleren of\n"
+"Klik op 'Aankoppelopties opgeven' om de opties voor aankoppelen te controleren of\n"
"te herstellen. Klik op 'Annuleren' om het bijwerken af te breken.\n"
#. push button
@@ -823,16 +794,12 @@
#. a popup message
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470
msgid ""
-"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the "
-"upgrade\n"
-"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition "
-"manually\n"
+"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
+"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
"to continue the upgrade process."
msgstr ""
-"Uw systeem gebruikt een separate /var partitie die is vereist voor het "
-"bijwerken\n"
-"om de wijzigingen van de schijfnamen de detecteren. Selecteer de /var "
-"partitie\n"
+"Uw systeem gebruikt een separate /var partitie die is vereist voor het bijwerken\n"
+"om de wijzigingen van de schijfnamen de detecteren. Selecteer de /var partitie\n"
"handmatig om door te kunnen gaan met het bijwerken."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99
@@ -868,19 +835,14 @@
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705
msgid ""
-"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This "
-"is\n"
+"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
-"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change "
-"the\n"
+"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n"
"mount-by method to any other method for all partitions."
msgstr ""
-"Enkele partities in het systeem op %1 zijn aangekoppeld met de "
-"kernelapparaatnamen. Dit geen\n"
-"betrouwbare methode voor het opwaarderen omdat deze namen niet blijvend "
-"zijn. Het is daarom\n"
-"ten zeerste aanbevolen om uw oude systeem te starten en het aankoppelen-met "
-"te wijzigen naar\n"
+"Enkele partities in het systeem op %1 zijn aangekoppeld met de kernelapparaatnamen. Dit geen\n"
+"betrouwbare methode voor het opwaarderen omdat deze namen niet blijvend zijn. Het is daarom\n"
+"ten zeerste aanbevolen om uw oude systeem te starten en het aankoppelen-met te wijzigen naar\n"
"een andere methode voor alle partities."
#. error message
@@ -992,8 +954,7 @@
#~ "Wilt u doorgaan met het aankoppelen van het station?"
#~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Kan geen pakketgegevens van het installatiemedium lezen. Mediumfout?"
+#~ msgstr "Kan geen pakketgegevens van het installatiemedium lezen. Mediumfout?"
#~ msgid "Update based on selection \"%1\""
#~ msgstr "Opwaarderen gebaseerd op selectie \"%1\""
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -106,12 +106,8 @@
#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:218
-msgid ""
-"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of "
-"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
-msgstr ""
-"Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De "
-"lijst van DN's van LDAP-gebruikers moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn."
+msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
+msgstr "Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De lijst van DN's van LDAP-gebruikers moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn."
#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:225
@@ -138,9 +134,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus "
-"terug."
+msgstr "Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus terug."
#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
#. dialog caption
@@ -158,34 +152,19 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Authenticatie</b><br>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de authenticatiemethode voor de gebruikers op uw systeem "
-"kiezen.\n"
+"Hier kunt u de authenticatiemethode voor de gebruikers op uw systeem kiezen.\n"
"</p>"
#. helptext 2/3
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files "
-"<i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies <b>Lokaal</b> om gebruikers alleen te verifiëren met behulp van de "
-"lokale bestanden <i>/etc/passwd</i> en <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Kies <b>Lokaal</b> om gebruikers alleen te verifiëren met behulp van de lokale bestanden <i>/etc/passwd</i> en <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to "
-"create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a "
-"Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new "
-"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u een vorige installatie of een alternatief systeem hebt, dan is het "
-"mogelijk om gebruikers op basis van die bron aan te maken. Selecteer "
-"hiervoor de optie <b>Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen</"
-"b>. Voor elke gebruiker hergebruikt deze optie een bestaande persoonlijke "
-"map, of maakt een nieuwe aan in de locatie die tijdens deze installatie is "
-"opgegeven."
+msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+msgstr "Als u een vorige installatie of een alternatief systeem hebt, dan is het mogelijk om gebruikers op basis van die bron aan te maken. Selecteer hiervoor de optie <b>Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen</b>. Voor elke gebruiker hergebruikt deze optie een bestaande persoonlijke map, of maakt een nieuwe aan in de locatie die tijdens deze installatie is opgegeven."
#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
@@ -224,8 +203,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. "
-"Then\n"
+"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
@@ -237,8 +215,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
+"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
"gebruikersgegevens op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het\n"
@@ -260,8 +237,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
+"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
"gebruikersgegevens op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het\n"
@@ -269,12 +245,8 @@
#. helptext: additional kerberos support
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after "
-"configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Kerberos-authenticatie instellen</b> om Kerberos in te "
-"stellen na het instellen van de gebruikersgegevensbron.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Kerberos-authenticatie instellen</b> om Kerberos in te stellen na het instellen van de gebruikersgegevensbron.</p>"
#. check box label
#. check box label
@@ -371,8 +343,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and "
-"numbers\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
"reenter it in a second field.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -392,8 +363,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or "
-"umlauts.\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -427,12 +397,8 @@
#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering "
-"text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Controleer of de huidige toetsenbordindeling juist is door wat tekst en "
-"speciale tekens te typen in het veld <b>Toetsenbordindeling testen</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Controleer of de huidige toetsenbordindeling juist is door wat tekst en speciale tekens te typen in het veld <b>Toetsenbordindeling testen</b>.</p>"
#. report misspellings of the password
#. report misspellings of the password
@@ -580,19 +546,13 @@
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> Kies een wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode voor lokale en "
-"systeemgebruikers.</p>"
+msgstr "<p> Kies een wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode voor lokale en systeemgebruikers.</p>"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other "
-"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen "
-"gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
@@ -683,8 +643,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
-"between\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -721,13 +680,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, "
-"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -741,13 +697,8 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same "
-"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vink <b>Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder</b> aan wanneer "
-"het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet "
-"worden voor root.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vink <b>Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder</b> aan wanneer het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet worden voor root.</p>"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. these are used only during installation time
@@ -755,27 +706,20 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with "
-"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure "
-"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u "
-"aan te melden op uw Linux-systeem. Als de optie <b>Automatisch aanmelden</b> "
-"is ingeschakeld, zal de aanmeldingsprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze "
-"gebruiker zal automatisch worden aangemeld.</p>\n"
+"De gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u aan te melden op uw Linux-systeem. Als de optie <b>Automatisch aanmelden</b> is ingeschakeld, zal de aanmeldingsprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze gebruiker zal automatisch worden aangemeld.</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System "
-"Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Als u de optie <b>Systeemmail ontvangen</b> inschakelt, dan zal de mail voor "
-"root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.</p>\n"
+"Als u de optie <b>Systeemmail ontvangen</b> inschakelt, dan zal de mail voor root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.</p>\n"
#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
@@ -855,8 +799,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/users.rb:167
msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)"
-msgstr ""
-"Een bestaande gebruiker verwijderen. (De persoonlijke map blijft bestaan.)"
+msgstr "Een bestaande gebruiker verwijderen. (De persoonlijke map blijft bestaan.)"
#. translators: command line help text for list local option
#: src/clients/users.rb:175
@@ -926,8 +869,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for home option
#: src/clients/users.rb:260
msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)"
-msgstr ""
-"Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)"
+msgstr "Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)"
#. translators: command line help text for show option
#: src/clients/users.rb:267
@@ -953,12 +895,10 @@
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry "
-"that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
+"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Hier ziet u voor het huidige LDAP-item de tabel met alle toegestane "
-"kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld.</p>"
+"Hier ziet u voor het huidige LDAP-item de tabel met alle toegestane kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld.</p>"
#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"),
#. %1 is list of values
@@ -981,8 +921,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n"
-"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client "
-"Module</b>.</p>\n"
+"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ieder kenmerk is via <b>Bewerken</b> aan te passen.\n"
@@ -1007,14 +946,8 @@
#. helptext
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy "
-"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified "
-"user.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidsobject toe aan deze gebruiker in <b>DN van "
-"wachtwoordbeleidsobject</b>. Activeer <b>Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen</b> om "
-"het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidsobject toe aan deze gebruiker in <b>DN van wachtwoordbeleidsobject</b>. Activeer <b>Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen</b> om het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen.</p>"
#. check box label
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107
@@ -1111,17 +1044,13 @@
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen "
-"instellen.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n"
-"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
-"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</"
-"p>\n"
+"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Definieer een groottelimiet door het aantal 1 KB-blokken op te\n"
"geven dat de gebruiker op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n"
@@ -1130,75 +1059,38 @@
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
-"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are "
-"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
-"requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal "
-"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop "
-"gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde "
-"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109
-msgid ""
-"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
-"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is "
-"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
-"interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de "
-"invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op "
-"gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag "
-"overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>"
+msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>"
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen "
-"instellen.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n"
-"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
-"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</"
-"p>\n"
+"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Definieer een limiet voor de grootte door het aantal 1 kB-blokken\n"
"op te geven dat de groep op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n"
-"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de "
-"groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.</p>\n"
+"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
-"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are "
-"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
-"requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal "
-"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop "
-"groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde "
-"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
-"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is "
-"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
-"interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden "
-"voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende "
-"welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. "
-"Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>"
+msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>"
#. combo box label
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188
@@ -1528,15 +1420,13 @@
"'%1' and '%2'\n"
"were found. Use them for current user?\n"
"\n"
-"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home "
-"directory."
+"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory."
msgstr ""
"Er zijn een versleutelde image van een map en sleutelbestanden\n"
"'%1' en '%2'\n"
"gevonden. Deze voor de huidige gebruiker gebruiken?\n"
"\n"
-"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats "
-"van de huidige thuismap."
+"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats van de huidige thuismap."
#. popup label, %1 is path to directory
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369
@@ -1565,9 +1455,7 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
-msgstr ""
-"Voor gebruikers op afstand kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen "
-"gewijzigd worden."
+msgstr "Voor gebruikers op afstand kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen gewijzigd worden."
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
@@ -1850,8 +1738,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or "
-"umlauts. \n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1868,8 +1755,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Hier kunt u standaardwaarden instellen voor nieuwe lokale of "
-"systeemgebruikers.\n"
+"Hier kunt u standaardwaarden instellen voor nieuwe lokale of systeemgebruikers.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text 1/6
@@ -1902,38 +1788,30 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n"
-"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter "
-"your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
+"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standaard aanmeldings-shell</b><br>\n"
-"De naam van de aanmeldings-shell voor een nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één "
-"uit de lijst of geef zelf een pad naar de shell op.</P>\n"
+"De naam van de aanmeldings-shell voor een nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één uit de lijst of geef zelf een pad naar de shell op.</P>\n"
#. Help text 3/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n"
-"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is "
-"added\n"
+"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n"
"to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standaardmap voor persoonlijke mappen</b><br>\n"
-"Het standaard padvoorvoegsel voor de persoonlijke map van een nieuwe "
-"gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet "
-"om een standaardnaam voor de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker te maken. </"
-"P>\n"
+"Het standaard padvoorvoegsel voor de persoonlijke map van een nieuwe gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet om een standaardnaam voor de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker te maken. </P>\n"
#. Help text 4/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n"
-"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a "
-"new user is added. </p>\n"
+"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Modelmap</b><br>\n"
-"Wanneer een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze map "
-"naar de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden.</p>\n"
+"Wanneer een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze map naar de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden.</p>\n"
#. Help text 4.5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138
@@ -1942,21 +1820,18 @@
"Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Umask voor persoonlijke map</b><br>\n"
-"De te gebruiken 'umask' bij het aanmaken van nieuwe persoonlijke mappen.</"
-"p>\n"
+"De te gebruiken 'umask' bij het aanmaken van nieuwe persoonlijke mappen.</p>\n"
#. Help text 5/6:
#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n"
-"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the "
-"format\n"
+"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n"
"YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Verloopdatum</b><br>\n"
-"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-"
-"MM-DD hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.</P>\n"
+"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-MM-DD hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.</P>\n"
#. Help text 6/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149
@@ -1967,8 +1842,7 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Aantal extra aanmeldingsdagen na verlopen van wachtwoord</B><BR>\n"
-"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog "
-"aanmelden.\n"
+"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog aanmelden.\n"
"Geef het gewenste aantal dagen op. Gebruik -1 voor een onbeperkte periode.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2042,11 +1916,9 @@
"Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n"
"clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2065,11 +1937,9 @@
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2082,12 +1952,8 @@
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op <b>Gebruikersbeheer</b> om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw "
-"systeem toe te voegen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Gebruikersbeheer</b> om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw systeem toe te voegen.</p>"
#. alternative help text 4/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278
@@ -2106,12 +1972,10 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, "
-"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Wachtwoordinstellingen</b> om de diverse wachtwoordinstellingen "
-"(zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.</p>\n"
+"Klik op <b>Wachtwoordinstellingen</b> om de diverse wachtwoordinstellingen (zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.</p>\n"
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296
@@ -2177,8 +2041,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Password:</b>\n"
-"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves "
-"when\n"
+"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n"
"switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n"
"password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n"
"here. This entry is not required.\n"
@@ -2186,10 +2049,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Wachtwoord:</b>\n"
-"Als u wilt dat niet-leden van de groep zichzelf moeten identificeren "
-"wanneer\n"
-"ze overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie de man-pagina van <tt>newgrp</"
-"tt>),\n"
+"Als u wilt dat niet-leden van de groep zichzelf moeten identificeren wanneer\n"
+"ze overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie de man-pagina van <tt>newgrp</tt>),\n"
"dan kunt u aan deze groep een wachtwoord toewijzen. Om veiligheidsredenen\n"
"wordt dit wachtwoord hier niet getoond. Deze opgave is niet verplicht.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2271,12 +2132,9 @@
"located elsewhere.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Wanneer u het UID van een bestaande gebruiker verandert, dan zullen de "
-"rechten\n"
-"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit "
-"gebeurt\n"
-"automatisch bij de bestanden in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, "
-"echter\n"
+"Wanneer u het UID van een bestaande gebruiker verandert, dan zullen de rechten\n"
+"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit gebeurt\n"
+"automatisch bij de bestanden in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, echter\n"
"niet bij de bestanden die zich eventueel op andere plaatsen bevinden.</p>\n"
#. help text 4/8
@@ -2298,12 +2156,8 @@
#. help text for user's home directory mode
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430
-msgid ""
-"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's "
-"home directory different from the default.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Optioneel kunt u via <b>Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke map</b> de "
-"toegangsrechten van die map anders instellen dan standaard.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Optioneel kunt u via <b>Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke map</b> de toegangsrechten van die map anders instellen dan standaard.</p>"
#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel')
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440
@@ -2319,53 +2173,29 @@
#. help text for Move to new location checkbox
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452
-msgid ""
-"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of "
-"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by "
-"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the "
-"existing data.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u de locatie van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker wijzigt, kunt "
-"u de inhoud van de huidige map verplaatsen met de optie <b>Verplaatsen naar "
-"nieuwe locatie</b> -- deze wordt standaard geactiveerd. Anders wordt er een "
-"nieuwe persoonlijke map aangemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als u de locatie van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker wijzigt, kunt u de inhoud van de huidige map verplaatsen met de optie <b>Verplaatsen naar nieuwe locatie</b> -- deze wordt standaard geactiveerd. Anders wordt er een nieuwe persoonlijke map aangemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens.</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n"
-"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home "
-"directory\n"
-"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is "
-"shared\n"
+"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n"
+"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n"
"among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n"
-"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted "
-"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically "
-"shared.</p>"
+"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker wilt versleutelen, moet u\n"
"<b>Versleutelde persoonlijke map gebruiken</b> inschakelen en de grootte\n"
-"van de map opgeven. Het versleutelen van de persoonlijke map van een "
-"gebruiker\n"
-"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer "
-"door\n"
-"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de "
-"systeembeveiliging\n"
-"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen "
-"tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het "
-"systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld.</p>"
+"van de map opgeven. Het versleutelen van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker\n"
+"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer door\n"
+"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de systeembeveiliging\n"
+"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld.</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is "
-"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint "
-"configuration first.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Persoonlijke mappen kunnen niet versleuteld worden als een "
-"vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker te "
-"kunnen versleutelen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden "
-"uitgeschakeld.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Persoonlijke mappen kunnen niet versleuteld worden als een vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker te kunnen versleutelen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden uitgeschakeld.</p>"
#. alternate helptext 5/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487
@@ -2389,12 +2219,9 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Extra informatie</b>\n"
"Hier kunnen enkele extra gebruikergegevens worden opgegeven. Dit veld kan\n"
-"maximaal drie onderdelen bevatten, gescheiden door komma's. De "
-"standaardinhoud\n"
-"is: <i>kantoor</i>,<i>telefoon werk</i>,<i>telefoon privé</i>. Deze "
-"informatie wordt\n"
-"getoond wanneer u voor deze gebruiker het commando <i>finger</i> gebruikt.</"
-"p>\n"
+"maximaal drie onderdelen bevatten, gescheiden door komma's. De standaardinhoud\n"
+"is: <i>kantoor</i>,<i>telefoon werk</i>,<i>telefoon privé</i>. Deze informatie wordt\n"
+"getoond wanneer u voor deze gebruiker het commando <i>finger</i> gebruikt.</p>\n"
#. help text 6/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512
@@ -2461,12 +2288,8 @@
#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552
-msgid ""
-"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting "
-"<b>Launch</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin kunt u starten "
-"door <b>Start</b> te kiezen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin kunt u starten door <b>Start</b> te kiezen.</p>"
#. help texts 1/1
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562
@@ -2486,12 +2309,9 @@
"password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n"
"<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeer <b>Forceer wachtwoord wijziging</b> om te forceren dat de "
-"gebruiker\n"
-"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als <b>Laatste "
-"wachtwoord\n"
-"wijziging</b> op <i>Nooit</i> is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd "
-"worden\n"
+"<p>Activeer <b>Forceer wachtwoord wijziging</b> om te forceren dat de gebruiker\n"
+"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als <b>Laatste wachtwoord\n"
+"wijziging</b> op <i>Nooit</i> is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd worden\n"
"het wachtwoord te wijzigen.</p>"
#. Help text 2/6
@@ -2520,32 +2340,23 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Aantal extra aanmeldingsdagen na verlopen van wachtwoord</B><BR>\n"
-"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog "
-"aanmelden.\n"
+"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog aanmelden.\n"
"Geef het gewenste aantal dagen op. Gebruik -1 voor een onbeperkte periode.\n"
"</P>\n"
#. Help text 4/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days "
-"a user \n"
+"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n"
"can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Maximum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR>Stel het aantal "
-"dagen in dat een gebruiker hetzelfde wachtwoord mag gebruiken voordat het "
-"verloopt.</P>\n"
+msgstr "<P><B>Maximum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR>Stel het aantal dagen in dat een gebruiker hetzelfde wachtwoord mag gebruiken voordat het verloopt.</P>\n"
#. Help text 5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum "
-"age of \n"
+"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n"
"a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Minimum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR>Stel het aantal "
-"dagen in dat verstreken moet zijn voordat een gebruiker het wachtwoord mag "
-"wijzigen.</P>\n"
+msgstr "<P><B>Minimum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR>Stel het aantal dagen in dat verstreken moet zijn voordat een gebruiker het wachtwoord mag wijzigen.</P>\n"
#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603
@@ -2554,8 +2365,7 @@
"The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n"
"Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Verloopdatum</B><BR>Stel de datum in waarop dit account moet "
-"verlopen. \n"
+"<P><B>Verloopdatum</B><BR>Stel de datum in waarop dit account moet verlopen. \n"
"De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-MM-DD hebben. \n"
"Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.</P>\n"
@@ -2579,181 +2389,88 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n"
-"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the "
-"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
+"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>De waarden wijzigen</b><br>\n"
-"U kunt deze instellingen instellen door de gewenste modules te starten. "
-"Selecteer de module met de knop <b>Instellen</b>.\n"
+"U kunt deze instellingen instellen door de gewenste modules te starten. Selecteer de module met de knop <b>Instellen</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for Password Policy Dialog
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</"
-"b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups "
-"of attributes to configure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer de tabs <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging</b>, <b>Beleid voor "
-"wachtwoordveroudering</b> en <b>Beleid voor uitsluiting</b> om de "
-"beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te "
-"kiezen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer de tabs <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging</b>, <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordveroudering</b> en <b>Beleid voor uitsluiting</b> om de beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te kiezen.</p>"
#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set "
-"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not "
-"be used.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef de waarde voor <b>Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in "
-"geschiedenis</b> op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden "
-"moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Geef de waarde voor <b>Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in geschiedenis</b> op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to "
-"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an "
-"administrator.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen</b> in "
-"om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het "
-"wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen</b> in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd.</p>"
#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their "
-"passwords.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen</b> in om gebruikers toe te "
-"staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen</b> in om gebruikers toe te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen.</p>"
#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82
-msgid ""
-"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, "
-"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden "
-"opgegeven, schakelt u <b>Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging</b> "
-"in.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden opgegeven, schakelt u <b>Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging</b> in.</p>"
#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords "
-"are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be "
-"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are "
-"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has "
-"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> "
-"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be "
-"checked.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd "
-"terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer <b>Geen "
-"controle</b> als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met "
-"<b>Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden zelfs "
-"geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de "
-"gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met <b>Alleen "
-"gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als "
-"de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden "
-"gecontroleerd.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer <b>Geen controle</b> als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met <b>Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met <b>Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in "
-"<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Stel bij <b>Minimale wachtwoordlengte</b> het minimale aantal tekens in dat "
-"moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord.</p>"
+msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "Stel bij <b>Minimale wachtwoordlengte</b> het minimale aantal tekens in dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between "
-"modifications to the password.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet "
-"verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met <b>Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password "
-"expires.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoe lang na de "
-"wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met <b>Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoe lang na de wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt.</p>"
#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long "
-"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages "
-"should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bij <b>Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt</"
-"b> stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een "
-"waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de "
-"verificatie.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt</b> stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de verificatie.</p>"
#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate "
-"in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bij <b>Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord</b> stelt u het "
-"aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor "
-"verificatie.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord</b> stelt u het aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>"
#. help text for pwdLockout attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a "
-"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen</b> in om het gebruik van "
-"een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende "
-"mislukte verbindingspogingen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen</b> in om het gebruik van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the "
-"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the "
-"Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bij <b>Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u het "
-"aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het "
-"wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>"
#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bij <b>Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u in hoe lang het "
-"wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u in hoe lang het wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt.</p>"
#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password "
-"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful "
-"authentication has occurred.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen</b> stelt u in hoe lang het "
-"duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de "
-"mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft "
-"plaatsgevonden.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met <b>Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen</b> stelt u in hoe lang het duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft plaatsgevonden.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. tab label
@@ -2887,8 +2604,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Als er op deze computer persoonlijke mappen van LDAP-gebruikers zijn\n"
"opgeslagen kies dan de toepasselijke optie. Het wijzigen van deze waarde\n"
-"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-"
-"gebruikersmodule\n"
+"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-gebruikersmodule\n"
"waarmee persoonlijke mappen kunnen worden onderhouden.</p>\n"
#. help text caption
@@ -2896,13 +2612,11 @@
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet "
-"or\n"
+"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Klik op <b>Instellen</b> om de, op de LDAP-server opgeslagen,\n"
-"instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw "
-"configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n"
+"instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n"
"naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
@@ -2914,13 +2628,10 @@
#. password policy help
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> "
-"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
+"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
" if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met <b>Bewerken</b>. "
-"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De "
-"configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n"
+"<p>Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met <b>Bewerken</b>. Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n"
" als het wachtwoorbeleid reeds is aangezet in de LDAP-server.</p>"
#. checkbox label
@@ -3211,8 +2922,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n"
-"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but "
-"it\n"
+"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n"
"restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -3259,8 +2969,7 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586
msgid ""
-"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network "
-"environments,\n"
+"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n"
"you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n"
"encrypted with a method other than DES.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3293,19 +3002,14 @@
#. helptext 2/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default "
-"search filters.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: "
-"complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters.</p>"
#. helptext 3/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n"
-"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' "
-"attributes).\n"
+"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n"
"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Met <b>Standaard</b> wordt het standaardfilter geladen uit de\n"
@@ -3328,8 +3032,7 @@
"<br>\n"
"<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n"
"<br>\n"
-"worden alleen gebruikers verkregen wiens gebruikersnaam met een 'u' begint.</"
-"p>\n"
+"worden alleen gebruikers verkregen wiens gebruikersnaam met een 'u' begint.</p>\n"
#. radiobutton label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763
@@ -3409,34 +3112,28 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM "
-"as the login manager.\n"
+"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als "
-"displaymanager gebruikt.\n"
+"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als displaymanager gebruikt.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. helptext 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975
msgid ""
"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n"
-"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from "
-"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Automatisch aanmelden</b><br>\n"
-"De aanmeldingsprocedure wordt overgeslagen als <b>Automatisch aanmelden</b> "
-"geactiveerd is. De uit de lijst gekozen gebruiker wordt automatisch "
-"aangemeld.</p>\n"
+"De aanmeldingsprocedure wordt overgeslagen als <b>Automatisch aanmelden</b> geactiveerd is. De uit de lijst gekozen gebruiker wordt automatisch aangemeld.</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n"
"If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n"
-"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user "
-"to log in automatically.</p>\n"
+"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aanmelding zonder wachtwoord</b><br>\n"
"Als deze optie is geselecteerd, dan kunnen alle gebruikers zich\n"
@@ -3468,8 +3165,7 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126
msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS-server gedaan worden."
+msgstr "Kan gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS-server gedaan worden."
#. Continue/Cancel popup
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135
@@ -3613,8 +3309,7 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to "
-"the\n"
+"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n"
"system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n"
"a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3630,8 +3325,7 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently "
-"shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
+"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3644,16 +3338,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n"
-"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for "
-"new\n"
+"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n"
"users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n"
"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Geavanceerd</b> om verschillende geavanceerde instellingen aan "
-"te\n"
-"kunnen passen: wachtwoordversleutelingstype, "
-"gebruikersauthenticatiemethode,\n"
+"Klik op <b>Geavanceerd</b> om verschillende geavanceerde instellingen aan te\n"
+"kunnen passen: wachtwoordversleutelingstype, gebruikersauthenticatiemethode,\n"
"standaardwaarden voor nieuwe gebruikers, en aanmeldingsinstellingen.\n"
"Met <b>Wijzigingen nu opslaan</b> kunt u alle tot nu gemaakte wijzigingen\n"
"opslaan zonder de configuratiemodule te verlaten.</p>\n"
@@ -3729,8 +3420,7 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify "
-"groups.\n"
+"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -4341,16 +4031,12 @@
#. label
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452
msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read."
-msgstr ""
-"Er zijn meerdere sjablonen als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die "
-"gelezen moet worden."
+msgstr "Er zijn meerdere sjablonen als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die gelezen moet worden."
#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence)
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491
msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again."
-msgstr ""
-"Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat "
-"opstarten."
+msgstr "Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat opstarten."
#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2)
#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2)
@@ -4383,8 +4069,7 @@
"Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1:\n"
"%2\n"
"Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n"
-"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op "
-"te starten."
+"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten."
#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545
@@ -4395,8 +4080,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1.\n"
"Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n"
-"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op "
-"te starten."
+"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten."
#. default error message
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555
@@ -4618,8 +4302,7 @@
#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
-msgstr ""
-"Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven."
+msgstr "Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven."
#. error popup
#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
@@ -4631,8 +4314,7 @@
#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
-msgstr ""
-"Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven."
+msgstr "Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven."
#. error message
#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
@@ -4641,14 +4323,12 @@
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Ondersteuning voor versleuteling is niet geïnstalleerd, home-mappen zullen "
-"NIET versleuteld worden."
+"Ondersteuning voor versleuteling is niet geïnstalleerd, home-mappen zullen NIET versleuteld worden."
#. error popup
#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van mail-forwarding voor root."
+msgstr "Er is fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van mail-forwarding voor root."
#. error popup
#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
@@ -4716,8 +4396,7 @@
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-"
-"gebruiker.\n"
+"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-gebruiker.\n"
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
@@ -5169,8 +4848,7 @@
#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English "
-"keyboard\n"
+"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
"layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n"
"localized keyboard layout.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -5395,10 +5073,8 @@
#~ msgstr "&eDirectory-LDAP"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you "
-#~ "want\n"
-#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
#~ "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan, of als u gebruikers wilt aanmelden\n"
@@ -5411,8 +5087,7 @@
#~ msgstr "De authenticatiemethode is %1 en Kerberos."
#~ msgid "The configuration will be available later during the installation."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De configuratie zal later gedurende de installatie beschikbaar zijn."
+#~ msgstr "De configuratie zal later gedurende de installatie beschikbaar zijn."
#~ msgid "Users %1 will be imported."
#~ msgstr "Gebruikers %1 zullen geïmporteerd worden."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-31 00:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -241,11 +241,8 @@
#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible "
-"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) "
-"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
-"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth "
-"will be reduced by about 10%."
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
msgstr ""
#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
@@ -491,8 +488,7 @@
#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
-"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the "
-"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
"The script is located at %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -522,4 +518,3 @@
#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
-
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/wol.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wol\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-19 12:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Benno Schulenberg <benno(a)vertaalt.nl>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/yast2-apparmor.nl.po 2015-09-09 08:21:52 UTC (rev 92608)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 11:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
1
0
09 Sep '15
Author: keichwa
Date: 2015-09-09 10:21:03 +0200 (Wed, 09 Sep 2015)
New Revision: 92607
Added:
trunk/yast/my/po/docker.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/fonts.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/journal.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/vpn.my.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/my/po/add-on-creator.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/audit-laf.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/control-center.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/firewall-services.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/ftp-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/gtk.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/http-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/inetd.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/instserver.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/iplb.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/isns.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/languages_db.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-client.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/ldap.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/multipath.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses-pkg.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/nfs_server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/nis_server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/oneclickinstall.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/online-update-configuration.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/online-update.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/opensuse_mirror.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/pam.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/product-creator.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/proxy.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/qt-pkg.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/qt.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/relocation-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/samba-users.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/scanner.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/slp-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/sound.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/squid.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/sshd.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/sudo.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/support.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/sysconfig.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/tftp-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/timezone_db.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/tune.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/wol.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/yast2-apparmor.my.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/add-on-creator.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/add-on-creator.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/add-on-creator.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,21 +43,21 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -214,41 +214,41 @@
#. ],
#. ...
#. ]
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
"Select the repository to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr ""
@@ -260,33 +260,33 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
@@ -294,12 +294,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n"
"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n"
@@ -308,102 +308,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965
msgid "Product"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/audit-laf.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/audit-laf.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/audit-laf.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,1070 +17,1108 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. the auth configuration
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33
-msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
+#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "None."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49
-msgid "There is no help for this parameter."
+#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55
-msgid "Default value: "
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59
-msgid "Available values: "
+#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'"
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Authentication Client Config"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
-msgid "Cancel"
+#. Overview of all config sections
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
-msgid "OK"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr ""
-#. Waiting for response
-#. Waiting for response
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338
-msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200
-msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+msgid "Sections"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212
-msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New Service/Domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215
-msgid "New Parameter"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
-msgid "Help"
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Customisation - %s"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
-msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
-msgid "New"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
-msgid "Add New Domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358
-msgid "Name:"
+#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "More Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138
+msgid "Name filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361
-msgid "The identification provider used for the domain"
+#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387
-msgid "Help for creating new domain"
+#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221
+msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391
-msgid "You have to provide a domain name!"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
+msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
msgstr ""
-#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421
-msgid "Basic Settings:"
+#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267
+msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423
-msgid "Services:"
+#. Warn against removal of important parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272
+msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#. Count of active domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273
msgid ""
-"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n"
-"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
-"%s \n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
+#. Save settings - validate
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303
+msgid "No domain enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
+"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#. user must correct the mistake
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321
+msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
msgstr ""
-#. Main dialog contents
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
-msgid "Authentication Client"
+#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605
-msgid "Configured Authentication Domains"
+#. New service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
-msgid "Add"
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
-msgid "Edit"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
-msgid "Delete"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Identification provider:"
msgstr ""
-#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Authentication provider:"
msgstr ""
-#. initialize GUI
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553
-msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity
Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Activate Domain"
msgstr ""
+#. Create new service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
msgstr ""
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
msgstr ""
#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117
-msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122
-msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252
-msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297
-msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385
-msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421
-msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507
-msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853
-msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002
-msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149
-msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
+#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
+msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
+msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
#. end Export
#. ################################################################
#. ################################################################
#. Summary()
#. returns html formated configuration summary
#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -49,20 +49,21 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot();
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
"control file and try again.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612
+#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Reading configuration data"
msgstr ""
@@ -104,7 +105,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr ""
@@ -115,29 +116,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114
msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120
msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr ""
@@ -197,7 +198,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OPEN
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397
msgid "Select a file to load."
msgstr ""
@@ -236,7 +237,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -244,47 +245,73 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unknown sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+msgstr ""
+
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
+#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
+#. bnc#937900
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -449,99 +476,99 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
#. configure general settings
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -829,11 +856,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
msgstr ""
@@ -899,7 +926,7 @@
msgid "System Profile Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45
msgid "&Profile Location:"
msgstr ""
@@ -907,11 +934,11 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117
msgid "Choose a hard disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124
msgid "No disks found."
msgstr ""
@@ -920,7 +947,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -929,13 +956,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. force help text width
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Hard Disk Selection"
msgstr ""
#. there is a selection from that one option has to be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr ""
@@ -1114,19 +1141,19 @@
#. SAVE
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697
msgid "Save as..."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709
msgid "File %1 was saved successfully."
msgstr ""
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716
msgid "An error occurred while saving the file."
msgstr ""
@@ -1265,34 +1292,33 @@
msgid "Source"
msgstr ""
-#. Menu interface
-#. @param list menu items
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
+#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
+#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file."
msgstr ""
#. NEW
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734
msgid "Available Modules"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. EXIT
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
msgid "Control file changed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791
msgid "Save the changes to %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1448,7 +1474,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1458,7 +1484,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1497,7 +1523,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -1789,40 +1815,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
msgstr ""
@@ -1830,22 +1856,22 @@
#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
msgstr ""
#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
msgstr ""
#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2055,7 +2081,7 @@
#. Read rules file
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448
msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2063,12 +2089,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2079,45 +2105,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2127,14 +2153,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2143,7 +2169,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2174,79 +2200,97 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
+#. NTP syncing
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+msgid "Syncing time..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+msgid "Syncing time with %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+msgid "Time syncing failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+msgid "Cannot update system time."
+msgstr ""
+
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2262,12 +2306,19 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
-msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+msgid "%s drive in total"
+msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr ""
#. Return Summary
@@ -2320,7 +2371,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2328,76 +2379,76 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2405,43 +2456,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2450,44 +2501,48 @@
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
+msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr ""
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr ""
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2495,14 +2550,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -25,280 +25,280 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54
msgid "Print the help for this module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72
msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78
msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84
msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line "help" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92
msgid "Print the help for this command"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line "verbose" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98
msgid "Show progress information"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104
msgid "Where to store the XML output"
msgstr ""
#. string: command line interface is not supported
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
msgid "No help available"
msgstr ""
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
msgstr ""
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
msgid "No help available."
msgstr ""
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
msgid "Done"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr ""
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
#. %1 - link to our bugzilla
#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored
#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157
msgid ""
"This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n"
"Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
@@ -373,13 +373,13 @@
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178
msgid "&Save YaST Logs..."
msgstr ""
@@ -387,48 +387,66 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
+#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its
+#. unloading after end of block.
+#. @param [String] package to load
+#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield
+#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed
+#.
+#. @example
+#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do
+#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic")
+#. end
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352
+msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358
+msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180
msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190
msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog caption
#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is list of problems
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200
msgid ""
"The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n"
"Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n"
@@ -443,7 +461,7 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr ""
@@ -453,7 +471,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67
msgid "Unavailable"
msgstr ""
@@ -462,7 +480,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting"
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -475,7 +493,7 @@
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -486,43 +504,43 @@
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
msgid "Via xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr ""
@@ -531,7 +549,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -542,39 +560,39 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
@@ -590,7 +608,7 @@
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -598,38 +616,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48
msgid "Tab"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302
msgid ""
"The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n"
"because it is in use.\n"
@@ -637,71 +655,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup title
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308
msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318
msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333
msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353
msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358
msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -709,14 +727,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -724,7 +742,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -733,7 +751,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -744,27 +762,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
@@ -772,54 +790,54 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
msgid "Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
msgid "Filename"
msgstr ""
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr ""
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr ""
#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882
msgid "Ch."
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -827,21 +845,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n"
"whether the option was changed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928
msgid ""
"<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n"
"and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n"
@@ -849,50 +867,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
msgid "&Other"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr ""
#. Message shown while loading modules information
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197
msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..."
msgstr ""
#. Heading for NCurses Control Center
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224
msgid "YaST Control Center"
msgstr ""
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262
msgid "Run"
msgstr ""
#. show popup when running as non-root
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273
msgid ""
"YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n"
"You can only see modules that do not require root privileges."
msgstr ""
#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320
msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
msgid ""
"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n"
"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n"
@@ -902,26 +920,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n"
"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n"
"<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n"
@@ -931,7 +949,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n"
"try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n"
@@ -939,19 +957,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
msgid ""
"F1 = Help<br>\n"
"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n"
@@ -966,7 +984,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382
msgid ""
"<p>In some environments, all or some\n"
"F keys are not available.</p>"
@@ -974,7 +992,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -982,7 +1000,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -990,7 +1008,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1166,8 +1184,8 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1189,7 +1207,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1385,32 +1403,32 @@
#.
#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
#. @return [String] the release information
-#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62
msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1420,7 +1438,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1430,7 +1448,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1438,29 +1456,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101
msgid "Messages"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109
msgid "Display Messages: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1470,103 +1488,101 @@
#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file
#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed
#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113
+#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118
msgid "Time-out Messages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125
msgid "Log Messages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139
msgid "Display Warnings: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148
msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155
msgid "Log Warnings: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162
msgid "Errors"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
msgid "Display Errors: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178
msgid "Time-out Errors: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
msgid "Log Errors: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
msgid "Error:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
msgid "Message:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1619,25 +1635,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO FIXME
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242
+#. FIXME: do it
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234
msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package."
msgstr ""
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187
msgid "GPG Private Keys"
msgstr ""
#. table header - GPG key user ID
#. table header - GPG key user ID
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226
msgid "User ID"
msgstr ""
@@ -1646,14 +1662,14 @@
#. lazy
#. Standard text strings
#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC"
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55
msgid "Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1661,12 +1677,12 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219
msgid "GPG Public Keys"
msgstr ""
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1674,11 +1690,11 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282
msgid "&Create a new GPG key..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
@@ -1687,12 +1703,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325
msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key."
@@ -1700,18 +1716,18 @@
#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350
msgid "Enter Passphrase"
msgstr ""
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr ""
#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes
#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
-#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107
+#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105
msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made."
msgstr ""
@@ -1760,99 +1776,98 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget
#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs
#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons
-#. menubutton
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case
#. of error in the YaST code)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231
msgid "Log"
msgstr ""
#. logview caption
#. logview caption
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554
+#. menubutton
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545
msgid "&Log"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255
msgid "&Save Log"
msgstr ""
#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390
msgid "Save Log as..."
msgstr ""
#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
msgid "Firewall package is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121
msgid "Firewall port is closed"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124
msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127
msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130
msgid "No network interfaces are configured"
msgstr ""
#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155
msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone"
msgstr ""
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -1861,7 +1876,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -1872,8 +1887,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -1883,29 +1898,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr ""
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -1913,7 +1928,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -1923,60 +1938,60 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr ""
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr ""
@@ -1984,27 +1999,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -2014,326 +2029,326 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
msgid "TAP"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr ""
@@ -2348,55 +2363,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Connected"
msgstr ""
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2407,14 +2422,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2431,47 +2446,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2482,7 +2497,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
@@ -2525,121 +2540,121 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr ""
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
msgid ""
"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
@@ -2676,87 +2691,70 @@
#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
#. ]
#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
msgid "These packages need to be removed:"
msgstr ""
#. labels changed for bug #215195
#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (),
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727
-msgid "Package: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208
-msgid "Size: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231
-msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314
-msgid "Show &details"
-msgstr ""
-
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2765,57 +2763,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -2826,34 +2824,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2862,7 +2860,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2870,90 +2868,85 @@
"Check whether the server is accessible."
msgstr ""
-#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860
-msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2961,103 +2954,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
-#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754
-msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3067,68 +3056,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr ""
-
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3139,27 +3124,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3167,10 +3152,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
+#. check box
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+msgid "Show &details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+msgid "Size: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58
msgid ""
@@ -3178,7 +3176,7 @@
"Ask PackageKit to quit again?"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking software management.\n"
"This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n"
@@ -3190,21 +3188,21 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183
msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112
msgid ""
"Would you like to continue without having access\n"
"to the software management or retry to access it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163
msgid ""
"Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n"
"continue without having access to the software management,\n"
@@ -3212,19 +3210,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187
msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
msgstr ""
#. print the question
#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
@@ -3256,17 +3254,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
@@ -3283,7 +3281,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3292,7 +3290,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3301,7 +3299,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3309,7 +3307,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3322,124 +3320,124 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3465,7 +3463,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3477,16 +3475,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3497,7 +3495,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3508,62 +3506,62 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
msgid "ID: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
msgid "Name: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
msgid "Created: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3577,7 +3575,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3591,12 +3589,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3609,7 +3607,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3622,12 +3620,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3641,7 +3639,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3655,17 +3653,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -3675,7 +3673,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -3683,7 +3681,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3691,7 +3689,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -3700,23 +3698,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3730,12 +3728,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3748,7 +3746,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr ""
@@ -3759,91 +3757,92 @@
#. translators: default global progress bar label
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
-#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
+#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL))
+#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd)
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -4428,49 +4427,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr ""
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+msgid ""
+"File %s has been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose this file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose these files."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416
+#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation."
msgstr ""
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
msgstr ""
#. bnc #421002
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177
msgid "Confirm driver activation"
msgstr ""
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. vendor and device information strings as stored
#. in the hardware-probing database.
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184
msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgstr ""
#. Caption for Textentry with module information
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193
msgid "&Driver/Module to load"
msgstr ""
@@ -4482,7 +4495,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4490,21 +4503,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: "."
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n"
"in the range 0-255 separated by dots."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: colon: ":"
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n"
"hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n"
@@ -4512,7 +4525,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128
msgid ""
"A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n"
"IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n"
@@ -4524,49 +4537,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. Byte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
msgid "B"
msgstr ""
#. KiloByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129
msgid "KiB"
msgstr ""
#. MegaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131
msgid "MiB"
msgstr ""
#. GigaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133
msgid "GiB"
msgstr ""
#. TeraByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135
msgid "TiB"
msgstr ""
-#. covert a number to download rate string
-#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238
-msgid "%1/s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s")
#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s")
#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201
msgid "%1 (on average %2)"
msgstr ""
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
+#. covert a number to download rate string
+#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+msgid "%1/s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection.
#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when
#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules
@@ -4578,18 +4591,18 @@
#. the suggested load command
#.
#. This is the heading of the popup box
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102
msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection"
msgstr ""
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. hardware class name (network cards).
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107
msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:"
msgstr ""
#. Message in a continue/cancel popup
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182
msgid ""
"This module must be run as root.\n"
"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
@@ -4598,49 +4611,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190
msgid "Root Privileges Needed"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207
msgid "Really delete selected entry?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.)
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221
msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. button text
#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel"
#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept".
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508
msgid "&Apply"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339
msgid ""
"YaST\n"
"Initializing ...\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for help popup window
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
msgid "Module"
msgstr ""
@@ -5384,3 +5397,51 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -51,68 +51,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Value: %s"
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -221,7 +178,7 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
@@ -240,12 +197,11 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -254,64 +210,64 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -323,86 +279,91 @@
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""
#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -429,42 +390,34 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42
msgid "D&istributor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
-msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -507,71 +460,70 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132
+#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
msgid "Select File"
msgstr ""
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -581,62 +533,62 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -671,21 +623,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -696,7 +648,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -705,14 +657,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -720,7 +672,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -733,7 +685,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -741,7 +693,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -750,7 +702,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -758,7 +710,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -766,7 +718,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -774,7 +726,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -782,7 +734,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -790,7 +742,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -798,14 +750,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -813,28 +765,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -842,7 +794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -852,27 +804,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
@@ -948,40 +900,113 @@
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr ""
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
+msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
+#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
+msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235
msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -989,7 +1014,7 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1008,106 +1033,106 @@
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2411,8 +2411,8 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429
msgid "Missing value 'caName'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2451,7 +2451,7 @@
msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244
msgid "Getting defaults failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -2465,11 +2465,11 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327
msgid "Initializing the CA failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370
msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -2480,16 +2480,16 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007
msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770
msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2576,7 +2576,7 @@
msgid "Missing value 'days'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359
msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -2630,8 +2630,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2839,100 +2839,100 @@
msgid "Importing the certificate failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321
msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332
msgid "Missing parameter 'type'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343
msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353
msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462
msgid "Parsing failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590
msgid "Parsing the request failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704
msgid "Getting the request list failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779
#, perl-format
msgid "Request not found in %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786
msgid "Cannot read the request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792
msgid "No request data found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835
msgid "Importing the request failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926
msgid "Deleting the request failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001
#, perl-format
msgid "CA key not available in %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030
msgid "Importing the CA failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127
msgid "Deleting the CA failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483
msgid "Keyfile does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502
msgid "Password change failed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -76,304 +76,292 @@
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr ""
#. Set need to require 'set'
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Node ID must be unique"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220
-msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
+msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690
-msgid "Number of threads must be integer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696
-msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
-msgid "Threads:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -386,18 +374,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
@@ -405,7 +392,7 @@
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -414,7 +401,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -425,28 +412,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -465,96 +452,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/control-center.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/control-center.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/control-center.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,38 +16,38 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
msgid "Keyboard configuration."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
msgid "Keyboard configuration summary."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
msgid "List all available keyboard layouts."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
msgid "New keyboard layout"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
msgstr ""
@@ -188,13 +188,19 @@
#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
"Select the layout to use during update:"
msgstr ""
+#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
+#. any error to the user
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
+msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3"
@@ -288,24 +294,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. help for write dialog
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
msgstr ""
@@ -591,8 +597,8 @@
#. label text (Clock setting)
#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
msgid "UTC"
msgstr ""
@@ -607,19 +613,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"Time %1 is in the past.\n"
"Set a correct time before starting installation."
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. menue label text
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&Time Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -737,15 +743,15 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
@@ -757,34 +763,28 @@
#. label text
#. label text
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#. title for combo box 'timezone'
-#. title for selection box 'timezone'
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -802,34 +802,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -879,196 +879,196 @@
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
msgid "Italian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Greek"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Danish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Czech"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
msgid "Polish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
msgid "Russian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
msgid "Korean"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
msgid "US International"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,29 +16,36 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module
-#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56
+#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "Repository Name"
+#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
+msgid "Common for All"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "URL"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
+msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "Ask On Error"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
+msgid "SLES 12"
msgstr ""
-#. help text
+#. combobox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
+msgid "&Location of Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
@@ -48,50 +55,40 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122
-msgid "Repository &URL"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135
-msgid "&Ask On Error"
-msgstr ""
-
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148
msgid "Administrator Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194
msgid "&Mode"
msgstr ""
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
msgid "Bonding &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215
msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network"
msgstr ""
#. help text for conduit if list
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n"
"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n"
@@ -99,117 +96,195 @@
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255
msgid "Subnet Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256
msgid "Network Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275
msgid "Use &VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285
msgid "VLAN &ID"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295
msgid "Rou&ter"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317
msgid "Router pre&ference"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372
msgid "Broa&dcast"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382
msgid "&Add Bridge"
msgstr ""
#. push button label&
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391
msgid "Edit Ran&ges..."
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
msgid "Add &Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+msgid "URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+msgid "Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+msgid "Target Platform"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+msgid ""
+"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
+"Choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+msgid "Server &URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+msgid "Repository Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+msgid "&Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+msgid "Repository &URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label (hint for user)
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+msgid "A&dd Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+msgid "Remote SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+msgid "User name cannot be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
-#. table entry (VLAN status)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861
+#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -217,96 +292,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
-#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501
-msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
msgid ""
"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -315,7 +385,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -350,47 +420,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87
msgid "Crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2227,57 +2227,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2288,101 +2288,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2390,22 +2390,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,15 +15,238 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
+msgid "DNS server configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
+msgid "Start-up settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
+msgid "DNS forwarders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
+msgid "Logging settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
+msgid "DNS zones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
+msgid "Access control lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
+msgid "Zone transport rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
+msgid "Zone name servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
+msgid "Zone mail servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
+msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
+msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
+msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
+msgid "Show current settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
+msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
+msgid "Start DNS server manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
+msgid "Add a new record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
+msgid "Remove a record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
+msgid "IPv4 address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
+msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
+msgid "Set option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
+msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
+msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
+msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
+msgid "Zone name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
+msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
+msgid "DNS zone master server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
+msgid "Enable option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
+msgid "Disable option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
+msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
+msgid "Serial number of zone update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
+msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
+msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
+msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
+msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
+msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
+msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
+msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
+msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
+msgid "Log named queries %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
+msgid "Log zone updates %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
+msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
+msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
msgid "Parameter %1 is required."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -31,68 +254,50 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555
msgid "Start-Up Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
msgid "DNS server needs manual starting."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
msgid "Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
msgid "Forwarder IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
@@ -102,70 +307,57 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661
msgid "Logging destination"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
msgid "System log"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
msgid "File"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
msgid "Filename"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
msgid "Maximum size"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
msgid "Maximum versions"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
msgid "Log named queries"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
msgid "Log zone updates"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
msgid "Log zone transfers"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
msgid "Logging Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
msgid "Setting"
msgstr ""
@@ -173,99 +365,79 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
msgid "Logging Rule"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
msgid "DNS Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
msgid "Master Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
msgid "Predefined"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
msgid "ACLs:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
msgid "Zone Transport:"
msgstr ""
@@ -274,386 +446,92 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
msgid "Enabled ACL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
msgid "Name Servers:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
msgid "Name Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215
msgid "Mail Servers:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
msgid "Record Query"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
msgid "Record Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
msgid "Record Value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
msgid "Hostname Record:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
-msgid "DNS server configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
-msgid "Start-up settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
-msgid "DNS forwarders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
-msgid "Logging settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
-msgid "DNS zones"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
-msgid "Access control lists"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
-msgid "Zone transport rules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
-msgid "Zone name servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
-msgid "Zone mail servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
-msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
-msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
-msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
-msgid "Show current settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
-msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
-msgid "Start DNS server manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
-msgid "Add a new record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
-msgid "Remove a record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
-msgid "IPv4 address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
-msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
-msgid "Set option"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
-msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
-msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
-msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
-msgid "Zone name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
-msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
-msgid "DNS zone master server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
-msgid "Enable option"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
-msgid "Disable option"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
-msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
-msgid "Serial number of zone update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
-msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
-msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
-msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
-msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
-msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
-msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
-msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
-msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
-msgid "Log named queries %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
-msgid "Log zone updates %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
-msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
-msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
@@ -672,8 +550,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -694,10 +572,8 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
-#. check box
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -722,99 +598,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270
-msgid "When &Booting"
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274
-msgid "&Manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280
-msgid "When Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282
-msgid "Manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service status - label
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651
-msgid "DNS server is running."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653
-msgid "DNS server is not running."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620
-msgid "&Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626
-msgid "S&top DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316
-msgid "Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318
-msgid "Stop DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. Frame label (DNS starting)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""
@@ -822,8 +631,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -831,118 +640,89 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
-msgid "Now and When Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
-msgid "Only Manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602
-msgid "Switch On and Off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Current status
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608
-msgid "Current Status: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#. if (! Popup::YesNo (
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719
-msgid ""
-"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
-"be reread from new data storage.\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr ""
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -950,181 +730,181 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
msgid "&Value"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr ""
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr ""
@@ -1133,8 +913,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
@@ -1144,9 +924,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
msgid "Slave"
msgstr ""
@@ -1155,23 +935,34 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr ""
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -1638,13 +1429,8 @@
"Really exit?"
msgstr ""
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70
-msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgstr ""
@@ -2402,197 +2188,197 @@
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
msgid "Stub"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
msgid "Hint"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/my/po/docker.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/docker.my.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/docker.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Only root can start process
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
+msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "Do you want to remove the container?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
+msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "&Images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174
+msgid "&Containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184
+msgid "Docker Images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
+msgid "Running Docker Containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
+msgid "Image ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234
+msgid "Created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
+msgid "Virtual Size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
+msgid "Container ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+msgid "Command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+msgid "Ports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
+msgid "Re&fresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid "R&un"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "&Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
+msgid "S&how Changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
+msgid "Inject &Terminal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296
+msgid "&Stop Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
+msgid "&Kill Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
+msgid "&Commit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
+msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -68,10 +68,14 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+msgid "LVM Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49
msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -216,7 +220,7 @@
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
@@ -250,14 +254,32 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -267,7 +289,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -277,14 +299,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -293,7 +315,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -301,7 +323,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -309,14 +331,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -324,7 +346,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -333,7 +355,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -341,32 +363,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. Default is always true (auto)
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+msgid "Device Filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300
+#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
+#. Ignore the removed disk
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
@@ -375,70 +420,71 @@
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36
-msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting"
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37
+msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41
msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62
msgid "Start DRBD Server Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67
msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74
+#. firewall_layout is just a dialog
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89
msgid "Propagate Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96
msgid ""
"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141
msgid "DRBD server is running."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
msgid "DRBD server is not running."
msgstr ""
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166
msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr ""
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174
msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -470,69 +516,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+msgid "Read LVM configurations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -540,30 +598,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+msgid "Write LVM configurations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/firewall-services.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/firewall-services.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/firewall-services.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -110,11 +110,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
msgid ""
"Your language setting has been changed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -216,22 +216,22 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72
msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78
msgid "&Language"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/my/po/fonts.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/fonts.my.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/fonts.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
+#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
+#. otherwise testsuite will fail
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+msgid "Black and White Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+msgid "CFF Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. for testsuite
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+msgid "installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+msgid "not installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:190
+msgid "Preference List for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. nothing to do here, initialize_familylist_widget will
+#. toggle off/on btn_add_manual as appropriate
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:324
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:325
+msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:328
+msgid "<p>No specimen available for this font and script.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. unlikely
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:333
+msgid "<b>No script found for %s.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:341
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342
+msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. nothing to do nowadays
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496
+msgid ""
+"Family preference list for %s\n"
+"do not contain any installed family.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:499
+msgid ""
+"Please make sure to install at least one for each\n"
+"alias, otherwise this preference setting has no effect.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502
+msgid ""
+"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n"
+"If you install them when this yast module is running,\n"
+"reread the profile to see results.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. <table> do not work for text mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542
+msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543
+msgid ""
+" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n"
+"compiled in FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545
+msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547
+msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560
+msgid "Match for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766
+msgid "Font &Antialiasing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588
+msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769
+msgid "Force A&utohinting On"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772
+msgid "Force Hint St&yle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623
+msgid "Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626
+msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632
+msgid "All Lan&guages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637
+msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644
+msgid "&Select"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777
+msgid "LCD &Filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677
+msgid "&Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688
+msgid "Alias"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+msgid "Font Family"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+msgid "Available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710
+msgid "Down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711
+msgid "Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66
+msgid "&Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719
+msgid "&Installed families..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735
+msgid "Search &Metric Compatible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746
+msgid "Never use o&ther fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775
+msgid "Subpixel &Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799
+msgid "&Rendering Details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803
+msgid "Antialiasing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810
+msgid "Hinting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837
+msgid "Prefered &Families"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844
+msgid "Forcing Family Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860
+msgid "Match &Preview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879
+msgid "&Presets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated
+#. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config
+#. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933
+msgid "Reading Font Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936
+msgid "Read sysconfig file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937
+msgid "Reading %s..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957
+msgid "Font Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958
+msgid " (User Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. misuse back_button a bit
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963
+msgid "&Use system settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975
+msgid "Writing Font Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978
+msgid "Write sysconfig file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979
+msgid "Run fonts-config"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980
+msgid "Writing %s..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981
+msgid "Running fonts-config..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. we are in user mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999
+msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026
+msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027
+msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028
+msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
+msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
+msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033
+msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035
+msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036
+msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
+msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
+msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039
+msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040
+msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042
+msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
+msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
+msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050
+msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056
+msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057
+msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059
+msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060
+msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063
+msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066
+msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068
+msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074
+msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078
+msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
+msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081
+msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
+msgid "<p>See: %s<p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087
+msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
+msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
+msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
+msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
+msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101
+msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
+msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
+msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
+msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
+msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114
+msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
+msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
+msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124
+msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125
+msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127
+msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129
+msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130
+msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
+msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
+msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
+msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142
+msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
+msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
+msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148
+msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149
+msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
+msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
+msgid "&Filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Installed Families"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Font Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Script Coverages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. save unknown langs
+#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240
+msgid "&Languages"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ftp-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/ftp-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/ftp-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1829,20 +1829,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. anonymous dir
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
msgid "FTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094
msgid "FTP daemon %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098
msgid "These options will be configured"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,10 +60,10 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -114,17 +114,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -132,237 +132,292 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
-#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205
+msgid "Authentification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+msgid "Ca&ncel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122
+msgid "Enable Security Auth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
+msgid "Authentification file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
+msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+msgid "Basic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+#. Validation check before switch to authentification
+#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610
+#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621
+#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
+#. Validation check before switch to basic
+#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
-#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("")
+#. Convert relative path to absolute path
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235
msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
msgstr ""
#. List like site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253
msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
#. Create a ticket item
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277
msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
msgstr ""
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
-msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/gtk.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/gtk.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/gtk.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/http-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/http-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/http-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -142,10 +142,10 @@
#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") );
#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil );
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@
#. translators: service status radio button label
#. translators: server module status
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@
#. translators: server module status unknown
#. list of all installed modules
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -606,9 +606,9 @@
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr ""
@@ -662,37 +662,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
msgid "Read Apache2 configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -701,23 +701,23 @@
#. translators: progress step
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: progress finished
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. notification about package needed 1/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185
msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. notification about package needed 2/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189
msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195
msgid ""
"The package %1 is not available.\n"
"\n"
@@ -728,52 +728,52 @@
#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247
msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. off();
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279
msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine."
msgstr ""
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402
msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413
msgid "Write the Apache2 settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
msgid "Enable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418
msgid "Disable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427
msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. install required RPMs for modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441
msgid ""
"The enabled modules require\n"
"installation of some of these additional packages:\n"
@@ -782,55 +782,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550
msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562
msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581
msgid ""
"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n"
"This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596
msgid "Listen statement without port found."
msgstr ""
#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port)
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730
msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. "Default host" information
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750
msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799
msgid " in "
msgstr ""
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778
msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>"
msgstr ""
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@
#. translators: multi selection box
#. translators: multi selection box
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474
msgid "&Listen on Interfaces"
msgstr ""
@@ -1139,24 +1139,24 @@
msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709
msgid "All addresses (*)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714
msgid "IP Addresses"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716
msgid "ServerName"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803
msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80'
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818
msgid ""
"To use name-based virtual hosting,\n"
"you must designate the IP address on the server\n"
@@ -1164,206 +1164,206 @@
"Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854
msgid "Master Zone %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872
msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925
msgid "DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884
msgid "Add to Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
msgid "Create New Zone"
msgstr ""
#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021
msgid "CGI Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028
msgid "Choose Certificate File"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039
msgid "Enter the certificate file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045
msgid "Choose Certificate Key File"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057
msgid "Enter the key file."
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230
msgid "Select Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message un failed certificate import
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222
msgid ""
"Cannot import certificate\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429
msgid "Network &Address:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement
#. translators: popup error
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442
msgid "Invalid port number."
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940
msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943
msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107
msgid "Modules dependency problem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
msgid "requires"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
msgid "Enable required module or disable first one."
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221
msgid "New Module &Name:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239
msgid "A name for the module to add is required."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242
msgid "The module is already in the list."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting
#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305
msgid "The entry '%1' already exists."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326
msgid ""
"The list of the ports to which the server should\n"
"listen cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493
msgid "At least one interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520
msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528
msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536
msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. illegal keys in vhost
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753
#, perl-format
msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739
#, perl-format
msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764
msgid "Illegal host ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786
msgid "hostid already exists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825
msgid "can not delete default host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846
msgid "hostid not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261
msgid "illegal port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278
msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325
msgid "listen value to delete not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798
msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761
msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803
msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
@@ -1371,223 +1371,223 @@
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
msgid "Basic authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54
msgid "User authentication using text files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62
msgid "User Authorization"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70
msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79
msgid "User authentication using DBM files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173
msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185
msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220
msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250
msgid "User-specific directories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258
msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300
msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335
msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345
msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360
msgid "File system provider for mod_dav"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371
msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390
msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411
msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434
msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447
msgid "Server-side image map processing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458
msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467
msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507
msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564
msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571
msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578
msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584
msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590
msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626
msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666
msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715
msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721
msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/inetd.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/inetd.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/inetd.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,23 +15,236 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
+msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog content - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"No installation control file has been found,\n"
+"the installer cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. progress step title
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73
+msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. Dialog busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267
+msgid "Finishing the installation..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
+msgid ""
+"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
+"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
+#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
+#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
+"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+msgid "Start service %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
+msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has failed.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup headline (#x1)
+#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
+#. dialog cotent (progress information)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
+msgid "Starting Installation..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167
+msgid "Confirm Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
+msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
+"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
+"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
+"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
+"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
+"previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+msgid "Confirm Update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
+"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+msgid "Start &Update"
+msgstr ""
+
#. this is a heading
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61
-msgid "Dummy"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66
+msgid "Blacklist Devices"
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:63
-msgid "&Dummy"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68
+msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
+msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
+msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
+msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
@@ -39,112 +252,109 @@
"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
+msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
msgid "Clone System Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:65
-msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60
msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. Create a summary
#. return string
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
msgid "Installation from Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
msgid "&Install from Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144
msgid "&Do not Install from Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
msgstr ""
#. Image name, Image location
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
msgid "Create Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188
msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200
msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
@@ -152,7 +362,7 @@
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
@@ -160,30 +370,31 @@
"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1."
msgstr ""
#. changed to true
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
msgid ""
"Cannot enable installation from images.\n"
"\n"
@@ -192,45 +403,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Installation from &Images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
msgid "No installation images are available"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr ""
#. feedback heading
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51
msgid "Add-on Product Installation"
msgstr ""
#. feedback message
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53
msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
#. %1 represents the the error message details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109
msgid ""
"An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n"
"Details: %1\n"
@@ -240,33 +451,33 @@
#. bnc #542792
#. Repository name must be generated from product details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165
msgid "Updates for %1 %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70
msgid "Run Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
msgid "Skip Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73
msgid "Online Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
msgid "Run Online Update now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76
msgid ""
"Select whether to run an online update now.\n"
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
@@ -276,43 +487,48 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. combobox
#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
msgid "&Language"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
#. bnc #359456
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr ""
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
msgid "License &Translations..."
msgstr ""
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -322,7 +538,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -331,7 +547,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -339,7 +555,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -348,7 +564,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -362,23 +578,23 @@
#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
#. 28 = Operation timeout.
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n"
@@ -386,51 +602,51 @@
#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
msgid "Installation Completed"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 3/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. congratulation text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n"
"to the login screen.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
@@ -438,7 +654,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
@@ -446,29 +662,22 @@
"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dialog busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
-msgid "Finishing the installation..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315
msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled."
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -477,264 +686,245 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
msgid "Installation - Warming Up"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
-#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#. popup headline (#x1)
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379
-msgid "Starting Installation..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
-#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr ""
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr ""
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr ""
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
#. Button to accept a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. Button to reject a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67
msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
-msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -742,7 +932,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -750,22 +940,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
msgid "Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95
msgid ""
"No network setup has been found.\n"
"It is important if using remote repositories,\n"
@@ -773,48 +963,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105
msgid "Configure your network card now?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118
msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126
msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
"have a configured network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
msgid ""
"Network configuration has failed.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for details."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
@@ -822,7 +1012,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
@@ -831,425 +1021,185 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr ""
#. UI wait loop
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
msgid ""
"No desktop type was selected.\n"
"Select the desired desktop environment."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #449818
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
msgstr ""
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgstr ""
-#. kilobytes
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125
+#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
+#. BNC #439104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
-#. question in a popup box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214
-msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216
-msgid "You will lose all changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force_reset
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
-msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
-"resolved before continuing.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. not using tabs
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
-msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
-msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. busy message;
-#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
-msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
-msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
-#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
-msgid ""
-"Configuration saved.\n"
-"There were errors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
-#. do this later manually or not at all
-#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
-#. use newlines for longer translations.
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
-msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
-msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button
-#. menu button
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
-#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
-msgid "&Reset to defaults"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
-"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for installation proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. kicking out, bug #203811
-#. no such headline
-#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _("<p>
-#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install,
-#. click the <b>Mode</b> headline or select <b>Mode</b> in the
-#. <b>Change...</b> menu.
-#. </p>
-#. ");
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for update proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for network configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for service configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
-msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
-msgid ""
-"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
-"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
-#. hardhware configuration.
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
-"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
-msgid "&Update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
-msgid "&Install"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
msgid "Language: %1"
msgstr ""
#. caption for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. +2 thingies on the right
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248
msgid "&Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n"
"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283
-msgid "Starting service %1..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
msgid "Choose one scenario, please."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300
msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgstr ""
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1257,7 +1207,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1266,151 +1216,167 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#. menu button
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+msgid "&Change..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr ""
#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1420,7 +1386,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1430,7 +1396,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1439,7 +1405,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1414,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1456,7 +1422,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1464,17 +1430,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
#. welcome text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71
msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. welcome text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n"
"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
@@ -1483,121 +1449,109 @@
msgstr ""
#. help ttext
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n"
"basic configuration of the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
msgid "Writing automatic configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63
msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60
msgid "Setting up linker cache..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
msgid "Checking the installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
-msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
msgid "Moving to installed system..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
-msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1611,202 +1565,252 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50
-msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42
+msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
-msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
+msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
-msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+#. question in a popup box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"No installation control file has been found,\n"
-"the installer cannot continue."
+#. explain consequences of a decision
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
-"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+#. while input loop
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
+msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
-#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
-#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
+#. to store profile after installation
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
+msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error message is a popup
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
msgid ""
-"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
-"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
+"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278
-msgid "Start service %1"
+#. busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298
-msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+#. busy message;
+#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304
-msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357
+#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
+#. text for a message box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
msgid ""
-"The previous installation has failed.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+"Configuration saved.\n"
+"There were errors."
msgstr ""
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
+#. do this later manually or not at all
+#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
+#. use newlines for longer translations.
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:199
-msgid "Confirm Installation"
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202
-msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
+msgid "&Export Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
-"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
-"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
-"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
+#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
-"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
-"previous dialogs.</p>"
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254
-msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+#. menu button item
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242
-msgid "Confirm Update"
+#. FATE #120373
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246
-msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248
+#. @return [String] translated headline
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57
+msgid "Installation Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
-"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
+"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:258
-msgid "Start &Update"
+#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42
-msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+#. Help text for installation proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44
-msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+#. so update
+#. Help text for update proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63
-msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
+#. Help text for network configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69
-msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
+#. Help text for service configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
-msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
+#. Proposal in uml module
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35
-msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+msgid ""
+"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
+"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
+#. hardhware configuration.
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Text to display
#.
#. @return String
-#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. Writes configuration
+#.
+#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
+#. Snapper is configured.
+#.
+#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
+#. otherwise it returns false.
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr ""
-#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#. count megabytes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1814,19 +1818,19 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/instserver.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/instserver.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/instserver.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/iplb.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/iplb.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/iplb.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Log Out"
+msgid "Disconnect"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
@@ -123,9 +123,6 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Log In"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -207,8 +204,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -300,49 +297,42 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
-msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -357,12 +347,20 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
+msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -413,24 +411,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
msgid ""
-"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
+"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -438,36 +442,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -556,7 +560,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -564,7 +568,12 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
@@ -507,101 +507,110 @@
#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
msgid "Client name already exists!"
msgstr ""
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
msgid "New client name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+msgid ""
+"There isn't any client specified.\n"
+"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
+"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
+"Really want to continue without client access?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
@@ -615,12 +624,12 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
-#. local IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420
+#. scope link IPv6
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/isns.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/isns.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/isns.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/my/po/journal.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/journal.my.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/journal.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return the result as an array of Items
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Time interval"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65
+msgid "With no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the time interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90
+msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102
+msgid "Between these dates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104
+msgid "Since system's boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "From previous boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys
+#.
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label short label for the filter
+#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Units"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "For these systemd units"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135
+msgid "For these files (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140
+msgid "Priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,197 +46,197 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158
msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182
msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
msgid "Email address for sending notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209
msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229
msgid "Shows current option status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234
msgid "Size of allocated memory MB"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241
msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248
msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254
-msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
msgid "Name of server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267
msgid "Port for connection"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272
msgid "Directory for saving dump images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279
msgid "Exported share"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284
msgid "User name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289
msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296
msgid "udev_id of raw partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
msgid "Include command line options."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331
msgid "Email address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365
msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415
msgid "Display Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420
msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425
msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431
msgid "Kdump is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437
msgid "Dump Level: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445
msgid "Dump Format: %1"
msgstr ""
#. parsing target info
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452
msgid "Dump Target Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457
msgid "target: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -245,8 +245,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582
msgid "file directory: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -254,113 +254,113 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575
msgid "server name: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528
msgid "port: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597
msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602
msgid "user name: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589
msgid "share: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610
msgid "EMPTY"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618
msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629
msgid "Kdump command line: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640
msgid "Kdump command line append: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650
msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681
msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692
msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701
msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709
msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720
msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -379,39 +379,39 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250
msgid "Wrong options were used."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778
msgid "Dump level was set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807
msgid "Wrong value of option."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803
msgid "Dump format was set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810
msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -419,8 +419,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016
msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing."
msgstr ""
@@ -428,48 +428,48 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983
msgid "Value for \"server\" missing."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995
msgid "Value for \"share\" missing."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037
msgid "Wrong value for target."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148
msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168
msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188
msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245
msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257
msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275
msgid "No option has been defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -479,12 +479,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. proposal part - kdump label
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82
msgid "Kdump"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr ""
@@ -574,20 +574,24 @@
msgid "FTP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
-msgid "SSH (scp)"
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223
+msgid "SSH"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224
+msgid "SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
msgid "NFS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
msgid "CIFS (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251
msgid "&SMTP Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -595,7 +599,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -604,114 +608,114 @@
#. password entry
#. password entry
#. password entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287
msgid "Notification &To"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Notifica&tion CC"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361
msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps"
msgstr ""
#. "handle" :
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427
msgid "Kdump Memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Kdump Start-Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Dump Filtering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463
msgid "Dump Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "SMTP Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Notification Email Addresses"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Email Notification"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506
msgid "Command Line"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514
msgid "Dump Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "Kdump Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -758,14 +762,14 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
@@ -774,7 +778,7 @@
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n"
@@ -785,10 +789,10 @@
" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
-"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n"
+"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
@@ -796,16 +800,34 @@
" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
+"<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n"
+" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
+" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
+" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
+" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
+msgid ""
+"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n"
+"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n"
+"by default.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
@@ -816,7 +838,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n"
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
@@ -824,14 +846,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
" Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n"
@@ -840,14 +862,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
@@ -855,7 +877,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n"
" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n"
@@ -865,66 +887,66 @@
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Server
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP User Name
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Password
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification To (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -933,14 +955,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n"
@@ -949,7 +971,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -957,7 +979,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n"
@@ -965,14 +987,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n"
@@ -1014,6 +1036,10 @@
msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
+msgid "SSH / SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entries
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196
msgid "Exported Sha&re"
@@ -1070,126 +1096,132 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
+#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
+msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/languages_db.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/languages_db.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/languages_db.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-client.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/ldap-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,653 +15,39 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53
-msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66
-msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73
-msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83
-msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91
-msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97
-msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the server option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103
-msgid "The LDAP server name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the base option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110
-msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117
-msgid "Create default configuration objects."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123
-msgid "LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'automounter' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130
-msgid "Start or stop automounter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'tls' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146
-msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'sssd' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154
-msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162
-msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'realm' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170
-msgid "Kerberos Realm"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177
-msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. password entering label
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313
-msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88
+#: src/ui.rb:88
msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96
+#: src/ui.rb:96
msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings"
msgstr ""
-#. popup window
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130
-msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. multiselection box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152
-msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206
-msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255
-msgid "Use SSL/TLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264
-msgid "Protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278
-msgid "StartTLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286
-msgid "LDAPS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300
-msgid "TLS Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310
-msgid "Request server certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320
-msgid "Certificates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330
-msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336
-msgid "B&rowse"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345
-msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351
-msgid "Brows&e"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360
-msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365
-msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425
-msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437
-msgid "Choose the certificate file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462
-msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The downloaded certificate file\n"
-"\n"
-"'%1'\n"
-"\n"
-"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533
-msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535
-msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
-"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
-"removed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3.5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546
-msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
-"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561
-msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 6/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
-"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n"
-" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n"
-" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n"
-" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n"
-" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579
-msgid ""
-"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n"
-" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n"
-" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
-" is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 8/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-"<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
-"<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 9/9 (additional)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
-"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
-"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
-"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625
-msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635
-msgid "Disable User &Logins"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648
-msgid "User Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663
-msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672
-msgid "&Use LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687
-msgid "LDAP Client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697
-msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703
-msgid "F&ind"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711
-msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717
-msgid "F&etch DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733
-msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90
-msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. question popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765
-msgid ""
-"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n"
-"\n"
-"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n"
-"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n"
-"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838
-msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845
-msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853
-msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has
-#. enabled NIS client before
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871
-msgid ""
-"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
-"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941
-msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947
-msgid ""
-"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
-"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
-"the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
-"restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no question
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970
-msgid ""
-"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n"
-"Enable certificate checks now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015
-msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017
-msgid ""
-"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
-"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
-"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
-"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
-"The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034
-msgid ""
-"<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n"
-"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n"
-"or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042
-msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
-"server.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050
-msgid ""
-"<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-"<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
-"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057
-msgid ""
-"<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142
-msgid "C&lient Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144
-msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146
-msgid "Naming Contexts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180
-msgid "&User Map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186
-msgid "&Browse"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194
-msgid "&Group Map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332
-msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208
-msgid "&Autofs Map"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240
-msgid "&Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248
-msgid "Default Real&m"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250
-msgid "&KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257
-msgid "LDAP Schema"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269
-msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281
-msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291
-msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298
-msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326
-msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341
-msgid "Administrator &DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347
-msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355
-msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364
-msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384
-msgid "Advanced Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500
-msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507
-msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
-msgstr ""
-
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592
+#: src/ui.rb:144
msgid ""
"If you reread settings from the server,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616
+#: src/ui.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Configure the template used for creating \n"
"new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620
+#: src/ui.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624
+#: src/ui.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n"
"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n"
@@ -670,66 +56,66 @@
#. table header 1/2
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033
+#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr ""
#. table header 2/2
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035
+#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (table folows)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701
+#: src/ui.rb:253
msgid "Default Values for New Objects"
msgstr ""
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707
+#: src/ui.rb:259
msgid "Attribute of Object"
msgstr ""
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709
+#: src/ui.rb:261
msgid "Default Value"
msgstr ""
#. button label (with non-default shortcut)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715
+#: src/ui.rb:267
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717
+#: src/ui.rb:269
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729
+#: src/ui.rb:281
msgid "Object Template Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832
+#: src/ui.rb:384
msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090
+#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636
msgid ""
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
msgstr ""
#. helptext 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886
+#: src/ui.rb:438
msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890
+#: src/ui.rb:442
msgid ""
"<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n"
"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n"
@@ -738,7 +124,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897
+#: src/ui.rb:449
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
@@ -746,7 +132,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903
+#: src/ui.rb:455
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n"
"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n"
@@ -754,33 +140,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983
+#: src/ui.rb:535
msgid "Configuration &Module"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007
+#: src/ui.rb:559
msgid "C&onfigure Template"
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051
+#: src/ui.rb:598
msgid "Module Configuration"
msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118
-msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154
-msgid ""
-"You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
-"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label (init dialog)
-#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ldap.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/ldap.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/ldap.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/multipath.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/multipath.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/multipath.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@
msgid "alias"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955
msgid "wwid"
msgstr ""
@@ -115,90 +115,79 @@
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258
msgid "Illegal parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329
msgid "Duplicated configuration."
msgstr ""
#. used for store undecided input
#. used for store undecided input
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr ""
#. do not do with number id
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443
msgid "Illegal parameter:"
msgstr ""
#. devices section
#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file.
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561
msgid "Illegal parameters:"
msgstr ""
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943
msgid "item"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343
msgid "Duplicated configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607
msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath"
msgstr ""
#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647
msgid "Use multipath failed:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654
-msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653
msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd."
msgstr ""
-#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663
msgid "* Cannot start multipathd."
msgstr ""
-#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath");
#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd");
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683
msgid "Do not use multipath failed:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689
msgid "* Cannot stop multipath."
msgstr ""
-#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699
msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725
-msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
@@ -290,35 +279,35 @@
#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one.
#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore.
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939
msgid "should be a decimal integer"
msgstr ""
#. replacewidget_notify = true;
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396
msgid "illegal value"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674
msgid "should be greater than 0"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737
msgid "invalid decimal integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278
msgid "should not be empty"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses-pkg.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses-pkg.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses-pkg.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,82 +16,82 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. headline of package versions popup
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990
msgid "Package Versions"
msgstr ""
#. text above of list of all package versions
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105
msgid "&Packages with Status"
msgstr ""
#. headline - packages with automatic status change
#. headline of a popup with packages
#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
msgid "Automatic Changes"
msgstr ""
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following"
msgstr ""
#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
msgid "&Continue anyway"
msgstr ""
#. headline of a popup showing the package license
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502
msgid "End User License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. label text - keep it short
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691
msgid "Filter: "
msgstr ""
#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698
msgid "Total Download Size: "
msgstr ""
#. Help button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107
msgid "&Help"
msgstr ""
#. add the Cancel button
#. begin: the label of the Cancel button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. add the OK button
#. the label of an Accept button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747
msgid "C&onfiguration"
msgstr ""
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the label of the selections
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr ""
@@ -364,40 +364,50 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180
+#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
+msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. part 2 of the text
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
+msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
msgstr ""
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
msgstr ""
-#. part 2 of the text
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251
-msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265
+#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
msgstr ""
@@ -546,7 +556,7 @@
#. column header package description (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""
@@ -742,292 +752,292 @@
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label of a frame with search settings
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
msgid "&Search in "
msgstr ""
#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:)
#. text for the package search popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312
msgid "Search &Phrase"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332
msgid "Code"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. column header package name (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. column header installed package version (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
msgid "Avail. Vers."
msgstr ""
#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
msgid "Inst. Vers."
msgstr ""
#. column header package size (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
#. column header package architecture (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
#. column header patch kind (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
msgid "Kind"
msgstr ""
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416
msgid "Solving..."
msgstr ""
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422
msgid "Saving..."
msgstr ""
#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
msgid "Loading..."
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the disk space popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
msgid "Disk Usage Overview"
msgstr ""
#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
msgid "Partition"
msgstr ""
#. column header used disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
msgid "Used"
msgstr ""
#. column header free disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
msgid "Free"
msgstr ""
#. column header total disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>"
msgstr ""
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
msgid "needs"
msgstr ""
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
msgid "more disk space."
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
msgid "<b>Version: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
msgid "<b>Size: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
msgid "<b>Installed: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
msgid "<b>Authors: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
msgid "<b>License: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
msgid "<b>Provides: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
msgid "<b>Requires: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561
msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. headline for a list of installed files
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576
msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the help popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for a warning popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""
#. label for an error popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""
#. label for a notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669
msgid "Notify"
msgstr ""
#. the label of an OK button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
msgid "&OK"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the Yes button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the No button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705
msgid "&No"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user
#. has to make some action (#213602)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
msgstr ""
#. text for a Notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721
msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
msgid "Available Languages"
msgstr ""
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
msgid "Available Repositories"
msgstr ""
@@ -1035,61 +1045,61 @@
#. (the list shows all patches which are needed)
#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" );
#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" );
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746
msgid "Needed Patches"
msgstr ""
#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754
msgid "Installed Patches"
msgstr ""
#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
msgid "Online Update Patches"
msgstr ""
#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars )
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
msgid "Update Problem -- see help"
msgstr ""
#. the label for Filter: Search results
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
msgid "Search Results"
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the dependency popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
msgid "Package Dependencies"
msgstr ""
#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
msgid "Source"
msgstr ""
#. menu entry Update List
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
msgid "&Update List"
msgstr ""
#. part of the patch description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
msgid "<b>Patch: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819
msgid "No patches available"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825
msgid "Script"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/ncurses.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -51,34 +51,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:163
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:161
msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected
#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected
#. fail message: a string is expected
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:188
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:186
msgid "InvalidHostname. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208
msgid "Invalid IP. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:225
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:223
msgid "Cannot set "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:226
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:224
msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:245
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:243
msgid "Invalid option value."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:254
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:252
msgid "Internal error"
msgstr ""
@@ -88,35 +88,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -124,13 +124,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
@@ -147,49 +147,49 @@
#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288
msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr ""
#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347
msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349
msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description
#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped
#. @return [String] proposal html text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361
msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363
msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
@@ -202,139 +202,139 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:125
+#: src/clients/host.rb:123
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107
msgid "Connecting to Internet..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109
msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111
msgid "Closing connection..."
msgstr ""
#. Test dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239
msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
msgstr ""
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Label for result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
msgid "Test Result:"
msgstr ""
#. Push Button to abort internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299
msgid "&Abort Test"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label: status of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304
msgid "Test Status"
msgstr ""
#. Push Button to see logs of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314
msgid "&View Logs..."
msgstr ""
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351
msgid "Success"
msgstr ""
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355
msgid "Failure"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386
msgid "Kernel Routing Table"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406
msgid "Hostname Lookup"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426
msgid "Kernel Messages"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576
msgid "Download of Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719
msgid ""
"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n"
"RPM signature check failed."
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746
msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -345,26 +345,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr ""
@@ -411,61 +411,50 @@
msgid "Config identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:136
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:137
msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:140
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:141
msgid "Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:145
-msgid "Device boot protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:150
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:146
msgid "Device IP address"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:155
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:151
msgid "Network mask"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:160
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:156
msgid "Prefix length"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:165
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:161
msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:170
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:166
msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:175
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:171
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr ""
-#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
-#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
-#. has higher priority
-#.
-#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
-#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
-#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
-#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
-#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
-#. Other elements may have similar problems,
-#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
+#. see bnc#498993
+#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
+#. we'll keep values from installation
+#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -480,28 +469,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Selection box item
-#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110
+#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/network.rb:90
+#: src/clients/network.rb:88
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Network dialog help
-#: src/clients/network.rb:93
+#: src/clients/network.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n"
" the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Selection box label
-#: src/clients/network.rb:107
+#: src/clients/network.rb:105
msgid "&Available Network Modules:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/network.rb:125
+#: src/clients/network.rb:123
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr ""
@@ -521,12 +510,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:128
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. Command line error message
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:148
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:146
msgid ""
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
@@ -545,7 +534,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -616,109 +605,109 @@
#. main ui function
#. Frame label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
msgid "Routing Table"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 1/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
msgid "Destination"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 2/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
msgid "Gateway"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 4/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91
msgid "Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:427
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:276
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:282
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:292
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:302
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:324
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:333
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:419
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -740,149 +729,149 @@
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
msgid "USB ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
msgid "USB FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
msgid "USB ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226
msgid "PCMCIA Modem"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
msgid "USB Modem"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230
msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234
msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
msgid "USB Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr ""
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr ""
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
msgid "Managed"
msgstr ""
@@ -954,73 +943,73 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "- Download latest release notes"
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207
msgid "- Check for latest updates"
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212
msgid "- Close connection"
msgstr ""
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "The following steps will be performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231
msgid "Select:"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "N&o, Skip Update"
msgstr ""
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Online Updates Available"
msgstr ""
#. Label text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
msgstr ""
#. Heading
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "&Select Log:"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1028,7 +1017,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
@@ -1038,7 +1027,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
@@ -1049,156 +1038,156 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr ""
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1206,13 +1195,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1223,20 +1212,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1246,7 +1235,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1254,61 +1243,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO:
-#. "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209
+#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole
+#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1318,7 +1306,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -1505,11 +1493,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview();
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89
msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98
msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
msgstr ""
@@ -1517,23 +1505,23 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr ""
@@ -1571,17 +1559,17 @@
msgid "Note"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup, #178848
#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153
msgid ""
"A Xen network bridge was detected.\n"
"Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n"
@@ -1591,7 +1579,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1599,7 +1587,7 @@
"to this configuration dialog.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1612,20 +1600,20 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr ""
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1635,12 +1623,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1649,7 +1637,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -1676,7 +1664,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1684,20 +1672,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1705,7 +1693,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1713,19 +1701,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1733,91 +1721,76 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
-msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290
msgid "&USB"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
-msgid "&Hotplug Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307
-msgid "P&CI"
-msgstr ""
-
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368
msgid "Change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379
msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr ""
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389
msgid "Blink"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr ""
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -1825,25 +1798,25 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489
msgid "&Search"
msgstr ""
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1851,138 +1824,138 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -1990,41 +1963,41 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n"
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n"
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n"
@@ -2032,28 +2005,35 @@
"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
+#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678)
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
msgid ""
+"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n"
+"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n"
+"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n"
+"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66
+msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a network card to change or remove.\n"
@@ -2061,7 +2041,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2071,12 +2051,12 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2085,7 +2065,7 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2093,13 +2073,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2107,14 +2087,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
@@ -2123,7 +2103,7 @@
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2132,14 +2112,14 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2147,7 +2127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2155,7 +2135,7 @@
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2163,7 +2143,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2173,7 +2153,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2187,26 +2167,26 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2214,7 +2194,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2222,7 +2202,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2230,7 +2210,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2238,19 +2218,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2261,11 +2241,11 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2275,19 +2255,19 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2297,7 +2277,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
@@ -2310,36 +2290,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
-" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
+"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
-msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2356,14 +2336,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2372,8 +2351,7 @@
"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2384,8 +2362,7 @@
"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2405,8 +2382,7 @@
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2416,7 +2392,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2426,15 +2402,13 @@
"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -2443,29 +2417,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2492,26 +2466,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75
msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79
msgid "TTLS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81
msgid "PEAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83
msgid "TLS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n"
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
@@ -2519,11 +2493,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98
msgid "&Identity"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
@@ -2532,22 +2506,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110
msgid "&Anonymous Identity"
msgstr ""
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125
msgid "&Client Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
@@ -2557,23 +2531,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143
msgid "Client &Key"
msgstr ""
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156
msgid "Client Key Pass&word"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority)
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166
msgid "&Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n"
"a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n"
@@ -2581,22 +2555,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220
msgid ""
"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n"
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238
msgid "&Authentication Method"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n"
"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n"
@@ -2605,144 +2579,144 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button group label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249
msgid "&PEAP Version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
msgid "&Any"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2750,20 +2724,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2772,94 +2746,80 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726
-msgid ""
-"<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
-"the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734
-msgid "&Frequency"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2869,7 +2829,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2879,97 +2839,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -3010,12 +2970,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3023,75 +2983,68 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
-#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
-#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265
-msgid "unplugged"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -3101,122 +3054,122 @@
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127
msgid "The domain name is invalid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134
msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144
msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151
msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154
msgid "Only Manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
msgid "Use Default Policy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
msgid "Use Custom Policy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167
msgid "&Custom Policy Rule"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177
msgid "Name Server &1"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193
msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201
msgid "Do&main Search"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228
msgid "Name Server &2"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230
msgid "Name Server &3"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251
msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268
msgid "Hostname/DNS"
msgstr ""
@@ -3225,7 +3178,7 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event
#. @param event the event being handled
#. @return nil so that the dialog loops on
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442
msgid "No interface with dhcp"
msgstr ""
@@ -3233,28 +3186,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3301,12 +3254,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3375,7 +3328,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3400,12 +3353,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54
msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression"
msgstr ""
#. dial prefix regex help
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n"
"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
@@ -3415,67 +3368,67 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button group label,method of setup
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69
msgid "Setup Method"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75
msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77
msgid "S&tatic Address Setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80
msgid "<p>H</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95
msgid "At Boot Time"
msgstr ""
#. is a part of the static help text
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102
msgid "Never"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106
msgid "By NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111
msgid ""
"<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n"
"controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST."
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n"
"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
msgid "On Cable Connection"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129
msgid ""
"<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n"
"The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n"
@@ -3484,12 +3437,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138
msgid "On Hotplug"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140
msgid ""
"With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n"
"the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n"
@@ -3498,35 +3451,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149
msgid "On NFSroot"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151
msgid ""
"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
-"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184
msgid "Activate &Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
@@ -3534,219 +3478,228 @@
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235
msgid "IPoIB Device Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246
msgid "Firewall is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253
msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254
msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255
msgid "576 (dial-up)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262
msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263
msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr ""
#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287
msgid "NetworkManager Service"
msgstr ""
#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Traditional ifup"
msgstr ""
#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303
msgid "Wicked Service"
msgstr ""
#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311
msgid "Network Services Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
msgstr ""
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr ""
+#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration
+#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten
+#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
+#.
+#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+msgid "configured"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue
#.
#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23
msgid "Confirm Network Restart"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24
msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93
msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99
msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3875,7 +3828,7 @@
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
@@ -3886,241 +3839,240 @@
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
#. Import data
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME:
-#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
+#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -4156,12 +4108,12 @@
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4169,59 +4121,59 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
#. at first stop the running routes
-#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
+#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,55 +16,55 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. Command line help text for the nfs module
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29
msgid "Configuration of NFS client"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43
msgid "List configured NFS mounts"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50
msgid "Add an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55
msgid "Edit an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60
msgid "Delete an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. host:path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_spec
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70
msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')"
msgstr ""
#. path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_file
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79
msgid "Local mount point"
msgstr ""
#. a list?
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_mntops
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89
msgid "Mount options"
msgstr ""
#. nfs or nfs4
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_type
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98
msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs."
msgstr ""
@@ -73,49 +73,49 @@
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160
msgid "Remote File System"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236
msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334
msgid "No NFS mount specified."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253
msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271
msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83
msgid ""
"The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n"
"shorter than 50 characters and only use\n"
@@ -126,14 +126,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -141,14 +141,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p>The table contains all directories \n"
"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n"
"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n"
@@ -157,14 +157,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 3 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
@@ -175,29 +175,29 @@
#. selection box label
#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows
#. NFS servers only
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249
msgid "&NFS Server Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label
#. choose a host from a list
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255
msgid "Choo&se"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263
msgid "&Remote Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -205,48 +205,48 @@
#. select from a list of remote filesystems
#. make it short
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275
msgid "NFS&v4 Share"
msgstr ""
#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
msgid "pNFS (v4.1)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287
msgid "&Mount Point (local)"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. browse directories to select a mount point
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""
#. label message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: 1st part of error message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325
msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...)
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331
msgid ""
"\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -254,18 +254,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356
msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..."
msgstr ""
#. heading for a directory selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371
msgid "Select the Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n"
"<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n"
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
#. help text 2/4
#. added "Select" button
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429
msgid ""
"<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n"
"enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n"
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439
msgid ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n"
@@ -292,64 +292,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450
msgid ""
"<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n"
"read the man page mount(8).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482
msgid "Remote Directory"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486
msgid "NFS Type"
msgstr ""
-#. `VSpacing (1),
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522
+#. #211570
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508
msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527
msgid "&NFS Shares"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
msgid "NFS &Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Default values
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -357,76 +357,76 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
msgid "Start services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140
msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed."
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149
-msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\""
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151
+msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155
msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159
msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163
msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/nfs_server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/nfs_server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/nfs_server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1"
msgstr ""
-#. firewall openning help
+#. firewall opening help
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028
msgid "NIS client"
msgstr ""
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864
msgid "Fin&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -261,11 +261,6 @@
msgid "&Use NIS"
msgstr ""
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr ""
-
#. button label (short for Expert settings)
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489
msgid "E&xpert..."
@@ -276,9 +271,14 @@
msgid "NFS Configuration..."
msgstr ""
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499
+msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
msgid "Configuration of NIS client"
msgstr ""
@@ -286,12 +286,12 @@
#. but the domain is unknown.
#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers
#. but the domain is unknown.
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904
msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593
msgid ""
"When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n"
"you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n"
@@ -299,137 +299,137 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676
msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
#. Check, ie. turn on a check box
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684
msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692
msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731
msgid "Expert settings"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708
msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712
msgid "Br&oken server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind')
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719
msgid "Other &ypbind options"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: multilineedit label
#. comma: ","
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846
msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874
msgid "Domain Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit...
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877
msgid "&Domain name"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932
msgid "This domain is already defined."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937
msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgstr ""
#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946
msgid ""
"Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n"
"does not make any sense. Select just one option."
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979
msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987
msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
#. dialog subtitle
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038
msgid "Additional Domains"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
msgid "Domain"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. summary header
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. table header - Service Location Protocol
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009
msgid "SLP"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
msgid "Servers"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: a yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123
msgid "Really delete this domain?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text FIXME better...
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253
msgid "NIS is now enabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -503,46 +503,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206
msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
msgid "Start services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227
msgid "Writing NIS client settings"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252
msgid "Error while running ypclient."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/nis_server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/nis_server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/nis_server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,25 +71,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -1174,27 +1174,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
msgid "Read NTP settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1204,115 +1204,115 @@
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/oneclickinstall.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/oneclickinstall.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/oneclickinstall.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
#. Remove any removals
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291
msgid "Removing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264
msgid "Installing Patterns..."
msgstr ""
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -354,36 +354,36 @@
msgid "Adding repository %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123
msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. * Install all the specified packages
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185
msgid "Marking package %1 for installation"
msgstr ""
#. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo.
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211
msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225
msgid "Performing Installation..."
msgstr ""
#. * Install all the specified patterns
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252
msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/online-update-configuration.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/online-update-configuration.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/online-update-configuration.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/online-update.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/online-update.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/online-update.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51
msgid ""
"Packages for package management were updated.\n"
-"Finishing and restarting now."
+"Finishing and restarting YaST now."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
@@ -284,70 +284,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 "
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236
msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress"
msgstr ""
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM).
#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 "
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284
msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
msgstr ""
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 "
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337
-msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354
msgid "Script Execution Progress"
msgstr ""
#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360
msgid "Starting script %1"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430
msgid ""
"Patch %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popoup (detailed info follows)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549
msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/opensuse_mirror.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/opensuse_mirror.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/opensuse_mirror.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -191,14 +191,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346
msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348
msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?"
msgstr ""
@@ -216,63 +216,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646
msgid "Check network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648
msgid "Download list of online repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653
msgid "Checking network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655
msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664
msgid "Initialize the repository manager"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669
msgid "Initializing the repository manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679
msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685
msgid ""
"<p>The packager is being initialized and \n"
"the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717
msgid ""
"Cannot download list of repositories,\n"
"no network configured."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795
msgid ""
"No product URL defined from which to download\n"
"list of repositories.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809
msgid ""
"Unable to download list of repositories\n"
"or no repositories defined."
@@ -281,12 +281,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text
#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes")
#. see *4
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915
msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository
#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository
#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n"
@@ -309,56 +309,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237
msgid "List of Online Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254
msgid "&List of Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260
msgid "Repository Description"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264
msgid ""
"<p>List of default online repositories.\n"
"Click on a repository for details.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374
msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -369,46 +369,46 @@
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514
msgid "Adding repository %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591
msgid "Delete deselected online repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593
msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601
msgid "Add all selected online repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606
msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615
msgid "Add repository: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step,
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624
msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..."
msgstr ""
#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736
msgid ""
"Low memory detected.\n"
"\n"
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
@@ -772,61 +772,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr ""
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -939,20 +939,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1333,71 +1333,79 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
+#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
+#. or check the content file
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
+msgid ""
+"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
+"The add-on product cannot be registered."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -1478,7 +1486,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
@@ -1487,169 +1495,169 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr ""
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr ""
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr ""
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr ""
#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr ""
#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr ""
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
msgstr ""
#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1660,12 +1668,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1673,50 +1681,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr ""
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr ""
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1724,7 +1732,7 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
-#. @param string filename
+#. @param [String] license_ident file name
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1760,37 +1768,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
+#. #459391
+#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr ""
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -1839,202 +1855,192 @@
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr ""
-#. remote
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
msgid "&Scan Using SLP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
msgid "Commun&ity Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720
-msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47
-msgid "&NFS..."
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+msgid "NF&S..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2043,53 +2049,53 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2099,23 +2105,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2124,42 +2130,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2167,17 +2173,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2187,20 +2193,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2213,7 +2219,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2221,11 +2227,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2237,12 +2243,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2250,71 +2256,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2329,7 +2335,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2338,12 +2344,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2351,7 +2357,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2359,7 +2365,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2369,7 +2375,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2378,25 +2384,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
-#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359
+#. use three slashes as third slash means path
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2406,15 +2412,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
+#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
+msgstr ""
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
msgid "Initializing Available Repositories"
@@ -2508,7 +2521,7 @@
#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/pam.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/pam.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/pam.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,18 +43,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:651
+#: src/Package.cc:655
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:657
+#: src/Package.cc:661
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
#. still not initialized, throw an exception
#. translators: this is an error message
-#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128
+#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129
msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager"
msgstr ""
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
msgid "Download Descriptions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155
#: src/Source_Load.cc:479
msgid "Rebuild Cache"
msgstr ""
@@ -96,17 +96,17 @@
msgid "Adding the Repository..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325
msgid "Downloading "
msgstr ""
#. stages: "download", "build cache"
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:401
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:406
msgid "Refresh Metadata"
msgstr ""
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:409
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:414
msgid "Refreshing Repository..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -204,8 +204,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox.
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980
msgid "Select a driver."
msgstr ""
@@ -434,8 +434,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -613,8 +613,8 @@
#. Exit this dialog in any case:
#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
#. Have the PageSize option topmost:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335
msgid "No driver options available"
msgstr ""
@@ -934,7 +934,11 @@
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061
msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -943,130 +947,125 @@
msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
+msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
msgid "Never Disable the Queue"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181
msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189
msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293
msgid "Select a specific connection type."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
msgid "&Connection Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220
msgid "Directly Connected Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198
-msgid "Parallel Port"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226
msgid "USB Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204
-msgid "Serial Port"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239
msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242
msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252
msgid "Print via Print Server Machine"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255
msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257
msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)"
msgstr ""
#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260
msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235
-msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269
msgid "Special"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272
msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276
msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279
msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290
msgid "Connection Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -1081,7 +1080,7 @@
#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK".
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313
msgid "Connection Wizard"
msgstr ""
@@ -1090,12 +1089,12 @@
#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped.
#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped.
#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366
msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368
msgid ""
"An untested and insecure workaround might be\n"
"to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n"
@@ -1105,67 +1104,71 @@
#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP
#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here
#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443
msgid "Select a connection"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected
#. because there is no connection available to be selected:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446
msgid ""
"If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n"
"to access the device via this type of connection.\n"
"Was the printer connected and switched on all the time?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454
msgid "Select a valid connection"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected
#. because the current connection is no longer valid:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457
msgid ""
"When the current connection is no longer valid,\n"
"it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n"
"Is the printer still connected and switched on?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497
msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values
#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564
msgid "URI could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574
msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580
msgid "Both user and password must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616
+#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible.
+#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name
+#.
+#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348
msgid "Servername could not be empty."
msgstr ""
@@ -1175,30 +1178,30 @@
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748
msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2'
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789
msgid "Could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812
msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830
msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network"
msgstr ""
@@ -1207,36 +1210,36 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904
msgid ""
"Please wait...\n"
"This could take more than a minute."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1246,7 +1249,7 @@
#. });
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929
msgid ""
"Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n"
"(Network issue or firewall active?)"
@@ -1254,7 +1257,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969
msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
@@ -1264,14 +1267,14 @@
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121
msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040
msgid ""
"This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n"
"if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n"
@@ -1281,29 +1284,29 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091
msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133
msgid "Test OK"
msgstr ""
#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
msgstr ""
#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues."
msgstr ""
@@ -1444,67 +1447,60 @@
msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG"
msgstr ""
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190
-msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr.
#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202
msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver"
msgstr ""
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available
#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215
msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225
msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located"
msgstr ""
#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr ""
#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274
msgid "Select a printer description file"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666
msgid "Cannot access '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr ""
#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700
msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available"
msgstr ""
@@ -1987,7 +1983,7 @@
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
-"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
+"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
@@ -2096,34 +2092,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
-"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n"
+"Devices which are connected via USB\n"
"are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
"For example:<br>\n"
-"parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
-"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
-"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
-"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n"
-"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n"
-"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n"
-"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n"
-"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n"
-"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n"
-"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n"
-"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n"
-"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n"
-"see the manual of your serial printer.\n"
-"Example device URIs:<br>\n"
-"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
-"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a bluetooth printer.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2164,7 +2139,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2236,23 +2211,10 @@
"The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
-"<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n"
-"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n"
-"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n"
-"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n"
-"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-"novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n"
-"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2266,7 +2228,7 @@
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n"
"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n"
-"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n"
+"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n"
"The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n"
"which is then called by beh.\n"
@@ -2294,7 +2256,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2333,7 +2295,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n"
@@ -2350,7 +2312,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
@@ -2366,7 +2328,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n"
@@ -2381,7 +2343,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2395,7 +2357,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
@@ -2411,7 +2373,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n"
@@ -2431,7 +2393,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
@@ -2467,7 +2429,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2479,14 +2441,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n"
"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n"
"Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n"
-"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
+"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
"and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n"
"the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n"
"can overwrite the default error policy\n"
@@ -2505,7 +2467,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2524,7 +2486,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2664,67 +2626,67 @@
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2735,33 +2697,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2770,25 +2732,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2796,7 +2758,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2815,28 +2777,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2844,25 +2806,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2882,53 +2844,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3621,125 +3583,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059
msgid "Failed to add queue %1."
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179
msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case
#. which should not happen at all:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
msgid "Failed to determine the driver options."
msgstr ""
#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
msgid "new value"
msgstr ""
#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
msgid "saved value"
msgstr ""
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)."
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358
+msgid "The server '"
msgstr ""
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
-msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
-msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386
-msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called
-#. indirectly without a button click by the user
-#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409
-msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important
-#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454
-msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but it the last test is not really important
-#. so that the last test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555
-msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644
-msgid "The server '%1' is unknown."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n"
"This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n"
@@ -3750,7 +3639,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -3759,7 +3648,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
@@ -3769,7 +3658,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name.
#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423
msgid ""
"To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
"Use 'Driver Packages' to install it."
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/product-creator.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/product-creator.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/product-creator.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/proxy.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/proxy.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/proxy.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,100 +15,6 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-#. Commandline help title
-#. Proxy dialog caption
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399
-msgid "Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40
-msgid "Enable proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48
-msgid "Disable proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56
-msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66
-msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76
-msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88
-msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93
-msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98
-msgid "Set FTP proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103
-msgid "Clear all options listed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107
-msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114
-msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121
-msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ask the user
-#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238
-msgid "Password:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Return a modification status
-#. @return true if data was modified
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109
-msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112
-msgid "HTTP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116
-msgid "HTTPS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120
-msgid "FTP"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Informative label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "No details available."
@@ -173,6 +79,12 @@
msgid "Proxy settings work correctly."
msgstr ""
+#. Proxy dialog caption
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27
+msgid "Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Proxy dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405
msgid ""
@@ -293,13 +205,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615
msgid ""
"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n"
"Really use these settings?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628
msgid ""
"Security warning:\n"
"Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n"
@@ -308,42 +220,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643
msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659
msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687
msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705
msgid ""
"One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n"
"Check if all domains match one of the following:\n"
@@ -353,52 +265,140 @@
"* Domain name prefixed by '.'"
msgstr ""
+#. Return a modification status
+#. @return true if data was modified
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104
+msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107
+msgid "HTTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111
+msgid "HTTPS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115
+msgid "FTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35
+msgid "Enable proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43
+msgid "Disable proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51
+msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61
+msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71
+msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83
+msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88
+msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93
+msgid "Set FTP proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98
+msgid "Clear all options listed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102
+msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109
+msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116
+msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ask the user
+#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233
+msgid "Password:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Popup headline
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39
msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
msgstr ""
-#. Write routing settings and apply changes
+#. Write proxy settings and apply changes
#. @return true if success
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174
msgid "Update proxy configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176
msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
#. but only when Progress is visible
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184
msgid "Updating proxy configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418
msgid "Proxy is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423
msgid "Proxy is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432
msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440
msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447
msgid "FTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/qt-pkg.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/qt-pkg.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/qt-pkg.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,249 +15,254 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318
msgid "&Update Problems"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345
msgid "Patter&ns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367
msgid "Package &Groups"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379
msgid "&RPM Groups"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392
msgid "&Languages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr ""
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585
msgid "File List"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr ""
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#. button #0
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258
-#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702
msgid "&Package"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr ""
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
-msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885
+msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
msgid "&Help"
msgstr ""
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr ""
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr ""
@@ -265,59 +270,59 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr ""
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr ""
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
-#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
-#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
-#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120
+#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165
+#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
msgid "&OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -364,7 +369,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428
msgid "C&ontinue"
msgstr ""
@@ -1496,10 +1501,41 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207
msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length.
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398
+msgid ""
+"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n"
+"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n"
+"package at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406
+msgid ""
+"This version is multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n"
+"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415
+msgid ""
+"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n"
+"and unselect all other versions,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog heading
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423
+msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture,
#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from,
#. %4 is the repository's priority
@@ -1507,13 +1543,13 @@
#. Examples:
#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE
#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE
-#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
-#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402
+#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
+#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586
msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570
msgid "This version is installed in your system."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/qt.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/qt.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/qt.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -42,18 +42,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Window title for help wizard window
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320
+#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Close button for wizard help window
#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132
msgid "&Close"
msgstr ""
+#. Window title for help wizard window
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr ""
@@ -70,12 +73,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. parent
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:623
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:629
msgid "Color switching"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:624
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:630
msgid ""
"Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n"
"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors."
@@ -106,20 +109,33 @@
msgid "Configure YaST Logging:"
msgstr ""
+#. Help button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Help" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340
+msgid "&Help"
+msgstr ""
+
#.
#. "Release Notes" button
#.
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:869
-msgid "Release Notes"
+#. Release Notes button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Release Notes" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355
+msgid "&Release Notes"
msgstr ""
-#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324
-msgid "Steps"
+#. "Steps" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345
+msgid "&Steps"
msgstr ""
-#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328
-msgid "Tree"
+#. "Tree" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350
+msgid "&Tree"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,225 +16,89 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
msgid ""
"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr ""
#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr ""
-#. display the registration update dialog
+#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#. dialog title
+#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after
+#. pressing "Next"
#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
+#. @return [Symbol] user input
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216
-msgid "Registration is being updated..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217
-msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
-"You can manually register the system from scratch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452
-msgid "The system is already registered."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
-msgid "&E-mail Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Registration &Code"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293
-msgid "&Skip Registration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334
-msgid ""
-"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to install the latest available\n"
-"on-line updates during installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. then register the product(s)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71
-msgid "Registering %s ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419
-msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423
-msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441
-msgid ""
-"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
-"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455
-msgid "Register Again"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
-msgid "Select Extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470
-msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471
-msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473
-msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The base product was not found,\n"
-"check your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501
-msgid ""
-"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
-"Report a bug at %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504
-msgid ""
-"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
-"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43
msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
-#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
-#. but better than aborting the installation...
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228
+#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
+#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
+#. %s is name of given product
+#. then register the product(s)
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277
+msgid "Registering %s ..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55
msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr ""
@@ -300,33 +164,33 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60
msgid "Common Name (CN): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62
msgid "Organization (O): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64
msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "Issued By"
msgstr ""
@@ -355,38 +219,38 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -402,53 +266,53 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -461,21 +325,37 @@
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. register the system and the base product
-#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two
-#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil)
-#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts
-#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+msgid ""
+"The base product was not found,\n"
+"check your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -483,68 +363,115 @@
#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the
#. installation workflow
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
-#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
+#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
+#. @return [Symbol] the user input
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157
+msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
+msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203
+msgid ""
+"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Yast::Mode.update
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. indent size used in summary text
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Certificate:"
msgstr ""
#. create UI label for a base product
-#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
+#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438
+msgid ""
+"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
+"The product cannot be registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control
+#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
+msgid "Really abort?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir
-#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon
+#. @param [Addon] addon the addon
#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88
msgid ""
"Downloading the license for\n"
"%s\n"
@@ -552,255 +479,560 @@
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46
msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
+#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44
-msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+#. create the main dialog definition
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47
-msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+#. addon description widget
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74
-msgid "Details"
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
-#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
-#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136
-msgid "%s (not available)"
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
+msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
msgstr ""
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+#. create the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57
msgid "Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60
msgid "Release Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61
msgid "Registration Code"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72
msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
msgstr ""
-#. disable download on a non-registered system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr ""
-#. replace the content
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
+#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Registration &Code"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#. the UI defition for the global registration status
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#. the UI defition for the main dialog
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr ""
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+msgid "&Skip Registration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#. the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "The system is already registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
+"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
+"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really skip the registration now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+msgid ""
+"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
+"a registered system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
+#. not displayed in installed system
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
msgid "Certificate has expired"
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr ""
+#. register the base system if not already registered
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n"
+"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Migration Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Select the Migration Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Manage Repositories..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "URL: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Priority: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it
+#. before the translation deadline...
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available
+#. updates now
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50
+msgid ""
+"Online updates are available for installation.\n"
+"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to install the updates now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86
+msgid "Internal error: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170
+msgid "No installed product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199
+msgid "No migration product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246
+msgid "Registering Migration Products..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272
+msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Select the Migration Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Select the target migration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+msgid "Migration Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
+#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
+#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
+#. using the selected migration.
+#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
+#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223
+msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240
+msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285
+msgid ""
+"The selected migration contains a product\n"
+"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n"
+"available at the registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Select Extensions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73
+msgid "Register Again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/relocation-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/relocation-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/relocation-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -246,120 +246,120 @@
msgstr ""
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307
msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317
msgid "Read the current xend configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319
msgid "Read the current xend state"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326
msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328
msgid "Reading the current xend state..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339
msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346
msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368
msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377
msgid "Cannot read firewall settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386
msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state."
msgstr ""
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407
msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417
msgid "Write the Xend settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419
msgid "Adjust the Xend service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426
msgid "Writing the Xend settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428
msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436
msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443
msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460
msgid "Cannot write the xend settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,66 +16,66 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62
msgid ""
"Samba client configuration module.\n"
"See Samba documentation for details."
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75
msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85
msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95
msgid "Join this machine to a domain"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105
msgid "Change the global settings of Samba"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113
msgid "Enable the service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119
msgid "Disable the service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125
msgid "The name of a domain to join"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132
msgid ""
"The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n"
"try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139
msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for machine optioa
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146
msgid "The machine account"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153
msgid "The name of a workgroup"
msgstr ""
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr ""
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90
msgid "&Username"
msgstr ""
@@ -540,172 +540,172 @@
msgstr ""
#. default value of Machine Account
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73
msgid "&Machine Account OU"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78
msgid "O&btain list"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121
msgid ""
"User name and password are required\n"
"for listing the machine accounts."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139
msgid "&Machine Account"
msgstr ""
#. translators: text for busy pop-up
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177
msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..."
msgstr ""
#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203
msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. additional information for cluster environment
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231
msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes."
msgstr ""
#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242
msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249
msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, first part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308
msgid ""
"This host is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. last part of popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312
msgid "Join the domain %1?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319
msgid ""
"This cluster is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361
msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363
msgid "&Keep"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381
msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392
msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401
msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411
msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418
msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438
msgid "Sharing by Users"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453
msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463
msgid "Allow &Guest Access"
msgstr ""
#. texty entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
msgid "&Permitted Group"
msgstr ""
#. infield label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481
msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517
msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help common part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522
msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for PAM Mount table
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
@@ -714,12 +714,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538
msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for kerberos method option
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546
msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -771,8 +771,8 @@
#. final progress step label
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: write progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
@@ -843,13 +843,13 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -873,142 +873,142 @@
msgstr ""
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622
msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633
msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635
msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639
msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641
msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgstr ""
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr ""
#. write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773
msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
msgstr ""
#. write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775
msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887
msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846
msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851
msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857
msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862
msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878
msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068
msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083
msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item: authentication using winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109
msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name
#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071
msgid "Share %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. translators: share status
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -370,23 +370,23 @@
#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Not a Domain &Controller"
msgstr ""
#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
@@ -395,19 +395,19 @@
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Samba Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "Step 1 of 2"
msgstr ""
@@ -415,53 +415,53 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"),
#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)),
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Step 2 of 2"
msgstr ""
#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "Current Domain Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Samba Server Type"
msgstr ""
#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Not available because a PDC is present."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Rename Share"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593
msgid "New Share &Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622
msgid "Enter a new share name."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631
msgid ""
"Share '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose another share name.\n"
msgstr ""
#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"If you delete share %1,\n"
"all its settings will be lost.\n"
@@ -469,26 +469,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing.
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "Trusted &Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779
msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785
msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship."
msgstr ""
#. issue a warning, if not already done so
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The password for trusted domains\n"
"is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n"
@@ -497,297 +497,297 @@
msgstr ""
#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil'
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "&Trusted Domains"
msgstr ""
#. confirmation
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844
msgid ""
"Really abandon trust relationship\n"
"to trusted domain %1?"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864
msgid "Share %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920
msgid "Identification"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922
msgid "Share &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Share &Description"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928
msgid "Share Type"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933
msgid "&Printer"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935
msgid "&Directory"
msgstr ""
#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Share &Path"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946
msgid "&Read-Only"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "&Inherit ACLs"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950
msgid "Expose Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952
msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961
msgid "New Share"
msgstr ""
#. translators: file selection dialog title
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Path for a Share"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Share path cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089
msgid "Available Shares"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid "Show &All Shares"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098
msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table header texts
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
msgid "Read-Only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Path"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
msgid "Guest Access"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid "Comment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid "&Rename..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "WINS Server Support"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150
msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155
msgid "Na&me"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Not a DC"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172
msgid "Primary (PDC)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Backup (BDC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Base Settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194
msgid "Domain &Controller"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "Advanced Settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
msgid "&Expert Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "&User Authentication Sources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "Samba Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. tab label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242
msgid "Start-&Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&Shares"
msgstr ""
#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid "I&dentity"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298
msgid "WINS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "&LDAP Settings"
msgstr ""
#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18)
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464
msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565
msgid "User Information Sources"
msgstr ""
#. try to create it
#. first, ask for password
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619
msgid ""
"For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n"
"administrative account (root).\n"
"It will be created now."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "Samba root &Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626
msgid "&Verify Password"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663
msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712
msgid ""
"To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n"
"text entries empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Username"
msgstr ""
#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725
msgid "Do &Not Join"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/samba-users.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/samba-users.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/samba-users.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/scanner.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/scanner.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/scanner.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr ""
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr ""
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
@@ -1040,19 +1040,19 @@
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr ""
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr ""
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@
#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only
#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
msgid ""
"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
@@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1242,51 +1242,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr ""
#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr ""
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr ""
#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr ""
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr ""
#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr ""
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr ""
#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr ""
#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr ""
@@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr ""
@@ -1304,9 +1304,9 @@
#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system.
#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@
#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr ""
@@ -1327,19 +1327,19 @@
#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
msgstr ""
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1352,49 +1352,49 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
msgstr ""
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr ""
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr ""
#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
#. then show a message but exit successfully because
#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr ""
#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr ""
#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@
#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected.
#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr ""
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr ""
@@ -1465,11 +1465,11 @@
#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
+#. translators: command line help text for Security module
#: src/clients/security.rb:59
msgid "Security configuration module"
msgstr ""
@@ -35,14 +35,14 @@
msgid "Set the value of the specific option"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for 'level home' option
+#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:94
-msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
+msgid "Workstation security level"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for 'level network' option
+#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:100
-msgid "Networked Workstation security level"
+msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'level server' option
@@ -115,221 +115,213 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n"
-" (multiuser with network)"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n"
-" (multiuser with network and graphical login)"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5"
-msgstr ""
-
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404
-msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above)
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425
-msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
+#. update the current value
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
@@ -407,15 +399,15 @@
#. Main dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
-"any type of a network.</p>"
+"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
+"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
-"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
+"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
+"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
@@ -766,41 +758,41 @@
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51
-msgid "Home Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
+msgid "Workstation"
msgstr ""
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53
-msgid "Networked Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56
+msgid "Roaming Device"
msgstr ""
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58
msgid "Network Server"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60
-msgid "&Home Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63
+msgid "&Workstation"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62
-msgid "N&etworked Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65
+msgid "&Roaming Device"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67
msgid "Network &Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -878,13 +870,13 @@
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
@@ -908,90 +900,83 @@
msgid "Nobody"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#. ["local",_("Local Users")],
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
-msgid "Automatic"
-msgstr ""
-
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
@@ -1010,61 +995,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:608
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:631
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:869
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,194 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29
+msgid ""
+"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n"
+"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
@@ -63,24 +250,62 @@
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-msgid "Services Manager"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
msgid "Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
-msgid "Enabled"
+#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
+#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103
+msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
-msgid "Disabled"
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
msgstr ""
-#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
-#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
-#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
-msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
+#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/slp-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/slp-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/slp-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,265 +15,294 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-#. The main ()
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of snapper
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
+#. popup label, %{num} is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
-msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
-msgid "Pre (%1)"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
-msgid "Post (%1)"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
-msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr ""
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -284,7 +313,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -294,17 +323,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -315,37 +344,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -356,115 +385,91 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup error
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
-msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
+#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
+msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Initialize snapper agent
-#. Return true on success
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#. Return the path to given snapshot
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
-msgid "Reason not known."
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
-msgid "Configuration not found."
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
+msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
-msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
-msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
-msgid ""
-"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
-msgid ""
-"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
+msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
-msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
-msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+msgid "Read list of configurations"
msgstr ""
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
-msgid ""
-"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
+#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+msgid "Read list of snapshots"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
-msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
+msgid "Reading list of configurations"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
-msgid "Reading the database..."
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
+msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
+msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
+msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/sound.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/sound.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/sound.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/squid.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/squid.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/squid.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
msgid "Logging and Timeouts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369
msgid "Miscellaneous Setting"
msgstr ""
@@ -432,31 +432,27 @@
msgid "Cache &Store Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339
-msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Timeouts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350
msgid "Connection &Timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Client &Lifetime"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "&Language of error messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Administrator's email"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode"
msgstr ""
@@ -904,28 +900,28 @@
#. ************* ACL END ************************
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG **********
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578
msgid "Access Log must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588
msgid "Cache Log must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field."
msgstr ""
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ******
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684
msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces."
msgstr ""
@@ -941,149 +937,149 @@
#. Read all squid settings
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088
msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092
msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
msgid "Read Other Settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
msgid "Read Service Status."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101
msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
msgid "Reading Other Settings ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
msgid "Reading Service Status ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117
msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122
msgid "Cannot read service status."
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465
msgid "Saving Squid Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474
msgid "Start Service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482
msgid "Starting Service..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. write settings
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. firewall
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr ""
#. Header
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584
msgid "Squid Cache Proxy"
msgstr ""
#. Start daemon
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589
msgid "Start daemon: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "When booting"
msgstr ""
#. Http Ports
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594
msgid "Configured ports:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611
msgid " (transparent)"
msgstr ""
#. Cache directory
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625
msgid "Cache directory: "
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/sshd.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/sshd.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/sshd.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#. dialog heading
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
msgid "Expert Partitioner"
msgstr ""
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -843,15 +843,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
-"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
-"\n"
+"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
+"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n"
+"approximately 1MB large.\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -863,7 +864,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -875,7 +876,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -884,7 +885,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -895,7 +896,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -910,7 +911,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -925,12 +926,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -943,7 +944,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -952,7 +953,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -961,7 +962,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -969,7 +970,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -977,53 +978,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1032,7 +1033,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1042,7 +1043,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1052,7 +1053,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1068,7 +1069,7 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
@@ -1111,7 +1112,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1131,7 +1132,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1140,7 +1141,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1437,7 +1438,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -2443,7 +2444,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
#.
#. All Rights Reserved.
#.
@@ -2461,16 +2462,16 @@
#.
#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. File: ep-graph.rb
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
msgid "Add RAID"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Add Volume Group"
msgstr ""
@@ -2478,43 +2479,43 @@
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
msgid "Device Graph"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
msgid "Save Device Graph..."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
msgid "Saving graph file failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459
msgid "Mount Graph"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
msgid "Save Mount Graph..."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2634,7 +2635,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -2853,7 +2854,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380
msgid "Hard Disks"
msgstr ""
@@ -3096,7 +3097,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493
msgid "Log"
msgstr ""
@@ -3235,7 +3236,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404
msgid "Crypt Files"
msgstr ""
@@ -3585,7 +3586,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396
msgid "Volume Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -3646,54 +3647,54 @@
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
msgid "RAID"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412
msgid "Device Mapper"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420
msgid "NFS"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434
msgid "tmpfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
msgid "Unused Devices"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566
msgid ""
"You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n"
"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n"
@@ -3701,17 +3702,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580
msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Fullscreen summary of changes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592
msgid ": Summary"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667
msgid "System View"
msgstr ""
@@ -4939,7 +4940,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4952,7 +4953,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4961,7 +4962,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4969,7 +4970,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -4978,24 +4979,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5003,12 +5004,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5016,86 +5017,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5103,7 +5104,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5111,7 +5112,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5119,18 +5120,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5718,48 +5719,48 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5768,32 +5769,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/sudo.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/sudo.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/sudo.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/support.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/support.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/support.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,52 +32,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -85,183 +85,184 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
+#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/sysconfig.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/sysconfig.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/sysconfig.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -465,97 +465,107 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translation: Progress bar label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#. Display confirmation dialog
-#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
-#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
-#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
-msgid "Command: "
-msgstr ""
-
#. button label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881
msgid "S&kip"
msgstr ""
-#. get activation map for variable
-#. start generic commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
-msgid "A command will be executed"
+#. write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909
+msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
-msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923
+msgid "Write the new settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
-msgid "Command %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924
+msgid "Activate the changes"
msgstr ""
-#. write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
-msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934
+msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
-msgid "Write the new settings"
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965
+msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
-msgid "Activate the changes"
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
msgstr ""
-#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
-msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param cmd [String] command to execute
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
-msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
-msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "A command will be executed"
msgstr ""
-#. service is running, reload it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
-msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "Command: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
-msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param name [String] service name
+#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156
+msgid "Reloading service %s..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
-msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157
+msgid "Reload of the service %s failed"
msgstr ""
-#. service is running, restart it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
-msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158
+msgid "Service %s will be reloaded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
-msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160
+msgid "Restarting service %s..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
-msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161
+msgid "Restart of the service %s failed"
msgstr ""
-#. set 100% in progress bar
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
-msgid "Finished"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162
+msgid "Service %s will be restarted"
msgstr ""
-#. configuration summary headline
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
-msgid "Configuration Summary"
+#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd)
+#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil
+#.
+#. @param service name
+#. @return [Boolean] active?
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187
+msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:"
msgstr ""
+
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/tftp-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/tftp-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/tftp-server.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/timezone_db.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/timezone_db.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/timezone_db.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587
-msgid "Saigon"
+msgid "Ho Chi Minh City"
msgstr ""
#. time zone
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/tune.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/tune.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/tune.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr ""
@@ -152,9 +152,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -249,28 +249,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127
msgid "New Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Packages to Remove: %1"
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143
msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. warning text
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154
+msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>"
msgstr ""
#. this is a heading
@@ -315,27 +315,27 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr ""
-#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
+#. error message in proposal
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129
+msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -343,22 +343,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr ""
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -367,17 +367,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr ""
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -516,24 +516,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -552,23 +552,23 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr ""
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -576,24 +576,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -617,39 +617,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -657,17 +657,17 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr ""
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -675,22 +675,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr ""
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -709,32 +709,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr ""
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr ""
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr ""
#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
#. helptext 2/3
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
msgstr ""
@@ -220,18 +220,18 @@
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
msgid "&Choose"
msgstr ""
#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
msgid "Authentication Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -242,13 +242,13 @@
#. selection box label
#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
msgid "&Select Users to Read"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
msgstr ""
@@ -354,8 +354,8 @@
#. The two group password information do not match
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -385,8 +385,8 @@
#. last part of message popup
#. last part of message popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
msgid "Really use this password?"
msgstr ""
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
msgid "DES"
msgstr ""
@@ -425,99 +425,99 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
msgid "SHA-256"
msgstr ""
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
msgid "SHA-512"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
msgid "Password Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
msgid "&DES"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
msgid "&MD5"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
msgid "SHA-&256"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
msgid "SHA-&512"
msgstr ""
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
msgid "User's &Full Name"
msgstr ""
#. input field for login name
#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "&Username"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
msgid "&Automatic Login"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
msgid "Create New User"
msgstr ""
@@ -525,13 +525,13 @@
#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Empty User Login"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup contents
#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid ""
"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@
#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
@@ -596,14 +596,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. these are used only during installation time
#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -620,39 +620,39 @@
#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
msgstr ""
#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
msgid "User %s will be imported."
msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
msgid ""
"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
"the password should have at least %s characters."
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66
+#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@
#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD
#. The date must stay in this format
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD."
msgstr ""
@@ -1399,19 +1399,19 @@
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217
msgid "Plug-In Description"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226
msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr ""
@@ -1467,17 +1467,17 @@
#. tab label
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430
msgid ""
"The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n"
"because the user is currently logged in.\n"
@@ -1485,12 +1485,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Enter the size for the home directory."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583
msgid ""
"\n"
"Directory cannot be encrypted."
@@ -1498,64 +1498,64 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485
msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005
msgid "Now you have added a new user."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071
msgid "New Local Group"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073
msgid "New System Group"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075
msgid "New LDAP Group"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079
msgid "Existing Local Group"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081
msgid "Existing System Group"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083
msgid "Existing LDAP Group"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154
msgid "Group &ID (gid)"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes
#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog)
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593
msgid "Group &Members"
msgstr ""
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
@@ -3084,13 +3084,13 @@
#. init dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284
msgid "User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. label (during init dialog)
#. label (during init dialog)
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3956,13 +3956,13 @@
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -3970,7 +3970,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -3978,22 +3978,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/my/po/vpn.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/vpn.my.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/vpn.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
+# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Manage VPN client secrets.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
+msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Gateway IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+msgid "Pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
+msgid "Set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+msgid "Show key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
+msgid ""
+"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Load PSKs
+#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
+#. Load XAuth
+#. Load EAP
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
+msgid "(hidden)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Remove the selected EAP user.
+#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+msgid "Please select a user to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
+msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Event handlers
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
+msgid "Gateway pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+msgid "Gateway certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+msgid "Path to certificate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Pick.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+msgid "Path to certificate key file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
+msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+msgid "Show Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
+msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+msgid "Gateway - PSK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
+msgid "Gateway - Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+msgid "Client - PSK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+msgid "Client - Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303
+msgid "The connection name is already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Find an unused gateway scenario
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n"
+"All of gateway scenarios are already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Warn against duplicated configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337
+msgid ""
+"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n"
+"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432
+msgid "The user name is already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496
+msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Left side: global config & connection management
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
+msgid "All VPNs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Delete VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "View Connection Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Event handlers
+#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
+msgid "Delete connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
+msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Check for incomplete configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Consider enabling the daemon
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n"
+"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
+msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make widgets for connection configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+msgid "Connection name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+msgid "Gateway (Server)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+msgid "Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+msgid "The scenario is"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+msgid "Edit Credentials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "By a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+msgid "By a certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+msgid "VPN gateway IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. They are however allowed in password
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n"
+"Name has to begin with a letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Path to certificate file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return password string.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Please enter a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Install packages
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable daemon
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Configure IP forwarding
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+msgid ""
+"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
+"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+msgid ""
+"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"The script is located at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+msgid "VPN Global Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+msgid "Gateway and Connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Gateway summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Client summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+msgid "A client connecting to "
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/wol.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/wol.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/wol.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/yast2-apparmor.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/yast2-apparmor.my.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/yast2-apparmor.my.po 2015-09-09 08:21:03 UTC (rev 92607)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
1
0
09 Sep '15
Author: keichwa
Date: 2015-09-09 10:20:56 +0200 (Wed, 09 Sep 2015)
New Revision: 92606
Added:
trunk/yast/cy/po/docker.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/fonts.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/journal.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/vpn.cy.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on-creator.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/audit-laf.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/autoinst.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/base.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/bootloader.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/ca-management.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/cio.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/cluster.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/control-center.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/control.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/country.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/crowbar.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/dhcp-server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/dns-server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/drbd.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/fcoe-client.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall-services.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/firstboot.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/ftp-server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/geo-cluster.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/gtk.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/http-server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/inetd.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/installation.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/instserver.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/iplb.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-client.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-lio-server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/isns.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/kdump.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/languages_db.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-client.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/live-installer.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/mail.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/multipath.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses-pkg.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/network.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs_server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/nis.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/nis_server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/ntp-client.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/oneclickinstall.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update-configuration.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/opensuse_mirror.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/pam.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/pkg-bindings.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/printer.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/product-creator.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/proxy.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/qt-pkg.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/qt.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/rdp.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/rear.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/registration.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/reipl.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/relocation-server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-client.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-users.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/scanner.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/security.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/services-manager.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/slp-server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/snapper.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/sound.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/squid.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/sshd.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/storage.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/sudo.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/support.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/sysconfig.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/tftp-server.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/timezone_db.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/tune.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/update.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/users.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/vm.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/wol.cy.po
trunk/yast/cy/po/yast2-apparmor.cy.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on-creator.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on-creator.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on-creator.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/add-on.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "&Terfynu'r gosod"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn wynebfathau"
@@ -88,10 +88,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "anhysbys"
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "Ata&l Gosodiad"
@@ -235,43 +235,43 @@
#. ],
#. ...
#. ]
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr "Ymgychwynmodiwlau cnewyllyn..."
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
"Select the repository to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr ""
@@ -283,37 +283,37 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr "Dewis man clymu"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708
#, fuzzy
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr "Cynnyrch"
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr "Gwesteiwyr &ar Gael:"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
@@ -321,12 +321,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n"
"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n"
@@ -335,96 +335,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Cynnyrch"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Macedonia"
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr "&Terfynu'r gosod"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "&Terfynu'r gosod"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Crynodeb:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr "anhysbys"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Crynodeb:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr "anhysbys"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Crynodeb:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Crynodeb:</b> %1<br>"
@@ -432,18 +432,18 @@
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "anhysbys"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr "anhysbys"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr "Diweddaru dibyniaethau modiwl cnewyllyn"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/audit-laf.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/audit-laf.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/audit-laf.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,1072 +17,1130 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. the auth configuration
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33
-msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
-msgstr ""
+#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Done."
+msgid "None."
+msgstr "Wedi gorffen."
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49
-msgid "There is no help for this parameter."
+#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55
-msgid "Default value: "
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59
-msgid "Available values: "
+#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'"
-msgstr ""
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Data"
+msgid "Authentication Client Config"
+msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
-msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+#. Overview of all config sections
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration"
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
-msgid "OK"
-msgstr "Iawn"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Home Directory: %1"
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1"
-#. Waiting for response
-#. Waiting for response
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338
-msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200
-msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Action"
+msgid "Sections"
+msgstr "Gweithred"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New Service/Domain"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212
-msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215
-msgid "New Parameter"
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Customisation - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
-msgid "Help"
-msgstr "Cymorth"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Enw"
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
-msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "Gwerth"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
-msgid "New"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Disgrifiad"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
-msgid "Add New Domain"
+#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "More Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358
-msgid "Name:"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138
+msgid "Name filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361
-msgid "The identification provider used for the domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
+#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221
+msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
msgstr ""
-#. TODO
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387
-msgid "Help for creating new domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
+msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391
-msgid "You have to provide a domain name!"
+#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267
+msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421
-msgid "Basic Settings:"
+#. Warn against removal of important parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272
+msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423
-msgid "Services:"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273
+msgid ""
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#. Count of active domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463
-msgid ""
-"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n"
-"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
+#. Save settings - validate
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303
+msgid "No domain enabled"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304
msgid ""
-"There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
-"%s \n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
+"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
+"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#. user must correct the mistake
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321
+msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
msgstr ""
-#. Main dialog contents
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication Data"
-msgid "Authentication Client"
-msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
+#. New service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "Gwasanaeth"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605
-msgid "Configured Authentication Domains"
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
-msgid "Add"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
-msgid "Edit"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Identification provider:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
-msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Data"
+msgid "Authentication provider:"
+msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
-#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Activate Domain"
msgstr ""
-#. initialize GUI
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553
-msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity
Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
+#. Create new service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+msgstr "Bydd y gwansanaethau yma yn cael eu halluogi"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The selected option is already present"
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "Mae'r gwerth dewisiedig yn bresennol yn barod"
+
#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
msgstr ""
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
msgstr ""
#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117
-msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122
-msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252
-msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297
-msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385
-msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421
-msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507
-msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853
-msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002
-msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149
-msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
+#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
+msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
+msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
#. end Export
#. ################################################################
#. ################################################################
#. Summary()
#. returns html formated configuration summary
#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "OK"
+#~ msgstr "Iawn"
+
+#~ msgid "Help"
+#~ msgstr "Cymorth"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/auth-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/autoinst.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/autoinst.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/autoinst.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -51,20 +51,21 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot();
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
"control file and try again.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612
+#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading configuration data"
@@ -108,7 +109,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr ""
@@ -119,33 +120,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr "Cadw data ffurfweddu ar y cysawd cyrchfan."
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114
msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120
msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr ""
@@ -205,7 +206,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OPEN
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397
msgid "Select a file to load."
msgstr ""
@@ -244,7 +245,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -252,49 +253,75 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Cynnydd"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unknown sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+msgstr ""
+
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
+#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
+#. bnc#937900
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -473,7 +500,7 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
@@ -481,102 +508,102 @@
"Arhoswch tra mae'r cysawd sylfaenol yn cael ei osod.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "Iaith"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Administration"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Iaith"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "Sefydlu celc cyplysydd"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
#. configure general settings
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "Sefydlu celc cyplysydd"
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -890,11 +917,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
msgstr ""
@@ -966,7 +993,7 @@
msgid "System Profile Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45
msgid "&Profile Location:"
msgstr ""
@@ -974,11 +1001,11 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117
msgid "Choose a hard disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124
msgid "No disks found."
msgstr ""
@@ -987,7 +1014,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -996,13 +1023,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. force help text width
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Hard Disk Selection"
msgstr ""
#. there is a selection from that one option has to be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr ""
@@ -1182,20 +1209,20 @@
#. SAVE
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save as..."
msgstr "Cadw Cofnodion fel..."
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709
msgid "File %1 was saved successfully."
msgstr ""
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while saving the file."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
@@ -1344,36 +1371,35 @@
msgid "Source"
msgstr ""
-#. Menu interface
-#. @param list menu items
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
+#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
+#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. NEW
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Modules"
msgstr "Gwesteiwyr &ar Gael:"
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. EXIT
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
msgid "Control file changed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791
msgid "Save the changes to %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1533,7 +1559,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1543,7 +1569,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1585,7 +1611,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -1892,21 +1918,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
@@ -1914,20 +1940,20 @@
#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
msgstr ""
@@ -1935,22 +1961,22 @@
#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
msgstr ""
#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
msgstr ""
#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
msgstr "Dewisiad anhysbys: '%1'"
@@ -2167,7 +2193,7 @@
#. Read rules file
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448
msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2175,12 +2201,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2191,45 +2217,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2239,14 +2265,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2255,7 +2281,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2287,79 +2313,99 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ie"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nage"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
+#. NTP syncing
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+msgid "Syncing time..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+msgid "Syncing time with %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Prescript failed."
+msgid "Time syncing failed."
+msgstr "Methodd y cyn-sgript."
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+msgid "Cannot update system time."
+msgstr ""
+
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2375,14 +2421,23 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
-msgid "Total of %1 drive"
-msgstr ""
+#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+msgid "%s drive in total"
+msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not detected."
+msgid "Not yet cloned."
+msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd."
+
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
@@ -2438,7 +2493,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
@@ -2447,77 +2502,77 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "Iawn"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2525,45 +2580,45 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "Dewisiad &Detholedig"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
#, fuzzy
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "Rhaid waredu'r pecynnau yma:"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2572,37 +2627,41 @@
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
+msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr ""
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Gwerthuso rhaniad ddisg gwraidd. Arhoswch am eiliad..."
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr "Ni chanfuwyd rhaniad ddisg gwraidd Linux."
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden"
@@ -2610,7 +2669,7 @@
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2618,7 +2677,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu y rhestr weinyddion i'r ddisg."
@@ -2626,7 +2685,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/base.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/base.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/base.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-15 13:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -29,131 +29,131 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54
msgid "Print the help for this module"
msgstr "Argraffu'r cymorth am y modiwl yma."
#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module"
msgstr "Argraffu fersiwn hir o'r cymorth am y modiwl yma."
#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format"
msgstr "Argraffu fersiwn hir o'r cymorth am y modiwl yma."
#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72
msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module"
msgstr "Cychwyn plisgyn rhyngweithiol i reoli'r modiwl"
#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78
msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes"
msgstr "Terfynu'r modd rhyngweithiol a chadw'r newidiadau"
#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes"
msgstr "Terfynu'r modd rhyngweithiol heb gadw'r newidiadau"
#. translators: command line "help" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92
msgid "Print the help for this command"
msgstr "Argraffu'r cymorth am y gorchymyn yma"
#. translators: command line "verbose" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98
msgid "Show progress information"
msgstr "Dangos gwybodaeth gynnydd"
#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104
msgid "Where to store the XML output"
msgstr ""
#. string: command line interface is not supported
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Defnyddiwch 'help' am restr gyfan o'r gorchmynion sydd ar gael."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Defnyddiwch 'yast2 %1 help' am restr gyfan o'r gorchmynion sydd ar gael."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1"
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr "Mae dewisiad '%1' yn colli gwerth."
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr "Dewisiad anhysbys am orchymyn '%1'; %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr "Gwerth annilys am ddewisiad '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr "Gwerth annilys am ddewisiad '%1' -- wedi disgwyl '%2', wedi derbyn %3"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr "Ni all dewisiad '%1' bod â gwerth. Y gwerth a roddwyd: %2"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Defnyddiwch '%1 %2 help' am restr gyfan o'r dewisiadau sydd ar gael."
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Defnyddiwch 'yast2 %1 %2 help' am restr gyfan o'r dewisiadau sydd ar gael."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n"
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
msgid "No help available"
msgstr "Dim cymorth ar gael"
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr "Gorchymyn '%1'"
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
@@ -162,14 +162,14 @@
" Dewisiadau:"
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
@@ -178,140 +178,140 @@
" Enghraifft:"
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module."
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "Mae hwn yn fodiwl YaST2."
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr "Cystrawen Sylfaenol: "
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr "yast2 %1 <gorchymyn> [verbose] [dewisiadau]"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <gorchymyn> help"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr " <gorchymyn> [dewisiadau]"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr " <gorchymyn> help"
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr "Gorchmynion:"
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
msgid "No help available."
msgstr "Dim cymorth ar gael."
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr "Rhedwch 'yast2 %1 <gorchymyn> help' am restr o ddewisiadau sydd ar gael."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "anhysbys"
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr "neu '%1'"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr "Penodwch y gorchymyn '%1'."
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Penodwch un o'r gorchmynion: %1."
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Penodwch un yn unig o'r gorchmynion: %1."
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "Nid oes rhyngwyneb defnyddiwr ar gael ar gyfer y modiwl yma."
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "Yn barod"
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn"
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "Yn gorffen"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
msgid "Done"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr "Terfnynu (heb newidiadau)"
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr ""
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
#, fuzzy
msgid "yes"
msgstr "Ie"
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
#. %1 - link to our bugzilla
#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored
#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157
msgid ""
"This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n"
"Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
@@ -390,13 +390,13 @@
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save YaST Logs..."
msgstr "Cadw Cofnodion fel..."
@@ -405,50 +405,68 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
+#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its
+#. unloading after end of block.
+#. @param [String] package to load
+#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield
+#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed
+#.
+#. @example
+#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do
+#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic")
+#. end
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352
+msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358
+msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?"
msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?"
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "&Parhau'r Gosod"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "&Terfynu'r gosod"
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190
msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog caption
#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Rhybudd"
#. popup message, %1 is list of problems
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200
msgid ""
"The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n"
"Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n"
@@ -463,7 +481,7 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr ""
@@ -473,7 +491,7 @@
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unavailable"
msgstr "Diweddariadau ar gael."
@@ -483,7 +501,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting"
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -499,7 +517,7 @@
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -513,48 +531,48 @@
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
#, fuzzy
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Managua"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Via xinetd"
msgstr "&xinetd"
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr "&xinetd"
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "Gwasanaeth"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr "Mae'r gwasanaeth yn w&eithgar."
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr "ni redir y rhaglen"
@@ -564,7 +582,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -578,43 +596,43 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr "Cychwyn gwasanaethau"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr "Cychwyn gwasanaethau"
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau"
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
@@ -631,7 +649,7 @@
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -639,38 +657,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48
msgid "Tab"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "I &Fyny"
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "I &Lawr"
#. popup message
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302
msgid ""
"The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n"
"because it is in use.\n"
@@ -678,73 +696,73 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup title
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308
msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318
msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333
msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory."
msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358
msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -752,14 +770,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -767,7 +785,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -776,7 +794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -787,28 +805,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr "&Dileu"
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
@@ -816,56 +834,56 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
msgid "Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
#, fuzzy
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "E&nw ffeil"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr "Dewisiad &Detholedig"
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
#, fuzzy
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "Mae'r gwerth dewisiedig yn bresennol yn barod"
#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882
msgid "Ch."
msgstr "New."
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Dewisiad"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Gwerth"
#. help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -876,7 +894,7 @@
"yn a tabl, ac wedyn cliciwch <b>Golygu</b>.</p>"
#. help 2/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -885,7 +903,7 @@
"dewisiad, detholwch fo a cliciwch <b>Dileu</b>.</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n"
@@ -895,7 +913,7 @@
"a yw'r dewisiad wedi ei newid.</P>"
#. help 4/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n"
@@ -907,43 +925,43 @@
"yn y rhestr.</p>"
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
msgid "&Other"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
#, fuzzy
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "ni ffurfweddir y rhaglen"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr ""
#. Message shown while loading modules information
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197
msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..."
msgstr "Llwytho modiwlau, arhoswch..."
#. Heading for NCurses Control Center
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 Control Center"
msgid "YaST Control Center"
msgstr "Canolfan Reoli YaST2"
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Running"
msgid "Run"
msgstr "Rhedeg"
#. show popup when running as non-root
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n"
@@ -953,14 +971,14 @@
"Byddwch yn gweld modiwlau heb angen breintiau gwraidd yn unig."
#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Controlling YaST2 ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgstr "Rheoli ncurses YaST2 efo'r Bysellfwrdd"
#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
msgid ""
"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n"
"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n"
@@ -975,12 +993,12 @@
"Mae rhai elfennau yn defnyddio bysyll saeth.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n"
"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>"
@@ -989,14 +1007,14 @@
"amlygedig). Defnyddiwch [ALT] a'r llythyren i weithredu'r botwm.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n"
"<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n"
@@ -1011,7 +1029,7 @@
"symudwch y ganolbwynt ymlaen efo [CTRL] + [F] ac yn ôl efo [CTRL] + [B].</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n"
"try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n"
@@ -1022,7 +1040,7 @@
"Mae [ESC] + [TAB] hefyd yn amnewidyn ar gyfer [ALT] + [TAB].</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
@@ -1037,12 +1055,12 @@
"Gwthiwch F1 i gael y rhwymiadau bysyll ffwythiant ar gyfer yr ymgom cyfredol.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Fel arfer mae'r bysyll F wedi'u cysylltu i weithred benodol:</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
msgid ""
"F1 = Help<br>\n"
"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n"
@@ -1067,7 +1085,7 @@
"F10 = Iawn, Nesaf, Gorffen neu Dderbyn<br>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In some environments, all or some\n"
@@ -1078,7 +1096,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1086,7 +1104,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
@@ -1097,7 +1115,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1276,8 +1294,8 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Hepgor"
@@ -1300,7 +1318,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
@@ -1519,32 +1537,32 @@
#.
#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
#. @return [String] the release information
-#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62
msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau atal Trwsio Cysawd YaST?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Atal Trwsio'r Cysawd"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Parhau Trwsio'r Cysawd"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1557,7 +1575,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1571,7 +1589,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1582,29 +1600,29 @@
"Bydd rhaid i chi ailosod."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Wir atal?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Bydd pob newid yn cael ei golli!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101
msgid "Messages"
msgstr "Negeseuon"
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109
msgid "Display Messages: %1"
msgstr "Dangos Negeseuon: %1"
@@ -1614,91 +1632,89 @@
#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file
#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed
#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113
+#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ie"
-#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nage"
#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118
msgid "Time-out Messages: %1"
msgstr "Negeseuon Goramser: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125
msgid "Log Messages: %1"
msgstr "Negeseuon Cofnodion: %1"
#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr "Rhybuddion"
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139
msgid "Display Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Dangos Rhybuddion: %1"
#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148
msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Rhybuddion Goramser: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155
msgid "Log Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Rhybuddion Cofnodion: %1"
#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162
msgid "Errors"
msgstr "Gwallau"
#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
msgid "Display Errors: %1"
msgstr "Dangos Gwallau: %1"
#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178
msgid "Time-out Errors: %1"
msgstr "Gwallau Goramser: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
msgid "Log Errors: %1"
msgstr "Gwallau Cofnodion: %1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Warning:"
#| msgid_plural "Warnings:"
@@ -1706,7 +1722,7 @@
msgstr "Rhybudd:"
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error:"
#| msgid_plural "Errors:"
@@ -1715,8 +1731,8 @@
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Message:"
#| msgid_plural "Messages:"
@@ -1772,26 +1788,26 @@
msgstr "Di&leu"
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "A&nalluogi"
-#. TODO FIXME
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242
+#. FIXME: do it
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234
msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package."
msgstr ""
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187
msgid "GPG Private Keys"
msgstr ""
#. table header - GPG key user ID
#. table header - GPG key user ID
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226
#, fuzzy
msgid "User ID"
msgstr "Defnyddiwr"
@@ -1801,14 +1817,14 @@
#. lazy
#. Standard text strings
#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC"
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55
msgid "Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1816,12 +1832,12 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219
msgid "GPG Public Keys"
msgstr ""
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1829,11 +1845,11 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282
msgid "&Create a new GPG key..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
@@ -1842,12 +1858,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325
msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key."
@@ -1855,19 +1871,19 @@
#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter Passphrase"
msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr ""
#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes
#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
-#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107
+#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105
msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made."
msgstr ""
@@ -1919,103 +1935,102 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget
#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs
#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons
-#. menubutton
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "&Uwch"
#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case
#. of error in the YaST code)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log"
msgstr "&Cofnodion"
#. logview caption
#. logview caption
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554
+#. menubutton
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545
msgid "&Log"
msgstr "&Cofnodion"
#. menubutton entry
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save Log"
msgstr "Cadw Cofnodion"
#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390
msgid "Save Log as..."
msgstr "Cadw Cofnodion fel..."
#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall package is not installed."
msgstr "Rhaid arsefydlu'r pecynnau yma:"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121
msgid "Firewall port is closed"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124
msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127
msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network interfaces are configured"
msgstr "Rheolir gwasanaethau rhwydwaith drwy %1"
#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155
msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone"
msgstr ""
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2024,7 +2039,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2035,8 +2050,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2046,31 +2061,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "Pe&nodi"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "Dewisiad &Detholedig"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2078,7 +2093,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2091,62 +2106,62 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr ""
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
@@ -2155,27 +2170,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "anhysbys"
@@ -2186,350 +2201,350 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
#, fuzzy
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
#, fuzzy
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ACT"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Dyfeisiau Rhwydwaith"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "Dyfeisiau Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "Dymi"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
#, fuzzy
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
#, fuzzy
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
#, fuzzy
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Llygoden USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB"
msgstr "UDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
#, fuzzy
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#, fuzzy
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
#, fuzzy
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "Disgiau Rhith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "UTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau"
@@ -2546,58 +2561,58 @@
msgstr "Gweinydd"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "Mathau Gwasanaeth"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "E&nw ffeil"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Gwasanaeth %1"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Connected"
msgstr ""
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "Arsyllu am westeion ar y LAN yma..."
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &Pell"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "Cyfeiryddion wedi'u &Allforio"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2608,14 +2623,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2632,49 +2647,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "UTC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2685,7 +2700,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
@@ -2733,92 +2748,92 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
@@ -2826,41 +2841,41 @@
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
@@ -2897,19 +2912,19 @@
#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
#. ]
#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "Gwasanaeth %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "Dewisiad anhysbys: '%1'"
@@ -2917,75 +2932,55 @@
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Rhaid arsefydlu'r pecynnau yma:"
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
msgid "These packages need to be removed:"
msgstr "Rhaid waredu'r pecynnau yma:"
#. labels changed for bug #215195
#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (),
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Gosod"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Package: "
-msgstr "<b>Pecynnau:</b>"
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Size: "
-msgstr "Maint"
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231
-msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Diweddaru Cywiriadau yn Unig"
-#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Show &details"
-msgstr "&Manylion y Cywiriad <<"
-
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Gosod newydd"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?"
@@ -2995,62 +2990,62 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Gwallau Cofnodion: %1"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3061,34 +3056,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3097,7 +3092,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3105,60 +3100,55 @@
"Check whether the server is accessible."
msgstr ""
-#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860
-msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
@@ -3166,18 +3156,18 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
@@ -3185,15 +3175,15 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Nid yw'r enw defnyddiwr neu'r cyfeiriadur cartref yn ddilys."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
@@ -3202,103 +3192,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "&Ailgeisio"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
-#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
-msgstr "Diweddaru Cywiriadau yn Unig"
+msgid "Package: "
+msgstr "<b>Pecynnau:</b>"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Rhedeg"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Cywiriadau:"
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
#, fuzzy
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Methodd y sgript."
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
@@ -3306,7 +3292,7 @@
msgstr "Cywiriadau:"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3316,72 +3302,68 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "Cyfred&oli"
#. heading of popup
-#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Cyflwr"
-
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Cyflwr"
+
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "&Atgyweirio Cysawd a Osodwyd"
@@ -3393,29 +3375,29 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
@@ -3424,11 +3406,26 @@
msgstr "URL: %1"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:"
+#. check box
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Show &details"
+msgstr "&Manylion y Cywiriad <<"
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Size: "
+msgstr "Maint"
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58
msgid ""
@@ -3436,7 +3433,7 @@
"Ask PackageKit to quit again?"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking software management.\n"
"This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n"
@@ -3448,21 +3445,21 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183
msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112
msgid ""
"Would you like to continue without having access\n"
"to the software management or retry to access it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163
msgid ""
"Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n"
"continue without having access to the software management,\n"
@@ -3470,14 +3467,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187
msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
msgstr ""
#. print the question
#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
#| msgid_plural "Do you accept these license agreements?"
@@ -3485,7 +3482,7 @@
msgstr "Ydych yn derbyn y cytundeb trwydded yma?"
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
@@ -3518,17 +3515,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "&Cydwelaf"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "&Cydwelaf"
@@ -3546,7 +3543,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3555,7 +3552,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3564,7 +3561,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3572,7 +3569,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3585,146 +3582,146 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Arsefydlu wedi gorffen.\n"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Arsefydliad Sail"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Negeseuon Cofnodion: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau wedi methu: %1."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "<b>Pecynnau:</b>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "<b>Pecynnau:</b>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "&Atgyweirio Cysawd a Osodwyd"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
#, fuzzy
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "<b>Pecynnau:</b>"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "Enw Defnyddiwr: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Cyflwr"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "&Manylion <<"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "&Gorffen"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "<b>Pecynnau:</b>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "<b>Pecynnau:</b>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..."
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3750,7 +3747,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3762,16 +3759,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3782,7 +3779,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3793,70 +3790,70 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
#, fuzzy
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr "URL: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr "Fersiwn: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr "Enw Defnyddiwr: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr "Cre&u"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
#, fuzzy
msgid "ID: "
msgstr "URL: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "Enw Defnyddiwr: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Fersiwn: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: "
msgstr "Cre&u"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3870,7 +3867,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3884,13 +3881,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
#, fuzzy
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad."
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3903,7 +3900,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3916,13 +3913,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3936,7 +3933,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3950,17 +3947,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -3970,7 +3967,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -3978,7 +3975,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3986,7 +3983,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -3995,23 +3992,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4025,13 +4022,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Rhybuddion"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4044,7 +4041,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1"
@@ -4056,38 +4053,38 @@
#. translators: default global progress bar label
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Gosod gyrrydd..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Macedonia"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -4095,49 +4092,49 @@
"Arhoswch tra mae'r cysawd sylfaenol yn cael ei osod.\n"
"</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Manylion <<"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Repair"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "Cyflawni Trwsio"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Cyflawni Arsefydlu"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Arsefydliad Sail"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
@@ -4145,18 +4142,19 @@
msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Erthylwyd\n"
-#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
+#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL))
+#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd)
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -4749,31 +4747,45 @@
msgstr "Dyfeisiau Rhwydwaith"
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr "Peidio â dangos y neges yma eto."
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+msgid ""
+"File %s has been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose this file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose these files."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416
+#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth greu initrd."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4782,19 +4794,19 @@
"i weithredu'r cnewyllyn newydd.\n"
#. bnc #421002
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177
msgid "Confirm driver activation"
msgstr "Cadarnhau gweithredu gyrrydd"
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. vendor and device information strings as stored
#. in the hardware-probing database.
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184
msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgstr "Dadansoddodd YaST2 y dyfais canlynol"
#. Caption for Textentry with module information
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193
msgid "&Driver/Module to load"
msgstr "&Gyrrydd/Modiwl i'w lwytho"
@@ -4809,7 +4821,7 @@
"yn yr amrediad 0-255 wedi'u gwahanu gan dotiau."
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4820,14 +4832,14 @@
"ddechrau neu orffen cydran, ac ni all y cydran olaf ddechrau efo digid."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: "."
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n"
@@ -4840,7 +4852,7 @@
"yn yr amrediad 0-255 wedi'u gwahanu gan dotiau."
#. Translators: colon: ":"
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n"
@@ -4854,7 +4866,7 @@
"yn yr amrediad 0-255 wedi'u gwahanu gan dotiau."
#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128
msgid ""
"A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n"
"IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n"
@@ -4866,58 +4878,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. Byte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "B"
msgstr "MB"
#. KiloByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "KB"
msgid "KiB"
msgstr "KB"
#. MegaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MB"
msgid "MiB"
msgstr "MB"
#. GigaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "GB"
msgid "GiB"
msgstr "GB"
#. TeraByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "TB"
msgid "TiB"
msgstr "TB"
-#. covert a number to download rate string
-#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238
-msgid "%1/s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s")
#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s")
#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201
msgid "%1 (on average %2)"
msgstr ""
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
+#. covert a number to download rate string
+#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+msgid "%1/s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection.
#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when
#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules
@@ -4929,20 +4941,20 @@
#. the suggested load command
#.
#. This is the heading of the popup box
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102
msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection"
msgstr "Cadarnhau Darganfod Caledwedd"
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. hardware class name (network cards).
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 will detect the following hardware:"
msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:"
msgstr "Bydd YaST2 yn darganfod y galedwedd ganlynol:"
#. Message in a continue/cancel popup
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182
msgid ""
"This module must be run as root.\n"
"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
@@ -4951,36 +4963,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190
msgid "Root Privileges Needed"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete selected entry?"
msgstr "Dewisodd y ddefnyddiwr ailgeisio."
#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.)
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221
msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. button text
#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel"
#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept".
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508
msgid "&Apply"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "YaST2\n"
@@ -4993,14 +5005,14 @@
"Ymgychwyn ..."
#. Heading for help popup window
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Cymorth"
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
msgid "Module"
msgstr ""
@@ -5768,7 +5780,67 @@
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Gwasanaeth"
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:"
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "Rhedeg"
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "S&top now ..."
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "&Aros rwan..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start now ..."
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "C&ychwyn rwan..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
+#~ msgstr "Diweddaru Cywiriadau yn Unig"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Not detected."
#~ msgid "No running network detected."
#~ msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/bootloader.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/bootloader.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/bootloader.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -56,71 +56,27 @@
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value: %s"
msgstr "Gwerth"
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -229,7 +185,7 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
@@ -248,12 +204,11 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -262,71 +217,71 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "G&wasanaeth"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -338,14 +293,19 @@
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd"
@@ -353,84 +313,84 @@
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "Gwasanaeth"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -457,45 +417,37 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " Distribution: "
msgid "D&istributor"
msgstr "Dosbarthiad:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "Modd"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
-msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -543,74 +495,73 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132
+#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "Dewiswch"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -620,64 +571,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Eraill"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr "Ata&l Gosodiad"
@@ -719,21 +670,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -744,7 +695,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -753,14 +704,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -768,7 +719,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -781,7 +732,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -789,7 +740,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -798,7 +749,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -806,7 +757,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -814,7 +765,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -822,7 +773,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -830,7 +781,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -838,7 +789,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -846,14 +797,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -861,28 +812,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -890,7 +841,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -901,30 +852,30 @@
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
@@ -1001,40 +952,119 @@
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr ""
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disks"
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "Disgiau"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Service"
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "G&wasanaeth"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
+msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
+#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
+msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235
msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Dewisiad anghywir: %1"
@@ -1043,7 +1073,7 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "&Math y Soced"
@@ -1063,113 +1093,113 @@
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Gwasanaeth"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "Cre&u"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
@@ -1178,10 +1208,6 @@
#~ msgid "Disk Order"
#~ msgstr "Disgiau"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Disk order settings"
-#~ msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
-
#~ msgid "&Up"
#~ msgstr "I &Fyny"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ca-management.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/ca-management.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ca-management.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2551,8 +2551,8 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429
msgid "Missing value 'caName'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@
msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244
msgid "Getting defaults failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -2606,12 +2606,12 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the CA failed."
msgstr "Ymgychwyn ar gyfer diweddaraiad CD..."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
@@ -2623,9 +2623,9 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'."
msgstr "Gwerth annilys am ddewisiad '%1': %2"
@@ -2633,7 +2633,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'."
msgstr "Gwerth annilys am ddewisiad '%1': %2"
@@ -2659,7 +2659,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007
msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770
msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2685,7 +2685,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'."
msgstr "Gwerth annilys am ddewisiad '%1': %2"
@@ -2728,7 +2728,7 @@
msgid "Missing value 'days'."
msgstr "Llofnod ar goll."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359
msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -2787,8 +2787,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'."
msgstr "Gwerth annilys am ddewisiad '%1': %2"
@@ -3023,109 +3023,109 @@
msgid "Importing the certificate failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'."
msgstr "Llofnod ar goll."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'type'."
msgstr "Llofnod ar goll."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'."
msgstr "Gwerth annilys am ddewisiad '%1': %2"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'."
msgstr "Llofnod ar goll."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'."
msgstr "Gwerth annilys am ddewisiad '%1': %2"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'."
msgstr "Llofnod ar goll."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'."
msgstr "Gwerth annilys am ddewisiad '%1': %2"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parsing failed."
msgstr "Methodd prosesu'r cywiriad."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parsing the request failed."
msgstr "Methodd prosesu'r cywiriad."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704
msgid "Getting the request list failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779
#, perl-format
msgid "Request not found in %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read the request."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792
msgid "No request data found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835
msgid "Importing the request failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926
msgid "Deleting the request failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'."
msgstr "Gwerth annilys am ddewisiad '%1': %2"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "CA key not available in %s."
msgstr " o diweddariadau newydd ar gael."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030
msgid "Importing the CA failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127
msgid "Deleting the CA failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyfile does not exist."
msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password change failed."
msgstr "Methodd prosesu'r cywiriad."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/cio.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/cio.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/cio.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -45,15 +45,15 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Yes"
msgid "yes"
msgstr "Ie"
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
msgid "Filter channels"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/cluster.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/cluster.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/cluster.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -84,322 +84,310 @@
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122
msgid "OK"
msgstr "Iawn"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Cancel"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "&Diddymu"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr ""
#. Set need to require 'set'
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Node ID must be unique"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220
-msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
+msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Changed"
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "Wedi'u Newid"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690
-msgid "Number of threads must be integer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696
-msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
-msgid "Threads:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Rhedeg"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Rhedeg"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Booting from %1"
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn o %1"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Current Option: "
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&dd"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "&Ychwanegu"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Oedi"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&Golygu"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad."
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -412,18 +400,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
@@ -431,7 +418,7 @@
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -440,7 +427,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -451,7 +438,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Initializing inetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -464,7 +451,7 @@
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -477,7 +464,7 @@
"Erthylwch y defnyddioldeb ffurfweddu yn ddiogel gan wasgu <b>Erthylu</b> rwan.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Saving inetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -490,7 +477,7 @@
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -523,45 +510,45 @@
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the settings"
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -569,71 +556,71 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not detected."
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to runlevels."
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "Cadw newidiadau i redlefelau."
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to runlevels."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "Cadw newidiadau i redlefelau."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgid "Cannot write settings."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/control-center.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/control-center.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/control-center.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-15 14:03+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/control.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/control.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/control.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-10 21:38+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/country.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/country.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/country.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,41 +17,41 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplural=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyboard configuration."
msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd"
#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyboard configuration summary."
msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd"
#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration."
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
msgid "List all available keyboard layouts."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
msgid "New keyboard layout"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
msgstr ""
@@ -206,13 +206,19 @@
#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
"Select the layout to use during update:"
msgstr ""
+#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
+#. any error to the user
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
+msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
#, fuzzy
@@ -312,7 +318,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help for write dialog
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -320,19 +326,19 @@
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
msgstr ""
@@ -650,8 +656,8 @@
#. label text (Clock setting)
#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
msgid "UTC"
msgstr "UTC"
@@ -667,19 +673,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"Time %1 is in the past.\n"
"Set a correct time before starting installation."
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. menue label text
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Time Zone"
msgstr "Modd &Syml"
@@ -805,7 +811,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "ni ffurfweddir y rhaglen"
@@ -813,8 +819,8 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
@@ -827,34 +833,28 @@
#. label text
#. label text
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#. title for combo box 'timezone'
-#. title for selection box 'timezone'
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -872,37 +872,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
#, fuzzy
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Modd &Syml"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Caledwedd"
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr "ni ffurfweddir y rhaglen"
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:"
@@ -954,203 +954,203 @@
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
msgid "Italian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Greek"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Danish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Czech"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
msgid "Polish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
msgid "Russian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Lithuania"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
#, fuzzy
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Gwlad yr Iâ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Wcrain"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
#, fuzzy
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Corea"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Romania"
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Romania"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
msgid "US International"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/crowbar.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/crowbar.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/crowbar.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,31 +18,40 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module
-#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56
+#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "Repository Name"
+#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
+msgid "Common for All"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "URL"
-msgstr "URL"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
+msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "Ask On Error"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
+msgid "SLES 12"
msgstr ""
-#. help text
+#. combobox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Dire&ctories"
+msgid "&Location of Repositories"
+msgstr "Cyfei&riaduron"
+
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
@@ -52,54 +61,44 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122
-msgid "Repository &URL"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135
-msgid "&Ask On Error"
-msgstr ""
-
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Administrator Name"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu"
#. help text
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mode"
msgid "&Mode"
msgstr "Modd"
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
msgid "Bonding &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215
msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network"
msgstr ""
#. help text for conduit if list
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n"
"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n"
@@ -107,133 +106,217 @@
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255
msgid "Subnet Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Network Mask"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275
msgid "Use &VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285
msgid "VLAN &ID"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295
msgid "Rou&ter"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317
msgid "Router pre&ference"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372
msgid "Broa&dcast"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add service"
msgid "&Add Bridge"
msgstr "Ychwnaegu gwasanaeth"
#. push button label&
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&hange..."
msgid "Edit Ran&ges..."
msgstr "&Newid..."
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
msgid "Add &Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Enw"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+msgid "URL"
+msgstr "URL"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+msgid "Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+msgid "Target Platform"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+msgid ""
+"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
+"Choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server URL: "
+msgid "Server &URL"
+msgstr "URL Gweinydd:"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+msgid "Repository Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+msgid "&Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+msgid "Repository &URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label (hint for user)
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Dire&ctories"
+msgid "A&dd Repository"
+msgstr "Cyfei&riaduron"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+msgid "Remote SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Name: %1"
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Enw Defnyddiwr: %1"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Password:"
msgid "Password"
msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Root Password"
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
+msgid "User name cannot be empty."
+msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
-#. table entry (VLAN status)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861
+#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "D&isable"
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "&Analluogi"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -243,7 +326,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -252,7 +335,7 @@
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -261,94 +344,89 @@
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "UML User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Dire&ctories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Cyfei&riaduron"
-#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501
-msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
msgid ""
"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -357,7 +435,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -406,57 +484,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Caledwedd"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing ..."
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/dhcp-server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/dhcp-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/dhcp-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2400,63 +2400,63 @@
msgstr "Ffurfweddu Gweinydd TFTP"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r gweinydd NFS"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r gweinydd NFS"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r gweinydd NFS"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r gweinydd NFS"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2467,108 +2467,108 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r gweinydd NFS"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r gweinydd NFS"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r gweinydd NFS"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r gweinydd NFS"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2576,26 +2576,26 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/dns-server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/dns-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/dns-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,16 +16,260 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplural=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DNS server configuration"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..."
+
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start-up settings"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DNS forwarders"
+msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Logging settings"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DNS zones"
+msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
+msgid "Access control lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
+msgid "Zone transport rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Zone name servers"
+msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Zone mail servers"
+msgstr "Alluogi &pob gwasanaeth"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
+msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
+msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
+msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Show current settings"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r dibynnydd NFS"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
+msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start DNS server manually"
+msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Add a new record"
+msgstr "Ychwanegu Cofnod Gwasanaeth Newydd"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
+msgid "Remove a record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "IPv4 address"
+msgstr "&Ychwanegu"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
+msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set option"
+msgstr "Dewisiad &Detholedig"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
+msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
+msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
+msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Zone name"
+msgstr "Rhifau Ffôn"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
+msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DNS zone master server"
+msgstr "&Peidio â chychwyn y gweinydd NFS"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enable option"
+msgstr "Dewisiad &Detholedig"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disable option"
+msgstr "Dewisiad &Detholedig"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
+msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
+msgid "Serial number of zone update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
+msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
+msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
+msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
+msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
+msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
+msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
+msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
+msgstr "Enw gwesteiwr y &gweinydd NFS:"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Log named queries %1"
+msgstr "Rhybuddion Cofnodion: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Log zone updates %1"
+msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
+msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
+msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parameter %1 is required."
msgstr "Mae angen o leiaf un ddisg."
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1."
msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1"
@@ -34,12 +278,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555
#, fuzzy
@@ -47,62 +285,50 @@
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..."
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..."
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process."
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS server needs manual starting."
msgstr "Cyflawni Arsefydlu"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forwarding:"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forwarder IP"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
@@ -112,78 +338,65 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging destination"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "System log"
msgstr "Cysawd"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
#, fuzzy
msgid "File"
msgstr "Ffeiliau"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
#, fuzzy
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "E&nw ffeil"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
msgid "Maximum size"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
msgid "Maximum versions"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log named queries"
msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log zone updates"
msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log zone transfers"
msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging Settings:"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting"
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
@@ -192,105 +405,85 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Gwerth"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging Rule"
msgstr "Mew&ngofnodi"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Zones:"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name"
msgstr "E&nw ffeil"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Math"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
#, fuzzy
msgid "Master Server"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
#, fuzzy
msgid "Predefined"
msgstr "4: Diffinir gan y ddefnyddiwr"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "ACLs:"
msgstr "ACT"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
#, fuzzy
msgid "Zone Transport:"
msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
@@ -300,49 +493,36 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabled ACL"
msgstr "Alluogir"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name Servers:"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name Server"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
@@ -350,366 +530,64 @@
msgstr "Gweinydd"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "Gweinydd"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Record Query"
msgstr "C&yfeiriaduron"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
#, fuzzy
msgid "Record Type"
msgstr "Gorchymyn Anhysbys: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Record Value"
msgstr "C&yfeiriaduron"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname Record:"
msgstr "Enw gwesteiwr y &gweinydd NFS:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS server configuration"
-msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..."
-
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start-up settings"
-msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS forwarders"
-msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Logging settings"
-msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS zones"
-msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
-msgid "Access control lists"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
-msgid "Zone transport rules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Zone name servers"
-msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Zone mail servers"
-msgstr "Alluogi &pob gwasanaeth"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
-msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
-msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
-msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Show current settings"
-msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r dibynnydd NFS"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
-msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start DNS server manually"
-msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Add a new record"
-msgstr "Ychwanegu Cofnod Gwasanaeth Newydd"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
-msgid "Remove a record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "IPv4 address"
-msgstr "&Ychwanegu"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
-msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set option"
-msgstr "Dewisiad &Detholedig"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
-msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
-msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
-msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Zone name"
-msgstr "Rhifau Ffôn"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
-msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS zone master server"
-msgstr "&Peidio â chychwyn y gweinydd NFS"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable option"
-msgstr "Dewisiad &Detholedig"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Disable option"
-msgstr "Dewisiad &Detholedig"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
-msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
-msgid "Serial number of zone update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
-msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
-msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
-msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
-msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
-msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
-msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
-msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
-msgstr "Enw gwesteiwr y &gweinydd NFS:"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Log named queries %1"
-msgstr "Rhybuddion Cofnodion: %1"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Log zone updates %1"
-msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
-msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
-msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
@@ -730,8 +608,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
@@ -754,10 +632,8 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
-#. check box
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -785,113 +661,35 @@
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..."
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
#, fuzzy
-msgid "When &Booting"
-msgstr "Ymgychwyn o %1"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "Wedi'u Newid"
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Manually"
-msgstr "Managua"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "When Booting"
-msgstr "Ymgychwyn o %1"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Manually"
-msgstr "Managua"
-
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service status - label
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS server is running."
-msgstr "rhaglen yn rhedeg"
-
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS server is not running."
-msgstr "ni redir y rhaglen"
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "S&top DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
-msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Stop DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. Frame label (DNS starting)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "Dewisiadau"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Mew&ngofnodi"
@@ -900,8 +698,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -909,124 +707,93 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Now and When Booting"
-msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
-msgid "Only Manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602
-msgid "Switch On and Off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Current status
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Current Status: "
-msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:"
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#. if (! Popup::YesNo (
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719
-msgid ""
-"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
-"be reread from new data storage.\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..."
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "&Ychwanegu"
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr ""
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -1034,12 +801,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "' yn ddilys."
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
@@ -1049,51 +816,51 @@
"yn yr amrediad 0-255 wedi'u gwahanu gan dotiau."
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr "Mae'r gwerth dewisiedig yn bresennol yn barod"
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr "Dewisiad"
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "Gwerth"
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr "Wedi'u Newid"
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:"
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Dewisiad"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
@@ -1101,7 +868,7 @@
msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau ailosod popeth i werthoedd rhagosod?"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
@@ -1109,126 +876,126 @@
msgstr "Ni all dewisiad '%1' bod â gwerth. Y gwerth a roddwyd: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr "Math"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr "Cysawd"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File"
msgstr "Ffeiliau"
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
#, fuzzy
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr "Dewisiad"
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "E&nw ffeil"
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
#, fuzzy
msgid "ACL"
msgstr "ACT"
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr "Mae'r gwerth dewisiedig yn bresennol yn barod"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr ""
@@ -1237,8 +1004,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
#, fuzzy
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Dwyrain"
@@ -1249,9 +1016,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
#, fuzzy
msgid "Slave"
msgstr "&Cadw"
@@ -1261,25 +1028,38 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr ""
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgstr "Cadw data ffurfweddu ar y cysawd cyrchfan."
+
+#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad"
+
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -1780,14 +1560,8 @@
"Really exit?"
msgstr "Bydd pob newid yn cael ei golli!"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
-msgstr "Cadw data ffurfweddu ar y cysawd cyrchfan."
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgstr ""
@@ -2614,59 +2388,59 @@
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
@@ -2674,81 +2448,81 @@
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Ailddechrau &darganfod"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr "Cadw data ffurfweddu ar y cysawd cyrchfan."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
@@ -2756,81 +2530,137 @@
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stub"
msgstr "Cyflwr"
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hint"
msgstr "Munud"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
#, fuzzy
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "When &Booting"
+#~ msgstr "Ymgychwyn o %1"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Manually"
+#~ msgstr "Managua"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "When Booting"
+#~ msgstr "Ymgychwyn o %1"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Manually"
+#~ msgstr "Managua"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DNS server is running."
+#~ msgstr "rhaglen yn rhedeg"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DNS server is not running."
+#~ msgstr "ni redir y rhaglen"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "S&top DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Start DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Stop DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Now and When Booting"
+#~ msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Current Status: "
+#~ msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server"
#~ msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
Added: trunk/yast/cy/po/docker.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/docker.cy.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/docker.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: cy\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
+
+#. Only root can start process
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
+msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "Do you want to remove the container?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
+msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "&Images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Continue"
+msgid "&Containers"
+msgstr "Parhau"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184
+msgid "Docker Images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
+msgid "Running Docker Containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
+msgid "Image ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Crea&te"
+msgid "Created"
+msgstr "Cre&u"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Virtual Disks"
+msgid "Virtual Size"
+msgstr "Disgiau Rhith"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Continue"
+msgid "Container ID"
+msgstr "Parhau"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Commands:"
+msgid "Command"
+msgstr "Gorchmynion:"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Cyflwr"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Portugal"
+msgid "Ports"
+msgstr "Portiwgal"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Refresh"
+msgid "Re&fresh"
+msgstr "Cyfred&oli"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid "R&un"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "&Delete"
+msgstr "&Dileu"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Change..."
+msgid "S&how Changes"
+msgstr "&Newid..."
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
+msgid "Inject &Terminal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296
+msgid "&Stop Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Chile Continental"
+msgid "&Kill Container"
+msgstr "Chile Cyfandirol"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
+msgid "&Commit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
+msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/drbd.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/drbd.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/drbd.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -75,10 +75,16 @@
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration"
+msgid "LVM Configuration"
+msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurweddu Dyfeisiau"
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurweddu Dyfeisiau"
@@ -259,7 +265,7 @@
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
@@ -294,16 +300,37 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big></b><br>\n"
+"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big></b><br>\n"
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -313,7 +340,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -323,7 +350,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -333,7 +360,7 @@
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -342,7 +369,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -355,7 +382,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -363,7 +390,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -373,7 +400,7 @@
"Cliciwch <b>Creu</b> a cwblhewch y ffurflen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -384,7 +411,7 @@
"Dewiswch y gwasanaeth i'w ddileu a gwasgwch <b>Dileu</b>.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -396,7 +423,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -404,7 +431,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -414,28 +441,52 @@
"<p><b><big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big></b><br>\n"
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
+#. Default is always true (auto)
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
+msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+msgid "Device Filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300
+#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
+#. Ignore the removed disk
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocol"
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
@@ -444,81 +495,83 @@
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn o %1"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36
-msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting"
+msgstr "&Cychwyn y gweinydd NFS"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41
msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start DRBD Server Now"
msgstr "&Cychwyn y gweinydd NFS"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67
msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74
+#. firewall_layout is just a dialog
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Propagate Configuration"
msgstr "Diweddaru Ffurfweddiad"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96
msgid ""
"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "DRBD server is running."
msgstr "rhaglen yn rhedeg"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "DRBD server is not running."
msgstr "ni redir y rhaglen"
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start services"
msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Cychwyn gwasanaethau"
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Caledwedd"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
@@ -551,62 +604,78 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the Configuration"
+msgid "Read LVM configurations"
+msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
+msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
+msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgid ""
@@ -614,12 +683,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
@@ -628,36 +697,60 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Update configuration"
+msgid "Write LVM configurations"
+msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the settings"
+msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration..."
+msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr "Methu creu'r cyfeiriadur '%1'."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/fcoe-client.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/fcoe-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/fcoe-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall-services.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall-services.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall-services.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/firewall.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/firstboot.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/firstboot.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/firstboot.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -118,13 +118,13 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Cyflwr"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
"i ddychwelyd i'r dilyniant gosod yma.</p>\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
msgid ""
"Your language setting has been changed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -236,23 +236,23 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72
msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "Iaith"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/cy/po/fonts.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/fonts.cy.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/fonts.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
+# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: cy\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
+
+#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
+#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
+#. otherwise testsuite will fail
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+msgid "Black and White Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "D&efault"
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr "Rhag&osod"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+msgid "CFF Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. for testsuite
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+msgid "installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "program is not installed"
+msgid "not installed"
+msgstr "ni arsefydlir y rhaglen"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:190
+msgid "Preference List for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. nothing to do here, initialize_familylist_widget will
+#. toggle off/on btn_add_manual as appropriate
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>"
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</b></p>"
+msgstr "<b>Crynodeb:</b> %1<br>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:325
+msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:328
+msgid "<p>No specimen available for this font and script.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. unlikely
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:333
+msgid "<b>No script found for %s.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:341
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>"
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</p>"
+msgstr "<b>Crynodeb:</b> %1<br>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342
+msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. nothing to do nowadays
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496
+msgid ""
+"Family preference list for %s\n"
+"do not contain any installed family.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:499
+msgid ""
+"Please make sure to install at least one for each\n"
+"alias, otherwise this preference setting has no effect.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502
+msgid ""
+"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n"
+"If you install them when this yast module is running,\n"
+"reread the profile to see results.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. <table> do not work for text mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542
+msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543
+msgid ""
+" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n"
+"compiled in FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545
+msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547
+msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560
+msgid "Match for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing"
+msgid "Font &Antialiasing"
+msgstr "Ymgychwyn"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588
+msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769
+msgid "Force A&utohinting On"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772
+msgid "Force Hint St&yle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623
+msgid "Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626
+msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Language"
+msgid "All Lan&guages"
+msgstr "Iaith"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637
+msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644
+msgid "&Select"
+msgstr "Pe&nodi"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777
+msgid "LCD &Filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677
+msgid "&Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688
+msgid "Alias"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+msgid "Font Family"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
+msgid "Available"
+msgstr "Ar &gael:"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remo&ve"
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr "Gwa&redu"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Down"
+msgid "Down"
+msgstr "I &Lawr"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Up"
+msgid "Up"
+msgstr "I &Fyny"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66
+msgid "&Add"
+msgstr "&Ychwanegu"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719
+msgid "&Installed families..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735
+msgid "Search &Metric Compatible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746
+msgid "Never use o&ther fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775
+msgid "Subpixel &Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799
+msgid "&Rendering Details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing"
+msgid "Antialiasing"
+msgstr "Ymgychwyn"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810
+msgid "Hinting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837
+msgid "Prefered &Families"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844
+msgid "Forcing Family Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860
+msgid "Match &Preview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879
+msgid "&Presets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated
+#. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config
+#. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the Configuration"
+msgid "Reading Font Configuration"
+msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936
+msgid "Read sysconfig file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading module list..."
+msgid "Reading %s..."
+msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration"
+msgid "Font Configuration"
+msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958
+msgid " (User Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. misuse back_button a bit
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the settings"
+msgid "&Use system settings"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration..."
+msgid "Writing Font Configuration"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Write sysconfig file"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu ffurfweddiad y cysawd"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979
+msgid "Run fonts-config"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgid "Writing %s..."
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig.%1"
+msgid "Running fonts-config..."
+msgstr "Rhedeg SuSEconfig. %1"
+
+#. we are in user mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999
+msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
+msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>"
+msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027
+msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028
+msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
+msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
+msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033
+msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035
+msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036
+msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
+msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
+msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039
+msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040
+msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042
+msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
+msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
+msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050
+msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056
+msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057
+msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059
+msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060
+msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063
+msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066
+msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068
+msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074
+msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078
+msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
+msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081
+msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
+msgid "<p>See: %s<p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087
+msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
+msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
+msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
+msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
+msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101
+msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
+msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
+msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
+msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
+msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114
+msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
+msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
+msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124
+msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125
+msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127
+msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129
+msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130
+msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
+msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
+msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
+msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142
+msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
+msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
+msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148
+msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149
+msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
+msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
+msgid "&Filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Installed Families"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Font Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Script failed."
+msgid "Script Coverages"
+msgstr "Methodd y sgript."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr "&Diddymu"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Ok"
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr "Iawn"
+
+#. save unknown langs
+#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Language"
+msgid "&Languages"
+msgstr "Iaith"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ftp-server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/ftp-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ftp-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1978,22 +1978,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. anonymous dir
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr "<p><ul><i>Nodir pob gwasanaeth fel wedi'i aros.</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
msgid "FTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094
msgid "FTP daemon %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "These options will be configured"
msgstr "Bydd y gwansanaethau yma yn cael eu halluogi"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/geo-cluster.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/geo-cluster.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/geo-cluster.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,10 +60,10 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mouse configuration"
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -118,17 +118,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -136,101 +136,146 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
-#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Data"
+msgid "Authentification"
+msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Cancel"
+msgid "Ca&ncel"
+msgstr "&Diddymu"
+
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "OK"
msgstr "Iawn"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122
+msgid "Enable Security Auth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Data"
+msgid "Authentification file"
+msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
+msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Keep Authentication Data"
+msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgstr "Ca&dw Data Dilysiant"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+msgid "Basic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Dire&ctories"
msgid "retries"
msgstr "Cyfei&riaduron"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "Mae'r weithred yn annilys."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "' yn ddilys."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "' yn ddilys."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "' yn ddilys."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "' yn ddilys."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No patches have been installed."
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "Ni arsefydlwyd cywiriad."
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
@@ -238,65 +283,78 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+#. Validation check before switch to authentification
+#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610
+#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "Mae'r URL yn annilys."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621
+#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No patches have been installed."
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "Ni arsefydlwyd cywiriad."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No patches have been installed."
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr "Ni arsefydlwyd cywiriad."
+#. Validation check before switch to basic
+#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Configuration"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -304,105 +362,112 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mouse configuration"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Data"
+msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
-#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("")
+#. Convert relative path to absolute path
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. List like site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253
msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
#. Create a ticket item
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd"
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
-msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mouse configuration"
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/gtk.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/gtk.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/gtk.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/http-server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/http-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/http-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -146,10 +146,10 @@
#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") );
#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil );
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Alluogir"
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@
#. translators: service status radio button label
#. translators: server module status
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -169,9 +169,9 @@
#. translators: server module status unknown
#. list of all installed modules
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "anhysbys"
@@ -645,9 +645,9 @@
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr ""
@@ -704,37 +704,37 @@
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
msgid "Read Apache2 configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -743,23 +743,23 @@
#. translators: progress step
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: progress finished
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. notification about package needed 1/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185
msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. notification about package needed 2/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189
msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ydych eisiau ei osod rwan?</p>"
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195
msgid ""
"The package %1 is not available.\n"
"\n"
@@ -770,53 +770,53 @@
#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247
msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. off();
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine."
msgstr "Nid oes rhyngwyneb defnyddiwr ar gael ar gyfer y modiwl yma."
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402
msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413
msgid "Write the Apache2 settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
msgid "Enable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418
msgid "Disable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. translators: progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427
msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. install required RPMs for modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441
msgid ""
"The enabled modules require\n"
"installation of some of these additional packages:\n"
@@ -825,58 +825,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550
msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562
msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581
msgid ""
"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n"
"This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596
msgid "Listen statement without port found."
msgstr ""
#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port)
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730
msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. "Default host" information
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>"
msgstr "Rhag&osod"
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799
msgid " in "
msgstr ""
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "Alluogir"
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "A&nalluogi"
#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>"
msgstr "Disgiau Rhith"
@@ -994,7 +994,7 @@
#. translators: multi selection box
#. translators: multi selection box
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474
msgid "&Listen on Interfaces"
msgstr ""
@@ -1206,27 +1206,27 @@
msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty."
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709
msgid "All addresses (*)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Addresses"
msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716
#, fuzzy
msgid "ServerName"
msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty."
msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod."
#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80'
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818
msgid ""
"To use name-based virtual hosting,\n"
"you must designate the IP address on the server\n"
@@ -1234,217 +1234,217 @@
"Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854
msgid "Master Zone %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872
msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884
msgid "Add to Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929
#, fuzzy
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "Rhifau Ffôn"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
msgid "Create New Zone"
msgstr ""
#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021
#, fuzzy
msgid "CGI Directory"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Delwedd Ymgychwyn"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Certificate File"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau"
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the certificate file."
msgstr "Gwasanaethau"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Certificate Key File"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau"
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the key file."
msgstr "Gwasanaethau"
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230
msgid "Select Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message un failed certificate import
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222
msgid ""
"Cannot import certificate\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429
msgid "Network &Address:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement
#. translators: popup error
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442
msgid "Invalid port number."
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940
msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943
msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107
msgid "Modules dependency problem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
msgid "requires"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
msgid "Enable required module or disable first one."
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221
msgid "New Module &Name:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239
msgid "A name for the module to add is required."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242
msgid "The module is already in the list."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting
#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305
msgid "The entry '%1' already exists."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326
msgid ""
"The list of the ports to which the server should\n"
"listen cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one interface must be selected."
msgstr "Mae angen o leiaf un ddisg."
#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520
msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528
msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536
msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. illegal keys in vhost
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753
#, perl-format
msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739
#, perl-format
msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764
msgid "Illegal host ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786
#, fuzzy
msgid "hostid already exists"
msgstr "Mae'r gwerth dewisiedig yn bresennol yn barod"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825
#, fuzzy
msgid "can not delete default host"
msgstr "Methu dileu'r gwasanaeth. Ni arsefydlir."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846
#, fuzzy
msgid "hostid not found"
msgstr "Dim canlyniad"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261
msgid "illegal port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278
msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325
msgid "listen value to delete not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798
msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761
msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803
msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
@@ -1452,225 +1452,225 @@
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic authentication"
msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54
msgid "User authentication using text files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Authorization"
msgstr "Awdurdodi"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70
msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79
msgid "User authentication using DBM files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173
msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185
msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220
msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250
msgid "User-specific directories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258
msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300
msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335
msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345
msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360
msgid "File system provider for mod_dav"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371
msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390
msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411
msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434
msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447
msgid "Server-side image map processing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458
msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467
msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507
msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564
msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571
msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578
msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584
msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590
msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626
msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666
msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715
msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721
msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/inetd.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/inetd.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/inetd.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-11 22:25+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/installation.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/installation.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/installation.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-10 21:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -19,23 +19,295 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.2\n"
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
+msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu."
+
+#. dialog content - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu ffurfweddiad y cysawd"
+
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
+msgstr "Arhoswch..."
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"No installation control file has been found,\n"
+"the installer cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. progress step title
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. Dialog busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Finishing the installation..."
+msgstr "Gorffen Gosod Sylfaenol"
+
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+#| "a graphical installation. There is less than %1 MB\n"
+#| "memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
+"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Nid yw eich cyfrifiadur yn gyflawni'r gofynion i gyd am\n"
+"osod graffegol. Mae llai na %1 MB\n"
+"o gof, neu roedd yn amhosibl cychwyn y gweinydd X.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fel modd wrth gefn, bydd y blaen-wyneb testun YaST2 yn\n"
+"eich arwain drwy'r gosod. Mae'r blaen-wyneb yma yn\n"
+" cynnig yr un galluoedd a'r un graffegol, ond mae'r sgriniau\n"
+"yn wahanol o'r rhai yn y llawlyfr.\n"
+
+#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
+#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
+#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "The required packages were not installed (minimal installation) or\n"
+#| "the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgid ""
+"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
+"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Roedd yn amhosibl cychwyn y rhyngwyneb graffegol.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ni osodwyd y pecynnau hanfodol (gosod lleiaf) neu\n"
+"ni chynhelir y cerdyn graffeg yn iawn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fel modd wrth gefn, bydd y blaen-wyneb testun YaST2 yn\n"
+"eich arwain drwy'r gosod. Mae'r blaen-wyneb yma yn\n"
+" cynnig yr un galluoedd a'r un graffegol, ond mae'r sgriniau\n"
+"yn wahanol o'r rhai yn y llawlyfr.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start service %1"
+msgstr "Cychwyn gwasanaethau"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r dibynnydd NFS"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Arhoswch tra mae'r cysawd sylfaenol yn cael ei osod.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has failed.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup headline (#x1)
+#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
+#. dialog cotent (progress information)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Starting Installation..."
+msgstr "Ata&l Gosodiad"
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Confirm Installation"
+msgstr "&Parhau'r Gosod"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu."
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
+"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
+"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
+"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
+"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
+"previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Confirm Update"
+msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
+"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start &Update"
+msgstr "Erthylu Diweddaru"
+
#. this is a heading
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61
-msgid "Dummy"
-msgstr "Dymi"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66
+msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:63
-msgid "&Dummy"
-msgstr "&Dymi"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68
+msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
+msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
+msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
+msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
@@ -43,124 +315,120 @@
"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
+msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Clone System Configuration"
msgstr "Diweddaru Ffurfweddiad"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
msgstr "Diweddaru Ffurfweddiad"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau i'r cysawd gosodedig"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
-msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau cofnodion i'r cysawd a osodwyd"
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..."
msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau i'r cysawd gosodedig"
#. Create a summary
#. return string
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from Images"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Install from Images"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Do not Install from Images"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
msgstr ""
#. Image name, Image location
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Crea&te"
msgid "Create Image"
msgstr "Cre&u"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188
msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200
msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
@@ -168,7 +436,7 @@
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
@@ -176,30 +444,31 @@
"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1."
msgstr ""
#. changed to true
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
msgid ""
"Cannot enable installation from images.\n"
"\n"
@@ -208,52 +477,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from &Images"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "No installation images are available"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "Ymgychwyn trefnydd ffenestri rhagosod"
#. feedback heading
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-on Product Installation"
msgstr "&Terfynu'r gosod"
#. feedback message
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..."
msgstr "Darllen gwybodaeth am y pecynnau. Arhoswch am eiliad..."
#. popup error message
#. %1 represents the the error message details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n"
@@ -264,37 +533,37 @@
#. bnc #542792
#. Repository name must be generated from product details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165
msgid "Updates for %1 %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "anhysbys"
#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run Update"
msgstr "Diweddaru"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Skip Update"
msgstr "Diweddaru"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73
msgid "Online Update"
msgstr "Diweddariad Arlein"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run Online Update now?"
msgstr "Diweddariad Arlein"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76
msgid ""
"Select whether to run an online update now.\n"
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
@@ -304,47 +573,52 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. combobox
#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "Iaith"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
#. bnc #359456
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "Ydych yn derbyn y cytundeb trwydded yma?"
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Ydych yn derbyn y cytundeb trwydded yma?"
#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "License &Translations..."
msgstr "Gorffen Gosod Sylfaenol"
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -354,7 +628,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -363,7 +637,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -375,7 +649,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -384,7 +658,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -402,26 +676,26 @@
#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
#. 28 = Operation timeout.
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad"
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n"
@@ -429,22 +703,22 @@
#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
msgid "Installation Completed"
msgstr "Gosod wedi'i Gwblhau"
#. congratulation text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Llongyfarchiadau!</b></p>"
#. congratulation text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
@@ -453,24 +727,24 @@
"Wedi clicio <b>Gorffen</b>, gallwch mewngofnodi i'r cysawd.</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ymwelwch â ni wrth www.suse.com.</p>"
#. congratulation text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
msgstr "<p>Cewch lawer o hwyl!<br>Eich Tîm Datblygiad SuSE</p>"
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mae eich cysawd yn barod i'w ddefnyddio.</p>"
#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n"
@@ -483,7 +757,7 @@
"i'r sgrîn mewnosod.</p>\n"
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
@@ -495,7 +769,7 @@
"ein Ymgom Croeso SuSE.</p>\n"
#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
@@ -503,34 +777,26 @@
"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dialog busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Finishing the installation..."
-msgstr "Gorffen Gosod Sylfaenol"
-
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>I gyrchu'r cysawd X11, rhaid i'r pecyn <b>%1</b> gael ei osod.</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Install them now?</p>"
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ydych eisiau eu harsefydlu rwan?</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315
msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled."
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -539,16 +805,17 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu."
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
@@ -556,219 +823,212 @@
msgstr "Gorffen Gosod Sylfaenol"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu."
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu."
#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Disgrifiad"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation - Warming Up"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
-#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#. popup headline (#x1)
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Starting Installation..."
-msgstr "Ata&l Gosodiad"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
-#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu."
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr ""
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Gorffen Gosod Sylfaenol"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau i'r cysawd gosodedig"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau i'r cysawd gosodedig"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Paratoi'r cysawd am ymgychwyn cyntaf erioed"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Methu creu'r cyfeiriadur '%1'."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. Button to accept a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "&Cydwelaf"
#. Button to reject a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67
msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
msgstr "&Ni chydwelaf"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr ""
@@ -776,47 +1036,31 @@
"Arhoswch tra mae'r cysawd sylfaenol yn cael ei osod.\n"
"</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr "Arhoswch..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu ffurfweddiad y cysawd"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
-
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -825,7 +1069,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -833,7 +1077,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -841,23 +1085,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95
msgid ""
"No network setup has been found.\n"
"It is important if using remote repositories,\n"
@@ -865,49 +1109,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105
msgid "Configure your network card now?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select"
msgstr "Pe&nodi"
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118
msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126
msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
"have a configured network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
msgid ""
"Network configuration has failed.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for details."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
@@ -915,7 +1159,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
@@ -924,7 +1168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr ""
@@ -932,339 +1176,60 @@
"Iaith"
#. UI wait loop
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
msgid ""
"No desktop type was selected.\n"
"Select the desired desktop environment."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #449818
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other"
msgstr "&Newid..."
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
msgstr ""
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgstr "Holi disgiau caled"
-#. kilobytes
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125
+#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
+#. BNC #439104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..."
-#. question in a popup box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214
-msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
-msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau ailosod popeth i werthoedd rhagosod?"
-
-#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216
-msgid "You will lose all changes."
-msgstr "Byddwch yn colli bob un newid."
-
-#. force_reset
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "&Defnyddio'r Ffurfweddiad Canlynol"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
-msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
-msgstr "Hepgor ffurfweddu ar ôl cais defnyddiwr"
-
-#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
-"resolved before continuing.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Mae'r cynnig yn cynnwys gwall sydd angen\n"
-"ei adfer cyn barhau.\n"
-
-#. not using tabs
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
-msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
-msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. busy message;
-#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
-msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..."
-
-#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
-msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
-#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
-msgid ""
-"Configuration saved.\n"
-"There were errors."
-msgstr ""
-"Wedi cadw'r ffurfweddiad.\n"
-"Roedd gwallau."
-
-#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-
-#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
-#. do this later manually or not at all
-#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
-#. use newlines for longer translations.
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
-msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgstr "&Hepgor Ffurweddiad"
-
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
-msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
-msgstr "&Defnyddio'r Ffurfweddiad Canlynol"
-
-#. menu button
-#. menu button
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&Newid..."
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&Hepgor Ffurweddiad"
-
-#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
-#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr "Cliciwch unrhyw pennawd i wneud newidiadau, neu defnyddiwch y ddewislen \"Newid...\" isod."
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
-msgstr "Cliciwch unrhyw pennawd i wneud newidiadau, neu defnyddiwch y ddewislen \"Newid...\" isod."
-
-#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
-msgid "&Reset to defaults"
-msgstr "&Ailosod i'r rhagosodiadau"
-
-#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
-"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Newidwch y gwerthoedd gan glicio ar y pennawd penodol\n"
-"neu gan ddefnyddio y ddewislen <b>Newid...</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for installation proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Defnyddiwch <b>Derbyn</b> i wneud gosod newydd efo'r gwerthoedd a ddangosir.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. kicking out, bug #203811
-#. no such headline
-#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _("<p>
-#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install,
-#. click the <b>Mode</b> headline or select <b>Mode</b> in the
-#. <b>Change...</b> menu.
-#. </p>
-#. ");
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Nid yw'ch disg caled wedi'i addasu mewn unrhyw ffordd, felly gallwch atal yn ddiogel.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for update proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Defnyddiwch <b>Derbyn</b> i wneud diweddariad efo'r gwerthoedd a ddangosir.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for network configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Gweithredwch y gosodiadau rhwydwaith gan wasgu <b>Nesaf</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for service configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Gweithredwch y gosodiadau rhwydwaith gan wasgu <b>Nesaf</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Gweithredwch y gosodiadau caledwedd gan wasgu <b>Nesaf</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
-msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
-msgid ""
-"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
-"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
-#. hardhware configuration.
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"I ddefnyddio'r gosodiadau fel y dangosir, gwasgwch <b>Nesaf</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
-"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Update"
-msgstr "Diweddaru"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
-msgid "&Install"
-msgstr "&Gosod"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "Nid oes rhyngwyneb defnyddiwr ar gael ar gyfer y modiwl yma."
#. combobox item
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Language: %1"
msgstr "Iaith"
#. caption for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad"
#. +2 thingies on the right
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Product"
msgstr "Cynnyrch"
#. help text for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Here are the <b>release notes</b> for the installed\n"
@@ -1277,131 +1242,123 @@
"a osodwyd. Maent yn darparu crynodeb byr o nodweddion newydd a newidiadau.</p>"
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr "Ni arsefydlwyd cywiriad."
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Starting service %1..."
-msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
msgid "Choose one scenario, please."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300
msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgstr ""
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr "Holi dyfeisiau USB"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "Holi dyfeisiau USB"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr "Holi dyfeisiau FireWire..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "Holi dyfeisiau FireWire..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "Holi dyfeisiau disg meddal"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "Holi dyfeisiau disg meddal"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Holi rheolyddion disg caled"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Holi rheolyddion disg caled"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Llwytho modiwlau cnewyllyn am reolyddion disg caled"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Llwytho modiwlau cnewyllyn am reolyddion disg caled"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "Holi disgiau caled"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Holi disgiau caled"
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn trefnydd ffenestri rhagosod"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Ymgychwynmodiwlau cnewyllyn..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "&Newid..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
@@ -1410,7 +1367,7 @@
"</p>"
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1423,7 +1380,7 @@
"y gosod. Gwiriwch eich caledwedd!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1436,7 +1393,7 @@
"Ni chanfuwyd disgiau caled am\n"
"y gosod. Gwiriwch eich caledwedd!\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1444,7 +1401,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1456,26 +1413,26 @@
"y gosod. Gwiriwch eich caledwedd!\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remo&ve"
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "Gwa&redu"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Alluogir"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "A&nalluogi"
@@ -1483,99 +1440,112 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Cynnyrch"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#. menu button
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+msgid "&Change..."
+msgstr "&Newid..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "&Cychwyn / Aros"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "anhysbys"
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "Cynnyrch"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "ni ffurfweddir y rhaglen"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1583,45 +1553,48 @@
"Arhoswch tra mae'r cysawd sylfaenol yn cael ei osod.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "Darllen gwybodaeth am y pecynnau. Arhoswch am eiliad..."
#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "Darllen gwybodaeth am y pecynnau. Arhoswch am eiliad..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "Darllen gwybodaeth am y pecynnau. Arhoswch am eiliad..."
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "Darllen gwybodaeth am y pecynnau. Arhoswch am eiliad..."
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1631,7 +1604,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1641,7 +1614,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
@@ -1651,7 +1624,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
@@ -1661,7 +1634,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
@@ -1670,7 +1643,7 @@
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
@@ -1679,18 +1652,18 @@
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
#. welcome text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Llongyfarchiadau!</b></p>"
#. welcome text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n"
"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
@@ -1699,7 +1672,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help ttext
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n"
@@ -1710,135 +1683,120 @@
"</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing automatic configuration..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
msgstr "Diweddaru dibyniaethau modiwl cnewyllyn"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Setting up linker cache"
msgid "Setting up linker cache..."
msgstr "Sefydlu celc cyplysydd"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking the installed system..."
msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau i'r cysawd gosodedig"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Yn cadw /etc/exports"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cannot write settings!"
-msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
-msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau cofnodion i'r cysawd a osodwyd"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Moving to installed system..."
msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau i'r cysawd gosodedig"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
msgstr "Dadosod pob dyfais a osodwyd"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau ffurfweddu i'r cysawd a osodwyd"
-#. progress step title
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
-msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
-
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1852,258 +1810,301 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
-msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu."
+msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
+msgstr "Copïo ffeiliau cofnodion i'r cysawd a osodwyd"
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
-msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu."
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
+msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
+msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+#. question in a popup box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
+msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau ailosod popeth i werthoedd rhagosod?"
+
+#. explain consequences of a decision
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+msgid "You will lose all changes."
+msgstr "Byddwch yn colli bob un newid."
+
+#. while input loop
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
-msgstr "Ysgrifennu ffurfweddiad y cysawd"
+msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+msgstr "&Defnyddio'r Ffurfweddiad Canlynol"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"No installation control file has been found,\n"
-"the installer cannot continue."
+#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
+#. to store profile after installation
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
+msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
msgstr ""
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-#| "a graphical installation. There is less than %1 MB\n"
-#| "memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
+msgstr "Hepgor ffurfweddu ar ôl cais defnyddiwr"
+
+#. error message is a popup
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
msgid ""
-"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
-"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
+"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Nid yw eich cyfrifiadur yn gyflawni'r gofynion i gyd am\n"
-"osod graffegol. Mae llai na %1 MB\n"
-"o gof, neu roedd yn amhosibl cychwyn y gweinydd X.\n"
-"\n"
-"Fel modd wrth gefn, bydd y blaen-wyneb testun YaST2 yn\n"
-"eich arwain drwy'r gosod. Mae'r blaen-wyneb yma yn\n"
-" cynnig yr un galluoedd a'r un graffegol, ond mae'r sgriniau\n"
-"yn wahanol o'r rhai yn y llawlyfr.\n"
+"Mae'r cynnig yn cynnwys gwall sydd angen\n"
+"ei adfer cyn barhau.\n"
-#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
-#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
-#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "The required packages were not installed (minimal installation) or\n"
-#| "the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+#. busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. busy message;
+#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..."
+
+#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
+#. text for a message box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
msgid ""
-"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
-"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"Configuration saved.\n"
+"There were errors."
msgstr ""
-"Roedd yn amhosibl cychwyn y rhyngwyneb graffegol.\n"
-"\n"
-"Ni osodwyd y pecynnau hanfodol (gosod lleiaf) neu\n"
-"ni chynhelir y cerdyn graffeg yn iawn.\n"
-"\n"
-"Fel modd wrth gefn, bydd y blaen-wyneb testun YaST2 yn\n"
-"eich arwain drwy'r gosod. Mae'r blaen-wyneb yma yn\n"
-" cynnig yr un galluoedd a'r un graffegol, ond mae'r sgriniau\n"
-"yn wahanol o'r rhai yn y llawlyfr.\n"
+"Wedi cadw'r ffurfweddiad.\n"
+"Roedd gwallau."
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278
+#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
+#. do this later manually or not at all
+#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
+#. use newlines for longer translations.
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgstr "&Hepgor Ffurweddiad"
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
+msgstr "&Defnyddio'r Ffurfweddiad Canlynol"
+
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start service %1"
-msgstr "Cychwyn gwasanaethau"
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Export Configuration"
+msgstr "&Hepgor Ffurweddiad"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298
+#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
+#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
-msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r dibynnydd NFS"
+#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgstr "Cliciwch unrhyw pennawd i wneud newidiadau, neu defnyddiwch y ddewislen \"Newid...\" isod."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Arhoswch tra mae'r cysawd sylfaenol yn cael ei osod.\n"
-"</p>"
+#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
+msgstr "Cliciwch unrhyw pennawd i wneud newidiadau, neu defnyddiwch y ddewislen \"Newid...\" isod."
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has failed.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
-msgstr ""
+#. menu button item
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+msgid "&Reset to defaults"
+msgstr "&Ailosod i'r rhagosodiadau"
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:199
+#. FATE #120373
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Confirm Installation"
-msgstr "&Parhau'r Gosod"
+msgid "&Update"
+msgstr "Diweddaru"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Install"
+msgstr "&Gosod"
+
+#. @return [String] translated headline
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu."
+msgid "Installation Overview"
+msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
+#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77
msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
-"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
-"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
-"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
+"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Newidwch y gwerthoedd gan glicio ar y pennawd penodol\n"
+"neu gan ddefnyddio y ddewislen <b>Newid...</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
-"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
-"previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Nid yw'ch disg caled wedi'i addasu mewn unrhyw ffordd, felly gallwch atal yn ddiogel.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254
-msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+#. Help text for installation proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Defnyddiwch <b>Derbyn</b> i wneud gosod newydd efo'r gwerthoedd a ddangosir.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242
+#. so update
+#. Help text for update proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Confirm Update"
-msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
-
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246
-msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Defnyddiwch <b>Derbyn</b> i wneud diweddariad efo'r gwerthoedd a ddangosir.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248
+#. Help text for network configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
-"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Gweithredwch y gosodiadau rhwydwaith gan wasgu <b>Nesaf</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:258
+#. Help text for service configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start &Update"
-msgstr "Erthylu Diweddaru"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Gweithredwch y gosodiadau rhwydwaith gan wasgu <b>Nesaf</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42
-msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Gweithredwch y gosodiadau caledwedd gan wasgu <b>Nesaf</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44
-msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+#. Proposal in uml module
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+msgid ""
+"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
+"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
-msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35
-msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
+#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
+#. hardhware configuration.
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"I ddefnyddio'r gosodiadau fel y dangosir, gwasgwch <b>Nesaf</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Text to display
#.
#. @return String
-#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Administration"
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+#. Writes configuration
+#.
+#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
+#. Snapper is configured.
+#.
+#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
+#. otherwise it returns false.
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr ""
-#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#. count megabytes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu."
@@ -2112,7 +2113,7 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "Yn aros gwasanaethau..."
@@ -2120,19 +2121,34 @@
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
+#~ msgstr "Gweithredu sgriptiau hunan-arsefydlu yn yr amgylchedd arsefydlu."
+
+#~ msgid "Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "Dymi"
+
+#~ msgid "&Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "&Dymi"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Cannot write settings!"
+#~ msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
+#~ msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
#~ msgstr "Ymgychwyn ar gyfer diweddaraiad CD..."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/instserver.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/instserver.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/instserver.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/iplb.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/iplb.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/iplb.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-client.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -126,8 +126,8 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Log Out"
-msgstr "Bogota"
+msgid "Disconnect"
+msgstr "Parhau"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -138,10 +138,6 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Log In"
-msgstr "Mew&ngofnodi"
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connect"
@@ -231,8 +227,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -355,53 +351,43 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>I ychwanegu dewisiad newydd, cliciwch <b>Ychwanegu</b>. I waredu\n"
-"dewisiad, detholwch fo a cliciwch <b>Dileu</b>.</p>"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "Rhybudd"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
-msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -417,12 +403,21 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "Rhybudd"
@@ -482,25 +477,31 @@
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
msgid ""
-"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
+"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
@@ -509,39 +510,39 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
#, fuzzy
msgid "True"
msgstr "Brunei"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "False"
msgstr "Gwerth"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Parhau"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "&Diddymu"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "Mae'r gwerth dewisiedig yn bresennol yn barod"
@@ -648,7 +649,7 @@
msgstr "Arsefydlu"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -656,13 +657,37 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Patch processing failed."
+msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+msgstr "Methodd prosesu'r cywiriad."
+
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Log Out"
+#~ msgstr "Bogota"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Log In"
+#~ msgstr "Mew&ngofnodi"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>I ychwanegu dewisiad newydd, cliciwch <b>Ychwanegu</b>. I waredu\n"
+#~ "dewisiad, detholwch fo a cliciwch <b>Dileu</b>.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up"
#~ msgstr "Cyflwr"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-lio-server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-lio-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/iscsi-lio-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Username:"
msgid "Username"
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Password:"
msgid "Password"
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
@@ -619,21 +619,21 @@
#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
msgid "Client name already exists!"
msgstr ""
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
msgid "New client name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
msgid "OK"
msgstr "Iawn"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Cancel"
msgid "Cancel"
@@ -642,86 +642,95 @@
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Outgoing &MSN"
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "&MSN Allfynd"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Disable"
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "A&nalluogi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+msgid ""
+"There isn't any client specified.\n"
+"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
+"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
+"Really want to continue without client access?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
@@ -739,12 +748,12 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
-#. local IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420
+#. scope link IPv6
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/isns.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/isns.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/isns.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/cy/po/journal.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/journal.cy.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/journal.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: cy\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "NFS entries"
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr "Cofnodion NFS"
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return the result as an array of Items
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Change..."
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr "&Newid..."
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Refresh"
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr "Cyfred&oli"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Time interval"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65
+msgid "With no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the time interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90
+msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102
+msgid "Between these dates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104
+msgid "Since system's boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "From previous boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys
+#.
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label short label for the filter
+#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Units"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "For these systemd units"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Ffeiliau"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135
+msgid "For these files (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140
+msgid "Priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Messages"
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr "Negeseuon"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/kdump.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/kdump.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/kdump.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -51,205 +51,205 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158
msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182
msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
msgid "Email address for sending notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209
msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "Alluogir"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "A&nalluogi"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229
msgid "Shows current option status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234
msgid "Size of allocated memory MB"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241
msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248
msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254
-msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of server"
msgstr "Gweinydd NFS"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267
msgid "Port for connection"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272
msgid "Directory for saving dump images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Exported share"
msgstr "Cyfeiryddion wedi'u &Allforio"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "User name"
msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289
msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296
msgid "udev_id of raw partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Include command line options."
msgstr " <gorchymyn> [dewisiadau]"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331
msgid "Email address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365
msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display Settings:"
msgstr "Dangos Rhybuddion: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420
msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425
msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431
msgid "Kdump is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437
msgid "Dump Level: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445
msgid "Dump Format: %1"
msgstr ""
#. parsing target info
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Target Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457
msgid "target: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -258,8 +258,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582
#, fuzzy
msgid "file directory: %1"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1"
@@ -268,121 +268,121 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575
#, fuzzy
msgid "server name: %1"
msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "port: %1"
msgstr "Cynnyrch: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597
msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "user name: %1"
msgstr "Enw Defnyddiwr: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589
#, fuzzy
msgid "share: %1"
msgstr "Enw Defnyddiwr: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610
msgid "EMPTY"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618
msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629
msgid "Kdump command line: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640
msgid "Kdump command line append: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650
msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Alluogir"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "&Analluogi"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1"
msgstr "mewn rhedlefel %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1"
msgstr "mewn rhedlefel %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701
msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709
msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720
msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -401,41 +401,41 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong options were used."
msgstr "Dewisiad anghywir: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778
msgid "Dump level was set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value of option."
msgstr "Dewisiad anghywir: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803
msgid "Dump format was set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810
msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830
#, fuzzy
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod."
@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016
msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing."
msgstr ""
@@ -453,51 +453,51 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983
msgid "Value for \"server\" missing."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995
msgid "Value for \"share\" missing."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037
msgid "Wrong value for target."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148
msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"."
msgstr "Dewisiad anghywir: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"."
msgstr "Dewisiad anghywir: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"."
msgstr "Dewisiad anghywir: %1"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257
msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275
#, fuzzy
msgid "No option has been defined."
msgstr "Dewisiad anghywir: %1"
@@ -509,12 +509,12 @@
msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. proposal part - kdump label
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82
msgid "Kdump"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "A&nalluogi"
@@ -610,21 +610,25 @@
msgid "FTP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
-msgid "SSH (scp)"
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223
+msgid "SSH"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224
+msgid "SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NSW"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
msgid "CIFS (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "&SMTP Server"
msgstr "Gweinydd"
@@ -633,7 +637,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
@@ -643,122 +647,122 @@
#. password entry
#. password entry
#. password entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notification &To"
msgstr "Lleoliad"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notifica&tion CC"
msgstr "Lleoliad"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append"
msgstr "Gorchymyn '%1'"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361
msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps"
msgstr ""
#. "handle" :
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427
msgid "Kdump Memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Kdump Start-Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Dump Filtering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463
msgid "Dump Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP Server"
msgstr "Gweinydd"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Notification Email Addresses"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Email Notification"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Command Line"
msgstr "Gorchymyn '%1'"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Expert Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
@@ -809,14 +813,14 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
@@ -825,7 +829,7 @@
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n"
@@ -836,10 +840,10 @@
" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
-"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n"
+"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
@@ -847,16 +851,34 @@
" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
+"<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n"
+" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
+" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
+" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
+" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
+msgid ""
+"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n"
+"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n"
+"by default.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
@@ -867,7 +889,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n"
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
@@ -875,14 +897,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
" Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n"
@@ -891,14 +913,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
@@ -906,7 +928,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n"
" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n"
@@ -916,45 +938,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Server
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP User Name
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Password
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification To (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -964,7 +986,7 @@
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -974,7 +996,7 @@
"Erthylwch y defnyddioldeb ffurfweddu yn ddiogel gan wasgu <b>Erthylu</b> rwan.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -984,7 +1006,7 @@
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -998,7 +1020,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1008,7 +1030,7 @@
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n"
@@ -1017,7 +1039,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1030,7 +1052,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n"
@@ -1038,7 +1060,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1048,7 +1070,7 @@
"Cliciwch <b>Creu</b> a cwblhewch y ffurflen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1097,6 +1119,10 @@
msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
+msgid "SSH / SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entries
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196
#, fuzzy
@@ -1160,139 +1186,145 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Dim manylion ar gael."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "mewn rhedlefel %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "Alluogir"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "&Analluogi"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Gwerth gwag ar gyfer dewisiad: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Cynnyrch: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
+#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
+msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/languages_db.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/languages_db.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/languages_db.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-client.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,700 +16,39 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplural=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
-msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66
-msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
-msgstr "Ffurfweddu'r dibynnydd NFS"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83
-msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91
-msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97
-msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the server option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103
-msgid "The LDAP server name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the base option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110
-msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create default configuration objects."
-msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
-
-#. help text for the 'automounter' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130
-msgid "Start or stop automounter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1"
-
-#. help text for the 'tls' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146
-msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'sssd' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154
-msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
-msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'realm' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Kerberos Realm"
-msgstr "Gwein&ydd"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Server / Args"
-msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr "Gweinydd / Ymresymiadau"
-
-#. password entering label
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
-msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
-
#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88
+#: src/ui.rb:88
msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96
+#: src/ui.rb:96
msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings"
msgstr ""
-#. popup window
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130
-msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. multiselection box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152
-msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206
-msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration"
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
-msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255
-msgid "Use SSL/TLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264
-msgid "Protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278
-msgid "StartTLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286
-msgid "LDAPS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300
-msgid "TLS Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310
-msgid "Request server certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Certificates"
-msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Delwedd Ymgychwyn"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
-msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Delwedd Ymgychwyn"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "B&rowse"
-msgstr "P&ori"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
-msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Delwedd Ymgychwyn"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Brows&e"
-msgstr "P&ori"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360
-msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365
-msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425
-msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437
-msgid "Choose the certificate file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462
-msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The downloaded certificate file\n"
-"\n"
-"'%1'\n"
-"\n"
-"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "It appears that your machine has a Linux system installed.\n"
-#| "</p>"
-msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Ymddengys bod cysawd Linux wedi'i osod ar eich peiriant.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535
-msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
-"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
-"removed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3.5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546
-msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
-"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561
-msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 6/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
-"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n"
-" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n"
-" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n"
-" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n"
-" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579
-msgid ""
-"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n"
-" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n"
-" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
-" is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 8/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-"<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
-"<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 9/9 (additional)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
-"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
-"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
-"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Disable the service"
-msgid "Disable User &Logins"
-msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Authentication"
-msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663
-msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672
-msgid "&Use LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687
-msgid "LDAP Client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697
-msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "F&ind"
-msgstr "&inetd"
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
-msgstr "Porydd SLP"
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717
-msgid "F&etch DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration"
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
-msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733
-msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90
-msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. question popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765
-msgid ""
-"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n"
-"\n"
-"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n"
-"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n"
-"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838
-msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845
-msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
-msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
-
-#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has
-#. enabled NIS client before
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871
-msgid ""
-"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
-"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
-msgstr "' yn ddilys."
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947
-msgid ""
-"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
-"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
-"the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
-"restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no question
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970
-msgid ""
-"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n"
-"Enable certificate checks now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015
-msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017
-msgid ""
-"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
-"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
-"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
-"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
-"The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034
-msgid ""
-"<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n"
-"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n"
-"or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042
-msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
-"server.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050
-msgid ""
-"<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-"<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
-"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057
-msgid ""
-"<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&lient Settings"
-msgstr "Gosodiadau"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
-msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146
-msgid "Naming Contexts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&User Map"
-msgstr "&Defnyddiwr"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186
-msgid "&Browse"
-msgstr "P&ori"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Group Map"
-msgstr "&Grŵp"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332
-msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr "P&ori"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Autofs Map"
-msgstr "&Defnyddiwr"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240
-msgid "&Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248
-msgid "Default Real&m"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250
-msgid "&KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257
-msgid "LDAP Schema"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
-msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
-msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
-msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298
-msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
-msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Administrator &DN"
-msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347
-msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
-msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364
-msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384
-msgid "Advanced Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500
-msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
-msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592
+#: src/ui.rb:144
msgid ""
"If you reread settings from the server,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616
+#: src/ui.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Configure the template used for creating \n"
"new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620
+#: src/ui.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624
+#: src/ui.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n"
"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n"
@@ -718,66 +57,66 @@
#. table header 1/2
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033
+#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr ""
#. table header 2/2
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035
+#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Gwerth"
#. label (table folows)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701
+#: src/ui.rb:253
msgid "Default Values for New Objects"
msgstr ""
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707
+#: src/ui.rb:259
msgid "Attribute of Object"
msgstr ""
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709
+#: src/ui.rb:261
msgid "Default Value"
msgstr ""
#. button label (with non-default shortcut)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715
+#: src/ui.rb:267
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "&Ychwanegu"
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717
+#: src/ui.rb:269
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Golygu"
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729
+#: src/ui.rb:281
msgid "Object Template Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832
+#: src/ui.rb:384
msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090
+#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636
msgid ""
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
msgstr ""
#. helptext 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886
+#: src/ui.rb:438
msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890
+#: src/ui.rb:442
msgid ""
"<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n"
"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n"
@@ -786,7 +125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897
+#: src/ui.rb:449
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
@@ -794,7 +133,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903
+#: src/ui.rb:455
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n"
"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n"
@@ -802,40 +141,187 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983
+#: src/ui.rb:535
msgid "Configuration &Module"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007
+#: src/ui.rb:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&onfigure Template"
msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051
+#: src/ui.rb:598
msgid "Module Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118
-msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
+#~ msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd"
-#. message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154
-msgid ""
-"You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
-"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
+#~ msgstr "Ffurfweddu'r dibynnydd NFS"
-#. label (init dialog)
-#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
+#~ msgid "Create default configuration objects."
+#~ msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password"
+#~ msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#~ msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Kerberos Realm"
+#~ msgstr "Gwein&ydd"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Server / Args"
+#~ msgid "KDC Server Address"
+#~ msgstr "Gweinydd / Ymresymiadau"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
+#~ msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration"
+#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Certificates"
+#~ msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Delwedd Ymgychwyn"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
+#~ msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Delwedd Ymgychwyn"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "B&rowse"
+#~ msgstr "P&ori"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
+#~ msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Delwedd Ymgychwyn"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Brows&e"
+#~ msgstr "P&ori"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>\n"
+#~| "It appears that your machine has a Linux system installed.\n"
+#~| "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Ymddengys bod cysawd Linux wedi'i osod ar eich peiriant.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
+#~ msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Disable the service"
+#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins"
+#~ msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "User Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "F&ind"
+#~ msgstr "&inetd"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
+#~ msgstr "Porydd SLP"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration"
+#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
+#~ msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
+#~ msgstr "' yn ddilys."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "C&lient Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Gosodiadau"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&User Map"
+#~ msgstr "&Defnyddiwr"
+
+#~ msgid "&Browse"
+#~ msgstr "P&ori"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Group Map"
+#~ msgstr "&Grŵp"
+
+#~ msgid "Bro&wse"
+#~ msgstr "P&ori"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Autofs Map"
+#~ msgstr "&Defnyddiwr"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
+#~ msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
+#~ msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
+#~ msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Administrator &DN"
+#~ msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
+#~ msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
+#~ msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Initializing..."
+#~ msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "LDAP Browser"
#~ msgstr "Porydd SLP"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ldap.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/live-installer.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/live-installer.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/live-installer.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/mail.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/mail.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/mail.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/multipath.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/multipath.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/multipath.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@
msgid "alias"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955
msgid "wwid"
msgstr ""
@@ -132,14 +132,14 @@
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258
msgid "Illegal parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicated configuration."
msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad"
@@ -147,87 +147,74 @@
#. used for store undecided input
#. used for store undecided input
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "&Manylion y Cywiriad <<"
#. do not do with number id
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443
msgid "Illegal parameter:"
msgstr ""
#. devices section
#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file.
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561
msgid "Illegal parameters:"
msgstr ""
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943
msgid "item"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicated configuration"
msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607
#, fuzzy
msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath"
msgstr "Ffurfweddu'r dibynnydd NFS"
#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use multipath failed:"
msgstr "Methodd yr ôl-sgript."
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653
#, fuzzy
-msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
-msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664
-#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot start multipathd."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath");
#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd");
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not use multipath failed:"
msgstr "Methodd yr ôl-sgript."
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot stop multipath."
msgstr "Ffurfweddu'r dibynnydd NFS"
-#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
-msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
@@ -325,35 +312,35 @@
#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one.
#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore.
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939
msgid "should be a decimal integer"
msgstr ""
#. replacewidget_notify = true;
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396
msgid "illegal value"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674
msgid "should be greater than 0"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737
msgid "invalid decimal integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278
#, fuzzy
msgid "should not be empty"
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
@@ -493,5 +480,13 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
+#~ msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
+#~ msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Duplicated configuraton"
#~ msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses-pkg.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses-pkg.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses-pkg.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,17 +17,17 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplural=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
#. headline of package versions popup
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Versions"
msgstr "&Fersiwn RPC"
#. text above of list of all package versions
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Packages with Status"
msgstr "Bydd pob newid yn cael ei golli!"
@@ -35,68 +35,68 @@
#. headline - packages with automatic status change
#. headline of a popup with packages
#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
msgid "Automatic Changes"
msgstr ""
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following"
msgstr ""
#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Continue anyway"
msgstr "&Parhau Diweddaru"
#. headline of a popup showing the package license
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502
msgid "End User License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. label text - keep it short
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Filter: "
msgstr "Ffeiliau"
#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698
msgid "Total Download Size: "
msgstr ""
#. Help button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Cymorth"
#. add the Cancel button
#. begin: the label of the Cancel button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Diddymu"
#. add the OK button
#. the label of an Accept button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&Derbyn"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&onfiguration"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
msgstr "Arsefydlu Cywiriad"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the label of the selections
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr "Dwyrain"
@@ -402,43 +402,54 @@
msgstr "Cysawd"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "Arsefydlu Cywiriad"
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
msgstr "Arsefydlu Cywiriad"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180
-msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
-msgstr ""
-
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249
-msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
+msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following"
msgstr ""
#. part 2 of the text
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
msgstr "Ni ddewiswyd cywiriad i'w arsefydlu.\n"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
+msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
+msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
msgstr ""
@@ -605,7 +616,7 @@
#. column header package description (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""
@@ -807,297 +818,297 @@
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label of a frame with search settings
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Search in "
msgstr "&Chwilio"
#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:)
#. text for the package search popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312
msgid "Search &Phrase"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332
msgid "Code"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Iaith"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. column header package name (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Enw"
#. column header installed package version (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
msgid "Avail. Vers."
msgstr ""
#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
msgid "Inst. Vers."
msgstr ""
#. column header package size (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Maint"
#. column header package architecture (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
#, fuzzy
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Saerniaeth:"
#. column header patch kind (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
msgid "Kind"
msgstr ""
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416
msgid "Solving..."
msgstr ""
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422
msgid "Saving..."
msgstr ""
#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
msgid "Loading..."
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the disk space popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
msgid "Disk Usage Overview"
msgstr ""
#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
msgid "Partition"
msgstr ""
#. column header used disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
msgid "Used"
msgstr ""
#. column header free disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
msgid "Free"
msgstr ""
#. column header total disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>"
msgstr ""
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
msgid "needs"
msgstr ""
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
msgid "more disk space."
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
msgid "<b>Version: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
msgid "<b>Size: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
msgid "<b>Installed: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
msgid "<b>Authors: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
msgid "<b>License: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
msgid "<b>Provides: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
msgid "<b>Requires: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561
msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. headline for a list of installed files
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576
msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the help popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation"
msgstr "Lawrlwytho ac Arsefydlu Cywiriadau"
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for a warning popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Rhybudd"
#. label for an error popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Gwall"
#. label for a notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669
msgid "Notify"
msgstr ""
#. the label of an OK button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "Ia&wn"
#. the label of the Yes button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr "&Ie"
#. the label of the No button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705
msgid "&No"
msgstr "&Nage"
#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user
#. has to make some action (#213602)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713
#, fuzzy
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
msgstr "Ceisio eto"
#. text for a Notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721
msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Languages"
msgstr "Ar &gael:"
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Repositories"
msgstr "Gwesteiwyr &ar Gael:"
@@ -1106,66 +1117,66 @@
#. (the list shows all patches which are needed)
#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" );
#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" );
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed Patches"
msgstr "Cywiriadau:"
#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Install Patch"
msgid "Installed Patches"
msgstr "Arsefydlu Cywiriad"
#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
msgid "Online Update Patches"
msgstr ""
#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars )
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
msgid "Update Problem -- see help"
msgstr ""
#. the label for Filter: Search results
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
msgid "Search Results"
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the dependency popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
msgid "Package Dependencies"
msgstr ""
#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
msgid "Source"
msgstr ""
#. menu entry Update List
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
msgid "&Update List"
msgstr ""
#. part of the patch description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
msgid "<b>Patch: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819
#, fuzzy
msgid "No patches available"
msgstr "Dim diweddariad ar gael."
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825
#, fuzzy
msgid "Script"
msgstr "Methodd y sgript."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ncurses.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/network.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/network.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/network.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:163
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
@@ -66,33 +66,33 @@
#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected
#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected
#. fail message: a string is expected
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:188
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid "InvalidHostname. "
msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IP. "
msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:225
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgid "Cannot set "
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:226
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager."
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:245
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid option value."
msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:254
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Internet"
msgid "Internal error"
@@ -105,39 +105,39 @@
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -145,13 +145,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
@@ -168,49 +168,49 @@
#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288
msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr ""
#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347
msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349
msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description
#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped
#. @return [String] proposal html text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361
msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363
msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
@@ -223,40 +223,40 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:125
+#: src/clients/host.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107
msgid "Connecting to Internet..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109
msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111
msgid "Closing connection..."
msgstr ""
#. Test dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239
msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
msgstr ""
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
@@ -267,101 +267,101 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Label for result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
msgid "Test Result:"
msgstr ""
#. Push Button to abort internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299
msgid "&Abort Test"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label: status of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test Status"
msgstr "Cyflwr"
#. Push Button to see logs of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314
msgid "&View Logs..."
msgstr ""
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351
msgid "Success"
msgstr ""
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355
msgid "Failure"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386
msgid "Kernel Routing Table"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406
msgid "Hostname Lookup"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426
msgid "Kernel Messages"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576
msgid "Download of Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719
msgid ""
"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n"
"RPM signature check failed."
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746
msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -372,26 +372,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr ""
@@ -440,64 +440,53 @@
msgid "Config identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:136
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration"
msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd"
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:140
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Name"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:145
-msgid "Device boot protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:150
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:146
msgid "Device IP address"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:155
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:151
msgid "Network mask"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:160
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prefix length"
msgstr "&Rhagddodiad"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:165
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:161
msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:170
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:166
msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:175
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:171
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr ""
-#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
-#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
-#. has higher priority
-#.
-#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
-#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
-#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
-#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
-#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
-#. Other elements may have similar problems,
-#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
+#. see bnc#498993
+#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
+#. we'll keep values from installation
+#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -512,29 +501,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Selection box item
-#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110
+#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/network.rb:90
+#: src/clients/network.rb:88
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
#. Network dialog help
-#: src/clients/network.rb:93
+#: src/clients/network.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n"
" the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Selection box label
-#: src/clients/network.rb:107
+#: src/clients/network.rb:105
msgid "&Available Network Modules:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/network.rb:125
+#: src/clients/network.rb:123
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "&Cychwyn"
@@ -555,13 +544,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:128
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
#. Command line error message
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:148
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:146
msgid ""
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
@@ -580,7 +569,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
#, fuzzy
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
@@ -665,118 +654,118 @@
#. main ui function
#. Frame label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
msgid "Routing Table"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 1/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
msgid "Destination"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 2/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
msgid "Gateway"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 4/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91
msgid "Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Dewisiadau"
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:427
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:276
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:282
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:292
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:302
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:324
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr "Mae'r Dynodiad Tarddiad yn annilys."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:333
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "Mae'r Dynodiad Tarddiad yn annilys."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:419
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Wedi'u Newid"
@@ -801,87 +790,87 @@
msgstr "Dim wedi'i ffurfweddu eto."
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
msgid "USB ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
msgid "USB FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
msgid "USB ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226
msgid "PCMCIA Modem"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
msgid "USB Modem"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230
msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234
msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "Dyfeisiau Rhwydwaith"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
msgid "USB Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr "Dyfeisiau Rhwydwaith"
@@ -889,73 +878,73 @@
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
msgid "Managed"
msgstr ""
@@ -1028,74 +1017,74 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "- Download latest release notes"
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207
msgid "- Check for latest updates"
msgstr ""
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212
msgid "- Close connection"
msgstr ""
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "The following steps will be performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231
msgid "Select:"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "N&o, Skip Update"
msgstr ""
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Online Updates Available"
msgstr ""
#. Label text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
msgstr ""
#. Heading
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "&Select Log:"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1103,7 +1092,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
@@ -1113,7 +1102,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
@@ -1124,165 +1113,165 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "Di&leu"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "Mathau Gwasanaeth"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Up"
msgid "Up"
msgstr "I &Fyny"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Down"
msgid "Down"
msgstr "I &Lawr"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "Azores"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr ""
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "&Gwesteiwr:"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1290,14 +1279,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1308,23 +1297,23 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1334,7 +1323,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1342,67 +1331,66 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
#, fuzzy
msgid "&General"
msgstr "Canolig"
-#. TODO:
-#. "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209
+#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Ffurweddu Dyfeisiau"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole
+#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "Azores"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "Caledwedd"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1412,7 +1400,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
@@ -1600,11 +1588,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview();
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89
msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98
msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
msgstr ""
@@ -1612,23 +1600,23 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr ""
@@ -1666,19 +1654,19 @@
msgid "Note"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Dewisiadau"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Gwasanaeth"
#. continue-cancel popup, #178848
#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153
msgid ""
"A Xen network bridge was detected.\n"
"Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n"
@@ -1688,7 +1676,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1696,7 +1684,7 @@
"to this configuration dialog.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1709,22 +1697,22 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr "Gosod gyrrydd..."
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth greu initrd."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1734,12 +1722,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith"
@@ -1749,7 +1737,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith"
@@ -1777,7 +1765,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1785,20 +1773,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1806,7 +1794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1814,19 +1802,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1834,97 +1822,81 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
-msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
-
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290
msgid "&USB"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
-msgid "&Hotplug Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307
-msgid "P&CI"
-msgstr ""
-
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr "Modd &Medrus"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr "&Modiwl i Gychwyn:"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change"
msgstr "Wedi'u Newid"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379
msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr ""
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389
msgid "Blink"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "Dewisiadau"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -1932,19 +1904,19 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "&Chwilio"
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -1952,7 +1924,7 @@
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1960,93 +1932,93 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Rhifau &Ffôn"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "All&uogi'r gwasanaeth"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "&Diddymu"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "&Diddymu"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Canolfan Reoli YaST2"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "Rhifau &Ffôn"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2054,7 +2026,7 @@
"Dewiswch <b>math y llygoden</b> o'r llygoden a gysylltir â'ch cyfrifiadur.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2063,33 +2035,33 @@
"</p>\n"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
#, fuzzy
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "Modd &Medrus"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocol"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2098,20 +2070,20 @@
"</p>\n"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
@@ -2120,13 +2092,13 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Caledwedd"
#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n"
@@ -2136,7 +2108,7 @@
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2146,7 +2118,7 @@
"Erthylwch y defnyddioldeb ffurfweddu yn ddiogel gan wasgu <b>Erthylu</b> rwan.</p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n"
@@ -2156,7 +2128,7 @@
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2166,8 +2138,8 @@
"Erthylwch y defnyddioldeb ffurfweddu yn ddiogel gan wasgu <b>Erthylu</b> rwan.</p>\n"
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n"
@@ -2175,22 +2147,29 @@
"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
+#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678)
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
msgid ""
+"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n"
+"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n"
+"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n"
+"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66
+msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2199,7 +2178,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Ychwanegu Cofnod Newydd:</big></b>\n"
"Cliciwch <b>Creu</b> a cwblhewch y ffurflen.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2210,7 +2189,7 @@
"Dewiswch y gwasanaeth i'w ddileu a gwasgwch <b>Dileu</b>.</p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2220,13 +2199,13 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr "Bydd pob newid yn cael ei golli!"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2235,7 +2214,7 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2243,13 +2222,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2257,14 +2236,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
@@ -2273,7 +2252,7 @@
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2282,14 +2261,14 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2297,7 +2276,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2305,7 +2284,7 @@
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2313,7 +2292,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2323,7 +2302,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2337,26 +2316,26 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2364,7 +2343,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2372,7 +2351,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2380,7 +2359,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2388,19 +2367,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2411,11 +2390,11 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2425,19 +2404,19 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2447,7 +2426,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
@@ -2460,36 +2439,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
-" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
+"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
-msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2506,14 +2485,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2522,8 +2500,7 @@
"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2534,8 +2511,7 @@
"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2555,8 +2531,7 @@
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2566,7 +2541,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2576,15 +2551,13 @@
"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -2593,30 +2566,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
@@ -2644,27 +2617,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgstr "Modd"
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79
msgid "TTLS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81
msgid "PEAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83
msgid "TLS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n"
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
@@ -2672,11 +2645,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98
msgid "&Identity"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
@@ -2685,23 +2658,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110
msgid "&Anonymous Identity"
msgstr ""
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125
msgid "&Client Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
@@ -2711,24 +2684,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143
msgid "Client &Key"
msgstr ""
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client Key Pass&word"
msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
#. text entry label
#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority)
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166
msgid "&Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n"
"a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n"
@@ -2736,23 +2709,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220
msgid ""
"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n"
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Authentication Method"
msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n"
"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n"
@@ -2761,150 +2734,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button group label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "&PEAP Version"
msgstr "&Fersiwn RPC"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
msgid "&Any"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Dwyrain"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
#, fuzzy
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr "&Oedi"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "Argraffu'r cymorth am y modiwl yma."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2912,20 +2885,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2934,99 +2907,85 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726
-msgid ""
-"<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
-"the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734
-msgid "&Frequency"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "&Diddymu"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "&Derbyn"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
#, fuzzy
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "Modd"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "&Oedi"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Cymorth"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3036,7 +2995,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3046,101 +3005,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
msgid "No."
msgstr "Nage"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Rhag&osod"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "&Ailosod i'r rhagosodiadau"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
#, fuzzy
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GMT"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -3183,12 +3142,12 @@
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Rhaid arsefydlu'r pecynnau yma:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3196,76 +3155,69 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
-#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
-#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265
-msgid "unplugged"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -3275,128 +3227,128 @@
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "The domain name is invalid."
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134
msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144
msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154
msgid "Only Manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
msgid "Use Default Policy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
msgid "Use Custom Policy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167
msgid "&Custom Policy Rule"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177
msgid "Name Server &1"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid."
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do&main Search"
msgstr "&Chwilio"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228
msgid "Name Server &2"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230
msgid "Name Server &3"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "Enw gwesteiwr y &gweinydd NFS:"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251
msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname/DNS"
msgstr "&Gwesteiwr:"
@@ -3406,7 +3358,7 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event
#. @param event the event being handled
#. @return nil so that the dialog loops on
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442
msgid "No interface with dhcp"
msgstr ""
@@ -3414,29 +3366,29 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
#, fuzzy
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..."
@@ -3485,12 +3437,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3567,7 +3519,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys."
@@ -3593,12 +3545,12 @@
msgstr "Dil&eu"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54
msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression"
msgstr ""
#. dial prefix regex help
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n"
"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
@@ -3608,71 +3560,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button group label,method of setup
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69
msgid "Setup Method"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)"
msgstr "Ffurfweddu Modd Ymysgogol YOU"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&tatic Address Setup"
msgstr "Ffurfweddu Modd Ymysgogol YOU"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80
msgid "<p>H</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95
msgid "At Boot Time"
msgstr ""
#. is a part of the static help text
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Never"
msgstr "Gweinydd"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "By NetworkManager"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. help text for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111
msgid ""
"<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n"
"controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST."
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n"
"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
msgid "On Cable Connection"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129
msgid ""
"<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n"
"The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n"
@@ -3681,12 +3633,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138
msgid "On Hotplug"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140
msgid ""
"With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n"
"the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n"
@@ -3695,36 +3647,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149
msgid "On NFSroot"
msgstr ""
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151
msgid ""
"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
-"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activate &Device"
msgstr "&Gweithredoli Pob Gwasanaeth"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
@@ -3732,62 +3675,62 @@
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235
msgid "IPoIB Device Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall is not installed."
msgstr "ni arsefydlir y rhaglen"
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253
msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254
msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255
msgid "576 (dial-up)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262
msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263
msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr ""
#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "NetworkManager Service"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith"
#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Traditional ifup"
msgstr ""
#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service"
msgid "Wicked Service"
msgstr "Gwasanaeth"
#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Services Disabled"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith"
@@ -3795,131 +3738,141 @@
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Alluogir"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Dyfeisiau Rhwydwaith"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "Azores"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
#, fuzzy
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys."
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
msgstr ""
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "Dyfeisiau Rhwydwaith"
+#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration
+#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten
+#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
+#.
+#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "configured"
+msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
+
#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue
#.
#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23
msgid "Confirm Network Restart"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24
msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99
msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "Azores"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Inetd configuration"
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
@@ -3927,14 +3880,14 @@
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
@@ -3942,34 +3895,34 @@
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr "Yn cadw /etc/exports"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Enw Defnyddiwr: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4105,7 +4058,7 @@
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
@@ -4116,95 +4069,95 @@
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..."
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith"
@@ -4212,161 +4165,160 @@
#. Import data
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Rhwydwaith"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "A&nalluogi"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "Azores"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys."
-#. FIXME:
-#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
+#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Dim wedi'i ffurfweddu eto."
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "anhysbys"
@@ -4407,12 +4359,12 @@
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4420,65 +4372,65 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. at first stop the running routes
-#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
+#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Mae'r oedi yn annilys."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -4493,6 +4445,10 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
#~ msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:"
@@ -5031,10 +4987,6 @@
#~ msgstr "<p>I ffurfweddu'r Cysawd Ffeiliau Rhwydwaith (NFS), rhaid i chi arsefydlu'r pecyn <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Configure"
-#~ msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Runing SuSEconfig..."
#~ msgstr "Rhedeg SuSEconfig. %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-12 10:27+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -20,43 +20,43 @@
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.2\n"
#. Command line help text for the nfs module
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration of NFS client"
msgstr "Ffurfweddu'r dibynnydd NFS"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid "List configured NFS mounts"
msgstr "Dim wedi'i ffurfweddu eto."
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50
msgid "Add an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55
msgid "Edit an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60
msgid "Delete an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. host:path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_spec
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70
msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')"
msgstr ""
#. path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_file
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local mount point"
msgstr "Dewis man clymu"
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
#. a list?
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_mntops
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount options"
msgstr "Man clymu"
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
#. nfs or nfs4
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_type
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98
msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs."
msgstr ""
@@ -81,30 +81,30 @@
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Gweinydd"
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote File System"
msgstr "Cysawd ffeiliau pell"
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Man clymu"
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Dewisiadau"
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1"
msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"."
@@ -112,23 +112,23 @@
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "No NFS mount specified."
msgstr "Ni phenodwyd llinyn chwilio"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253
msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271
msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n"
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
"0..9, A..Z, a..z, dotiau, - a _ yn unig."
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
"man clymu '%1' yn barod."
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
@@ -165,14 +165,14 @@
"rhaid iddo ddechrau efo croeslin (/)."
#. Help, part 1 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p>The table contains all directories \n"
"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n"
"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n"
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 3 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
@@ -199,17 +199,17 @@
#. selection box label
#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows
#. NFS servers only
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "Cyfeiriaduron wedi'u &Allforio"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NFS Server Hostname"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
@@ -217,12 +217,12 @@
#. pushbutton label
#. choose a host from a list
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255
msgid "Choo&se"
msgstr "De&wis"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Remote Directory"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Delwedd &Ymgychwyn"
@@ -231,22 +231,22 @@
#. select from a list of remote filesystems
#. make it short
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "Pe&nodi"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS&v4 Share"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
msgid "pNFS (v4.1)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Mount Point (local)"
msgstr "&Man clymu (lleol):"
@@ -254,28 +254,28 @@
#. button label
#. browse directories to select a mount point
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "P&ori"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "Dew&isiadau:"
#. label message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "Arsyllu am westeion ar y LAN yma..."
#. Translators: 1st part of error message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325
msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...)
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331
msgid ""
"\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -283,19 +283,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356
msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..."
msgstr "Nôl rhestr cyfeiriaduron ar gyfer \"%1\"..."
#. heading for a directory selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the Mount Point"
msgstr "Dewis man clymu"
#. help text 1/4
#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n"
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@
#. help text 2/4
#. added "Select" button
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429
msgid ""
"<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n"
"enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n"
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439
msgid ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n"
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n"
@@ -334,66 +334,66 @@
msgstr "<p>Am restr o <b>Ddewisiadau</b> darllenwch y manpage mount(8).</p>"
#. popup heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Cymorth"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Directory"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Delwedd Ymgychwyn"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Type"
msgstr "Math"
-#. `VSpacing (1),
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522
+#. #211570
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "Alluogir"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508
msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &all services"
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "Alluogi &pob gwasanaeth"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NFS Shares"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS &Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
#. Default values
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "Terfynu go iawn?"
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr "Methu creu'r cyfeiriadur '%1'."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -405,84 +405,86 @@
"y dibynnydd NFS.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "Cychwyn gwasanaethau"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "Yn aros gwasanaethau..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r dibynnydd NFS"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr "Methu clymu'r cofnodion NFS o /etc/fstab."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr "Cofnodion NFS"
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr "ni ffurfweddir y rhaglen"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed."
msgstr "Ni chaniateir llinyn efo dewisiadau gwag!"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149
-msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\""
-msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1"
+msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'"
+msgstr "Gwerth gwag ar gyfer dewisiad: %1"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'"
msgstr "Dewisiad anhysbys: '%1'"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'"
msgstr "Dewisiad anghywir: %1"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1"
msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs_server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs_server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/nfs_server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-12 14:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/nis.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/nis.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/nis.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1"
msgstr ""
-#. firewall openning help
+#. firewall opening help
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028
msgid "NIS client"
msgstr ""
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864
msgid "Fin&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -268,11 +268,6 @@
msgid "&Use NIS"
msgstr ""
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr ""
-
#. button label (short for Expert settings)
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489
msgid "E&xpert..."
@@ -285,9 +280,14 @@
msgid "NFS Configuration..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499
+msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
msgid "Configuration of NIS client"
msgstr ""
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@
#. but the domain is unknown.
#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers
#. but the domain is unknown.
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904
msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593
msgid ""
"When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n"
"you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n"
@@ -308,138 +308,138 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676
msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
#. Check, ie. turn on a check box
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684
msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692
msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731
msgid "Expert settings"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &Pell"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712
msgid "Br&oken server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind')
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719
msgid "Other &ypbind options"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: multilineedit label
#. comma: ","
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846
msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874
msgid "Domain Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit...
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877
msgid "&Domain name"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932
msgid "This domain is already defined."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937
msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgstr ""
#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946
msgid ""
"Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n"
"does not make any sense. Select just one option."
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979
msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987
msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
#. dialog subtitle
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038
msgid "Additional Domains"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
msgid "Domain"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. summary header
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. table header - Service Location Protocol
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009
msgid "SLP"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
msgid "Servers"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "&Ychwanegu"
#. Translators: a yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123
msgid "Really delete this domain?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text FIXME better...
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253
msgid "NIS is now enabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -513,47 +513,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206
msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "Cychwyn gwasanaethau"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "Yn aros gwasanaethau..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227
msgid "Writing NIS client settings"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252
msgid "Error while running ypclient."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/nis_server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/nis_server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/nis_server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/ntp-client.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/ntp-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/ntp-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -77,26 +77,26 @@
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "&Cychwyn y gweinydd NFS"
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -1255,29 +1255,29 @@
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
msgid "Read NTP settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1287,120 +1287,120 @@
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr "Ailddechrau &darganfod"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden"
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "&Cychwyn y gweinydd NFS"
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/oneclickinstall.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/oneclickinstall.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/oneclickinstall.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
#. Remove any removals
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291
msgid "Removing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Patterns..."
msgstr "Gosod gyrrydd..."
@@ -95,8 +95,8 @@
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..."
@@ -383,41 +383,41 @@
msgid "Adding repository %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "&Manylion <<"
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Ceisio eto"
#. * Install all the specified packages
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185
msgid "Marking package %1 for installation"
msgstr ""
#. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo.
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed."
msgstr "Bydd pecyn %1 yn cael ei arsefydlu"
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Performing Installation..."
msgstr "Cyflawni Arsefydlu"
#. * Install all the specified patterns
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252
msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update-configuration.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update-configuration.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update-configuration.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/online-update.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-15 14:06+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51
msgid ""
"Packages for package management were updated.\n"
-"Finishing and restarting now."
+"Finishing and restarting YaST now."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
@@ -314,72 +314,56 @@
msgstr "Iawn"
#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 "
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236
msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress"
msgstr ""
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM).
#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 "
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284
msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
msgstr ""
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 "
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
-msgstr "Cynnydd y Cywiriad"
-
-#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354
msgid "Script Execution Progress"
msgstr ""
#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting script %1"
msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430
msgid ""
"Patch %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popoup (detailed info follows)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549
msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
msgstr ""
@@ -541,6 +525,10 @@
"Contact us if you need further assistance."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
+#~ msgstr "Cynnydd y Cywiriad"
+
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you abort the installation now, SuSEconfig will\n"
#~ "not be run. The patches have been installed\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/opensuse_mirror.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/opensuse_mirror.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/opensuse_mirror.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau sydd Ar Gael ar Hyn o Bryd"
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?"
msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?"
@@ -227,49 +227,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check network configuration"
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download list of online repositories"
msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking network configuration..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize the repository manager"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the repository manager..."
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The packager is being initialized and \n"
@@ -280,21 +280,21 @@
"</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717
msgid ""
"Cannot download list of repositories,\n"
"no network configured."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795
msgid ""
"No product URL defined from which to download\n"
"list of repositories.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to download list of repositories\n"
@@ -304,13 +304,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text
#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes")
#. see *4
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Crynodeb:</b> %1<br>"
#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ie"
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository
#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository
#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n"
@@ -333,31 +333,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "&List of Repositories"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository Description"
msgstr "Disgrifiad"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>List of default online repositories.\n"
@@ -368,29 +368,29 @@
"</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau sydd Ar Gael ar Hyn o Bryd"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
@@ -405,53 +405,53 @@
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repository %1 failed."
msgstr "Ychwanegu c&yfeiriadur"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete deselected online repositories"
msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add all selected online repositories"
msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add repository: %1"
msgstr "Ychwanegu c&yfeiriadur"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step,
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..."
msgstr "Ychwanegu c&yfeiriadur"
#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736
msgid ""
"Low memory detected.\n"
"\n"
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Arsefydlu Cywiriad"
@@ -509,8 +509,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL: %1"
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "Try again?"
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@
msgstr "Ata&l Gosodiad"
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
@@ -862,47 +862,47 @@
"%1."
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod"
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@
msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@
msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
@@ -1043,20 +1043,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr "&Meddalwedd"
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
@@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1463,80 +1463,90 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Ni chafodd pecyn %1 ei arsefydlu. Ni ellir golygu'r gwasanaeth."
+#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
+#. or check the content file
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
+msgid ""
+"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
+"The add-on product cannot be registered."
+msgstr "Ni chafodd pecyn %1 ei arsefydlu. Ni ellir golygu'r gwasanaeth."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Methu ymholi ar gyfer diweddariadau."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Dewis Cywiriadau â &Llaw"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Rhowch y data cofrestru."
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Rhowch y data cofrestru."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Methu creu'r cyfeiriadur '%1'."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "anhysbys"
@@ -1624,7 +1634,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Portiwgal"
@@ -1634,163 +1644,163 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr "Rhybudd:"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "Cynnyrch: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Rhaid arsefydlu'r pecynnau yma:"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr ""
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr ""
#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed"
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr "Bydd pecyn %1 yn cael ei arsefydlu"
#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr ""
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed"
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
@@ -1798,17 +1808,17 @@
#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1819,13 +1829,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Ychwanegu c&yfeiriadur"
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1833,55 +1843,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Gosod rheolydd ymgychwyn..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "Canfuwyd %1 modiwl"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Darllen gwybodaeth am y pecynnau. Arhoswch am eiliad..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1889,7 +1899,7 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
-#. @param string filename
+#. @param [String] license_ident file name
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1927,39 +1937,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
+#. #459391
+#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
#, fuzzy
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Ydych yn derbyn y cytundeb trwydded yma?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Ydych wir eisiau terfynu'r gosod?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr ""
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr "Ydych yn derbyn y cytundeb trwydded yma?"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -2013,153 +2032,142 @@
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
-#. remote
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
-msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
-
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
msgid "&Scan Using SLP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "Commun&ity Repositories"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720
-msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47
-msgid "&NFS..."
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+msgid "NF&S..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr "Disgrifiad"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Protocol"
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocol"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "UML Options"
msgid "Mount Options"
@@ -2167,24 +2175,24 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "Rhag&osod"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "Protocol"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
@@ -2192,42 +2200,42 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "Rhag&osod"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:"
@@ -2237,58 +2245,58 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur dewisiedig: %1"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Rhag&osod"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2298,23 +2306,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2323,42 +2331,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2366,19 +2374,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2388,22 +2396,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "Cysawd"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2416,7 +2424,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2424,12 +2432,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2441,13 +2449,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2455,79 +2463,79 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Peidio â Derbyn"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Cadw"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur:"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Cyfeiriadur i'w allforio:"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
#, fuzzy
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Enw Defnyddiwr: %1"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2542,7 +2550,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2551,12 +2559,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2564,7 +2572,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2572,7 +2580,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2582,7 +2590,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2591,27 +2599,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Dewis y gwasanaeth i ffurffweddu."
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd."
-#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359
+#. use three slashes as third slash means path
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2621,17 +2629,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Macedonia"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "Dewis Cywiriadau â &Llaw"
+#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
+msgstr "' yn ddilys."
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
#, fuzzy
@@ -2737,7 +2754,7 @@
#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr ""
@@ -2851,6 +2868,10 @@
msgstr "Dewiswch"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
+#~ msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
#~ msgstr "&Ni chydwelaf"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/pam.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/pam.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/pam.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-11 22:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/pkg-bindings.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/pkg-bindings.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/pkg-bindings.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -45,20 +45,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:651
+#: src/Package.cc:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "Rhaid arsefydlu'r pecynnau yma:"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:657
+#: src/Package.cc:661
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr " o diweddariadau newydd ar gael."
#. still not initialized, throw an exception
#. translators: this is an error message
-#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128
+#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129
msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager"
msgstr ""
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
msgid "Download Descriptions"
msgstr "Disgrifiad"
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155
#: src/Source_Load.cc:479
msgid "Rebuild Cache"
msgstr ""
@@ -104,19 +104,19 @@
msgid "Adding the Repository..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading "
msgstr "&Lawrlwytho"
#. stages: "download", "build cache"
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:401
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Metadata"
msgstr "Cy&flwr cyfredoli..."
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:409
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository..."
msgstr "Cy&flwr cyfredoli..."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/printer.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/printer.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/printer.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -225,8 +225,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox.
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a driver."
msgstr "Modd &Syml"
@@ -473,8 +473,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Dim canlyniad"
@@ -671,8 +671,8 @@
#. Exit this dialog in any case:
#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
#. Have the PageSize option topmost:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335
#, fuzzy
msgid "No driver options available"
msgstr "dim disgrifiad ar gael"
@@ -1023,7 +1023,11 @@
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061
#, fuzzy
msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed."
msgstr "Rhaid arsefydlu'r pecynnau yma:"
@@ -1033,137 +1037,132 @@
msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
+msgstr "Rhaid arsefydlu'r pecynnau yma:"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
#, fuzzy
msgid "Never Disable the Queue"
msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181
msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189
msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a specific connection type."
msgstr "Modd &Syml"
#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Connection Type"
msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directly Connected Device"
msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Parallel Port"
-msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu"
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226
msgid "USB Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204
-msgid "Serial Port"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239
msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242
msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252
msgid "Print via Print Server Machine"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255
msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257
msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)"
msgstr ""
#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)"
msgstr "Gweinydd"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235
-msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Special"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272
msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276
msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279
msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu"
@@ -1179,7 +1178,7 @@
#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK".
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection Wizard"
msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:"
@@ -1189,12 +1188,12 @@
#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped.
#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped.
#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366
msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368
msgid ""
"An untested and insecure workaround might be\n"
"to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n"
@@ -1204,69 +1203,73 @@
#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP
#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here
#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a connection"
msgstr "Modd &Syml"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected
#. because there is no connection available to be selected:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446
msgid ""
"If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n"
"to access the device via this type of connection.\n"
"Was the printer connected and switched on all the time?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a valid connection"
msgstr "Modd &Syml"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected
#. because the current connection is no longer valid:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457
msgid ""
"When the current connection is no longer valid,\n"
"it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n"
"Is the printer still connected and switched on?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497
msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values
#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564
msgid "URI could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574
msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580
msgid "Both user and password must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616
+#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible.
+#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name
+#.
+#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servername could not be empty."
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
@@ -1277,32 +1280,32 @@
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748
msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2'
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not be empty."
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'."
msgstr "Modd &Syml"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830
#, fuzzy
msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network"
msgstr "Arsyllu am westeiwyr yn y rhwydwaith lleol..."
@@ -1312,11 +1315,11 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please wait...\n"
@@ -1324,25 +1327,25 @@
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1352,7 +1355,7 @@
#. });
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929
msgid ""
"Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n"
"(Network issue or firewall active?)"
@@ -1360,7 +1363,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969
msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
@@ -1370,14 +1373,14 @@
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121
msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040
msgid ""
"This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n"
"if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n"
@@ -1387,31 +1390,31 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091
msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test OK"
msgstr "&Profi"
#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
#, fuzzy
msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
msgstr "<p>I gyrchu'r cysawd X11, rhaid i'r pecyn <b>%1</b> gael ei osod.</p>"
#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues."
msgstr ""
@@ -1562,69 +1565,62 @@
msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG"
msgstr ""
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190
-msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr.
#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202
msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver"
msgstr ""
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available
#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available"
msgstr "dim disgrifiad ar gael"
#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225
msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located"
msgstr ""
#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "P&ori"
#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a printer description file"
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666
msgid "Cannot access '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr ""
#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700
msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available"
msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion."
@@ -2124,7 +2120,7 @@
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
-"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
+"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
@@ -2233,34 +2229,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
-"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n"
+"Devices which are connected via USB\n"
"are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
"For example:<br>\n"
-"parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
-"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
-"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
-"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n"
-"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n"
-"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n"
-"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n"
-"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n"
-"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n"
-"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n"
-"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n"
-"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n"
-"see the manual of your serial printer.\n"
-"Example device URIs:<br>\n"
-"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
-"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a bluetooth printer.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2301,7 +2276,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2373,23 +2348,10 @@
"The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
-"<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n"
-"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n"
-"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n"
-"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n"
-"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-"novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n"
-"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2403,7 +2365,7 @@
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n"
"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n"
-"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n"
+"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n"
"The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n"
"which is then called by beh.\n"
@@ -2431,7 +2393,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2470,7 +2432,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n"
@@ -2487,7 +2449,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
@@ -2503,7 +2465,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n"
@@ -2518,7 +2480,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2532,7 +2494,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
@@ -2548,7 +2510,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n"
@@ -2568,7 +2530,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
@@ -2604,7 +2566,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2616,14 +2578,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n"
"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n"
"Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n"
-"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
+"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
"and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n"
"the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n"
"can overwrite the default error policy\n"
@@ -2642,7 +2604,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2661,7 +2623,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2805,72 +2767,72 @@
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "Gweinydd"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Modd &Syml"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "&Dileu"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "Cadarnhau Darganfod Caledwedd"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2881,36 +2843,36 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "Cadarnhau Darganfod Caledwedd"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2919,26 +2881,26 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "Argraffu'r cymorth am y modiwl yma."
@@ -2947,7 +2909,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
@@ -2967,28 +2929,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
@@ -2997,25 +2959,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -3035,54 +2997,54 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3833,128 +3795,56 @@
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..."
msgstr "Llwytho modiwlau, arhoswch..."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to add queue %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case
#. which should not happen at all:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
msgid "Failed to determine the driver options."
msgstr ""
#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
msgid "new value"
msgstr ""
#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
msgid "saved value"
msgstr ""
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)."
-msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The server '"
+msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
-msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
-msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386
-msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called
-#. indirectly without a button click by the user
-#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409
-msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important
-#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454
-msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but it the last test is not really important
-#. so that the last test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555
-msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644
-msgid "The server '%1' is unknown."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n"
"This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n"
@@ -3965,7 +3855,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -3974,7 +3864,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
@@ -3984,7 +3874,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name.
#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423
msgid ""
"To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
"Use 'Driver Packages' to install it."
@@ -4138,6 +4028,10 @@
msgstr "Ailddechrau &darganfod"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Parallel Port"
+#~ msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Trigger Automatic Configuration to Run Now"
#~ msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/product-creator.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/product-creator.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/product-creator.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/proxy.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/proxy.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/proxy.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,108 +17,6 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
-#. Commandline help title
-#. Proxy dialog caption
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration"
-msgid "Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40
-msgid "Enable proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Write the settings"
-msgid "Disable proxy settings"
-msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56
-msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66
-msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76
-msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88
-msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93
-msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98
-msgid "Set FTP proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103
-msgid "Clear all options listed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107
-msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114
-msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121
-msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ask the user
-#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Password:"
-msgid "Password:"
-msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
-
-#. Return a modification status
-#. @return true if data was modified
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Configuration"
-msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr "Alluogir"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112
-msgid "HTTP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116
-msgid "HTTPS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120
-msgid "FTP"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Informative label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "No details available."
@@ -193,6 +91,14 @@
msgid "Proxy settings work correctly."
msgstr ""
+#. Proxy dialog caption
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration"
+msgid "Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+
#. Proxy dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405
msgid ""
@@ -323,13 +229,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615
msgid ""
"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n"
"Really use these settings?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628
msgid ""
"Security warning:\n"
"Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n"
@@ -338,48 +244,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643
msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "Mae'r URL yn annilys."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659
msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "Mae'r URL yn annilys."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705
msgid ""
"One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n"
"Check if all domains match one of the following:\n"
@@ -389,24 +295,118 @@
"* Domain name prefixed by '.'"
msgstr ""
+#. Return a modification status
+#. @return true if data was modified
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Alluogir"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107
+msgid "HTTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111
+msgid "HTTPS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115
+msgid "FTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35
+msgid "Enable proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the settings"
+msgid "Disable proxy settings"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51
+msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61
+msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71
+msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83
+msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88
+msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93
+msgid "Set FTP proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98
+msgid "Clear all options listed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102
+msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109
+msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116
+msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ask the user
+#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Password:"
+msgid "Password:"
+msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
+
#. Popup headline
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39
msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
msgstr ""
-#. Write routing settings and apply changes
+#. Write proxy settings and apply changes
#. @return true if success
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update configuration"
msgid "Update proxy configuration"
msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad"
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
@@ -414,33 +414,33 @@
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
#. but only when Progress is visible
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgid "Updating proxy configuration..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418
msgid "Proxy is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423
msgid "Proxy is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432
msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440
msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447
msgid "FTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/qt-pkg.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/qt-pkg.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/qt-pkg.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,71 +16,71 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplural=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318
msgid "&Update Problems"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patter&ns"
msgstr "Dwyrain"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367
msgid "Package &Groups"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379
#, fuzzy
msgid "&RPM Groups"
msgstr "&Grŵp"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Languages"
msgstr "Iaith"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr "&Ailgeisio"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "&Chwilio"
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "Tarddiad &arsefydlu"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585
#, fuzzy
msgid "File List"
msgstr "Ffeiliau"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr "Wedi'u Newid"
@@ -88,194 +88,201 @@
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#. button #0
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258
-#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Diddymu"
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&Derbyn"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File"
msgstr "Ffeiliau"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702
msgid "&Package"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr "Llwybr"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr "&Ailgeisio"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "Diweddariad Arlein"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr ""
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "Cywiriadau:"
+
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "De&wisiadau"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "Gwybodaeth Gysawd"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
-msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr "Cynnyrch"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "Cywiriadau:"
+
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Cymorth"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr "Cywiriadau:"
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr ""
@@ -283,63 +290,63 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Gwall"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr "Gwall wrth nôl cywiriadau:"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr ""
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr "Bydd y pecynnau a ddewiswyd eu harsefydlu."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "Parhau"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "&Diddymu"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr ""
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
-#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
-#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
-#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120
+#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165
+#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "Ia&wn"
@@ -386,7 +393,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428
msgid "C&ontinue"
msgstr "&Parhau"
@@ -1554,10 +1561,41 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207
msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length.
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398
+msgid ""
+"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n"
+"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n"
+"package at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406
+msgid ""
+"This version is multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n"
+"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415
+msgid ""
+"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n"
+"and unselect all other versions,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog heading
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423
+msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture,
#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from,
#. %4 is the repository's priority
@@ -1565,13 +1603,13 @@
#. Examples:
#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE
#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE
-#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
-#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402
+#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
+#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586
msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570
msgid "This version is installed in your system."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/qt.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/qt.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/qt.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -47,18 +47,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. Window title for help wizard window
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320
+#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Cymorth"
#. Close button for wizard help window
#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132
msgid "&Close"
msgstr "&Cau"
+#. Window title for help wizard window
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad"
+
#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr ""
@@ -75,12 +79,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. parent
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:623
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:629
msgid "Color switching"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:624
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:630
msgid ""
"Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n"
"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors."
@@ -112,25 +116,38 @@
msgid "Configure YaST Logging:"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+#. Help button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Help" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340
+msgid "&Help"
+msgstr "&Cymorth"
+
#.
#. "Release Notes" button
#.
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:869
+#. Release Notes button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Release Notes" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "&Release Notes"
msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad"
-#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324
+#. "Steps" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Steps"
+msgid "&Steps"
msgstr "&Aros"
-#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328
+#. "Tree" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Tree"
+msgid "&Tree"
msgstr "Twrci"
#, fuzzy
@@ -178,9 +195,6 @@
#~ msgid "&Verify System"
#~ msgstr "Cysawd"
-#~ msgid "&Help"
-#~ msgstr "&Cymorth"
-
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Patches"
#~ msgstr "Cywiriadau:"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/rdp.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/rdp.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/rdp.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/rear.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/rear.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/rear.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -257,16 +257,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..."
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing NFS server settings"
msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu gosodiadau'r gweinydd NFS"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgid "Analyzing system"
-msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..."
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/registration.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/registration.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/registration.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,25 +18,25 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
msgid ""
"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
@@ -44,215 +44,69 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-#. display the registration update dialog
+#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#. dialog title
+#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after
+#. pressing "Next"
#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
+#. @return [Symbol] user input
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Registration is being updated..."
-msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
-msgstr "Mae'r cynnig meddalwedd yn cael ei ailosod i werthoedd rhagosod."
-
-#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
-"You can manually register the system from scratch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
-msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452
-msgid "The system is already registered."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
-msgid "&E-mail Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Registration &Code"
-msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
-msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Skip Registration"
-msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334
-msgid ""
-"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to install the latest available\n"
-"on-line updates during installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. then register the product(s)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71
-msgid "Registering %s ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423
-msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441
-msgid ""
-"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
-"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Register Again"
-msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
-msgid "Select Extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
-msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Mae eich cysawd yn barod i'w ddefnyddio.</p>"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471
-msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473
-msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The base product was not found,\n"
-"check your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501
-msgid ""
-"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
-"Report a bug at %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504
-msgid ""
-"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
-"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43
msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden"
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
-#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
-#. but better than aborting the installation...
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228
+#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
+#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
+#. %s is name of given product
+#. then register the product(s)
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277
+msgid "Registering %s ..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
@@ -330,33 +184,33 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60
msgid "Common Name (CN): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62
msgid "Organization (O): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64
msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "Issued By"
msgstr ""
@@ -387,40 +241,40 @@
msgstr "Rhifau Ffacs"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "StationID is invalid."
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Mae'r Dynodiad Tarddiad yn annilys."
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -436,56 +290,56 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "&Manylion <<"
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -500,21 +354,37 @@
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
-#. register the system and the base product
-#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two
-#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil)
-#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts
-#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+msgid ""
+"The base product was not found,\n"
+"check your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -522,71 +392,121 @@
#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the
#. installation workflow
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
-#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
+#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
+#. @return [Symbol] the user input
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Yast::Mode.update
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. indent size used in summary text
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Certificate:"
msgstr ""
#. create UI label for a base product
-#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
+#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "anhysbys"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438
+msgid ""
+"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
+"The product cannot be registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control
+#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
+msgid "Really abort?"
+msgstr "Wir atal?"
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir
-#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon
+#. @param [Addon] addon the addon
#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88
msgid ""
"Downloading the license for\n"
"%s\n"
@@ -594,24 +514,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46
msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
+#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
msgstr[0] ""
@@ -620,7 +541,7 @@
msgstr[3] ""
msgstr[4] ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the registration data."
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
@@ -631,250 +552,575 @@
msgstr[3] "Rhowch y data cofrestru."
msgstr[4] "Rhowch y data cofrestru."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44
+#. create the main dialog definition
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
-msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "&Manylion <<"
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47
-msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+#. addon description widget
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "1 new update available."
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr "1 diweddariad newydd ar gael."
+
+#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "&Manylion <<"
+msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
-#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "1 new update available."
-msgid "%s (not available)"
-msgstr "1 diweddariad newydd ar gael."
+msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+#. create the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57
msgid "Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Version: %1"
msgid "Version"
msgstr "Fersiwn: %1"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " Architecture: "
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Saerniaeth:"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "Release Type"
msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration Code"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72
msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
msgstr ""
-#. disable download on a non-registered system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr ""
-#. replace the content
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
+#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Version: %1"
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "Fersiwn: %1"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " Architecture: "
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr "Saerniaeth:"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr "Nodiadau Rhyddhad"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration &Code"
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#. the UI defition for the global registration status
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#. the UI defition for the main dialog
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Skip Registration"
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#. the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "The system is already registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
+"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
+"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really skip the registration now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+msgid ""
+"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
+"a registered system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
+#. not displayed in installed system
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
msgid "Certificate has expired"
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+#. register the base system if not already registered
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n"
+"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Migration Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Select the Migration Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Manage Repositories..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "URL: %1"
+msgid "URL: %s"
+msgstr "URL: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Priority: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it
+#. before the translation deadline...
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available
+#. updates now
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50
+msgid ""
+"Online updates are available for installation.\n"
+"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to install the updates now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86
+msgid "Internal error: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170
+msgid "No installed product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199
+msgid "No migration product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registering Migration Products..."
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272
+msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Select the Migration Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Manually Select Patches"
+msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
+msgstr "Dewis Cywiriadau â &Llaw"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the service to configure."
+msgid "Select the target migration."
+msgstr "Dewis y gwasanaeth i ffurffweddu."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+msgid "Migration Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
+#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
+#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
+#. using the selected migration.
+#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
+#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed"
+msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
+msgstr "Bydd pecyn %1 yn cael ei arsefydlu"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240
+msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285
+msgid ""
+"The selected migration contains a product\n"
+"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n"
+"available at the registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Mae eich cysawd yn barod i'w ddefnyddio.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Select Extensions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Again"
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "Gweinyddiaeth Bell"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr "Mae'r cynnig meddalwedd yn cael ei ailosod i werthoedd rhagosod."
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "Rhowch y data cofrestru."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/reipl.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/reipl.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/reipl.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/relocation-server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/relocation-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/relocation-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -306,41 +306,41 @@
msgstr "Ffurfweddu Gweinydd TFTP"
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgid "Read the current xend configuration"
msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319
msgid "Read the current xend state"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the settings"
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgid "Reading the current xend state..."
@@ -348,57 +348,57 @@
#. Progress step 3/3
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339
msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368
msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgid "Cannot read firewall settings."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386
msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state."
msgstr ""
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the settings"
msgid "Write the Xend settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Disable the service"
msgid "Adjust the Xend service"
@@ -406,21 +406,21 @@
#. Progress stage 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the settings"
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Writing the Xend settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..."
@@ -428,31 +428,31 @@
#. Progress step 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436
msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443
msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgid "Cannot write the xend settings."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-client.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-client.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,67 +17,67 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplural=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62
msgid ""
"Samba client configuration module.\n"
"See Samba documentation for details."
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75
msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85
msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "Join this machine to a domain"
msgstr "Penodwch y gorchymyn '%1'."
#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105
msgid "Change the global settings of Samba"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113
msgid "Enable the service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119
msgid "Disable the service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125
msgid "The name of a domain to join"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132
msgid ""
"The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n"
"try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139
msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for machine optioa
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146
msgid "The machine account"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153
msgid "The name of a workgroup"
msgstr ""
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr ""
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "&Defnydd-enw:"
@@ -584,177 +584,177 @@
msgstr ""
#. default value of Machine Account
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "Rhag&osod"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73
msgid "&Machine Account OU"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78
msgid "O&btain list"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121
msgid ""
"User name and password are required\n"
"for listing the machine accounts."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139
msgid "&Machine Account"
msgstr ""
#. translators: text for busy pop-up
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177
msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..."
msgstr ""
#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203
msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. additional information for cluster environment
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231
msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes."
msgstr ""
#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242
msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249
msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, first part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308
msgid ""
"This host is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. last part of popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "Join the domain %1?"
msgstr "Penodwch y gorchymyn '%1'."
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319
msgid ""
"This cluster is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361
msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Keep"
msgstr "&Cymorth"
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Dileu"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381
msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392
msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401
msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411
msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418
msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sharing by Users"
msgstr "Rhybudd"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr "Rhybudd"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453
msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463
msgid "Allow &Guest Access"
msgstr ""
#. texty entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
msgid "&Permitted Group"
msgstr ""
#. infield label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481
msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517
msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help common part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522
msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for PAM Mount table
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
@@ -763,12 +763,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538
msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for kerberos method option
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546
msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -832,8 +832,8 @@
#. final progress step label
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: write progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
@@ -906,13 +906,13 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ie"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nage"
@@ -936,84 +936,84 @@
msgstr ""
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. translators: progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. translators: progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. translators: progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. translators: progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..."
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr "Alluogi &pob gwasanaeth"
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Alluogi &pob gwasanaeth"
#. write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..."
#. write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration..."
msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
@@ -1022,84 +1022,84 @@
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1"
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgstr "Ca&dw Data Dilysiant"
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083
msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Llongyfarchiadau!</b></p>"
#. summary item: authentication using winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr "Ca&dw Data Dilysiant"
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name
#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071
#, fuzzy
msgid "Share %1 already exists."
msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod."
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. translators: share status
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Alluogir"
@@ -379,23 +379,23 @@
#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Not a Domain &Controller"
msgstr ""
#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ie"
@@ -404,20 +404,20 @@
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nage"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
#, fuzzy
msgid "Samba Installation"
msgstr "Arsefydliad Sail"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "Step 1 of 2"
msgstr ""
@@ -425,51 +425,51 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"),
#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)),
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Step 2 of 2"
msgstr ""
#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Domain Name:"
msgstr "Dewisiad Cyfredol:"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Samba Server Type"
msgstr "Mathau Gwasanaeth"
#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Not available because a PDC is present."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rename Share"
msgstr "Ychwanegu Cofnod Gwasanaeth Newydd"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593
#, fuzzy
msgid "New Share &Name"
msgstr "Enw'r gwasanae&th"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter a new share name."
msgstr "Mewnosodwch allweddeiriau:"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Share '%1' already exists.\n"
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod."
#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you delete share %1,\n"
@@ -486,29 +486,29 @@
msgstr "Bydd pob newid yn cael ei golli!"
#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing.
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
#, fuzzy
msgid "Trusted &Domain"
msgstr "Dominica"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779
#, fuzzy
msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785
msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship."
msgstr ""
#. issue a warning, if not already done so
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The password for trusted domains\n"
"is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n"
@@ -517,326 +517,326 @@
msgstr ""
#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil'
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "&Trusted Domains"
msgstr ""
#. confirmation
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844
msgid ""
"Really abandon trust relationship\n"
"to trusted domain %1?"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864
#, fuzzy
msgid "Share %1"
msgstr "Gwasanaeth %1"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration"
msgstr "&Defnyddio'r Ffurfweddiad Canlynol"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "Identification"
msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922
#, fuzzy
msgid "Share &Name"
msgstr "Enw'r gwasanae&th"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924
#, fuzzy
msgid "Share &Description"
msgstr "Disgrifiad"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Share Type"
msgstr "Mathau Gwasanaeth"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933
msgid "&Printer"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory"
msgstr "&Cyfeiriaduron"
#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939
#, fuzzy
msgid "Share &Path"
msgstr "Enw'r gwasanae&th"
#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Read-Only"
msgstr "Yn barod"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "&Inherit ACLs"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950
msgid "Expose Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952
msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961
#, fuzzy
msgid "New Share"
msgstr "Ychwanegu Cofnod Gwasanaeth Newydd"
#. translators: file selection dialog title
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Path for a Share"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Share path cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Shares"
msgstr "Ar &gael:"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&Ffeiliau"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &All Shares"
msgstr "&Cadw"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares"
msgstr "&Cadw"
#. translators: table header texts
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Cyflwr"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read-Only"
msgstr "Yn barod"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Enw"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Path"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "success"
msgid "Guest Access"
msgstr "llwyddiant"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid "Comment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Rename..."
msgstr "&Defnydd-enw:"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "WINS Server Support"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgstr "Gweinyddion &NFS"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155
msgid "Na&me"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Not a DC"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172
msgid "Primary (PDC)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Backup (BDC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Base Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
#. translators: combobox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194
msgid "Domain &Controller"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Advanced Settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
msgid "&Expert Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Authentication Sources"
msgstr "Ca&dw Data Dilysiant"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237
#, fuzzy
msgid "Samba Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
#. tab label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242
msgid "Start-&Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Shares"
msgstr "&Cadw"
#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid "I&dentity"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298
msgid "WINS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "&LDAP Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18)
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464
msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565
msgid "User Information Sources"
msgstr ""
#. try to create it
#. first, ask for password
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619
msgid ""
"For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n"
"administrative account (root).\n"
"It will be created now."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Samba root &Password"
msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Verify Password"
msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgstr "Methu creu cyfrif ar gyfer ddefnyddiwr %1"
#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712
msgid ""
"To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n"
"text entries empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "&Defnydd-enw:"
#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725
msgid "Do &Not Join"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761
#, fuzzy
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-users.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-users.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/samba-users.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/scanner.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/scanner.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/scanner.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr "Gwasanaethau wedi methu: %1."
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
#, fuzzy
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod."
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr "Gwasanaethau wedi methu: %1."
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr ""
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr ""
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
@@ -1088,20 +1088,20 @@
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "anhysbys"
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr "anhysbys"
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr ""
@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@
#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only
#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
msgid ""
"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1294,56 +1294,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr "Sefydlu celc cyplysydd"
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr "Bydd y pecynnau a ddewiswyd eu harsefydlu."
#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr ""
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr ""
#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr "&Gweithredoli Pob Gwasanaeth"
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr "Bydd y pecynnau a ddewiswyd eu harsefydlu."
#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr ""
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr ""
#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr "Gosod gyrrydd..."
#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
#, fuzzy
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr "Rhaid arsefydlu'r pecynnau yma:"
@@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr ""
@@ -1362,9 +1362,9 @@
#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system.
#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Erthylwyd\n"
@@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@
#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr ""
@@ -1386,20 +1386,20 @@
#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
msgstr "Gwasanaethau wedi methu: %1."
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1412,20 +1412,20 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
msgstr ""
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr "Gwasanaethau wedi methu: %1."
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr ""
@@ -1435,24 +1435,24 @@
#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
#. then show a message but exit successfully because
#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr ""
#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr "&Cadw"
#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr "Fersiwn: %1"
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@
#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
#, fuzzy
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr "Dim cymorth ar gael"
@@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@
#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected.
#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr ""
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr ""
@@ -1532,12 +1532,12 @@
#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/security.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/security.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/security.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplural=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
+#. translators: command line help text for Security module
#: src/clients/security.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security configuration module"
@@ -39,14 +39,15 @@
msgid "Set the value of the specific option"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for 'level home' option
+#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:94
-msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Workstation security level"
+msgstr "Gosod Rhedlefel Rhagosodol"
-#. command line help text for 'level network' option
+#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:100
-msgid "Networked Workstation security level"
+msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'level server' option
@@ -121,251 +122,240 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "anhysbys"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host name of the &NFS server:"
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "Enw gwesteiwr y &gweinydd NFS:"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n"
-" (multiuser with network)"
-msgstr ""
-"Methu alluogi gwasanaeth %1 yn y rhed-lefelau %2:\n"
-"%3"
+#| msgid "&Enable the service"
+msgid "Enable basic system services"
+msgstr "All&uogi'r gwasanaeth"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n"
-" (multiuser with network and graphical login)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
-msgstr ""
-"Methu alluogi gwasanaeth %1 yn y rhed-lefelau %2:\n"
-"%3"
+#| msgid "&Disable the service"
+msgid "Disable extra services"
+msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5"
-msgstr ""
-"Methu alluogi gwasanaeth %1 yn y rhed-lefelau %2:\n"
-"%3"
-
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "&Ffurfweddu..."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Alluogir"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "A&nalluogi"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Cyflwr"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Cymorth"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"Mae'r gwasanaethau gofynnol yma ar goll:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above)
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"Mae'r gwasanaethau gofynnol yma ar goll:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Disgrifiad"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "Cyflwr"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "Disgrifiad"
+#. update the current value
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "Dadansoddi'ch cysawd..."
+
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
@@ -455,15 +445,15 @@
#. Main dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
-"any type of a network.</p>"
+"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
+"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
-"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
+"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
+"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
@@ -814,44 +804,46 @@
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51
-msgid "Home Workstation"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Workstation"
+msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Networked Workstation"
-msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
+#| msgid "Restarting services..."
+msgid "Roaming Device"
+msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Server"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60
-msgid "&Home Workstation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63
#, fuzzy
-msgid "N&etworked Workstation"
+msgid "&Workstation"
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65
+msgid "&Roaming Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network &Server"
msgstr "Gwasanaethau rhwydwaith"
@@ -933,13 +925,13 @@
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
@@ -964,95 +956,88 @@
msgid "Nobody"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#. ["local",_("Local Users")],
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
-msgid "Automatic"
-msgstr ""
-
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Information"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "Gwybodaeth Gysawd"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Data"
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
@@ -1074,70 +1059,90 @@
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:608
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:631
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:869
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n"
+#~ " (multiuser with network)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Methu alluogi gwasanaeth %1 yn y rhed-lefelau %2:\n"
+#~ "%3"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Methu alluogi gwasanaeth %1 yn y rhed-lefelau %2:\n"
+#~ "%3"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Methu alluogi gwasanaeth %1 yn y rhed-lefelau %2:\n"
+#~ "%3"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Miscellanous Settings"
#~ msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/services-manager.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/services-manager.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/services-manager.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,232 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set Default Runlevel"
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr "Gosod Rhedlefel Rhagosodol"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set Default Runlevel"
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr "Gosod Rhedlefel Rhagosodol"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set Default Runlevel"
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr "Gosod Rhedlefel Rhagosodol"
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set Default Runlevel"
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "Gosod Rhedlefel Rhagosodol"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set Default Runlevel"
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "Gosod Rhedlefel Rhagosodol"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr "Ar &gael:"
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr "Ni ddewiswyd cywiriad i'w arsefydlu.\n"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr "Ni ddewiswyd cywiriad i'w arsefydlu.\n"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29
+msgid ""
+"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n"
+"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration..."
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr "Ysgrifennu ffurfweddiad y cysawd"
+
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set Default Runlevel"
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr "Gosod Rhedlefel Rhagosodol"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "Gwasanaeth"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Alluogir"
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Action"
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "Gweithred"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Disgrifiad"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "S&tart/Stop/Refresh"
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr "&Cychwyn/Aros/Cyfredoli"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Disable"
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr "A&nalluogi"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Patch &Details <<"
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr "&Manylion y Cywiriad <<"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Services"
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr "Gwasanaethau"
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restarting services..."
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Disable"
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "A&nalluogi"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Action"
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr "Gweithred"
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
@@ -63,104 +288,72 @@
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Services"
-msgid "Services Manager"
-msgstr "Gwasanaethau"
-
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "D&efault"
msgid "Default Target"
msgstr "Rhag&osod"
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr "Alluogir"
-
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Disable"
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "A&nalluogi"
-
#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
-#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103
msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
msgstr ""
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Set Default Runlevel"
-#~ msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
-#~ msgstr "Gosod Rhedlefel Rhagosodol"
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr "Dim wedi'i ffurfweddu eto."
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "A&vailable are:"
-#~ msgid "Available Targets"
-#~ msgstr "Ar &gael:"
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
+#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr ""
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
-#~ msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
-#~ msgstr "Ni ddewiswyd cywiriad i'w arsefydlu.\n"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr ""
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
-#~ msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
-#~ msgstr "Ni ddewiswyd cywiriad i'w arsefydlu.\n"
+#| msgid "Graphics"
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr "Graffeg"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration..."
-#~ msgid "Writing configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr ""
+#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
-#~ msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
-#~ msgstr "Ysgrifennu ffurfweddiad y cysawd"
+#| msgid "&Expert Mode"
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr "Modd &Medrus"
-#~ msgid "Service"
-#~ msgstr "Gwasanaeth"
-
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Action"
-#~ msgid "Active"
-#~ msgstr "Gweithred"
+#| msgid "Graphics"
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Graffeg"
-#~ msgid "Description"
-#~ msgstr "Disgrifiad"
-
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "S&tart/Stop/Refresh"
-#~ msgid "&Start/Stop"
-#~ msgstr "&Cychwyn/Aros/Cyfredoli"
+#| msgid "D&efault"
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr "Rhag&osod"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "&Disable"
-#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable"
-#~ msgstr "A&nalluogi"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr ""
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Patch &Details <<"
-#~ msgid "Show &Details"
-#~ msgstr "&Manylion y Cywiriad <<"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr ""
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Restarting services..."
-#~ msgid "Reading services status..."
-#~ msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-
-#~ msgid "Not configured yet."
-#~ msgstr "Dim wedi'i ffurfweddu eto."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Graphics"
-#~ msgid "Graphical mode"
-#~ msgstr "Graffeg"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "&Expert Mode"
-#~ msgid "Emergency Mode"
-#~ msgstr "Modd &Medrus"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/slp-server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/slp-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/slp-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/snapper.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/snapper.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/snapper.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,8 +17,32 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
-#. The main ()
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of snapper
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of the NFS client"
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
@@ -26,14 +50,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Disgrifiad"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User"
msgid "User data"
@@ -41,37 +65,37 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
+#. popup label, %{num} is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
-msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
-msgid "Pre (%1)"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
-msgid "Post (%1)"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -79,132 +103,137 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Probe"
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Holi"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
-msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr ""
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Singapore"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Caledwedd"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Math"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Defnyddiwr"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Changed"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Wedi'u Newid"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
@@ -215,91 +244,91 @@
"%1"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -310,7 +339,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -320,19 +349,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+msgstr "Ni ddewiswyd cywiriad i'w arsefydlu.\n"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -343,7 +374,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Saving inetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -356,30 +387,30 @@
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -390,135 +421,148 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup error
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
-msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
+#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
+msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Initialize snapper agent
-#. Return true on success
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#. Return the path to given snapshot
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
+#| "%1"
+msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Methu creu cyfeiriadur ar goll:\n"
+"%1"
+
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
-msgid "Reason not known."
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
+#| "%1"
+msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
msgstr ""
+"Methu creu cyfeiriadur ar goll:\n"
+"%1"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration"
-msgid "Configuration not found."
-msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "' is not valid."
-msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-msgstr "' yn ddilys."
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-"%1"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
+#| "%1"
+msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
-msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
-msgid ""
-"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"Methu creu cyfeiriadur ar goll:\n"
"%1"
-msgstr ""
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
-msgid ""
-"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
-msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
-msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
#| "%1"
-msgid ""
-"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
+msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
msgstr ""
"Methu creu cyfeiriadur ar goll:\n"
"%1"
#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing"
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
-msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
-msgstr ""
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the Configuration"
+msgid "Read list of configurations"
+msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
-msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgid "Read list of snapshots"
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
+msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
+msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
+
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Answering Machine Configuration"
+msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+msgstr "Ffurfweddu Peiriant Ateb"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
+msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Delete"
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "&Dileu"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Skipped\n"
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "Hepgor\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
+#~ msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "' is not valid."
+#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+#~ msgstr "' yn ddilys."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
+#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
+#~ msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/sound.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/sound.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/sound.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/squid.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/squid.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/squid.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
msgid "Logging and Timeouts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Miscellaneous Setting"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Arsefydlu"
@@ -460,33 +460,29 @@
msgid "Cache &Store Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339
-msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Timeouts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection &Timeout"
msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client &Lifetime"
msgstr "Oes"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "&Language of error messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Administrator's email"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode"
msgstr ""
@@ -967,30 +963,30 @@
#. ************* ACL END ************************
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG **********
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578
#, fuzzy
msgid "Access Log must not be empty."
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cache Log must not be empty."
msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/"
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field."
msgstr ""
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ******
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684
msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces."
msgstr ""
@@ -1008,171 +1004,171 @@
#. Read all squid settings
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration"
msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File."
msgstr "Cy&flwr cyfredoli..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File."
msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Other Settings."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Service Status."
msgstr "Gwasanaethau wedi methu: %1."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..."
msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..."
msgstr "Cy&flwr cyfredoli..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..."
msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Other Settings ..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Service Status ..."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122
msgid "Cannot read service status."
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Squid Configuration"
msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start Service"
msgstr "Cychwyn gwasanaethau"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting Service..."
msgstr "Yn cychwyn gwasanaethau..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
#. write settings
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. firewall
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!"
#. Header
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584
msgid "Squid Cache Proxy"
msgstr ""
#. Start daemon
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589
msgid "Start daemon: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "When booting"
msgstr ""
#. Http Ports
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured ports:"
msgstr "Dim wedi'i ffurfweddu eto."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611
msgid " (transparent)"
msgstr ""
#. Cache directory
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cache directory: "
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/sshd.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/sshd.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/sshd.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/storage.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/storage.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/storage.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
#. dialog heading
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
msgid "Expert Partitioner"
msgstr ""
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -867,15 +867,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
-"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
-"\n"
+"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
+"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n"
+"approximately 1MB large.\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -887,7 +888,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -899,7 +900,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -908,7 +909,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -919,7 +920,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -934,7 +935,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -949,13 +950,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Terfynu go iawn?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -968,7 +969,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -977,7 +978,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -986,7 +987,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -994,7 +995,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1002,53 +1003,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1057,7 +1058,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1067,7 +1068,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1077,7 +1078,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1093,7 +1094,7 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
@@ -1139,7 +1140,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
@@ -1160,7 +1161,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1169,7 +1170,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1477,7 +1478,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -2533,7 +2534,7 @@
msgstr "Gwasanaeth %1"
#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
#.
#. All Rights Reserved.
#.
@@ -2551,16 +2552,16 @@
#.
#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. File: ep-graph.rb
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
msgid "Add RAID"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Add Volume Group"
msgstr ""
@@ -2568,47 +2569,47 @@
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Graph"
msgstr "Gwasanaeth %1"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Device Graph..."
msgstr "Modd &Medrus"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
msgid "Saving graph file failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount Graph"
msgstr "Mountain"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Mount Graph..."
msgstr "Modd &Medrus"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2744,7 +2745,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -2977,7 +2978,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hard Disks"
msgstr "Disgiau"
@@ -3241,7 +3242,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log"
msgstr "&Cofnodion"
@@ -3387,7 +3388,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt Files"
msgstr "Ffeiliau"
@@ -3752,7 +3753,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Volume Management"
msgstr "E&nw ffeil"
@@ -3815,43 +3816,43 @@
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
msgid "RAID"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Mapper"
msgstr "Gwasanaeth %1"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NSW"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434
msgid "tmpfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
msgid "Unused Devices"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Summary"
@@ -3859,13 +3860,13 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566
msgid ""
"You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n"
"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n"
@@ -3873,17 +3874,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580
msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Fullscreen summary of changes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592
msgid ": Summary"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "System View"
msgstr "Cysawd"
@@ -5145,7 +5146,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -5158,7 +5159,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5167,7 +5168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5175,7 +5176,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5184,29 +5185,29 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Root Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "E&nw ffeil"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5214,14 +5215,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5229,98 +5230,98 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "There was no update executed up to now."
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Ni weithredwyd diweddariad hyd yn hyn."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Dadansoddodd YaST2 y dyfais canlynol"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Dadansoddodd YaST2 y dyfais canlynol"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disks"
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "Disgiau"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disks"
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disgiau"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5328,7 +5329,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5336,7 +5337,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5344,18 +5345,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5979,53 +5980,53 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr "E&nw ffeil"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Dewisiad"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Dewisiad"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6034,33 +6035,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/sudo.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/sudo.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/sudo.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/support.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/support.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/support.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,52 +32,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -85,183 +85,184 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Dewisiadau"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Enw"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Cynnydd"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
+#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/sysconfig.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/sysconfig.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/sysconfig.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -478,130 +478,142 @@
"Arhoswch...<br></p>\n"
#. Translation: Progress bar label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Search"
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "&Chwilio"
-#. Display confirmation dialog
-#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
-#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
-#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Commands:"
-msgid "Command: "
-msgstr "Gorchmynion:"
-
#. button label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881
msgid "S&kip"
msgstr ""
-#. get activation map for variable
-#. start generic commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
-msgid "A command will be executed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Starting command: %1..."
-msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n"
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Command '%1'"
-msgid "Command %1 failed"
-msgstr "Gorchymyn '%1'"
-
#. write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd"
#. progress bar item
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the settings"
msgid "Write the new settings"
msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgid "Activate the changes"
msgstr "&Gweithredoli Pob Gwasanaeth"
-#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
-msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
-msgid "Saving variable %1..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to runlevels."
msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgstr "Cadw newidiadau i redlefelau."
-#. service is running, reload it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
+
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
-msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
-msgstr "Bydd y gwansanaethau yma yn cael eu halluogi"
+#| msgid "Configuration"
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
+#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param cmd [String] command to execute
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Command '%1'"
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "Gorchymyn '%1'"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Commands:"
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "Gorchmynion:"
+
+#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param name [String] service name
+#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
-msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgid "Reloading service %s..."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the service to configure."
-msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgid "Reload of the service %s failed"
msgstr "Dewis y gwasanaeth i ffurffweddu."
-#. service is running, restart it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed"
-msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
-msgstr "Bydd pecyn %1 yn cael ei arsefydlu"
+#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+msgid "Service %s will be reloaded"
+msgstr "Bydd y gwansanaethau yma yn cael eu halluogi"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
-msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgid "Restarting service %s..."
msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..."
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
-msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgid "Restart of the service %s failed"
msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau"
-#. set 100% in progress bar
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "Wedi gorffen"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed"
+msgid "Service %s will be restarted"
+msgstr "Bydd pecyn %1 yn cael ei arsefydlu"
-#. configuration summary headline
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
+#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd)
+#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil
+#.
+#. @param service name
+#. @return [Boolean] active?
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration"
-msgid "Configuration Summary"
-msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
+msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:"
+msgstr "Methu dileu'r gwasanaeth. Ni arsefydlir."
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Starting configuration scripts..."
#~ msgstr "&Hepgor Ffurweddiad"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/tftp-server.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/tftp-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/tftp-server.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/timezone_db.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/timezone_db.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/timezone_db.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-12 14:30+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: KD at KGyfieithu <kyfieithu(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Cymraeg <cy(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -1446,8 +1446,8 @@
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587
-msgid "Saigon"
-msgstr "Saigon"
+msgid "Ho Chi Minh City"
+msgstr ""
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591
@@ -2565,6 +2565,9 @@
msgid "GMT-9"
msgstr "GMT-9"
+#~ msgid "Saigon"
+#~ msgstr "Saigon"
+
#~ msgid "Calcutta"
#~ msgstr "Calcutta"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/tune.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/tune.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/tune.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/update.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/update.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/update.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr ""
@@ -154,9 +154,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -252,31 +252,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "New Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Rhaid arsefydlu'r pecynnau yma:"
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Packages to Remove: %1"
msgstr "Rhaid waredu'r pecynnau yma:"
#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr "&Gwaredu Pecynnau Tarddiad wedi Diweddaru"
-#. warning text
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154
+msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>"
msgstr ""
#. this is a heading
@@ -322,28 +322,28 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr ""
-#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Dewisiad anhysbys: '%1'"
+#. error message in proposal
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129
+msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -351,23 +351,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr ""
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -376,17 +376,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr ""
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -530,25 +530,25 @@
msgstr "Parhau"
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr "&Parhau Trwsio'r Cysawd"
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -567,25 +567,25 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "&Manylion y Cywiriad <<"
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "Cysawd"
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -593,25 +593,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "&Hepgor Ffurweddiad"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Rhybudd"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -635,43 +635,43 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "Dewisiad &Detholedig"
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Dewisiadau UML"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Man clymu"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "G&wasanaeth"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -679,17 +679,17 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr ""
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -697,23 +697,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr ""
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "G&wasanaeth"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -732,32 +732,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr ""
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr ""
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr ""
#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Gwerthuso rhaniad ddisg gwraidd. Arhoswch am eiliad..."
#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/users.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/users.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/users.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
#. helptext 2/3
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
msgstr ""
@@ -233,19 +233,19 @@
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Choose"
msgstr "De&wis"
#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Authentication Method"
msgstr "Data Dilysiant"
@@ -258,13 +258,13 @@
#. selection box label
#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
msgid "&Select Users to Read"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
msgstr ""
@@ -372,8 +372,8 @@
#. The two group password information do not match
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -403,8 +403,8 @@
#. last part of message popup
#. last part of message popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really use this password?"
msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd"
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "DES"
@@ -448,105 +448,105 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
msgid "SHA-256"
msgstr ""
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
msgid "SHA-512"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password Encryption Type"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
msgid "&DES"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
msgid "&MD5"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
msgid "SHA-&256"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
msgid "SHA-&512"
msgstr ""
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Llongyfarchiadau!</b></p>"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "User's &Full Name"
msgstr "E&nw ffeil"
#. input field for login name
#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "&Defnydd-enw:"
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Automatic Login"
msgstr "Awdurdodi"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
msgid "Create New User"
msgstr ""
@@ -554,14 +554,14 @@
#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty User Login"
msgstr "Analluogi'r g&wasanaeth"
#. yes-no popup contents
#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid ""
"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
@@ -626,14 +626,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. these are used only during installation time
#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -650,24 +650,24 @@
#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Gosodiadau"
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
msgstr "Gosodiadau Gosod"
#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "User %s will be imported."
msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
@@ -675,17 +675,17 @@
msgstr[1] "Bydd pecyn %1 yn cael ei arsefydlu"
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Newid..."
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
msgid ""
"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
"the password should have at least %s characters."
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@
msgstr "Enw gwesteiwr y &gweinydd NFS:"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66
+#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..."
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@
#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD
#. The date must stay in this format
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD."
msgstr ""
@@ -1494,20 +1494,20 @@
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217
#, fuzzy
msgid "Plug-In Description"
msgstr "Disgrifiad"
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226
msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "&Cychwyn"
@@ -1572,18 +1572,18 @@
#. tab label
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430
msgid ""
"The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n"
"because the user is currently logged in.\n"
@@ -1591,13 +1591,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the size for the home directory."
msgstr "Cyfeiriadur dewisiedig: %1"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583
msgid ""
"\n"
"Directory cannot be encrypted."
@@ -1605,73 +1605,73 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485
#, fuzzy
msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed."
msgstr "Rhaid waredu'r pecynnau yma:"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005
msgid "Now you have added a new user."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071
#, fuzzy
msgid "New Local Group"
msgstr "Rhag&osod"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073
#, fuzzy
msgid "New System Group"
msgstr "6: Ail-ymgychwyn cysawd"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075
#, fuzzy
msgid "New LDAP Group"
msgstr "&Grŵp"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079
#, fuzzy
msgid "Existing Local Group"
msgstr "&Diweddaru cysawd sy'n bodoli"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081
#, fuzzy
msgid "Existing System Group"
msgstr "&Diweddaru cysawd sy'n bodoli"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083
#, fuzzy
msgid "Existing LDAP Group"
msgstr "&Grŵp"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "&Grŵp"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154
msgid "Group &ID (gid)"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes
#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog)
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group &Members"
msgstr "&Grŵp"
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "&Grŵp"
@@ -3326,14 +3326,14 @@
#. init dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "&Defnyddio'r Ffurfweddiad Canlynol"
#. label (during init dialog)
#. label (during init dialog)
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ymgychwyn..."
@@ -4239,13 +4239,13 @@
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4253,7 +4253,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4261,23 +4261,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<p><b>Llongyfarchiadau!</b></p>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/vm.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/vm.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/vm.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/cy/po/vpn.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/vpn.cy.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/vpn.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -0,0 +1,549 @@
+# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: cy\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n"
+
+#. Manage VPN client secrets.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
+msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Gateway IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+msgid "Pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Sele&ct"
+msgid "Set"
+msgstr "De&wis"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+msgid "Show key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
+msgid ""
+"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Load PSKs
+#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
+#. Load XAuth
+#. Load EAP
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
+msgid "(hidden)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Remove the selected EAP user.
+#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+msgid "Please select a user to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
+msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Event handlers
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
+msgid "Gateway pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+msgid "Gateway certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+msgid "Path to certificate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Pick.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+msgid "Path to certificate key file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
+msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Username:"
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "&Defnydd-enw:"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Password:"
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "C&yfrinair:"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&dd"
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "&Ychwanegu"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Delete"
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "&Dileu"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Root Password"
+msgid "Show Password"
+msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
+msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+msgid "Gateway - PSK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
+msgid "Gateway - Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+msgid "Client - PSK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+msgid "Client - Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The selected option is already present"
+msgid "The connection name is already used."
+msgstr "Mae'r gwerth dewisiedig yn bresennol yn barod"
+
+#. Find an unused gateway scenario
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n"
+"All of gateway scenarios are already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Warn against duplicated configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337
+msgid ""
+"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n"
+"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The selected option is already present"
+msgid "The user name is already used."
+msgstr "Mae'r gwerth dewisiedig yn bresennol yn barod"
+
+#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496
+msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Left side: global config & connection management
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration"
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Ffurweddiad"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
+msgid "All VPNs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Delete"
+msgid "Delete VPN"
+msgstr "&Dileu"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "View Connection Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Event handlers
+#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
+msgid "Delete connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
+msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Check for incomplete configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Consider enabling the daemon
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n"
+"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
+msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Enw"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Disgrifiad"
+
+#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make widgets for connection configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection &Protocol:"
+msgid "Connection name: "
+msgstr "&Protocol Cysylltiad:"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Math"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New Server..."
+msgid "Gateway (Server)"
+msgstr "Gweinydd Newydd..."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+msgid "Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+msgid "The scenario is"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+msgid "Edit Credentials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "By a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+msgid "By a certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+msgid "VPN gateway IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. They are however allowed in password
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n"
+"Name has to begin with a letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Path to certificate file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return password string.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter keywords:"
+msgid "Please enter a password."
+msgstr "Mewnosodwch allweddeiriau:"
+
+#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Re&start detection"
+msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
+msgstr "Ailddechrau &darganfod"
+
+#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection"
+msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
+msgstr "Cadarnhau Darganfod Caledwedd"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Install packages
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable daemon
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to parse: %s."
+msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
+msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
+
+#. Configure IP forwarding
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+msgid ""
+"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
+"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+msgid ""
+"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"The script is located at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+msgid "VPN Global Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+msgid "Gateway and Connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Gateway summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Client summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+msgid "A client connecting to "
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/wol.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/wol.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/wol.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cy/po/yast2-apparmor.cy.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cy/po/yast2-apparmor.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
+++ trunk/yast/cy/po/yast2-apparmor.cy.po 2015-09-09 08:20:56 UTC (rev 92606)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
1
0
09 Sep '15
Author: keichwa
Date: 2015-09-09 10:20:48 +0200 (Wed, 09 Sep 2015)
New Revision: 92605
Added:
trunk/yast/he/po/docker.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/fonts.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/journal.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/vpn.he.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/base.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/cio.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/control.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/country.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/gtk.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/installation.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/isns.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/mail.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses-pkg.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/network.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/nis.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/packager.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/pam.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/printer.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/qt-pkg.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/qt.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/rear.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/registration.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/security.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/sound.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/squid.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/storage.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/sudo.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/support.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/tune.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/update.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/users.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/vm.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/wol.he.po
trunk/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "בצע התקנה"
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "מאתחל.."
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr "Initializing פונטים"
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "בצע התקנה"
@@ -226,42 +226,42 @@
#. ],
#. ...
#. ]
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr "לא נמצא מוצר במאגר."
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr "מאתחל מקור חדש..."
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
"Select the repository to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr ""
@@ -273,36 +273,36 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr "בחר מאגר."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708
#, fuzzy
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr "בחירה"
# label text
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr "גודל זמין:"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
@@ -310,12 +310,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n"
"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n"
@@ -324,98 +324,98 @@
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965
msgid "Product"
msgstr "מוצר"
# MK
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media"
msgstr "מקדונית"
# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr "בחרו מה למחוק."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr "בצע התקנה"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "בצע התקנה"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264
msgid "URL"
msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>סיכום:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>סיכום:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr "קבוצה לא ידועה"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>סיכום:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr "כתובת מאגר לא ידועהע"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>סיכום:</b> %1<br>"
@@ -423,16 +423,16 @@
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "מוצר לא ידוע"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr "כתובת לא ידועה"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -18,1070 +18,1150 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. the auth configuration
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33
-msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
-msgstr ""
+#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Done."
+msgid "None."
+msgstr "הסתיים"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49
-msgid "There is no help for this parameter."
-msgstr ""
+# label text
+#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Module &Parameters"
+msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
+msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55
-msgid "Default value: "
+# label text
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Module &Parameters"
+msgid "Optional Parameters"
+msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
+
+#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59
-msgid "Available values: "
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Authentication Client Config"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'"
+#. Overview of all config sections
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration"
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "הגדרות"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
-msgid "Cancel"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
-msgid "OK"
-msgstr "בסדר"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selection"
+msgid "Sections"
+msgstr "בחירה"
-#. Waiting for response
-#. Waiting for response
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338
-msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New Service/Domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200
-msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212
-msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'"
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Customisation - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215
-msgid "New Parameter"
-msgstr ""
+# table header texts
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "שם"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
-msgid "Help"
-msgstr "עזרה"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "V&alue"
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "ע&רך"
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
-msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "תיאור"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
-msgid "New"
-msgstr "חדש"
+# label text
+#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Module &Parameters"
+msgid "More Parameters"
+msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
-msgid "Add New Domain"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "פילטר:"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358
-msgid "Name:"
+#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361
-msgid "The identification provider used for the domain"
+#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221
+msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
-msgstr ""
+# popup text
+# ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
+# now delete partition!!
+# popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+msgstr "האם באמת למחוק את המחיצה %1 ?"
-#. TODO
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387
-msgid "Help for creating new domain"
+#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267
+msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391
-msgid "You have to provide a domain name!"
+#. Warn against removal of important parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272
+msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421
-msgid "Basic Settings:"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273
+msgid ""
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423
-msgid "Services:"
+#. Save settings - validate
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303
+msgid "No domain enabled"
msgstr ""
-#. Count of active domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304
msgid ""
-"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n"
-"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
+"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
+"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
-"%s \n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
+#. user must correct the mistake
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321
+msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr ""
+#. New service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "שרות"
-#. Main dialog contents
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
-msgid "Authentication Client"
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605
-msgid "Configured Authentication Domains"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
-msgid "Add"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Identification provider:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
-msgid "Edit"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Authentication provider:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
-msgid "Delete"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Activate Domain"
msgstr ""
-#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
-msgstr ""
+#. Create new service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+msgstr "שרותים אלו יהיו זמינים"
-#. initialize GUI
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553
-msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity
Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
-msgstr ""
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgstr "אנא הכנס את שם המשפחה שלך"
+# popup text
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Too many logical drives already exist."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "כבר קיימים יותר מדי כרכים לוגים."
+
#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
msgstr ""
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
msgstr ""
#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117
-msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122
-msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252
-msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297
-msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385
-msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421
-msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507
-msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853
-msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002
-msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149
-msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
+#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
+msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
+msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
#. end Export
#. ################################################################
#. ################################################################
#. Summary()
#. returns html formated configuration summary
#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "OK"
+#~ msgstr "בסדר"
+
+#~ msgid "Help"
+#~ msgstr "עזרה"
+
+#~ msgid "New"
+#~ msgstr "חדש"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה"
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -54,13 +54,14 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot();
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -68,7 +69,7 @@
msgstr ""
# progress stages
-#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612
+#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading configuration data"
@@ -111,7 +112,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr ""
@@ -122,30 +123,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114
msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120
msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr ""
@@ -205,7 +206,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OPEN
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397
msgid "Select a file to load."
msgstr ""
@@ -245,7 +246,7 @@
# Help text for last dialog of base installation
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -256,49 +257,75 @@
"</b>"
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "תהליך"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unknown sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+msgstr ""
+
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
+#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
+#. bnc#937900
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -490,105 +517,105 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Preparation"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "הכנה"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select your language:"
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "בחרו שפה:"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
#. configure general settings
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -945,11 +972,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
msgstr ""
@@ -1023,7 +1050,7 @@
msgid "System Profile Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45
msgid "&Profile Location:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1035,11 +1062,11 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117
msgid "Choose a hard disk"
msgstr "אנא בחרו דיסק קשיח"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124
msgid "No disks found."
msgstr ""
@@ -1053,7 +1080,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -1072,7 +1099,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. force help text width
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Hard Disk Selection"
msgstr ""
@@ -1080,7 +1107,7 @@
# chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
#. there is a selection from that one option has to be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr "בחרו באחת מהאפשרויות כדי להמשיך."
@@ -1277,19 +1304,19 @@
#. SAVE
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697
msgid "Save as..."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709
msgid "File %1 was saved successfully."
msgstr ""
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716
msgid "An error occurred while saving the file."
msgstr ""
@@ -1440,36 +1467,35 @@
msgid "Source"
msgstr "מקור"
-#. Menu interface
-#. @param list menu items
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
+#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
+#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file."
msgstr ""
# Selection box label
#. NEW
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Modules"
msgstr "מ&ודולי רשת זמינים:"
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. EXIT
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
msgid "Control file changed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791
msgid "Save the changes to %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1628,7 +1654,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1639,7 +1665,7 @@
msgstr "בחירה"
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1682,7 +1708,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -2013,24 +2039,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל."
# popup text
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל."
@@ -2038,20 +2064,20 @@
#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
msgstr "פקודה %1 נכשלה"
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
msgstr ""
@@ -2062,22 +2088,22 @@
#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
msgstr ""
#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
msgstr ""
#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2298,7 +2324,7 @@
#. Read rules file
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448
msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2306,12 +2332,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2323,46 +2349,46 @@
# Frame description in suggested partition for mode accept modify ..
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "בחרו"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2372,14 +2398,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2388,7 +2414,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2420,80 +2446,101 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "כן"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "No"
msgstr "לא"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
+#. NTP syncing
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+msgid "Syncing time..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+msgid "Syncing time with %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+# heading text
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Resize failed."
+msgid "Time syncing failed."
+msgstr "שינוי גודל נכשל."
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+msgid "Cannot update system time."
+msgstr ""
+
# message popup
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2512,12 +2559,19 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
-msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+msgid "%s drive in total"
+msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr ""
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
@@ -2586,7 +2640,7 @@
msgstr "לא ידוע"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2595,77 +2649,77 @@
# popup text
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל."
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "בסדר"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2673,51 +2727,51 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "בחר ISO image %1 מ %2."
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating crypt file %1"
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "נבחר לעדכון"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
# popup text %1 replaced by partition name e.g. /dev/hda1
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "אי אפשר היה להפעיל את מחיצת ה Swap %1"
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2726,38 +2780,42 @@
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
+msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr ""
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr ""
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
# progress stages
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה"
@@ -2765,7 +2823,7 @@
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2774,7 +2832,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "אי אפשר היה ליצור את הקובץ המוצפן %1"
@@ -2782,7 +2840,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/base.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/base.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/base.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -26,132 +26,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54
msgid "Print the help for this module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72
msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78
msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes"
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84
msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line "help" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92
msgid "Print the help for this command"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line "verbose" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98
msgid "Show progress information"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104
msgid "Where to store the XML output"
msgstr ""
#. string: command line interface is not supported
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
msgid "No help available"
msgstr ""
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "O&ptions:"
msgid ""
@@ -160,158 +160,158 @@
msgstr "&אפשרויות:"
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
msgid "No help available."
msgstr ""
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
# column description, if disk space is not known
# label text
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "איטלקית"
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "פינית"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
msgid "Done"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
#, fuzzy
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr "Bytes per &inode"
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
#, fuzzy
msgid "yes"
msgstr "כן"
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
#. %1 - link to our bugzilla
#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored
#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157
msgid ""
"This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n"
"Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
@@ -388,14 +388,14 @@
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
# Push Button to see logs of internet test
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save YaST Logs..."
msgstr "ה&צג יומן"
@@ -405,50 +405,68 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "שרת התקנה:"
+#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its
+#. unloading after end of block.
+#. @param [String] package to load
+#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield
+#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed
+#.
+#. @example
+#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do
+#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic")
+#. end
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352
+msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358
+msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?"
msgstr "האם באמת ברצונך/nלאתחל את פרטי הבחירה שלך?"
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190
msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog caption
#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "אזהרה"
#. popup message, %1 is list of problems
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200
msgid ""
"The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n"
"Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n"
@@ -463,7 +481,7 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr ""
@@ -474,7 +492,7 @@
# label text
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unavailable"
msgstr "פנוי :"
@@ -484,7 +502,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting"
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -497,7 +515,7 @@
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -509,9 +527,9 @@
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr "באתחול"
@@ -521,35 +539,35 @@
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "ידנית"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
msgid "Via xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "שרות לאתחל:"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr ""
@@ -558,7 +576,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -569,39 +587,39 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
@@ -617,7 +635,7 @@
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -625,38 +643,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48
msgid "Tab"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "&מעלה"
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302
msgid ""
"The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n"
"because it is in use.\n"
@@ -665,74 +683,74 @@
# popup text
#. popup title
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key."
msgstr "הכנת מערכת ה RAID נכשלה"
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318
msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333
msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353
msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358
msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr "הכנת מערכת ה RAID נכשלה"
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -740,14 +758,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -755,7 +773,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -764,7 +782,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -775,27 +793,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
@@ -803,58 +821,58 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
msgid "Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
#, fuzzy
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "&שם קובץ"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr ""
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr ""
# consistency check: a condition for the installation is not fullfilled
# this condition is described within the reason
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
#, fuzzy
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "המחיצות שנבחרו אינן המשכיות."
#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882
msgid "Ch."
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -862,21 +880,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n"
"whether the option was changed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928
msgid ""
"<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n"
"and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n"
@@ -885,7 +903,7 @@
# heading text
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "אחר..."
@@ -893,37 +911,37 @@
# Frame label
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
#, fuzzy
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "התקני DSL להגדרה"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr ""
#. Message shown while loading modules information
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197
msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..."
msgstr ""
#. Heading for NCurses Control Center
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 Control Center"
msgid "YaST Control Center"
msgstr "YaST2 מרכז ניהול"
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Russian"
msgid "Run"
msgstr "רוסית"
#. show popup when running as non-root
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n"
@@ -933,12 +951,12 @@
"יוצגו לך רק מודלים שלא דורשים הרשאות שורש"
#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320
msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
msgid ""
"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n"
"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n"
@@ -948,26 +966,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n"
"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n"
"<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n"
@@ -977,7 +995,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n"
"try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n"
@@ -985,19 +1003,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
msgid ""
"F1 = Help<br>\n"
"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n"
@@ -1012,7 +1030,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382
msgid ""
"<p>In some environments, all or some\n"
"F keys are not available.</p>"
@@ -1020,7 +1038,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1029,7 +1047,7 @@
# popup text
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
@@ -1038,7 +1056,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1222,8 +1240,8 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1247,7 +1265,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
@@ -1472,32 +1490,32 @@
#.
#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
#. @return [String] the release information
-#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62
msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1507,7 +1525,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1517,7 +1535,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1525,30 +1543,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&פרטים..."
#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101
msgid "Messages"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109
msgid "Display Messages: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1558,103 +1576,101 @@
#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file
#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed
#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113
+#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "כן"
-#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "לא"
#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118
msgid "Time-out Messages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125
msgid "Log Messages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139
msgid "Display Warnings: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148
msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155
msgid "Log Warnings: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162
msgid "Errors"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
msgid "Display Errors: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178
msgid "Time-out Errors: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
msgid "Log Errors: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
msgid "Error:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
msgid "Message:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1713,26 +1729,26 @@
msgstr "מחק"
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "&שם משתנה"
-#. TODO FIXME
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242
+#. FIXME: do it
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234
msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package."
msgstr ""
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187
msgid "GPG Private Keys"
msgstr ""
#. table header - GPG key user ID
#. table header - GPG key user ID
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226
#, fuzzy
msgid "User ID"
msgstr "משתמש"
@@ -1742,14 +1758,14 @@
#. lazy
#. Standard text strings
#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC"
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55
msgid "Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1757,12 +1773,12 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219
msgid "GPG Public Keys"
msgstr ""
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1770,11 +1786,11 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282
msgid "&Create a new GPG key..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
@@ -1783,12 +1799,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325
msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key."
@@ -1796,18 +1812,18 @@
#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350
msgid "Enter Passphrase"
msgstr ""
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr ""
#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes
#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
-#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107
+#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105
msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made."
msgstr ""
@@ -1856,102 +1872,101 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget
#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs
#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons
-#. menubutton
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case
#. of error in the YaST code)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231
msgid "Log"
msgstr ""
#. logview caption
#. logview caption
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554
+#. menubutton
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545
msgid "&Log"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255
msgid "&Save Log"
msgstr ""
#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390
msgid "Save Log as..."
msgstr ""
#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall package is not installed."
msgstr "חבילות שנבחרו יותקנו."
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121
msgid "Firewall port is closed"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124
msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127
msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces"
msgstr ""
# Popup text
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network interfaces are configured"
msgstr "לפחות כרטיס רשת אחד חייב להיות מוגדר."
#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155
msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone"
msgstr ""
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -1960,7 +1975,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -1971,8 +1986,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -1982,32 +1997,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
# Frame label
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "בחרו:"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "&בחרו יומן:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2015,7 +2030,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2025,47 +2040,47 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "&פרטים"
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr "&פרטים"
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr ""
@@ -2074,16 +2089,16 @@
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "מודם"
# Selection box item
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
@@ -2094,28 +2109,28 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "כרטיס ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
@@ -2125,361 +2140,361 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "שפות נוספות: %1"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
# Selection box item
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
#, fuzzy
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
# label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "סוגר את החיבור"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
# Selection box item
# Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "כרטיס ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
# Selection box item
# Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "חיבור DSL"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "דמה"
# Frame title
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
# Selection box item
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
# Selection box item
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
#, fuzzy
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
# Selection box item
# Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "חיבור DSL"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA בחינת"
# Frame title
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
#, fuzzy
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
# heading text
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "התקן RAID"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
# Selection box item
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
#, fuzzy
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
# Table label
# Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "התקני DSL."
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
# Selection box item
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
# Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "קו סיריאלי"
# Selection box item
# Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "חיבור DSL"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
# Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "קו סיריאלי"
# Selection box item
# Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "חיבור DSL"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB"
msgstr "ארה\"ב"
# Frame title
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
#, fuzzy
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
# Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "אלחוטי"
# Selection box item
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#, fuzzy
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
# Selection box item
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "רשת"
@@ -2488,25 +2503,25 @@
# label text
# ComboBox entry: hardware clock set UTC
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "זמן עולמי מתואם"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "רשת"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "אינדונזית"
# heading text
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "התקן RAID"
@@ -2525,37 +2540,37 @@
# DIALOG TEXTS
# title for ISDN IP address dialog
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN"
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "סוגי שרות"
# label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "&שם התקן"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IPv4 כתובת"
# table column headings
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "התקן"
# Selection box item
# Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DSL Connection"
msgid "Connected"
@@ -2563,28 +2578,28 @@
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "סורק למארחים ב LAN... זה"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2595,14 +2610,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2619,19 +2634,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "מ&משק"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -2639,36 +2654,36 @@
# label text
# ComboBox entry: hardware clock set UTC
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "זמן עולמי מתואם"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
# column description, if disk space is not known
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2679,7 +2694,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
@@ -2736,60 +2751,60 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr ""
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
msgstr ""
# RichText label
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
@@ -2797,7 +2812,7 @@
# RichText label
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
@@ -2805,7 +2820,7 @@
# RichText label
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
@@ -2813,7 +2828,7 @@
# RichText label
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
@@ -2821,7 +2836,7 @@
# RichText label
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
@@ -2829,14 +2844,14 @@
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
msgstr ""
# RichText label
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
@@ -2844,28 +2859,28 @@
# RichText label
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
@@ -2902,32 +2917,32 @@
#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
#. ]
#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "שרות"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
msgid "These packages need to be removed:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2935,65 +2950,42 @@
#. labels changed for bug #215195
#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (),
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "איטליה"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Package: "
-msgstr "חבילות"
-
-# label text
-# Label in raid -wf
-# label text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Size: "
-msgstr "גודל:"
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231
-msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
-#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Show &details"
-msgstr "הראה את ה&בא"
-
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "התקנה חדשה"
@@ -3003,62 +2995,62 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "שגיאה"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "התקן טלאי"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3069,34 +3061,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3105,7 +3097,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3113,94 +3105,89 @@
"Check whether the server is accessible."
msgstr ""
-#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860
-msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
# RichText label
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3208,103 +3195,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "נסה שוב\n"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
-#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
-msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
+msgid "Package: "
+msgstr "חבילות"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754
-msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
-msgstr ""
-
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..."
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "טלאים."
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
#, fuzzy
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "תיאור:"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
@@ -3312,7 +3295,7 @@
msgstr "טלאים."
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3322,47 +3305,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "הורדה נכשלה."
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-# heading text
-#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "סטטוס"
-
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
@@ -3370,12 +3344,17 @@
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
+# heading text
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "סטטוס"
+
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
@@ -3383,13 +3362,13 @@
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
@@ -3401,31 +3380,31 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
# AT
# Frame label
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "הרשאה"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3433,11 +3412,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&שם משתמש:"
+#. check box
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Show &details"
+msgstr "הראה את ה&בא"
+
+# label text
+# Label in raid -wf
+# label text
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Size: "
+msgstr "גודל:"
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58
msgid ""
@@ -3445,7 +3442,7 @@
"Ask PackageKit to quit again?"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking software management.\n"
"This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n"
@@ -3457,21 +3454,21 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183
msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112
msgid ""
"Would you like to continue without having access\n"
"to the software management or retry to access it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163
msgid ""
"Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n"
"continue without having access to the software management,\n"
@@ -3479,19 +3476,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187
msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
msgstr ""
#. print the question
#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
@@ -3523,17 +3520,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "אשר הסכם חבילה: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "אני &מסכים"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "&אינני מסכים"
@@ -3550,7 +3547,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3559,7 +3556,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3568,7 +3565,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3576,7 +3573,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3589,146 +3586,146 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "התקנה הסתיימה.\n"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "התקנה בסיסית"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "שגיאה"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "חבילות"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
# to translators: * remove VG system
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "הסר VG %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "חבילות"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
# heading text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "סטטוס"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "&פרטים"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "התקן טלאי"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "פינית"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "שרת התקנה:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "מחק חבילות ישנות"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3754,7 +3751,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3766,16 +3763,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3786,7 +3783,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3797,72 +3794,72 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr "%1 גרסה"
# table header texts
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr "שם"
# to translators: * create VG system
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr "צור VG %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
msgid "ID: "
msgstr ""
# table header texts
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "שם"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr "%1 גרסה"
# to translators: * create VG system
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: "
msgstr "צור VG %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3876,7 +3873,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3890,13 +3887,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
#, fuzzy
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3909,7 +3906,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3924,13 +3921,13 @@
# column description, if disk space is not known
# label text
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3944,7 +3941,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3958,17 +3955,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -3978,7 +3975,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -3986,7 +3983,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3994,7 +3991,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -4003,23 +4000,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4033,12 +4030,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4053,7 +4050,7 @@
# column description, if disk space is not known
# label text
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
@@ -4065,28 +4062,28 @@
#. translators: default global progress bar label
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "מתקין דריבר..."
# MK
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media"
msgstr "מקדונית"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
# label text
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
#, fuzzy
msgid "Time"
msgstr "אזור זמן"
@@ -4094,12 +4091,12 @@
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -4107,48 +4104,48 @@
"אנא המתן בזמן שהמערכת מותקנת\n"
"</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "הערות שחרור"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&פרטים"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "בצע עידכון"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "בצע התקנה"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "התקנה בסיסית"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
@@ -4156,18 +4153,19 @@
msgstr "האם באמת ברצונך/nלאתחל את פרטי הבחירה שלך?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "בטל.\n"
-#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
+#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL))
+#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd)
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -4809,50 +4807,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr "אל תציג הודעה זאת שוב."
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+msgid ""
+"File %s has been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose this file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose these files."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416
+#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation."
msgstr ""
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
msgstr ""
#. bnc #421002
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177
msgid "Confirm driver activation"
msgstr ""
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. vendor and device information strings as stored
#. in the hardware-probing database.
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184
msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgstr ""
#. Caption for Textentry with module information
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193
msgid "&Driver/Module to load"
msgstr ""
@@ -4864,7 +4876,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4872,21 +4884,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: "."
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n"
"in the range 0-255 separated by dots."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: colon: ":"
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n"
"hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n"
@@ -4894,7 +4906,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128
msgid ""
"A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n"
"IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n"
@@ -4919,13 +4931,13 @@
# set to "true" to test non-graphical version
# Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
#. Byte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "B"
msgstr "מגה בייט"
#. KiloByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129
msgid "KiB"
msgstr ""
@@ -4943,45 +4955,45 @@
# set to "true" to test non-graphical version
# Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
#. MegaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MB"
msgid "MiB"
msgstr "מגה בייט"
#. GigaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "GB"
msgid "GiB"
msgstr "גיגה בייט"
#. TeraByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135
msgid "TiB"
msgstr ""
-#. covert a number to download rate string
-#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238
-msgid "%1/s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s")
#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s")
#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201
msgid "%1 (on average %2)"
msgstr ""
# main dialog: Button LVM
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
#, fuzzy
msgid "..."
msgstr "&LVM..."
+#. covert a number to download rate string
+#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+msgid "%1/s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection.
#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when
#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules
@@ -4993,18 +5005,18 @@
#. the suggested load command
#.
#. This is the heading of the popup box
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102
msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection"
msgstr ""
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. hardware class name (network cards).
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107
msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:"
msgstr ""
#. Message in a continue/cancel popup
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182
msgid ""
"This module must be run as root.\n"
"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
@@ -5013,18 +5025,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190
msgid "Root Privileges Needed"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete selected entry?"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.)
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
@@ -5033,22 +5045,22 @@
#. button text
#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel"
#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept".
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508
msgid "&Apply"
msgstr "&החל"
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "מאתחל..."
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing ..."
msgid ""
@@ -5057,15 +5069,15 @@
msgstr "מאתחל..."
#. Heading for help popup window
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375
msgid "Help"
msgstr "עזרה"
# label text
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Module Name"
msgid "Module"
@@ -5892,7 +5904,67 @@
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "שרות לאתחל:"
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# ComboBox item
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "באתחול"
+
+#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Warning"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "אזהרה"
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "התחלה"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
+#~ msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Installed Size"
#~ msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -56,72 +56,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value: "
msgid "Value: %s"
msgstr "ערך:"
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr ""
-# heading text
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "המערכת תאתחל כרגע..."
-
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -233,7 +188,7 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
@@ -252,12 +207,11 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -267,77 +221,77 @@
msgstr ""
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
# heading text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "התקן RAID"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "מחיצה"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# Frame label
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "הגדרות חיבור DSL"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -351,15 +305,20 @@
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr ""
+
# PasswordEntry label
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "סיסמת רוט"
@@ -368,94 +327,94 @@
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# label text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "מחיצה"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# button text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
# button text
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# label text
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
# button text
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# button text
#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# table column headings
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "התקן"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
# button text
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -482,49 +441,39 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " Distribution: "
msgid "D&istributor"
msgstr "הפצה:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "&מודם"
-# label text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -576,7 +525,7 @@
# button text
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Auto&detect Multipath"
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
@@ -584,72 +533,71 @@
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132
+#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "בבקשה בחר"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
# push button
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
# popup text %1 is replaced by a container name
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "אין מקום פנוי במיכל הנוכחי %1."
# button text
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -659,61 +607,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other"
msgstr "אחר..."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
# button text
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
@@ -721,7 +669,7 @@
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:"
@@ -765,21 +713,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -790,7 +738,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -799,14 +747,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -814,7 +762,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -827,7 +775,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -835,7 +783,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -844,7 +792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -852,7 +800,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -860,7 +808,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -868,7 +816,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -876,7 +824,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -884,7 +832,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -892,14 +840,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -907,28 +855,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -937,7 +885,7 @@
# hard disk will be made ready for installing Linux
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "מכין את הכונן הקשיח"
@@ -949,31 +897,31 @@
msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
# button text
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
@@ -1053,40 +1001,120 @@
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr ""
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+# push button
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr ""
+
+# header text
+# Column header
+# header text
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "התקן&"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
+msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
+#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
+msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+# heading text
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "המערכת תאתחל כרגע..."
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235
msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1"
@@ -1095,7 +1123,7 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "סוג מיכל"
@@ -1116,136 +1144,130 @@
msgstr ""
# table column headings
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "התקן"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
# button text
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "צ&ור מיכל"
# heading text
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק"
+# label text
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+#~ msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
+
# table heading text
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Disk Order"
#~ msgstr "בקר דיסק"
-# push button
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Disk order settings"
-#~ msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
-
-# header text
-# Column header
-# header text
-#~ msgid "&Device"
-#~ msgstr "התקן&"
-
#~ msgid "&Up"
#~ msgstr "&מעלה"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2794,8 +2794,8 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing value 'caName'."
msgstr "חסר שם ערך"
@@ -2839,7 +2839,7 @@
msgstr ""
# popup text
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244
#, fuzzy
msgid "Getting defaults failed."
msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל."
@@ -2857,12 +2857,12 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the CA failed."
msgstr "מאתחל..."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
@@ -2874,16 +2874,16 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2911,7 +2911,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007
msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2923,7 +2923,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770
msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2938,7 +2938,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@
msgid "Missing value 'days'."
msgstr "חסר שם ערך"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359
msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -3047,8 +3047,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'."
msgstr ""
@@ -3290,119 +3290,119 @@
msgid "Importing the certificate failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'."
msgstr "חסרה חתימה."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326
#, fuzzy
msgid "File not found."
msgstr "מדיה לא נמצאה"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'type'."
msgstr "חסרה חתימה."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'."
msgstr "שם קובץ לא תקין"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'."
msgstr "חסר שם ערך"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'."
msgstr "שם קובץ לא תקין"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'."
msgstr "חסרה חתימה."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'."
msgstr "שם קובץ לא תקין"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parsing failed."
msgstr "rpm נכשל."
# popup text
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parsing the request failed."
msgstr "הכנת מערכת ה RAID נכשלה"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704
msgid "Getting the request list failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "Request not found in %s."
msgstr "מדיה נדרשת %d."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read the request."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792
#, fuzzy
msgid "No request data found."
msgstr "מדיה לא נמצאה"
# popup text
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835
#, fuzzy
msgid "Importing the request failed."
msgstr "הכנת מערכת ה RAID נכשלה"
# popup text
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleting the request failed."
msgstr "הכנת מערכת ה RAID נכשלה"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "CA key not available in %s."
msgstr "עידכונים חדשים זמינים."
# popup text
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030
#, fuzzy
msgid "Importing the CA failed."
msgstr "הכנת מערכת ה RAID נכשלה"
# popup text
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleting the CA failed."
msgstr "הכנת מערכת ה RAID נכשלה"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyfile does not exist."
msgstr "ספריה %1 אינה קיימת"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password change failed."
msgstr "rpm נכשל."
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/cio.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/cio.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/cio.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,15 +46,15 @@
msgstr "בשימוש"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Yes"
msgid "yes"
msgstr "כן"
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -89,12 +89,12 @@
msgstr "&התאם."
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122
msgid "OK"
msgstr "בסדר"
# FR
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Cancel"
msgid "Cancel"
@@ -102,225 +102,213 @@
# TextEntry label
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem &IP Address"
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
# TextEntry label
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem &IP Address"
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr ""
#. Set need to require 'set'
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Node ID must be unique"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220
-msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
+msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Change"
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "&שינוי"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox item
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Master"
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "אדון"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
# TextEntry label
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem &IP Address"
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
# TextEntry label
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem &IP Address"
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690
-msgid "Number of threads must be integer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696
-msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
-msgid "Threads:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Computing"
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "מיחשוב"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Current Selection: "
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "בחירה נוכחית"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
# button text
# Button in RAID-WF
# button text
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&dd"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "ה&וסף"
# main dialog: Button Delete partition
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Delete"
msgid "Del"
@@ -329,58 +317,58 @@
# button text
# main dialog: Button Edit partition
# button text
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&ערוך"
# CL
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "קובץ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -388,50 +376,50 @@
# popup text
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resizing device %1 failed."
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל."
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -444,18 +432,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
@@ -463,7 +450,7 @@
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -472,7 +459,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -483,7 +470,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Creating a New Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -499,7 +486,7 @@
# isdns read dialog help 2/2
# modems read dialog help 2/2
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:\n"
@@ -513,7 +500,7 @@
"כפתור <B>בטל</B> עכשיו.</P>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Creating a New Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -527,7 +514,7 @@
# isdns write dialog help 2/2
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -558,47 +545,47 @@
msgstr "מאתחל.."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the new settings"
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -606,32 +593,32 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Routing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Cannot read database2."
@@ -639,36 +626,36 @@
# Frame title
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות מערכת"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
@@ -676,7 +663,7 @@
# Frame title
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-30 21:30+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/control.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/control.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/control.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/country.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/country.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/country.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,14 +17,14 @@
# Screen title for keyboard screen
#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyboard configuration."
msgstr "הגדרת לוח מקשים"
# Screen title for keyboard screen
#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyboard configuration summary."
msgstr "הגדרת לוח מקשים"
@@ -32,19 +32,19 @@
# Commandline help title
# Network cards summary dialog caption
#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration."
msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת"
#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
msgid "List all available keyboard layouts."
msgstr ""
# label text
#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid "New keyboard layout"
msgstr "פריסת לוח מקשים"
@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@
# label text
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr "פריסת לוח מקשים"
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
msgstr ""
@@ -246,13 +246,19 @@
#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
"Select the layout to use during update:"
msgstr ""
+#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
+#. any error to the user
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
+msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
# label text
#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
@@ -362,7 +368,7 @@
# DSL write dialog help 1/2
#. help for write dialog
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -370,19 +376,19 @@
"אנא המתינו...<BR></P>"
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)"
msgstr "ד: %1 (%2)"
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr "שפות נוספות: %1"
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
msgstr ""
@@ -773,8 +779,8 @@
#. label text (Clock setting)
#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
msgid "UTC"
msgstr "זמן עולמי מתואם"
@@ -794,7 +800,7 @@
msgstr "השעה הנוכחית בפורמט HH:MM:SS"
#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"Time %1 is in the past.\n"
"Set a correct time before starting installation."
@@ -805,7 +811,7 @@
# title for selection box 'timezone'
# label text
#. summary item
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "אזור &זמן"
@@ -813,7 +819,7 @@
# title for selection box 'timezone'
# label text
#. menue label text
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Time Zone"
msgstr "אזור &זמן"
@@ -971,7 +977,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "כרטיסי ISDN להגדרה"
@@ -980,8 +986,8 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "שנו את שעת ותאריך המערכת"
@@ -998,31 +1004,25 @@
#. label text
#. label text
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&אזור"
# title for selection box 'timezone'
# label text
-#. title for combo box 'timezone'
-#. title for selection box 'timezone'
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "אזור &זמן"
# heading text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "שנו את שעת ותאריך המערכת"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -1054,14 +1054,14 @@
# Screen title for timezone screen
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
#, fuzzy
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "הגדרת שעון ואיזור זמן"
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "בחרו אזור זמן חוקי."
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@
# ComboBox entry: hardware clock set to local time
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr "זמן מקומי"
@@ -1079,20 +1079,20 @@
# label text
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr "&שעום המחשב כוון ל"
# table title for detected ISDN cards
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr "כרטיסי ISDN להגדרה"
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr "מיקום זמן נוכחי:\t%1"
@@ -1147,210 +1147,210 @@
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "ספרדית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr "ספרדית (אמריקה הלטינית)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
#, fuzzy
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr "ספרדית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "איטלקית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "פורטוגזית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
#, fuzzy
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "פורטוגזית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "פורטוגזית (ברזיל - מבטא אמריקאי|)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "יוונית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "הולנדית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "דנית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "הנורבגית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "שבדית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "פינית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "צ'כית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "צ'כית (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "סלובקית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "סלובקית (qwerty)"
# SI
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "סלובניה"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "הונגרית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "פולנית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "רוסית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "סרבית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "אסטונית"
# LT
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "ליטא"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "טורקית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "קרואטית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "יפנית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "בלגית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"
# IS
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
#, fuzzy
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "איסלנד"
# UA
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "אוקראינה"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
#, fuzzy
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "אחר"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "קוריאנית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "ערבית"
# TW
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "טאג'יקיסטן"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "סינית מסורתית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "סינית פשוטה"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "רומנית"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
msgid "US International"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 20:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,31 +18,36 @@
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module
-#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56
+#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "הגדרות Crowbar"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Directory Name"
-msgid "Repository Name"
-msgstr "שם ספריה"
+#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
+msgid "Common for All"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "URL"
-msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
+msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "Ask On Error"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
+msgid "SLES 12"
msgstr ""
-#. help text
+#. combobox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
+msgid "&Location of Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
@@ -52,18 +57,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122
-msgid "Repository &URL"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135
-msgid "&Ask On Error"
-msgstr ""
-
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Administration Settings"
msgid "Administrator Name"
@@ -72,40 +67,40 @@
# Label: get same password again for verification
# Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#. help text
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Enter the password for Crowbar administrator.</p>"
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
msgstr "<p>הכנס סיסמא עבור מנהל Crowbar.</p>"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Modem"
msgid "&Mode"
msgstr "&מודם"
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bonding Policy"
msgid "Bonding &Policy"
msgstr "מדיניות קשר"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215
msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network"
msgstr ""
#. help text for conduit if list
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n"
"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n"
@@ -113,50 +108,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254
msgid "Network"
msgstr "רשת"
# heading text
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255
msgid "Subnet Address"
msgstr "כתובת רשת משנה"
# Commandline option help
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256
msgid "Network Mask"
msgstr "מסיכת רשת"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use VLAN"
msgid "Use &VLAN"
msgstr "השתמש ב VLAN"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "VLAN ID"
msgid "VLAN &ID"
msgstr "מזהה VLAN"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295
msgid "Rou&ter"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317
msgid "Router pre&ference"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Subnet"
msgid "&Subnet"
@@ -164,27 +159,27 @@
# Commandline option help
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Netmask"
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "מסיכת רשת"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Broadcast"
msgid "Broa&dcast"
msgstr "שידור"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add Bridge"
msgid "&Add Bridge"
msgstr "הוסף גשר"
#. push button label&
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit Ranges..."
msgid "Edit Ran&ges..."
@@ -192,7 +187,7 @@
# Commandline command help
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add a network card"
msgid "Add &Bastion Network"
@@ -200,35 +195,129 @@
# TextEntry label
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Min IP Address"
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP מינימלית"
+# table header texts
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "שם"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+msgid "URL"
+msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+msgid "Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+msgid "Target Platform"
+msgstr ""
+
+# error popup text
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The volume group \"%1\" already exists.\n"
+#| "Choose a different name\n"
+#| "or cancel this dialog.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
+"Choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+"קבוצת כרכים בשם \"%1\" כבר קיימת.\n"
+"נא לבחור שם אחר\n"
+"או לבטל את הפעולה.\n"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server URL: "
+msgid "Server &URL"
+msgstr "קישור לשרת:"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Directory Name"
+msgid "Repository Name"
+msgstr "שם ספריה"
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+msgid "&Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+msgid "Repository &URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label (hint for user)
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Directory Name"
+msgid "A&dd Repository"
+msgstr "שם ספריה"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+msgid "Remote SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Username:"
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "&שם משתמש:"
# PasswordEntry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Password:"
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "חזור על הסיסמא"
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+msgid "User name cannot be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
# popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -238,7 +327,7 @@
# error popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The volume group \"%1\" already exists.\n"
@@ -254,7 +343,7 @@
# Popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
@@ -264,14 +353,14 @@
"מסיכת הרשת '%1' לא תקינה.\n"
" %2"
-#. table entry (VLAN status)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861
+#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "מבוטל"
# Popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -282,7 +371,7 @@
# Popup text
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -292,7 +381,7 @@
# Popup text
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -301,19 +390,19 @@
" %2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "כתובת נתב '%1' היא לא חלק מרשת '%2'"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "הכתובת '%1' היא לא חלק מרשת '%2'."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
@@ -323,76 +412,71 @@
# TextEntry label
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP מינימלית"
# TextEntry label
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP מקסימלית"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "הכתובת '%1' היא לא חלק מרשת '%2'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "הכתובת הנמוכה ביותר צריכה להיות נמוכה מהכותבת הגבוהה ביותר."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr "טווחים '%1' ו '%2' חופפים."
# push button
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
# Selection box item
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "מצב רשת"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "רשת"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Networks"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "רשתות"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
-#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501
-msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
msgid ""
"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -406,7 +490,7 @@
# DSL overview dialog caption
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr "סקירת הגדרות Crowbar"
@@ -452,53 +536,53 @@
"</p>"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87
msgid "Crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות Crowbar"
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "מאתחל.."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "מאתחל הגדרות Crowbar"
# Commandline help title
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "קרא הגדרות"
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "קורא הגדרות..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "שומר הגדרות Crowbar"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2398,61 +2398,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "הגדרות RAID %1"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "פינית"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2463,103 +2463,103 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2567,23 +2567,23 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,15 +16,267 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
+# Commandline help title
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DNS server configuration"
+msgstr "הגדרות DNS"
+
+# label text
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start-up settings"
+msgstr "מצב התחלתי"
+
+# NO
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DNS forwarders"
+msgstr "נורבגיה"
+
+# Frame title
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Logging settings"
+msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
+
+# NO
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DNS zones"
+msgstr "נורבגיה"
+
+# button text
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Access control lists"
+msgstr "&רשימת בקרת גישה"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
+msgid "Zone transport rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
+msgid "Zone name servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
+msgid "Zone mail servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
+msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
+msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
+msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
+msgstr ""
+
+# push button
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Show current settings"
+msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
+msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
+msgid "Start DNS server manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Commandline command help
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Add a new record"
+msgstr "הוספת כרטיס רשת"
+
+# button text
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Remove a record"
+msgstr "&הסר קבוצה"
+
+# Commandline option help
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "IPv4 address"
+msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
+msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# heading text
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set option"
+msgstr "אפשרויות Fstab"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
+msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
+msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
+msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Zone name"
+msgstr "שם המי&כל"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
+msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
+msgid "DNS zone master server"
+msgstr ""
+
+# heading text
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enable option"
+msgstr "אפשרויות Fstab"
+
+# heading text
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disable option"
+msgstr "אפשרויות Fstab"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
+msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
+msgid "Serial number of zone update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
+msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
+msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
+msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
+msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
+msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
+msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
+msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr ""
+
+# label of combobox where the log is selected
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
+msgstr "Host Name Lookup"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
+msgid "Log named queries %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
+msgid "Log zone updates %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
+msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
+msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
msgid "Parameter %1 is required."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -33,12 +285,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555
#, fuzzy
@@ -47,48 +293,41 @@
# Heading text
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "קיימים עדכונים מקוונים"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
msgid "DNS server needs manual starting."
msgstr ""
# NO
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forwarding:"
msgstr "נורבגיה"
# NO
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forwarder IP"
msgstr "נורבגיה"
@@ -96,13 +335,8 @@
# Heading text
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
@@ -114,82 +348,69 @@
# Frame title
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging destination"
msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "System log"
msgstr "התאמות מערכת"
# CL
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
#, fuzzy
msgid "File"
msgstr "צ'ילה"
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
#, fuzzy
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "&שם התקן"
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum size"
msgstr "גודל זמין:"
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum versions"
msgstr "גודל זמין:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
msgid "Log named queries"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
msgid "Log zone updates"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
msgid "Log zone transfers"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging Settings:"
msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting"
msgstr "הגדרות BIOS"
@@ -198,34 +419,26 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
msgid "Logging Rule"
msgstr ""
# NO
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Zones:"
msgstr "נורבגיה"
@@ -233,70 +446,58 @@
# table header texts
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
msgid "Name"
msgstr "שם"
# Column header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
msgid "Type"
msgstr "סוג"
# ComboBox item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
#, fuzzy
msgid "Master Server"
msgstr "אדון"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
msgid "Predefined"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
msgid "ACLs:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
msgid "Zone Transport:"
msgstr ""
@@ -305,50 +506,37 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabled ACL"
msgstr "מאופשר"
# ComboBox item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name Servers:"
msgstr "אדון"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
msgid "Name Server"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
@@ -356,375 +544,65 @@
msgstr "אדון"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
msgid "Record Query"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
msgid "Record Type"
msgstr ""
# button text
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Record Value"
msgstr "הס&ר כרך"
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname Record:"
msgstr "Host Name Lookup"
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Host Name Lookup"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
-# Commandline help title
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS server configuration"
-msgstr "הגדרות DNS"
-
-# label text
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start-up settings"
-msgstr "מצב התחלתי"
-
-# NO
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS forwarders"
-msgstr "נורבגיה"
-
-# Frame title
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Logging settings"
-msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
-
-# NO
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS zones"
-msgstr "נורבגיה"
-
-# button text
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Access control lists"
-msgstr "&רשימת בקרת גישה"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
-msgid "Zone transport rules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
-msgid "Zone name servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
-msgid "Zone mail servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
-msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
-msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
-msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
-msgstr ""
-
-# push button
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Show current settings"
-msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
-msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
-msgid "Start DNS server manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-# Commandline command help
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Add a new record"
-msgstr "הוספת כרטיס רשת"
-
-# button text
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Remove a record"
-msgstr "&הסר קבוצה"
-
-# Commandline option help
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "IPv4 address"
-msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
-msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
-msgstr ""
-
-# heading text
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set option"
-msgstr "אפשרויות Fstab"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
-msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
-msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
-msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Zone name"
-msgstr "שם המי&כל"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
-msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
-msgid "DNS zone master server"
-msgstr ""
-
-# heading text
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable option"
-msgstr "אפשרויות Fstab"
-
-# heading text
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Disable option"
-msgstr "אפשרויות Fstab"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
-msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
-msgid "Serial number of zone update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
-msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
-msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
-msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
-msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
-msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
-msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
-msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr ""
-
-# label of combobox where the log is selected
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
-msgstr "Host Name Lookup"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
-msgid "Log named queries %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
-msgid "Log zone updates %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
-msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
-msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
@@ -743,8 +621,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -766,10 +644,8 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
-#. check box
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -796,112 +672,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
-# ComboBox item
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270
+# label text
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
#, fuzzy
-msgid "When &Booting"
-msgstr "באתחול"
+#| msgid "Changes:"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "שינויים"
-# ComboBox item
-# ComboBox item (device start mode)
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Manually"
-msgstr "ידנית"
-
-# ComboBox item
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "When Booting"
-msgstr "באתחול"
-
-# ComboBox item
-# ComboBox item (device start mode)
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282
-msgid "Manually"
-msgstr "ידנית"
-
-# Commandline help title
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service status - label
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS server is running."
-msgstr "הגדרות DNS"
-
-# Commandline help title
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS server is not running."
-msgstr "הגדרות DNS"
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620
-msgid "&Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626
-msgid "S&top DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316
-msgid "Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318
-msgid "Stop DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. Frame label (DNS starting)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""
@@ -909,8 +708,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -918,126 +717,94 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
-msgid "Now and When Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
-# ComboBox item
-# ComboBox item (device start mode)
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Only Manually"
-msgstr "ידנית"
-
-#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602
-msgid "Switch On and Off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Current status
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608
-msgid "Current Status: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#. if (! Popup::YesNo (
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719
-msgid ""
-"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
-"be reread from new data storage.\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות DNS"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox item
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr "אדון"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "IPv4 או IPv6 כתובת"
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr ""
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -1045,58 +812,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "IPv4 או IPv6 כתובת"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
msgid "&Value"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr ""
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgid ""
@@ -1105,127 +872,127 @@
msgstr "באמת לאתחל הכל לערכי ברירת מחדל"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr "&בחרו יומן:"
# CL
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File"
msgstr "קובץ"
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr ""
@@ -1234,8 +1001,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
#, fuzzy
msgid "Master"
msgstr "מלטזית"
@@ -1247,9 +1014,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
#, fuzzy
msgid "Slave"
msgstr "סלובניה"
@@ -1260,24 +1027,39 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "נורבגיה"
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr ""
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Commandline help title
+# Routing dialog caption
+#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
+
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -1766,13 +1548,8 @@
"Really exit?"
msgstr ""
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70
-msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgstr ""
@@ -2580,130 +2357,130 @@
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "פינית"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2711,77 +2488,114 @@
# heading text
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stub"
msgstr "סטטוס"
# CN
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hint"
msgstr "סין"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
+# ComboBox item
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "When &Booting"
+#~ msgstr "באתחול"
+
+# ComboBox item
+# ComboBox item (device start mode)
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Manually"
+#~ msgstr "ידנית"
+
+# ComboBox item
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "When Booting"
+#~ msgstr "באתחול"
+
+# ComboBox item
+# ComboBox item (device start mode)
+#~ msgid "Manually"
+#~ msgstr "ידנית"
+
+# Commandline help title
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DNS server is running."
+#~ msgstr "הגדרות DNS"
+
+# Commandline help title
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DNS server is not running."
+#~ msgstr "הגדרות DNS"
+
+# ComboBox item
+# ComboBox item (device start mode)
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Only Manually"
+#~ msgstr "ידנית"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Serial"
#~ msgstr "סרבית"
Added: trunk/yast/he/po/docker.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/docker.he.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/docker.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: he\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Only root can start process
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+# popup text
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?"
+msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?"
+msgstr "האם אתם בטוחים שברצונכם לבצע את השינויים ?"
+
+# popup text
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?"
+msgid "Do you want to remove the container?"
+msgstr "האם אתם באמת רוצים להסיר את אוסף הכרכים הנוכחי ?"
+
+# popup text
+# ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
+# now delete partition!!
+# popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?"
+msgstr "האם באמת למחוק את המחיצה %1 ?"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Packages"
+msgid "&Images"
+msgstr "&חבילות"
+
+# header text
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Containers"
+msgstr "מיכל"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184
+msgid "Docker Images"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Test dialog caption
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
+msgid "Running Docker Containers"
+msgstr "מריץ את בודק החיבור לאינטרנט"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
+msgid "Image ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+# HR
+# heading text
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create"
+msgid "Created"
+msgstr "צור"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Virtualization"
+msgid "Virtual Size"
+msgstr "הדמייה"
+
+# header text
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Container ID"
+msgstr "מיכל"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Command: "
+msgid "Command"
+msgstr "פקודה:"
+
+# heading text
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "סטטוס"
+
+# PT
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Port"
+msgid "Ports"
+msgstr "&פורט"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
+msgid "Re&fresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid "R&un"
+msgstr ""
+
+# main dialog: Button Delete partition
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "&Delete"
+msgstr "&מחק"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Change"
+msgid "S&how Changes"
+msgstr "&שינוי"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Terminals"
+msgid "Inject &Terminal"
+msgstr "טרמינלים"
+
+# header text
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Stop Container"
+msgstr "מיכל"
+
+# header text
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Kill Container"
+msgstr "מיכל"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Communication"
+msgid "&Commit"
+msgstr "תקשורת"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+# popup text
+# ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
+# now delete partition!!
+# popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
+msgstr "האם באמת למחוק את המחיצה %1 ?"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -74,14 +74,20 @@
msgid "Resource Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות מקור"
-# Network dialog caption
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration"
+msgid "LVM Configuration"
+msgstr "הגדרות"
+
+# Network dialog caption
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות מקור"
# Network dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות מקור"
@@ -269,7 +275,7 @@
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
@@ -304,16 +310,37 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -323,7 +350,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -333,7 +360,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -344,7 +371,7 @@
# DSL summary dialog help 2/3
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -359,7 +386,7 @@
# DSL summary dialog help 3/3
# modems summary dialog help 3/3
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -372,7 +399,7 @@
# DSL overview dialog help 1/3
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -385,7 +412,7 @@
# isdns overview dialog help 2/5
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -396,7 +423,7 @@
# DSL overview dialog help 3/3
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -408,7 +435,7 @@
"ואז לחצו על הכפתור המתאים: <B>ערוך</B> or <B>מחק</B>.</P>"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -420,7 +447,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -428,7 +455,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -438,6 +465,31 @@
"<p><b><big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
+#. Default is always true (auto)
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
+msgstr "הגדרות IrDA"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Commandline option help
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device identifier"
+msgid "Device Filter"
+msgstr "מזהה התקן"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
# label text
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
@@ -445,20 +497,22 @@
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "&שם למודול"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300
+#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
+#. Ignore the removed disk
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "פרוטוקול"
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
@@ -467,72 +521,73 @@
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "מיחשוב"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36
-msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting"
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37
+msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41
msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "בחירה נוכחית"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62
msgid "Start DRBD Server Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67
msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74
+#. firewall_layout is just a dialog
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Propagate Configuration"
msgstr "עדכן התאמות"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96
msgid ""
"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141
msgid "DRBD server is running."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
msgid "DRBD server is not running."
msgstr ""
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start services"
msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "הפסק שרותים"
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "התחל שרותים"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות חומרה"
@@ -540,7 +595,7 @@
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "מאתחל.."
@@ -572,66 +627,87 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות IrDA"
# heading text
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "הגדרות RAID %1"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "מקורות תוכנה"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
+# Commandline help title
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "Read LVM configurations"
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
+# heading text
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr "הגדרות RAID %1"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
+# Commandline help title
+# Routing dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
+msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid ""
@@ -639,12 +715,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות IrDA"
@@ -653,39 +729,66 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "מקורות תוכנה"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488
+# DSL summary dialog caption
+# DSL dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "DSL configuration"
+msgid "Write LVM configurations"
+msgstr "הגדרת DSL"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the new settings"
+msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
+msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
+# progress stages
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
+msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
+msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
+
# Popup text
# Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "מאתר מודמים..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the new settings"
+msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
+msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'."
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 11:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot.he\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ines Pozo <Ines.Pozo(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <de(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -116,16 +116,16 @@
msgid "Label"
msgstr "תווית"
+# label text
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr "&שם למודול"
+
# heading text
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "סטטוס"
-# label text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr "&שם למודול"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Your language setting has been changed.\n"
@@ -260,27 +260,27 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "פריסת לוח מקשים"
# menue label text
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&שפה"
# label text
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "פריסת לוח מקשים"
# help text for initial (first time) language screen
#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
# help text, continued
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
# help text, continued
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/he/po/fonts.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/fonts.he.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/fonts.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
+# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: he\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
+#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
+#. otherwise testsuite will fail
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+msgid "Black and White Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr "ברירת מחדל"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fonts"
+msgid "CFF Fonts"
+msgstr "גופנים"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. for testsuite
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Patches"
+msgid "installed"
+msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Boot installed system"
+msgid "not installed"
+msgstr "&בוט מערכת קיימת"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:190
+msgid "Preference List for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+# congratulation text 1/4
+#. nothing to do here, initialize_familylist_widget will
+#. toggle off/on btn_add_manual as appropriate
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ברוכים הבאים</b></p>"
+
+# congratulation text 1/4
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:325
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ברוכים הבאים</b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:328
+msgid "<p>No specimen available for this font and script.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. unlikely
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:333
+msgid "<b>No script found for %s.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:341
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Support Data</b></p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>"
+msgstr "<p><b>נתוני תמיכה</b></p>\n"
+
+#. nothing to do nowadays
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496
+msgid ""
+"Family preference list for %s\n"
+"do not contain any installed family.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:499
+msgid ""
+"Please make sure to install at least one for each\n"
+"alias, otherwise this preference setting has no effect.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502
+msgid ""
+"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n"
+"If you install them when this yast module is running,\n"
+"reread the profile to see results.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. <table> do not work for text mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542
+msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543
+msgid ""
+" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n"
+"compiled in FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545
+msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547
+msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560
+msgid "Match for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766
+msgid "Font &Antialiasing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588
+msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769
+msgid "Force A&utohinting On"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772
+msgid "Force Hint St&yle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623
+msgid "Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626
+msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+# BD
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Languages"
+msgid "All Lan&guages"
+msgstr "שפות"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637
+msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644
+msgid "&Select"
+msgstr "&בחר"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter"
+msgid "LCD &Filter"
+msgstr "&פילטר"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677
+msgid "&Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688
+msgid "Alias"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+msgid "Font Family"
+msgstr ""
+
+# label text
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available:"
+msgid "Available"
+msgstr "פנוי :"
+
+# button text
+# Button in RAID-WF
+# button text
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Remove"
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr "הס&ר"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710
+msgid "Down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Up"
+msgid "Up"
+msgstr "&מעלה"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66
+msgid "&Add"
+msgstr "&הוסף"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Patches"
+msgid "&Installed families..."
+msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Search &description"
+msgid "Search &Metric Compatible"
+msgstr "חיפוש &תיאור"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746
+msgid "Never use o&ther fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775
+msgid "Subpixel &Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Details"
+msgid "&Rendering Details"
+msgstr "&פרטים"
+
+# static text
+# Initial dialog contents
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing..."
+msgid "Antialiasing"
+msgstr "מאתחל.."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Printing"
+msgid "Hinting"
+msgstr "הדפסה"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837
+msgid "Prefered &Families"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844
+msgid "Forcing Family Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Patch Level"
+msgid "Match &Preview"
+msgstr "רמת טלאי"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879
+msgid "&Presets"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Commandline help title
+# Routing dialog caption
+#. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated
+#. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config
+#. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
+msgid "Reading Font Configuration"
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
+
+# Commandline help title
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "Read sysconfig file"
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Loading..."
+msgid "Reading %s..."
+msgstr "טוען..."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration"
+msgid "Font Configuration"
+msgstr "הגדרות"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Update Mode"
+msgid " (User Mode)"
+msgstr "מצג עדכון"
+
+#. misuse back_button a bit
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the settings"
+msgid "&Use system settings"
+msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing Font Configuration"
+msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Write sysconfig file"
+msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
+msgid "Run fonts-config"
+msgstr "הרץ SuSEconfig"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgid "Writing %s..."
+msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
+msgid "Running fonts-config..."
+msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..."
+
+#. we are in user mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999
+msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026
+msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027
+msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028
+msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
+msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
+msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033
+msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035
+msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036
+msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
+msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
+msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039
+msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040
+msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042
+msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
+msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
+msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050
+msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056
+msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057
+msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059
+msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060
+msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063
+msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066
+msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068
+msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074
+msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078
+msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
+msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081
+msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
+msgid "<p>See: %s<p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087
+msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
+msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
+msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
+msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
+msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101
+msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
+msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
+msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
+msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
+msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114
+msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
+msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
+msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124
+msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125
+msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127
+msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129
+msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130
+msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
+msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
+msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
+msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142
+msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
+msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
+msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148
+msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149
+msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
+msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
+msgid "&Filter"
+msgstr "&פילטר"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Patches"
+msgid "Installed Families"
+msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do ¬ format"
+msgid "Font Format"
+msgstr "&לא לפרמט"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Script failed."
+msgid "Script Coverages"
+msgstr "סקריפט נכשל"
+
+# FR
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr "&בטל"
+
+# button text
+#: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr "&אישור"
+
+# BD
+#. save unknown langs
+#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Languages"
+msgid "&Languages"
+msgstr "שפות"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@
msgstr "שם ספריה"
#. anonymous dir
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2042,19 +2042,19 @@
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
#, fuzzy
msgid "FTP daemon"
msgstr "PPP Daemon"
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid "FTP daemon %1"
msgstr "PPP Daemon"
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "These options will be configured"
msgstr "שרותים אלו יהיו זמינים"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Configuration"
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -122,17 +122,17 @@
msgstr "ניווט"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -140,103 +140,150 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
-#. return `cacel or a string
+# AT
+# Frame label
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authorization"
+msgid "Authentification"
+msgstr "הרשאה"
+
+# FR
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Cancel"
+msgid "Ca&ncel"
+msgstr "&בטל"
+
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "OK"
msgstr "בסדר"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122
+msgid "Enable Security Auth"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Commandline help title
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "Authentification file"
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
+msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+msgid "Basic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "הזן כתובת דואר אלקטרוני תקפה"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
# Caption above scrolled window that contains
# directories currently processed
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directories:"
msgid "retries"
msgstr "מחיצות:"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
@@ -244,69 +291,82 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+#. Validation check before switch to authentification
+#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610
+#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
# Popup text
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621
+#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem IP address is invalid."
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
+#. Validation check before switch to basic
+#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+msgstr ""
+
# Headline
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Configuration Summary:"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -315,110 +375,117 @@
# Commandline help title
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device Configuration"
+msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgstr "הגדרות התקן"
+
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "מאתחל.."
# Frame title
-#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("")
+#. Convert relative path to absolute path
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
#. List like site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253
msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
# Frame title
#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
#. Create a ticket item
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Configuration"
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות מערכת"
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
-msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Configuration"
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות מערכת"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/gtk.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/gtk.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/gtk.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-15 16:48+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -147,10 +147,10 @@
#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") );
#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil );
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
@@ -158,8 +158,8 @@
#. translators: service status radio button label
#. translators: server module status
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
@@ -172,9 +172,9 @@
#. translators: server module status unknown
#. list of all installed modules
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
@@ -650,9 +650,9 @@
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr ""
@@ -715,37 +715,37 @@
msgstr "מאתחל..."
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
msgid "Read Apache2 configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -754,24 +754,24 @@
#. translators: progress step
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: progress finished
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "פינית"
#. notification about package needed 1/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185
msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. notification about package needed 2/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189
msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>האם ברצונך להתקין זאת עכשיו?</p>"
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195
msgid ""
"The package %1 is not available.\n"
"\n"
@@ -782,52 +782,52 @@
#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247
msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. off();
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279
msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine."
msgstr ""
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402
msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413
msgid "Write the Apache2 settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
msgid "Enable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418
msgid "Disable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. translators: progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427
msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. install required RPMs for modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441
msgid ""
"The enabled modules require\n"
"installation of some of these additional packages:\n"
@@ -836,57 +836,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550
msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562
msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581
msgid ""
"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n"
"This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596
msgid "Listen statement without port found."
msgstr ""
#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port)
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730
msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. "Default host" information
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750
msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799
msgid " in "
msgstr ""
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778
msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@
# Menu label
#. translators: multi selection box
#. translators: multi selection box
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Listen on Interfaces"
msgstr "כ&רטיסי רשת"
@@ -1216,26 +1216,26 @@
msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709
msgid "All addresses (*)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Addresses"
msgstr "IPv4 כתובת"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716
#, fuzzy
msgid "ServerName"
msgstr "שם שרת:"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803
msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80'
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818
msgid ""
"To use name-based virtual hosting,\n"
"you must designate the IP address on the server\n"
@@ -1244,31 +1244,31 @@
msgstr ""
# ComboBox item
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854
#, fuzzy
msgid "Master Zone %1"
msgstr "אדון"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872
msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Settings"
msgstr "הגדרות BIOS"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884
msgid "Add to Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929
#, fuzzy
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "שם המי&כל"
# button text
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create New Zone"
msgstr "צ&ור מיכל"
@@ -1276,100 +1276,100 @@
# Caption above scrolled window that contains
# directories currently processed
#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021
#, fuzzy
msgid "CGI Directory"
msgstr "מחיצות:"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028
msgid "Choose Certificate File"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039
msgid "Enter the certificate file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045
msgid "Choose Certificate Key File"
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the key file."
msgstr "הכנת מערכת ה RAID נכשלה"
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230
msgid "Select Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message un failed certificate import
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222
msgid ""
"Cannot import certificate\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429
msgid "Network &Address:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement
#. translators: popup error
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442
msgid "Invalid port number."
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940
msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943
msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107
msgid "Modules dependency problem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
msgid "requires"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
msgid "Enable required module or disable first one."
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221
msgid "New Module &Name:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239
msgid "A name for the module to add is required."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242
msgid "The module is already in the list."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting
#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305
msgid "The entry '%1' already exists."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326
msgid ""
"The list of the ports to which the server should\n"
"listen cannot be empty."
@@ -1377,87 +1377,87 @@
# Popup text
#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one interface must be selected."
msgstr "לפחות כרטיס רשת אחד חייב להיות מוגדר."
#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520
msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528
msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536
msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. illegal keys in vhost
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753
#, perl-format
msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739
#, perl-format
msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764
msgid "Illegal host ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786
msgid "hostid already exists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825
msgid "can not delete default host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846
msgid "hostid not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261
msgid "illegal port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278
msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325
msgid "listen value to delete not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798
msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761
msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
# popup text
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgstr "הכנת מערכת ה RAID נכשלה"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803
msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
@@ -1465,226 +1465,226 @@
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
msgid "Basic authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54
msgid "User authentication using text files"
msgstr ""
# AT
# Frame label
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Authorization"
msgstr "הרשאה"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70
msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79
msgid "User authentication using DBM files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173
msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185
msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220
msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250
msgid "User-specific directories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258
msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300
msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335
msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345
msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360
msgid "File system provider for mod_dav"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371
msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390
msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411
msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434
msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447
msgid "Server-side image map processing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458
msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467
msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507
msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564
msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571
msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578
msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584
msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590
msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626
msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666
msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715
msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721
msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/installation.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/installation.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/installation.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.he\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -18,23 +18,262 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
+msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
+
+#. dialog content - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
+
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# static text
+# Initial dialog contents
+#. dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "מאתחל.."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"No installation control file has been found,\n"
+"the installer cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+# progress stages
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. progress step title
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
+msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. Dialog busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Finishing the installation..."
+msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית"
+
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
+msgid ""
+"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
+"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
+#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
+#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
+"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start service %1"
+msgstr "הפסק שרותים"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+msgstr "AutoYaST הגדרות"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"אנא המתן בזמן שהמערכת מותקנת\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has failed.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup headline (#x1)
+#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
+#. dialog cotent (progress information)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Starting Installation..."
+msgstr "התקנה בסיסית"
+
+# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
+# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167
+msgid "Confirm Installation"
+msgstr "אשר התקנה"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>All information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>כל המידע שנדרך להתקנה בסיסית הסתיים.</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
+"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
+"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
+"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
+"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
+"previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>לך חזרה ובדוק את ההגדרות אם אינך בטוח.</p>"
+
+# RadioButton label
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+msgid "Confirm Update"
+msgstr "אשר עדכון"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>כל המידע שהיה צריך על מנת לבצע עדכון הסתיים.</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
+"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# ComboBox label
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+msgid "Start &Update"
+msgstr "התחל ו&עדכן"
+
#. this is a heading
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61
-msgid "Dummy"
-msgstr "דמה"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66
+msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:63
-msgid "&Dummy"
-msgstr "&דמה"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68
+msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
+msgstr "התקנת מקור"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
+msgstr "התקנת מקור"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
+msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
@@ -42,125 +281,121 @@
"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
+msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Clone System Configuration"
msgstr "עדכן התאמות"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
msgstr "עדכן התאמות"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
-msgstr "מעתיק קובץ יומן למערכת המותקנת"
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..."
msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה"
#. Create a summary
#. return string
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from Images"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Install from Images"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Do not Install from Images"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
msgstr ""
#. Image name, Image location
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
msgstr ""
# main dialog: Button Create partition
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Create"
msgid "Create Image"
msgstr "&צור"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188
msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200
msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
@@ -168,7 +403,7 @@
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
@@ -176,30 +411,31 @@
"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1."
msgstr ""
#. changed to true
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
msgid ""
"Cannot enable installation from images.\n"
"\n"
@@ -208,51 +444,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from &Images"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "No installation images are available"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
#. feedback heading
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-on Product Installation"
msgstr "בצע התקנה"
#. feedback message
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53
msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. popup error message
#. %1 represents the the error message details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109
msgid ""
"An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n"
"Details: %1\n"
@@ -262,40 +498,40 @@
#. bnc #542792
#. Repository name must be generated from product details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updates for %1 %2"
msgstr "עדכון מ %1 ל %2"
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "קבוצה לא ידועה"
#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run Update"
msgstr "עדכון"
# RadioButton label
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Skip Update"
msgstr "&לא, דלגו על העדכון"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73
msgid "Online Update"
msgstr "עדכון מקוון"
# RadioButton label
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run Online Update now?"
msgstr "כן, הפעילו את העדכון המקוון"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76
msgid ""
"Select whether to run an online update now.\n"
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
@@ -305,7 +541,7 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr "כן, אני מסכים להסכם הרשיון"
@@ -314,42 +550,51 @@
#. combo box label
#. combobox
#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&שפה"
# title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
# menue label text
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "&פריסת לוח מקשים"
#. bnc #359456
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "כן, אני מסכים להסכם הרשיון"
+# title for input field to test the keyboard setting
+# (no more than about 25 characters!)
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard &test:"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "&בדיקת לוח מקשים"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "הסכם הרשיון"
#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "License &Translations..."
msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית"
# help text for initial (first time) language screen
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -364,7 +609,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -374,7 +619,7 @@
# help text, continued
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -391,7 +636,7 @@
# help text, continued
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -406,7 +651,7 @@
# help text, continued
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -425,27 +670,27 @@
#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
#. 28 = Operation timeout.
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "הערות שחרור"
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
msgstr "&נטרל את שרות"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n"
@@ -453,24 +698,24 @@
#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
msgid "Installation Completed"
msgstr "התקנה הסתיימה"
# congratulation text 1/4
#. congratulation text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>מזל טוב!</b></p>"
# congratulation text 2/4
#. congratulation text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
@@ -482,24 +727,24 @@
# Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language
# change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original.
#. congratulation text 3/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
msgstr "<p>בקר אותנו ב%1.</p>"
#. congratulation text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
msgstr "<p>עשה חיים!<br>שלךSUSE צוות פיתוח</p>"
# help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>המערכת שלך מוכנה לשימוש</p>"
# help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n"
@@ -513,7 +758,7 @@
# help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
@@ -529,7 +774,7 @@
"כו\"כ שימו לב למסך ברוכים הבאים של SuSE.</p>\n"
#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
@@ -537,32 +782,24 @@
"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dialog busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Finishing the installation..."
-msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית"
-
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>האם ברצונך להתקין את זה עכשיו?</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315
msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled."
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "המערכת תאתחל כרגע..."
@@ -571,16 +808,17 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
@@ -588,230 +826,223 @@
msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
#. reset the label
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox label
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "הפ&עלת התקן"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "הגדרות"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
# Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation - Warming Up"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
-#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
-#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#. popup headline (#x1)
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Starting Installation..."
-msgstr "התקנה בסיסית"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
-#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "מאתחל.."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr ""
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה"
# DSL summary dialog caption
# DSL dialog caption
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת DSL"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "הגדרות התקנה"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "מכין מערכת לבוט ראשוני"
# Progress step 3/4
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "בודק אם ישנם עדכונים מקוונים..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "שרת התקנה:"
#. Button to accept a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "אני &מסכים"
#. Button to reject a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67
msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
msgstr "א&נני מסכים"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr ""
@@ -819,55 +1050,39 @@
"אנא המתן בזמן שהמערכת מותקנת\n"
"</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
-msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "הגדרות התקנה"
-# static text
-# Initial dialog contents
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr "מאתחל.."
-
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
# congratulation text 1/4
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>מזל טוב!</b></p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -875,7 +1090,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -883,23 +1098,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup"
msgstr "רשת"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95
msgid ""
"No network setup has been found.\n"
"It is important if using remote repositories,\n"
@@ -908,36 +1123,36 @@
# PushButton label
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure your network card now?"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select"
msgstr "&בחר"
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118
msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126
msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
"have a configured network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
@@ -945,7 +1160,7 @@
# popup to inform user about the failure
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
@@ -958,7 +1173,7 @@
"קראו את היומן לפרטים.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
@@ -966,7 +1181,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
@@ -975,14 +1190,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr "בחירה"
# Popup text
#. UI wait loop
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No desktop type was selected.\n"
@@ -992,327 +1207,60 @@
"ביחרו התקן להסרה.\n"
#. BNC #449818
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
msgid "Other"
msgstr "אחר"
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
msgstr ""
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgstr "Probing דיסקים קשיחים"
-#. kilobytes
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125
+#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
+#. BNC #439104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
-#. question in a popup box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214
-msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
-msgstr "באמת לאתחל הכל לערכי ברירת מחדל"
-
-#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216
-msgid "You will lose all changes."
-msgstr "שינוייך יאבדו."
-
-#. force_reset
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "&השתמש בשינויים הבאים"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
-msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
-"resolved before continuing.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. not using tabs
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
-msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
-msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
-
-#. busy message;
-#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
-msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
-
-#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
-msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
-#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
-msgid ""
-"Configuration saved.\n"
-"There were errors."
-msgstr ""
-"מאפיינים נשמרו\n"
-"היו שגיאות"
-
-# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "שרת התקנה:"
-
-#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
-#. do this later manually or not at all
-#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
-#. use newlines for longer translations.
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
-msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
-
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
-msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
-msgstr "&השתמש בשינויים הבאים"
-
-#. menu button
-#. menu button
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&שנה..."
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
-
-#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
-#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
-msgid "&Reset to defaults"
-msgstr "&איתחול לברירת מחדל"
-
-#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
-"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-# help text for keyboard screen
-#. Help text for installation proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"בחרו ב <b>תצורת לוח מקשים</b> לשימוש\n"
-"בהתקנה ובמערכת המותקנת.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. kicking out, bug #203811
-#. no such headline
-#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _("<p>
-#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install,
-#. click the <b>Mode</b> headline or select <b>Mode</b> in the
-#. <b>Change...</b> menu.
-#. </p>
-#. ");
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-# help text, continued
-#. Help text for update proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"לחצו <b>קבל</b> כדי להמשיך למסך הבא.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-# help text, richtext format
-#. Help text for network configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה <BR>לחצו <B>כן</B>.</P>"
-
-# help text, richtext format
-#. Help text for service configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה <BR>לחצו <B>כן</B>.</P>"
-
-# help text, richtext format
-#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה <BR>לחצו <B>כן</B>.</P>"
-
-#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
-msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
-msgid ""
-"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
-"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# help text, richtext format
-#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
-#. hardhware configuration.
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה <BR>לחצו <B>כן</B>.</P>"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
-"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Update"
-msgstr "עדכון"
-
-# IT
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Install"
-msgstr "התקן"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr ""
# label text
#. combobox item
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Language: %1"
msgstr "שפה"
#. caption for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr "הערות שחרור"
#. +2 thingies on the right
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Product"
msgstr "מוצר"
#. help text for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n"
"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1320,125 +1268,117 @@
"אנא המתן בזמן שהמערכת מותקנת\n"
"</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Starting service %1..."
-msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
msgid "Choose one scenario, please."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgstr "בחר קטגוריה"
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr ""
# Popup text
# Progress step 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "לדיסק &פלופי"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "לדיסק &פלופי"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Probing דיסקים קשיחים"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Probing דיסקים קשיחים"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "Probing דיסקים קשיחים"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Probing דיסקים קשיחים"
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Initializing פונטים"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Initializing פונטים"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "חיפוש..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
@@ -1447,21 +1387,21 @@
"</p>"
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1469,7 +1409,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1478,7 +1418,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
@@ -1489,34 +1429,35 @@
# Button in RAID-WF
# button text
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Remove"
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "הס&ר"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "These repositories were found on the system\n"
@@ -1527,79 +1468,90 @@
msgstr "מאגרים אילו אותרו על המערכת /n שהינך משדרג:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "בחירה נוכחית"
# Frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "מאגר"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
msgid "URL"
msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#. menu button
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+msgid "&Change..."
+msgstr "&שנה..."
+
# heading text
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "סטטוס"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
# Frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "מקורות להתאמה"
# Network dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
@@ -1607,7 +1559,8 @@
# Help text for last dialog of base installation
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1615,45 +1568,48 @@
"נא להמתין בזמן הגדרת המערכת.\n"
"</b>"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1663,7 +1619,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1673,7 +1629,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
@@ -1683,7 +1639,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
@@ -1693,7 +1649,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
@@ -1702,7 +1658,7 @@
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
@@ -1711,18 +1667,18 @@
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "ברוכים הבאים"
# congratulation text 1/4
#. welcome text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71
msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>ברוכים הבאים</b></p>"
#. welcome text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n"
"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
@@ -1732,7 +1688,7 @@
# help text, continued
#. help ttext
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n"
@@ -1743,144 +1699,127 @@
"</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
# progress stages
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing automatic configuration..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63
msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
msgstr ""
# Popup text
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting up linker cache..."
msgstr "מאתר כרטיסי רשת..."
# progress stages
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking the installed system..."
msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה"
# progress stages
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
# popup text
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "בחרו אזור זמן חוקי."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
# progress stages
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
# Screen title for keyboard screen
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "הגדרת לוח מקשים"
# progress stages
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "הגדרות התקנה"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
-# Frame title
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
-msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "הגדרות חומרה"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
msgstr "מעתיק קובץ יומן למערכת המותקנת"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Moving to installed system..."
msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
msgstr ""
# Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
msgstr "משלים הגדרת המערכת"
-# progress stages
-#. progress step title
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
-msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
-
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1894,225 +1833,290 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
-msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
+msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
+msgstr "מעתיק קובץ יומן למערכת המותקנת"
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
-msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
+msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
+msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+#. question in a popup box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
+msgstr "באמת לאתחל הכל לערכי ברירת מחדל"
+
+#. explain consequences of a decision
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+msgid "You will lose all changes."
+msgstr "שינוייך יאבדו."
+
+#. while input loop
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
-msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
+msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+msgstr "&השתמש בשינויים הבאים"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"No installation control file has been found,\n"
-"the installer cannot continue."
+#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
+#. to store profile after installation
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
+msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
msgstr ""
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
-"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
-#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
-#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
-#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#. error message is a popup
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
msgid ""
-"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
-"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
+"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278
+#. busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start service %1"
-msgstr "הפסק שרותים"
+msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
+msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
-msgstr "AutoYaST הגדרות"
+#. busy message;
+#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"אנא המתן בזמן שהמערכת מותקנת\n"
-"</p>"
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357
+#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
+#. text for a message box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
msgid ""
-"The previous installation has failed.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+"Configuration saved.\n"
+"There were errors."
msgstr ""
+"מאפיינים נשמרו\n"
+"היו שגיאות"
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
-msgstr ""
+#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
+#. do this later manually or not at all
+#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
+#. use newlines for longer translations.
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
-# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
-# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:199
-msgid "Confirm Installation"
-msgstr "אשר התקנה"
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
+msgstr "&השתמש בשינויים הבאים"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>All information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>כל המידע שנדרך להתקנה בסיסית הסתיים.</p>"
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Export Configuration"
+msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
-"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
-"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
-"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
+#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
-"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
-"previous dialogs.</p>"
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254
-msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>לך חזרה ובדוק את ההגדרות אם אינך בטוח.</p>"
+#. menu button item
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+msgid "&Reset to defaults"
+msgstr "&איתחול לברירת מחדל"
-# RadioButton label
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242
-msgid "Confirm Update"
-msgstr "אשר עדכון"
+#. FATE #120373
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Update"
+msgstr "עדכון"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246
+# IT
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>כל המידע שהיה צריך על מנת לבצע עדכון הסתיים.</p>"
+msgid "&Install"
+msgstr "התקן"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248
+# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
+#. @return [String] translated headline
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Installation Overview"
+msgstr "שרת התקנה:"
+
+#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
-"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
+"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-# ComboBox label
-#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:258
-msgid "Start &Update"
-msgstr "התחל ו&עדכן"
+#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42
-msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+# help text for keyboard screen
+#. Help text for installation proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"בחרו ב <b>תצורת לוח מקשים</b> לשימוש\n"
+"בהתקנה ובמערכת המותקנת.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44
-msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+# help text, continued
+#. so update
+#. Help text for update proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"לחצו <b>קבל</b> כדי להמשיך למסך הבא.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63
+# help text, richtext format
+#. Help text for network configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr "התקנת מקור"
+#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה <BR>לחצו <B>כן</B>.</P>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69
+# help text, richtext format
+#. Help text for service configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr "התקנת מקור"
+#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה <BR>לחצו <B>כן</B>.</P>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+# help text, richtext format
+#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה <BR>לחצו <B>כן</B>.</P>"
+
+#. Proposal in uml module
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+msgid ""
+"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
+"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# help text, richtext format
+#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
+#. hardhware configuration.
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
-msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
+#| msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה <BR>לחצו <B>כן</B>.</P>"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35
-msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
-msgstr ""
-
# RichText label
#. Text to display
#.
#. @return String
-#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "VNC Remote Administration"
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
+#. Writes configuration
+#.
+#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
+#. Snapper is configured.
+#.
+#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
+#. otherwise it returns false.
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr ""
-#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#. count megabytes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
@@ -2121,7 +2125,7 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "מפסיק שרותים..."
@@ -2129,20 +2133,36 @@
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
+#~ msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
+
+#~ msgid "Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "דמה"
+
+#~ msgid "&Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "&דמה"
+
# Frame title
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Cannot write settings."
+#~ msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
+#~ msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
+
+# Frame title
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Network Device: %1"
#~ msgstr "שירותי רשת"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -143,8 +143,9 @@
msgstr "&ערוך"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Log Out"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disconnect"
+msgstr "המשך"
# Selection box item
# Device type label
@@ -159,10 +160,6 @@
msgstr "מילון"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Log In"
-msgstr "&חיבור"
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connect"
@@ -261,8 +258,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -399,50 +396,43 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "אזהרה"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
-msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -458,12 +448,23 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
+# AT
+# Frame label
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+msgstr "הרשאה"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "אזהרה"
@@ -524,26 +525,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+msgstr "שם ספריה"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
msgid ""
-"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
+"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "IPv4 כתובת"
# Heading text
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
@@ -553,40 +561,40 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
#, fuzzy
msgid "True"
msgstr "טורקיה"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "False"
msgstr "בסיס"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "המשך"
# FR
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "&בטל"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -698,7 +706,7 @@
msgstr "התקן"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -706,13 +714,22 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
# Commandline command help
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "סיכום הגדרות פקס"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Log In"
+#~ msgstr "&חיבור"
+
# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Username:"
msgid "Username"
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Password:"
msgid "Password"
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
@@ -688,22 +688,22 @@
#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
msgid "Client name already exists!"
msgstr ""
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
msgid "New client name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
msgid "OK"
msgstr "בסדר"
# FR
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Cancel"
msgid "Cancel"
@@ -712,85 +712,94 @@
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
# popup text
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An extended partition already exists."
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "מחיצה מורחבת כבר קיימת."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+msgid ""
+"There isn't any client specified.\n"
+"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
+"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
+"Really want to continue without client access?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
@@ -809,12 +818,12 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "מאתחל.."
-#. local IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420
+#. scope link IPv6
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/isns.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/isns.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/isns.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/he/po/journal.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/journal.he.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/journal.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: he\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+# label text
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Root &dir entries"
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr "מספר &כניסות שורש"
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return the result as an array of Items
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Change..."
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr "&שינוי..."
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+# label text
+#. Interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Time zone"
+msgid "Time interval"
+msgstr "אזור זמן"
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter"
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr "&פילטר"
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65
+msgid "With no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+# heading text
+#. User readable description of the time interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "File system options:"
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90
+msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102
+msgid "Between these dates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104
+msgid "Since system's boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "From previous boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys
+#.
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label short label for the filter
+#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Units"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "For these systemd units"
+msgstr ""
+
+# CL
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "File"
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "קובץ"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135
+msgid "For these files (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# label text
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
+msgid "Priority"
+msgstr "עדי&פות Swap"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+# label text
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Time zone"
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr "אזור זמן"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr "מקור"
+
+# label of combobox where the log is selected
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Kernel Messages"
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr "הודעות ליבה"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -53,215 +53,215 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory."
msgstr "לא יכל ליצור את הספריה"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182
msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
msgid "Email address for sending notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209
msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages"
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "אפשרויות Fstab"
# heading text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "אפשרויות Fstab"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229
msgid "Shows current option status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234
msgid "Size of allocated memory MB"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241
msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248
msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254
-msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of server"
msgstr "שרת NFS"
# label text - one step of during network test
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port for connection"
msgstr "- סגור חיבור"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272
msgid "Directory for saving dump images"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279
msgid "Exported share"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "User name"
msgstr "&שם משתמש:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289
msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "udev_id of raw partition"
msgstr "סוג המחיצה"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
msgid "Include command line options."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Email address"
msgstr "הכנס את כתובת הדואר אלקטרוני שלך."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365
msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump"
msgstr ""
# push button
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display Settings:"
msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420
msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425
msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431
msgid "Kdump is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437
msgid "Dump Level: %1"
msgstr ""
# button text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Format: %1"
msgstr "&פורמט"
# push button
#. parsing target info
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Target Settings"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457
msgid "target: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -270,8 +270,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582
#, fuzzy
msgid "file directory: %1"
msgstr "בחר ספריה:"
@@ -280,122 +280,122 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575
#, fuzzy
msgid "server name: %1"
msgstr "שם שרת:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "port: %1"
msgstr "מוצר: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597
msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "user name: %1"
msgstr "&שם משתמש:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589
msgid "share: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610
msgid "EMPTY"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618
msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629
msgid "Kdump command line: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640
msgid "Kdump command line append: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650
msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
#, fuzzy
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
msgstr "מספ&ר FAT's"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681
msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1"
msgstr ""
# button text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1"
msgstr "&פורמט"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701
msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709
msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720
msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -414,43 +414,43 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong options were used."
msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778
msgid "Dump level was set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value of option."
msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1"
# button text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format was set."
msgstr "&פורמט"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810
msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830
#, fuzzy
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "ספריה %1 אינה קיימת"
@@ -459,8 +459,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016
msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing."
msgstr ""
@@ -468,51 +468,51 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983
msgid "Value for \"server\" missing."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995
msgid "Value for \"share\" missing."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037
msgid "Wrong value for target."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148
msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"."
msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"."
msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"."
msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257
msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275
#, fuzzy
msgid "No option has been defined."
msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1"
@@ -524,12 +524,12 @@
msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
#. proposal part - kdump label
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82
msgid "Kdump"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "&בטל אפשרות"
@@ -636,20 +636,24 @@
msgid "FTP"
msgstr "HTTP"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
-msgid "SSH (scp)"
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223
+msgid "SSH"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224
+msgid "SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
msgid "NFS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
msgid "CIFS (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "&SMTP Server"
msgstr "שרת"
@@ -658,7 +662,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
@@ -669,130 +673,130 @@
#. password entry
#. password entry
#. password entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notification &To"
msgstr "מיקום"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notifica&tion CC"
msgstr "מיקום"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append"
msgstr "פקודה:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361
msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images"
msgstr "מחק חבילות ישנות"
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps"
msgstr "מספ&ר FAT's"
#. "handle" :
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427
msgid "Kdump Memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Kdump Start-Up"
msgstr ""
# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "התחלה"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Dump Filtering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463
msgid "Dump Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP Server"
msgstr "שרת"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Notification Email Addresses"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Email Notification"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Command Line"
msgstr "פקודה:"
# push button
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Settings"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
# push button
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Expert Settings"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
# push button
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
@@ -843,14 +847,14 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
@@ -859,7 +863,7 @@
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n"
@@ -870,10 +874,10 @@
" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
-"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n"
+"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
@@ -881,16 +885,34 @@
" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
+"<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n"
+" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
+" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
+" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
+" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
+msgid ""
+"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n"
+"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n"
+"by default.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
@@ -901,7 +923,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n"
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
@@ -909,14 +931,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
" Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n"
@@ -925,14 +947,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
@@ -940,7 +962,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n"
" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n"
@@ -950,38 +972,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Server
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP User Name
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Password
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification To (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
@@ -989,7 +1011,7 @@
# DSL read dialog help 1/2
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1002,7 +1024,7 @@
# isdns read dialog help 2/2
# modems read dialog help 2/2
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1013,7 +1035,7 @@
# DSL write dialog help 1/2
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1024,7 +1046,7 @@
# isdns write dialog help 2/2
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1037,7 +1059,7 @@
"דיאלוג נוסף יאמר לכם אם זה בטוח או לא.</P>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1048,7 +1070,7 @@
# DSL summary dialog help 2/3
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1063,7 +1085,7 @@
# DSL summary dialog help 3/3
# modems summary dialog help 3/3
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1076,7 +1098,7 @@
# DSL overview dialog help 1/3
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1089,7 +1111,7 @@
# DSL summary dialog help 1/3
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1100,7 +1122,7 @@
# DSL overview dialog help 3/3
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1150,6 +1172,10 @@
msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
+msgid "SSH / SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entries
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196
msgid "Exported Sha&re"
@@ -1211,14 +1237,14 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Initializing פונטים"
@@ -1227,132 +1253,138 @@
# Routing dialog caption
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "אפשרויות עדכון"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
# progress stages
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
# Frame title
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
# button text
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "&פורמט"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
# button text
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "&פורמט"
# label text
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "מספ&ר FAT's"
# label text
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "מספ&ר FAT's"
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
+#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
+msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,700 +16,39 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
-# Commandline help title
-#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
-msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66
-msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
-msgstr "הגדרות IrDA"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83
-msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91
-msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97
-msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the server option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103
-msgid "The LDAP server name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the base option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110
-msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
-msgstr ""
-
-# Commandline help title
-#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create default configuration objects."
-msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
-
-# Heading text
-#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
-
-#. help text for the 'automounter' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130
-msgid "Start or stop automounter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'tls' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146
-msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'sssd' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154
-msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162
-msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'realm' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170
-msgid "Kerberos Realm"
-msgstr ""
-
-# heading text
-#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "DASD Address"
-msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr "כתובת DASD"
-
-# Heading text
-#. password entering label
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
-msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
-
#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88
+#: src/ui.rb:88
msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96
+#: src/ui.rb:96
msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings"
msgstr ""
-#. popup window
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130
-msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. multiselection box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152
-msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206
-msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration"
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
-msgstr "הגדרות"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255
-msgid "Use SSL/TLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264
-msgid "Protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278
-msgid "StartTLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286
-msgid "LDAPS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300
-msgid "TLS Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310
-msgid "Request server certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Certificates"
-msgstr "בחר ספריה"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
-msgstr "בחר ספריה"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "B&rowse"
-msgstr "ס&רוק"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
-msgstr "בחר ספריה"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Brows&e"
-msgstr "ס&רוק"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360
-msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
-msgstr "הורדה נכשלה."
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425
-msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437
-msgid "Choose the certificate file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462
-msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The downloaded certificate file\n"
-"\n"
-"'%1'\n"
-"\n"
-"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533
-msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535
-msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
-"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
-"removed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3.5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546
-msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
-"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561
-msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 6/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
-"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n"
-" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n"
-" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n"
-" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n"
-" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579
-msgid ""
-"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n"
-" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n"
-" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
-" is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 8/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-"<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
-"<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 9/9 (additional)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
-"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
-"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
-"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625
-msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-# label text
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Disable service"
-msgid "Disable User &Logins"
-msgstr "&נטרל את שרות"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648
-msgid "User Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663
-msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672
-msgid "&Use LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP Client"
-msgstr "לקוחות"
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697
-msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-# FI
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "F&ind"
-msgstr "פינלנד"
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
-msgstr "SLP סורק"
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717
-msgid "F&etch DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration"
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
-msgstr "הגדרות"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733
-msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90
-msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. question popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765
-msgid ""
-"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n"
-"\n"
-"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n"
-"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n"
-"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838
-msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845
-msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# Popup text
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
-msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
-
-#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has
-#. enabled NIS client before
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871
-msgid ""
-"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
-"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941
-msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947
-msgid ""
-"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
-"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
-"the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
-"restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no question
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970
-msgid ""
-"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n"
-"Enable certificate checks now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015
-msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017
-msgid ""
-"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
-"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
-"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
-"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
-"The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034
-msgid ""
-"<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n"
-"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n"
-"or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042
-msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
-"server.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050
-msgid ""
-"<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-"<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
-"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057
-msgid ""
-"<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-# push button
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&lient Settings"
-msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
-msgstr "התאמות התקנה"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146
-msgid "Naming Contexts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&User"
-msgid "&User Map"
-msgstr "&משתמש"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Browse"
-msgstr "ס&רוק"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Group"
-msgid "&Group Map"
-msgstr "&קבוצה"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332
-msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr "ס&רוק"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&User"
-msgid "&Autofs Map"
-msgstr "&משתמש"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240
-msgid "&Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248
-msgid "Default Real&m"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250
-msgid "&KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257
-msgid "LDAP Schema"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269
-msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281
-msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-# PasswordEntry label
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
-msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298
-msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
-msgstr ""
-
-# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
-msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341
-msgid "Administrator &DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347
-msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355
-msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364
-msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384
-msgid "Advanced Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500
-msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
-
-# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
-msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
-
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592
+#: src/ui.rb:144
msgid ""
"If you reread settings from the server,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616
+#: src/ui.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Configure the template used for creating \n"
"new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620
+#: src/ui.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624
+#: src/ui.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n"
"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n"
@@ -718,28 +57,28 @@
#. table header 1/2
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033
+#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr ""
#. table header 2/2
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035
+#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (table folows)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701
+#: src/ui.rb:253
msgid "Default Values for New Objects"
msgstr ""
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707
+#: src/ui.rb:259
msgid "Attribute of Object"
msgstr ""
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709
+#: src/ui.rb:261
msgid "Default Value"
msgstr ""
@@ -747,7 +86,7 @@
# Button in RAID-WF
# button text
#. button label (with non-default shortcut)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715
+#: src/ui.rb:267
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "ה&וסף"
@@ -755,35 +94,35 @@
# main dialog: Button Edit partition
# button text
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717
+#: src/ui.rb:269
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&ערוך"
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729
+#: src/ui.rb:281
msgid "Object Template Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832
+#: src/ui.rb:384
msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090
+#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636
msgid ""
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
msgstr ""
#. helptext 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886
+#: src/ui.rb:438
msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890
+#: src/ui.rb:442
msgid ""
"<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n"
"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n"
@@ -792,7 +131,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897
+#: src/ui.rb:449
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
@@ -800,7 +139,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903
+#: src/ui.rb:455
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n"
"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n"
@@ -808,40 +147,160 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983
+#: src/ui.rb:535
msgid "Configuration &Module"
msgstr ""
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007
+#: src/ui.rb:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&onfigure Template"
msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051
+#: src/ui.rb:598
msgid "Module Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118
-msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
-msgstr ""
+# Commandline help title
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
+#~ msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
-#. message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154
-msgid ""
-"You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
-"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
+#~ msgstr "הגדרות IrDA"
+# Commandline help title
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Create default configuration objects."
+#~ msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
+
+# Heading text
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password"
+#~ msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
+
+# heading text
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "DASD Address"
+#~ msgid "KDC Server Address"
+#~ msgstr "כתובת DASD"
+
+# Heading text
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
+#~ msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration"
+#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "הגדרות"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Certificates"
+#~ msgstr "בחר ספריה"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
+#~ msgstr "בחר ספריה"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "B&rowse"
+#~ msgstr "ס&רוק"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
+#~ msgstr "בחר ספריה"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Brows&e"
+#~ msgstr "ס&רוק"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
+#~ msgstr "הורדה נכשלה."
+
+# label text
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Disable service"
+#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins"
+#~ msgstr "&נטרל את שרות"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LDAP Client"
+#~ msgstr "לקוחות"
+
+# FI
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "F&ind"
+#~ msgstr "פינלנד"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
+#~ msgstr "SLP סורק"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration"
+#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "הגדרות"
+
+# Popup text
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
+#~ msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
+
+# push button
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "C&lient Settings"
+#~ msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
+#~ msgstr "התאמות התקנה"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&User"
+#~ msgid "&User Map"
+#~ msgstr "&משתמש"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Browse"
+#~ msgstr "ס&רוק"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Group"
+#~ msgid "&Group Map"
+#~ msgstr "&קבוצה"
+
+#~ msgid "Bro&wse"
+#~ msgstr "ס&רוק"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&User"
+#~ msgid "&Autofs Map"
+#~ msgstr "&משתמש"
+
+# PasswordEntry label
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
+#~ msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
+
+# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
+#~ msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
+
+# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
+#~ msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
+
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
-#. label (init dialog)
-#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr "מאתחל.."
+#~ msgid "Initializing..."
+#~ msgstr "מאתחל.."
# popup text
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 22:30+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yevgney\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/mail.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/mail.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/mail.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 20:53+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <os-israel-main(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
msgid "alias"
msgstr "איטלקית"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955
msgid "wwid"
msgstr ""
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
# label text
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameters:\n"
msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
@@ -151,8 +151,8 @@
# progress stages
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicated configuration."
msgstr "עדכון תצורה"
@@ -160,15 +160,15 @@
#. used for store undecided input
#. used for store undecided input
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "&פרטים"
# label text
#. do not do with number id
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameter:"
msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
@@ -176,84 +176,69 @@
# label text
#. devices section
#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file.
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameters:"
msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943
msgid "item"
msgstr ""
# progress stages
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicated configuration"
msgstr "עדכון תצורה"
# button text
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607
#, fuzzy
msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath"
msgstr "זיהוי או&טומטי של ערוץ מרובה"
#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use multipath failed:"
msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
# button text
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653
#, fuzzy
-msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
-msgstr "זיהוי או&טומטי של ערוץ מרובה"
-
-# button text
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664
-#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd."
msgstr "זיהוי או&טומטי של ערוץ מרובה"
# button text
-#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot start multipathd."
msgstr "זיהוי או&טומטי של ערוץ מרובה"
# button text
-#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath");
#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd");
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not use multipath failed:"
msgstr "זיהוי או&טומטי של ערוץ מרובה"
# button text
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot stop multipath."
msgstr "זיהוי או&טומטי של ערוץ מרובה"
# button text
-#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd."
msgstr "זיהוי או&טומטי של ערוץ מרובה"
-# button text
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
-msgstr "זיהוי או&טומטי של ערוץ מרובה"
-
# DSL read dialog help 1/2
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
@@ -350,38 +335,38 @@
#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one.
#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore.
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939
msgid "should be a decimal integer"
msgstr ""
#. replacewidget_notify = true;
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396
#, fuzzy
msgid "illegal value"
msgstr "חיפוש &ערך"
# popup text
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674
#, fuzzy
msgid "should be greater than 0"
msgstr "לא יכול ליצור RAID"
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737
msgid "invalid decimal integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278
#, fuzzy
msgid "should not be empty"
msgstr "לא יכל ליצור את הספריה"
@@ -532,6 +517,16 @@
msgid "Ignore your modification?"
msgstr ""
+# button text
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
+#~ msgstr "זיהוי או&טומטי של ערוץ מרובה"
+
+# button text
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
+#~ msgstr "זיהוי או&טומטי של ערוץ מרובה"
+
# progress stages
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Duplicated configuraton"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses-pkg.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses-pkg.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses-pkg.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,19 +17,19 @@
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
#. headline of package versions popup
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Versions"
msgstr "קטגוריות חבירה"
#. text above of list of all package versions
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "List all available languages."
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
msgstr "רשימת כל השפות האפשרויות"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Packages with Status"
msgstr "שמור רשימת חבילה"
@@ -37,49 +37,49 @@
#. headline - packages with automatic status change
#. headline of a popup with packages
#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
msgid "Automatic Changes"
msgstr ""
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following"
msgstr ""
#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Continue anyway"
msgstr "&המשך עדכון"
#. headline of a popup showing the package license
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502
#, fuzzy
msgid "End User License Agreement"
msgstr "הסכם הרשיון"
#. label text - keep it short
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691
msgid "Filter: "
msgstr "פילטר:"
#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698
msgid "Total Download Size: "
msgstr ""
#. Help button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&עזרה"
@@ -87,20 +87,20 @@
# FR
#. add the Cancel button
#. begin: the label of the Cancel button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "צרפת"
#. add the OK button
#. the label of an Accept button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&קבל"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&onfiguration"
msgstr "הגדרות"
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the label of the selections
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr "שחקנים"
@@ -412,42 +412,53 @@
msgstr "מערכת"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169
#, fuzzy
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "חבילה תלויה ב"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180
+#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
+msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. part 2 of the text
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
+msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
msgstr ""
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
msgstr ""
-#. part 2 of the text
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251
-msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265
+#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
msgstr ""
@@ -609,7 +620,7 @@
#. column header package description (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "סיכום"
@@ -815,308 +826,308 @@
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label of a frame with search settings
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Search in "
msgstr "&חפש"
#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:)
#. text for the package search popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search &Phrase"
msgstr "חיפוש &ערך"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332
msgid "Code"
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338
msgid "Language"
msgstr "שפה"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344
msgid "URL"
msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט"
# table header texts
#. column header package name (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
msgid "Name"
msgstr "שם"
#. column header installed package version (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
msgid "Version"
msgstr "גרסה"
#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
msgid "Avail. Vers."
msgstr ""
#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
msgid "Inst. Vers."
msgstr ""
# label text
# table column headings
#. column header package size (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
msgid "Size"
msgstr "גודל"
#. column header package architecture (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
#, fuzzy
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "ארכיטקטורה:"
#. column header patch kind (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
msgid "Kind"
msgstr "סוג"
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416
msgid "Solving..."
msgstr "&פותר"
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422
msgid "Saving..."
msgstr "שומר..."
#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
msgid "Loading..."
msgstr "טוען..."
#. the headline of the disk space popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
msgid "Disk Usage Overview"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "מחיצה"
# Label text
#. column header used disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
msgid "Used"
msgstr "בשימוש"
#. column header free disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
#, fuzzy
msgid "Free"
msgstr "יוונית"
# PT
#. column header total disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total"
msgstr "פורטוגל"
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>"
msgstr ""
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
msgid "needs"
msgstr ""
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
msgid "more disk space."
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
msgid "<b>Version: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
msgid "<b>Size: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
msgid "<b>Installed: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
msgid "<b>Authors: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
msgid "<b>License: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
msgid "<b>Provides: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
msgid "<b>Requires: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561
msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. headline for a list of installed files
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576
msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the help popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for a warning popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "אזהרה"
#. label for an error popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
msgid "Error"
msgstr "שגיאה"
#. label for a notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669
msgid "Notify"
msgstr "ידע"
#. the label of an OK button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
msgid "&OK"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the Yes button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr ""
#. the label of the No button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705
#, fuzzy
msgid "&No"
msgstr "לא"
#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user
#. has to make some action (#213602)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713
#, fuzzy
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
msgstr "נסה שוב"
#. text for a Notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721
msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Languages"
msgstr "רשימת כל השפות האפשרויות"
# label text
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Repositories"
msgstr "גודל זמין:"
@@ -1125,64 +1136,64 @@
#. (the list shows all patches which are needed)
#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" );
#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" );
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed Patches"
msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754
msgid "Installed Patches"
msgstr "טלאים מותקנים"
#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
msgid "Online Update Patches"
msgstr ""
#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars )
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
msgid "Update Problem -- see help"
msgstr ""
#. the label for Filter: Search results
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
msgid "Search Results"
msgstr "תוצאות חיפוש"
#. the headline of the dependency popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
msgid "Package Dependencies"
msgstr "חבילה תלויה ב"
#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
msgid "Source"
msgstr "מקור"
#. menu entry Update List
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
msgid "&Update List"
msgstr ""
#. part of the patch description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
msgid "<b>Patch: </b>"
msgstr ""
#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819
#, fuzzy
msgid "No patches available"
msgstr "אין עידכונים חדשים זמינים:"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825
#, fuzzy
msgid "Script"
msgstr "אבטחה"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-31 20:34+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/network.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/network.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/network.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Eliran Itzhak <eliran(a)bigfoot.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
# Headline
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:163
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:161
msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "תקציר הגדרות DNS:"
@@ -71,36 +71,36 @@
#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected
#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected
#. fail message: a string is expected
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:188
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid "InvalidHostname. "
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
# Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IP. "
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
# Frame title
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:225
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgid "Cannot set "
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:226
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager."
msgstr "רשת"
# Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:245
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid option value."
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:254
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Internet"
msgid "Internal error"
@@ -117,41 +117,41 @@
# title for selection box 'timezone'
# label text
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "אזור &זמן"
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "חומת אש"
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "חומת אש"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -159,13 +159,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
@@ -182,49 +182,49 @@
#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288
msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr ""
#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347
msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349
msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description
#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped
#. @return [String] proposal html text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361
msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363
msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
@@ -238,38 +238,38 @@
# Headline
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:125
+#: src/clients/host.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "הצגת תקציר שרתים"
# Progress step 1/4
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107
msgid "Connecting to Internet..."
msgstr "מתחבר לאינטרנט..."
# Progress step 2/4
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109
msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..."
msgstr "מוריד את מסמך השחרור העדכני..."
# Progress step 4/4
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111
msgid "Closing connection..."
msgstr "סוגר חיבור..."
# Test dialog caption
#. Test dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239
msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
msgstr "מריץ את בודק החיבור לאינטרנט"
# help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
# help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
# help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
@@ -304,77 +304,77 @@
# Label for result of internet test
#. Label for result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test Result:"
msgstr "תוצאות:"
# Push Button to abort internet test
#. Push Button to abort internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299
msgid "&Abort Test"
msgstr "ב&טל בדיקה"
# heading text
#. Frame label: status of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test Status"
msgstr "סטטוס"
# Push Button to see logs of internet test
#. Push Button to see logs of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314
msgid "&View Logs..."
msgstr "ה&צג יומן"
# result of internet test
# Progress result
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351
msgid "Success"
msgstr "הצלחה"
# result of internet test
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355
msgid "Failure"
msgstr "כשלון"
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces"
msgstr "התקני רשת בליבה"
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386
msgid "Kernel Routing Table"
msgstr "טבלת ניטוב בליבה"
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname Lookup"
msgstr "Host Name Lookup"
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426
msgid "Kernel Messages"
msgstr "הודעות ליבה"
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576
msgid "Download of Release Notes"
msgstr "הורדת מסמכי שחרור הגירסה"
# label text - one step of during network test
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n"
@@ -383,21 +383,21 @@
# label text - one step of during network test
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed."
msgstr "לא יכול להוריד את הערות השיחרור"
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr "פתיחתו של חיבור"
# popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -406,13 +406,13 @@
"עיינו ביומן לפרטים.\n"
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
# popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
@@ -438,13 +438,13 @@
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr "בודק אם יש עדכונים לתוכנה"
# popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr "סוגר את החיבור"
@@ -516,66 +516,54 @@
# Commandline help title
# Network cards summary dialog caption
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:136
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת"
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:140
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Name"
msgstr "הגדרות"
# Commandline option help
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:145
-msgid "Device boot protocol"
-msgstr "פרוטוקול אתחול ההתקן"
-
-# Commandline option help
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:150
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:146
msgid "Device IP address"
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
# Commandline option help
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:155
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:151
msgid "Network mask"
msgstr "Network mask"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:160
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:156
msgid "Prefix length"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:165
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:161
msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:170
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:166
msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:175
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:171
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr ""
-#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
-#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
-#. has higher priority
-#.
-#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
-#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
-#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
-#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
-#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
-#. Other elements may have similar problems,
-#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
+#. see bnc#498993
+#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
+#. we'll keep values from installation
+#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -591,20 +579,20 @@
# Selection box item
#. Selection box item
-#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110
+#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
# Network dialog caption
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/network.rb:90
+#: src/clients/network.rb:88
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
# Network dialog help
#. Network dialog help
-#: src/clients/network.rb:93
+#: src/clients/network.rb:91
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n"
@@ -618,12 +606,12 @@
# Selection box label
#. Selection box label
-#: src/clients/network.rb:107
+#: src/clients/network.rb:105
msgid "&Available Network Modules:"
msgstr "מ&ודולי רשת זמינים:"
# Label::FinishButton()
-#: src/clients/network.rb:125
+#: src/clients/network.rb:123
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "ה&פעל"
@@ -646,13 +634,13 @@
# Headline
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:128
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "תקציר הגדרות מרוחקות"
#. Command line error message
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:148
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:146
msgid ""
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
@@ -675,7 +663,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
#, fuzzy
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
@@ -766,24 +754,24 @@
#. main ui function
#. Frame label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
msgid "Routing Table"
msgstr ""
#. Table header 1/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
msgid "Destination"
msgstr ""
# GT
# Table header 2/4
#. Table header 2/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
msgid "Gateway"
msgstr "מעבר"
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr ""
@@ -794,98 +782,98 @@
# _("No."),
# Table header 4/4
#. Table header 4/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91
msgid "Device"
msgstr "התקן"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
msgid "Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות"
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:427
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:276
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:282
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:292
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:302
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:324
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:333
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr ""
# Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:419
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change."
msgstr "&שינוי..."
@@ -911,87 +899,87 @@
msgstr "להמשיך ?"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
msgid "USB ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
msgid "USB FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
msgid "USB ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226
msgid "PCMCIA Modem"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
msgid "USB Modem"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230
msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234
msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
msgid "USB Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
@@ -999,64 +987,64 @@
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr "להמשיך ?"
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
# PushButton label
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr "להמשיך ?"
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr "להמשיך ?"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -1064,7 +1052,7 @@
# ComboBox item
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "מנוהל"
@@ -1161,85 +1149,85 @@
# label text - one step of during network test
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "- Download latest release notes"
msgstr "- הורד את מסמך השחרור המעודכן מהרשת"
# label text - one step of during network test
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207
msgid "- Check for latest updates"
msgstr "- בדוק עידכונים אחרונים"
# label text - one step of during network test
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212
msgid "- Close connection"
msgstr "- סגור חיבור"
# Heading text
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "The following steps will be performed:"
msgstr "הצעדים הבאים יבוצעו:"
# Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231
msgid "Select:"
msgstr "בחרו:"
# RadioButton label
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now"
msgstr "כן, הפעילו את העדכון המקוון"
# RadioButton label
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "N&o, Skip Update"
msgstr "&לא, דלגו על העדכון"
# Heading text
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Online Updates Available"
msgstr "קיימים עדכונים מקוונים"
# Label text
#. Label text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
msgstr "האם להוריד ולהתקין אותם בעזרת העדכון המקוון של YaST"
# Heading
#. Heading
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
msgstr "יומן נסיונות החיבור חאינטרנט:"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "&Select Log:"
msgstr "&בחרו יומן:"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr ""
# DIALOG TEXTS
# title for ISDN IP address dialog
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN"
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1247,7 +1235,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
@@ -1260,7 +1248,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
@@ -1271,7 +1259,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
@@ -1279,162 +1267,162 @@
msgstr "מחק"
# Menu label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr "כ&רטיסי רשת"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr ""
# Menu label
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr "כ&רטיסי רשת"
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr "קבוצה לא ידועה"
# heading text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "התקן RAID"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Up"
msgid "Up"
msgstr "&מעלה"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות עדכון"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr "<p>בחר את האפשרויות הרצויות.</p>\n"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
# Commandline option help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr ""
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "וייטנאמית"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1442,13 +1430,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1460,25 +1448,25 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
# Commandline option help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
# Commandline option help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן"
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1488,7 +1476,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1496,66 +1484,65 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
#, fuzzy
msgid "&General"
msgstr "גרמנית"
# ComboBox label
-#. TODO:
-#. "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209
+#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "הפ&עלת התקן"
# title for selection box 'timezone'
# label text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "אזור &זמן"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole
+#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "כתובת DASD"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&חומרה"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
# Device type label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "אלחוטי"
# label text
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1563,7 +1550,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1574,7 +1561,7 @@
# Selection box item
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
@@ -1762,11 +1749,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview();
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89
msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98
msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
msgstr ""
@@ -1774,25 +1761,25 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr "ערכים אפשריים"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr "ערכים אפשריים"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr ""
@@ -1837,19 +1824,19 @@
msgid "Note"
msgstr "&מחשבנייד"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "שרות"
#. continue-cancel popup, #178848
#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153
msgid ""
"A Xen network bridge was detected.\n"
"Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n"
@@ -1859,7 +1846,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1867,7 +1854,7 @@
"to this configuration dialog.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1880,21 +1867,21 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr "מתקין דריבר..."
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr ""
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1904,13 +1891,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
@@ -1920,7 +1907,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "רשת"
@@ -1948,7 +1935,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1956,20 +1943,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1977,7 +1964,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1985,19 +1972,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -2005,89 +1992,69 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
-# Commandline help title
-# Network cards summary dialog caption
-#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
-msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת"
-
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290
msgid "&USB"
msgstr ""
-# ComboBox item
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Hotplug Type"
-msgstr "HotPlug"
-
-#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307
-msgid "P&CI"
-msgstr ""
-
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "&שם התקן"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change"
msgstr "&שינוי..."
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379
msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr ""
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389
msgid "Blink"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "מידע נוסף"
@@ -2095,13 +2062,13 @@
# Commandline help title
# Network cards summary dialog caption
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472
#, fuzzy
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת"
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -2110,20 +2077,20 @@
# Selection box item
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "&חיפוש"
# error popup text
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -2134,7 +2101,7 @@
"או בטלו.\n"
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -2142,146 +2109,146 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
# TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "מספר ה&טלפון שלי"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
# TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
#, fuzzy
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "YaST2 מרכז ניהול"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&פרוטוקול"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "&שם התקן"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -2290,14 +2257,14 @@
# Table header 4/4
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "חומרה"
# DSL read dialog help 1/2
#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n"
@@ -2310,7 +2277,7 @@
# isdns read dialog help 2/2
# modems read dialog help 2/2
#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2321,7 +2288,7 @@
# DSL write dialog help 1/2
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n"
@@ -2334,7 +2301,7 @@
# isdns read dialog help 2/2
# modems read dialog help 2/2
#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2344,8 +2311,8 @@
"כפתור <B>בטל</B> עכשיו.</P>"
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n"
@@ -2353,16 +2320,23 @@
"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678)
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n"
+"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n"
+"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n"
+"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
# DSL overview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2374,7 +2348,7 @@
"לערוך את ההגדרות.<BR></P>"
# isdns overview dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2384,7 +2358,7 @@
"אם תלחצו על <B>הוסף</B>, באפשרותכם לשנות ידנית את הגדרות ה ISDN.</P>"
# DSL overview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2396,7 +2370,7 @@
"ואז לחצו על הכפתור המתאים: <B>ערוך</B> or <B>מחק</B>.</P>"
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2406,12 +2380,12 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2420,7 +2394,7 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2428,13 +2402,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2442,14 +2416,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
@@ -2458,7 +2432,7 @@
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2467,14 +2441,14 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2482,7 +2456,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2490,7 +2464,7 @@
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2498,7 +2472,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2508,7 +2482,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2522,26 +2496,26 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2549,7 +2523,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2557,7 +2531,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2565,7 +2539,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2573,19 +2547,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2596,11 +2570,11 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2610,20 +2584,20 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>SLP תמיכת</big></b></p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2633,7 +2607,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
@@ -2646,36 +2620,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
-" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
+"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
-msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2693,7 +2667,7 @@
# DSL dialog help 1/7
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
@@ -2705,8 +2679,7 @@
"<p>כאן תוכלו לשנות את ההגדרות החשובות ביותר\n"
"של חיבור ה DSL שלכם.</p>"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2715,8 +2688,7 @@
"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2727,8 +2699,7 @@
"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2748,8 +2719,7 @@
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2759,7 +2729,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2769,15 +2739,13 @@
"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -2788,31 +2756,31 @@
# DIALOG TEXTS
# title for ISDN IP address dialog
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
# Popup text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
@@ -2841,27 +2809,27 @@
# ComboBox label
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgstr "מצ&ב PPP"
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79
msgid "TTLS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81
msgid "PEAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83
msgid "TLS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n"
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
@@ -2869,11 +2837,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98
msgid "&Identity"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
@@ -2882,24 +2850,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110
msgid "&Anonymous Identity"
msgstr ""
# PasswordEntry label
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125
msgid "&Client Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
@@ -2909,25 +2877,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client &Key"
msgstr "לקוחות"
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client Key Pass&word"
msgstr "סיסמת Root"
#. text entry label
#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority)
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166
msgid "&Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n"
"a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n"
@@ -2935,11 +2903,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&פרטים"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220
msgid ""
"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n"
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
@@ -2948,12 +2916,12 @@
# AT
# Frame label
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Authentication Method"
msgstr "הרשאה"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n"
"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n"
@@ -2962,12 +2930,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button group label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "&PEAP Version"
msgstr "&גרסאות"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
@@ -2975,115 +2943,115 @@
# button text
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Any"
msgstr "&החל"
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr "&תיאור ארוך"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox item
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
msgid "Master"
msgstr "אדון"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr "רשת"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
# push button
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
#, fuzzy
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
@@ -3091,26 +3059,26 @@
"נסו שוב.\n"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3118,20 +3086,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -3140,97 +3108,82 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726
-msgid ""
-"<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
-"the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-# Combobox label
-#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734
-msgid "&Frequency"
-msgstr "&תדירות"
-
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
#, fuzzy
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "מצ&ב PPP"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
msgid "Help"
msgstr "עזרה"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3240,7 +3193,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3250,68 +3203,68 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Default"
msgstr "ברירת מחדל"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "בחר קטגוריה"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
@@ -3319,33 +3272,33 @@
# label text
# ComboBox entry: hardware clock set UTC
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
#, fuzzy
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "זמן עולמי מתואם"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
#, fuzzy
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "&פרטים"
@@ -3392,12 +3345,12 @@
msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3405,77 +3358,70 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
-#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
-#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265
-msgid "unplugged"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr ""
@@ -3485,14 +3431,14 @@
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
@@ -3500,124 +3446,124 @@
# Table label
# Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "מודמים"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
# Table label
# Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "התקני DSL."
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
# Popup text
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
# Popup text
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "The domain name is invalid."
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134
msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144
msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP"
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
#. help
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות DNS"
# ComboBox item
# ComboBox item (device start mode)
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only Manually"
msgstr "ידנית"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
msgid "Use Default Policy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
msgid "Use Custom Policy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167
msgid "&Custom Policy Rule"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177
msgid "Name Server &1"
msgstr ""
# Popup text
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid."
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do&main Search"
msgstr "&חיפוש"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228
msgid "Name Server &2"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230
msgid "Name Server &3"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251
msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname/DNS"
msgstr "וייטנאמית"
@@ -3627,7 +3573,7 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event
#. @param event the event being handled
#. @return nil so that the dialog loops on
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442
msgid "No interface with dhcp"
msgstr ""
@@ -3635,18 +3581,18 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
# popup text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
#, fuzzy
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
@@ -3655,7 +3601,7 @@
# Popup text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
#, fuzzy
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
@@ -3663,7 +3609,7 @@
# Screen title for timezone screen
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת שעון ואיזור זמן"
@@ -3712,12 +3658,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3803,7 +3749,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3831,12 +3777,12 @@
msgstr "&מחק"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54
msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression"
msgstr ""
#. dial prefix regex help
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n"
"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
@@ -3846,47 +3792,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button group label,method of setup
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69
msgid "Setup Method"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75
msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77
msgid "S&tatic Address Setup"
msgstr ""
# help text
# helptext expert partitioning. 6 of 16
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>H</p>"
msgstr "<p>וכולי.</p>"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95
msgid "At Boot Time"
msgstr ""
#. is a part of the static help text
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102
msgid "Never"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "By NetworkManager"
msgstr "רשת"
#. help text for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111
msgid ""
"<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n"
"controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST."
@@ -3895,12 +3841,12 @@
# ComboBox item
# ComboBox item (device start mode)
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "ידנית"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n"
"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
@@ -3908,13 +3854,13 @@
# label text - one step of during network test
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid "On Cable Connection"
msgstr "- סגור חיבור"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129
msgid ""
"<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n"
"The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n"
@@ -3924,13 +3870,13 @@
# ComboBox item
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "On Hotplug"
msgstr "HotPlug"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140
msgid ""
"With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n"
"the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n"
@@ -3940,37 +3886,28 @@
# ComboBox item
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149
#, fuzzy
msgid "On NFSroot"
msgstr "באתחול"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151
msgid ""
"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
-"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activate &Device"
msgstr "הפעל את השינויים"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
@@ -3978,60 +3915,60 @@
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235
msgid "IPoIB Device Mode"
msgstr ""
# DIALOG TEXTS
# title of ISDN interface detail screen
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall is not installed."
msgstr "פרטיי הגדרת ה ISDN"
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253
msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254
msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255
msgid "576 (dial-up)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262
msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263
msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "NetworkManager Service"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgid "Traditional ifup"
msgstr "סינית מסורתית"
#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service"
msgid "Wicked Service"
@@ -4039,7 +3976,7 @@
# Frame title
#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Services Disabled"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
@@ -4047,11 +3984,11 @@
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
@@ -4059,20 +3996,20 @@
msgstr ""
# label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr "התקני רשת בליבה"
# DIALOG TEXTS
# title for ISDN IP address dialog
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "אפשר IrDA"
@@ -4081,13 +4018,13 @@
# Column header
# header text
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "התקן"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "IPv4 כתובת"
@@ -4095,12 +4032,12 @@
# DIALOG TEXTS
# title for ISDN IP address dialog
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
#, fuzzy
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
@@ -4108,56 +4045,66 @@
# label text
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "שנה מדיה"
# Frame title
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
+#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration
+#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten
+#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
+#.
+#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "configured"
+msgstr "&התאם."
+
# PushButton label
#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue
#.
#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Network Restart"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24
msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
msgstr ""
# label text
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr "&שם התקן"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99
msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "כתובת DASD"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
# error popup text
#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr ""
@@ -4166,14 +4113,14 @@
"או בטלו.\n"
# Commandline help title
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
@@ -4181,18 +4128,18 @@
# progress stages
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "עדכון תצורה"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת"
@@ -4200,7 +4147,7 @@
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
@@ -4208,7 +4155,7 @@
# progress stages
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
@@ -4216,33 +4163,33 @@
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "&שם משפחה:"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4392,7 +4339,7 @@
# Final progress step
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
@@ -4404,98 +4351,98 @@
# Network dialog caption
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
# Screen title for timezone screen
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת שעון ואיזור זמן"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "רשת"
@@ -4503,7 +4450,7 @@
#. Import data
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
msgstr ""
@@ -4511,161 +4458,160 @@
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "רשת"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "רשת"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "רשת"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "להמשיך ?"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
# DIALOG TEXTS
# title for ISDN IP address dialog
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IPv4 כתובת"
# DIALOG TEXTS
# title for ISDN IP address dialog
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN"
-#. FIXME:
-#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
+#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "להמשיך ?"
# label text
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "&שם התקן"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "להמשיך ?"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
# column description, if disk space is not known
# label text
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
@@ -4706,12 +4652,12 @@
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4719,45 +4665,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. at first stop the running routes
-#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
+#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
@@ -4765,24 +4711,24 @@
# GT
# Table header 2/4
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "מעבר"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -4796,6 +4742,25 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr ""
+# Commandline option help
+#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
+#~ msgstr "פרוטוקול אתחול ההתקן"
+
+# Commandline help title
+# Network cards summary dialog caption
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת"
+
+# ComboBox item
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Hotplug Type"
+#~ msgstr "HotPlug"
+
+# Combobox label
+#~ msgid "&Frequency"
+#~ msgstr "&תדירות"
+
# label text
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Device name:"
@@ -6205,10 +6170,6 @@
#~ msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Configure"
-#~ msgstr "&התאם."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Runing SuSEconfig..."
#~ msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..."
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,55 +17,55 @@
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
#. Command line help text for the nfs module
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29
msgid "Configuration of NFS client"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43
msgid "List configured NFS mounts"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50
msgid "Add an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55
msgid "Edit an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60
msgid "Delete an NFS mount"
msgstr ""
#. host:path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_spec
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70
msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')"
msgstr ""
#. path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_file
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79
msgid "Local mount point"
msgstr ""
#. a list?
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_mntops
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89
msgid "Mount options"
msgstr ""
#. nfs or nfs4
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_type
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98
msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs."
msgstr ""
@@ -74,51 +74,51 @@
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481
msgid "Server"
msgstr "שרת"
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote File System"
msgstr "מערכת קבצים מרוחקת"
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "נקודת עגינה"
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488
msgid "Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות"
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"."
msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1"
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334
msgid "No NFS mount specified."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253
msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271
msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83
msgid ""
"The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n"
"shorter than 50 characters and only use\n"
@@ -129,14 +129,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -144,14 +144,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p>The table contains all directories \n"
"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n"
"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n"
@@ -160,14 +160,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 3 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
@@ -178,17 +178,17 @@
#. selection box label
#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows
#. NFS servers only
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NFS Server Hostname"
msgstr "TFTP שרת זמין"
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@
#. pushbutton label
#. choose a host from a list
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255
msgid "Choo&se"
msgstr "בחר"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Remote Directory"
msgstr "ספריית תמונה Boot "
@@ -210,23 +210,23 @@
#. select from a list of remote filesystems
#. make it short
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&בחר"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS&v4 Share"
msgstr "NFS ייצוא"
#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
msgid "pNFS (v4.1)"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Mount Point (local)"
msgstr "&נקודת עגינה"
@@ -234,29 +234,29 @@
#. button label
#. browse directories to select a mount point
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "&סרוק"
# button text
# label text
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "אפשר&ויות"
#. label message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "סורק למארחים ב LAN... זה"
#. Translators: 1st part of error message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325
msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...)
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331
msgid ""
"\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -264,20 +264,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356
msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..."
msgstr ""
# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
#. heading for a directory selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the Mount Point"
msgstr "בחרו מה לערוך"
#. help text 1/4
#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n"
"<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n"
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
#. help text 2/4
#. added "Select" button
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429
msgid ""
"<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n"
"enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n"
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439
msgid ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n"
@@ -304,73 +304,73 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450
msgid ""
"<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n"
"read the man page mount(8).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
msgid "Help"
msgstr "עזרה"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Directory"
msgstr "בחר ספריה"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Type"
msgstr "סוג"
-#. `VSpacing (1),
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522
+#. #211570
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "מאופשר"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508
msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Security"
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "&אבטחה"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NFS Shares"
msgstr "NFS ייצוא"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS &Settings"
msgstr "הגדרות BIOS"
#. Default values
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
# Network dialog caption
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -380,84 +380,84 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "התחל שרותים"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "הפסק שרותים"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "מפסיק שרותים..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr "NFS ייצוא"
# Frame label
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr "התקני DSL להגדרה"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140
msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed."
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149
-msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\""
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151
+msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'"
msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'"
msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163
msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/nis.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/nis.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/nis.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1"
msgstr ""
-#. firewall openning help
+#. firewall opening help
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028
msgid "NIS client"
msgstr ""
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fin&d"
msgstr "פינלנד"
@@ -269,13 +269,6 @@
msgid "&Use NIS"
msgstr ""
-# ComboBox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr "מצ&ב התחלה"
-
# main dialog: Menu-Button for Expert options
#. button label (short for Expert settings)
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489
@@ -291,9 +284,16 @@
msgid "NFS Configuration..."
msgstr "הגדרות פקס"
+# ComboBox label
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
+msgstr "מצ&ב התחלה"
+
#. dialog title
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
msgid "Configuration of NIS client"
msgstr ""
@@ -301,12 +301,12 @@
#. but the domain is unknown.
#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers
#. but the domain is unknown.
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904
msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593
msgid ""
"When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n"
"you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n"
@@ -314,123 +314,123 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676
msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
#. Check, ie. turn on a check box
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684
msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692
msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731
msgid "Expert settings"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708
msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712
msgid "Br&oken server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind')
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719
msgid "Other &ypbind options"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: multilineedit label
#. comma: ","
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846
msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874
msgid "Domain Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit...
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877
msgid "&Domain name"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932
msgid "This domain is already defined."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937
msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgstr ""
#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946
msgid ""
"Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n"
"does not make any sense. Select just one option."
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979
msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987
msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
#. dialog subtitle
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038
msgid "Additional Domains"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
#, fuzzy
msgid "Domain"
msgstr "רומנית"
#. table header
#. summary header
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. table header - Service Location Protocol
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009
msgid "SLP"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
msgid "Servers"
msgstr "שרתים"
@@ -438,17 +438,17 @@
# Button in RAID-WF
# button text
#. button label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "ה&וסף"
#. Translators: a yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123
msgid "Really delete this domain?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text FIXME better...
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253
msgid "NIS is now enabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -524,47 +524,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206
msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "התחל שרותים"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "הפסק שרותים"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "מפסיק שרותים..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "פינית"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227
msgid "Writing NIS client settings"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252
msgid "Error while running ypclient."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -77,25 +77,25 @@
msgstr "&התאם."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -1256,27 +1256,27 @@
msgstr "מאתחל..."
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
msgid "Read NTP settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1286,94 +1286,94 @@
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "פינית"
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
# Commandline help title
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "הגדרות פקס"
@@ -1381,29 +1381,29 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב"
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
#. Remove any removals
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291
msgid "Removing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Patterns..."
msgstr "מתקין דריבר..."
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
@@ -398,40 +398,40 @@
msgid "Adding repository %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123
msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "&פרטים"
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "נסה שוב"
#. * Install all the specified packages
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185
msgid "Marking package %1 for installation"
msgstr ""
#. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo.
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed."
msgstr "חבילות שנבחרו יותקנו."
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Performing Installation..."
msgstr "בצע התקנה"
#. * Install all the specified patterns
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252
msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-21 15:01+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yevgeny <linuxguy(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51
msgid ""
"Packages for package management were updated.\n"
-"Finishing and restarting now."
+"Finishing and restarting YaST now."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
@@ -313,71 +313,56 @@
msgstr "בסדר"
#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 "
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236
msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress"
msgstr ""
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM).
#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 "
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284
msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
msgstr ""
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 "
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337
-msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354
msgid "Script Execution Progress"
msgstr ""
#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting script %1"
msgstr "מתחיל בפקודה %1..."
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430
msgid ""
"Patch %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popoup (detailed info follows)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549
msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/packager.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/packager.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/packager.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository"
msgstr "תקציר הגדרות ניתוב"
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?"
msgstr "האם באמת ברצונך/nלאתחל את פרטי הבחירה שלך?"
@@ -246,28 +246,28 @@
# Network dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check network configuration"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download list of online repositories"
msgstr "הורדת מסמכי שחרור הגירסה"
# Network dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking network configuration..."
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
# Progress step 2/4
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..."
msgstr "מוריד את מסמך השחרור העדכני..."
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize the repository manager"
msgstr "מאתחל..."
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the repository manager..."
msgstr "מאתחל..."
@@ -291,14 +291,14 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
# Help text for last dialog of base installation
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The packager is being initialized and \n"
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot download list of repositories,\n"
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No product URL defined from which to download\n"
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to download list of repositories\n"
@@ -338,13 +338,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text
#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes")
#. see *4
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>סיכום:</b> %1<br>"
#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "כן"
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository
#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository
#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n"
@@ -369,27 +369,27 @@
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&פילטר"
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "&List of Repositories"
msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository Description"
msgstr "&תיאור ארוך"
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
# advise the user to wait for completion
# part 1 of 2
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>List of default online repositories.\n"
@@ -411,23 +411,23 @@
"<br></p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>"
msgstr ""
# Progress step 2/4
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "מוריד את מסמך השחרור העדכני..."
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
# part 1 of 2
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
@@ -455,15 +455,15 @@
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repository %1 failed."
msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete deselected online repositories"
msgstr "מחק ספריה מייצוא"
@@ -471,14 +471,14 @@
# Popup text
# Progress step 1/5
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..."
msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..."
# Commandline option help
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add all selected online repositories"
msgstr "הצג רק כרטיסים מוגדרים"
@@ -486,27 +486,27 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add repository: %1"
msgstr "הוסף ספריה"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step,
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..."
msgstr "הוסף ספריה"
#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736
msgid ""
"Low memory detected.\n"
"\n"
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "מתקין על:"
@@ -572,8 +572,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "מאתחל..."
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@
# label text
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "דיסק %1"
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@
msgstr "הגדרת לוח מקשים"
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
@@ -943,32 +943,32 @@
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
# PushButton label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
# PushButton label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
@@ -976,19 +976,19 @@
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "מחק ספריה מייצוא"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@
msgstr "מחק ספריה מייצוא"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@
msgstr "מחק ספריה מייצוא"
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'."
@@ -1130,20 +1130,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr "התחלה"
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1569,54 +1569,62 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
+#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
+#. or check the content file
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
+msgid ""
+"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
+"The add-on product cannot be registered."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
# label text
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "דיסק %1"
# label text
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "דיסק %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "מידע נוסף"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "מחק חבילות ישנות"
@@ -1624,7 +1632,7 @@
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:"
@@ -1632,21 +1640,21 @@
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "קבוצה לא ידועה"
@@ -1743,7 +1751,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total"
msgstr "פורטוגל"
@@ -1753,94 +1761,94 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "הורדה נכשלה."
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr "רומנית"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr "הורדה נכשלה."
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr ""
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "הורדה נכשלה."
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "מוצר: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "חבילות חדשות להתקין : %1"
@@ -1848,84 +1856,84 @@
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "הורדת מסמכי שחרור הגירסה"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr ""
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr ""
#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected packages will be installed."
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr "חבילות שנבחרו יותקנו."
#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr ""
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
msgstr ""
#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1936,13 +1944,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "הוסף ספריה"
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1950,44 +1958,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr ""
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "מאתחל..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "הכנס CD %1 מ %2."
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "מדיה לא נמצאה"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -1995,13 +2003,13 @@
# popup text
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "מאבחן מחיצות. רגע אחד בבקשה."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -2009,7 +2017,7 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
-#. @param string filename
+#. @param [String] license_ident file name
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
@@ -2049,39 +2057,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
+#. #459391
+#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "הסכם הרשיון"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "בצע התקנה"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
#, fuzzy
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "מערכת נכבית..."
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "License Agreement"
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr "הסכם הרשיון"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -2136,163 +2154,152 @@
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
-#. remote
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
-msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
-
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
msgid "&Scan Using SLP..."
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "Commun&ity Repositories"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr "HTTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr "HTTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr "HTTP"
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720
-msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
# main dialog: Button EVMS
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&NFS..."
+msgid "NF&S..."
msgstr "E&VMS..."
# button text
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
#, fuzzy
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr "&RAID"
# button text
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr "&RAID"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr "&תיאור ארוך"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "שם שרת:"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Protocol"
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "&פרוטוקול"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Options"
msgid "Mount Options"
@@ -2300,7 +2307,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default"
msgid "(default)"
@@ -2308,13 +2315,13 @@
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "פרוטוקול"
@@ -2322,7 +2329,7 @@
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:"
@@ -2331,13 +2338,13 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "תוצאות:"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "שרת NFS"
@@ -2345,31 +2352,31 @@
# header text
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "שילוב מתקן CD/DVD"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "כונן"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "ספריה:"
@@ -2379,58 +2386,58 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "בחר ספריה"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
# Label for result of internet test
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "תוצאות:"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "שם שרת:"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2440,23 +2447,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2465,42 +2472,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2508,19 +2515,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "ספריה:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2530,23 +2537,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "מערכת &קבצים"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "ספריה:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2559,7 +2566,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2570,12 +2577,12 @@
# Column header
# header text
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "התקן&"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2587,13 +2594,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2601,82 +2608,82 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "שם שרת:"
# PT
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&פורט"
# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "התחלה"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "ספריה:"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "ספריה לייצוא"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "שם המי&כל"
# PasswordEntry label
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
#, fuzzy
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "HTTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
#, fuzzy
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTTP"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2691,7 +2698,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2700,12 +2707,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2713,7 +2720,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2721,7 +2728,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2731,7 +2738,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2741,26 +2748,26 @@
# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "בחרו מה לערוך"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
-#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359
+#. use three slashes as third slash means path
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2771,17 +2778,26 @@
# MK
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "מקדונית"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "מידע נוסף"
+#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "URL is invalid."
+msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
+msgstr "URL לא תקין"
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
#, fuzzy
@@ -2907,7 +2923,7 @@
#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr ""
@@ -3023,6 +3039,10 @@
msgstr "בבקשה בחר"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
+#~ msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
#~ msgstr "כן, אני מסכים להסכם הרשיון"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/pam.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/pam.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/pam.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-02 12:57+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-23 18:44+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -46,18 +46,18 @@
msgstr "<p><big><b>מרענן מאגר</b</big></p> <p>מנהל החבילות מעדכן את תוכן המאגר...</p>"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:651
+#: src/Package.cc:655
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "החבילה לא ניתנת להתקנה."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:657
+#: src/Package.cc:661
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "חבילה לא זמינה."
#. still not initialized, throw an exception
#. translators: this is an error message
-#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128
+#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129
msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager"
msgstr "לא ניתן להתחבר למנהל החבילות"
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
msgid "Download Descriptions"
msgstr "מוריד תאורים"
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155
#: src/Source_Load.cc:479
msgid "Rebuild Cache"
msgstr "בונה מחדש מטמון"
@@ -99,17 +99,17 @@
msgid "Adding the Repository..."
msgstr "מוסיף מאגר..."
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325
msgid "Downloading "
msgstr "מוריד"
#. stages: "download", "build cache"
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:401
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:406
msgid "Refresh Metadata"
msgstr "מרענן מטא נתונים"
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:409
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:414
msgid "Refreshing Repository..."
msgstr "מרענן מאגר..."
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/printer.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/printer.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/printer.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -229,8 +229,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox.
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a driver."
msgstr "בחרו שם להתקן loop."
@@ -487,8 +487,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "לא נמצא דבר"
@@ -691,8 +691,8 @@
#. Exit this dialog in any case:
#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
#. Have the PageSize option topmost:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335
#, fuzzy
msgid "No driver options available"
msgstr "אין תיאור זמין"
@@ -1054,7 +1054,11 @@
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061
#, fuzzy
msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed."
msgstr "חבילות שנבחרו יותקנו."
@@ -1064,147 +1068,140 @@
msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
+msgstr "חבילות שנבחרו יותקנו."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
#, fuzzy
msgid "Never Disable the Queue"
msgstr "ערך ברירת מחדל:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181
msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189
msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries"
msgstr ""
# label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a specific connection type."
msgstr "- סגור חיבור"
#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Connection Type"
msgstr "סוג מיכל"
# label text
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directly Connected Device"
msgstr "כונני CD/DVD שזוהו"
-# push button
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Parallel Port"
-msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
-
# PT
+#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB Port"
msgstr "&פורט"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Serial Port"
-msgstr "פורט סיריאלי"
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239
msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242
msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox item
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
msgstr "פרוטוקול נקודה לנקודה"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252
msgid "Print via Print Server Machine"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255
msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257
msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)"
msgstr ""
#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)"
msgstr "שרת"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235
-msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)"
-msgstr ""
-
# push button
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Special"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272
msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276
msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279
msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290
msgid "Connection Settings"
msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
@@ -1219,7 +1216,7 @@
#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK".
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection Wizard"
msgstr "סוג מיכל"
@@ -1229,12 +1226,12 @@
#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped.
#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped.
#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366
msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368
msgid ""
"An untested and insecure workaround might be\n"
"to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n"
@@ -1245,14 +1242,14 @@
#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP
#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here
#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a connection"
msgstr "- סגור חיבור"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected
#. because there is no connection available to be selected:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446
msgid ""
"If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n"
"to access the device via this type of connection.\n"
@@ -1260,56 +1257,60 @@
msgstr ""
# label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a valid connection"
msgstr "- סגור חיבור"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected
#. because the current connection is no longer valid:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457
msgid ""
"When the current connection is no longer valid,\n"
"it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n"
"Is the printer still connected and switched on?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497
msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values
#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564
#, fuzzy
msgid "URI could not be empty."
msgstr "לא יכל ליצור את הספריה"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574
msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580
msgid "Both user and password must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616
+#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible.
+#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name
+#.
+#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servername could not be empty."
msgstr "לא יכל ליצור את הספריה"
@@ -1320,20 +1321,20 @@
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748
msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2'
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not be empty."
msgstr "לא יכל ליצור את הספריה"
@@ -1341,12 +1342,12 @@
# popup text
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'."
msgstr "בחרו שם להתקן loop."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830
msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network"
msgstr ""
@@ -1355,36 +1356,36 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904
msgid ""
"Please wait...\n"
"This could take more than a minute."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1394,7 +1395,7 @@
#. });
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929
msgid ""
"Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n"
"(Network issue or firewall active?)"
@@ -1402,7 +1403,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969
msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
@@ -1412,14 +1413,14 @@
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121
msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040
msgid ""
"This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n"
"if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n"
@@ -1429,30 +1430,30 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091
msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test OK"
msgstr "&בחינה"
#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
msgstr ""
#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues."
msgstr ""
@@ -1609,69 +1610,62 @@
msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG"
msgstr ""
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190
-msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr.
#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202
msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver"
msgstr ""
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available
#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available"
msgstr "אין תיאור זמין"
#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225
msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located"
msgstr ""
#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "&סרוק"
#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a printer description file"
msgstr "אין תיאור זמין"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666
msgid "Cannot access '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr ""
#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700
msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available"
msgstr "אין תיאור זמין"
@@ -2163,7 +2157,7 @@
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
-"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
+"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
@@ -2272,34 +2266,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
-"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n"
+"Devices which are connected via USB\n"
"are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
"For example:<br>\n"
-"parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
-"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
-"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
-"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n"
-"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n"
-"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n"
-"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n"
-"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n"
-"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n"
-"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n"
-"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n"
-"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n"
-"see the manual of your serial printer.\n"
-"Example device URIs:<br>\n"
-"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
-"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a bluetooth printer.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2340,7 +2313,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2412,23 +2385,10 @@
"The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
-"<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n"
-"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n"
-"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n"
-"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n"
-"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-"novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n"
-"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2442,7 +2402,7 @@
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n"
"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n"
-"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n"
+"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n"
"The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n"
"which is then called by beh.\n"
@@ -2470,7 +2430,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2509,7 +2469,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n"
@@ -2526,7 +2486,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
@@ -2542,7 +2502,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n"
@@ -2557,7 +2517,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2571,7 +2531,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
@@ -2587,7 +2547,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n"
@@ -2607,7 +2567,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
@@ -2643,7 +2603,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2655,14 +2615,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n"
"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n"
"Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n"
-"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
+"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
"and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n"
"the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n"
"can overwrite the default error policy\n"
@@ -2681,7 +2641,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2700,7 +2660,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2848,32 +2808,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "שרת"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2881,44 +2841,44 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "בחרו שם להתקן loop."
# label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "לא יכול להוריד את הערות השיחרור"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "אשר התקנה"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
# Commandline help title
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "הגדרות DNS"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2931,37 +2891,37 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "אשר התקנה"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "כונני CD/DVD שזוהו"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "פינית"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2970,27 +2930,27 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
# label text
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "כונני CD/DVD שזוהו"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2998,7 +2958,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
@@ -3019,29 +2979,29 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "&נטרל את שרות"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
@@ -3050,26 +3010,26 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
# Title for dialogue
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr "המיחוץ המוצע"
@@ -3090,14 +3050,14 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
# label text
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "כונני CD/DVD שזוהו"
@@ -3105,42 +3065,42 @@
# popup text
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "לא יכול ליצור RAID"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3900,131 +3860,59 @@
msgstr "מאתר מודמים..."
#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to add queue %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case
#. which should not happen at all:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
msgid "Failed to determine the driver options."
msgstr ""
#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Any value"
msgid "new value"
msgstr "כל ערך"
#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "or any value"
msgid "saved value"
msgstr "או כל ערך"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)."
-msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The server '"
+msgstr "שרת"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
-msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
-msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386
-msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called
-#. indirectly without a button click by the user
-#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409
-msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important
-#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454
-msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but it the last test is not really important
-#. so that the last test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555
-msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644
-msgid "The server '%1' is unknown."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n"
"This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n"
@@ -4035,7 +3923,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -4044,7 +3932,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
@@ -4054,7 +3942,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name.
#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423
msgid ""
"To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
"Use 'Driver Packages' to install it."
@@ -4208,7 +4096,16 @@
msgid "&Skip waiting"
msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
+# push button
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Parallel Port"
+#~ msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Serial Port"
+#~ msgstr "פורט סיריאלי"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Trigger Automatic Configuration to Run Now"
#~ msgstr "הגדרות התקן"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,113 +17,6 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
-#. Commandline help title
-#. Proxy dialog caption
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration"
-msgid "Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr "הגדרות"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40
-msgid "Enable proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Write the settings"
-msgid "Disable proxy settings"
-msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
-msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
-msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66
-msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
-msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
-msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88
-msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93
-msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98
-msgid "Set FTP proxy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103
-msgid "Clear all options listed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107
-msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114
-msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121
-msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-# PasswordEntry label
-#. ask the user
-#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Password:"
-msgid "Password:"
-msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
-
-#. Return a modification status
-#. @return true if data was modified
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109
-msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr "מצב הגדרת ה Proxy"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr "מאופשר"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112
-msgid "HTTP"
-msgstr "HTTP"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "HTTP"
-msgid "HTTPS"
-msgstr "HTTP"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120
-msgid "FTP"
-msgstr "HTTP"
-
#. Informative label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "No details available."
@@ -192,6 +85,14 @@
msgid "Proxy settings work correctly."
msgstr ""
+#. Proxy dialog caption
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration"
+msgid "Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr "הגדרות"
+
#. Proxy dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405
msgid ""
@@ -329,13 +230,13 @@
msgstr "הגדרות BIOS בסיסיות"
#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615
msgid ""
"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n"
"Really use these settings?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628
msgid ""
"Security warning:\n"
"Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n"
@@ -344,48 +245,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643
msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659
msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL is invalid."
msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "URL לא תקין"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705
msgid ""
"One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n"
"Check if all domains match one of the following:\n"
@@ -395,25 +296,124 @@
"* Domain name prefixed by '.'"
msgstr ""
+#. Return a modification status
+#. @return true if data was modified
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104
+msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr "מצב הגדרת ה Proxy"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "מאופשר"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107
+msgid "HTTP"
+msgstr "HTTP"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "HTTP"
+msgid "HTTPS"
+msgstr "HTTP"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115
+msgid "FTP"
+msgstr "HTTP"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35
+msgid "Enable proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the settings"
+msgid "Disable proxy settings"
+msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
+msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
+msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61
+msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
+msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
+msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83
+msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88
+msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93
+msgid "Set FTP proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98
+msgid "Clear all options listed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102
+msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109
+msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116
+msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+# PasswordEntry label
+#. ask the user
+#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Password:"
+msgid "Password:"
+msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
+
#. Popup headline
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39
msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
msgstr ""
# progress stages
-#. Write routing settings and apply changes
+#. Write proxy settings and apply changes
#. @return true if success
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update configuration"
msgid "Update proxy configuration"
msgstr "עדכון תצורה"
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
@@ -422,34 +422,34 @@
# progress stages
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
#. but only when Progress is visible
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Updating proxy configuration..."
msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418
msgid "Proxy is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423
msgid "Proxy is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432
msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440
msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447
msgid "FTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/qt-pkg.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/qt-pkg.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/qt-pkg.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,73 +16,73 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Update Problems"
msgstr "מצג עדכון"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patter&ns"
msgstr "שחקנים"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package &Groups"
msgstr "חבילות"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379
#, fuzzy
msgid "&RPM Groups"
msgstr "קבוצות RPM"
# label text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Languages"
msgstr "שפה"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "&חיפוש"
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "התקנת מקור"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr "&גרסאות"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585
#, fuzzy
msgid "File List"
msgstr "&רשימת קובץ"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr "&שינוי"
@@ -91,204 +91,211 @@
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#. button #0
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258
-#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "צרפת"
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&קבל"
# CL
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File"
msgstr "צ'ילה"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702
msgid "&Package"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
#, fuzzy
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr "חבילות"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr "טלאים."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "הגדרות"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "עדכון מקוון"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr "חבילה תלויה ב"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr ""
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "חפש חבילות"
+
# button text
# label text
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&אפשרויות"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr "שמור רשימת חבילה"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr "שמור רשימת חבילה"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "הגדרות מערכת"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
-msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr "הראה את ה&קודם"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr "קטגוריות חבירה"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Show &Next"
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr "הראה את ה&בא"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "חפש חבילות"
+
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&עזרה"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr "טלאים."
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr "שמור רשימת חבילה"
@@ -296,63 +303,63 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "שגיאה"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr "טוען רשימת חבילה"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr ""
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr "חבילות שנבחרו יותקנו."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "המשך"
# FR
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "צרפת"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr ""
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
-#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
-#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
-#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120
+#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165
+#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
msgid "&OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -401,7 +408,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428
msgid "C&ontinue"
msgstr ""
@@ -1609,10 +1616,42 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207
msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length.
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398
+msgid ""
+"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n"
+"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n"
+"package at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406
+msgid ""
+"This version is multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n"
+"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415
+msgid ""
+"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n"
+"and unselect all other versions,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog heading
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
+msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
+
#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture,
#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from,
#. %4 is the repository's priority
@@ -1620,13 +1659,13 @@
#. Examples:
#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE
#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE
-#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
-#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402
+#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
+#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586
msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570
msgid "This version is installed in your system."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/qt.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/qt.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/qt.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 22:25+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yevgney\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -51,18 +51,24 @@
# LVM Helptext headline
#. Window title for help wizard window
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320
+#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112
msgid "Help"
msgstr "עזרה"
#. Close button for wizard help window
#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132
msgid "&Close"
msgstr "&סגור"
+# label of combobox where the log is selected
+#. Window title for help wizard window
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes..."
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "הערות שחרור..."
+
#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr "עורך גיליון סגנונות"
@@ -81,12 +87,12 @@
msgstr "לחיצה לא צפויה"
#. parent
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:623
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:629
msgid "Color switching"
msgstr "החלפת צבע"
#. caption
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:624
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:630
msgid ""
"Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n"
"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors."
@@ -120,25 +126,42 @@
msgid "Configure YaST Logging:"
msgstr "הגדר רישום YaST"
+#. Help button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Help" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340
+msgid "&Help"
+msgstr "&עזרה"
+
# label of combobox where the log is selected
#.
#. "Release Notes" button
#.
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:869
+#. Release Notes button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Release Notes" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes..."
-msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "&Release Notes"
msgstr "הערות שחרור..."
-#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324
-msgid "Steps"
+#. "Steps" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Steps"
+msgid "&Steps"
msgstr "צעדים"
-#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328
-msgid "Tree"
+#. "Tree" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tree"
+msgid "&Tree"
msgstr "עץ"
# RadioButton label
@@ -198,9 +221,6 @@
#~ msgid "&Verify System"
#~ msgstr "מערכת"
-#~ msgid "&Help"
-#~ msgstr "&עזרה"
-
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Patches"
#~ msgstr "טלאים."
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-14 10:54+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/rear.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/rear.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/rear.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -263,6 +263,12 @@
msgid "Reading Rear Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות חומרה"
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
+
# Frame title
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
@@ -270,12 +276,6 @@
msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgid "Analyzing system"
-msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/registration.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/registration.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/registration.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,26 +18,26 @@
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "הכנה"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
msgid ""
"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "הכנה"
# Network dialog caption
#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
@@ -45,219 +45,70 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "הכנה"
-#. display the registration update dialog
+#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#. dialog title
+#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after
+#. pressing "Next"
#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
+#. @return [Symbol] user input
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "הכנה"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Registration is being updated..."
-msgstr "הכנה"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217
-msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
-"You can manually register the system from scratch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
-# Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
-msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452
-msgid "The system is already registered."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enter your e-mail address."
-msgid "&E-mail Address"
-msgstr "הכנס את כתובת הדואר אלקטרוני שלך."
-
-#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Registration &Code"
-msgstr "הכנה"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
-msgstr "הכנה"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Skip Registration"
-msgstr "הכנה"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334
-msgid ""
-"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to install the latest available\n"
-"on-line updates during installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. then register the product(s)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71
-msgid "Registering %s ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr "הכנה"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423
-msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441
-msgid ""
-"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
-"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Register Again"
-msgstr "הכנה"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
-msgid "Select Extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-# help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
-msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>המערכת שלך מוכנה לשימוש</p>"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471
-msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473
-msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The base product was not found,\n"
-"check your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501
-msgid ""
-"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
-"Report a bug at %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504
-msgid ""
-"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
-"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43
msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
msgstr ""
# Commandline command help
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "סיכום הגדרות פקס"
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
-#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
-#. but better than aborting the installation...
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228
+#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
+#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
+#. %s is name of given product
+#. then register the product(s)
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277
+msgid "Registering %s ..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr "הכנה"
@@ -340,33 +191,33 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60
msgid "Common Name (CN): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62
msgid "Organization (O): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64
msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "Issued By"
msgstr ""
@@ -398,39 +249,39 @@
msgstr "קו סיריאלי"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "הכנה"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -446,57 +297,57 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "הכנה"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "מידע נוסף"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "&פרטים..."
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -511,21 +362,37 @@
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
-#. register the system and the base product
-#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two
-#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil)
-#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts
-#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+msgid ""
+"The base product was not found,\n"
+"check your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update to %1"
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
@@ -535,71 +402,140 @@
#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the
#. installation workflow
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
-#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
+#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
+#. @return [Symbol] the user input
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "הכנה"
+# Commandline help title
+# Routing dialog caption
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
+msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "הכנה"
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "הכנה"
+
+# popup text
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
+#| "for your new installation?"
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
+msgstr ""
+"האם ברצונכם להשתמש בנקודות העגינה האילו \n"
+" להתקנה החדשה שלכם ?"
+
+# popup text
+#. Yast::Mode.update
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
+#| "for your new installation?"
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
+msgstr ""
+"האם ברצונכם להשתמש בנקודות העגינה האילו \n"
+" להתקנה החדשה שלכם ?"
+
#. indent size used in summary text
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Certificate:"
msgstr ""
#. create UI label for a base product
-#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
+#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438
+msgid ""
+"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
+"The product cannot be registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control
+#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really quit?"
+msgid "Really abort?"
+msgstr "באמת לצאת?"
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "הסכם הרשיון"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir
-#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon
+#. @param [Addon] addon the addon
#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88
msgid ""
"Downloading the license for\n"
"%s\n"
@@ -607,30 +543,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46
msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
+#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the registration data."
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
@@ -638,258 +575,603 @@
msgstr[0] "הזן את מידע הרישום."
msgstr[1] "הזן את מידע הרישום."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44
+# PushButton label
+#. create the main dialog definition
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
-msgstr "הכנה"
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "&פרטים..."
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47
-msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+#. addon description widget
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "1 new update available."
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr "עדכון אחד חדש זמין."
+
+#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "הכנה"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
-# PushButton label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "&פרטים..."
+msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
+msgstr "הכנה"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
-#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "1 new update available."
-msgid "%s (not available)"
-msgstr "עדכון אחד חדש זמין."
+msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "הכנה"
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
msgstr "הכנה"
# Commandline option help
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+#. create the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device identifier"
msgid "Identifier"
msgstr "מזהה התקן"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58
msgid "Version"
msgstr "גרסה"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " Architecture: "
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "ארכיטקטורה:"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "Release Type"
msgstr "הערות שחרור"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration Code"
msgstr "הכנה"
#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72
msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
msgstr ""
-#. disable download on a non-registered system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
-#. replace the content
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
+#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Versions"
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "&גרסאות"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " Architecture: "
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr "ארכיטקטורה:"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr "הערות שחרור"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration &Code"
+msgstr "הכנה"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#. the UI defition for the global registration status
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr "הכנה"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter your e-mail address."
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr "הכנס את כתובת הדואר אלקטרוני שלך."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
msgstr ""
# push button
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr "הכנה"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#. the UI defition for the main dialog
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "הכנה"
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr "הכנה"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Skip Registration"
+msgstr "הכנה"
+
+#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
+msgstr "הכנה"
+
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#. the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "The system is already registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
+"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
+"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really skip the registration now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+msgid ""
+"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
+"a registered system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
+#. not displayed in installed system
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+# Network dialog caption
+#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgstr "הגדרת רשת"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
msgid "Certificate has expired"
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid file name."
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr "שם קובץ לא תקין"
#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr "הכנה"
+#. register the base system if not already registered
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n"
+"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Migration Repositories"
+msgstr "מקורות תוכנה"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
+#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the item to edit."
+msgid "Select the Migration Repositories"
+msgstr "בחרו מה לערוך"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Manage Repositories..."
+msgstr "מקורות תוכנה"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server URL: "
+msgid "URL: %s"
+msgstr "קישור לשרת:"
+
+# label text
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
+msgid "Priority: %s"
+msgstr "עדי&פות Swap"
+
+#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it
+#. before the translation deadline...
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available
+#. updates now
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50
+msgid ""
+"Online updates are available for installation.\n"
+"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to install the updates now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# popup text
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An internal error has occurred!"
+msgid "Internal error: %s"
+msgstr "אירעה שגיאה פנימית!"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170
+msgid "No installed product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199
+msgid "No migration product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registering Migration Products..."
+msgstr "הכנה"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
+msgstr "מקורות תוכנה"
+
+# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the item to edit."
+msgid "Select the Migration Target"
+msgstr "בחרו מה לערוך"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the item to edit."
+msgid "Select the target migration."
+msgstr "בחרו מה לערוך"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Headline
+#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
+msgid "Migration Summary"
+msgstr "תקציר הגדרות DNS:"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
+#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
+#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
+#. using the selected migration.
+#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
+#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selected packages will be installed."
+msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
+msgstr "חבילות שנבחרו יותקנו."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240
+msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285
+msgid ""
+"The selected migration contains a product\n"
+"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n"
+"available at the registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>המערכת שלך מוכנה לשימוש</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Select Extensions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Again"
+msgstr "הכנה"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "הכנה"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "חיפוש..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "הזן את מידע הרישום."
@@ -1015,10 +1297,6 @@
#~ msgstr "חבילות שנבחרו יותקנו."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Updating software repositories..."
-#~ msgstr "מקורות תוכנה"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Registration failed partially."
#~ msgstr "הכנה"
@@ -1205,10 +1483,6 @@
#~ msgid "Set Default"
#~ msgstr "ברירת מחדל"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories"
-#~ msgstr "מקורות תוכנה"
-
# PushButton label
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Interval"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-01 08:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -325,26 +325,26 @@
msgstr "הגדרות שרת TFTP"
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307
msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
msgid "Read the current xend configuration"
msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319
msgid "Read the current xend state"
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. Progress stage 3/3
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Raid settings %1"
msgid "Read firewall settings"
@@ -353,72 +353,72 @@
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328
msgid "Reading the current xend state..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339
msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346
msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgid "Cannot read firewall settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "TFTP Server Configuration"
msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות שרת TFTP"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the new settings"
msgid "Write the Xend settings"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart the service"
msgid "Adjust the Xend service"
@@ -426,21 +426,21 @@
#. Progress stage 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the settings"
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Writing the Xend settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..."
@@ -448,25 +448,25 @@
#. Progress step 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436
msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443
msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgid "Cannot write the xend settings."
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
# Frame title
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,66 +17,66 @@
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62
msgid ""
"Samba client configuration module.\n"
"See Samba documentation for details."
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75
msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85
msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95
msgid "Join this machine to a domain"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105
msgid "Change the global settings of Samba"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113
msgid "Enable the service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119
msgid "Disable the service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125
msgid "The name of a domain to join"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132
msgid ""
"The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n"
"try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139
msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for machine optioa
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146
msgid "The machine account"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153
msgid "The name of a workgroup"
msgstr ""
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr ""
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "ללא שם"
@@ -599,179 +599,179 @@
msgstr ""
#. default value of Machine Account
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "ברירת מחדל"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73
msgid "&Machine Account OU"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78
msgid "O&btain list"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121
msgid ""
"User name and password are required\n"
"for listing the machine accounts."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139
msgid "&Machine Account"
msgstr ""
#. translators: text for busy pop-up
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177
msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..."
msgstr ""
#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203
msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. additional information for cluster environment
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231
msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes."
msgstr ""
#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242
msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249
msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, first part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308
msgid ""
"This host is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. last part of popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312
msgid "Join the domain %1?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319
msgid ""
"This cluster is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361
msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Keep"
msgstr "&עזרה"
# main dialog: Button Delete partition
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&מחק"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381
msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392
msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401
msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411
msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418
msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sharing by Users"
msgstr "אזהרה"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr "אזהרה"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453
msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463
msgid "Allow &Guest Access"
msgstr ""
# label text
#. texty entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Permitted Group"
msgstr "קבו&צת כרכים"
#. infield label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481
msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517
msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. membership dialog help common part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522
msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for PAM Mount table
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
@@ -780,12 +780,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538
msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for kerberos method option
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546
msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -851,8 +851,8 @@
#. final progress step label
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: write progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "פינית"
@@ -926,13 +926,13 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "כן"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "לא"
@@ -956,49 +956,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
#. translators: progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633
msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים"
#. translators: progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים"
#. translators: progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים"
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
# Popup text
# Progress step 1/5
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..."
@@ -1006,20 +1006,20 @@
# Popup text
# Progress step 1/5
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
# Popup text
# Progress step 1/5
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..."
@@ -1027,19 +1027,19 @@
# Popup text
# Progress step 1/5
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..."
#. write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
#. write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
@@ -1049,81 +1049,81 @@
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
msgstr "מאתחל שרות"
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851
msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857
msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862
msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
msgstr ""
# Frame title
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות"
#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068
msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083
msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
msgstr ""
# congratulation text 1/4
#. summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>ברוכים הבאים</b></p>"
#. summary item: authentication using winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109
msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name
#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071
msgid "Share %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. translators: share status
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
@@ -387,16 +387,16 @@
#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)"
msgstr ""
# table heading text
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not a Domain &Controller"
msgstr "בקר דיסק"
@@ -404,8 +404,8 @@
#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "כן"
@@ -414,19 +414,19 @@
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78
msgid "No"
msgstr "לא"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Samba Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "Step 1 of 2"
msgstr ""
@@ -434,51 +434,51 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"),
#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)),
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Step 2 of 2"
msgstr ""
#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "Current Domain Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Samba Server Type"
msgstr "סוגי שרות"
#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Not available because a PDC is present."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rename Share"
msgstr "ערך חדש:"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593
#, fuzzy
msgid "New Share &Name"
msgstr "&שם משתנה"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter a new share name."
msgstr "אנא הכנס את שם המשפחה שלך"
# error popup text
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The container named \"%1\" already exists.\n"
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
"או בטלו.\n"
#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you delete share %1,\n"
@@ -504,29 +504,29 @@
"כל המידע על הדיסק ימחק.\n"
#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing.
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
#, fuzzy
msgid "Trusted &Domain"
msgstr "רומנית"
# PasswordEntry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779
msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785
msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship."
msgstr ""
#. issue a warning, if not already done so
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The password for trusted domains\n"
"is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n"
@@ -535,14 +535,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil'
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "&Trusted Domains"
msgstr ""
#. confirmation
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844
msgid ""
"Really abandon trust relationship\n"
"to trusted domain %1?"
@@ -550,281 +550,281 @@
# label text %1 is prelaced by e.g. 4 GB
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864
#, fuzzy
msgid "Share %1"
msgstr "גודל %1"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration"
msgstr ""
# AT
# Frame label
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "Identification"
msgstr "הרשאה"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922
#, fuzzy
msgid "Share &Name"
msgstr "&שם משתנה"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924
#, fuzzy
msgid "Share &Description"
msgstr "חיפוש &תיאור"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Share Type"
msgstr "סוג שרות"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933
msgid "&Printer"
msgstr "&מדפסת"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935
msgid "&Directory"
msgstr ""
#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939
#, fuzzy
msgid "Share &Path"
msgstr "&שם משתנה"
# do not translate "ctype"
#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Read-Only"
msgstr "ctype בלבד"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "&Inherit ACLs"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950
msgid "Expose Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952
msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961
#, fuzzy
msgid "New Share"
msgstr "ערך חדש:"
#. translators: file selection dialog title
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Path for a Share"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Share path cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Shares"
msgstr "זמינים הם&"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&פילטר"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &All Shares"
msgstr "הראה את ה&קודם"
# button text
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares"
msgstr "לא לע&גון בזמן איתחול המערכת"
# heading text
#. translators: table header texts
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
msgid "Status"
msgstr "סטטוס"
# do not translate "ctype"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read-Only"
msgstr "ctype בלבד"
# table header texts
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
msgid "Name"
msgstr "שם"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Path"
msgstr ""
# result of internet test
# Progress result
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Success"
msgid "Guest Access"
msgstr "הצלחה"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid "Comment"
msgstr ""
# label text
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Rename..."
msgstr "&שם התקן"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "WINS Server Support"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150
msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgstr ""
# table header texts
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Na&me"
msgstr "שם"
#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Not a DC"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172
msgid "Primary (PDC)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Backup (BDC)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Base Settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194
msgid "Domain &Controller"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "Advanced Settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
msgid "&Expert Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "&User Authentication Sources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "Samba Configuration"
msgstr ""
# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
#. tab label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start-&Up"
msgstr "התחלה"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&Shares"
msgstr ""
#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid "I&dentity"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298
msgid "WINS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "&LDAP Settings"
msgstr ""
#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18)
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464
msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565
msgid "User Information Sources"
msgstr ""
#. try to create it
#. first, ask for password
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619
msgid ""
"For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n"
"administrative account (root).\n"
"It will be created now."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Samba root &Password"
msgstr "סיסמת רוט"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Verify Password"
msgstr "סיסמת רוט"
# popup text
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -834,18 +834,18 @@
"נא לנסות שנית."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663
msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712
msgid ""
"To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n"
"text entries empty."
@@ -853,20 +853,20 @@
# label text
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "&שם התקן"
#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do &Not Join"
msgstr "&לא לפרמט"
# Frame title
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761
#, fuzzy
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 15:49+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yevgney\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
#, fuzzy
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "ספריה %1 אינה קיימת"
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -940,7 +940,7 @@
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr ""
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@
# Popup text
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr "מאתר כרטיסי רשת..."
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
@@ -1110,14 +1110,14 @@
# label text
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr ""
@@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@
# label text
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr ""
@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@
#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only
#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
msgid ""
"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
@@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1321,54 +1321,54 @@
# label text %1 replaced by pathname
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1"
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr ""
#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr ""
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr ""
#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr "הפעל את השינויים"
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr ""
#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr ""
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr ""
#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr "מתקין דריבר..."
#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr ""
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr ""
@@ -1387,9 +1387,9 @@
#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system.
#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "ב&טל בדיקה"
@@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@
#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr ""
@@ -1411,20 +1411,20 @@
#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
msgstr ""
# Heading text
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
@@ -1438,45 +1438,45 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
msgstr ""
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr ""
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr ""
#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
#. then show a message but exit successfully because
#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr ""
# popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr "אי אפשר ליצור מחיצה על %1"
#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr ""
# heading text
#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr "הגדרות RAID %1"
@@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@
#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
#, fuzzy
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr "אין טקסט זמין"
@@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@
#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected.
#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr ""
@@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr ""
@@ -1556,12 +1556,12 @@
#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/security.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/security.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/security.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
+#. translators: command line help text for Security module
#: src/clients/security.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security configuration module"
@@ -40,14 +40,14 @@
msgid "Set the value of the specific option"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for 'level home' option
+#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:94
-msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
+msgid "Workstation security level"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for 'level network' option
+#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:100
-msgid "Networked Workstation security level"
+msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'level server' option
@@ -122,239 +122,236 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "מאתחל שרותים"
# label text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "&נטרל את שרות"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n"
-" (multiuser with network)"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n"
-" (multiuser with network and graphical login)"
-msgstr ""
+# label text
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disable service"
+msgid "Disable extra services"
+msgstr "&נטרל את שרות"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5"
-msgstr ""
-
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "&התאם."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "מאופשר"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "בטל שימוש"
# push button
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
# heading text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Status"
msgstr "סטטוס"
# push button
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
msgid "Help"
msgstr "עזרה"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404
-msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above)
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425
-msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
msgid "Description"
msgstr "תיאור"
# push button
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
# label text
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "שינויים"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "תיאור"
+#. update the current value
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..."
+
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "סינית"
# PasswordEntry label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
@@ -452,15 +449,15 @@
#. Main dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
-"any type of a network.</p>"
+"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
+"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
-"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
+"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
+"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
@@ -811,48 +808,54 @@
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51
-msgid "Home Workstation"
-msgstr ""
-
# Network dialog caption
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Networked Workstation"
+msgid "Workstation"
msgstr "הגדרות רשת"
+# heading text
+#. level name
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Raid Device"
+msgid "Roaming Device"
+msgstr "התקן RAID"
+
# Frame title
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Server"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
-#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60
-msgid "&Home Workstation"
-msgstr ""
-
# Network dialog caption
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63
#, fuzzy
-msgid "N&etworked Workstation"
+msgid "&Workstation"
msgstr "הגדרות רשת"
+# heading text
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Raid Device"
+msgid "&Roaming Device"
+msgstr "התקן RAID"
+
# Frame title
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network &Server"
msgstr "שירותי רשת"
@@ -935,13 +938,13 @@
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
@@ -966,94 +969,87 @@
msgid "Nobody"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#. ["local",_("Local Users")],
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
-msgid "Automatic"
-msgstr ""
-
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Information"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "מידע מערכת"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
# PasswordEntry label
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
@@ -1079,68 +1075,68 @@
msgstr "מאתחל..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:608
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
# push button
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update Settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:631
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "פינית"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:869
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-21 14:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <linuxguy(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -19,7 +19,227 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default Value: "
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr "ערך ברירת מחדל:"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default Value: "
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr "ערך ברירת מחדל:"
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default Value: "
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "ערך ברירת מחדל:"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+# label text
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr "זמינים הם&"
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29
+msgid ""
+"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n"
+"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+# progress stages
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
+
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default Value: "
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr "ערך ברירת מחדל:"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "שרות"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "מאופשר"
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Action"
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "פעולה"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "תיאור"
+
+# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start"
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr "התחלה"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enab&le or Disable"
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr "א&פשר או בטל אפשרות"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Details"
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr "&פרטים"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Services"
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr "שירותים"
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restarting services..."
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "בטל שימוש"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Action"
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr "פעולה"
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link"
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr "שירות %service יהיה %toggled %link"
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr "&שירותים"
@@ -75,104 +295,76 @@
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr "לא ניתן לאפשר שירות %1"
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Services"
-msgid "Services Manager"
-msgstr "שירותים"
-
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default Value: "
msgid "Default Target"
msgstr "ערך ברירת מחדל:"
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr "מאופשר"
-
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "בטל שימוש"
-
#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
-#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103
msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
msgstr ""
-# label text
+# Commandline help title
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "A&vailable are:"
-#~ msgid "Available Targets"
-#~ msgstr "זמינים הם&"
+#| msgid "Remote configuration"
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת"
-# progress stages
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Updating configuration..."
-#~ msgid "Writing configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
+#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr ""
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
-#~ msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
-#~ msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Service"
-#~ msgstr "שרות"
-
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Action"
-#~ msgid "Active"
-#~ msgstr "פעולה"
+#| msgid "Graphics"
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr "גרפיקה"
-#~ msgid "Description"
-#~ msgstr "תיאור"
-
-# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Start"
-#~ msgid "&Start/Stop"
-#~ msgstr "התחלה"
+#| msgid "Text"
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr "טקסט"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Enab&le or Disable"
-#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable"
-#~ msgstr "א&פשר או בטל אפשרות"
+#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr ""
+# PushButton label
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "&Details"
-#~ msgid "Show &Details"
-#~ msgstr "&פרטים"
+#| msgid "&Interface"
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "מ&משק"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Restarting services..."
-#~ msgid "Reading services status..."
-#~ msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..."
+#| msgid "Default Value: "
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr "ערך ברירת מחדל:"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link"
-#~ msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
-#~ msgstr "שירות %service יהיה %toggled %link"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr ""
-# Commandline help title
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Remote configuration"
-#~ msgid "Not configured yet."
-#~ msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr ""
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Graphics"
-#~ msgid "Graphical mode"
-#~ msgstr "גרפיקה"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Text"
-#~ msgid "Text mode"
-#~ msgstr "טקסט"
-
-# PushButton label
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "&Interface"
-#~ msgid "Graphical Interface"
-#~ msgstr "מ&משק"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,8 +18,32 @@
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#. The main ()
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of snapper
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
@@ -27,53 +51,53 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "Description"
msgstr "תיאור"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
+#. popup label, %{num} is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
-msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
# label text, %1 is replaced by a unit value ("MB")
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Space free (%1)"
-msgid "Pre (%1)"
+msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr "שטח פנוי (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
-msgid "Post (%1)"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -81,41 +105,48 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
+
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "סינגפור"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
@@ -123,37 +154,37 @@
# Network dialog caption
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Source Configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות מקור"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
# Column header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Type"
msgstr "סוג"
# ComboBox label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start &Update"
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "התחל ו&עדכן"
# Column header: minimum = 4 characters fill with space if needed
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "End "
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "סוף"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User"
msgid "User Data"
@@ -161,154 +192,154 @@
# label text
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Changes:"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "שינויים"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected variable"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "משתנים שנבחרו"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "שמירת שינויים לקובץ"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -319,7 +350,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -329,19 +360,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..."
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -352,7 +383,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Creating a New Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -365,30 +396,30 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -399,122 +430,108 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup error
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
-msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Initialize snapper agent
-#. Return true on success
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#. Create new snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
-msgid "Reason not known."
-msgstr ""
-
-# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
+#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
-msgid "Configuration not found."
-msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
+#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
+msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
-# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+#. Return the path to given snapshot
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
-msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
+#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
+msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
-msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
+#. Create new snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgid ""
-"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
+msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgid ""
-"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
+msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
-msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
-msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgid ""
-"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
+msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing fonts"
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "Initializing פונטים"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
-msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
-msgstr ""
+# Commandline help title
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote configuration"
+msgid "Read list of configurations"
+msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
-msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgid "Read list of snapshots"
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
+# Commandline help title
+# Routing dialog caption
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
+msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
+msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
+
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
+# Commandline help title
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
+msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restoring Files..."
@@ -522,13 +539,30 @@
# main dialog: Button Delete partition
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Delete"
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "&מחק"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
+
+# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
+#~ msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
+
+# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+#~ msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
+#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
+#~ msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/sound.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/sound.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/sound.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/squid.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/squid.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/squid.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
# ComboBox item
# ComboBox item (device start mode)
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "ידנית"
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
msgid "Logging and Timeouts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Miscellaneous Setting"
msgstr "הגדרות התקנה"
@@ -478,34 +478,30 @@
msgid "Cache &Store Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339
-msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Timeouts"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection &Timeout"
msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client &Lifetime"
msgstr "אורך חיים"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "&Language of error messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Administrator's email"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode"
msgstr ""
@@ -1003,28 +999,28 @@
#. ************* ACL END ************************
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG **********
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578
msgid "Access Log must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588
msgid "Cache Log must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field."
msgstr ""
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ******
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684
msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces."
msgstr ""
@@ -1043,182 +1039,182 @@
#. Read all squid settings
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration"
msgstr "Initializing פונטים"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092
msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול"
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Other Settings."
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Service Status."
msgstr "מאתחל שרותים"
# Frame title
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101
msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..."
msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול"
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Other Settings ..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Service Status ..."
msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..."
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
# Commandline help title
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read service status."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Squid Configuration"
msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start Service"
msgstr "הפסק שרותים"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting Service..."
msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "הסתיים"
# Frame title
#. write settings
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
# Frame title
#. firewall
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
#. Header
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584
msgid "Squid Cache Proxy"
msgstr ""
# ComboBox label
#. Start daemon
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start daemon: "
msgstr "התחל ו&עדכן"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "When booting"
msgstr ""
# PushButton label
#. Http Ports
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured ports:"
msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611
msgid " (transparent)"
msgstr ""
#. Cache directory
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cache directory: "
msgstr "בחר ספריה:"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/storage.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/storage.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/storage.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Eliran Itzhak <eliran(a)bigfoot.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
# heading text
#. dialog heading
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
msgid "Expert Partitioner"
msgstr "ממחץ מומחה"
@@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -1308,8 +1308,9 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
-"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
-"\n"
+"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
+"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n"
+"approximately 1MB large.\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1319,7 +1320,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1339,7 +1340,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
@@ -1366,7 +1367,7 @@
"לטעון את המערכת %2 בצורה ישירה.\n"
"לשנות זאת ?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1375,7 +1376,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
@@ -1394,7 +1395,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
@@ -1432,7 +1433,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
@@ -1458,14 +1459,14 @@
"לשנות את זה ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?"
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1487,7 +1488,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -1511,7 +1512,7 @@
# continued popup text
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1524,7 +1525,7 @@
# continued popup text
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n"
@@ -1541,7 +1542,7 @@
# continued popup text
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
@@ -1554,7 +1555,7 @@
# popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. /dev/md0
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
@@ -1565,7 +1566,7 @@
# popup text %1 is replaced by a name
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
@@ -1576,7 +1577,7 @@
# popup text %1 is replaced by a name
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
@@ -1587,7 +1588,7 @@
# popup text %2 is a partition name, %1 is the raid name
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
@@ -1598,7 +1599,7 @@
# popup text %2 is a partition name, %1 is the raid name
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
@@ -1607,12 +1608,12 @@
"המחיצה שנבחרה (%2) שייכת למערך RAID )%1(.\n"
"אנא הסירו אותה ממערכך ה RAID לפני שאפשר יהיה למחוק אותה."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1620,7 +1621,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1640,7 +1641,7 @@
# popup text, Do not translate LVM.
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1655,7 +1656,7 @@
# popup text, Do not translate LVM.
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1669,7 +1670,7 @@
# popup text, Do not translate LVM.
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1693,7 +1694,7 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Don't forget what you enter here!"
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
@@ -1753,7 +1754,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1781,7 +1782,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1793,7 +1794,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -2252,7 +2253,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -3551,7 +3552,7 @@
# button text
#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
#.
#. All Rights Reserved.
#.
@@ -3569,17 +3570,17 @@
#.
#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. File: ep-graph.rb
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add RAID"
msgstr "&הוסף RAID"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Volume Group"
@@ -3589,22 +3590,22 @@
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Graph"
msgstr "התקן"
# main dialog: Menu-Button for Expert options
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Device Graph..."
msgstr "&מתקדם"
# help text for cryptofs
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3614,8 +3615,8 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
msgid "Saving graph file failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -3624,8 +3625,8 @@
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " Mount "
msgid "Mount Graph"
@@ -3633,14 +3634,14 @@
# main dialog: Menu-Button for Expert options
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Mount Graph..."
msgstr "&מתקדם"
# help text for cryptofs
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3822,7 +3823,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -4099,7 +4100,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hard Disks"
msgstr "כונן"
@@ -4402,7 +4403,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log"
msgstr "&חיבור"
@@ -4599,7 +4600,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt Files"
msgstr "ה&צפן קובץ"
@@ -5052,7 +5053,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Volume Management"
msgstr "ניהול"
@@ -5134,7 +5135,7 @@
# label text
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "RAID"
@@ -5142,32 +5143,32 @@
# label text
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Mapper"
msgstr "&שם התקן"
# main dialog: Button EVMS
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "E&VMS..."
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434
msgid "tmpfs"
msgstr ""
# label text, %1 is replaced by a unit value ("MB")
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unused Devices"
@@ -5175,7 +5176,7 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Summary"
@@ -5183,7 +5184,7 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Settings"
@@ -5191,7 +5192,7 @@
# popup text %1 will be replaces with button text
#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n"
@@ -5204,19 +5205,19 @@
# helptext for popup create partition line 3 of 6
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>"
msgstr "<p> עכשיו, הקישו את מיקום ההתחלה של המחיצה החדשה בכונן.</p>"
#. Fullscreen summary of changes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592
#, fuzzy
msgid ": Summary"
msgstr "סיכום"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "System View"
msgstr "מערכת"
@@ -6910,7 +6911,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -6923,7 +6924,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -6933,7 +6934,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -6945,7 +6946,7 @@
# popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6959,7 +6960,7 @@
# Heading text
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
@@ -6967,22 +6968,22 @@
# Heading text
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "קבוצת כרכים"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6991,14 +6992,14 @@
msgstr ""
# Heading text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -7007,99 +7008,99 @@
# Heading text
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
# Label: get password for user root
# Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "הקישו &סיסמה למערכת הקבצים:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk"
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "כונן"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk"
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "כונן"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "כונן"
# label text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384
#, fuzzy
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
# label text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -7107,7 +7108,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -7115,7 +7116,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -7123,18 +7124,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -7819,26 +7820,26 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
# popup header
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "צור מיכל EVMS"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr "קבוצת כרכים"
# heading text
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
@@ -7846,33 +7847,33 @@
# heading text
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
# push button
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update Settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "עדכן הגדרות"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7881,21 +7882,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
# heading text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "הכניסו את הסיסמה עבור מערכת הקבצים המוצפנת"
@@ -7903,7 +7904,7 @@
# PasswordEntry label
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
@@ -7912,7 +7913,7 @@
# Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "הקישו את הסיסמה שוב ל&אישור:"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/sudo.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/sudo.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/sudo.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/support.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/support.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/support.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -33,54 +33,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SUSE Support"
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "SUSE תמיכת"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -88,185 +88,186 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
# Frame title
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
# table header texts
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "Name"
msgstr "שם"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "תהליך"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
+#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -486,122 +486,132 @@
"אנא המתינו...<BR></P>"
#. Translation: Progress bar label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "חיפוש..."
-#. Display confirmation dialog
-#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
-#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
-#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
-msgid "Command: "
-msgstr "פקודה:"
-
# DIALOG PREPARE
# PushButton label to not enter any sub dialogs
#. button label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881
msgid "S&kip"
msgstr "ד&לג"
-#. get activation map for variable
-#. start generic commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
-msgid "A command will be executed"
-msgstr "פקודה תבוצע"
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
-msgid "Starting command: %1..."
-msgstr "מתחיל בפקודה %1..."
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
-msgid "Command %1 failed"
-msgstr "פקודה %1 נכשלה"
-
#. write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Configuration"
msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
msgstr "הגדרות מערכת"
#. progress bar item
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923
msgid "Write the new settings"
msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924
msgid "Activate the changes"
msgstr "הפעל את השינויים"
-#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
-msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934
+msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgstr "שמירת שינויים לקובץ"
-#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
-msgid "Saving variable %1..."
-msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "הסתיים"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
-msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
-msgstr "שמירת שינויים לקובץ"
-
-#. service is running, reload it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
+# Headline
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
-msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
-msgstr "שרותים אלו יהיו זמינים"
+#| msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "תקציר הגדרות DNS:"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
+#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param cmd [String] command to execute
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "מתחיל בפקודה %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "פקודה %1 נכשלה"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr "פקודה תבוצע"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "פקודה:"
+
+#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param name [String] service name
+#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
-msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgid "Reloading service %s..."
msgstr "מאתחל שרות"
# popup text
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resizing device %1 failed."
-msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgid "Reload of the service %s failed"
msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל."
-#. service is running, restart it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
-msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgid "Service %s will be reloaded"
msgstr "שרותים אלו יהיו זמינים"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
-msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgid "Restarting service %s..."
msgstr "מאתחל שרות"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart the service"
-msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgid "Restart of the service %s failed"
msgstr "מאתחל את השרות"
-#. set 100% in progress bar
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "הסתיים"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+msgid "Service %s will be restarted"
+msgstr "שרותים אלו יהיו זמינים"
-# Headline
-#. configuration summary headline
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
+#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd)
+#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil
+#.
+#. @param service name
+#. @return [Boolean] active?
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187
+msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..."
+
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
-msgid "Configuration Summary"
-msgstr "תקציר הגדרות DNS:"
+#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr "שמירת שינויים לקובץ"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "All Variables:\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-21 13:12+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yevgeny <linuxguy(a)gmx.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1523,12 +1523,10 @@
msgid "Myanmar"
msgstr "גואטמלה"
-# ES
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saigon"
-msgstr "ספרד"
+msgid "Ho Chi Minh City"
+msgstr ""
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591
@@ -2680,6 +2678,11 @@
msgid "GMT-9"
msgstr ""
+# ES
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Saigon"
+#~ msgstr "ספרד"
+
# MT
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Calcutta"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/tune.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/tune.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/tune.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/update.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/update.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/update.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות עדכון"
@@ -154,9 +154,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
@@ -251,28 +251,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr "חבילה לעדכן: %1"
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127
msgid "New Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "חבילות חדשות להתקין : %1"
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Packages to Remove: %1"
msgstr "חבילות להסיר: %1"
#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143
msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr "סך כל החבילות לעדכן: %1"
-#. warning text
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154
+msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>"
msgstr ""
#. this is a heading
@@ -318,29 +318,29 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1"
-#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "לא ידוע"
+#. error message in proposal
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129
+msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -348,24 +348,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr "עדכן על פי בסיס הבחירה \"%1\""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -374,17 +374,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות &עדכון"
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -534,24 +534,24 @@
msgstr "המשך"
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -570,28 +570,28 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "&פרטים"
# popup text %1 is replaced by partition name e.g. /dev/hda1
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr "שגיאה בהצפנת מערכת הקבצים %1."
# label text
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "מערכת &קבצים"
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -599,14 +599,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים"
# popup text
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065
#, fuzzy
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr ""
@@ -614,14 +614,14 @@
"נא לנסות שוב.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "אזהרה"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -646,21 +646,21 @@
# label text
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול"
# button text
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab"
# label text
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&נקודת עגינה"
@@ -668,24 +668,24 @@
# Column header
# header text
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "התקן&"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -693,17 +693,17 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr ""
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -711,24 +711,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr ""
# table column headings
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "התקן"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -747,32 +747,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr ""
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr ""
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr ""
#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/users.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/users.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/users.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
#. helptext 2/3
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
msgstr ""
@@ -237,20 +237,20 @@
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr ""
# Frame description in suggested partition for mode accept modify ..
#. button label
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Choose"
msgstr "בחרו"
#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
msgid "Authentication Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -262,14 +262,14 @@
# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
#. selection box label
#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Select Users to Read"
msgstr "בחרו מה לערוך"
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
msgstr "בחר את שולחן העבודה ברירת המחדל שלך"
@@ -408,8 +408,8 @@
#. The two group password information do not match
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
@@ -450,8 +450,8 @@
#. last part of message popup
#. last part of message popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really use this password?"
msgstr "סיסמת Root"
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
msgid "DES"
msgstr ""
@@ -492,109 +492,109 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
msgid "SHA-256"
msgstr ""
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
msgid "SHA-512"
msgstr ""
# push button
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password Encryption Type"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
msgid "&DES"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
msgid "&MD5"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
msgid "SHA-&256"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
msgid "SHA-&512"
msgstr ""
# congratulation text 1/4
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>מזל טוב!</b></p>"
# push button
#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
msgid "User's &Full Name"
msgstr ""
#. input field for login name
#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "ללא שם"
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
msgstr ""
# AT
# Frame label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Automatic Login"
msgstr "הרשאה"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
msgid "Create New User"
msgstr ""
@@ -602,13 +602,13 @@
#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Empty User Login"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup contents
#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid ""
"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@
# help text, continued
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@
#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@
# popup text
#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
@@ -683,14 +683,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. these are used only during installation time
#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -708,43 +708,43 @@
#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
msgstr ""
# push button
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה"
#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
msgid "User %s will be imported."
msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&שינוי..."
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "סיכום"
# popup text
#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66
+#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
msgstr "כותב את מאפייני המערכת"
@@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@
#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD
#. The date must stay in this format
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD."
msgstr ""
@@ -1574,21 +1574,21 @@
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217
#, fuzzy
msgid "Plug-In Description"
msgstr "תיאור"
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226
msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In"
msgstr ""
# Label::FinishButton()
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "ה&פעל"
@@ -1653,18 +1653,18 @@
#. tab label
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430
msgid ""
"The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n"
"because the user is currently logged in.\n"
@@ -1672,12 +1672,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Enter the size for the home directory."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583
msgid ""
"\n"
"Directory cannot be encrypted."
@@ -1685,63 +1685,63 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485
msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005
msgid "Now you have added a new user."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071
#, fuzzy
msgid "New Local Group"
msgstr "קבוצת כרכים"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073
#, fuzzy
msgid "New System Group"
msgstr "מידע מערכת"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075
#, fuzzy
msgid "New LDAP Group"
msgstr "קבוצת כרכים"
# popup heading
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079
#, fuzzy
msgid "Existing Local Group"
msgstr "ערוך כרך לוגי"
# popup heading
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081
#, fuzzy
msgid "Existing System Group"
msgstr "ערוך כרך לוגי"
# popup heading
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083
#, fuzzy
msgid "Existing LDAP Group"
msgstr "ערוך כרך לוגי"
# label text
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "%שם קבוצת הכרכים:"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154
msgid "Group &ID (gid)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1749,14 +1749,14 @@
#. selection box label
#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes
#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog)
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group &Members"
msgstr "%שם קבוצת הכרכים:"
# label text
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "%שם קבוצת הכרכים:"
@@ -3422,7 +3422,7 @@
#. init dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "&השתמש בשינויים הבאים"
@@ -3431,7 +3431,7 @@
# Initial dialog contents
#. label (during init dialog)
#. label (during init dialog)
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "מאתחל..."
@@ -4398,13 +4398,13 @@
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "ספריה %1 אינה קיימת"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4412,7 +4412,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4420,24 +4420,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
# congratulation text 1/4
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<p><b>מזל טוב!</b></p>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/vm.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/vm.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/vm.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-13 12:50+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/he/po/vpn.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/vpn.he.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/vpn.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -0,0 +1,604 @@
+# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: he\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Manage VPN client secrets.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
+msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+# GT
+# Table header 2/4
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Gateway"
+msgid "Gateway IP"
+msgstr "מעבר"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+msgid "Pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Select"
+msgid "Set"
+msgstr "&בחר"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Show &Next"
+msgid "Show key"
+msgstr "הראה את ה&בא"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
+msgid ""
+"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Load PSKs
+#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
+#. Load XAuth
+#. Load EAP
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
+msgid "(hidden)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# popup text to select between Interface or Provider
+#. Remove the selected EAP user.
+#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the item to delete."
+msgid "Please select a user to delete."
+msgstr "בחרו מה למחוק."
+
+#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
+msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Event handlers
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
+msgid "Gateway pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+msgid "Gateway certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+msgid "Path to certificate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Pick.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+msgid "Path to certificate key file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
+msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Username:"
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "&שם משתמש:"
+
+# PasswordEntry label
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Password:"
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "ס&יסמה:"
+
+# button text
+# Button in RAID-WF
+# button text
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&dd"
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "ה&וסף"
+
+# main dialog: Button Delete partition
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Delete"
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "&מחק"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Root Password"
+msgid "Show Password"
+msgstr "סיסמת Root"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
+msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+# GT
+# Table header 2/4
+#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Gateway"
+msgid "Gateway - PSK"
+msgstr "מעבר"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
+msgid "Gateway - Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Clients"
+msgid "Client - PSK"
+msgstr "לקוחות"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+msgid "Client - Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303
+msgid "The connection name is already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Find an unused gateway scenario
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n"
+"All of gateway scenarios are already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Warn against duplicated configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337
+msgid ""
+"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n"
+"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432
+msgid "The user name is already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496
+msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Left side: global config & connection management
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration"
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "הגדרות"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&All Patches"
+msgid "All VPNs"
+msgstr "&כל הטלאים"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+# main dialog: Button Delete partition
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Delete"
+msgid "Delete VPN"
+msgstr "&מחק"
+
+# Frame title
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection Settings"
+msgid "View Connection Status"
+msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
+
+#. Event handlers
+#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+msgstr ""
+
+# label text - one step of during network test
+#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "- Close connection"
+msgid "Delete connection"
+msgstr "- סגור חיבור"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Check your Internet connection"
+msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
+msgstr "בחר את חיבור האינטרנט שלך"
+
+#. Check for incomplete configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Consider enabling the daemon
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n"
+"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+# popup text
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
+#| "for your new installation?"
+msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
+msgstr ""
+"האם ברצונכם להשתמש בנקודות העגינה האילו \n"
+" להתקנה החדשה שלכם ?"
+
+#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+# table header texts
+#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "שם"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "תיאור"
+
+#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make widgets for connection configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Frame title
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection Settings"
+msgid "Connection name: "
+msgstr "הגדרות החיבור"
+
+# Column header
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "סוג"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New Server..."
+msgid "Gateway (Server)"
+msgstr "שרת חדש..."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Clients"
+msgid "Client"
+msgstr "לקוחות"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+msgid "The scenario is"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+# menue entry text
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Edit Crypt File"
+msgid "Edit Credentials"
+msgstr "&ערוך קובץ מוצפן"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "By a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+msgid "By a certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+msgid "VPN gateway IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. They are however allowed in password
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
+msgstr "אנא הכנס את שם המשפחה שלך"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n"
+"Name has to begin with a letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Path to certificate file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return password string.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter keywords:"
+msgid "Please enter a password."
+msgstr "בבקשה הקלד מילות מפתח:"
+
+#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+# Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions
+# Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
+#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Confirm Installation"
+msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
+msgstr "אשר התקנה"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Install packages
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Only Update Installed Packages"
+msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
+msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו"
+
+#. Enable/disable daemon
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to parse: %s."
+msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
+msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
+
+#. Configure IP forwarding
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+msgid ""
+"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
+"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+msgid ""
+"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"The script is located at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+# DIALOG TEXTS
+# title of ISDN interface detail screen
+#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "ISDN Detail Settings"
+msgid "VPN Global Settings"
+msgstr "פרטיי הגדרת ה ISDN"
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+# RichText label
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "DSL Connections"
+msgid "Gateway and Connections"
+msgstr "חיבורי DSL"
+
+#. Gateway summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
+msgstr ""
+
+# label text - one step of during network test
+#. Client summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "- Close connection"
+msgid "A client connecting to "
+msgstr "- סגור חיבור"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/wol.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/wol.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/wol.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-14 13:21+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
+++ trunk/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po 2015-09-09 08:20:48 UTC (rev 92605)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
1
0
09 Sep '15
Author: keichwa
Date: 2015-09-09 10:20:36 +0200 (Wed, 09 Sep 2015)
New Revision: 92604
Added:
trunk/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/journal.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-11 20:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Ameya Palande <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,21 +44,21 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस"
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..."
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..."
@@ -84,10 +84,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "अॅड-आॅन प्राॅडक्ट इनस्टॉलेशन"
@@ -227,37 +227,37 @@
#. ],
#. ...
#. ]
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600
#, fuzzy
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr "नामावली उत्पादवस्तू सापडली नाही"
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314
#, fuzzy
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr "मध्यम नामावली सापडत नाही."
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..."
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "युआरएल: %1, संचिका: %2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387
#, fuzzy
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
"निवडलेल्या माध्यमावर अनेक कॅटलॉग आढलले.\n"
"वापरण्यासाठी कॅटलॉग निवडा.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr "कुठली नोंद सापडली नाही"
@@ -281,34 +281,34 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr "खरोखरच जास्तीच्या वस्तूंची स्थापनेतून बाहेर पडायचे का?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr "नोंद निवडा"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "जास्तीच्या वस्तूच्या अवारंवीता पूर्ण होऊ शकत नाहीत."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू निवड"
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr "उपलब्ध उत्पादवस्तू"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
@@ -320,12 +320,12 @@
"उत्पादन निवडा.</p>\n"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "निवडलेल्या जास्तीच्या वस्तूंच्या अवलंबिता पूर्ण होऊ शकत नाहीत."
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big></br>\n"
@@ -344,97 +344,97 @@
"घातलेले काढून टाकण्यासाठी, ते निवडा व <b>Delete</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>"
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "युआरएल: %1, संचिका: %2"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965
msgid "Product"
msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Media"
msgstr "माध्यम"
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू काढून टाकण्यासाठी निवडा."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264
msgid "URL"
msgstr "यूआरएल"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr "पॅकेज मॅनेजर"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr "<p> नवीन <b> नमुना </b> तयार करण्यासाठी नवीन वापरा किंवा <b> सध्याचाच </b> नमुना आयात करण्यासाठी आयात वापरा.</p>"
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>सारांश:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr "अज्ञात विक्रेता"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>आवृत्ती: </b>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr "अपरिचित चूक"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>सारांश:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>सारांश:</b> %1<br>"
@@ -442,18 +442,18 @@
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr "कर्नेल मॉडयुल अवलंबीता सुधारत आहेत..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,1072 +17,1175 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. the auth configuration
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33
-msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
-msgstr ""
+#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "None"
+msgid "None."
+msgstr "कोणी नाही"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49
-msgid "There is no help for this parameter."
-msgstr ""
+#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
+msgstr "मोडेम पॅरामिटर्स"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55
-msgid "Default value: "
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Optional Parameter File"
+msgid "Optional Parameters"
+msgstr "पर्यायी निकष फाईल"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59
-msgid "Available values: "
+#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'"
-msgstr ""
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Method"
+msgid "Authentication Client Config"
+msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्वारण पद्धत"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
-msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr "रद्द करा"
+#. Overview of all config sections
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
-msgid "OK"
-msgstr "ठीक आहे"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची"
-#. Waiting for response
-#. Waiting for response
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338
-msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid."
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा."
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200
-msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes."
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selections"
+msgid "Sections"
+msgstr "निवड"
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212
-msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Service"
+msgid "New Service/Domain"
+msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215
-msgid "New Parameter"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Service"
+msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+msgstr "सेवा तयार करा"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
-msgid "Help"
-msgstr "मदत"
-
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
-msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'"
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Customisation - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
-msgid "New"
-msgstr "नवीन"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "नाव"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
-msgid "Add New Domain"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "मूल्य"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358
-msgid "Name:"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "वर्णन"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359
-msgid "Activate Domain"
-msgstr ""
+#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+msgid "More Parameters"
+msgstr "मोडेम पॅरामिटर्स"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361
-msgid "The identification provider used for the domain"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "चाळणी:"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
+#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387
-msgid "Help for creating new domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
+"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391
-msgid "You have to provide a domain name!"
-msgstr ""
+#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+msgstr "भाग %1 खरोखर कमी करावा?"
-#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421
-msgid "Basic Settings:"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+msgstr "आपल्याला खरोखरच विभाजन काढून टाकायचे आहे काय %1?"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423
-msgid "Services:"
+#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267
+msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#. Count of active domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463
-msgid ""
-"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n"
-"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
-msgstr ""
+#. Warn against removal of important parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modem Parameter Details"
+msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
+msgstr "मॉडेम पॅरामिटर डीटेल्स"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273
msgid ""
-"There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
-"%s \n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486
+#. Save settings - validate
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Logging enabled"
+msgid "No domain enabled"
+msgstr "नोंदी कार्यान्वित करा"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
+"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+#. user must correct the mistake
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321
+msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
msgstr ""
-#. Main dialog contents
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
+#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgid "Authentication Client"
-msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्वारण पद्धत"
+#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
+msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+msgstr "ही अभिव्यक्ती संपादन पर्यायात उघडू इच्छिता का?"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605
-msgid "Configured Authentication Domains"
-msgstr ""
+#. New service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "सेवा"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
-msgid "Add"
-msgstr "जोडा"
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Domain"
+msgstr "क्षेत्र"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
-msgid "Edit"
-msgstr "संपादन"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
-msgid "Delete"
-msgstr "हटवा"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Identification:"
+msgid "Identification provider:"
+msgstr "ओळख:"
-#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "Authentication provider:"
+msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड"
-#. initialize GUI
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553
-msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity
Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Activate Domain"
msgstr ""
+#. Create new service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+msgstr "ह्या सेवा कार्यान्वित होईल"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा."
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "हा डोमेन आधीच ठरवण्यात आला आहे"
+
#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
msgstr ""
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
msgstr ""
#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117
-msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122
-msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252
-msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297
-msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385
-msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421
-msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484
-msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496
-msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507
-msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password for LDAP server"
+msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
+msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP secure port"
+msgid "LDAP schema type"
+msgstr " सुरक्षित एलडिएपि पोर्ट "
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853
-msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002
-msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149
-msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n"
+msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
+msgstr "ऑटोमाऊंटर पॅकेज स्थापित केले जाईल.\n"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
+#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
+msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
+msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
#. end Export
#. ################################################################
#. ################################################################
#. Summary()
#. returns html formated configuration summary
#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Cancel"
+#~ msgstr "रद्द करा"
+
+#~ msgid "OK"
+#~ msgstr "ठीक आहे"
+
+#~ msgid "Help"
+#~ msgstr "मदत"
+
+#~ msgid "New"
+#~ msgstr "नवीन"
+
+#~ msgid "Add"
+#~ msgstr "जोडा"
+
+#~ msgid "Edit"
+#~ msgstr "संपादन"
+
+#~ msgid "Delete"
+#~ msgstr "हटवा"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
msgstr "संरचना माहिती वाचत आहे..."
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "ह्याला काही वेळ लागू शकेल"
@@ -49,13 +49,14 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot();
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -65,7 +66,7 @@
"अधिक माहितीकरता प्रवेश फाईल पहा किंवा\n"
"नियंत्रित फाईल मांडून पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n"
-#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612
+#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Reading configuration data"
msgstr "संरचना माहिती वाचत आहे"
@@ -108,7 +109,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr "मोडेम पॅरामिटर्स"
@@ -121,36 +122,36 @@
msgstr "AutoYaST प्रोफाईल गायब आहे."
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr "X विंडो प्रणाली संरचना प्रतिलिपीत करत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown mode"
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr "अज्ञात मोड"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Comma separated list of runlevels"
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr "सुविधांची नावे रनलेव्हलने विभागलेली"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?"
msgstr "%1 अस्तित्वात आहे! खरंच त्यावर पुन्हा लिहायचे?"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr "यंत्रणा प्रतिकृत करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
@@ -223,7 +224,7 @@
"फाईलमधील माहिती भरा.\n"
#. OPEN
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397
msgid "Select a file to load."
msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्याची फाईल निवडा."
@@ -266,7 +267,7 @@
msgstr "पहिल्या टेबलमधून फाईल निवडा."
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -277,49 +278,75 @@
"</p>"
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "प्रगती"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr "स्व-स्थापीत मांडणीप्रमाणे यंत्रणा संरचीत होत आहे"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unknown sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+msgstr ""
+
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr "संरचित करत आहे %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr "संरचित करत नाही %1"
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "पोस्ट-स्क्रिप्ट्स वापरत आहे"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
+#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
+#. bnc#937900
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services"
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "सेवा परत सुरू करत आहे"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "संरचना संपत आहे"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 ची चौकशी करत आहे"
@@ -493,88 +520,88 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>स्थव-स्थापनेकरता यंत्रणा तयार होईपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.</P>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "स्थापने पूर्वीच्या वापरायच्या स्क्रिप्ट्स अंमलबजावित करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "साधारण बांधणी संरचित करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "भाषा नक्की करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "विभागणी ठराव निर्माण करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचित करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निवडी संरचित करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "स्थापने पूर्वीच्या वापरायच्या स्क्रिप्ट्स अंमलबजावित करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "साधारण मांडणी संरचित करत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set up language"
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "भाषा नक्की करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "विभागणी ठराव निर्माण करत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचित करत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repairing file system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "फाईल यंत्रणा दुरूस्त होत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निवडी संरचित करत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring language..."
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "ऑटोमेटेड स्थापनेकरता यंत्रणा तयार करत आहेत"
#. configure general settings
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
@@ -583,12 +610,12 @@
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -597,7 +624,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n"
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -937,11 +964,11 @@
msgstr "प्रगत..."
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
msgstr ""
@@ -1022,7 +1049,7 @@
msgid "System Profile Location"
msgstr "यंत्रणा कार्यक्रम ठिकाण"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45
msgid "&Profile Location:"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम स्थान:"
@@ -1030,11 +1057,11 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117
msgid "Choose a hard disk"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्कची निवड"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124
msgid "No disks found."
msgstr "तबकडी मिळाली नाही."
@@ -1043,7 +1070,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -1056,13 +1083,13 @@
"</p>"
#. force help text width
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Hard Disk Selection"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्कची निवड"
#. there is a selection from that one option has to be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr "चालू ठेवण्यासाठी एखादा पर्याय निवडा."
@@ -1264,19 +1291,19 @@
#. SAVE
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697
msgid "Save as..."
msgstr "या नावाने साठवा..."
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709
msgid "File %1 was saved successfully."
msgstr "फाईल यशस्वीरीत्या %1 साठवली गेली."
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An error occured while saving the file."
msgid "An error occurred while saving the file."
@@ -1425,37 +1452,36 @@
msgid "Source"
msgstr "स्त्रोत"
-#. Menu interface
-#. @param list menu items
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
+#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
+#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An error occured while opening/parsing the XML file."
msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file."
msgstr "XML फाईल उघडताना किंवा पार्स करताना चूक झाली."
#. NEW
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Modules"
msgstr "उपलब्ध मॉड्युल्स"
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. EXIT
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
msgid "Control file changed."
msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल बदलली."
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791
msgid "Save the changes to %1?"
msgstr "%1 ला बदलेले संग्रहीत करायचे?"
@@ -1626,7 +1652,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "RNG वैधतेबरोबर XML तपासले जात आहे..."
@@ -1637,7 +1663,7 @@
msgstr "भाग %1 सापडत नाही."
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "RNC वैधतेबरोबर XML तपासले जात आहे..."
@@ -1678,7 +1704,7 @@
msgstr " पहिल्या टप्प्यानंतर मशीन बंद करा."
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr " स्वाक्षरीय हाताळणी "
@@ -2037,40 +2063,40 @@
"</p>\n"
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल HTTP(S) मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही. सेवा संगणक सांकेतीक परत पाठवा %2."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल FTP मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही. सेवा संगणक सांकेतीक परत पाठवा %2."
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
msgstr "%1/%2 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n"
#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
msgstr "स्वार करणे %1 अपयशी ठरले."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
msgstr "सीडीवरील फाईल वाचता येऊ शकली नाही. मार्ग: %1/%2."
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
msgstr "दुरस्थ फाईल %1 परत मिळविली जाऊ शकत नाही"
@@ -2078,22 +2104,22 @@
#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
msgstr "%1 फाईल सापडू शकत नाही"
#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल TFTP मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही."
#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
msgstr "अनोळखी शिष्टाचार %1."
@@ -2374,7 +2400,7 @@
#. Read rules file
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448
msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n"
msgstr "नियम फाईल पार्स होऊ शकली नाही. XML पार्सर अहवाल:\n"
@@ -2382,12 +2408,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "ऑटोयास्ट फाईल पार्स करताना XML पार्सरने चूक असा अहवाल दाखविला. चूक संदेश असा:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2403,46 +2429,46 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "प्रोफाईल वापरा"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "फ्लॉपीवरून नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "TFTP सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "NFS सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "HTTP सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "FTP सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "फाईलमधून नियंत्रण फाईल प्रतिकृत होत आहे: %1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "उपकरणावरून नियंत्रण फाईल प्रतिकृत होत आहे: /dev/%1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "मूळ ठिकाणावरून नियंत्रण फाईल प्रतिकृत होत आहे."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "अवैध स्त्रोत."
@@ -2452,7 +2478,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2462,7 +2488,7 @@
"<p> प्रणाली वापरुन नियंत्रण फाईलच्या जवळजवळ \n"
" सर्व साधनांचा आकृतीबंध करता येऊ शकतो.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
@@ -2477,7 +2503,7 @@
"AutoYaST वापरुन दुसरी प्रणाली स्थापित करण्यासाठी वापरला जातो.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2513,81 +2539,105 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करायची?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हो"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "No"
msgstr "नाही"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "ऑटोयास्टची दुसरी पायरी"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr " पहिल्या टप्पयानंतर मशिनला विश्रांती देत आहे."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr " पहिल्या टप्पयानंतर मशिनला विश्रांती देत आहे."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr " पहिल्या टप्पयानंतर मशिनला विश्रांती देत आहे."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr " स्वाक्षरी नसलेल्या फाईल्स स्वीकारत आहे."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr " स्वाक्षरी नसलेल्या फाईल्स स्वीकारत नाही."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr " चेकसमशिवाय फाईल्स स्वीकारत आहे."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr " चेकसमशिवाय फाईल्स स्वीकारत नाही."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr " अयशस्वी पडताळणी स्वीकारत आहे."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr " अयशस्वी पडताळणी स्वीकारत नाही."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr " अज्ञात GPG कीज स्वीकारत आह."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr " अज्ञात GPG कीज स्वीकारत नाही."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr " नवीन GPG कीज बाहेरुन मागवत आहे."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr " नवीन GPG कीज बाहेरुन मागवत नाही."
+#. NTP syncing
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving time zone..."
+msgid "Syncing time..."
+msgstr "वेळ विभाग संग्रहीत करा..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+msgid "Syncing time with %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image creation failed."
+msgid "Time syncing failed."
+msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल"
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
+msgid "Cannot update system time."
+msgstr "फाईल यंत्रणा माऊंट करू शकत नाही."
+
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2606,16 +2656,22 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "चालक"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
+#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+msgid "%s drive in total"
+msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Total of %1 drive"
-#| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives"
-msgid "Total of %1 drive"
-msgstr " एकून %1 ड्राईव्ह "
+#| msgid "Not detected."
+msgid "Not yet cloned."
+msgstr "सापडले नाही."
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
@@ -2669,7 +2725,7 @@
msgstr "अज्ञात"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
@@ -2680,29 +2736,29 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजस तपासली जात आहेत..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Retrieving image file..."
msgid "Store image to ..."
@@ -2710,60 +2766,60 @@
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Archive created successfully"
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "अर्काइव्ह यशस्वीपणे निर्माण केला गेला"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल"
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image directory..."
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "ISO प्रतिमेची डिरेक्टरी तयार करत आहे..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "ठिक"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2771,19 +2827,19 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
@@ -2791,29 +2847,29 @@
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "निवडलेले साचे"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "एकेरी निवडलेली पॅकेजेस"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "काढून टाकण्याची पॅकेजेस"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "कर्नेल पॅकेजेसला जोर करा"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "पॅकेजची सोडवणूक अपयशी ठरली. कृपया ऑटोयास्ट संक्षेपातीलसॉफ्टवेयर विभाग बघा."
@@ -2822,24 +2878,31 @@
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr "आपल्या XML प्रोफाईलमध्ये आकृतीबंध केलेली विभाजन योजना हार्ड डिस्कवर मावत नाही. %1MB गायब"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+#| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives"
+msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+msgstr " एकून %1 ड्राईव्ह "
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr "ठराविक उपकरण संरचित केलेले नाही"
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "मूळ विभाजक वापरून बघितला जात आहे कृपया काही सेकंद थांबा..."
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr "लिनक्स मूळ विभाजन मिळाले नाही."
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
@@ -2848,20 +2911,20 @@
" बनवला नाही. आपोआप स्थापना शक्य नाही.\n"
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "संरचना माहिती गोळा करत आहे..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2869,7 +2932,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "फाईलबद्दल मत लिहू शकत नाही %1."
@@ -2877,7 +2940,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -23,129 +23,129 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54
msgid "Print the help for this module"
msgstr "ह्या आज्ञेसाठी मदत छापा"
#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module"
msgstr "मदतीची मोठी आवृत्ती या मॉड्यूलकरता छापा"
#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format"
msgstr "XML पध्दतीत या मॉड्युलकरता मदतीची मोठी आवृती छापा"
#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72
msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module"
msgstr "मॉड्युल नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी इंटर अॅक्टीव्ह शेल सुरू करा"
#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78
msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes"
msgstr "इंटर अॅक्टीव्ह पध्दतीत बाहेर पडा आणि बदल संग्रहीत करा"
#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84
msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes"
msgstr "बदल साठवून न ठेवता इंटर अॅक्टीव्ह पध्दतीतून मधेच बाहेर पडा"
#. translators: command line "help" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92
msgid "Print the help for this command"
msgstr "ह्या सूचनेची मदत छापा"
#. translators: command line "verbose" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98
msgid "Show progress information"
msgstr "प्रगतीचा माहिती दाखवा"
#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104
msgid "Where to store the XML output"
msgstr "हा XML आऊटपुट कोठे संग्रहीत करायचा आहे"
#. string: command line interface is not supported
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
msgstr "हे यास्ट2 मॉड्यूल सूचना ओळ पडद्याकरता सहाय्य करीत नाही."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "उपलब्ध सूचनांच्या पूर्ण यादीकरता 'मदत' कळ वापरा."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "उपलब्ध सूचनांच्या पूर्ण यादीकरता 'यास्टt2 %1 मदत' वाप."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr "अनोळखी आज्ञा: %1"
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr "पर्याय '%1' चुकला."
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr "आज्ञेसाठी अनोळखी पर्याय '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr "पर्यायासाठी अयोग्य किंमत '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr "विकल्पाकरता अवैध मूल्य '%1' -- अपेक्षित '%2',मिळालेले %3"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr "विकल्पाला '%1' कोणतीही किंमत असू शकत नाही. ही दिलेली किंमत आहे: %2"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "उपलब्ध विकल्पाला पूर्ण यादीकरता '%1 %2 मदत' वापरा."
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "उपलब्ध विकल्पाला पूर्ण यादीकरता 'यास्ट2 %1 %2 मदत' वापरा."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "यास्ट पृथकरण %1\n"
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
msgid "No help available"
msgstr "मदत उपलब्ध नाही"
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr "आज्ञा '%1'"
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
@@ -154,14 +154,14 @@
" पर्याय:"
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
@@ -170,139 +170,139 @@
" उदाहरण:"
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module."
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "ही YaST2 प्रणाली आहे."
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr "मूळ नमुना:"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr " यास्ट %1 <command> [व्हर्बोस] [पर्याय]"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr " यास्ट2 %1 <command> मदत"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr " <command> [पर्याय]"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr " <command> मदत"
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr "आज्ञा:"
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
msgid "No help available."
msgstr "मदत उपलब्ध नाही."
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr "उपलब्ध विकल्पाला यादीकरता 'यास्ट2 %1 <सूचना> मदत' वापरा."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "लक्ष्य फाईल नाव('एक्सएमएलफाईल' विकल्प) हरवले आहे. एक्सएमएलफाईल =<लक्ष्य_एक्सएमएल_फाईल> सूचना ओळ विकल्प वापरा."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "लक्ष्य फाईल नाव('एक्सएमएलफाईल' विकल्प) रिकामे आहे. एक्सएमएलफाईल =<लक्ष्य_एक्सएमएल_फाईल> सूचना ओळ विकल्प वापरा."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr "किंवा '%1'"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr "आज्ञा निर्देशित करा '%1'."
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "आज्ञापैकी एक निर्देशित करा: %1."
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "आज्ञापैकी फक्त एक आज्ञा निर्देशित करा: %1."
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे."
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "तयार"
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "सुरु करणे"
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "संपवत आहे"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
msgid "Done"
msgstr "Done"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr "बाहेर पडत आहे (बदल न करता)"
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr "हो किंवा नाही?"
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
msgid "yes"
msgstr "योय"
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
msgid "no"
msgstr "नाहीं"
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
#. %1 - link to our bugzilla
#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored
#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157
msgid ""
"This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n"
"Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
@@ -382,13 +382,13 @@
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save YaST Logs..."
msgstr "याप्रमाणे नोंद संग्रहीत करा..."
@@ -397,17 +397,37 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
+#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its
+#. unloading after end of block.
+#. @param [String] package to load
+#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield
+#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed
+#.
+#. @example
+#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do
+#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic")
+#. end
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Copying the packages..."
+msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'"
+msgstr "पॅकेजेसच्या प्रती काढत आहे..."
+
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358
+msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "ह्या स्थापनेच्या पध्दतीच्या कामाचा मार्ग सूचीत झाला नाही."
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Do you really want\n"
@@ -419,20 +439,20 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "संस्थापित करणे सुरू ठेवा"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "संस्थापन करण्यात व्यत्यय"
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?"
@@ -440,13 +460,13 @@
#. popup dialog caption
#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "चेतावणी"
#. popup message, %1 is list of problems
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200
msgid ""
"The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n"
"Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n"
@@ -461,7 +481,7 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the installation source."
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
@@ -473,7 +493,7 @@
msgstr "%1ची किंमत अयोग्य आहे."
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67
msgid "Unavailable"
msgstr "अनुपलब्ध"
@@ -482,7 +502,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting"
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -498,7 +518,7 @@
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -509,43 +529,43 @@
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr "सुरू होताना"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "हाताने"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
msgid "Via xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "सेवा सुरू"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr "सेवा चालू आहे"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही"
@@ -554,7 +574,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -568,7 +588,7 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -577,32 +597,32 @@
"लगेच पुन्हा सुरू करा, वापरा <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr "आता सेवा सुरू करा"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr "आता सेवा बंद करा"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "बदल संग्रहीत करा आणि आता सेवा पुन्हा सुरू का"
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr "&आता सेवा सुरू करा"
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr "&आता सेवा बंद करा"
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "बदल संग्रहीत करा आणि आता सेवा पुन्हा सुरू का"
@@ -618,7 +638,7 @@
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -629,38 +649,38 @@
"<b>%1</b>.</p>सेट करा."
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP पाठिंबा सक्रिय करा"
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP पाठिंबा सक्रिय करा"
#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "टॅब"
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "वर"
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "खाली"
#. popup message
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302
msgid ""
"The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n"
"because it is in use.\n"
@@ -671,37 +691,37 @@
"संरचनेमध्ये ती प्रथम वापरायची थांबा."
#. popup title
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308
msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key."
msgstr "TSIGकळ काढू शकत नाही."
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318
msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्धारण कळ बरोबर फाईल निवडा"
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333
msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्धारण कळीसाठी फाईल निवडा"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353
msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory."
msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेल्या दस्तऐवजामध्ये फाईलचे नाव दर्शवा."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358
msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?"
msgstr "दर्शवलेली फाईल अस्तित्वात आहे. ती परत लिहा?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr "TSIG कळ ओळखचिन्ह दर्शवला नाही."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
@@ -710,7 +730,7 @@
"ती कायमची काढून टाका?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
@@ -719,27 +739,27 @@
"ती कायमची काढून टाका? "
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr "आता कळ तयार होईल. सुरू ठेवा? "
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr "TSIG कळ तयार करण्यास अयशस्वी."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr "अपेक्षित फाईल अस्तित्वात नाही"
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr "कोणतीही TSIG कळ सुचविलेल्या फाईलमध्ये नाही."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -750,7 +770,7 @@
"आडेन्टिफायरसहित TSIG की असते जुन्या कीज काढून टाकल्या जातील. पुढे चालू ठेवायचे"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
@@ -759,7 +779,7 @@
"हा डायलॉग TSIG की हाताळण्यासाठी वापरा.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -770,7 +790,7 @@
"<b>Add</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -783,7 +803,7 @@
"<b>जनरेट</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -800,27 +820,27 @@
"सर्वप्रथम सर्व्हरने आकृतीबंधात ती वापरणे थांबवले पाहिजे.</p>\n"
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेली TSIG कळ तयार करा"
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr "TSIG कळ नवीन तयार करा"
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr "&कळ ओळखकर्ता"
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr "गोळा करा"
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr "सत्य TSIG कळ"
@@ -828,54 +848,54 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
msgid "Key ID"
msgstr "कळ ओळखकर्ता"
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "फाइलचे नाव"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr "&निवडलेले पर्याय"
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr "सध्याचे पर्याय: "
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882
msgid "Ch."
msgstr "Ch."
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
msgid "Option"
msgstr "पर्याय"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893
msgid "Value"
msgstr "मूल्य"
#. help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -886,7 +906,7 @@
"आणि <b>संपादीत करा</b> दाबा.</p>"
#. help 2/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -895,7 +915,7 @@
"काढून टाका, ते निवडा आणि<b>काढून टाका</b>दाबा.</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n"
"whether the option was changed.</P>"
@@ -904,7 +924,7 @@
"विकल्प बदलला आहे तर.</P>"
#. help 4/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928
msgid ""
"<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n"
"and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n"
@@ -915,42 +935,42 @@
"वापरा.</p>"
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "&उपलब्ध"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "उपकरण संरचीत केलेले नाही"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr "संपरचित करण्यासाठी <B>संपादन करा</B>दाबा"
#. Message shown while loading modules information
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197
msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..."
msgstr "मॉड्युल अद्ययावत करत आहे, कृपया वाट पाहा ..."
#. Heading for NCurses Control Center
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 Control Center"
msgid "YaST Control Center"
msgstr "यास्ट2 नियंत्रण केंद्र"
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Rundi"
msgid "Run"
msgstr "रुंडी"
#. show popup when running as non-root
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n"
@@ -960,14 +980,14 @@
"आपण फकत मॉड्युल्स पहाल ज्यांना रुटच्या विशेषाधिकारांची गरज नाही."
#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Controlling YaST2 ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgstr "यास्ट2 कर्सर कळबोर्डबरोबर नियंत्रीत होत आहेत"
#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
msgid ""
"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n"
"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n"
@@ -982,12 +1002,12 @@
" काही एलिमेंट्स बाणाची की वापरतात (उदाहरणार्थ सूचींत वर खाली करण्यासाठी).</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n"
"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>"
@@ -996,7 +1016,7 @@
"अक्षर). आणि [ALT] कार्यान्वित करायचे बटण वापरा.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
@@ -1005,7 +1025,7 @@
"बटणे) काही न निवडता.</p>\n"
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n"
"<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n"
@@ -1020,7 +1040,7 @@
"करत नसतील, तर पुढे जाण्यासाठी [CTRL] + [F] आणि मागे जाण्यासाठी [CTRL] + [B]कडे लक्ष द्या</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n"
"try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n"
@@ -1031,7 +1051,7 @@
"[ESC] + [TAB] हा देखील पर्याय आहे. [ALT] + [TAB].</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
@@ -1046,12 +1066,12 @@
"चालू डायलॉगसाठी कामाची की मिळवण्यासाठी F1 दाबा.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
msgstr "<p>विवक्षीत कृतीला एफ कळी नेहमी जोडलेल्या असतात:</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
msgid ""
"F1 = Help<br>\n"
"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n"
@@ -1075,7 +1095,7 @@
"F10 = ठीक, पुढे, संपवणे किंवा स्वीकारणे<br>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382
msgid ""
"<p>In some environments, all or some\n"
"F keys are not available.</p>"
@@ -1085,7 +1105,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1095,7 +1115,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1105,7 +1125,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1283,8 +1303,8 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "सोडा"
@@ -1306,7 +1326,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&परवली शब्द"
@@ -1524,34 +1544,34 @@
#.
#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
#. @return [String] the release information
-#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found."
msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
msgstr "नियंत्रक फाईल %1 सापडली नाही."
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "खरोखरच स्थापनेतून बाहेर यायचे आहे का?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "यास्ट प्रणाली दुरूस्तीत खरंच व्यत्यय?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "प्रणाली दुसरूस्त व्यत्यय"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "प्रणाली दुसरूस्त व्यत्यय चालू ठेवा"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1564,7 +1584,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1578,7 +1598,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1589,29 +1609,29 @@
"तुम्हाला पुन्हा स्थापना करायला हवी."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "खरंच व्यत्यय?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "सर्व बदल!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&तपशील..."
#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101
msgid "Messages"
msgstr "निरोप"
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109
msgid "Display Messages: %1"
msgstr "निरोप दाखवा: %1"
@@ -1621,91 +1641,89 @@
#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file
#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed
#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113
+#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हो"
-#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "नाही"
#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118
msgid "Time-out Messages: %1"
msgstr "संदेशाची वेळ संपली: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125
msgid "Log Messages: %1"
msgstr "नोंद निरोप: %1"
#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr "इशारा"
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139
msgid "Display Warnings: %1"
msgstr "इशारा दाखवा: %1"
#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148
msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1"
msgstr "इशाऱ्याची वेळ संपली: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155
msgid "Log Warnings: %1"
msgstr "नोंद इशारा: %1"
#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162
msgid "Errors"
msgstr "त्रुटी "
#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
msgid "Display Errors: %1"
msgstr "चूक दाखवा: %1"
#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178
msgid "Time-out Errors: %1"
msgstr "वेळ संपण्याची चेतावणी: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
msgid "Log Errors: %1"
msgstr "नोंद चूक: %1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Warning:"
#| msgid_plural "Warnings:"
@@ -1713,7 +1731,7 @@
msgstr "इशारा:"
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error:"
#| msgid_plural "Errors:"
@@ -1722,8 +1740,8 @@
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Message:"
#| msgid_plural "Messages:"
@@ -1779,26 +1797,26 @@
msgstr "काढून करा"
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "विविध"
-#. TODO FIXME
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242
+#. FIXME: do it
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234
#, fuzzy
msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package."
msgstr "Xterm गायब आहे, xterm पॅकेज स्थापित करा"
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187
msgid "GPG Private Keys"
msgstr "GPG खाजगी कीज"
#. table header - GPG key user ID
#. table header - GPG key user ID
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226
msgid "User ID"
msgstr "कळ ओळखकर्ता"
@@ -1807,14 +1825,14 @@
#. lazy
#. Standard text strings
#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC"
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55
msgid "Fingerprint"
msgstr "बोटांचा ठसा"
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1824,12 +1842,12 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219
msgid "GPG Public Keys"
msgstr "GPG सार्वजनिक कीज"
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1839,11 +1857,11 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282
msgid "&Create a new GPG key..."
msgstr "TSIG कळ नवीन तयार करा"
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
@@ -1856,12 +1874,12 @@
"</p>"
#. text entry
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325
msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1"
msgstr "GPG की %1 साठी &पासफ्रेज"
#. help text
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key."
@@ -1871,18 +1889,18 @@
#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350
msgid "Enter Passphrase"
msgstr "&परवली शब्द टाका:"
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr "GPG की %1 की उघडण्यासाठी पासफ्रेज प्रविष्ट करा: "
#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes
#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
-#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107
+#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made."
msgstr "निवडलेल्या प्रोफाईल्ससाठी चेंजलॉग प्रविष्ट करा"
@@ -1946,102 +1964,101 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget
#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs
#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons
-#. menubutton
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "प्रगत"
#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case
#. of error in the YaST code)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231
msgid "Log"
msgstr "नोंद"
#. logview caption
#. logview caption
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554
+#. menubutton
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545
msgid "&Log"
msgstr "नोंद"
#. menubutton entry
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255
msgid "&Save Log"
msgstr "नोंद संग्रहीत करा"
#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390
msgid "Save Log as..."
msgstr "याप्रमाणे नोंद संग्रहीत करा..."
#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr "नोंदी वाचत असताना चूक सापडली."
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall package is not installed."
msgstr "हरवलेली पॅकेजेस स्थापन झाली नाहीत."
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
msgstr "फायरवॉल अकार्यान्वित आहे"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121
msgid "Firewall port is closed"
msgstr "फायरवॉल ठिकाण बंद आहे"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124
msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces"
msgstr "सर्व संवादावर फायरवॉल ठिकाण उघडे आहे"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127
msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces"
msgstr "निवडलेल्या संवादमंचावर फायरवॉल उघडले "
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130
msgid "No network interfaces are configured"
msgstr "महाजाल पडदे संरचीत नाहीत"
#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone."
msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone"
msgstr "हया विभागांकरता कोणतीही पडदे दिलेले नाहीत."
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये उघडे पोर्ट असलेले महाजाल पडदे"
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2054,7 +2071,7 @@
"पुढे जायचे आहे का?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2070,8 +2087,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2086,29 +2103,29 @@
"पुढे जायचे का?"
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये महाजाल उघड्या पोर्टसहीत पडदे"
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "सर्व चयन करा"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "निवडा काही नाही"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2116,7 +2133,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2129,7 +2146,7 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
@@ -2138,7 +2155,7 @@
"टिचकी मारा <b>%2</b>.<br>"
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
@@ -2147,47 +2164,47 @@
" हा पर्याय उपलब्ध.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये ठिकाण उघडा"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr "फायरवॉल आणि विस्तृत वर्णन"
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये ठिकाण उघडा"
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल आणि विस्तृत वर्णन"
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी"
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr "फायरवॉल उघडत आहे"
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "मोडेम"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड"
@@ -2195,27 +2212,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
@@ -2225,331 +2242,331 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त नोंदी पत्ते"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "ARCnet महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "Asynchronous ट्रान्सफर मोड (ATM)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ जोडणी"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Bond नेटवर्क"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "समान लींक संपर्क वर्कस्टेशनकरता (CLAW)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "चॅनेल ते चॅनेल पडदा (CTC)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL जोडणी"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "त्याच्यासारखा दिसणारा"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "नकली महाजाल उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "एन्टर फाईल्स कनेक्टर (ESCON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "इथरनेट"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "इथरनेट महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "FDDI महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "फायबरचॅनेल सीसीस्ट कनेक्टर (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "होत परफारन्स संमातर पडदा (HIPPI)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "Hipersockets"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "हायफर सॉकेट पडदा (HSI)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN जोडणी"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "इनफ्रारेड नेटवर्क उपकरण"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "इनफ्रारेड उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "इन्टर युझर कमुनीकेशन व्हेईकल्स (IUCV)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "लूपबॅक"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "लूपबॅक उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "मायरीनेट"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "मायरीनेट महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "समांतर ओळ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "संमातर ओळ जोडणी"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "OSA-एक्सप्रेस or QDIO उपकरण (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "IPv6-इन-IPv4 Encapsulation उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "अनुक्रमे ओळ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "अनुक्रमे ओळीचे संपर्क"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "टोकण रिंग"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "टोकन बेल महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB महाजाल उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare महाजाल उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "बिनतारी"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "वायरलेस महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP महाजाल"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
#, fuzzy
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "व्हर्च्यूहल युजर्स"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "पूल"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "महाजाल मोड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "FTP"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "इनफिनीबॅड"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "इनफ्रारेड उपकरण"
@@ -2565,55 +2582,55 @@
msgstr "DHCP सेवा संगणक"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "DHCP वापरून IP पत्ता सोपवला"
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा प्रकार"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा आयडी"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "संपर्क साधला."
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "ह्या LAN वर सादरकर्त्याकरता तपासत आहे..."
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "&NFS सेवा संगणक"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr "दूरस्थ सादरकर्ता"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "निर्यात केलेली संचिका"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2628,14 +2645,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2655,47 +2672,47 @@
"मोकळ्या जागांना अनुमती नाही.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "बहि:स्थ भाग"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "अंत:स्थ भाग"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "भाग सैनिक मुक्त करा"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "अनोळखी भाग"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2711,7 +2728,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
@@ -2756,82 +2773,82 @@
msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "फायरवॉलचे पृथ:करण लिहीत आहे"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "फायरवॉल सेवा अनुकुल करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहिण्यास अनुकुल करत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "रचना लिहण्यास अयशस्वी"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
msgstr "नविन महाजाल उपकरण '%1'मिळाले; अंतर्गत फायरवॉल पडदा म्हणून मिळवले गेले"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
msgstr "नविन महाजाल उपकरण '%1'मिळाले; बाह्य फायरवॉल पडदा म्हणून मिळवले गेले"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SSH port is <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>, but there are still no network interfaces configured"
msgid ""
@@ -2840,41 +2857,41 @@
msgstr "SSH पोर्ट <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">खुले आहे</a>, परंतु तेथे अद्याप कोणत्याही नेटवर्क इंटरफेसेसचा आकृतीबंध नाही."
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
msgstr "SSH वर यंत्रणा तुम्ही स्थापीत आहात, पण तुम्ही SSH फायरवॉलवरील स्थान उघडलेले नाही."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
msgstr "आपण रिमोट प्रशासन वापरुन प्रणाली(VNC) स्थापित करता आहात, परंतु आपण फायवॉलवर VNC पोर्टस उघडलेले नाहीत."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target"
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open"
msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
@@ -2913,90 +2930,73 @@
#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
#. ]
#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "सेवेचे प्रकार"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "अनोळखी सेवा '%1'"
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना संस्थापित करण्याची आवश्यकता"
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
msgid "These packages need to be removed:"
msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना कायमचे काढण्याची आवश्यकता"
#. labels changed for bug #215195
#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (),
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727
-msgid "Package: "
-msgstr "पॅकेज: "
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208
-msgid "Size: "
-msgstr "आकार: "
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231
-msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे"
-#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314
-msgid "Show &details"
-msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा"
-
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "फाईल एकत्रितपणाचा तपास फसला:"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना पुन्हा करून पाहायची आहे का?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "स्थापनामध्ये थांबवायची आहे का?"
@@ -3005,57 +3005,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "चूकः %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "पॅकेज विस्थापित होत आहे %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "पॅकेज विस्थापित होत आहे"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "पॅकेज काढून टाकणे %1 फसले."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना %1 फसली."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
@@ -3071,29 +3071,29 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "\"अ\" बाजू"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "\"ब\" बाजू"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1x %2"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1x %2"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3102,7 +3102,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
@@ -3115,7 +3115,7 @@
"ही सूची संपर्कात आहे का ते तपासा."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
@@ -3127,61 +3127,55 @@
"%1.\n"
"ही संपर्क संपर्कात आहे का ते तपासा."
-#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
-msgstr "योग्य संदर्भ माध्यम चढवू शकले नाही."
-
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "बाहेर पडा"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "DNS आपोआप परत बोलावले आहे"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "स्थापनेचा पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "माध्यम वगळायचे आहे का?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "वाईट माध्यम विसरत आहे..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&युआरएल"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे "
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली."
@@ -3189,9 +3183,9 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "दूरच्या संदर्भाचे वर्णन मिळवू शकले नाही."
@@ -3199,24 +3193,24 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "नवीन मेटाडेटा मिळविताना चूक झाली"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडाटा अवैध आहे."
@@ -3225,101 +3219,97 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "पुर्नजीवनाचा पुन: प्रयत्न करायचा का?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 ची चौकशी करत आहे"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "स्रोताच्या चौकशीचा तपशील"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडाटा अवैध आहे."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM पॅकेज %1 लागू करत आहे..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयश"
-#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
-msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..."
-
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754
-msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
-msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+msgid "Package: "
+msgstr "पॅकेज: "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट %1 सुरु करत आहे (पॅच %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट चालवत आहे"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "पॅकेज: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्टचा आऊटपुट"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3328,7 +3318,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3338,46 +3328,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "नूतनीकरण"
#. heading of popup
-#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस तपासली जात आहे"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस पुर्ननिर्मित होत आहे. ह्या प्रक्रियेला काही वेळ लागेल."
-#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
-
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3386,12 +3368,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस बदलत आहे. ह्या प्रक्रियेत थोडा वेळ लागेल."
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
+
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3400,13 +3386,13 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "सर्व स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा"
@@ -3418,30 +3404,30 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "लक्ष्यसूची सुरवात करताना असमर्थ झाली"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "MySQL डेटाबेस"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
@@ -3450,10 +3436,23 @@
msgstr "युआरएल: %1"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता"
+#. check box
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+msgid "Show &details"
+msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा"
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+msgid "Size: "
+msgstr "आकार: "
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58
msgid ""
@@ -3461,7 +3460,7 @@
"Ask PackageKit to quit again?"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking software management.\n"
"This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n"
@@ -3473,14 +3472,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183
msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Would you like to continue without having access\n"
@@ -3490,7 +3489,7 @@
"पॅकेज व्यवस्थापन चालणार नाही! \n"
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n"
@@ -3501,15 +3500,15 @@
"पॅकेज व्यवस्थापन चालणार नाही! \n"
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
msgstr "तुम्ही सीडी हदलून पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?"
#. print the question
#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
#| msgid_plural "Do you accept these license agreements?"
@@ -3517,7 +3516,7 @@
msgstr "आपण हा परवाना करार स्वीकारता का?"
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
@@ -3554,17 +3553,17 @@
"यास्ट व्यवस्थित काम करू शकणार नाही.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "पॅकेज परवाना नक्की करा: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "मी मान्य आहे"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "मी अमान्य आहे"
@@ -3592,7 +3591,7 @@
"अशा पॅकेजची स्थापना नाकारण्यासाठी,<b>I Disagree with All</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3606,7 +3605,7 @@
"\t\t वस्तूबद्दल वर्णन पाहण्यासाठी यादीतून मजकूर निवडा.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3620,7 +3619,7 @@
"\t\t संदर्भ मेनूने, सर्व वस्तूंची स्थिती ही तु्म्ही बदलू शकता.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3632,7 +3631,7 @@
"\t\t जेथे तुम्ही स्वतंत्र सॉफ्टवेअर पॅकेजेस पाहू व निवडू शकता.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3652,149 +3651,149 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअरची निवड व प्रणाली जबाबदाऱ्या"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
#, fuzzy
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "अधिक..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "स्थापन करणे संपले.\n"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "नोंद निरोप: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "सेवा फसली: %1."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "एकूण पुर्नबांधणी केलेले पॅकेजेस:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "एकूण पुर्नबांधणी केलेले पॅकेजेस:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजची संख्या:"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "पॅकेजेस"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "उपयोक्ता नाव:%1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "स्थापित आकार"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "एकूण उतरविण्याची आकार: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "बॅकअप आकडेवारी:"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "संस्थापन"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "अधिक माहिती"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "पूर्ण करा"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "हरवलेले पॅकेज"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3826,7 +3825,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3843,18 +3842,18 @@
"तरीही ते प्रस्थापित करायचे?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr " &स्वाक्षरी नसलेल्या फाईल्स स्वीकारा "
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
@@ -3872,7 +3871,7 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे आहे का?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
@@ -3890,70 +3889,70 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे आहे का?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr "बेरीजतपासणी मिळू शकली नाही"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr "ओळखचिन्ह: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr "नाव: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr " निर्माण करा%1$s "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ID: %1"
msgid "ID: "
msgstr "ओळखचिन्ह: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name: %1"
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "नाव: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट:"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: "
msgstr " निर्माण करा%1$s "
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3975,7 +3974,7 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3997,12 +3996,12 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr "वैधतेचा तपास अयशस्वी झाला"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4022,7 +4021,7 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे का? "
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4042,12 +4041,12 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे का? "
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "अज्ञात जीएनयुपीजी कळ"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
@@ -4073,7 +4072,7 @@
"गाळणे हेच योग्य ठरेल."
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
@@ -4099,17 +4098,17 @@
"गाळणे हेच योग्य ठरेल."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr "अविश्वासू सार्वजनिक कळ आयात करा"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -4124,7 +4123,7 @@
"यंत्रेनेतील सॉफ्टवेअर वर थोडासा कंट्रोल ठेवण्यास मदत होते.</p>"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
@@ -4140,7 +4139,7 @@
"तर कळीच्या मालकाने निर्माण केलेली पॅकेजेस <tt>%1</tt> ही सूचना दाखवते.</p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -4148,7 +4147,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The GnuPG key %1\n"
@@ -4173,17 +4172,17 @@
"करण्यासाठी पूर्वी ही कळला मालकाचीच आहे."
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "अविश्वासू GnuPG आयात करा"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Trust"
msgid "&Trust"
@@ -4191,7 +4190,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4213,13 +4212,13 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "इशारा"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4237,7 +4236,7 @@
"तरीही ते प्रस्थापित करायचे?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "अनोळखी फाईल प्रणाली"
@@ -4249,83 +4248,83 @@
#. translators: default global progress bar label
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "ड्रायवर स्थापित होत आहे..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
msgid "Media"
msgstr "माध्यम"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "हरवलेले पॅकेज"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
msgid "Time"
msgstr "वेळ"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांना कृत्याची परवानगी:\n"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>पॅकेजेस स्थापीत होईपर्यंत कृपया वाट पाहा.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "चलचित्र दाखवा"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "अधिक माहिती"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "अपडेट करा"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "स्थापना करा"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4334,17 +4333,18 @@
"कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "अर्धवट सोडून दिले"
-#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
+#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL))
+#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd)
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr "यंत्रणेचा लॉग (%1)"
@@ -4929,31 +4929,45 @@
msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ उपकरण"
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr "हा निरोप परत दाखवू नका"
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+msgid ""
+"File %s has been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose this file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose these files."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error report
-#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416
+#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation."
msgstr "इनट्रीड निर्मिती दरम्यान चूक झाली."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4962,19 +4976,19 @@
"प्रणाली कार्यान्वित करा.\n"
#. bnc #421002
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177
msgid "Confirm driver activation"
msgstr "चालक कार्यान्वित नक्की करा"
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. vendor and device information strings as stored
#. in the hardware-probing database.
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184
msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgstr "यास्ट2 ने पुढील उपकरण शोधले"
#. Caption for Textentry with module information
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193
msgid "&Driver/Module to load"
msgstr "चालक/मॉड्युल भरायचे आहे"
@@ -4986,7 +5000,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4997,7 +5011,7 @@
"संयोगचिन्हे असतात. संयोगचिन्ह कॉम्पोनन्टची सुरुवात किंवा समाप्ती करणार नाही, व शेवटचा कॉम्पोनन्ट आकडयाने सुरु होणार नाही."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5006,7 +5020,7 @@
"मालकाचे नांव संयोगचिन्हाने सुरु किंवा समाप्त होणार नाही.\n"
#. Translators: dot: "."
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n"
@@ -5019,7 +5033,7 @@
"4 पूर्णांक बिंदूनी विभागले असतात."
#. Translators: colon: ":"
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n"
@@ -5033,7 +5047,7 @@
"4 पूर्णांक बिंदूनी विभागले असतात."
#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n"
@@ -5061,56 +5075,56 @@
"IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n"
#. Byte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "B"
msgstr "केबी"
#. KiloByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129
msgid "KiB"
msgstr "केआयबी"
#. MegaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MB"
msgid "MiB"
msgstr "MB"
#. GigaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "GB"
msgid "GiB"
msgstr "GB"
#. TeraByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "TB"
msgid "TiB"
msgstr "TB"
-#. covert a number to download rate string
-#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238
-msgid "%1/s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s")
#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s")
#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201
msgid "%1 (on average %2)"
msgstr ""
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
msgid "..."
msgstr "CD..."
+#. covert a number to download rate string
+#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+msgid "%1/s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection.
#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when
#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules
@@ -5122,20 +5136,20 @@
#. the suggested load command
#.
#. This is the heading of the popup box
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102
msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection"
msgstr "हार्डवेअर शोध नक्की करा"
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. hardware class name (network cards).
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 will detect the following hardware:"
msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:"
msgstr "यास्ट2 पुढील हार्डवेअर शोधले:"
#. Message in a continue/cancel popup
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182
msgid ""
"This module must be run as root.\n"
"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
@@ -5148,35 +5162,35 @@
"व ती सेटिंग्ज लिहिली जातीलच असेही नाही.\n"
#. Popup headline
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190
msgid "Root Privileges Needed"
msgstr "मूळ फायदे हवेत"
#. Popup question
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207
msgid "Really delete selected entry?"
msgstr "निवडलेली नोंद खरोखर कमी करावी का?"
#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.)
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221
msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?"
#. button text
#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel"
#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept".
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508
msgid "&Apply"
msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा"
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..."
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "YaST2\n"
@@ -5189,14 +5203,14 @@
"कार्यान्वय करत आहे..."
#. Heading for help popup window
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदत"
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modules"
msgid "Module"
@@ -5954,7 +5968,77 @@
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "सेवेची स्थिती"
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: "
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Activate During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "बूटींग दरम्यान सुरु करा"
+
+#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings"
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "चालू आहे"
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "S&top now ..."
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "आता थांबवा ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start now ..."
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "आता सुरूवात करा ..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
+#~ msgstr "योग्य संदर्भ माध्यम चढवू शकले नाही."
+
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
+#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..."
+
+#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
+#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "No running network detected."
#~ msgstr "टोकनरिंग महाजाल नियंत्रक"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -51,70 +51,27 @@
msgstr "पर्यायी किंमत"
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr "किंमत दर्शवली नाही."
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr "पर्याय सुचवला नाही."
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value: %1"
msgid "Value: %s"
msgstr "मूल्य: %1"
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr "सुचविलेला पर्याय अस्तित्वात नाही."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना साठवले जात आहे..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "ही यंत्रणा आता पुन्हा सुरू करा..."
-
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "स्थापनेकरता बूट लोडर निवडलेला नाही. यंत्रणा बुटेबल नाही"
-
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "विभाग पाडल्यामुळे, बूटलोडर नीट स्थापित करता येऊ शकत नाही."
-
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "बूटीग"
-
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "बूटीग"
-
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -252,9 +209,16 @@
" निकषांची व्याख्या करु देते. अधिक माहितीसाठी कृपया grub दस्तावेद (<code>info grub</code>) पहा.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
@@ -281,15 +245,14 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>पासवर्ड फॉर द मेन्यू इंटरफेस </b><br>\n"
"बूट मेन्यू अक्सेस करण्यासाठी आवश्यक असलेल्या पासवर्डची व्याख्या करा. आपण पुन्हा <b>रीटाईप पासवर्ड</b> मधे पुनरावृत्ती केल्यास YaST फक्त\n"
"पासवर्ड स्वीकारेल.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -302,73 +265,73 @@
"BIOS मधील ऑर्डरनुसार डिस्क्सची ऑर्डर नमूद करण्यासाठी, \n"
"डिस्कचा क्रम पुन्हा लावण्यासाठी<b>अप</b> आणि <b>डाऊन</b>बटणे वर खाली करा.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "बूट पार्टिशनसाठी पार्टिशन तक्त्यात सक्रिय फ्लॅग निश्चित करा."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "एक दशांश सेकंदात वेळ संपली"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "मूळ बूट भाग"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "MBR साठी सर्वसाधारण बूट कोड लिहा."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "%1 चे बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "डिफॉल्ट अयशस्वी झाल्यास फॉलबॅक सेक्शन्स"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "बूटवर मेन्यू लपवा"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "मेन्यू इंटरफेससाठी पासवर्ड"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "फ्लॅग डीबग करत आहे."
@@ -381,103 +344,110 @@
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "परवलीशब्दाच्या मदतीने बूट लोडरचे संरक्षण करा"
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Security Event Notification"
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना"
+
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&परवली शब्द"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "सांकेतिक शब्द परत लिहा"
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "%1 चे बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय"
#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Secure"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "सुरक्षित"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -505,49 +475,38 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Vga मोड</b> बूटिंगच्या वेळी केर्नेलने सेट करण्याच्या <i>कन्सोल</i> साठी Vga मोडची व्याख्या करते </p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>ऑप्शनल केर्नेल कमांड लाईन पॅरामीटर </b> आपणास केर्नेलकडे पाठवण्यासाठी अतिरिक्त निकषांची व्याख्या करू देते </p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "वैकल्पीत कर्नेल सूचना ओळ पॅरामीटर्स"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Distribution:"
msgid "D&istributor"
msgstr " वाटप: "
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "VGA मोड"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr "वैकल्पीत कर्नेल सूचना ओळ पॅरामीटर्स"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -597,7 +556,7 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autodetected card"
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
@@ -605,73 +564,72 @@
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "चित्रमय मेन्यू फाईल"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "अनुक्रम पडदा"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:"
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "काँफ्लिक्ट रिझोल्यूशन"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "इनव्हेलिड अर्गुमेन्ट"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "अनुक्रम पडदा"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "इनव्हेलिड अर्गुमेन्ट"
-#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132
+#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "फाईल निवडा"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "विभाग पाडल्यामुळे, बूटलोडर नीट स्थापित करता येऊ शकत नाही."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "सध्याचा बूट अद्ययावतकरता विकल्प मांडणी केली नाहीत "
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -686,63 +644,63 @@
"पुढे चालू करायचे?\n"
#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
msgstr "संरचना फाईल्स संपादीत करा"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr "नवीन संरचना सुचवा"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr "स्क्रॅचेसपासून सुरू"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr "तबकडीपासून संरचना पुन्हा वाचा"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr "हार्डडिस्कचा MBR पुन्हा स्थापीत करा"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr "डिस्कवर बूट लोडरचा बूट कोड लिहा."
#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
msgid "Other"
msgstr "इतर"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr "MBR यशस्वीरीत्या पुन्हा साठविले."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr "MBR पुन्हा साठवून ठेवण्यात अयशस्वी."
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "महाजाल मांडणी लिहिण्यास अयशस्वी."
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प"
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापना आणि अधिक माहिती"
@@ -787,7 +745,7 @@
"<B>आकृतीबंध फाईल्स संपादित करा</B> वर क्लिक करा.</P>"
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
@@ -796,7 +754,7 @@
"प्रतिनिधित्व करतो.</P>"
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
@@ -805,7 +763,7 @@
"दाबा</P>"
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -822,7 +780,7 @@
"क्रम<B>अप</B> आणि <B>डाऊन</B> बटणे वापरुन बदलता येऊ शकेल.</P>"
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -833,7 +791,7 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
@@ -842,7 +800,7 @@
"पुढील मार्गांनी बूट लोडर मॅनेजर (%1) स्थापित करता येऊ शकतोः</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -853,7 +811,7 @@
"असल्यास याला शिफारस करण्यात येत नाही.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -875,7 +833,7 @@
"</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -886,7 +844,7 @@
"आपल्या प्रणालीच्या मर्यादा विचारात घ्या.</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -899,7 +857,7 @@
"किंवा शकणार नाही.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -910,7 +868,7 @@
"नांव प्रविष्ट करा. (उदाहरणार्थ,...)</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
@@ -922,7 +880,7 @@
"मॅपिंग प्रमाणे),<b>बूट लोडर इन्स्टॉलेशन डीटेल्स</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
@@ -934,7 +892,7 @@
"करायचा हे निवडण्यासाठी, <b>बूट लोडर</b>वापरा.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
@@ -946,7 +904,7 @@
"<b>बूट लोडर ऑप्शन्स</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -957,7 +915,7 @@
"<P>टीपः अंतिम आकृतीबंध फाईलमधे वेगळी इंडेटिंग असू शकतात.</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
@@ -969,7 +927,7 @@
"सेक्शनचे नांव अगदी वेगळे असले पाहिजे.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
@@ -978,7 +936,7 @@
"निर्मितीसाठी नवीन विभागाचा प्रकार निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -986,7 +944,7 @@
msgstr "सध्या निवडलेला विभाग क्लोन करण्यासाठी <b>क्लोन सिलेक्टेड सेक्शन</b><p>निवडा.नंतर पर्यायात बदल कराते जे निवडलेल्या विभागापेक्षावेगळे असावेत.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
@@ -996,7 +954,7 @@
"घालण्याकरिता<b>कर्नेल (लायनक्स)</b>निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
@@ -1006,7 +964,7 @@
" निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -1016,7 +974,7 @@
"\n"
"इतर कार्य प्रणाली बूट करण्यासाठी तो वापरला जातो.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
@@ -1028,7 +986,7 @@
"इतर कार्य प्रणाली बूट करण्यासाठी हे वापरले जाते.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "हार्डडिस्कची आज्ञा: %1"
@@ -1038,27 +996,27 @@
msgstr "कोणताही बूटलोडर स्थापन करू नका"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr "कोणताही बूट लोडर स्थापन करू नका"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "मूळ बूट लोडर स्थापन करा"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "मूळ बूट लोडर स्थापन करा"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "बूट लेडर"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर"
@@ -1155,40 +1113,115 @@
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr "विभाजनामुळे, बूट लोडर व्यवस्थितरित्या स्थापना होऊ शकणार नाही. "
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "वर्गामध्ये कमीत कमी एक मुद्रणयंत्र हवे."
+
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "फिल्टर स्थापिते"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "तबकड्या"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "उपकरण"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
+msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
+#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
+msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना साठवले जात आहे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "ही यंत्रणा आता पुन्हा सुरू करा..."
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "बूटीग"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "बूटीग"
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "स्थापनेकरता बूट लोडर निवडलेला नाही. यंत्रणा बुटेबल नाही"
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "विभाग पाडल्यामुळे, बूटलोडर नीट स्थापित करता येऊ शकत नाही."
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235
msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "स्थान: %1"
@@ -1197,7 +1230,7 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "बूट लोडर प्रकार: %1"
@@ -1217,114 +1250,123 @@
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "स्थान: %1"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "एलडिएपि सिक्यूअर पोर्ट: % १"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "अज्ञात मॉडेल: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "बूट उपकरण मिळाले नाही"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर तपासा"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "विभाजन वाचा"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी भरा"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर तपासला जात आहे..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "विभाजने वाचली जात आहे..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी भरली जात आहे..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना सुरू होत आहे"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "इनट्रीड निर्माण करा"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फाईल संग्रहीत करा"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापा"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "इंड्रीड निर्माण करत आहे..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फाईल्स संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापीत करत आहे..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>ऑप्शनल केर्नेल कमांड लाईन पॅरामीटर </b> आपणास केर्नेलकडे पाठवण्यासाठी अतिरिक्त निकषांची व्याख्या करू देते </p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+#~ msgstr "वैकल्पीत कर्नेल सूचना ओळ पॅरामीटर्स"
+
#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
#~ msgstr "जागतिक विकल्प वा या विभागाचे विकल्प काढून टाका"
@@ -1343,10 +1385,6 @@
#~ msgid "Disk Order"
#~ msgstr "तबकडीची आज्ञा"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Disk order settings"
-#~ msgstr "फिल्टर स्थापिते"
-
#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
#~ msgstr "बूट मेनू"
@@ -1365,16 +1403,6 @@
#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिक उपलब्ध करा."
-#~ msgid "&Device"
-#~ msgstr "उपकरण"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-#~ msgstr "वर्गामध्ये कमीत कमी एक मुद्रणयंत्र हवे."
-
-#~ msgid "D&isks"
-#~ msgstr "तबकड्या"
-
#~ msgid "&Up"
#~ msgstr "वर"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2492,8 +2492,8 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429
msgid "Missing value 'caName'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@
msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244
msgid "Getting defaults failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -2546,11 +2546,11 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327
msgid "Initializing the CA failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370
msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -2561,16 +2561,16 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007
msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2605,7 +2605,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770
msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2620,7 +2620,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@
msgid "Missing value 'days'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359
msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -2712,8 +2712,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'."
msgstr ""
@@ -2925,101 +2925,101 @@
msgid "Importing the certificate failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321
msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332
msgid "Missing parameter 'type'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343
msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353
msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462
msgid "Parsing failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590
msgid "Parsing the request failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704
msgid "Getting the request list failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779
#, perl-format
msgid "Request not found in %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786
msgid "Cannot read the request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792
msgid "No request data found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835
msgid "Importing the request failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926
msgid "Deleting the request failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001
#, perl-format
msgid "CA key not available in %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030
msgid "Importing the CA failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127
msgid "Deleting the CA failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyfile does not exist."
msgstr "फाईल अस्तित्वात नाही."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password change failed."
msgstr "गुप्तशब्ध बदलण्याचा प्रोटोकॉल "
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,13 +44,13 @@
msgstr "वापरलेले"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "योय"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "no"
msgstr "नाहीं"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
-msgstr "योय"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -89,310 +89,298 @@
msgstr "मध्ये संरचना"
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ठीक आहे"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द करा"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Nodes"
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr "नोड्स"
#. Set need to require 'set'
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Node ID must be unique"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Address Setup"
msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "महाजाल पत्ता मांडणी"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured"
-msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured"
+msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
msgstr "जेव्हा कार्डची संरचना होईल तेव्हा चाचणी ध्वनी करा"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for clock skew must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer"
msgstr "क्लॉक स्क्यूची किंमत घन इंन्ट्रीवर असलीच पाहिजे."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "चॅनेल"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Address Setup"
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "महाजाल पत्ता मांडणी"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Portal Address"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "पोस्टल पत्ता"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Scan the Channels"
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr "वाहिन्याची पाहणी"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clustering"
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "समूहीकरण"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SIP"
msgid "IP"
msgstr "एस.आय.पी."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:"
#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690
-msgid "Number of threads must be integer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696
-msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification"
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "सुरक्षा घटने संबंधी सूचना लागू करा."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
-msgid "Threads:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
msgid "Running"
msgstr "चालू आहे"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No network running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "नेटवर्क चालू नाही"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "बूटीग"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Started manually"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Started manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "बटन सुरू आणि बंद"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Firewall Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "आता फायरवॉल सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "आता फायरवॉल बंद करा"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local Host"
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "लोकल होस्ट"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
msgid "Add"
msgstr "जोडा"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "उशीर होणे"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "फाईल निवडा"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "सुचविलेल्या fstab ओळी"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid host name."
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "होस्टचे वैध नाव प्रविष्ट करा."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile."
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "कार्यक्रमाकरिता नवीन नाव %1 घाला."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the file name"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "फाईलचे नाव लिहा"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Archive %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -405,50 +393,50 @@
" आपल्याका तो खरोखरच ओव्हरराईट करायचा आहे?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n"
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for clock skew must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
@@ -463,18 +451,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
@@ -482,7 +469,7 @@
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -491,7 +478,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -502,7 +489,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -515,7 +502,7 @@
"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -524,7 +511,7 @@
"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -537,7 +524,7 @@
"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...</p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -562,41 +549,41 @@
msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना कार्यान्वयीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचा"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "पूर्वीची सेटींग्ज वाचली जात आहे"
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -604,75 +591,75 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचासध्याचा आकृतीबंध बदला"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 वाचू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database2."
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "डाटाबेस 2 वाचू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile"
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "अभिव्यक्तितील बदल संग्रहीत करा"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:35+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -14,38 +14,38 @@
"\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
msgid "Keyboard configuration."
msgstr "कळपट संरचना."
#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
msgid "Keyboard configuration summary."
msgstr "कळपट संरचना सारांश."
#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration."
msgstr "कळपट्टीच्या कॉनफिग्युरेशनकरता नवीन किंमती सेट करा."
#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
msgid "List all available keyboard layouts."
msgstr "सर्व उपलब्ध कळपट्टी आराखाडयाची यादी करा."
#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
msgid "New keyboard layout"
msgstr "नवीन कळपट्टी आराखडा"
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr "%1 : सध्याचा कळपट्टीचा आराखडा"
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
msgstr "'%1' कळपट्टीचा आराखडा अवैध आहे. शक्य किंमती पाहण्यासाठी 'यादी' सूचना वापरा."
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -230,6 +230,12 @@
"आराखड्यापेक्षा वेगळा आराखडा वापरत आहात.\n"
"अपडेटच्या वेळी वापरण्याचा आराखडा निवडा."
+#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
+#. any error to the user
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
+msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
#, fuzzy
@@ -325,24 +331,24 @@
msgstr "बूट लोडर मेन्यूत भाषांतरे अपडेट केली जात आहेत..."
#. help for write dialog
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले जात आहेत</b><br>कृपया थांबा...</p>"
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)"
msgstr "सध्याची भाषा: %1 (%2)"
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त भाषा: %1"
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
msgstr "%1 ही वैध भाषा नाही. शक्य किंमती पाहण्यासाठी यादी सूचना वापरा.१"
@@ -694,8 +700,8 @@
#. label text (Clock setting)
#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
msgid "UTC"
msgstr "UTC"
@@ -710,7 +716,7 @@
msgstr "सध्याची वेळ आणि दिनांक:\t%1"
#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"Time %1 is in the past.\n"
"Set a correct time before starting installation."
@@ -719,12 +725,12 @@
"स्थापना सुरु करण्यापूर्वी अचूक वेळ निश्चित करा."
#. summary item
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "वेळ विभाग"
#. menue label text
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&Time Zone"
msgstr "वेळ विभाग"
@@ -865,7 +871,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "हे मुद्रणयंत्र संरचीत नाही"
@@ -873,8 +879,8 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "प्रणालीची दिनांक आणि वेळ बदला"
@@ -888,28 +894,22 @@
#. label text
#. label text
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "प्रांत"
-#. title for combo box 'timezone'
-#. title for selection box 'timezone'
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "वेळ आणि विभाग"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "प्रणालीची दिनांक आणि वेळ बदला"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@
"<p><b><big>वेळ विभाग आणि घड्याळ प्रणाली</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -944,35 +944,35 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "घड्याळ आणि वेळ विभाग"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "योग्य वेळ विभाग निवडा."
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr "स्थानिक वेळ"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr "हार्डवेअर घड्याळवर सेट केले आहे"
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr "संरचित केले नाही"
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr "सध्याचा वेळ विभाग: %1"
@@ -1022,197 +1022,197 @@
msgstr "कॅनेडियन (बहुभाषिक) "
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "स्पेनिश "
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr "स्पॅनिश (लॅटीन अमेरिका)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr "स्पॅनिश (सीपी 850)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "इटालियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "पोर्चुगीस"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "पोर्तुगीज (ब्राज़िल)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "पोर्तुगीज (ब्राझील -- युएस एक्सेंट्स)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "ग्रीक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "डच्"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "डॅनिश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "नोर्वेजियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "स्वीडिश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "फिन्निश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "चेक्"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "चेक(क्वेर्टी)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "स्लोव्हाक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "स्लोव्हाक (क्वार्टी)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "स्लोव्हेन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "हन्गेरियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "पोलिश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "रशीयन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "सर्बियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "इस्टोनियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "लिथॉनियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "टर्किश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "क्रोवेशियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "जॅपनीज"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "बल्जीयन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "व्होरक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "आइसलॅंडिक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ukrainian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "ख्मेर"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "कोरियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "अरेबिक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "ताजिक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "परंपरागत चायनिज"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "अनलंकृत चायनिज"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "रोमेनियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Internal Zone"
msgid "US International"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,33 +17,40 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module
-#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56
+#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of CD creator"
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "सीडी निर्मात्याचा आकृतीबंध"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Report Name"
-msgid "Repository Name"
-msgstr "अहवालाचे नाव"
+#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
+msgid "Common for All"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "URL"
-msgstr "यूआरएल"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
+msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "Ask On Error"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
+msgid "SLES 12"
msgstr ""
-#. help text
+#. combobox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Location of the printer"
+msgid "&Location of Repositories"
+msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राचे ठिकाण"
+
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
@@ -53,60 +60,48 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Package Repository"
-msgid "Repository &URL"
-msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135
-msgid "&Ask On Error"
-msgstr ""
-
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Administrator DN"
msgid "Administrator Name"
msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN"
#. help text
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
msgstr "&पडताळणीसाठी पुन्हा एकदा संकेतशब्द लिहा:"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Model"
msgid "&Mode"
msgstr "मोडेल"
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cooling Policy"
msgid "Bonding &Policy"
msgstr "थंड होण्याची पॉलीसी"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215
msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network"
msgstr ""
#. help text for conduit if list
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n"
"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n"
@@ -114,115 +109,215 @@
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254
msgid "Network"
msgstr "जाल"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SaveAddress"
msgid "Subnet Address"
msgstr "एड्रेस संग्रहित करा"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network mask"
msgid "Network Mask"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मास्क"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Use LDAP"
msgid "Use &VLAN"
msgstr "LDAP वापरा"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CHAN IDS"
msgid "VLAN &ID"
msgstr "CHAN IDS"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295
msgid "Rou&ter"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317
msgid "Router pre&ference"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "सबनेट मास्क"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Broadcast"
msgid "Broa&dcast"
msgstr "प्रसारीत करा"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bridge"
msgid "&Add Bridge"
msgstr "पूल"
#. push button label&
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit..."
msgid "Edit Ran&ges..."
msgstr "संपादीत करा..."
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Add &Bastion Network"
msgstr "Bond नेटवर्क"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "नाव"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+msgid "URL"
+msgstr "यूआरएल"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+msgid "Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Target Name"
+msgid "Target Platform"
+msgstr "लक्ष्य नाव"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
+#| "Choose a different one."
+msgid ""
+"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
+"Choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+"हार्डवेअर संरचना अगोदरच %1 अस्तित्वात आहे.\n"
+"एखादे निराळे निवडा."
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server URL: "
+msgid "Server &URL"
+msgstr "सेवासंगणक युआरएल:"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Report Name"
+msgid "Repository Name"
+msgstr "अहवालाचे नाव"
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+msgid "&Ask On Error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package Repository"
+msgid "Repository &URL"
+msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी"
+
+#. label (hint for user)
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Enable Repository"
+msgid "A&dd Repository"
+msgstr "संग्रह सक्षम करा"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
+msgid "Remote SMT Server"
+msgstr "दुर्गम WINS सेवासंगणक"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mail Server"
+msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
+msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "कस्टम"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
msgid "Password"
msgstr "गुप्तशब्द"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set the password."
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "सांकेतिक शब्द."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
+msgid "User name cannot be empty."
+msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -231,7 +326,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -244,19 +339,19 @@
"एखादे निराळे निवडा."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "शोध यंत्र '%1' अवैध आहे."
-#. table entry (VLAN status)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861
+#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -266,7 +361,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -275,7 +370,7 @@
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -284,102 +379,97 @@
msgstr "दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "'%1' हया सर्व्हर पत्याची पद्धत अयोग्य आहे."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "'%1' हया सर्व्हर पत्याची पद्धत अयोग्य आहे."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "नेटवर्क नाव 32 अक्षरांपेक्षा कमी असलेच पाहीजे."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Other Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "&अन्य मांडणी"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "महाजाल मोड"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Bond नेटवर्क"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "जाल"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Countries"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "अनेक देश"
-#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501
-msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
msgid ""
"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -388,7 +478,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Configuration Overview"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -443,56 +533,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "समांतरण संरचना चालू करत आहे"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "संरचना वाचा"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -2243,58 +2243,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "वातावरण तपासा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "वातावरण तपासत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2305,101 +2305,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2407,22 +2407,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,15 +16,238 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
+msgid "DNS server configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
+msgid "Start-up settings"
+msgstr "सुरवातीची रचना"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
+msgid "DNS forwarders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
+msgid "Logging settings"
+msgstr "नोंदी रचना मांडणी "
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
+msgid "DNS zones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
+msgid "Access control lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
+msgid "Zone transport rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
+msgid "Zone name servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
+msgid "Zone mail servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
+msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
+msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
+msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
+msgid "Show current settings"
+msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दाखवा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
+msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
+msgid "Start DNS server manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
+msgid "Add a new record"
+msgstr "नवीन माहिती भरा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
+msgid "Remove a record"
+msgstr "माहिती काढून टाका"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
+msgid "IPv4 address"
+msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
+msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
+msgid "Set option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
+msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
+msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
+msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
+msgid "Zone name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
+msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
+msgid "DNS zone master server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
+msgid "Enable option"
+msgstr "पर्याय कार्यान्वित करा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
+msgid "Disable option"
+msgstr "पर्याय अकार्यान्वित करा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
+msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
+msgid "Serial number of zone update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
+msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
+msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
+msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
+msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
+msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
+msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
+msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
+msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
+msgid "Log named queries %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
+msgid "Log zone updates %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
+msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
+msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
msgid "Parameter %1 is required."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -32,72 +255,54 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555
msgid "Start-Up Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "फक्त एका पॅरामिटरलाच परवानगी आहे."
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process."
msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल कायमचे आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgid "DNS server needs manual starting."
msgstr "फायरवॉलला हाताने सुरू करण्याची गरज"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
msgid "Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
msgid "Forwarder IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
@@ -107,71 +312,58 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661
msgid "Logging destination"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
msgid "System log"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
msgid "File"
msgstr "धारिका"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
#, fuzzy
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "व०ॖतॴन॥ॕीृॣ"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
msgid "Maximum size"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
msgid "Maximum versions"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
msgid "Log named queries"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
msgid "Log zone updates"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
msgid "Log zone transfers"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
msgid "Logging Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
msgid "Setting"
msgstr ""
@@ -179,99 +371,79 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
msgid "Value"
msgstr "मूल्य"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
msgid "Logging Rule"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
msgid "DNS Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाव"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
msgid "Master Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
msgid "Predefined"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "कस्टम"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
msgid "ACLs:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
msgid "Zone Transport:"
msgstr ""
@@ -280,386 +452,92 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "विभाग"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
msgid "Enabled ACL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
msgid "Name Servers:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
msgid "Name Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215
msgid "Mail Servers:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
msgid "Key"
msgstr "कळ"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
msgid "Record Query"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
msgid "Record Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
msgid "Record Value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
msgid "Hostname Record:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
-msgid "DNS server configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
-msgid "Start-up settings"
-msgstr "सुरवातीची रचना"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
-msgid "DNS forwarders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
-msgid "Logging settings"
-msgstr "नोंदी रचना मांडणी "
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
-msgid "DNS zones"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
-msgid "Access control lists"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
-msgid "Zone transport rules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
-msgid "Zone name servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
-msgid "Zone mail servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
-msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
-msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
-msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
-msgid "Show current settings"
-msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दाखवा"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
-msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
-msgid "Start DNS server manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
-msgid "Add a new record"
-msgstr "नवीन माहिती भरा"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
-msgid "Remove a record"
-msgstr "माहिती काढून टाका"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
-msgid "IPv4 address"
-msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
-msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
-msgid "Set option"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
-msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
-msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
-msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
-msgid "Zone name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
-msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
-msgid "DNS zone master server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
-msgid "Enable option"
-msgstr "पर्याय कार्यान्वित करा"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
-msgid "Disable option"
-msgstr "पर्याय अकार्यान्वित करा"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
-msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
-msgid "Serial number of zone update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
-msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
-msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
-msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
-msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
-msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
-msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
-msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
-msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
-msgid "Log named queries %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
-msgid "Log zone updates %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
-msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
-msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
@@ -678,8 +556,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -701,10 +579,8 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
-#. check box
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP पाठिंबा सक्रिय करा"
@@ -731,103 +607,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS सेवा संगणक"
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270
-msgid "When &Booting"
-msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस"
-
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274
-msgid "&Manually"
-msgstr "हाताने"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280
-msgid "When Booting"
-msgstr "बुटींग करताना"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282
-msgid "Manually"
-msgstr "हाताने"
-
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service status - label
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service is running"
-msgid "DNS server is running."
-msgstr "सेवा चालू आहे"
+#| msgid "Drop Changes"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "बदल सोडून द्या"
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service is not running"
-msgid "DNS server is not running."
-msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही"
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620
-msgid "&Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626
-msgid "S&top DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316
-msgid "Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318
-msgid "Stop DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. Frame label (DNS starting)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "सुरू करा"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "लॉगिंग"
@@ -835,8 +642,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -844,122 +651,93 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
-msgid "Now and When Booting"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
-msgid "Only Manually"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602
-msgid "Switch On and Off"
-msgstr "बटन सुरू आणि बंद"
-
-#. Current status
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608
-msgid "Current Status: "
-msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: "
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#. if (! Popup::YesNo (
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719
-msgid ""
-"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
-"be reread from new data storage.\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr "कस्टम दुरूस्ती"
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "IPv4 किंवा IPv6 पत्ता"
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr ""
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr "वापरकर्त्याकरिता अकाऊंट तयार करू शकत नाही %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -967,12 +745,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "IP पत्ता वैध नाही"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
@@ -982,170 +760,170 @@
"4 पूर्णांक बिंदूनी विभागले असतात."
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "&मूल्य"
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr ""
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
msgid "Option"
msgstr "पर्याय"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
msgid "&File"
msgstr "फाईल"
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&नांव"
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr "प्रगत पर्याय"
@@ -1155,8 +933,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
msgid "Master"
msgstr "मालक"
@@ -1166,9 +944,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
msgid "Slave"
msgstr ""
@@ -1177,23 +955,36 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr ""
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
+
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -1666,13 +1457,8 @@
"Really exit?"
msgstr ""
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70
-msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgstr ""
@@ -2463,57 +2249,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "वातावरण तपासा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "वातावरण तपासत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
@@ -2521,73 +2307,73 @@
msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली."
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "SuSE कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
@@ -2595,76 +2381,104 @@
msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली."
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
msgid "Stub"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
msgid "Hint"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr "जेव्हा प्रणाली सुरू होत असेल तेव्हा NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम सुरू करा"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr "जेव्हा प्रणाली सुरू होत असेल तेव्हा NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम सुरू करा"
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "When &Booting"
+#~ msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस"
+
+#~ msgid "&Manually"
+#~ msgstr "हाताने"
+
+#~ msgid "When Booting"
+#~ msgstr "बुटींग करताना"
+
+#~ msgid "Manually"
+#~ msgstr "हाताने"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Service is running"
+#~ msgid "DNS server is running."
+#~ msgstr "सेवा चालू आहे"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Service is not running"
+#~ msgid "DNS server is not running."
+#~ msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही"
+
+#~ msgid "Switch On and Off"
+#~ msgstr "बटन सुरू आणि बंद"
+
+#~ msgid "Current Status: "
+#~ msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: "
+
#~ msgid "The hostname is invalid."
#~ msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव अवैध आहे."
Added: trunk/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: mr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+
+#. Only root can start process
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Communication with fingerprint reader failed."
+msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
+msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट रीडरसह संपर्क अयशस्वी."
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Do you really want\n"
+#| "to quit the installation?"
+msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+"तुम्हाला खरोखरच स्थापनेच्या\n"
+"कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
+msgid "Do you want to remove the container?"
+msgstr "आपल्याला परत प्रयत्न करायचा आहे?"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Do you really want\n"
+#| "to quit the installation?"
+msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+"तुम्हाला खरोखरच स्थापनेच्या\n"
+"कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image"
+msgid "&Images"
+msgstr "प्रतिमा"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Containers"
+msgstr " कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Kernel Image"
+msgid "Docker Images"
+msgstr "कर्नेल आकृती"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
+msgid "Running Docker Containers"
+msgstr "महाजाल संपर्क चाचणी चालू करत ाहे"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package Repository"
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tab"
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr "टॅब"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image"
+msgid "Image ID"
+msgstr "प्रतिमा"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create"
+msgid "Created"
+msgstr "निर्माण करा"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Virtual Users"
+msgid "Virtual Size"
+msgstr "व्हर्च्यूहल युजर्स"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Container ID"
+msgstr " कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr "प्रतिमा"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Commands:"
+msgid "Command"
+msgstr "आज्ञा:"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Port"
+msgid "Ports"
+msgstr "पोर्ट"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Refresh"
+msgid "Re&fresh"
+msgstr "नूतनीकरण"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid "R&un"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "&Delete"
+msgstr "काढून टाका"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&View Changes"
+msgid "S&how Changes"
+msgstr "बदल पहा"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Terminals"
+msgid "Inject &Terminal"
+msgstr "कॉम्प्युटरच्या मशीनी"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Stop Container"
+msgstr " कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Kill Container"
+msgstr " कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Comment"
+msgid "&Commit"
+msgstr "मतप्रदर्शन"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
+msgstr "आपल्याला खरोखरच विभाजन काढून टाकायचे आहे काय %1?"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -72,11 +72,15 @@
msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना"
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+msgid "LVM Configuration"
+msgstr "LVM संरेखन"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना"
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना"
@@ -256,7 +260,7 @@
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
@@ -291,14 +295,34 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -308,7 +332,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -318,7 +342,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -328,7 +352,7 @@
"केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध येथे तयार करा.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -347,7 +371,7 @@
"मग दाबा:<b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -358,7 +382,7 @@
"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -370,7 +394,7 @@
"संपादन करा.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -383,7 +407,7 @@
"केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध करण्यासाठी <b>Add</b> दाबा.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -399,7 +423,7 @@
"मग हवे तसे<b>Edit</b> किंवा<b>Delete</b> दाबा.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -411,7 +435,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -422,7 +446,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -433,28 +457,58 @@
"दाबा.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
+#. Default is always true (auto)
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
+msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device type"
+msgid "Device Filter"
+msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..."
+msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
+msgstr "SCPM डेटाबेस लिहीत आहे..."
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable Microphone."
+msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
+msgstr "ध्वनिवर्धक उपलब्ध करा."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "स्त्रोत"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300
+#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
+#. Ignore the removed disk
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "शिष्टाचार"
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Scheme name must be set."
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr "योजनेचे नाव स्थिर व्हायला हवे."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
@@ -463,81 +517,82 @@
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "बूटीग"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37
#, fuzzy
-msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting"
+msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting"
msgstr "जेव्हा प्रक्रिया होईल तेव्हा फायरवॉल सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41
msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "बटन सुरू आणि बंद"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: "
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start DRBD Server Now"
msgstr "आता सेवा सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now"
msgstr "आता सेवा बंद करा"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74
+#. firewall_layout is just a dialog
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Propagate Configuration"
msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करा"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96
msgid ""
"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "DRBD server is running."
msgstr "सेवा चालू आहे"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "DRBD server is not running."
msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही"
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश."
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "सेवा थांबवा"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..."
@@ -569,65 +624,83 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "DSL संरचना सुरू करत आहे"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "जागतिक सांबा मांडणी वाचा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "साधने ग्रुप वाचत आहे"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LVM configuration"
+msgid "Read LVM configurations"
+msgstr "LVM संरेखन"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "जागतिक सांबा मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "साधने ग्रुप वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
+msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
+msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups"
msgid ""
@@ -635,12 +708,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "साधने गट संरचीत करा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "NFS संरचना लिहीत आहे"
@@ -649,36 +722,60 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "साधने गट लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write configuration"
+msgid "Write LVM configurations"
+msgstr "संरचना लिहा"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
+msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "जागतिक मांडणी लिहीत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "साधने गट लिहीत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
+msgstr "संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
+msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr "संचिका तयार करण्यास असमर्थ '%1'."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:35+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -110,13 +110,13 @@
msgstr "लेबल"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr "मॉड्यूलचे नाव"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr "मॉड्यूलचे नाव"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
"बॅक बटण नसते.</p>\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Your language setting has been changed.\n"
@@ -238,23 +238,23 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "कळफलक मांडणी"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "भाषा"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)"
#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -0,0 +1,673 @@
+# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: mr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+
+#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
+#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
+#. otherwise testsuite will fail
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
+msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
+msgstr "बिटमॅप संपादक"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+msgid "Black and White Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr "नित्यस्थिती"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fonts"
+msgid "CFF Fonts"
+msgstr "फॉन्ट्स"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. for testsuite
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+msgid "installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do not install"
+msgid "not installed"
+msgstr " स्थापन करू नका"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:190
+msgid "Preference List for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. nothing to do here, initialize_familylist_widget will
+#. toggle off/on btn_add_manual as appropriate
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>वैधता:</b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:325
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Settings</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>मांडणी</b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
+msgid "<p>No specimen available for this font and script.</p>"
+msgstr "ह्या प्रकारत्या वापरकर्त्यासाठी UID उपलब्ध नाही."
+
+#. unlikely
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:333
+msgid "<b>No script found for %s.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:341
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>वैधता:</b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Status</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>"
+msgstr "<p><b>स्थिती</b></p>"
+
+#. nothing to do nowadays
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496
+msgid ""
+"Family preference list for %s\n"
+"do not contain any installed family.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:499
+msgid ""
+"Please make sure to install at least one for each\n"
+"alias, otherwise this preference setting has no effect.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502
+msgid ""
+"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n"
+"If you install them when this yast module is running,\n"
+"reread the profile to see results.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. <table> do not work for text mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542
+msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543
+msgid ""
+" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n"
+"compiled in FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545
+msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547
+msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560
+msgid "Match for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing"
+msgid "Font &Antialiasing"
+msgstr "सुरु करणे"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588
+msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769
+msgid "Force A&utohinting On"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772
+msgid "Force Hint St&yle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623
+msgid "Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626
+msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add Lan&guage"
+msgid "All Lan&guages"
+msgstr "भाषा घाला"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Bamileke Languages"
+msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages"
+msgstr "बामीलेकी भाषा"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644
+msgid "&Select"
+msgstr "निवड"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter"
+msgid "LCD &Filter"
+msgstr "गाळणी"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgid "&Layout"
+msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688
+msgid "Alias"
+msgstr "उर्फ नांव"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Net Family"
+msgid "Font Family"
+msgstr "नेट फॅमिली"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+msgid "Available"
+msgstr "उपलब्ध"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr "कमी करा"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Down"
+msgid "Down"
+msgstr "खाली"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Up"
+msgid "Up"
+msgstr "वर"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66
+msgid "&Add"
+msgstr "जोडा"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Patches"
+msgid "&Installed families..."
+msgstr "स्थापीत ठिगळे"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Search &description"
+msgid "Search &Metric Compatible"
+msgstr "शोध वर्णन"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746
+msgid "Never use o&ther fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775
+msgid "Subpixel &Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Connection Details"
+msgid "&Rendering Details"
+msgstr "संपर्क जोडणी"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing"
+msgid "Antialiasing"
+msgstr "सुरु करणे"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Printing"
+msgid "Hinting"
+msgstr "मुद्रण"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837
+msgid "Prefered &Families"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844
+msgid "Forcing Family Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Patch Level"
+msgid "Match &Preview"
+msgstr "ठिगळाचा स्तर"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Preserve"
+msgid "&Presets"
+msgstr "अनुरक्षण"
+
+#. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated
+#. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config
+#. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the Configuration"
+msgid "Reading Font Configuration"
+msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read sysconfig values"
+msgid "Read sysconfig file"
+msgstr "प्रणालीसंरचना मूल्य वाचा"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading routes..."
+msgid "Reading %s..."
+msgstr "रुटस वाचत आहे..."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Host Configuration"
+msgid "Font Configuration"
+msgstr "सादरकर्त्याची संरचना"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&User Code"
+msgid " (User Mode)"
+msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा सांकेताक"
+
+#. misuse back_button a bit
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save system settings"
+msgid "&Use system settings"
+msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी संग्रहीत करा"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
+msgid "Writing Font Configuration"
+msgstr "NFS संरचना लिहीत आहे"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save sysconfig values"
+msgid "Write sysconfig file"
+msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना मूल्य संग्रहीत करा"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
+msgid "Run fonts-config"
+msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing users..."
+msgid "Writing %s..."
+msgstr "वापरकर्ते लिहीत आहे..."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
+msgid "Running fonts-config..."
+msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..."
+
+#. we are in user mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999
+msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration &Module"
+msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>"
+msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन मॉडयुल"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027
+msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028
+msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
+msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
+msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033
+msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035
+msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036
+msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
+msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
+msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039
+msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040
+msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042
+msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
+msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
+msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050
+msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056
+msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057
+msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059
+msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060
+msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063
+msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066
+msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068
+msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074
+msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078
+msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
+msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081
+msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Home Page: %1</p>"
+msgid "<p>See: %s<p>"
+msgstr "<p>मुखपृष्ठ: %1</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
+msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
+msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
+msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
+msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
+msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
+msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101
+msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
+msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
+msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
+msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
+msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114
+msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
+msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
+msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
+msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>वापरकर्ता</h3>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125
+msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127
+msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129
+msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130
+msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
+msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
+msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
+msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142
+msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
+msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
+msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148
+msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149
+msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
+msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
+msgid "&Filter"
+msgstr "गाळणी"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Patches"
+msgid "Installed Families"
+msgstr "स्थापीत ठिगळे"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "File Format"
+msgid "Font Format"
+msgstr "फाईल पध्दती"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Script Name"
+msgid "Script Coverages"
+msgstr "लिपीचे नाव"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr "&रद्द करा"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr "ठिक आहे"
+
+#. save unknown langs
+#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Languages"
+msgid "&Languages"
+msgstr "भाषा"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1989,21 +1989,21 @@
msgstr "नवीन वापरकर्त्यासाठी आरंभ संचिका निर्माण करू नका"
#. anonymous dir
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
msgid "FTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094
msgid "FTP daemon %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098
msgid "These options will be configured"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,10 +60,10 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Class Configuration"
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -122,17 +122,17 @@
msgstr "दिशादर्शक"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
msgid "Add"
msgstr "जोडा"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "हटवा"
@@ -140,171 +140,235 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
-#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication"
+msgid "Authentification"
+msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cancel"
+msgid "Ca&ncel"
+msgstr "रद्द करा"
+
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ठीक आहे"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification"
+msgid "Enable Security Auth"
+msgstr "सुरक्षा घटने संबंधी सूचना लागू करा."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication"
+msgid "Authentification file"
+msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
+msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
+msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्धारण कळीसाठी फाईल निवडा"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+msgid "Basic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द करा"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address."
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "वैध ई-मले पत्ता प्रविष्ट करा"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directories"
msgid "retries"
msgstr "डिरेक्टरी"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Required patterns"
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr "आवश्यक नमुने (पॅटर्न्स)"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "कृती अवैध आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "' अवैध आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The source is not valid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "' अवैध आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "' अवैध आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "युआरएल रिकामा असू शकत नाही."
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists."
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+#. Validation check before switch to authentification
+#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव रिक्त नसते."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव रिक्त नसते."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610
+#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "कळ अवैध आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621
+#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार आयपी पत्ता अयोग्य आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
+#. Validation check before switch to basic
+#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to create the installation RAM disk."
+msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgstr "स्थापनेची रॅम डिस्क निर्माण करण्यात अपयशी."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+msgstr "प्रॉक्सीकरता ऑथेन्टीकेशप सेट करा"
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -312,105 +376,112 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update configuration files"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करा"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "TV Station Configuration"
+msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgstr "टिव्ही केंद्राची संरचना"
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..."
-#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("")
+#. Convert relative path to absolute path
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही."
#. List like site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253
msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
#. Create a ticket item
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही."
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना कार्यान्वयीत करत आहे"
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
-msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा"
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "पूर्वीची सेटींग्ज वाचली जात आहे"
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Class Configuration"
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "वर्गाची संरचना"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "सारांश संरचना..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -144,10 +144,10 @@
#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") );
#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil );
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Enabled"
@@ -155,8 +155,8 @@
#. translators: service status radio button label
#. translators: server module status
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "अक्षम केले "
@@ -167,9 +167,9 @@
#. translators: server module status unknown
#. list of all installed modules
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
@@ -635,9 +635,9 @@
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr ""
@@ -693,37 +693,37 @@
msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..."
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "वातावरण तपासा"
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
msgid "Read Apache2 configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा"
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "वातावरण तपासत आहे..."
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..."
@@ -732,24 +732,24 @@
#. translators: progress step
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: progress finished
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. notification about package needed 1/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185
msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. notification about package needed 2/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189
msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>आता ते तुम्ही संस्थापित करू इच्छिता का?</p>"
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195
msgid ""
"The package %1 is not available.\n"
"\n"
@@ -760,52 +760,52 @@
#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247
msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. off();
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279
msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine."
msgstr ""
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402
msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413
msgid "Write the Apache2 settings"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
msgid "Enable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418
msgid "Disable Apache2 service"
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. translators: progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427
msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr ""
#. install required RPMs for modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441
msgid ""
"The enabled modules require\n"
"installation of some of these additional packages:\n"
@@ -814,55 +814,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550
msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562
msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581
msgid ""
"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n"
"This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596
msgid "Listen statement without port found."
msgstr ""
#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port)
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730
msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. "Default host" information
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750
msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799
msgid " in "
msgstr ""
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778
msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>"
msgstr ""
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@
#. translators: multi selection box
#. translators: multi selection box
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474
msgid "&Listen on Interfaces"
msgstr ""
@@ -1174,27 +1174,27 @@
msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709
msgid "All addresses (*)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IP Addresses"
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716
msgid "ServerName"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचा मार्ग रिकामा असू शकत नाही."
#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80'
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818
msgid ""
"To use name-based virtual hosting,\n"
"you must designate the IP address on the server\n"
@@ -1202,208 +1202,208 @@
"Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854
msgid "Master Zone %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872
msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925
msgid "DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884
msgid "Add to Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "विभाग नाव"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
msgid "Create New Zone"
msgstr ""
#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021
msgid "CGI Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028
msgid "Choose Certificate File"
msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा"
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039
msgid "Enter the certificate file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045
msgid "Choose Certificate Key File"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057
msgid "Enter the key file."
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230
msgid "Select Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message un failed certificate import
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222
msgid ""
"Cannot import certificate\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429
msgid "Network &Address:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement
#. translators: popup error
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442
msgid "Invalid port number."
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940
msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943
msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107
msgid "Modules dependency problem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
#, fuzzy
msgid "requires"
msgstr "आवश्यक आहे"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable required module or disable first one."
msgstr "नेमका निर्देशक उपलब्द करा किंवा अनुपल्बध करा."
#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221
msgid "New Module &Name:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239
msgid "A name for the module to add is required."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242
msgid "The module is already in the list."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting
#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305
msgid "The entry '%1' already exists."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326
msgid ""
"The list of the ports to which the server should\n"
"listen cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493
msgid "At least one interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520
msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528
msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536
msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. illegal keys in vhost
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753
#, perl-format
msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739
#, perl-format
msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764
msgid "Illegal host ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786
msgid "hostid already exists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825
msgid "can not delete default host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846
msgid "hostid not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261
msgid "illegal port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278
msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325
msgid "listen value to delete not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798
msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761
msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803
msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
msgstr ""
@@ -1411,230 +1411,230 @@
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic authentication"
msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "User authentication using text files"
msgstr "आणि प्रयोक्ता अधिप्रमाणन स्रोत "
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Authorization"
msgstr "अधिकार"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70
msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79
#, fuzzy
msgid "User authentication using DBM files"
msgstr "आणि प्रयोक्ता अधिप्रमाणन स्रोत "
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
msgstr "पोस्ट-स्क्रिप्ट्स वापरत आहे"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173
msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185
msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
msgstr "पुरवठादाराची संरचना"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220
msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250
msgid "User-specific directories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258
msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285
#, fuzzy
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300
msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335
msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345
msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360
msgid "File system provider for mod_dav"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371
msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390
msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411
msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434
msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447
msgid "Server-side image map processing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458
msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467
msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507
msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564
msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571
msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578
msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584
msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590
msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626
msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666
msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715
msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721
msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -13,23 +13,309 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
"\n"
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
+msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
+msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..."
+
+#. dialog content - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे"
+
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
+msgstr "कृपया थांबा..."
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"No installation control file has been found,\n"
+"the installer cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. progress step title
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
+msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
+msgstr "यास्ट संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. Dialog busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267
+msgid "Finishing the installation..."
+msgstr "बेसीक स्थापना संपत आहे"
+
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+#| "a graphical installation. There is less than %1 MB\n"
+#| "memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
+"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"आपला संगणक चित्रमय स्थापनेसाठीच्या सर्व आवश्यकता\n"
+"पूर्ण करत नाही. %1 MB पेक्षा कमी स्मृती आहे\n"
+"किंवा X सर्व्हर चालू होऊ शकला नाही\n"
+"\n"
+"फॉलबॅक म्हणून YaST2 चा पाठ्य फ्रंटएन्ड आपणास स्थापनेविषयी\n"
+"मार्गदर्शन करेल. हा फ्रंट-एन् ग्राफिकल\n"
+"सारखेच कार्य देऊ करतो, परंतु स्क्रीन्स पुस्तिकोन\n"
+"दाखवल्यापेक्षा वेगळे असतात.\n"
+
+#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
+#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
+#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "The required packages were not installed (minimal installation) or\n"
+#| "the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgid ""
+"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
+"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ग्राफिकल इंटरफेस सुरु होऊ शकला नाही.\n"
+"\n"
+"आवश्यक पॅकेजस स्थापित झाली नाहीत (किमान आवश्यक स्थापना\n"
+"किंवा ग्राफिक्स कार्डला योग्य समर्थन नाही.\n"
+"\n"
+"फॉलबॅक म्हणून, YaST2 चा पाठ्य फ्रंट-एन्ड आपणास\n"
+"स्थापनेविषयी\n"
+"मार्गदर्शन करेल, परंतु स्क्रीन्स\n"
+"पुस्तिकेत दाखवल्यापेक्षा वेगळे असतात.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+msgid "Start service %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन सुरु करत आहे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing network settings failed."
+msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+msgstr "महाजाल मांडणी लिहिण्यास अयशस्वी."
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has failed.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+"आधीची स्थापना अयशस्वी.\n"
+"आपणास ते चालू करायचे आहे.?\n"
+"\n"
+"टीप – आपणास कदाचित पुन्हा काही माहिती प्रविष्ट करावा लागेल."
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+"आधीची स्थापना मधेच थांबलेली आहे.\n"
+"आपणास पुढे चालू करायचे आहे?\n"
+"\n"
+"टीप – आपणास कदाचित पुन्हा काही माहीती प्रविष्ट करावी लागेल."
+
+#. popup headline (#x1)
+#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
+#. dialog cotent (progress information)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
+msgid "Starting Installation..."
+msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा"
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167
+msgid "Confirm Installation"
+msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>All information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>मूळ स्थापनेकरता लागणारी सर्व माहिती आता पूर्ण आहे.</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
+"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
+"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
+"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>आपण आता पुठढे चालू ठेवल्यास, आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवरील विभाग आधीच्या डायलॉग्जमधील <b>स्थापना</b>\n"
+"सेटिंग्जच्या अनुसार फॉरमॅट होतील (त्या विभागांमधील (पार्टिशन्स) आधीचा काही डाटा \n"
+"असल्यास ते पुसून).</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
+"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
+"previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>आपण आता पुडे चालू ठेवल्यास, आधीच्या डायलॉग्जमधील स्थापना \n"
+"सेटिग्जच्या अनुसार आपल्या हार्डडिस्क वरील माहितीवरच पुन्हा लिहिले जाईल.</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>तुम्हाला खात्री वाटत नसेल तर मागे जाऊन व सेटींग्ज तपासा.</p>"
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+msgid "Confirm Update"
+msgstr "अपडेट नक्की करा"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>अपडेट करण्यासाठी हवी असलेली सर्व माहिती आता पूर्ण आहे.</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
+"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>आपण आता पुडे चालू ठेवल्यास, आधीच्या डायलॉग्जमधील स्थापना \n"
+"सेटिग्जच्या अनुसार आपल्या हार्डडिस्क वरील माहितीवरच पुन्हा लिहिले जाईल.</p>"
+
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+msgid "Start &Update"
+msgstr "अपडेट सुरु करा"
+
#. this is a heading
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61
-msgid "Dummy"
-msgstr "त्याच्यासारखा दिसणारा"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66
+msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:63
-msgid "&Dummy"
-msgstr "त्याच्यासारखा दिसणारा"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68
+msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
+msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
+msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
+msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन सुरु करत आहे..."
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
@@ -42,15 +328,19 @@
" जाणून घेण्यासाठी\n"
"प्रोफाईलची गरज असते. /रुट/autoyast.xml.मधे जतन होतो.</p>\n"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
+msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
msgid "Clone System Configuration"
msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
@@ -58,107 +348,100 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:65
-msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
-msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर लॉग फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60
msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..."
msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..."
#. Create a summary
#. return string
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>"
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>"
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from Images"
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Install from Images"
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Do not Install from Images"
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
msgstr ""
#. Image name, Image location
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Create Image"
msgid "Create Image"
msgstr "प्रतिमा निर्माण करा"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188
msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200
msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
@@ -166,7 +449,7 @@
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
@@ -174,30 +457,31 @@
"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1."
msgstr ""
#. changed to true
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
msgid ""
"Cannot enable installation from images.\n"
"\n"
@@ -206,52 +490,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from &Images"
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "No installation images are available"
msgstr "कोणताही तपशील उपलब्ध नाही."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "डिफॉल्ट खिडकी प्रंबधक सुरु होत आहेत..."
#. feedback heading
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgid "Add-on Product Installation"
msgstr "जास्तीची वस्तू स्थापना"
#. feedback message
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..."
msgstr "स्थापन स्त्रोतावरती उपलब्ध पॅकेज वाचत आहेत..."
#. popup error message
#. %1 represents the the error message details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n"
@@ -266,34 +550,34 @@
#. bnc #542792
#. Repository name must be generated from product details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165
msgid "Updates for %1 %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "अज्ञात मोड"
#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70
msgid "Run Update"
msgstr "अपडेट चालवा"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
msgid "Skip Update"
msgstr "अपडेट वगळा"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73
msgid "Online Update"
msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
msgid "Run Online Update now?"
msgstr "ऑनलाईन अपडेट आता चालवायचे का?"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76
msgid ""
"Select whether to run an online update now.\n"
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
@@ -305,45 +589,52 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. combobox
#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&भाषा"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)"
#. bnc #359456
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "होय, मी परवाना करार मान्य करतो"
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "कळफलक"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र"
#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "License &Translations..."
msgstr "टिव्ही केंद्र लिहत आहे..."
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -358,7 +649,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -367,7 +658,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -378,7 +669,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -391,7 +682,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -410,26 +701,26 @@
#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
#. 28 = Operation timeout.
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
msgstr "VPN सुविधा अकार्यान्वित"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
@@ -443,22 +734,22 @@
#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
msgid "Installation Completed"
msgstr "स्थापना पूर्ण झाली"
#. congratulation text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>अभिनंदन!</b></p>"
#. congratulation text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
@@ -467,22 +758,22 @@
" <b>Finish</b>, वर क्लिक केल्यानंतर, आपण प्रणालीला लॉगइन करु शकता.</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
msgstr "<p>%1 ला भेट दया.</p>"
#. congratulation text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
msgstr "<p>खूप मजा करा!<br>तुमची SUSE डेव्हलपमेन्ट टीम</p>"
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>तुमची प्रणाली वापरासाठी तयार आहे.</p>"
#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n"
@@ -495,7 +786,7 @@
"स्क्रीनला चालू ठेवेल.</p>\n"
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
@@ -506,7 +797,7 @@
"शिवाय आमचा SUSE स्वागत डायलॉगही पहा.</p>\n"
#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
@@ -519,33 +810,26 @@
" जाणून घेण्यासाठी\n"
"प्रोफाईलची गरज असते. /रुट/autoyast.xml.मधे जतन होतो.</p>\n"
-#. Dialog busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
-msgid "Finishing the installation..."
-msgstr "बेसीक स्थापना संपत आहे"
-
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>X11मेन्यूशी संपर्क करण्यासाठी, the <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित झाले पाहिजे.</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>आता स्थापा ?</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed."
msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled."
msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केलेले नाही आणि ते स्थापित केले जआणार नाही"
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "ही यंत्रणा आता पुन्हा सुरू करा..."
@@ -554,16 +838,17 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "प्रतिमा वापरा %1"
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
@@ -571,136 +856,129 @@
msgstr "नामावली कार्यान्वयन करण्यात अयशस्वी."
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..."
#. reset the label
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..."
#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "उपलब्ध कट्रोलर्सचा शोध घेतले जात आहे"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "तबकडी"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "DASD डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "ZFCP डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "ZFCP डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "iSCSI डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation - Warming Up"
msgstr "स्थापीत मिडिया"
-#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
-#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#. popup headline (#x1)
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379
-msgid "Starting Installation..."
-msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
-#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "सुरु करणे"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..."
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Show packages with status"
msgid "Show &package updates"
@@ -709,82 +987,83 @@
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "बेसीक स्थापना संपत आहे"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "स्थापने अगोदरची स्क्रिप्ट"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत करा."
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "संरचना संचित करा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "स्थापना सेटींग्ज साठवून ठेवा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "बूट प्रंबधक स्थापन करा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "प्राथमिक बूटसाठी यंत्रणा तयार करा"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "तपासत आहे"
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "प्रणाली माहीती गोळा करीत आहे..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
#. Button to accept a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "मी मान्य आहे"
#. Button to reject a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67
msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
msgstr "मी मान्य करत नाही"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr ""
@@ -792,48 +1071,33 @@
"मूळ यंत्रणा स्थापित होईपर्यत कृपया थांबा.\n"
"</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr "कृपया थांबा..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "रचना संस्थापन"
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..."
-
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media"
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "जास्तीच्या वस्तू वेगळया मिडीयाहून सामील करा"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -844,7 +1108,7 @@
"निवडा, जे करायचे आहे:</p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -852,7 +1116,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -868,23 +1132,23 @@
"<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>निवडा.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup"
msgstr "महाडाल रचना पध्दत"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95
msgid ""
"No network setup has been found.\n"
"It is important if using remote repositories,\n"
@@ -892,43 +1156,43 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure your network card now?"
msgstr "तुम्ही सीडी हदलून पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select"
msgstr "निवड"
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118
msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126
msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
"have a configured network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
@@ -941,7 +1205,7 @@
"%1 ही लॉग फाईल अधिक माहितीकरता तपासून पहा."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
@@ -949,7 +1213,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
@@ -958,12 +1222,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr "डेस्कटॉप निवड"
#. UI wait loop
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No desktop was selected. Select the\n"
@@ -976,339 +1240,51 @@
" तेव्हा डेस्कटॉप निवडा."
#. BNC #449818
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
msgid "Other"
msgstr "इतर"
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
msgstr ""
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क तपासा..."
-#. kilobytes
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125
+#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
+#. BNC #439104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..."
-#. question in a popup box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214
-msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
-msgstr "खरोखरच सर्व डिफॉल्ट किंमतीवर रिसेट करायचे का?"
-
-#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216
-msgid "You will lose all changes."
-msgstr "सर्व बदल तुम्ही घालवाल."
-
-#. force_reset
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "खालील संरचना वापरा"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
-msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
-msgstr "वापरकत्याच्या विनंतीवरुन कॉनफिग्युरेशन टाळत आहे"
-
-#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
-"resolved before continuing.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"पुढे जाण्याआधी हया ठरावातील\n"
-" चूक आधी सुधारली पाहिजे.\n"
-
-#. not using tabs
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
-msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
-msgstr "ERROR: ठराव नाही"
-
-#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
-msgstr "सध्याच्या मांडणीसाठी सारांश दाखवा"
-
-#. busy message;
-#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
-msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..."
-
-#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
-msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
-msgstr "ERROR: ठराव नाही"
-
-#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
-#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
-msgid ""
-"Configuration saved.\n"
-"There were errors."
-msgstr ""
-"कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले गेले.\n"
-"त्यात काही चुका होत्या."
-
-#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "स्थापीत मिडिया"
-
-#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
-#. do this later manually or not at all
-#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
-#. use newlines for longer translations.
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
-msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा"
-
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
-msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
-msgstr "खालील संरचना वापरा"
-
-#. menu button
-#. menu button
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&बदला..."
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा"
-
-#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
-#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr "बदलासाठी कोणतेही शीर्षक क्लीक करा किंवा \"बदल...\" मेन्यू वापरा."
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
-msgstr "बदलासाठी कोणतेही शीर्षक क्लीक करा किंवा \"बदल...\" मेन्यू वापरा."
-
-#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
-msgid "&Reset to defaults"
-msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रिसेट वापरा"
-
-#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
-"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"संबंधित शीर्षकरेषेवर क्लिक \n"
-"करुन किंवा <b>Change...</b> मेन्यू वापरुन मूल्ये बदला.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for installation proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"प्रदर्शित मूल्यांच्या सहाय्याने नवीन स्तापना <b>Accept</b> वापरा.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. kicking out, bug #203811
-#. no such headline
-#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _("<p>
-#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install,
-#. click the <b>Mode</b> headline or select <b>Mode</b> in the
-#. <b>Change...</b> menu.
-#. </p>
-#. ");
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"कोणत्याही पद्धतीने तुमची हार्डडिस्क सुधारलेली नाही, तेव्हा तुम्ही सुरक्षितपणे बाहेर पडा.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for update proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"वापरा <b>स्वीकारा</b> दाखवलेल्या किमंतीबरोबर सुधारणा कार्यान्वित करा.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for network configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"कळ दाबून नेटवर्क सेटींग कार्यारत करा<b>पुढील</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for service configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"कळ दाबून सुविधा सेटींग कार्यारत करा<b>पुढील</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"कळ दाबून हार्डवेअर सेटींग कार्यारत करा<b>पुढील</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
-msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>UML स्थापना ठराव</B></P>"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
-msgid ""
-"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
-"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>UML (यूजर मोड लायनक्स) मुळे आपण मुख्य प्रणालीत स्वतंत्र लायनक्स व्हर्च्युअल मशीन्स सुरु\n"
-"करु शकता.</P>"
-
-#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
-#. hardhware configuration.
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"प्रदर्शित केल्यानुसार सेटिंग्जचा वापर करण्यासाठी, <b>Next</b>दावा.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-#| "locked by the system administrator, so cannot be changed. To change\n"
-#| "a proposal that is locked, ask your system administrator.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
-"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>काही प्रस्ताव प्रणाली प्रशासकाद्वारे बंद\n"
-"(लॉक्ड) होऊ शकतात, त्यामुळे बदलु शकत नाहीत. लॉगड\n"
-"प्रस्ताव बदलण्यासाठी, आपल्या प्रणाली प्रशासकाला विचारा.</p>"
-
-#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
-msgid "&Update"
-msgstr "अद्ययावत करा"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
-msgid "&Install"
-msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे."
#. combobox item
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Language: %1"
msgstr "भाषा"
#. caption for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा"
#. +2 thingies on the right
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248
msgid "&Product"
msgstr "वस्तू"
#. help text for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Here are the <b>release notes</b> for the installed\n"
@@ -1321,120 +1297,112 @@
"त्या नवीन वैशिष्ट्ये व बदल थोडक्यात सांगतात.</p>"
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Starting service %1..."
-msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन सुरु करत आहे..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
msgid "Choose one scenario, please."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgstr "SLP नामावलीतून निवडा"
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "संगणक ऍ़नलाईझ करा "
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "माऊस शोधत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "फायरवायर उपकरणांची शहानिशा होत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "प्रॉब फ्लॉपी तबकडी उपकरणे तपासा"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "फ्लॉपीडिस्क उपकरणे तपासली जात आहेत..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "प्रोब हार्डडिस्क नियंत्रक तपासा"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क नियंत्रक तपासले जात आहेत..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "तबकडी नियंत्रणकरण्याकरिता कर्नेल मॉड्यूल्स भरा"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क कर्नेसकरिता कर्नेल मॉड्यूल भरले जात आहेत..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क तपासा"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क तपासा..."
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "हरवलेल्या विभाजने शोधा"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "मूळ उपकरणाकरिता शोध घेत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "नविन पॅकेजेस डेटाबेस सुरू करत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "नविन पॅकेजेस डेटाबेस सुरू करत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
@@ -1443,7 +1411,7 @@
"</p>"
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1456,7 +1424,7 @@
"तुमचे हार्डवेअर कृपया तपासा!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1469,7 +1437,7 @@
"स्थापनेकरता हार्डडिस्क मिळू शकल्या नाहीत.\n"
"तुमचे हार्डवेअर कृपया तपासा!\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1477,7 +1445,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1494,7 +1462,7 @@
"आढळले नाहीत. आपले हार्डवेअर तपासा.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
@@ -1502,161 +1470,177 @@
msgstr "नामावली कार्यान्वयन करण्यात अयशस्वी."
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remove"
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "कमी करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Enabled"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "अक्षम केले "
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: "
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
msgid "URL"
msgstr "यूआरएल"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#. menu button
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+msgid "&Change..."
+msgstr "&बदला..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "टॉगलची स्थिती"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू नोंदणी"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम संरचित झाली नाही"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"प्रतिमा पुन्हा मिळेपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा"
#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:"
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1666,7 +1650,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1676,7 +1660,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
@@ -1688,7 +1672,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
@@ -1698,7 +1682,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
@@ -1709,7 +1693,7 @@
"%2"
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
@@ -1720,17 +1704,17 @@
"%2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr " सुस्वागतम्"
#. welcome text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71
msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>स्वागत!</b></p>"
#. welcome text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n"
"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
@@ -1743,7 +1727,7 @@
" \n"
#. help ttext
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to go through the\n"
@@ -1756,125 +1740,109 @@
"कॉनफिग्युरेशनमध्ये जाण्यासाठी.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing automatic configuration..."
msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63
msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
msgstr "कर्नेल मॉडयुल अवलंबीता सुधारत आहेत..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Setting up linker cache"
msgid "Setting up linker cache..."
msgstr "लींकर कॅश स्थापिम होत आहे"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
msgid "Checking the installed system..."
msgstr "स्थापीत केलेली प्रणाली हलवत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "वेळ विभाग संग्रहीत करा..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr "भाषा संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "कंसोल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "किबोर्ड संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू माहिती संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..."
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "आपोआप स्थापना रचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading security settings..."
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Saving sound card settings..."
-msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
-msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड मांडणी संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर SSH सेटींग्ज प्रतिकृत करत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
msgid "Moving to installed system..."
msgstr "स्थापीत केलेली प्रणाली हलवत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
msgstr "सर्व चढलेली उपकरणे उतरवा..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
msgstr "X विंडो प्रणाली संरचना प्रतिलिपीत करत आहे..."
-#. progress step title
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
-msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
-msgstr "यास्ट संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
-
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1888,274 +1856,304 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50
-msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
-msgstr "डिफॉल्ट खिडकी प्रंबधक सुरु होत आहेत..."
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42
+msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
+msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर लॉग फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..."
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
-msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
-msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..."
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
+msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
+msgstr ""
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+#. question in a popup box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
+msgstr "खरोखरच सर्व डिफॉल्ट किंमतीवर रिसेट करायचे का?"
+
+#. explain consequences of a decision
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+msgid "You will lose all changes."
+msgstr "सर्व बदल तुम्ही घालवाल."
+
+#. while input loop
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
-msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे"
+msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+msgstr "खालील संरचना वापरा"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"No installation control file has been found,\n"
-"the installer cannot continue."
+#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
+#. to store profile after installation
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
+msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
msgstr ""
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-#| "a graphical installation. There is less than %1 MB\n"
-#| "memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
+msgstr "वापरकत्याच्या विनंतीवरुन कॉनफिग्युरेशन टाळत आहे"
+
+#. error message is a popup
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
msgid ""
-"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
-"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
+"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
-"आपला संगणक चित्रमय स्थापनेसाठीच्या सर्व आवश्यकता\n"
-"पूर्ण करत नाही. %1 MB पेक्षा कमी स्मृती आहे\n"
-"किंवा X सर्व्हर चालू होऊ शकला नाही\n"
-"\n"
-"फॉलबॅक म्हणून YaST2 चा पाठ्य फ्रंटएन्ड आपणास स्थापनेविषयी\n"
-"मार्गदर्शन करेल. हा फ्रंट-एन् ग्राफिकल\n"
-"सारखेच कार्य देऊ करतो, परंतु स्क्रीन्स पुस्तिकोन\n"
-"दाखवल्यापेक्षा वेगळे असतात.\n"
+"पुढे जाण्याआधी हया ठरावातील\n"
+" चूक आधी सुधारली पाहिजे.\n"
-#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
-#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
-#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#. busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "The required packages were not installed (minimal installation) or\n"
-#| "the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
+msgstr "सध्याच्या मांडणीसाठी सारांश दाखवा"
+
+#. busy message;
+#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..."
+
+#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
+msgstr "ERROR: ठराव नाही"
+
+#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
+#. text for a message box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
msgid ""
-"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
-"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"Configuration saved.\n"
+"There were errors."
msgstr ""
-"ग्राफिकल इंटरफेस सुरु होऊ शकला नाही.\n"
-"\n"
-"आवश्यक पॅकेजस स्थापित झाली नाहीत (किमान आवश्यक स्थापना\n"
-"किंवा ग्राफिक्स कार्डला योग्य समर्थन नाही.\n"
-"\n"
-"फॉलबॅक म्हणून, YaST2 चा पाठ्य फ्रंट-एन्ड आपणास\n"
-"स्थापनेविषयी\n"
-"मार्गदर्शन करेल, परंतु स्क्रीन्स\n"
-"पुस्तिकेत दाखवल्यापेक्षा वेगळे असतात.\n"
+"कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले गेले.\n"
+"त्यात काही चुका होत्या."
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278
-msgid "Start service %1"
-msgstr ""
+#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
+#. do this later manually or not at all
+#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
+#. use newlines for longer translations.
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298
-msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
-msgstr ""
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
+msgstr "खालील संरचना वापरा"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing network settings failed."
-msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
-msgstr "महाजाल मांडणी लिहिण्यास अयशस्वी."
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Export Configuration"
+msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा"
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has failed.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
-msgstr ""
-"आधीची स्थापना अयशस्वी.\n"
-"आपणास ते चालू करायचे आहे.?\n"
-"\n"
-"टीप – आपणास कदाचित पुन्हा काही माहिती प्रविष्ट करावा लागेल."
+#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
+#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgstr "बदलासाठी कोणतेही शीर्षक क्लीक करा किंवा \"बदल...\" मेन्यू वापरा."
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
-msgstr ""
-"आधीची स्थापना मधेच थांबलेली आहे.\n"
-"आपणास पुढे चालू करायचे आहे?\n"
-"\n"
-"टीप – आपणास कदाचित पुन्हा काही माहीती प्रविष्ट करावी लागेल."
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
+msgstr "बदलासाठी कोणतेही शीर्षक क्लीक करा किंवा \"बदल...\" मेन्यू वापरा."
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:199
-msgid "Confirm Installation"
-msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा"
+#. menu button item
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+msgid "&Reset to defaults"
+msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रिसेट वापरा"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202
+#. FATE #120373
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Update"
+msgstr "अद्ययावत करा"
+
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Install"
+msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा"
+
+#. @return [String] translated headline
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>All information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>मूळ स्थापनेकरता लागणारी सर्व माहिती आता पूर्ण आहे.</p>"
+msgid "Installation Overview"
+msgstr "स्थापीत मिडिया"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#, fuzzy
+#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77
msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
-"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
-"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
-"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
+"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>आपण आता पुठढे चालू ठेवल्यास, आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवरील विभाग आधीच्या डायलॉग्जमधील <b>स्थापना</b>\n"
-"सेटिंग्जच्या अनुसार फॉरमॅट होतील (त्या विभागांमधील (पार्टिशन्स) आधीचा काही डाटा \n"
-"असल्यास ते पुसून).</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"संबंधित शीर्षकरेषेवर क्लिक \n"
+"करुन किंवा <b>Change...</b> मेन्यू वापरुन मूल्ये बदला.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
-"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
-"previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>आपण आता पुडे चालू ठेवल्यास, आधीच्या डायलॉग्जमधील स्थापना \n"
-"सेटिग्जच्या अनुसार आपल्या हार्डडिस्क वरील माहितीवरच पुन्हा लिहिले जाईल.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"कोणत्याही पद्धतीने तुमची हार्डडिस्क सुधारलेली नाही, तेव्हा तुम्ही सुरक्षितपणे बाहेर पडा.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254
-msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>तुम्हाला खात्री वाटत नसेल तर मागे जाऊन व सेटींग्ज तपासा.</p>"
-
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242
-msgid "Confirm Update"
-msgstr "अपडेट नक्की करा"
-
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246
+#. Help text for installation proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>अपडेट करण्यासाठी हवी असलेली सर्व माहिती आता पूर्ण आहे.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"प्रदर्शित मूल्यांच्या सहाय्याने नवीन स्तापना <b>Accept</b> वापरा.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248
+#. so update
+#. Help text for update proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
-"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>आपण आता पुडे चालू ठेवल्यास, आधीच्या डायलॉग्जमधील स्थापना \n"
-"सेटिग्जच्या अनुसार आपल्या हार्डडिस्क वरील माहितीवरच पुन्हा लिहिले जाईल.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"वापरा <b>स्वीकारा</b> दाखवलेल्या किमंतीबरोबर सुधारणा कार्यान्वित करा.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:258
-msgid "Start &Update"
-msgstr "अपडेट सुरु करा"
+#. Help text for network configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"कळ दाबून नेटवर्क सेटींग कार्यारत करा<b>पुढील</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42
-msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+#. Help text for service configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"कळ दाबून सुविधा सेटींग कार्यारत करा<b>पुढील</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44
-msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"कळ दाबून हार्डवेअर सेटींग कार्यारत करा<b>पुढील</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
+#. Proposal in uml module
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>UML स्थापना ठराव</B></P>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+msgid ""
+"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
+"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+"<P>UML (यूजर मोड लायनक्स) मुळे आपण मुख्य प्रणालीत स्वतंत्र लायनक्स व्हर्च्युअल मशीन्स सुरु\n"
+"करु शकता.</P>"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
-msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन सुरु करत आहे..."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35
-msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
+#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
+#. hardhware configuration.
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"प्रदर्शित केल्यानुसार सेटिंग्जचा वापर करण्यासाठी, <b>Next</b>दावा.\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Text to display
#.
#. @return String
-#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Administration"
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "दुरस्थ व्यवस्थापक"
+#. Writes configuration
+#.
+#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
+#. Snapper is configured.
+#.
+#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
+#. otherwise it returns false.
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking root file system entry of fstab..."
+msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
+msgstr "एफएसटॅबची मूळ फाईल यंत्रणा प्रवेश तपासत आहेत..."
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr "स्थापनेची रॅम डिस्क निर्माण करण्यात अपयशी."
-#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#. count megabytes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..."
@@ -2164,7 +2162,7 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..."
@@ -2172,19 +2170,50 @@
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "पॅकेज पुन्हा साठवून ठेवत आहे %1..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
+#~ msgstr "ERROR: ठराव नाही"
+
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
+#~| "locked by the system administrator, so cannot be changed. To change\n"
+#~| "a proposal that is locked, ask your system administrator.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
+#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
+#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>काही प्रस्ताव प्रणाली प्रशासकाद्वारे बंद\n"
+#~ "(लॉक्ड) होऊ शकतात, त्यामुळे बदलु शकत नाहीत. लॉगड\n"
+#~ "प्रस्ताव बदलण्यासाठी, आपल्या प्रणाली प्रशासकाला विचारा.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
+#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट खिडकी प्रंबधक सुरु होत आहेत..."
+
+#~ msgid "Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "त्याच्यासारखा दिसणारा"
+
+#~ msgid "&Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "त्याच्यासारखा दिसणारा"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Saving sound card settings..."
+#~ msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
+#~ msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड मांडणी संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted"
#~ msgstr "पुर्नस्थापित करायला हवा आहे"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -115,8 +115,10 @@
msgstr "संपादन"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Log Out"
-msgstr "बंदकरा"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connect"
+msgid "Disconnect"
+msgstr "जोडा"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -127,9 +129,6 @@
msgstr "शोध"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Log In"
-msgstr "दाखल व्हा"
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "जोडा"
@@ -212,8 +211,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -332,42 +331,40 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"चालू सत्रांची सूची. नवीन ध्येय घालण्यासाठी <b>Add</b> दाबा.\n"
-"एक काढून टाकण्यासाठी, ते निवडा व <b>Log Out</b> दाबा.\n"
-"प्रारंभाची स्थिती बदलण्यासाठी <b>Toggle</b> दाबा.\n"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>iSCSI उपकरण <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b> अक्सेस करतांना,हा अक्सेस खास असल्याची खात्री करून घ्या. अन्यथा डाटा भ्रष्ट होण्याचासंभाव्य धोका असतो.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> हे /etc/initiatorname.iscsi प्रमाणे आहे. जरआपल्याकडे iBFT असेल तर हे नांव तिथून बदतून येईल आणि आपण ते बदलू शकत नाही (तो बदलBIOS मध्ये करावा लागेल)</p><p> जेव्हा आपल्याला त्याला बदलावयाचे असेल तेव्हा<b>Save Name</b> बटण वापरा. हा बदल स्वतः सुरक्षित केला जात नाही.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -375,14 +372,10 @@
"आवश्यक वाटल्यास फक्त <b>Port</b> बदला. प्रमाणीकरणासाठी <b>Username</b> व <b>Password</b> वापरा. आपणास प्रमाणीकरणाची\n"
"गरज नसेल, तर <b>No Authentication</b>निवडा.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्याने नोड्सची यादी दिली. एक आयटत निवडा व क्लिक करा <b>कनेक्ट</b>. "
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
-msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशनचा प्रकार निवडा व घाला <b>युजरनेम</b> आणि <b>पार्सवर्ड</b>."
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -398,12 +391,22 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication"
+msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
-msgstr "शोधलेल्या लक्ष्यांची यादी. नवीन <b>शोध</b> किंवा <b>कनेक्ट</b> कोणत्याही लक्ष्याशी सुरुवात करा."
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>आयटीबीएफ</h1>"
@@ -457,16 +460,24 @@
msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही."
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+msgstr "इनिशिएटरचे नाव"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
+"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
"इनिशिएटरचे नाव चुकीचे\n"
"योग्य शब्दरचना आहे\n"
@@ -476,12 +487,12 @@
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "IP पत्ता घाला."
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "पोर्ट घाला."
@@ -489,37 +500,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
msgid "True"
msgstr "खरा"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
msgid "False"
msgstr "खोटा"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "या TargetNameचे लक्ष्य आधीपासूनच जोडलेले आहे. खातरजमा करा कीडेटा खराब होण्यापासून वाचविण्यासाठी Multipathing सुरू केलेले आहे."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "पुढे चालू करा"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द करा"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "लक्ष्य अगोदरच जोडलेले आहे."
@@ -614,7 +625,7 @@
msgstr "सर्व"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
@@ -626,11 +637,40 @@
"जुने initiatorname बदलून iBFT मधील नाव कायम राहील आणि एकबॅकअप तयार केला जाईल.\n"
"जर आपल्याला इतर initiatorname वापरावयाचे असेल तर त्याला BIOS मध्ये बदलून घ्या."
+#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image creation failed."
+msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल"
+
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "सारांश संरचना..."
+#~ msgid "Log Out"
+#~ msgstr "बंदकरा"
+
+#~ msgid "Log In"
+#~ msgstr "दाखल व्हा"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "चालू सत्रांची सूची. नवीन ध्येय घालण्यासाठी <b>Add</b> दाबा.\n"
+#~ "एक काढून टाकण्यासाठी, ते निवडा व <b>Log Out</b> दाबा.\n"
+#~ "प्रारंभाची स्थिती बदलण्यासाठी <b>Toggle</b> दाबा.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+#~ msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशनचा प्रकार निवडा व घाला <b>युजरनेम</b> आणि <b>पार्सवर्ड</b>."
+
+#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+#~ msgstr "शोधलेल्या लक्ष्यांची यादी. नवीन <b>शोध</b> किंवा <b>कनेक्ट</b> कोणत्याही लक्ष्याशी सुरुवात करा."
+
#~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up"
#~ msgstr "स्टार्टअप टॉगल करा"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचे नाव"
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr "गुप्तशब्द"
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
msgstr "फाईलवरून इंपोर्ट करा"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@
#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists."
msgid "Client name already exists!"
@@ -661,103 +661,112 @@
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NIS client"
msgid "New client name:"
msgstr "NIS ग्राहक"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ठीक आहे"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द करा"
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "निवडलेली नोंद खरोखर कमी करावी का?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Share path cannot be empty."
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचा मार्ग रिकामा असू शकत नाही."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Share %1 already exists."
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "वाटप %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "येणारी पत्र"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "जाणीरी पत्र"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "None"
msgstr "कोणी नाही"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "अक्षम केले "
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+msgid ""
+"There isn't any client specified.\n"
+"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
+"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
+"Really want to continue without client access?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
@@ -767,7 +776,7 @@
"संचिका तयार करताना चूक झाली %1:\n"
"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
@@ -783,12 +792,12 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..."
-#. local IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420
+#. scope link IPv6
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/mr/po/journal.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/journal.mr.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/journal.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: mr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Countries"
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr "अनेक देश"
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return the result as an array of Items
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change Suffix"
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr "प्रत्यय बदला"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr "नूतनीकरण"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Braille display"
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr "ब्रेल सादरीकरण"
+
+#. Interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Time interval"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter"
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr "गाळणी"
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65
+msgid "With no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the time interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "File system"
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90
+msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102
+msgid "Between these dates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104
+msgid "Since system's boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "From previous boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys
+#.
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label short label for the filter
+#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Unit"
+msgid "Units"
+msgstr "&यूनिट"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "For these systemd units"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "फाइली"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135
+msgid "For these files (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
+msgid "Priority"
+msgstr "अदलाबदल &प्राधान्य"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr "वेळ"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr "स्त्रोत"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Messages"
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr "निरोप"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -51,27 +51,27 @@
msgstr "डम्प लक्ष्यामध्ये डम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठीच्या लक्ष्य-स्थानाचा समावेश"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr "नाव देण्याची पद्धत आहे:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] कृपया फक्त \"kernel_string\" प्रविष्ट करा."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
msgstr "केडम्पची आदेशओळ ही आदेश ओळ आहे जी केडम्प कर्नेलकडे पाठवावी लागते."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
msgstr "फक्त जर आपल्याला _append_ values डेफॉल्ट आदेश ओळीला करायच्याअसतील तरच हे व्हेरिअबल सेट करा."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
msgstr "केडम्प कर्नेलमध्ये कोअर जतन करताच रिबूट करा."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory."
msgstr ""
@@ -79,191 +79,193 @@
"प्रतिकृत करून ठेवता येत नाही.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
msgstr "किती जुने डम्प्स ठेवले आहेत ते दर्शवतो. 0 म्हणजे सर्व ठेवा."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages."
msgstr "निवडलेल्या प्रत्येका सूचना-प्रक्रियेसाठी ईमेलचा पत्ता आवष्यक आहे."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages."
msgstr "निवडलेल्या प्रत्येका सूचना-प्रक्रियेसाठी ईमेलचा पत्ता आवष्यक आहे."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
msgstr "फाईलचा पाठ ज्यामध्ये पासवर्ड (प्लेन टेक्स्ट फाईल) अंतर्भूत असतो"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "Email address for sending notification messages"
msgstr "निवडलेल्या प्रत्येका सूचना-प्रक्रियेसाठी ईमेलचा पत्ता आवष्यक आहे."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209
msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "पर्याय कार्यान्वित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "पर्याय अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229
msgid "Shows current option status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234
msgid "Size of allocated memory MB"
msgstr "निर्दिष्ट स्मृतीचा आकार MB"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241
msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving"
msgstr "डम्प स्तराच्या संख्येत जतन करण्यासाठी पृष्ठे अंतर्भूत असतात"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Dump format can be ELF or compressed"
msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo"
msgstr "डम्प फॉरमॅट ELF किंवा compressed असू शकतो"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254
-msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
msgstr "डम्पच्या लक्ष्यात फाईल (स्थानिक फाईलप्रणाली), एफटीपी, एसएसएच, एनएफएस, सीआयईफएस यांच्यापैकी लक्ष्याचा प्रकार अंतर्भूत असतो"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of server"
msgstr "संवादमंचाचे नाव"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port for connection"
msgstr "नेटवर्क जुळणी"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directory for saving dump images"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Exported share"
msgstr "निर्यात प्रकार"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "User name"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289
msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)"
msgstr "फाईलचा पाठ ज्यामध्ये पासवर्ड (प्लेन टेक्स्ट फाईल) अंतर्भूत असतो"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "udev_id of raw partition"
msgstr "विभाजनाचा आकार."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel meनाव देण्याची पद्धत आहे: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] कर्नेलचा अर्थ फक्त \"kernel_string\".ans only \"kernel_string\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Include command line options."
msgstr " <command> [पर्याय]"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
msgstr "पर्याय म्हणजे केडम्प कर्नेल बूट करण्यासाठीची रनलेव्हल. फक्त 1,2,3,5 किंवा s अशी मूल्ये चालतात"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all."
msgstr "डम्प्सची संख्या. 0 म्हणजे सर्व ठेवा."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Email address"
msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365
msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display Settings:"
msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दर्शवा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420
msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)"
msgstr "केडम्प सक्षम केला आहे (बूट पर्याय \"crashkernel\" समाविष्ट केला आहे)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425
msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1"
msgstr "केडम्पसाठी निर्दिष्ट स्मृती (MB) आहे: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump is disabled"
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम अकार्यान्वित करा."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Level: %1"
msgstr "उपकरण"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Format: %1"
msgstr "फाईल पध्दती"
#. parsing target info
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Target Settings"
msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid "target: %1"
msgstr "सादरकर्ता: %1"
@@ -273,8 +275,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582
#, fuzzy
msgid "file directory: %1"
msgstr "लक्ष्य संचिका: %1"
@@ -283,124 +285,124 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575
#, fuzzy
msgid "server name: %1"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "port: %1"
msgstr "वस्तू: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597
msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed"
msgstr "प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव: निनावी कनेक्शनला परवानगी आहे"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "user name: %1"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589
#, fuzzy
msgid "share: %1"
msgstr "नाव: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610
msgid "EMPTY"
msgstr "रिक्त"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618
msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1"
msgstr "केडम्प कर्नेल कस्टम करा: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629
msgid "Kdump command line: %1"
msgstr "केडम्प आदेश ओळ: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640
msgid "Kdump command line append: %1"
msgstr "केडम्प आदेश ओळ जोड: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650
msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1"
msgstr "केडम्पचे त्वरित रिबूट्स: %1"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "enabled"
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "disabled"
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
msgstr "जुन्या डम्प्सची संख्या: सर्व डम्प्स जुने डम्प्स काढून न टाकता जतन केले जातात"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
#, fuzzy
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1"
msgstr "SMT सर्व्हर: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1"
msgstr "रनलेव्हलमध्ये %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701
msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709
msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720
msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "बदल लागू करण्यासाठी रिबूट आवश्यक आहे."
@@ -419,44 +421,44 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong options were used."
msgstr "सूचना: इन्क्रीप्शंन वापरले गेले नाही."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778
msgid "Dump level was set."
msgstr "डम्पचा स्तर सेट केला."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value of option."
msgstr "पर्यायी किंमत"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format was set."
msgstr "फाईल पध्दती"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value."
msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
msgstr "पर्यायामध्ये फक्त \"ELF\" किंवा \"compressed\" मूल्य अंतर्भूत असू शकते."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही."
@@ -464,8 +466,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016
msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing."
msgstr "\"dir\" चे मूल्य गायब."
@@ -473,53 +475,53 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983
msgid "Value for \"server\" missing."
msgstr "\"server\" चे मूल्य गायब."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995
msgid "Value for \"share\" missing."
msgstr "\"share\" चे मूल्य गायब."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for target."
msgstr "भाषेकरता नवीन किंमती सेट करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
msgstr "पर्यायी किंमत"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"."
msgstr "\"level\" पर्यायांसाठी चुकीचे मूल्य."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"."
msgstr "पर्यायी किंमत"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"."
msgstr "\"level\" पर्यायांसाठी चुकीचे मूल्य."
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257
msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275
#, fuzzy
msgid "No option has been defined."
msgstr "सूचना: इन्क्रीप्शंन वापरले गेले नाही."
@@ -531,12 +533,12 @@
msgstr "मोडेम संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. proposal part - kdump label
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82
msgid "Kdump"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "अकार्यान्वित"
@@ -641,21 +643,25 @@
msgid "FTP"
msgstr "FTP"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
-msgid "SSH (scp)"
-msgstr "एसएसएच (scp)"
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223
+msgid "SSH"
+msgstr "SSH"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224
+msgid "SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "DNS"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
msgid "CIFS (SMB)"
msgstr "सीआयएफएस (SMB)"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "&SMTP Server"
msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक"
@@ -664,7 +670,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता"
@@ -673,129 +679,129 @@
#. password entry
#. password entry
#. password entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&परवली शब्द"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notification &To"
msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notifica&tion CC"
msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel"
msgstr "कस्टम केडम्प &कर्नेल"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
msgstr "केडम्प Co&mmand ओळ"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append"
msgstr "आदेश :"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361
msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core"
msgstr "कोअर जतन केल्यावर त्वरित रिबूट &Enable करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images"
msgstr "जुनी पॅकेज काढून टाका"
#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps"
msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा"
#. "handle" :
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Memory"
msgstr "मेमरी "
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Start-Up"
msgstr "सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering"
msgstr "केडम्प - डम्प फिल्टर करणे"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Filtering"
msgstr "स्थानिक चाळणी करा"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
msgstr "केडम्प प्रतिमेसाठी लक्ष्य जतन करत आहे"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Target"
msgstr "इमेल लक्ष्य 1"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP Server"
msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notification Email Addresses"
msgstr "अदिसूचना अकार्यान्वित"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488
#, fuzzy
msgid "Email Notification"
msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump"
msgstr "केडम्पसाठी कर्नेल कस्टम करा"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Command Line"
msgstr "आदेश :"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Settings"
msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Expert Settings"
msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज"
@@ -857,7 +863,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@@ -867,7 +873,7 @@
"<p><b>लक्ष्य केडम्प प्रतिमेसठी जतन करत आहे</b><br>\n"
" केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी लक्ष्य.<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
@@ -880,7 +886,7 @@
" केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी हे दाबून संवादाद्वारे सिरेक्टरी निवडणे <i>ब्राऊझ करा</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n"
@@ -897,11 +903,11 @@
" <i>निनावी एफटीपी सक्षम करा</i> सर्व्हरशी निनावी कनेक्शन सक्षम करते.\n"
" <i>प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव</i> एफटीपी कनेक्शनसाठी. <i>पासवर्ड</i> एफटीपी कनेक्शनसाठी.<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n"
+"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
@@ -914,9 +920,33 @@
" <i> सर्व्हरवरील डिरेक्टरी </i> - केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी पाथ.\n"
" <i> प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव</i> एसएसएच कनेक्शनसाठी.<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
+"<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n"
+" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
+" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
+" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
+" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>एसएसएच</b> - केडम्प प्रतिमा एसएसएचद्वारे जतन करा.\n"
+" <i> सर्व्हरचे नाव </i> - सर्व्हरचे नाव.\n"
+" <i>पोर्टt</i> - कनेक्शनसाठी पोर्ट क्रमांक.\n"
+" <i> सर्व्हरवरील डिरेक्टरी </i> - केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी पाथ.\n"
+" <i> प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव</i> एसएसएच कनेक्शनसाठी.<br></p>"
+
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
+msgid ""
+"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n"
+"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n"
+"by default.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
@@ -925,8 +955,8 @@
" <i> सर्व्हरचे नाव </i> - एनएफएस सर्व्हरचे नाव.\n"
" <i> सर्व्हरवरील डिरेक्टरी</i> - केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी पाथ.<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
@@ -943,7 +973,7 @@
" <i>प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव</i> कनेक्शनसाठी. <i>पासवर्ड</i> कनेक्शनसाठी. <br></p>"
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n"
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
@@ -954,7 +984,7 @@
" कृपया फक्त प्रविष्ट करा<i> kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
@@ -962,7 +992,7 @@
msgstr "<p><b>ऑप्शनल केर्नेल कमांड लाईन पॅरामीटर </b> आपणास केर्नेलकडे पाठवण्यासाठी अतिरिक्त निकषांची व्याख्या करू देते </p>"
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
@@ -981,7 +1011,7 @@
" सेट झालेली असेल.<br></p>\n"
#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
@@ -990,7 +1020,7 @@
" केडम्पमध्ये कोअर जतन केल्यावर त्वरित रिबूट सक्षम करा.<br></p>"
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
@@ -1001,7 +1031,7 @@
" मधील डम्प फाईल्सची संख्या<i>जुन्या डम्पसची संख्या</i> या संख्येपेक्षा अधिक झाली तर जुने डम्पस काढले जातात.<br></p>"
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n"
" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n"
@@ -1011,38 +1041,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Server
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP User Name
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Password
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification To (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
@@ -1057,7 +1087,7 @@
" मधील डम्प फाईल्सची संख्या<i>जुन्या डम्पसची संख्या</i> या संख्येपेक्षा अधिक झाली तर जुने डम्पस काढले जातात.<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1067,7 +1097,7 @@
" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -1076,7 +1106,7 @@
"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1086,7 +1116,7 @@
" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -1099,7 +1129,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1109,7 +1139,7 @@
"या ठिकाणी CASA आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1123,7 +1153,7 @@
"नंतर <b>आकृतीबंध</b> दाबा.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1135,7 +1165,7 @@
"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1147,7 +1177,7 @@
"त्यांचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट करण्यासाठी.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1157,7 +1187,7 @@
"नविन प्रोवाइडर मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी <b>एड</b> दाबा.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1207,6 +1237,10 @@
msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP"
msgstr "Anon&ymous FTP सक्षम करा"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
+msgid "SSH / SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entries
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196
#, fuzzy
@@ -1271,146 +1305,155 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "मोडेम संरचना कार्यान्वित करा"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही."
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ शोधले जात आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "विभाजने वाचली जात आहे..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/kdump ही कॉंफिग फाइल वाचू शकत नाही"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "%1फाईल वाचू शकत नाही"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "मोडेम संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "अद्ययावत पर्याय"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "क्रॅशकर्नेल निकष बूटलोडर फॉल्ट्मध्ये समाविष्ट करत आहे."
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "रनलेव्हलमध्ये %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "पर्यायासाठी रिकामी किंमत: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "फाईल पध्दती"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा"
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
+#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
+msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "SSH (scp)"
+#~ msgstr "एसएसएच (scp)"
+
#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
#~ msgstr "kexec-tools साठीचे पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -12,746 +12,18 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53
-msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
-msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक संरचना मॉड्यूल."
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66
-msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP शी ऑथेन्टीकेशन सुरु अथवा बंद करा"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73
-msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
-msgstr "LDAP ग्राहकाची संरचना सारांश"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83
-msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
-msgstr "LDAP ग्राहकाची ग्लोबल मांडणी बदला"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91
-msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr "सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97
-msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the server option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103
-msgid "The LDAP server name"
-msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचे नाव"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the base option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110
-msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
-msgstr "सर्चबेसचे मोठे नाव"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117
-msgid "Create default configuration objects."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123
-msgid "LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'automounter' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130
-msgid "Start or stop automounter"
-msgstr "ऑटोमाऊंटर सुरु किंवा बंद करा"
-
-#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची"
-
-#. help text for the 'tls' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
-msgstr "संपर्क नाव लिहा."
-
-#. help text for the 'sssd' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154
-msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
-msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'realm' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Kerberos"
-msgid "Kerberos Realm"
-msgstr "केरबेरोस"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177
-msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणक पत्ता"
-
-#. password entering label
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313
-msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
-msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणाकासाठी परवलीशब्द:"
-
#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88
+#: src/ui.rb:88
msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
msgstr "लिहिण्याच्या प्रक्रियेतून करच बाहेर पडायचे?"
#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96
+#: src/ui.rb:96
msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings"
msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक मांडणी लिहीत आहे"
-#. popup window
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130
-msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
-msgstr "SLP ने दिलेल्या LDAP सर्व्हर करता छाननी करा..."
-
-#. multiselection box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152
-msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
-msgstr "SLP ने दिलेल्या LDAP सर्व्हर:"
-
-#. warning popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The specified file does not exist or is empty."
-msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
-msgstr "दर्शविलेल्या फाईल्स अस्तित्वात नाहीत अथवा रिक्त नाही."
-
-#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
-msgstr "NTP संरचना..."
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255
-msgid "Use SSL/TLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264
-msgid "Protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278
-msgid "StartTLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "LDAP Server"
-msgid "LDAPS"
-msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300
-msgid "TLS Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310
-msgid "Request server certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Certificates"
-msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
-msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल मिळवित आहे"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336
-msgid "B&rowse"
-msgstr "ब्राऊझ..."
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
-msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Brows&e"
-msgstr "संचारसाधन"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
-msgstr "सीए प्रमाणपत्र फाईल मिळवित आहे"
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
-msgstr "सीए प्रमाणपत्र"
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
-msgstr "पॅकेजेससहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ"
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Choose the certificate file"
-msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा"
-
-#. error message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
-msgstr "दिलेल्या URL मधून SMT प्रमाणपत्र डाऊनलोड करता आले नाही."
-
-#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The downloaded certificate file\n"
-"\n"
-"'%1'\n"
-"\n"
-"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n"
-#| "LDAP client.</p>\n"
-msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>येथे, LDAP क्लाइंट म्हणून तुमचे मशीन\n"
-"<b>सेट करा</b>.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 2/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535
-msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ओपनLDAP सर्व्हरने आपल्या उपभोक्त्यांना प्रमाणित करण्यासाठी,<b>यूज </b> LDAP निवडा. त्यानुसार NSS व PAM चा आकृतीबंध बनेल.</p>"
-
-#. help text 3/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
-"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
-"removed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>LDAP सेवा अकार्यान्वित करण्यासाठी, <b>डू नॉट यूज LDAP</b> वर क्लिककरा.\n"
-"आपण LDAP अकार्यान्वित केल्यास/etc/nsswitch.conf मधील\n"
-" पासवर्डसाठी सध्याची LDAP प्रविष्टी काढून टाकली जाईल. PAM आकृतलीबंध दुरुस्त केला जाईल व LDAPप्रविष्टी \n"
-"काढून टाकली जाईल.</p>"
-
-#. help text 3.5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546
-msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>LDAP कार्यान्वित करण्यासाठी, परंतु प्रयोक्त्यांना या मशिनवर लॉग इन करण्यास मनाईकरण्यासाठी, निवडा <b>एनेबल LDAP यूजर्स बट डिसएबल लॉग इन्स</b>.</p>"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
-"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>अड्रेस</b> मधील LDAP सर्व्हरचा पत्ता (जसे ldap.example.com किंवा 10.20.0.2) व (<b> सर्च बेसचे DN</b>, वैशिष्ट्यपूर्ण नांव (dc=example,dc=com) प्रविष्ट करा. अनेक सर्व्हर त्यांचे पत्ते मोकळी जागा देऊन वेगळे करुन नमूदकरा. चा वापर न करता पत्ते ठरवणे शक्य झाले पाहिजे. आपण पोर्ट देखील\n"
-" नमूद करु शकाल की ज्यावर वाक्यरचनेचा\n"
-"LDAP. वापर करुन सर्व्हर चालत आहे, \"server:port\", उदाहरणार्थ <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
-
-#. help text 5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561
-msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>फाईंड</b>च्या सहाय्याने, सव्र्हिस लोकेशन प्रोटोकॉल (SLP) (SLP)नेपुरवलेल्या सूचीतून LDAP सर्व्हर निवडा.<b>Fetch DN</b>, चा वापर करुनसर्व्हरवरुन मूळ DN वाचा.</p>"
-
-#. help text 6/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
-"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> काही LDAP सर्व्हर्स StartTLS चे समर्थन करतात.(RFC2830).\n"
-" आपला सर्व्हर जर त्याचे समर्थन करत असेल व त्याचा आकृतीबंध असेल, तर <b>LDAP सर्व्हर बरोबरचे आपले दळणवळण सांकेतिक करण्यासाठी TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-" LDAP कार्यान्वित करा.</p>\n"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n"
-" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n"
-" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n"
-" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n"
-" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579
-msgid ""
-"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n"
-" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n"
-" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
-" is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 8/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-#| "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-"<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
-"<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> प्रगत LDAP सेटिंग्जचा आकृतीबंध बनवण्यासाठी,\n"
-"<b> अडव्हान्स्ड कॉफिफगरेशन</b> वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 9/9 (additional)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n"
-#| "such as users' home directories.\n"
-#| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n"
-#| "locally or over LDAP.\n"
-#| "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
-#| "automatically.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
-"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
-"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
-"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ऑटोमाऊंटर</b> हा एक डेमॉन आहे जो आपोआप डिरेक्टरीज\n"
-" माऊंट करतो, जसे प्रयोक्त्याच्या होम डिरेक्टरीज.\n"
-" असे गृहीत धरलेले आहे की, त्याच्या आकृतीबंधाच्या फाईल्स (auto.*)आधीपासूनच\n"
-" स्थानिकरित्या किंवा LDAP वर अस्तित्वात आहेत.\n"
-" जर ते स्थापित नसेल, व आपणास ते वापरायचे असेल तर ते आपोआप\n"
-" स्थापित होते.</p>\n"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr "ऑटोमाऊटर सुरु करा"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "D&isable User Login"
-msgid "Disable User &Logins"
-msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा प्रवेश अकार्यान्वित करा"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648
-msgid "User Authentication"
-msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन"
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP वापरू नका"
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672
-msgid "&Use LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP वापरा"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687
-msgid "LDAP Client"
-msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक"
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697
-msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
-msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचा पत्ता"
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703
-msgid "F&ind"
-msgstr "शोधा"
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711
-msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
-msgstr "LDAP बेस DN"
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717
-msgid "F&etch DN"
-msgstr "DN भरा"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
-msgstr "NTP संरचना..."
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733
-msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
-msgstr "ऍ़डवान्स्ड कॉनफिग्युरेशन..."
-
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90
-msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक संरचना"
-
-#. question popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765
-msgid ""
-"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n"
-"\n"
-"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n"
-"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n"
-"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838
-msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
-msgstr "LDAP बेस DN लिहा."
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845
-msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
-msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचा एखादा तरी पत्ता लिहा."
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853
-msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
-msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचे नाव"
-
-#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has
-#. enabled NIS client before
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871
-msgid ""
-"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
-"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"जेव्हा आपण आपल्या मशीनचा LDAP क्लाएंट म्हणून आकृतीबंध बनवता, तेव्हा आपण\n"
-"NIS. बरोबर डाटा पुन्हा मिळवू शकत नाही. NIS ऐवजी खरंच LDAP चा वापर करायचा आहे?\n"
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941
-msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
-msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक कार्यान्वित"
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947
-msgid ""
-"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
-"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
-"the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"हा बदल केवळ नव्याने निर्माण केलेल्या प्रक्रियांवर परिणाम करतो, आधीपासूनच\n"
-"चालू असलेल्या सेवांवर नव्हे. आपल्या सेवा हाताने पुन्हा\n"
-"चालू करा व सर्व सेवांसाठी मशीन शक्य व्हावे यासाठी ते रीबूट करा.\n"
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
-"restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"LDAP प्रयोक्त्यांसाठी रिमोट लॉग इन शक्य होण्यासाठी, is\n"
-"YaST द्वारे sshd आपोआप पुन्हा चालू झाले आहे.\n"
-
-#. yes/no question
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970
-msgid ""
-"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n"
-"Enable certificate checks now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015
-msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>ऍ़डवान्स LDAP क्लांइट सेटींग्ज</b></p>"
-
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017
-msgid ""
-"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
-"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
-"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
-"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>पासवर्ड चेंज प्रोटोकॉल</b> फाईलच्या pam_password अट्रिब्यूटचा संदर्भ देतो.<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> त्याच्या /tt>मूल्यांच्या अर्थासाठी <tt>man pam_ldap< पहा.</p>"
-
-#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
-"The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> वापरण्यासाठी LDAP समुहांचा प्रकार सेट करा.\n"
-"<b> ग्रुप मेंबर अट्रिब्यूट</b> साठीचे डिफॉल्ट मूल्य आहे <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034
-msgid ""
-"<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n"
-"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n"
-"or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042
-msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>सर्व्हरशी संपर्क</b></p>"
-
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-#| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
-#| "server.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
-"server.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> सर्वप्रथम, <b> कॉन्फीगरेशन सेट DN</b>.\n"
-" सेट करा. आपल्या आकृतीबंधाचा डाटा जतन करण्यासाठीचा हा बेस आहे, जो LDAP\n"
-" सर्व्हरवर जतन होतो.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-#| "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-#| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
-#| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-"<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
-"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> सर्व्हरवर जतन केलेला डाटा अक्सेस करण्यासाठी,\n"
-"<b> अडमिनिस्ट्रेटर DN</b>.\n"
-" प्रविष्ट करा. आपण संपूर्ण DN (उदाहरणार्थ, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) किंवा फक्त \n"
-" संबंधित DN (उदाहरणार्थ, cn=Administrator) प्रविष्ट करा. LDAP बेस DN आपोआप जोडला जाते, जर योग्य तो पर्याय तपासला गेला असेल.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057
-msgid ""
-"<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>LDAP प्रयोक्ते व समुहांसाठी डिफॉल्ट आकृतीबंध ऑब्जेक्ट्स निर्माण करा.\n"
-"<b> क्रिएट डिफॉल्ट कॉन्फिगरेशन ऑब्जेक्ट्स </b> तपासा. ऑब्जेक्ट्स तेव्हाच निर्माण होतात जेव्हा ते आधीपासून अस्तित्वात नसतात.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>LDAP सर्व्हरवर जतन केलेल्या सेटिंग्जचा आकृतीबंध बनवण्यासाठी \n"
-"<b> कॉन्फिगर</b> दाबा. आपण अद्याप कनेक्ट झाले नसाल किंवा \n"
-" आपला आकृतीबंध बदलला असेल तर पासवर्ड विचारला जाईल.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-#| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n"
-#| "in /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> विशिष्ट मॅप्ससाठी वापरण्याकरिता सर्च बेसेस नमूद करा (प्रयोक्ते, पासवर्ड व समुह), जर ते बेस DN. पेक्षा वेगळे असतील.\n"
-" ही मूल्ये nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, आणि nss_base_group अट्रिब्यूट्सना \n"
-"/etc/ldap.conf फाईलमधे सेट केलेली आहेत.</p>\n"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142
-msgid "C&lient Settings"
-msgstr "ग्राहक मांडणी"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144
-msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
-msgstr "व्यवस्थापक मांडणी"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146
-msgid "Naming Contexts"
-msgstr "नेमींग संदर्भ"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180
-msgid "&User Map"
-msgstr "युजर मॅप"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186
-msgid "&Browse"
-msgstr "संचारसाधन"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194
-msgid "&Group Map"
-msgstr "ग्रुप मॅप"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332
-msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr "संचारसाधन"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&User Map"
-msgid "&Autofs Map"
-msgstr "युजर मॅप"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240
-msgid "&Use Kerberos"
-msgstr "केरबेरोस वापरा"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248
-msgid "Default Real&m"
-msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रील्म"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250
-msgid "&KDC Server Address"
-msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणक पत्ता"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "LDAP Server"
-msgid "LDAP Schema"
-msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "User and Group Configuration"
-msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
-msgstr "वापरकर्ता आणि समूह संरचना"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
-msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
-msgstr "गुप्तशब्ध बदलण्याचा प्रोटोकॉल "
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
-msgstr "ग्रुप मेंबर अट्रीब्युट"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326
-msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
-msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन बेस DN"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341
-msgid "Administrator &DN"
-msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347
-msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr "बेस DN अपेन्ड करा"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355
-msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
-msgstr "मूलभूत संरचना हेतू तयार करा"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364
-msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
-msgstr "युजर प्रंबधक सेटींग्ज कॉनफिग्युअर करा..."
-
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384
-msgid "Advanced Configuration"
-msgstr "आधुनिक सूचना"
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500
-msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
-msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरशी बांधण्याकरता DN लिहा."
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507
-msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
-msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन बेस DN लिहा"
-
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592
+#: src/ui.rb:144
msgid ""
"If you reread settings from the server,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n"
@@ -760,7 +32,7 @@
"सर्व बदल पुसले जातील.\n"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616
+#: src/ui.rb:168
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Here, configure the template used for\n"
@@ -773,7 +45,7 @@
"कॉनफिग्युअर करा (युजर ग्रुपप्रमाणे).</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620
+#: src/ui.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
@@ -782,7 +54,7 @@
"<b>cn</b> मूल्य बदलल्याने टेम्प्लेअ पुनर्नामित होते.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624
+#: src/ui.rb:176
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b>, used\n"
@@ -799,54 +71,54 @@
#. table header 1/2
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033
+#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr "गुणधर्म "
#. table header 2/2
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035
+#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582
msgid "Value"
msgstr "मूल्य"
#. label (table folows)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701
+#: src/ui.rb:253
msgid "Default Values for New Objects"
msgstr " नवीन ऑब्जेक्टसाठी डिफॉल्ट मूल्य "
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707
+#: src/ui.rb:259
msgid "Attribute of Object"
msgstr " ऑब्जेक्टचे अट्रिब्यूट "
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709
+#: src/ui.rb:261
msgid "Default Value"
msgstr "मूलभूत किंमत"
#. button label (with non-default shortcut)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715
+#: src/ui.rb:267
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "भरा/मिळवा"
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717
+#: src/ui.rb:269
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729
+#: src/ui.rb:281
msgid "Object Template Configuration"
msgstr " ऑब्जेक्ट टेम्प्लेटचा आकृतीबंध "
#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832
+#: src/ui.rb:384
msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?"
msgstr " डिफॉल्ट अट्रिब्यूट\"%1 खरंच पुसून टाकायचे आहे\"?"
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090
+#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636
msgid ""
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
@@ -855,14 +127,14 @@
"किंमती भरा."
#. helptext 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886
+#: src/ui.rb:438
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>"
msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>"
msgstr "<p> येथे, LDAP डिरेक्टरीज जतन केलेला आकृतीबंध हाताळा.</p>"
#. helptext 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890
+#: src/ui.rb:442
msgid ""
"<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n"
"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n"
@@ -875,7 +147,7 @@
"<b>Delete</b> वापरुन सध्याचे मॉडयूल पुसून टाका.</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897
+#: src/ui.rb:449
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
@@ -886,7 +158,7 @@
"सध्याच्या मॉडयूलचे नांव बदलते.</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903
+#: src/ui.rb:455
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n"
"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n"
@@ -897,44 +169,477 @@
"</p>\n"
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983
+#: src/ui.rb:535
msgid "Configuration &Module"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन मॉडयुल"
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007
+#: src/ui.rb:559
msgid "C&onfigure Template"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन टेम्पलेट"
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051
+#: src/ui.rb:598
msgid "Module Configuration"
msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना"
-#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118
-msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
-msgstr "खरोखर मॉड्यूल काढून टाका \"%1\"?"
+#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक संरचना मॉड्यूल."
-#. message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154
+#~ msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP शी ऑथेन्टीकेशन सुरु अथवा बंद करा"
+
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहकाची संरचना सारांश"
+
+#~ msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहकाची ग्लोबल मांडणी बदला"
+
+#~ msgid "Enable the service"
+#~ msgstr "सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा"
+
+#~ msgid "Disable the service"
+#~ msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा"
+
+#~ msgid "The LDAP server name"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचे नाव"
+
+#~ msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
+#~ msgstr "सर्चबेसचे मोठे नाव"
+
+#~ msgid "Start or stop automounter"
+#~ msgstr "ऑटोमाऊंटर सुरु किंवा बंद करा"
+
+#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#~ msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची"
+
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You currently have configuration modules\n"
-#| "of each type, so you cannot add a new one."
-msgid ""
-"You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
-"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"तुमच्याकडे सध्या प्रत्येक प्रकारची कॉनफिग्युरेशन मॉडयुल\n"
-"आहेत, तुम्हाला नवीन मिळवता येणार नाही."
+#~ msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
+#~ msgstr "संपर्क नाव लिहा."
-#. label (init dialog)
-#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन"
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Kerberos"
+#~ msgid "Kerberos Realm"
+#~ msgstr "केरबेरोस"
+
+#~ msgid "KDC Server Address"
+#~ msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणक पत्ता"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणाकासाठी परवलीशब्द:"
+
+#~ msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
+#~ msgstr "SLP ने दिलेल्या LDAP सर्व्हर करता छाननी करा..."
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
+#~ msgstr "SLP ने दिलेल्या LDAP सर्व्हर:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "The specified file does not exist or is empty."
+#~ msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
+#~ msgstr "दर्शविलेल्या फाईल्स अस्तित्वात नाहीत अथवा रिक्त नाही."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
+#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "NTP संरचना..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "LDAP Server"
+#~ msgid "LDAPS"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Certificates"
+#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
+#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल मिळवित आहे"
+
+#~ msgid "B&rowse"
+#~ msgstr "ब्राऊझ..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
+#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Brows&e"
+#~ msgstr "संचारसाधन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
+#~ msgstr "सीए प्रमाणपत्र फाईल मिळवित आहे"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
+#~ msgstr "सीए प्रमाणपत्र"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
+#~ msgstr "पॅकेजेससहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Choose the certificate file"
+#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
+#~ msgstr "दिलेल्या URL मधून SMT प्रमाणपत्र डाऊनलोड करता आले नाही."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n"
+#~| "LDAP client.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>येथे, LDAP क्लाइंट म्हणून तुमचे मशीन\n"
+#~ "<b>सेट करा</b>.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>ओपनLDAP सर्व्हरने आपल्या उपभोक्त्यांना प्रमाणित करण्यासाठी,<b>यूज </b> LDAP निवडा. त्यानुसार NSS व PAM चा आकृतीबंध बनेल.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
+#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
+#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
+#~ "removed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>LDAP सेवा अकार्यान्वित करण्यासाठी, <b>डू नॉट यूज LDAP</b> वर क्लिककरा.\n"
+#~ "आपण LDAP अकार्यान्वित केल्यास/etc/nsswitch.conf मधील\n"
+#~ " पासवर्डसाठी सध्याची LDAP प्रविष्टी काढून टाकली जाईल. PAM आकृतलीबंध दुरुस्त केला जाईल व LDAPप्रविष्टी \n"
+#~ "काढून टाकली जाईल.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>LDAP कार्यान्वित करण्यासाठी, परंतु प्रयोक्त्यांना या मशिनवर लॉग इन करण्यास मनाईकरण्यासाठी, निवडा <b>एनेबल LDAP यूजर्स बट डिसएबल लॉग इन्स</b>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
+#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
+#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>अड्रेस</b> मधील LDAP सर्व्हरचा पत्ता (जसे ldap.example.com किंवा 10.20.0.2) व (<b> सर्च बेसचे DN</b>, वैशिष्ट्यपूर्ण नांव (dc=example,dc=com) प्रविष्ट करा. अनेक सर्व्हर त्यांचे पत्ते मोकळी जागा देऊन वेगळे करुन नमूदकरा. चा वापर न करता पत्ते ठरवणे शक्य झाले पाहिजे. आपण पोर्ट देखील\n"
+#~ " नमूद करु शकाल की ज्यावर वाक्यरचनेचा\n"
+#~ "LDAP. वापर करुन सर्व्हर चालत आहे, \"server:port\", उदाहरणार्थ <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>फाईंड</b>च्या सहाय्याने, सव्र्हिस लोकेशन प्रोटोकॉल (SLP) (SLP)नेपुरवलेल्या सूचीतून LDAP सर्व्हर निवडा.<b>Fetch DN</b>, चा वापर करुनसर्व्हरवरुन मूळ DN वाचा.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
+#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
+#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
+#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> काही LDAP सर्व्हर्स StartTLS चे समर्थन करतात.(RFC2830).\n"
+#~ " आपला सर्व्हर जर त्याचे समर्थन करत असेल व त्याचा आकृतीबंध असेल, तर <b>LDAP सर्व्हर बरोबरचे आपले दळणवळण सांकेतिक करण्यासाठी TLS/SSL</b>\n"
+#~ " LDAP कार्यान्वित करा.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
+#~| "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
+#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
+#~ "<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> प्रगत LDAP सेटिंग्जचा आकृतीबंध बनवण्यासाठी,\n"
+#~ "<b> अडव्हान्स्ड कॉफिफगरेशन</b> वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n"
+#~| "such as users' home directories.\n"
+#~| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n"
+#~| "locally or over LDAP.\n"
+#~| "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
+#~| "automatically.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
+#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
+#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
+#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ऑटोमाऊंटर</b> हा एक डेमॉन आहे जो आपोआप डिरेक्टरीज\n"
+#~ " माऊंट करतो, जसे प्रयोक्त्याच्या होम डिरेक्टरीज.\n"
+#~ " असे गृहीत धरलेले आहे की, त्याच्या आकृतीबंधाच्या फाईल्स (auto.*)आधीपासूनच\n"
+#~ " स्थानिकरित्या किंवा LDAP वर अस्तित्वात आहेत.\n"
+#~ " जर ते स्थापित नसेल, व आपणास ते वापरायचे असेल तर ते आपोआप\n"
+#~ " स्थापित होते.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
+#~ msgstr "ऑटोमाऊटर सुरु करा"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
+#~ msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "D&isable User Login"
+#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins"
+#~ msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा प्रवेश अकार्यान्वित करा"
+
+#~ msgid "User Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP वापरू नका"
+
+#~ msgid "&Use LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP वापरा"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Client"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक"
+
+#~ msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचा पत्ता"
+
+#~ msgid "F&ind"
+#~ msgstr "शोधा"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP बेस DN"
+
+#~ msgid "F&etch DN"
+#~ msgstr "DN भरा"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
+#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "NTP संरचना..."
+
+#~ msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "ऍ़डवान्स्ड कॉनफिग्युरेशन..."
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक संरचना"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
+#~ msgstr "LDAP बेस DN लिहा."
+
+#~ msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचा एखादा तरी पत्ता लिहा."
+
+#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचे नाव"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
+#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "जेव्हा आपण आपल्या मशीनचा LDAP क्लाएंट म्हणून आकृतीबंध बनवता, तेव्हा आपण\n"
+#~ "NIS. बरोबर डाटा पुन्हा मिळवू शकत नाही. NIS ऐवजी खरंच LDAP चा वापर करायचा आहे?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
+#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक कार्यान्वित"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
+#~ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
+#~ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "हा बदल केवळ नव्याने निर्माण केलेल्या प्रक्रियांवर परिणाम करतो, आधीपासूनच\n"
+#~ "चालू असलेल्या सेवांवर नव्हे. आपल्या सेवा हाताने पुन्हा\n"
+#~ "चालू करा व सर्व सेवांसाठी मशीन शक्य व्हावे यासाठी ते रीबूट करा.\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
+#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "LDAP प्रयोक्त्यांसाठी रिमोट लॉग इन शक्य होण्यासाठी, is\n"
+#~ "YaST द्वारे sshd आपोआप पुन्हा चालू झाले आहे.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>ऍ़डवान्स LDAP क्लांइट सेटींग्ज</b></p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
+#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>पासवर्ड चेंज प्रोटोकॉल</b> फाईलच्या pam_password अट्रिब्यूटचा संदर्भ देतो.<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> त्याच्या /tt>मूल्यांच्या अर्थासाठी <tt>man pam_ldap< पहा.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
+#~ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> वापरण्यासाठी LDAP समुहांचा प्रकार सेट करा.\n"
+#~ "<b> ग्रुप मेंबर अट्रिब्यूट</b> साठीचे डिफॉल्ट मूल्य आहे <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>सर्व्हरशी संपर्क</b></p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
+#~| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
+#~| "server.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
+#~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
+#~ "server.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> सर्वप्रथम, <b> कॉन्फीगरेशन सेट DN</b>.\n"
+#~ " सेट करा. आपल्या आकृतीबंधाचा डाटा जतन करण्यासाठीचा हा बेस आहे, जो LDAP\n"
+#~ " सर्व्हरवर जतन होतो.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
+#~| "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
+#~| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
+#~| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
+#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
+#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
+#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> सर्व्हरवर जतन केलेला डाटा अक्सेस करण्यासाठी,\n"
+#~ "<b> अडमिनिस्ट्रेटर DN</b>.\n"
+#~ " प्रविष्ट करा. आपण संपूर्ण DN (उदाहरणार्थ, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) किंवा फक्त \n"
+#~ " संबंधित DN (उदाहरणार्थ, cn=Administrator) प्रविष्ट करा. LDAP बेस DN आपोआप जोडला जाते, जर योग्य तो पर्याय तपासला गेला असेल.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
+#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>LDAP प्रयोक्ते व समुहांसाठी डिफॉल्ट आकृतीबंध ऑब्जेक्ट्स निर्माण करा.\n"
+#~ "<b> क्रिएट डिफॉल्ट कॉन्फिगरेशन ऑब्जेक्ट्स </b> तपासा. ऑब्जेक्ट्स तेव्हाच निर्माण होतात जेव्हा ते आधीपासून अस्तित्वात नसतात.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
+#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
+#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>LDAP सर्व्हरवर जतन केलेल्या सेटिंग्जचा आकृतीबंध बनवण्यासाठी \n"
+#~ "<b> कॉन्फिगर</b> दाबा. आपण अद्याप कनेक्ट झाले नसाल किंवा \n"
+#~ " आपला आकृतीबंध बदलला असेल तर पासवर्ड विचारला जाईल.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
+#~| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n"
+#~| "in /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
+#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> विशिष्ट मॅप्ससाठी वापरण्याकरिता सर्च बेसेस नमूद करा (प्रयोक्ते, पासवर्ड व समुह), जर ते बेस DN. पेक्षा वेगळे असतील.\n"
+#~ " ही मूल्ये nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, आणि nss_base_group अट्रिब्यूट्सना \n"
+#~ "/etc/ldap.conf फाईलमधे सेट केलेली आहेत.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "C&lient Settings"
+#~ msgstr "ग्राहक मांडणी"
+
+#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
+#~ msgstr "व्यवस्थापक मांडणी"
+
+#~ msgid "Naming Contexts"
+#~ msgstr "नेमींग संदर्भ"
+
+#~ msgid "&User Map"
+#~ msgstr "युजर मॅप"
+
+#~ msgid "&Browse"
+#~ msgstr "संचारसाधन"
+
+#~ msgid "&Group Map"
+#~ msgstr "ग्रुप मॅप"
+
+#~ msgid "Bro&wse"
+#~ msgstr "संचारसाधन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&User Map"
+#~ msgid "&Autofs Map"
+#~ msgstr "युजर मॅप"
+
+#~ msgid "&Use Kerberos"
+#~ msgstr "केरबेरोस वापरा"
+
+#~ msgid "Default Real&m"
+#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रील्म"
+
+#~ msgid "&KDC Server Address"
+#~ msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणक पत्ता"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "LDAP Server"
+#~ msgid "LDAP Schema"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "User and Group Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
+#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता आणि समूह संरचना"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
+#~ msgstr "गुप्तशब्ध बदलण्याचा प्रोटोकॉल "
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
+#~ msgstr "ग्रुप मेंबर अट्रीब्युट"
+
+#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
+#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन बेस DN"
+
+#~ msgid "Administrator &DN"
+#~ msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN"
+
+#~ msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
+#~ msgstr "बेस DN अपेन्ड करा"
+
+#~ msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
+#~ msgstr "मूलभूत संरचना हेतू तयार करा"
+
+#~ msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
+#~ msgstr "युजर प्रंबधक सेटींग्ज कॉनफिग्युअर करा..."
+
+#~ msgid "Advanced Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "आधुनिक सूचना"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
+#~ msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरशी बांधण्याकरता DN लिहा."
+
+#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
+#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन बेस DN लिहा"
+
+#~ msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
+#~ msgstr "खरोखर मॉड्यूल काढून टाका \"%1\"?"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "You currently have configuration modules\n"
+#~| "of each type, so you cannot add a new one."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
+#~ "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "तुमच्याकडे सध्या प्रत्येक प्रकारची कॉनफिग्युरेशन मॉडयुल\n"
+#~ "आहेत, तुम्हाला नवीन मिळवता येणार नाही."
+
+#~ msgid "Initializing..."
+#~ msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>LDAP वृक्ष ब्राउज करा <b>LDAP ट्री</b> टॅब.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@
msgid "alias"
msgstr "उर्फ नांव"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955
msgid "wwid"
msgstr ""
@@ -132,15 +132,15 @@
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameters:\n"
msgstr "मॉड्युलचे घटक"
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicated configuration."
msgstr "माऊस संरचना."
@@ -148,89 +148,76 @@
#. used for store undecided input
#. used for store undecided input
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "तपशील दाखवा"
#. do not do with number id
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameter:"
msgstr "मॉड्युलचे घटक"
#. devices section
#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file.
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameters:"
msgstr "मॉड्युलचे घटक"
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943
msgid "item"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicated configuration"
msgstr "माऊस संरचना."
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607
#, fuzzy
msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath"
msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:"
#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use multipath failed:"
msgstr "प्रीलघुलेखन फसले."
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653
#, fuzzy
-msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
-msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:"
-
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664
-#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd."
msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:"
-#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot start multipathd."
msgstr "स्वयंचलित &मल्टीपाथ शोधा "
-#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath");
#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd");
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not use multipath failed:"
msgstr "NIS वापरू नका"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot stop multipath."
msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:"
-#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd."
msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
-msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:"
-
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
@@ -328,36 +315,36 @@
#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one.
#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore.
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939
msgid "should be a decimal integer"
msgstr ""
#. replacewidget_notify = true;
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396
#, fuzzy
msgid "illegal value"
msgstr "किंमत सेट करा"
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674
msgid "should be greater than 0"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737
msgid "invalid decimal integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278
#, fuzzy
msgid "should not be empty"
msgstr "पोर्ट फिल्ड रिक्त नसावे"
@@ -497,6 +484,14 @@
msgstr "सेवासंगणक ओळख"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
+#~ msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
+#~ msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Cannot install required packages"
#~ msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -14,19 +14,19 @@
"\n"
#. headline of package versions popup
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Versions"
msgstr "पॅकेजची वर्णने"
#. text above of list of all package versions
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "List all available languages."
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
msgstr "उपलब्ध सर्व भाषांची यादी."
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Packages with Status"
msgstr "स्थितीसह पॅकेजेस दाखवा"
@@ -34,68 +34,68 @@
#. headline - packages with automatic status change
#. headline of a popup with packages
#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
msgid "Automatic Changes"
msgstr "आपोआप बदल"
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following"
msgstr "हाती केलेल्या निवडीबरोबरच, खालील"
#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
msgstr "पॅकेजेस अवलंबीता सोडविण्याकरिता बदलण्यात आलेली आहेत:"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Continue anyway"
msgstr "कसेही पुढे चालू ठेवा"
#. headline of a popup showing the package license
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502
#, fuzzy
msgid "End User License Agreement"
msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र"
#. label text - keep it short
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691
msgid "Filter: "
msgstr "चाळणी: "
#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698
msgid "Total Download Size: "
msgstr "एकूण उतरविण्याची आकार: "
#. Help button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&मदत"
#. add the Cancel button
#. begin: the label of the Cancel button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&रद्द करा"
#. add the OK button
#. the label of an Accept button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&स्वीकारा"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&onfiguration"
msgstr "संरचना"
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
msgstr "नवीन ठिगळे"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the label of the selections
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr "नमुने"
@@ -403,46 +403,58 @@
msgstr "प्रणाली पडताळून पहा"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Recommended packages"
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेली पॅकेजस"
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selecting packages..."
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
msgstr "पॅकेजेस निवडत आहे..."
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
msgstr "सर्व यादी केलेली पॅकेजेस"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "सर्व पॅकेजेसची अवलंबित्वे ठीक आहेत"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180
-msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
-msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस यांना लिहिली"
-
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249
-msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
+msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following"
msgstr ""
#. part 2 of the text
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले."
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
+msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
+msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस यांना लिहिली"
+
+#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
+msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
msgstr "सिस्टीम डिपेन्डन्सीज व्हेरिफाय ओके."
@@ -608,7 +620,7 @@
#. column header package description (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "सारांश"
@@ -823,300 +835,300 @@
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label of a frame with search settings
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Search in "
msgstr "आत शोधा"
#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:)
#. text for the package search popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search &Phrase"
msgstr "शोध वाक्य"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332
msgid "Code"
msgstr "कोड"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338
msgid "Language"
msgstr "भाषा"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344
msgid "URL"
msgstr "यूआरएल"
#. column header package name (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाव"
#. column header installed package version (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
msgid "Version"
msgstr "आवृत्ती"
#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "गरज आहे"
#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
msgid "Avail. Vers."
msgstr "उपलब्ध आवृत्ती"
#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
msgid "Inst. Vers."
msgstr "स्थापीत आवृत्ती"
#. column header package size (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
msgid "Size"
msgstr "परिमाण"
#. column header package architecture (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "संरचना"
#. column header patch kind (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
msgid "Kind"
msgstr "प्रकार"
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416
msgid "Solving..."
msgstr "सोडवत आहे..."
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422
msgid "Saving..."
msgstr "संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
msgid "Loading..."
msgstr "चढवत आहे."
#. the headline of the disk space popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
msgid "Disk Usage Overview"
msgstr "तबकडी वापरायचा आढावा"
#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "दोन भाग"
#. column header used disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
msgid "Used"
msgstr "वापरलेले"
#. column header free disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
msgid "Free"
msgstr "मुक्त"
#. column header total disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
msgid "Total"
msgstr "एकूण"
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>"
msgstr "<i>तबकडी जागेच्या बाहेर</i>"
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>"
msgstr "<b>तबकडीची जागा बाहेर जात आहे!</b>"
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
msgid "needs"
msgstr "गरज आहे"
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
msgid "more disk space."
msgstr "तबकडीची अधिक जागा."
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
msgid "<b>Version: </b>"
msgstr "<b>आवृत्ती: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
msgid "<b>Size: </b>"
msgstr "<b>आकार: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
msgid "<b>Installed: </b>"
msgstr "<b>स्थापलेले: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
msgid "<b>Authors: </b>"
msgstr "<b>लेखक: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
msgid "<b>License: </b>"
msgstr "<b>परवाना: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>"
msgstr "<b>माध्यम क्रमांक.: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>"
msgstr "<b>पॅकेज संच: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
msgid "<b>Provides: </b>"
msgstr "<b>पुरवठाक: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
msgid "<b>Requires: </b>"
msgstr "<b>आवश्यक आहे: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561
msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>"
msgstr "<b>आवश्यकता: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>"
msgstr "<b>शी गुंतागुंत: </b>"
#. headline for a list of installed files
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576
msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>"
msgstr "<i>स्थापीत फाईल्सची यादी:</i><br>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the help popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation"
msgstr "ठिगळ उतरवण व स्थापना"
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
msgstr "<p>\"सुचविलेले\" मार्ग म्हणजे तुम्ही ठिगळ स्थापन करायला हवा. \"सुरक्षा\" हा सुरक्षा ठिगळ आहे व तो स्थापन करमे आवश्यक सुचवलेले आहे. सर्व प्रथम \"YaST2\" ठिगळ स्थापीत होतील. दुसऱ्यावेळी इतर ठिगळ स्थापीत होतील.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
msgstr "<p>स्थिती झेंड्याचा अर्थ:</p><p><b>+</b>: स्थापनेशी संबधीत ठिगळ आधीच निवडलेले आहेत तुमच्या यंत्रणेवर ते स्थापीत व डाऊनलोड होतील. एखादा ठराविक ठिगळ हवा असल्यास तो '-' रीतीने निवडा.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for a warning popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "चेतावणी"
#. label for an error popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
msgid "Error"
msgstr "त्रुटी"
#. label for a notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669
msgid "Notify"
msgstr "सूचना करा"
#. the label of an OK button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&ठीक आहे"
#. the label of the Yes button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr "&होय"
#. the label of the No button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705
msgid "&No"
msgstr "&नाही"
#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user
#. has to make some action (#213602)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
msgstr "ठीक --परत प्रयत्न करा"
#. text for a Notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
msgstr "<p>रद्द बरोबर बाहेर आल्यावर सर्व तुमचे पर्याय फुकट जातील.<br>खरोखर बाहेर यायचे का?</p>"
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Languages"
msgstr "बामीलेकी भाषा"
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Repositories"
msgstr "उपलब्ध सुविधा"
@@ -1125,63 +1137,63 @@
#. (the list shows all patches which are needed)
#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" );
#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" );
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed Patches"
msgstr "नवीन ठिगळे"
#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754
msgid "Installed Patches"
msgstr "स्थापीत ठिगळे"
#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
msgid "Online Update Patches"
msgstr "ऑनलाईन पॅचेस सुधारणा"
#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars )
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
msgid "Update Problem -- see help"
msgstr "अडचणी सुधारा -- मदत पाहा"
#. the label for Filter: Search results
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
msgid "Search Results"
msgstr "शोध परिणाम"
#. the headline of the dependency popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
msgid "Package Dependencies"
msgstr "पॅकेजची अवलंबिता"
#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
msgstr "<b>अडचणीची यादी अद्ययावत करा</b><br><p>यादीमधील पॅकेजेस आपोआप अद्ययावत करता येणार नाहीत.</p><p>शक्य कारणे:</p><p>इतर पॅकेजेसमुळे ती ना काम होतात.</p><p>कोणत्याही स्थापना साधनावर सुधारणेसाठी कोणतीही नवीन आवृत्ती नाही.</p><p>ती तिसऱ्या व्यक्तीची पॅकेजेस आहेत</p><p>स्वतः त्याचे काय करायचे ते ठरवा. सर्वात सोपा मार्ग म्हणजे तो काढून टाकणे.</p>"
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
msgid "Source"
msgstr "स्त्रोत"
#. menu entry Update List
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
msgid "&Update List"
msgstr "यादी सुधारा"
#. part of the patch description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
msgid "<b>Patch: </b>"
msgstr "<b>ठिगळ: </b>"
#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819
msgid "No patches available"
msgstr "ठिगळ उपलब्ध नाहीत"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825
msgid "Script"
msgstr "लिपी"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -57,43 +57,43 @@
msgstr "सेवा संगणकाचा पत्ता."
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:163
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:161
msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "DNS संरचना सारांश:"
#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected
#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected
#. fail message: a string is expected
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:188
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid "InvalidHostname. "
msgstr "वैध वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid time"
msgid "Invalid IP. "
msgstr "आवैध वेळ"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:225
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot Read fstab"
msgid "Cannot set "
msgstr "fstab वाचू शकत नाही"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:226
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager."
msgstr "नेटवर्क प्रंबधकात मॅनेज केले"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:245
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:243
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid option: %1"
msgid "Invalid option value."
msgstr "अवैध पर्याय: %1"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:254
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Internal Zone"
msgid "Internal error"
@@ -106,41 +106,41 @@
msgstr "फायरवॉलचे पृथ:करण लिहीत आहे"
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "फायरवॉल"
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "फायरवॉल"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना"
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवॉल"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -148,13 +148,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
@@ -171,47 +171,47 @@
#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr "RPC ठिकाण"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr "RPC ठिकाण"
#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347
#, fuzzy
msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349
#, fuzzy
msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>"
@@ -219,12 +219,12 @@
#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description
#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped
#. @return [String] proposal html text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr "फायरवॉल <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">समर्थ आहे.</a>"
@@ -238,32 +238,32 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:125
+#: src/clients/host.rb:123
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "सादरकर्त्याची संरचना सारांश:"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107
msgid "Connecting to Internet..."
msgstr "महाजालाला जोडत आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109
msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..."
msgstr "नवीनतम रीलीज नोटस डाउनलोड होत आहेत..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111
msgid "Closing connection..."
msgstr "जोडणी बंद करत आहे..."
#. Test dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239
msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
msgstr "महाजाल संपर्क चाचणी चालू करत ाहे"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
"प्रोग्रेस पहा.</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
"<b>टेस्ट मध्येच बंद</b>.</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
@@ -290,62 +290,62 @@
"आणि सेंटीग्ज बरोबर करा.</p>\n"
#. Label for result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
msgid "Test Result:"
msgstr "टेस्टचे निकाल:"
#. Push Button to abort internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299
msgid "&Abort Test"
msgstr "चाचणीत व्यत्यय"
#. Frame label: status of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304
msgid "Test Status"
msgstr "चाचणी स्थिती"
#. Push Button to see logs of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314
msgid "&View Logs..."
msgstr "लॉग पहा..."
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351
msgid "Success"
msgstr "यशस्वी"
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355
msgid "Failure"
msgstr "अपयश"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces"
msgstr "कर्नेल महाजाल संवादमंच"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386
msgid "Kernel Routing Table"
msgstr "कर्नेल राऊटींग टेबल"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406
msgid "Hostname Lookup"
msgstr "होस्ट नेम लुकअप"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426
msgid "Kernel Messages"
msgstr "कर्नेल निरोप"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576
msgid "Download of Release Notes"
msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत"
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719
msgid ""
"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n"
"RPM signature check failed."
@@ -354,31 +354,31 @@
"RPM सही तपासणी फसली."
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746
msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed."
msgstr "उतरवून घेतलेली रीलीझ नोटस स्थापन अपयशी झाले."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr "जोडणी सुरू करत आहे"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr "इन्टरनेट कनेक्टिंग असफल झाले.तपशीलासाठी लोगफाइल बघा.\n"
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
" जायला <b>Cancel</b> दाबा.\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
@@ -405,12 +405,12 @@
" माहिती करता लॉग पहा."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr "ठिगळेकरता तपासा"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@
"माहिती करता लॉग पहा.\n"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr "जोडणी बंद करत आहे"
@@ -466,64 +466,53 @@
msgid "Config identifier"
msgstr "उपकरण शोधकर्ता"
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:136
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:137
msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration"
msgstr "उपकरण संरचना वाचास्टॅटिक किंवा डायनॅमिक आकृतीबंध वापरा"
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:140
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:141
msgid "Configuration Name"
msgstr "संरचनेचे नाव"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:145
-msgid "Device boot protocol"
-msgstr "उपकरण बूट प्रोटोकॉल"
-
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:150
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:146
msgid "Device IP address"
msgstr "उपकरण आयपी पत्ता"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:155
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:151
msgid "Network mask"
msgstr "नेटवर्क मास्क"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:160
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prefix length"
msgstr "प्रीफिक्स"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:165
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:161
msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:170
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN"
msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:175
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr "संवादमंच किंवा स्ट्रीग"
-#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
-#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
-#. has higher priority
-#.
-#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
-#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
-#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
-#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
-#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
-#. Other elements may have similar problems,
-#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
+#. see bnc#498993
+#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
+#. we'll keep values from installation
+#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr " कोन्फिगरेशन एरर: इन्टरफेस इनिशियलाइझ झाला नाही"
@@ -551,17 +540,17 @@
"लेन\t"
#. Selection box item
-#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110
+#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/network.rb:90
+#: src/clients/network.rb:88
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "जाळे संरचना"
#. Network dialog help
-#: src/clients/network.rb:93
+#: src/clients/network.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n"
" the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
@@ -570,11 +559,11 @@
"व<b>लोंच</b>.दाबा</p>"
#. Selection box label
-#: src/clients/network.rb:107
+#: src/clients/network.rb:105
msgid "&Available Network Modules:"
msgstr "उपलब्ध महाजाल मॉड्यूल:"
-#: src/clients/network.rb:125
+#: src/clients/network.rb:123
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "प्रक्षेपक"
@@ -594,12 +583,12 @@
msgstr "दुर्गम ऍ़डमिनिस्ट्रेशनला परवानगीकरता 'होय' व नकाराला 'नाही' सेट करा"
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:128
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्क कॉनफिग्युरेशन साराश:"
#. Command line error message
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:148
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:146
msgid ""
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
@@ -620,7 +609,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन रुटींग"
@@ -704,120 +693,120 @@
#. main ui function
#. Frame label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
msgid "Routing Table"
msgstr "राऊटींग खेळ"
#. Table header 1/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
msgid "Destination"
msgstr "इष्टस्थळ"
#. Table header 2/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
msgid "Gateway"
msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार"
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क"
#. Table header 4/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91
msgid "Device"
msgstr "साधन"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
msgid "Options"
msgstr "पर्याय"
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:427
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "इन्फ्रारेड नियंत्रक अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:276
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:282
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:292
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:302
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:324
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:333
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr "तक्त्यामध्ये फाईल्स मिळवल्या जात आहेत..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर मेन्यूत भाषांतरे अपडेट केली जात आहेत..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:419
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "सूचना: इन्क्रीप्शंन वापरले गेले नाही."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
msgid "Change."
msgstr "बदला."
@@ -839,151 +828,151 @@
msgstr "संरचना काही नाही"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
msgid "USB ISDN Card"
msgstr "USB ISDN कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA इथरनेट महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "USB इथरनेट महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA FDDI महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
msgid "USB FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "USB FDDI महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection"
msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN जोडणी"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
msgid "USB ISDN Connection"
msgstr "USB ISDN जोडणी"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226
msgid "PCMCIA Modem"
msgstr "PCMCIA मोडेम"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
msgid "USB Modem"
msgstr "USB मोडेम"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230
msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA टोकन बेल महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234
msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "USB टोकन बेल महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB महाजाल उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA वायरलेस महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
msgid "USB Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "USB वायरलेस महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr "अनोळखी जाळे उपकरम"
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr "%1 प्रमाणे संरचीत केले"
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr "पुरविणद्वाराबरोबर %2 प्रमाणे संरचित केले %1"
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr "पुरविणद्वाराबरोबर %2 प्रमाणे संरचित केले %1 (प्रोटोकेल %3)"
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1"
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1 (दूरस्थ %2)"
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr "%1 बरोबर संरचित केले"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर %2 याप्रमाणे संरचित केले %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर %2 याप्रमाणे संरचित केले %1 (दूरस्थ %3)"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr "%2 याप्रमाणे संरचित केले %1"
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "प्रंबधीत"
@@ -1070,67 +1059,67 @@
msgstr "- महाजालाला जोडा"
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "- Download latest release notes"
msgstr "नवीनतम रीलीज नोटस डाउनलोड करा"
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207
msgid "- Check for latest updates"
msgstr "नवीनतम अपडेट करताना तपासी"
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212
msgid "- Close connection"
msgstr "- जोडणी बंद करा"
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "The following steps will be performed:"
msgstr "खालील पाय-या केल्या जातील:"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231
msgid "Select:"
msgstr "निवडा:"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now"
msgstr "होय, ऑनलाइन अपडेट आता चालवा"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "N&o, Skip Update"
msgstr "नाही, अपडेट वगळा"
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Online Updates Available"
msgstr "ऑनलाइन अपडेटस उपलब्ध"
#. Label text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
msgstr "त्यांना वायएएसटि ओनलाइन अपडेट द्वारा डाउनलोड व इन्स्टोल करा?"
#. Heading
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
msgstr "इन्टरनेट जोडणी परिक्षा लॉग्ज:"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "&Select Log:"
msgstr "लॉग निवडा:"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त पत्ते"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
@@ -1138,7 +1127,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP पत्ता"
@@ -1146,7 +1135,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
@@ -1156,7 +1145,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
@@ -1167,176 +1156,176 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "काढून करा"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr "संवादमंचाचे नाव"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr "<p>TODO प्रकारचा व्हेगू!</p>"
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr "फायरवॉल विभागात संवादमंचाचे जाळे:"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr "मॅन्डेटरी पडदा"
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "संरचना नाव"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr "नवीन गट मिळवा"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "मोडेम उपकरण"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CHAN IDS"
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr "CHAN IDS"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Up"
msgid "Up"
msgstr "वर"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Down"
msgid "Down"
msgstr "खाली"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr "बोन्ड ड्रायव्हर विकल्प"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr "<p> बोन्ड ड्रायव्हर विकल्प सिलेक्ट करा, गरज वाटल्यास एडिट करा. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "डायनॉमिक IP पत्ता"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr "उत्पादन आवृत्ती व रिलीज"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr "LDAP आवृत्ती 2"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr "LDAP आवृत्ती 2"
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr "स्थानिक आयपी पत्ता"
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr "सबनेट मास्क"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "&सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr "दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr "दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे."
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr "S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1346,13 +1335,13 @@
"जर तुम्हाला खात्री आहे कि डिटेक्टशन चुकीचे आहे तरच हे अर्थपूर्ण ठरते."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "संरचना %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1365,23 +1354,23 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "उपकरण आयपी पत्ता"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "वैध वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "वैध वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1391,7 +1380,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1401,56 +1390,55 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
msgid "&General"
msgstr "सर्वसाधारण"
-#. TODO:
-#. "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209
+#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole
+#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>येथे महाजाल कार्ड मांडणीच्या तपशीलाची संरचना करा.</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "पत्ता"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>तुमचा आयपी पत्ता संरचीत करा.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "हार्डवेअर"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "बिनतारी"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1458,7 +1446,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1468,7 +1456,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -1658,11 +1646,11 @@
msgstr "CI7000 ऍडाप्टर"
#. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview();
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89
msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device."
msgstr "डिवाइस डेटरमाइन करायला \"id\" विकल्प वापरा."
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98
msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
msgstr "\"id\" ची वेल्यु रेंजच्या बाहेर आहे. \"id\" ची अधिकतम वेल्यु चेक करायला \"list\"विकल्प वापरा."
@@ -1670,25 +1658,25 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr " ह्या बूटप्रोटोसाठी शक्य वेल्यु नाही!!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr "ह्या स्टार्टमोडसाठी शक्य वेल्यु नाही!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "डिवाइस डिलिट केलेले आहे"
@@ -1726,17 +1714,17 @@
msgid "Note"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "ओव्हरव्ह्यू"
#. continue-cancel popup, #178848
#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A Xen network bridge was detected.\n"
@@ -1751,7 +1739,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
@@ -1764,7 +1752,7 @@
"फर्मवेअर इन्स्टोल करण्यासाठी, एड-ओन सिडि वायएएसटी इन्स्टोलेशन स्त्रोतामधे घाला व ह्या\n"
" कोन्फिगरेशन डायलोग कडे परत या."
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
@@ -1783,22 +1771,22 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr "फर्मवेअर स्थापीत करत आहे..."
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr "स्थापनेच्या वेळी चूक झाली."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1813,12 +1801,12 @@
"तर इन्टरफेस नेटवर्कमेनेजरने मेनेज केला जाणार नाही.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "महाडाल रचना पध्दत"
@@ -1827,7 +1815,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज"
@@ -1856,7 +1844,7 @@
msgstr "DHCP द्वारा सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव बदला"
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1864,20 +1852,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1885,7 +1873,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1893,7 +1881,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
@@ -1905,12 +1893,12 @@
"उदा, <i>आयो=०क्ष३०० आयाआरक्यु=५</i>. <b>सुचना:</b> जेव्हा दोन कार्ड एकाच \n"
" मोड्युल नेम ने कोन्फिगर केली असतात, तर सेव करताना विकल्प मर्ज होतात.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1920,14 +1908,14 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>इथे नेट्वर्क डिवाइस सेट करा.वेल्युज इथे लिहिल्या जातिल <i>/इटिसि/मोड्प्रोब.कोन्फ</i> वा<i>/ इटिसि/चान्डेव. कोन्फ</i>.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
@@ -1935,83 +1923,68 @@
"<p>मोड्युल साठीचे विकल्प दर्शवलेल्या फोर्मेट मधे \n"
"<b>आयबिएम डिवाइस ड्रायवर्स आणि इन्स्टोलेशन क्मांड्स</b> मेन्युअल मधे लिहावे.</p>"
-#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
-msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
-msgstr "हातात महाजाल कार्ड संरचना"
-
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr "PCMCIA"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290
msgid "&USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
-msgid "&Hotplug Type"
-msgstr "हॉट प्लग प्रकार"
-
-#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307
-msgid "P&CI"
-msgstr "PCI"
-
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr "कर्नेल मॉड्यूल"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr "मॉड्यूल नाव"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368
msgid "Change"
msgstr "बदल"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Identification"
msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक ओळख"
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "सेकंद"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Blin"
msgid "Blink"
msgstr "ब्लीन"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त क्षेत्र"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr "हाताने महाजाल पत्र निवडा"
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -2021,18 +1994,18 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "शोधा"
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -2042,7 +2015,7 @@
"एखादे निराळे निवडा."
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "S/390 महाजाल कार्ड संरचना"
@@ -2050,135 +2023,135 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "S/390 उपकरण मांडणी"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "पोर्टाचे नाव"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "पोर्ट क्रंमाक"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "IP A टेकओव्हर चालू करा"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "Layer2 MAC पत्ता"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "चॅनेल"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "बदल आता लिहा"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल बदलली."
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>ह्या इन्टरफेसचे <b>पोर्ट नेम</b> एन्टर करा (केस-सिन्सिटिव).</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेसचे एडिशनल <b>ओप्शन्स</b> एन्टर करा (स्पेसने वेगळे केलेले).</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "जर इन्टरफेससाठी आयपिए एड्रेस टेक ओवर एनेबल केले असले पाहिजे तर <p><b>एनेबल आयपिए टेक ओवर</b>निवडा.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>जर हे कार्ड लेयर २ सपोर्टने कोन्फिगर केले आहे तर <b> एनेबल लेयर २ सपोर्ट </b> निवडा.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p> जर हे कार्ड लेयर २ सपोर्टने कोन्फिगर केले आहे तर <b> लेयर २ मेक एड्रेसेस</b> एन्टर करा.<p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "पोर्ट क्रंमाक"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "LANCMD टाईम-उट"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी <b>पोर्ट नंबर</b> निवडा.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी <b>एलएएनसिएमडि टाइम-आउट</b> दर्शवा.</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "किम्पेटिबिलिटी मोड"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "एक्सटेन्डेड मोड"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "सिटिसि-बेस्ड टिटिवाय (लायन्क्स टु लायन्क्स क्नेक्शन)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "कंपेटिबिलिटी मोड विथ ओएस /३९० व झेड्/ओएस"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी <b>प्रोटोकोल</b> निवडा.</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "पिअरचे नाव"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2187,7 +2160,7 @@
"उदा, the झेड/विएम युजर नेम ज्याने कनेक्ट करायचे आहे (केस-सेन्सिटिव).</p>\n"
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
@@ -2196,13 +2169,13 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती"
#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n"
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -2211,7 +2184,7 @@
"</big></b><br>कृपया वाट पाहा...<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
@@ -2220,7 +2193,7 @@
"आता <b>अबोर्ट</b> दाबुन कोनफिगरेशन युटिलटि सुरक्षितपणे अबोर्ट करा.</p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n"
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -2229,7 +2202,7 @@
"</big></b><br>कृपया वाट पाहा...<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2238,8 +2211,8 @@
"दाबून सेव्हींग मधून बाहेर येणे <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2251,9 +2224,7 @@
"सगळ्या इन्टरफेसेसचे कनेक्शन मेनेज करा. वायर्ड व मल्टिपल वायरलेस \n"
" नेटवर्क्स मधे स्विच करणे सुट होते.</p>\n"
-#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
@@ -2262,8 +2233,17 @@
"<p><b>ट्रेडिशनल मेथड विथ<tt>ifup</tt></b> वापरा\n"
" जर तुम्ही डेस्कटोप एन्वरोन्मेंट रन करत नाही (ग्नोम वा केडिइ) किंवा तुम्हालामल्टिपल इन्टरफेसेस एकाच वळी वापरावे लागतात.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
+#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678)
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
msgid ""
+"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n"
+"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n"
+"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n"
+"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66
+msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
@@ -2272,7 +2252,7 @@
"इन्स्टोल केलेल्या नेटवर्क कार्डचा ओवरव्हयु मिळण्यासाठी. त्यांचे ,\n"
"कोनफिगरेशन एडिशनली एडिट करा .<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
@@ -2280,7 +2260,7 @@
"<p><b><big> नेटवर्क कार्ड एड करत आहे :</big></b><br>\n"
" नविन नेटवर्क कार्ड मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी <b>एड</b> दाबा.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2292,7 +2272,7 @@
"मग <b>एडिट</b> वा <b>डिलिट</b> दाबा.</p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2302,12 +2282,12 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr "<p>रिबूट नंतर सगळे बदल लागू होतिल.</p>"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2321,7 +2301,7 @@
"डिफोल्ट रूट पेक्षा ती वापरली जाते. डिफोल्ट रूट च्या कल्पने बद्दल तुम्ही म्हणू शकता\n"
" \"बाकी सगळे इथे गेले पाहिजे.\"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2329,13 +2309,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2343,14 +2323,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
@@ -2365,7 +2345,7 @@
"तुम्हाला हा विकल्प डिसेबल करायचा असल्यास जर तुम्ही वेगळ्या नेटवर्कला कनेक्ट केले \n"
"जे वेगवेगळे होस्टनेम देते, कारणरन टाइम मधे होस्टनेम बदलल्याने ग्राफिकल डेस्कटोप चा गोंधळ होतो </p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2374,7 +2354,7 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
@@ -2383,7 +2363,7 @@
"बहुतांशी ते DHCP ने मिळु शकतात.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2394,7 +2374,7 @@
"(उदा, १९२.१६८.०.४२), होस्टनेम म्हणुन नव्हे.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2406,7 +2386,7 @@
"(उदा, suse.de). एडिशनल सर्च डोमेन ही असतात\n"
"(उदा suse.com) डोमेनला कोमा किंवा व्हाइट स्पेसने वेगळे करा.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2414,7 +2394,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2424,7 +2404,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2438,19 +2418,19 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
@@ -2460,7 +2440,7 @@
"असाइन केलेला स्टेटिक आयपि एड्रेस असाइन्ड नसेल तर हे सिलेक्ट करा.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
@@ -2471,7 +2451,7 @@
" <b>डिएचसिपि सर्वर</b>लोकल नेट्वर्क वर चालत असेल तर तुम्ही डायनेमिक एड्रेस असाइनमेंट सिलेक्ट करा.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2479,7 +2459,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
@@ -2491,7 +2471,7 @@
"of your peer.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
@@ -2503,7 +2483,7 @@
"आयपि एड्रेस.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
@@ -2511,7 +2491,7 @@
"<p>महाजाल संरचनेविषयीच्या <b>अधिक माहीतीसाठी </b> तुमच्या महाजाल व्यवस्थापकाला \n"
"संपर्क करा.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
@@ -2519,7 +2499,7 @@
"<p>डिएचसिपि कोन्फिगरेशन ह्या प्रोड्क्टसाठी रेकमेंड केले नाही.\n"
"ह्या प्रोड्क्टचे कंपोनंट्स डिएचसिपि बरोबर काम करणार नाहित.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2530,11 +2510,11 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>अत्यावश्यक इन्टरफेसेस</b> हा इन्टरफेस बूट टाइमवर चालू होण्यास अयशस्वी झाला तर नेटवर्क सर्विस रिपोर्ट करते का ते दर्शवतो.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2544,7 +2524,7 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
@@ -2552,13 +2532,13 @@
msgstr "<p> बोन्ड डिवाइस साठी स्लेव डिवाइसेस सिलेक्ट करा. फक्त असे डिवाइसेस ज्यांचे डिवाइस एक्टिवेशनझाले नाही व नन एड्रेस सेट अप झाला आहे ते उपलब्ध आहेत.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><मोठे>क्लाइंट संर्पक निर्माण करा:</मोठे></b><br>"
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2573,7 +2553,7 @@
"मशिन्स असतिल.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
@@ -2592,7 +2572,7 @@
" होस्टनेम न पाठ्वण्यासाठी मोकळे सोडा.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2600,7 +2580,7 @@
msgstr "<p>ह्या इन्टरफेसचे (त्याच्या अलिआसेसचे) एडिशनल एड्रेसेस ह्या डायलोग मधे कोन्फिगर करा.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Enter an <b>Alias Name</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
@@ -2611,22 +2591,24 @@
msgstr "<p><b>अलिआस नेम</b>, <b>IP एड्रेसेस</b>, व <b>नेटमास्क</b> एन्टर करा.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
-" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
+"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
-msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p> इन्टरफेसचे नेम अलिआस नेम मधे एन्टर करु नका. उदा, <b>eth0:foo</b>ऐवजी <b>foo</b> एन्टर करा.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
@@ -2654,7 +2636,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
@@ -2662,8 +2644,7 @@
"<p>येथे, बिनतारी महाजालासाठी सर्वात महत्त्वाची\n"
"मांडणी करा.</p>"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2674,8 +2655,7 @@
"<p><b>ओपरेटिंग मोड</b> नेटवर्क टोपोलोजी वर अवलंबून असतो. मोड<b>एड-होक</b> (पिअर-टु-पिअर नेट्वर्क विदाउट एक्सेस् पोइन्ट),\n"
"<b>मेनेज्ड</b> (नेट्वर्क मेनेज्ड बाय एक्सेस् पोइन्ट,ज्याला <i>इन्फ्रस्ट्र्क्चर मोड</i>)म्हणतात) ,किंवा <b>मास्टर</b>(ज्यात नेट्वर्क कार्ड एक्सेस् पोइन्ट सारखे एक्ट करते).असु शकतो</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2691,8 +2671,7 @@
"तुम्ही हा रकाना मोकळा ठेऊ शकता किंवा<tt>एनि</tt>ला सेट करु शकता. \n"
"अशावेळी तुमचे WLAN कार्ड सर्वात चांगल्या सिग्नल स्ट्रेन्थला असोसिएट करते.</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
@@ -2724,8 +2703,7 @@
"जर तुम्हाला WPA वापरायचे असेल, तर <b>WPA-PSK</b> किंवा <b>WPA-EAP</b> \n"
"ओथेंटिकेशन मोड निवडा. हे फक्त <b>मेनेज्ड</b>ओपरेशन मोड मधे शक्य आहे.</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2739,7 +2717,7 @@
"डायनेमिकली जनरेट होतात, म्हणुन तुम्हाला फक्त ४० ते २३२ बिट्स एन्टर करायेचे आहेत.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2754,8 +2732,7 @@
"हे WEP किज च्या विरुद्ध्च्या एटेक्सला बळी ठरत नाहित, पण\n"
"डिक्शनरी एटेक्स शक्य असु शकतात.गेस करायला सोपा असा शब्द पासफ्रेज म्हणुन वापरु नका.</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -2763,8 +2740,7 @@
"<p> WPA-EAP (काहिवळेस WPA एन्टरप्राइझ म्हणून रिफर केले जाते)वापरण्यासाठी,\n"
"पुढच्या डायलोग मधे एडिशनल पेरमिटर्स एन्टर करा.</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -2777,31 +2753,31 @@
"'वायरलेस'फाइल रिफर करा.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "IP पत्ता"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr "सबनेट मास्क अवैध आहे"
@@ -2828,26 +2804,26 @@
msgstr "Hexadecimal"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75
msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgstr "EAP पध्दत"
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79
msgid "TTLS"
msgstr "TTLS"
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81
msgid "PEAP"
msgstr "PEAP"
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83
msgid "TLS"
msgstr "TLS"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n"
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
@@ -2858,11 +2834,11 @@
"व ओथेंटिकेट करायला वेगवेगळ्या मेथड आहेत, TLS, TTLS, व PEAP.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98
msgid "&Identity"
msgstr "ओळख"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
@@ -2874,22 +2850,22 @@
"जर तुम्हाला युजर नेम <b>एनोनिमस आयडेन्टिटी </b> ठेवण्याची खास गरज असेल, तर तुम्ही ते इथे सेट करु शकता. ह्याची बहुतेक करुन गरज नसते.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110
msgid "&Anonymous Identity"
msgstr "अज्ञात व्यक्ती ओळख"
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&परवली शब्द"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125
msgid "&Client Certificate"
msgstr "ग्राहक प्रमाणपत्र"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
@@ -2903,23 +2879,23 @@
" त्या फाइलचा<b> क्लाएंट कि पासवर्ड</b> असतो.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143
msgid "Client &Key"
msgstr "ग्राहक कळ"
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156
msgid "Client Key Pass&word"
msgstr "ग्राहक कळ परवलीशब्द"
#. text entry label
#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority)
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166
msgid "&Server Certificate"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n"
"a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n"
@@ -2929,11 +2905,11 @@
"हे सर्वर ची ओथेंटिसिटी वेलिडेट करायला वापरतात.</p>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "अधिक माहिती"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220
msgid ""
"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n"
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
@@ -2942,11 +2918,11 @@
"सर्टिफिकेट वा कि फाइल्स नसतील, तर सिस्टिम एडमिनिस्ट्रेटरला सम्पर्क करा.\n"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238
msgid "&Authentication Method"
msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशन पद्धती"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n"
"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n"
@@ -2958,11 +2934,11 @@
"जर तुम्हाला ओथेंटिकेशन करायला अडचणी आल्या तर इनर ओथेंटिकेशन मेथड निवडा.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249
msgid "&PEAP Version"
msgstr "PEAP आवृत्ती"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
@@ -2971,136 +2947,136 @@
" वापरण्यास फोर्स करु शकता. ह्याची बहुतेक करुन गरज नसते.</p>\n"
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
msgid "&Any"
msgstr "एखादे"
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr "इनक्रिप्शन"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr "वाटलेली कळ"
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "बिनतारी महाजाल कार्ड संरचना"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr "बिनतारी उपकरण मांडणी"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr "ऑपरेटींग मोड"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
msgid "Master"
msgstr "मालक"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr "महाजालाचे नाव (ESSID)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr "स्त्रोत महाजाल"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr "तज्ञ सेटींग्ज"
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP कळ"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "WPA ऑथेन्टीकेशप मोड फक्त मॅनेज्ड ऑपरेशन मोड मध्येच शक्य आहे."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "हया मोडकरजा नेटवर्क नाव ठरवा."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "नेटवर्क नाव 32 अक्षरांपेक्षा कमी असलेच पाहीजे."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "पासफ्रेज मध्ये 8 ते 63 मधील अक्षरे असलीच पाहीजे(दोन्ही मिळून)."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "%1 हेक्झाडेसीमल डीजीटस कळीकरता आवश्यक आहे."
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ अवैध आहे."
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "हया ऑथेटीकेशन मोड करता इनक्रीप्शन कळ ठरवा"
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3110,13 +3086,13 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "वायरलेस तज्ञ सेटींग्ज"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
@@ -3125,7 +3101,7 @@
"(कधितरी लागणारे).</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -3137,21 +3113,21 @@
" –त्याच्यामधे कार्ड एक्सेस पोइन्ट्स शोधणारया चेनल मधुन जाईल.</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr "<p>काही केसेस मधे, तुम्हाला ट्रान्समिशन <b>बिट रेट</b> करायचा असतो. जलद जाणेहे डिफोल्ट असते .</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>मल्टिपल <b>एक्सेस पोइन्ट्स</b>असलेल्या एन्वरोन्मेन्ट मधे, ज्याला क्नेक्ट करायचे आहे तो डिफाइन करायचा असल्यास त्याचा MAC एड्रेस एन्टर करा.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -3161,75 +3137,61 @@
"हि चांगली कल्पना आहे, जर तुम्ही लेप्टोप युजर असाल तर\n"
"आणि AC पोवर पासुन डिस्कनेक्ट व्हाल.</p>\n"
-#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726
-msgid ""
-"<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
-"the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>चेनल ऐवजी <b>फ्रिक्वेन्सी</b> दर्शवण्यासाठी, वेल्यु सिलेक्ट करा.</p>\n"
-
-#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734
-msgid "&Frequency"
-msgstr "&वारंवारता"
-
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "स्वंयचलित"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "चॅनेल"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr "बीट दर"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "संपर्क बिंदू"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "पावर मॅनेजमेन्ट वापरा"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "EAP पध्दत"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ लिहा"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "कळ"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदत"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "बिनतारी कळ"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3242,7 +3204,7 @@
"दुसरया किज डाटा डिक्रिप्ट करण्यासाठी वापरतात. बहुतेक करुन तुमच्या कडे एकच कि असते.</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3256,50 +3218,50 @@
"६४ ला सेट करावी लागेल.</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "वेप कळ"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "कळ लांबी"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
msgid "No."
msgstr "नाही."
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "Key"
msgstr "किल्ली"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Default"
msgstr "नित्यस्थिती"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "डीफॉल्ट म्हणून सेट करा"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र निवडा"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3308,47 +3270,47 @@
"सर्टीपिकेट घाला."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
msgid "Any"
msgstr "एखादे"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP तपशील"
@@ -3394,12 +3356,12 @@
msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापन मांडणी"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना संस्थापित करण्याची आवश्यकता"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3411,75 +3373,68 @@
"\n"
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा?\n"
-#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
-#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
-#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265
-msgid "unplugged"
-msgstr "अनप्लग्ड"
-
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या सग्रहीत झाली"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DNS संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DSL संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "सादरकर्ता संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "ISDN संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "मोडेम संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "पुरविणारा संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "रामुटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन यशस्वी पणे साठवले"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr "%1 ची संरचना सुरू करा?"
@@ -3489,127 +3444,127 @@
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "महाजाल पत्र"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "मोडेम्स"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN कार्ड"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL उपकरण"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "सर्व महाजाल उपकरण"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव अवैध आहे."
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127
msgid "The domain name is invalid."
msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव अवैध आहे."
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134
msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP द्वारा सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव बदला"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144
msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration"
msgstr "DNS संरचना"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only Manually"
msgstr "हाताने"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use Default Policy"
msgstr "मूळ किंमत वापरा"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use Custom Policy"
msgstr "परवलीशब्द नकाशा"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Custom Policy Rule"
msgstr "अकॉस्टिक पॉलिसी"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177
msgid "Name Server &1"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव 1"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193
msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid."
msgstr "सेवासंगणकासाठी असलेले नाव IP पत्त्यासाठी अवैध आहे."
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201
msgid "Do&main Search"
msgstr "क्षेत्र शोध"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228
msgid "Name Server &2"
msgstr "नाव असलेला सेवासंगणक 2"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230
msgid "Name Server &3"
msgstr "नाव असलेला सेवासंगणक 3"
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "सादरकर्ता नाव आणि क्षेत्र नाव"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251
msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List"
msgstr "नाव असलेला सेवासंगणक आणि क्षेत्र शोध यादी"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname/DNS"
msgstr "व०ॖतॴन॥ॕीृॣ"
@@ -3619,7 +3574,7 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event
#. @param event the event being handled
#. @return nil so that the dialog loops on
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "No interface with dhcp"
msgstr "जाळे दुवा"
@@ -3628,28 +3583,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "शोध यादीत जास्तीत जास्त %1 डोमेन्स."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "शोध यादीत जास्तीत जास्त %1 शब्द असू शकत नाही."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "शोध यंत्र '%1' अवैध आहे."
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "सादरकर्ता आणि नाव असलेला सेवासंगणक संरचना"
@@ -3698,12 +3653,12 @@
msgstr "खोटा सादरकर्ता"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "खोटा सादरकर्ता"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "खोटे नाव \"%1\" अवैध आहे."
@@ -3783,7 +3738,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "मूळ प्रवेशद्वार अवैध आहे."
@@ -3808,12 +3763,12 @@
msgstr "काढून टाका"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54
msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression"
msgstr "प्रीफीक्ट रेग्यूलर एक्सप्रेशन"
#. dial prefix regex help
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n"
"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
@@ -3827,43 +3782,43 @@
"अलाउ करतो <tt>०</tt>, <tt>९</tt> व रिकामे प्रिफिक्स. जर एक्सप्रेशन रिकमे असेल, तर युजरला प्रेफिक्स बदलायला अलाउ करत नाही.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label,method of setup
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69
msgid "Setup Method"
msgstr "मांडणी पध्दत"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75
msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)"
msgstr "आपोआप पत्ता मांडणी (द्वारे DHCP)"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77
msgid "S&tatic Address Setup"
msgstr "स्टॅटीक पत्ता सेटअप"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80
msgid "<p>H</p>"
msgstr "<p>एच</p>"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95
msgid "At Boot Time"
msgstr "सुगीच्या दिवसात"
#. is a part of the static help text
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102
msgid "Never"
msgstr "कधीही नाही"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106
msgid "By NetworkManager"
msgstr "द्वारे महाजाल प्रबंधक"
#. help text for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111
msgid ""
"<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n"
"controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST."
@@ -3872,12 +3827,12 @@
" त्यालाYaST मधे सेट करायची गरज नाही."
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "हाताने"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n"
@@ -3887,12 +3842,12 @@
"(खाली'युजर कंट्रोल्ड' पहा)."
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
msgid "On Cable Connection"
msgstr "केवळ जोडणीवर"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129
msgid ""
"<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n"
"The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n"
@@ -3904,12 +3859,12 @@
"म्हणजे केबल कनेक्ट केली आहे वा वायरलेस इन्टरफेस एक्सेस पोइन्टला कनेक्ट करू शकतो.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138
msgid "On Hotplug"
msgstr "हॉटप्लग वर"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140
msgid ""
"With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n"
"the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n"
@@ -3921,13 +3876,12 @@
"'एट बुट टाइम'सारखेच असते, पण इन्टरफेस नसला तरी बुट टाइमला एरर देत नाही.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149
msgid "On NFSroot"
msgstr "ओन NFS रुट "
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
@@ -3937,25 +3891,15 @@
"<b> ओन NFS रुट </b> चा वापर'ओटो 'सारखा असतो. पण ह्या स्टार्टमोड असलेले इन्टरफेसेस'rcnetwork stop'द्वारा बंद होत नाहित. 'तरिही इफ डाउन <iface>' काम करतो.\n"
"जेव्हा तुमच्याकडे nfs वा iscsi रुट फाइल सिस्टिम असेल तेव्हा हे वापरा.\n"
-#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
-"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<b> ओन NFS रुट </b> चा वापर'ओटो 'सारखा असतो. पण ह्या स्टार्टमोड असलेले इन्टरफेसेस'rcnetwork stop'द्वारा बंद होत नाहित. 'तरिही इफ डाउन <iface>' काम करतो.\n"
-"जेव्हा तुमच्याकडे nfs वा iscsi रुट फाइल सिस्टिम असेल तेव्हा हे वापरा.\n"
-
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activate &Device"
msgstr "सर्व सेवा सक्रिय करा"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
@@ -3966,66 +3910,66 @@
"<p><b>डिवाइस एक्टिवेशन</b> मधे, जेव्हा नेटवर्क इन्टरफेस करायचे असेल तेव्हा वापरा\n"
"<b> एट बुट टाइम </b> सिस्टिम बुट होताना सुरु होते <b>नेव्हर</b> डिवाइसला सुरु करत नाही %१</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235
msgid "IPoIB Device Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Firewall is disabled"
msgid "Firewall is not installed."
msgstr "फायरवॉल अकार्यान्वित आहे"
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253
msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254
msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255
msgid "576 (dial-up)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262
msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263
msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr ""
#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Service"
msgid "NetworkManager Service"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा"
#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgid "Traditional ifup"
msgstr "परंपरागत चायनिज"
#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add &Service"
msgid "Wicked Service"
msgstr "सुविधा मिळवा"
#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Services"
msgid "Network Services Disabled"
@@ -4034,47 +3978,47 @@
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6 कार्यान्वित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "अनोळखी उपकरण"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "IP पत्ता"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "IP पत्ता सोपवलापत्ता नेमस्त केलेला नाही"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
@@ -4082,80 +4026,91 @@
msgstr "पुढे %1: %2 -- %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "उपकरण बदला"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "महाजाल उपकरण निवडा"
+#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration
+#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten
+#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
+#.
+#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unconfigured"
+msgid "configured"
+msgstr "संरचना न केलेला "
+
#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue
#.
#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Network Restart"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचित करा"
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24
msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99
msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr "संरचना %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sound card configuration module."
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड संरचना मॉड्यूल."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "अद्ययावत संरचना"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf वाचा"
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr "सादरकर्ता आणि DNS संरचना वाचत आहे..."
@@ -4163,46 +4118,46 @@
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr "योजना लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..."
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr "वाचत आहे /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "सादरकर्ता: DHCP च्याद्वारे मांडणी"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "सादरकर्ता: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "होस्टनेम लहिले जाणार नाही /etc/होस्ट्स"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "यादी शोधा: %1"
@@ -4335,7 +4290,7 @@
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त झाले"
@@ -4348,92 +4303,92 @@
msgstr "बदल लागू करण्यासाठी रिबूट आवश्यक आहे."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "चालकाची माहिती लिहा"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "उपकरण संरचना लिहा"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना लिहा"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहा"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहा"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "महाजाल सेवा मांडणी"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "महाजाल सेवा सक्रीय करा"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "लिहीत आहे /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "उपकरण संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क सुविधा सेट होत आहेत..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "महाजाल सेवा संक्रिय करत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज"
@@ -4441,151 +4396,150 @@
#. Import data
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "महाजाल मोड"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "महाजाल प्रबंधक अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "महाजाल प्रबंधक कार्यान्वित करा"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "डिसेबल आइपिवि६ "
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "(असुरक्षितकनेक्ट केलेले नाही)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "बूट वर आपोआप चालू झाले"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "केवळ जोडणी आपोआप सुरु झाले"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "नेटवर्क प्रंबधकात मॅनेज केले"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "सुरु होणार नाही"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "DHCP वापरून IP पत्ता सोपवला"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP पत्ता: %1, सबनेट मास्क %2"
-#. FIXME:
-#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
+#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "संरचित केले नाही"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "उपकरण नाव: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond slaves"
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Ending Banner"
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "बॅनर संपादीत करत आहे"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "(असुरक्षितकनेक्ट केलेले नाही)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
@@ -4595,12 +4549,12 @@
"साउंड कार्ड आकृतीबंध मोड्यूल सुरू करण्यासाठी<b>कॉनफिगर साउंड कार्डस्</b>दाबा.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "माहिती आवश्यक आहे"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
@@ -4643,14 +4597,14 @@
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश."
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4658,68 +4612,68 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक कार्यान्वित आहे."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक अकार्यान्वित आहे."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "उतरवलेली सेंटीग्ज लिहिताना"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन रुटींग"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. at first stop the running routes
-#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
+#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway: %1"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr "स्वयंचलित"
@@ -4734,6 +4688,37 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(असुरक्षित)"
+#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
+#~ msgstr "उपकरण बूट प्रोटोकॉल"
+
+#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "हातात महाजाल कार्ड संरचना"
+
+#~ msgid "&Hotplug Type"
+#~ msgstr "हॉट प्लग प्रकार"
+
+#~ msgid "P&CI"
+#~ msgstr "PCI"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
+#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr "<p>चेनल ऐवजी <b>फ्रिक्वेन्सी</b> दर्शवण्यासाठी, वेल्यु सिलेक्ट करा.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "&Frequency"
+#~ msgstr "&वारंवारता"
+
+#~ msgid "unplugged"
+#~ msgstr "अनप्लग्ड"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
+#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<b> ओन NFS रुट </b> चा वापर'ओटो 'सारखा असतो. पण ह्या स्टार्टमोड असलेले इन्टरफेसेस'rcnetwork stop'द्वारा बंद होत नाहित. 'तरिही इफ डाउन <iface>' काम करतो.\n"
+#~ "जेव्हा तुमच्याकडे nfs वा iscsi रुट फाइल सिस्टिम असेल तेव्हा हे वापरा.\n"
+
#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क मॅनेजरबरोबर युजर नियंत्रीत"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -13,55 +13,55 @@
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
#. Command line help text for the nfs module
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29
msgid "Configuration of NFS client"
msgstr "NFS ग्राहकाची संरचना"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43
msgid "List configured NFS mounts"
msgstr "NFS माऊंटची यादी संरचीत केली"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50
msgid "Add an NFS mount"
msgstr "NFS माऊंट अधिक करा"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55
msgid "Edit an NFS mount"
msgstr "NFS माऊंट संपादीत करा"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60
msgid "Delete an NFS mount"
msgstr "NFS माऊंट काढून टाका"
#. host:path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_spec
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70
msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')"
msgstr "रिमोट फाईल प्रणाली ('होस्ट:पाथ' या स्वरूपात)"
#. path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_file
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79
msgid "Local mount point"
msgstr "स्थानिक माउंट पॉईंट"
#. a list?
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_mntops
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89
msgid "Mount options"
msgstr "माऊंट पर्याय"
#. nfs or nfs4
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_type
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98
msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs."
msgstr ""
@@ -70,28 +70,28 @@
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160
msgid "Remote File System"
msgstr "दूरस्थ फाईल प्रणाली"
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "स्वार होण्याचा बिंदू"
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488
msgid "Options"
msgstr "पर्याय"
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"."
@@ -99,22 +99,22 @@
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334
msgid "No NFS mount specified."
msgstr "NFS माऊंट दर्शविलेला नाही."
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253
msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found."
msgstr "क्रायटेरी याला जुळणारा NFS माऊंट मिळाला नाही."
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271
msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:"
msgstr "क्रायटेरी याला जुळणारा अनेक NFS माऊंट:"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n"
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
"0-9, A-Z, a-z, dots, -, बिंदु आणि _ य़ांचा वापर असला पाहिजे. "
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
"'%1' सहितची प्रविष्टी समाविष्ट आहे."
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -153,14 +153,14 @@
" त्याची सुरूवात तिराया रेषेने(/)झाली पाहिजे."
#. Help, part 1 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p>The table contains all directories \n"
"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n"
"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n"
@@ -169,14 +169,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 3 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
@@ -187,29 +187,29 @@
#. selection box label
#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows
#. NFS servers only
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "&NFS सेवा संगणक"
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "निर्यात केलेली संचिका"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249
msgid "&NFS Server Hostname"
msgstr "NFS सेवासंगणक सादरकर्ता"
#. pushbutton label
#. choose a host from a list
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255
msgid "Choo&se"
msgstr "निवड"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263
msgid "&Remote Directory"
msgstr "&दूरस्थ संचिका"
@@ -217,50 +217,50 @@
#. select from a list of remote filesystems
#. make it short
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "निवड"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS&v4 Share"
msgstr "&NFS सेवा संगणक"
#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
msgid "pNFS (v4.1)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287
msgid "&Mount Point (local)"
msgstr "& माऊंट पॉईंट (स्थानिक)"
#. button label
#. browse directories to select a mount point
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "संचारसाधन"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "पर्याय"
#. label message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "ह्या LAN वर सादरकर्त्याकरता तपासत आहे..."
#. Translators: 1st part of error message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325
#, fuzzy
msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network."
msgstr "तुमच्या जाळ्यामध्ये NTP सेवासंगणक सापडला नाही."
#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...)
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -272,18 +272,18 @@
"जे बहुधा नेटवर्क scanning ला अडथळा आणते."
#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356
msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..."
msgstr "\"%1\" साठी यादी मिळवीत आहे..."
#. heading for a directory selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371
msgid "Select the Mount Point"
msgstr " माऊंट पॉईंट निवडा"
#. help text 1/4
#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n"
"<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n"
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
#. help text 2/4
#. added "Select" button
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429
msgid ""
"<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n"
"enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n"
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439
msgid ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n"
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
" रित्या निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450
msgid ""
"<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n"
"read the man page mount(8).</p>"
@@ -330,65 +330,65 @@
" man पृष्ठ (8) वाचा. </p>"
#. popup heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदत"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Directory"
msgstr "&दूरस्थ संचिका"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Type"
msgstr "USB प्रकार"
-#. `VSpacing (1),
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522
+#. #211570
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "IPv6 कार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name"
msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Screen Saver"
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "पडद्यावरील चित्र कार्यान्वत"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NFS Shares"
msgstr "&NFS सेवा संगणक"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS &Settings"
msgstr "BIOS रचना"
#. Default values
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "खरोखरच %1 काढून टाकू?"
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgstr "NFS ग्राहक संरचना"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr "संचिका तयार करण्यास असमर्थ '%1'."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -399,81 +399,83 @@
" NFS क्लाएंट आकृतीबंध.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr "NFS संरचना लिहीत आहे"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "सेवा थांबवा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "सेवा सुरू करा"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "सेवा सुरू करत आहे..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त झाले"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "NFS ग्राहक रचना लिहीत आहे. कृपया वाट पाहा..."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr "NFS नोंदी"
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140
msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed."
msgstr " रिक्त पर्यायाच्या स्ट्रिंग्जना अनुमती नाही."
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149
-msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\""
-msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1"
+msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'"
+msgstr "पर्यायासाठी रिकामी किंमत: %1"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown option: %1"
msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'"
msgstr "अनोळखी पर्याय: %1"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid option: %1"
msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'"
msgstr "अवैध पर्याय: %1"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1"
msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1"
msgstr "क्षेत्रामध्ये NIS सेवासंगणक %1"
-#. firewall openning help
+#. firewall opening help
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028
msgid "NIS client"
msgstr "NIS ग्राहक"
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864
msgid "Fin&d"
msgstr "शोधा"
@@ -288,11 +288,6 @@
msgid "&Use NIS"
msgstr "NIS वापरा"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr "ऑटोमाऊटर सुरु करा"
-
#. button label (short for Expert settings)
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489
msgid "E&xpert..."
@@ -305,9 +300,14 @@
msgid "NFS Configuration..."
msgstr "NTP संरचना..."
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499
+msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
+msgstr "ऑटोमाऊटर सुरु करा"
+
#. dialog title
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
msgid "Configuration of NIS client"
msgstr "NIS ग्राहकाची संरचना"
@@ -315,12 +315,12 @@
#. but the domain is unknown.
#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers
#. but the domain is unknown.
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904
msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known."
msgstr "क्षेत्र जेव्हा माहित असते तेव्हा फक्त सेवासंगणक माहिती शोधा."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593
msgid ""
"When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n"
"you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n"
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
"आपली खात्री आहे ?"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676
msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p> सर्व साधारणपणे client कोणता server वापरत आहे हे कोणीहीhost विचारू शकता. <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> बंद\n"
@@ -339,75 +339,75 @@
#. help text 2/4
#. Check, ie. turn on a check box
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684
msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>"
msgstr "<p> unprivileged port वर चाललेल्या servers कडील उत्तरे स्वीकारायचीअसल्यास <b>Broken server</b> तपासा. हा सुरक्षिततेला धोकाआहे व असा server replace करणे चांगले असते.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692
msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>"
msgstr "<p>सी <b>मॅन ypbind</b> इतर विक्लपावरील अधिक माहिती करता.</p>"
#. frame label
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731
msgid "Expert settings"
msgstr "तज्ञ मांडणी"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708
msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts"
msgstr "दूरस्थ सादरकर्त्यांला उत्तर"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712
msgid "Br&oken server"
msgstr "तुटलेला सेवासंगणक"
#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind')
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719
msgid "Other &ypbind options"
msgstr "इतर वायपीबाईड पर्याय"
#. Translators: multilineedit label
#. comma: ","
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846
msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)"
msgstr "सेवासंगमक (अंतर किंवा अल्पविरामाने विभागा)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr "प्रसारण"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr "&SLP"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874
msgid "Domain Settings"
msgstr "क्षेत्र रचना"
#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit...
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877
msgid "&Domain name"
msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932
msgid "This domain is already defined."
msgstr "हा डोमेन आधीच ठरवण्यात आला आहे"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937
msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgstr "'%1' हया सर्व्हर पत्याची पद्धत अयोग्य आहे."
#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946
msgid ""
"Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n"
"does not make any sense. Select just one option."
@@ -416,56 +416,56 @@
"फक्त एकच पर्याय निवडा."
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979
msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>"
msgstr "<p>अधीकतम डोमेन्सकरता सर्व्हर्स ठरवा.</p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987
msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>"
msgstr "<p> Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>)हा NIS serverशोधण्यासाठी वापरता येतो.</p>"
#. dialog label
#. dialog subtitle
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038
msgid "Additional Domains"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त क्षेत्र"
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
msgid "Domain"
msgstr "क्षेत्र"
#. table header
#. summary header
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr "प्रसारीत करा"
#. table header - Service Location Protocol
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009
msgid "SLP"
msgstr "SLP"
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
msgid "Servers"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "भरा/मिळवा"
#. Translators: a yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123
msgid "Really delete this domain?"
msgstr "खरंच हे क्षेत्र खोडू का?"
#. popup text FIXME better...
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253
msgid "NIS is now enabled."
msgstr "आता NIS कार्यान्वित करा."
@@ -545,47 +545,47 @@
msgstr "ग्राहक कार्यान्वित करा"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206
msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..."
msgstr "NIS संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "सेवा थांबवा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "सेवा सुरू करा"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "सेवा सुरू करत आहे..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त झाले"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227
msgid "Writing NIS client settings"
msgstr "NIS ग्राहक रचना लिहीत आहे"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252
msgid "Error while running ypclient."
msgstr "ypclient चालवाताना चूक झाली."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr "NIS सेवासंगणक मिळाला नाही."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -77,20 +77,20 @@
msgstr "&संरचित करा..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "ZEवर्क्ससोबत जुळवून घेत आहे"
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -1338,27 +1338,27 @@
msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..."
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना कार्यान्वित करत आहे"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
msgid "Read NTP settings"
msgstr "NTP मांडणी वाचा"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
msgstr "NTP मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
@@ -1368,119 +1368,119 @@
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त झाले"
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना साठवत आहे"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr "NTP मांडणी लिहा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "अ"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू होत आहे"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करू शकत नाही."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "जेव्हा प्रणाली सुरू होत असेल तेव्हा NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम सुरू करा"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम आपोआप सुरू होत नाही."
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "रेडिओ घड्याळ: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "पिअर: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "वेळेची माहिती प्रसारीत: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "%1 कडून प्रसारीत झालेली वेळेची माहिती स्वीकारा"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहा"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करत आहे..."
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "माऊस संरचना सारांश."
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक चाचणी घेत आहे..."
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "सर्व्हर संपर्कात आहे व व्यवस्थीत प्रतिसाद देतो."
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "सर्व्हर संपर्कात नाही व व्यवस्थीत प्रतिसाद देत नाही."
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
#. Remove any removals
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing Packages..."
msgstr "पॅकेज तपासत आहे..."
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Patterns..."
msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..."
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..."
@@ -403,40 +403,40 @@
msgid "Adding repository %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository."
msgstr "सर्व्हरला जोडतांना चूक आढळली."
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "विस्तृत:"
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा?"
#. * Install all the specified packages
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Marking package %1 for installation"
msgstr "माध्यमापासून फेचिंग पॅकेज %s स्थापना"
#. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo.
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed."
msgstr "पॅकेज %1 संस्थापित होईल."
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Performing Installation..."
msgstr "स्थापना करा"
#. * Install all the specified patterns
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed."
msgstr "/var भाग %1 चे आरोहण करता आले नाही.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -245,9 +245,13 @@
#. popup message
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n"
+#| "Finishing and restarting now."
msgid ""
"Packages for package management were updated.\n"
-"Finishing and restarting now."
+"Finishing and restarting YaST now."
msgstr ""
"पेकेज व्यवस्थापनासाठी लागणारी पेकेजेस अद्ययावत केलेली आहेत.\n"
"आत्ता समाप्त करुन पुन्हा सुरुवात करा."
@@ -324,70 +328,53 @@
msgstr "ठीक आहे"
#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 "
msgstr "डेल्टा आरपीएम %१ डाऊनलोड करा"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236
msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress"
msgstr " डेल्टा आरपीएम डाऊनलोड सुरु झाले आहे"
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr " डेल्टा आरपीएम: %१ डाऊनलोड अयशस्वी झाले आहे"
#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM).
#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 "
msgstr "डेल्टा आरपीएम: %१ उपयोगात आणला जात आहे "
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284
msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
msgstr " डेल्टा आरपीएम उपयोग सुरु झाला आहे"
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr " डेल्टा आरपीएम: %१ उपयोगात आणणे अयशस्वी झाले आहे "
-#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 "
-msgstr "पॅच आरपीएम %१ डाऊनलोड करीत आहे "
-
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337
-msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
-msgstr "ठिगळ प्रगती"
-
-#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr " पॅच आरपीएम: %१ डाऊनलोड अयशस्वी झाला आहे "
-
-#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354
msgid "Script Execution Progress"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट एक्झिक्युशन सुरु झाले आहे "
#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting script %1"
msgstr " स्क्रिप्ट %१ सुरु करीत आहे"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Patch %1\n"
@@ -397,7 +384,7 @@
" \n"
#. error popoup (detailed info follows)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
msgstr "स्थापना स्त्रोत कार्यान्वयनमध्ये चूक होती "
@@ -560,6 +547,17 @@
"Contact us if you need further assistance."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 "
+#~ msgstr "पॅच आरपीएम %१ डाऊनलोड करीत आहे "
+
+#~ msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
+#~ msgstr "ठिगळ प्रगती"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
+#~ msgstr " पॅच आरपीएम: %१ डाऊनलोड अयशस्वी झाला आहे "
+
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you abort the installation now, SuSEconfig will\n"
#~ "not be run. The patches have been installed\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:42+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solution<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन सारांश रुटींग:"
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?"
msgstr ""
@@ -264,49 +264,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check network configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download list of online repositories"
msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking network configuration..."
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..."
msgstr "नवीनतम रीलीज नोटस डाउनलोड होत आहेत..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize the repository manager"
msgstr "लक्ष्यसूची सुरवात करताना असमर्थ झाली"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the repository manager..."
msgstr "डिफॉल्ट खिडकी प्रंबधक सुरु होत आहेत..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टींची सूची"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The packager is being initialized and \n"
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
msgstr "<p>पॅकेजेस स्थापीत होईपर्यंत कृपया वाट पाहा.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot download list of repositories,\n"
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत"
#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No product URL defined from which to download\n"
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to download list of repositories\n"
@@ -340,13 +340,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text
#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes")
#. see *4
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>सारांश:</b> %1<br>"
#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हो"
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@
#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository
#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository
#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n"
@@ -369,31 +369,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टींची सूची"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&उपलब्ध"
#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "&List of Repositories"
msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टींची सूची"
#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository Description"
msgstr "वर्णन नाही"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>List of default online repositories.\n"
@@ -403,29 +403,29 @@
"प्रतिमा पुन्हा मिळेपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टींची सूची"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
@@ -439,53 +439,53 @@
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repository %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete deselected online repositories"
msgstr "ह्या यादीतून निवडलेला संदर्भ वगळायचा आहे का?"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..."
msgstr "स्वार झालेली ext2 फाईल पध्दती शोधत आहेत..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add all selected online repositories"
msgstr "ह्या यादीतून निवडलेला संदर्भ वगळायचा आहे का?"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..."
msgstr "स्वार झालेली ext2 फाईल पध्दती शोधत आहेत..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add repository: %1"
msgstr "स्वॅपमध्ये %1 विभाजन मिळवत आहोत..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step,
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..."
msgstr "स्वॅपमध्ये %1 विभाजन मिळवत आहोत..."
#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736
msgid ""
"Low memory detected.\n"
"\n"
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..."
@@ -546,8 +546,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..."
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "युआरएल: %1"
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "विस्तृत:"
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा?"
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@
"केलेले सर्व बदल पुसले जातील."
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
@@ -922,47 +922,47 @@
msgstr "आकृतीबंध %1 नाही."
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे "
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे "
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे "
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "ह्या यादीतून निवडलेला संदर्भ वगळायचा आहे का?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@
msgstr "ह्या यादीतून निवडलेला संदर्भ वगळायचा आहे का?"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@
"स्थिर करता येत नाही."
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1124,20 +1124,20 @@
"ती आता स्थापित करायची का?\n"
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Following packages haven't been found on the medium:\n"
@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr "तपास सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "बाहेर पडा"
@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1607,83 +1607,93 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "प्रणाली स्थापीत करत असताना चूक सापडली."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "नियंत्रक फाईल %1 सापडली नाही."
+#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
+#. or check the content file
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
+msgid ""
+"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
+"The add-on product cannot be registered."
+msgstr " %1 पॅकेज स्थापित झाले नाही. सुविधा सुधारता येणार नाही."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "युआरएल: %1"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "युआरएल: %1, संचिका: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त माहिती"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू निवड"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा."
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "प्रथम स्थापनेचे माध्यम सरकवा."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "अज्ञात मोड"
@@ -1782,7 +1792,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
msgid "Total"
msgstr "एकूण"
@@ -1791,12 +1801,12 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे %1 (%2)"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1805,118 +1815,118 @@
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading Package"
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे"
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे %1"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "स्थापित नाही (%1 -> %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM लागू करत आहे: %1"
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr "पण, तुम्ही 32-बीट वाटप स्थापन करण्याचा प्रयत्न करत आहात. "
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML स्थापना ठराव</B></P>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "वस्तू: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "प्रणाली: %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "नमुने"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "स्थापन करण्याच्या पॅकेजचा आकार: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n"
@@ -1927,40 +1937,40 @@
"पुढे जायचे आहे काय?\n"
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "डिस्कमधे पुरेशी जागा नाही."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr "पुरेश्या चकतीची जागा नाही. एकाच निवडीत काही पॅकेज काढून टाका."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "पार्टिशन %3 वर < फक्त %1 (%2%%) मोकळी जागा आहे.<BR>"
#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr "पॅकेज %1 संस्थापित होईल."
#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr "%1 पॅकेजेस अपडेट केली जातील"
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
@@ -1968,17 +1978,17 @@
#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1989,13 +1999,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "संदर्भ मिळाला नाही '%1'."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
@@ -2013,33 +2023,33 @@
"SUSE लायनक्स वेब सर्व्हरवरुन अपडेटेड रीलीज नोट्स डाऊनलोड करु शकाल</b></p>"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "वाईट माध्यम विसरत आहे..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "सुविधा पॅक उगम एकत्रित करण्याचे अयशस्वी ठरले."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "सीडी %1 आत सरकवा 1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 आढळली नाही."
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -2048,19 +2058,19 @@
"%1 ही लॉग फाईल अधिक माहितीकरता तपासून पहा."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "पॅकेज निवड अभ्यासन पहात आहे..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -2068,7 +2078,7 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
-#. @param string filename
+#. @param [String] license_ident file name
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
@@ -2110,39 +2120,49 @@
"आकृतीबंध सोढून दिला जाईल.</p>\n"
#. dialog title
+#. #459391
+#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "खरोखरच जास्तीच्या वस्तूंची स्थापनेतून बाहेर पडायचे का?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
#, fuzzy
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "यंत्रणा बंद होत आहे..."
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "License Agreement"
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -2200,113 +2220,107 @@
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे %1 (%2)"
-#. remote
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
-msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..."
-
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयश: %1"
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM लागू करण्यात अपयश: %1"
-#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr "पॅच RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयरा: %1"
-
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
msgid "&Scan Using SLP..."
msgstr "SLP वापरुन छाननी करा..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "Commun&ity Repositories"
msgstr "संरचना केलेली उपकरणे:"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr "युआरएल दर्शवा..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr "FTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr "HTTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr "HTTPS..."
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720
-msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
+msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr "SMB/CIFS"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47
-msgid "&NFS..."
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&NFS..."
+msgid "NF&S..."
msgstr "NFS..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr "CD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr "DVD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr "स्थानिक वेळ"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr "वर्णन नाही"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
@@ -2315,7 +2329,7 @@
"तर <b>ISO इमेज</b> सेट करा.</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
@@ -2325,53 +2339,53 @@
"मीडीयाचे स्थळ सेट करा.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Protocol"
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "आरोहण पर्याय"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " (default)"
msgid "(default)"
msgstr " (मूळ)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "पर्यायाचे नाव"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "पर्यायाचे नाव"
@@ -2379,40 +2393,40 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS सेवा संगणक"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "सीडी किंवा डीव्हिडी चालक"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "स्थानिक वेळ"
@@ -2422,26 +2436,26 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक आणि संचिका"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचा मार्ग रिकामा असू शकत नाही."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2452,13 +2466,13 @@
"वापरा.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "सेवा नाव"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2469,17 +2483,17 @@
"वापरा.</p>"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "युआरएल रिकामा असू शकत नाही."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&युआरएल"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2492,16 +2506,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2512,7 +2526,7 @@
" NFS सर्व्हरच्या यजमानाचे नांव व सर्व्हवरील पाथ करण्यासाठी,<b>सर्व्हर नेम</b> आणि<b>\n"
"डिरेक्टरी किंवा ISO प्रतिमेचा पाथ </b> वापरा.<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2521,16 +2535,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2539,12 +2553,12 @@
"मीडीयाचा प्रकार नमूद करण्यासाठी, <b>CD-ROM</b> किंवा <b>DVD-ROM</b> सेट करा.</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा फाईल"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2554,7 +2568,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2562,7 +2576,7 @@
msgstr "अपेक्षित फाईल अस्तित्वात नाही"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2570,18 +2584,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2594,23 +2608,23 @@
"RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी</b>nवापरा.</p>"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
#, fuzzy
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "व्यापक साठवण उपकरण"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "सिस्टम"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2626,7 +2640,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2634,12 +2648,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडी उपकरण"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2654,13 +2668,13 @@
"RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी</b>nवापरा.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2671,73 +2685,73 @@
"RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी</b>nवापरा.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&स्थान"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "वाटप"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "शिक्कामोर्तब करा"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "अनामिक"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "डोमेन किंवा वर्कग्रुप"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&परवली शब्द"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "HTTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2763,7 +2777,7 @@
"असेल, तर <b>ISO इमेज</b>सेट करा.</p>"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2772,12 +2786,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2789,7 +2803,7 @@
"वा हार्ड डिस्क वरून.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2800,7 +2814,7 @@
"उपलब्ध प्रॉडक्ट; CD संच घ्या वा उपलब्ध DVD घ्या.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2826,7 +2840,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2845,28 +2859,28 @@
"करा, जसे /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the media type."
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "मीडीयाचा प्रकार निवडा"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा."
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr " अड-ऑन उत्पादन DVD सरकवा."
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क शोधता आल्या नाहीत"
-#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359
+#. use three slashes as third slash means path
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2876,17 +2890,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "मिडिया तपासा"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Products"
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस"
+#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
+msgstr "' अवैध आहे."
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
#, fuzzy
@@ -2994,7 +3017,7 @@
#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr "बाहेर काढण्यासाठी (इजेक्ट) &ड्राईव्ह"
@@ -3120,6 +3143,12 @@
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "कृपया काही पॅकेजसची निवड करू नका."
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
+#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..."
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
+#~ msgstr "पॅच RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयरा: %1"
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree"
#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iso-countries\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iso-countries\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -40,20 +40,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:651
+#: src/Package.cc:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:657
+#: src/Package.cc:661
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "%1 पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही."
#. still not initialized, throw an exception
#. translators: this is an error message
-#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128
+#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager"
msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेसची सुरवात होऊ शकली नाही."
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
msgid "Download Descriptions"
msgstr "वर्णन नाही"
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155
#: src/Source_Load.cc:479
msgid "Rebuild Cache"
msgstr ""
@@ -104,19 +104,19 @@
msgid "Adding the Repository..."
msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading "
msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे"
#. stages: "download", "build cache"
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:401
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Metadata"
msgstr "स्थिती व्यवस्थित करा"
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:409
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository..."
msgstr "अपडेट स्त्रोत रिफ्रेश करताना..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox.
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a driver."
msgstr "पहिल्यांदा चालक निवडा."
@@ -474,8 +474,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "काहीच निवडले गेले नाही"
@@ -675,8 +675,8 @@
#. Exit this dialog in any case:
#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
#. Have the PageSize option topmost:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335
#, fuzzy
msgid "No driver options available"
msgstr "वर्णन उपलब्ध नाही"
@@ -1049,7 +1049,11 @@
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061
#, fuzzy
msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1062,142 +1066,137 @@
msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>To configure the modem, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
+msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
+msgstr "<p>मोडेम कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी, <b>%१</b> पेकेजेस इन्स्टोल केली असली पाहिजेत </p>"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
#, fuzzy
msgid "Never Disable the Queue"
msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181
msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189
msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a specific connection type."
msgstr "- जोडणी बंद करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Connection Type"
msgstr "जुळणी प्रकार..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directly Connected Device"
msgstr "परस्पर जोडलेले मुद्रणयंत्रे"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Parallel Port"
-msgstr "समांतर मुद्रणयंत्र"
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB Port"
msgstr "UDP ठिकाण"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Serial Port"
-msgstr "सीरीयल पोर्ट"
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239
msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242
msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
msgstr "इटरनेट (IP) प्रोटोकॉल्स"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print via Print Server Machine"
msgstr "IPX महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255
msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257
msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)"
msgstr ""
#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CUPS Server"
msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)"
msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणक"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235
-msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Special"
msgstr "विशेष स्थापिते"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272
msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276
msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279
msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290
msgid "Connection Settings"
msgstr "जुळणी स्थापिते"
@@ -1212,7 +1211,7 @@
#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK".
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection Wizard"
msgstr "संपर्क"
@@ -1222,12 +1221,12 @@
#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped.
#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped.
#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366
msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368
msgid ""
"An untested and insecure workaround might be\n"
"to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n"
@@ -1237,48 +1236,48 @@
#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP
#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here
#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a connection"
msgstr "- जोडणी बंद करा"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected
#. because there is no connection available to be selected:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446
msgid ""
"If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n"
"to access the device via this type of connection.\n"
"Was the printer connected and switched on all the time?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a valid connection"
msgstr "- जोडणी बंद करा"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected
#. because the current connection is no longer valid:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457
msgid ""
"When the current connection is no longer valid,\n"
"it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n"
"Is the printer still connected and switched on?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty."
msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथ उपकरण प्रबंधक"
@@ -1286,17 +1285,17 @@
#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values
#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564
#, fuzzy
msgid "URI could not be empty."
msgstr "युआरएल रिकामा असू शकत नाही."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580
#, fuzzy
msgid "Both user and password must be specified."
msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे."
@@ -1304,7 +1303,11 @@
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616
+#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible.
+#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name
+#.
+#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servername could not be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही."
@@ -1315,33 +1318,33 @@
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2'
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not be empty."
msgstr "पोर्ट फिल्ड रिक्त नसावे"
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'."
msgstr "उत्पादक प्रविष्ट करा."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830
#, fuzzy
msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network"
msgstr "स्थानिक महाजालावर सादरकर्त्यांकरता तपासा..."
@@ -1351,11 +1354,11 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please wait...\n"
@@ -1363,25 +1366,25 @@
msgstr "चालकाची माहिती लिहा"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1391,7 +1394,7 @@
#. });
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929
msgid ""
"Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n"
"(Network issue or firewall active?)"
@@ -1399,7 +1402,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969
msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
@@ -1409,14 +1412,14 @@
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121
msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040
msgid ""
"This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n"
"if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n"
@@ -1426,31 +1429,31 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091
msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test OK"
msgstr "चाचणी"
#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
#, fuzzy
msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
msgstr "<p>X11मेन्यूशी संपर्क करण्यासाठी, the <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित झाले पाहिजे.</p>"
#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues."
msgstr ""
@@ -1605,55 +1608,48 @@
msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG"
msgstr ""
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190
-msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr.
#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202
msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver"
msgstr ""
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available
#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available"
msgstr "वर्णन उपलब्ध नाही"
#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225
msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located"
msgstr ""
#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr " ब्राऊझ करा "
#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a printer description file"
msgstr "मुद्रण मोडेल निवडा."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot access '%1'"
msgstr "'%1' फाईल उघडू शकत नाही"
#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr ""
@@ -1661,17 +1657,17 @@
"दुसरे एखादे निवडा."
#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700
msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available"
msgstr "बाहेर येत आहे: समांतरण डेटाबेस निर्माण होऊ शकला नाही."
@@ -2175,7 +2171,7 @@
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
-"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
+"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
@@ -2284,34 +2280,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
-"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n"
+"Devices which are connected via USB\n"
"are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
"For example:<br>\n"
-"parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
-"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
-"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
-"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n"
-"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n"
-"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n"
-"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n"
-"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n"
-"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n"
-"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n"
-"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n"
-"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n"
-"see the manual of your serial printer.\n"
-"Example device URIs:<br>\n"
-"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
-"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a bluetooth printer.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2352,7 +2327,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2424,23 +2399,10 @@
"The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
-"<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n"
-"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n"
-"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n"
-"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n"
-"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-"novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n"
-"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2454,7 +2416,7 @@
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n"
"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n"
-"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n"
+"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n"
"The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n"
"which is then called by beh.\n"
@@ -2482,7 +2444,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2521,7 +2483,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n"
@@ -2538,7 +2500,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
@@ -2554,7 +2516,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n"
@@ -2569,7 +2531,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2583,7 +2545,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
@@ -2599,7 +2561,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n"
@@ -2619,7 +2581,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
@@ -2655,7 +2617,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2667,14 +2629,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n"
"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n"
"Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n"
-"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
+"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
"and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n"
"the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n"
"can overwrite the default error policy\n"
@@ -2693,7 +2655,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2712,7 +2674,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2857,32 +2819,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणक"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The print server is accessible."
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
@@ -2891,39 +2853,39 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "नोंद निवडा"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "TSIGकळ काढू शकत नाही."
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "आकृतीबंध %1 आता काढून टाकायचे?"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "खरोखर ते काढून टाका?"
@@ -2935,36 +2897,36 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "छापणे संपले"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2973,26 +2935,26 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "ह्या आज्ञेसाठी मदत छापा"
@@ -3001,7 +2963,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1."
@@ -3021,26 +2983,26 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Test Printing"
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "मुद्रणाची चाचणी"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print test page"
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "परिक्षा पान छापा"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print test page"
msgid "Two test pages"
@@ -3048,7 +3010,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापन होऊ शकले नाही."
@@ -3057,19 +3019,19 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repair was successful"
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
@@ -3077,7 +3039,7 @@
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "T&est Printing"
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
@@ -3099,56 +3061,56 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "खरोखर ते काढून टाका?"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "फ्लॉपी माऊंट करू शकलो नाही"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3906,140 +3868,62 @@
msgstr "कार्यान्वित चालक ठरवले जात आहे..."
#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..."
msgstr "मॉड्युल अद्ययावत करत आहे, कृपया वाट पाहा ..."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to add queue %1."
msgstr "वाचता येत नाही %1."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1."
#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case
#. which should not happen at all:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to determine the driver options."
msgstr "कार्यान्वित चालक ठरविण्यात अपयश."
#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "New value"
msgid "new value"
msgstr "नवीन मूल्य"
#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set value"
msgid "saved value"
msgstr "किंमत सेट करा"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
-msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
-msgstr "NFS सर्व्हर नाव '%1' अवैध आहे."
+#| msgid "The LDAP server name"
+msgid "The server '"
+msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचे नाव"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network."
-msgstr "NFS सर्व्हर नाव '%1' अवैध आहे."
-
-#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called
-#. indirectly without a button click by the user
-#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409
-msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important
-#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454
-msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible."
-msgstr "मुद्रण सेवासंगणक संपर्कात आहे"
-
-#. but it the last test is not really important
-#. so that the last test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555
-msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network."
-msgstr ""
-"फाईल '%1' अस्तित्वात नाही.\n"
-"दुसरी निवडा."
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server '%1' is unknown."
-msgstr "NFS सर्व्हर नाव '%1' अवैध आहे."
-
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n"
"This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n"
@@ -4050,7 +3934,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -4059,7 +3943,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
@@ -4069,7 +3953,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name.
#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423
msgid ""
"To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
"Use 'Driver Packages' to install it."
@@ -4232,6 +4116,36 @@
msgstr "&Skip स्थलांतर"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Parallel Port"
+#~ msgstr "समांतर मुद्रणयंत्र"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Serial Port"
+#~ msgstr "सीरीयल पोर्ट"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
+#~ msgstr "NFS सर्व्हर नाव '%1' अवैध आहे."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network."
+#~ msgstr "NFS सर्व्हर नाव '%1' अवैध आहे."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible."
+#~ msgstr "मुद्रण सेवासंगणक संपर्कात आहे"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "फाईल '%1' अस्तित्वात नाही.\n"
+#~ "दुसरी निवडा."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server '%1' is unknown."
+#~ msgstr "NFS सर्व्हर नाव '%1' अवैध आहे."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Look Up"
#~ msgstr "वर पहा"
@@ -4346,11 +4260,6 @@
#~ msgstr "दूरस्थ CUPS सेवासंगणक ऐकत आहे"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "<p>To configure the modem, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
-#~ msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
-#~ msgstr "<p>मोडेम कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी, <b>%१</b> पेकेजेस इन्स्टोल केली असली पाहिजेत </p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Usual &General Setting"
#~ msgstr "साधारण जुळणी"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,100 +16,6 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
-#. Commandline help title
-#. Proxy dialog caption
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399
-msgid "Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40
-msgid "Enable proxy settings"
-msgstr "प्रॉक्सी रचना कार्यान्वित करा"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48
-msgid "Disable proxy settings"
-msgstr "प्रॉक्सी रचना अकार्यान्वित करा"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56
-msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
-msgstr "सध्याच्या प्रॉक्सीची रचना बदला"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66
-msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgstr "प्रॉक्सीकरता ऑथेन्टीकेशप सेट करा"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76
-msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
-msgstr "सध्याच्या मांडणीसाठी सारांश दाखवा"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88
-msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
-msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी मांडा"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93
-msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
-msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी मांडा"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98
-msgid "Set FTP proxy"
-msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी मांडा"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103
-msgid "Clear all options listed"
-msgstr "यादी केलेले सर्व पर्याय काढा"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107
-msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-msgstr "प्रॉक्सी सेटींग्ज न वापरण्यासाठी डोमेन्स सेट करा"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114
-msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr "प्रॉक्सी ऑथेटींकेशन करता युजरनेम वापरालेले आहे"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121
-msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr "प्रॉक्सी ऑथेटींकेशन करता गुप्तशब्ध वापरायचा आहे"
-
-#. ask the user
-#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238
-msgid "Password:"
-msgstr "Password:"
-
-#. Return a modification status
-#. @return true if data was modified
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109
-msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचनेची स्थिती"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr "Enabled"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112
-msgid "HTTP"
-msgstr "HTTP"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116
-msgid "HTTPS"
-msgstr "HTTPS"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120
-msgid "FTP"
-msgstr "FTP"
-
#. Informative label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "No details available."
@@ -178,6 +84,12 @@
msgid "Proxy settings work correctly."
msgstr "प्रॉक्सीची मांडणीचे काम बरोबर आहे."
+#. Proxy dialog caption
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27
+msgid "Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना"
+
#. Proxy dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405
msgid ""
@@ -325,7 +237,7 @@
msgstr "प्रॉक्सी चाचणी रचना"
#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615
msgid ""
"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n"
"Really use these settings?"
@@ -333,7 +245,7 @@
"प्रोक्सि एनेबल केला आहे, पण प्रोक्सि URL दर्शवलेला नाही.\n"
"हे सेटिंग्ज वापरु का?"
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628
msgid ""
"Security warning:\n"
"Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n"
@@ -342,42 +254,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643
msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty."
msgstr "तुम्ही परवलीशब्द लिहू शकत नाही आणि वापरकर्त्याचे नाव रिकामे ठेवा."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल अवैध आहे."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659
msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी URL मध्ये स्कीम स्पेसिफीकेशन्स असलेच पाहिजे (http)."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल अवैध आहे."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी URL मध्ये स्कीम स्पेसिफीकेशन्स असलेच पाहिजे (http)."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687
msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल अवैध आहे."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी URL मध्ये स्कीम स्पेसिफीकेशन्स असलेच पाहिजे (http)."
#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705
msgid ""
"One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n"
"Check if all domains match one of the following:\n"
@@ -387,24 +299,112 @@
"* Domain name prefixed by '.'"
msgstr ""
+#. Return a modification status
+#. @return true if data was modified
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104
+msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचनेची स्थिती"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Enabled"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107
+msgid "HTTP"
+msgstr "HTTP"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111
+msgid "HTTPS"
+msgstr "HTTPS"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115
+msgid "FTP"
+msgstr "FTP"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35
+msgid "Enable proxy settings"
+msgstr "प्रॉक्सी रचना कार्यान्वित करा"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43
+msgid "Disable proxy settings"
+msgstr "प्रॉक्सी रचना अकार्यान्वित करा"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51
+msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
+msgstr "सध्याच्या प्रॉक्सीची रचना बदला"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61
+msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+msgstr "प्रॉक्सीकरता ऑथेन्टीकेशप सेट करा"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71
+msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
+msgstr "सध्याच्या मांडणीसाठी सारांश दाखवा"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83
+msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
+msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी मांडा"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88
+msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
+msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी मांडा"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93
+msgid "Set FTP proxy"
+msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी मांडा"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98
+msgid "Clear all options listed"
+msgstr "यादी केलेले सर्व पर्याय काढा"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102
+msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
+msgstr "प्रॉक्सी सेटींग्ज न वापरण्यासाठी डोमेन्स सेट करा"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109
+msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr "प्रॉक्सी ऑथेटींकेशन करता युजरनेम वापरालेले आहे"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116
+msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr "प्रॉक्सी ऑथेटींकेशन करता गुप्तशब्ध वापरायचा आहे"
+
+#. ask the user
+#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233
+msgid "Password:"
+msgstr "Password:"
+
#. Popup headline
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39
msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
msgstr ""
-#. Write routing settings and apply changes
+#. Write proxy settings and apply changes
#. @return true if success
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update configuration"
msgid "Update proxy configuration"
msgstr "अद्ययावत संरचना"
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving VPN Configuration"
msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
@@ -412,34 +412,34 @@
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
#. but only when Progress is visible
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgid "Updating proxy configuration..."
msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418
msgid "Proxy is disabled."
msgstr "प्रॉक्सी अकार्यान्वित करा."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423
msgid "Proxy is enabled."
msgstr "प्रॉक्सी कार्यान्वित करा."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432
msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440
msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1"
msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447
msgid "FTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी: %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -13,272 +13,280 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
"\n"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Update Problems"
msgstr "अडचणी सुधारा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Patterns"
msgid "Patter&ns"
msgstr "नमुने"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package &Groups"
msgstr "पॅकेजेस ग्रुप"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379
msgid "&RPM Groups"
msgstr "RPM गट"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Languages"
msgstr "भाषा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "शोधा"
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr "कीवर्ड्च"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "स्थापना सारांश"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr "वर्णन"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr "तांत्रिक डेटा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "अवलंबित्वे"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr "आवृत्त्या"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585
msgid "File List"
msgstr "फाईलची यादी"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr "लॉग बदला"
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#. button #0
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258
-#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&रद्द करा"
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&स्वीकारा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682
msgid "&File"
msgstr "फाईल"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr " आयात करा..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr "निर्यात..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr "बाहेर पडा -- बदल काढून टाका"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr "&सोडून द्या -- बदल जतन करा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702
msgid "&Package"
msgstr "& पॅकेजेस"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr "सर्व पॅकेज "
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr "अधिक नवीन आवृत्ती उपलब्ध असल्यास अपडेट करा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr "बिनशर्त अपडेट करा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr "पॅच: "
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "संरचना"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr "अवलंबीता"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr "तपासा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr "ऑटोचेक"
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "पॅकेज"
+
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "पर्याय"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
-msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selecting packages..."
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr "पॅकेजेस निवडत आहे..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Extras"
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr "&एक्स्ट्राज"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr "प्रदर्शन आणि उत्पादने"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr "प्रदर्शन आणि आपोआप पॅकेज बदल"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Show &details"
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr "जुळणारी –सर्व डिवेल पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr "सर्व डिबगउंफो पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr "सर्व डिबगउंफो पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
+msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "जुळणारी –सर्व डिवेल पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा"
+
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&मदत"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr "ओव्हरव्ह्यू"
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr "&चिन्हे"
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr "कळ"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "सर्व पॅकेजेसची अवलंबित्वे ठीक आहेत"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr "पॅचेस:"
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr "पॅकेज यादी संग्रहीत करा"
@@ -286,59 +294,59 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "त्रुटी"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr "पॅकेजेसची सूची %१ मध्ये निर्यात करण्यात चूक"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr "पॅकेज यादी भरा"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr "%१ मधून पॅकेजेस लोड करण्यात चूक"
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr "%1 पॅकेजेस अपडेट केली जातील"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "पुढे चालू ठेवा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "&रद्द करा"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr "वाढवलेली सबपॅकेजस"
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
-#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
-#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
-#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120
+#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165
+#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&ठीक आहे"
@@ -386,7 +394,7 @@
msgstr "हाती केलेल्या निवडीबरोबरच, अवलंबित्वे सोडविण्यासाठी खालील बदलली आहेतः"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428
msgid "C&ontinue"
msgstr "सलग"
@@ -1592,10 +1600,43 @@
"</p>"
msgstr "<b>अडचणीची यादी अद्ययावत करा</b><br><p>यादीमधील पॅकेजेस आपोआप अद्ययावत करता येणार नाहीत.</p><p>शक्य कारणे:</p><p>इतर पॅकेजेसमुळे ती ना काम होतात.</p><p>कोणत्याही स्थापना साधनावर सुधारणेसाठी कोणतीही नवीन आवृत्ती नाही.</p><p>ती तिसऱ्या व्यक्तीची पॅकेजेस आहेत</p><p>स्वतः त्याचे काय करायचे ते ठरवा. सर्वात सोपा मार्ग म्हणजे तो काढून टाकणे.</p>"
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207
msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length.
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398
+msgid ""
+"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n"
+"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n"
+"package at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406
+msgid ""
+"This version is multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n"
+"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415
+msgid ""
+"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n"
+"and unselect all other versions,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog heading
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions"
+msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
+msgstr "&पॅकेजची वर्णन निर्माण करा"
+
#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture,
#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from,
#. %4 is the repository's priority
@@ -1603,13 +1644,13 @@
#. Examples:
#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE
#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE
-#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
-#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402
+#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
+#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586
msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570
msgid "This version is installed in your system."
msgstr "ही आवृत्ती तुमच्या सिसटीमवर स्थापित केलेली आहे.."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -41,18 +41,23 @@
msgstr "वापरलेले"
#. Window title for help wizard window
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320
+#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदत"
#. Close button for wizard help window
#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132
msgid "&Close"
msgstr "बंद करा"
+#. Window title for help wizard window
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes..."
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा"
+
#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
@@ -72,12 +77,12 @@
msgstr "अनपेक्षित क्लिक"
#. parent
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:623
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:629
msgid "Color switching"
msgstr "रंग बदलत आहे"
#. caption
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:624
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:630
msgid ""
"Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n"
"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors."
@@ -113,24 +118,41 @@
msgid "Configure YaST Logging:"
msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?"
+#. Help button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Help" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340
+msgid "&Help"
+msgstr "&मदत"
+
#.
#. "Release Notes" button
#.
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:869
+#. Release Notes button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Release Notes" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes..."
-msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "&Release Notes"
msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा"
-#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324
-msgid "Steps"
+#. "Steps" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Steps"
+msgid "&Steps"
msgstr "स्टेप"
-#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328
-msgid "Tree"
+#. "Tree" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tree"
+msgid "&Tree"
msgstr "ट्री"
#~ msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
@@ -261,9 +283,6 @@
#~ msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा"
-#~ msgid "&Help"
-#~ msgstr "&मदत"
-
#~ msgid "&Overview"
#~ msgstr "ओव्हरव्ह्यू"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -284,16 +284,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..."
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading general settings"
msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr "सर्वसाधारण रचना वाचत आहे"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgid "Analyzing system"
-msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..."
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -13,25 +13,25 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
msgid ""
"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
@@ -40,227 +40,75 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#. display the registration update dialog
+#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#. dialog title
+#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after
+#. pressing "Next"
#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
+#. @return [Symbol] user input
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration name is missing."
-msgid "Registration is being updated..."
-msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव गायब आहे."
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
-msgstr "मूळ प्रवेशद्वार अवैध आहे."
-
-#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
-"You can manually register the system from scratch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
-msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452
-msgid "The system is already registered."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Email Address"
-msgid "&E-mail Address"
-msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता"
-
-#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration &Code"
-msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
-msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Skip Registration"
-msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334
-msgid ""
-"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to install the latest available\n"
-"on-line updates during installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. then register the product(s)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registering %s ..."
-msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423
-msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441
-msgid ""
-"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
-"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Register New User"
-msgid "Register Again"
-msgstr "नवीन प्रयोक्ता नोंद करा"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
-msgid "Select Extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
-msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>तुमची प्रणाली वापरासाठी तयार आहे.</p>"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471
-msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473
-msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The base product was not found,\n"
-"check your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501
-msgid ""
-"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
-"Report a bug at %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504
-msgid ""
-"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
-"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43
msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "दुरूस्ती यशस्वी झाली."
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
-#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
-#. but better than aborting the installation...
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228
+#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
+#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल डाऊनलोड करणे अयशस्वी झाले"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र"
+#. %s is name of given product
+#. then register the product(s)
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registering %s ..."
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55
msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr "उत्पादनाची नोंदणी"
@@ -351,33 +199,33 @@
msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60
msgid "Common Name (CN): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62
msgid "Organization (O): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64
msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "Issued By"
msgstr ""
@@ -413,42 +261,42 @@
msgstr "अनुक्रमांक:"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37
#, fuzzy
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1"
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "लक्ष्य अवैध आहे."
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -464,58 +312,58 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "तपशील..."
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -530,21 +378,37 @@
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..."
-#. register the system and the base product
-#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two
-#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil)
-#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts
-#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+msgid ""
+"The base product was not found,\n"
+"check your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
@@ -554,72 +418,133 @@
#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the
#. installation workflow
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
-#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
+#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
+#. @return [Symbol] the user input
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
+msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
+msgstr "आकृतीबंध %1 लोड करत आहे..."
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
+#| "for your new installation?"
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
+msgstr ""
+"आपल्या नवीन इन्स्टॉलेशनसाठी आपणाला हे \n"
+"माउंट पॉईंट्स वापरायला आवडतील का?"
+
+#. Yast::Mode.update
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
+msgstr "ही अभिव्यक्ती संपादन पर्यायात उघडू इच्छिता का?"
+
#. indent size used in summary text
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
#, fuzzy
msgid "Certificate:"
msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र"
#. create UI label for a base product
-#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
+#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "अनोळकी चूक सांकेतीक"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा"
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No product found in the catalog"
+msgid ""
+"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
+"The product cannot be registered."
+msgstr "नामावली उत्पादवस्तू सापडली नाही"
+
+#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control
+#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
+msgid "Really abort?"
+msgstr "खरंच व्यत्यय?"
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir
-#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon
+#. @param [Addon] addon the addon
#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid ""
@@ -629,30 +554,31 @@
msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल डाऊनलोड करणे अयशस्वी झाले"
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46
msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
+#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the registration data."
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
@@ -660,128 +586,161 @@
msgstr[0] "रजीस्ट्रेशन माहिती भरा."
msgstr[1] "रजीस्ट्रेशन माहिती भरा."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44
+#. create the main dialog definition
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
-msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+#| msgid "Details..."
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "तपशील..."
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47
-msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+#. addon description widget
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "is not available"
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr "हे उपलब्ध नाही"
+
+#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Details..."
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "तपशील..."
+msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
-#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "is not available"
-msgid "%s (not available)"
-msgstr "हे उपलब्ध नाही"
+msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+#. create the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Identifier"
msgid "Identifier"
msgstr "उपकरण ओळखचिन्ह"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58
msgid "Version"
msgstr "आवृत्ती"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "निर्मिती (आर्किटेक्चर)"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Rule Type"
msgid "Release Type"
msgstr "नियम प्रकार"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration Code"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72
msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
msgstr ""
-#. disable download on a non-registered system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?"
-#. replace the content
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
+#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Vendor Identifier"
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr "विक्रेता ओळखचिन्ह"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "आवृत्ती"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Architecture"
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr "निर्मिती (आर्किटेक्चर)"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Rule Type"
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr "नियम प्रकार"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration &Code"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
@@ -789,7 +748,7 @@
"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>उत्पादनाच्या नोंदणीत नॉव्हेलच्या डाटावेसमधील आपल्याउत्पादनाचा समावेश आहे, यामुळे आपणास ऑनलाईनअपडेट्स व तांत्रिक समर्थन मिळणे शक्य होते. आपोआप स्थापन करतांना नोंदणी<b>करण्यासाठीउत्पादन नोंदणी चालवा</b>.निवडा.पद्धत सोपी करण्यासाठी<b>हार्डवेअर प्रोफाइल</b> ने <b>वपर्यायी माहिती ने आपल्या प्रणालीतील माहिती समाविष्ट करा.</b>.</p>"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgid ""
@@ -798,130 +757,449 @@
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr "<p>आपल्या नेटवर्कवर कस्टम SMT सर्व्हर असल्यास कृपया SMT सर्व्हरची URL व SMT प्रमाणपत्राचे स्थान <b>SMT Server Settings</b>मध्ये सेट करा. आणखी मदतीसाठी आपले SMT सूचनापत्रक पहा. </p>"
-#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#. the UI defition for the global registration status
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Address"
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
msgid "none"
msgstr "कोणी नाही"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Certificate File to Import"
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल मिळवित आहे"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#. the UI defition for the main dialog
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Skip Registration"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#. the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "The system is already registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
+"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
+"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really skip the registration now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+msgid ""
+"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
+"a registered system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
+#. not displayed in installed system
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
+msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Certificate Overview"
msgid "Certificate has expired"
msgstr "सर्टीपिकेट ओव्हरव्हूज"
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
#, fuzzy
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र"
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid time"
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr "आवैध वेळ"
#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+#. register the base system if not already registered
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n"
+"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Migration Details"
+msgid "Migration Repositories"
+msgstr "स्थलांतराचा तपशील"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the Mount Point"
+msgid "Select the Migration Repositories"
+msgstr " माऊंट पॉईंट निवडा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Importing repositories..."
+msgid "Manage Repositories..."
+msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "URL: %1"
+msgid "URL: %s"
+msgstr "युआरएल: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
+msgid "Priority: %s"
+msgstr "अदलाबदल &प्राधान्य"
+
+#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it
+#. before the translation deadline...
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available
+#. updates now
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50
+msgid ""
+"Online updates are available for installation.\n"
+"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to install the updates now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgid "Internal error: %s"
+msgstr "अंत:स्थ भाग"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170
+msgid "No installed product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199
+msgid "No migration product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registering Migration Products..."
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Importing repositories..."
+msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
+msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the Mount Point"
+msgid "Select the Migration Target"
+msgstr " माऊंट पॉईंट निवडा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
+msgstr "<p> नवे प्रतिमा आकृतीबंध बदलण्यास वा प्रतिमा बनवण्यास <b>Edit</b> वापरा.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Manually Select Patches"
+msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
+msgstr "व्यक्तिश: ठिगळे निवडा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgid "Select the target migration."
+msgstr "विभाग सुधारण्याआधी बूट लोडर निवडा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "P&ossible Solutions"
+msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
+msgstr "होऊ शकणारे मार्ग"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgid "Migration Summary"
+msgstr "संरचना सारांश"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
+#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
+#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
+#. using the selected migration.
+#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
+#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
+msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
+msgstr "पॅकेज %1 संस्थापित होईल."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240
+msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285
+msgid ""
+"The selected migration contains a product\n"
+"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n"
+"available at the registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>तुमची प्रणाली वापरासाठी तयार आहे.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Select Extensions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Register New User"
+msgid "Register Again"
+msgstr "नवीन प्रयोक्ता नोंद करा"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name is missing."
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव गायब आहे."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr "मूळ प्रवेशद्वार अवैध आहे."
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "तपासत आहे..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "नोंदणी माहितीचा 1 आयटेम"
@@ -933,13 +1211,6 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Registration Code"
-#~ msgid "Registering Product..."
-#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-#~ msgstr[0] "नोंदणी कोड"
-#~ msgstr[1] "नोंदणी कोड"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Registration Code"
#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
@@ -1392,11 +1663,6 @@
#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No product found in the catalog"
-#~ msgid "No products found to be registered."
-#~ msgstr "नामावली उत्पादवस्तू सापडली नाही"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "unknown process"
#~ msgid "unknown status"
#~ msgstr "अनोळखी क्रिया"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -311,21 +311,21 @@
msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना"
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना कार्यान्वयीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current configuration"
msgid "Read the current xend configuration"
msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचा"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgid "Read the current xend state"
@@ -333,19 +333,19 @@
#. Progress stage 3/3
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..."
msgstr "सध्याची संरचना वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgid "Reading the current xend state..."
@@ -353,61 +353,61 @@
#. Progress step 3/3
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state"
msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघा"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..."
msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state."
msgstr "चालू आरबीएम डेटाबेस वाचू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Could not read firewall settings."
msgid "Cannot read firewall settings."
msgstr "पायरवॉल मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state."
msgstr "चालू आरबीएम डेटाबेस वाचू शकत नाही."
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Printer Configuration"
msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the new settings"
msgid "Write the Xend settings"
msgstr "नवीन मांडणी लिहीत आहे"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgid "Adjust the Xend service"
@@ -415,19 +415,19 @@
#. Progress stage 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Writing the Xend settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..."
@@ -435,33 +435,33 @@
#. Progress step 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr "फायरवॉल सेवा अनुकुल करा"
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहिण्यास अनुकुल करत आहे..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgid "Cannot write the xend settings."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
"\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62
msgid ""
"Samba client configuration module.\n"
"See Samba documentation for details."
@@ -23,44 +23,44 @@
"विस्तृत विवरणसाठी साम्बाचे कागद-पत्र बघा."
#. translators: command line help text for winbind action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75
msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)"
msgstr "विनबाइंड(winbindd) सेवांना सक्षम किंवा अक्षम करा"
#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85
msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain"
msgstr "हे सिस्टिम कुठल्या डोमेनचे सदस्य आहे का ते तपासा"
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Join this machine into a domain"
msgid "Join this machine to a domain"
msgstr "या सिस्टिमला डोमेनशी जोडा"
#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105
msgid "Change the global settings of Samba"
msgstr "साम्बाची वैश्विक सेटिंग्स बदला"
#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113
msgid "Enable the service"
msgstr "सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा"
#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119
msgid "Disable the service"
msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125
msgid "The name of a domain to join"
msgstr "जुळणीसाठी डोमेनचे नांव"
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST2 will\n"
@@ -73,18 +73,18 @@
" प्रयोक्ता व पासवर्ड न सांगता डोमेनमध्ये जाण्याचा प्रयत्न करेल."
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139
msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain"
msgstr "डोमेनशी जुळतांना उपयोगकर्त्यासाठी वापरलेला परवलीचा शब्द"
#. command line help text for machine optioa
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "The machine account"
msgstr "सांबा अकाऊंट्स वाचा"
#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153
msgid "The name of a workgroup"
msgstr "वर्कगटाचे नाव"
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr "डोमेन %1 यशस्वीरीत्या जुळले."
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
@@ -644,23 +644,23 @@
"</p>\n"
#. default value of Machine Account
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "(default)"
msgstr " (मूळ)"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Machine Account OU"
msgstr "खेळ खाते"
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78
msgid "O&btain list"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"User name and password are required\n"
@@ -669,18 +669,18 @@
"डोमेनशी जुळण्यासाठी वापरकर्त्याचे नाव.\n"
"आणि परवलीशब्द लिहा %1."
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Machine Account"
msgstr "खेळ खाते"
#. translators: text for busy pop-up
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177
msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..."
msgstr "कार्यसमूहाच्या सदस्यतेची शहनिशा करीत आहे..."
#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -688,21 +688,21 @@
"आणि परवलीशब्द लिहा %1."
#. additional information for cluster environment
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n"
msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes."
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन आता लिहिले जाईल.\n"
#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1."
msgstr ""
"डोमेनशी जुळण्यासाठी वापरकर्त्याचे नाव.\n"
"आणि परवलीशब्द लिहा %1."
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@
"नोंदी रिकाम्या आहेत"
#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@
"स्वयंचालितपणे नाही ठरवू शकत."
#. popup question, first part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308
msgid ""
"This host is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
@@ -728,11 +728,11 @@
"सदस्य नाही."
#. last part of popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312
msgid "Join the domain %1?"
msgstr "डोमेन %1शी जुळणी करावयाची?"
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
"हा होस्ट %1 या डोमेनचा सदस्य आहे की नाही ते\n"
"स्वयंचालितपणे नाही ठरवू शकत."
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This host is not a member\n"
@@ -757,92 +757,92 @@
"सदस्य नाही."
#. popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361
msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्त्याच्या वाटण्या आधीपासून आहेत. यांना ठेवावयाचे की काढून टाकायचे?"
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363
msgid "&Keep"
msgstr "&ठेवावयाचे"
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "काढून टाका"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381
msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?"
msgstr "इतर विंडोज वाटणी सेवा उपलब्ध आहेत. त्यांना ही थांबवू?"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392
msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401
msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411
msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418
msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438
msgid "Sharing by Users"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्त्यांकडून वाटणी"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr "वाटून घेत आहोत "
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453
msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्त्यांना त्यांच्या डिरेक्टरीज विभागावयास &परवानगी द्या"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463
msgid "Allow &Guest Access"
msgstr "&अतिथींना परवानगी द्या"
#. texty entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
msgid "&Permitted Group"
msgstr "&परवानगी दिलेले समूह"
#. infield label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481
msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares"
msgstr "वाटण्यांची कमाल &संख्या"
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b> उपयोगकर्त्यांना त्यांच्या डिरेक्टरीज विभागावयास &परवानगी द्या</b> याने <b>परवानगी दिलेल्या</b> समूहाच्या सदस्यांना त्यांच्या मालकीच्या डिरेक्टरीज विभागणे स्वीकार्य होते. उदाहरणार्थ स्थानीय क्षेत्रातील उपयोगकर्त्यांसाठी <tt>उपयोगकर्ते</tt> किंवा डोमेन क्षेत्रातील उपयोगकर्त्यांसाठी <tt>डोमेन %1 उपयोगकर्ते</tt>. उपयोगकर्त्याला हे ही सुनिश्चित करावे लागेल की फाईल सिस्टिमच्या प
रवानगीमध्ये त्याची ही परवानगी आहे.</p>"
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517
msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>शेअर्सची कमाल संख्या </b> एकूण शेअर्सची संख्या मर्यादित करते जे निर्माण केले जातील.</p>"
#. membership dialog help common part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522
msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>प्रमाणीकरणाशिवाय उपबोक्त्या शेअर्सना अक्सेसची अनुमती देण्यासाठी<b>अलाऊ गेस्ट अक्सेस</b>शक्य करा.</p>"
#. help text for PAM Mount table
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
@@ -851,12 +851,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538
msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for kerberos method option
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546
msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -922,8 +922,8 @@
#. final progress step label
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: write progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "पूर्ण झाले"
@@ -998,13 +998,13 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "होय"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "नाही"
@@ -1032,143 +1032,143 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622
msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "साम्बा क्लायंटचे कॉन्फिगरेशन सुरू करीत आहे"
#. translators: progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633
msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
msgstr "वैश्विक साम्बा सेटिंग्स वाचा"
#. translators: progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635
msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघा"
#. translators: progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639
msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
msgstr "वैश्विक साम्बा सेटिंग्स वाचीत आहे..."
#. translators: progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641
msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..."
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "साम्बा क्लायंटचे कॉन्फिगरेशन सुरक्षित ठेवीत आहे"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr "सांबा सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr "सांबा सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा"
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr "सांबा सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करत आहे"
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr "सांबा सुविधा कार्यान्वित करत आहे"
#. write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773
msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
msgstr "कर्बेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन लिहा"
#. write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775
msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
msgstr "कर्बेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन लिहीत आहे..."
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887
msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
msgstr "सेटिंग्स %1वर नाही लिहू शकत."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846
msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
msgstr "विनबाइंड सेवा सुरू नाही केली गेली."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851
msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
msgstr "विनबाइंड प्रक्रिया सुरू नाही केली गेली."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857
msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
msgstr "विनबाइंड सेवा थांबविली नाही गेली."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862
msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
msgstr " विनबाइंड प्रक्रिया थांबविली नाही गेली."
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878
msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
msgstr "PAM सेटिंग्स नाही लिहीता आल्या"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन"
#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
msgstr "कार्यसमूह किंवा डोमेनः %1"
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068
msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची"
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgstr "ऑफलाईन शहनिशा सक्षम केली गेली"
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083
msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
msgstr "भागांची कमाल संख्याः %1"
#. summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>कार्यसमूह किंवा डोमेन</b>: %1</p>"
#. summary item: authentication using winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109
msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>SMB द्वारे शहनिशा</b>: %1</p>"
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name
#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071
msgid "Share %1 already exists."
msgstr "वाटप %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. translators: share status
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "अक्षम केले "
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Enabled"
@@ -381,23 +381,23 @@
#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)"
msgstr "प्राथमिक डोमेन नियंत्रक (PDC)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)"
msgstr "मागोवा डोमेन नियंत्रक (BDC)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Not a Domain &Controller"
msgstr "डोमेन नियंत्रक नाही"
#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हो"
@@ -406,19 +406,19 @@
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78
msgid "No"
msgstr "नाही"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Samba Installation"
msgstr "सांबा स्थापीत करा"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "Step 1 of 2"
msgstr "2 ची 1 पायरी "
@@ -426,47 +426,47 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"),
#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)),
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name"
msgstr "वर्कगट किंवा डोमेनचे नाव"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Step 2 of 2"
msgstr "2 च्या 2 पायऱ्या"
#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "Current Domain Name:"
msgstr "सध्याच्या डोमेनचे नाव:"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Samba Server Type"
msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक प्रकार"
#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Not available because a PDC is present."
msgstr "पीडीसी अस्तित्वात असल्याने उपलब्ध नाही."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Rename Share"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593
msgid "New Share &Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter a new share name."
msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव घाला."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Share '%1' already exists.\n"
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
"कृपया दुसरे एखादे निवडा."
#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"If you delete share %1,\n"
"all its settings will be lost.\n"
@@ -487,26 +487,26 @@
"खरोखर काढून टाकयचे का?"
#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing.
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "Trusted &Domain"
msgstr "विश्वासू डोमेन"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&परवली शब्द"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779
msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
msgstr "डोमेन नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785
msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship."
msgstr "विश्वासू डोमेन सभासदत्व स्थापू शकत नाही."
#. issue a warning, if not already done so
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The password for trusted domains\n"
"is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n"
@@ -519,14 +519,14 @@
"धोका म्हणता येईल."
#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil'
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "&Trusted Domains"
msgstr "विश्वासू डोमेन्स"
#. confirmation
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844
msgid ""
"Really abandon trust relationship\n"
"to trusted domain %1?"
@@ -535,234 +535,234 @@
"खरोखरच अर्धवट टाकायचे का %1?"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864
msgid "Share %1"
msgstr "वाटप %1"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration"
msgstr "तज्ञ जागतिक मांडणी संरचना"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920
msgid "Identification"
msgstr "ओळख"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922
msgid "Share &Name"
msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Share &Description"
msgstr "वाटपाचे वर्णन"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928
msgid "Share Type"
msgstr "वाटप प्रकार"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933
msgid "&Printer"
msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935
msgid "&Directory"
msgstr "संचिका"
#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Share &Path"
msgstr "वाटप मार्ग"
#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946
msgid "&Read-Only"
msgstr "फक्त वाचा"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "&Inherit ACLs"
msgstr "&Inherit ACLs"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950
msgid "Expose Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952
msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961
msgid "New Share"
msgstr "नवीन वाटप"
#. translators: file selection dialog title
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Path for a Share"
msgstr "वाट्याचा मार्ग"
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही."
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Share path cannot be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचा मार्ग रिकामा असू शकत नाही."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089
msgid "Available Shares"
msgstr "वाटप उपल्ब्ध"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "गाळणी"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid "Show &All Shares"
msgstr "सर्व वाटप दाखवा"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098
msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares"
msgstr "यंत्रणा वाटप दाखवू नका"
#. translators: table header texts
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
msgid "Status"
msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
msgid "Read-Only"
msgstr "फक्त वाचा"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाव"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Path"
msgstr "मार्ग"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Allow &Guest Access"
msgid "Guest Access"
msgstr "&अतिथींना परवानगी द्या"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid "Comment"
msgstr "मतप्रदर्शन"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid "&Rename..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "टॉगलची स्थिती"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "WINS Server Support"
msgstr "WINS सेवासंगणक मदत"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150
msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgstr "दुर्गम WINS सेवासंगणक"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155
msgid "Na&me"
msgstr "नाव"
#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Not a DC"
msgstr "डीसी नाही"
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172
msgid "Primary (PDC)"
msgstr "प्राथमिक (PDC)"
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Backup (BDC)"
msgstr "मागोवा (BDC)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Base Settings"
msgstr "मूळ मांडणी"
#. translators: combobox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194
msgid "Domain &Controller"
msgstr "डोमेन नियंत्रक"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "Advanced Settings..."
msgstr "अग्रगत स्थापिते..."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
msgid "&Expert Global Settings"
msgstr "तज्ञ जागतिक मांडणी"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "&User Authentication Sources"
msgstr "आणि प्रयोक्ता अधिप्रमाणन स्रोत "
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "Samba Configuration"
msgstr "सांबा संरचना"
#. tab label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242
msgid "Start-&Up"
msgstr "सुरू- करा"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&Shares"
msgstr "वाटप"
#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid "I&dentity"
msgstr "ओळख"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298
msgid "WINS"
msgstr "WINS"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "&LDAP Settings"
msgstr "LDAP मांडणी"
#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18)
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464
msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname"
msgstr "NetBIOS सादरकर्ता"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565
msgid "User Information Sources"
msgstr "वापरणाऱ्याच्या माहितीचे उगम"
#. try to create it
#. first, ask for password
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619
msgid ""
"For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n"
"administrative account (root).\n"
@@ -772,16 +772,16 @@
"खाते हवे (मूळ).\n"
"आता निर्माण केली जाईल."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "Samba root &Password"
msgstr "सांबा मूळ परवलीशब्द"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626
msgid "&Verify Password"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match."
@@ -790,12 +790,12 @@
"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाही."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663
msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgstr "वापरकर्त्याकरिता अकाऊंट तयार करू शकत नाही %1."
#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
"डोमेनशी जुळण्यासाठी वापरकर्त्याचे नाव.\n"
"आणि परवलीशब्द लिहा %1."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712
msgid ""
"To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n"
"text entries empty."
@@ -812,17 +812,17 @@
"नोंदी रिकाम्या आहेत"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725
msgid "Do &Not Join"
msgstr "मिळू नका"
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr "डोमेन %1 यशस्वीरीत्या जुळले."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करण्यास अपयश %1."
@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही."
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr "वाचता येत नाही %1."
@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr "कार्यान्वित समांतरण ठरवा"
@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr "कार्यान्वित समांतरण ठरवले जात आहे..."
@@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त झाले"
@@ -1262,19 +1262,19 @@
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "अज्ञात उपकरण"
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr "अज्ञात निर्माता"
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr "अज्ञात मॉडेल"
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr "%3 चे %1 %2"
@@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@
#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only
#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
@@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
@@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1544,51 +1544,51 @@
"त्याऐवजी पुढे जा व hpaio सुविधा वापरण्यासाठी प्रीन्टर कॉनफिग्युरेशनमध्ये बदल करा.\n"
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr "चालक स्थिर होत आहे %1"
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr "जर अधिक पॅकेजेस स्थापीत करायची असतील तर तपासा"
#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr "जर फर्मवेअर अद्ययावत करणे गरजेचे आहे का ते तपासा"
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr "विवक्षीत चालकाकरिता विशेष गरजा स्थिर करा व परिक्षा घ्या"
#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr "चालक कार्यान्वित करा"
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr "जर अधिक पॅकेज स्थापन करायचे जरूर असेल तर तपासून पाहत आहे..."
#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr "जर फर्मवेअर अद्ययावत करणे गरजेचे आहे का ते तपासा..."
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr "विवक्षीत चालकाकरिता विशेष गरजा तपासत किंवा स्थिर करत आहेत..."
#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr "चालक कार्यान्वित करत आहे..."
#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापीत झाले नाही"
@@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr "%1 चालकाकरिता %2 पॅकेज आवश्यक आहे."
@@ -1606,9 +1606,9 @@
#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system.
#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "अर्धवट सोडून दिले"
@@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@
#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr "फर्मवेअर अद्ययावत आवश्यक होते"
@@ -1629,14 +1629,14 @@
#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr "जर पटल सेवा चालत नसेल तर समांतरण काम करू शकणार नाही."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
msgstr ""
@@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@
"%1"
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1661,49 +1661,49 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
msgstr "hpoj ड्रासव्हर अकार्यक्षम केले आहे पण संबधीत सुविधा ptal अर्काक्ष्ाम केलेली नाही कारण CUPS प्रीन्टींग यंत्रणेकरता ती आवश्यक आहे."
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr "पीटीएल सुविधा थांबविण्यात अपयश आले."
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr "पीटीएल सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करण्यात अपयश आले."
#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
#. then show a message but exit successfully because
#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr "%1साठी समांतरण नाही"
#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr "कार्यान्वित समांतरण न जुळविता चाचणी करणे अशक्य आहे."
#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr "परिक्षेकरिता समांतरण"
#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr "%1 ची परिक्षा होत आहे"
#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr "'समांतरण प्रतिमे -d %1 -T' बरोबर परिक्षण होत आहे..."
@@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
@@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr "(परिणाम उपलब्ध नाही)"
@@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@
#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected.
#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr "यशस्वीपणे परिक्षण केले %1"
@@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
@@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr "महाजालद्वारे चाळणीकरिता संरचना ठरविण्यात अपयश आले."
@@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr "महाजालद्वारे समांतराची मांडणी करण्यात अपयश आले."
@@ -1786,14 +1786,14 @@
#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to write firewall settings regarding scanning via network."
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr "महाजालद्वारे समांतण संदर्भात मांडणी लिहीण्यात अपयश आले."
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
"\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
+#. translators: command line help text for Security module
#: src/clients/security.rb:59
msgid "Security configuration module"
msgstr "सुरक्षा आकृतीबंध मॉड्युल"
@@ -33,15 +33,17 @@
msgid "Set the value of the specific option"
msgstr "निर्दिष्ट पर्यायाचे मूल्य सेट करा"
-#. command line help text for 'level home' option
+#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:94
-msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
-msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशनची सुरक्षा पातळी (नेटवर्क शिवाय)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Networked Workstation security level"
+msgid "Workstation security level"
+msgstr "नेटवर्क्ड वर्कस्टेशनची सुरक्षा पातळी (नेटवर्क शिवाय)"
-#. command line help text for 'level network' option
+#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:100
-msgid "Networked Workstation security level"
-msgstr "नेटवर्क्ड वर्कस्टेशनची सुरक्षा पातळी (नेटवर्क शिवाय)"
+msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level"
+msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'level server' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:106
@@ -113,233 +115,223 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr " &मॅजिक SysRq कीज शक्य करा"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "आधीपासून आलेल्या परवानग्या वापरा"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "NTP डीमन च्रुट व जेल"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "सेवा अकार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "सेवा अकार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "VPN सुविधा कार्यान्वित"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n"
-" (multiuser with network)"
-msgstr "यंत्रणेच्या सुविधा सुरू करत आहोत. कृपया वाट पहा..."
+#| msgid "Enable the service"
+msgid "Enable basic system services"
+msgstr "सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n"
-" (multiuser with network and graphical login)"
-msgstr "यंत्रणेच्या सुविधा सुरू करत आहोत. कृपया वाट पहा..."
+#| msgid "Disable the service"
+msgid "Disable extra services"
+msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
-msgstr ""
-"चालू प्रक्रियेमध्ये %1 सुविधा सुरू करण्यास अपयश आले %2:\n"
-"%3"
-
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5"
-msgstr ""
-"चालू प्रक्रियेमध्ये %1 सुविधा सुरू करण्यास अपयश आले %2:\n"
-"%3"
-
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "&संरचित करा..."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Enabled"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "अक्षम केले "
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Status"
msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदत"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"ह्या आवश्यक सुविधा हरवल्या आहेत:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above)
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"ह्या आवश्यक सुविधा हरवल्या आहेत:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
msgid "Description"
msgstr "वर्णन"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "विशेष कीज ओव्हरव्ह्यू"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "हे बदलू?"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
msgid "&Description"
msgstr " वर्णन "
+#. update the current value
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..."
+
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "बूट सेटिंग्ज"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "बूट परमीश्न्स"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "किरकोळ सेटिंग्ज"
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "पासवर्ड सेटिंग्ज"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "चेक्स"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "पासवर्ड एज"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -348,7 +340,7 @@
" असू शकत नाही."
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
@@ -357,12 +349,12 @@
"निवडलेल्या एनक्रिप्शन पद्धतीसाठीची पासवर्डची कमाल लांबी %1 आहे."
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "लॉगइन सेटिंग्ज"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
msgid "Login"
msgstr "प्रवेश"
@@ -463,22 +455,20 @@
#. Main dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
-"any type of a network.</p>"
+"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
+"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>होम वर्कस्टेशन </b>: इंटरनेटसह कोणत्याही प्रकारच्या नेटवर्कला \n"
"जोडलेल्या संगणकासाठी.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
-"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
+"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
+"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>होम वर्कस्टेशन </b>: इंटरनेटसह कोणत्याही प्रकारच्या नेटवर्कला \n"
-"जोडलेल्या संगणकासाठी.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
@@ -925,41 +915,47 @@
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51
-msgid "Home Workstation"
-msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशन"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
+msgid "Workstation"
+msgstr "कार्यस्थान"
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53
-msgid "Networked Workstation"
-msgstr "नेटवर्क्ड वर्कस्टेशन"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Raid Device"
+msgid "Roaming Device"
+msgstr "Raid साधन"
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58
msgid "Network Server"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सर्व्हर"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60
-msgid "&Home Workstation"
-msgstr "& होम वर्कस्टेशन"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Workstation"
+msgid "&Workstation"
+msgstr "कार्यस्थान"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62
-msgid "N&etworked Workstation"
-msgstr " नेटवर्क्ड वर्कस्टेशन "
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Raid Device"
+msgid "&Roaming Device"
+msgstr "Raid साधन"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67
msgid "Network &Server"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सर्व्हर"
@@ -1045,13 +1041,13 @@
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "कमीत कमी"
@@ -1076,96 +1072,89 @@
msgid "Nobody"
msgstr "निर्मनुष्य"
-#. ComboBox value
-#. ["local",_("Local Users")],
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
-msgid "Automatic"
-msgstr "स्वंयचलित"
-
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Designation"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "सिस्टीमचे पद"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot open the virtual machine console."
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "आभासी यंत्र पडदा उघडू शकत नाही."
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Data"
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशन माहिती"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्शन पद्धत"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "&नवीन पासवर्ड तपासा "
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "लक्षात ठेवण्याच्या पासवर्डची संख्या"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "&पासवर्डची किमान स्वीकारार्ह लांबी"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "&पासवर्डची मुदत संपण्यापूर्वीच्या इसार्याचे दिवस "
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "&फाईल परमीशन्स "
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "सुलभ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "सुरक्षित"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "संभ्रमावस्था"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "&यूजर लाँचिंग अपडेटेडb "
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&कमीत कमी "
@@ -1185,69 +1174,118 @@
msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:608
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "सुरक्षा आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे "
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज लिहा "
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr " inittab सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "PAM मांडणी लिहा"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save system settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी संग्रहीत करा"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr " inittab सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे"
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:631
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "PAM मांडणी लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving system settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "प्रणाली मांडणी साठवत आहे..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "पूर्ण झाले"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:869
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "सध्याची सुरक्षा पातळीः कस्टम सेटिंग्ज"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "सध्याची सुरक्षा पातळीः %1"
+#~ msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
+#~ msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशनची सुरक्षा पातळी (नेटवर्क शिवाय)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n"
+#~ " (multiuser with network)"
+#~ msgstr "यंत्रणेच्या सुविधा सुरू करत आहोत. कृपया वाट पहा..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n"
+#~ " (multiuser with network and graphical login)"
+#~ msgstr "यंत्रणेच्या सुविधा सुरू करत आहोत. कृपया वाट पहा..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "चालू प्रक्रियेमध्ये %1 सुविधा सुरू करण्यास अपयश आले %2:\n"
+#~ "%3"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "चालू प्रक्रियेमध्ये %1 सुविधा सुरू करण्यास अपयश आले %2:\n"
+#~ "%3"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
+#~ "any type of a network.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>होम वर्कस्टेशन </b>: इंटरनेटसह कोणत्याही प्रकारच्या नेटवर्कला \n"
+#~ "जोडलेल्या संगणकासाठी.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Home Workstation"
+#~ msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशन"
+
+#~ msgid "Networked Workstation"
+#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क्ड वर्कस्टेशन"
+
+#~ msgid "&Home Workstation"
+#~ msgstr "& होम वर्कस्टेशन"
+
+#~ msgid "N&etworked Workstation"
+#~ msgstr " नेटवर्क्ड वर्कस्टेशन "
+
+#~ msgid "Automatic"
+#~ msgstr "स्वंयचलित"
+
#~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path"
#~ msgstr "&रुटच्या पाथमधील चालू डिरेक्टरी"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,224 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default initrd Path"
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr "मूळ इड्रीड मार्ग"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default initrd Path"
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr "मूळ इड्रीड मार्ग"
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the default system settings"
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचा"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Shares"
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr "वाटप उपल्ब्ध"
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29
+msgid ""
+"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n"
+"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr "संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे"
+
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the default system settings"
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचा"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "सेवा"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Enabled"
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "क्रियाशील"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "वर्णन"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start"
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr "सुरू"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr "केडम्प सक्षम/अक्षम करा"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr "तपशील दाखवा"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Security Manager"
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr "सुरक्षा प्रबंधक"
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..."
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "अक्षम केले "
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Active"
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr "क्रियाशील"
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
@@ -63,156 +280,84 @@
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Security Manager"
-msgid "Services Manager"
-msgstr "सुरक्षा प्रबंधक"
-
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default Image"
msgid "Default Target"
msgstr "डिफॉल्ट प्रतिमा"
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr "Enabled"
-
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "अक्षम केले "
-
#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
-#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103
msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
msgstr ""
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
-#~ msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
-#~ msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr "अजून संरचित केले नाही."
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
+#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Default initrd Path"
-#~ msgid "&Default systemd target"
-#~ msgstr "मूळ इड्रीड मार्ग"
+#| msgid "Could not add interface."
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr "इंटरफेस घालता आला नाही."
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Default initrd Path"
-#~ msgid "Default systemd target"
-#~ msgstr "मूळ इड्रीड मार्ग"
+#| msgid "Could not add interface."
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr "इंटरफेस घालता आला नाही."
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Read the default system settings"
-#~ msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
-#~ msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचा"
+#| msgid "Graphical Menu File"
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr "चित्रमय मेन्यू फाईल"
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
-#~ msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
-#~ msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
+#| msgid "Text Mode"
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr "मजकूर अवस्था"
+#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Available Shares"
-#~ msgid "Available Targets"
-#~ msgstr "वाटप उपल्ब्ध"
+#| msgid "Select Mode"
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr "मोड निवडा."
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
-#~ msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
-#~ msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले."
+#| msgid "Firewall Interfaces"
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
-#~ msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
-#~ msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले."
+#| msgid "Default Image"
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr "डिफॉल्ट प्रतिमा"
-#~ msgid "Writing configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
-
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
-#~ msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
-#~ msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे"
+#| msgid "&Switch Mode"
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr "बदल मार्ग"
-#~ msgid "Service"
-#~ msgstr "सेवा"
-
-#~ msgid "Active"
-#~ msgstr "क्रियाशील"
-
-#~ msgid "Description"
-#~ msgstr "वर्णन"
-
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "&Start"
-#~ msgid "&Start/Stop"
-#~ msgstr "सुरू"
+#| msgid "Other System"
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr "दुसरी यंत्रणा बूट करा"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
-#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable"
-#~ msgstr "केडम्प सक्षम/अक्षम करा"
-
-#~ msgid "Show &Details"
-#~ msgstr "तपशील दाखवा"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..."
-#~ msgid "Reading services status..."
-#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Active"
-#~ msgid "Inactive"
-#~ msgstr "क्रियाशील"
-
-#~ msgid "Not configured yet."
-#~ msgstr "अजून संरचित केले नाही."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Could not add interface."
-#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
-#~ msgstr "इंटरफेस घालता आला नाही."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Graphical Menu File"
-#~ msgid "Graphical mode"
-#~ msgstr "चित्रमय मेन्यू फाईल"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Text Mode"
-#~ msgid "Text mode"
-#~ msgstr "मजकूर अवस्था"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Firewall Interfaces"
-#~ msgid "Graphical Interface"
-#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Select Mode"
-#~ msgid "Emergency Mode"
-#~ msgstr "मोड निवडा."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "&Switch Mode"
-#~ msgid "Switch Root"
-#~ msgstr "बदल मार्ग"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Default Image"
-#~ msgid "Initrd Default Target"
-#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट प्रतिमा"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Other System"
-#~ msgid "Multi-User System"
-#~ msgstr "दुसरी यंत्रणा बूट करा"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Required DMA Mode"
-#~ msgid "Rescue Mode"
-#~ msgstr "आवश्यक DMA पध्दत"
+#| msgid "Required DMA Mode"
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr "आवश्यक DMA पध्दत"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,8 +16,32 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
-#. The main ()
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of snapper
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of slepos-system-manager"
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
@@ -25,14 +49,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "Description"
msgstr "वर्णन"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Map"
msgid "User data"
@@ -40,45 +64,45 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&leanup Script"
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "स्वच्छता स्क्रिप्ट"
-#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
+#. popup label, %{num} is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
-msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "(%1)"
-msgid "Pre (%1)"
+msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr "(%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "USB port (%1)"
-msgid "Post (%1)"
+msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr "USB स्थान (%1)"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create New Partition"
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -86,243 +110,250 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "च्याआधी"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?"
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?"
+
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Singapore"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची यादी वाचत आहे..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "स्वच्छ व सध्याची संरचना"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ओळख चिन्ह"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "दिनांकाच्या सुरवातीला"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "दिनांकाचा शेवट"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Us&er Data"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्याविषयी माहिती"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Change"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "काही बदल नाही"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Modify"
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "बदला"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected IDE device"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "निवडलेले IDE उपकरण"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "पुढे %1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr " अयशस्वी पडताळणी स्वीकारत आहे."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File %1 does not exists"
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File Contents: %1"
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "फाईलमधील माहिती: %1"
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restored Files:"
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "फाईल्सची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे:"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restore Options"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "विकल्प पुन्हा आणा"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "निवडले"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "उघडा"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "निवडले"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
msgid ""
@@ -335,7 +366,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -345,21 +376,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले."
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring Files"
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -370,7 +401,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -383,30 +414,30 @@
" कृपया थांबा...<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -417,145 +448,159 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup error
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
+#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही."
+#| msgid "Failed to test %1."
+msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1."
-#. Initialize snapper agent
-#. Return true on success
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#. Return the path to given snapshot
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to test %1."
+msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1."
+
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
-msgid "Reason not known."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
-msgid "Configuration not found."
-msgstr "संरचना पूर्ण झाली"
+#| msgid "Failed to read %1."
+msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+msgstr "वाचता येत नाही %1."
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network configuration is not valid."
-msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-msgstr "महाजाल संरचना अवैध आहे."
+#| msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
+msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करण्यास अपयश %1."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr "नामावली कार्यान्वयन करण्यात अयशस्वी."
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही."
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to test %1."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
+msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करण्यास अपयश %1."
+#| msgid "Initializing System Manager"
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+msgstr "प्रणाली व्यवस्थापक सुरु करत आहे"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही."
+#| msgid "Read the configuration"
+msgid "Read list of configurations"
+msgstr "संरचना वाचा"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही."
+#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
+msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची यादी वाचत आहे..."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to read %1."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr "वाचता येत नाही %1."
+#| msgid "Reading the Configuration"
+msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे"
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Initializing System Manager"
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
-msgstr "प्रणाली व्यवस्थापक सुरु करत आहे"
-
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
-msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
+msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची यादी वाचत आहे..."
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
-msgid "Reading the database..."
-msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..."
-
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed."
+msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फसली."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
+msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring Files"
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delete"
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "हटवा"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Skipped\n"
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "वगळलेले\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+#~ msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
+#~ msgstr "संरचना पूर्ण झाली"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Network configuration is not valid."
+#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+#~ msgstr "महाजाल संरचना अवैध आहे."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+#~ "%1"
+#~ msgstr "नामावली कार्यान्वयन करण्यात अयशस्वी."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+#~ msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+#~ msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+#~ msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही."
+
+#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
+#~ msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "बुटींग करताना"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "हाताने"
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
msgid "Logging and Timeouts"
msgstr "नोंदी स्थिती"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Miscellaneous Setting"
msgstr "किरकोळ सेटिंग्ज"
@@ -478,35 +478,31 @@
msgid "Cache &Store Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339
-msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Timeouts"
msgstr "वेळ संपली"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection &Timeout"
msgstr "जुळणी प्रकार..."
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client &Lifetime"
msgstr "डीफॉल्ट लाइफटाईतम"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "&Language of error messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Administrator's email"
msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode"
msgstr ""
@@ -1016,30 +1012,30 @@
#. ************* ACL END ************************
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG **********
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578
#, fuzzy
msgid "Access Log must not be empty."
msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये."
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cache Log must not be empty."
msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये."
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field."
msgstr ""
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ******
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684
msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces."
msgstr ""
@@ -1056,174 +1052,174 @@
#. Read all squid settings
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration"
msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File."
msgstr "संरचित फाईलमधून वाटा काढून टाका"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File."
msgstr "संरचित फाईलमधून वाटा काढून टाका"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File."
msgstr "संरचित फाईलमधून वाटा काढून टाका"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File."
msgstr "नियंत्रक अद्ययावत करत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Other Settings."
msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Service Status."
msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचा"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..."
msgstr "रुटस वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..."
msgstr "रुटस वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..."
msgstr "नियंत्रक अद्ययावत करत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Other Settings ..."
msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Service Status ..."
msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फसली."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read service status."
msgstr "चालू सेटिंग्ज वाचू शकत नाही."
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Squid Configuration"
msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले जात आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start Service"
msgstr "सेवा सुरू करा"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting Service..."
msgstr "सेवा सुरू करत आहे..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. write settings
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही."
#. firewall
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही."
#. Header
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584
msgid "Squid Cache Proxy"
msgstr ""
#. Start daemon
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start daemon: "
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
#, fuzzy
msgid "When booting"
msgstr "बुटींग करताना"
#. Http Ports
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured ports:"
msgstr "पुरवणारे संरचीत केले:"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
msgid " (transparent)"
msgstr "मेल ट्रान्सपर एजंट"
#. Cache directory
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cache directory: "
msgstr "शब्दकोशाची वर्गवारी:"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
#. dialog heading
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
msgid "Expert Partitioner"
msgstr "तज्ञ विभाजक"
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "वेगळे &गृह विभाजन प्रस्तावित करा "
@@ -1153,15 +1153,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
-"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
-"\n"
+"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
+"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n"
+"approximately 1MB large.\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1181,7 +1182,7 @@
"आपणास आपले सेटअप बदलायचे आहे का?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
@@ -1202,7 +1203,7 @@
"\n"
"हे बदलू?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1211,7 +1212,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
@@ -1229,7 +1230,7 @@
"हे बदलू?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
@@ -1255,7 +1256,7 @@
"हे बदलू?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
@@ -1281,13 +1282,13 @@
"हे बदलू?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "हा यंत्रणासमूह खरंच काढून टाकू?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1310,7 +1311,7 @@
"हे आपणास बदलायचे आहे?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1326,7 +1327,7 @@
"विशेषतः खालील पैकी कोणत्याही गोष्टीमध्ये:\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1339,7 +1340,7 @@
"- जर हे विभाजन अजूनही फाईल प्रणाली समाविष्ट करत नसेल \n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n"
@@ -1355,7 +1356,7 @@
"जसेकी /, /बूट, /usr, /opt, किंवा/var.\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
@@ -1367,7 +1368,7 @@
"आपणास आपले सेटअप बदलायचे आहे का?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1376,7 +1377,7 @@
"त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी ते RAID मधून काढा.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1385,7 +1386,7 @@
"त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी व्हॉल्यूम समूहातून काढा.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1394,7 +1395,7 @@
"त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी व्हॉल्यूम काढा.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1403,7 +1404,7 @@
"ते काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी RAID मधून काढा.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1411,13 +1412,13 @@
"साधन (%2) %1 कडून वापरात आहे.\n"
"ते काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी %1 काढा.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656
#, fuzzy
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "डिवाइस डिलिट केलेले आहे"
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n"
@@ -1432,7 +1433,7 @@
"विभाजन उच्चक्रमाकासह वापरात आहे.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1451,7 +1452,7 @@
"आपण खरोखरच काय करत आहात हे माहीत नसेल तर कृपया निवडा रद्द करा. \n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1466,7 +1467,7 @@
"वाढीव विभाजन काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1481,7 +1482,7 @@
"वाढीव विभाजन काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1503,7 +1504,7 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
@@ -1559,7 +1560,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1585,7 +1586,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1596,7 +1597,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -2003,7 +2004,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -3248,7 +3249,7 @@
msgstr "उपकरण URI: %1"
#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
#.
#. All Rights Reserved.
#.
@@ -3266,17 +3267,17 @@
#.
#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. File: ep-graph.rb
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add RAID"
msgstr " RAI&D जोडा"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Add Volume Group"
msgstr "ध्वनी गट भरा"
@@ -3284,21 +3285,21 @@
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Path"
msgid "Device Graph"
msgstr "साधन पथ"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Device Graph..."
msgstr "निर्यात..."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3308,8 +3309,8 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving graph file failed."
msgstr "आऊटपुट '%1' फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करण्यास अपयश."
@@ -3317,21 +3318,21 @@
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " Mount "
msgid "Mount Graph"
msgstr " माउंट "
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Mount Graph..."
msgstr "निर्यात..."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3484,7 +3485,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3733,7 +3734,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380
msgid "Hard Disks"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क्स"
@@ -4012,7 +4013,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493
msgid "Log"
msgstr "नोंद"
@@ -4185,7 +4186,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt Files"
msgstr "क्रिप्ट फाइल..."
@@ -4605,7 +4606,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Volume Management"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम व्यवस्थापन"
@@ -4676,36 +4677,36 @@
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Mapper"
msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा प्रकार"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "एन.एफ.एस."
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434
msgid "tmpfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unused Devices"
@@ -4713,20 +4714,20 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन"
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "स्थापिते"
#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n"
@@ -4738,19 +4739,19 @@
"खरोखरच मुख्य संवाद सोडू?\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>"
msgstr "<p>आता, आपल्या हार्डडिस्क वरिल नवीन विभाजनाचे स्थान लिहा. </p>"
#. Fullscreen summary of changes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592
#, fuzzy
msgid ": Summary"
msgstr "सारांश"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "System View"
msgstr "यंत्रणेचा तपास"
@@ -6325,7 +6326,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "पुनर्आकार शक्य नाही:"
@@ -6338,7 +6339,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Could not set encryption.\n"
@@ -6357,7 +6358,7 @@
"पुरविलेला क्रिप्ट संकेतशब्द चूक असू शकतो. \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -6369,7 +6370,7 @@
"कृपया पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6382,29 +6383,29 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ लिहा"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "पुरविणारा परवलीशब्द लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह "
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6412,14 +6413,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "आपल्याला परत प्रयत्न करायचा आहे?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6427,98 +6428,98 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "यास्ट2 ने पुढील उपकरण शोधले"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "यास्ट2 ने पुढील उपकरण शोधले"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "DASD तबकडी"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "DASD तबकडी"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "चकती"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384
#, fuzzy
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6526,7 +6527,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6534,7 +6535,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6542,20 +6543,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set global root filesystem"
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "ग्लोबल रुट फाईलप्रणाली निश्चित करा."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -7221,52 +7222,52 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows."
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "अनियमित fs मुळे पुर्नआकार अशक्य आहे. विंडोज खाली fs तपासाचा प्रयत्न करा."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr " &LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करा "
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह "
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली विकल्प:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "वेगळे &गृह विभाजन प्रस्तावित करा "
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
@@ -7276,7 +7277,7 @@
"LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करण्यासाठी जुळते बटण निवडा.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7285,33 +7286,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणालीसाठी आपला संकेतशब्द लिहा."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Password:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "&पडताळणीसाठी पुन्हा एकदा संकेतशब्द लिहा:"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -32,54 +32,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SUSE Support"
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "SUSE पाठबळ"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Open"
msgstr "उघडा"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -87,183 +87,184 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "Options"
msgstr "पर्याय"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाव"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "प्रगती"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
+#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
msgid "File Name"
msgstr "&फाईलचे नाव"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -483,101 +483,125 @@
"कृया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n"
#. Translation: Progress bar label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "शोधत आहे..."
-#. Display confirmation dialog
-#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
-#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
-#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
-msgid "Command: "
-msgstr "आदेश :"
-
#. button label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881
msgid "S&kip"
msgstr "वगळा"
-#. get activation map for variable
-#. start generic commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
-msgid "A command will be executed"
-msgstr "आज्ञा कार्यान्वयित केली जाते"
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
-msgid "Starting command: %1..."
-msgstr "आज्ञा सुरू करत आहे: %1..."
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
-msgid "Command %1 failed"
-msgstr "आज्ञा %1 अयशस्वी"
-
#. write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909
msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
msgstr "यंत्रणासंरचना संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. progress bar item
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923
msgid "Write the new settings"
msgstr "नवीन मांडणी लिहीत आहे"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924
msgid "Activate the changes"
msgstr "बदल कार्यान्वित करा"
-#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
-msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
-msgstr "चलराशी %1 फाईल %2 मध्ये संग्रहीत करण्यास अपयश."
-
-#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
-msgid "Saving variable %1..."
-msgstr "चलराशी %1 संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934
msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
-#. service is running, reload it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
-msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
-msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत केली जाईल"
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "समाप्त झाले"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
-msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "संरचना सारांश"
+
+#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param cmd [String] command to execute
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "आज्ञा सुरू करत आहे: %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "आज्ञा %1 अयशस्वी"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr "आज्ञा कार्यान्वयित केली जाते"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "आदेश :"
+
+#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param name [String] service name
+#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgid "Reloading service %s..."
msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत करत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
-msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgid "Reload of the service %s failed"
msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत करण्यात अपयश"
-#. service is running, restart it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
-msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
-msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+msgid "Service %s will be reloaded"
+msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत केली जाईल"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
-msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgid "Restarting service %s..."
msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
-msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgid "Restart of the service %s failed"
msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करण्यात अपयश"
-#. set 100% in progress bar
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "समाप्त झाले"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgid "Service %s will be restarted"
+msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल"
-#. configuration summary headline
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
-msgid "Configuration Summary"
-msgstr "संरचना सारांश"
+#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd)
+#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil
+#.
+#. @param service name
+#. @return [Boolean] active?
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
+msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:"
+msgstr "सुविधा काढून टाकू शकत नाही. ती स्थापित नाही."
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr "चलराशी %1 संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
+
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr "चलराशी %1 फाईल %2 मध्ये संग्रहीत करण्यास अपयश."
+
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -1444,8 +1444,8 @@
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587
-msgid "Saigon"
-msgstr "सायगॉन"
+msgid "Ho Chi Minh City"
+msgstr ""
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591
@@ -2590,6 +2590,9 @@
msgid "GMT-9"
msgstr "GMT-9"
+#~ msgid "Saigon"
+#~ msgstr "सायगॉन"
+
#~ msgid "Calcutta"
#~ msgstr "कलकत्ता"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr "अद्ययावत पर्याय"
@@ -178,9 +178,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
@@ -303,28 +303,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr "अद्ययावत करायची पॅकेज: %1"
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127
msgid "New Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "स्थापित करायची नवीन पॅकेज: %1"
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Packages to Remove: %1"
msgstr "काढून टाकायची पॅकेज: %1"
#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143
msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr "अद्ययावत करायच्या पॅकेजचा आकार: %1"
-#. warning text
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
+msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>"
msgstr "सर्व कलह सोडवू शकत नाही. मानवी हस्तक्षेप जरूरी."
#. this is a heading
@@ -369,28 +371,30 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr "चालू आरबीएम डेटाबेस वाचू शकत नाही."
-#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर"
+#. error message in proposal
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installatin media."
+msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})."
+msgstr "स्थापित उत्पादन स्थापना माध्यमावरील उत्पादनाशीमिळतेजुळते नाही."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -398,22 +402,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr ""
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -422,17 +426,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्याचे पर्याय"
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr "यापैकी कोणतीहि फाइल अस्तित्वात नाहीः%1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -595,7 +599,7 @@
msgstr "पुढे चालू ठेवा"
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
@@ -605,17 +609,17 @@
"येथील SBD लेख बघा."
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr "अज्ञात लिनक्स सिस्टीम"
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr "नॉन-लिनक्स सिस्टीम"
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -630,7 +634,7 @@
"किंवा तुमचा संगमक पुन्हा चालू करा\n"
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr "भाग तपासत आहे %1"
@@ -639,23 +643,23 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "तपशील दाखवा"
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr "भाग तपासत आहे %1"
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
@@ -671,24 +675,24 @@
"उपकरण माउंट करणे तुम्हाला चालू ठेवायचे आहे काय?"
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "चुकीचा परवलीशब्द. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा?"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "चेतावणी"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -699,7 +703,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
@@ -721,27 +725,27 @@
"अपडेट खंडित करण्यासाठी, कॅन्सलवर क्लिक करा. "
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "आरोहणाचा पर्याय सूचीत करा"
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "आरोहण पर्याय"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "आरोहण बिंदू"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "उपकरण"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -750,12 +754,12 @@
"(आपोआप शोधासाठी रिक्त)"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "/var भाग %1 चे आरोहण करता आले नाही.\n"
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -763,18 +767,18 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442
msgid "None"
msgstr "कोणी नाही"
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "ह्या डिस्क संरचनेनुसार /var भागाचे आरोहण करण्यात असमर्थ.\n"
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -782,24 +786,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "मूळ विभाजन निवडा"
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा आयडी"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "ह्या डिस्क संरचनेनुसार /var भागाचे आरोहण करण्यात असमर्थ.\n"
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -812,7 +816,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -821,32 +825,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "fstab सापडत नाही."
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "/etc/fstab मधल्या मूळ भागात अवैध मूळ उपकरण.\n"
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "हे आता %1 म्हणून आरोहण केले आहे व %2 म्हणून नोंदले आहे.\n"
#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "मूळ विभाजक वापरून बघितला जात आहे कृपया काही सेकंद थांबा..."
#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr "भागांचे आरोहण करत आहे. भाग आरूढ करत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees"
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
#. helptext 2/3
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Local</b> निवडल्याने उपयोगकर्त्यांचे सत्यापन फक्त स्थानीय फाइल्स<i>/etc/passwd</i> आणि <i>/etc/shadow</i> वापरून होते.</p>"
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
msgstr "स्थानिक (/etc/passwd)"
@@ -232,18 +232,18 @@
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr "आधीच्या स्थापनेतून उपयोगकर्त्याची माहिती मिळवा."
#. button label
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
msgid "&Choose"
msgstr "निवडा"
#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
msgid "Authentication Method"
msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्वारण पद्धत"
@@ -254,13 +254,13 @@
#. selection box label
#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
msgid "&Select Users to Read"
msgstr "निवडलेला वापरकर्ता यंत्रणा वापरकर्ता आहे"
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
msgstr "सर्व मोड्यूल्सना निवडा किंवा सोडा"
@@ -392,8 +392,8 @@
#. The two group password information do not match
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -435,8 +435,8 @@
#. last part of message popup
#. last part of message popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Reset Password"
msgid "Really use this password?"
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
msgid "DES"
msgstr "DES"
@@ -482,105 +482,105 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
msgid "SHA-256"
msgstr ""
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
msgid "SHA-512"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password Encryption Type"
msgstr "परवलीशब्द कुटयुक्त करा"
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
msgid "&DES"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
msgid "&MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
msgid "SHA-&256"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
msgid "SHA-&512"
msgstr ""
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>स्थानिक मांडणी</b></p>"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्श्न पद्धत"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
msgid "User's &Full Name"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे पूर्ण नाव"
#. input field for login name
#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
#, fuzzy
msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgstr "सिस्टिम व्यवस्थापक \"root\" चा परवलीचा शब्द"
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
msgstr "यंत्रणेकडील पत्र स्वीकारा"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Automatic Login"
msgstr "आपोआप प्रवेश"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create New User"
msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा"
@@ -589,13 +589,13 @@
#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Empty User Login"
msgstr "रिक्त वापरकर्ता प्रवेश"
#. yes-no popup contents
#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid ""
"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@
#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@
"</p>"
#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -694,14 +694,14 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. these are used only during installation time
#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -722,23 +722,23 @@
#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज"
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्श्न पद्धत"
#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "User %s will be imported."
msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
@@ -746,17 +746,17 @@
msgstr[1] "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल"
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&बदला..."
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "सारांश"
#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@
msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचा नवीन UID"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66
+#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
msgstr "NIS संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@
#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD
#. The date must stay in this format
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD."
msgstr "समाप्तीची दिनांक पूढिल नमुन्याप्रमाणे हवी वर्ष-महिना-दिनांक."
@@ -1567,19 +1567,19 @@
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217
msgid "Plug-In Description"
msgstr "पूरक प्रणालीचे वर्णन"
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226
msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In"
msgstr "पूरक प्रणालीचे वर्णन वाढवा किंवा काढा"
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "प्रक्षेपक"
@@ -1635,17 +1635,17 @@
#. tab label
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "पूरक प्रणाली"
#. popup question
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
msgstr "आरंभ संचिका बदलून %1 करू का?"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n"
@@ -1657,12 +1657,12 @@
"त्याला आधी लॉग ऑफ करावे लागेल."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Enter the size for the home directory."
msgstr "वापरकर्त्याच्या चाळणीचे मूल्य प्रविष्ट करा."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583
msgid ""
"\n"
"Directory cannot be encrypted."
@@ -1670,64 +1670,64 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485
msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed."
msgstr "ही पूरक प्रणाली काढता येत नाही."
#. popup text
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005
msgid "Now you have added a new user."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071
msgid "New Local Group"
msgstr "नवीन स्थानिक समूह"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073
msgid "New System Group"
msgstr "नवीन यंत्रणा समूह"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075
msgid "New LDAP Group"
msgstr "नवीन LDAP समूह"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079
msgid "Existing Local Group"
msgstr "अस्तित्वातील स्थानिक समूह"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081
msgid "Existing System Group"
msgstr "अस्तित्वातील यंत्रणा समूह"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083
msgid "Existing LDAP Group"
msgstr "अस्तित्वातील LDAP समूह"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "गटाचे नाव"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154
msgid "Group &ID (gid)"
msgstr "समूह ID (gid)"
#. selection box label
#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes
#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog)
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593
msgid "Group &Members"
msgstr "समूह सभासद"
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "समूह माहिती"
@@ -3594,13 +3594,13 @@
#. init dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284
msgid "User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता आणि समूह संरचना"
#. label (during init dialog)
#. label (during init dialog)
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..."
@@ -4573,14 +4573,14 @@
"समूहाच्या नांवाशी जुळते\n"
"दुसरे नांव लिहून बघा."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid "User does not exist."
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "वापरकर्ता अस्तित्वात नाही."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4591,7 +4591,7 @@
"समूहाप्रमाणे वापरतात."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4602,23 +4602,23 @@
"आधी त्यांना या समूहातून काढावे लागेल."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>वापरकर्ता</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>समूह</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "लॉगइन सेटिंग्ज"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: mr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+
+#. Manage VPN client secrets.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
+msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Gateway"
+msgid "Gateway IP"
+msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Shared Key"
+msgid "Pre-shared key"
+msgstr "वाटलेली कळ"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Set"
+msgid "Set"
+msgstr "निश्चित करा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Show &Next"
+msgid "Show key"
+msgstr "दाखवा &नंतरचे"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Certificate Import"
+msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
+msgstr "सर्टीपिकेट आयात"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Certificate"
+msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr "कळ"
+
+#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
+msgid ""
+"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Load PSKs
+#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
+#. Load XAuth
+#. Load EAP
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
+msgid "(hidden)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Remove the selected EAP user.
+#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select a product to delete."
+msgid "Please select a user to delete."
+msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू काढून टाकण्यासाठी निवडा."
+
+#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
+msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path."
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
+msgstr "दिलेल्या पाथमध्ये SMT प्रमाणपत्र सापडले नाही."
+
+#. Event handlers
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file"
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
+msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file"
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
+msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
+msgid "Gateway pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read certificates"
+msgid "Gateway certificate"
+msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र वाचा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file"
+msgid "Path to certificate file"
+msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Pick.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file"
+msgid "Path to certificate key file"
+msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
+msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचे नाव"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "गुप्तशब्द"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "जोडा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "हटवा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Root Password"
+msgid "Show Password"
+msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
+msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Gateway"
+msgid "Gateway - PSK"
+msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Certificate"
+msgid "Gateway - Certificate"
+msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Samba or Windows Printer"
+msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
+msgstr "सांबा किंवा विंडोज मुद्रणयंत्र"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Client &Key"
+msgid "Client - PSK"
+msgstr "ग्राहक कळ"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Client Certificate"
+msgid "Client - Certificate"
+msgstr "ग्राहक प्रमाणपत्र"
+
+#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name '%1' is already in use"
+msgid "The connection name is already used."
+msgstr "आकृतीबंधाचे ‘%1’ नाव आधीच वापरात आहे"
+
+#. Find an unused gateway scenario
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n"
+"All of gateway scenarios are already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Warn against duplicated configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337
+msgid ""
+"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n"
+"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
+msgid "The user name is already used."
+msgstr "हे ठराविक रांगेचे नाव %1 आधीच वापरले आहे."
+
+#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496
+msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Left side: global config & connection management
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
+msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "All Patches"
+msgid "All VPNs"
+msgstr "सर्व पॅचेस"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Delete DN"
+msgid "Delete VPN"
+msgstr "DN काढून टाका"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection Settings"
+msgid "View Connection Status"
+msgstr "जुळणी स्थापिते"
+
+#. Event handlers
+#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "- Close connection"
+msgid "Delete connection"
+msgstr "- जोडणी बंद करा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: "
+msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
+msgstr "तुम्हाला नक्की काढून टाकायचे आहे का:"
+
+#. Check for incomplete configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
+msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
+msgstr "खालील कामांसाठी कॉन्फिगरेशन अपयशी झालेः"
+
+#. Consider enabling the daemon
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n"
+"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "Partition table successfully repaired.\n"
+msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"विभाजन स्तंभ यशस्वीपणे दुरूस्त झाले.\n"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?"
+msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
+msgstr "तुम्ही सीडी हदलून पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?"
+
+#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "नाव"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "वर्णन"
+
+#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make widgets for connection configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection Type"
+msgid "Connection name: "
+msgstr "जुळणी प्रकार..."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "प्रकार"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Name Servers"
+msgid "Gateway (Server)"
+msgstr "सेवासंगणक नाव"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Clients"
+msgid "Client"
+msgstr "गि-हाईक"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The scheme name"
+msgid "The scenario is"
+msgstr "योजनेचे नाव"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You must select a certificate."
+msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
+msgstr "तुम्ही प्रमाणपत्र निवडलेच पाहिजे."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Edit Crypt File"
+msgid "Edit Credentials"
+msgstr "&संपादित करा क्रिप्ट फाइल"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
+msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "By a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read certificates"
+msgid "By a certificate"
+msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र वाचा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+msgid "VPN gateway IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. They are however allowed in password
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the user password."
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr "परवलीशब्द घाला."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
+msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा."
+
+#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the connection name."
+msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
+msgstr "संपर्क नाव लिहा."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n"
+"Name has to begin with a letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file"
+msgid "Path to certificate file:"
+msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file"
+msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
+msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path."
+msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
+msgstr "दिलेल्या पाथमध्ये SMT प्रमाणपत्र सापडले नाही."
+
+#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path."
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
+msgstr "दिलेल्या पाथमध्ये SMT प्रमाणपत्र सापडले नाही."
+
+#. Return password string.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter keywords:"
+msgid "Please enter a password."
+msgstr "कृपया कळशब्द भरा:"
+
+#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
+msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
+msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा."
+
+#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Rename and restart"
+msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
+msgstr "नाव बदला आणि पुन्हा सुरू करा"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
+msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
+msgstr "MBR पुन्हा साठवून ठेवण्यात अयशस्वी."
+
+#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Install packages
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
+msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
+msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापन करण्यास अपयश."
+
+#. Enable/disable daemon
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
+msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा"
+
+#. Configure IP forwarding
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+msgid ""
+"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
+"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
+msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
+msgstr "MBR पुन्हा साठवून ठेवण्यात अयशस्वी."
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+msgid ""
+"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"The script is located at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Expert Global Settings"
+msgid "VPN Global Settings"
+msgstr "तज्ञ जागतिक मांडणी"
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
+msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
+msgstr "VPN सुविधा कार्यान्वित"
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
+msgid "Gateway and Connections"
+msgstr "ग्राहक संपर्क तयार करा"
+
+#. Gateway summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Client summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
+msgid "A client connecting to "
+msgstr "सद्य संपर्क मांडणी वाचा"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po 2015-09-09 08:20:36 UTC (rev 92604)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
1
0
09 Sep '15
Author: keichwa
Date: 2015-09-09 10:19:44 +0200 (Wed, 09 Sep 2015)
New Revision: 92603
Added:
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/docker.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fonts.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/journal.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vpn.en_GB.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on-creator.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/audit-laf.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/autoinst.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/base.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/bootloader.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ca-management.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cio.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cluster.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control-center.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/country.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/crowbar.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dhcp-server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dns-server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/drbd.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fcoe-client.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall-services.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firstboot.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ftp-server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/geo-cluster.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/gtk.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/http-server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/inetd.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/installation.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/instserver.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iplb.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-client.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/isns.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kdump.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/languages_db.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-client.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/live-installer.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/mail.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/multipath.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses-pkg.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/network.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs_server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis_server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ntp-client.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/oneclickinstall.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update-configuration.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/opensuse_mirror.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/packager.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pam.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pkg-bindings.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/printer.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/product-creator.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/proxy.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt-pkg.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rdp.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rear.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/registration.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/reipl.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/relocation-server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-client.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-users.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/scanner.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/security.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/services-manager.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/slp-server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/snapper.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sound.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/squid.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sshd.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/storage.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sudo.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/support.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sysconfig.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tftp-server.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/timezone_db.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tune.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/update.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/users.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vm.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wol.en_GB.po
trunk/yast/en_GB/po/yast2-apparmor.en_GB.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on-creator.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on-creator.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on-creator.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:10+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/add-on.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:11+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -65,21 +65,21 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Add-On Products"
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialising..."
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Initialising add-on products...</p>"
@@ -105,10 +105,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unknown"
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "Add-On Product Installation"
@@ -248,36 +248,36 @@
#. ],
#. ...
#. ]
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No product found in the repository"
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr "No product found in the repository"
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr "No software repository found on medium."
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr "Initialising new source..."
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr "Software Repository Selection"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
"There were multiple repositories found on the selected medium.\n"
"Select the repository to use.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr "Repositories &Found"
@@ -300,33 +300,33 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Really abort add-on product installation?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr "Select a repository."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr "Product Selection"
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr "Available Products"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
@@ -338,12 +338,12 @@
"to install.</p>\n"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big></br>\n"
@@ -362,97 +362,97 @@
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "%1, Directory: %2"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Product"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Media"
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr "Select a product to delete."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr "Removing selected add-on..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr "Add-On Products"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "Add-On Products"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr "Pac&kage Manager"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Here, see the list of TV stations defined for your system.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>"
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr "unknown vendor"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Version: </b>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr "Unknown error"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr "&Repository URL"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>"
@@ -460,17 +460,17 @@
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Unknown product"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr "Unknown"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/audit-laf.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/audit-laf.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/audit-laf.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -18,147 +18,120 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
msgstr "Authentication client configuration module"
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
msgstr "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64
+#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
msgstr "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
-#. the auth configuration
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33
-msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
-msgstr "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
+#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "None"
+msgid "None."
+msgstr "None"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49
-msgid "There is no help for this parameter."
-msgstr "There is no help for this parameter."
+#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
+msgstr "Modem Parameters"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55
-msgid "Default value: "
-msgstr "Default value: "
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Optional Parameter File"
+msgid "Optional Parameters"
+msgstr "Optional Parameter File"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59
-msgid "Available values: "
-msgstr "Available values: "
+#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
+msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'"
-msgstr "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'"
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Key"
+msgid "Authentication Client Config"
+msgstr "Authentication Key"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
-msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr "Cancel"
+#. Overview of all config sections
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Global Configuration"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
-msgid "OK"
-msgstr "OK"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr "Create Home Directory on Login"
-#. Waiting for response
-#. Waiting for response
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338
-msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid."
-msgstr "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+msgstr "Enable the NTP daemon"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200
-msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes."
-msgstr "Section '%1' has no attributes."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selections"
+msgid "Sections"
+msgstr "Selections"
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212
-msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'"
-msgstr "Select new Parameter for section '%1'"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Services"
+msgid "New Service/Domain"
+msgstr "Network Services"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215
-msgid "New Parameter"
-msgstr "New Parameter"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selected Service"
+msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+msgstr "Selected Service"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
-msgid "Help"
-msgstr "Help"
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Customisation - %s"
+msgstr ""
-#. No we open the dialog
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
-msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'"
-msgstr "Edit sssd section '%1'"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Name"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
-msgid "New"
-msgstr "New"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "Value"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
-msgid "Add New Domain"
-msgstr "Add New Domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Description"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358
-msgid "Name:"
-msgstr "Name:"
+#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+msgid "More Parameters"
+msgstr "Modem Parameters"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359
-msgid "Activate Domain"
-msgstr "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "Filter:"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361
-msgid "The identification provider used for the domain"
-msgstr "The identification provider used for the domain"
-
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
-msgstr "The authentication provider used for the domain"
-
-#. TODO
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387
-msgid "Help for creating new domain"
-msgstr "Help for creating new domain"
-
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391
-msgid "You have to provide a domain name!"
-msgstr "You have to provide a domain name!"
-
-#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421
-msgid "Basic Settings:"
-msgstr "Basic Settings:"
-
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423
-msgid "Services:"
-msgstr "Services:"
-
-#. Count of active domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463
+#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167
msgid ""
-"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n"
-"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
-msgstr ""
-"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n"
-"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
-"%s \n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
-msgstr ""
-"There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
-"%s \n"
-"Do you want to write this configuration?"
-
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486
-msgid ""
"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
@@ -169,7 +142,7 @@
"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
"Do you want to continue?"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177
msgid ""
"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
@@ -181,937 +154,1171 @@
"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
"Do you want to continue?"
-#. Main dialog contents
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
+#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Authentication Client"
-msgstr "Authentication Key"
+#| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile."
+msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+msgstr "You cannot delete the active profile."
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605
-msgid "Configured Authentication Domains"
-msgstr "Configured Authentication Domains"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+msgstr "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
-msgid "Add"
-msgstr "Add"
+#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267
+msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
-msgid "Edit"
-msgstr "Edit"
+#. Warn against removal of important parameters
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modem parameter details"
+msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
+msgstr "Modem parameter details"
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
-msgid "Delete"
-msgstr "Delete"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273
+msgid ""
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
+msgstr ""
-#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
-msgstr "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
+#. Save settings - validate
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Logging enabled"
+msgid "No domain enabled"
+msgstr "Logging enabled"
-#. initialize GUI
-#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553
-msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity
Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n"
+#| "sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n"
+#| "Do you want to write this configuration?"
+msgid ""
+"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
+"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
+"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n"
+"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"Do you want to write this configuration?"
+#. user must correct the mistake
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321
+msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
+msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+msgstr "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
+
+#. New service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "Service"
+
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Domain"
+msgstr "Domain"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
+msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Identification:"
+msgid "Identification provider:"
+msgstr "Identification:"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "Authentication provider:"
+msgstr "&Authentication Mode"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Activate Domain"
+msgstr "Activate Domain"
+
+#. Create new service
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+msgstr "These services will be enabled"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgstr "Enter a name for the new profile."
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "This domain is already defined."
+
#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
msgstr "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
msgstr "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
msgstr "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
msgstr "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
msgstr "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
msgstr "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
msgstr "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
msgstr "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
msgstr "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
msgstr "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
msgstr "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
msgstr "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
msgstr "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
msgstr "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
msgstr "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117
-msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122
-msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
+msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr "Override the login shell for all users."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252
-msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
-msgstr "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297
-msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
-msgstr "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr "The identification provider used for the domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318
-msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
-msgstr "The authentication provider used for the domain."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
+msgstr "The authentication provider used for the domain"
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr "The access control provider used for the domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr "The autofs provider used for the domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385
-msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
-msgstr "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421
-msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-msgstr "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr "The mail spool directory."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr "The command that is run after a user is removed."
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
+msgstr "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
-msgstr "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Base DN for the database"
+msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
+msgstr "Base DN for the database"
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507
-msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
-msgstr "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP secure port"
+msgid "LDAP schema type"
+msgstr "LDAP secure port"
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr "Disable the LDAP paging control."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853
-msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
-msgstr "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr "Specify the SASL realm to use."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr "Comma separated list of access control options."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address"
+msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002
-msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
-msgstr "The name of the Kerberos realm."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr "Directory to store credential caches."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr "Location of the user's credential cache."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
msgstr "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr "Override the user's home directory."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr "Specify the name of the default domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149
-msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
-msgstr "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
msgstr "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The configuration of the NIS client will be saved.\n"
+msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
+msgstr "The configuration of the NIS client will be saved.\n"
+
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
-#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167
+#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
+#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
+msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
+msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
+msgstr ""
+
#. end Export
#. ################################################################
#. ################################################################
#. Summary()
#. returns html formated configuration summary
#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
msgstr "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
msgstr "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
msgstr "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
+#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
msgstr "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
+#~ msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
+#~ msgstr "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
+
+#~ msgid "There is no help for this parameter."
+#~ msgstr "There is no help for this parameter."
+
+#~ msgid "Default value: "
+#~ msgstr "Default value: "
+
+#~ msgid "Available values: "
+#~ msgstr "Available values: "
+
+#~ msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'"
+#~ msgstr "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'"
+
+#~ msgid "Cancel"
+#~ msgstr "Cancel"
+
+#~ msgid "OK"
+#~ msgstr "OK"
+
+#~ msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid."
+#~ msgstr "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid."
+
+#~ msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes."
+#~ msgstr "Section '%1' has no attributes."
+
+#~ msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'"
+#~ msgstr "Select new Parameter for section '%1'"
+
+#~ msgid "New Parameter"
+#~ msgstr "New Parameter"
+
+#~ msgid "Help"
+#~ msgstr "Help"
+
+#~ msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'"
+#~ msgstr "Edit sssd section '%1'"
+
+#~ msgid "New"
+#~ msgstr "New"
+
+#~ msgid "Add New Domain"
+#~ msgstr "Add New Domain"
+
+#~ msgid "Name:"
+#~ msgstr "Name:"
+
+#~ msgid "The identification provider used for the domain"
+#~ msgstr "The identification provider used for the domain"
+
+#~ msgid "Help for creating new domain"
+#~ msgstr "Help for creating new domain"
+
+#~ msgid "You have to provide a domain name!"
+#~ msgstr "You have to provide a domain name!"
+
+#~ msgid "Basic Settings:"
+#~ msgstr "Basic Settings:"
+
+#~ msgid "Services:"
+#~ msgstr "Services:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
+#~ "%s \n"
+#~ "Do you want to write this configuration?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
+#~ "%s \n"
+#~ "Do you want to write this configuration?"
+
+#~ msgid "Configured Authentication Domains"
+#~ msgstr "Configured Authentication Domains"
+
+#~ msgid "Add"
+#~ msgstr "Add"
+
+#~ msgid "Edit"
+#~ msgstr "Edit"
+
+#~ msgid "Delete"
+#~ msgstr "Delete"
+
+#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
+#~ msgstr "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)"
+
+#~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
+#~ msgstr "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
+
+#~ msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+#~ msgstr "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+
+#~ msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
+#~ msgstr "The authentication provider used for the domain."
+
+#~ msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
+#~ msgstr "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
+
+#~ msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
+#~ msgstr "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
+
+#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
+#~ msgstr "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
+
+#~ msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
+#~ msgstr "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
+
+#~ msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+#~ msgstr "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+
+#~ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
+#~ msgstr "The name of the Kerberos realm."
+
+#~ msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#~ msgstr "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+
#~ msgid "SPAM Prevention"
#~ msgstr "SPAM Prevention"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/auth-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/autoinst.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/autoinst.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/autoinst.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:11+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
msgstr "Reading configuration data..."
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "This may take a while"
@@ -54,13 +54,14 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot();
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -70,7 +71,7 @@
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
"control file and try again.\n"
-#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612
+#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Reading configuration data"
msgstr "Reading configuration data"
@@ -116,7 +117,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr "Enable/disable chrooting."
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr "Some parameter missing"
@@ -129,36 +130,36 @@
msgstr "Path to AutoYaST Profile"
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr "Saving configuration data on target system."
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown mode"
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr "Unknown mode"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable"
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr "Comma-separated list of modules to enable"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?"
msgstr "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr "Cloning the system..."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
@@ -231,7 +232,7 @@
"name and the contents of the file.\n"
#. OPEN
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397
msgid "Select a file to load."
msgstr "Select a file to load."
@@ -274,7 +275,7 @@
msgstr "Select a file from the table first."
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -285,49 +286,75 @@
"</p>"
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Progress"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unknown sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+msgstr ""
+
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr "Configuring %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr "Not Configuring %1"
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Executing Post-Scripts"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
+#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
+#. bnc#937900
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Determine running services"
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Determine running services"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Finishing Configuration"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "Reading resources..."
@@ -501,86 +528,86 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "Execute pre-install user scripts"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "Configure General Settings "
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "Set up language"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "Create partition plans"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "Configure Bootloader"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Registration"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "Configure Software selections"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "Configuring general settings..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set up language"
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Set up language"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "Creating partition plans..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "Configuring Bootloader..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repairing file system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Repairing file system..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "Configuring Software selections..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring language..."
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "Configuring language..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
#. configure general settings
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
@@ -589,12 +616,12 @@
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "Configuring language..."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -603,7 +630,7 @@
"Try again.\n"
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -943,11 +970,11 @@
msgstr "Advanced"
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
msgstr ""
@@ -1028,7 +1055,7 @@
msgid "System Profile Location"
msgstr "System Profile Location"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45
msgid "&Profile Location:"
msgstr "&Profile Location:"
@@ -1036,11 +1063,11 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117
msgid "Choose a hard disk"
msgstr "Choose a hard disk"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124
msgid "No disks found."
msgstr "No disks found."
@@ -1049,7 +1076,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -1062,13 +1089,13 @@
"</p>"
#. force help text width
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Hard Disk Selection"
msgstr "Hard Disk Selection"
#. there is a selection from that one option has to be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr "Select one of the options to continue."
@@ -1270,19 +1297,19 @@
#. SAVE
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697
msgid "Save as..."
msgstr "Save as..."
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709
msgid "File %1 was saved successfully."
msgstr "File %1 was saved successfully."
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#. Profile::checkProfile();
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An error occured while saving the file."
msgid "An error occurred while saving the file."
@@ -1430,37 +1457,36 @@
msgid "Source"
msgstr "Source"
-#. Menu interface
-#. @param list menu items
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
+#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
+#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An error occured while opening/parsing the XML file."
msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file."
msgstr "An error occured while opening/parsing the XML file."
#. NEW
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Modules"
msgstr "Available modules"
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
msgstr ""
#. EXIT
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
msgid "Control file changed."
msgstr "Control file changed."
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791
msgid "Save the changes to %1?"
msgstr "Save the changes to %1?"
@@ -1631,7 +1657,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
@@ -1642,7 +1668,7 @@
msgstr "Section %1 not found."
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
@@ -1684,7 +1710,7 @@
msgstr "Turn Off the Machine after the First Stage"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr "Signature Handling"
@@ -2033,40 +2059,40 @@
"</p>\n"
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
msgstr "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
msgstr "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
msgstr "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgstr "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
msgstr "Mounting %1 failed."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
msgstr "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
msgstr "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
@@ -2074,22 +2100,22 @@
#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
msgstr ""
#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
msgstr "File %1 cannot be found"
#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
msgstr "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531
+#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
msgstr "Unknown protocol %1."
@@ -2370,7 +2396,7 @@
#. Read rules file
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448
msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n"
msgstr "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n"
@@ -2378,12 +2404,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2399,46 +2425,46 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "&Use Profile"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "Retrieving control file from floppy."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "Copying control file from file: %1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "Copying control file from default location."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "Source unknown."
@@ -2448,7 +2474,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2458,7 +2484,7 @@
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
@@ -2473,7 +2499,7 @@
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2509,81 +2535,105 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "Confirm installation?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Yes"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "No"
msgstr "No"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr "Halting the machine after stage one"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Halting the machine after stage one"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Halting the machine after stage one"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Accepting unsigned files"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Not accepting unsigned files"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Accepting files without a checksum"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Not accepting files without a checksum"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Accepting failed verifications"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Not accepting failed verifications"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr "Importing new GPG keys"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr "Not importing new GPG Keys"
+#. NTP syncing
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Syncing server..."
+msgid "Syncing time..."
+msgstr "Syncing server..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+msgid "Syncing time with %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Parsing failed."
+msgid "Time syncing failed."
+msgstr "Parsing failed."
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
+msgid "Cannot update system time."
+msgstr "Cannot mount file system."
+
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr "can't reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist"
@@ -2600,16 +2650,22 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "Drives"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
+#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+msgid "%s drive in total"
+msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Total of %1 drive"
-#| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives"
-msgid "Total of %1 drive"
-msgstr "Total of %1 drive"
+#| msgid "Not detected."
+msgid "Not yet cloned."
+msgstr "Not detected."
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
@@ -2663,7 +2719,7 @@
msgstr "Unknown"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
@@ -2674,29 +2730,29 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Checking installed packages..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Retrieving image file..."
msgid "Store image to ..."
@@ -2704,60 +2760,60 @@
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Archive created successfully"
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "Archive created successfully"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "Cannot read configuration file."
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "Cannot read configuration file."
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image directory..."
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "Creating ISO image directory..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "Ok"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2765,19 +2821,19 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "Creating ISO image..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "Creating ISO image..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
@@ -2785,29 +2841,29 @@
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "Selected Patterns"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "Individually Selected Packages"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "Packages to Remove"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "Force Kernel Package"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "Could not set patterns: %1."
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
@@ -2817,24 +2873,31 @@
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the harddisk. %1MB missing"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+#| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives"
+msgid "Total of %1 drive"
+msgstr "Total of %1 drive"
+
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr "No specific device configured"
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr "No Linux root partition found."
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
@@ -2843,20 +2906,20 @@
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "Collecting configuration data..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2864,7 +2927,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Cannot write comment to file %1."
@@ -2872,7 +2935,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/base.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/base.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/base.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:13+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -28,129 +28,129 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54
msgid "Print the help for this module"
msgstr "Print the help for this module"
#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module"
msgstr "Print a long version of help for this module"
#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format"
msgstr "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format"
#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72
msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module"
msgstr "Start interactive shell to control the module"
#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78
msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes"
msgstr "Exit interactive mode and save the changes"
#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84
msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes"
msgstr "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes"
#. translators: command line "help" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92
msgid "Print the help for this command"
msgstr "Print the help for this command"
#. translators: command line "verbose" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98
msgid "Show progress information"
msgstr "Show progress information"
#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104
msgid "Where to store the XML output"
msgstr "Where to store the XML output"
#. string: command line interface is not supported
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
msgstr "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr "Unknown Command: %1"
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr "Option '%1' is missing value."
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
msgid "No help available"
msgstr "No help available"
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr "Command '%1'"
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
" Options:"
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
@@ -177,139 +177,139 @@
" Example:"
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module."
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "This is a YaST module."
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr "Basic Syntax:"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <command> help"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr " <command> [options]"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr " <command> help"
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr "Commands:"
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
msgid "No help available."
msgstr "No help available."
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "unknown"
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr "or '%1'"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr "Specify the command '%1'."
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Specify one of the commands: %1."
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "There is no user interface available for this module."
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "Ready"
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Initialising"
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "Finishing"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
msgid "Done"
msgstr "Done"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr "Quitting (without changes)"
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr "yes or no?"
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
msgid "yes"
msgstr "yes"
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
#. %1 - link to our bugzilla
#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored
#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157
msgid ""
"This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n"
"Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
@@ -389,13 +389,13 @@
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save YaST Logs..."
msgstr "Save Log as..."
@@ -404,17 +404,39 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Installation Error"
+#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its
+#. unloading after end of block.
+#. @param [String] package to load
+#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield
+#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed
+#.
+#. @example
+#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do
+#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic")
+#. end
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Loading packages list..."
+msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'"
+msgstr "Loading packages list..."
+
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Removing Packages..."
+msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'"
+msgstr "Removing Packages..."
+
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Do you really want\n"
@@ -426,20 +448,20 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "&Continue Installation"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "&Abort Installation"
#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?"
@@ -447,13 +469,13 @@
#. popup dialog caption
#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Warning"
#. popup message, %1 is list of problems
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200
msgid ""
"The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n"
"Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n"
@@ -468,7 +490,7 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An internal error occured when integrating additional workflow."
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
@@ -480,7 +502,7 @@
msgstr "The value of %1 is invalid."
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67
msgid "Unavailable"
msgstr "Unavailable"
@@ -489,7 +511,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting"
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -505,7 +527,7 @@
#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -520,43 +542,43 @@
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr "During Boot"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manually"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
msgid "Via xinetd"
msgstr "Via xinetd"
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr "Via &xinetd"
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "Service Start"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr "Service is running"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr "Service is not running"
@@ -565,7 +587,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -579,7 +601,7 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -588,32 +610,32 @@
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr "Start the Service Now"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr "Stop the Service Now"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr "&Start the Service Now"
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr "S&top the Service Now"
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
@@ -629,7 +651,7 @@
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -640,38 +662,38 @@
"set <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP Support Active"
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP Support Active"
#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "&Up"
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "&Down"
#. popup message
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302
msgid ""
"The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n"
"because it is in use.\n"
@@ -682,37 +704,37 @@
"Stop using it in the configuration first."
#. popup title
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308
msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key."
msgstr "Cannot delete TSIG key."
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318
msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
msgstr "Select File with the Authentication Key"
#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333
msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
msgstr "Select File for the Authentication Key"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353
msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory."
msgstr "Specified filename is an existing directory."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358
msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?"
msgstr "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
@@ -721,7 +743,7 @@
"Remove it?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
@@ -730,27 +752,27 @@
"on your disk. Remove it?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr "The key will be created now. Continue?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr "Creating the TSIG key failed."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr "The specified file does not exist."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -761,7 +783,7 @@
"Old keys will be removed. Continue?"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
@@ -770,7 +792,7 @@
"Use this dialogue to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -781,7 +803,7 @@
"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -794,7 +816,7 @@
"<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -811,27 +833,27 @@
"in the configuration first.</p>\n"
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr "Create a New TSIG Key"
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr "&Key ID"
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr "&Generate"
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr "Current TSIG Keys"
@@ -839,54 +861,54 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
msgid "Key ID"
msgstr "Key ID"
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Filename"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr "&Selected Option"
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr "Current Option: "
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "The selected option is already present."
#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882
msgid "Ch."
msgstr "Ch."
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Option"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Value"
#. help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -897,7 +919,7 @@
"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
#. help 2/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -906,7 +928,7 @@
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n"
"whether the option was changed.</P>"
@@ -915,7 +937,7 @@
"whether the option was changed.</P>"
#. help 4/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928
msgid ""
"<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n"
"and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n"
@@ -926,42 +948,42 @@
"in the list.</p>"
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "&Other"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "The device is not configured"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
#. Message shown while loading modules information
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197
msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..."
msgstr "Loading modules, please wait ..."
#. Heading for NCurses Control Center
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 Control Center"
msgid "YaST Control Center"
msgstr "YaST Control Center"
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Rundi"
msgid "Run"
msgstr "Rundi"
#. show popup when running as non-root
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n"
@@ -971,14 +993,14 @@
"You will only see modules which do not require root privileges."
#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Controlling YaST2 ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgstr "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard"
#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
msgid ""
"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n"
"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n"
@@ -993,12 +1015,12 @@
"Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n"
"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>"
@@ -1007,7 +1029,7 @@
"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
@@ -1016,7 +1038,7 @@
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n"
"<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n"
@@ -1031,7 +1053,7 @@
"move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n"
"try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n"
@@ -1042,7 +1064,7 @@
"[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB].</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
@@ -1057,12 +1079,12 @@
"Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialogue.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
msgstr "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
msgid ""
"F1 = Help<br>\n"
"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n"
@@ -1087,7 +1109,7 @@
"F10 = OK, Next, Finish, or Accept<br>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382
msgid ""
"<p>In some environments, all or some\n"
"F keys are not available.</p>"
@@ -1097,7 +1119,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1107,7 +1129,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1117,7 +1139,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1295,8 +1317,8 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Skip"
@@ -1318,7 +1340,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Password"
@@ -1536,34 +1558,34 @@
#.
#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
#. @return [String] the release information
-#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "listen value to delete not found"
msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
msgstr "listen value to delete not found"
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Really abort the installation?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Abort System Repair"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Continue System Repair"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1576,7 +1598,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1590,7 +1612,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1601,29 +1623,29 @@
"You will need to reinstall."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Really abort?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "All changes will be lost!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Details..."
#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101
msgid "Messages"
msgstr "Messages"
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109
msgid "Display Messages: %1"
msgstr "Display Messages: %1"
@@ -1633,91 +1655,89 @@
#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file
#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed
#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113
+#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Yes"
-#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "No"
#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118
msgid "Time-out Messages: %1"
msgstr "Time-out Messages: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125
msgid "Log Messages: %1"
msgstr "Log Messages: %1"
#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr "Warnings"
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139
msgid "Display Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Display Warnings: %1"
#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148
msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Time-out Warnings: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155
msgid "Log Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Log Warnings: %1"
#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162
msgid "Errors"
msgstr "Errors"
#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
msgid "Display Errors: %1"
msgstr "Display Errors: %1"
#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178
msgid "Time-out Errors: %1"
msgstr "Time-out Errors: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
msgid "Log Errors: %1"
msgstr "Log Errors: %1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Warning:"
#| msgid_plural "Warnings:"
@@ -1725,7 +1745,7 @@
msgstr "Warning:"
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error:"
#| msgid_plural "Errors:"
@@ -1734,8 +1754,8 @@
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Message:"
#| msgid_plural "Messages:"
@@ -1791,26 +1811,26 @@
msgstr "De&lete"
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "&Variable"
-#. TODO FIXME
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242
+#. FIXME: do it
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234
#, fuzzy
msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package."
msgstr "Xterm is missing, install xterm package"
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187
msgid "GPG Private Keys"
msgstr "GPG Private Keys"
#. table header - GPG key user ID
#. table header - GPG key user ID
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226
msgid "User ID"
msgstr "User ID"
@@ -1819,14 +1839,14 @@
#. lazy
#. Standard text strings
#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC"
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55
msgid "Fingerprint"
msgstr "Fingerprint"
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1836,12 +1856,12 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219
msgid "GPG Public Keys"
msgstr "GPG Public Keys"
#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1851,11 +1871,11 @@
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282
msgid "&Create a new GPG key..."
msgstr "&Create a new GPG key..."
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
@@ -1868,12 +1888,12 @@
"</p>"
#. text entry
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325
msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1"
msgstr "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1"
#. help text
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key."
@@ -1883,18 +1903,18 @@
#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350
msgid "Enter Passphrase"
msgstr "Enter Passphrase"
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes
#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
-#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107
+#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made."
msgstr "Enter a changelog for the changes for "
@@ -1958,102 +1978,101 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget
#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs
#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons
-#. menubutton
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "Ad&vanced"
#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case
#. of error in the YaST code)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231
msgid "Log"
msgstr "Log"
#. logview caption
#. logview caption
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554
+#. menubutton
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545
msgid "&Log"
msgstr "&Log"
#. menubutton entry
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255
msgid "&Save Log"
msgstr "&Save Log"
#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390
msgid "Save Log as..."
msgstr "Save Log as..."
#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr "Error occurred while reading the log."
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall package is not installed."
msgstr "Firewall is not installed"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
msgstr "Firewall is disabled"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121
msgid "Firewall port is closed"
msgstr "Firewall port is closed"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124
msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces"
msgstr "Firewall port is open on all interfaces"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127
msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces"
msgstr "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces"
#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130
msgid "No network interfaces are configured"
msgstr "No network interfaces are configured"
#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone."
msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone"
msgstr "No interfaces assigned to this zone."
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2066,7 +2085,7 @@
"Continue?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2082,8 +2101,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2098,29 +2117,29 @@
"Continue?"
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "Select &All"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "Select &None"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2128,7 +2147,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2141,7 +2160,7 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
@@ -2150,7 +2169,7 @@
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
@@ -2159,47 +2178,47 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Open Port in Firewall"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr "Firewall Details"
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr "Open Port in &Firewall"
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "Firewall &Details"
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr "Firewall Settings"
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr "Firewall is open"
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modem"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Network Card"
@@ -2207,27 +2226,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unknown"
@@ -2237,331 +2256,331 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "Additional Address"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "ARCnet Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "Bluetooth Connection"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond"
msgstr "Bond"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Bond Network"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN Card"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL Connection"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "Dummy"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "Dummy Network Device"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Ethernet Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "FDDI Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "Fibrechannel System Connector (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "Hipersockets"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN Connection"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Infrared Network Device"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "Infrared Device"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "Loopback"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "Loopback Device"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "Parallel Line"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "Parallel Line Connection"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Serial Line"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "Serial Line Connection"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Token Ring Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB Network Device"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare Network Device"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Wireless"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Wireless Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP Network"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "Virtual LAN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Bridge"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
#, fuzzy
msgid "TUN"
msgstr "LUN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "Network Mode"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "TCP"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "InfiniBand"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "Infrared Device"
@@ -2577,55 +2596,55 @@
msgstr "DHCP address"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "No IP address assigned"
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "Device Type"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Device Name"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP Address"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Device ID"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Connected"
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "&NFS Servers"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr "Re&mote Hosts"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "&Exported Directories"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2640,7 +2659,7 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
msgid ""
@@ -2649,7 +2668,7 @@
"or continue without network."
msgstr "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
@@ -2672,47 +2691,47 @@
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "External Zone"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "Internal Zone"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "Demilitarized Zone"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "Unknown Zone"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2728,7 +2747,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
@@ -2773,82 +2792,82 @@
msgstr "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Writing Firewall Configuration"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Write firewall settings"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "Adjust firewall service"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Writing firewall settings..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "Adjusting firewall service..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "Writing settings failed"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "Unknown protocol (%1)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
msgstr "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
msgstr "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but there are still no network interfaces configured"
msgid ""
@@ -2857,43 +2876,43 @@
msgstr "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but there are still no network interfaces configured"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
msgstr "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
msgstr "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
msgstr "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target Daemon"
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open"
msgstr "iSCSI Target Daemon"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target Daemon"
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked"
msgstr "iSCSI Target Daemon"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
@@ -2932,90 +2951,73 @@
#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
#. ]
#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service: %1"
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "Service: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "Unknown service '%1'"
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "These packages need to be installed:"
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
msgid "These packages need to be removed:"
msgstr "These packages need to be removed:"
#. labels changed for bug #215195
#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (),
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Uninstall"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727
-msgid "Package: "
-msgstr "Package: "
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208
-msgid "Size: "
-msgstr "Size: "
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231
-msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Downloading Package"
-#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314
-msgid "Show &details"
-msgstr "Show &details"
-
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "File integrity check failed: "
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Retry installation of the package?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Abort the installation?"
@@ -3024,58 +3026,58 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Error: "
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Uninstalling Package"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Installing Package"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Removal of package %1 failed."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Installation of package %1 failed."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
@@ -3091,29 +3093,29 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "Side A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "Side B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "Medium: %1"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3122,7 +3124,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
@@ -3135,7 +3137,7 @@
"Check that the directory is accessible."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
@@ -3147,62 +3149,56 @@
"%1.\n"
"Check that the server is accessible."
-#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
-msgstr "The correct source medium could not be mounted."
-
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
#, fuzzy
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "&Skip Refresh"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Eject"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Retry the installation?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Skip the medium?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Ignoring the bad medium..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Probing repository "
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Error occurred while reading the log."
@@ -3210,9 +3206,9 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Unable to retrieve the remote source description."
@@ -3220,24 +3216,24 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "The entered URL is not valid."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "The host name is invalid."
@@ -3246,113 +3242,107 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Retry"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Probing repository "
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Error occurred while reading the log."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Repository Configuration"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Host name is invalid."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Repository: "
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Downloading delta RPM %1"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Applying delta RPM: %1"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Applying delta RPM: %1"
-#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
-msgstr "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
-
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
-msgstr "Downloading patch RPM %1"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+msgid "Package: "
+msgstr "Package: "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Starting script %1"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Running scripts..."
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Patch"
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
#, fuzzy
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Script"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "The Output of the Script mkinitrd"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
@@ -3362,7 +3352,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3372,45 +3362,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Skip Refresh"
#. heading of popup
-#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "&Downloading"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Downloading: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Checking Package Database"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
-#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Status"
-
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3419,12 +3401,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Status"
+
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3433,13 +3419,13 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Reading the database..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Verify Installed Packages"
@@ -3451,30 +3437,30 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Writing SCPM database..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Initialising the target directory failed"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "MySQL database admin"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "User Authentication"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
@@ -3483,10 +3469,23 @@
msgstr "URL: %1"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&User Name"
+#. check box
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+msgid "Show &details"
+msgstr "Show &details"
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+msgid "Size: "
+msgstr "Size: "
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58
msgid ""
@@ -3494,7 +3493,7 @@
"Ask PackageKit to quit again?"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking software management.\n"
"This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n"
@@ -3506,16 +3505,16 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accessing the Package Management Failed"
msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgstr "Accessing the Package Management Failed"
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Would you like to continue without having access\n"
@@ -3528,7 +3527,7 @@
"to the package management or retry to access it?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n"
@@ -3542,15 +3541,15 @@
"to the package management or retry to access it?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
msgstr "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?"
#. print the question
#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
#| msgid_plural "Do you accept these license agreements?"
@@ -3558,7 +3557,7 @@
msgstr "Do you accept this licence agreement?"
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
@@ -3595,17 +3594,17 @@
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "Confirm Package License: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "I &Agree"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "I &Disagree"
@@ -3633,7 +3632,7 @@
"their licenses, click <b>I Disagree with All</b>.</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3642,7 +3641,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3651,7 +3650,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3659,7 +3658,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3672,151 +3671,151 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "Software Selection and System Tasks"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
#, fuzzy
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "more..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Installation finished.\n"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Package Installation"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Error Message"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Affected Packages: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Installed &Packages"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "Affected Packages: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Remove packages"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Number of Installed Packages: "
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Packages"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "Default Lease Time: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Installed Size:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Total Download Size: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Backup statistics:"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Installation Mode"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Details"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Installing Package"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "&Finish"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accessing the Package Management Failed"
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "Accessing the Package Management Failed"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Installation Error"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Installed &Packages"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Changed Packages"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Remove packages"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Removing Packages..."
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3848,7 +3847,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3866,18 +3865,18 @@
"Use it anyway?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr "Changed Packages"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr "Accept &Unsigned Files"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
@@ -3895,7 +3894,7 @@
"Install it anyway?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
@@ -3913,70 +3912,70 @@
"Use it anyway?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr "No Checksum Found"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr "ID: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr "Fingerprint: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr "Name: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr "Create Image: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr "Expired"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ID: %1"
msgid "ID: "
msgstr "ID: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name: %1"
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "Name: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Fingerprint: "
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: "
msgstr "Create Image: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr "Expired"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3998,7 +3997,7 @@
"Install it anyway?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -4021,12 +4020,12 @@
"Use it anyway?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr "Validation Check Failed"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4047,7 +4046,7 @@
"Install it anyway?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4068,12 +4067,12 @@
"Use it anyway?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Unknown GnuPG Key"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
@@ -4099,7 +4098,7 @@
"to skip the package."
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
@@ -4125,17 +4124,17 @@
"to skip it."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -4150,7 +4149,7 @@
"to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system.</p>"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
@@ -4166,7 +4165,7 @@
"packages created by the owner of key <tt>%1</tt> show this warning.</p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -4174,7 +4173,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The GnuPG key %1\n"
@@ -4199,17 +4198,17 @@
"the key really belongs to that owner before importing it."
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Trust"
msgid "&Trust"
@@ -4217,7 +4216,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4240,13 +4239,13 @@
"Use it anyway?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Warnings"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4265,7 +4264,7 @@
"Use it anyway?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Unknown file system"
@@ -4277,83 +4276,83 @@
#. translators: default global progress bar label
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Installing driver..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Media"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Removing Packages..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Time"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Actions Allowed for Users:\n"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Please wait while packages are installed.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Release Notes"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "Slide Sho&w"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Details"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "Perform Update"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Perform Installation"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Package Installation"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4362,17 +4361,18 @@
"to quit the installation?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Aborted"
-#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
+#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL))
+#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd)
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196
msgid "File not found."
msgstr "File not found."
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr "System Log (%1)"
@@ -4957,7 +4957,7 @@
msgstr "Bluetooth device"
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
@@ -4970,7 +4970,7 @@
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
@@ -4978,18 +4978,44 @@
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr "Do not show this message again."
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+#| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
+msgid ""
+"File %s has been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose this file."
+msgstr ""
+"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes"
+
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
+#| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
+msgid ""
+"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose these files."
+msgstr ""
+"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes"
+
#. error report
-#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416
+#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation."
msgstr "An error occurred during initrd creation."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4998,19 +5024,19 @@
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
#. bnc #421002
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177
msgid "Confirm driver activation"
msgstr "Confirm driver activation"
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. vendor and device information strings as stored
#. in the hardware-probing database.
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184
msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgstr "YaST2 detected the following device"
#. Caption for Textentry with module information
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193
msgid "&Driver/Module to load"
msgstr "&Driver/Module to load"
@@ -5024,7 +5050,7 @@
"digits separated by colons."
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -5035,7 +5061,7 @@
"start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5044,7 +5070,7 @@
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
#. Translators: dot: "."
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n"
@@ -5057,7 +5083,7 @@
"in the range 0-255 separated by dots."
#. Translators: colon: ":"
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n"
@@ -5071,7 +5097,7 @@
"in the range 0-255 separated by dots."
#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n"
@@ -5099,56 +5125,56 @@
"IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n"
#. Byte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "B"
msgstr "kB"
#. KiloByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129
msgid "KiB"
msgstr "KiB"
#. MegaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MB"
msgid "MiB"
msgstr "MB"
#. GigaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "GB"
msgid "GiB"
msgstr "GB"
#. TeraByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "TB"
msgid "TiB"
msgstr "TB"
-#. covert a number to download rate string
-#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238
-msgid "%1/s"
-msgstr "%1/s"
-
#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s")
#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s")
#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201
msgid "%1 (on average %2)"
msgstr "%1 (on average %2)"
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."
+#. covert a number to download rate string
+#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+msgid "%1/s"
+msgstr "%1/s"
+
#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection.
#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when
#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules
@@ -5160,20 +5186,20 @@
#. the suggested load command
#.
#. This is the heading of the popup box
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102
msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection"
msgstr "Confirm Hardware Detection"
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. hardware class name (network cards).
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 will detect the following hardware:"
msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:"
msgstr "YaST will detect the following hardware:"
#. Message in a continue/cancel popup
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182
msgid ""
"This module must be run as root.\n"
"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
@@ -5186,35 +5212,35 @@
"and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n"
#. Popup headline
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190
msgid "Root Privileges Needed"
msgstr "Root Privileges Needed"
#. Popup question
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207
msgid "Really delete selected entry?"
msgstr "Really delete selected entry?"
#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.)
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221
msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgstr "Really delete '%1'?"
#. button text
#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel"
#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept".
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508
msgid "&Apply"
msgstr "&Apply"
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "Initialising ..."
#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "YaST2\n"
@@ -5227,14 +5253,14 @@
"Initialising ..."
#. Heading for help popup window
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Help"
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modules"
msgid "Module"
@@ -6023,6 +6049,78 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Service Start"
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Current status:"
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Activate During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "Activate During Boot"
+
+#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Masquerading Settings:"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "Running"
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "S&top now ..."
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "S&top now ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start now ..."
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "&Start now ..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
+#~ msgstr "The correct source medium could not be mounted."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
+#~ msgstr "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
+#~ msgstr "Downloading patch RPM %1"
+
#~ msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services"
#~ msgstr "Read dynamic definitions of installed services"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/bootloader.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/bootloader.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/bootloader.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:13+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -56,70 +56,27 @@
msgstr "The value of the option"
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr "Value was not specified."
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr "Option was not specified."
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value: %1"
msgid "Value: %s"
msgstr "Value: %1"
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr "Specified option does not exist."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "The system will reboot now..."
-
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "Booting"
-
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "&Booting"
-
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -257,9 +214,16 @@
"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
@@ -287,15 +251,14 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Password for the Menu Interface</b><br>\n"
"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -308,73 +271,73 @@
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Boot Loader Locations"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "Timeout in Seconds"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "Default Boot Section"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "Write generic Boot Code to MBR"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Custom Boot Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Boot from Master Boot Record"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "Boot from Root Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Boot from Boot Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "Boot from Root Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "Serial Connection Parameters"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "Fallback Sections if default Fails"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "Hide Menu on Boot"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "Password for the Menu Interface"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "Debugging Flag"
@@ -387,103 +350,108 @@
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Password"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Re&type Password"
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "Boot from Root Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Boot from Boot Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Custom Boot Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Boot Loader Location"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Boot from Master Boot Record"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Boot from Root Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "Boot Loader Options"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "Other Kernel &Parameters"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "Boot Loader Options"
#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr "Boot Loader Options"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Secure"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "Secure"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Enable &Quota Support"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "Boot Loader Location"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -512,48 +480,38 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode for the <i>console</i> the kernel should set when booting</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Distribution:"
msgid "D&istributor"
msgstr "Distribution:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "Vga Mode"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -605,7 +563,7 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autodetected card"
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
@@ -613,72 +571,71 @@
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Graphical Menu File"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Serial Console"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:"
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "Conflict Resolution:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "invalid arguments"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "Serial Console"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "invalid arguments"
-#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132
+#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "Select File"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "Boot Loader Settings"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "&Boot Loader"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -693,63 +650,63 @@
"Proceed?\n"
#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
msgstr "E&dit Configuration Files"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr "&Propose New Configuration"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr "&Start from Scratch"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Other"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr "MBR restored successfully."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr "Failed to restore MBR."
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "Writing network settings failed."
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "Boot &Loader Options"
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
@@ -794,7 +751,7 @@
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
@@ -803,7 +760,7 @@
"in the boot menu.</P>"
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
@@ -812,7 +769,7 @@
"selected section.</P>"
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -829,7 +786,7 @@
"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -840,7 +797,7 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
@@ -849,7 +806,7 @@
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -860,7 +817,7 @@
"on the computer.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -881,7 +838,7 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -892,7 +849,7 @@
"when selecting this option.</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -905,7 +862,7 @@
"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -916,7 +873,7 @@
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
@@ -928,7 +885,7 @@
"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
@@ -940,7 +897,7 @@
"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
@@ -952,7 +909,7 @@
"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -963,7 +920,7 @@
"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
@@ -975,7 +932,7 @@
"name must be unique.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
@@ -984,7 +941,7 @@
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -995,7 +952,7 @@
"selected section.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
@@ -1005,7 +962,7 @@
"to load and start.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
@@ -1015,7 +972,7 @@
"but to start it in a XEN environment.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
@@ -1025,7 +982,7 @@
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
@@ -1037,7 +994,7 @@
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
@@ -1047,27 +1004,27 @@
msgstr "Do not install any boot loader"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "Install the default boot loader"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "Install Default Boot Loader"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "Boot loader"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr "Boot Loader"
@@ -1165,46 +1122,121 @@
"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader\n"
"cannot be installed properly."
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "A class must contain at least one printer."
+
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Filter settings"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "D&isks"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "&Device"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
+msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
+#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
+msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "The system will reboot now..."
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "Booting"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "&Booting"
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235
msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Location: %1"
@@ -1213,7 +1245,7 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Boot Loader Type: %1"
@@ -1233,114 +1265,122 @@
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "Location: %1"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Enable &GSS Security"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "Unknown Model: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "No boot device was found"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "Check boot loader"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "Read partitioning"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "Load boot loader settings"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "Checking boot loader..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "Reading partitioning..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "Loading boot loader settings..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising Boot Loader Configuration"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "Create initrd"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "Save boot loader configuration files"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "Install boot loader"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "Creating initrd..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "Installing boot loader..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+#~ msgstr "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+
#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
#~ msgstr "Delete a global option or option of a section"
@@ -1359,10 +1399,6 @@
#~ msgid "Disk Order"
#~ msgstr "Disk Order"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Disk order settings"
-#~ msgstr "Filter settings"
-
#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
#~ msgstr "Boot Menu"
@@ -1381,16 +1417,6 @@
#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
#~ msgstr "&Enable Authentication"
-#~ msgid "&Device"
-#~ msgstr "&Device"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-#~ msgstr "A class must contain at least one printer."
-
-#~ msgid "D&isks"
-#~ msgstr "D&isks"
-
#~ msgid "&Up"
#~ msgstr "&Up"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ca-management.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ca-management.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ca-management.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -2572,8 +2572,8 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429
msgid "Missing value 'caName'."
msgstr "Missing value 'caName'."
@@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@
msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'."
msgstr "Missing parameter 'certType'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244
msgid "Getting defaults failed."
msgstr "Getting defaults failed."
@@ -2626,11 +2626,11 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327
msgid "Initializing the CA failed."
msgstr "Initialising the CA failed."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370
msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
msgstr "Writing the defaults failed."
@@ -2641,16 +2641,16 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'."
msgstr "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'."
msgstr "Invalid value for parameter 'type'."
@@ -2674,7 +2674,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007
msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'."
msgstr "Missing value 'caPasswd'."
@@ -2685,7 +2685,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770
msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'."
msgstr "Missing parameter 'caName'."
@@ -2700,7 +2700,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'."
msgstr "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'."
@@ -2738,7 +2738,7 @@
msgid "Missing value 'days'."
msgstr "Missing value 'days'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359
msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed."
msgstr "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed."
@@ -2792,8 +2792,8 @@
msgstr "Parameter 'P12Password' missing."
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'."
msgstr "Invalid value for parameter 'request'."
@@ -3005,101 +3005,101 @@
msgid "Importing the certificate failed."
msgstr "Importing the certificate failed."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321
msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'."
msgstr "Missing parameter 'inFile'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326
msgid "File not found."
msgstr "File not found."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332
msgid "Missing parameter 'type'."
msgstr "Missing parameter 'type'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'."
msgstr "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343
msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'."
msgstr "Missing parameter 'datatype'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'."
msgstr "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353
msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'."
msgstr "Missing parameter 'inForm'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'."
msgstr "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462
msgid "Parsing failed."
msgstr "Parsing failed."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590
msgid "Parsing the request failed."
msgstr "Parsing the request failed."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704
msgid "Getting the request list failed."
msgstr "Getting the request list failed."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779
#, perl-format
msgid "Request not found in %s."
msgstr "Request not found in %s."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786
msgid "Cannot read the request."
msgstr "Cannot read the request."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792
msgid "No request data found."
msgstr "No request data found."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835
msgid "Importing the request failed."
msgstr "Importing the request failed."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926
msgid "Deleting the request failed."
msgstr "Deleting the request failed."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'."
msgstr "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'."
msgstr "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001
#, perl-format
msgid "CA key not available in %s."
msgstr "CA key not available in %s."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030
msgid "Importing the CA failed."
msgstr "Importing the CA failed."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127
msgid "Deleting the CA failed."
msgstr "Deleting the CA failed."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyfile does not exist."
msgstr "File does not exist."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password change failed."
msgstr "Password validation failed."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cio.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cio.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cio.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@
msgstr "Used"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "yes"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
-msgstr "yes"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cluster.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cluster.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/cluster.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -91,318 +91,306 @@
msgstr "Configure CUPS"
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancel"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Remote Address:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "Remote Address:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Node List"
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr "Node List"
#. Set need to require 'set'
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgid "Node ID must be unique"
msgstr "The hardware address must be unique."
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network &Address:"
msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "Network &Address:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "The hardware address must be defined."
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured"
-msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured"
+msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
msgstr "Play the test sound when the card is configured"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer"
msgstr "The value for pos must be a positive integer."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Transport"
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr "Transport"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "Channel"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network &Address:"
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "Network &Address:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Last IP Address:"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "Last IP Address:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Multicast"
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr "Multicast"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "R&ead Channel"
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr "R&ead Channel"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clustering"
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "Clustering"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Expected MD5: %1"
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr "Expected MD5: %1"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "Remote Address:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr "Remote Address:"
#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690
-msgid "Number of threads must be integer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696
-msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Enable &GSS Security"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
-msgid "Threads:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Running"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Not running"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Booting"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "On -- Start Service when Booting"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "On -- Start Service when Booting"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Off -- Start Service Manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Off -- Start Service Manually"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Switch On and Off"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Current Status: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Squid Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Start Squid Now"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Stop Firewall Now"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Main Host"
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "Main Host"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Add"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Delay"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Edit"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Select File"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Suggested fstab Lines"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a user name."
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Enter a user name."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write hostname"
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "Write hostname"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile."
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "Enter a new name for the %1 profile."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the file name"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "Enter the file name"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "File %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -415,50 +403,50 @@
"Do you wish to overwrite it?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "Parsing the key file failed."
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Image creation failed."
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
@@ -473,18 +461,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
@@ -492,7 +479,7 @@
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -501,7 +488,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -512,7 +499,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -525,7 +512,7 @@
"Please wait...</p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -534,7 +521,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -547,7 +534,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -572,41 +559,41 @@
msgstr "Initialising..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising Printer Configuration"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Read the database"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Read the previous settings"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Read firewall settings"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Reading the database..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Reading the previous settings..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -614,71 +601,71 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Cannot install required packages."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Change existing configuration"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "Cannot read database1."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Cannot read database2."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Cannot detect devices."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Saving the Configuration"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Write the settings"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile"
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "Save changes to the Profile"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Writing the settings..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "Saving changes to the files..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Cannot write settings."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control-center.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control-center.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control-center.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 16:26+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/control.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/country.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/country.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/country.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:17+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -18,38 +18,38 @@
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
msgid "Keyboard configuration."
msgstr "Keyboard configuration."
#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
msgid "Keyboard configuration summary."
msgstr "Keyboard configuration summary."
#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration."
msgstr "Set new values for keyboard configuration."
#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
msgid "List all available keyboard layouts."
msgstr "List all available keyboard layouts."
#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
msgid "New keyboard layout"
msgstr "New keyboard layout"
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
msgstr "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -234,6 +234,12 @@
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
"Select the layout to use during update:"
+#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
+#. any error to the user
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
+msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3"
@@ -328,24 +334,24 @@
msgstr "Updating translations in boot loader menu..."
#. help for write dialog
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)"
msgstr "Current Language: %1 (%2)"
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr "Additional Languages: %1"
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
msgstr "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
@@ -695,8 +701,8 @@
#. label text (Clock setting)
#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
msgid "UTC"
msgstr "UTC"
@@ -711,7 +717,7 @@
msgstr "Current Time and Date:\t%1"
#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"Time %1 is in the past.\n"
"Set a correct time before starting installation."
@@ -720,12 +726,12 @@
"Set a correct time before starting installation."
#. summary item
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Time Zone"
#. menue label text
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&Time Zone"
msgstr "&Time Zone"
@@ -864,7 +870,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "NTP is not configured"
@@ -872,8 +878,8 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "Change Date and Time"
@@ -887,28 +893,22 @@
#. label text
#. label text
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&Region"
-#. title for combo box 'timezone'
-#. title for selection box 'timezone'
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "Time &Zone"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Change Date and Time"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -943,35 +943,35 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Clock and Time Zone"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "Select a valid time zone."
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr "Local Time"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr "Hardware Clock Set To"
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr "Not configured"
#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr "Current Time Zone: %1"
@@ -1021,197 +1021,197 @@
msgstr "Canadian (Multilingual)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "Spanish"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr "Spanish (Latin America)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr "Spanish (CP 850)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Italian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Portuguese"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Portuguese (Brazil)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Greek"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Dutch"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Danish"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Norwegian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Swedish"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Czech"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "Czech (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Slovak"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Slovak (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Slovene"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Hungarian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Polish"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Russian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Serbian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estonian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Lithuanian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Turkish"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Croatian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Belgian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Icelandic"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ukrainian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "Khmer"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Korean"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Arabic"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Tajik"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Traditional Chinese"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Simplified Chinese"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Romanian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Internal Zone"
msgid "US International"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/crowbar.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/crowbar.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/crowbar.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -19,35 +19,40 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module
-#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56
+#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of CD creator"
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Configuration of CD creator"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Repository &Name:"
-msgid "Repository Name"
-msgstr "Repository &Name:"
+#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
+msgid "Common for All"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-msgid "URL"
-msgstr "URL"
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
+msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
+#. target platform name
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
+msgid "SLES 12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "User Found Error"
-msgid "Ask On Error"
-msgstr "User Found Error"
+#| msgid "&Location of Printer"
+msgid "&Location of Repositories"
+msgstr "&Location of Printer"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
@@ -57,62 +62,48 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Repository URL"
-msgid "Repository &URL"
-msgstr "&Repository URL"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "User Found Error"
-msgid "&Ask On Error"
-msgstr "User Found Error"
-
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Administrator DN"
msgid "Administrator Name"
msgstr "Administrator DN"
#. help text
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
msgstr "U&se this password for system administrator"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Model"
msgid "&Mode"
msgstr "&Model"
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cooling Policy"
msgid "Bonding &Policy"
msgstr "Cooling Policy"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215
msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network"
msgstr ""
#. help text for conduit if list
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n"
"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n"
@@ -120,111 +111,215 @@
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Network"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sender Address"
msgid "Subnet Address"
msgstr "Sender Address"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256
msgid "Network Mask"
msgstr "Network Mask"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Use LDAP"
msgid "Use &VLAN"
msgstr "&Use LDAP"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "VLAN"
msgid "VLAN &ID"
msgstr "VLAN"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295
msgid "Rou&ter"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Preferences"
msgid "Router pre&ference"
msgstr "&Preferences"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "&Subnet"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Net&mask"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Broadcast"
msgid "Broa&dcast"
msgstr "Broadcast"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bridge"
msgid "&Add Bridge"
msgstr "Bridge"
#. push button label&
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit Zone..."
msgid "Edit Ran&ges..."
msgstr "&Edit Zone..."
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Add &Bastion Network"
msgstr "Bond Network"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP Address"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Name"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+msgid "URL"
+msgstr "URL"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User Found Error"
+msgid "Ask On Error"
+msgstr "User Found Error"
+
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Target Name"
+msgid "Target Platform"
+msgstr "Target Name"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
+#| "Choose a different one."
+msgid ""
+"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
+"Choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+"Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
+"Choose a different one."
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
+msgid "Server &URL"
+msgstr "LDAP Server &URL"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Repository &Name:"
+msgid "Repository Name"
+msgstr "Repository &Name:"
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User Found Error"
+msgid "&Ask On Error"
+msgstr "User Found Error"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Repository URL"
+msgid "Repository &URL"
+msgstr "&Repository URL"
+
+#. label (hint for user)
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Repository"
+msgid "A&dd Repository"
+msgstr "Repository"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
+msgid "Remote SMT Server"
+msgstr "Remote WINS Server"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Master Server"
+msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
+msgstr "Master Server"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "Custom"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "User Name"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Password"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the &Password"
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Reenter the &Password"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
+msgid "User name cannot be empty."
+msgstr "Server name cannot be empty."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -233,7 +328,7 @@
"Try again."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -246,19 +341,19 @@
"Choose a different one."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid"
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "The entered URL '%1' is invalid"
-#. table entry (VLAN status)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861
+#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "disabled"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -268,7 +363,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -277,7 +372,7 @@
msgstr "The IP address is invalid."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -286,14 +381,14 @@
msgstr "The remote IP address is invalid."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "IP address %1 does not match\n"
@@ -304,27 +399,27 @@
"the current network %2/%3.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "Min&imum IP Address"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "Ma&ximum IP Address"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "IP address %1 does not match\n"
@@ -335,61 +430,56 @@
"the current network %2/%3.\n"
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "User Settings"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Network Mode"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Bond Network"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Network"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repositories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Repositories"
-#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501
-msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
msgid ""
"The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -398,7 +488,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -449,56 +539,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Controller Configuration"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Controller Configuration"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91
+#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialising..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising Scanner Configuration"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Read the configuration"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Reading the configuration..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Saving Proxy Configuration"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Write the settings"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Writing the settings..."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dhcp-server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dhcp-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dhcp-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 19:18+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -2561,57 +2561,57 @@
msgstr "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising DHCP Server Configuration"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Check the environment"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Read firewall settings"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Read DHCP server settings"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "Read DNS server settings"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Checking the environment..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Reading firewall settings..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Reading DHCP server settings..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Reading DNS server settings..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2628,7 +2628,7 @@
"Aborting now."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
@@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@
"DHCP server will not be available."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2646,87 +2646,87 @@
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Write DHCP server settings"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Write firewall settings"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "Restart DHCP server"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "Write DNS server settings"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Writing DHCP server settings..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Writing firewall settings..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "Restarting DHCP server..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Writing DNS server settings..."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "Listen On: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "DHCP service DN is not defined."
@@ -2734,23 +2734,23 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Error occurred while creating %1."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Error occurred while updating %1."
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dns-server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dns-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/dns-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 16:32+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -17,15 +17,242 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
+msgid "DNS server configuration"
+msgstr "DNS server configuration"
+
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
+msgid "Start-up settings"
+msgstr "Start-up settings"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
+msgid "DNS forwarders"
+msgstr "DNS forwarders"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
+msgid "Logging settings"
+msgstr "Logging settings"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
+msgid "DNS zones"
+msgstr "DNS zones"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
+msgid "Access control lists"
+msgstr "Access control lists"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
+msgid "Zone transport rules"
+msgstr "Zone transport rules"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
+msgid "Zone name servers"
+msgstr "Zone name servers"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
+msgid "Zone mail servers"
+msgstr "Zone mail servers"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
+msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
+msgstr "Start of authority (SOA)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
+msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
+msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
+msgstr "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
+msgid "Show current settings"
+msgstr "Show current settings"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
+msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
+msgstr "Start DNS server in the boot process"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
+msgid "Start DNS server manually"
+msgstr "Start DNS server manually"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
+msgid "Add a new record"
+msgstr "Add a new record"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
+msgid "Remove a record"
+msgstr "Remove a record"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
+msgid "IPv4 address"
+msgstr "IPv4 address"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
+msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
+msgstr "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
+msgid "Set option"
+msgstr "Set option"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
+msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
+msgstr "Filename for logging (full path)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
+msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
+msgstr "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
+msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
+msgstr "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
+msgid "Zone name"
+msgstr "Zone name"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
+msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
+msgstr "Zone type, master or slave"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
+msgid "DNS zone master server"
+msgstr "DNS zone master server"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
+msgid "Enable option"
+msgstr "Enable option"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
+msgid "Disable option"
+msgstr "Disable option"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
+msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
+msgstr "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
+msgid "Serial number of zone update"
+msgstr "Serial number of zone update"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
+msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
+msgstr "General time to live of records in zone"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
+msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
+msgstr "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An interval between retries of failed refresh"
+msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
+msgstr "An interval between retries of failed refresh"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
+msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
+msgstr "An interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
+msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
+msgstr "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
+msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+msgstr "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
+msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
+msgstr "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
+msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
+msgstr "Hostname for the DNS record"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
+msgid "Log named queries %1"
+msgstr "Log named queries %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
+msgid "Log zone updates %1"
+msgstr "Log zone updates %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
+msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
+msgstr "Log zone transfers %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
+msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
+msgstr "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
msgid "Parameter %1 is required."
msgstr "Parameter %1 is required."
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1."
msgstr "Unknown value for parameter %1."
@@ -33,72 +260,54 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555
msgid "Start-Up Settings:"
msgstr "Start-Up Settings:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "Only one parameter is allowed."
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..."
msgstr "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..."
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..."
msgstr "Removing DNS server from the boot process..."
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process"
msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process."
msgstr "DNS server is enabled in the boot process"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DNS server needs manual starting"
msgid "DNS server needs manual starting."
msgstr "DNS server needs manual starting"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
msgid "Forwarding:"
msgstr "Forwarding:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
msgid "Forwarder IP"
msgstr "Forwarder IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
@@ -108,70 +317,57 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661
msgid "Logging destination"
msgstr "Logging destination"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
msgid "System log"
msgstr "System log"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
msgid "File"
msgstr "File"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Filename"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
msgid "Maximum size"
msgstr "Maximum size"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
msgid "Maximum versions"
msgstr "Maximum versions"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
msgid "Log named queries"
msgstr "Log named queries"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
msgid "Log zone updates"
msgstr "Log zone updates"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
msgid "Log zone transfers"
msgstr "Log zone transfers"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
msgid "Logging Settings:"
msgstr "Logging Settings:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
msgid "Setting"
msgstr "Setting"
@@ -179,99 +375,79 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Value"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
msgid "Logging Rule"
msgstr "Logging Rule"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
msgid "DNS Zones:"
msgstr "DNS Zones:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
msgid "Master Server"
msgstr "Master Server"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "Forwarders"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
msgid "Predefined"
msgstr "Predefined"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Custom"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
msgid "ACLs:"
msgstr "ACLs:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
msgid "Zone Transport:"
msgstr "Zone Transport:"
@@ -280,390 +456,92 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "Zone"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
msgid "Enabled ACL"
msgstr "Enabled ACL"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
msgid "Name Servers:"
msgstr "Name Servers:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
msgid "Name Server"
msgstr "Name Server"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215
msgid "Mail Servers:"
msgstr "Mail Servers:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "Mail Server"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Priority"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):"
msgstr "Start of Authority (SOA):"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Key"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
msgid "Record Query"
msgstr "Record Query"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
msgid "Record Type"
msgstr "Record Type"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
msgid "Record Value"
msgstr "Record Value"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
msgid "Hostname Record:"
msgstr "Hostname Record:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Hostname"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
-msgid "DNS server configuration"
-msgstr "DNS server configuration"
-
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
-msgid "Start-up settings"
-msgstr "Start-up settings"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
-msgid "DNS forwarders"
-msgstr "DNS forwarders"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
-msgid "Logging settings"
-msgstr "Logging settings"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
-msgid "DNS zones"
-msgstr "DNS zones"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
-msgid "Access control lists"
-msgstr "Access control lists"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
-msgid "Zone transport rules"
-msgstr "Zone transport rules"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
-msgid "Zone name servers"
-msgstr "Zone name servers"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
-msgid "Zone mail servers"
-msgstr "Zone mail servers"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
-msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
-msgstr "Start of authority (SOA)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
-msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
-msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
-msgstr "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
-msgid "Show current settings"
-msgstr "Show current settings"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
-msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
-msgstr "Start DNS server in the boot process"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
-msgid "Start DNS server manually"
-msgstr "Start DNS server manually"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
-msgid "Add a new record"
-msgstr "Add a new record"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
-msgid "Remove a record"
-msgstr "Remove a record"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
-msgid "IPv4 address"
-msgstr "IPv4 address"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
-msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
-msgstr "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
-msgid "Set option"
-msgstr "Set option"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
-msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
-msgstr "Filename for logging (full path)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
-msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
-msgstr "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
-msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
-msgstr "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
-msgid "Zone name"
-msgstr "Zone name"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
-msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
-msgstr "Zone type, master or slave"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
-msgid "DNS zone master server"
-msgstr "DNS zone master server"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
-msgid "Enable option"
-msgstr "Enable option"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
-msgid "Disable option"
-msgstr "Disable option"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
-msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
-msgstr "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
-msgid "Serial number of zone update"
-msgstr "Serial number of zone update"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
-msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
-msgstr "General time to live of records in zone"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
-msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
-msgstr "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "An interval between retries of failed refresh"
-msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
-msgstr "An interval between retries of failed refresh"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "An interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgstr "An interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
-msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
-msgstr "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
-msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
-msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
-msgstr "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
-msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
-msgstr "Hostname for the DNS record"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
-msgid "Log named queries %1"
-msgstr "Log named queries %1"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
-msgid "Log zone updates %1"
-msgstr "Log zone updates %1"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
-msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
-msgstr "Log zone transfers %1"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
-msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
-msgstr "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
-
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
@@ -682,8 +560,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS Zones"
@@ -704,10 +582,8 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
-#. check box
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP Support Active"
@@ -732,99 +608,34 @@
msgstr "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..."
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS Server"
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270
-msgid "When &Booting"
-msgstr "When &Booting"
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "Apply Changes to Dialogue"
-#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274
-msgid "&Manually"
-msgstr "&Manually"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280
-msgid "When Booting"
-msgstr "When Booting"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282
-msgid "Manually"
-msgstr "Manually"
-
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service status - label
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651
-msgid "DNS server is running."
-msgstr "DNS server is running."
-
-#. label - service status, informative text
-#. service sttus - label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653
-msgid "DNS server is not running."
-msgstr "DNS server is not running."
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620
-msgid "&Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "&Start DNS Server Now"
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626
-msgid "S&top DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "S&top DNS Server Now"
-
-#. push button (DNS service handling)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
-msgstr "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316
-msgid "Start DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "Start DNS Server Now"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318
-msgid "Stop DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "Stop DNS Server Now"
-
-#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&")
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
-msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
-msgstr "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
-
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. Frame label (DNS starting)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Start-Up"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "Basic Options"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Logging"
@@ -832,8 +643,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -841,131 +652,99 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr "TSIG Keys"
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
-msgid "Now and When Booting"
-msgstr "Now and When Booting"
-
-#. Radiobutton label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
-msgid "Only Manually"
-msgstr "Only Manually"
-
-#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602
-msgid "Switch On and Off"
-msgstr "Switch On and Off"
-
-#. Current status
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608
-msgid "Current Status: "
-msgstr "Current Status: "
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#. if (! Popup::YesNo (
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719
-msgid ""
-"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
-"be reread from new data storage.\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
-"be reread from new data storage.\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DNS server configuration"
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr "DNS server configuration"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr "Custom Repair"
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name servers"
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr "Zone name servers"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name servers"
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr "Zone name servers"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr "Add IP Address"
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "IPv4 or IPv6 address"
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr "Forwarder &List"
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr "Cannot create account for user %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -973,12 +752,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "Invalid IP address."
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
@@ -988,46 +767,46 @@
"in the range 0-255 separated by dots."
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr "The specified forwarder is already present."
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr "Add or Change Option"
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr "O&ption"
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "&Value"
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr "C&hange"
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr "Current Options"
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Option"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
@@ -1036,7 +815,7 @@
"option without any value?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -1045,7 +824,7 @@
"Really set it to %2?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -1054,7 +833,7 @@
"Really set it to %2?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -1063,7 +842,7 @@
"Really set it to %1?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -1072,7 +851,7 @@
"Really set it to %1?\n"
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
@@ -1081,77 +860,77 @@
"Really add another one?\n"
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr "Log Type"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr "&System Log"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&File"
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr "Maximum &Size (MB)"
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr "Maximum &Versions"
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr "Additional Logging"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr "Log All DNS &Queries"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr "Log Zone &Updates"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr "Log Zone &Transfers"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr "Select File for Log"
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr "Option Setup"
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Name"
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr "Current ACL List"
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
msgid "ACL"
msgstr "ACL"
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
@@ -1160,12 +939,12 @@
"Really remove it?\n"
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr "The specified ACL entry already exists."
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr "A&dd New Zone "
@@ -1175,8 +954,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Master"
@@ -1186,9 +965,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
msgid "Slave"
msgstr "Slave"
@@ -1197,23 +976,36 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Forward"
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr "Configured DNS Zones"
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgstr "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+
+#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration files"
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "Save configuration files"
+
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -1705,13 +1497,8 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really exit?"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70
-msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
-msgstr "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgstr "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
@@ -2784,56 +2571,56 @@
msgstr "&Mail Relay"
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising DNS Server Configuration"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Check the environment"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "Read the firewall settings"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr "Read the settings"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Checking the environment..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Reading the firewall settings..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "Reading the settings..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
@@ -2843,73 +2630,73 @@
"Error: "
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr "Save configuration files"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Restart the DNS daemon"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr "Update zone files"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr "Adjust the DNS service"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr "Write the firewall settings"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr "Saving configuration files..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr "Updating zone files..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr "Adjusting the DNS service..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "Starting SuSEconfig..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Writing the firewall settings..."
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
@@ -2922,43 +2709,43 @@
"Error: "
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
msgid "Stub"
msgstr "Stub"
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
msgid "Hint"
msgstr "Hint"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr "Configured Zones: %s"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr "Enable LDAP support?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
@@ -2967,32 +2754,89 @@
"LDAP support will not be active."
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP initialization failed."
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr "LDAP initialisation failed."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Error occurred while creating %1."
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Error occurred while updating %1."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
+#~ msgid "When &Booting"
+#~ msgstr "When &Booting"
+
+#~ msgid "&Manually"
+#~ msgstr "&Manually"
+
+#~ msgid "When Booting"
+#~ msgstr "When Booting"
+
+#~ msgid "Manually"
+#~ msgstr "Manually"
+
+#~ msgid "DNS server is running."
+#~ msgstr "DNS server is running."
+
+#~ msgid "DNS server is not running."
+#~ msgstr "DNS server is not running."
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "&Start DNS Server Now"
+
+#~ msgid "S&top DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "S&top DNS Server Now"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
+
+#~ msgid "Start DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Start DNS Server Now"
+
+#~ msgid "Stop DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Stop DNS Server Now"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
+
+#~ msgid "Now and When Booting"
+#~ msgstr "Now and When Booting"
+
+#~ msgid "Only Manually"
+#~ msgstr "Only Manually"
+
+#~ msgid "Switch On and Off"
+#~ msgstr "Switch On and Off"
+
+#~ msgid "Current Status: "
+#~ msgstr "Current Status: "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
+#~ "be reread from new data storage.\n"
+#~ "Continue?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
+#~ "be reread from new data storage.\n"
+#~ "Continue?\n"
+
#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server"
#~ msgstr "&Start DNS Server"
Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/docker.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/docker.en_GB.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/docker.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+# English message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>, 2000, 2001.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
+"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: en\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Only root can start process
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Communication with fingerprint reader failed."
+msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
+msgstr "Communication with fingerprint reader failed."
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Do you really want\n"
+#| "to quit the installation?"
+msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+"Do you really want\n"
+"to quit the installation?"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?"
+msgid "Do you want to remove the container?"
+msgstr "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Do you really want\n"
+#| "to quit the installation?"
+msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?"
+msgstr ""
+"Do you really want\n"
+"to quit the installation?"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image"
+msgid "&Images"
+msgstr "Image"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Containers"
+msgstr " Container"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disk Image"
+msgid "Docker Images"
+msgstr "Disk Image"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
+msgid "Running Docker Containers"
+msgstr "Running Internet Connection Test"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr "Repository"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tab"
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr "Tab"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image"
+msgid "Image ID"
+msgstr "Image"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create"
+msgid "Created"
+msgstr "Create"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Virtual Device"
+msgid "Virtual Size"
+msgstr "Virtual Device"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Container ID"
+msgstr " Container"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr "Image"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+msgid "Command"
+msgstr "Command"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Status"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Port"
+msgid "Ports"
+msgstr "Port"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
+msgid "Re&fresh"
+msgstr "Re&fresh"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid "R&un"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "&Delete"
+msgstr "&Delete"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Show Changes"
+msgid "S&how Changes"
+msgstr "&Show Changes"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Terminals"
+msgid "Inject &Terminal"
+msgstr "Terminals"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Stop Container"
+msgstr " Container"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "&Kill Container"
+msgstr " Container"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Comment"
+msgid "&Commit"
+msgstr "Comment"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Exit"
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr "Exit"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this user?"
+msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
+msgstr "Do you really want to delete this user?"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/drbd.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/drbd.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/drbd.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -73,11 +73,15 @@
msgstr "Source Configuration"
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+msgid "LVM Configuration"
+msgstr "LVM Configuration"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
msgstr "Source Configuration"
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
msgstr "Source Configuration"
@@ -257,7 +261,7 @@
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
@@ -292,14 +296,34 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -309,7 +333,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -319,7 +343,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -329,7 +353,7 @@
"Configure squid here.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -348,7 +372,7 @@
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -359,7 +383,7 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -371,7 +395,7 @@
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -384,7 +408,7 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -400,7 +424,7 @@
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -412,7 +436,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -423,7 +447,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -433,28 +457,58 @@
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
+#. Default is always true (auto)
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
+msgstr "Global Configuration"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device type"
+msgid "Device Filter"
+msgstr "Device type"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..."
+msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
+msgstr "Writing the SCPM database..."
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable Microphone."
+msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
+msgstr "Enable Microphone."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Resource Sets"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300
+#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
+#. Ignore the removed disk
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocol"
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Scheme name must be set."
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr "Scheme name must be set."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
@@ -463,79 +517,80 @@
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Booting"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37
#, fuzzy
-msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting"
+msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting"
msgstr "O&n -- Start DNS Server Now and when Booting"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41
msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgstr "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Switch On and Off"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Current Status: "
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start DRBD Server Now"
msgstr "Start DNS Server Now"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now"
msgstr "Stop DNS Server Now"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74
+#. firewall_layout is just a dialog
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89
msgid "Propagate Configuration"
msgstr "Propagate Configuration"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96
msgid ""
"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "DRBD server is running."
msgstr "DNS server is running."
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "DRBD server is not running."
msgstr "DNS server is not running."
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Stop services"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "Heartbeat Configuration"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialising..."
@@ -567,65 +622,83 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising DSL Configuration"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Read global Samba settings"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Read resources"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LVM configuration"
+msgid "Read LVM configurations"
+msgstr "LVM configuration"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Read daemon status"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr "Read firewall settings"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Reading global Samba settings..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Reading resources..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
+msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
+msgstr "Reading the configuration..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Reading daemon status..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups"
msgid ""
@@ -633,12 +706,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "Configuration of Resource Groups"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Writing NFS Configuration"
@@ -647,34 +720,58 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Write global settings"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Write resources"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write configuration"
+msgid "Write LVM configurations"
+msgstr "Write configuration"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Read daemon status"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the firewall settings"
+msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
+msgstr "Write the firewall settings"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Writing global settings..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Writing resources..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
+msgstr "Writing configuration..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Reading daemon status..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
+msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
+msgstr "Writing the firewall settings..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr "Unable to create directory '%1'."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fcoe-client.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fcoe-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fcoe-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall-services.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall-services.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall-services.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 16:37+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firewall.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 16:36+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firstboot.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firstboot.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/firstboot.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 16:37+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@
msgstr "Label"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr "Module Name"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr "Module Name"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
"return to this installation sequence.</p>\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Your language setting has been changed.\n"
@@ -244,23 +244,23 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "Keyboard Layout"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Language"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "&Keyboard Layout"
#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fonts.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fonts.en_GB.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/fonts.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
+# English message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>, 2000, 2001.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
+"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: en\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
+#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
+#. otherwise testsuite will fail
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
+msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
+msgstr "Bitmap Editors"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+msgid "Black and White Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr "Default"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fonts"
+msgid "CFF Fonts"
+msgstr "Fonts"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. for testsuite
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+msgid "installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do not install"
+msgid "not installed"
+msgstr "Do not install"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Preferences"
+msgid "Preference List for %s"
+msgstr "&Preferences"
+
+#. nothing to do here, initialize_familylist_widget will
+#. toggle off/on btn_add_manual as appropriate
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:325
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
+msgid "<p>No specimen available for this font and script.</p>"
+msgstr "No UID is available for this type of user."
+
+#. unlikely
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:333
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>"
+msgid "<b>No script found for %s.</b>"
+msgstr "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:341
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Description</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Description</b></p>"
+
+#. nothing to do nowadays
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496
+msgid ""
+"Family preference list for %s\n"
+"do not contain any installed family.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:499
+msgid ""
+"Please make sure to install at least one for each\n"
+"alias, otherwise this preference setting has no effect.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502
+msgid ""
+"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n"
+"If you install them when this yast module is running,\n"
+"reread the profile to see results.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. <table> do not work for text mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You have to select a configuration type"
+msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)."
+msgstr "You have to select a configuration type"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543
+msgid ""
+" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n"
+"compiled in FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545
+msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547
+msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560
+msgid "Match for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing"
+msgid "Font &Antialiasing"
+msgstr "Initialising"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588
+msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769
+msgid "Force A&utohinting On"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772
+msgid "Force Hint St&yle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623
+msgid "Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626
+msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add Lan&guage"
+msgid "All Lan&guages"
+msgstr "Add Lan&guage"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Bamileke Languages"
+msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages"
+msgstr "Bamileke Languages"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644
+msgid "&Select"
+msgstr "&Select"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter"
+msgid "LCD &Filter"
+msgstr "&Filter"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgid "&Layout"
+msgstr "&Keyboard Layout"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688
+msgid "Alias"
+msgstr "Alias"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Net Family"
+msgid "Font Family"
+msgstr "Net Family"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707
+msgid "Available"
+msgstr "Available"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr "Remove"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Down"
+msgid "Down"
+msgstr "&Down"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Up"
+msgid "Up"
+msgstr "&Up"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66
+msgid "&Add"
+msgstr "&Add"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Patches"
+msgid "&Installed families..."
+msgstr "Installed Patches"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Search &description"
+msgid "Search &Metric Compatible"
+msgstr "Search &description"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746
+msgid "Never use o&ther fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775
+msgid "Subpixel &Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Connection Details"
+msgid "&Rendering Details"
+msgstr "&Connection Details"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing"
+msgid "Antialiasing"
+msgstr "Initialising"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Printing"
+msgid "Hinting"
+msgstr "Printing"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Preferences"
+msgid "Prefered &Families"
+msgstr "&Preferences"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844
+msgid "Forcing Family Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Patch Level"
+msgid "Match &Preview"
+msgstr "Patch Level"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Presentation"
+msgid "&Presets"
+msgstr "Presentation"
+
+#. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated
+#. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config
+#. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the Configuration"
+msgid "Reading Font Configuration"
+msgstr "Reading the Configuration"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read sysconfig values"
+msgid "Read sysconfig file"
+msgstr "Read sysconfig values"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading routes..."
+msgid "Reading %s..."
+msgstr "Reading routes..."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Host Configuration"
+msgid "Font Configuration"
+msgstr "Host Configuration"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&User Code"
+msgid " (User Mode)"
+msgstr "&User Code"
+
+#. misuse back_button a bit
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save system settings"
+msgid "&Use system settings"
+msgstr "Save system settings"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
+msgid "Writing Font Configuration"
+msgstr "Writing NFS Configuration"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the sysconfig settings"
+msgid "Write sysconfig file"
+msgstr "Write the sysconfig settings"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
+msgid "Run fonts-config"
+msgstr "Run SuSEconfig"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing users..."
+msgid "Writing %s..."
+msgstr "Writing users..."
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
+msgid "Running fonts-config..."
+msgstr "Running SuSEconfig..."
+
+#. we are in user mode
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999
+msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration &Module"
+msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>"
+msgstr "Configuration &Module"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027
+msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028
+msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
+msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
+msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033
+msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035
+msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036
+msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
+msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
+msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039
+msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040
+msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042
+msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
+msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
+msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050
+msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056
+msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057
+msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059
+msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060
+msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063
+msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066
+msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068
+msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074
+msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
+msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
+msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081
+msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
+msgid "<p>See: %s<p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
+msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
+msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
+msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
+msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
+msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101
+msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
+msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
+msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
+msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
+msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114
+msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
+msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
+msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
+msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>Users</h3>"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125
+msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127
+msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129
+msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130
+msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
+msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
+msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
+msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142
+msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
+msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
+msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148
+msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149
+msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
+msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
+msgid "&Filter"
+msgstr "&Filter"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Patches"
+msgid "Installed Families"
+msgstr "Installed Patches"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Export Format"
+msgid "Font Format"
+msgstr "Export Format"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Script Name"
+msgid "Script Coverages"
+msgstr "Script Name"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr "&Cancel"
+
+#: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr "&Ok"
+
+#. save unknown langs
+#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240
+msgid "&Languages"
+msgstr "&Languages"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ftp-server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ftp-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ftp-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:49+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -2220,21 +2220,21 @@
msgstr "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections!"
#. anonymous dir
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
msgid "FTP daemon"
msgstr "FTP daemon"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094
msgid "FTP daemon %1"
msgstr "FTP daemon %1"
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098
msgid "These options will be configured"
msgstr "These options will be configured"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/geo-cluster.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/geo-cluster.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/geo-cluster.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -123,17 +123,17 @@
msgstr "arbitrator ip"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Add"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Edit"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Delete"
@@ -141,185 +141,251 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr "site"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "ticket"
msgstr "ticket"
-#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication"
+msgid "Authentification"
+msgstr "Authentication"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cancel"
+msgid "Ca&ncel"
+msgstr "Cancel"
+
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
+msgid "Enable Security Auth"
+msgstr "Enable &GSS Security"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Key"
+msgid "Authentification file"
+msgstr "Authentication Key"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
+msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication Key"
+msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgstr "Authentication Key"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Basics"
+msgid "Basic"
+msgstr "&Basics"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancel"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "Enter a valid e-mail address."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr "Enter ticket and timeout"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "timeout"
msgstr "timeout"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NFS entries"
msgid "retries"
msgstr "NFS entries"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Height"
msgid "weights"
msgstr "Height"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Expired"
msgid "expire"
msgstr "Expired"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Required patterns"
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr "Required patterns"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "timeout is no valid"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "timeout is no valid"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "timeout is no valid"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "timeout is no valid"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "timeout is no valid"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ticket can not be null"
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "ticket can not be null"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Firewall Configuration"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "Enter an IP address of your site"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "Edit IP address of your site"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr "Enter an IP address of your site"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr "Edit IP address of your site"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "Zone name %1 already exists."
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+#. Validation check before switch to authentification
+#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610
+#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "Key is invalid."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr "Software to be installed:"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621
+#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "Software to be installed:"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr "Software to be installed:"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ticket can not be null"
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr "ticket can not be null"
+#. Validation check before switch to basic
+#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
+msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgstr "Failed to create the new map."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+msgstr "Set the authentication for proxy"
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -327,105 +393,112 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr "Read configuration file"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "TV Station Configuration"
+msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgstr "TV Station Configuration"
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initializing..."
-#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("")
+#. Convert relative path to absolute path
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
msgstr "Cannot write global settings."
#. List like site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253
msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr "Cannot write global settings."
#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
#. Create a ticket item
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
msgstr "Cannot write global settings."
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
-msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
-msgstr "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Read the previous settings"
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Reading the previous settings..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Write the settings"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Writing the settings..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Cannot write settings."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Configuration summary..."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/gtk.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/gtk.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/gtk.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/http-server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/http-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/http-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server.en_GB\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:49+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -148,10 +148,10 @@
#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") );
#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil );
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Enabled"
@@ -159,8 +159,8 @@
#. translators: service status radio button label
#. translators: server module status
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Disabled"
@@ -171,9 +171,9 @@
#. translators: server module status unknown
#. list of all installed modules
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "unknown"
@@ -723,9 +723,9 @@
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr "All Addresses"
@@ -779,37 +779,37 @@
msgstr "Initialising ..."
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising HTTP Server Configuration "
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Check the environment"
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
msgid "Read Apache2 configuration"
msgstr "Read Apache2 configuration"
#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Read network configuration"
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Checking the environment..."
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..."
msgstr "Reading Apache2 configuration..."
#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Reading network configuration..."
@@ -818,23 +818,23 @@
#. translators: progress step
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: progress finished
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. notification about package needed 1/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185
msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
#. notification about package needed 2/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189
msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195
msgid ""
"The package %1 is not available.\n"
"\n"
@@ -850,52 +850,52 @@
#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247
msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist."
msgstr "The configuration file '%1' does not exist."
#. off();
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279
msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine."
msgstr "There is no DNS server running on this machine."
#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402
msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Saving HTTP Server Configuration"
#. translators: progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413
msgid "Write the Apache2 settings"
msgstr "Write the Apache2 settings"
#. translators: progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
msgid "Enable Apache2 service"
msgstr "Enable Apache2 service"
#. translators: progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418
msgid "Disable Apache2 service"
msgstr "Disable Apache2 service"
#. translators: progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Writing the settings..."
#. translators: progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr "Enabling Apache2 service..."
#. translators: progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427
msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr "Disabling Apache2 service..."
#. install required RPMs for modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441
msgid ""
"The enabled modules require\n"
"installation of some of these additional packages:\n"
@@ -908,17 +908,17 @@
"Install them now?\n"
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550
msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
msgstr "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562
msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1"
msgstr "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1"
#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581
msgid ""
"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n"
"This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
@@ -927,38 +927,38 @@
"This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596
msgid "Listen statement without port found."
msgstr "Listen statement without port found."
#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port)
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730
msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
#. "Default host" information
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750
msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Default Host</h3>"
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799
msgid " in "
msgstr " in "
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "enabled"
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "disabled"
#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778
msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>"
@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@
#. translators: multi selection box
#. translators: multi selection box
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474
msgid "&Listen on Interfaces"
msgstr "&Listen on Interfaces"
@@ -1280,26 +1280,26 @@
msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty."
msgstr "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty."
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709
#, fuzzy
msgid "All addresses (*)"
msgstr "All Addresses"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714
msgid "IP Addresses"
msgstr "IP Addresses"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716
msgid "ServerName"
msgstr "ServerName"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty."
msgstr "Name for VirtualHost ID can't be empty."
#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80'
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818
msgid ""
"To use name-based virtual hosting,\n"
"you must designate the IP address on the server\n"
@@ -1307,61 +1307,61 @@
"Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854
msgid "Master Zone %1"
msgstr "Master Zone %1"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872
msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2."
msgstr "Record %1 already exists in zone %2."
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925
msgid "DNS Settings"
msgstr "DNS Settings"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884
msgid "Add to Zone"
msgstr "Add to Zone"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "Zone Name"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
msgid "Create New Zone"
msgstr "Create New Zone"
#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021
msgid "CGI Directory"
msgstr "CGI Directory"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028
msgid "Choose Certificate File"
msgstr "Choose Certificate File"
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039
msgid "Enter the certificate file."
msgstr "Enter the certificate file."
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045
msgid "Choose Certificate Key File"
msgstr "Choose Certificate Key File"
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057
msgid "Enter the key file."
msgstr "Enter the key file."
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230
msgid "Select Certificate"
msgstr "Select Certificate"
#. translators: error message un failed certificate import
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222
msgid ""
"Cannot import certificate\n"
"%1"
@@ -1370,63 +1370,63 @@
"%1"
#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429
msgid "Network &Address:"
msgstr "Network &Address:"
#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement
#. translators: popup error
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442
msgid "Invalid port number."
msgstr "Invalid port number."
#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940
msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers"
msgstr "Resolution via HTTP Headers"
#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943
msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used"
msgstr "Resolution via IP Address Used"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107
msgid "Modules dependency problem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109
#, fuzzy
msgid "requires"
msgstr "Requires"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable required module or disable first one."
msgstr "Enable precise pointer or disable it."
#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221
msgid "New Module &Name:"
msgstr "New Module &Name:"
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239
msgid "A name for the module to add is required."
msgstr "A name for the module to add is required."
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242
msgid "The module is already in the list."
msgstr "The module is already in the list."
#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting
#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305
msgid "The entry '%1' already exists."
msgstr "The entry '%1' already exists."
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326
msgid ""
"The list of the ports to which the server should\n"
"listen cannot be empty."
@@ -1435,85 +1435,85 @@
"listen cannot be empty."
#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493
msgid "At least one interface must be selected."
msgstr "At least one interface must be selected."
#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520
msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
msgstr "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528
msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting"
msgstr "Enable P&erl Scripting"
#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536
msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting"
msgstr "Enable P&ython Scripting"
#. illegal keys in vhost
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid "Illegal key in vhost '%s'."
msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'."
msgstr "Illegal key in vhost '%s'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739
#, perl-format
msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s."
msgstr "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764
msgid "Illegal host ID."
msgstr "Illegal host ID."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786
msgid "hostid already exists"
msgstr "hostid already exists"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825
msgid "can not delete default host"
msgstr "can not delete default host"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846
msgid "hostid not found"
msgstr "hostid not found"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261
msgid "illegal port"
msgstr "illegal port"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278
msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgstr "writing the firewall rules failed"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325
msgid "listen value to delete not found"
msgstr "listen value to delete not found"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798
msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID."
msgstr "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
msgstr "Corrupt PEM data."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761
msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID."
msgstr "No certificate key file configured for this host ID."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgstr "Parsing the key file failed."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803
msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
msgstr "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
@@ -1521,224 +1521,224 @@
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
msgstr "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
msgstr "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
msgstr "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
msgid "Basic authentication"
msgstr "Basic Authentication"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54
msgid "User authentication using text files"
msgstr "User authentication using text files"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62
msgid "User Authorization"
msgstr "User Authorization"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70
msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files"
msgstr "Group authorization using text files"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79
msgid "User authentication using DBM files"
msgstr "User authentication using DBM files"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
msgstr "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
msgstr "Execution of CGI scripts"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
msgstr "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
msgstr "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
msgstr "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
msgstr "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173
msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server"
msgstr "Logging of the requests made to the server"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185
msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
msgstr "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's bhaviour and content"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
msgstr "Provides for content negotiation"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220
msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
msgstr "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
msgstr "Provides information about server activity and performance"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
msgstr "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250
msgid "User-specific directories"
msgstr "User-specific directories"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258
msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
msgstr "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
msgstr "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
msgstr "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300
msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
msgstr "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
msgstr "Content cache keyed to URIs"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335
msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding"
msgstr "Specify character set translation or recoding"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345
msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality"
msgstr "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360
msgid "File system provider for mod_dav"
msgstr "File system provider for mod_dav"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371
msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
msgstr "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390
msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
msgstr "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
msgstr "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411
msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
msgstr "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
msgstr "Caches a static list of files in memory"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434
msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
msgstr "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447
msgid "Server-side image map processing"
msgstr "Server-side image map processing"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458
msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
msgstr "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467
msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
msgstr "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507
msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
msgstr "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
msgstr "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564
#, fuzzy
msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571
msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling"
msgstr "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578
msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584
msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr "HTTP support module for mod_proxy"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590
msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
msgstr "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
msgstr "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626
msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
msgstr "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666
msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
msgstr "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
msgstr "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
msgstr "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
msgstr "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715
msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
msgstr "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721
msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
msgstr "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
msgstr "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
msgstr "Provides support for Ruby dynamically generated pages"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/inetd.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/inetd.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/inetd.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-09 10:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/installation.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/installation.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/installation.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.en_GB\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-16 13:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -19,23 +19,307 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: KAider 0.1\n"
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
+msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Initialising the installation...</p>"
+
+#. dialog content - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+msgstr "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
+msgstr "<P>Please wait...</P>"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "Initialising..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"No installation control file has been found,\n"
+"the installer cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. progress step title
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
+msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
+msgstr "Writing YaST Configuration..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. Dialog busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267
+msgid "Finishing the installation..."
+msgstr "Finishing the installation"
+
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+#| "a graphical installation. There is less than %1 MB\n"
+#| "memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
+"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
+"a graphical installation. There is less than %1 MB\n"
+"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+
+#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
+#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
+#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "The required packages were not installed (minimal installation) or\n"
+#| "the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgid ""
+"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
+"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+"\n"
+"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
+"\n"
+"The required packages were not installed (minimal installation) or\n"
+"the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
+"\n"
+"As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST will guide you\n"
+"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
+"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
+"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+msgid "Start service %1"
+msgstr "Start service %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
+msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgstr "Starting service %1..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+msgstr "Adjusting Network Settings"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please wait while network settings are being adjusted..."
+msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
+msgstr "Please wait while network settings are being adjusted..."
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has failed.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+"The previous installation has failed.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+msgstr ""
+"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
+"Would you like it to continue?\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+
+#. popup headline (#x1)
+#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
+#. dialog cotent (progress information)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
+msgid "Starting Installation..."
+msgstr "Starting Installation"
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167
+msgid "Confirm Installation"
+msgstr "Confirm Installation"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>All information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>All information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
+"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
+"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
+"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your hard disk will be <b>formatted</b>\n"
+"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) \n"
+"according to the installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
+"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
+"previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten \n"
+"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
+
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+msgid "Confirm Update"
+msgstr "Confirm Update"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
+"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten \n"
+"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+msgid "Start &Update"
+msgstr "Start &Update"
+
#. this is a heading
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61
-msgid "Dummy"
-msgstr "Dummy"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66
+msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:63
-msgid "&Dummy"
-msgstr "&Dummy"
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68
+msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
+msgstr "Installation Mode"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
+msgstr "Installation Mode"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
+msgstr "Starting service %1..."
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
@@ -48,15 +332,19 @@
"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in /root/autoyast.xml.</p>\n"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
+msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
msgid "Clone System Configuration"
msgstr "Writing the system configuration"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
@@ -64,107 +352,100 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Copying files to installed system..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:65
-msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
-msgstr "Copying log files to installed system..."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60
msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..."
msgstr "Copying system files to the installed system..."
#. Create a summary
#. return string
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>"
msgstr "Installation Mode"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>"
msgstr "Installation Mode"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from Images"
msgstr "Installation Mode"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Install from Images"
msgstr "Installation Mode"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Do not Install from Images"
msgstr "Installation Mode"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
msgstr ""
#. Image name, Image location
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Create Image"
msgid "Create Image"
msgstr "&Create Image"
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188
msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200
msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
@@ -172,7 +453,7 @@
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
@@ -180,30 +461,31 @@
"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1."
msgstr ""
#. changed to true
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
msgid ""
"Cannot enable installation from images.\n"
"\n"
@@ -212,51 +494,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from &Images"
msgstr "Installation Mode"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "No installation images are available"
msgstr "Download installation images"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
msgstr "Installation Mode"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
msgstr "Installation Mode"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "Initialising default window manager..."
#. feedback heading
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgid "Add-on Product Installation"
msgstr "Add-On Product Installation"
#. feedback message
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53
msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..."
msgstr "Reading packages available on the repositories..."
#. popup error message
#. %1 represents the the error message details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109
msgid ""
"An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n"
"Details: %1\n"
@@ -270,34 +552,34 @@
#. bnc #542792
#. Repository name must be generated from product details
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updates for %1 %2"
msgstr "Alias for %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Unknown Product"
#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70
msgid "Run Update"
msgstr "Run Update"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
msgid "Skip Update"
msgstr "Skip Update"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73
msgid "Online Update"
msgstr "Online Update"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
msgid "Run Online Update now?"
msgstr "Run Online Update now?"
-#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76
msgid ""
"Select whether to run an online update now.\n"
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
@@ -309,45 +591,52 @@
#. Build dialog
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. combobox
#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Language"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "&Keyboard Layout"
#. bnc #359456
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard &test:"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "Keyboard &test:"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "License Agreement"
#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "License &Translations..."
msgstr "PTR: Reverse Translation"
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -362,7 +651,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -371,7 +660,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -382,7 +671,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -395,7 +684,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -414,26 +703,26 @@
#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
#. 28 = Operation timeout.
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
msgstr "Disable VPN Services"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n"
@@ -441,22 +730,22 @@
#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST"
msgstr "&Clone This System for AutoYaST"
#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
msgid "Installation Completed"
msgstr "Installation Completed"
#. congratulation text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
#. congratulation text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
@@ -465,22 +754,22 @@
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
#. congratulation text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
msgstr "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n"
@@ -493,7 +782,7 @@
"to the login screen.</p>\n"
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
@@ -504,7 +793,7 @@
"our SUSE Welcome Dialogue.</p>\n"
#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
@@ -517,33 +806,26 @@
"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in /root/autoyast.xml.</p>\n"
-#. Dialog busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
-msgid "Finishing the installation..."
-msgstr "Finishing the installation"
-
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Install it now?</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled."
msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "The system will reboot now..."
@@ -552,16 +834,17 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "Use Image %1"
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
@@ -571,135 +854,128 @@
"Aborting the installation."
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Downloading image %1..."
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Downloading image %1..."
#. reset the label
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Downloading image..."
-#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Downloading image..."
#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Detecting Available Controllers"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Disk Activation"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Configure &DASD Disks"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure &Resources"
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Configure &Resources"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
msgstr "Saving network configuration..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation - Warming Up"
msgstr "Installation Media"
-#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
-#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#. popup headline (#x1)
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379
-msgid "Starting Installation..."
-msgstr "Starting Installation"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
-#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Initialising"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr "Initialising the installation..."
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Show packages with status"
msgid "Show &package updates"
@@ -708,128 +984,115 @@
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Finishing Basic Installation"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Preinstallation Scripts"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Copy files to installed system"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Save configuration"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Save installation settings"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Install boot manager"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Prepare system for initial boot"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Checking for binary %1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Saving queue %1..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Installation Error"
#. Button to accept a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "I &Agree"
#. Button to reject a license agreement
-#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67
msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
msgstr "I Do &Not Agree"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please wait while the installation is being initialized."
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr "Please wait while the installation is being initialised."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
-msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr "<P>Please wait...</P>"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Installation Settings"
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr "Initialising..."
-
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media"
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -840,7 +1103,7 @@
"Select what to do:</p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -852,7 +1115,7 @@
"<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -868,22 +1131,22 @@
"<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
msgid "Network Setup"
msgstr "Network Setup Method"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No network setup has been found.\n"
@@ -895,28 +1158,28 @@
"otherwise you can safely skip it."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure your network card now?"
msgstr "Would you like to configure your network card now?"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109
msgid "Select"
msgstr "Select"
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118
msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup"
msgstr "&Yes, Run the Network Setup"
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126
msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup"
msgstr "No, &Skip the Network Setup"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
@@ -926,7 +1189,7 @@
"to have a configured network.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
@@ -937,7 +1200,7 @@
"to use any remote repository and you can skip the configuration then.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
@@ -950,7 +1213,7 @@
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
@@ -958,7 +1221,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
@@ -967,12 +1230,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr "Desktop Selection"
#. UI wait loop
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No desktop was selected. Select the\n"
@@ -985,337 +1248,49 @@
"desktop to install."
#. BNC #449818
-#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Other"
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
msgstr ""
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgstr "Preparing ..."
-#. kilobytes
-#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125
+#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
+#. BNC #439104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Installing Packages..."
-#. question in a popup box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214
-msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
-msgstr "Really reset everything to default values?"
-
-#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216
-msgid "You will lose all changes."
-msgstr "You will lose all changes."
-
-#. force_reset
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "&Use Following Configuration"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
-msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
-msgstr "Skipping configuration upon user request"
-
-#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
-"resolved before continuing.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
-"resolved before continuing.\n"
-
-#. not using tabs
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
-msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
-msgstr "ERROR: Missing Title"
-
-#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
-msgstr "Cannot read the current settings."
-
-#. busy message;
-#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
-msgid "Analyzing your system..."
-msgstr "Analysing your system..."
-
-#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
-msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
-msgstr "ERROR: No proposal"
-
-#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
-#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
-msgid ""
-"Configuration saved.\n"
-"There were errors."
-msgstr ""
-"Configuration saved.\n"
-"There were errors."
-
-#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "Installation Server"
-
-#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
-#. do this later manually or not at all
-#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
-#. use newlines for longer translations.
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
-msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgstr "&Skip Configuration"
-
-#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
-msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
-msgstr "&Use Following Configuration"
-
-#. menu button
-#. menu button
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&Change..."
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&Skip Configuration"
-
-#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
-#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
-msgstr "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-
-#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
-msgid "&Reset to defaults"
-msgstr "&Reset to defaults"
-
-#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
-"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
-"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for installation proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. kicking out, bug #203811
-#. no such headline
-#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _("<p>
-#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install,
-#. click the <b>Mode</b> headline or select <b>Mode</b> in the
-#. <b>Change...</b> menu.
-#. </p>
-#. ");
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid
-#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux
-#. partitions are found.
-#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
-#.
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for update proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for network configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for service configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
-msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
-msgid ""
-"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
-"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
-"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-
-#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
-#. hardhware configuration.
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-#| "locked by the system administrator, so cannot be changed. To change\n"
-#| "a proposal that is locked, ask your system administrator.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
-"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-"locked by the system administrator, so cannot be changed. To change\n"
-"a proposal that is locked, ask your system administrator.</p>"
-
-#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
-msgid "&Update"
-msgstr "&Update"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
-msgid "&Install"
-msgstr "&Install"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "There is no user interface available for this module."
#. combobox item
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
msgid "Language: %1"
msgstr "Language: %1"
#. caption for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr "Release Notes"
#. +2 thingies on the right
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248
msgid "&Product"
msgstr "&Product"
#. help text for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Here are the <b>release notes</b> for the installed\n"
@@ -1328,128 +1303,121 @@
"Linux system. They provide a brief summary of new features and changes.</p>"
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283
-msgid "Starting service %1..."
-msgstr "Starting service %1..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose one scenario, please."
msgstr "Choose ftp daemon please."
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgstr "Choose Document Root"
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "Analysing the Computer"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr "Probe USB devices"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "Probing USB devices..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr "Probe FireWire devices"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "Probing FireWire devices..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "Probe floppy disk devices"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "Probing floppy disk devices..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Probe hard disk controllers"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Probing hard disk controllers..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "Probe hard disks"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Probing hard disks..."
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Search for Patch Name"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Searching for modified files"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initialize package manager"
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Initialise package manager"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing package manager..."
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Initialising package manager..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "System Probing"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..."
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1462,7 +1430,7 @@
"Please check your hardware!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1475,7 +1443,7 @@
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1483,7 +1451,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1500,7 +1468,7 @@
"Check your hardware.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
@@ -1510,33 +1478,34 @@
"Aborting the installation."
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remove"
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "Remove"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Enabled"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Disabled"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "Previously Used Repositories"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
@@ -1546,27 +1515,36 @@
"you are just upgrading:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "Current Status"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Repository"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#. menu button
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+msgid "&Change..."
+msgstr "&Change..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "&Toggle Status"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
@@ -1577,7 +1555,7 @@
"those you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>To enable or disable an URL, click on the\n"
@@ -1590,30 +1568,31 @@
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unknown"
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "&Repository URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "Network is not Configured"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
@@ -1624,57 +1603,62 @@
"Would you like to configure it?"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "Adding and removing repositories..."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait while repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Please wait while repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "Read previously used repositories"
#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "Reading previously used repositories..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "Available Repositories"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "Adding Repositories..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "Available Repositories"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "Adding Repositories..."
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1684,7 +1668,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1694,7 +1678,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
@@ -1706,7 +1690,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
@@ -1716,7 +1700,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
@@ -1727,7 +1711,7 @@
"%2"
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
@@ -1738,17 +1722,17 @@
"%2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Welcome"
#. welcome text 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71
msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
#. welcome text 2/4
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n"
"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
@@ -1761,7 +1745,7 @@
" \n"
#. help ttext
-#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to go through the\n"
@@ -1774,125 +1758,109 @@
"basic configuration of the system.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing automatic configuration..."
msgstr "Writing routing configuration..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63
msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
msgstr "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Setting up linker cache"
msgid "Setting up linker cache..."
msgstr "Setting up linker cache"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Saving network configuration..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
msgid "Checking the installed system..."
msgstr "Checking the installed system..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr "Saving proxy configuration..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Saving time zone..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr "Saving language..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "Saving console configuration..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "Saving keyboard configuration..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "Saving product information..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..."
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "Saving automatical installation settings..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading security settings..."
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "Reading security settings..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Saving sound card settings..."
-msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
-msgstr "Saving sound card settings..."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "Saving hardware configuration..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
msgstr "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
msgid "Moving to installed system..."
msgstr "Moving to installed system..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
msgstr "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
msgstr "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
-#. progress step title
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
-msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
-msgstr "Writing YaST Configuration..."
-
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1917,277 +1885,307 @@
"\n"
"***********************************************************\n"
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50
-msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
-msgstr "Initialising the installation environment..."
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42
+msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
+msgstr "Copying log files to installed system..."
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
-msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Initialising the installation...</p>"
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
+msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
+msgstr "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
-msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
-msgstr "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+#. question in a popup box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
+msgstr "Really reset everything to default values?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"No installation control file has been found,\n"
-"the installer cannot continue."
+#. explain consequences of a decision
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+msgid "You will lose all changes."
+msgstr "You will lose all changes."
+
+#. while input loop
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+msgstr "&Use Following Configuration"
+
+#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
+#. to store profile after installation
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
+msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
msgstr ""
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-#| "a graphical installation. There is less than %1 MB\n"
-#| "memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
+msgstr "Skipping configuration upon user request"
+
+#. error message is a popup
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
msgid ""
-"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
-"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
+"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
-"a graphical installation. There is less than %1 MB\n"
-"memory or the X server could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
+"resolved before continuing.\n"
-#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
-#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
-#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#. busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "The required packages were not installed (minimal installation) or\n"
-#| "the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-#| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
+msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
+msgstr "Cannot read the current settings."
+
+#. busy message;
+#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+msgid "Analyzing your system..."
+msgstr "Analysing your system..."
+
+#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
+msgstr "ERROR: No proposal"
+
+#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
+#. text for a message box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
msgid ""
-"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n"
-"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-"\n"
-"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"Configuration saved.\n"
+"There were errors."
msgstr ""
-"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
-"\n"
-"The required packages were not installed (minimal installation) or\n"
-"the graphics card is not properly supported.\n"
-"\n"
-"As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST will guide you\n"
-"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
-"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
-"differ from those in the manual.\n"
+"Configuration saved.\n"
+"There were errors."
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278
-msgid "Start service %1"
-msgstr "Start service %1"
+#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
+#. do this later manually or not at all
+#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
+#. use newlines for longer translations.
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgstr "&Skip Configuration"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298
-msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
-msgstr "Adjusting Network Settings"
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
+msgstr "&Use Following Configuration"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Please wait while network settings are being adjusted..."
-msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
-msgstr "Please wait while network settings are being adjusted..."
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Export Configuration"
+msgstr "&Skip Configuration"
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has failed.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
-msgstr ""
-"The previous installation has failed.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
+#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgstr "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
-msgstr ""
-"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
-"Would you like it to continue?\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
+msgstr "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:199
-msgid "Confirm Installation"
-msgstr "Confirm Installation"
+#. menu button item
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+msgid "&Reset to defaults"
+msgstr "&Reset to defaults"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202
+#. FATE #120373
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Update"
+msgstr "&Update"
+
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+msgid "&Install"
+msgstr "&Install"
+
+#. @return [String] translated headline
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>All information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>All information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
+msgid "Installation Overview"
+msgstr "Installation Server"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#, fuzzy
+#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77
msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
-"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
-"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
-"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
+"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your hard disk will be <b>formatted</b>\n"
-"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) \n"
-"according to the installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
+"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
-"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
-"previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten \n"
-"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254
-msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
-
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242
-msgid "Confirm Update"
-msgstr "Confirm Update"
-
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246
+#. Help text for installation proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248
+#. so update
+#. Help text for update proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
-"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten \n"
-"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+"<p>\n"
+"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:258
-msgid "Start &Update"
-msgstr "Start &Update"
+#. Help text for network configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42
-msgid "Blacklist Devices"
+#. Help text for service configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44
-msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
+#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr "Installation Mode"
+#. Proposal in uml module
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr "Installation Mode"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+msgid ""
+"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
+"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
+"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
+#. hardhware configuration.
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
-msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
-msgstr "Starting service %1..."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
-msgstr "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-
#. Text to display
#.
#. @return String
-#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Administration"
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Remote Administration"
+#. Writes configuration
+#.
+#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
+#. Snapper is configured.
+#.
+#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
+#. otherwise it returns false.
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
+msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
+msgstr "Copying root filesystem..."
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to copy %1 to installation system"
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr "Failed to copy %1 to installation system"
-#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#. count megabytes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "Downloading image..."
@@ -2196,7 +2194,7 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "Storing volume settings..."
@@ -2204,19 +2202,50 @@
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "Restarting services..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
+#~ msgstr "ERROR: Missing Title"
+
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
+#~| "locked by the system administrator, so cannot be changed. To change\n"
+#~| "a proposal that is locked, ask your system administrator.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
+#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
+#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
+#~ "locked by the system administrator, so cannot be changed. To change\n"
+#~ "a proposal that is locked, ask your system administrator.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
+#~ msgstr "Initialising the installation environment..."
+
+#~ msgid "Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "Dummy"
+
+#~ msgid "&Dummy"
+#~ msgstr "&Dummy"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Saving sound card settings..."
+#~ msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
+#~ msgstr "Saving sound card settings..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted"
#~ msgstr "needs to be reinstalled"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/instserver.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/instserver.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/instserver.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iplb.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iplb.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iplb.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-client.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:20+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -120,8 +120,10 @@
msgstr "Edit"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Log Out"
-msgstr "Log Out"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disconnected"
+msgid "Disconnect"
+msgstr "Disconnected"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -132,9 +134,6 @@
msgstr "Discovery"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Log In"
-msgstr "Log In"
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "Connect"
@@ -217,8 +216,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -337,34 +336,27 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove one, select it and press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-"To change start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Warning</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is value from /etc/initiatorname.iscsi. In case you have iBFT this value will be replaced from there and you are not able to change it (do it in BIOS Setup).</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
@@ -373,9 +365,14 @@
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of default SendTargets method,\n"
"fill IP address of iSNS server and port. Default port should be 3205."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -383,14 +380,10 @@
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
msgstr "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
-msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -406,12 +399,22 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication"
+msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+msgstr "Authentication"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
-msgstr "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -465,16 +468,24 @@
msgstr "Port field can't be empty"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+msgstr "Initiator Name"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
+"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
"Incorrect InitiatorName\n"
"Correct syntax is\n"
@@ -484,12 +495,12 @@
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Insert the IP address."
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Insert the port."
@@ -497,37 +508,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
msgid "True"
msgstr "True"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
msgid "False"
msgstr "False"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that Multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Continue"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancel"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "The target is already connected."
@@ -620,7 +631,7 @@
msgstr "all"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
@@ -632,11 +643,40 @@
"Old initiatorname will be replaced by value from iBFT and create a backup.\n"
"If you want to use different initiatorname change it in BIOS."
+#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Image creation failed."
+msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+msgstr "Image creation failed."
+
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Configuration summary..."
+#~ msgid "Log Out"
+#~ msgstr "Log Out"
+
+#~ msgid "Log In"
+#~ msgstr "Log In"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+#~ "To remove one, select it and press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+#~ "To change start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+#~ msgstr "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+
+#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+#~ msgstr "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+
#~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up"
#~ msgstr "Toggle Start-Up"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/iscsi-lio-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Username"
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Password"
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
msgstr "Import CA from Disk"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Alias name must not be empty."
msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@
#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists"
msgid "Client name already exists!"
@@ -642,32 +642,32 @@
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
msgid "New client name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancel"
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "Really delete the selected item?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Problem with resetting resource group:\n"
@@ -677,66 +677,75 @@
"Problem with resetting resource group:\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error while removing %1\n"
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr "Error while removing %1\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "The target cannot be empty."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "The target cannot be empty."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "The target already exists."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "Incoming"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "Outgoing"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "None"
msgstr "None"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Disabled"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+msgid ""
+"There isn't any client specified.\n"
+"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
+"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
+"Really want to continue without client access?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
@@ -746,7 +755,7 @@
"Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
@@ -762,12 +771,12 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialising..."
-#. local IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420
+#. scope link IPv6
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/isns.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/isns.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/isns.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/journal.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/journal.en_GB.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/journal.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+# English message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>, 2000, 2001.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
+"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: en\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Countries"
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr "&Countries"
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return the result as an array of Items
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change Suffix"
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr "Change Suffix"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr "Refresh"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Braille display"
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr "Braille display"
+
+#. Interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Periodic interval"
+msgid "Time interval"
+msgstr "Periodic interval"
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter"
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr "&Filter"
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No additional information"
+msgid "With no additional conditions"
+msgstr "No additional Information"
+
+#. User readable description of the time interval
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "File system"
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr "File system"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90
+msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102
+msgid "Between these dates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104
+msgid "Since system's boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "From previous boot (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys
+#.
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label short label for the filter
+#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Units"
+msgid "Units"
+msgstr "&Units"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "For these systemd units"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Files"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135
+msgid "For these files (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140
+msgid "Priority"
+msgstr "Priority"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr "Time"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr "Source"
+
+#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Messages"
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr "Messages"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kdump.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kdump.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/kdump.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:49+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -53,213 +53,213 @@
msgstr "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please eneter only \"kernel_string\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
msgstr "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
msgstr "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
msgstr "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory."
msgstr "Copy kernel and initrd"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
msgstr "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages."
msgstr "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages."
msgstr "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
msgstr "Path of file which includes passwort (plain text file)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "Email address for sending notification messages"
msgstr "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209
msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "Enable option"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "Disable option"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229
msgid "Shows current option status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234
#, fuzzy
msgid "Size of allocated memory MB"
msgstr "Size of memory to alocate (MB)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241
msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving"
msgstr "Number for dump level includes pages for saving"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Dump format can be ELF or compressed"
msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo"
msgstr "Dump format can be ELF or compressed"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
msgstr "Dump target includes kind of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
msgid "Name of server"
msgstr "Name of server"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267
msgid "Port for connection"
msgstr "Port for connection"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directory for saving dump images"
msgstr "Directory for saving dumps images"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279
msgid "Exported share"
msgstr "Exported share"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284
msgid "User name"
msgstr "User name"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)"
msgstr "Path of file which includes passwort (plain text file)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296
msgid "udev_id of raw partition"
msgstr "udev_id of raw partition"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
msgstr "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
msgid "Include command line options."
msgstr "Include command line options."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
#, fuzzy
msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
msgstr "Option means run-level to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all."
msgstr "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Email address"
msgstr "E-mail address"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365
msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415
msgid "Display Settings:"
msgstr "Display Settings:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420
msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)"
msgstr "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1"
msgstr "Alocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump is disabled"
msgstr "Kdump is disable"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437
msgid "Dump Level: %1"
msgstr "Dump Level: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445
msgid "Dump Format: %1"
msgstr "Dump Format: %1"
#. parsing target info
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452
msgid "Dump Target Settings"
msgstr "Dump Target Settings"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457
msgid "target: %1"
msgstr "target: %1"
@@ -268,8 +268,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582
msgid "file directory: %1"
msgstr "file directory: %1"
@@ -277,120 +277,120 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575
msgid "server name: %1"
msgstr "server name: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528
msgid "port: %1"
msgstr "port: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597
msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed"
msgstr "user name: anonymous connection is allowed"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602
msgid "user name: %1"
msgstr "user name: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589
msgid "share: %1"
msgstr "share: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610
msgid "EMPTY"
msgstr "EMPTY"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618
msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1"
msgstr "Custom kdump kernel: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629
msgid "Kdump command line: %1"
msgstr "Kdump command line: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640
msgid "Kdump command line append: %1"
msgstr "Kdump command line append: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650
msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1"
msgstr "Kdump immediate reboots: %1"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "enabled"
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "enabled"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "disabled"
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "disabled"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
msgstr "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
msgstr "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1"
msgstr "SMT Server: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1"
msgstr "Kdump runlevel: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701
msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1"
msgstr "Identification: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720
msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
#, fuzzy
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "To apply this change reboot is needed."
@@ -410,42 +410,42 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong options were used."
msgstr "Wrong options were used."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778
msgid "Dump level was set."
msgstr "Dump level was set."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807
msgid "Wrong value of option."
msgstr "Wrong value of option."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803
msgid "Dump format was set."
msgstr "Dump format was set."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value."
msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
msgstr "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "File %1 does not exist."
@@ -453,8 +453,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016
msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing."
msgstr "Value for \"dir\" missing."
@@ -462,51 +462,51 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983
msgid "Value for \"server\" missing."
msgstr "Value for \"server\" missing."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995
msgid "Value for \"share\" missing."
msgstr "Value for \"share\" missing."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037
msgid "Wrong value for target."
msgstr "Wrong value for target."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148
msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
msgstr "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"."
msgstr "Wrong value of options \"level\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"."
msgstr "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"."
msgstr "Wrong value of options \"level\"."
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257
msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275
#, fuzzy
msgid "No option has been defined."
msgstr "Wrong options were used."
@@ -518,12 +518,12 @@
msgstr "Saving kdump Configuration"
#. proposal part - kdump label
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82
msgid "Kdump"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "&Disable Kdump"
@@ -627,20 +627,24 @@
msgid "FTP"
msgstr "FTP"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
-msgid "SSH (scp)"
-msgstr "SSH (scp)"
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223
+msgid "SSH"
+msgstr "SSH"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224
+msgid "SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NFS"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
msgid "CIFS (SMB)"
msgstr "CIFS (SMB)"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "&SMTP Server"
msgstr "NTP Server"
@@ -649,7 +653,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&User Name"
@@ -658,121 +662,121 @@
#. password entry
#. password entry
#. password entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Password"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notification &To"
msgstr "Modification Time"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notifica&tion CC"
msgstr "Terse Notification"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel"
msgstr "Custom Kdump &Kernel"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
msgstr "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append"
msgstr "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361
msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core"
msgstr "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images"
msgstr "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images"
#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps"
msgstr "N&umber of Old Dumps"
#. "handle" :
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427
msgid "Kdump Memory"
msgstr "Kdump Memory"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Kdump Start-Up"
msgstr "Kdump Start-Up"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Start-Up"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering"
msgstr "Kdump - Dump Filtering"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Dump Filtering"
msgstr "Dump Filtering"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
msgstr "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463
msgid "Dump Target"
msgstr "Dump Target"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid "SMTP Server"
msgstr "NTP Server"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Notification Email Addresses"
msgstr "Notification is disabled"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488
#, fuzzy
msgid "Email Notification"
msgstr "Summary Notification"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump"
msgstr "Custom Kernel for Kdump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506
msgid "Command Line"
msgstr "Command Line"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump Settings"
msgstr "DNS Settings"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "Kdump Expert Settings"
msgstr "Kdump Expert Settings"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Expert Settings"
@@ -830,7 +834,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@@ -840,7 +844,7 @@
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
" The target for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
@@ -853,7 +857,7 @@
" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n"
@@ -870,11 +874,11 @@
" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n"
" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n"
+"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
@@ -887,9 +891,33 @@
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>User Name</i> for ssh connection.<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
+"<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n"
+" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
+" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
+" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
+" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH.\n"
+" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
+" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
+" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
+" <i>User Name</i> for ssh connection.<br></p>"
+
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
+msgid ""
+"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n"
+"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n"
+"by default.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
@@ -898,8 +926,8 @@
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
@@ -916,7 +944,7 @@
" <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection.<br></p>"
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n"
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
@@ -927,7 +955,7 @@
" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
@@ -935,7 +963,7 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel</p>"
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
@@ -950,7 +978,7 @@
" is set. <br></p>"
#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
@@ -959,7 +987,7 @@
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
@@ -970,7 +998,7 @@
" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>"
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n"
" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n"
@@ -980,38 +1008,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Server
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP User Name
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. SMTP Password
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification To (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
@@ -1026,7 +1054,7 @@
" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -1035,7 +1063,7 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -1044,7 +1072,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -1053,7 +1081,7 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -1066,7 +1094,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n"
@@ -1075,7 +1103,7 @@
"Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1089,7 +1117,7 @@
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -1100,7 +1128,7 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n"
@@ -1111,7 +1139,7 @@
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
@@ -1120,7 +1148,7 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n"
@@ -1165,6 +1193,10 @@
msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP"
msgstr "Enable Anon&ymous FTP"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
+msgid "SSH / SFTP"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text entries
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196
msgid "Exported Sha&re"
@@ -1226,139 +1258,148 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising kdump Configuration"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Reading the config file..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Read kernel boot options"
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr "Reading available memory..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Reading partitions of disks..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Cannot read kernel boot options"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Cannot read available memory"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Saving kdump Configuration"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Write the settings"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Update boot options"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Writing the settings..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Updating boot options..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Cannot write settings."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump runlevel: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "enabled"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "disabled"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Empty value for option: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Dump Format: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
+#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
+msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "SSH (scp)"
+#~ msgstr "SSH (scp)"
+
#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
#~ msgstr "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/languages_db.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/languages_db.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/languages_db.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-client.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:55+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -17,748 +17,18 @@
"X-Generator: KAider 0.1\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53
-msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
-msgstr "LDAP client configuration module"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66
-msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
-msgstr "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73
-msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
-msgstr "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83
-msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
-msgstr "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91
-msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr "Enable the service"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97
-msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr "Disable the service"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the server option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103
-msgid "The LDAP server name"
-msgstr "The LDAP server name"
-
-#. translators: command line help text for the base option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110
-msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
-msgstr "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117
-msgid "Create default configuration objects."
-msgstr "Create default configuration objects."
-
-#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123
-msgid "LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr "LDAP Server Password"
-
-#. help text for the 'automounter' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130
-msgid "Start or stop automounter"
-msgstr "Start or stop automounter"
-
-#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr "Create Home Directory on Login"
-
-#. help text for the 'tls' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
-msgstr "Enter connection name"
-
-#. help text for the 'sssd' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154
-msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
-msgstr "User Authentication"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'realm' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Kerberos"
-msgid "Kerberos Realm"
-msgstr "Kerberos"
-
-#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177
-msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr "KDC Server Address"
-
-#. password entering label
-#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313
-msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
-msgstr "LDAP Server Password:"
-
#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88
+#: src/ui.rb:88
msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
msgstr "Really abort the writing process?"
#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96
+#: src/ui.rb:96
msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings"
msgstr "Writing LDAP Client Settings"
-#. popup window
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130
-msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
-msgstr "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
-
-#. multiselection box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152
-msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
-msgstr "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
-
-#. warning popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "CA certificate file does not exist."
-msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
-msgstr "CA certificate file does not exist."
-
-#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
-msgstr "&NTP Configuration..."
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255
-msgid "Use SSL/TLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264
-msgid "Protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278
-msgid "StartTLS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "LDAP Server"
-msgid "LDAPS"
-msgstr "LDAP Server"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300
-msgid "TLS Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310
-msgid "Request server certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Certificates"
-msgstr "Choose Certificate File"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
-msgstr "Certificate File to Import"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336
-msgid "B&rowse"
-msgstr "B&rowse"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
-msgstr "Choose Certificate File"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351
-msgid "Brows&e"
-msgstr "Brows&e"
-
-#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Certificate not found"
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
-msgstr "CA Certificate"
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
-msgstr "Path to directory with packages"
-
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Choose the certificate file"
-msgstr "Choose Certificate File"
-
-#. error message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
-msgstr "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL."
-
-#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The downloaded certificate file\n"
-"\n"
-"'%1'\n"
-"\n"
-"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n"
-#| "LDAP client.</p>\n"
-msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n"
-"LDAP client.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 2/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535
-msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-
-#. help text 3/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
-"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
-"removed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
-"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
-"removed.</p>"
-
-#. help text 3.5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546
-msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 4/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
-"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
-"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 5/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561
-msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
-
-#. help text 6/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
-"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server.</p>\n"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n"
-" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n"
-" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n"
-" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n"
-" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579
-msgid ""
-"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n"
-" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n"
-" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
-" is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 8/9
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-#| "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-"<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
-"<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-"<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 9/9 (additional)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n"
-#| "such as users' home directories.\n"
-#| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n"
-#| "locally or over LDAP.\n"
-#| "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
-#| "automatically.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
-"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
-"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
-"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n"
-"such as users' home directories.\n"
-"It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n"
-"locally or over LDAP.\n"
-"If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
-"automatically.</p>\n"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr "Start Auto&mounter"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr "Create Home Directory on Login"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "D&isable User Login"
-msgid "Disable User &Logins"
-msgstr "D&isable User Login"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648
-msgid "User Authentication"
-msgstr "User Authentication"
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
-msgstr "Do N&ot Use LDAP"
-
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672
-msgid "&Use LDAP"
-msgstr "&Use LDAP"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687
-msgid "LDAP Client"
-msgstr "LDAP Client"
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697
-msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
-msgstr "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703
-msgid "F&ind"
-msgstr "F&ind"
-
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711
-msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
-msgstr "LDAP Base &DN"
-
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717
-msgid "F&etch DN"
-msgstr "F&etch DN"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
-msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
-msgstr "&NTP Configuration..."
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733
-msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
-msgstr "&Advanced Configuration..."
-
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90
-msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "LDAP Client Configuration"
-
-#. question popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765
-msgid ""
-"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n"
-"\n"
-"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n"
-"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n"
-"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838
-msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
-msgstr "Enter an LDAP base DN."
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845
-msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
-msgstr "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853
-msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
-msgstr "The LDAP server address is invalid."
-
-#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has
-#. enabled NIS client before
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871
-msgid ""
-"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
-"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
-"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941
-msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
-msgstr "LDAP is now enabled."
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947
-msgid ""
-"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
-"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
-"the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
-"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
-"the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
-
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
-"restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
-"restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
-
-#. yes/no question
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970
-msgid ""
-"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n"
-"Enable certificate checks now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015
-msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
-
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017
-msgid ""
-"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
-"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
-"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
-"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>"
-
-#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
-"The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
-"The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034
-msgid ""
-"<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n"
-"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n"
-"or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text caption 2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042
-msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
-
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-#| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
-#| "server.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
-"server.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-"It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
-"server.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-#| "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-#| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
-#| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-"<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
-"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-"<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
-"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057
-msgid ""
-"<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-#| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n"
-#| "in /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-"set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n"
-"in /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142
-msgid "C&lient Settings"
-msgstr "C&lient Settings"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144
-msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
-msgstr "Ad&ministration Settings"
-
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146
-msgid "Naming Contexts"
-msgstr "Naming Contexts"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180
-msgid "&User Map"
-msgstr "&User Map"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186
-msgid "&Browse"
-msgstr "&Browse"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194
-msgid "&Group Map"
-msgstr "&Group Map"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332
-msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr "Bro&wse"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&User Map"
-msgid "&Autofs Map"
-msgstr "&User Map"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240
-msgid "&Use Kerberos"
-msgstr "&Use Kerberos"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248
-msgid "Default Real&m"
-msgstr "Default Real&m"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250
-msgid "&KDC Server Address"
-msgstr "&KDC Server Address"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "LDAP Server"
-msgid "LDAP Schema"
-msgstr "LDAP Server"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Initializing user and group configuration"
-msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
-msgstr "Initialising user and group configuration"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
-msgstr "User Authentication"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
-msgstr "Pa&ssword Change Protocol"
-
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
-msgstr "G&roup Member Attribute"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326
-msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
-msgstr "Configuration &Base DN"
-
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341
-msgid "Administrator &DN"
-msgstr "Administrator &DN"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347
-msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr "A&ppend Base DN"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355
-msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
-msgstr "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364
-msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
-msgstr "Configure User Management &Settings..."
-
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384
-msgid "Advanced Configuration"
-msgstr "Advanced Configuration"
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500
-msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
-msgstr "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
-
-#. error popup label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507
-msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
-msgstr "Enter the configuration base DN."
-
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592
+#: src/ui.rb:144
msgid ""
"If you reread settings from the server,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n"
@@ -767,7 +37,7 @@
"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616
+#: src/ui.rb:168
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Here, configure the template used for\n"
@@ -780,7 +50,7 @@
"creating new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620
+#: src/ui.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
@@ -789,7 +59,7 @@
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624
+#: src/ui.rb:176
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b>, used\n"
@@ -806,54 +76,54 @@
#. table header 1/2
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033
+#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr "Attribute"
#. table header 2/2
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035
+#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Value"
#. label (table folows)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701
+#: src/ui.rb:253
msgid "Default Values for New Objects"
msgstr "Default Values for New Objects"
#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707
+#: src/ui.rb:259
msgid "Attribute of Object"
msgstr "Attribute of Object"
#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709
+#: src/ui.rb:261
msgid "Default Value"
msgstr "Default Value"
#. button label (with non-default shortcut)
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715
+#: src/ui.rb:267
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "A&dd"
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717
+#: src/ui.rb:269
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Edit"
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729
+#: src/ui.rb:281
msgid "Object Template Configuration"
msgstr "Object Template Configuration"
#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832
+#: src/ui.rb:384
msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?"
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090
+#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636
msgid ""
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
@@ -862,14 +132,14 @@
"Enter a value."
#. helptext 1/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886
+#: src/ui.rb:438
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>"
msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>"
#. helptext 2/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890
+#: src/ui.rb:442
msgid ""
"<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n"
"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n"
@@ -882,7 +152,7 @@
"using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897
+#: src/ui.rb:449
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
@@ -893,7 +163,7 @@
"current module.</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903
+#: src/ui.rb:455
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n"
"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n"
@@ -904,44 +174,485 @@
"</p>\n"
#. combobox label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983
+#: src/ui.rb:535
msgid "Configuration &Module"
msgstr "Configuration &Module"
#. button label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007
+#: src/ui.rb:559
msgid "C&onfigure Template"
msgstr "C&onfigure Template"
#. dialog label
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051
+#: src/ui.rb:598
msgid "Module Configuration"
msgstr "Module Configuration"
-#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118
-msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
-msgstr "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
+#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP client configuration module"
-#. message
-#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154
+#~ msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
+
+#~ msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
+#~ msgstr "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
+
+#~ msgid "Enable the service"
+#~ msgstr "Enable the service"
+
+#~ msgid "Disable the service"
+#~ msgstr "Disable the service"
+
+#~ msgid "The LDAP server name"
+#~ msgstr "The LDAP server name"
+
+#~ msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
+#~ msgstr "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
+
+#~ msgid "Create default configuration objects."
+#~ msgstr "Create default configuration objects."
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP Server Password"
+
+#~ msgid "Start or stop automounter"
+#~ msgstr "Start or stop automounter"
+
+#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#~ msgstr "Create Home Directory on Login"
+
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You currently have configuration modules\n"
-#| "of each type, so you cannot add a new one."
-msgid ""
-"You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
-"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"You currently have configuration modules\n"
-"of each type, so you cannot add a new one."
+#~ msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
+#~ msgstr "Enter connection name"
-#. label (init dialog)
-#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92
-msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr "Initialising..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "User Authentication"
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Kerberos"
+#~ msgid "Kerberos Realm"
+#~ msgstr "Kerberos"
+
+#~ msgid "KDC Server Address"
+#~ msgstr "KDC Server Address"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP Server Password:"
+
+#~ msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
+#~ msgstr "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "CA certificate file does not exist."
+#~ msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
+#~ msgstr "CA certificate file does not exist."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
+#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&NTP Configuration..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "LDAP Server"
+#~ msgid "LDAPS"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP Server"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Certificates"
+#~ msgstr "Choose Certificate File"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
+#~ msgstr "Certificate File to Import"
+
+#~ msgid "B&rowse"
+#~ msgstr "B&rowse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
+#~ msgstr "Choose Certificate File"
+
+#~ msgid "Brows&e"
+#~ msgstr "Brows&e"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Certificate not found"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
+#~ msgstr "CA Certificate"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
+#~ msgstr "Path to directory with packages"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Choose the certificate file"
+#~ msgstr "Choose Certificate File"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
+#~ msgstr "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n"
+#~| "LDAP client.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n"
+#~ "LDAP client.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
+#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
+#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
+#~ "removed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
+#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
+#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
+#~ "removed.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
+#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
+#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
+#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
+#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
+#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
+#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
+#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
+#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
+#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
+#~| "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
+#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
+#~ "<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
+#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n"
+#~| "such as users' home directories.\n"
+#~| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n"
+#~| "locally or over LDAP.\n"
+#~| "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
+#~| "automatically.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
+#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
+#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
+#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n"
+#~ "such as users' home directories.\n"
+#~ "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n"
+#~ "locally or over LDAP.\n"
+#~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
+#~ "automatically.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
+#~ msgstr "Start Auto&mounter"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
+#~ msgstr "Create Home Directory on Login"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "D&isable User Login"
+#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins"
+#~ msgstr "D&isable User Login"
+
+#~ msgid "User Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "User Authentication"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "Do N&ot Use LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid "&Use LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "&Use LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Client"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP Client"
+
+#~ msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
+#~ msgstr "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
+
+#~ msgid "F&ind"
+#~ msgstr "F&ind"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP Base &DN"
+
+#~ msgid "F&etch DN"
+#~ msgstr "F&etch DN"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&NTP Configuration..."
+#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "&NTP Configuration..."
+
+#~ msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "&Advanced Configuration..."
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP Client Configuration"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
+#~ msgstr "Enter an LDAP base DN."
+
+#~ msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
+#~ msgstr "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
+
+#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
+#~ msgstr "The LDAP server address is invalid."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
+#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
+#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
+#~ msgstr "LDAP is now enabled."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
+#~ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
+#~ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
+#~ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
+#~ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
+#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
+#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
+#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
+#~ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
+#~ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
+#~| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
+#~| "server.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
+#~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
+#~ "server.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
+#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
+#~ "server.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
+#~| "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
+#~| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
+#~| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
+#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
+#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
+#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
+#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
+#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
+#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
+#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
+#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
+#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
+#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
+#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
+#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
+#~| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n"
+#~| "in /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
+#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
+#~ "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n"
+#~ "in /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "C&lient Settings"
+#~ msgstr "C&lient Settings"
+
+#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Ad&ministration Settings"
+
+#~ msgid "Naming Contexts"
+#~ msgstr "Naming Contexts"
+
+#~ msgid "&User Map"
+#~ msgstr "&User Map"
+
+#~ msgid "&Browse"
+#~ msgstr "&Browse"
+
+#~ msgid "&Group Map"
+#~ msgstr "&Group Map"
+
+#~ msgid "Bro&wse"
+#~ msgstr "Bro&wse"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&User Map"
+#~ msgid "&Autofs Map"
+#~ msgstr "&User Map"
+
+#~ msgid "&Use Kerberos"
+#~ msgstr "&Use Kerberos"
+
+#~ msgid "Default Real&m"
+#~ msgstr "Default Real&m"
+
+#~ msgid "&KDC Server Address"
+#~ msgstr "&KDC Server Address"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "LDAP Server"
+#~ msgid "LDAP Schema"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP Server"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Initializing user and group configuration"
+#~ msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
+#~ msgstr "Initialising user and group configuration"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "User Authentication"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
+#~ msgstr "Pa&ssword Change Protocol"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
+#~ msgstr "G&roup Member Attribute"
+
+#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
+#~ msgstr "Configuration &Base DN"
+
+#~ msgid "Administrator &DN"
+#~ msgstr "Administrator &DN"
+
+#~ msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
+#~ msgstr "A&ppend Base DN"
+
+#~ msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
+#~ msgstr "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
+
+#~ msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
+#~ msgstr "Configure User Management &Settings..."
+
+#~ msgid "Advanced Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Advanced Configuration"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
+#~ msgstr "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
+
+#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
+#~ msgstr "Enter the configuration base DN."
+
+#~ msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
+#~ msgstr "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "You currently have configuration modules\n"
+#~| "of each type, so you cannot add a new one."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
+#~ "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "You currently have configuration modules\n"
+#~ "of each type, so you cannot add a new one."
+
+#~ msgid "Initializing..."
+#~ msgstr "Initialising..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the <b>LDAP Tree</b> tab.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ldap.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/live-installer.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/live-installer.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/live-installer.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 19:57+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/mail.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/mail.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/mail.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-21 15:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/multipath.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/multipath.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/multipath.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@
msgid "alias"
msgstr "Alias"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955
msgid "wwid"
msgstr ""
@@ -133,15 +133,15 @@
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameters:\n"
msgstr "illegal '%s' parameter"
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicated configuration."
msgstr "Mouse configuration."
@@ -149,89 +149,76 @@
#. used for store undecided input
#. used for store undecided input
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "&Show Details"
#. do not do with number id
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameter:"
msgstr "illegal '%s' parameter"
#. devices section
#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file.
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Illegal parameters:"
msgstr "illegal '%s' parameter"
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943
msgid "item"
msgstr ""
#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Duplicated configuration"
msgstr "Mouse configuration."
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607
#, fuzzy
msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath"
msgstr "Cannot find source"
#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use multipath failed:"
msgstr "Installation failed."
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653
#, fuzzy
-msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
-msgstr "Can not enable service 'boot.idedma'."
-
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664
-#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd."
msgstr "Can not enable service 'boot.idedma'."
-#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot start multipathd."
msgstr "Auto&detect Multipath"
-#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath");
#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd");
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not use multipath failed:"
msgstr "Do ¬ use NIS"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot stop multipath."
msgstr "Could not disable 'ipsec' bootscript:"
-#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd."
msgstr "Could not disable 'ipsec' bootscript:"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
-msgstr "Could not disable 'ipsec' bootscript:"
-
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
@@ -329,38 +316,38 @@
#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one.
#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore.
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939
#, fuzzy
msgid "should be a decimal integer"
msgstr "Invalid default"
#. replacewidget_notify = true;
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396
#, fuzzy
msgid "illegal value"
msgstr "illegal port"
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674
msgid "should be greater than 0"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737
#, fuzzy
msgid "invalid decimal integer"
msgstr "Invalid default"
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278
#, fuzzy
msgid "should not be empty"
msgstr "Port field can't be empty"
@@ -498,6 +485,14 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
+#~ msgstr "Can not enable service 'boot.idedma'."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
+#~ msgstr "Could not disable 'ipsec' bootscript:"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Cannot install required packages"
#~ msgstr "Cannot install required packages."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses-pkg.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses-pkg.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses-pkg.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:14+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -18,19 +18,19 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. headline of package versions popup
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Versions"
msgstr "Package Descriptions"
#. text above of list of all package versions
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "List all available languages."
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
msgstr "List all available languages."
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Packages with Status"
msgstr "Show packages with status"
@@ -38,68 +38,68 @@
#. headline - packages with automatic status change
#. headline of a popup with packages
#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
msgid "Automatic Changes"
msgstr "Automatic Changes"
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following"
msgstr "In addition to your manual selections, the following"
#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
msgstr "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Continue anyway"
msgstr "C&ontinue Anyway"
#. headline of a popup showing the package license
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502
#, fuzzy
msgid "End User License Agreement"
msgstr "License Agreement"
#. label text - keep it short
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691
msgid "Filter: "
msgstr "Filter: "
#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698
msgid "Total Download Size: "
msgstr "Total Download Size: "
#. Help button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Help"
#. add the Cancel button
#. begin: the label of the Cancel button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Cancel"
#. add the OK button
#. the label of an Accept button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&Accept"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&onfiguration"
msgstr "Configuration"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
msgstr "&New Patches"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
msgstr ""
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the label of the selections
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr "Patterns"
@@ -406,46 +406,58 @@
msgstr "&Verify System"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Recommended packages"
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "Recommended packages"
+
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selecting packages..."
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
msgstr "Selecting packages..."
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
msgstr "All Listed &Packages"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
msgstr "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "All package dependencies are OK."
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180
-msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
-msgstr "Dependency resolver test case written to "
-
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249
-msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
+msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following"
msgstr ""
#. part 2 of the text
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
msgstr "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
+msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
+msgstr "Dependency resolver test case written to "
+
+#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
+msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
msgstr "System dependencies verify OK."
@@ -611,7 +623,7 @@
#. column header package description (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "Summary"
@@ -825,299 +837,299 @@
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label of a frame with search settings
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Search in "
msgstr " Search in "
#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:)
#. text for the package search popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search &Phrase"
msgstr "&Search Phrase"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332
msgid "Code"
msgstr "Code"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Language"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. column header package name (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
#. column header installed package version (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
msgid "Version"
msgstr "Version"
#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Repository"
#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
msgid "Avail. Vers."
msgstr "Avail. Vers."
#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
msgid "Inst. Vers."
msgstr "Inst. Vers."
#. column header package size (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Size"
#. column header package architecture (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Architecture"
#. column header patch kind (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
msgid "Kind"
msgstr "Kind"
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416
msgid "Solving..."
msgstr "Solving..."
#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422
msgid "Saving..."
msgstr "Saving..."
#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
msgid "Loading..."
msgstr "Loading..."
#. the headline of the disk space popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
msgid "Disk Usage Overview"
msgstr "Disk Usage Overview"
#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "Partition"
#. column header used disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
msgid "Used"
msgstr "Used"
#. column header free disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
msgid "Free"
msgstr "Free"
#. column header total disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Total"
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>"
msgstr "<i>Out of disk space!</i>"
#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>"
msgstr "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>"
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
msgid "needs"
msgstr "needs"
#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
msgid "more disk space."
msgstr "more disk space."
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
msgid "<b>Version: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Version: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
msgid "<b>Size: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Size: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
msgid "<b>Installed: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Installed: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
msgid "<b>Authors: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Authors: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
msgid "<b>License: </b>"
msgstr "<b>License: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Media No.: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Package Group: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
msgid "<b>Provides: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Provides: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
msgid "<b>Requires: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Requires: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561
msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Prerequires: </b>"
#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Conflicts with: </b>"
#. headline for a list of installed files
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576
msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>"
msgstr "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
msgstr ""
#. the headline of the help popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation"
msgstr "Patch Download and Installation"
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mode \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and it is highly recommended to install it. \"YaST\" patches will be always installed first. The other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>+</b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label for a warning popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Warning"
#. label for an error popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Error"
#. label for a notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669
msgid "Notify"
msgstr "Notify"
#. the label of an OK button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&OK"
#. the label of the Yes button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr "&Yes"
#. the label of the No button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705
msgid "&No"
msgstr "&No"
#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user
#. has to make some action (#213602)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
msgstr "&OK -- Try Again"
#. text for a Notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>All changes in package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
msgstr "<p>All changes in package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
msgid "Available Languages"
msgstr "Available Languages"
#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
msgid "Available Repositories"
msgstr "Available Repositories"
@@ -1125,63 +1137,63 @@
#. (the list shows all patches which are needed)
#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" );
#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" );
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed Patches"
msgstr "&New Patches"
#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754
msgid "Installed Patches"
msgstr "Installed Patches"
#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
msgid "Online Update Patches"
msgstr "Online Update Patches"
#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars )
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
msgid "Update Problem -- see help"
msgstr "Update Problem -- see help"
#. the label for Filter: Search results
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
msgid "Search Results"
msgstr "Search Results"
#. the headline of the dependency popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
msgid "Package Dependencies"
msgstr "Package Dependencies"
#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
msgstr "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
msgid "Source"
msgstr "Source"
#. menu entry Update List
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
msgid "&Update List"
msgstr "&Update List"
#. part of the patch description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
msgid "<b>Patch: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Patch: </b>"
#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819
msgid "No patches available"
msgstr "No patches available"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825
msgid "Script"
msgstr "Script"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ncurses.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/network.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/network.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/network.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-08 07:09+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -63,44 +63,44 @@
msgstr "The address of the server"
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:163
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:161
msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "DNS Configuration Summary:"
#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected
#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected
#. fail message: a string is expected
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:188
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgid "InvalidHostname. "
msgstr "Invalid hostname."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgid "Invalid IP. "
msgstr "Invalid IP address."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:225
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "[not set]"
msgid "Cannot set "
msgstr "[not set]"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:226
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager."
msgstr "Managed by NetworkManager"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:245
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:243
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid value."
msgid "Invalid option value."
msgstr "Invalid value."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:254
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:252
msgid "Internal error"
msgstr "Internal error"
@@ -111,41 +111,41 @@
msgstr "Writing Firewall Configuration"
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "Firewall Zone"
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "&Firewall"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Firewall Configuration"
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr "Firewall Service"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "&Enable Firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr "Firewall Service"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -156,13 +156,13 @@
"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
@@ -179,48 +179,48 @@
#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr "&RPC Ports"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr "&RPC Ports"
#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
@@ -229,13 +229,13 @@
#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description
#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped
#. @return [String] proposal html text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
msgstr "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
@@ -250,32 +250,32 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:125
+#: src/clients/host.rb:123
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Host Configuration Summary:"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107
msgid "Connecting to Internet..."
msgstr "Connecting to Internet..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109
msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..."
msgstr "Downloading the latest release notes..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111
msgid "Closing connection..."
msgstr "Closing connection..."
#. Test dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239
msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
msgstr "Running Internet Connection Test"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
@@ -302,62 +302,62 @@
"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
#. Label for result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
msgid "Test Result:"
msgstr "Test Result:"
#. Push Button to abort internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299
msgid "&Abort Test"
msgstr "&Abort Test"
#. Frame label: status of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304
msgid "Test Status"
msgstr "Test Status"
#. Push Button to see logs of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314
msgid "&View Logs..."
msgstr "&View Logs..."
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351
msgid "Success"
msgstr "Success"
#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355
msgid "Failure"
msgstr "Failure"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces"
msgstr "Kernel Network Interfaces"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386
msgid "Kernel Routing Table"
msgstr "Kernel Routing Table"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406
msgid "Hostname Lookup"
msgstr "Hostname Lookup"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426
msgid "Kernel Messages"
msgstr "Kernel Messages"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576
msgid "Download of Release Notes"
msgstr "Download of Release Notes"
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719
msgid ""
"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n"
"RPM signature check failed."
@@ -366,18 +366,18 @@
"RPM signature check failed."
#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746
msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed."
msgstr "Installation of downloaded release notes failed."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr "Opening of Connection"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -386,14 +386,14 @@
"the logs for details.\n"
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
#, fuzzy
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr "There is no URL for release notes defined. Internet test can't be performed."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@
"click 'Cancel'."
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
@@ -427,12 +427,12 @@
"the logs for details."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr "Check for Patches"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
"the logs for details.\n"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr "Closing of Connection"
@@ -488,65 +488,54 @@
msgid "Config identifier"
msgstr "Config identifier"
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:136
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:137
msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration"
msgstr "Use static or dynamic configuration"
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:140
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:141
msgid "Configuration Name"
msgstr "Configuration Name"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:145
-msgid "Device boot protocol"
-msgstr "Device boot protocol"
-
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:150
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:146
msgid "Device IP address"
msgstr "Device IP address"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:155
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:151
msgid "Network mask"
msgstr "Network mask"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:160
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prefix length"
msgstr "Key length"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:165
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgstr "Bond &Slaves"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:170
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN"
msgstr "Firewall Interfaces"
#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:175
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr "Interface or String"
-#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
-#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
-#. has higher priority
-#.
-#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
-#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
-#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
-#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
-#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
-#. Other elements may have similar problems,
-#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
+#. see bnc#498993
+#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
+#. we'll keep values from installation
+#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Configuration Error : uninitialised interface!"
@@ -574,17 +563,17 @@
"lan\t"
#. Selection box item
-#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110
+#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Network Card"
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/network.rb:90
+#: src/clients/network.rb:88
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Network Configuration"
#. Network dialog help
-#: src/clients/network.rb:93
+#: src/clients/network.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n"
" the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
@@ -593,11 +582,11 @@
" the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
#. Selection box label
-#: src/clients/network.rb:107
+#: src/clients/network.rb:105
msgid "&Available Network Modules:"
msgstr "&Available Network Modules:"
-#: src/clients/network.rb:125
+#: src/clients/network.rb:123
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "&Launch"
@@ -617,12 +606,12 @@
msgstr "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:128
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Remote Access Configuration Summary:"
#. Command line error message
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:148
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:146
msgid ""
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
@@ -643,7 +632,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Routing Configuration"
@@ -727,120 +716,120 @@
#. main ui function
#. Frame label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
msgid "Routing Table"
msgstr "Routing Table"
#. Table header 1/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
msgid "Destination"
msgstr "Destination"
#. Table header 2/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
msgid "Gateway"
msgstr "Gateway"
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "Netmask"
#. Table header 4/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Device"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Options"
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:427
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "IP Forwarding: on"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "Infrared control is disabled"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Enable &IP Forwarding"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:276
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Enable &IP Forwarding"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:282
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP Forwarding: on"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:292
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP Forwarding: on"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:302
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP Forwarding: on"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:324
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr "At least one address must be specified."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:333
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr "Adding files to table..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "At least one address must be specified."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr "Updating translations in boot loader menu..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:419
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Warning: no encryption is used."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Change."
@@ -862,149 +851,149 @@
msgstr "Nothing is configured"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN Card"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
msgid "USB ISDN Card"
msgstr "USB ISDN Card"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "USB Ethernet Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
msgid "USB FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "USB FDDI Network Card"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection"
msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN Connection"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
msgid "USB ISDN Connection"
msgstr "USB ISDN Connection"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226
msgid "PCMCIA Modem"
msgstr "PCMCIA Modem"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
msgid "USB Modem"
msgstr "USB Modem"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230
msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234
msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "USB Token Ring Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB Network Device"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
msgid "USB Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "USB Wireless Network Card"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr "Unknown Network Device"
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr "Configured as %1"
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr "Configured without address (NONE)"
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr "Configured without an address"
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr "Configured with address %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr "Configured with %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr "Configured as %1 with address %2"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr "Configured as %1 with %2"
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "Managed"
@@ -1089,67 +1078,67 @@
msgstr "- Connect to the Internet"
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "- Download latest release notes"
msgstr "- Download latest release notes"
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207
msgid "- Check for latest updates"
msgstr "- Check for latest updates"
#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212
msgid "- Close connection"
msgstr "- Close connection"
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "The following steps will be performed:"
msgstr "The following steps will be performed:"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231
msgid "Select:"
msgstr "Select:"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now"
msgstr "&Yes, Run Online Update Now"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "N&o, Skip Update"
msgstr "N&o, Skip Update"
#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Online Updates Available"
msgstr "Online Updates Available"
#. Label text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
msgstr "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
#. Heading
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
msgstr "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "&Select Log:"
msgstr "&Select Log:"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr "Additional Addresses"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
@@ -1157,7 +1146,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP Address"
@@ -1165,7 +1154,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
@@ -1175,7 +1164,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
@@ -1186,136 +1175,136 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "De&lete"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr "&Name of Interface"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr "&Mandatory Interface"
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "&Device Type"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "&Configuration Name"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr "Unknown group"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Modem Devices"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr "Firewall Interfaces"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "VLAN"
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr "Bond &Slaves"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Up"
msgid "Up"
msgstr "&Up"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Down"
msgid "Down"
msgstr "&Down"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr "Bond &Slaves"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr "Bond &Driver Options"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr "<p>Select the bond driver options, and edit it if you need. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "Dynamic Address"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr "Product version and release"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr "LDAP Version 2"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr "LDAP Version 2"
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Statically assigned IP Address"
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
@@ -1323,37 +1312,37 @@
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP Address"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr "&Subnet Mask"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "&Hostname"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr "R&emote IP Address"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr "The remote IP address is invalid."
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1364,13 +1353,13 @@
"if you know that the detection is wrong."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "Configuration %1 already present."
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1384,21 +1373,21 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "No valid IP address."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "No valid Netmask."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Invalid hostname."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1408,7 +1397,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1418,56 +1407,55 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&General"
-#. TODO:
-#. "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209
+#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Device Activation"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Firewall Zone"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
-#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole
+#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Address"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Hardware"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "Bond &Slaves"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Wireless"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1475,7 +1463,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1485,7 +1473,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Network Card Setup"
@@ -1676,11 +1664,11 @@
msgstr "CI7000 adapter"
#. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview();
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89
msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device."
msgstr "Use \"id\" option to determine device."
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98
msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
msgstr "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
@@ -1688,26 +1676,26 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr "Not possible value for bootproto!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr "Not possible value for startmode!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr "Automatic configuration skipped (%1)"
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "The device was deleted."
@@ -1747,17 +1735,17 @@
msgid "Note"
msgstr "Note:"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Global Options"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Overview"
#. continue-cancel popup, #178848
#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153
msgid ""
"A Xen network bridge was detected.\n"
"Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n"
@@ -1771,7 +1759,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1779,7 +1767,7 @@
"to this configuration dialog.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1792,22 +1780,22 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr "Installing firmware..."
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr "An error occurred during installation."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1822,12 +1810,12 @@
"the interface will no longer be managed by NetworkManager.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Network Setup Method"
@@ -1836,7 +1824,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Network Settings"
@@ -1864,7 +1852,7 @@
msgstr "&Change Hostname via DHCP"
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
@@ -1873,20 +1861,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1894,7 +1882,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1902,7 +1890,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
@@ -1914,12 +1902,12 @@
"for example, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are configured\n"
"with the same module name, options will be merged while saving.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1929,7 +1917,7 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1938,7 +1926,7 @@
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
@@ -1946,85 +1934,70 @@
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
-#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
-msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
-msgstr "Manual Network Card Configuration"
-
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr "&PCMCIA"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290
msgid "&USB"
msgstr "&USB"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
-msgid "&Hotplug Type"
-msgstr "&Hotplug Type"
-
-#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307
-msgid "P&CI"
-msgstr "P&CI"
-
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr "&Kernel Module"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr "&Module Name"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Udev rules"
msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr "Udev rules"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Device Name"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368
msgid "Change"
msgstr "Change"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Identification"
msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr "Server Identification"
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Seconds"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Blin"
msgid "Blink"
msgstr "Blin"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "&Additional ipppd options"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr "Manual Network Card Selection"
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -2034,18 +2007,18 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "&Network Card"
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "&Search"
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -2055,7 +2028,7 @@
"Choose a different one."
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
@@ -2063,134 +2036,134 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "S/390 Device Settings"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "&Port Name"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Port Number"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "&Enable IPA Takeover"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "Layer2 &MAC Address"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "R&ead Channel"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "&Write Channel"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Control file changed."
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "&Port Number"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "&LANCMD Time-Out"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "Compatibility Mode"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "Extended Mode"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocol"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "&Peer Name"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2199,7 +2172,7 @@
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
@@ -2208,12 +2181,12 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Hardware Dialogue"
#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n"
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -2222,7 +2195,7 @@
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
@@ -2231,7 +2204,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n"
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -2240,7 +2213,7 @@
"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2249,8 +2222,8 @@
"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2263,9 +2236,7 @@
"manage connections for all interfaces. It is well-suited\n"
"to switching among wired and multiple wireless networks.</p>\n"
-#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
@@ -2275,8 +2246,17 @@
"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at once.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
+#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678)
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
msgid ""
+"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n"
+"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n"
+"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n"
+"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66
+msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
@@ -2285,7 +2265,7 @@
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
@@ -2293,7 +2273,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2305,7 +2285,7 @@
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2322,12 +2302,12 @@
"module for ipv6). When ipv6 protocol is not used on your network, response \n"
"time can be faster."
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2341,7 +2321,7 @@
"used instead of the default route. The idea of the default route is simply\n"
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2349,13 +2329,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2363,14 +2343,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
@@ -2388,7 +2368,7 @@
"the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop.\n"
"</p> "
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2397,7 +2377,7 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
@@ -2406,7 +2386,7 @@
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2417,7 +2397,7 @@
"(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2429,7 +2409,7 @@
"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n"
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2437,7 +2417,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2447,7 +2427,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2461,7 +2441,7 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2472,12 +2452,12 @@
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you don't want any IP address for this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
@@ -2487,7 +2467,7 @@
"assigned by the system administrator or your cable or DSL provider.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
@@ -2499,7 +2479,7 @@
"obtained automatically from the server.<p>"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
@@ -2511,7 +2491,7 @@
"</b>. Otherwise, network addresses must be assigned <b>statically</b>.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
@@ -2523,7 +2503,7 @@
"of your peer.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
@@ -2535,7 +2515,7 @@
"fully qualified hostname for this IP address. It will be written to <i>/etc/hosts</i>.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
@@ -2543,7 +2523,7 @@
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
@@ -2551,7 +2531,7 @@
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2569,11 +2549,11 @@
"interface. If you do not select a zone and no others exist, \n"
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2590,7 +2570,7 @@
"especially on slow dial-up connections. Select one of the recommended values\n"
"or define your own one.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
@@ -2598,13 +2578,13 @@
msgstr "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device. Only the devices whose Device Activation is set to Never and have No Address Setup are available.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>DHCP client options</big></b></p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2619,7 +2599,7 @@
"network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
@@ -2642,7 +2622,7 @@
"Leave empty not to send a hostname.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2652,7 +2632,7 @@
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Enter an <b>Alias Name</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
@@ -2665,22 +2645,24 @@
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
-" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
+"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
-msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
@@ -2710,7 +2692,7 @@
"</p> "
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
@@ -2718,8 +2700,7 @@
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2733,8 +2714,7 @@
"called <i>Infrastructure Mode</i>), or <b>Master</b> (the network card\n"
"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2752,8 +2732,7 @@
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
"signal strength.</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
@@ -2790,8 +2769,7 @@
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2806,7 +2784,7 @@
"are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2822,8 +2800,7 @@
"dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n"
"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -2831,8 +2808,7 @@
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialogue.</p>\n"
-#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -2845,31 +2821,31 @@
"available options.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "IP Address"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Net&mask"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "The IP address is invalid."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr "The subnet mask is invalid."
@@ -2896,26 +2872,26 @@
msgstr "&Hexadecimal"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75
msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgstr "EAP &Mode"
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79
msgid "TTLS"
msgstr "TTLS"
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81
msgid "PEAP"
msgstr "PEAP"
#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83
msgid "TLS"
msgstr "TLS"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n"
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
@@ -2926,11 +2902,11 @@
"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98
msgid "&Identity"
msgstr "&Identity"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
@@ -2943,22 +2919,22 @@
"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110
msgid "&Anonymous Identity"
msgstr "&Anonymous Identity"
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Password"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125
msgid "&Client Certificate"
msgstr "&Client Certificate"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
@@ -2973,23 +2949,23 @@
"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143
msgid "Client &Key"
msgstr "Client &Key"
#. or password?
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156
msgid "Client Key Pass&word"
msgstr "Client Key Pass&word"
#. text entry label
#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority)
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166
msgid "&Server Certificate"
msgstr "&Server Certificate"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n"
"a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n"
@@ -3000,11 +2976,11 @@
"to validate the server's authenticity.</p>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Details"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220
msgid ""
"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n"
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
@@ -3013,11 +2989,11 @@
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238
msgid "&Authentication Method"
msgstr "&Authentication Method"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n"
"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n"
@@ -3030,11 +3006,11 @@
"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249
msgid "&PEAP Version"
msgstr "&PEAP Version"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
@@ -3043,134 +3019,134 @@
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
msgid "&Any"
msgstr "&Any"
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr "No Encryption"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr "WEP - Open"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr "WEP - Shared Key"
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr "Wireless Device Settings"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr "O&perating Mode"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Master"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr "Local Network"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr "&Authentication Mode"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr "&Encryption Key"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr "E&xpert Settings"
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr "&WEP Keys"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "Specify the network name for this mode."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "The encryption key is invalid."
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3180,13 +3156,13 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "Wireless Expert Settings"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
@@ -3195,7 +3171,7 @@
"(rarely needed).</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -3208,7 +3184,7 @@
"points in that case.</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
@@ -3217,7 +3193,7 @@
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
@@ -3226,7 +3202,7 @@
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -3236,77 +3212,61 @@
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
-#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726
-msgid ""
-"<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
-"the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
-"the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
-
-#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734
-msgid "&Frequency"
-msgstr "&Frequency"
-
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Automatic"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "&Channel"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr "B&it Rate"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "&Access Point"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "Use &Power Management"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "EAP &Mode"
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "EAP &Mode"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "Enter Encryption Key"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "&Key"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Help"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "Wireless Keys"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3321,7 +3281,7 @@
"one key.</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3336,50 +3296,50 @@
"value to 64.</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP Keys"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "&Key Length"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
msgid "No."
msgstr "No."
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Key"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Default"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "&Set as Default"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "Choose a Certificate"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3388,47 +3348,47 @@
"or the client certificate."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
msgid "Any"
msgstr "Any"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP Details"
@@ -3476,12 +3436,12 @@
msgstr "Remote Administration Settings"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "These packages need to be installed:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3493,75 +3453,68 @@
"\n"
"Try again?\n"
-#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
-#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
-#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265
-msgid "unplugged"
-msgstr "unplugged"
-
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unknown"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Configuration Successfully Saved"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr "Configure mail now?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr "Run configuration of %1?"
@@ -3571,126 +3524,126 @@
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Network Cards"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Modems"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN Cards"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL Devices"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "All Network Devices"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "The hostname is invalid."
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "&Domain Name"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127
msgid "The domain name is invalid."
msgstr "The domain name is invalid."
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134
msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP"
msgstr "&Change Hostname via DHCP"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144
msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration"
msgstr "DNS configuration"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154
msgid "Only Manually"
msgstr "Only Manually"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use Default Policy"
msgstr "Use Default Values"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use Custom Policy"
msgstr "Password Policy"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Custom Policy Rule"
msgstr "Custom Rules"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177
msgid "Name Server &1"
msgstr "Name Server &1"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193
msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid."
msgstr "The IP address of the name server is invalid."
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201
msgid "Do&main Search"
msgstr "Do&main Search"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228
msgid "Name Server &2"
msgstr "Name Server &2"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230
msgid "Name Server &3"
msgstr "Name Server &3"
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "Hostname and Domain Name"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251
msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List"
msgstr "Name Servers and Domain Search List"
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268
msgid "Hostname/DNS"
msgstr "Hostname/DNS"
@@ -3699,7 +3652,7 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event
#. @param event the event being handled
#. @return nil so that the dialog loops on
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "No interface with dhcp"
msgstr "no interface with dhcp"
@@ -3708,28 +3661,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
@@ -3778,12 +3731,12 @@
msgstr "Host Aliases"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "Hos&t Aliases"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
@@ -3863,7 +3816,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "The default gateway is invalid."
@@ -3888,12 +3841,12 @@
msgstr "Dele&te"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54
msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression"
msgstr "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression"
#. dial prefix regex help
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n"
"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
@@ -3908,43 +3861,43 @@
"to change the prefix.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label,method of setup
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69
msgid "Setup Method"
msgstr "Setup Method"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75
msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)"
msgstr "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77
msgid "S&tatic Address Setup"
msgstr "S&tatic Address Setup"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80
msgid "<p>H</p>"
msgstr "<p>H</p>"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95
msgid "At Boot Time"
msgstr "At Boot Time"
#. is a part of the static help text
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102
msgid "Never"
msgstr "Never"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106
msgid "By NetworkManager"
msgstr "By NetworkManager"
#. help text for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111
msgid ""
"<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n"
"controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST."
@@ -3953,12 +3906,12 @@
"controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST."
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manually"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n"
@@ -3968,12 +3921,12 @@
"via 'ifup' or 'kinternet' (See 'User Controlled' below)."
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
msgid "On Cable Connection"
msgstr "On Cable Connection"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129
msgid ""
"<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n"
"The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n"
@@ -3986,12 +3939,12 @@
"wireless interface can connect to an access point.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138
msgid "On Hotplug"
msgstr "On Hotplug"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140
msgid ""
"With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n"
"the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n"
@@ -4004,13 +3957,12 @@
"boot time if the interface is not present.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#. Combo box option for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149
msgid "On NFSroot"
msgstr "On NFSroot"
#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
@@ -4021,26 +3973,15 @@
"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
-#. help text for Device Activation
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
-"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
-"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
-
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activate &Device"
msgstr "&Activate All Services"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
@@ -4053,66 +3994,66 @@
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235
msgid "IPoIB Device Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Firewall is not installed"
msgid "Firewall is not installed."
msgstr "Firewall is not installed"
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253
msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254
msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255
msgid "576 (dial-up)"
msgstr ""
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262
msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263
msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr "Set &MTU"
#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Services"
msgid "NetworkManager Service"
msgstr "Network Services"
#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgid "Traditional ifup"
msgstr "Traditional Chinese"
#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Web Services"
msgid "Wicked Service"
msgstr "Web Services"
#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Services"
msgid "Network Services Disabled"
@@ -4121,46 +4062,46 @@
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr "General Network Settings"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Enable IPv6"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Unknown device"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP address"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "No IP address assigned"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
@@ -4169,124 +4110,135 @@
"%2 - %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "&Change Device"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "Network Device Select"
+#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration
+#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten
+#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
+#.
+#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unconfigured"
+msgid "configured"
+msgstr "Unconfigured"
+
#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue
#.
#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Network Restart"
msgstr "&Configure Network Cards"
-#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
+#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24
msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr "Device Name"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99
msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MAC Address: %1"
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "MAC Address: %1"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr "Configuration %1 already present."
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "Read configuration file"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr "Write hostname"
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Update configuration"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr "Writing hostname..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Updating configuration..."
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr "Updating /etc/resolv.conf..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Hostname: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Name Servers: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "Search List: %1"
@@ -4417,7 +4369,7 @@
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
@@ -4429,92 +4381,92 @@
msgstr "To apply this change reboot is needed."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Saving Network Configuration"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Write drivers information"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Write device configuration"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Write network configuration"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Write routing configuration"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Set up network services"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Write firewall settings"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Activate network services"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Writing device configuration..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Writing network configuration..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Writing routing configuration..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Setting up network services..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Writing firewall settings..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Activating network services..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Network Settings"
@@ -4522,162 +4474,161 @@
#. Import data
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Network Mode"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Disable NetworkManager"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Enable NetworkManager"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Disable IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "(not connected)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Started automatically at boot"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Started automatically on cable connection"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Managed by NetworkManager"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Will not be started at all"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Started manually"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP address assigned using DHCP"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP Address: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
-#. FIXME:
-#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
+#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Not configured"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Device Name: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond slaves"
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Bond slaves"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "(not connected)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "<p>Unable to configure network card because kernel device is not present</p>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr "<P><UL><LI>The device is not configured</LI><LI>Press <B>Configure</B> to configure</LI></UL></P>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Needed Information"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "unknown"
@@ -4715,14 +4666,14 @@
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed."
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr "Enabling service 'uml' failed."
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4730,63 +4681,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Remote administration is enabled."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Remote administration is disabled."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Write IP forwarding settings"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Write routing settings"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Saving Routing Configuration"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
#. at first stop the running routes
-#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
+#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop");
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Writing routing settings..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway: %1"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Gateway: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP Forwarding: on"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP Forwarding: on"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr "Automatically &Reconnect"
@@ -4801,6 +4752,40 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(Unprotected)"
+#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
+#~ msgstr "Device boot protocol"
+
+#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Manual Network Card Configuration"
+
+#~ msgid "&Hotplug Type"
+#~ msgstr "&Hotplug Type"
+
+#~ msgid "P&CI"
+#~ msgstr "P&CI"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
+#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
+#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "&Frequency"
+#~ msgstr "&Frequency"
+
+#~ msgid "unplugged"
+#~ msgstr "unplugged"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
+#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
+#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
+
#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
#~ msgstr "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-09 10:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,55 +17,55 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. Command line help text for the nfs module
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29
msgid "Configuration of NFS client"
msgstr "Configuration of NFS client"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43
msgid "List configured NFS mounts"
msgstr "List configured NFS mounts"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50
msgid "Add an NFS mount"
msgstr "Add an NFS mount"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55
msgid "Edit an NFS mount"
msgstr "Edit an NFS mount"
#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60
msgid "Delete an NFS mount"
msgstr "Delete an NFS mount"
#. host:path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_spec
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70
msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')"
msgstr "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')"
#. path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_file
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79
msgid "Local mount point"
msgstr "Local mount point"
#. a list?
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_mntops
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89
msgid "Mount options"
msgstr "Mount options"
#. nfs or nfs4
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_type
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98
msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs."
msgstr ""
@@ -74,28 +74,28 @@
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160
msgid "Remote File System"
msgstr "Remote File System"
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Mount Point"
#. table header
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Options"
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'."
msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"."
@@ -103,22 +103,22 @@
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334
msgid "No NFS mount specified."
msgstr "No NFS mount specified."
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253
msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found."
msgstr "No NFS mount matching the criteria found."
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271
msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:"
msgstr "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n"
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
"0-9, A-Z, a-z, dots, -, and _."
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
"with mount point '%1'."
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -157,14 +157,14 @@
"and it must begin with a slash (/)."
#. Help, part 1 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p>The table contains all directories \n"
"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n"
"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n"
@@ -173,14 +173,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 3 of 3
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
@@ -191,29 +191,29 @@
#. selection box label
#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows
#. NFS servers only
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "&NFS Servers"
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "&Exported Directories"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249
msgid "&NFS Server Hostname"
msgstr "&NFS Server Hostname"
#. pushbutton label
#. choose a host from a list
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255
msgid "Choo&se"
msgstr "Choo&se"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263
msgid "&Remote Directory"
msgstr "&Remote Directory"
@@ -221,50 +221,50 @@
#. select from a list of remote filesystems
#. make it short
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&Select"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS&v4 Share"
msgstr "&NFS Servers"
#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
msgid "pNFS (v4.1)"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287
msgid "&Mount Point (local)"
msgstr "&Mount Point (local)"
#. button label
#. browse directories to select a mount point
#. appears in help text too
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "&Browse"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "O&ptions"
#. label message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
#. Translators: 1st part of error message
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325
#, fuzzy
msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network."
msgstr "No NTP server has been found on your network."
#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...)
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -276,18 +276,18 @@
"which probably blocks the network scanning."
#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356
msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..."
msgstr "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..."
#. heading for a directory selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371
msgid "Select the Mount Point"
msgstr "Select the Mount Point"
#. help text 1/4
#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n"
"<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n"
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
#. help text 2/4
#. added "Select" button
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429
msgid ""
"<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n"
"enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n"
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439
msgid ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n"
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
"interactively.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450
msgid ""
"<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n"
"read the man page mount(8).</p>"
@@ -334,62 +334,62 @@
"read the man page mount(8).</p>"
#. popup heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Help"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Directory"
msgstr "&Remote Directory"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Type"
msgstr "USB Type"
-#. `VSpacing (1),
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522
+#. #211570
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "Enable NFSv4"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name"
msgstr "NIS &Domain Name"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "Enable &GSS Security"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NFS Shares"
msgstr "&NFS Servers"
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS &Settings"
msgstr "DNS Settings"
#. Default values
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "Really delete %1?"
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695
+#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgstr "NFS Client Configuration"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr "Unable to create directory '%1'."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -400,81 +400,83 @@
"the NFS client configuration.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr "Writing NFS Configuration"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "Stop services"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "Start services"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "Stopping services..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "Starting services..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr "NFS Entries"
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr "%1 entries configured"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140
msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed."
msgstr "Empty option strings are not allowed."
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149
-msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\""
-msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1"
+msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'"
+msgstr "Empty value for option: %1"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown option: %1"
msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'"
msgstr "Unknown option: %1"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid option: %1"
msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'"
msgstr "Invalid option: %1"
#. To translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161
+#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1"
msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs_server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs_server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nfs_server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-18 11:36+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: proofreader\n"
"Language-Team: en_US\n"
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1"
msgstr "&NIS Servers in Domain %1"
-#. firewall openning help
+#. firewall opening help
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028
msgid "NIS client"
msgstr "NIS client"
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864
msgid "Fin&d"
msgstr "Fin&d"
@@ -292,11 +292,6 @@
msgid "&Use NIS"
msgstr "&Use NIS"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482
-msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr "Start Auto&mounter"
-
#. button label (short for Expert settings)
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489
msgid "E&xpert..."
@@ -309,9 +304,14 @@
msgid "NFS Configuration..."
msgstr "NFS Configuration"
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499
+msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
+msgstr "Start Auto&mounter"
+
#. dialog title
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
msgid "Configuration of NIS client"
msgstr "Configuration of NIS client"
@@ -319,12 +319,12 @@
#. but the domain is unknown.
#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers
#. but the domain is unknown.
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904
msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known."
msgstr "Finding servers works only when the domain is known."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593
msgid ""
"When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n"
"you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n"
@@ -335,81 +335,81 @@
"Are you sure?"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676
msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#. Check, ie. turn on a check box
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684
msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692
msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>"
msgstr "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>"
#. frame label
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731
msgid "Expert settings"
msgstr "Expert settings"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708
msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts"
msgstr "Ans&wer Remote Hosts"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712
msgid "Br&oken server"
msgstr "Br&oken server"
#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind')
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719
msgid "Other &ypbind options"
msgstr "Other &ypbind options"
#. Translators: multilineedit label
#. comma: ","
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846
msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)"
msgstr "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr "&Broadcast"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr "&SLP"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874
msgid "Domain Settings"
msgstr "Domain Settings"
#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit...
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877
msgid "&Domain name"
msgstr "&Domain name"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932
msgid "This domain is already defined."
msgstr "This domain is already defined."
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937
msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgstr "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946
msgid ""
"Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n"
"does not make any sense. Select just one option."
@@ -418,56 +418,56 @@
"does not make any sense. Select just one option."
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979
msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987
msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>"
msgstr "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>"
#. dialog label
#. dialog subtitle
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038
msgid "Additional Domains"
msgstr "Additional Domains"
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889
msgid "Domain"
msgstr "Domain"
#. table header
#. summary header
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr "Broadcast"
#. table header - Service Location Protocol
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009
msgid "SLP"
msgstr "SLP"
#. table header
#. summary item
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887
msgid "Servers"
msgstr "Servers"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "A&dd"
#. Translators: a yes-no popup
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123
msgid "Really delete this domain?"
msgstr "Really delete this domain?"
#. popup text FIXME better...
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253
msgid "NIS is now enabled."
msgstr "NIS is now enabled."
@@ -547,47 +547,47 @@
msgstr "Client Enabled"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206
msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..."
msgstr "Writing NIS Configuration..."
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "Stop services"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "Start services"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "Stopping services..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "Starting services..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227
msgid "Writing NIS client settings"
msgstr "Writing NIS client settings"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252
msgid "Error while running ypclient."
msgstr "Error while running ypclient."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262
+#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr "NIS server not found."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis_server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis_server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/nis_server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:06+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ntp-client.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ntp-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/ntp-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:07+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
msgstr "&Configure..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@
"without having package %1 installed."
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Synchronise with NTP Server"
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -1354,27 +1354,27 @@
msgstr "Initialising ..."
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising NTP Client Configuration"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Read network configuration"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
msgid "Read NTP settings"
msgstr "Read NTP settings"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Reading network configuration..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
msgstr "Reading NTP settings..."
@@ -1384,119 +1384,119 @@
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr "Write NTP settings"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr "Restart NTP daemon"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Writing the settings..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr "Restarting NTP daemon..."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr "Cannot update the configuration of the virtual machine."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "Servers: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "Radio Clocks: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "Peers: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "Broadcast time information to: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "Static Configuration Files"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "Modem configuration overview"
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "Testing the NTP server..."
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "Server is reachable and responds properly."
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/oneclickinstall.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/oneclickinstall.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/oneclickinstall.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
#. Remove any removals
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291
msgid "Removing Packages..."
msgstr "Removing Packages..."
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264
msgid "Installing Patterns..."
msgstr "Installing Patterns..."
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
#. initialize slideshow data (package counters)
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Installing Packages..."
@@ -390,36 +390,36 @@
msgid "Adding repository %1"
msgstr "Adding repository %1"
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123
msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository."
msgstr "An error occurred while initialising the software repository."
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Details:"
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Try again?"
#. * Install all the specified packages
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185
msgid "Marking package %1 for installation"
msgstr "Marking package %1 for installation"
#. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo.
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211
msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed."
msgstr "Warning: package %1 could not be installed."
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225
msgid "Performing Installation..."
msgstr "Performing Installation..."
#. * Install all the specified patterns
#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise
-#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253
+#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252
msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed."
msgstr "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update-configuration.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update-configuration.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update-configuration.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/online-update.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:11+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -252,9 +252,13 @@
#. popup message
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n"
+#| "Finishing and restarting now."
msgid ""
"Packages for package management were updated.\n"
-"Finishing and restarting now."
+"Finishing and restarting YaST now."
msgstr ""
"Packages for package management were updated.\n"
"Finishing and restarting now."
@@ -331,66 +335,50 @@
msgstr "OK"
#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 "
msgstr "Downloading delta RPM %1"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236
msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress"
msgstr "Delta RPM Download Progress"
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM).
#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 "
msgstr "Applying delta RPM: %1"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284
msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
msgstr "Delta RPM Application Progress"
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
-#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 "
-msgstr "Downloading patch RPM %1"
-
#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337
-msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
-msgstr "Patch RPM Download Progress"
-
-#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-
-#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354
msgid "Script Execution Progress"
msgstr "Script Execution Progress"
#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360
msgid "Starting script %1"
msgstr "Starting script %1"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430
msgid ""
"Patch %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -399,7 +387,7 @@
"\n"
#. error popoup (detailed info follows)
-#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614
+#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
msgstr "Error while moving repository content."
@@ -562,6 +550,16 @@
"Contact us if you need further assistance."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 "
+#~ msgstr "Downloading patch RPM %1"
+
+#~ msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
+#~ msgstr "Patch RPM Download Progress"
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
+#~ msgstr "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
+
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you abort the installation now, SuSEconfig will\n"
#~ "not be run. The patches have been installed\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/opensuse_mirror.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/opensuse_mirror.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/opensuse_mirror.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/packager.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/packager.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/packager.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:13+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository"
msgstr "Routing Configuration Summary:"
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?"
msgstr ""
@@ -269,49 +269,49 @@
"Would you like to configure it?"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check network configuration"
msgstr "Read network configuration"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download list of online repositories"
msgstr "Download of Release Notes"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking network configuration..."
msgstr "Reading network configuration..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..."
msgstr "Downloading the latest release notes..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize the repository manager"
msgstr "Cannot Initialise the Package Database"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the repository manager..."
msgstr "Initialising new package database..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "Reposi&tories"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The packager is being initialized and \n"
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Please wait while packages are installed.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot download list of repositories,\n"
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
msgstr "Download of Release Notes"
#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No product URL defined from which to download\n"
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
msgstr "Download of Release Notes"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to download list of repositories\n"
@@ -345,13 +345,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text
#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes")
#. see *4
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>"
#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Yes"
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository
#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository
#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n"
@@ -374,31 +374,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "Reposi&tories"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&Filter"
#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "&List of Repositories"
msgstr "Reposi&tories"
#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository Description"
msgstr "No Description"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>List of default online repositories.\n"
@@ -408,33 +408,33 @@
"Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select one of them or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.</p>"
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr "Select one of them or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Select language extensions to be installed and click <b>Accept</b>.</p>"
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Select language extensions to be installed and click <b>Accept</b>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories"
msgstr "Reposi&tories"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
@@ -448,53 +448,53 @@
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repository %1 failed."
msgstr "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete deselected online repositories"
msgstr "Delete selected catalogue from list?"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..."
msgstr "Detecting mounted ext2 file systems..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add all selected online repositories"
msgstr "Delete selected catalogue from list?"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..."
msgstr "Detecting mounted ext2 file systems..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add repository: %1"
msgstr "&Alice Repository:"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step,
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..."
msgstr "Adding partition %1 to swap..."
#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM
-#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733
+#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736
msgid ""
"Low memory detected.\n"
"\n"
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Installing Packages..."
@@ -554,8 +554,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialising..."
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL: %1"
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Details:"
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Try again?"
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@
"All changes will be lost."
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
@@ -918,47 +918,47 @@
msgstr "There is no profile '%1'"
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "Refreshing repository "
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "Refreshing repository "
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "Registered Host"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "Registered Host"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "Refreshing repository "
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "Restarting service %1..."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "Delete selected catalogue from list?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@
msgstr "Delete selected catalogue from list?"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@
"cannot be set."
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -985,7 +985,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Please wait while reading the configuration.</p>"
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@
"Install them now?\n"
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@
"Cannot search for SLP installation sources\n"
"without having %1 package installed"
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@
"without having %1 package installed"
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Following packages haven't been found on the medium:\n"
@@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr "&Start Check"
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Eject"
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1615,84 +1615,94 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "An error occurred during the installation of"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Control file %1 was not found."
+#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
+#. or check the content file
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
+msgid ""
+"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
+"The add-on product cannot be registered."
+msgstr "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Insert the add-on product CD"
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Additional &LDAP Groups"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Additional Group Settings"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Add-On Products"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Insert the add-on product CD"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Insert the first installation medium."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Unable to write %1."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Unknown Product"
@@ -1791,7 +1801,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Total"
@@ -1800,13 +1810,13 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "Downloading %1 (%2)"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1815,118 +1825,118 @@
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading Package"
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Downloading Package"
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr "Downloading Package"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "Deleting %1"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "Not installed (%1 -> %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "Applying delta"
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
#, fuzzy
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr "However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "Product: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "System: %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "Patterns"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "Download of Release Notes"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n"
@@ -1937,43 +1947,43 @@
"Continue anyway?\n"
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "more disk space."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "No free space available on %1"
#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed"
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr "Package %1 will be installed"
#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr "%1 packages will be updated"
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
@@ -1981,17 +1991,17 @@
#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -2002,13 +2012,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "No source found at '%1'."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
@@ -2026,29 +2036,29 @@
"from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Installing boot manager..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Failed to integrate service pack source"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Initialising fonts..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "Insert %1 CD 1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr ""
@@ -2056,7 +2066,7 @@
"CA not found"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -2065,19 +2075,19 @@
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Evaluating package selection..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -2085,7 +2095,7 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
-#. @param string filename
+#. @param [String] license_ident file name
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
@@ -2127,39 +2137,49 @@
"the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n"
#. dialog title
+#. #459391
+#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "License Agreement"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Really abort the installation?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
#, fuzzy
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "System is shutting down..."
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "License Agreement"
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr "License Agreement"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -2219,177 +2239,169 @@
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "Downloading %1 (%2)"
-#. remote
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
-msgstr "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
-
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "Failed to deactivate %1."
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492
+#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "Failed to deactivate %1."
-#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
-#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-msgstr "Failed to deactivate %1."
-
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
msgid "&Scan Using SLP..."
msgstr "&Scan Using SLP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "Commun&ity Repositories"
msgstr "Configured Hosts"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr "Specify &URL..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr "&FTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr "&HTTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr "HTT&PS..."
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720
-msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
+msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr "&SMB/CIFS"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47
-msgid "&NFS..."
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&NFS..."
+msgid "NF&S..."
msgstr "&NFS..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr "&CD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr "&DVD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr "&Hard Disk"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr "&Local Directory..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr "Use &ISO Images"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr "No Description"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "&Server Name"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "ISO Image"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Protocol"
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocol"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Mount Options"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " (default)"
msgid "(default)"
msgstr " (default)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Name of the group"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "P&rotocol"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Name of the group"
@@ -2397,42 +2409,42 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "Repository"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS Server"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Hard Disk"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr "&USB Stick Boot Image"
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Local Directory"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "Use &ISO Images"
@@ -2442,26 +2454,26 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "Server and Directory"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Share path cannot be empty."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Repository"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2472,13 +2484,13 @@
"loaded.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Service Name"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2489,17 +2501,17 @@
"loaded.</p>\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "URL cannot be empty."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2512,17 +2524,17 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "Show Complete &List"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2532,7 +2544,7 @@
"<p><big><b>Kernel</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Kernel</b> to specify the kernel image to load.</p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2541,16 +2553,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2560,12 +2572,12 @@
"Use <b>Kernel</b> to specify the kernel image to load.</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO Image File"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2575,7 +2587,7 @@
"Try again.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2583,7 +2595,7 @@
msgstr "The specified file does not exist."
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2591,19 +2603,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2616,22 +2628,22 @@
"Use <b>Kernel</b> to specify the kernel image to load.</p>"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
#, fuzzy
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "Mass Storage Device"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "&File System"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "Directory"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2647,7 +2659,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2655,12 +2667,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "&Floppy Disk Device"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2675,13 +2687,13 @@
"Use <b>Kernel</b> to specify the kernel image to load.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2692,73 +2704,73 @@
"Use <b>Kernel</b> to specify the kernel image to load.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Server &Name"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Share"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "Use &ISO Images"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Directory on Server"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "Au&thentication"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anonymous"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "Workgroup or Domain"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&User Name"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Password"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2773,7 +2785,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2782,12 +2794,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2800,7 +2812,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2813,7 +2825,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2832,7 +2844,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2851,27 +2863,27 @@
"the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Select the printer type."
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Insert the add-on product CD"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Insert the add-on product DVD"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "No DASD disk detected"
-#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359
+#. use three slashes as third slash means path
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2881,18 +2893,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Media Check"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Products"
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "Add-On Products"
+#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "URL entered is not valid"
+msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
+msgstr "URL entered is not valid"
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
#, fuzzy
@@ -3000,7 +3021,7 @@
#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr "&Drive to eject"
@@ -3127,6 +3148,14 @@
msgstr "Please deselect some packages."
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
+#~ msgstr "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
+#~ msgstr "Failed to deactivate %1."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
#~ msgstr "Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pam.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pam.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pam.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: proofreader\n"
"Language-Team: en_US\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pkg-bindings.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pkg-bindings.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/pkg-bindings.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-05 12:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -50,20 +50,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:651
+#: src/Package.cc:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "There are package conflict which cannot be resolved automatically."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:657
+#: src/Package.cc:661
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "%1 package not available."
#. still not initialized, throw an exception
#. translators: this is an error message
-#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128
+#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager"
msgstr "Cannot connect to SUSE support server."
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
msgid "Download Descriptions"
msgstr "No Description"
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155
#: src/Source_Load.cc:479
msgid "Rebuild Cache"
msgstr ""
@@ -111,18 +111,18 @@
msgid "Adding the Repository..."
msgstr "Adding and removing repositories..."
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325
msgid "Downloading "
msgstr "Downloading "
#. stages: "download", "build cache"
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:401
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refresh Metadata"
msgstr "&Refresh status ..."
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:409
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing Repository..."
msgstr "Refreshing repository "
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/printer.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/printer.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/printer.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:16+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -226,8 +226,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox.
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a driver."
msgstr "Select a drive first."
@@ -480,8 +480,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Nothing Selected"
@@ -682,8 +682,8 @@
#. Exit this dialog in any case:
#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
#. Have the PageSize option topmost:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335
#, fuzzy
msgid "No driver options available"
msgstr "No description available"
@@ -1052,7 +1052,11 @@
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061
#, fuzzy
msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed."
msgstr "The following packages could not be installed"
@@ -1062,142 +1066,138 @@
msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
+msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
+msgstr "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
#, fuzzy
msgid "Never Disable the Queue"
msgstr "Disable the service"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181
msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189
msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a specific connection type."
msgstr "- Close connection"
#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Connection Type"
msgstr "Connection Type"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directly Connected Device"
msgstr "Directly Connected Printers"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Parallel Port"
-msgstr "&Parallel Printer"
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB Port"
msgstr "USB Port (%1)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204
-msgid "Serial Port"
-msgstr "Serial Port"
-
+#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239
msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242
msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
msgstr "Internet (IP) protocols"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print via Print Server Machine"
msgstr "Print via &IPX Network Server"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255
msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257
#, fuzzy
msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)"
msgstr "Additional &UDP Services"
#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ),
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CUPS Server"
msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)"
msgstr "CUPS Server"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235
-msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Special"
msgstr "&Special Tasks"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272
msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276
msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279
msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290
msgid "Connection Settings"
msgstr "Connection Settings"
@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@
#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK".
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection Wizard"
msgstr "Connection"
@@ -1222,12 +1222,12 @@
#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped.
#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped.
#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366
msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368
msgid ""
"An untested and insecure workaround might be\n"
"to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n"
@@ -1237,48 +1237,48 @@
#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP
#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here
#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a connection"
msgstr "- Close connection"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected
#. because there is no connection available to be selected:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446
msgid ""
"If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n"
"to access the device via this type of connection.\n"
"Was the printer connected and switched on all the time?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a valid connection"
msgstr "- Close connection"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected
#. because the current connection is no longer valid:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457
msgid ""
"When the current connection is no longer valid,\n"
"it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n"
"Is the printer still connected and switched on?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty."
msgstr "Server name cannot be empty."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty."
msgstr "The root directory cannot be empty."
@@ -1286,17 +1286,17 @@
#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values
#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564
#, fuzzy
msgid "URI could not be empty."
msgstr "URL cannot be empty."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty."
msgstr "Server name cannot be empty."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580
#, fuzzy
msgid "Both user and password must be specified."
msgstr "At least one address pair must be specified."
@@ -1304,7 +1304,11 @@
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616
+#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible.
+#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name
+#.
+#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servername could not be empty."
msgstr "Server name cannot be empty."
@@ -1315,33 +1319,33 @@
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options
#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty."
msgstr "Server name cannot be empty."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2'
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not be empty."
msgstr "Port field can't be empty"
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'."
msgstr "&Select manufacturer:"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830
#, fuzzy
msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network"
msgstr "Scanning for hosts in the local network..."
@@ -1351,11 +1355,11 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please wait...\n"
@@ -1363,25 +1367,25 @@
msgstr "Rereading disk information..."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)"
msgstr ""
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1391,7 +1395,7 @@
#. });
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929
msgid ""
"Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n"
"(Network issue or firewall active?)"
@@ -1399,7 +1403,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969
msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
@@ -1409,14 +1413,14 @@
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121
msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040
msgid ""
"This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n"
"if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n"
@@ -1426,31 +1430,31 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091
msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test OK"
msgstr "Test"
#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
#, fuzzy
msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
msgstr "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues."
msgstr ""
@@ -1608,55 +1612,48 @@
msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG"
msgstr ""
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190
-msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr.
#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202
msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver"
msgstr ""
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available
#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available"
msgstr "no description available"
#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225
msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located"
msgstr ""
#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "&Browse"
#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a printer description file"
msgstr "Select a printer model."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot access '%1'"
msgstr "Cannot open file '%1'"
#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr ""
@@ -1664,17 +1661,17 @@
"Choose another one."
#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700
msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available"
msgstr "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database."
@@ -2178,7 +2175,7 @@
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
-"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
+"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
@@ -2287,34 +2284,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
-"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n"
+"Devices which are connected via USB\n"
"are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
"For example:<br>\n"
-"parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
-"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
-"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
-"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n"
-"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n"
-"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n"
-"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n"
-"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n"
-"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n"
-"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n"
-"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n"
-"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n"
-"see the manual of your serial printer.\n"
-"Example device URIs:<br>\n"
-"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
-"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a bluetooth printer.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2355,7 +2331,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2427,23 +2403,10 @@
"The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
-"<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n"
-"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n"
-"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n"
-"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n"
-"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-"novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n"
-"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2457,7 +2420,7 @@
"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n"
"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n"
-"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n"
+"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n"
"The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n"
"which is then called by beh.\n"
@@ -2485,7 +2448,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2524,7 +2487,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n"
@@ -2541,7 +2504,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
@@ -2557,7 +2520,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n"
@@ -2572,7 +2535,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2586,7 +2549,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
@@ -2602,7 +2565,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n"
@@ -2622,7 +2585,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. SharingDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
@@ -2658,7 +2621,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2670,14 +2633,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Policies help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n"
"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n"
"Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n"
-"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
+"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
"and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n"
"the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n"
"can overwrite the default error policy\n"
@@ -2696,7 +2659,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2715,7 +2678,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Autoconfig help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2869,32 +2832,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "CUPS Server"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The print server is accessible."
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
@@ -2903,39 +2866,39 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Select an entry."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "Cannot delete TSIG key."
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "Confirm Installation"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "Default configuration"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "Do not delete"
@@ -2947,39 +2910,39 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of a Class"
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "Configuration of a Class"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "Detected Printers:"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Printout &Finished"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2988,27 +2951,27 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Detected Printers:"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "Delete the old settings?"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "Print the help for this module"
@@ -3017,7 +2980,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?"
@@ -3037,26 +3000,26 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Test printing"
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "&Test printing"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print test page"
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "Print test page"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 test page"
msgid "Two test pages"
@@ -3064,7 +3027,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Failed to install required package %1."
@@ -3073,19 +3036,19 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The test was successful"
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
@@ -3093,7 +3056,7 @@
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Test printing"
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
@@ -3115,56 +3078,56 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Detected Printers:"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "Do not delete"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "Cannot Read fstab"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3925,142 +3888,61 @@
msgstr "Determining active drivers..."
#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..."
msgstr "Creating swap area. Please wait..."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to add queue %1."
msgstr "Failed to read %1."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
msgstr "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?"
#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case
#. which should not happen at all:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to determine the driver options."
msgstr "Failed to determine the active drivers."
#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "New value"
msgid "new value"
msgstr "New value"
#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set value"
msgid "saved value"
msgstr "Set value"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
-msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network."
-msgstr "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
+msgid "The server '"
+msgstr "&Name Server"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
-msgstr "The NFS server name '%1' is invalid."
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network."
-msgstr "The NFS server name '%1' is invalid."
-
-#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called
-#. indirectly without a button click by the user
-#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'."
-msgstr "Cannot delete the default host."
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409
-msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important
-#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'."
-msgstr "Cannot delete the default host."
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454
-msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible."
-msgstr "The print server is accessible."
-
-#. but it the last test is not really important
-#. so that the last test is silently skipped
-#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'."
-msgstr "Cannot delete the default host."
-
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555
-msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network."
-msgstr "The share '%1' does not exist."
-
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The server '%1' is unknown."
-msgstr "The NFS server name '%1' is invalid."
-
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n"
"This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n"
@@ -4071,7 +3953,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -4080,7 +3962,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
@@ -4090,7 +3972,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name.
#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423
msgid ""
"To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
"Use 'Driver Packages' to install it."
@@ -4251,6 +4133,49 @@
msgstr "&Skip Mounting"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Parallel Port"
+#~ msgstr "&Parallel Printer"
+
+#~ msgid "Serial Port"
+#~ msgstr "Serial Port"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network."
+#~ msgstr "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network."
+#~ msgstr "The NFS server name '%1' is invalid."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network."
+#~ msgstr "The NFS server name '%1' is invalid."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'."
+#~ msgstr "Cannot delete the default host."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'."
+#~ msgstr "Cannot delete the default host."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible."
+#~ msgstr "The print server is accessible."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'."
+#~ msgstr "Cannot delete the default host."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network."
+#~ msgstr "The share '%1' does not exist."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The server '%1' is unknown."
+#~ msgstr "The NFS server name '%1' is invalid."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Look Up"
#~ msgstr "&Look Up"
@@ -4385,11 +4310,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Importing the Following Certificates:"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
-#~ msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
-#~ msgstr "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Usual &General Setting"
#~ msgstr "General Settings"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/product-creator.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/product-creator.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/product-creator.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:49+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/proxy.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/proxy.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/proxy.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,100 +18,6 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-#. Commandline help title
-#. Proxy dialog caption
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399
-msgid "Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr "Proxy Configuration"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40
-msgid "Enable proxy settings"
-msgstr "Enable proxy settings"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48
-msgid "Disable proxy settings"
-msgstr "Disable proxy settings"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56
-msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
-msgstr "Change the current proxy settings"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66
-msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgstr "Set the authentication for proxy"
-
-#. command-line help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76
-msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
-msgstr "Show the summary of the current settings"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88
-msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
-msgstr "Set HTTP proxy"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93
-msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
-msgstr "Set HTTPS proxy"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98
-msgid "Set FTP proxy"
-msgstr "Set FTP proxy"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103
-msgid "Clear all options listed"
-msgstr "Clear all options listed"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107
-msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-msgstr "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114
-msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
-
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121
-msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
-
-#. ask the user
-#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
-#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238
-msgid "Password:"
-msgstr "Password:"
-
-#. Return a modification status
-#. @return true if data was modified
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109
-msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
-msgstr "Status of Proxy Configuration"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr "Enabled"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112
-msgid "HTTP"
-msgstr "HTTP"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116
-msgid "HTTPS"
-msgstr "HTTPS"
-
-#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120
-msgid "FTP"
-msgstr "FTP"
-
#. Informative label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "No details available."
@@ -180,6 +86,12 @@
msgid "Proxy settings work correctly."
msgstr "Proxy settings work correctly."
+#. Proxy dialog caption
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27
+msgid "Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr "Proxy Configuration"
+
#. Proxy dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405
msgid ""
@@ -327,7 +239,7 @@
msgstr "Test Pr&oxy Settings"
#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615
msgid ""
"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n"
"Really use these settings?"
@@ -335,7 +247,7 @@
"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n"
"Really use these settings?"
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628
msgid ""
"Security warning:\n"
"Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n"
@@ -344,42 +256,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643
msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty."
msgstr "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "HTTP proxy URL is invalid."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659
msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687
msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705
msgid ""
"One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n"
"Check if all domains match one of the following:\n"
@@ -389,55 +301,143 @@
"* Domain name prefixed by '.'"
msgstr ""
+#. Return a modification status
+#. @return true if data was modified
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104
+msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
+msgstr "Status of Proxy Configuration"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Enabled"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107
+msgid "HTTP"
+msgstr "HTTP"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111
+msgid "HTTPS"
+msgstr "HTTPS"
+
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115
+msgid "FTP"
+msgstr "FTP"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35
+msgid "Enable proxy settings"
+msgstr "Enable proxy settings"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43
+msgid "Disable proxy settings"
+msgstr "Disable proxy settings"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51
+msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
+msgstr "Change the current proxy settings"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61
+msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+msgstr "Set the authentication for proxy"
+
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71
+msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
+msgstr "Show the summary of the current settings"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83
+msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
+msgstr "Set HTTP proxy"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88
+msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
+msgstr "Set HTTPS proxy"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93
+msgid "Set FTP proxy"
+msgstr "Set FTP proxy"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98
+msgid "Clear all options listed"
+msgstr "Clear all options listed"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102
+msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
+msgstr "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109
+msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
+
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116
+msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
+msgstr "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
+
+#. ask the user
+#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233
+msgid "Password:"
+msgstr "Password:"
+
#. Popup headline
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is recommended to restore the RPM database."
msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
msgstr "It is recommended to restore the RPM database."
-#. Write routing settings and apply changes
+#. Write proxy settings and apply changes
#. @return true if success
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174
msgid "Update proxy configuration"
msgstr "Update proxy configuration"
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176
msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
msgstr "Saving Proxy Configuration"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
#. but only when Progress is visible
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184
msgid "Updating proxy configuration..."
msgstr "Updating proxy configuration..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418
msgid "Proxy is disabled."
msgstr "Proxy is disabled."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423
msgid "Proxy is enabled."
msgstr "Proxy is enabled."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432
msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr "HTTP Proxy: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440
msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1"
msgstr "HTTPS Proxy: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447
msgid "FTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr "FTP Proxy: %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt-pkg.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt-pkg.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt-pkg.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:15+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
@@ -17,271 +17,279 @@
"X-Generator: KAider 0.1\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Update Problems"
msgstr "Update Problems"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Patterns"
msgid "Patter&ns"
msgstr "Patterns"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package &Groups"
msgstr "Package Groups"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379
msgid "&RPM Groups"
msgstr "&RPM Groups"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392
msgid "&Languages"
msgstr "&Languages"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr "&Repositories"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "S&earch"
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr "Keywords"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "&Installation Summary"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr "D&escription"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr "&Technical Data"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "Dependencies"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr "&Versions"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585
msgid "File List"
msgstr "File List"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr "Change Log"
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#. button #0
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258
-#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Cancel"
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&Accept"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&File"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr "&Import..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr "&Export..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr "&Quit -- Save Changes"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702
msgid "&Package"
msgstr "&Package"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr "All Packages"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr "Update if newer version available"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr "Update unconditionally"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr "&Patch"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "Configuration"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr "&Repositories"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "Online Update"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr "&Dependencies"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr "Chec&k"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr "A&utocheck"
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "Removed package"
+
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Options"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr "Show -de&vel Packages"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr "Show -&debuginfo Packages"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "&Authentication Mode"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
-msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selecting packages..."
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr "Selecting packages..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Extras"
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr "&Extras"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr "Show &Products"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr "Show &Automatic Package Changes"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "History"
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr "History"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
+msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages"
+msgstr "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
+
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Help"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr "&Overview"
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr "&Symbols"
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr "&Keys"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "All package dependencies are OK."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr "Patches"
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr "Save Package List"
@@ -289,59 +297,59 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Error"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr "Error exporting package list to %1"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr "Load Package List"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr "Error loading package list from %1"
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr "%1 packages will be updated"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "&Continue"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "C&ancel"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr "Added Subpackages:"
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
-#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
-#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
-#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120
+#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165
+#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&OK"
@@ -389,7 +397,7 @@
msgstr "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428
msgid "C&ontinue"
msgstr "C&ontinue"
@@ -1591,10 +1599,43 @@
"The safest course of action is to delete them.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207
msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length.
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398
+msgid ""
+"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n"
+"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n"
+"package at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406
+msgid ""
+"This version is multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n"
+"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415
+msgid ""
+"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n"
+"\n"
+"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n"
+"and unselect all other versions,\n"
+"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog heading
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions"
+msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
+msgstr "&Generate Package Descriptions"
+
#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture,
#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from,
#. %4 is the repository's priority
@@ -1602,13 +1643,13 @@
#. Examples:
#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE
#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE
-#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
-#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402
+#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
+#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586
msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570
msgid "This version is installed in your system."
msgstr "This version is installed in your system."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/qt.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: qt\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 23:04+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -49,18 +49,23 @@
msgstr "Used"
#. Window title for help wizard window
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320
+#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Help"
#. Close button for wizard help window
#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132
msgid "&Close"
msgstr "&Close"
+#. Window title for help wizard window
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes..."
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "Release Notes..."
+
#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
@@ -80,12 +85,12 @@
msgstr "Unexpected Click"
#. parent
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:623
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:629
msgid "Color switching"
msgstr "Colour switching"
#. caption
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:624
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:630
msgid ""
"Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n"
"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors."
@@ -120,24 +125,41 @@
msgid "Configure YaST Logging:"
msgstr "Configure YaST2 Logging:"
+#. Help button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Help" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340
+msgid "&Help"
+msgstr "&Help"
+
#.
#. "Release Notes" button
#.
-#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:869
+#. Release Notes button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Release Notes" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes..."
-msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "&Release Notes"
msgstr "Release Notes..."
-#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324
-msgid "Steps"
+#. "Steps" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Steps"
+msgid "&Steps"
msgstr "Steps"
-#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328
-msgid "Tree"
+#. "Tree" button
+#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tree"
+msgid "&Tree"
msgstr "Tree"
#~ msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rdp.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rdp.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rdp.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rear.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rear.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/rear.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -282,16 +282,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "Analysing the system..."
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings"
msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr "Reading firewall settings"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
-msgid "Analyzing system"
-msgstr "Analysing the system..."
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/registration.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/registration.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/registration.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 23:04+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -23,25 +23,25 @@
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "Registration Code"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
msgid ""
"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "Registration Code"
#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
@@ -50,231 +50,76 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Registration Code"
-#. display the registration update dialog
+#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#. dialog title
+#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after
+#. pressing "Next"
#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
+#. @return [Symbol] user input
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:270
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Registration Code"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration is being updated..."
-msgstr "Registration Code"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
-msgstr "No software repository found on medium."
-
-#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
-"You can manually register the system from scratch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
-msgstr "Novell Customer Centre Configuration"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452
-msgid "The system is already registered."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Email Address"
-msgid "&E-mail Address"
-msgstr "Email Address"
-
-#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration &Code"
-msgstr "Registration Code"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
-msgstr "Registration Code"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration"
-msgid "&Skip Registration"
-msgstr "Registration"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334
-msgid ""
-"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to install the latest available\n"
-"on-line updates during installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. then register the product(s)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registering %s ..."
-msgstr "Registration Code"
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr "Registration Code"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Please wait, while volumes are being detected.</p>"
-msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Please wait, while volumes are being detected.</p>"
-
-#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441
-msgid ""
-"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
-"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Register New User"
-msgid "Register Again"
-msgstr "Register New User"
-
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
-msgid "Select Extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
-msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471
-msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473
-msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"The base product was not found,\n"
-"check your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501
-msgid ""
-"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
-"Report a bug at %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504
-msgid ""
-"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
-"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43
msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Installation was successful"
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
-#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
-#. but better than aborting the installation...
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228
+#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
+#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Import Certificate"
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Import Certificate"
+#. %s is name of given product
+#. then register the product(s)
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registering %s ..."
+msgstr "Registration Code"
+
#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55
msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr "Product Registration"
@@ -366,33 +211,33 @@
msgstr "Select Certificate File"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60
msgid "Common Name (CN): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62
msgid "Organization (O): "
msgstr ""
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64
msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
msgstr ""
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "Issued By"
msgstr ""
@@ -431,44 +276,44 @@
msgstr "If &Serial Number is Known"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Fingerprint: "
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Fingerprint: "
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Destination is invalid."
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -484,58 +329,58 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "Registration Code"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Registration Data to Use"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "Details..."
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -550,21 +395,37 @@
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
-#. register the system and the base product
-#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two
-#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil)
-#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts
-#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+msgid ""
+"The base product was not found,\n"
+"check your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:233
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:312
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
@@ -574,74 +435,137 @@
#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the
#. installation workflow
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
-#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
+#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
+#. @return [Symbol] the user input
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Registration Code"
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
+msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
+msgstr "Loading configuration %1..."
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "Registration Code"
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Please wait, while volumes are being detected.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Please wait, while volumes are being detected.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:203
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "Registration Code"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
+#| "for your new installation?"
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Would you like to use these mount points\n"
+"for your new installation?"
+
+#. Yast::Mode.update
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
+msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
+msgstr "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
+
#. indent size used in summary text
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
msgid "Certificate:"
msgstr "SMT Certificate"
#. create UI label for a base product
-#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
+#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown error"
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Unknown error"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Starting Installation"
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No product found in the repository"
+msgid ""
+"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
+"The product cannot be registered."
+msgstr "No product found in the repository"
+
+#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control
+#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
+msgid "Really abort?"
+msgstr "Really abort?"
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "License Agreement"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir
-#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon
+#. @param [Addon] addon the addon
#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid ""
@@ -651,30 +575,31 @@
msgstr "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46
msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
+#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the registration data."
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
@@ -682,130 +607,165 @@
msgstr[0] "Enter the registration data."
msgstr[1] "Enter the registration data."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44
+#. create the main dialog definition
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
-msgstr "Registration Code"
+#| msgid "Details..."
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "Details..."
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47
+#. addon description widget
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
-msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
+#| msgid "is not available"
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr "is not available"
+#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "Registration Code"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
+
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Details..."
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "Details..."
+msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
+msgstr "Registration Code"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
-msgstr ""
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
-#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
-#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "is not available"
-msgid "%s (not available)"
-msgstr "is not available"
+msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "Registration Code"
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
msgstr "Registration Code"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+#. create the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57
msgid "Identifier"
msgstr "Identifier"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58
msgid "Version"
msgstr "Version"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Architecture"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Rule Type"
msgid "Release Type"
msgstr "Rule Type"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration Code"
msgstr "Registration Code"
#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..."
msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
msgstr "Downloading installation system language extension..."
-#. disable download on a non-registered system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr "Really delete '%1'?"
-#. replace the content
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
+#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Vendor Identifier"
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr "Vendor Identifier"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "&Version"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Architecture"
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr "Architecture"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Rule Type"
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr "Rule Type"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration &Code"
+msgstr "Registration Code"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
@@ -813,7 +773,7 @@
"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgid ""
@@ -822,133 +782,451 @@
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
-#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#. the UI defition for the global registration status
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr "Registration Code"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Address"
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr "Email Address"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Available Repositories"
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
msgstr "Available Repositories"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SMT Server Settings"
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "SMT Server Settings"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr "Registration Code"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr "&Server Certificate"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "&Server Certificate"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
msgid "none"
msgstr "none"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select Certificate File"
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "Select Certificate File"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#. the UI defition for the main dialog
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "Registration Code"
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr "Registration Code"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration"
+msgid "&Skip Registration"
+msgstr "Registration"
+
+#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
+msgstr "Registration Code"
+
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#. the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "The system is already registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+msgid ""
+"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
+"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
+"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really skip the registration now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+msgid ""
+"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
+"a registered system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
+#. not displayed in installed system
+#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
+msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgstr "Novell Customer Centre Configuration"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Certificate has been imported."
msgid "Certificate has expired"
msgstr "Certificate has been imported."
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
#, fuzzy
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr "&Server Certificate"
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid value."
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr "Invalid value."
#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr "Registration Code"
+#. register the base system if not already registered
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130
+msgid ""
+"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n"
+"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgid "Migration Repositories"
+msgstr "Online Repositories"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
+msgid "Select the Migration Repositories"
+msgstr "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Adding Repositories..."
+msgid "Manage Repositories..."
+msgstr "Adding Repositories..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "URL: %1"
+msgid "URL: %s"
+msgstr "URL: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Priority"
+msgid "Priority: %s"
+msgstr "Priority"
+
+#. a dummy message which will be used later, just make sure we have it
+#. before the translation deadline...
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available
+#. updates now
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:50
+msgid ""
+"Online updates are available for installation.\n"
+"It is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to install the updates now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Internal error"
+msgid "Internal error: %s"
+msgstr "Internal error"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:170
+msgid "No installed product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:199
+msgid "No migration product found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:246
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registering Migration Products..."
+msgstr "Registration Code"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Adding Repositories..."
+msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
+msgstr "Adding Repositories..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the Mount Point"
+msgid "Select the Migration Target"
+msgstr "Select the Mount Point"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Manually Select Patches"
+msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
+msgstr "&Manually Select Patches"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgid "Select the target migration."
+msgstr "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Possible &Solutions"
+msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
+msgstr "Possible &Solutions"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgid "Migration Summary"
+msgstr "Configuration Summary"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
+#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
+#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
+#. using the selected migration.
+#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
+#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
+msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
+msgstr "Package %1 will be installed."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:240
+msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:250
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:255
+msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:285
+msgid ""
+"The selected migration contains a product\n"
+"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n"
+"available at the registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Select Extensions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Register New User"
+msgid "Register Again"
+msgstr "Register New User"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "Registration Code"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr "No software repository found on medium."
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Checking..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "1 item of registration data"
@@ -960,13 +1238,6 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Registration Code"
-#~ msgid "Registering Product..."
-#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-#~ msgstr[0] "Registration Code"
-#~ msgstr[1] "Registration Code"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Registration Code"
#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
#~ msgstr "Registration Code"
@@ -1420,11 +1691,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Registration Code"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No product found in the repository"
-#~ msgid "No products found to be registered."
-#~ msgstr "No product found in the repository"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "unknown process"
#~ msgid "unknown status"
#~ msgstr "unknown process"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/reipl.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/reipl.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/reipl.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/relocation-server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/relocation-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/relocation-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -301,21 +301,21 @@
msgstr "Mail Server Configuration"
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing kerberos-server Configuration"
msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising kerberos-server Configuration"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the current SSHD configuration"
msgid "Read the current xend configuration"
msgstr "Read the current SSHD configuration"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state"
msgid "Read the current xend state"
@@ -323,19 +323,19 @@
#. Progress stage 3/3
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Read firewall settings"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD configuration..."
msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..."
msgstr "Reading the current SSHD configuration..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state..."
msgid "Reading the current xend state..."
@@ -343,59 +343,59 @@
#. Progress step 3/3
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Reading firewall settings..."
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state"
msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state"
msgstr "Read the current SSHD state"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state..."
msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..."
msgstr "Reading the current SSHD state..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state."
msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state."
msgstr "Cannot read the current SSHD state."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377
msgid "Cannot read firewall settings."
msgstr "Cannot read firewall settings."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state."
msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state."
msgstr "Cannot read the current SSHD state."
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving kerberos-server Configuration"
msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr "Saving kerberos-server Configuration"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the new settings"
msgid "Write the Xend settings"
msgstr "Write the new settings"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgid "Adjust the Xend service"
@@ -403,19 +403,19 @@
#. Progress stage 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Write firewall settings"
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Writing the Xend settings..."
msgstr "Writing the settings..."
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..."
@@ -423,32 +423,32 @@
#. Progress step 3
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Writing firewall settings..."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr "Adjust the DNS service"
#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr "Adjusting the DNS service..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write the SSHD settings."
msgid "Cannot write the xend settings."
msgstr "Cannot write the SSHD settings."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr "Cannot write firewall settings."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-client.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-client.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:59+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62
msgid ""
"Samba client configuration module.\n"
"See Samba documentation for details."
@@ -29,44 +29,44 @@
"See Samba documentation for details."
#. translators: command line help text for winbind action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75
msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)"
msgstr "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)"
#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85
msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain"
msgstr "Check if this machine is a member of a domain"
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Join this machine into a domain"
msgid "Join this machine to a domain"
msgstr "Join this machine into a domain"
#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105
msgid "Change the global settings of Samba"
msgstr "Change the global settings of Samba"
#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113
msgid "Enable the service"
msgstr "Enable the service"
#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119
msgid "Disable the service"
msgstr "Disable the service"
#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125
msgid "The name of a domain to join"
msgstr "The name of a domain to join"
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST2 will\n"
@@ -79,18 +79,18 @@
"try to join the domain without specifying user and password."
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139
msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain"
msgstr "The password used for the user when joining the domain"
#. command line help text for machine optioa
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "The machine account"
msgstr "Read Samba accounts"
#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153
msgid "The name of a workgroup"
msgstr "The name of a workgroup"
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr "Domain %1 joined successfully."
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "&Username"
@@ -643,24 +643,24 @@
"</p>\n"
#. default value of Machine Account
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "(default)"
msgstr " (default)"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Machine Account OU"
msgstr "Games Account"
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&btain list"
msgstr "as _plain list"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"User name and password are required\n"
@@ -669,18 +669,18 @@
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Machine Account"
msgstr "Games Account"
#. translators: text for busy pop-up
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177
msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..."
msgstr "Verifying workgroup membership..."
#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -688,21 +688,21 @@
"for joining the domain %1."
#. additional information for cluster environment
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n"
msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes."
msgstr "The configuration will be written now.\n"
#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1."
msgstr ""
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@
"text entries empty."
#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@
"is a member of the domain %1."
#. popup question, first part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308
msgid ""
"This host is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
@@ -728,11 +728,11 @@
"of the domain %1."
#. last part of popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312
msgid "Join the domain %1?"
msgstr "Join the domain %1?"
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
"Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This host is not a member\n"
@@ -757,92 +757,92 @@
"of the domain %1."
#. popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361
msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
msgstr "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363
msgid "&Keep"
msgstr "&Keep"
#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Delete"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381
msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?"
msgstr "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392
msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401
msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411
msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP"
msgstr "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP"
#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418
msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438
msgid "Sharing by Users"
msgstr "Sharing by Users"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr "Sharing"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453
msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories"
msgstr "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463
msgid "Allow &Guest Access"
msgstr "Allow &Guest Access"
#. texty entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
msgid "&Permitted Group"
msgstr "&Permitted Group"
#. infield label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481
msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares"
msgstr "&Maximum Number of Shares"
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517
msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
msgstr "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
#. membership dialog help common part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522
msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
#. help text for PAM Mount table
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
@@ -851,12 +851,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538
msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for kerberos method option
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546
msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -922,8 +922,8 @@
#. final progress step label
#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: write progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
@@ -998,13 +998,13 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Yes"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "No"
@@ -1032,143 +1032,143 @@
"Try again."
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622
msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising Samba Client Configuration"
#. translators: progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633
msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
msgstr "Read the global Samba settings"
#. translators: progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635
msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgstr "Read the winbind status"
#. translators: progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639
msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
msgstr "Reading the global Samba settings..."
#. translators: progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641
msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgstr "Reading the winbind status..."
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Write the settings"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr "Disable Samba services"
#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr "Enable Samba services"
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Writing the settings..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Disabling Samba services..."
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Enabling Samba services..."
#. write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773
msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
msgstr "Write Kerberos configuration"
#. write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775
msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
msgstr "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887
msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
msgstr "Cannot write settings to %1."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846
msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
msgstr "Cannot start winbind service."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851
msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
msgstr "Cannot start winbind daemon."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857
msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
msgstr "Cannot stop winbind service."
#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862
msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
msgstr "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878
msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
msgstr "Cannot write PAM settings."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr "Global Configuration"
#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
msgstr "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068
msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr "Create Home Directory on Login"
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgstr "Offline Authentication Enabled"
#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083
msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
msgstr "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
#. summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
#. summary item: authentication using winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109
msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:59+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name
#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071
msgid "Share %1 already exists."
msgstr "Share %1 already exists."
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. translators: share status
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Disabled"
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
#. translators: share status
#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Enabled"
@@ -391,23 +391,23 @@
#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)"
msgstr "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)"
msgstr "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Not a Domain &Controller"
msgstr "Not a Domain &Controller"
#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Yes"
@@ -416,19 +416,19 @@
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. translators: combo box value
#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78
msgid "No"
msgstr "No"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Samba Installation"
msgstr "Samba Installation"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "Step 1 of 2"
msgstr "Step 1 of 2"
@@ -436,48 +436,48 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"),
#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)),
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name"
msgstr "&Workgroup or Domain Name"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Step 2 of 2"
msgstr "Step 2 of 2"
#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "Current Domain Name:"
msgstr "Current Domain Name:"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Samba Server Type"
msgstr "Samba Server Type"
#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Not available because a PDC is present."
msgstr "Not available because a PDC is present."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Rename Share"
msgstr "Rename Share"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593
msgid "New Share &Name"
msgstr "New Share &Name"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a new share name, please."
msgid "Enter a new share name."
msgstr "Enter a new share name, please."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Share '%1' already exists.\n"
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@
"Choose another share name, please."
#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"If you delete share %1,\n"
"all its settings will be lost.\n"
@@ -501,26 +501,26 @@
"Really delete it?"
#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing.
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "Trusted &Domain"
msgstr "Trusted &Domain"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Password"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779
msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Domain name cannot be empty."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785
msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship."
msgstr "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship."
#. issue a warning, if not already done so
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The password for trusted domains\n"
"is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n"
@@ -533,14 +533,14 @@
"a security threat."
#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil'
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "&Trusted Domains"
msgstr "&Trusted Domains"
#. confirmation
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844
msgid ""
"Really abandon trust relationship\n"
"to trusted domain %1?"
@@ -549,234 +549,234 @@
"to trusted domain %1?"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864
msgid "Share %1"
msgstr "Share %1"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration"
msgstr "Expert Global Settings Configuration"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920
msgid "Identification"
msgstr "Identification"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922
msgid "Share &Name"
msgstr "Share &Name"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Share &Description"
msgstr "Share &Description"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928
msgid "Share Type"
msgstr "Share Type"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933
msgid "&Printer"
msgstr "&Printer"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935
msgid "&Directory"
msgstr "&Directory"
#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Share &Path"
msgstr "Share &Path"
#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946
msgid "&Read-Only"
msgstr "&Read-Only"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "&Inherit ACLs"
msgstr "&Inherit ACLs"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950
msgid "Expose Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952
msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961
msgid "New Share"
msgstr "New Share"
#. translators: file selection dialog title
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Path for a Share"
msgstr "Path for a Share"
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Share name cannot be empty."
#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Share path cannot be empty."
msgstr "Share path cannot be empty."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089
msgid "Available Shares"
msgstr "Available Shares"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&Filter"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid "Show &All Shares"
msgstr "Show &All Shares"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098
msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares"
msgstr "Do Not Show &System Shares"
#. translators: table header texts
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
msgid "Read-Only"
msgstr "Read-Only"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Path"
msgstr "Path"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Allow &Guest Access"
msgid "Guest Access"
msgstr "Allow &Guest Access"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid "Comment"
msgstr "Comment"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid "&Rename..."
msgstr "&Rename..."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "&Toggle Status"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "WINS Server Support"
msgstr "WINS Server Support"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150
msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgstr "Remote WINS Server"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155
msgid "Na&me"
msgstr "Na&me"
#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr ""
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Not a DC"
msgstr "Not a DC"
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172
msgid "Primary (PDC)"
msgstr "Primary (PDC)"
#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Backup (BDC)"
msgstr "Backup (BDC)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Base Settings"
msgstr "Base Settings"
#. translators: combobox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194
msgid "Domain &Controller"
msgstr "Domain &Controller"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "Advanced Settings..."
msgstr "Advanced Settings..."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
msgid "&Expert Global Settings"
msgstr "&Expert Global Settings"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "&User Authentication Sources"
msgstr "&User Authentication Sources"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "Samba Configuration"
msgstr "Samba Configuration"
#. tab label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242
msgid "Start-&Up"
msgstr "Start-&Up"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&Shares"
msgstr "&Shares"
#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid "I&dentity"
msgstr "I&dentity"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298
msgid "WINS"
msgstr "WINS"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "&LDAP Settings"
msgstr "&LDAP Settings"
#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18)
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464
msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname"
msgstr "NetBIOS &Hostname"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565
msgid "User Information Sources"
msgstr "User Information Sources"
#. try to create it
#. first, ask for password
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619
msgid ""
"For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n"
"administrative account (root).\n"
@@ -786,16 +786,16 @@
"administrative account (root).\n"
"It will be created now."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "Samba root &Password"
msgstr "Samba root &Password"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626
msgid "&Verify Password"
msgstr "&Verify Password"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match."
@@ -804,12 +804,12 @@
"of the password do not match."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663
msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgstr "Cannot create account for user %1."
#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712
msgid ""
"To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n"
"text entries empty."
@@ -826,17 +826,17 @@
"text entries empty."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "&Username"
#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725
msgid "Do &Not Join"
msgstr "Do &Not Join"
#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr "Domain %1 joined successfully."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-users.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-users.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/samba-users.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:22+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/scanner.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/scanner.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/scanner.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:59+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr "Failed to deactivate %1."
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "File %1 does not exist."
@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr "Failed to read %1."
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr "Determine active scanners"
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr "Determining active scanners..."
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
@@ -1299,19 +1299,19 @@
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Unknown device"
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr "Unknown manufacturer"
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr "Unknown model"
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr "%1 %2 at %3"
@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@
#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only
#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
@@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
@@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1582,51 +1582,51 @@
"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n"
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr "Setting Up Driver %1"
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr "Check whether firmware upload is required"
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr "Activate the driver"
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr "Activating the driver..."
#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr "Required Package Not Installed"
@@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
@@ -1644,9 +1644,9 @@
#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system.
#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Aborted"
@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@
#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr "Firmware Upload Required"
@@ -1667,14 +1667,14 @@
#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
msgstr ""
@@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@
"%1"
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1697,49 +1697,49 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
msgstr "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr "Failed to stop the ptal service."
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr "Failed to disable the ptal service."
#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
#. then show a message but exit successfully because
#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr "No Scanner for %1"
#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr "&Scanner to Test"
#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr "Testing %1"
#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
@@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr "(no results available)"
@@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@
#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected.
#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr "Successfully Tested %1"
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr "Failed to set up scanning via network."
@@ -1818,14 +1818,14 @@
#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to write firewall settings regarding scanning via network."
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr "Failed to write firewall settings regarding scanning via network."
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/security.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/security.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/security.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: security\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
+#. translators: command line help text for Security module
#: src/clients/security.rb:59
msgid "Security configuration module"
msgstr "Security configuration module"
@@ -39,15 +39,17 @@
msgid "Set the value of the specific option"
msgstr "Set the value of the specific option"
-#. command line help text for 'level home' option
+#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:94
-msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
-msgstr "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Networked Workstation security level"
+msgid "Workstation security level"
+msgstr "Networked Workstation security level"
-#. command line help text for 'level network' option
+#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:100
-msgid "Networked Workstation security level"
-msgstr "Networked Workstation security level"
+msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level"
+msgstr ""
#. command line help text for 'level server' option
#: src/clients/security.rb:106
@@ -119,233 +121,223 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unknown"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr "Enable &Magic SysRq Keys"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "Use inherited permissions"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "Remote Access to Display Manager"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "Remote Access to Display Manager"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "Disable the DHCP server"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "Remote Access to Display Manager"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "Restart services"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "Disable service"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "Enable Password Policies"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "Enable &IP Forwarding"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "Enable &IP Forwarding"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n"
-" (multiuser with network)"
-msgstr "Initialising system services (runlevel). Please wait..."
+#| msgid "Enable the service"
+msgid "Enable basic system services"
+msgstr "Enable the service"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n"
-" (multiuser with network and graphical login)"
-msgstr "Initialising system services (runlevel). Please wait..."
+#| msgid "Disable the service"
+msgid "Disable extra services"
+msgstr "Disable the service"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
-msgstr ""
-"Unable to enable service %1 in runlevels %2:\n"
-"%3"
-
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5"
-msgstr ""
-"Unable to enable service %1 in runlevels %2:\n"
-"%3"
-
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "Configure"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Enabled"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Disabled"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "Security Settings"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "Security Settings"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Help"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"These required services are missing:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above)
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"These required services are missing:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Description"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "Special Keys Overview"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "Change this?"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Description"
+#. update the current value
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "Analysing the system..."
+
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "Boot Settings"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "Boot Permissions"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "Miscellaneous Settings"
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "Password Settings"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "Checks"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "Password Age"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -354,7 +346,7 @@
"than the maximum."
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
@@ -363,12 +355,12 @@
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "Login Settings"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Login"
@@ -472,21 +464,23 @@
#. Main dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
+#| "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
-"any type of a network.</p>"
+"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
+"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
-"any type of a network.</p>"
+"<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
+"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
-"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
+"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
+"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
-"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
@@ -937,41 +931,49 @@
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51
-msgid "Home Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Home Workstation"
+msgid "Workstation"
msgstr "Home Workstation"
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53
-msgid "Networked Workstation"
-msgstr "Networked Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Raid Device"
+msgid "Roaming Device"
+msgstr "Raid Device"
#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58
msgid "Network Server"
msgstr "Network Server"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60
-msgid "&Home Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Home Workstation"
+msgid "&Workstation"
msgstr "&Home Workstation"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62
-msgid "N&etworked Workstation"
-msgstr "N&etworked Workstation"
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Raid Device"
+msgid "&Roaming Device"
+msgstr "Raid Device"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67
msgid "Network &Server"
msgstr "Network &Server"
@@ -1055,13 +1057,13 @@
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "Maxim&um"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "M&inimum"
@@ -1087,94 +1089,87 @@
msgid "Nobody"
msgstr "Nobody"
-#. ComboBox value
-#. ["local",_("Local Users")],
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
-msgid "Automatic"
-msgstr "Automatic"
-
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Information"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "System Information"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Realms"
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "Authentication Realms"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "P&assword Encryption Method"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "&Check New Passwords"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "&File Permissions"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "Easy"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "Secure"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "Paranoid"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "&User Launching updatedb"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "Ma&ximum"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minimum"
@@ -1194,69 +1189,112 @@
msgstr "Initialising..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:608
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "Saving Security Configuration"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "Write security settings"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "Write inittab settings"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "Write PAM settings"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save system settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Save system settings"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "Writing security settings..."
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "Writing inittab settings..."
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:631
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "Writing PAM settings..."
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving system settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Saving system settings..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:869
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "Current Security Level: %1"
+#~ msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
+#~ msgstr "Home Workstation security level (without network)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n"
+#~ " (multiuser with network)"
+#~ msgstr "Initialising system services (runlevel). Please wait..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n"
+#~ " (multiuser with network and graphical login)"
+#~ msgstr "Initialising system services (runlevel). Please wait..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Unable to enable service %1 in runlevels %2:\n"
+#~ "%3"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Unable to enable service %1 in runlevels %2:\n"
+#~ "%3"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
+#~ "any type of a network.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
+#~ "any type of a network.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Networked Workstation"
+#~ msgstr "Networked Workstation"
+
+#~ msgid "N&etworked Workstation"
+#~ msgstr "N&etworked Workstation"
+
+#~ msgid "Automatic"
+#~ msgstr "Automatic"
+
#~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path"
#~ msgstr "&Current Directory in root's Path"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/services-manager.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/services-manager.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/services-manager.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,7 +17,226 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr "Reading the default system settings..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default initrd Path"
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr "Default initrd Path"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default initrd Path"
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr "Default initrd Path"
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the default system settings"
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "Read the default system settings"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "Reading the default system settings..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Shares"
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr "Available Shares"
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29
+msgid ""
+"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n"
+"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr "Writing configuration..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr "Writing the system configuration"
+
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default &Lease Time"
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr "Default &Lease Time"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "Service"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Enabled"
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "Active"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Description"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start"
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr "&Start"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr "Enable/Disable Kdump"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr "Show &Details"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Security Manager"
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr "Security Manager"
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..."
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr "Reading Samba service settings..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Disabled"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "active"
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr "active"
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link"
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr "Service %service will be %toggled %link"
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr "&Services"
@@ -73,166 +292,84 @@
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr "Cannot enable service %1"
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Security Manager"
-msgid "Services Manager"
-msgstr "Security Manager"
-
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default Hat"
msgid "Default Target"
msgstr "Default Hat"
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
-msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr "Enabled"
-
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Disabled"
-
#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
-#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103
msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
msgstr ""
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
-#~ msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
-#~ msgstr "Reading the default system settings..."
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr "Not configured yet."
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
+#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Default initrd Path"
-#~ msgid "&Default systemd target"
-#~ msgstr "Default initrd Path"
+#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device"
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr "%1: Could not change state of the device"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Default initrd Path"
-#~ msgid "Default systemd target"
-#~ msgstr "Default initrd Path"
+#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device"
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr "%1: Could not change state of the device"
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Read the default system settings"
-#~ msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
-#~ msgstr "Read the default system settings"
+#| msgid "Dial mode"
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr "Dial mode"
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
-#~ msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
-#~ msgstr "Reading the default system settings..."
+#| msgid "Text Mode"
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr "Text Mode"
+#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Available Shares"
-#~ msgid "Available Targets"
-#~ msgstr "Available Shares"
+#| msgid "Select Mode"
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr "Select Mode"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
-#~ msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
-#~ msgstr "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
+#| msgid "&Graphical interface"
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "&Graphical interface"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
-#~ msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
-#~ msgstr "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
+#| msgid "Default Bridge"
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr "Default Bridge"
-#~ msgid "Writing configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "Writing configuration..."
-
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
-#~ msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
-#~ msgstr "Writing the system configuration"
+#| msgid "Switch Mode"
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr "Switch Mode"
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Default &Lease Time"
-#~ msgid "Default System &Target"
-#~ msgstr "Default &Lease Time"
+#| msgid "Other System"
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr "Other System"
-#~ msgid "Service"
-#~ msgstr "Service"
-
-#~ msgid "Active"
-#~ msgstr "Active"
-
-#~ msgid "Description"
-#~ msgstr "Description"
-
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "&Start"
-#~ msgid "&Start/Stop"
-#~ msgstr "&Start"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
-#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable"
-#~ msgstr "Enable/Disable Kdump"
-
-#~ msgid "Show &Details"
-#~ msgstr "Show &Details"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..."
-#~ msgid "Reading services status..."
-#~ msgstr "Reading Samba service settings..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "active"
-#~ msgid "Inactive"
-#~ msgstr "active"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link"
-#~ msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
-#~ msgstr "Service %service will be %toggled %link"
-
-#~ msgid "Not configured yet."
-#~ msgstr "Not configured yet."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device"
-#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
-#~ msgstr "%1: Could not change state of the device"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Dial mode"
-#~ msgid "Graphical mode"
-#~ msgstr "Dial mode"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Text Mode"
-#~ msgid "Text mode"
-#~ msgstr "Text Mode"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "&Graphical interface"
-#~ msgid "Graphical Interface"
-#~ msgstr "&Graphical interface"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Select Mode"
-#~ msgid "Emergency Mode"
-#~ msgstr "Select Mode"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Switch Mode"
-#~ msgid "Switch Root"
-#~ msgstr "Switch Mode"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Default Bridge"
-#~ msgid "Initrd Default Target"
-#~ msgstr "Default Bridge"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Other System"
-#~ msgid "Multi-User System"
-#~ msgstr "Other System"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Required DMA Mode"
-#~ msgid "Rescue Mode"
-#~ msgstr "Required DMA Mode"
+#| msgid "Required DMA Mode"
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr "Required DMA Mode"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/slp-server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/slp-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/slp-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-16 20:24+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n"
"Language-Team: British English\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/snapper.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/snapper.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/snapper.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,8 +18,32 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-#. The main ()
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of snapper
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of sshd"
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
@@ -27,14 +51,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Description"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User name"
msgid "User data"
@@ -42,45 +66,45 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&leanup Script"
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "C&leanup Script"
-#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
+#. popup label, %{num} is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
-msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "PReP (%1)"
-msgid "Pre (%1)"
+msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr "PReP (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host %1"
-msgid "Post (%1)"
+msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr "Host %1"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create New "
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Create New "
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the list of profiles"
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -88,243 +112,250 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Pre"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr "Really delete '%1'?"
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+msgstr "Really delete '%1'?"
+
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singlehead"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Singlehead"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the list of profiles"
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Read the list of profiles"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Current Configuration:"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Current Configuration:"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Start Date"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "End Date"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "User Data"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Show Changes"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "&Show Changes"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Modify"
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "&Modify"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected Service"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Selected Service"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "Next %1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Saving changes to the files..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Accepting failed verifications"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Card removed"
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr "Card removed"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "File %1 does not exist."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Nothing was modified yet."
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Nothing was modified yet."
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restore options"
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "Restore options"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restore Options"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Restore Options"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Selected"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Open"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Selected"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
msgid ""
@@ -337,7 +368,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -347,17 +378,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+msgstr "No patches have been selected for installation.\n"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Restoring files"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -368,7 +401,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -381,30 +414,30 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -415,147 +448,164 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup error
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
+#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-msgstr "Variable %1 was not found."
+#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
+msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+msgstr "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
-#. Initialize snapper agent
-#. Return true on success
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
+#. Return the path to given snapshot
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to test %1."
+msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+msgstr "Failed to test %1."
+
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "(not known)"
-msgid "Reason not known."
-msgstr "(not known)"
+#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
+msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+msgstr "Failed to create the new map."
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration of autofs"
-msgid "Configuration not found."
-msgstr "Configuration of autofs"
+#| msgid "Failed to modify an autofs entry in map."
+msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+msgstr "Failed to modify an autofs entry in map."
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network configuration is not valid."
-msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-msgstr "Network configuration is not valid."
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to initialize the software repository."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr "Failed to initialise the software repository."
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-msgstr "Variable %1 was not found."
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to test %1."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
+msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
msgstr "Failed to test %1."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to modify an autofs entry in map."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr "Failed to modify an autofs entry in map."
+#| msgid "Initializing"
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+msgstr "Initialising"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-msgstr "Variable %1 was not found."
+#| msgid "Read the configuration"
+msgid "Read list of configurations"
+msgstr "Read the configuration"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
-msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-msgstr "Variable %1 was not found."
+#| msgid "Read the list of profiles"
+msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgstr "Read the list of profiles"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
-msgid ""
-"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-"%1"
-msgstr "Failed to create the new map."
+#| msgid "Reading the Configuration"
+msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+msgstr "Reading the Configuration"
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Initializing"
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
-msgstr "Initialising"
-
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the list of profiles"
-msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
+msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
msgstr "Read the list of profiles"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
-msgid "Reading the database..."
-msgstr "Reading the database..."
-
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed."
+msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+msgstr "Boot loader configuration failed."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
+msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring Files"
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "Restoring Files"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delete"
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "Delete"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Skipped\n"
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "Skipped\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+#~ msgstr "Variable %1 was not found."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "(not known)"
+#~ msgid "Reason not known."
+#~ msgstr "(not known)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Configuration of autofs"
+#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
+#~ msgstr "Configuration of autofs"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Network configuration is not valid."
+#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+#~ msgstr "Network configuration is not valid."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Failed to initialize the software repository."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+#~ "%1"
+#~ msgstr "Failed to initialise the software repository."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+#~ msgstr "Variable %1 was not found."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+#~ msgstr "Variable %1 was not found."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
+#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+#~ msgstr "Variable %1 was not found."
+
+#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
+#~ msgstr "Reading the database..."
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sound.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sound.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sound.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/squid.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/squid.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/squid.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "When Booting"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manually"
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
msgid "Logging and Timeouts"
msgstr "Logging and Timeouts"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369
msgid "Miscellaneous Setting"
msgstr "Miscellaneous Setting"
@@ -445,35 +445,29 @@
msgid "Cache &Store Log"
msgstr "Cache &Store Log"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Emulate Httpd Log?"
-msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?"
-msgstr "&Emulate Httpd Log?"
-
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Timeouts"
msgstr "Timeouts"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350
msgid "Connection &Timeout"
msgstr "Connection &Timeout"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Client &Lifetime"
msgstr "Client &Lifetime"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "&Language of error messages"
msgstr "&Language of error messages"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Administrator's e-mail"
msgid "&Administrator's email"
msgstr "&Administrator's e-mail"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Use Ftp Passive Mode"
msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode"
@@ -1167,28 +1161,28 @@
#. ************* ACL END ************************
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG **********
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578
msgid "Access Log must not be empty."
msgstr "Access Log must not be empty."
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588
msgid "Cache Log must not be empty."
msgstr "Cache Log must not be empty."
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field."
msgstr "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field."
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field."
msgstr "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field."
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field."
msgstr "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field."
#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ******
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Administrator's E-mail must not contain any white spaces."
msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces."
@@ -1206,167 +1200,167 @@
#. Read all squid settings
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing squid Configuration"
msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration"
msgstr "Initialising squid Configuration"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read HTTP Ports from config file."
msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File."
msgstr "Read HTTP Ports from config file."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from config file."
msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File."
msgstr "Read Refresh Patterns from config file."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read ACL Groups from config file."
msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File."
msgstr "Read ACL Groups from config file."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read Access Control table from config file."
msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File."
msgstr "Read Access Control table from config file."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Other Settings."
msgstr "Read the settings"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Service Status."
msgstr "Read service status."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgstr "Read firewall settings."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101
msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..."
msgstr "Reading HTTP Ports ..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..."
msgstr "Reading Refresh Patterns ..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..."
msgstr "Reading ACL Groups ..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading Access Control table ..."
msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..."
msgstr "Reading Access Control table ..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Other Settings ..."
msgstr "Reading the settings..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Service Status ..."
msgstr "Reading service status ..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..."
msgstr "Reading firewall settings ..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117
msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgstr "Cannot read configuration file."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122
msgid "Cannot read service status."
msgstr "Cannot read service status."
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465
msgid "Saving Squid Configuration"
msgstr "Saving Squid Configuration"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Write the settings"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Write firewall settings"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474
msgid "Start Service"
msgstr "Start Service"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Writing the settings..."
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Writing firewall settings..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482
msgid "Starting Service..."
msgstr "Starting Service..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finished"
#. write settings
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Cannot write settings."
#. firewall
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr "Cannot write firewall settings."
#. Header
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584
msgid "Squid Cache Proxy"
msgstr "Squid Cache Proxy"
#. Start daemon
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589
msgid "Start daemon: "
msgstr "Start daemon: "
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "When booting"
msgstr "When booting"
#. Http Ports
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594
msgid "Configured ports:"
msgstr "Configured ports:"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611
msgid " (transparent)"
msgstr " (transparent)"
#. Cache directory
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625
msgid "Cache directory: "
msgstr "Cache directory: "
@@ -1838,6 +1832,11 @@
msgstr "Traditional Chinese"
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Emulate Httpd Log?"
+#~ msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?"
+#~ msgstr "&Emulate Httpd Log?"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Russian-koi8-r"
#~ msgstr "Russian"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sshd.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sshd.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sshd.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:42+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/storage.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/storage.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/storage.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-02 10:13+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
#. dialog heading
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
msgid "Expert Partitioner"
msgstr "Expert Partitioner"
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
@@ -1163,15 +1163,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
-"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
-"\n"
+"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
+"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n"
+"approximately 1MB large.\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1191,7 +1192,7 @@
"Do you want to change your setup?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
@@ -1212,7 +1213,7 @@
"\n"
"Change this?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1221,7 +1222,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
@@ -1239,7 +1240,7 @@
"Change this?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
@@ -1265,7 +1266,7 @@
"Change this?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
@@ -1291,13 +1292,13 @@
"Change this?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Really delete this entry?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1320,7 +1321,7 @@
"Do you want to change this?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1336,7 +1337,7 @@
"particularly in any of the following cases:\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1349,7 +1350,7 @@
"- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n"
@@ -1365,7 +1366,7 @@
"like /, /boot, /usr, /opt, or /var.\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
@@ -1377,7 +1378,7 @@
"Do you want to change your setup?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1386,7 +1387,7 @@
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1395,7 +1396,7 @@
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1404,7 +1405,7 @@
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1413,7 +1414,7 @@
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1421,13 +1422,13 @@
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656
#, fuzzy
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "The selected scheme cannot be deleted."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n"
@@ -1442,7 +1443,7 @@
"partition with higher number is in use.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1461,7 +1462,7 @@
"Please choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1476,7 +1477,7 @@
"before deleting the extended partition.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1491,7 +1492,7 @@
"deleting the extended partition.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1513,7 +1514,7 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
@@ -1569,7 +1570,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1595,7 +1596,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3957
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1606,7 +1607,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3965
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -2021,7 +2022,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -3295,7 +3296,7 @@
msgstr "Device: %1"
#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
#.
#. All Rights Reserved.
#.
@@ -3313,17 +3314,17 @@
#.
#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. File: ep-graph.rb
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add RAID"
msgstr "Add RAI&D"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Add Volume Group"
msgstr "Add Volume Group"
@@ -3331,21 +3332,21 @@
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Path"
msgid "Device Graph"
msgstr "Device Path"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Device Graph..."
msgstr "&Export..."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3354,8 +3355,8 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving graph file failed."
msgstr "Parsing the key file failed."
@@ -3363,21 +3364,21 @@
#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
#. a set of notes connected with edges
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " Mount "
msgid "Mount Graph"
msgstr " Mount "
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Mount Graph..."
msgstr "&Export..."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3527,7 +3528,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5211
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3775,7 +3776,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hard Disks"
msgstr "Hard Disk"
@@ -4062,7 +4063,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493
msgid "Log"
msgstr "Log"
@@ -4235,7 +4236,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt Files"
msgstr "Cr&ypt File..."
@@ -4653,7 +4654,7 @@
#. heading
#. tree node label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Volume Management"
msgstr "Profile Mana&gement"
@@ -4724,36 +4725,36 @@
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Mapper"
msgstr "Device Type"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NFS"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434
msgid "tmpfs"
msgstr ""
#. tree node label
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unused Devices"
@@ -4761,20 +4762,20 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "Installation Summary"
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Settings"
#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n"
@@ -4786,19 +4787,19 @@
"Continue?\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. </p>"
#. Fullscreen summary of changes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592
#, fuzzy
msgid ": Summary"
msgstr "Summary"
#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "System View"
msgstr "System Check"
@@ -6387,7 +6388,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:991
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Resize Not Possible:"
@@ -6400,7 +6401,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2691 src/modules/Storage.rb:3914
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Could not set encryption.\n"
@@ -6419,7 +6420,7 @@
"The crypt password provided could be incorrect.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3945
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -6431,7 +6432,7 @@
"Please try again."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3976
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6444,29 +6445,29 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4030
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "Enter Encryption Key"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4089
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Enter Provider Password"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4108
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr " Volume Group "
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6474,14 +6475,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Do you want to retry?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6489,66 +6490,66 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Enter Encryption Key"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4205
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "YaST2 detected the following device"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "YaST2 detected the following device"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4234
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4258
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "DASD Disks"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "DASD Disks"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4384
#, fuzzy
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4397
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -6558,7 +6559,7 @@
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the file system could not be mounted.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5249
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6568,7 +6569,7 @@
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6578,7 +6579,7 @@
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6588,7 +6589,7 @@
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5301
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6598,7 +6599,7 @@
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6616,7 +6617,7 @@
"device %2 which contains activated swap that is needed to run \n"
"the installation.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6632,7 +6633,7 @@
"device %2 which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5363
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -6646,20 +6647,20 @@
"because the file system could not be mounted.\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Copying root filesystem..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5453
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6003
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
@@ -7334,54 +7335,54 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows."
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr " Volume Group "
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "File system options:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enable Suspend"
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "&Enable Suspend"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Special settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Special settings"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -7394,7 +7395,7 @@
"To create an LVM based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7403,33 +7404,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Enter your password for the encrypted file system."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Password:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Reenter the password for &verification:"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sudo.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sudo.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sudo.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sudo\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:39+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/support.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/support.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/support.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -33,56 +33,56 @@
msgstr "&Support"
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Open Novell Support Center"
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "Open Novell Support Center"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Open"
msgstr "Open"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr "Collect Data"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr "Create report tarball"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr "Upload Data"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Upload"
msgstr "Upload"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr "Could not find any installed browser."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -94,185 +94,186 @@
"%1.\n"
"Start Web browser?\n"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Save as"
msgstr "Save as"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr "Directory to Save"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr "Package with log files"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr "Upload log files tarball to URL"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr "Upload Target"
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr "Cannot write settings"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Cannot write settings."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr "Create a full file listing from '/'"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr "Include full SLP service lists"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr "Activates all support functions"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Expert Settings"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Options"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr "Default Options"
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr "Contact Information"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Company"
msgstr "Company"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr "Email Address"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr "Phone Number"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr "Store ID"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr "Terminal ID"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr "GPG UID"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr "Upload Information"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number"
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr "Novell 11-digit service request number"
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr "The SR number must be 11 digits"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr "Collecting Data"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Progress"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
+#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr "Collected Data Review"
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
msgid "File Name"
msgstr "File Name"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr "Remove from Data"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sysconfig.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sysconfig.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/sysconfig.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-18 15:42+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: proofreader\n"
"Language-Team: en_US\n"
@@ -489,101 +489,125 @@
"\n"
#. Translation: Progress bar label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Searching..."
-#. Display confirmation dialog
-#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
-#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
-#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
-msgid "Command: "
-msgstr "Command: "
-
#. button label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881
msgid "S&kip"
msgstr "S&kip"
-#. get activation map for variable
-#. start generic commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
-msgid "A command will be executed"
-msgstr "A command will be executed"
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
-msgid "Starting command: %1..."
-msgstr "Starting command: %1..."
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
-msgid "Command %1 failed"
-msgstr "Command %1 failed"
-
#. write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909
msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
msgstr "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
#. progress bar item
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923
msgid "Write the new settings"
msgstr "Write the new settings"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924
msgid "Activate the changes"
msgstr "Activate the changes"
-#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
-msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
-msgstr "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
-
-#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
-msgid "Saving variable %1..."
-msgstr "Saving variable %1..."
-
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934
msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgstr "Saving changes to the files..."
-#. service is running, reload it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
-msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
-msgstr "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Finished"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
-msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Configuration Summary"
+
+#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param cmd [String] command to execute
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "Starting command: %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "Command %1 failed"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr "A command will be executed"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "Command: "
+
+#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param name [String] service name
+#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgid "Reloading service %s..."
msgstr "Reloading service %1..."
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
-msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgid "Reload of the service %s failed"
msgstr "Reload of the service %1 failed"
-#. service is running, restart it
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
-msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
-msgstr "Service %1 will be restarted"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+msgid "Service %s will be reloaded"
+msgstr "Service %1 will be reloaded"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
-msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgid "Restarting service %s..."
msgstr "Restarting service %1..."
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
-msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgid "Restart of the service %s failed"
msgstr "Restart of the service %1 failed"
-#. set 100% in progress bar
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "Finished"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgid "Service %s will be restarted"
+msgstr "Service %1 will be restarted"
-#. configuration summary headline
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
-msgid "Configuration Summary"
-msgstr "Configuration Summary"
+#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd)
+#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil
+#.
+#. @param service name
+#. @return [Boolean] active?
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
+msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:"
+msgstr "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr "Saving variable %1..."
+
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tftp-server.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tftp-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tftp-server.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/timezone_db.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/timezone_db.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/timezone_db.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:36+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -1392,8 +1392,8 @@
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587
-msgid "Saigon"
-msgstr "Saigon"
+msgid "Ho Chi Minh City"
+msgstr ""
#. time zone
#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591
@@ -2481,6 +2481,9 @@
msgid "GMT-9"
msgstr "GMT-9"
+#~ msgid "Saigon"
+#~ msgstr "Saigon"
+
#~ msgid "Calcutta"
#~ msgstr "Calcutta"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tune.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tune.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/tune.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:33+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/update.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/update.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/update.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:32+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr "Update Options"
@@ -184,9 +184,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unknown"
@@ -308,28 +308,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr "Packages to Update: %1"
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127
msgid "New Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "New Packages to Install: %1"
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Packages to Remove: %1"
msgstr "Packages to Remove: %1"
#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143
msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1"
-#. warning text
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
+msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>"
msgstr "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
#. this is a heading
@@ -374,27 +376,29 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
-#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
-msgstr "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Unknown product"
+#. error message in proposal
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
+msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})."
+msgstr "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
@@ -410,22 +414,22 @@
"or disable software repositories of products with different versions."
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr "Only update installed packages"
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr "Update based on patterns"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
@@ -439,17 +443,17 @@
"(the default selection), and whether unmaintained packages should be deleted."
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr "&Update Options"
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr "None of these files exist:%1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -611,7 +615,7 @@
msgstr "&Continue"
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
@@ -621,17 +625,17 @@
"about how to solve this problem."
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr "Unknown Linux System"
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr "Non-Linux System"
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -646,7 +650,7 @@
"or restart your computer.\n"
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr "Checking partition %1"
@@ -655,23 +659,23 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "Show &Details"
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr "Checking file system on %1..."
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "File System Check Failed"
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
@@ -687,24 +691,24 @@
"Would you like to continue in mounting the device?"
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "&Skip Mounting"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "Incorrect password. Try again?"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Warning"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
@@ -729,7 +733,7 @@
"Would you like to continue updating the current system?"
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
@@ -760,27 +764,27 @@
"To abort update, click Cancel."
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "&Specify Mount Options"
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Mount Options"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&Mount Point"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Device"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -789,12 +793,12 @@
"(empty for autodetection)"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -802,18 +806,18 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442
msgid "None"
msgstr "None"
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -821,24 +825,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "Select a Root Partition"
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "Device ID"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -851,7 +855,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -860,32 +864,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "No fstab found."
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for available updates..."
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/users.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/users.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/users.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:31+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
#. helptext 2/3
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
msgstr "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
@@ -238,18 +238,18 @@
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
#. button label
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
msgid "&Choose"
msgstr "&Choose"
#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
msgid "Authentication Method"
msgstr "Authentication Method"
@@ -260,13 +260,13 @@
#. selection box label
#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
msgid "&Select Users to Read"
msgstr "&Select Users to Read"
#. check box label
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506
+#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
msgstr "Select or Deselect &All"
@@ -397,8 +397,8 @@
#. The two group password information do not match
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -440,8 +440,8 @@
#. last part of message popup
#. last part of message popup
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Reset Password"
msgid "Really use this password?"
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
msgid "DES"
msgstr "DES"
@@ -487,61 +487,61 @@
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
msgid "SHA-256"
msgstr ""
#. encryption type
#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
msgid "SHA-512"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
msgid "Password Encryption Type"
msgstr "Password Encryption Type"
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
msgid "&DES"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
msgid "&MD5"
msgstr "&MD5"
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
msgid "SHA-&256"
msgstr ""
#. Radio button label: password encryption type
#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
msgid "SHA-&512"
msgstr ""
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
@@ -549,41 +549,41 @@
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
msgid "User's &Full Name"
msgstr "User's &Full Name"
#. input field for login name
#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "&Username"
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgstr "U&se this password for system administrator"
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
msgstr "Receive S&ystem Mail"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
msgid "&Automatic Login"
msgstr "&Automatic Login"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
msgid "Create New User"
msgstr "Create New User"
@@ -591,13 +591,13 @@
#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Empty User Login"
msgstr "Empty User Login"
#. yes-no popup contents
#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid ""
"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@
#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@
"</p>"
#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
@@ -695,14 +695,14 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. these are used only during installation time
#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -723,24 +723,24 @@
#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Expert Settings"
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
msgstr "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
msgstr "The password encryption method is %1."
#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "User %s will be imported."
msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
@@ -748,17 +748,17 @@
msgstr[1] "Service %1 will be restarted"
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Change..."
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "Summary"
#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@
msgstr "New UID of the user"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66
+#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
msgstr "Writing Users Configuration..."
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@
#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD
#. The date must stay in this format
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD."
msgstr "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD."
@@ -1562,19 +1562,19 @@
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217
msgid "Plug-In Description"
msgstr "Plug-In Description"
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226
msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In"
msgstr "Add &or Remove Plug-In"
#. pushbutton label
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "&Launch"
@@ -1630,17 +1630,17 @@
#. tab label
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "Plu&g-Ins"
#. popup question
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
msgstr "Change home directory to %1?"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430
msgid ""
"The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n"
"because the user is currently logged in.\n"
@@ -1651,12 +1651,12 @@
"Log the user out first."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Enter the size for the home directory."
msgstr "Enter the size for the home directory."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583
msgid ""
"\n"
"Directory cannot be encrypted."
@@ -1664,64 +1664,64 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485
msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed."
msgstr "This plug-in cannot be removed."
#. popup text
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005
msgid "Now you have added a new user."
msgstr "Now you have added a new user."
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071
msgid "New Local Group"
msgstr "New Local Group"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073
msgid "New System Group"
msgstr "New System Group"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075
msgid "New LDAP Group"
msgstr "New LDAP Group"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079
msgid "Existing Local Group"
msgstr "Existing Local Group"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081
msgid "Existing System Group"
msgstr "Existing System Group"
#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083
msgid "Existing LDAP Group"
msgstr "Existing LDAP Group"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "Group &Name"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154
msgid "Group &ID (gid)"
msgstr "Group &ID (gid)"
#. selection box label
#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes
#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog)
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593
msgid "Group &Members"
msgstr "Group &Members"
#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "Group &Data"
@@ -3586,13 +3586,13 @@
#. init dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284
msgid "User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "User and Group Configuration"
#. label (during init dialog)
#. label (during init dialog)
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialising..."
@@ -4558,14 +4558,14 @@
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid "User does not exist."
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "User does not exist."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4576,7 +4576,7 @@
"as their default group."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4587,23 +4587,23 @@
"Remove these users from the group first."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Users</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Groups</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "Login Settings"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vm.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vm.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vm.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:27+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vpn.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vpn.en_GB.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/vpn.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -0,0 +1,642 @@
+# English message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>, 2000, 2001.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n"
+"Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: en\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Manage VPN client secrets.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
+msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Gateway"
+msgid "Gateway IP"
+msgstr "Gateway"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
+msgid "Pre-shared key"
+msgstr "WEP - Shared Key"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Set"
+msgid "Set"
+msgstr "&Set"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Show &Next"
+msgid "Show key"
+msgstr "Show &Next"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Certificate key file does not exist."
+msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
+msgstr "Certificate key file does not exist."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Certificate"
+msgstr "Certificate"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr "Key"
+
+#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
+msgid ""
+"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Load PSKs
+#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
+#. Load XAuth
+#. Load EAP
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
+msgid "(hidden)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Remove the selected EAP user.
+#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please select a card to delete first."
+msgid "Please select a user to delete."
+msgstr "Please select a card to delete first."
+
+#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
+msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path."
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
+msgstr "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path."
+
+#. Event handlers
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
+msgstr "Cannot read certificate file."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
+msgstr "Cannot read certificate file."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
+msgid "Gateway pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read certificates"
+msgid "Gateway certificate"
+msgstr "Read certificates"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
+msgid "Path to certificate file"
+msgstr "Path to certificate file required."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Pick.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
+msgid "Path to certificate key file"
+msgstr "Path to certificate file required."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
+msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "Username"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "Password"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "Add"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "Delete"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No Password"
+msgid "Show Password"
+msgstr "No Password"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
+msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Gateway"
+msgid "Gateway - PSK"
+msgstr "Gateway"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Path of Certificate"
+msgid "Gateway - Certificate"
+msgstr "&Path of Certificate"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Samba or Windows Printer"
+msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
+msgstr "Samba or Windows Printer"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Client &Key"
+msgid "Client - PSK"
+msgstr "Client &Key"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Client Certificate"
+msgid "Client - Certificate"
+msgstr "&Client Certificate"
+
+#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
+msgid "The connection name is already used."
+msgstr "The selected option is already present."
+
+#. Find an unused gateway scenario
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n"
+"All of gateway scenarios are already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Warn against duplicated configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337
+msgid ""
+"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n"
+"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
+msgid "The user name is already used."
+msgstr "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
+
+#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496
+msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Left side: global config & connection management
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Global Configuration"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
+msgstr "Enable the NTP daemon"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "All Patches"
+msgid "All VPNs"
+msgstr "All Patches"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delete "
+msgid "Delete VPN"
+msgstr "Delete "
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection Settings"
+msgid "View Connection Status"
+msgstr "Connection Settings"
+
+#. Event handlers
+#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "- Close connection"
+msgid "Delete connection"
+msgstr "- Close connection"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: "
+msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
+msgstr "Are you sure you want to delete: "
+
+#. Check for incomplete configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
+msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
+msgstr "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
+
+#. Consider enabling the daemon
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n"
+"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration has been successfully saved."
+msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
+msgstr "Configuration has been successfully saved."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?"
+msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
+msgstr "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?"
+
+#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Name"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Description"
+
+#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make widgets for connection configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection Management"
+msgid "Connection name: "
+msgstr "Connection Management"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Type"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Master Server"
+msgid "Gateway (Server)"
+msgstr "Master Server"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Clients"
+msgid "Client"
+msgstr "Clients"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The scanner"
+msgid "The scenario is"
+msgstr "The scanner"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You must select a certificate."
+msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
+msgstr "You must select a certificate."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Proxy User Credentials"
+msgid "Edit Credentials"
+msgstr "Proxy User Credentials"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
+msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
+msgstr "Server Requires Authentication"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "By a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read certificates"
+msgid "By a certificate"
+msgstr "Read certificates"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
+msgid "VPN gateway IP"
+msgstr "Default &Gateway IP"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. They are however allowed in password
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the user password."
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr "Enter the user password."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
+msgstr "Enter a name for the new profile."
+
+#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the connection name."
+msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
+msgstr "Enter the connection name."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n"
+"Name has to begin with a letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
+msgid "Path to certificate file:"
+msgstr "Path to certificate file required."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Path to certificate file required."
+msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
+msgstr "Path to certificate file required."
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path."
+msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
+msgstr "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path."
+
+#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the certificate file."
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
+msgstr "Enter the certificate file."
+
+#. Return password string.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter keywords:"
+msgid "Please enter a password."
+msgstr "Please enter keywords:"
+
+#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
+msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
+msgstr "Restart NTP Daemon"
+
+#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection"
+msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
+msgstr "Confirm Hardware Detection"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Existing file %1\n"
+#| "can be part of new volume set and it can be rewritten.\n"
+#| "Do you wish to continue?"
+msgid ""
+"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+"Existing file %1\n"
+"can be part of new volume set and it can be rewritten.\n"
+"Do you wish to continue?"
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to restore MBR"
+msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
+msgstr "Failed to restore MBR"
+
+#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory."
+msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
+msgstr "%s is not available in the LDAP directory."
+
+#. Install packages
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
+msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
+msgstr "Failed to install required packages."
+
+#. Enable/disable daemon
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
+msgstr "Restart NTP daemon"
+
+#. Configure IP forwarding
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
+msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
+msgstr "Write IP forwarding settings"
+
+#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+msgid ""
+"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
+"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
+msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
+msgstr "Failed to create the new map."
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+msgid ""
+"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"The script is located at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Settings"
+msgid "VPN Global Settings"
+msgstr "Global Settings"
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
+msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
+msgstr "Enable VPN Services"
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
+msgid "Gateway and Connections"
+msgstr "Create Client Connection"
+
+#. Gateway summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Client summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Accept client connections"
+msgid "A client connecting to "
+msgstr "Accept client connections"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wol.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wol.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/wol.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wol\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:27+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/en_GB/po/yast2-apparmor.en_GB.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/en_GB/po/yast2-apparmor.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
+++ trunk/yast/en_GB/po/yast2-apparmor.en_GB.po 2015-09-09 08:19:44 UTC (rev 92603)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-27 22:23+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber <b.weber(a)warwick.ac.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
1
0
09 Sep '15
Author: keichwa
Date: 2015-09-09 10:18:21 +0200 (Wed, 09 Sep 2015)
New Revision: 92602
Modified:
trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-08 09:55+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 0.2\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-06 15:44+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French Team <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-20 21:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 23:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Sylvain TOSTAIN <locnar(a)gmx.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French <>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
@@ -59,14 +59,16 @@
msgid "Authentication Client Config"
msgstr ""
+# TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__16
#. Overview of all config sections
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration globale"
+# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__204
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créer un répertoire privé lors de la connexion"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
@@ -89,19 +91,20 @@
msgid "Customisation - %s"
msgstr ""
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__20
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nom"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valeur"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141
msgid "Description"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "description"
#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135
@@ -185,15 +188,17 @@
msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
msgstr ""
+# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__29
#. New service
#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
msgid "Service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Service"
+# TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__37
#. New domain and provider types
#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
msgid "Domain"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Domaine"
#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-16 20:40+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Benoît Monin <benoit.monin(a)gmx.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-03 14:54+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
@@ -87,21 +87,17 @@
#. string: command line interface is not supported
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce module YaST2 ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne de commande."
+msgstr "Ce module YaST2 ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne de commande."
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilisez 'help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes disponibles."
+msgstr "Utilisez 'help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes disponibles."
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilisez 'yast2 %1 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes "
-"disponibles."
+msgstr "Utilisez 'yast2 %1 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes disponibles."
# TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__33
#. translators: error message in command line interface
@@ -134,8 +130,7 @@
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
-msgstr ""
-"Valeur incorrecte pour l'option '%1' -- valeur attendue '%2', valeur reçue %3"
+msgstr "Valeur incorrecte pour l'option '%1' -- valeur attendue '%2', valeur reçue %3"
# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__27
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
@@ -147,16 +142,13 @@
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilisez '%1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options disponibles."
+msgstr "Utilisez '%1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options disponibles."
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilisez 'yast2 %1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options "
-"disponibles."
+msgstr "Utilisez 'yast2 %1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options disponibles."
# TLABEL sound_2002_08_07_0216__14
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
@@ -194,8 +186,7 @@
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-" Les options du type [chaine] doivent être écrites de la forme "
-"'option=valeur'."
+" Les options du type [chaine] doivent être écrites de la forme 'option=valeur'."
# TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__92
#. translators: example title for command line
@@ -262,27 +253,17 @@
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Exécutez 'yast2 %1 <commande> help' pour obtenir une liste des options "
-"disponibles."
+msgstr "Exécutez 'yast2 %1 <commande> help' pour obtenir une liste des options disponibles."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') manquant. Utiliser l'option de ligne "
-"de commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') manquant. Utiliser l'option de ligne de commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') vide. Utiliser l'option de ligne de "
-"commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') vide. Utiliser l'option de ligne de commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>."
# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__54
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
@@ -433,8 +414,7 @@
"See %3 for more information about YaST logs."
msgstr ""
"Merci de rapporter ce bug sur %1.\n"
-"Veuillez aussi joindre tous les journaux (logs) de YaST enregistrés dans le "
-"dossier '%2'.\n"
+"Veuillez aussi joindre tous les journaux (logs) de YaST enregistrés dans le dossier '%2'.\n"
"Rendez-vous sur %3 pour plus d'informations sur les journaux de YaST."
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
@@ -546,9 +526,7 @@
#. bugzilla #332436
#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
-msgstr ""
-"Une erreur interne s'est produite lors de l'intégration du processus "
-"supplémentaire."
+msgstr "Une erreur interne s'est produite lors de l'intégration du processus supplémentaire."
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__339
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
@@ -573,8 +551,7 @@
"<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Démarrer le service</big></b><br>\n"
-"Pour démarrer le service à chaque fois que votre ordinateur est amorcé, "
-"choisissez\n"
+"Pour démarrer le service à chaque fois que votre ordinateur est amorcé, choisissez\n"
"<b>%1</b>. Sinon, choisissez <b>%2</b>.</p>"
#. help text for service auto start widget
@@ -591,10 +568,8 @@
"Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Démarrer le service</big></b><br>\n"
-"Pour démarrer le service à chaque fois que votre ordinateur est amorcé, "
-"choisissez\n"
-"<b>%1</b>. Pour démarrer le service via le démon xinetd, choisissez <b>%3</b>"
-".\n"
+"Pour démarrer le service à chaque fois que votre ordinateur est amorcé, choisissez\n"
+"<b>%1</b>. Pour démarrer le service via le démon xinetd, choisissez <b>%3</b>.\n"
"Sinon, choisissez <b>%2</b>.</p>"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__39
@@ -880,8 +855,7 @@
"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Ajouter une clé TSIG existante</b></big><br>\n"
-"Pour ajouter une clé TSIG déjà créée, sélectionnez un <b>nom de fichier</b> "
-"pour le fichier\n"
+"Pour ajouter une clé TSIG déjà créée, sélectionnez un <b>nom de fichier</b> pour le fichier\n"
"qui contient la clé, puis cliquez sur <b>Ajouter</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
@@ -893,10 +867,8 @@
"<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Création d'une nouvelle clé TSIG</b></big><br>\n"
-"Pour créer une nouvelle clé TSIG, définissez le <b>nom de fichier</b> du "
-"fichier dans lequel vous voulez \n"
-"créer la clé et l'<b>ID clé</b> qui permettra d'identifier la clé, puis "
-"cliquez sur \n"
+"Pour créer une nouvelle clé TSIG, définissez le <b>nom de fichier</b> du fichier dans lequel vous voulez \n"
+"créer la clé et l'<b>ID clé</b> qui permettra d'identifier la clé, puis cliquez sur \n"
"<b>Générer</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
@@ -1020,8 +992,7 @@
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour ajouter une nouvelle option, cliquez sur <b>Ajouter</b>. Pour "
-"supprimer\n"
+"<p>Pour ajouter une nouvelle option, cliquez sur <b>Ajouter</b>. Pour supprimer\n"
"une option, sélectionnez-la et cliquez sur <b>Effacer</b>.</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
@@ -1087,8 +1058,7 @@
"You can only see modules that do not require root privileges."
msgstr ""
"Le Centre de Contrôle YaST2 n'a pas été lancé en tant que root.\n"
-"Vous ne verrez que les modules qui ne requièrent pas les privilèges "
-"superutilisateur (root)."
+"Vous ne verrez que les modules qui ne requièrent pas les privilèges superutilisateur (root)."
#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320
@@ -1113,17 +1083,8 @@
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
-msgid ""
-"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
-"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration "
-"items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>La navigation à travers l'arbre est également possible par les flèches. "
-"Pour ouvrir ou fermer une branche, utiliser [ESPACE]. Pour les modules "
-"affichant un arbre (peut ressembler à une liste) d'éléments de configuration "
-"sur la gauche, utiliser [ENTRER] pour obtenir le dialogue correspondant sur "
-"la droite.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>La navigation à travers l'arbre est également possible par les flèches. Pour ouvrir ou fermer une branche, utiliser [ESPACE]. Pour les modules affichant un arbre (peut ressembler à une liste) d'éléments de configuration sur la gauche, utiliser [ENTRER] pour obtenir le dialogue correspondant sur la droite.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
@@ -1173,20 +1134,16 @@
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
-"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <b>Touches de fonction</b><br>\n"
"Les touches de fonction fournissent un accès rapide aux fonctions\n"
-"principales. Les différentes touches fonction pour le dialogue actuel sont "
-"affichées en bas.</p>"
+"principales. Les différentes touches fonction pour le dialogue actuel sont affichées en bas.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les touches de fonction sont généralement connectées à certaines "
-"actions :</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Les touches de fonction sont généralement connectées à certaines actions :</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
@@ -2061,14 +2018,12 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
-"information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Créer une nouvelle clé GPG</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> a été lancé. Consultez la page de manuel <tt>gpg</tt> "
-"pour plus d'informations.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> a été lancé. Consultez la page de manuel <tt>gpg</tt> pour plus d'informations.\n"
" Appuyez sur Ctrl+C pour annuler.\n"
" </p>"
@@ -2101,9 +2056,7 @@
#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105
msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made."
-msgstr ""
-"Entrez un message pour la journalisation (log) qui décrive les changements "
-"que vous avez effectués."
+msgstr "Entrez un message pour la journalisation (log) qui décrive les changements que vous avez effectués."
#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1
#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109
@@ -2113,8 +2066,7 @@
"the field below.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Journal affiché</big></b><br>\n"
-"Utilisez <b>Journal</b> pour sélectionner le journal que vous souhaitez "
-"afficher.\n"
+"Utilisez <b>Journal</b> pour sélectionner le journal que vous souhaitez afficher.\n"
"Il sera affiché dans le champ en dessous.</p>\n"
#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2
@@ -2134,8 +2086,7 @@
"and select the action to process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Pour procéder à des actions avancées ou enregistrer le journal dans un "
-"fichier,\n"
+"Pour procéder à des actions avancées ou enregistrer le journal dans un fichier,\n"
"cliquez sur <b>%1</b> et sélectionnez l'action à exécuter.</p>"
#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label
@@ -2157,8 +2108,7 @@
"to which to save the log.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Pour enregistrer le journal dans un fichier, cliquez sur <b>Enregistrer le "
-"journal</b>\n"
+"Pour enregistrer le journal dans un fichier, cliquez sur <b>Enregistrer le journal</b>\n"
"et sélectionnez le fichier dans lequel enregistrer le journal.</p>\n"
# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__80
@@ -2214,9 +2164,7 @@
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Le pare-feu ne peut pas être ajusté au cours de la première étape de "
-"l'installation."
+msgstr "Le pare-feu ne peut pas être ajusté au cours de la première étape de l'installation."
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
@@ -2268,8 +2216,7 @@
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"Ces interfaces réseau assignées au réseau interne ne peuvent pas être "
-"désélectionnées :\n"
+"Ces interfaces réseau assignées au réseau interne ne peuvent pas être désélectionnées :\n"
"%1\n"
#. question popup
@@ -2363,8 +2310,7 @@
"set <b>%1</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Paramètres du pare-feu</big></b><br>\n"
-"Pour ouvrir le pare-feu afin d'autoriser l'accès au service depuis des "
-"ordinateurs\n"
+"Pour ouvrir le pare-feu afin d'autoriser l'accès au service depuis des ordinateurs\n"
"distants, cochez <b>%1</b>.<br>"
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
@@ -2495,8 +2441,7 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
-msgstr ""
-"Technologie temporelle asynchrone (TTA) (Asynchronous Transfer Mode, ATM)"
+msgstr "Technologie temporelle asynchrone (TTA) (Asynchronous Transfer Mode, ATM)"
# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__12
#. Device type label
@@ -2928,8 +2873,7 @@
"Really continue?"
msgstr ""
"Vos interfaces réseau sont actuellement contrôlées par NetworkManager,\n"
-"mais il se peut que le service à configurer ne fonctionne pas très bien avec "
-"ce logiciel.\n"
+"mais il se peut que le service à configurer ne fonctionne pas très bien avec ce logiciel.\n"
" \n"
" Souhaitez-vous vraiment continuer ?"
@@ -2965,8 +2909,7 @@
"A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Un nom de port peut être constitué des caractères 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', et "
-"'*+._-'.\n"
+"Un nom de port peut être constitué des caractères 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', et '*+._-'.\n"
"Un numéro de port peut être un nombre de 0 à 65535.\n"
"Aucun espace n'est autorisé.\n"
@@ -3027,8 +2970,7 @@
"L'interface '%1' est incluse dans des zones pare-feu multiples.\n"
"Continuer la configuration peut provoquer des erreurs.\n"
"\n"
-"Il est recommandé de quitter la configuration et de procéder à une "
-"réparation\n"
+"Il est recommandé de quitter la configuration et de procéder à une réparation\n"
"manuelle dans le fichier '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'."
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
@@ -3127,110 +3069,73 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"Nouveau périphérique réseau '%1' trouvé ; ajouté comme interface pare-feu "
-"interne"
+msgstr "Nouveau périphérique réseau '%1' trouvé ; ajouté comme interface pare-feu interne"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"Nouveau périphérique réseau '%1' trouvé ; ajouté comme interface pare-feu "
-"externe"
+msgstr "Nouveau périphérique réseau '%1' trouvé ; ajouté comme interface pare-feu externe"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Le paquet SuSEfirewall2 n'est pas installé, le pare-feu sera désactivé."
+msgstr "Le paquet SuSEfirewall2 n'est pas installé, le pare-feu sera désactivé."
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">"
-"disable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Le pare-feu est activé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">"
-"désactiver</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Le pare-feu est activé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">désactiver</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">"
-"enable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Le pare-feu est inactif (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">"
-"activer</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Le pare-feu est inactif (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activer</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Le port SSH est ouvert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">"
-"bloquer</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "Le port SSH est ouvert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">bloquer</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Le port SSH est bloqué (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ouvrir<"
-"/a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "Le port SSH est bloqué (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ouvrir</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), "
-"but\n"
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
-"Le port SSH est ouvert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">fermer<"
-"/a>), mais\n"
+"Le port SSH est ouvert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">fermer</a>), mais\n"
"aucune interface réseau n'est configurée"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on "
-"the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous installez un système sur SSH, mais vous n'avez pas ouvert le port SSH "
-"sur le pare-feu."
+msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
+msgstr "Vous installez un système sur SSH, mais vous n'avez pas ouvert le port SSH sur le pare-feu."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a "
-"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Les ports d'administration distante (VNC) sont ouverts (<a "
-"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">bloquer</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "Les ports d'administration distante (VNC) sont ouverts (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">bloquer</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a "
-"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Les ports d'administration distante (VNC) sont bloqués (<a "
-"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">ouvrir</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "Les ports d'administration distante (VNC) sont bloqués (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">ouvrir</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
-"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous installez un système en utilisant l'administration à distance, mais vous "
-"n'avez pas ouvert les ports VNC sur le pare-feu."
+msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "Vous installez un système en utilisant l'administration à distance, mais vous n'avez pas ouvert les ports VNC sur le pare-feu."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
@@ -3244,12 +3149,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
-"needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous installez un système sur utilisant une cible iSCSI, mais vous n'avez pas "
-"ouvert les ports nécessaires dans le pare-feu."
+msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "Vous installez un système sur utilisant une cible iSCSI, mais vous n'avez pas ouvert les ports nécessaires dans le pare-feu."
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
@@ -3375,8 +3276,7 @@
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
"Ignorer un échec de téléchargement peut casser un système.\n"
-"Vérifiez le système ultérieurement en lançant le module de gestion de "
-"logiciels.\n"
+"Vérifiez le système ultérieurement en lançant le module de gestion de logiciels.\n"
# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129
#. At start of package install.
@@ -3419,15 +3319,13 @@
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
"Ignorer un échec sur un paquet peut casser un système.\n"
-"Le système devra être vérifié plus tard en lançant le module de gestion de "
-"logiciels."
+"Le système devra être vérifié plus tard en lançant le module de gestion de logiciels."
#. error report
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
-"changed. To \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -3568,8 +3466,7 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
-msgstr ""
-"Une erreur a été détectée pendant l'extraction des nouvelles métadonnées."
+msgstr "Une erreur a été détectée pendant l'extraction des nouvelles métadonnées."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
@@ -3731,9 +3628,7 @@
#. message in a progress popup
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Reconstruction de la base de données de paquets. Ce processus peut prendre un "
-"certain temps."
+msgstr "Reconstruction de la base de données de paquets. Ce processus peut prendre un certain temps."
# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__55
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
@@ -3749,9 +3644,7 @@
#. message in a progress popup
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Conversion de la base de données des paquets. Ce processus peut prendre un "
-"certain temps."
+msgstr "Conversion de la base de données des paquets. Ce processus peut prendre un certain temps."
# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__28
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
@@ -3984,20 +3877,15 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
-"to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
-"the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t Cette boite de dialogue vous permet de définir les tâches de ce système "
-"et les logiciels à installer.\n"
-"\t\t Les tâches et les logiciels disponibles pour ce système sont affichés "
-"par catégorie dans la colonne de\n"
-"\t\t gauche. Pour afficher la description d'un élément, sélectionnez-le dans "
-"la liste.\n"
+"\t\t Cette boite de dialogue vous permet de définir les tâches de ce système et les logiciels à installer.\n"
+"\t\t Les tâches et les logiciels disponibles pour ce système sont affichés par catégorie dans la colonne de\n"
+"\t\t gauche. Pour afficher la description d'un élément, sélectionnez-le dans la liste.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
@@ -4010,10 +3898,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Pour changer l'état d'un élément, cliquez sur son icône d'état\n"
-"\t\t ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur n'importe quelle icône "
-"pour afficher un menu contextuel.\n"
-"\t\t À l'aide du menu contextuel, vous pouvez également changer l'état de "
-"tous les éléments.\n"
+"\t\t ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur n'importe quelle icône pour afficher un menu contextuel.\n"
+"\t\t À l'aide du menu contextuel, vous pouvez également changer l'état de tous les éléments.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
@@ -4024,16 +3910,14 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t L'option <b>Détails</b> affiche la sélection de paquets logiciels "
-"détaillée,\n"
+"\t\t L'option <b>Détails</b> affiche la sélection de paquets logiciels détaillée,\n"
"\t\t où vous pouvez afficher et sélectionner individuellement chaque paquet.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
-"disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -4041,15 +3925,11 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t L'écran d'utilisation du disque qui se trouve dans l'angle inférieur "
-"droit affiche l'espace disque restant\n"
+"\t\t L'écran d'utilisation du disque qui se trouve dans l'angle inférieur droit affiche l'espace disque restant\n"
"\t\t lorsque toutes les modifications requises ont été effectuées.\n"
-"\t\t Les partitions de disque dur qui sont pleines ou presque pleines peuvent "
-"dégrader\n"
-"\t\t les performances du système et, dans certains cas, être à l'origine de "
-"problèmes graves.\n"
-"\t\t Le système a besoin d'un minimum d'espace disque disponible pour "
-"fonctionner correctement.\n"
+"\t\t Les partitions de disque dur qui sont pleines ou presque pleines peuvent dégrader\n"
+"\t\t les performances du système et, dans certains cas, être à l'origine de problèmes graves.\n"
+"\t\t Le système a besoin d'un minimum d'espace disque disponible pour fonctionner correctement.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__48
@@ -4163,12 +4043,8 @@
msgstr "Continuer dans le gestionnaire de logiciels"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or "
-"removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Rapport d'installation</B><BIG><BR>Vous trouverez ici un résumé "
-"des paquets installés ou supprimés.</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Rapport d'installation</B><BIG><BR>Vous trouverez ici un résumé des paquets installés ou supprimés.</P>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
msgid "Installation Report"
@@ -4224,8 +4100,7 @@
"Le paquet %1 du dépôt %2\n"
"%3\n"
" n'est pas numériquement signé. Ceci signifie que l'origine\n"
-"et l'intégrité du paquet ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. L'installation du "
-"paquet\n"
+"et l'intégrité du paquet ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. L'installation du paquet\n"
"peut mettre en danger l'intégrité de votre système.\n"
"\n"
"Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?"
@@ -4271,10 +4146,8 @@
"Install it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
"Aucune somme de contrôle n'a été trouvé pour le paquet %1 dans le dépôt.\n"
-"Malgré que le paquet fasse partie du dépôt signé, il ne fait pas parti de la "
-"liste\n"
-"des sommes de contrôle de ce dépôt. Installer malgré tout ce paquet met en "
-"danger\n"
+"Malgré que le paquet fasse partie du dépôt signé, il ne fait pas parti de la liste\n"
+"des sommes de contrôle de ce dépôt. Installer malgré tout ce paquet met en danger\n"
"l'intégrité de votre système.\n"
"\n"
"Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?\n"
@@ -4284,16 +4157,14 @@
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
-"Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"Aucune somme de contrôle n'a été trouvé pour le fichier %1\n"
"dans le dépôt. Ceci signifie que le fichier fait partie du dépôt signé,\n"
-"mais que la liste des sommes de contrôle de ce dépôt ne mentionne pas ce "
-"fichier.\n"
+"mais que la liste des sommes de contrôle de ce dépôt ne mentionne pas ce fichier.\n"
"Utiliser le fichier peut mettre l'intégrité de votre système en danger.\n"
"\n"
"Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?"
@@ -4375,12 +4246,10 @@
msgstr ""
"Le paquet %1 du dépôt %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle d'intégrité a échoué : "
-"%4\n"
+"est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle d'intégrité a échoué : %4\n"
"\n"
"Ceci signifie que le paquet a été modifié par erreur ou par un attaquant\n"
-"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. L'installation présente un risque "
-"élevé\n"
+"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. L'installation présente un risque élevé\n"
"pour l'intégrité et la sécurité de votre système.\n"
"\n"
"Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?\n"
@@ -4400,12 +4269,10 @@
msgstr ""
"Le fichier %1 du dépôt %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle d'intégrité a échoué : "
-"%4\n"
+"est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle d'intégrité a échoué : %4\n"
"\n"
"Ceci signifie que le fichier a été modifié par erreur ou par un attaquant\n"
-"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un risque "
-"élevé\n"
+"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un risque élevé\n"
"pour l'intégrité et la sécurité de votre système.\n"
"\n"
"Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n"
@@ -4432,8 +4299,7 @@
"avec la clé GnuPG inconnue suivante :%2.\n"
"\n"
"Cela signifie qu'il est impossible d'établir une relation\n"
-"de confiance avec le créateur du paquet. L'installation du paquet peut mettre "
-"l'intégrité\n"
+"de confiance avec le créateur du paquet. L'installation du paquet peut mettre l'intégrité\n"
"de votre système en danger.\n"
"\n"
"Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?"
@@ -4454,8 +4320,7 @@
"est numériquement signé avec la clé GnuPG inconnue suivante : %2.\n"
"\n"
"Cela signifie qu'il est impossible d'établir une relation de\n"
-"confiance avec le créateur du fichier. L'utilisation du fichier peut mettre "
-"l'intégrité\n"
+"confiance avec le créateur du fichier. L'utilisation du fichier peut mettre l'intégrité\n"
"de votre système en danger.\n"
"\n"
"Voulez-vous quand même l'utiliser ?"
@@ -4532,11 +4397,9 @@
"to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Le propriétaire de la clé peut distribuer des mises à jour,\n"
-"des paquets et des référentiels de paquets auxquels votre système fera "
-"confiance et qu'il proposera\n"
+"des paquets et des référentiels de paquets auxquels votre système fera confiance et qu'il proposera\n"
"pour installation et mise à jour sans autre avertissement. De cette façon,\n"
-"l'importation de la clé dans votre ensemble de clés sécurisées permet au "
-"propriétaire de la clé\n"
+"l'importation de la clé dans votre ensemble de clés sécurisées permet au propriétaire de la clé\n"
"d'avoir un certain contrôle du logiciel sur votre système.</p>"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
@@ -4544,14 +4407,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
-"used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Une boite de dialogue d'avertissement s'ouvre pour chaque paquet qui\n"
-"n'est pas signé par une clé de confiance (importée). Si vous ne faites pas "
-"confiance à la clé,\n"
-"les paquets ou dépôts créés par le propriétaire de la clé ne seront pas "
-"utilisés.</p>"
+"n'est pas signé par une clé de confiance (importée). Si vous ne faites pas confiance à la clé,\n"
+"les paquets ou dépôts créés par le propriétaire de la clé ne seront pas utilisés.</p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
@@ -4573,8 +4433,7 @@
"the key really belongs to that owner before importing it."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez choisir de l'importer dans votre ensemble de clés publiques \n"
-"sécurisées de confiance, ce qui signifie que vous faites confiance au "
-"propriétaire de la clé.\n"
+"sécurisées de confiance, ce qui signifie que vous faites confiance au propriétaire de la clé.\n"
"Vous devez être sûr que vous pouvez faire confiance au propriétaire et que\n"
"la clé appartient bien à ce propriétaire avant de l'importer."
@@ -4612,8 +4471,7 @@
"mais la somme de contrôle actuelle est %3.\n"
"\n"
"Ceci signifie que le fichier a été modifié par erreur ou par un attaquant\n"
-"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un risque "
-"élevé\n"
+"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un risque élevé\n"
"pour l'intégrité et la sécurité de votre système.\n"
"\n"
"Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n"
@@ -4631,8 +4489,7 @@
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
-"risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4641,8 +4498,7 @@
"mais la somme attendue est inconnue.\n"
"\n"
"Ceci signifie que l'origine et l'intégrité du fichier\n"
-"ne peuvent pas être vérifiées.Utiliser le fichier peut remettre en cause "
-"l'intégrité de votre système.\n"
+"ne peuvent pas être vérifiées.Utiliser le fichier peut remettre en cause l'intégrité de votre système.\n"
"\n"
"Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n"
@@ -4696,16 +4552,8 @@
msgstr "<p>Les paquets sont en cours d'installation.</p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the "
-"<B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or "
-"unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
-"installed.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Interruption de l'installation</B> L'installation de paquets peut être "
-"interrompue en utilisant le bouton <B>Interrompre</B>. Cependant, le système "
-"peut devenir incohérent ou inutilisable, voire il peut ne pas redémarrer si "
-"le système de base n'est pas installé.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Interruption de l'installation</B> L'installation de paquets peut être interrompue en utilisant le bouton <B>Interrompre</B>. Cependant, le système peut devenir incohérent ou inutilisable, voire il peut ne pas redémarrer si le système de base n'est pas installé.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
@@ -5574,10 +5422,8 @@
"start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit."
msgstr ""
"Un nom de domaine valide est constitué d'éléments séparés par des points.\n"
-"Chaque élément contient des lettres, des chiffres et des traits d'union. Un "
-"trait d'union\n"
-"ne peut pas être au début ou à la fin d'un élément et le dernier élément ne "
-"doit pas\n"
+"Chaque élément contient des lettres, des chiffres et des traits d'union. Un trait d'union\n"
+"ne peut pas être au début ou à la fin d'un élément et le dernier élément ne doit pas\n"
"commencer par un chiffre."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
@@ -5628,8 +5474,7 @@
"Exemples :\n"
"IP : 192.168.0.1 ou 2001:db8:0::1\n"
"IP/Masque : 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 ou 2001:db8:0::1/56\n"
-"IP/Bits_de_masque : 192.168.0.0/24 ou 192.168.0.1/32 ou "
-"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
+"IP/Bits_de_masque : 192.168.0.0/24 ou 192.168.0.1/32 ou 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__147
#. Byte abbreviated
@@ -6524,13 +6369,11 @@
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
-"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"L'adresse IPv4 inverse %1 est incorrecte.\n"
"\n"
-"Une adresse IPv4 inverse correcte est constituée de quatre entiers compris "
-"entre 0 et 255\n"
+"Une adresse IPv4 inverse correcte est constituée de quatre entiers compris entre 0 et 255\n"
"séparés par un point et suivis de la chaine .in-addr.arpa..\n"
"Par exemple, 1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa. pour l'adresse IPv4 192.168.32.1.\n"
@@ -6579,8 +6422,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Enregistrement SOA incorrect.\n"
"%1 doit être de type horaire DÉCLARATION.\n"
-"Un type horaire DÉCLARATION comprend des nombres et des suffixes insensibles "
-"à la casse\n"
+"Un type horaire DÉCLARATION comprend des nombres et des suffixes insensibles à la casse\n"
"W, D, H, M et S. L'heure peut être exprimée en secondes sans suffixe.\n"
"Saisissez les valeurs telles que 12H15m, 86400 ou 1W30M.\n"
@@ -6597,8 +6439,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020
msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file."
-msgstr ""
-"Le nom de fichier doit être défini lors de la journalisation dans un fichier."
+msgstr "Le nom de fichier doit être défini lors de la journalisation dans un fichier."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028
@@ -6671,30 +6512,18 @@
#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same "
-"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service "
-"during boot'.</p>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running "
-"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' "
-"buttons).</p>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable "
-"the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the "
-"already running system.</p>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>État actuel</big></b><br>\n"
-"Affiche l'état actuel du service. L'état restera le même après la sauvegarde "
-"des paramètres, indépendamment de la valeur de 'lancer le service durant le "
-"démarrage'</p>\n"
+"Affiche l'état actuel du service. L'état restera le même après la sauvegarde des paramètres, indépendamment de la valeur de 'lancer le service durant le démarrage'</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Rechargement après sauvegarde des paramètres</big></b><br>\n"
-"Seulement applicable si le service est actuellement en fonctionnement. "
-"S'assure que le service en cours recharge la nouvelle configuration après "
-"l'avoir enregistré (via les boutons 'ok' ou 'enregistrer').</p>\n"
+"Seulement applicable si le service est actuellement en fonctionnement. S'assure que le service en cours recharge la nouvelle configuration après l'avoir enregistré (via les boutons 'ok' ou 'enregistrer').</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Lancer au démarrage du système</big></b><br>\n"
-"Cochez cette option pour activer le service durant le démarrage du système. "
-"Décochez pour désactiver le service. Cela n'affecte pas l'état actuel du "
-"service dans le système en cours de fonctionnement.</p>\n"
+"Cochez cette option pour activer le service durant le démarrage du système. Décochez pour désactiver le service. Cela n'affecte pas l'état actuel du service dans le système en cours de fonctionnement.</p>\n"
#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
@@ -111,18 +111,13 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
-"code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
-"even\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Définir le marqueur 'active' dans la table de partition pour la "
-"partition d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
-"Permet d'activer la partition contenant le chargeur d'amorçage. Le code MBR "
-"générique \n"
-"amorcera ensuite la partition active. Les anciens BIOS exigent qu'une "
-"partition \n"
+"<p><b>Définir le marqueur 'active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
+"Permet d'activer la partition contenant le chargeur d'amorçage. Le code MBR générique \n"
+"amorcera ensuite la partition active. Les anciens BIOS exigent qu'une partition \n"
"soit active même si le chargeur d'amorçage est installé dans le MBR.</p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -143,12 +138,10 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
-"loaded.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Délai en secondes</b><br>\n"
-"Définit le temps d'attente que le chargeur d'amorçage observe avant de "
-"charger le noyau par défaut.</p>\n"
+"Définit le temps d'attente que le chargeur d'amorçage observe avant de charger le noyau par défaut.</p>\n"
# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__53
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
@@ -160,160 +153,109 @@
"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>En cliquant sur <b>Définir par défaut</b> vous marquez la section "
-"sélectionnée\n"
-"comme section par défaut. Lors de l'amorçage, le chargeur d'amorçage fournira "
-"un menu et\n"
-"attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne un noyau ou un système d'exploitation "
-"à amorcer.\n"
-"Si aucune touche n'est appuyée avant le délai imparti (timeout), le noyau ou "
-"le \n"
-"système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le "
-"menu du chargeur\n"
-"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>"
-"Descendre</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>En cliquant sur <b>Définir par défaut</b> vous marquez la section sélectionnée\n"
+"comme section par défaut. Lors de l'amorçage, le chargeur d'amorçage fournira un menu et\n"
+"attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne un noyau ou un système d'exploitation à amorcer.\n"
+"Si aucune touche n'est appuyée avant le délai imparti (timeout), le noyau ou le \n"
+"système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le menu du chargeur\n"
+"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <b>Monter</b> et <b>Descendre</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
-"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Écrire le code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR</b> remplace le MBR de "
-"votre disque par du code générique (code indépendant \n"
+"<p><b>Écrire le code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR</b> remplace le MBR de votre disque par du code générique (code indépendant \n"
"du système d'exploitation, permettant d'amorcer la partition active).</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the "
-"other is\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Amorcer à partir de la partition d'amorçage</b> est l'une des options "
-"recommandées, l'autre étant \n"
+"<p><b>Amorcer à partir de la partition d'amorçage</b> est l'une des options recommandées, l'autre étant \n"
"<b>Amorcer à partir de la partition racine</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another "
-"operating system\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>L'option <b>Amorcer à partir du secteur maître d'amorçage</b> n'est pas "
-"recommandée si un autre système d'exploitation est installé sur "
-"l'ordinateur.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>L'option <b>Amorcer à partir du secteur maître d'amorçage</b> n'est pas recommandée si un autre système d'exploitation est installé sur l'ordinateur.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there "
-"is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot "
-"Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is "
-"needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>L'option <b>Amorcer à partir de la partition racine</b> est recommandée "
-"lorsqu'il existe une partition \n"
-"adaptée. Vous pouvez soit sélectionner <b>Définir le marqueur 'active' dans "
-"la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage</b> et <b>Écrire du code "
-"générique d'amorçage dans le MBR</b>\n"
-" sous <b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b> afin de mettre à jour le secteur "
-"maître d'amorçage si nécessaire, soit configurer l'autre gestionnaire "
-"d'amorçage\n"
+"<p>L'option <b>Amorcer à partir de la partition racine</b> est recommandée lorsqu'il existe une partition \n"
+"adaptée. Vous pouvez soit sélectionner <b>Définir le marqueur 'active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage</b> et <b>Écrire du code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR</b>\n"
+" sous <b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b> afin de mettre à jour le secteur maître d'amorçage si nécessaire, soit configurer l'autre gestionnaire d'amorçage\n"
" pour démarrer cette section.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root "
-"partition is on \n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Amorçage depuis une Partition étendue</b>est à sélectionner si votre "
-"partition racine est\n"
+"<p><b>Amorçage depuis une Partition étendue</b>est à sélectionner si votre partition racine est\n"
"sur une partition logique et s'il manque la partition /boot</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>La <b>partition d'amorçage personnalisée</b> vous permet de choisir la "
-"partition d'amorçage.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>La <b>partition d'amorçage personnalisée</b> vous permet de choisir la partition d'amorçage.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>La matrice MD est composée de 2 disques. <b>Activer la redondance pour la "
-"matrice MD</b>\n"
+"<p>La matrice MD est composée de 2 disques. <b>Activer la redondance pour la matrice MD</b>\n"
"activer cette option pour copier GRUB dans le MBR des 2 disques.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2<"
-"/code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Utiliser la console série</b> permet de définir les paramètres à "
-"utiliser\n"
-"pour une console série. Pour plus de détails, consultez la documentation de "
-"grub (<code>info grub2</code>).</p>"
+"<p><b>Utiliser la console série</b> permet de définir les paramètres à utiliser\n"
+"pour une console série. Pour plus de détails, consultez la documentation de grub (<code>info grub2</code>).</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a "
-"serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<"
-"/code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which "
-"you\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Définition du terminal</b></p><br>\n"
-"Permet de définir le type de terminal à utiliser Pour un terminal série (par "
-"exemple, une console série),\n"
-"spécifiez <code>série</code>. Vous pouvez également transmettre <code>"
-"console</code> \n"
-"à la commande, sous la forme <code>console série</code>. Dans ce cas, si vous "
-"appuyez sur une touche quelconque d'un terminal,\n"
+"Permet de définir le type de terminal à utiliser Pour un terminal série (par exemple, une console série),\n"
+"spécifiez <code>série</code>. Vous pouvez également transmettre <code>console</code> \n"
+"à la commande, sous la forme <code>console série</code>. Dans ce cas, si vous appuyez sur une touche quelconque d'un terminal,\n"
" celui-ci sera utilisé comme terminal GRUB.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section "
-"numbers\n"
+"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Sections de recours en cas d'échec de la section par défaut</b> "
-"contient la liste \n"
-"des numéros de section qui seront utilisés pour l'amorçage dans le cas où la "
-"section \n"
+"<p><b>Sections de recours en cas d'échec de la section par défaut</b> contient la liste \n"
+"des numéros de section qui seront utilisés pour l'amorçage dans le cas où la section \n"
"par défaut ne serait pas amorçable.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionner <b>masquer le menu lors de l'amorçage</b> masquera le menu "
-"d'amorçage.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Sélectionner <b>masquer le menu lors de l'amorçage</b> masquera le menu d'amorçage.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. "
-"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry "
-"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the "
-"way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it "
-"in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Protéger le chargeur d'amorçage avec un mot de passe</b><br>\n"
-"Au démarrage, modifier ou même démarrer une entrée nécessitera un mot de "
-"passe. Si <b>Protéger uniquement la modification d'entrée</b> est coché, "
-"alors le démarrage n'est pas restreint mais la modification des entrées "
-"nécessite un mot de passe (c'est ainsi que GRUB 1 se comportait).<br>YaST "
-"n'acceptera le mot de passe que si vous le retapez dans <b>Retaper le mot de "
-"passe</b>.</p>"
+"Au démarrage, modifier ou même démarrer une entrée nécessitera un mot de passe. Si <b>Protéger uniquement la modification d'entrée</b> est coché, alors le démarrage n'est pas restreint mais la modification des entrées nécessite un mot de passe (c'est ainsi que GRUB 1 se comportait).<br>YaST n'acceptera le mot de passe que si vous le retapez dans <b>Retaper le mot de passe</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
@@ -337,9 +279,7 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-"Définir le marqueur '&active' dans la table de partition pour la partition "
-"d'amorçage"
+msgstr "Définir le marqueur '&active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_16_1943__9
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
@@ -526,47 +466,24 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du noyau</b> vous permet de "
-"définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au noyau.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du noyau</b> vous permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au noyau.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console<"
-"/i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Mode Vga</b> définit le mode VGA que le noyau devrait activer pour la <"
-"i>console</i> lors de l'amorçage.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Mode Vga</b> définit le mode VGA que le noyau devrait activer pour la <i>console</i> lors de l'amorçage.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
-"foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Détecter un système d'exploitation étranger</b> en utilisant os-prober "
-"pour un amorçage multiple avec des distributions étrangères </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Détecter un système d'exploitation étranger</b> en utilisant os-prober pour un amorçage multiple avec des distributions étrangères </p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on "
-"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if "
-"you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Drapeau MBR Protecteur</b>est un paramètre avancé et nécessaire "
-"uniquement sur du matériel exotique. Plus plus de détails, voir MBR "
-"Protecteur sur les disques GPT. Ne changez rien si vous n'être pas sûr de "
-"vous.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Drapeau MBR Protecteur</b>est un paramètre avancé et nécessaire uniquement sur du matériel exotique. Plus plus de détails, voir MBR Protecteur sur les disques GPT. Ne changez rien si vous n'être pas sûr de vous.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create "
-"boot entry name. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Distributeur</b> spécifie le nom du distributeur du noyau utilisé pour "
-"créer le nom d'entrée d'amorçage </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Distributeur</b> spécifie le nom du distributeur du noyau utilisé pour créer le nom d'entrée d'amorçage </p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
@@ -671,9 +588,7 @@
#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Chargeur d'amorçage '%s' non géré. Adaptez votre profil AutoYaST en "
-"conséquence."
+msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage '%s' non géré. Adaptez votre profil AutoYaST en conséquence."
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__289
#. file open popup caption
@@ -686,9 +601,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"La partition de démarrage est du type NFS. Le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas "
-"être installé."
+msgstr "La partition de démarrage est du type NFS. Le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé."
# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__10
#. dialog caption
@@ -810,22 +723,19 @@
"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</BIG></B>"
-"<BR>\n"
+"<P><B><BIG>Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Veuillez patienter...<br></p>"
#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current "
-"\n"
+"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>Via l'option <B>Autres</B>,\n"
-"vous pouvez modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du chargeur "
-"d'amorçage, effacer la \n"
+"vous pouvez modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage, effacer la \n"
"configuration actuelle et en proposer une nouvelle, repartir de zéro\n"
" ou relire la configuration enregistrée sur votre disque. %1</P>"
@@ -836,8 +746,7 @@
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>Pour modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du\n"
-"chargeur d'amorçage, cliquez sur <B>Modifier les fichiers de configuration</B>"
-".</P>"
+"chargeur d'amorçage, cliquez sur <B>Modifier les fichiers de configuration</B>.</P>"
# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__51
#. help 1/4
@@ -872,14 +781,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<P> Cliquez sur <b>Définir par défaut</b> pour sélectionner une \n"
"section par défaut. Lors de l'amorçage, le chargeur d'amorçage proposera \n"
-"un menu d'amorçage et attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne le noyau ou un "
-"autre \n"
+"un menu d'amorçage et attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne le noyau ou un autre \n"
"système d'exploitation à amorcer. \n"
"Si vous n'appuyez pas sur une touche avant le délai imparti, le \n"
-"noyau ou le système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des "
-"sections dans le menu du chargeur \n"
-"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <B>Monter</B> et <B>"
-"Descendre</B>.</P>"
+"noyau ou le système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le menu du chargeur \n"
+"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons <B>Monter</B> et <B>Descendre</B>.</P>"
# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__54
#. help 4/4
@@ -888,8 +794,7 @@
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Cliquer sur <B>Ajouter</B> pour créer une nouvelle section du chargeur "
-"d'amorçage\n"
+"<P>Cliquer sur <B>Ajouter</B> pour créer une nouvelle section du chargeur d'amorçage\n"
"ou sur <B>Effacer</B> pour effacer la section sélectionnée.</P>"
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
@@ -901,8 +806,7 @@
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage</b></big><br>\n"
-"Le gestionnaire d'amorçage (%1) peut être installé de la manière suivante :<"
-"/p>"
+"Le gestionnaire d'amorçage (%1) peut être installé de la manière suivante :</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
@@ -912,8 +816,7 @@
"on the computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>- Depuis le <b>secteur maître d'amorçage</b> (MBR).\n"
-"Cette option est déconseillée si un autre système d'exploitation est "
-"installé\n"
+"Cette option est déconseillée si un autre système d'exploitation est installé\n"
" sur l'ordinateur.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
@@ -923,22 +826,17 @@
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details<"
-"/b>\n"
+"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
"to update the master boot record\n"
"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"- Depuis le <b>Secteur d'amorçage</b> de <tt>/boot</tt> ou de la \n"
-"partition <tt>/</tt> (racine). Cette option est recommandée à partir du "
-"moment où\n"
-" une partition appropriée existe. Dans <b>Détails d'installation du chargeur "
-"d'amorçage</b>, \n"
-"sélectionnez les options <b>Activer la partition du chargeur d'amorçage</b> "
-"et\n"
-" <b>Remplacer le MBR par du code générique</b> pour mettre à jour le secteur "
-"maître d'amorçage\n"
+"partition <tt>/</tt> (racine). Cette option est recommandée à partir du moment où\n"
+" une partition appropriée existe. Dans <b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b>, \n"
+"sélectionnez les options <b>Activer la partition du chargeur d'amorçage</b> et\n"
+" <b>Remplacer le MBR par du code générique</b> pour mettre à jour le secteur maître d'amorçage\n"
" si cela est nécessaire OU configurez l'autre gestionnaire d'amorçage\n"
" pour lancer &product;.</p> "
@@ -950,8 +848,7 @@
"when selecting this option.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"- Depuis une <b>Autre</b> partition. Étudiez les restrictions de votre "
-"système \n"
+"- Depuis une <b>Autre</b> partition. Étudiez les restrictions de votre système \n"
"si vous choisissez de sélectionner cette option.</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
@@ -964,10 +861,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Par exemple, la plupart des PC possèdent une limite\n"
"du BIOS qui restreint l'amorçage aux\n"
-"cylindres de disque dur inférieurs à 1024. En fonction du gestionnaire "
-"d'amorçage utilisé,\n"
-"vous avez ou non la possibilité d'amorcer à partir d'une partition logique.<"
-"/p>"
+"cylindres de disque dur inférieurs à 1024. En fonction du gestionnaire d'amorçage utilisé,\n"
+"vous avez ou non la possibilité d'amorcer à partir d'une partition logique.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
@@ -977,8 +872,7 @@
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Saisissez le nom de périphérique de la partition (par exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3<"
-"/tt> ou\n"
+"Saisissez le nom de périphérique de la partition (par exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> ou\n"
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) dans le champ adéquat.</p>"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
@@ -990,10 +884,8 @@
"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
-"Pour régler les options avancées de l'installation du chargeur d'amorçage "
-"(tel que le mapping\n"
-"des périphériques), cliquez sur <b>Détails d'installation du chargeur "
-"d'amorçage</b>.</p>"
+"Pour régler les options avancées de l'installation du chargeur d'amorçage (tel que le mapping\n"
+"des périphériques), cliquez sur <b>Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
#. help text 1/1
@@ -1016,8 +908,7 @@
"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b><br>\n"
-"Pour régler les options du chargeur d'amorçage, telles que le délai, cliquez "
-"sur \n"
+"Pour régler les options du chargeur d'amorçage, telles que le délai, cliquez sur \n"
"<b>Options du chargeur d'amorçage</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -1029,8 +920,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Configuration manuelle pour experts</B><BR>\n"
"Ici, modifiez manuellement la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage.</P>\n"
-"<P>Remarque : le fichier de configuration final peut avoir une indentation "
-"différente.</P>"
+"<P>Remarque : le fichier de configuration final peut avoir une indentation différente.</P>"
#. help text 1/1
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
@@ -1040,8 +930,7 @@
"name must be unique.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nom de section</b><br>\n"
-"Utilisez <b>Nom de section</b> pour préciser le nom de section du chargeur "
-"d'amorçage. Le nom de \n"
+"Utilisez <b>Nom de section</b> pour préciser le nom de section du chargeur d'amorçage. Le nom de \n"
"section doit être unique.</p>"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47
@@ -1061,8 +950,7 @@
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
"selected section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Cloner la section sélectionnée</b> pour cloner la section "
-"\n"
+"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Cloner la section sélectionnée</b> pour cloner la section \n"
"sélectionnée. Modifiez ensuite les options à différencier de celles de la \n"
"section sélectionnée.</p>"
@@ -1072,8 +960,7 @@
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section d'image</b> pour ajouter un noyau Linux ou une "
-"autre image\n"
+"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section d'image</b> pour ajouter un noyau Linux ou une autre image\n"
"à charger et à lancer.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
@@ -1082,8 +969,7 @@
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section XEN</b> pour ajouter un kernel Linux ou une autre "
-"image,\n"
+"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section XEN</b> pour ajouter un kernel Linux ou une autre image,\n"
" à lancer cette fois dans un environnement XEN.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
@@ -1093,22 +979,18 @@
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Autre système (chargeur en chaîne)</b> pour ajouter une "
-"section qui\n"
-"charge et lance le secteur d'amorçage d'une partition donnée du disque. Vous "
-"pouvez ainsi\n"
+"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Autre système (chargeur en chaîne)</b> pour ajouter une section qui\n"
+"charge et lance le secteur d'amorçage d'une partition donnée du disque. Vous pouvez ainsi\n"
"amorcer d'autres systèmes d'exploitation.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the "
-"disk. This is used for\n"
+"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Section de menu</b> pour ajouter une section qui\n"
-"charge un fichier de configuration (une liste de sections d'amorçage) depuis "
-"une partition du disque.\n"
+"charge un fichier de configuration (une liste de sections d'amorçage) depuis une partition du disque.\n"
"Vous pouvez ainsi amorcer d'autres systèmes d'exploitation.</p>"
# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__12
@@ -1249,18 +1131,14 @@
#. error report
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr ""
-"A cause du partitionnement, le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé "
-"correctement."
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "A cause du partitionnement, le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé correctement."
# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__215
#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr ""
-"La carte des périphériques (device map) doit contenir au moins un périphérique"
+msgstr "La carte des périphériques (device map) doit contenir au moins un périphérique"
# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21
#. we just go back to original dialog
@@ -1282,8 +1160,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr ""
-"La partition d'amorçage personnalisée sélectionnée %s n'est plus disponible."
+msgstr "La partition d'amorçage personnalisée sélectionnée %s n'est plus disponible."
#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
@@ -1334,80 +1211,46 @@
#. warning text in the summary richtext
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178
-msgid ""
-"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
-"bootable."
-msgstr ""
-"Aucun chargeur d'amorçage n'est sélectionné pour être installé. Votre système "
-"pourrait ne pas être amorçable."
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "Aucun chargeur d'amorçage n'est sélectionné pour être installé. Votre système pourrait ne pas être amorçable."
#. error in the proposal
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr ""
-"Impossible d'installer correctement le chargeur d'amorçage à cause du "
-"partitionnement"
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "Impossible d'installer correctement le chargeur d'amorçage à cause du partitionnement"
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">ne pas "
-"installer</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">ne pas installer</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">"
-"installer</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installer</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (<a "
-"href=\"disable_boot_boot\"> ne pas installer</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\"> ne pas installer</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">"
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (<a "
-"href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installer</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installer</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (<a "
-"href=\"disable_boot_root\">ne pas installer</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">ne pas installer</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">"
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (<a "
-"href=\"enable_boot_root\">installer</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">installer</a>)"
# stage1 non traduit, terme existe dans le manuel français de GRUB
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
-"are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-"Avertissement : aucun emplacement sélectionné pour le stage1 du chargeur "
-"d'amorçage. A moins de savoir ce que vous faites, sélectionnez un emplacement "
-"ci-dessus."
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr "Avertissement : aucun emplacement sélectionné pour le stage1 du chargeur d'amorçage. A moins de savoir ce que vous faites, sélectionnez un emplacement ci-dessus."
# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__131
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
@@ -1453,45 +1296,27 @@
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
-msgstr ""
-"Combinaison de la plateforme matérielle %1 et du chargeur d'amorçage %2 non "
-"supportée"
+msgstr "Combinaison de la plateforme matérielle %1 et du chargeur d'amorçage %2 non supportée"
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label "
-"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or "
-"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr ""
-"L'amorçage depuis le MBR ne fonctionne pas avec le système de fichier btrfs "
-"et le label de disque GPT sans partition bios_grub,. Pour résoudre ce "
-"problème, créez une partition bios_grub ou utilisez n'importe quel système de "
-"fichier ext pour la partition d'amorçage ou n'installez pas stage 1 sur le "
-"MBR."
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr "L'amorçage depuis le MBR ne fonctionne pas avec le système de fichier btrfs et le label de disque GPT sans partition bios_grub,. Pour résoudre ce problème, créez une partition bios_grub ou utilisez n'importe quel système de fichier ext pour la partition d'amorçage ou n'installez pas stage 1 sur le MBR."
#. check if boot device is on raid0
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Le périphérique de démarrage est sur un raid de type : %1. Le système ne "
-"démarrera pas."
+msgstr "Le périphérique de démarrage est sur un raid de type : %1. Le système ne démarrera pas."
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
-"Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-"Le périphérique d'amorçage est sur un RAID1 logiciel. Sélectionnez un autre "
-"emplacement de chargeur d'amorçage, par ex. MBR"
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Le périphérique d'amorçage est sur un RAID1 logiciel. Sélectionnez un autre emplacement de chargeur d'amorçage, par ex. MBR"
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr ""
-"Partition ext manquante pour l'amorçage. Impossible d'installer le code "
-"d'amorçage."
+msgstr "Partition ext manquante pour l'amorçage. Impossible d'installer le code d'amorçage."
# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__13
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-09 08:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-03 22:17+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Jean-Marc BOUCHE <jean-marc.bouche(a)9online.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
@@ -153,11 +153,8 @@
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
-msgstr ""
-"La valeur des Votes Attendus doit être remplie lorsque le transport par "
-"multidiffusion est configuré"
+msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
+msgstr "La valeur des Votes Attendus doit être remplie lorsque le transport par multidiffusion est configuré"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
@@ -173,12 +170,8 @@
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to "
-"passive."
-msgstr ""
-"Seul passif ou actif peuvent être sélectionnés si plusieurs interfaces sont "
-"utilisées. Initialisé avec passif."
+msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
+msgstr "Seul passif ou actif peuvent être sélectionnés si plusieurs interfaces sont utilisées. Initialisé avec passif."
# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__66
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
@@ -263,20 +256,12 @@
msgstr "Activer la sécurité Auth"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
-msgid ""
-"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/"
-"authkey."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour un cluster nouvellement créé, appuyer sur le bouton ci-dessous pour "
-"générer /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgstr "Pour un cluster nouvellement créé, appuyer sur le bouton ci-dessous pour générer /etc/corosync/authkey."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
-msgid ""
-"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other "
-"nodes manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour rejoindre un cluster existant, copiez manuellement /etc/corosync/"
-"authkey depuis les autres nœuds."
+msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
+msgstr "Pour rejoindre un cluster existant, copiez manuellement /etc/corosync/authkey depuis les autres nœuds."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
#, fuzzy
@@ -424,8 +409,7 @@
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier de clé %1 est généré.\n"
-"L'appui sur le bouton \"Ajouter les fichiers suggérés\" l'ajoutera à la "
-"liste de synchronisation."
+"L'appui sur le bouton \"Ajouter les fichiers suggérés\" l'ajoutera à la liste de synchronisation."
# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__134
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
@@ -435,13 +419,11 @@
#. SaveCsync2();
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
msgid ""
-"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between "
-"cluster nodes.\n"
+"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-"Conntrackd est un service qui aide à dupliquer un état de pare-feu entre les "
-"nœuds d'un cluster.\n"
+"Conntrackd est un service qui aide à dupliquer un état de pare-feu entre les nœuds d'un cluster.\n"
"YaST peut aider à configurer certains aspects fondamentaux de conntrackd.\n"
"Vous avez besoin de le démarrer avec ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
@@ -471,215 +453,73 @@
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address "
-"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in "
-"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set "
-"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which "
-"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be "
-"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface "
-"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
-"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used "
-"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but "
-"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address "
-"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address."
-"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 "
-"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must "
-"be specified.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais "
-"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in "
-"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using "
-"udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional "
-"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value "
-"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. "
-"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from "
-"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring "
-"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should "
-"not be used.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, "
-"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers "
-"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become "
-"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network "
-"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one "
-"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple "
-"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen."
-"<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting "
-"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is "
-"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast "
-"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should "
-"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in "
-"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated."
-"<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using "
-"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresse de réseau liée</big></b><br>C'est l'adresse à laquelle "
-"l'exécutable openais doit être lié. Cette adresse doit toujours se terminer "
-"par zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être acheminé par 192.168.5.92, mettre "
-"bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0.<br>Elle peut également être une adresse IPv6 "
-"auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, l'adresse complète "
-"doit être renseignée et il ne doit pas y avoir de sélection automatique de "
-"l'interface de réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau spécifique comme en "
-"IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé le champ nodeid doit être renseigné."
-"<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>C'est l'adresse de "
-"multidiffusion utilisé par l'exécutable openais. La valeur par défaut doit "
-"fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais il faut demander à "
-"l'administrateur réseau pour utiliser une adresse de multidiffusion. Évitez "
-"224.x.x.x car il s'agit d'une adresse de multidiffusion de \"config\"."
-"<br>Cette adresse peut également être une adresse de multidiffusion IPv6 "
-"auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé le "
-"champ nodeid doit être renseigné.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>C'est le numéro du port UDP. Il est possible "
-"d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion sur un réseau avec les services "
-"openais configurés pour des ports UDP différents.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Adresse de membre</big></b><br>Cette liste précise tous les nœuds "
-"de la grappe par adresse IP. Ceci peut être configuré en utilisant udpu "
-"(monodiffusion). <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>ID de nœud</big></b><br>Cette configuration est optionnelle avec "
-"IPv4 et obligatoire avec IPv6. C'est une valeur de 32 bits précisant "
-"l'identifiant du nœud délivré au service d'adhésion de la grappe. S'il n'est "
-"pas renseigné en IPv4, l'identifiant du nœud sera déterminé à partir de "
-"l'adresse IP sur 32 bits du système auquel le système est lié par "
-"l'identifiant d'anneau zéro. La valeur zéro comme identifiant de nœud est "
-"réservée et ne doit pas être utilisée.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>C'est le mode d'anneau redondant qui peut "
-"être aucun, actif ou passif. La réplication active offre une latence "
-"légèrement plus faible de la transmission à la livraison dans des "
-"environnements de réseaux défectueux mais avec des performances moindres. La "
-"réplication passive peut quasiment doubler la vitesse du protocole totem si "
-"le protocole est indépendant du CPU. La dernière option est aucune auquel "
-"cas seulement une interface de réseau pourra être utilisé pour faire "
-"fonctionner le protocole totem. S'il n'y a qu'une seule interface "
-"renseignée, l'option aucune est automatiquement sélectionnée. Si plusieurs "
-"interfaces sont précisées, seules les réplications active ou passive "
-"pourront être choisies.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Valeur des votes attendus</big></b><br>Nombre de votes attendus "
-"pour atteindre le quorum des votes. Il pourra être automatiquement calculé "
-"quand la section nodelist {} est présente dans corosync.conf (la liste sera "
-"générée lors de l'utilisation du transport en monodiffusion) ou pourra être "
-"renseigné dans la section quorum {} section (les votes attendus doivent "
-"utilisés le nombre total de nœuds de la grappe). Si la valeurs des votes "
-"attendus est présente dans le transport en monodiffusion, cette valeur "
-"remplacera celle automatiquement calculée.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Identifiant de nœud auto généré</big></b><br>L'identifiant de "
-"nœud est obligatoire avec l'utilisation d'IPv6. La sélection de "
-"l'identifiant de nœud automatique générera cet identifiant automatiquement."
-"<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse de réseau liée</big></b><br>C'est l'adresse à laquelle l'exécutable openais doit être lié. Cette adresse doit toujours se terminer par zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être acheminé par 192.168.5.92, mettre bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0.<br>Elle peut également être une adresse IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, l'adresse complète doit être renseignée et il ne doit pas y avoir de sélection automatique de l'interface de réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau spécifique comme en IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>C'est l'adresse de multidiffusion utilisé par l'exécutable openais. La valeur par défaut doit fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais il faut demander à l'administrateur réseau pour utiliser une adresse de multidiffusion. Évitez 224.x.x.x car il s'agit d'une adresse de multidiffusion de \"config\".<br>Cette adresse peut également être une adresse de multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>C'est le numéro du port UDP. Il est possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion sur un réseau avec les services openais configurés pour des ports UDP différents.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse de membre</big></b><br>Cette liste précise tous les nœuds de la grappe par adresse IP. Ceci peut être configuré en utilisant udpu (monodiffusion). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>ID de nœud</big></b><br>Cette configuration est optionnelle avec IPv4 et obligatoire avec IPv6. C'est une valeur de 32 bits précisant l'identifiant du nœud délivré au service d'adhésion de la grappe. S'il n'est pas renseigné en IPv4, l'identifiant du nœud sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP sur 32 bits du système auquel le système est lié par l'identifiant d'anneau zéro. La valeur zéro comme identifiant de nœud est réservée et ne doit pas être utilisée.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>C'est le mode d'anneau redondant qui peut être aucun, actif ou passif. La réplication active offre une latence légèrement plus faible de la transmission à la livraison dans des environnements de réseaux défectueux mais avec des performances moindres. La réplication passive peut quasiment doubler la vitesse du protocole totem si le protocole est indépendant du CPU. La dernière option est aucune auquel cas seulement une interface de réseau pourra être utilisé pour faire fonctionner le protocole totem. S'il n'y a qu'une seule interface renseignée, l'option aucune est automatiquement sélectionnée. Si plusieurs interfaces sont précisées, seules les réplications active ou passive pourront être choisies.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Valeur des votes attendus</big></b><br>Nombre de votes attendus pour atteindre le quorum des votes. Il pourra être automatiquement calculé quand la section nodelist {} est présente dans corosync.conf (la liste sera générée lors de l'utilisation du transport en monodiffusion) ou pourra être renseigné dans la section quorum {} section (les votes attendus doivent utilisés le nombre total de nœuds de la grappe). Si la valeurs des votes attendus est présente dans le transport en monodiffusion, cette valeur remplacera celle automatiquement calculée.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Identifiant de nœud auto généré</big></b><br>L'identifiant de nœud est obligatoire avec l'utilisation d'IPv6. La sélection de l'identifiant de nœud automatique générera cet identifiant automatiquement.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 "
-"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further "
-"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 "
-"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this "
-"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces "
-"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles "
-"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks "
-"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible "
-"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A "
-"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option "
-"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame "
-"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is "
-"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this "
-"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Autoriser l'authentification de sécurité</big></b><br>Ceci "
-"indique que l'authentification HMAC/SHA1 doit être choisie pour authentifier "
-"tous les messages. Cela précise en plus que toutes les données doivent être "
-"encryptées avec l'algorithme d'encodage sober128 pour protéger les données "
-"contre les écoutes. Activer cette option ajoute un en-tête de 36 octets à "
-"chaque message envoyé par totem ce qui réduit la bande passante totale. "
-"Encodage et l'authentification consomment 75% des cycles CPU dans aisexec "
-"tel que mesuré avec gprof quand il est activé. Pour des réseaux à 100Mbit "
-"avec des transmissions de trames de 1500 MTU : une bande passante de 9Mb/s "
-"est possible avec une utilisation à 100% du CPU quand cette option est "
-"activée sur avec des CPUs à 3 GHz. Une bande passante de 10Mb/s est possible "
-"avec une utilisation à 20% du CPU quand cette option est désactivée avec des "
-"CPUs à 3 GHz. Pour des réseaux Gigabit avec des transmission de grandes "
-"trames : une bande passante de 20Mb/s est possible quand cette option est "
-"activée sur avec des CPUs à 3 GHz. Une bande passante de 60Mb/s est possible "
-"quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3 GHz. La valeur par "
-"défaut est active. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Autoriser l'authentification de sécurité</big></b><br>Ceci indique que l'authentification HMAC/SHA1 doit être choisie pour authentifier tous les messages. Cela précise en plus que toutes les données doivent être encryptées avec l'algorithme d'encodage sober128 pour protéger les données contre les écoutes. Activer cette option ajoute un en-tête de 36 octets à chaque message envoyé par totem ce qui réduit la bande passante totale. Encodage et l'authentification consomment 75% des cycles CPU dans aisexec tel que mesuré avec gprof quand il est activé. Pour des réseaux à 100Mbit avec des transmissions de trames de 1500 MTU : une bande passante de 9Mb/s est possible avec une utilisation à 100% du CPU quand cette option est activée sur avec des CPUs à 3 GHz. Une bande passante de 10Mb/s est possible avec une utilisation à 20% du CPU quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3 GHz. Pour des réseaux Gigabit avec des transmission de grandes trames
: une bande passante de 20Mb/s est possible quand cette option est activée sur avec des CPUs à 3 GHz. Une bande passante de 60Mb/s est possible quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3 GHz. La valeur par défaut est active. <br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot "
-"or not</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when "
-"Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Amorçage</big></b><br>Démarrer ou non le service corosync "
-"lors de l'amorçage</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Paramètres du pare-feu</big></b><br>Activer le port lorsque "
-"le pare-feu est activé</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Amorçage</big></b><br>Démarrer ou non le service corosync lors de l'amorçage</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Paramètres du pare-feu</big></b><br>Activer le port lorsque le pare-feu est activé</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the "
-"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the "
-"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be "
-"synced.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed "
-"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is "
-"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup "
-"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</"
-"p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Hôte à synchroniser</big></b><br>Les noms d'hôtes à utiliser "
-"ici doivent être les noms des hôtes locaux des noeuds du cluster. Cela "
-"signifie que vous devez utiliser exactement la même chaîne de caractères "
-"telle qu'affichée par la commande hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Fichier à synchroniser</big></b><br>Le nom complet et absolu "
-"du fichier à synchroniser.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Clés pré-partagées</big></b><br>L'authentification est "
-"réalisée en utilisant les adresses IP et des clés pré-partagés dans Csync2. "
-"Le fichier de clés est généré avec csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Le "
-"fichier key_hagroup doit être copié à la main après sa création vers tous "
-"les membres du cluster.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Hôte à synchroniser</big></b><br>Les noms d'hôtes à utiliser ici doivent être les noms des hôtes locaux des noeuds du cluster. Cela signifie que vous devez utiliser exactement la même chaîne de caractères telle qu'affichée par la commande hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Fichier à synchroniser</big></b><br>Le nom complet et absolu du fichier à synchroniser.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Clés pré-partagées</big></b><br>L'authentification est réalisée en utilisant les adresses IP et des clés pré-partagés dans Csync2. Le fichier de clés est généré avec csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Le fichier key_hagroup doit être copié à la main après sa création vers tous les membres du cluster.</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network "
-"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for "
-"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated "
-"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be "
-"used for syncing.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for "
-"syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Interface dédiée</big></b><br>Une interface réseau dédiée "
-"pour la synchronisation. L'interface doit supporter la multidiffusion et "
-"être activée. Vous pourriez avoir besoin de la pré-configurer. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>L'adresse IPv4 assignée à l'interface réseau "
-"dédiée. Elle est détectée automatiquement.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>L'adresse de "
-"multidiffusion utilisée pour la synchronisation.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Numéro de groupe</big></b><br>Un identifiant numérique pour "
-"indiquer le groupe à synchroniser.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Interface dédiée</big></b><br>Une interface réseau dédiée pour la synchronisation. L'interface doit supporter la multidiffusion et être activée. Vous pourriez avoir besoin de la pré-configurer. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>L'adresse IPv4 assignée à l'interface réseau dédiée. Elle est détectée automatiquement.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>L'adresse de multidiffusion utilisée pour la synchronisation.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Numéro de groupe</big></b><br>Un identifiant numérique pour indiquer le groupe à synchroniser.</p>\n"
"\t"
# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__0
@@ -699,8 +539,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur "
-"<b>Interrompre</b>.</p>\n"
+"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</b>.</p>\n"
# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2
#. Write dialog help 1/2
@@ -722,8 +561,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</"
-"b>.\n"
+"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</b>.\n"
"Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -867,177 +705,36 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the "
-#~ "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should "
-#~ "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over "
-#~ "192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 "
-#~ "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the "
-#~ "full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of "
-#~ "the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 "
-#~ "networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address "
-#~ "used by openais executive. The default should work for most "
-#~ "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a "
-#~ "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config"
-#~ "\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in "
-#~ "which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
-#~ "nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-#~ "possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the "
-#~ "openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes "
-#~ "in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using "
-#~ "udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is "
-#~ "optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 "
-#~ "bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster "
-#~ "membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will "
-#~ "be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the "
-#~ "system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value "
-#~ "of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant "
-#~ "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication "
-#~ "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-#~ "environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-#~ "double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't "
-#~ "become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one "
-#~ "network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only "
-#~ "one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If "
-#~ "multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may "
-#~ "be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting "
-#~ "quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is "
-#~ "present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section."
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when "
-#~ "using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse réseau liée</big></b><br>Ceci indique l'adresse que "
-#~ "l'exécutable openais doit lié. Cette adresse doit toujours se terminer "
-#~ "par un zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé sur 192.168.5.92, "
-#~ "initialisez bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0.<br>Elle peut également être une "
-#~ "adresse IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, "
-#~ "l'adresse complète doit être renseignée et il n'y a pas de sélection "
-#~ "automatique de l'interface du réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau "
-#~ "spécifique comme pour IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ "
-#~ "nodeid doit être renseigné.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci est l'adresse de "
-#~ "multidiffusion utilisée par l'exécutable openais. La valeur par défaut "
-#~ "devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur "
-#~ "réseau devrait être consulté à propos de la mise en place d'une adresse "
-#~ "de multidiffusion. Evitez 224.x.x.x qui est une adresse de multidiffusion "
-#~ "de \"config\".<br>Cette adresse peut également être une adresse de "
-#~ "multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau "
-#~ "IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>Ceci indique le numéro du port UDP. Il est "
-#~ "possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion sur un réseau avec "
-#~ "les services openais configurer pour des ports UDP différents.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse du membre</big></b><br>Cette liste indique tous les "
-#~ "noeuds dans le cluster par adresse IP. Elle peut être configurée en "
-#~ "utilisant udpu. <br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Identifiant de nœud</big></b><br>Cette option de configuration "
-#~ "est optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 "
-#~ "bits spécifiant l'identifiant du nœud tel que fourni par le service "
-#~ "d'appartenance du cluster. S'il n'est pas renseigné en IPv4, "
-#~ "l'identifiant du nœud sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP sur 32 bits "
-#~ "du système auquel le système est lié avec l'identifiant d'anneau 0. La "
-#~ "valeur de zéro pour l'identifiant de nœud est réservé et ne doit pas être "
-#~ "utilisée.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Ceci indique le mode de redondance de "
-#~ "l'anneau qui peut prendre les valeurs vide (none), actif ou passif. Une "
-#~ "réplication active offre une latence légèrement plus basse de la "
-#~ "transmission à la réception dans un réseau défectueux mais avec une "
-#~ "performance moindre. Une réplication passive peut presque doubler la "
-#~ "vitesse du protocole totem si le protocole ne devient pas lié à un cpu. "
-#~ "La dernière option est vide (none) auquel cas seulement une interface "
-#~ "réseau sera utilisée pour gérer le protocole totem. Si une seule "
-#~ "interface est renseignée, cette valeur vide (none) est automatiquement "
-#~ "sélectionnée. Si plusieurs interfaces sont renseignées, seul actif ou "
-#~ "passif peuvent être sélectionnés.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Votes nécessaires</big></b><br>Nombre de votes nécessaires "
-#~ "pour définir le quorum des votes. Sera automatiquement calculé quand la "
-#~ "section nodelist {} est présente dans corosync.conf ou peut ëtre spécifié "
-#~ "dans la section quorum {}.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Identifiant de nœud auto-généré</big></b><br>L'identifiant de "
-#~ "nœud est nécessaire avec IPv6. L'activation de l'identifiant automatique "
-#~ "de nœud générera automatiquement l'identifiant du nœud.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse réseau liée</big></b><br>Ceci indique l'adresse que l'exécutable openais doit lié. Cette adresse doit toujours se terminer par un zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé sur 192.168.5.92, initialisez bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0.<br>Elle peut également être une adresse IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, l'adresse complète doit être renseignée et il n'y a pas de sélection automatique de l'interface du réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau spécifique comme pour IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci est l'adresse de multidiffusion utilisée par l'exécutable openais. La valeur par défaut devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur réseau devrait être consulté à propos de la mise en place d'une adresse de multidiffusion. Evitez 224.x.x.x qui est une adresse de multidiffusion de \"config\".<br>Cette adresse peut également être une adresse de multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>Ceci indique le numéro du port UDP. Il est possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion sur un réseau avec les services openais configurer pour des ports UDP différents.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse du membre</big></b><br>Cette liste indique tous les noeuds dans le cluster par adresse IP. Elle peut être configurée en utilisant udpu. <br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Identifiant de nœud</big></b><br>Cette option de configuration est optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 bits spécifiant l'identifiant du nœud tel que fourni par le service d'appartenance du cluster. S'il n'est pas renseigné en IPv4, l'identifiant du nœud sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP sur 32 bits du système auquel le système est lié avec l'identifiant d'anneau 0. La valeur de zéro pour l'identifiant de nœud est réservé et ne doit pas être utilisée.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Ceci indique le mode de redondance de l'anneau qui peut prendre les valeurs vide (none), actif ou passif. Une réplication active offre une latence légèrement plus basse de la transmission à la réception dans un réseau défectueux mais avec une performance moindre. Une réplication passive peut presque doubler la vitesse du protocole totem si le protocole ne devient pas lié à un cpu. La dernière option est vide (none) auquel cas seulement une interface réseau sera utilisée pour gérer le protocole totem. Si une seule interface est renseignée, cette valeur vide (none) est automatiquement sélectionnée. Si plusieurs interfaces sont renseignées, seul actif ou passif peuvent être sélectionnés.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Votes nécessaires</big></b><br>Nombre de votes nécessaires pour définir le quorum des votes. Sera automatiquement calculé quand la section nodelist {} est présente dans corosync.conf ou peut ëtre spécifié dans la section quorum {}.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Identifiant de nœud auto-généré</big></b><br>L'identifiant de nœud est nécessaire avec IPv6. L'activation de l'identifiant automatique de nœud générera automatiquement l'identifiant du nœud.<br></p>\n"
#~| msgid ""
#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads "
-#~| "are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, "
-#~| "the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, "
-#~| "this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple "
-#~| "threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive "
-#~| "of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers "
-#~| "best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
-#~| "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/"
-#~| "SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It "
-#~| "further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the "
-#~| "sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. "
-#~| "Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by "
-#~| "totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication "
-#~| "consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when "
-#~| "enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: "
-#~| "A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this "
-#~| "option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible "
-#~| "wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. "
-#~| "For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/"
-#~| "sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A "
-#~| "throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz "
-#~| "cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+#~| "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
+#~| "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defau
lt is on. <br></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads "
-#~ "are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the "
-#~ "protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this "
-#~ "directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads "
-#~ "to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 "
-#~ "indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best "
-#~ "performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/"
-#~ "SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It "
-#~ "further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the "
-#~ "sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. "
-#~ "Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem "
-#~ "which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume "
-#~ "75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For "
-#~ "100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of "
-#~ "9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled "
-#~ "on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization "
-#~ "when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with "
-#~ "large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this "
-#~ "option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible "
-#~ "when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on.
<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Processus</big></b><br>Cette directive contrôle combien de "
-#~ "processus sont utilisés pour crypter et envoyer les messages "
-#~ "multidiffusés. Si secauth est arrêté, le protocole n'utilisera jamais "
-#~ "les envois par plusieurs processus. Si secauth est démarré, cette "
-#~ "directive autorise les systèmes à être configurés pour utiliser plusieurs "
-#~ "processus pour crypter et envoyer les messages multidiffusés. Une "
-#~ "directive de processus à 0 indique que les envois par plusieurs processus "
-#~ "ne doivent pas être utilisés. Ce mode offre de meilleures performances "
-#~ "pour les systèmes non-SMP. La valeur par défaut est 0. <br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Activer la sécurité Auth</big></b><br>Ceci spécifie que "
-#~ "l'authentification HMAC/SHA1 doit être utilisée pour authentifier tous "
-#~ "les messages. Il précise en outre que toutes les données doivent être "
-#~ "cryptées avec l'algorithme de cryptage sober128 pour protéger les données "
-#~ "contre l'interception. Activer cette options ajoute un en-tête de 36 "
-#~ "octets à chaque message envoyé par totem ce qui réduit la bande passante "
-#~ "totale. Le cryptage et l'authentification consomment 75% de cycles CPU "
-#~ "dans aisexec comme mesuré avec gprof. Pour des réseaux 100Mb avec des "
-#~ "transmissions de trames de 1500 MTU : une bande passante de 9Mb/s est "
-#~ "possible avec une utilisation du CPU de 100% quand cette option est "
-#~ "activée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Une bande passante de 10Mb/s est possible "
-#~ "avec une utilisation du CPU de 20% quand cette option est désactivée avec "
-#~ "des CPUs à 3GHz. Pour des réseaux 1Gb avec des transmissions avec de "
-#~ "larges trames : une bande passante de 20Mb/s est possible quand cette "
-#~ "option est activée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Une bande passante de 60Mb/s est "
-#~ "possible quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Cette "
-#~ "option est activée par défaut. <br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Processus</big></b><br>Cette directive contrôle combien de processus sont utilisés pour crypter et envoyer les messages multidiffusés. Si secauth est arrêté, le protocole n'utilisera jamais les envois par plusieurs processus. Si secauth est démarré, cette directive autorise les systèmes à être configurés pour utiliser plusieurs processus pour crypter et envoyer les messages multidiffusés. Une directive de processus à 0 indique que les envois par plusieurs processus ne doivent pas être utilisés. Ce mode offre de meilleures performances pour les systèmes non-SMP. La valeur par défaut est 0. <br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Activer la sécurité Auth</big></b><br>Ceci spécifie que l'authentification HMAC/SHA1 doit être utilisée pour authentifier tous les messages. Il précise en outre que toutes les données doivent être cryptées avec l'algorithme de cryptage sober128 pour protéger les données contre l'interception. Activer cette options ajoute un en-tête de 36 octets à chaque message envoyé par totem ce qui réduit la bande passante totale. Le cryptage et l'authentification consomment 75% de cycles CPU dans aisexec comme mesuré avec gprof. Pour des réseaux 100Mb avec des transmissions de trames de 1500 MTU : une bande passante de 9Mb/s est possible avec une utilisation du CPU de 100% quand cette option est activée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Une bande passante de 10Mb/s est possible avec une utilisation du CPU de 20% quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Pour des réseaux 1Gb avec des transmissions avec de larges trames : une bande passante de 20Mb/s est p
ossible quand cette option est activée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Une bande passante de 60Mb/s est possible quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Cette option est activée par défaut. <br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "nodeid"
@@ -1048,102 +745,30 @@
#~ msgstr "Votes attendus :"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/"
-#~ "corosync/authkey."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Pour le cluster nouvellement créé, appuyez sur le bouton ci-dessous pour "
-#~ "générer /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#~ msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#~ msgstr "Pour le cluster nouvellement créé, appuyez sur le bouton ci-dessous pour générer /etc/corosync/authkey."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the "
-#~ "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should "
-#~ "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over "
-#~ "192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 "
-#~ "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the "
-#~ "full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of "
-#~ "the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 "
-#~ "networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address "
-#~ "used by openais executive. The default should work for most "
-#~ "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a "
-#~ "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config"
-#~ "\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in "
-#~ "which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
-#~ "nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-#~ "possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the "
-#~ "openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes "
-#~ "in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu "
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is "
-#~ "optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 "
-#~ "bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster "
-#~ "membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will "
-#~ "be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the "
-#~ "system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value "
-#~ "of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant "
-#~ "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication "
-#~ "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-#~ "environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-#~ "double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't "
-#~ "become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one "
-#~ "network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only "
-#~ "one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If "
-#~ "multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may "
-#~ "be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse de réseau liée</big></b><br>Ceci indique l'adresse à "
-#~ "laquelle le service openais doit être lié. Cette adresse doit toujours "
-#~ "se terminer par zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé vers "
-#~ "192.168.5.92, mettez bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0.<br>Ceci peut également "
-#~ "être une adresse IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce "
-#~ "cas, l'adresse complète doit être renseignée et il n'y a plus de "
-#~ "sélection automatique de l'interface du réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-"
-#~ "réseau spécifique comme en IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ "
-#~ "nodeid doit être renseigné.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci est l'adresse de "
-#~ "multidiffusion utilisé par le service openais. Par défaut, cela devrait "
-#~ "fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur réseau peut "
-#~ "se voir demander une adresse de multidiffusion à utiliser. Evitez 224.x."
-#~ "x.x car il s'agit d'une adresse de multidiffusion de \"config\".<br>Ceci "
-#~ "peut aussi être une adresse de multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau "
-#~ "IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit "
-#~ "être renseigné.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Port de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci indique le numéro du "
-#~ "port UDP. Il est possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion "
-#~ "sur un réseau avec les services openais configurés pour des ports UDP "
-#~ "différents.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>Cette option de configuration est "
-#~ "optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 bits "
-#~ "spécifiant l'identifiant du noeud délivrée par le service d'appartenance "
-#~ "au cluster. Si cela n'est pas spécifié en IPv4, l'identifiant du noeud "
-#~ "sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP 32 bits du système auquel le "
-#~ "système est lié avec l'identifiant de noeud 0. La valeur d'identifiant "
-#~ "de noeud zéro est réservée et ne doit pas être utilisée.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Ceci est le mode de l'anneau de "
-#~ "redondance qui peut être inactif, actif ou passif. La réplication "
-#~ "active offre une latence légèrement inférieure de la transmission à la "
-#~ "réception dans des environnements réseau défectueux mais avec des "
-#~ "performances moindres. La réplication passive peut quasiment doubler la "
-#~ "vitesse du protocole totem si le protocole n'est pas lié au cpu. La "
-#~ "dernière option est inactif auquel cas seule une interface de réseau sera "
-#~ "utilisée dans le protocole totem. Si une et une seule interface est "
-#~ "spécifiée, l'option inactif est automatiquement choisie. Si plusieurs "
-#~ "interfaces sont spécifiées, alors seules les options actif et passif "
-#~ "peuvent être sélectionées.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse de réseau liée</big></b><br>Ceci indique l'adresse à laquelle le service openais doit être lié. Cette adresse doit toujours se terminer par zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé vers 192.168.5.92, mettez bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0.<br>Ceci peut également être une adresse IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, l'adresse complète doit être renseignée et il n'y a plus de sélection automatique de l'interface du réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau spécifique comme en IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci est l'adresse de multidiffusion utilisé par le service openais. Par défaut, cela devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur réseau peut se voir demander une adresse de multidiffusion à utiliser. Evitez 224.x.x.x car il s'agit d'une adresse de multidiffusion de \"config\".<br>Ceci peut aussi être une adresse de multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Port de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci indique le numéro du port UDP. Il est possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion sur un réseau avec les services openais configurés pour des ports UDP différents.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>Cette option de configuration est optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 bits spécifiant l'identifiant du noeud délivrée par le service d'appartenance au cluster. Si cela n'est pas spécifié en IPv4, l'identifiant du noeud sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP 32 bits du système auquel le système est lié avec l'identifiant de noeud 0. La valeur d'identifiant de noeud zéro est réservée et ne doit pas être utilisée.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Ceci est le mode de l'anneau de redondance qui peut être inactif, actif ou passif. La réplication active offre une latence légèrement inférieure de la transmission à la réception dans des environnements réseau défectueux mais avec des performances moindres. La réplication passive peut quasiment doubler la vitesse du protocole totem si le protocole n'est pas lié au cpu. La dernière option est inactif auquel cas seule une interface de réseau sera utilisée dans le protocole totem. Si une et une seule interface est spécifiée, l'option inactif est automatiquement choisie. Si plusieurs interfaces sont spécifiées, alors seules les options actif et passif peuvent être sélectionées.<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during "
-#~ "boot or not</p>\n"
+#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
#~ "\t\t\t"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Amorçage</big></b><br>Démarrer ou non le service openais "
-#~ "pendant l'amorçage</p>\n"
+#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Amorçage</big></b><br>Démarrer ou non le service openais pendant l'amorçage</p>\n"
#~ "\t\t\t"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-28 17:28+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gadret(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French Team <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-03 14:55+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:40+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
@@ -62,11 +62,8 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"La disposition du clavier '%1' est incorrecte. Utilisez une commande 'list' "
-"pour voir toutes les valeurs possibles."
+msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
+msgstr "La disposition du clavier '%1' est incorrecte. Utilisez une commande 'list' pour voir toutes les valeurs possibles."
# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__17
#. summary item
@@ -95,20 +92,14 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Affinez ici les différents paramètres du module du clavier.\n"
-" Ces paramètres sont inscrits dans le fichier <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>"
-".\n"
+" Ces paramètres sont inscrits dans le fichier <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n"
" En cas de doute, utilisez les valeurs par défaut déjà sélectionnées.\n"
" </p>"
#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the "
-"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les paramètres définis ici ne s'appliquent qu'au clavier de la console. "
-"Configurez le clavier pour l'interface graphique utilisateur à l'aide d'un "
-"autre outil.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Les paramètres définis ici ne s'appliquent qu'au clavier de la console. Configurez le clavier pour l'interface graphique utilisateur à l'aide d'un autre outil.</p>\n"
# TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__29
#. heading text
@@ -198,16 +189,14 @@
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n"
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Choisissez la </b>disposition du clavier</b> à utiliser pour \n"
"l'installation et dans le système installé. \n"
" Testez la disposition à l'aide de l'option de <b>test</b>.\n"
-" Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse de frappe et le délai de "
-"réponse, sélectionnez <b>Paramètres pour experts</b>.\n"
+" Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse de frappe et le délai de réponse, sélectionnez <b>Paramètres pour experts</b>.\n"
" </p>\n"
# TLABEL keyboard_2002_03_14_2340__5
@@ -227,17 +216,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of "
-"your desktop environment.</p>\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Choisissez la </b>disposition du clavier</b> à utiliser pour le système.\n"
-"Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse et le délai de répétition, "
-"sélectionnez <b>Paramètres pour experts</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Vous trouverez plus d'options et plus de dispositions dans l'outil de "
-"disposition du clavier de votre environnement de bureau.</p>\n"
+"Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse et le délai de répétition, sélectionnez <b>Paramètres pour experts</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vous trouverez plus d'options et plus de dispositions dans l'outil de disposition du clavier de votre environnement de bureau.</p>\n"
# TLABEL keyboard_2002_03_14_2340__6
#. Screen title for keyboard screen
@@ -377,8 +362,7 @@
#. help for write dialog
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Enregistrement de la configuration</b><br>Veuillez patienter...</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Enregistrement de la configuration</b><br>Veuillez patienter...</p>"
# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__62
#. summary label
@@ -396,11 +380,8 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"%1 n'est pas une langue valide. Utilisez la commande de liste pour connaître "
-"les valeurs possibles."
+msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
+msgstr "%1 n'est pas une langue valide. Utilisez la commande de liste pour connaître les valeurs possibles."
# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__19
#. label text
@@ -455,14 +436,11 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary "
-"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
+"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Des paquets supplémentaires avec prise en charge pour les langues principale "
-"et secondaires seront installés. Les paquets qui ne sont plus nécessaires "
-"seront supprimés.\n"
+"Des paquets supplémentaires avec prise en charge pour les langues principale et secondaires seront installés. Les paquets qui ne sont plus nécessaires seront supprimés.\n"
"</p>"
# TLABEL language_2002_01_04_0147__2
@@ -547,20 +525,13 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the "
-"primary language.\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the "
-"primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to "
-"the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Cochez la case <b>Adapter la disposition du clavier</b> pour adapter la "
-"disposition du clavier à la langue principale.\n"
-"Cochez la case <b>Adapter le fuseau horaire</b> pour changer le fuseau "
-"horaire actuel en fonction de la langue principale. Si la disposition du "
-"clavier et/ou le fuseau horaire sont déjà réglés aux valeurs du langage par "
-"défaut, les options respectives sont désactivées.\n"
+"Cochez la case <b>Adapter la disposition du clavier</b> pour adapter la disposition du clavier à la langue principale.\n"
+"Cochez la case <b>Adapter le fuseau horaire</b> pour changer le fuseau horaire actuel en fonction de la langue principale. Si la disposition du clavier et/ou le fuseau horaire sont déjà réglés aux valeurs du langage par défaut, les options respectives sont désactivées.\n"
"</p>\n"
# TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__27
@@ -574,8 +545,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Langues secondaires</b><br>\n"
-"Dans la boîte de sélection, spécifiez les langues supplémentaires que vous "
-"souhaitez utiliser sur votre système.\n"
+"Dans la boîte de sélection, spécifiez les langues supplémentaires que vous souhaitez utiliser sur votre système.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. error message - package solver failed
@@ -616,38 +586,27 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"L'option <b>Paramètres régionaux de l'utilisateur root</b>\n"
-"indique la manière dont les variables locales (LC_*) sont définies pour "
-"l'utilisateur root.</p>"
+"indique la manière dont les variables locales (LC_*) sont définies pour l'utilisateur root.</p>"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other "
-"values\n"
+"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
"are unset.<br>\n"
"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ctype uniquement</b> : l'utilisateur root possède le même LC_CTYPE "
-"qu'un utilisateur normal. Les autres valeurs\n"
+"<p><b>ctype uniquement</b> : l'utilisateur root possède le même LC_CTYPE qu'un utilisateur normal. Les autres valeurs\n"
"ne sont pas définies.<br>\n"
-"<b>Oui</b> : l'utilisateur root possède les mêmes paramètres régionaux qu'un "
-"utilisateur normal.<br>\n"
+"<b>Oui</b> : l'utilisateur root possède les mêmes paramètres régionaux qu'un utilisateur normal.<br>\n"
"<b>Non</b> : pour l'utilisateur root, aucune variable locale n'est définie.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary "
-"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may "
-"not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Utilisez <b>Paramètres régionaux détaillés</b> pour définir un paramètre "
-"local pour la langue principale qui ne figure pas dans la liste de la boîte "
-"de dialogue principale. Il se peut que la traduction ne soit pas disponible "
-"pour le paramètre local sélectionné.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Utilisez <b>Paramètres régionaux détaillés</b> pour définir un paramètre local pour la langue principale qui ne figure pas dans la liste de la boîte de dialogue principale. Il se peut que la traduction ne soit pas disponible pour le paramètre local sélectionné.</p>"
# TLABEL language_2002_03_14_2340__0
#. heading text
@@ -692,8 +651,7 @@
#. busy message
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382
msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..."
-msgstr ""
-"Téléchargement de l'extension linguistique du système d'installation..."
+msgstr "Téléchargement de l'extension linguistique du système d'installation..."
# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__236
#. summary label
@@ -723,14 +681,11 @@
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the "
-"appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Seule une prise en charge minimale de la langue sélectionnée est incluse sur "
-"ce média.\n"
-"Ajoutez le CD de produits complémentaires (Add-On) de langue comme dépôt "
-"supplémentaire\n"
+"Seule une prise en charge minimale de la langue sélectionnée est incluse sur ce média.\n"
+"Ajoutez le CD de produits complémentaires (Add-On) de langue comme dépôt supplémentaire\n"
"pour obtenir une prise en charge correcte de cette langue.\n"
#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
@@ -739,8 +694,7 @@
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
msgstr ""
-"Vous avez sélectionné une langue qui ne peut pas être utilisée en mode texte. "
-"C'est l'anglais qui est utilisé pour\n"
+"Vous avez sélectionné une langue qui ne peut pas être utilisée en mode texte. C'est l'anglais qui est utilisé pour\n"
"l'installation, mais la langue sélectionnée sera celle du nouveau système."
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__228
@@ -840,28 +794,22 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock "
-"Set To</b>.\n"
+"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n"
"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n"
"Windows) use local time.\n"
"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n"
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard "
-"time\n"
+"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Indiquez si votre machine est réglée sur l'heure locale ou sur l'heure UTC "
-"dans <b>Horloge matérielle définie sur</b>.\n"
-"La plupart des PC sur lesquels un autre système d'exploitation est installé "
-"(par exemple Microsoft\n"
+"Indiquez si votre machine est réglée sur l'heure locale ou sur l'heure UTC dans <b>Horloge matérielle définie sur</b>.\n"
+"La plupart des PC sur lesquels un autre système d'exploitation est installé (par exemple Microsoft\n"
"Windows) utilisent l'heure locale.\n"
"Les machines sur lesquelles seul Linux est installé sont généralement\n"
-"définies sur l'heure UTC (Universal Time Coordinated - Temps universel "
-"coordonné).\n"
-"Si l'horloge matérielle est définie sur l'heure UTC, votre système peut "
-"basculer de l'heure standard\n"
+"définies sur l'heure UTC (Universal Time Coordinated - Temps universel coordonné).\n"
+"Si l'horloge matérielle est définie sur l'heure UTC, votre système peut basculer de l'heure standard\n"
"à l'heure d'été et inversement de façon automatique.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -877,26 +825,20 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Note : L'horloge système interne telle qu'utilisée par le noyau Linux doit \n"
-"toujours être en UTC, parce qu'il s'agit de la référence pour l'heure locale "
-"correcte\n"
-"en espace utilisateur. Si vous choisissez l'heure locale pour l'horloge "
-"CMOS,\n"
-"vérifiez le manuel utilisateur pour plus d'informations sur les effets de "
-"bords.\n"
+"toujours être en UTC, parce qu'il s'agit de la référence pour l'heure locale correcte\n"
+"en espace utilisateur. Si vous choisissez l'heure locale pour l'horloge CMOS,\n"
+"vérifiez le manuel utilisateur pour plus d'informations sur les effets de bords.\n"
"</p>"
#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769)
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
msgid ""
"\n"
-"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your "
-"system.\n"
+"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n"
"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n"
"\n"
-"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the "
-"year\n"
-"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, "
-"backups may fail,\n"
+"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n"
+"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n"
"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n"
"\n"
"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n"
@@ -904,15 +846,11 @@
"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Vous avez sélectionné l'heure locale mais seul Linux semble installé sur "
-"votre système.\n"
-"Dans un tel cas, il est fortement recommandé d'utiliser l'heure UTC et de "
-"cliquer sur Annuler.\n"
+"Vous avez sélectionné l'heure locale mais seul Linux semble installé sur votre système.\n"
+"Dans un tel cas, il est fortement recommandé d'utiliser l'heure UTC et de cliquer sur Annuler.\n"
"\n"
-"Si vous souhaitez garder l'heure locale, vous devez ajuster l'horloge CMOS "
-"deux fois par an,\n"
-"à cause du changement d'heure. Si vous manquez le changement d'heure, les "
-"sauvegardes\n"
+"Si vous souhaitez garder l'heure locale, vous devez ajuster l'horloge CMOS deux fois par an,\n"
+"à cause du changement d'heure. Si vous manquez le changement d'heure, les sauvegardes\n"
"peuvent échouer, votre système e-mail peut perdre des e-mails, etc.\n"
"\n"
"Si vous utilisez l'heure UTC, Linux ajustera l'heure automatiquement.\n"
@@ -921,13 +859,8 @@
#. help text for set time dialog
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them "
-"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>L'heure et la date actuelles du système sont affichées. Si nécessaire, "
-"modifier les avec les valeurs correctes manuellement ou utilisez le protocole "
-"de temps réseau NTP (Network Time Protocol). </p>"
+msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>L'heure et la date actuelles du système sont affichées. Si nécessaire, modifier les avec les valeurs correctes manuellement ou utilisez le protocole de temps réseau NTP (Network Time Protocol). </p>"
# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__52
#. help text, cont.
@@ -1055,17 +988,14 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>"
-".\n"
+"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Pour sélectionner le fuseau horaire à utiliser sur votre système, "
-"sélectionnez d'abord la <b>Région</b>.\n"
-"Dans <b>Fuseau horaire</b>, sélectionnez le fuseau horaire approprié, le pays "
-"ou la \n"
+"Pour sélectionner le fuseau horaire à utiliser sur votre système, sélectionnez d'abord la <b>Région</b>.\n"
+"Dans <b>Fuseau horaire</b>, sélectionnez le fuseau horaire approprié, le pays ou la \n"
"région dans la liste disponible.\n"
"</p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -14,10 +14,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 21:57+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Jean-Marc BOUCHE <jean-marc.bouche(a)9online.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
@@ -57,34 +57,24 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's "
-"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
-" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also "
-"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> "
-"for SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/"
-"sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez éditer ici la localisation de vos <b>dépôts de mise à jour</"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez éditer ici la localisation de vos <b>dépôts de mise à jour</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Si les dépôts sont stockés sur un serveur SMT ou sur un serveur SUSE "
-"Manager, il suffit d'entrer l'URL du serveur et les chemins\n"
-"des dépôts seront automatiquement remplis.</p> Il est aussi possible "
-"d'utiliser des chemins personnalisés. Quelques exemples de la façon dont "
-"pourraient ressembler l'URL :\n"
+"Si les dépôts sont stockés sur un serveur SMT ou sur un serveur SUSE Manager, il suffit d'entrer l'URL du serveur et les chemins\n"
+"des dépôts seront automatiquement remplis.</p> Il est aussi possible d'utiliser des chemins personnalisés. Quelques exemples de la façon dont pourraient ressembler l'URL :\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> "
-"pour un serveur SMT\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/"
-"sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> pour un serveur SUSE Manager.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> pour un serveur SMT\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> pour un serveur SUSE Manager.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"Pour une description détaillée, consulter le guide de déploiement.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -103,9 +93,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gérer les noms d'utilisateurs et les mots de passe les administrateurs de "
-"Crowbar.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Gérer les noms d'utilisateurs et les mots de passe les administrateurs de Crowbar.</p>"
# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__12
#. textentry label
@@ -119,15 +107,11 @@
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as "
-"space-separated list.</p>"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Définissez ici un <b>modèle de réseau</b> avec une <b>politique de "
-"collage</b> pertinente.</p>\n"
-"<p>Vous pouvez également spécifier les noms d'interface pour les conduits du "
-"réseau bastion dans une liste séparés par des espaces.</p>"
+"<p>Définissez ici un <b>modèle de réseau</b> avec une <b>politique de collage</b> pertinente.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez également spécifier les noms d'interface pour les conduits du réseau bastion dans une liste séparés par des espaces.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
@@ -498,8 +482,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
-msgstr ""
-"L'adresse la plus basse doit être plus basse que l'adresse la plus haute."
+msgstr "L'adresse la plus basse doit être plus basse que l'adresse la plus haute."
#. error message
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
@@ -518,11 +501,8 @@
#. label (hint for user)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Si aucun utilisateur n'est présent, l'utilisateur 'crowbar' avec un mot de "
-"passe par défaut sera utilisé."
+msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
+msgstr "Si aucun utilisateur n'est présent, l'utilisateur 'crowbar' avec un mot de passe par défaut sera utilisé."
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__264
#. tab header
@@ -564,8 +544,7 @@
"\n"
"You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/"
msgstr ""
-"Le serveur d'administration SUSE Cloud a été déployé. Modifier le réseau "
-"n'est\n"
+"Le serveur d'administration SUSE Cloud a été déployé. Modifier le réseau n'est\n"
"actuellement pas pris en charge.\n"
"\n"
"Vous pouvez visiter l'interface utilisateur web de Crowbar à http://%1:3000/"
@@ -695,30 +674,24 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
#~ "</p><p>\n"
#~ "<ul>\n"
-#~ "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</"
-#~ "i> for SMT server\n"
-#~ "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-"
-#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+#~ "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+#~ "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
#~ "</p><p>\n"
#~ "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vous pouvez éditer ici la localisation de vos <b>dépôts de mise à "
-#~ "jour</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Vous pouvez éditer ici la localisation de vos <b>dépôts de mise à jour</b>.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Voici quelques exemples de la façon dont l'URL pourrait ressembler :\n"
#~ "</p><p>\n"
#~ "<ul>\n"
-#~ "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</"
-#~ "i> pour un serveur SMT\n"
-#~ "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-"
-#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> pour un serveur SUSE Manager.\n"
+#~ "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> pour un serveur SMT\n"
+#~ "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> pour un serveur SUSE Manager.\n"
#~ "</p><p>\n"
#~ "Pour plus de détails, consultez le guide de déploiement.\n"
#~ "</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 10:29+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -28,10 +28,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-20 16:01+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Prof01 <chgajda(a)orange.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/docker.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -21,27 +21,18 @@
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
-msgstr ""
-"Le service Docker n'est pas démarré. YaST doit-il démarrer ce service ? "
-"Sinon, YaST s'arrête."
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgstr "Le service Docker n'est pas démarré. YaST doit-il démarrer ce service ? Sinon, YaST s'arrête."
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service "
-"manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Le service Docker n'est pas démarré. Lancez ce module en tant "
-"qu'administrateur ou démarrez le service Docker à la main."
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
+msgstr "Le service Docker n'est pas démarré. Lancez ce module en tant qu'administrateur ou démarrez le service Docker à la main."
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
-msgstr ""
-"La communication avec Docker a échoué avec l'erreur : %s. Essayez encore "
-"s'il vous plaît."
+msgstr "La communication avec Docker a échoué avec l'erreur : %s. Essayez encore s'il vous plaît."
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-28 12:59+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Pierre Henry <pierrehenry73(a)yahoo.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org >\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 0.2\n"
@@ -77,9 +77,10 @@
msgid "Resource Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration de la ressource"
+# TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__15
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
msgid "LVM Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration LVM"
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-10 15:17+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-29 13:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-13 10:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-12-13 12:33+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/fonts.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 19:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
@@ -27,26 +27,8 @@
msgstr "Polices bitmap"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in "
-"the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which "
-"contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for "
-"each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute "
-"the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, "
-"some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of "
-"itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not "
-"smoothed."
-msgstr ""
-"Contrairement aux « polices vectorielles » (polices décrites "
-"mathématiquement par des courbes ; type de polices privilégié dans les "
-"autres profils), les « polices bitmap » représentent un groupe de polices "
-"qui contiennent un bitmap pour chaque glyphe et taille. Ainsi, un nombre "
-"limité de tailles existe pour chaque police. Elles sont très rapides à "
-"afficher, parce qu'elles ne nécessitent pas de calculs, et elles sont "
-"considérées comme plus lisibles, en particulier pour les petites tailles "
-"(certaines polices vectorielles contiennent même des « bitmaps intégrés », "
-"une version en bitmap de la police pour les petites tailles). Les polices "
-"bitmap sont affichées en noir et blanc, sans lissage."
+msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
+msgstr "Contrairement aux « polices vectorielles » (polices décrites mathématiquement par des courbes ; type de polices privilégié dans les autres profils), les « polices bitmap » représentent un groupe de polices qui contiennent un bitmap pour chaque glyphe et taille. Ainsi, un nombre limité de tailles existe pour chaque police. Elles sont très rapides à afficher, parce qu'elles ne nécessitent pas de calculs, et elles sont considérées comme plus lisibles, en particulier pour les petites tailles (certaines polices vectorielles contiennent même des « bitmaps intégrés », une version en bitmap de la police pour les petites tailles). Les polices bitmap sont affichées en noir et blanc, sans lissage."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
@@ -55,101 +37,48 @@
# stem est employé ici dans un contexte typographique.
# Il peut être traduit par fût, hampe, haste ou montant.
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
-msgid ""
-"Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. "
-"In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any "
-"drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good "
-"hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap "
-"quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
-msgstr ""
-"Polices affichées sans anticrénelage (lissage par niveaux de gris), en noir "
-"et blanc. À la différence des polices lissées, elles sont bien plus lisibles "
-"et n'ont pas les inconvénients du lissage (flou, fûts inégaux etc.). Combiné "
-"avec des polices bien optimisées (par exemple Libération 1), ce paramètre "
-"peut donner des polices de qualité bitmap tout en maintenant la capacité "
-"d'agrandissement."
+msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
+msgstr "Polices affichées sans anticrénelage (lissage par niveaux de gris), en noir et blanc. À la différence des polices lissées, elles sont bien plus lisibles et n'ont pas les inconvénients du lissage (flou, fûts inégaux etc.). Combiné avec des polices bien optimisées (par exemple Libération 1), ce paramètre peut donner des polices de qualité bitmap tout en maintenant la capacité d'agrandissement."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr "Rendu en noir et blanc pour polices à chasse fixe"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and "
-"unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is "
-"used."
-msgstr ""
-"Les polices à chasse fixe ne sont pas lissées. Les autres polices (sans-"
-"serif, sans et les non-spécifiées) utiliseront le réglage par défaut. La "
-"liste des familles préférées par défaut est utilisée."
+msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr "Les polices à chasse fixe ne sont pas lissées. Les autres polices (sans-serif, sans et les non-spécifiées) utiliseront le réglage par défaut. La liste des familles préférées par défaut est utilisée."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Par défaut"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, "
-"this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of "
-"readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting "
-"instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType "
-"autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native "
-"hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default "
-"family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good "
-"instructions are prefered)."
-msgstr ""
-"Les polices sont lissées avec un anticrénelage. Contrairement aux polices "
-"affichées en noir et blanc, ce paramètre peut produire de « belles » "
-"polices, quelquefois au détriment de la lisibilité. Les polices TrueType, "
-"qui sont connues pour avoir de bonnes instructions d'optimisations, sont "
-"affichées avec un interpréteur de bytecode ; sinon, l'optimiseur automatique "
-"de FreeType est utilisé sur le niveau d'optimisation « hintslight ». "
-"Utiliser les instructions d'optimisations natives des polices permet de "
-"produire des glyphes qui seront affichés avec des fûts plus fins. La liste "
-"des familles préférées par défaut est utilisée (les polices TrueType avec de "
-"bonnes instructions sont préférées)."
+msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
+msgstr "Les polices sont lissées avec un anticrénelage. Contrairement aux polices affichées en noir et blanc, ce paramètre peut produire de « belles » polices, quelquefois au détriment de la lisibilité. Les polices TrueType, qui sont connues pour avoir de bonnes instructions d'optimisations, sont affichées avec un interpréteur de bytecode ; sinon, l'optimiseur automatique de FreeType est utilisé sur le niveau d'optimisation « hintslight ». Utiliser les instructions d'optimisations natives des polices permet de produire des glyphes qui seront affichés avec des fûts plus fins. La liste des familles préférées par défaut est utilisée (les polices TrueType avec de bonnes instructions sont préférées)."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "Polices CFF"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered "
-"good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
-msgstr ""
-"Étant donné la contribution d'Adobe à la bibliothèque FreeType, les polices "
-"CFF peuvent être considérées comme un bon compromis entre lisibilité et "
-"lissage des glyphes."
+msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
+msgstr "Étant donné la contribution d'Adobe à la bibliothèque FreeType, les polices CFF peuvent être considérées comme un bon compromis entre lisibilité et lissage des glyphes."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr "Rendu avec optimiseur automatique exclusif"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
-msgid ""
-"Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter "
-"is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes "
-"fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference "
-"list is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Contrairement au profil par défaut, même pour les polices bien optimisées, "
-"l'optimiseur automatique de FreeType est utilisé (sur le niveau "
-"« hintslight »). Cela conduit à des glyphes plus épais, mais quelquefois "
-"plus flous (et donc moins lisibles). La liste des familles préférées par "
-"défaut est utilisée."
+msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
+msgstr "Contrairement au profil par défaut, même pour les polices bien optimisées, l'optimiseur automatique de FreeType est utilisé (sur le niveau « hintslight »). Cela conduit à des glyphes plus épais, mais quelquefois plus flous (et donc moins lisibles). La liste des familles préférées par défaut est utilisée."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr "Rendu sous-pixel"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
-msgid ""
-"Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel "
-"rendering enabled FreeType library."
-msgstr ""
-"Utiliser la capacité de rendu sous-pixel du moniteur LCD. Nécessite la "
-"bibliothèque FreeType compilée avec le support du rendu sous-pixel."
+msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
+msgstr "Utiliser la capacité de rendu sous-pixel du moniteur LCD. Nécessite la bibliothèque FreeType compilée avec le support du rendu sous-pixel."
#. for testsuite
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
@@ -243,9 +172,7 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547
msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Voir le fichier README.subpixel-patents installé avec le paquet yast2-"
-"fonts.\n"
+msgstr "Voir le fichier README.subpixel-patents installé avec le paquet yast2-fonts.\n"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560
msgid "Match for %s"
@@ -417,210 +344,120 @@
#. we are in user mode
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999
-msgid ""
-"This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
-msgstr ""
-"Cela supprimera définitivement les paramètres utilisateur enregistrés "
-"précédemment avec ce module."
+msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
+msgstr "Cela supprimera définitivement les paramètres utilisateur enregistrés précédemment avec ce module."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026
msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Module de configuration des polices de caractère</h1>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027
-msgid ""
-"<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering "
-"setting.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Module pour contrôler les paramètres de rendu des polices pour <b>tout le "
-"système</b> ou <b>selon l'utilisateur</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Module pour contrôler les paramètres de rendu des polices pour <b>tout le système</b> ou <b>selon l'utilisateur</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028
-msgid ""
-"<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that "
-"one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
-msgstr ""
-"Le <i>réglage par défaut de la distribution</i> est à peu près le même "
-"depuis des années (si l'on ignore les paramètres spécifiques aux "
-"environnements de bureau). "
+msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
+msgstr "Le <i>réglage par défaut de la distribution</i> est à peu près le même depuis des années (si l'on ignore les paramètres spécifiques aux environnements de bureau). "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
msgstr "Ce réglage peut être changé :<ul>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
-msgid ""
-"<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create "
-"<i>system setting.</i> "
-msgstr ""
-"<li>pour tout le système, quand le module est lancé en tant que <tt>root</"
-"tt>, afin de créer un <i>réglage système</i>. "
+msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> "
+msgstr "<li>pour tout le système, quand le module est lancé en tant que <tt>root</tt>, afin de créer un <i>réglage système</i>. "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033
-msgid ""
-"System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, "
-"uses distribution default.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"Si le module n'est jamais lancé ou si la présélection <b>Par défaut</b> est "
-"choisie, le système utilise le réglage par défaut de la distribution.</li>"
+msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
+msgstr "Si le module n'est jamais lancé ou si la présélection <b>Par défaut</b> est choisie, le système utilise le réglage par défaut de la distribution.</li>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035
msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. "
-msgstr ""
-"<li>pour <i>un utilisateur</i>, quand le module est lancé en tant que simple "
-"utilisateur. "
+msgstr "<li>pour <i>un utilisateur</i>, quand le module est lancé en tant que simple utilisateur. "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036
-msgid ""
-"User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, "
-"uses system settings. "
-msgstr ""
-"Si le module n'est jamais lancé ou si l'utilisateur décide de suivre les "
-"<b>réglages système</b>, les réglages système sont appliqués. "
+msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. "
+msgstr "Si le module n'est jamais lancé ou si l'utilisateur décide de suivre les <b>réglages système</b>, les réglages système sont appliqués. "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
-msgid ""
-"User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></"
-"ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"Si l'utilisateur choisit la présélection <b>Par défaut</b>, le réglage par "
-"défaut de la distribution est appliqué.</li></ul>"
+msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
+msgstr "Si l'utilisateur choisit la présélection <b>Par défaut</b>, le réglage par défaut de la distribution est appliqué.</li></ul>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> "
msgstr "<p><b>NOTE :</b> "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039
-msgid ""
-"In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with "
-"other font setting. "
-msgstr ""
-"En général, il n'est pas recommandé de combiner le mode utilisateur de ce "
-"module avec un autre outil de configuration des polices de caractère. "
+msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. "
+msgstr "En général, il n'est pas recommandé de combiner le mode utilisateur de ce module avec un autre outil de configuration des polices de caractère. "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040
-msgid ""
-"Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should "
-"always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Les paramètres dans <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> devraient être "
-"toujours prioritaires par rapport à ceux du module.</p>"
+msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
+msgstr "Les paramètres dans <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> devraient être toujours prioritaires par rapport à ceux du module.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042
msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>L'aide pour le bouton <i>Présélections</i> et pour l'onglet courant suit."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>L'aide pour le bouton <i>Présélections</i> et pour l'onglet courant suit.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: "
-"<ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Le bouton <b>Présélections</b> permet de choisir des profils prédéfinis : "
-"<ul>"
+msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
+msgstr "<p>Le bouton <b>Présélections</b> permet de choisir des profils prédéfinis : <ul>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>%{name} : </b>%{help}</li>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050
-msgid ""
-"Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. "
-"That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective "
-"individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Chaque item du menu remplit tous les paramètres appropriés dans tous les "
-"onglets. Ces paramètres peuvent être personnalisés par la suite, en "
-"modifiant les champs individuellement sous chaque onglet.</p>"
+msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
+msgstr "Chaque item du menu remplit tous les paramètres appropriés dans tous les onglets. Ces paramètres peuvent être personnalisés par la suite, en modifiant les champs individuellement sous chaque onglet.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056
msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>"
msgstr "<h2>Onglet Prévisualisation</h2>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057
-msgid ""
-"<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system "
-"plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dans ce paragraphe, le <i>réglage actuel</i> correspond au réglage du "
-"système auquel s'ajoutent les changements effectués dans le module en cours "
-"d'exécution.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dans ce paragraphe, le <i>réglage actuel</i> correspond au réglage du système auquel s'ajoutent les changements effectués dans le module en cours d'exécution.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059
msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les correspondances aux alias génériques du système peuvent être "
-"visualisées dans ce premier onglet. "
+msgstr "<p>Les correspondances aux alias génériques du système peuvent être visualisées dans ce premier onglet. "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060
-msgid ""
-"In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves "
-"to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Autrement dit, pour chaque alias (%s), vous pouvez voir le nom de la famille "
-"qui correspond à l'alias suivant le <i>réglage actuel</i>.</p>"
+msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
+msgstr "Autrement dit, pour chaque alias (%s), vous pouvez voir le nom de la famille qui correspond à l'alias suivant le <i>réglage actuel</i>.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063
-msgid ""
-"<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the "
-"matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>En plus de cela, le mode graphique permet d'afficher un spécimen de la "
-"police choisie, en prenant en compte (encore une fois) le <i>réglage actuel</"
-"i>. "
+msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
+msgstr "<p>En plus de cela, le mode graphique permet d'afficher un spécimen de la police choisie, en prenant en compte (encore une fois) le <i>réglage actuel</i>. "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066
-msgid ""
-"In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen "
-"and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Dans la liste déroulante, la « couverture des scripts » de la police "
-"correspondante est affichée et la phrase du spécimen peut être choisie pour "
-"un script donné.</p>"
+msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
+msgstr "Dans la liste déroulante, la « couverture des scripts » de la police correspondante est affichée et la phrase du spécimen peut être choisie pour un script donné.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068
-msgid ""
-"<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from "
-"Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on "
-"the fly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>En bas, il y a des options importantes du rendu, issues de l'onglet "
-"Détails du rendu, qui peuvent être utilisées pour prévisualiser les "
-"changements.</p>"
+msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>En bas, il y a des options importantes du rendu, issues de l'onglet Détails du rendu, qui peuvent être utilisées pour prévisualiser les changements.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074
msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>"
msgstr "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Onglet Détails du rendu</h2>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075
-msgid ""
-"<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend "
-"font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cet onglet contrôle <b>comment</b> les polices sont affichées. Il vous "
-"permet de modifier les algorithmes de rendu des polices et de changer leurs "
-"options.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cet onglet contrôle <b>comment</b> les polices sont affichées. Il vous permet de modifier les algorithmes de rendu des polices et de changer leurs options.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078
msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Anticrénelage</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
-msgid ""
-"<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called "
-"<i>antialiasing.</i>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Par défaut, toutes les polices vectorielles sont lissées par une méthode "
-"appelée <i>anticrénelage</i>."
+msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>"
+msgstr "<p>Par défaut, toutes les polices vectorielles sont lissées par une méthode appelée <i>anticrénelage</i>."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081
-msgid ""
-" Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced "
-"only.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-" Le rendu en noir et blanc peut être forcé pour toutes les polices ou pour "
-"les polices à chasse fixe uniquement.</p>"
+msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>"
+msgstr " Le rendu en noir et blanc peut être forcé pour toutes les polices ou pour les polices à chasse fixe uniquement.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
@@ -632,89 +469,48 @@
msgstr "<h3>Optimisation du rendu</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
-msgid ""
-"<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les instructions d'optimisation aide le rastériseur à adapter les fûts "
-"des glyphes à la grille.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Les instructions d'optimisation aide le rastériseur à adapter les fûts des glyphes à la grille.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
-msgid ""
-"<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on "
-"font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced "
-"by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Avec le réglage par défaut, l'optimiseur automatique de FreeType peut "
-"être utilisé ou non en fonction du type de police et de la qualité de ses "
-"instructions. L'utilisation de l'optimisation automatique peut être forcée "
-"par l'option <b>Forcer l'optimisation automatique</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Avec le réglage par défaut, l'optimiseur automatique de FreeType peut être utilisé ou non en fonction du type de police et de la qualité de ses instructions. L'utilisation de l'optimisation automatique peut être forcée par l'option <b>Forcer l'optimisation automatique</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour chaque algorithme d'optimisation du rendu choisi, le style (niveau) "
-"d'optimisation est choisi."
+msgstr "<p>Pour chaque algorithme d'optimisation du rendu choisi, le style (niveau) d'optimisation est choisi."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
-msgid ""
-" It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-" Il est possible de définir le style d'optimisation globalement via l'option "
-"<b>Forcer le style d'optimisation</b>.</p>"
+msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr " Il est possible de définir le style d'optimisation globalement via l'option <b>Forcer le style d'optimisation</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101
msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Bitmaps intégrés</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
-msgid ""
-"<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version "
-"of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off "
-"entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every "
-"font."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Certaines polices vectorielles contiennent ce qu'on appelle des « bitmap "
-"strikes », c'est-à-dire des versions bitmap de la police pour certaines "
-"tailles. Dans cette section, elles peuvent être désactivées complètement, "
-"activées seulement pour les polices qui couvrent certaines langues ou enfin "
-"activées pour toutes les polices."
+msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
+msgstr "<p>Certaines polices vectorielles contiennent ce qu'on appelle des « bitmap strikes », c'est-à-dire des versions bitmap de la police pour certaines tailles. Dans cette section, elles peuvent être désactivées complètement, activées seulement pour les polices qui couvrent certaines langues ou enfin activées pour toutes les polices."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Rendu sous-pixel</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
-msgid ""
-"<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour "
-"primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Le rendu sous-pixel multiplie la résolution dans une direction en "
-"utilisant les couleurs primaires (les sous-pixels) d'un écran LCD.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Le rendu sous-pixel multiplie la résolution dans une direction en utilisant les couleurs primaires (les sous-pixels) d'un écran LCD.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout "
-"corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Choisissez le filtre LCD qui devrait être utilisé et la disposition des "
-"sous-pixels correspondants à votre écran et à sa rotation.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Choisissez le filtre LCD qui devrait être utilisé et la disposition des sous-pixels correspondants à votre écran et à sa rotation.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned "
-"off by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Veuillez noter que pour des raisons de brevets, FreeType a le rendu sous-"
-"pixel désactivé par défaut."
+msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default."
+msgstr "<p>Veuillez noter que pour des raisons de brevets, FreeType a le rendu sous-pixel désactivé par défaut."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
-msgid ""
-" Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this "
-"section has no effect.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-" Sans FreeType compilé avec la prise en charge du rendu sous-pixel, le "
-"paramètre dans cette section n'a aucun effet.</p>"
+msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
+msgstr " Sans FreeType compilé avec la prise en charge du rendu sous-pixel, le paramètre dans cette section n'a aucun effet.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>"
@@ -729,16 +525,11 @@
msgstr "<h3>Listes de préférences</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be "
-"defined."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ici, les listes de familles préférées (LFP) pour des alias génériques "
-"(%s) peuvent être définies."
+msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined."
+msgstr "<p>Ici, les listes de familles préférées (LFP) pour des alias génériques (%s) peuvent être définies."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127
-msgid ""
-" These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
+msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
msgstr "Ce sont des listes de noms de familles triés par ordre de préférence."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129
@@ -747,81 +538,43 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130
msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-" Les LFP définies dans cette boîte de dialogue seront ajoutées avant ces LFP "
-"système et seront donc plus prioritaires.</p>"
+msgstr " Les LFP définies dans cette boîte de dialogue seront ajoutées avant ces LFP système et seront donc plus prioritaires.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
-msgid ""
-"<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other "
-"query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for "
-"SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse."
-"org.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Le système cherchera d'abord la première famille <b>installée</b> de la "
-"liste, les autres éléments de la requête étant pris en compte bien sûr. Les "
-"paquets de polices disponibles pour les distributions openSUSE peuvent être "
-"consultés et installés depuis <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p>Le système cherchera d'abord la première famille <b>installée</b> de la liste, les autres éléments de la requête étant pris en compte bien sûr. Les paquets de polices disponibles pour les distributions openSUSE peuvent être consultés et installés depuis <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Forcer les préférences des familles</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
-msgid ""
-"<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into "
-"account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dans certaines circonstances, les LFP définies dans cette boîte de "
-"dialogue ne sont pas prises en compte. Les deux options suivantes renforcent "
-"leur rôle.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dans certaines circonstances, les LFP définies dans cette boîte de dialogue ne sont pas prises en compte. Les deux options suivantes renforcent leur rôle.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142
msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Chercher des polices compatibles en taille</h4>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
-msgid ""
-"<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of "
-"the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the "
-"same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Deux polices sont compatibles quand toutes les lettres correspondantes "
-"sont de la même taille. Cela implique que les documents utilisant ces "
-"polices auront toujours la même taille, les mêmes retours à la ligne etc.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Deux polices sont compatibles quand toutes les lettres correspondantes sont de la même taille. Cela implique que les documents utilisant ces polices auront toujours la même taille, les mêmes retours à la ligne etc.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
-msgid ""
-"<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts "
-"preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Avec le réglage par défaut, le système substitue en priorité les polices "
-"compatibles en tailles. Les LFP définies dans cette boîte de dialogue "
-"peuvent être contournées par cette règle.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Avec le réglage par défaut, le système substitue en priorité les polices compatibles en tailles. Les LFP définies dans cette boîte de dialogue peuvent être contournées par cette règle.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148
-msgid ""
-"<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si la compatibilité métrique n'est pas importante, cette option peut être "
-"décochée.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Si la compatibilité métrique n'est pas importante, cette option peut être décochée.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149
msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Ne jamais utiliser d'autre police</h4>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
-msgid ""
-"<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here "
-"defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or "
-"GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Quand cette case est cochée, elle introduit un position très forte pour "
-"les listes de préférences définies ici. Les familles définies ici seront "
-"alors plus prioritaires que les requêtes de jeux de caractères émises par "
-"les documents et les interfaces graphiques</p>"
+msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Quand cette case est cochée, elle introduit un position très forte pour les listes de préférences définies ici. Les familles définies ici seront alors plus prioritaires que les requêtes de jeux de caractères émises par les documents et les interfaces graphiques</p>"
#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
@@ -875,152 +628,59 @@
#~ "actif, relisez le profil pour voir le résultat.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You have set LCD filter type (%s). This needs subpixel rendering "
-#~ "capabality\n"
-#~ "compiled in FreeType library. Unfortunately, we can not ship it due "
-#~ "patent reasons.\n"
+#~ "You have set LCD filter type (%s). This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n"
+#~ "compiled in FreeType library. Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Vous avez défini le type de filtre LCD (%s). Ceci nécessite une "
-#~ "bibliothèque\n"
+#~ "Vous avez défini le type de filtre LCD (%s). Ceci nécessite une bibliothèque\n"
#~ "FreeType compilée avec le support du rendu sous-pixel. Malheureusement,\n"
#~ "nous ne pouvons la fournir pour des raisons de brevet.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Voir le fichier README.subpixel-patents installé avec le paquet yast2-"
-#~ "fonts.\n"
+#~ "Voir le fichier README.subpixel-patents installé avec le paquet yast2-fonts.\n"
#~ msgid "This setting can be changed:"
#~ msgstr "Ce réglage peut être changé :"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to "
-#~ "create <i>system setting.</i> System, where font module never run or "
-#~ "<b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<li>pour tout le système, quand le module est lancé en tant que <tt>root</"
-#~ "tt>, afin de créer un <i>réglage système</i>. Si le module n'est jamais "
-#~ "lancé ou si la présélection <b>Par défaut</b> est choisie, le système "
-#~ "utilise le réglage par défaut de la distribution.</li>"
+#~ msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
+#~ msgstr "<li>pour tout le système, quand le module est lancé en tant que <tt>root</tt>, afin de créer un <i>réglage système</i>. Si le module n'est jamais lancé ou si la présélection <b>Par défaut</b> est choisie, le système utilise le réglage par défaut de la distribution.</li>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. User, "
-#~ "which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, "
-#~ "uses system settings. User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses "
-#~ "distribution default.</li>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<li>pour <i>un utilisateur</i>, quand le module est lancé en tant que "
-#~ "simple utilisateur. Si le module n'est jamais lancé ou si l'utilisateur "
-#~ "décide de suivre les <b>réglages système</b>, les réglages système sont "
-#~ "appliqués. Si l'utilisateur choisit la présélection <b>Par défaut</b>, le "
-#~ "réglage par défaut de la distribution est appliqué."
+#~ msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li>"
+#~ msgstr "<li>pour <i>un utilisateur</i>, quand le module est lancé en tant que simple utilisateur. Si le module n'est jamais lancé ou si l'utilisateur décide de suivre les <b>réglages système</b>, les réglages système sont appliqués. Si l'utilisateur choisit la présélection <b>Par défaut</b>, le réglage par défaut de la distribution est appliqué."
#~ msgid "<b>NOTE:</b> "
#~ msgstr "<b>NOTE :</b> "
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with "
-#~ "other font setting. Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/"
-#~ "fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font "
-#~ "module setting."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "En général, il n'est pas recommandé de combiner le mode utilisateur de ce "
-#~ "module avec un autre outil de configuration des polices de caractère. Les "
-#~ "paramètres dans <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> devraient être "
-#~ "toujours prioritaires par rapport à ceux du module."
+#~ msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting."
+#~ msgstr "En général, il n'est pas recommandé de combiner le mode utilisateur de ce module avec un autre outil de configuration des polices de caractère. Les paramètres dans <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> devraient être toujours prioritaires par rapport à ceux du module."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: "
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Le bouton <b>Présélections</b> permet de choisir des profils prédéfinis : "
+#~ msgid "<b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: "
+#~ msgstr "Le bouton <b>Présélections</b> permet de choisir des profils prédéfinis : "
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. "
-#~ "That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective "
-#~ "individual fields of corresponding tabs."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Chaque item du menu remplit tous les paramètres appropriés dans tous les "
-#~ "onglets. Ces paramètres peuvent être personnalisés par la suite, en "
-#~ "modifiant les champs individuellement sous chaque onglet."
+#~ msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs."
+#~ msgstr "Chaque item du menu remplit tous les paramètres appropriés dans tous les onglets. Ces paramètres peuvent être personnalisés par la suite, en modifiant les champs individuellement sous chaque onglet."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. In "
-#~ "other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves "
-#~ "to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Les correspondances aux alias génériques du système peuvent être "
-#~ "visualisées dans ce premier onglet. Autrement dit, pour chaque alias "
-#~ "(%s), vous pouvez voir le nom de la famille qui correspond à l'alias "
-#~ "suivant le <i>réglage actuel</i>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Les correspondances aux alias génériques du système peuvent être visualisées dans ce premier onglet. Autrement dit, pour chaque alias (%s), vous pouvez voir le nom de la famille qui correspond à l'alias suivant le <i>réglage actuel</i>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of "
-#~ "the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into "
-#~ "account. In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font "
-#~ "can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>En plus de cela, le mode graphique permet d'afficher un spécimen de la "
-#~ "police choisie, en prenant en compte (encore une fois) le <i>réglage "
-#~ "actuel</i>. Dans la liste déroulante, la « couverture des scripts » de la "
-#~ "police correspondante est affichée et la phrase du spécimen peut être "
-#~ "choisie pour un script donné."
+#~ msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>En plus de cela, le mode graphique permet d'afficher un spécimen de la police choisie, en prenant en compte (encore une fois) le <i>réglage actuel</i>. Dans la liste déroulante, la « couverture des scripts » de la police correspondante est affichée et la phrase du spécimen peut être choisie pour un script donné."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called "
-#~ "<i>antialiasing.</i>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Par défaut, toutes les polices vectorielles sont lissées par une méthode "
-#~ "appelée <i>anticrénelage</i>."
+#~ msgid "By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>"
+#~ msgstr "Par défaut, toutes les polices vectorielles sont lissées par une méthode appelée <i>anticrénelage</i>."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced "
-#~ "only."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ " Le rendu en noir et blanc peut être forcé pour toutes les polices ou "
-#~ "pour les polices à chasse fixe uniquement."
+#~ msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only."
+#~ msgstr " Le rendu en noir et blanc peut être forcé pour toutes les polices ou pour les polices à chasse fixe uniquement."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen. It "
-#~ "is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option."
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Pour chaque algorithme d'optimisation du rendu choisi, le style "
-#~ "d'optimisation est choisi. Il est possible de définir le style "
-#~ "d'optimisation globalement par l'option <b>Forcer le style "
-#~ "d'optimisation</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen. It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Pour chaque algorithme d'optimisation du rendu choisi, le style d'optimisation est choisi. Il est possible de définir le style d'optimisation globalement par l'option <b>Forcer le style d'optimisation</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, that is bitmap "
-#~ "version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned "
-#~ "off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on "
-#~ "for every font.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Certaines polices vectorielles contiennent ce qu'on appelle des "
-#~ "« bitmap strikes », c'est-à-dire des versions bitmap de la police pour "
-#~ "certaines tailles. Dans cette section, elles peuvent être désactivées "
-#~ "complètement, activées seulement pour les polices qui couvrent certaines "
-#~ "langues ou enfin activées pour toutes les polices.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, that is bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Certaines polices vectorielles contiennent ce qu'on appelle des « bitmap strikes », c'est-à-dire des versions bitmap de la police pour certaines tailles. Dans cette section, elles peuvent être désactivées complètement, activées seulement pour les polices qui couvrent certaines langues ou enfin activées pour toutes les polices.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering "
-#~ "turned off by default. Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support "
-#~ "compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Veuillez noter que pour des raisons de brevets, FreeType a le rendu "
-#~ "sous-pixel désactivé par défaut. Avec FreeType compilé sans la prise en "
-#~ "charge du rendu sous-pixel, le paramètre dans cette section n'a aucun "
-#~ "effet.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default. Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Veuillez noter que pour des raisons de brevets, FreeType a le rendu sous-pixel désactivé par défaut. Avec FreeType compilé sans la prise en charge du rendu sous-pixel, le paramètre dans cette section n'a aucun effet.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be "
-#~ "defined. These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered "
-#~ "family first. There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each "
-#~ "generic alias. FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Ici, les listes de familles préférées (LFP) pour des alias génériques "
-#~ "(%s) peuvent être définies. Ce sont des listes de noms de familles triés "
-#~ "par ordre de préférence. Pour chaque alias générique, il y a déjà une LFP "
-#~ "définie (pour tous les utilisateurs). Les LFP définies dans cette boîte "
-#~ "de dialogue seront ajoutées avant ces LFP système et seront donc plus "
-#~ "prioritaires.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined. These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first. There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias. FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Ici, les listes de familles préférées (LFP) pour des alias génériques (%s) peuvent être définies. Ce sont des listes de noms de familles triés par ordre de préférence. Pour chaque alias générique, il y a déjà une LFP définie (pour tous les utilisateurs). Les LFP définies dans cette boîte de dialogue seront ajoutées avant ces LFP système et seront donc plus prioritaires.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-06 12:17+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 21:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
@@ -65,16 +65,16 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
-#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du Geo Cluster"
#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143
-#| msgid "GeoCluster Overview"
msgid "Geo Cluster Overview"
msgstr "Aperçu du Geo Cluster"
@@ -116,7 +116,6 @@
msgstr "port"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
-#| msgid "arbitrator ip"
msgid "arbitrator"
msgstr "arbitre"
@@ -139,7 +138,8 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr "site"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "ticket"
msgstr "ticket"
@@ -169,28 +169,17 @@
msgstr "Fichier d'authentification"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
-msgstr ""
-"Un chemin relatif sera sauvegardé dans /etc/booth, ou en utilisant un chemin "
-"absolu directement."
+msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgstr "Un chemin relatif sera sauvegardé dans /etc/booth, ou en utilisant un chemin absolu directement."
# On peut traduire <key>, ce n'est pas remplacé.
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid ""
-"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/"
-"booth/<key>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour un Geo Cluster nouvellement créé, cliquez sur le bouton ci-dessous pour "
-"générer /etc/booth/<clé>."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgstr "Pour un Geo Cluster nouvellement créé, cliquez sur le bouton ci-dessous pour générer /etc/booth/<clé>."
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node "
-"manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour un rejoindre un Geo Cluster existant, veuillez copier manuellement /etc/"
-"booth/<key> depuis un autre nœud."
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgstr "Pour un rejoindre un Geo Cluster existant, veuillez copier manuellement /etc/booth/<key> depuis un autre nœud."
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
@@ -206,7 +195,6 @@
msgstr "Annuler"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
-#| msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "Veuillez entrer une adresse IP valide"
@@ -239,7 +227,6 @@
msgstr "gestionnaire pré-acquisition"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
-#| msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "Le délai d'attente est invalide"
@@ -260,29 +247,26 @@
msgstr "Un nombre de tentatives inférieur à 3 est invalide"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
-#| msgid "weights is no valid"
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "Le poids est invalide"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
-#| msgid "ticket can not be null"
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "Le ticket ne peut être vide"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du pare-feu"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
-#| msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "Entrez une adresse IP de votre arbitre"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
-#| msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "Modifier l'adresse IP de votre arbitre"
@@ -302,7 +286,6 @@
#. Validation check before switch to authentification
#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
-#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "Le nom de la configuration ne peut pas être vide."
@@ -321,7 +304,6 @@
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
-#| msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "L'arbitre doit être renseigné !"
@@ -382,7 +364,6 @@
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
-#| msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration de Geo Cluster"
@@ -413,7 +394,6 @@
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
-#| msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Sauvegarde de la configuration du Geo Cluster"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-28 10:45+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-29 10:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French Team <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-29 13:53+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
@@ -119,8 +119,7 @@
msgstr ""
"L'interface graphique n'a pas pu être démarrée.\n"
"\n"
-"Soit les paquets nécessaires n'ont pas été installés (installation "
-"minimale),\n"
+"Soit les paquets nécessaires n'ont pas été installés (installation minimale),\n"
"soit la carte graphique n'est pas supportée correctement.\n"
"\n"
"Vous pouvez contourner ce problème avec le mode texte de YaST\n"
@@ -195,8 +194,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les informations requises pour l'installation de base ont été fournies.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Les informations requises pour l'installation de base ont été fournies.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
@@ -207,10 +205,8 @@
"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Si vous continuez maintenant, les <b>partitions\n"
-"existantes</b> de votre disque dur seront <b>supprimées</b> ou <b>formatées<"
-"/b>\n"
-"(<b>effaçant toutes données existantes</b> sur ces partitions) conformément "
-"aux\n"
+"existantes</b> de votre disque dur seront <b>supprimées</b> ou <b>formatées</b>\n"
+"(<b>effaçant toutes données existantes</b> sur ces partitions) conformément aux\n"
"paramètres d'installation des boîtes de dialogue précédentes.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
@@ -245,9 +241,7 @@
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les informations requises pour procéder à la mise à jour ont été "
-"fournies.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Les informations requises pour procéder à la mise à jour ont été fournies.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
@@ -259,8 +253,7 @@
"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Si vous continuez maintenant, les données sur votre disque dur seront "
-"écrasées\n"
+"<p>Si vous continuez maintenant, les données sur votre disque dur seront écrasées\n"
"conformément aux paramètres des dialogues précédents.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__31
@@ -295,13 +288,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to "
-"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Utiliser <b>Liste noire de périphériques</b> si vous souhaitez créer des "
-"canaux de listes noires pour de tels périphériques ce qui réduira l'empreinte "
-"mémoire du noyau.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Utiliser <b>Liste noire de périphériques</b> si vous souhaitez créer des canaux de listes noires pour de tels périphériques ce qui réduira l'empreinte mémoire du noyau.</p>"
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
@@ -316,28 +304,19 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST "
-"profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>"
-"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Utilisez <b>Cloner les paramètres du système</b> si vous souhaitez créer "
-"un profil AutoYaST.\n"
-"AutoYaST permet d'effectuer une installation SUSE Linux complète sans "
-"intervention de l'utilisateur.\n"
-"AutoYaST nécessite un profil pour savoir à quoi doit ressembler le système "
-"installé. Si cette option\n"
-"est sélectionnée, un profil du système actuel est stocké dans <tt>"
-"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>Utilisez <b>Cloner les paramètres du système</b> si vous souhaitez créer un profil AutoYaST.\n"
+"AutoYaST permet d'effectuer une installation SUSE Linux complète sans intervention de l'utilisateur.\n"
+"AutoYaST nécessite un profil pour savoir à quoi doit ressembler le système installé. Si cette option\n"
+"est sélectionnée, un profil du système actuel est stocké dans <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-"Écrire le profil AutoYaST vers /root/autoinst.xml à la fin de l'installation ?"
+msgstr "Écrire le profil AutoYaST vers /root/autoinst.xml à la fin de l'installation ?"
# TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__125
#. this is a heading
@@ -354,12 +333,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">"
-"do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Le profil AutoYaST sera écrit dans /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">ne pas "
-"l'écrire</a>)."
+msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+msgstr "Le profil AutoYaST sera écrit dans /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">ne pas l'écrire</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
@@ -398,12 +373,8 @@
msgstr "Installation à partir d'images"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez ici choisir d'utiliser des images prédéfinies par Novell pour "
-"accélérer l'installation des RPM."
+msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
+msgstr "Vous pouvez ici choisir d'utiliser des images prédéfinies par Novell pour accélérer l'installation des RPM."
# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
@@ -416,12 +387,8 @@
msgstr "&Ne pas installer à partir des images"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
-msgid ""
-"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation "
-"source"
-msgstr ""
-"Déploiement d'images personnalisées - une URL doit être configurée comme "
-"source d'installation"
+msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
+msgstr "Déploiement d'images personnalisées - une URL doit être configurée comme source d'installation"
#. Image name, Image location
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
@@ -429,20 +396,12 @@
msgstr "Vous pouvez ici créer des images personnalisées.\n"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
-msgid ""
-"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
-"image here"
-msgstr ""
-"Vous devez configurer la sélection de logiciels avant de pouvoir créer une "
-"image ici"
+msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
+msgstr "Vous devez configurer la sélection de logiciels avant de pouvoir créer une image ici"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during "
-"installation)"
-msgstr ""
-"Créer un fichier d'image (AutoYaST le récupèrera depuis l'emplacement "
-"spécifié pendant l'installation)"
+msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
+msgstr "Créer un fichier d'image (AutoYaST le récupèrera depuis l'emplacement spécifié pendant l'installation)"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__365
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
@@ -468,53 +427,39 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
-"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in "
-"the\n"
+"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>L'<b>installation à partir des images</b> est utilisée pour accélérer "
-"l'installation.\n"
-"Les images contiennent d'instantanés compressés d'un système installé "
-"correspondant\n"
-"à votre sélection de schémas. Les paquets restants non disponibles dans les "
-"images\n"
+"<p>L'<b>installation à partir des images</b> est utilisée pour accélérer l'installation.\n"
+"Les images contiennent d'instantanés compressés d'un système installé correspondant\n"
+"à votre sélection de schémas. Les paquets restants non disponibles dans les images\n"
"seront installés séparément de façon standard.</p>\n"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will "
-"dump an\n"
-"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
-"already.\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal "
-"auto-installation.</p>"
+"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
+"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>La création d'images personnalisées</b> peut être utilisée si vous\n"
-"voulez complètement ignorer l'étape d'installation RPM. À la place, AutoYaST "
-"copiera\n"
-"une image sur le disque dur, ce qui est beaucoup plus rapide et peut être "
-"préconfiguré.\n"
-"Tout autre étape que l'installation RPM est effectuée comme lors d'une "
-"installation automatique normale.</p>"
+"voulez complètement ignorer l'étape d'installation RPM. À la place, AutoYaST copiera\n"
+"une image sur le disque dur, ce qui est beaucoup plus rapide et peut être préconfiguré.\n"
+"Tout autre étape que l'installation RPM est effectuée comme lors d'une installation automatique normale.</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
-msgstr ""
-"vous devez effectuer la sélection des logiciels avant de créer une image"
+msgstr "vous devez effectuer la sélection des logiciels avant de créer une image"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
-"originating from the images will\n"
+"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Notez que lors de l'installation à partir des images, les horodatages des "
-"paquets issus des images ne\n"
-"correspondront pas à la date d'installation mais à la date où les images ont "
-"été créées.</p>"
+"<p>Notez que lors de l'installation à partir des images, les horodatages des paquets issus des images ne\n"
+"correspondront pas à la date d'installation mais à la date où les images ont été créées.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
@@ -522,8 +467,7 @@
"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>L'installation à partir d'images est désactivée par défaut si la "
-"sélection\n"
+"<p>L'installation à partir d'images est désactivée par défaut si la sélection\n"
"de schémas actuelle ne correspond à aucun ensemble d'images.</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
@@ -559,15 +503,13 @@
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"L'installation à partir d'images est activée (<a href=\"%1\">désactiver</a>)."
+msgstr "L'installation à partir d'images est activée (<a href=\"%1\">désactiver</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"L'installation à partir d'images est désactivée (<a href=\"%1\">activer</a>)."
+msgstr "L'installation à partir d'images est désactivée (<a href=\"%1\">activer</a>)."
# TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__79
#. progress step title
@@ -640,8 +582,7 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
"Choisissez si vous voulez exécuter une mise à jour en ligne maintenant.\n"
-"Vous pouvez ignorer cette étape et lancer la mise à jour en ligne "
-"ultérieurement.\n"
+"Vous pouvez ignorer cette étape et lancer la mise à jour en ligne ultérieurement.\n"
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Build dialog
@@ -702,8 +643,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Choisissez la <b>Langue</b> et la <b>Disposition du clavier</b> à utiliser "
-"lors\n"
+"Choisissez la <b>Langue</b> et la <b>Disposition du clavier</b> à utiliser lors\n"
"de l'installation et pour le système installé.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -713,14 +653,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
-"translations.\n"
+"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"La licence doit être acceptée avant de continuer l'installation.\n"
-"Utilisez <b>Traductions de la licence...</b> pour afficher la licence dans "
-"toutes les langues disponibles.\n"
+"Utilisez <b>Traductions de la licence...</b> pour afficher la licence dans toutes les langues disponibles.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
@@ -862,29 +800,21 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>"
-"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Utilisez <b>Cloner</b> si vous souhaitez créer un profil AutoYaST.\n"
-"AutoYaST permet d'effectuer une installation SUSE Linux complète sans "
-"intervention de l'utilisateur.\n"
-" AutoYaST nécessite un profil pour savoir à quoi doit ressembler le système "
-"installé. Si cette option\n"
-"est sélectionnée, un profil du système actuel est stocké dans <tt>"
-"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST permet d'effectuer une installation SUSE Linux complète sans intervention de l'utilisateur.\n"
+" AutoYaST nécessite un profil pour savoir à quoi doit ressembler le système installé. Si cette option\n"
+"est sélectionnée, un profil du système actuel est stocké dans <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
# TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__0
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
-msgid ""
-"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour cloner le système actuel, le paquet <b>%1</b> doit être installé.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pour cloner le système actuel, le paquet <b>%1</b> doit être installé.</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -926,12 +856,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
-"packages."
+"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
"Le débogage a été activé.\n"
-"YaST ouvrira un gestionnaire de logiciels pour que vous vérifiez l'état "
-"actuel des paquets."
+"YaST ouvrira un gestionnaire de logiciels pour que vous vérifiez l'état actuel des paquets."
# TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23
#. unknown image
@@ -969,13 +897,8 @@
msgstr "&Disque à utiliser"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
-"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionner le disque vers lequel l'image sera déployée. Toutes les données "
-"présentes sur le disque seront perdues et le disque sera partitionné comme "
-"défini dans l'image. "
+msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
+msgstr "Sélectionner le disque vers lequel l'image sera déployée. Toutes les données présentes sur le disque seront perdues et le disque sera partitionné comme défini dans l'image. "
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
@@ -1050,15 +973,12 @@
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
-msgstr ""
-"Des mises à jour de paquets ont été trouvées dans ces dépôts supplémentaires :"
+msgstr "Des mises à jour de paquets ont été trouvées dans ces dépôts supplémentaires :"
#. yes/no popup question
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
-msgstr ""
-"Démarrer le gestionnaire de logiciels pour vérifier et installer les mises à "
-"jour ?"
+msgstr "Démarrer le gestionnaire de logiciels pour vérifier et installer les mises à jour ?"
# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__156
#. check box
@@ -1193,32 +1113,24 @@
"<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Pour utiliser les dépôts distants suggérés pendant l'installation ou la mise "
-"à jour, sélectionnez\n"
+"Pour utiliser les dépôts distants suggérés pendant l'installation ou la mise à jour, sélectionnez\n"
"<b>Ajouter des dépôts en ligne avant l'installation</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-"select\n"
+"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Pour installer un produit complémentaire à partir d'un média indépendant avec "
-"&product;,\n"
-"sélectionnez <b>Inclure des produits complémentaires depuis un média "
-"indépendant</b>.</p>\n"
+"Pour installer un produit complémentaire à partir d'un média indépendant avec &product;,\n"
+"sélectionnez <b>Inclure des produits complémentaires depuis un média indépendant</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>"
-"http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous avez besoin d'un pilote spécifique pour l'installation, reportez "
-"vous au site <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i></p>"
+msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Si vous avez besoin d'un pilote spécifique pour l'installation, reportez vous au site <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i></p>"
#. Error message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
@@ -1277,12 +1189,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
-"configuration.</p>\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Un réseau configuré est nécessaire pour utiliser des dépôts distants\n"
-"ou des produits complémentaires. Si vous n'utilisez pas de dépôts distants, "
-"ignorez la configuration.</p>\n"
+"ou des produits complémentaires. Si vous n'utilisez pas de dépôts distants, ignorez la configuration.</p>\n"
#. error popup
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
@@ -1296,36 +1206,26 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number "
-"\n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Avec Linux, le <b>choix</b> est la priorité numéro un. <i>openSUSE</i> "
-"offre plusieurs\n"
-"environnements de bureau différents. La liste ci-dessous présente les deux "
-"principaux environnements,\n"
+"<p>Avec Linux, le <b>choix</b> est la priorité numéro un. <i>openSUSE</i> offre plusieurs\n"
+"environnements de bureau différents. La liste ci-dessous présente les deux principaux environnements,\n"
"<b>GNOME</b> et <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-"installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the "
-"software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
-"additional desktop \n"
+"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez sélectionner d'autres environnements de bureau (ou l'un des "
-"modes d'installation minimale)\n"
-"mieux adaptés à vos besoins en utilisant l'option <b>Autre</b>. "
-"Ultérieurement, dans la sélection\n"
-"de logiciels ou après l'installation, vous pourrez changer votre sélection ou "
-"ajouter des environnements\n"
-"de bureau supplémentaires. Cette étape vous permet de définir le choix par "
-"défaut.</p>"
+"<p>Vous pouvez sélectionner d'autres environnements de bureau (ou l'un des modes d'installation minimale)\n"
+"mieux adaptés à vos besoins en utilisant l'option <b>Autre</b>. Ultérieurement, dans la sélection\n"
+"de logiciels ou après l'installation, vous pourrez changer votre sélection ou ajouter des environnements\n"
+"de bureau supplémentaires. Cette étape vous permet de définir le choix par défaut.</p>"
# TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__0
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -1351,9 +1251,7 @@
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossible de trouver le produit de base. Les notes de version ne seront pas "
-"affichées."
+msgstr "Impossible de trouver le produit de base. Les notes de version ne seront pas affichées."
# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__9
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
@@ -1395,8 +1293,7 @@
"<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n"
"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Les <b>notes de version</b> pour le système Linux installé offrent un "
-"bref\n"
+"<p>Les <b>notes de version</b> pour le système Linux installé offrent un bref\n"
"résumé des nouvelles fonctionnalités et des modifications.</p>\n"
#. informative message in RichText widget
@@ -1411,8 +1308,7 @@
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Sélectionnez un scénario qui correspond au mieux à vos besoins.\n"
-"Des logiciels supplémentaires peuvent être sélectionnés plus tard dans la "
-"proposition de logiciels.</p>\n"
+"Des logiciels supplémentaires peuvent être sélectionnés plus tard dans la proposition de logiciels.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
@@ -1517,20 +1413,16 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
-msgstr ""
-"YaST détecte actuellement le matériel de l'ordinateur, ainsi que les systèmes "
-"installés."
+msgstr "YaST détecte actuellement le matériel de l'ordinateur, ainsi que les systèmes installés."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
msgid ""
"\n"
-"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-"installation."
+"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Rendez-vous sur 'drivers.suse.com' si vous avez besoin d'un pilote spécifique "
-"pour l'installation."
+"Rendez-vous sur 'drivers.suse.com' si vous avez besoin d'un pilote spécifique pour l'installation."
#. pop-up error report
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
@@ -1649,12 +1541,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the "
-"upgrade process.</p>"
+"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ici, vous pouvez voir tous les dépôts de logiciels trouvés\n"
-"sur le système que vous mettez à niveau. Activez ceux que vous souhaitez "
-"inclure dans le processus de mise à niveau.</p>"
+"sur le système que vous mettez à niveau. Activez ceux que vous souhaitez inclure dans le processus de mise à niveau.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
@@ -1663,8 +1553,7 @@
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour activer, supprimer ou désactiver une URL, cliquez sur le bouton\n"
-"<b>Commuter l'état</b> ou double-cliquez sur l'élément correspondant dans le "
-"tableau.</p>"
+"<b>Commuter l'état</b> ou double-cliquez sur l'élément correspondant dans le tableau.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
@@ -1854,10 +1743,8 @@
"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Quelques étapes supplémentaires sont nécessaires avant que le système "
-"soit\n"
-"utilisable. YaST va maintenant vous guider au cours de cette configuration de "
-"base.\n"
+"<p>Quelques étapes supplémentaires sont nécessaires avant que le système soit\n"
+"utilisable. YaST va maintenant vous guider au cours de cette configuration de base.\n"
"Cliquez sur <b>Suivant</b> pour continuer. </p>\n"
" \n"
@@ -2057,9 +1944,7 @@
#. to store profile after installation
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossible d'enregistrer la configuration. Des détails se trouvent dans le "
-"journal (log)."
+msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrer la configuration. Des détails se trouvent dans le journal (log)."
# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_16_2031__5
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
@@ -2134,9 +2019,7 @@
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur l'un des titres pour effectuer des modifications ou utilisez le "
-"menu \"Modifier...\" ci-dessous."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur l'un des titres pour effectuer des modifications ou utilisez le menu \"Modifier...\" ci-dessous."
# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__0
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
@@ -2189,8 +2072,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Votre disque dur n'a pas encore été modifié, vous pouvez donc interrompre en "
-"toute sécurité.\n"
+"Votre disque dur n'a pas encore été modifié, vous pouvez donc interrompre en toute sécurité.\n"
"</p>\n"
# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__5
@@ -2199,13 +2081,11 @@
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
-"displayed.\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Sélectionnez <b>Installer</b> pour effectuer une nouvelle installation avec "
-"les valeurs affichées.\n"
+"Sélectionnez <b>Installer</b> pour effectuer une nouvelle installation avec les valeurs affichées.\n"
"</p>\n"
# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__5
@@ -2219,8 +2099,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Sélectionnez <b>Mise à jour</b> pour effectuer une mise à jour avec les "
-"valeurs affichées.\n"
+"Sélectionnez <b>Mise à jour</b> pour effectuer une mise à jour avec les valeurs affichées.\n"
"</p>\n"
# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__8
@@ -2274,10 +2153,8 @@
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>L'installation UML (User Mode Linux, \"Linux en mode utilisateur\") vous "
-"permet\n"
-"de démarrer des machines virtuelles Linux indépendantes dans le système "
-"hôte.</P>"
+"<P>L'installation UML (User Mode Linux, \"Linux en mode utilisateur\") vous permet\n"
+"de démarrer des machines virtuelles Linux indépendantes dans le système hôte.</P>"
# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__10
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
@@ -2290,8 +2167,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Pour utiliser les paramètres tels qu'ils sont affichés, cliquez sur <b>"
-"Suivant</b>.\n"
+"Pour utiliser les paramètres tels qu'ils sont affichés, cliquez sur <b>Suivant</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Text to display
@@ -2317,8 +2193,7 @@
#. Checking files for signatures
#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
-msgstr ""
-"Impossible de lire les informations concernant les images d'installation"
+msgstr "Impossible de lire les informations concernant les images d'installation"
# TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23
#. count megabytes
@@ -2348,10 +2223,8 @@
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
-"L'installation a été incapable de résoudre automatiquement les dépendances de "
-"paquets.\n"
-"Le gestionnaire de logiciels sera ouvert afin de vous permettre de les "
-"résoudre manuellement."
+"L'installation a été incapable de résoudre automatiquement les dépendances de paquets.\n"
+"Le gestionnaire de logiciels sera ouvert afin de vous permettre de les résoudre manuellement."
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "ERREUR : titre manquant"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-16 19:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-14 10:19+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: James Manez <arasmo(a)wanadoo.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-06 09:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 21:46+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Jean-Marc BOUCHE <jean-marc.bouche(a)9online.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
@@ -294,8 +294,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialisation de la configuration de la cible LIO iSCSI</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialisation de la configuration de la cible LIO iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
"Veuillez patienter...<br></p>\n"
# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__68
@@ -306,8 +305,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Annulation de l'initialisation :</big></b><br>\n"
-"Cliquez sur <b>Annuler</b> pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en "
-"toute sécurité.</p>\n"
+"Cliquez sur <b>Annuler</b> pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité.</p>\n"
# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2
#. Write dialog help 1/2
@@ -316,8 +314,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Enregistrement de la configuration de la cible iSCSI</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enregistrement de la configuration de la cible iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
"Veuillez patienter...<br></p>\n"
# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__3
@@ -330,8 +327,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</"
-"b>.\n"
+"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</b>.\n"
"Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -387,8 +383,7 @@
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Aperçu de la configuration de la cible iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
-"Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des cibles iSCSI installées. De plus, vous "
-"pouvez\n"
+"Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des cibles iSCSI installées. De plus, vous pouvez\n"
" modifier leur configuration.<br></p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__52
@@ -452,163 +447,96 @@
#. discovery authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of "
-"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert "
-"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez le type d'authentification. Vous avez le choix entre <b>Pas "
-"d'authentification</b> ou <b>Entrant</b> ou <b>Sortant</b> (ou les deux en "
-"même temps). Entrez ensuite votre <b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> et votre <b>Mot "
-"de passe</b>."
+msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "Sélectionnez le type d'authentification. Vous avez le choix entre <b>Pas d'authentification</b> ou <b>Entrant</b> ou <b>Sortant</b> (ou les deux en même temps). Entrez ensuite votre <b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> et votre <b>Mot de passe</b>."
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target "
-"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is "
-"<i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi "
-"initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Utilisez <b>Ajouter</b> pour donner un accès client pour un LUN importé "
-"d'un groupe de portail cible. Spécifiez quel client est autorisé à y accéder "
-"(le nom du client est <i>InitiatorName</i> dans '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname."
-"iscsi' sur l'initiateur iscsi). <b>Supprimer</b> effacera l'accès du client "
-"au LUN.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Utilisez <b>Ajouter</b> pour donner un accès client pour un LUN importé d'un groupe de portail cible. Spécifiez quel client est autorisé à y accéder (le nom du client est <i>InitiatorName</i> dans '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' sur l'initiateur iscsi). <b>Supprimer</b> effacera l'accès du client au LUN.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of "
-#| "<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert "
-#| "<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
-#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or "
-#| "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN "
-"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the "
-"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both "
-"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use "
-"Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is "
-"disabled here.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Avec <b>Modifier LUN</b>, vous pouvez modifier la cartographie LUN. Noter "
-"que le numéro cible LUN doit être unique.<br>Après avoir pressé sur "
-"<b>Modifier Auth</b>, sélectionner le type d'authentification. Vous avez le "
-"choix entre <b>Entrant</b>, <b>Sortant</b> ou les deux en même temps. Entrez "
-"ensuite votre <b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> et votre <b>Mot de passe</b>. Si "
-"<b>Utiliser l'authentification</b> est désactivé dans la boîte de dialogue "
-"précédente, alors <b>Modifier Auth</b> sera également désactivé ici."
+#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
+#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
+msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgstr "Avec <b>Modifier LUN</b>, vous pouvez modifier la cartographie LUN. Noter que le numéro cible LUN doit être unique.<br>Après avoir pressé sur <b>Modifier Auth</b>, sélectionner le type d'authentification. Vous avez le choix entre <b>Entrant</b>, <b>Sortant</b> ou les deux en même temps. Entrez ensuite votre <b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> et votre <b>Mot de passe</b>. Si <b>Utiliser l'authentification</b> est désactivé dans la boîte de dialogue précédente, alors <b>Modifier Auth</b> sera également désactivé ici."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to "
-"the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Copier</b> offre la possibilité de donner un accès client "
-"supplémentaire au LUN.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Copier</b> offre la possibilité de donner un accès client supplémentaire au LUN.</p>"
#. target dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by "
-"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</"
-"b>."
+"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgstr ""
-"Liste des cibles et des groupes de portail cibles proposés. Créez une "
-"nouvelle cible en cliquant sur <b>Ajouter</b>. \n"
-"Pour supprimer ou modifier un élément, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur "
-"<b>Modifier</b> ou <b>Supprimer</b>"
+"Liste des cibles et des groupes de portail cibles proposés. Créez une nouvelle cible en cliquant sur <b>Ajouter</b>. \n"
+"Pour supprimer ou modifier un élément, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur <b>Modifier</b> ou <b>Supprimer</b>"
#. edit target
#. add target
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
-msgstr ""
-"<h1>Configuration de l'adresse IP/numéro de port et du LUN de la cible "
-"iSCSI</h1>"
+msgstr "<h1>Configuration de l'adresse IP/numéro de port et du LUN de la cible iSCSI</h1>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"<b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</"
-"b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de créer des périphériques de bloc arbitraires sous un "
-"<b>LUN</b>.\n"
-"Vous devez fournir un <b>chemin</b> soit vers un périphérique de bloc soit "
-"vers un fichier.\n"
-"Le <b>nom du LUN</b> est un nom arbitraire qui identifie de façon unique le "
-"<b>LUN</b>. \n"
-"Il est nécessaire que le nom soit unique à l'intérieur du groupe de portail "
-"cible. Si l'utilisateur\n"
+"Il est possible de créer des périphériques de bloc arbitraires sous un <b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"Vous devez fournir un <b>chemin</b> soit vers un périphérique de bloc soit vers un fichier.\n"
+"Le <b>nom du LUN</b> est un nom arbitraire qui identifie de façon unique le <b>LUN</b>. \n"
+"Il est nécessaire que le nom soit unique à l'intérieur du groupe de portail cible. Si l'utilisateur\n"
"ne donne pas de nom pour le LUN, ce nom est généré automatiquement."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
-"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which "
-"address\n"
+"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sous <b>adresse IP</b> et <b>numéro de port</b>, vous spécifiez à quelle "
-"adresse\n"
-"et sous quel port le service sera disponible. Le numéro de port par défaut "
-"est 3260.\n"
+"<p>Sous <b>adresse IP</b> et <b>numéro de port</b>, vous spécifiez à quelle adresse\n"
+"et sous quel port le service sera disponible. Le numéro de port par défaut est 3260.\n"
"Seules les adresses IP assignées à une des cartes réseau sont possibles."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
-msgstr ""
-"Créer une nouvelle cible. Remplacer les valeurs du modèle par les valeurs "
-"correctes."
+msgstr "Créer une nouvelle cible. Remplacer les valeurs du modèle par les valeurs correctes."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"lun.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</"
-"b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"Il est possible de créer des périphériques de bloc arbitraires ou des "
-"fichiers dans un lun.\n"
-"Vous devez fournir un <b>chemin</b> soit vers un périphérique de bloc soit "
-"un fichier.\n"
-"Le <b>nom du LUN</b> est un nom arbitraire qui identifie de façon unique le "
-"<b>LUN</b>. \n"
-"Il est nécessaire que le nom soit unique à l'intérieur du groupe de portail "
-"cible. Si l'utilisateur\n"
+"Il est possible de créer des périphériques de bloc arbitraires ou des fichiers dans un lun.\n"
+"Vous devez fournir un <b>chemin</b> soit vers un périphérique de bloc soit un fichier.\n"
+"Le <b>nom du LUN</b> est un nom arbitraire qui identifie de façon unique le <b>LUN</b>. \n"
+"Il est nécessaire que le nom soit unique à l'intérieur du groupe de portail cible. Si l'utilisateur\n"
"ne donne pas de nom pour le LUN, ce nom est généré automatiquement."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional "
-"configuration options."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est possible d'<b>ajouter</b>, de <b>modifier</b> ou de <b>supprimer</b> "
-"toutes les options de configuration supplémentaires."
+msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
+msgstr "Il est possible d'<b>ajouter</b>, de <b>modifier</b> ou de <b>supprimer</b> toutes les options de configuration supplémentaires."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
-"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-"purposes).\n"
-"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and "
-"<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
+"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
+"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
-"Modifier le numéro <b>LUN</b> si nécessaire et définissez le <b>Type</b> "
-"(nullio est utilisé à des fins de test). \n"
-"Si Type=fileio, définir le <b>Chemin</b> vers un périphérique de disque ou "
-"un fichier.<b>ID SCSI</b> et <b>Secteurs</b> sont facultatifs."
+"Modifier le numéro <b>LUN</b> si nécessaire et définissez le <b>Type</b> (nullio est utilisé à des fins de test). \n"
+"Si Type=fileio, définir le <b>Chemin</b> vers un périphérique de disque ou un fichier.<b>ID SCSI</b> et <b>Secteurs</b> sont facultatifs."
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
@@ -641,9 +569,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
-msgstr ""
-"Le chemin sélectionné doit être soit un périphérique de bloc soit un fichier "
-"normal !"
+msgstr "Le chemin sélectionné doit être soit un périphérique de bloc soit un fichier normal !"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__385
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
@@ -918,8 +844,7 @@
"try to import setting from /etc/ietd.conf into LIO?"
msgstr ""
"Vous n'avez actuellement aucune cible LIO active mais il semble \n"
-"qu'il y ait une configuration valide dans /etc/ietd.conf. Est-ce que le "
-"module \n"
+"qu'il y ait une configuration valide dans /etc/ietd.conf. Est-ce que le module \n"
"doit essayer d'importer les paramètres depuis etc/ietd.conf dans LIO ?"
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-10 15:47+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/journal.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-13 20:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-05 11:44+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benoît Monin <benoit.monin(a)gmx.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
@@ -61,36 +61,24 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr ""
-"La nomenclature est : /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<nom_noyau>[.gz] Veuillez saisir "
-"uniquement \"nom_noyau\"."
+msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr "La nomenclature est : /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<nom_noyau>[.gz] Veuillez saisir uniquement \"nom_noyau\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the "
-"kdump kernel."
-msgstr ""
-"La ligne de commande Kdump est la ligne qui doit être passée au noyau Kdump."
+msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
+msgstr "La ligne de commande Kdump est la ligne qui doit être passée au noyau Kdump."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command "
-"line string."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurer cette variable uniquement si vous souhaitez _ajouter_ des valeurs "
-"à la ligne de commande par défaut."
+msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
+msgstr "Configurer cette variable uniquement si vous souhaitez _ajouter_ des valeurs à la ligne de commande par défaut."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
-msgstr ""
-"Redémarrer immédiatement après la sauvegarde de l'image dans le noyau Kdump."
+msgstr "Redémarrer immédiatement après la sauvegarde de l'image dans le noyau Kdump."
# TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__107
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -101,8 +89,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
-msgstr ""
-"Spécifie le nombre d'anciennes images à conserver. 0 permet de tout conserver."
+msgstr "Spécifie le nombre d'anciennes images à conserver. 0 permet de tout conserver."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
@@ -122,12 +109,8 @@
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SMTP Password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)"
-msgid ""
-"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes "
-"password (plain text file)."
-msgstr ""
-"Mot de passe du compte SMTP pour l'envoi des alertes. Chemin du fichier "
-"contenant le mot de passe (fichier en clair)."
+msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
+msgstr "Mot de passe du compte SMTP pour l'envoi des alertes. Chemin du fichier contenant le mot de passe (fichier en clair)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
@@ -177,12 +160,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, "
-"sftp, nfs, cifs"
-msgstr ""
-"Les types d'emplacement pour la sauvegarde sont : fichier (local), ftp, ssh, "
-"sftp, nfs, cifs"
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
+msgstr "Les types d'emplacement pour la sauvegarde sont : fichier (local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__25
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -229,12 +208,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr ""
-"La nomenclature est : /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<nom_noyau>[.gz] kernel signifie "
-"seulement \"nom_noyau\"."
+msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr "La nomenclature est : /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<nom_noyau>[.gz] kernel signifie seulement \"nom_noyau\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
@@ -243,12 +218,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
-msgid ""
-"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 "
-"or s are allowed"
-msgstr ""
-"L'option correspond au niveau d'exécution lors du démarrage du noyau Kdump. "
-"Seules les valeurs 1,2,3,5 et s sont acceptées."
+msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
+msgstr "L'option correspond au niveau d'exécution lors du démarrage du noyau Kdump. Seules les valeurs 1,2,3,5 et s sont acceptées."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
@@ -403,9 +374,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
-msgstr ""
-"Nombre maximum d'anciennes images : Toutes les images sont sauvegardées sans "
-"supprimer les plus anciennes."
+msgstr "Nombre maximum d'anciennes images : Toutes les images sont sauvegardées sans supprimer les plus anciennes."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
@@ -443,8 +412,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten."
-msgstr ""
-"L'option noyau \"crashkernel\" inclut des intervalles. Ils seront redéfinis."
+msgstr "L'option noyau \"crashkernel\" inclut des intervalles. Ils seront redéfinis."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
@@ -501,11 +469,8 @@
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value."
-msgid ""
-"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
-msgstr ""
-"Les seuls choix valides pour l'option sont \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" "
-"ou \"lzo\"."
+msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
+msgstr "Les seuls choix valides pour l'option sont \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" ou \"lzo\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830
@@ -884,15 +849,12 @@
#| " To apply changes a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n"
-" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is "
-"added/removed. \n"
+" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n"
" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Activer/Désactiver Kdump</b><br>\n"
-" Active ou désactive Kdump. Cette option ajoute ou retire le paramètre de "
-"démarrage du noyau crashkernel. \n"
-" Un redémarrage est nécessaire pour la prise en compte de la "
-"modification.<br></p>\n"
+" Active ou désactive Kdump. Cette option ajoute ou retire le paramètre de démarrage du noyau crashkernel. \n"
+" Un redémarrage est nécessaire pour la prise en compte de la modification.<br></p>\n"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42
@@ -909,20 +871,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n"
-" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take "
-"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a "
-"firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition "
-"rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump "
-"data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when "
-"the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
+" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Dump assisté par firmware</b><br>\n"
-" Les images ne sont pas générées avant la réinitialisation de la partition "
-"mais se déroulent lorsque la partition redémarre. Quand un dump assisté par "
-"firmware est réalisé, la mémoire système est figée et la partition "
-"redémarrée, ce qui permet à une nouvelle instance du système d'exploitation "
-"d'enregistrer les données du plantage du noyau précédent. Cette fonction est "
-"uniquement adaptée à un système ayant plus 1,5Go de mémoire.</p>"
+" Les images ne sont pas générées avant la réinitialisation de la partition mais se déroulent lorsque la partition redémarre. Quand un dump assisté par firmware est réalisé, la mémoire système est figée et la partition redémarrée, ce qui permet à une nouvelle instance du système d'exploitation d'enregistrer les données du plantage du noyau précédent. Cette fonction est uniquement adaptée à un système ayant plus 1,5Go de mémoire.</p>"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57
@@ -944,19 +896,15 @@
"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n"
" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n"
-" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>"
-"\n"
-" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>"
-"\n"
+" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Format de l'image</b><br>\n"
" <i>Aucun</i> - Sauvegarde uniquement le journal du noyau.<br>\n"
" <i>Format ELF</i> - Crée une image au format ELF.<br>\n"
-" <i>Format compressé</i> - Compresse les données de chaque page avec "
-"gzip.<br>\n"
-" <i>Format compressé LZO</i> - fichier légèrement plus gros mais bien plus "
-"rapide.<br>\n"
+" <i>Format compressé</i> - Compresse les données de chaque page avec gzip.<br>\n"
+" <i>Format compressé LZO</i> - fichier légèrement plus gros mais bien plus rapide.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
@@ -964,28 +912,22 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
-" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving "
-"dumps.<br></p>"
+" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Emplacement de sauvegarde de l'image Kdump</b><br>\n"
-" L'emplacement de sauvegarde des images kdump. Sélectionnez le type "
-"d'emplacement pour la sauvegarde des images.<br></p>"
+" L'emplacement de sauvegarde des images kdump. Sélectionnez le type d'emplacement pour la sauvegarde des images.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
" <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
-" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>"
-"Browse</i>\n"
+" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Système de fichiers local</b> - Enregistre l'image Kdump dans le "
-"système de fichiers local.\n"
-" <i>Répertoire pour l'enregistrement des images</i> - Emplacement pour la "
-"sauvegardes des images Kdump.\n"
-" Sélectionnez le dossier de sauvegarde en utilisant le bouton <i>Naviguer<"
-"/i>\n"
+"<p><b>Système de fichiers local</b> - Enregistre l'image Kdump dans le système de fichiers local.\n"
+" <i>Répertoire pour l'enregistrement des images</i> - Emplacement pour la sauvegardes des images Kdump.\n"
+" Sélectionnez le dossier de sauvegarde en utilisant le bouton <i>Naviguer</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
@@ -996,17 +938,14 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n"
-" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<"
-"br></p>"
+" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Enregistre les images par FTP.\n"
" <i>Nom du serveur</i> - Le nom du serveur FTP.\n"
" <i>Port</i> - Port à utiliser pour la connexion.\n"
" <i>Répertoire sur le serveur</i> - Le dossier où placer les images.\n"
-" <i>Connexion FTP anonyme</i> réalise une connexion anonyme au serveur "
-"FTP.\n"
-" <i>Nom d'utilisateur</i> et <i>Mot de passe</i> pour la connexion FTP.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Connexion FTP anonyme</i> réalise une connexion anonyme au serveur FTP.\n"
+" <i>Nom d'utilisateur</i> et <i>Mot de passe</i> pour la connexion FTP.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
@@ -1091,8 +1030,7 @@
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Noyau configuré pour Kdump</b> L'utilisateur peut saisir le noyau "
-"personnalisé pour Kdump.\n"
+"<p><b>Noyau configuré pour Kdump</b> L'utilisateur peut saisir le noyau personnalisé pour Kdump.\n"
" La nomenclature est : <i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<nom_noyau>[.gz]</i>\n"
" Veuillez saisir uniquement <i>nom_noyau</i>.<br></p>"
@@ -1101,9 +1039,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ligne de commande Kdump</b> permet de définir des paramètres "
-"supplémentaires à transmettre à kexec pour le démarrage du noyau.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ligne de commande Kdump</b> permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre à kexec pour le démarrage du noyau.</p>"
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
@@ -1120,8 +1056,7 @@
" is set. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Options à passer au noyau</b>\n"
-" Cette option permet de rajouter des options à la ligne de commande par "
-"défaut. \n"
+" Cette option permet de rajouter des options à la ligne de commande par défaut. \n"
" Cette ligne est ajoutée même si la <i>ligne de commande Kdump</i>\n"
" a été configurée. <br></p>\n"
@@ -1132,22 +1067,18 @@
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Redémarrage immédiat après l'enregistrement de l'image</b> - \n"
-" permet le redémarrage immédiat de la machine après que l'image ait été "
-"sauvegardée par Kdump.<br></p>"
+" permet le redémarrage immédiat de la machine après que l'image ait été sauvegardée par Kdump.<br></p>"
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
-" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<"
-"br></p>"
+" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Autoriser la suppression des anciennes images Kdump</b> - \n"
-" permet la suppression des vieilles images. Si le nombre de fichiers "
-"dépasse le \n"
-" <i>nombre maximum d'anciennes images</i> , les plus vieux fichiers seront "
-"supprimés.<br></p>"
+" permet la suppression des vieilles images. Si le nombre de fichiers dépasse le \n"
+" <i>nombre maximum d'anciennes images</i> , les plus vieux fichiers seront supprimés.<br></p>"
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
@@ -1167,8 +1098,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Autoriser la copie du noyau dans le répertoire d'images</b> - \n"
"Si sélectionnée, le noyau lui-même et les \n"
-"informations de debug (si installées) seront copiés dans le répertoire "
-"d'images.\n"
+"informations de debug (si installées) seront copiés dans le répertoire d'images.\n"
"La valeur par défaut est \"off\". Il est intéressant de tout avoir en place \n"
"pour déboguer. <br></p>"
@@ -1176,11 +1106,8 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump has been taken.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Serveur SMTP</b> utilisé pour envoyer un e-mail de notification après "
-"qu'une image ait été prise.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Serveur SMTP</b> utilisé pour envoyer un e-mail de notification après qu'une image ait été prise.</p>"
#. SMTP User Name
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
@@ -1190,13 +1117,10 @@
#| " without username/password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
-" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, "
-"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
+" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> pour l'authentification SMTP lorsque le <i>"
-"Serveur SMTP</i> est défini.\n"
-"Ceci est optionnel, sans nom d'utilisateur/mot de passe, le SMTP brut sera "
-"utilisé.</p>"
+"<p><b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> pour l'authentification SMTP lorsque le <i>Serveur SMTP</i> est défini.\n"
+"Ceci est optionnel, sans nom d'utilisateur/mot de passe, le SMTP brut sera utilisé.</p>"
#. SMTP Password
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
@@ -1205,15 +1129,11 @@
#| "<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This is optional,\n"
#| " without username/password, plain SMTP will be used</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. "
-"This\n"
-" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will "
-"be used.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
+" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Mot de passe</b> pour l'authentification SMTP lorsque le <i>Serveur "
-"SMTP</i> est défini.\n"
-"Ceci est optionnel, sans nom d'utilisateur/mot de passe, le SMTP brut sera "
-"utilisé.</p>"
+"<p><b>Mot de passe</b> pour l'authentification SMTP lorsque le <i>Serveur SMTP</i> est défini.\n"
+"Ceci est optionnel, sans nom d'utilisateur/mot de passe, le SMTP brut sera utilisé.</p>"
#. Notification To (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
@@ -1221,12 +1141,9 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Notification To</b> mail address to which a notification mail will be sent when a dump has been\n"
#| " saved.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification "
-"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Notification à</b> l'adresse mail vers laquelle un mail de notification "
-"sera envoyé lorsqu'une image \n"
+"<p><b>Notification à</b> l'adresse mail vers laquelle un mail de notification sera envoyé lorsqu'une image \n"
"a été sauvegardé.</p>"
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
@@ -1236,25 +1153,20 @@
#| "<p><b>Notification CC</b> is list of space-separated mail addresses to which notification mail will be\n"
#| " sent via Cc if a dump has been saved.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses "
-"to\n"
-" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
+" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Notification CC</b> est une liste d'adresses mail séparées par des "
-"espaces vers laquelle un mail\n"
+"<p><b>Notification CC</b> est une liste d'adresses mail séparées par des espaces vers laquelle un mail\n"
"de notification sera envoyé lorsqu'une image a été sauvegardée.</p>"
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the "
-"number of dump files \n"
+"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nombre maximum d'anciennes images</b> spécifie combien d'images sont "
-"gardées. Si le nombre d'images \n"
+"<p><b>Nombre maximum d'anciennes images</b> spécifie combien d'images sont gardées. Si le nombre d'images \n"
"excède ce nombre, les plus anciennes seront supprimées. </p>"
# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__0
@@ -1275,8 +1187,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur <b>"
-"Interrompre</b>.</p>\n"
+"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur <b>Interrompre</b>.</p>\n"
# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2
#. Write dialog help 1/2
@@ -1298,8 +1209,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</b>"
-".\n"
+"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</b>.\n"
"Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1324,8 +1234,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Ajouter un Kdump :</big></b><br>\n"
"Sélectionnez un Kdump dans la liste des Kdump détectés. Si votre Kdump n'a\n"
-"pas été détecté automatiquement, utilisez <b>Autre (non détecté)</b>. Cliquez "
-"ensuite\n"
+"pas été détecté automatiquement, utilisez <b>Autre (non détecté)</b>. Cliquez ensuite\n"
"sur <b>Configurer</b>.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__50
@@ -1470,8 +1379,7 @@
#. "KdumpMemory"
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?"
-msgstr ""
-"L'option noyau inclut plusieurs intervalles. Voulez-vous les redéfinir ?"
+msgstr "L'option noyau inclut plusieurs intervalles. Voulez-vous les redéfinir ?"
#. T: Checkbox label
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467
@@ -1628,12 +1536,8 @@
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only "
-"%{available} are available."
-msgstr ""
-"Attention ! L'espace libre est peut-être insuffisant. %{required} sont "
-"nécessaires, mais seulement %{available} sont disponibles."
+msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
+msgstr "Attention ! L'espace libre est peut-être insuffisant. %{required} sont nécessaires, mais seulement %{available} sont disponibles."
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/languages_db.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-06 14:50+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: <fr(a)li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-02 20:42+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Jean-Marc BOUCHE <jean-marc.bouche(a)9online.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 20:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-20 10:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-08 09:53+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-27 11:56+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Fabienne Noizet <fabienne_noizet(a)hotmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 19:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
@@ -63,11 +63,8 @@
msgstr "suivants ont été modifiés pour résoudre des dépendances :"
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
-msgid ""
-"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout, mais vous risquez d'obtenir un "
-"système corrompu."
+msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
+msgstr "Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout, mais vous risquez d'obtenir un système corrompu."
# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__23
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
@@ -140,36 +137,20 @@
msgstr "Non nécessaire(s)"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid ""
-"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if "
-"recommeded by a newly installed package."
-msgstr ""
-"Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils sont "
-"recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé."
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
+msgstr "Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils sont recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
-msgid ""
-"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already "
-"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
-msgstr ""
-"Il est proposé d'installer ces paquets car ils complètent des paquets déjà "
-"installés. Le choix de les installer revient à l'utilisateur."
+msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
+msgstr "Il est proposé d'installer ces paquets car ils complètent des paquets déjà installés. Le choix de les installer revient à l'utilisateur."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211
-msgid ""
-"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. "
-"updates aren't possible."
-msgstr ""
-"Le résolveur a détecté que ces paquets ne sont associés à aucun dépôt, leur "
-"mise à jour est impossible."
+msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible."
+msgstr "Le résolveur a détecté que ces paquets ne sont associés à aucun dépôt, leur mise à jour est impossible."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215
-msgid ""
-"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any "
-"longer."
-msgstr ""
-"Ces paquets pourraient ne pas être nécessaires car d'anciennes dépendances "
-"ne sont plus en applicables."
+msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer."
+msgstr "Ces paquets pourraient ne pas être nécessaires car d'anciennes dépendances ne sont plus en applicables."
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65
msgid "Delete"
@@ -208,12 +189,8 @@
#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB
#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178
#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> "
-"locale"
-msgstr ""
-"Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour la "
-"localisation de <b>%s</b>"
+msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale"
+msgstr "Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour la localisation de <b>%s</b>"
#. the label of the selections
#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
@@ -441,8 +418,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
-msgstr ""
-"&Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés maintenant"
+msgstr "&Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés maintenant"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
@@ -469,8 +445,7 @@
#. part 2 of the text
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
-msgstr ""
-"paquets suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés pour installation :"
+msgstr "paquets suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés pour installation :"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
@@ -634,9 +609,7 @@
# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__83
#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257
msgid "<i>This information is available for installed packages only.</i>"
-msgstr ""
-"<i>Cette information est disponible pour les paquets installés uniquement.</"
-"i>"
+msgstr "<i>Cette information est disponible pour les paquets installés uniquement.</i>"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__210
#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429
@@ -763,98 +736,33 @@
#. part1 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to "
-"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single "
-"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or "
-"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when "
-"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package "
-"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> "
-"and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Bienvenue dans le sélecteur de paquet</b></p><p>Cet outil vous aide à "
-"gérer les logiciels installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez installer, "
-"mettre à jour ou supprimer des paquets, aussi bien que des schémas "
-"(ensembles de paquets répondant à un objectif particulier) ou des langues. "
-"Habituellement, vous n'avez pas besoin de vous préoccuper des dépendances "
-"quand vous installez ou supprimez quelque chose,le résolveur le fera pour "
-"vous. Le sélecteur de paquets se compose de 3 parties essentielles: "
-"<b>filtres</b>, <b>tableau des paquets</b> et <b>menu</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Bienvenue dans le sélecteur de paquet</b></p><p>Cet outil vous aide à gérer les logiciels installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez installer, mettre à jour ou supprimer des paquets, aussi bien que des schémas (ensembles de paquets répondant à un objectif particulier) ou des langues. Habituellement, vous n'avez pas besoin de vous préoccuper des dépendances quand vous installez ou supprimez quelque chose,le résolveur le fera pour vous. Le sélecteur de paquets se compose de 3 parties essentielles: <b>filtres</b>, <b>tableau des paquets</b> et <b>menu</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large "
-"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain "
-"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ "
-"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on "
-"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Le <b>Filtre</b> du panneau de gauche est conçu pour une navigation aisée "
-"parmi un grand nombre de paquets. Utilisez les filtres pour afficher "
-"uniquement les paquets d'un dépôt particulier, ou dans un schéma sélectionné "
-"(par exemple Jeux ou Développement C/C++ ) ou pour rechercher des mots-clés "
-"spécifiques. Davantage d'informations sur les filtres sont disponibles dans "
-"<i>Comment utiliser les filtres</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Le <b>Filtre</b> du panneau de gauche est conçu pour une navigation aisée parmi un grand nombre de paquets. Utilisez les filtres pour afficher uniquement les paquets d'un dépôt particulier, ou dans un schéma sélectionné (par exemple Jeux ou Développement C/C++ ) ou pour rechercher des mots-clés spécifiques. Davantage d'informations sur les filtres sont disponibles dans <i>Comment utiliser les filtres</i>.</p>"
#. additional help text for post installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You "
-"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the "
-"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has "
-"several columns:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Le <b>tableau des paquets</b> est le composant principal du sélecteur de "
-"paquets. Vous y trouverez une liste de paquets correspondant au filtre "
-"courant (par exemple, le groupe RPM sélectionné ou le résultat de "
-"recherche). Chaque ligne du tableau des paquets présente plusieurs colonnes :"
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Le <b>tableau des paquets</b> est le composant principal du sélecteur de paquets. Vous y trouverez une liste de paquets correspondant au filtre courant (par exemple, le groupe RPM sélectionné ou le résultat de recherche). Chaque ligne du tableau des paquets présente plusieurs colonnes :</p>"
#. part2 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143
-msgid ""
-"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and "
-"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available "
-"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed "
-"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ol><li>État du paquet (pour plus d'informations voir <i>États des paquets "
-"et Symboles</i>)</li><li>Nom du paquet</li><li>Résumé du paquet</"
-"li><li>Version disponible (dans certains dépôts configurés)</li><li>Version "
-"installée (vide pour les paquets non installés) </li><li>Taille du paquet</"
-"li></ol>"
+msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
+msgstr "<ol><li>État du paquet (pour plus d'informations voir <i>États des paquets et Symboles</i>)</li><li>Nom du paquet</li><li>Résumé du paquet</li><li>Version disponible (dans certains dépôts configurés)</li><li>Version installée (vide pour les paquets non installés) </li><li>Taille du paquet</li></ol>"
#. part3 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status "
-"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete "
-"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status "
-"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu "
-"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package "
-"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Le menu <b>Actions</b> sous le tableau vous permet de changer l'état du "
-"paquet sélectionné (ou de tous les paquets dans la liste), par exemple de "
-"supprimer un paquet ou de sélectionner un paquet additionnel pour "
-"l'installation. Le changement d'état peut également être réalisé directement "
-"en pressant la touche spécifiée dans le menu (pour de plus amples "
-"informations quant à l'état du paquet, voir <i>Status de paquet et Symboles</"
-"i>).</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Le menu <b>Actions</b> sous le tableau vous permet de changer l'état du paquet sélectionné (ou de tous les paquets dans la liste), par exemple de supprimer un paquet ou de sélectionner un paquet additionnel pour l'installation. Le changement d'état peut également être réalisé directement en pressant la touche spécifiée dans le menu (pour de plus amples informations quant à l'état du paquet, voir <i>Status de paquet et Symboles</i>).</p>"
#. part4 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package "
-"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions "
-"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful "
-"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Menu</b> fournit les fonctions relatives à la gestion des dépendances "
-"des paquets. Afficher les informations utiles sur les paquets et effectuer "
-"des actions telles que l'ouverture du gestionnaire de dépôts. Pour plus "
-"d'informations, voir <i>Fonctions utiles dans le Menu</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Menu</b> fournit les fonctions relatives à la gestion des dépendances des paquets. Afficher les informations utiles sur les paquets et effectuer des actions telles que l'ouverture du gestionnaire de dépôts. Pour plus d'informations, voir <i>Fonctions utiles dans le Menu</i>.</p>"
#. the headline of the help window
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165
@@ -863,31 +771,13 @@
#. part 1 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172
-msgid ""
-"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the "
-"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an "
-"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should "
-"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the "
-"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>L'état des paquets peut être modifié en utilisant le menu <i>Actions</i> "
-"ou les touches spécifiées dans les options du menu. Par exemple, utilisez "
-"'+' pour installer un paquet additionnel.</p><p> L'état \"Tabou\" signifie "
-"que le paquet ne devrait jamais être installé. Au contraire, l'état "
-"\"Verrouillé\" signifie que la version installée d'un paquet devrait "
-"toujours être conservée.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>L'état des paquets peut être modifié en utilisant le menu <i>Actions</i> ou les touches spécifiées dans les options du menu. Par exemple, utilisez '+' pour installer un paquet additionnel.</p><p> L'état \"Tabou\" signifie que le paquet ne devrait jamais être installé. Au contraire, l'état \"Verrouillé\" signifie que la version installée d'un paquet devrait toujours être conservée.</p>"
#. part 2 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. "
-"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all "
-"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la touche <b>RET</b> ou <b>ESPACE</b> pour "
-"basculer l'état d'un paquet. Le menu <i>Actions</i> vous permet également de "
-"changer l'état pour tous les paquets de la liste (sélectionnez 'Tous les "
-"paquets listés').</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la touche <b>RET</b> ou <b>ESPACE</b> pour basculer l'état d'un paquet. Le menu <i>Actions</i> vous permet également de changer l'état pour tous les paquets de la liste (sélectionnez 'Tous les paquets listés').</p>"
# TLABEL online-update_2002_08_07_0216__5
#. part 3 of help text package status
@@ -897,31 +787,13 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192
-msgid ""
-"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be "
-"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</"
-"p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: "
-"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---"
-"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b> + </b> : le paquet est sélectionné pour l'installation</p><p><b>a+ </"
-"b> : le paquet sera installé automatiquement</p><p><b> > </b> : le paquet "
-"sera mis à jour</p><p><b>a> </b> : le paquet sera mis à jour "
-"automatiquement</p><p><b> i </b> : le paquet est installé</p><p><b> - </b> : "
-"le paquet sera supprimé </p><p><b>---</b> : ne jamais installer le paquet "
-"(tabou)</p>"
+msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b> + </b> : le paquet est sélectionné pour l'installation</p><p><b>a+ </b> : le paquet sera installé automatiquement</p><p><b> > </b> : le paquet sera mis à jour</p><p><b>a> </b> : le paquet sera mis à jour automatiquement</p><p><b> i </b> : le paquet est installé</p><p><b> - </b> : le paquet sera supprimé </p><p><b>---</b> : ne jamais installer le paquet (tabou)</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it "
-"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</"
-"p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>-i-</b> : conserver la version installée et ne jamais la mettre à jour "
-"ni la supprimer (paquet verrouillé)</p><p>Informations d'état pour le schéma "
-"et les langues:</p><p><b> i </b> : Toutes les exigences de ce schéma/de "
-"cette langue sont satisfaits.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b> : conserver la version installée et ne jamais la mettre à jour ni la supprimer (paquet verrouillé)</p><p>Informations d'état pour le schéma et les langues:</p><p><b> i </b> : Toutes les exigences de ce schéma/de cette langue sont satisfaits.</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206
@@ -930,88 +802,29 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the "
-"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties "
-"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), "
-"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the "
-"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les <b>Filtres</b> vous permettent de filtrer tous les paquets "
-"disponibles selon le critère défini. Les filtres de paquets sont basés sur "
-"les propriétés des paquets (dépôt, Groupe RPM), les \"ensembles\" de paquets "
-"(schémas, langues), les catégories de paquets ou les résultats de recherche. "
-"Sélectionnez le filtre désiré dans le menu déroulant. Les filtres "
-"spécifiques sont décrits ci-dessous.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Les <b>Filtres</b> vous permettent de filtrer tous les paquets disponibles selon le critère défini. Les filtres de paquets sont basés sur les propriétés des paquets (dépôt, Groupe RPM), les \"ensembles\" de paquets (schémas, langues), les catégories de paquets ou les résultats de recherche. Sélectionnez le filtre désiré dans le menu déroulant. Les filtres spécifiques sont décrits ci-dessous.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have "
-"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of "
-"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may "
-"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the "
-"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les <b>Schémas</b> décrivent les caractéristiques et les fonctions "
-"souhaités sur un système (par exemple, Serveur X ou Outils de console). "
-"Chaque schéma contient un ensemble de paquets qui sont requis (qu'il vous "
-"est nécessaire d'avoir), recommandés (qu'il vous est conseillé d'avoir), et "
-"suggérés (que vous pouvez aussi avoir). Si vous sélectionnez un schéma pour "
-"installation, mise à jour ou suppression, le résolveur sera lancé et "
-"modifiera l'état des paquets concernés en conséquence.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Les <b>Schémas</b> décrivent les caractéristiques et les fonctions souhaités sur un système (par exemple, Serveur X ou Outils de console). Chaque schéma contient un ensemble de paquets qui sont requis (qu'il vous est nécessaire d'avoir), recommandés (qu'il vous est conseillé d'avoir), et suggérés (que vous pouvez aussi avoir). Si vous sélectionnez un schéma pour installation, mise à jour ou suppression, le résolveur sera lancé et modifiera l'état des paquets concernés en conséquence.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They "
-"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific "
-"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers "
-"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a "
-"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. "
-"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific "
-"repository. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les <b>Langues</b> sont des ensembles de paquets tout comme les schémas. "
-"Ils contiennent des paquets avec des traductions, des dictionnaires et "
-"d'autres fichiers spécifiques d'une langue particulière. Les <b>Groupes RPM</"
-"b> ne sont pas des ensembles de paquets qui peuvent être installés. En fait, "
-"l'appartenance à certains groupes de RPM constitue une propriété du paquet "
-"lui-même. Ils ont une structure hiérarchique (arbre). Le filtre de "
-"<b>dépôts</b> affiche les paquets disponibles depuis un dépôt spécifique.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
+msgstr "<p>Les <b>Langues</b> sont des ensembles de paquets tout comme les schémas. Ils contiennent des paquets avec des traductions, des dictionnaires et d'autres fichiers spécifiques d'une langue particulière. Les <b>Groupes RPM</b> ne sont pas des ensembles de paquets qui peuvent être installés. En fait, l'appartenance à certains groupes de RPM constitue une propriété du paquet lui-même. Ils ont une structure hiérarchique (arbre). Le filtre de <b>dépôts</b> affiche les paquets disponibles depuis un dépôt spécifique.</p>"
# TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__22
#. help text package search
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234
-msgid ""
-"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for "
-"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the "
-"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides "
-"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour utiliser le filtre de <b>Recherche</b>, entrez un mot-clé (ou une "
-"partie de mot-clé) pour votre recherche de paquet. Par exemple, pour "
-"rechercher tous les paquets 3D, utiliser l'expression \"3d\". Vous pouvez "
-"aussi chercher dans la description des paquets qu'un RPM fournit ou "
-"requiert. Cochez la case correspondante et cliquez sur le bouton 'Chercher'."
-"</p> "
+msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pour utiliser le filtre de <b>Recherche</b>, entrez un mot-clé (ou une partie de mot-clé) pour votre recherche de paquet. Par exemple, pour rechercher tous les paquets 3D, utiliser l'expression \"3d\". Vous pouvez aussi chercher dans la description des paquets qu'un RPM fournit ou requiert. Cochez la case correspondante et cliquez sur le bouton 'Chercher'.</p> "
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose "
-"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or "
-"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter "
-"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, "
-"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Le <b>Résumé d'installation</b> présente un aperçu des paquets dont l'étata "
-"été modifié durant la session en cours (ex. marqués pour installation ou "
-"suppression), aussi bien par l'utilisateur que par le résolveur. Le filtre "
-"<b> Catégories de paquets</b> fournit des informations sur les paquets "
-"<i>Recommandés</i>,<i>Suggérés</i>,<i>Orphelins</i> et <i>Non requis</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
+msgstr "Le <b>Résumé d'installation</b> présente un aperçu des paquets dont l'étata été modifié durant la session en cours (ex. marqués pour installation ou suppression), aussi bien par l'utilisateur que par le résolveur. Le filtre <b> Catégories de paquets</b> fournit des informations sur les paquets <i>Recommandés</i>,<i>Suggérés</i>,<i>Orphelins</i> et <i>Non requis</i>.</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248
@@ -1019,135 +832,32 @@
msgstr "Fonctions utiles du menu"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the "
-"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are "
-"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package "
-"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve "
-"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try "
-"Again'.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Dépendances :</b> Ce menu offre diverses actions en relation avec la "
-"gestion des dépendances des paquets. Par défaut, les dépendances des paquets "
-"sont vérifiées à chaque changement d'état. Vous serez informé des conflits "
-"entre paquets dans une boite de dialogue proposant des possibilités de "
-"résolution des conflits. Pour résoudre un conflit, sélectionnez l'une des "
-"solutions proposées et cliquez sur 'OK - Réessayer'.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Dépendances :</b> Ce menu offre diverses actions en relation avec la gestion des dépendances des paquets. Par défaut, les dépendances des paquets sont vérifiées à chaque changement d'état. Vous serez informé des conflits entre paquets dans une boite de dialogue proposant des possibilités de résolution des conflits. Pour résoudre un conflit, sélectionnez l'une des solutions proposées et cliquez sur 'OK - Réessayer'.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260
-msgid ""
-"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle "
-"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually "
-"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry "
-"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve "
-"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic "
-"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate "
-"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into "
-"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what "
-"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour désactiver la vérification des dépendances à chaque changement "
-"d'état, désactivez <i>Vérification automatique des dépendances</i>. Vous "
-"pouvez vérifier les dépendances manuellement en sélectionnant <i>Vérifier "
-"les dépendances maintenant</i>. L'entrée <i>Vérifier le système</i> "
-"vérifiera les dépendances des paquets déjà installés et résoudra les "
-"conflits sans interaction avec l'utilisateur, marquant si nécessaire les "
-"paquets manquants pour une installation automatique. Pour le débogage, "
-"utilisez <i>Générer un cas de test de résolution de dépendances</i>. Cela "
-"génèrera les données sur les dépendances de paquets dans le dossier <tt>/var/"
-"log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. C'est généralement ce dont vous avez besoin "
-"lorsque l'on vous demande un \"solver testcase\" dans bugzilla.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pour désactiver la vérification des dépendances à chaque changement d'état, désactivez <i>Vérification automatique des dépendances</i>. Vous pouvez vérifier les dépendances manuellement en sélectionnant <i>Vérifier les dépendances maintenant</i>. L'entrée <i>Vérifier le système</i> vérifiera les dépendances des paquets déjà installés et résoudra les conflits sans interaction avec l'utilisateur, marquant si nécessaire les paquets manquants pour une installation automatique. Pour le débogage, utilisez <i>Générer un cas de test de résolution de dépendances</i>. Cela génèrera les données sur les dépendances de paquets dans le dossier <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. C'est généralement ce dont vous avez besoin lorsque l'on vous demande un \"solver testcase\" dans bugzilla.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
-msgid ""
-"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency "
-"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak "
-"dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair "
-"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after "
-"checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System "
-"Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options "
-"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont :"
-"<br><i>Vérification automatique des dépendances</i> (voir ci-dessus), "
-"<i>Installer les paquets recommandés</i> : si elle est activée, les "
-"dépendances faibles seront installées, <i>Mode de vérification du système</"
-"i> : répare les dépendances des paquets installés et les résout "
-"immédiatement. Veuillez noter qu'après une vérification du système avec "
-"<i>Vérifier le système maintenant</i>, l'option <i>Mode de vérification du "
-"système</i> est activée (désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options "
-"sont enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/"
-"sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont :<br><i>Vérification automatique des dépendances</i> (voir ci-dessus), <i>Installer les paquets recommandés</i> : si elle est activée, les dépendances faibles seront installées, <i>Mode de vérification du système</i> : répare les dépendances des paquets installés et les résout immédiatement. Veuillez noter qu'après une vérification du système avec <i>Vérifier le système maintenant</i>, l'option <i>Mode de vérification du système</i> est activée (désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options sont enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
-msgid ""
-"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove "
-"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may "
-"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, "
-"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/"
-"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Options avancées :<br> <i>Nettoyer lors de la suppression de paquets</"
-"i> : retire les paquets dépendants non utilisés. <i>Autoriser le changement "
-"de fournisseur</i> : le fournisseur d'un paquet peut différer du fournisseur "
-"du paquet installé. Ces options ne seront pas sauvegardées, elles peuvent "
-"uniquement être définies en éditant le fichier de configuration de la "
-"bibliothèque de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Options avancées :<br> <i>Nettoyer lors de la suppression de paquets</i> : retire les paquets dépendants non utilisés. <i>Autoriser le changement de fournisseur</i> : le fournisseur d'un paquet peut différer du fournisseur du paquet installé. Ces options ne seront pas sauvegardées, elles peuvent uniquement être définies en éditant le fichier de configuration de la bibliothèque de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will "
-"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: "
-"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package "
-"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and "
-"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Visualisation :</b><br>Choisissez quelles informations à propos du "
-"paquet sélectionné seront affichées dans la fenêtre en dessous du tableau "
-"des paquets. Les options disponibles sont : description du paquet, données "
-"techniques (version, taille, licence, etc.), version du paquet (toutes "
-"disponibles), liste des fichiers (tous les fichiers inclus dans le paquet) "
-"et dépendances (fournit, requiert, etc.).</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Visualisation :</b><br>Choisissez quelles informations à propos du paquet sélectionné seront affichées dans la fenêtre en dessous du tableau des paquets. Les options disponibles sont : description du paquet, données techniques (version, taille, licence, etc.), version du paquet (toutes disponibles), liste des fichiers (tous les fichiers inclus dans le paquet) et dépendances (fournit, requiert, etc.).</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the "
-"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository "
-"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update "
-"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch "
-"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three "
-"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package "
-"Installation</b> menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Configuration :</b><br>Ce menu intègre le sélecteur de paquets ainsi "
-"que le reste des utilitaires de gestion de paquets. A partir d'ici, vous "
-"pouvez <b>Lancer le gestionnaire de dépôts</b> et modifier les dépôts "
-"configurés ou vous enregistrer pour mettre à jour les dépôts et configurer "
-"le téléchargement régulier des mises à jour disponibles (<b>Lancer la "
-"configuration de la mise à jour en ligne</b>). Vous pouvez aussi choisir "
-"l'une des trois possibilités de comportement du sélecteur de paquets à la "
-"fermeture dans le menu <b>Action après l'installation des paquets</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Configuration :</b><br>Ce menu intègre le sélecteur de paquets ainsi que le reste des utilitaires de gestion de paquets. A partir d'ici, vous pouvez <b>Lancer le gestionnaire de dépôts</b> et modifier les dépôts configurés ou vous enregistrer pour mettre à jour les dépôts et configurer le téléchargement régulier des mises à jour disponibles (<b>Lancer la configuration de la mise à jour en ligne</b>). Vous pouvez aussi choisir l'une des trois possibilités de comportement du sélecteur de paquets à la fermeture dans le menu <b>Action après l'installation des paquets</b>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package "
-"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and "
-"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import "
-"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring "
-"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described "
-"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup "
-"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted "
-"partition.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Extras :</b><br>Diverses fonctions se trouvent ici. <i>Exporter la "
-"liste de paquets vers un fichier</i> ajoutera les données concernant les "
-"paquets installés, les schémas et les langues installées dans le fichier XML "
-"spécifié. Ce fichier peut être lu ultérieurement par l'option <i>Importer "
-"une liste de paquets depuis un fichier</i>, par exemple sur un ordinateur "
-"différent. Il apportera l'ensemble de paquets sur l'ordinateur cible dans le "
-"même état que décrit dans le fichier XML fourni. <i>Afficher l'espace disque "
-"disponible</i> affichera une fenêtre avec un tableau montrant l'utilisation "
-"du disque et l'espace libre sur la partition actuellement montée.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Extras :</b><br>Diverses fonctions se trouvent ici. <i>Exporter la liste de paquets vers un fichier</i> ajoutera les données concernant les paquets installés, les schémas et les langues installées dans le fichier XML spécifié. Ce fichier peut être lu ultérieurement par l'option <i>Importer une liste de paquets depuis un fichier</i>, par exemple sur un ordinateur différent. Il apportera l'ensemble de paquets sur l'ordinateur cible dans le même état que décrit dans le fichier XML fourni. <i>Afficher l'espace disque disponible</i> affichera une fenêtre avec un tableau montrant l'utilisation du disque et l'espace libre sur la partition actuellement montée.</p>"
# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__52
#. label of a frame with search settings
@@ -1362,8 +1072,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
-msgstr ""
-"Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour "
+msgstr "Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour "
# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__16
#. the headline of the help popup
@@ -1374,92 +1083,28 @@
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
-msgid ""
-"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</"
-"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You "
-"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain "
-"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in "
-"the feature.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Information générale concernant les correctifs :</p><p>Les correctifs du "
-"type <b>sécurité</b> comblent des failles de sécurité et nous recommandons "
-"fortement de les installer. Vous devriez également installer les correctifs "
-"<b>recommandés</b>, ils contiennent habituellement d'importantes corrections "
-"de bogues. Installer les correctifs de <b>fonctionnalités</b> si vous êtes "
-"intéressés par la fonctionnalité offerte.</p>"
+msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Information générale concernant les correctifs :</p><p>Les correctifs du type <b>sécurité</b> comblent des failles de sécurité et nous recommandons fortement de les installer. Vous devriez également installer les correctifs <b>recommandés</b>, ils contiennent habituellement d'importantes corrections de bogues. Installer les correctifs de <b>fonctionnalités</b> si vous êtes intéressés par la fonctionnalité offerte.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
-msgid ""
-"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) "
-"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second "
-"run.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les correctifs pour \"libzypp\" (gestion des paquets, des correctifs, des "
-"schémas et des produits) seront toujours installés en premier. Les autres "
-"correctifs doivent être installés lors d'une seconde exécution.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Les correctifs pour \"libzypp\" (gestion des paquets, des correctifs, des schémas et des produits) seront toujours installés en premier. Les autres correctifs doivent être installés lors d'une seconde exécution.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
-msgid ""
-"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your "
-"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your "
-"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> "
-"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You "
-"have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Signification des indicateurs d'état :</p><p><b>a+ </b> : les correctifs "
-"concernant votre installation sont pré-sélectionnés. Ils seront téléchargés "
-"et installés sur votre système. Si vous ne voulez pas d'un correctif "
-"particulier, désélectionnez-le avec '-'. </p><p><b> i </b> : Toutes les "
-"exigences de ce correctif sont satisfaites.</p><p><b> + </b> : Vous avez "
-"sélectionné ce correctif pour installation.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Signification des indicateurs d'état :</p><p><b>a+ </b> : les correctifs concernant votre installation sont pré-sélectionnés. Ils seront téléchargés et installés sur votre système. Si vous ne voulez pas d'un correctif particulier, désélectionnez-le avec '-'. </p><p><b> i </b> : Toutes les exigences de ce correctif sont satisfaites.</p><p><b> + </b> : Vous avez sélectionné ce correctif pour installation.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
-msgid ""
-"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a "
-"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all "
-"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is "
-"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is "
-"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still "
-"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with "
-"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the "
-"patches are not wanted.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Davantage d'informations concernant l'état :<br>S'il y a plusieurs "
-"correctifs pour un paquet (ou un ensemble de paquets) qui ne sont pas encore "
-"appliqués au système, tous sont pré-sélectionnés et sont à l'état <b>a+</b>. "
-"Si vous souhaitez désélectionner l'un des correctifs au moyen de '-', il "
-"pourrait malgré tout apparaître sous le statut <b>i</b> par la suite. Ceci "
-"est dû au fait que d'autres correctifs concernant les mêmes paquets sont "
-"toujours sélectionnés et que les paquets plus récents seront donc installés, "
-"satisfaisant par conséquent ce correctif.</p>"
+msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Davantage d'informations concernant l'état :<br>S'il y a plusieurs correctifs pour un paquet (ou un ensemble de paquets) qui ne sont pas encore appliqués au système, tous sont pré-sélectionnés et sont à l'état <b>a+</b>. Si vous souhaitez désélectionner l'un des correctifs au moyen de '-', il pourrait malgré tout apparaître sous le statut <b>i</b> par la suite. Ceci est dû au fait que d'autres correctifs concernant les mêmes paquets sont toujours sélectionnés et que les paquets plus récents seront donc installés, satisfaisant par conséquent ce correctif.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
-msgid ""
-"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e."
-"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to "
-"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a "
-"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages "
-"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the "
-"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are "
-"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system."
-"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the "
-"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Les menus :</p><p>Le menu <b>Filtrer</b> permet de filtrer les "
-"correctifs, par ex. de montrer les correctifs 'Installés' ou de lister les "
-"correctifs de 'Sécurité'. Il permet également de rechercher des correctifs."
-"<br> Utilisez le menu <b>Actions</b> pour modifier l'état d'un correctif."
-"<br>Le menu <b>Visualisation</b> offre la possibilité de voir les paquets "
-"concernés par le correctif. Veuillez noter que si le filtre choisi est 'Tous "
-"les correctifs', la liste des paquets de certains correctifs pourrait "
-"apparaitre vide. Cela signifie qu'aucun paquet n'est concerné car aucun des "
-"paquets du correctif n'est installé sur le système.<br> Le menu "
-"<b>Dépendances</b> contient les vérifications de dépendances et l'entrée "
-"'Générer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances'.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Les menus :</p><p>Le menu <b>Filtrer</b> permet de filtrer les correctifs, par ex. de montrer les correctifs 'Installés' ou de lister les correctifs de 'Sécurité'. Il permet également de rechercher des correctifs.<br> Utilisez le menu <b>Actions</b> pour modifier l'état d'un correctif.<br>Le menu <b>Visualisation</b> offre la possibilité de voir les paquets concernés par le correctif. Veuillez noter que si le filtre choisi est 'Tous les correctifs', la liste des paquets de certains correctifs pourrait apparaitre vide. Cela signifie qu'aucun paquet n'est concerné car aucun des paquets du correctif n'est installé sur le système.<br> Le menu <b>Dépendances</b> contient les vérifications de dépendances et l'entrée 'Générer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances'.</p>"
#. label for a warning popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
@@ -1504,12 +1149,8 @@
# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__197
#. text for a Notify popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721
-msgid ""
-"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost."
-"<br>Really exit?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Toutes les modifications dans la sélection de paquets, de correctifs ou "
-"de schémas seront perdus.<br>Vraiment quitter ?</p>"
+msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Toutes les modifications dans la sélection de paquets, de correctifs ou de schémas seront perdus.<br>Vraiment quitter ?</p>"
#. the label of language table
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729
@@ -1562,20 +1203,8 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
-msgid ""
-"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated "
-"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other "
-"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any "
-"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually "
-"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Liste des problèmes de mise à jour</b><br><p>Les paquets de cette liste "
-"ne peuvent pas être mis à jour automatiquement.</p><p>Raisons possibles :</"
-"p><p> Ils sont rendus obsolètes par d'autres paquets.</p><p>Il n'existe de "
-"version plus récente pour les actualiser sur aucun support d'installation.</"
-"p><p>Ces paquets sont fournis par des tierce-parties</p><p> Veuillez définir "
-"manuellement ce qu'il faut en faire. Le plus sûr est de les effacer.</p>"
+msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
+msgstr "<b>Liste des problèmes de mise à jour</b><br><p>Les paquets de cette liste ne peuvent pas être mis à jour automatiquement.</p><p>Raisons possibles :</p><p> Ils sont rendus obsolètes par d'autres paquets.</p><p>Il n'existe de version plus récente pour les actualiser sur aucun support d'installation.</p><p>Ces paquets sont fournis par des tierce-parties</p><p> Veuillez définir manuellement ce qu'il faut en faire. Le plus sûr est de les effacer.</p>"
# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__49
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
@@ -1604,62 +1233,18 @@
msgid "Script"
msgstr "Script"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if "
-#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by "
-#~ "already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for "
-#~ "Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be "
-#~ "set."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils "
-#~ "sont recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé. Pour obtenir les "
-#~ "paquets recommandés par les paquets déjà installés l'option <b>Installer "
-#~ "les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés<b> du menu "
-#~ "<b>Dépendances<b> doit être activée."
+#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
+#~ msgstr "Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils sont recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé. Pour obtenir les paquets recommandés par les paquets déjà installés l'option <b>Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés<b> du menu <b>Dépendances<b> doit être activée."
#~ msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
#~ msgstr "&Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés"
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic "
-#~| "Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already "
-#~| "Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already "
-#~| "installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: "
-#~| "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please "
-#~| "note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option "
-#~| "<i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). "
-#~| "These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/"
-#~| "yast2</tt>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic "
-#~ "Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already "
-#~ "Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already "
-#~ "installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: "
-#~ "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please "
-#~ "note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option "
-#~ "<i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). "
-#~ "These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/"
-#~ "yast2</tt>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont :"
-#~ "<br><i>Vérification automatique des dépendances</i> (voir ci-dessus), "
-#~ "<i>Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés</"
-#~ "i> : si elle est activée, les paquets recommandés des paquets déjà "
-#~ "installés seront installés, <i>Mode de vérification du système</i> : "
-#~ "répare les dépendances des paquets installés et les résout immédiatement. "
-#~ "Veuillez noter qu'après une vérification du système avec <i>Vérifier le "
-#~ "système maintenant</i>, l'option <i>Mode de vérification du système</i> "
-#~ "est activée (désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options sont "
-#~ "enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/"
-#~ "yast2</tt>.</p>"
+#~| msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont :<br><i>Vérification automatique des dépendances</i> (voir ci-dessus), <i>Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés</i> : si elle est activée, les paquets recommandés des paquets déjà installés seront installés, <i>Mode de vérification du système</i> : répare les dépendances des paquets installés et les résout immédiatement. Veuillez noter qu'après une vérification du système avec <i>Vérifier le système maintenant</i>, l'option <i>Mode de vérification du système</i> est activée (désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options sont enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
#~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----"
#~ msgstr "----- ce correctif est corrompu !!! -----"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" "
-#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Le type \"recommandé\" signifie que vous devriez installer le "
-#~ "correctif. \"sécurité\" est un correctif de sécurité et nous recommandons "
-#~ "fortement de l'installer.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Le type \"recommandé\" signifie que vous devriez installer le correctif. \"sécurité\" est un correctif de sécurité et nous recommandons fortement de l'installer.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -14,10 +14,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-08 15:44+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Burn2 <9700pro2(a)voila.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__204
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-01 14:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:43+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
@@ -80,8 +80,7 @@
#. fstab(5): fs_type
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98
msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs."
-msgstr ""
-"ID du système de fichier, nfs et nfs4 supportés. La valeur par défaut est nfs."
+msgstr "ID du système de fichier, nfs et nfs4 supportés. La valeur par défaut est nfs."
# TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__21
#. CLI action handler.
@@ -183,54 +182,42 @@
"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>La table contient tous les dossiers \n"
-"exportés depuis les serveurs distants et montés localement via NFS (partages "
-"NFS).</p>"
+"exportés depuis les serveurs distants et montés localement via NFS (partages NFS).</p>"
#. Help, part 2 of 3
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n"
"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n"
-"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further "
-"information \n"
+"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n"
"about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Chaque partage NFS est identifié par l'adresse du serveur NFS distant et\n"
-"le dossier exporté, le dossier local où le dossier distant est monté, le type "
-"\n"
-"NFS (soit nfs simple soit nfsv4) et les options de montage. Pour plus "
-"d'informations\n"
-"à propos du montage NFS et des options de montage, reportez vous à <tt>man "
-"nfs.</tt></p>"
+"le dossier exporté, le dossier local où le dossier distant est monté, le type \n"
+"NFS (soit nfs simple soit nfsv4) et les options de montage. Pour plus d'informations\n"
+"à propos du montage NFS et des options de montage, reportez vous à <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>"
#. Help, part 3 of 3
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53
msgid ""
-"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration "
-"of\n"
+"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour monter un nouveau partage NFS, utilisez le bouton <B>Ajouter</B>. "
-"Pour modifier la configuration du\n"
-"partage actuellement monté, utilisez le bouton <B>Modifier</B>. Supprimer et "
-"démonter le partage sélectionné par\n"
+"<p>Pour monter un nouveau partage NFS, utilisez le bouton <B>Ajouter</B>. Pour modifier la configuration du\n"
+"partage actuellement monté, utilisez le bouton <B>Modifier</B>. Supprimer et démonter le partage sélectionné par\n"
"le bouton <B>Supprimer</B>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
-"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might "
-"need\n"
-"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct "
-"setting\n"
+"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
+"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n"
"of file/directory access rights.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Si vous avez besoin d'accéder à des partages NFSv4 (NFSv4 est une version\n"
-"plus récente du protocole NFS), cochez l'option <b>Activer NFSv4</b>. Dans ce "
-"cas, vous\n"
-"pouvez avoir besoin de fournir un <b>Nom de domaine NFSv4</b> spécifique, "
-"requis pour\n"
+"plus récente du protocole NFS), cochez l'option <b>Activer NFSv4</b>. Dans ce cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez avoir besoin de fournir un <b>Nom de domaine NFSv4</b> spécifique, requis pour\n"
"un paramétrage correct des droits d'accès aux fichiers/dossiers.</p>\n"
# TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__13
@@ -364,22 +351,19 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Dans <b>Système de fichiers distant</b>,\n"
"entrez le chemin vers le répertoire du serveur NFS. Cliquez sur\n"
-" <b>Sélectionner</b> pour en sélectionner un parmi ceux exportés par le "
-"serveur.\n"
+" <b>Sélectionner</b> pour en sélectionner un parmi ceux exportés par le serveur.\n"
" </p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439
msgid ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
-"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the "
-"directory should be mounted. With\n"
+"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n"
"<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n"
"interactively.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
-"Dans le champ <b>Point de montage</b>, saisissez le chemin au sein du système "
-"de fichiers local où monter le répertoire. Cliquez sur\n"
+"Dans le champ <b>Point de montage</b>, saisissez le chemin au sein du système de fichiers local où monter le répertoire. Cliquez sur\n"
" <b>Parcourir</b>, puis sélectionnez votre point de montage\n"
"de façon interactive.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-23 18:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 17:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-06 15:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 21:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: français <perkamon-fr(a)traduc.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 10:32+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
@@ -66,19 +66,12 @@
#. command line help text for cd_directory option
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85
msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')"
-msgstr ""
-"Répertoire pour les données du patch sur le CD (la valeur par défaut est '%1')"
+msgstr "Répertoire pour les données du patch sur le CD (la valeur par défaut est '%1')"
#. help text for online-update initialization
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. "
-"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> "
-"module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Le système initialise les dépôts d'installation et de mise à jour. Les "
-"dépôts d'installation et de mise à jour peuvent être modifiées dans le module "
-"<b>Source d'installation</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Le système initialise les dépôts d'installation et de mise à jour. Les dépôts d'installation et de mise à jour peuvent être modifiées dans le module <b>Source d'installation</b>.</p>"
#. progress stage label
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137
@@ -170,18 +163,12 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Après la connexion au serveur de mise à jour,\n"
"YaST2 téléchargera tous les correctifs sélectionnés.\n"
-"Ceci peut prendre du temps. Les détails du téléchargement sont affichés dans "
-"la fenêtre de log.</p>"
+"Ceci peut prendre du temps. Les détails du téléchargement sont affichés dans la fenêtre de log.</p>"
#. help text for online update
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be "
-"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si des messages spéciaux associés à des correctifs sont disponibles, ils "
-"seront affichés dans une boite de dialogue lors de l'installation du "
-"correctif.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Si des messages spéciaux associés à des correctifs sont disponibles, ils seront affichés dans une boite de dialogue lors de l'installation du correctif.</p>\n"
# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__16
#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp)
@@ -261,8 +248,7 @@
"At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n"
"Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Au moins une des mises à jour installées nécessite le redémarrage de la "
-"session.\n"
+"Au moins une des mises à jour installées nécessite le redémarrage de la session.\n"
"Déconnectez et reconnectez vous dès que possible.\n"
#. popup message
@@ -280,8 +266,7 @@
"At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n"
"properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
-"Au moins une des mises à jour installées nécessite le redémarrage du système "
-"\n"
+"Au moins une des mises à jour installées nécessite le redémarrage du système \n"
"pour s'exécuter correctement. Redémarrez le système dès que possible."
#. popup message
@@ -293,8 +278,7 @@
"\n"
"Reboot the system as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
-"Ces mises à jour nécessitent le redémarrage du système pour s'exécuter "
-"correctement :\n"
+"Ces mises à jour nécessitent le redémarrage du système pour s'exécuter correctement :\n"
"\n"
"%1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -303,18 +287,15 @@
#. continue/cancel popup text
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76
msgid ""
-"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of "
-"YaST.\n"
+"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n"
"They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n"
"\n"
"You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n"
"\n"
"Continue with installing your selection?"
msgstr ""
-"Il y a des correctifs disponibles pour le gestionnaire de paquets necessitant "
-"un redémarrage de YaST.\n"
-"Ils doivent être installés en premiers et tous les autres correctifs après le "
-"redémarrage.\n"
+"Il y a des correctifs disponibles pour le gestionnaire de paquets necessitant un redémarrage de YaST.\n"
+"Ils doivent être installés en premiers et tous les autres correctifs après le redémarrage.\n"
"\n"
"Vous avez selectionné d'autres correctifs à installer maintenant.\n"
"\n"
@@ -494,8 +475,7 @@
"Repeat the update, including the download, if desired.\n"
msgstr ""
"Téléchargement des patches et installation en cours.\n"
-"Si vous interrompez l'installation maintenant, la mise à jour sera "
-"incomplète.\n"
+"Si vous interrompez l'installation maintenant, la mise à jour sera incomplète.\n"
"Répétez la mise à jour, en incluant le téléchargement, si désiré.\n"
# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__14
@@ -570,9 +550,7 @@
#. Solver can't solve it automatically
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457
msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting."
-msgstr ""
-"La mise à jour en ligne n'a pas été capable de désaffectionner des "
-"correctifs nécessitants un redémarrage."
+msgstr "La mise à jour en ligne n'a pas été capable de désaffectionner des correctifs nécessitants un redémarrage."
#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-03 16:02+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
@@ -41,8 +41,7 @@
"the current configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Supprimer des entrées en les sélectionnant dans le tableau puis en\n"
-"cliquant sur le bouton <b>Supprimer</b>. L'entrée sera immédiatement "
-"supprimée\n"
+"cliquant sur le bouton <b>Supprimer</b>. L'entrée sera immédiatement supprimée\n"
"de la configuration actuelle.</p>\n"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__69
@@ -131,8 +130,7 @@
"system with a basic window manager.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Cliquez sur <b>Autres</b>, puis sélectionnez \n"
-"une autre solution, telle qu'un système en texte seul ou un système graphique "
-"minimal\n"
+"une autre solution, telle qu'un système en texte seul ou un système graphique minimal\n"
" avec un gestionnaire de fenêtres de base.</p>"
# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__37
@@ -268,8 +266,7 @@
"\n"
"Would you like to configure it?"
msgstr ""
-"Les ressources en ligne définies par le produit nécessitent une connexion "
-"internet.\n"
+"Les ressources en ligne définies par le produit nécessitent une connexion internet.\n"
"\n"
"Voulez-vous la configurer ?"
@@ -422,27 +419,18 @@
# TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__87
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez les dépôts en ligne que vous souhaitez utiliser puis cliquez "
-"sur <b>Suivant</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez les dépôts en ligne que vous souhaitez utiliser puis cliquez sur <b>Suivant</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.<"
-"/p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez les dépôts en ligne que vous voulez utiliser puis cliquez sur "
-"<b>Terminer</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez les dépôts en ligne que vous voulez utiliser puis cliquez sur <b>Terminer</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour supprimer un dépôt utilisé, il suffit de le désélectionner.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pour supprimer un dépôt utilisé, il suffit de le désélectionner.</p>"
# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__43
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -557,12 +545,8 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Échec de l'exécution du résolveur de paquets. Consultez la section relative à "
-"votre logiciel dans le profil AutoYaST."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile."
+msgstr "Échec de l'exécution du résolveur de paquets. Consultez la section relative à votre logiciel dans le profil AutoYaST."
#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area
#. %1 - an error message (details)
@@ -633,12 +617,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Dépôts d'installation - Ce module ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne "
-"de commande, utilisez '%1' à la place."
+msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Dépôts d'installation - Ce module ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne de commande, utilisez '%1' à la place."
# TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__157
#. pad to 3 characters
@@ -821,33 +801,21 @@
"Gérez les dépôts de logiciels configurés et les services.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
-msgid ""
-"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol "
-"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software "
-"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<"
-"/P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Un <B>service</B> ou un <B>Service d'index de dépôt (RIS) </B> est un "
-"protocole pour la gestion des dépôts de paquets. Un service peut offrir un ou "
-"plusieurs dépôts de logiciels qui peuvent être dynamiquement modifiés par "
-"l'administrateur de services.</P>"
+msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Un <B>service</B> ou un <B>Service d'index de dépôt (RIS) </B> est un protocole pour la gestion des dépôts de paquets. Un service peut offrir un ou plusieurs dépôts de logiciels qui peuvent être dynamiquement modifiés par l'administrateur de services.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository "
-"or service.\n"
-"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available "
-"at the entered location.\n"
+"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n"
+"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Ajout d'un nouveau dépôt ou d'un service</b><br>\n"
-"Pour ajouter un nouveau dépôt, utilisez <b>Ajouter</b> et spécifiez le dépôt "
-"de logiciels ou le service.\n"
-"YaST détectera automatiquement si un service ou un dépôt est disponible à "
-"l'endroit spécifié.\n"
+"Pour ajouter un nouveau dépôt, utilisez <b>Ajouter</b> et spécifiez le dépôt de logiciels ou le service.\n"
+"YaST détectera automatiquement si un service ou un dépôt est disponible à l'endroit spécifié.\n"
"</p>\n"
# TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__10
@@ -891,69 +859,44 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, "
-"use\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh "
-"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the "
-"check boxes below.\n"
+"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modification de l'état d'un dépôt ou d'un service</b><br>\n"
-"Pour changer l'emplacement d'un dépôt, utilisez <b>Modifier</b>. Pour enlever "
-"un dépôt, utilisez\n"
-"<b>Supprimer</b>. Pour activer ou désactiver le dépôt ou pour modifier l'état "
-"du rafraîchissement au moment de l'initialisation, sélectionnez le dépôt dans "
-"le tableau et utilisez les cases à cocher ci-dessous.\n"
+"Pour changer l'emplacement d'un dépôt, utilisez <b>Modifier</b>. Pour enlever un dépôt, utilisez\n"
+"<b>Supprimer</b>. Pour activer ou désactiver le dépôt ou pour modifier l'état du rafraîchissement au moment de l'initialisation, sélectionnez le dépôt dans le tableau et utilisez les cases à cocher ci-dessous.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
-"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) "
-"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in "
-"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
+"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Priorité d'un dépôt</B><BR>\n"
-"La priorité d'un dépôt est un entier compris entre 0 (priorité la plus haute) "
-"et 200 (priorité la plus basse). La priorité par défaut est 99. Si un paquet "
-"est disponible dans plusieurs dépôts, le dépôt avec la priorité la plus haute "
-"est utilisé.</P>\n"
+"La priorité d'un dépôt est un entier compris entre 0 (priorité la plus haute) et 200 (priorité la plus basse). La priorité par défaut est 99. Si un paquet est disponible dans plusieurs dépôts, le dépôt avec la priorité la plus haute est utilisé.</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
-msgid ""
-"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in "
-"repositories and services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Sélectionnez l'option appropriée en haut de la fenêtre pour la navigation "
-"dans les dépôts et les services.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Sélectionnez l'option appropriée en haut de la fenêtre pour la navigation dans les dépôts et les services.</P>"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
-"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after "
-"installation.</P>"
+"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Conserver les paquets téléchargés</B><BR>Cochez cette option pour "
-"conserver les paquets téléchargés\n"
-"dans un cache local pour qu'ils puissent être réutilisé plus tard, lorsque "
-"les paquets seront\n"
-"réinstallés. Si cette option n'est pas cochée, les paquets téléchargés seront "
-"supprimés après l'installation.</P>"
+"<P><B>Conserver les paquets téléchargés</B><BR>Cochez cette option pour conserver les paquets téléchargés\n"
+"dans un cache local pour qu'ils puissent être réutilisé plus tard, lorsque les paquets seront\n"
+"réinstallés. Si cette option n'est pas cochée, les paquets téléchargés seront supprimés après l'installation.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
-msgid ""
-"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>"
-"/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf<"
-"/B> file.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Le cache local par défaut se situe dans le dossier <B>"
-"/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Modifiez l'emplacement dans le fichier <B>"
-"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Le cache local par défaut se situe dans le dossier <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Modifiez l'emplacement dans le fichier <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>"
#. popup message part 1
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
@@ -1077,9 +1020,7 @@
#. Error popup
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Des erreurs se sont produites lors de la restauration de la configuration "
-"du dépôt.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Des erreurs se sont produites lors de la restauration de la configuration du dépôt.</p>\n"
# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__26
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
@@ -1094,11 +1035,8 @@
#. warning text
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103
#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58
-msgid ""
-"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
-msgstr ""
-"Résolution automatique des dépendances impossible. Une intervention manuelle "
-"est requise."
+msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
+msgstr "Résolution automatique des dépendances impossible. Une intervention manuelle est requise."
# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__57
#. this is a heading
@@ -1114,12 +1052,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Installation de logiciels - Ce module ne prend pas en charge l'interface en "
-"ligne de commande, utilisez '%1' à la place."
+msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Installation de logiciels - Ce module ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne de commande, utilisez '%1' à la place."
# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__2
#. error message (%1 is a package file name)
@@ -1130,9 +1064,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216
msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Erreur : impossible d'ajouter un dossier temporaire, les paquets ne peuvent "
-"pas être installés."
+msgstr "Erreur : impossible d'ajouter un dossier temporaire, les paquets ne peuvent pas être installés."
#. error message
#. error message
@@ -1258,9 +1190,7 @@
#. rich text - error message
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112
msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken."
-msgstr ""
-"Le lecteur ne contient pas de support ou le système de fichiers ISO est "
-"corrompu."
+msgstr "Le lecteur ne contient pas de support ou le système de fichiers ISO est corrompu."
#. result of the check - success
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122
@@ -1269,11 +1199,8 @@
#. wrong MD5
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
-msgstr ""
-"<B>Erreur</B> -- La somme MD5 ne correspond pas<BR>Ce support ne devrait pas "
-"être utilisé."
+msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
+msgstr "<B>Erreur</B> -- La somme MD5 ne correspond pas<BR>Ce support ne devrait pas être utilisé."
#. the correct MD5 is unknown
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131
@@ -1302,43 +1229,34 @@
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304
msgid ""
"<P>When you have a problem with\n"
-"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you "
-"should check\n"
+"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n"
"whether the medium is broken.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Lorsque vous avez un problème d'installation\n"
-"et que vous utilisez un CD ou un DVD comme support d'installation, vous "
-"devriez\n"
+"et que vous utilisez un CD ou un DVD comme support d'installation, vous devriez\n"
"vérifier si le support n'est pas déterioré.</P>\n"
#. help text - media check 3/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310
msgid ""
-"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>"
-"\n"
+"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n"
"or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n"
"The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n"
"drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> "
msgstr ""
-"<P>Sélectionnez un lecteur, insérez le support dans le lecteur et cliquez sur "
-"<B>Démarrer\n"
-"la vérification</B>, ou utilisez <B>Vérifier le fichier ISO</B> et "
-"selectionnez le fichier ISO.\n"
-"La vérification peut prendre plusieurs minutes selon la vitesse du lecteur et "
-"la taille du support.\n"
+"<P>Sélectionnez un lecteur, insérez le support dans le lecteur et cliquez sur <B>Démarrer\n"
+"la vérification</B>, ou utilisez <B>Vérifier le fichier ISO</B> et selectionnez le fichier ISO.\n"
+"La vérification peut prendre plusieurs minutes selon la vitesse du lecteur et la taille du support.\n"
"La vérification s'effectue à l'aide de la somme de contrôle MD5.</P> "
#. help text - media check 4/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317
msgid ""
-"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the "
-"installation.\n"
+"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n"
"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Si la vérification du support échoue, vous ne devriez pas continuer "
-"l'installation.\n"
-"Celle-ci pourrait échouer ou vous pourriez perdre vos données. Le mieux est "
-"de remplacer le support endommagé.</P>\n"
+"<P>Si la vérification du support échoue, vous ne devriez pas continuer l'installation.\n"
+"Celle-ci pourrait échouer ou vous pourriez perdre vos données. Le mieux est de remplacer le support endommagé.</P>\n"
#. help text - media check 5/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321
@@ -1352,35 +1270,23 @@
# TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__66
#. help text - media check 6/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<"
-"/P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Remarque :</B> Vous ne pouvez pas changer le support de données tant "
-"qu'il est utilisé par le système.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Remarque :</B> Vous ne pouvez pas changer le support de données tant qu'il est utilisé par le système.</P>"
# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__51
#. help text - media check 7/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329
-msgid ""
-"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the "
-"boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Pour vérifier le support de données avant l'installation, utilisez "
-"l'option de vérification des supports dans le menu de démarrage.</P>"
+msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Pour vérifier le support de données avant l'installation, utilisez l'option de vérification des supports dans le menu de démarrage.</P>"
#. help text - media check 8/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333
msgid ""
-"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your "
-"recording\n"
-"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>"
-"\n"
+"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n"
+"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Si vous gravez vos supports de données vous-même, utilisez l'option <B>"
-"pad</B> de votre logiciel d'enregistrement.\n"
-"Cela évite les erreurs de lecture à la fin du support lors de la "
-"vérification.</P>\n"
+"<P>Si vous gravez vos supports de données vous-même, utilisez l'option <B>pad</B> de votre logiciel d'enregistrement.\n"
+"Cela évite les erreurs de lecture à la fin du support lors de la vérification.</P>\n"
#. advice check of the media
#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line
@@ -1579,8 +1485,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Ajout d'une nouvelle clé GPG</b><br>\n"
-"Pour ajouter une nouvelle clé GPG, utilisez <b>Ajouter</b> et spécifiez le "
-"chemin vers le fichier clé.\n"
+"Pour ajouter une nouvelle clé GPG, utilisez <b>Ajouter</b> et spécifiez le chemin vers le fichier clé.\n"
"</p>"
#. help, continued
@@ -1594,8 +1499,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modification du l'état d'une clé GPG</b>\n"
-"Pour modifier l'indicateur de confiance, utilisez <b>Modifier</b>. Pour "
-"supprimer une clé GPG, utilisez\n"
+"Pour modifier l'indicateur de confiance, utilisez <b>Modifier</b>. Pour supprimer une clé GPG, utilisez\n"
"<B>Effacer</B>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1718,8 +1622,7 @@
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
-msgstr ""
-"Une erreur s'est produite lors de la préparation du système d'installation."
+msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la préparation du système d'installation."
#. error report
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
@@ -1762,8 +1665,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
-"The installation repository also contains the listed additional "
-"repositories.\n"
+"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
"Le dépôt d'installation contient aussi la liste des dépôts supplémentaires.\n"
@@ -1949,49 +1851,28 @@
#. warning text
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
-msgid ""
-"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a "
-"32-bit distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Votre ordinateur est un système 64 bits x86-64 mais vous tentez d'installer "
-"une distribution 32 bits."
+msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
+msgstr "Votre ordinateur est un système 64 bits x86-64 mais vous tentez d'installer une distribution 32 bits."
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
-msgid ""
-"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after "
-"installing the system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>La liste des modèles montre quelle fonctionnalité sera disponible après "
-"l'installation du système.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>La liste des modèles montre quelle fonctionnalité sera disponible après l'installation du système.</P>"
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
-msgid ""
-"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to "
-"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and "
-"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed "
-"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free "
-"space before starting the installation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>La proposition contient la taille totale des fichiers qui seront installés "
-"sur le système. Cependant, le système contiendra d'autres fichiers (fichiers "
-"temporaires et de travail) donc l'espace utilisé sera légèrement supérieur à "
-"la valeur proposée. Ainsi, c'est une bonne idée d'avoir au moins 25% (ou 300 "
-"Mo) d'éspace libre avant de lancer l'installation.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>La proposition contient la taille totale des fichiers qui seront installés sur le système. Cependant, le système contiendra d'autres fichiers (fichiers temporaires et de travail) donc l'espace utilisé sera légèrement supérieur à la valeur proposée. Ainsi, c'est une bonne idée d'avoir au moins 25% (ou 300 Mo) d'éspace libre avant de lancer l'installation.</P>"
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
-"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the "
-"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
+"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>La 'taille totale de téléchargement' est la taille des paquets qui seront\n"
-"téléchargés depuis des dépôts distants (réseau). Cette valeur est importante "
-"lorsque la connection est lente ou lorsqu'il existe une limite de données "
-"pour le téléchargement.</P>\n"
+"téléchargés depuis des dépôts distants (réseau). Cette valeur est importante lorsque la connection est lente ou lorsqu'il existe une limite de données pour le téléchargement.</P>\n"
# TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__20
#. help text for software proposal - header
@@ -2029,41 +1910,27 @@
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
-msgstr ""
-"Ces produits complémentaires ont été marqués pour l'auto-suppression : %1"
+msgstr "Ces produits complémentaires ont été marqués pour l'auto-suppression : %1"
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation "
-"media."
-msgstr ""
-"Contactez les fabricants de ces produits complémentaires pour vous fournir "
-"les nouveaux média d'installation."
+msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
+msgstr "Contactez les fabricants de ces produits complémentaires pour vous fournir les nouveaux média d'installation."
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
-msgstr ""
-"Contactez le fabricant du produit complémentaire pour vous fournir le nouveau "
-"média d'installation."
+msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
+msgstr "Contactez le fabricant du produit complémentaire pour vous fournir le nouveau média d'installation."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
-msgid ""
-"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot "
-"start installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Erreur : impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier de base %1 "
-"(périphérique %2), impossible dedémarrer l'installation."
+msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
+msgstr "Erreur : impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier de base %1 (périphérique %2), impossible dedémarrer l'installation."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
-msgstr ""
-"Attention : Impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier %1 "
-"(périphérique %2)."
+msgstr "Attention : Impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier %1 (périphérique %2)."
#. summary warning
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
@@ -2073,9 +1940,7 @@
#. summary warning
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
-msgstr ""
-"Espace disque insuffisant. Supprimez quelques paquets dans la sélection "
-"individuelle."
+msgstr "Espace disque insuffisant. Supprimez quelques paquets dans la sélection individuelle."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
@@ -2095,8 +1960,7 @@
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
-msgstr ""
-"Le produit <b>%{old_product}</b> va être mis à jour vers <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr "Le produit <b>%{old_product}</b> va être mis à jour vers <b>%{new_product}</b>"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
@@ -2110,8 +1974,7 @@
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Erreur :</b> Le produit <b>%</b> va être supprimé automatiquement.</font>"
+msgstr "<b>Erreur :</b> Le produit <b>%</b> va être supprimé automatiquement.</font>"
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
@@ -2119,23 +1982,16 @@
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
-"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or "
-"module\n"
-"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to "
-"the\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li><b>Certains produits sont marqués pour suppression automatique.</b><"
-"/li>\n"
-"<ul><li>Contactez le fabricant du produit complémentaire pour qu'il vous "
-"fournisse avec\n"
-"un nouveau média d'installation</li><li>Ou sélectionnez l'extension ou le "
-"module en ligne approprié\n"
-"lors de l'enregistrement</li><li>Ou pour continuer avec la mise à niveau du "
-"produit, allez dans la\n"
-"selection de logiciels et marquez le produit (le paquet -release) pour "
-"suppression.\n"
+"<ul><li><b>Certains produits sont marqués pour suppression automatique.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contactez le fabricant du produit complémentaire pour qu'il vous fournisse avec\n"
+"un nouveau média d'installation</li><li>Ou sélectionnez l'extension ou le module en ligne approprié\n"
+"lors de l'enregistrement</li><li>Ou pour continuer avec la mise à niveau du produit, allez dans la\n"
+"selection de logiciels et marquez le produit (le paquet -release) pour suppression.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
@@ -2150,12 +2006,9 @@
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Les notes de version élaborées pour la toute première version font "
-"partie\n"
-"des supports d'installation. Si une connexion à Internet est disponible lors "
-"de la configuration,\n"
-"vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version mises à jour depuis le serveur "
-"Web SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n"
+"<p><b>Les notes de version élaborées pour la toute première version font partie\n"
+"des supports d'installation. Si une connexion à Internet est disponible lors de la configuration,\n"
+"vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version mises à jour depuis le serveur Web SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n"
#. popup - information label
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
@@ -2224,12 +2077,8 @@
msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier de licence %1"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root "
-"of the live media when building the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour afficher la licence du produit correctement, mettre le fichier "
-"license.tar.gz à la racine du média live lors de la construction de l'image."
+msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
+msgstr "Pour afficher la licence du produit correctement, mettre le fichier license.tar.gz à la racine du média live lors de la construction de l'image."
# TLABEL proposal_2002_03_16_2031__6
# &L is taken by "&Logiciels"
@@ -2279,8 +2128,7 @@
#. popup question
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
-msgstr ""
-"Voulez-vous vraiment abandonner l'installation du produit complémentaire ?"
+msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment abandonner l'installation du produit complémentaire ?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
@@ -2610,13 +2458,10 @@
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is "
-"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Nom du dépôt</b></big><br>\n"
-"Utilisez <b>Nom du dépôt</b> pour spécifier le nom du dépôt. S'il est vide, "
-"YaST utilisera le nom du produit (si possible) ou l'URL en tant que nom.</p>\n"
+"Utilisez <b>Nom du dépôt</b> pour spécifier le nom du dépôt. S'il est vide, YaST utilisera le nom du produit (si possible) ou l'URL en tant que nom.</p>\n"
# TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__31
#. text entry
@@ -2628,12 +2473,10 @@
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, "
-"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Nom du service</b></big><br>\n"
-"Utilisez <b>Nom du service</b> pour spécifier le nom du service. S'il est "
-"vide, YaST utilisera une partie de l'URL du service en tant que nom.</p>\n"
+"Utilisez <b>Nom du service</b> pour spécifier le nom du service. S'il est vide, YaST utilisera une partie de l'URL du service en tant que nom.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102
#. popup message
@@ -2675,24 +2518,19 @@
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Serveur NFS</b></big><br>\n"
-"Utiliser le <b>Nom du serveur</b> et le <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier ou à "
-"l'image ISO</b>\n"
-"pour spécifier le nom d'hôte du serveur NFS et le chemin d'accès sur le "
-"serveur.<p>"
+"Utiliser le <b>Nom du serveur</b> et le <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier ou à l'image ISO</b>\n"
+"pour spécifier le nom d'hôte du serveur NFS et le chemin d'accès sur le serveur.<p>"
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
-"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man "
-"5 nfs</b>\n"
+"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for details and the list of supported options."
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Options de montage</b></big><br>\n"
-"Vous pouvez spécifier des options supplémentaires utilisées pour monter le "
-"volume NFS.\n"
-"C'est une option pour experts, il est recommandé de conserver les valeurs par "
-"défaut. Reportez vous à <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
+"Vous pouvez spécifier des options supplémentaires utilisées pour monter le volume NFS.\n"
+"C'est une option pour experts, il est recommandé de conserver les valeurs par défaut. Reportez vous à <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"pour plus de détails et pour obtenir une liste des options supportées."
# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__144
@@ -2713,8 +2551,7 @@
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Support CD ou DVD</b></big><br>\n"
-"Configurez <b>CD-ROM</b> ou <b>DVD-ROM</b> pour spécifier le type de "
-"support.</p>"
+"Configurez <b>CD-ROM</b> ou <b>DVD-ROM</b> pour spécifier le type de support.</p>"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__34
#. dialog caption
@@ -2771,11 +2608,9 @@
"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Dossier local</b></big><br>\n"
-"Utilisez le <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier</b> pour spécifier le chemin d'accès "
-"au\n"
+"Utilisez le <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier</b> pour spécifier le chemin d'accès au\n"
"dossier. Si le dossier contient seulement des paquets RPM sans\n"
-"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) alors "
-"cochez l'option\n"
+"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) alors cochez l'option\n"
"<b>Simple dossier de RPM</b>.</p>\n"
# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__142
@@ -2807,13 +2642,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Disque ou clé USB</b></big><br>\n"
"Sélectionner le périphérique USB sur lequel se trouve le dépôt.\n"
-"Utilisez <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier</b> pour spécifier le chemin d'accès "
-"au\n"
-"dépôt. Si le chemin d'accès est omis, le système utilisera le dossier racine "
-"du disque.\n"
+"Utilisez <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier</b> pour spécifier le chemin d'accès au\n"
+"dépôt. Si le chemin d'accès est omis, le système utilisera le dossier racine du disque.\n"
"Si le dossier contient seulement des paquets RPM sans\n"
-"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) alors "
-"cochez l'option\n"
+"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) alors cochez l'option\n"
"<b>Simple dossier de RPM</b>.</p>\n"
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
@@ -2824,12 +2656,9 @@
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Le système de fichiers qui est utilisé sur le périphérique sera "
-"automatiquement\n"
-"détecté si vous sélectionnez le système de fichiers 'auto'. Si la détection "
-"échoue ou\n"
-"si vous voulez utiliser un certain type de système de fichiers, "
-"sélectionnez-le dans la liste.</p>\n"
+"<p>Le système de fichiers qui est utilisé sur le périphérique sera automatiquement\n"
+"détecté si vous sélectionnez le système de fichiers 'auto'. Si la détection échoue ou\n"
+"si vous voulez utiliser un certain type de système de fichiers, sélectionnez-le dans la liste.</p>\n"
# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__19
#. combobox title
@@ -2849,13 +2678,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Disque</b></big><br>\n"
"Sélectionnez le disque sur lequel se trouve le dépôt.\n"
-"Utilisez le <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier</b> pour spécifier le chemin d'accès "
-"au\n"
-"dossier du dépôt. Si le chemin d'accès est omis, le système utilisera le "
-"dossier racine du disque.\n"
+"Utilisez le <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier</b> pour spécifier le chemin d'accès au\n"
+"dossier du dépôt. Si le chemin d'accès est omis, le système utilisera le dossier racine du disque.\n"
"Si le dossier contient seulement des paquets RPM sans\n"
-"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) alors "
-"cochez l'option\n"
+"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) alors cochez l'option\n"
"<b>Simple dossier de RPM</b>.</p>\n"
#. text entry
@@ -2871,8 +2697,7 @@
"ISO image file.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Image ISO locale</b></big><br>\n"
-"Utilisez le <b>Chemin d'accès à l'image ISO</b> pour spécifier le chemin "
-"d'accès\n"
+"Utilisez le <b>Chemin d'accès à l'image ISO</b> pour spécifier le chemin d'accès\n"
"à l'image ISO.</p>"
# TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85
@@ -2958,23 +2783,18 @@
"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n"
"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to "
-"Directory\n"
+"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n"
"or ISO Image</b>. \n"
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Serveur et dossier</b></big><br>\n"
-"Utilisez <b>Nom du serveur</b> et <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier ou à l'image "
-"ISO</b>\n"
-"pour spécifier le nom d'hôte du serveur NFS et le chemin d'accès sur le "
-"serveur.\n"
-"Pour activer l'authentification, décochez la case <b>Anonyme</b> et "
-"spécifiez\n"
+"Utilisez <b>Nom du serveur</b> et <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier ou à l'image ISO</b>\n"
+"pour spécifier le nom d'hôte du serveur NFS et le chemin d'accès sur le serveur.\n"
+"Pour activer l'authentification, décochez la case <b>Anonyme</b> et spécifiez\n"
"le <b>Nom d'utilisateur</b> et le <b>Mot de passe</b>.<p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Pour un dépôt SMB/CIFS, spécifiez le nom du <b>Partage</b> et le <b>Chemin "
-"d'accès au dossier\n"
+"Pour un dépôt SMB/CIFS, spécifiez le nom du <b>Partage</b> et le <b>Chemin d'accès au dossier\n"
"ou l'image ISO</b>. \n"
"Si l'emplacement est un fichier contenant une image ISO\n"
"du support de données, utilisez <b>Image ISO</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2985,8 +2805,7 @@
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Il est possible de choisir le numéro de <b>Port</b>pour un dépôt "
-"HTTP/HTTPS.\n"
+"<p>Il est possible de choisir le numéro de <b>Port</b>pour un dépôt HTTP/HTTPS.\n"
"Laisser vide pour utiliser le port par défaut.</p>\n"
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
@@ -3030,8 +2849,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Les CD du produit peuvent être copiés sur le disque dur.\n"
-"Entrez le chemin vers l'emplacement du premier CD, par exemple /data1/<b>CD1<"
-"/b>.\n"
+"Entrez le chemin vers l'emplacement du premier CD, par exemple /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n"
"Seul le chemin de base est nécessaire si tous les CD sont copiés\n"
"dans le même dossier.</p>\n"
@@ -3074,17 +2892,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
-"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download "
-"the\n"
+"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n"
"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n"
"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Télécharger les fichiers</b><br>\n"
"Chaque dépôt possède des fichiers de description qui décrivent le contenu du\n"
-"dépôt. Cochez <b>Télécharger les fichiers de description du dépôt</b> pour "
-"télécharger les \n"
-"fichiers lors de la fermeture de ce module YaST. Si l'option est décochée, "
-"YaST téléchargera\n"
+"dépôt. Cochez <b>Télécharger les fichiers de description du dépôt</b> pour télécharger les \n"
+"fichiers lors de la fermeture de ce module YaST. Si l'option est décochée, YaST téléchargera\n"
"automatiquement les fichiers lorsqu'il en aura besoin ultérieurement. </p>\n"
#. dialog caption
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/pam.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-11 13:51+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Patricia Vaz <Patricia.Vaz(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Français\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.1\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-09 13:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fabien Crespel <fabien(a)crespel.net>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-08 16:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-08 09:53+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-10 15:51+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:50+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
@@ -359,20 +359,12 @@
msgstr "&Annuler"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
-msgid ""
-"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system "
-"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuler le remplacement</a> des "
-"paquets système par les versions du dépôt %2</small></p>"
+msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
+msgstr "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuler le remplacement</a> des paquets système par les versions du dépôt %2</small></p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
-msgid ""
-"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the "
-"versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Remplacer les paquets système</a> par les "
-"versions de ce dépôt (%2)</p>"
+msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Remplacer les paquets système</a> par les versions de ce dépôt (%2)</p>"
# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__66
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
@@ -406,16 +398,8 @@
msgstr "Erreur : espace disque insuffisant !"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you "
-"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not "
-"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and "
-"deselect some packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout mais vous courez le risque de "
-"corrompre votre système qui nécessitera alors des réparations manuelles. Si "
-"vous n'êtes pas absolument certain de la procédure à suivre dans un tel cas, "
-"appuyez maintenant sur <b>Annuler</b> et désélectionnez certains paquets.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout mais vous courez le risque de corrompre votre système qui nécessitera alors des réparations manuelles. Si vous n'êtes pas absolument certain de la procédure à suivre dans un tel cas, appuyez maintenant sur <b>Annuler</b> et désélectionnez certains paquets.</p>"
# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__23
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
@@ -442,12 +426,8 @@
msgstr "Modifications automatiques"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301
-msgid ""
-"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been "
-"changed to resolve dependencies:"
-msgstr ""
-"Outre vos sélections manuelles, les paquets suivants ont été modifiés pour "
-"résoudre des dépendances :"
+msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
+msgstr "Outre vos sélections manuelles, les paquets suivants ont été modifiés pour résoudre des dépendances :"
# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__23
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
@@ -462,12 +442,8 @@
msgstr "Paquets non supportés"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322
-msgid ""
-"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or "
-"requires an additional customer contract for support."
-msgstr ""
-"Comprenez bien que les logiciels sélectionnés suivants sont soit non "
-"supportés, soit requièrent un contrat client supplémentaire pour le support."
+msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support."
+msgstr "Comprenez bien que les logiciels sélectionnés suivants sont soit non supportés, soit requièrent un contrat client supplémentaire pour le support."
# TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__2
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421
@@ -481,219 +457,101 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65
-msgid ""
-"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for "
-"details."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Note :</b> Ceci n'est qu'un bref aperçu. Consultez votre manuel pour plus "
-"de détails."
+msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details."
+msgstr "<b>Note :</b> Ceci n'est qu'un bref aperçu. Consultez votre manuel pour plus de détails."
#. Help specific to online update mode
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72
msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans cette boîte de dialogue, sélectionnez les correctifs à télécharger et à "
-"installer."
+msgstr "Dans cette boîte de dialogue, sélectionnez les correctifs à télécharger et à installer."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73
-msgid ""
-"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the "
-"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the "
-"(estimated) download size."
-msgstr ""
-"La liste à gauche répertorie les correctifs disponibles ainsi que leur type "
-"(sécurité, recommandé ou optionnel) et la taille (estimée) de téléchargement."
+msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size."
+msgstr "La liste à gauche répertorie les correctifs disponibles ainsi que leur type (sécurité, recommandé ou optionnel) et la taille (estimée) de téléchargement."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76
-msgid ""
-"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your "
-"system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> "
-"check box below the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette liste ne contient normalement que les correctifs qui ne sont pas encore "
-"installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez changer cela à l'aide de la case à "
-"cocher <b>Inclure les correctifs installés</b> sous la liste."
+msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list."
+msgstr "Cette liste ne contient normalement que les correctifs qui ne sont pas encore installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez changer cela à l'aide de la case à cocher <b>Inclure les correctifs installés</b> sous la liste."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78
-msgid ""
-"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the "
-"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description "
-"here."
-msgstr ""
-"Le champ <b>Description du correctif</b> contient une explication plus "
-"complète au sujet du correctif actuellement sélectionné. Cliquez sur un "
-"correctif dans la liste pour afficher sa description ici."
+msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here."
+msgstr "Le champ <b>Description du correctif</b> contient une explication plus complète au sujet du correctif actuellement sélectionné. Cliquez sur un correctif dans la liste pour afficher sa description ici."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80
-msgid ""
-"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently "
-"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete "
-"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is "
-"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
-msgstr ""
-"La liste de paquets à droite affiche le contenu du correctif actuellement "
-"sélectionné, c'est à dire, les paquets qu'il contient. Vous ne pouvez pas "
-"installer ou supprimer individuellement des paquets appartenant à un "
-"correctif, mais seulement le correctif dans son ensemble. Ceci est "
-"intentionnel afin d'éviter des incohérences du système."
+msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
+msgstr "La liste de paquets à droite affiche le contenu du correctif actuellement sélectionné, c'est à dire, les paquets qu'il contient. Vous ne pouvez pas installer ou supprimer individuellement des paquets appartenant à un correctif, mais seulement le correctif dans son ensemble. Ceci est intentionnel afin d'éviter des incohérences du système."
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list )
#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88
-msgid ""
-"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter "
-"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"Outre les <b>correctifs</b>, vous pouvez également sélectionner une des "
-"autres vues de filtrage dans <b>Filtre</b> en haut à gauche :"
+msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
+msgstr "Outre les <b>correctifs</b>, vous pouvez également sélectionner une des autres vues de filtrage dans <b>Filtre</b> en haut à gauche :"
#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96
-msgid ""
-"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can "
-"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans cette boite de dialogue, sélectionnez les paquets à installer, mettre à "
-"jour ou supprimer. Vous pouvez sélectionner des paquets individuellement ou "
-"des \"sélections\" de paquets dans leur intégralité."
+msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
+msgstr "Dans cette boite de dialogue, sélectionnez les paquets à installer, mettre à jour ou supprimer. Vous pouvez sélectionner des paquets individuellement ou des \"sélections\" de paquets dans leur intégralité."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98
-msgid ""
-"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or "
-"right-click it to open a context menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur l'icône d'état pour un paquet ou une sélection pour changer "
-"l'état ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris pour ouvrir un menu "
-"contextuel."
+msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur l'icône d'état pour un paquet ou une sélection pour changer l'état ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris pour ouvrir un menu contextuel."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100
-msgid ""
-"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. "
-"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only "
-"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check "
-"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn "
-"you if there are dependency conflicts."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilisez le bouton <b>Vérifier les dépendances</b> pour résoudre les "
-"dépendances. Certains paquets requièrent d'autres paquets pour être "
-"installés. Mais aussi, certains paquets ne peuvent être installés que si "
-"d'autres paquets ne sont pas installés. Ce processus de vérification va "
-"automatiquement marquer les paquets nécessaires et vous avertira s'il y a des "
-"conflits au niveau des dépendances."
+msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts."
+msgstr "Utilisez le bouton <b>Vérifier les dépendances</b> pour résoudre les dépendances. Certains paquets requièrent d'autres paquets pour être installés. Mais aussi, certains paquets ne peuvent être installés que si d'autres paquets ne sont pas installés. Ce processus de vérification va automatiquement marquer les paquets nécessaires et vous avertira s'il y a des conflits au niveau des dépendances."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105
-msgid ""
-"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically "
-"be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous quittez cette boite de dialogue en appuyant sur <b>Accepter</b>, "
-"cette vérification sera automatiquement réalisée."
+msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed."
+msgstr "Si vous quittez cette boite de dialogue en appuyant sur <b>Accepter</b>, cette vérification sera automatiquement réalisée."
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list)
#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111
-msgid ""
-"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at "
-"the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez une des vues de filtres disponibles avec la boîte <b>Filtre</b> "
-"en haut à gauche :"
+msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:"
+msgstr "Sélectionnez une des vues de filtres disponibles avec la boîte <b>Filtre</b> en haut à gauche :"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115
-msgid ""
-"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically "
-"belong together."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Sélections</b> affiche certains jeux prédéfinis de paquets qui vont "
-"logiquement ensemble."
+msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together."
+msgstr "<b>Sélections</b> affiche certains jeux prédéfinis de paquets qui vont logiquement ensemble."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116
-msgid ""
-"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also "
-"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
-msgstr ""
-"Utiliser la case à cocher de la sélection pour la sélectionner dans son "
-"ensemble.Vous pouvez également sélectionner ou désélectionner des paquets "
-"individuellement dans la liste de paquets à droite."
+msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
+msgstr "Utiliser la case à cocher de la sélection pour la sélectionner dans son ensemble.Vous pouvez également sélectionner ou désélectionner des paquets individuellement dans la liste de paquets à droite."
#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124
-msgid ""
-"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse "
-"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display "
-"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Groupes de paquets</b> affiche les paquets par catégorie. Vous pouvez "
-"déployer ou masquer des éléments de l'arborescence pour préciser ou "
-"généraliser des catégories. Cliquez sur une catégorie pour afficher les "
-"paquets de cette catégorie dans la liste de paquets à droite."
+msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side."
+msgstr "<b>Groupes de paquets</b> affiche les paquets par catégorie. Vous pouvez déployer ou masquer des éléments de l'arborescence pour préciser ou généraliser des catégories. Cliquez sur une catégorie pour afficher les paquets de cette catégorie dans la liste de paquets à droite."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127
-msgid ""
-" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that "
-"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Astuce :</b> il existe une entrée \"zzz Tous\" à la fin de cette liste qui "
-"affiche tous les paquets. Ceci peut prendre quelques secondes sur des "
-"machines lentes."
+msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
+msgstr "<b>Astuce :</b> il existe une entrée \"zzz Tous\" à la fin de cette liste qui affiche tous les paquets. Ceci peut prendre quelques secondes sur des machines lentes."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130
-msgid ""
-"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. "
-"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Recherche</b> vous permet de rechercher des paquets en fonction de divers "
-"critères. C'est généralement la méthode la plus simple pour trouver un paquet "
-"dont vous connaissez le nom."
+msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
+msgstr "<b>Recherche</b> vous permet de rechercher des paquets en fonction de divers critères. C'est généralement la méthode la plus simple pour trouver un paquet dont vous connaissez le nom."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a "
-"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Astuce :</b> vous pouvez aussi utiliser cela pour savoir quel paquet "
-"contient une certaine bibliothèque. Recherchez dans le champ RPM <b>Fournit<"
-"/b>."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
+msgstr "<b>Astuce :</b> vous pouvez aussi utiliser cela pour savoir quel paquet contient une certaine bibliothèque. Recherchez dans le champ RPM <b>Fournit</b>."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135
-msgid ""
-"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- "
-"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Résumé de l'installation</b> par défaut affiche les modifications "
-"apportées à votre système -- quels paquets seront installés, supprimés ou "
-"actualisés."
+msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
+msgstr "<b>Résumé de l'installation</b> par défaut affiche les modifications apportées à votre système -- quels paquets seront installés, supprimés ou actualisés."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137
-msgid ""
-"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <"
-"b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can "
-"see all changes that will be made to your system."
-msgstr ""
-"C'est généralement une bonne idée d'utiliser l'option <b>Vérifier les "
-"dépendances</b> puis d'afficher le <b>Résumé de l'installation</b> avant de "
-"cliquer sur <b>Accepter</b>. Ainsi, vous pouvez voir tous les changements qui "
-"seront opérés sur votre système."
+msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system."
+msgstr "C'est généralement une bonne idée d'utiliser l'option <b>Vérifier les dépendances</b> puis d'afficher le <b>Résumé de l'installation</b> avant de cliquer sur <b>Accepter</b>. Ainsi, vous pouvez voir tous les changements qui seront opérés sur votre système."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140
-msgid ""
-"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; "
-"use the check boxes at the left side."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez également sélectionner quels paquets dans quel état vous désirez "
-"voir ici ; utilisez les cases à cocher à gauche."
+msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side."
+msgstr "Vous pouvez également sélectionner quels paquets dans quel état vous désirez voir ici ; utilisez les cases à cocher à gauche."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what "
-"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck "
-"everything else."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Astuce :</b> vous pouvez aussi inverser l'effet de ce filtre. Vous pouvez "
-"voir quels paquets demeurent inchangés sur votre système. Cochez simplement <"
-"b>Conserver</b> et désélectionnez tout le reste."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else."
+msgstr "<b>Astuce :</b> vous pouvez aussi inverser l'effet de ce filtre. Vous pouvez voir quels paquets demeurent inchangés sur votre système. Cochez simplement <b>Conserver</b> et désélectionnez tout le reste."
# TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__49
#. Make sure all images used here are specified in
@@ -749,12 +607,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions "
-"are the same)."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce paquet est déjà installé. L'actualiser ou le réinstaller (s'il s'agit de "
-"la même version)."
+msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)."
+msgstr "Ce paquet est déjà installé. L'actualiser ou le réinstaller (s'il s'agit de la même version)."
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__155
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
@@ -779,22 +633,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199
-msgid ""
-"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any "
-"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other "
-"packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce paquet n'est pas installé et ne doit surtout pas l'être, tout spécialement "
-"en raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter "
-"d'autres paquets. "
+msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "Ce paquet n'est pas installé et ne doit surtout pas l'être, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets. "
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316
-msgid ""
-"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any "
-"installation media."
-msgstr ""
-"Les paquets définis comme \"tabou\" sont traités comme s'ils n'existaient sur "
-"aucun support d'installation."
+msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media."
+msgstr "Les paquets définis comme \"tabou\" sont traités comme s'ils n'existaient sur aucun support d'installation."
# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__42
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
@@ -804,22 +648,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209
-msgid ""
-"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because "
-"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce paquet est installé et ne devrait pas être modifié, tout spécialement en "
-"raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres "
-"paquets."
+msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "Ce paquet est installé et ne devrait pas être modifié, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213
-msgid ""
-"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by "
-"newer versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Utiliser cet état pour des paquets commerciaux qui ne devraient pas être "
-"remplacés par des versions plus récentes qui pourraient faire partie de la "
-"distribution."
+msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "Utiliser cet état pour des paquets commerciaux qui ne devraient pas être remplacés par des versions plus récentes qui pourraient faire partie de la distribution."
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__123
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
@@ -830,18 +664,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220
-msgid ""
-"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce paquet sera installé automatiquement car un autre paquet le requiert."
+msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it."
+msgstr "Ce paquet sera installé automatiquement car un autre paquet le requiert."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Astuce :</b> vous pouvez avoir à utiliser \"tabou\" pour vous défaire d'un "
-"tel paquet."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
+msgstr "<b>Astuce :</b> vous pouvez avoir à utiliser \"tabou\" pour vous défaire d'un tel paquet."
# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__109
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
@@ -852,12 +680,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer "
-"version, so it will automatically be updated."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce paquet est déjà installé, mais d'autres paquets requièrent une version "
-"plus récente ; il sera donc mis à jour automatiquement."
+msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated."
+msgstr "Ce paquet est déjà installé, mais d'autres paquets requièrent une version plus récente ; il sera donc mis à jour automatiquement."
# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__110
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
@@ -868,18 +692,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it "
-"is deleted."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce paquet est déjà installé, mais pour satisfaire à des dépendances il doit "
-"être supprimé."
+msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted."
+msgstr "Ce paquet est déjà installé, mais pour satisfaire à des dépendances il doit être supprimé."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236
msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one."
-msgstr ""
-"Cela peut se produire, par exemple, si d'autres paquets rendent celui-ci "
-"obsolète."
+msgstr "Cela peut se produire, par exemple, si d'autres paquets rendent celui-ci obsolète."
# TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__27
#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager
@@ -901,12 +719,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278
-msgid ""
-"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the "
-"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
-msgstr ""
-"Obtenir ce paquet. L'installer s'il ne l'est pas encore. L'actualiser s'il "
-"est installé et qu'une version plus récente existe. "
+msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
+msgstr "Obtenir ce paquet. L'installer s'il ne l'est pas encore. L'actualiser s'il est installé et qu'une version plus récente existe. "
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__406
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
@@ -916,21 +730,13 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287
-msgid ""
-"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed "
-"yet. Delete it if it is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Supprimer ce paquet. Le marquer comme \"ne pas installer\" s'il n'est pas "
-"encore installé. Le supprimer s'il est installé."
+msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed."
+msgstr "Supprimer ce paquet. Le marquer comme \"ne pas installer\" s'il n'est pas encore installé. Le supprimer s'il est installé."
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295
-msgid ""
-"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore "
-"packages that are not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Actualiser ce paquet s'il est installé et qu'une version plus récente existe. "
-"Ignorer les paquets qui ne sont pas installés."
+msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed."
+msgstr "Actualiser ce paquet s'il est installé et qu'une version plus récente existe. Ignorer les paquets qui ne sont pas installés."
# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__168
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
@@ -940,24 +746,13 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304
-msgid ""
-"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently "
-"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Annuler l'effet de \">\" ci-dessus : marquer le paquet pour le \"conserver\" "
-"s'il est actuellement marqué pour une \"mise à jour\". Ignorer tous les "
-"autres paquets."
+msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
+msgstr "Annuler l'effet de \">\" ci-dessus : marquer le paquet pour le \"conserver\" s'il est actuellement marqué pour une \"mise à jour\". Ignorer tous les autres paquets."
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package "
-"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies "
-"that other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"Marquer ce paquet comme \"tabou\" s'il n'est pas installé : cela garantit "
-"qu'il ne sera pas installé, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non "
-"résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets."
+msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "Marquer ce paquet comme \"tabou\" s'il n'est pas installé : cela garantit qu'il ne sera pas installé, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets."
# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__31
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
@@ -967,22 +762,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package "
-"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that "
-"other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"Définir ce paquet comme \"protégé\" s'il n'est pas installé : cela garantit "
-"qu'il ne sera pas installé, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non "
-"résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets."
+msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "Définir ce paquet comme \"protégé\" s'il n'est pas installé : cela garantit qu'il ne sera pas installé, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328
-msgid ""
-"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer "
-"versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Utiliser cela pour des paquets tiers qui ne devraient pas être remplacés par "
-"des versions plus récentes qui pourraient faire partie de la distribution."
+msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "Utiliser cela pour des paquets tiers qui ne devraient pas être remplacés par des versions plus récentes qui pourraient faire partie de la distribution."
# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__137
#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248
@@ -1051,13 +836,8 @@
msgstr "Créer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the "
-"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Utilisez cette option pour générer des journaux complets afin d'aider à la "
-"détection des erreurs dans le résolveur de dépendances. Les journaux seront "
-"stockés dans le répertoire <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p>Utilisez cette option pour générer des journaux complets afin d'aider à la détection des erreurs dans le résolveur de dépendances. Les journaux seront stockés dans le répertoire <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395
@@ -1065,12 +845,8 @@
msgstr "Cas de test du résolveur"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410
-msgid ""
-"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>"
-"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cas de test du résolveur de dépendances écrit dans <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>"
-"Préparer l'archive <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> à attacher à Bugzilla ?</p>"
+msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cas de test du résolveur de dépendances écrit dans <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Préparer l'archive <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> à attacher à Bugzilla ?</p>"
# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__38
#. parent
@@ -1080,13 +856,8 @@
#. caption
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check "
-"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Erreur</b> lors de la création d'un cas de test du résolveur de "
-"dépendances</p><p>Vérifiez l'espace disque et les permissions pour <tt>%1</tt>"
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Erreur</b> lors de la création d'un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances</p><p>Vérifiez l'espace disque et les permissions pour <tt>%1</tt></p>"
# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__43
#. startsWith
@@ -1927,8 +1698,7 @@
"<p>Raisons possibles :</p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li>Ils sont rendus obsolètes par d'autres paquets\n"
-"<li>Il n'existe pas de version plus récente pour une mise à jour sur les "
-"supports d'installation\n"
+"<li>Il n'existe pas de version plus récente pour une mise à jour sur les supports d'installation\n"
"<li>Ce sont des paquets tierces\n"
"</ul>\n"
"</p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
@@ -84,8 +84,7 @@
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
msgstr ""
-"Vous avez cliqué sur le bouton droit de la souris au lieu d'utiliser le "
-"bouton gauche.\n"
+"Vous avez cliqué sur le bouton droit de la souris au lieu d'utiliser le bouton gauche.\n"
"Permuter les boutons gauche et droit de la souris ?"
#. Popup dialog caption
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-10 15:53+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 19:18+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Sylvain Tostain <locnar(a)gmx.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-08 17:29+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Benoît Monin <benoit.monin(a)gmx.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
@@ -574,11 +574,12 @@
"The product cannot be registered."
msgstr ""
+# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__17
#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control
#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
msgid "Really abort?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Faut-il vraiment interrompre ?"
#. dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-04 21:03+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French Team <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 08:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 09:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-13 11:16+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-04 17:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-09 14:06+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-09 14:01+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
@@ -47,48 +47,24 @@
# Pas de majuscule à systemd, même en début de phrase, comme openSUSE ;)
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units "
-"whose job is to activate services and other units."
-msgstr ""
-"systemd est un gestionnaire de systèmes et de services pour Linux. Il se "
-"compose d'unités dont la tâche est d'activer des services et d'autres "
-"unités. "
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr "systemd est un gestionnaire de systèmes et de services pour Linux. Il se compose d'unités dont la tâche est d'activer des services et d'autres unités. "
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink "
-"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man "
-"page."
-msgstr ""
-"L'unité cible par défaut est habituellement activée au démarrage. Vous "
-"devriez trouver un lien symbolique dans chemin/etc/systemd/system/default."
-"target. La page man de systemd vous en dira plus."
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr "L'unité cible par défaut est habituellement activée au démarrage. Vous devriez trouver un lien symbolique dans chemin/etc/systemd/system/default.target. La page man de systemd vous en dira plus."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with "
-"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
-msgstr ""
-"La cible multi-utilisateur sert à configurer un système multi-utilisateur "
-"non graphique avec réseau qui soit adapté aux serveurs (similaire au "
-"runlevel 3)"
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr "La cible multi-utilisateur sert à configurer un système multi-utilisateur non graphique avec réseau qui soit adapté aux serveurs (similaire au runlevel 3)"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
-msgid ""
-"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which "
-"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
-msgstr ""
-"Cible graphique pour configurer un écran de connexion graphique avec "
-"réseau : adapté aux stations de travail (similaire à runlevel 5)."
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr "Cible graphique pour configurer un écran de connexion graphique avec réseau : adapté aux stations de travail (similaire à runlevel 5)."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
-msgid ""
-"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with "
-"graphical target."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous ne savez pas quelle est la meilleure option pour vous, choisissez la "
-"cible graphique."
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr "Si vous ne savez pas quelle est la meilleure option pour vous, choisissez la cible graphique."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
msgid "Available Targets"
@@ -107,45 +83,33 @@
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235
msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
-msgstr ""
-"L'installation Live suppose généralement une interface graphique complète "
-"sur le système cible"
+msgstr "L'installation Live suppose généralement une interface graphique complète sur le système cible"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
-msgstr ""
-"Généralement, la connexion série ne supporte pas une interface graphique"
+msgstr "Généralement, la connexion série ne supporte pas une interface graphique"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242
msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
-msgstr ""
-"L'installation en mode texte suppose l'absence d'interface graphique sur le "
-"système cible"
+msgstr "L'installation en mode texte suppose l'absence d'interface graphique sur le système cible"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249
msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
-msgstr ""
-"L'utilisation d'un VNC suppose la présence d'une interface graphique sur le "
-"système cible"
+msgstr "L'utilisation d'un VNC suppose la présence d'une interface graphique sur le système cible"
# Garder l'acronyme GUI ?
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252
msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
-msgstr ""
-"Le mode d'installation SSH suppose l'absence d'interface graphique sur le "
-"système cible"
+msgstr "Le mode d'installation SSH suppose l'absence d'interface graphique sur le système cible"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255
msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
msgstr "Les paquets X11 n'ont pas été sélectionnés pour l'installation"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258
-msgid ""
-"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
-msgstr ""
-"Cette recommandation est basée sur l'analyse des autres paramètres "
-"d'installation"
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr "Cette recommandation est basée sur l'analyse des autres paramètres d'installation"
#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
@@ -270,35 +234,26 @@
"The current setup does not provide any functionality now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
-"La configuration actuelle ne fournit aucune fonctionnalité pour le moment.</"
-"p>"
+"La configuration actuelle ne fournit aucune fonctionnalité pour le moment.</p>"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
-"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from "
-"the \n"
+"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n"
" list of services.</p>\n"
-"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is "
-"enabled\n"
+"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n"
"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
-"Cette proposition d'installation vous permet d'activer et de démarrer un "
-"service\n"
+"Cette proposition d'installation vous permet d'activer et de démarrer un service\n"
"depuis la liste des services.</p>\n"
-"<p>Elle peut aussi ouvrir des ports de pare-feu pour un service si le pare-"
-"feu\n"
+"<p>Elle peut aussi ouvrir des ports de pare-feu pour un service si le pare-feu\n"
"est activé et qu'un service particulier a besoin de les avoir ouverts.</p>\n"
# Ne pas traduire %toggled, %switched et %link : ils seront remplacés à l'exécution du programme.
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched "
-"%link"
-msgstr ""
-"Le service %service sera %toggled et l'état du port du pare-feu sera "
-"%switched %link"
+msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link"
+msgstr "Le service %service sera %toggled et l'état du port du pare-feu sera %switched %link"
# Ne pas traduire %toggled, %switched et %link : ils seront remplacés à l'exécution du programme.
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160
@@ -331,9 +286,7 @@
#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103
msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
-msgstr ""
-"Schéma de profil de services autoyast inconnu pour « gestionnaire de "
-"services »"
+msgstr "Schéma de profil de services autoyast inconnu pour « gestionnaire de services »"
# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__43
#. AutoYast summary
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-13 11:18+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 09:03+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 18:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-30 07:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: French <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-26 10:44+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -26,10 +26,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 20:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-14 13:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-12 11:09+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Benoît Monin <benoit.monin(a)gmx.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 18:08+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Pierre Henry <pierrehenry73(a)yahoo.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: \n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n"
# TLABEL sysconfig_2002_08_07_0216__1
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 09:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/timezone_db.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 09:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 15:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
@@ -105,8 +105,7 @@
"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Créer une copie de sauvegarde des fichiers modifiés :</b>\n"
-"Enregistre seulement les fichiers modifiés qui seront remplacés lors de la "
-"mise à jour.</p>\n"
+"Enregistre seulement les fichiers modifiés qui seront remplacés lors de la mise à jour.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120
@@ -116,8 +115,7 @@
"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Créer une sauvegarde complète de\n"
-"/etc/sysconfig :</b> cela couvre tous les fichiers de configuration qui font "
-"partie du mécanisme\n"
+"/etc/sysconfig :</b> cela couvre tous les fichiers de configuration qui font partie du mécanisme\n"
"sysconfig, même ceux qui n'ont pas été remplacés.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7
@@ -129,8 +127,7 @@
"remove them.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Supprimer les anciennes sauvegardes du répertoire de\n"
-"sauvegardes :</b> Si le système actuel provient déjà d'une précédente mise à "
-"jour, il peut\n"
+"sauvegardes :</b> Si le système actuel provient déjà d'une précédente mise à jour, il peut\n"
"y avoir d'anciennes sauvegardes de fichiers de configuration. Sélectionnez\n"
"cette option pour les supprimer.</p>\n"
@@ -243,8 +240,7 @@
"software selection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Avec de nouveaux logiciels :</b> ce paramètre par défaut \n"
-"met à jour les logiciels existants et installe toutes les nouvelles fonctions "
-"et caractéristiques de\n"
+"met à jour les logiciels existants et installe toutes les nouvelles fonctions et caractéristiques de\n"
" la nouvelle version <tt>%1</tt>. La sélection est basée sur la \n"
" sélection de logiciels anciennement prédéfinie.</p>\n"
@@ -253,29 +249,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n"
"only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n"
-"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, "
-"is\n"
+"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n"
"not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Uniquement les paquets installés :</b> cette sélection met\n"
-"à jour uniquement les paquets déjà installés sur votre système. <i>"
-"Remarque :</i>\n"
-"Les nouveaux logiciels de la sélection de logiciels prédéfinie, tels que les "
-"nouveaux modules YaST ne\n"
-"seront pas disponibles après la mise à jour. Certaines fonctionnalités vous "
-"feront peut-être défaut.</p>\n"
+"à jour uniquement les paquets déjà installés sur votre système. <i>Remarque :</i>\n"
+"Les nouveaux logiciels de la sélection de logiciels prédéfinie, tels que les nouveaux modules YaST ne\n"
+"seront pas disponibles après la mise à jour. Certaines fonctionnalités vous feront peut-être défaut.</p>\n"
#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>After the update, some software might not\n"
-"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete "
-"those\n"
+"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n"
"packages during the update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Après la mise à jour, il se peut que certains logiciels ne fonctionnent\n"
-"plus. Cochez la case <b>Supprimer les paquets non maintenus</b> pour "
-"supprimer\n"
+"plus. Cochez la case <b>Supprimer les paquets non maintenus</b> pour supprimer\n"
"ces paquets lors de la mise à jour.</p>\n"
#. warning / question
@@ -287,10 +277,8 @@
"\n"
"Really continue?"
msgstr ""
-"Modifier la méthode de mise à jour vers 'Mettre à jour uniquement les "
-"paquets'\n"
-"peut résulter en un système non amorçable ou non fonctionnel si vous "
-"n'ajustez pas\n"
+"Modifier la méthode de mise à jour vers 'Mettre à jour uniquement les paquets'\n"
+"peut résulter en un système non amorçable ou non fonctionnel si vous n'ajustez pas\n"
"la liste des paquets vous même.\n"
"\n"
"Vraiment continuer ?"
@@ -345,12 +333,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched
#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154
-msgid ""
-"Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.<"
-"/a>"
-msgstr ""
-"Impossible de résoudre tous les conflits. <a href=\"%s\">Une intervention "
-"manuelle est requise.</a>"
+msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>"
+msgstr "Impossible de résoudre tous les conflits. <a href=\"%s\">Une intervention manuelle est requise.</a>"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__68
#. this is a heading
@@ -419,35 +403,25 @@
#. error message in proposal
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on "
-"the installation media (%{update_to})."
-msgstr ""
-"Le produit installé (%{update_from}) n'est pas compatible avec le produit du "
-"support d'installation (%{update_to})."
+msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})."
+msgstr "Le produit installé (%{update_from}) n'est pas compatible avec le produit du support d'installation (%{update_to})."
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
msgid ""
-"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running "
-"system.<br>\n"
+"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
"or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n"
msgstr ""
-"La mise à jour du système vers une autre version (%1 -> %2) n'est pas "
-"supporté sur le système démarré.<br>\n"
-"Veuillez démarrer sur le media d'installation et utiliser la mise à niveau "
-"normale\n"
-"ou désactiver les dépôts de logiciels de produits avec une version "
-"différente.\n"
+"La mise à jour du système vers une autre version (%1 -> %2) n'est pas supporté sur le système démarré.<br>\n"
+"Veuillez démarrer sur le media d'installation et utiliser la mise à niveau normale\n"
+"ou désactiver les dépôts de logiciels de produits avec une version différente.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
-msgstr ""
-"Attention : Mise à jour de '%1' vers '%2', les produits ne correspondent pas "
-"exactement."
+msgstr "Attention : Mise à jour de '%1' vers '%2', les produits ne correspondent pas exactement."
#. Proposal for backup during update
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194
@@ -467,12 +441,9 @@
"installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n"
"deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Options de mise à jour</big></b> Choisir comment votre système va "
-"être mis à jour.\n"
-"Choisissez si seuls les paquets installés doivent être mis à jour, ou si les "
-"nouveaux doivent aussi\n"
-"être installés (sélection par défaut). Décidez si les paquets non maintenus "
-"doivent être\n"
+"<p><b><big>Options de mise à jour</big></b> Choisir comment votre système va être mis à jour.\n"
+"Choisissez si seuls les paquets installés doivent être mis à jour, ou si les nouveaux doivent aussi\n"
+"être installés (sélection par défaut). Décidez si les paquets non maintenus doivent être\n"
"supprimés.<p>\n"
#. this is a menu entry
@@ -629,12 +600,10 @@
#. pop-up question
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
-"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected "
-"partition.\n"
+"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
-"Une possible installation incomplète a été détectée sur la partition "
-"sélectionnée.\n"
+"Une possible installation incomplète a été détectée sur la partition sélectionnée.\n"
"Etes-vous sûr de vouloir l'utiliser quand même ?"
# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__168
@@ -652,8 +621,7 @@
"\n"
"Are you sure you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-"L'initialisation du système pour la mise à niveau a échouée pour une raison "
-"inconnue.\n"
+"L'initialisation du système pour la mise à niveau a échouée pour une raison inconnue.\n"
"Il est recommandé de ne pas continuer le processus de mise à niveau.\n"
"\n"
"Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir continuer ?"
@@ -757,16 +725,14 @@
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
-"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not "
-"fit.\n"
+"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
"It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n"
"or not use a /boot partition at all.\n"
"\n"
"Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n"
msgstr ""
"Votre partition /boot est trop petite (%1 Mo).\n"
-"Il est conseillé d'avoir au moins %2 Mo sinon, il se pourrait que le nouveau "
-"noyau ne puisse pas contenir.\n"
+"Il est conseillé d'avoir au moins %2 Mo sinon, il se pourrait que le nouveau noyau ne puisse pas contenir.\n"
"Il est plus sûr d'agrandir cette partition\n"
"ou de ne pas utiliser du tout de partition /boot.\n"
"\n"
@@ -790,8 +756,7 @@
"\n"
"Si vous êtes certain que cette partition n'est pas nécessaire pour\n"
"la mise à jour (pas une partition système), cliquez sur Continuer.\n"
-"Pour vérifier ou régler les options de montage, cliquez sur Spécifier les "
-"options de montage.\n"
+"Pour vérifier ou régler les options de montage, cliquez sur Spécifier les options de montage.\n"
"Pour annuler la mise à jour, cliquez sur Annuler.\n"
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__200
@@ -861,14 +826,11 @@
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
-"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition "
-"manually\n"
+"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
"to continue the upgrade process."
msgstr ""
-"Votre système utilise une partition /var séparée qui est necessaire au "
-"processus\n"
-"de mise à niveau pour détecter les changements de nommage des disques. "
-"Sélectionnez\n"
+"Votre système utilise une partition /var séparée qui est necessaire au processus\n"
+"de mise à niveau pour détecter les changements de nommage des disques. Sélectionnez\n"
"la partition /var manuellement pour continuer le processus de mise à niveau."
# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__25
@@ -890,8 +852,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Impossible de monter la partition /var avec cette configuration de disque.\n"
+msgstr "Impossible de monter la partition /var avec cette configuration de disque.\n"
# TLABEL update_2002_03_14_2340__2
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
@@ -910,21 +871,15 @@
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705
msgid ""
-"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This "
-"is\n"
+"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
-"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change "
-"the\n"
+"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n"
"mount-by method to any other method for all partitions."
msgstr ""
-"Des partitions dans le système sur %1 sont monté par nom de périphérique "
-"noyau. Ceci\n"
-"n'est pas compatible avec la mise à jour puisque les noms de périphérique "
-"noyau ne sont\n"
-"pas persistants. Il est fortement recommandé de démarrer l'ancien système et "
-"de changer la\n"
-"méthode de montage (mount-by) vers n'importe quelle autre méthode pour toutes "
-"les partitions."
+"Des partitions dans le système sur %1 sont monté par nom de périphérique noyau. Ceci\n"
+"n'est pas compatible avec la mise à jour puisque les noms de périphérique noyau ne sont\n"
+"pas persistants. Il est fortement recommandé de démarrer l'ancien système et de changer la\n"
+"méthode de montage (mount-by) vers n'importe quelle autre méthode pour toutes les partitions."
# TLABEL update_2002_03_14_2340__3
#. error message
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 10:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 21:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: français <perkamon-fr(a)traduc.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/vpn.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
msgid "Certificate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Certificat"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
msgid "Key"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Clé"
#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
@@ -122,21 +122,23 @@
msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
+# TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__5
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
msgid "Username"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nom d'utilisateur"
+# TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__6
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mot de passe"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ajouter"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Supprimer"
#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
msgid "Show Password"
@@ -205,10 +207,11 @@
msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
msgstr ""
+# TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__16
#. Left side: global config & connection management
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration globale"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
@@ -238,11 +241,8 @@
#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible "
-"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) "
-"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
-"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available "
-"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
msgstr ""
#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
@@ -284,14 +284,15 @@
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
+# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__20
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nom"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
msgid "Description"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "description"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
@@ -317,7 +318,7 @@
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
msgid "Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Type"
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
@@ -488,8 +489,7 @@
#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
-"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the "
-"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
"The script is located at %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -14,10 +14,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:50+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Patricia Vaz <patricia(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: French <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__75
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:17:26 UTC (rev 92601)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2015-09-09 08:18:21 UTC (rev 92602)
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-31 20:32+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
@@ -74,12 +74,8 @@
#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Faites une sélection dans la liste des profils et cliquez sur Suivant pour "
-"supprimer le profil."
+msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile."
+msgstr "Faites une sélection dans la liste des profils et cliquez sur Suivant pour supprimer le profil."
# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__214
#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93
@@ -88,10 +84,8 @@
#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88
-#| msgid "Select a listed profile and press Next to edit it."
msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez un profil dans la liste et cliquez sur Modifier pour l'éditer."
+msgstr "Sélectionnez un profil dans la liste et cliquez sur Modifier pour l'éditer."
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__63
#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89
@@ -170,12 +164,8 @@
#.
#. ***************************************************************************
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and "
-"AppArmor profile settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette opération a généré l'erreur suivante. Vérifiez votre installation et "
-"les paramètres de profil d'AppArmor."
+msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings."
+msgstr "Cette opération a généré l'erreur suivante. Vérifiez votre installation et les paramètres de profil d'AppArmor."
# TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
@@ -273,9 +263,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350
msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
-msgstr ""
-"Une adresse e-mail est requise pour chaque méthode de notification "
-"sélectionnée."
+msgstr "Une adresse e-mail est requise pour chaque méthode de notification sélectionnée."
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394
msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
@@ -305,12 +293,10 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
msgid ""
-"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy "
-"enforcement \n"
+"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n"
"module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>État AppArmor</b><br>Ceci indique si le module d'application des "
-"stratégies AppArmor \n"
+"<p><b>État AppArmor</b><br>Ceci indique si le module d'application des stratégies AppArmor \n"
"est chargé et fonctionne.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444
@@ -318,8 +304,7 @@
"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n"
"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Notification des évènements de sécurité</b><br>Configurez cet outil si "
-"vous voulez \n"
+"<p><b>Notification des évènements de sécurité</b><br>Configurez cet outil si vous voulez \n"
"être averti par e-mail lorsque des violations d'accès se produisent.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
@@ -327,8 +312,7 @@
"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n"
"uses individual profiles.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Modes de profil</b><br>Utilisez cet outil pour changer la façon dont "
-"AppArmor \n"
+"<p><b>Modes de profil</b><br>Utilisez cet outil pour changer la façon dont AppArmor \n"
"utilise les profils individuels.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462
@@ -404,25 +388,16 @@
msgstr "Erreurs trouvées dans les profils AppArmor"
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the "
-"profile management tools can be used.</p> "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous devez résoudre ces problèmes pour lancer AppArmor ou utiliser les "
-"outils de gestion des profils.</p>"
+msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> "
+msgstr "<p>Vous devez résoudre ces problèmes pour lancer AppArmor ou utiliser les outils de gestion des profils.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64
msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour obtenir une description de la syntaxe des profils AppArmor, exécutez "
+msgstr "<p>Pour obtenir une description de la syntaxe des profils AppArmor, exécutez "
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the "
-"Administration guide located in the directory: "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Une documentation complète sur AppArmor est disponible dans le Guide "
-"d'administration situé dans le répertoire : "
+msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: "
+msgstr "<p>Une documentation complète sur AppArmor est disponible dans le Guide d'administration situé dans le répertoire : "
# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__46
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -483,13 +458,11 @@
# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__261
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:43
-#| msgid "&Owner permissions on"
msgid "&Owner Permissions on"
msgstr "&Activer les permissions du propriétaire"
# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__261
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:44
-#| msgid "&Owner permissions off"
msgid "&Owner Permissions off"
msgstr "&Désactiver les permissions du propriétaire"
@@ -901,88 +874,51 @@
"this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n"
"and group ownership.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Dans un système dans lequel l'option [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] est "
-"définie, \n"
-"ceci permet de passer outre la restriction de modification de "
-"l'appartenance \n"
+"<ul><li>Dans un système dans lequel l'option [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] est définie, \n"
+"ceci permet de passer outre la restriction de modification de l'appartenance \n"
"de fichier et de groupe.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n"
-"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE."
-"</li></ul>"
+"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Outrepasser tous les accès DAC, y compris l'accès en exécution ACL "
-"si \n"
-"[_POSIX_ACL] est défini. L'exclusion de l'accès DAC est couverte par "
-"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
+"<ul><li>Outrepasser tous les accès DAC, y compris l'accès en exécution ACL si \n"
+"[_POSIX_ACL] est défini. L'exclusion de l'accès DAC est couverte par CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n"
-"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is "
-"defined. \n"
+"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n"
"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions DAC sur la lecture et la "
-"recherche \n"
-"des fichiers et des répertoires, y compris les restrictions ACL si "
-"[_POSIX_ACL] est défini. \n"
+"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions DAC sur la lecture et la recherche \n"
+"des fichiers et des répertoires, y compris les restrictions ACL si [_POSIX_ACL] est défini. \n"
"L'exclusion de l'accès DAC est couverte par CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files, "
-#| "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID "
-#| "is applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>"
msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where "
-"file\n"
+"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n"
"owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n"
"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions sur les opérations autorisées "
-"sur\n"
+"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions sur les opérations autorisées sur\n"
"les fichiers, où l'ID du propriétaire du fichier doit être identique à l'ID\n"
"de l'utilisateur, sauf si CAP_FSETID est applicable.\n"
"N'outrepasse pas les restrictions MAC et DAC. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user ID "
-#| "shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits "
-#| "on that file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary "
-#| "group IDs) shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on "
-#| "that file; that the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful "
-#| "return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>"
-msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file "
-"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the "
-"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the "
-"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and "
-"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not "
-"implemented). </li></ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Outrepasse les restrictions suivantes : l'ID de l'utilisateur "
-"effectif doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors du "
-"paramétrage des bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID de ce fichier ; l'ID du groupe "
-"effectif (ou une des ID de groupes supplémentaires) doit correspondre à l'ID "
-"du propriétaire du fichier lors de la configuration du bit S_ISGID sur ce "
-"fichier ; les bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID sont vidés au retour réussi de "
-"chown(2) (non mis en œuvre). </li></ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li>Outrepasse les restrictions suivantes : l'ID de l'utilisateur effectif doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors du paramétrage des bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID de ce fichier ; l'ID du groupe effectif (ou une des ID de groupes supplémentaires) doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors de la configuration du bit S_ISGID sur ce fichier ; les bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID sont vidés au retour réussi de chown(2) (non mis en œuvre). </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n"
-"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of "
-"the process \n"
+"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n"
"receiving the signal.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Outrepasse la restriction selon laquelle l'ID de l'utilisateur réel "
-"ou effectif \n"
-"d'un processus qui envoie un signal doit correspondre à l'ID de "
-"l'utilisateur réel ou effectif \n"
+"<ul><li>Outrepasse la restriction selon laquelle l'ID de l'utilisateur réel ou effectif \n"
+"d'un processus qui envoie un signal doit correspondre à l'ID de l'utilisateur réel ou effectif \n"
"du processus qui reçoit le signal.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79
@@ -990,10 +926,8 @@
"<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Autorise la manipulation setgid(2) </li> <li> Autorise setgroups(2) "
-"</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise les gids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par "
-"socket. </li></ul>"
+"<ul><li>Autorise la manipulation setgid(2) </li> <li> Autorise setgroups(2) </li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise les gids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par socket. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85
msgid ""
@@ -1001,8 +935,7 @@
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>Autorise la manipulation setuid(2) (fsuid inclus) </li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par "
-"socket. </li></ul>"
+"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par socket. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91
msgid ""
@@ -1013,12 +946,8 @@
"supprimer toute capacité de votre ensemble autorisé de tout pid</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97
-msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</"
-"li></ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Autorise la modification des attributs de fichier S_IMMUTABLE et "
-"S_APPEND</li></ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li>Autorise la modification des attributs de fichier S_IMMUTABLE et S_APPEND</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1033,55 +962,32 @@
msgstr "<ul><li> Autoriser la diffusion, écouter la multidiffusion </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ul><li> Allow interface configuration</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</"
-#| "li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow setting debug option on sockets</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow modification of routing tables</li>"
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> Autorise la configuration des interfaces</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'administration du pare-feu IP, du masquage et de la "
-"comptabilisation</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise l'administration du pare-feu IP, du masquage et de la comptabilisation</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise le paramétrage de l'option de débogage sur les sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise la modification des tables de routage</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> Allow setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on "
-#| "sockets</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow setting promiscuous mode</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow clearing driver statistics</li>"
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n"
"<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Autorise la configuration arbitraire de la propriété d'un (groupe de) "
-"processus sur les sockets</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'association (binding) à n'importe quelle adresse pour le "
-"proxy transparent</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise la configuration arbitraire de la propriété d'un (groupe de) processus sur les sockets</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise l'association (binding) à n'importe quelle adresse pour le proxy transparent</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise la configuration du TOS (type de service)</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise la configuration du mode de promiscuité</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'effacement des statistiques du pilote</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> Allow multicasting</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow activation of ATM control sockets </li>\n"
-#| "</ul>"
msgid ""
"<li> Allows multicasting</li> \n"
"<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n"
@@ -1089,15 +995,11 @@
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Autorise le multicast</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise la lecture/l'écriture de registres spécifiques aux "
-"périphériques</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise la lecture/l'écriture de registres spécifiques aux périphériques</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'activation des sockets de contrôle ATM</li>\n"
"</ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ul><li> Allow use of RAW sockets</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>"
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>"
@@ -1106,19 +1008,12 @@
"<li> Autorise l'utilisation des sockets PACKET </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ul><li> Allow locking of shared memory segments</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow mlock and mlockall (which doesn't really have anything to do "
-#| "with IPC) </li></ul>"
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock "
-"and\n"
+"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n"
"mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Autorise le verrouillage des segments de mémoire partagée</li> "
-"<li>\n"
-" Autoriser mlock et mlockall (qui n'a pas vraiment de rapport avec IPC) </"
-"li></ul>"
+"<ul><li> Autorise le verrouillage des segments de mémoire partagée</li> <li>\n"
+" Autoriser mlock et mlockall (qui n'a pas vraiment de rapport avec IPC) </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149
msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>"
@@ -1126,25 +1021,19 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</"
-"li> \n"
+"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n"
"<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Insérer et retirer des modules du noyau - modifier le noyau sans "
-"limite</li> \n"
+"<ul><li> Insérer et retirer des modules du noyau - modifier le noyau sans limite</li> \n"
"<li> Modifier cap_bset </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ul><li> Allow ioperm/iopl access</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>"
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \n"
"<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> Autorise l'accès ioperm/iopl </li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'envoi de messages USB à tout périphérique via /proc/bus/usb "
-"</li></ul>"
+"<li> Autorise l'envoi de messages USB à tout périphérique via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165
msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>"
@@ -1155,18 +1044,10 @@
msgstr "<ul><li> Autorise ptrace() pour n'importe quel processus </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173
-#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of process accounting </li></ul>"
msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Autorise la configuration de la comptabilité des processus </li></"
-"ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> Autorise la configuration de la comptabilité des processus </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow administration of the random device</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li>"
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \n"
"<li> Allows administration of the random device</li> \n"
@@ -1176,16 +1057,9 @@
"<ul><li> Autorise la configuration de la Secure Attention Key (SAK)</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'administration du périphérique aléatoire (random)</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'examen et la configuration des quotas de disque</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise la configuration du syslog du noyau (comportement de printk)</"
-"li>"
+"<li> Autorise la configuration du syslog du noyau (comportement de printk)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> Allow setting the domain name</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow setting the hostname</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow some autofs root ioctls</li>"
msgid ""
"<li> Allows setting the domain name</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting the hostname</li> \n"
@@ -1196,8 +1070,7 @@
"<li> Autorise la configuration du nom de domaine</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise la configuration du nom d'hôte</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'appel à bdflush()</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise mount() et umount(), la configuration d'une nouvelle connexion "
-"smb</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise mount() et umount(), la configuration d'une nouvelle connexion smb</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise certains ioctl root d'autofs</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192
@@ -1215,59 +1088,32 @@
"<li> Autorise le vidage de tout le cache sur m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> Allow removing semaphores</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, "
-#| "semaphores and shared memory</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>"
msgid ""
"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n"
-"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores "
-"and shared memory</li> \n"
+"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n"
"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Autorise la suppression de sémaphores</li> \n"
-"<li> Utilisé à la place de CAP_CHOWN pour changer la propriété des files de "
-"messages IPC, des sémaphores et de la mémoire partagée</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise le verrouillage/déverrouillage de segments de mémoire "
-"partagée</li> \n"
+"<li> Utilisé à la place de CAP_CHOWN pour changer la propriété des files de messages IPC, des sémaphores et de la mémoire partagée</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise le verrouillage/déverrouillage de segments de mémoire partagée</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation de l'espace d'échange (swap)</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par "
-"socket</li>"
+"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par socket</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> Allow setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</"
-#| "li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra "
-#| "ioctls)</li>"
msgid ""
"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra "
-"ioctls)</li>"
+"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Autorise la configuration de la lecture anticipée et le vidage des "
-"buffers sur les périphériques blocs</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise la configuration de la géométrie dans le pilote de disquette "
-"(floppy)</li>\n"
+"<li> Autorise la configuration de la lecture anticipée et le vidage des buffers sur les périphériques blocs</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise la configuration de la géométrie dans le pilote de disquette (floppy)</li>\n"
"<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation de la DMA dans le pilote xd</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques md (comme ci-dessus, mais "
-"avec des ioctl supplémentaires)</li>"
+"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques md (comme ci-dessus, mais avec des ioctl supplémentaires)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow access to the nvram device</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI support driver</li>"
msgid ""
"<li> Allows tuning the ide driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows access to the nvram device</li> \n"
@@ -1276,122 +1122,74 @@
msgstr ""
"<li> Autorise la configuration du pilote ide</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'accès au périphérique nvram</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques apm_bios, serial et bttv "
-"(TV)</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise les commandes de fabricant dans le pilote de support isdn "
-"CAPI</li>"
+"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques apm_bios, serial et bttv (TV)</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise les commandes de fabricant dans le pilote de support isdn CAPI</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</"
-#| "li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow sending raw qic-117 commands</li>"
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n"
"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n"
"<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Autorise la lecture de portions non-standardisées de l'espace de "
-"configuration PCI</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise la lecture de portions non-standardisées de l'espace de configuration PCI</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'ioctl de débogage DDI pour le pilote sbpcd</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise la configuration des ports série</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'envoi de commandes qic-117 brutes</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers\n"
-#| " and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>"
msgid ""
"<li> Allows enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers\n"
" and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation du Tagged Queuing sur les "
-"contrôleurs SCSI\n"
+"<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation du Tagged Queuing sur les contrôleurs SCSI\n"
"et l'envoi de commandes SCSI arbitraires</li> \n"
-"<li> Autoriser la configuration de la clé de chiffrement sur le système de "
-"fichiers loopback</li></ul>"
+"<li> Autoriser la configuration de la clé de chiffrement sur le système de fichiers loopback</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232
msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>"
msgstr "<ul><li> Autorise l'utilisation de reboot() </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ul><li> Allow raising priority and setting priority on other (different "
-#| "UID) processes</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own "
-#| "processes and setting \n"
-#| "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>"
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different "
-"UID) processes</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own "
-"processes and setting \n"
+"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n"
"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Autorise l'augmentation de la priorité et la configuration de la "
-"priorité sur d'autres processus (UID différent)</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'utilisation de l'ordonnancement FIFO et round-robin (temps "
-"réel) sur ses propres processus et la configuration \n"
+"<ul><li> Autorise l'augmentation de la priorité et la configuration de la priorité sur d'autres processus (UID différent)</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise l'utilisation de l'ordonnancement FIFO et round-robin (temps réel) sur ses propres processus et la configuration \n"
"de l'algorithme d'ordonnancement utilisé par un autre processus.</li> \n"
-" <li> Autorise la configuration de l'affinité du processeur sur les autres "
-"processus </li></ul>"
+" <li> Autorise la configuration de l'affinité du processeur sur les autres processus </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n"
-"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling "
-"resources)</li>"
+"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Outrepasser les limites de ressources. Définir les limites de "
-"ressources.</li> \n"
+"<ul><li> Outrepasser les limites de ressources. Définir les limites de ressources.</li> \n"
"<li> Outrepasser les limites de quotas.</li> \n"
"<li> Outrepasser l'espace réservé sur le système de fichiers ext2</li> \n"
-"<li> Modifier le mode de journalisation des données sur le système de "
-"fichier ext3 (utilise les ressources de journalisation)</li>"
+"<li> Modifier le mode de journalisation des données sur le système de fichier ext3 (utilise les ressources de journalisation)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you "
-#| "can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>"
msgid ""
-"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you "
-"can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
+"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n"
"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n"
"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n"
"<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> REMARQUE : ext2 respecte fsuid lors de la vérification des "
-"remplacements de ressources, vous pouvez donc également utiliser fsuid pour "
-"les remplacements</li> \n"
-"<li> Outrepasse les restrictions de taille sur les files d'attente de "
-"messages IPC</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise les interruptions supérieures à 64 Hz depuis l'horloge temps "
-"réel</li> \n"
-"<li> Outrepasse le nombre maximum de consoles pour l'allocation de consoles</"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> REMARQUE : ext2 respecte fsuid lors de la vérification des remplacements de ressources, vous pouvez donc également utiliser fsuid pour les remplacements</li> \n"
+"<li> Outrepasse les restrictions de taille sur les files d'attente de messages IPC</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise les interruptions supérieures à 64 Hz depuis l'horloge temps réel</li> \n"
+"<li> Outrepasse le nombre maximum de consoles pour l'allocation de consoles</li> \n"
"<li> Outrepasse le nombre maximum de keymaps</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ul><li> Allow manipulation of system clock</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow irix_stime on mips</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow setting the real-time clock </li></ul>"
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li> \n"
"<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li> \n"
@@ -1402,9 +1200,6 @@
"<li> Autorise la configuration de l'horloge temps réel </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ul><li> Allow configuration of tty devices</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow vhangup() of tty </li></ul>"
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n"
"<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>"
@@ -1413,12 +1208,10 @@
"<li> Autorise vhangup() sur tty </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275
-#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>"
msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>"
msgstr "<ul><li> Autorise les aspects privilégiés de mknod() </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281
-#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow taking of leases on files </li></ul>"
msgid "<ul><li> Allows taking of leases on files </li></ul>"
msgstr "<ul><li> Autorise la prise de locations sur les fichiers </li></ul>"
@@ -1459,12 +1252,9 @@
"(into <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> file), but still permitted, so \n"
"that application's behavior is not restricted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Le <b>mode « Avertir »</b> est un mode d'apprentissage du profil qui "
-"journalise l'activité \n"
-"des applications. Toute violation des règles du profil AppArmor est "
-"journalisée \n"
-"(dans le fichier <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</li>), mais reste autorisée, de "
-"sorte \n"
+"<p>Le <b>mode « Avertir »</b> est un mode d'apprentissage du profil qui journalise l'activité \n"
+"des applications. Toute violation des règles du profil AppArmor est journalisée \n"
+"(dans le fichier <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</li>), mais reste autorisée, de sorte \n"
"que le comportement de l'application n'est pas restreint.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43
@@ -1474,11 +1264,9 @@
"but not permitted (e.g. an application cannot access files, unless it is\n"
"permitted to do so by the profile).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Lorsque le profil est en <b>mode « Appliquer »</b>, l'application est "
-"protégée par \n"
+"<p>Lorsque le profil est en <b>mode « Appliquer »</b>, l'application est protégée par \n"
"AppArmor. Les règles du profil sont imposées et leur violation journalisée,\n"
-"mais non autorisée (par exemple une application ne peut pas accéder aux "
-"fichiers, sauf\n"
+"mais non autorisée (par exemple une application ne peut pas accéder aux fichiers, sauf\n"
"si le profil lui en donne expressément le droit).</p>"
#. Button for showing active or all profiles
@@ -1577,12 +1365,9 @@
"alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security \n"
"event must be to send an alert.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>L'écran Notification d’évènement de sécurité vous permet de configurer "
-"des alertes \n"
-"e-mail lors d’évènements de sécurité. Dans les étapes suivantes, spécifiez à "
-"quelle fréquence \n"
-"les alertes sont envoyées, qui les reçoit, et quelle doit être la gravité de "
-"l’évènement de sécurité \n"
+"<p>L'écran Notification d’évènement de sécurité vous permet de configurer des alertes \n"
+"e-mail lors d’évènements de sécurité. Dans les étapes suivantes, spécifiez à quelle fréquence \n"
+"les alertes sont envoyées, qui les reçoit, et quelle doit être la gravité de l’évènement de sécurité \n"
"pour déclencher une alerte.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38
@@ -1598,23 +1383,13 @@
"had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays \n"
-#| "the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of \n"
-#| "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n"
-#| "<br>For example:<br> <tt>SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability \n"
-#| "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-#| "active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 "
-#| "16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays \n"
"the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of \n"
"individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n"
"<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 "
-"2004.</tt>\n"
+"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Notification résumée :</b> La notification résumée affiche \n"
@@ -1622,8 +1397,7 @@
"d'occurrences individuelles, ainsi que la date de la dernière occurrence. \n"
"<br>Par exemple :<br> <tt>SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability \n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 "
-"2004.</tt>\n"
+"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53
@@ -1644,12 +1418,6 @@
"autorisé ou refusé.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Verbose Notification also reports several messages that \n"
-#| "the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br>\n"
-#| "<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: PERMITTING r access to \n"
-#| "/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n"
-#| "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Verbose Notification also reports several messages that \n"
"the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br>\n"
@@ -1703,14 +1471,10 @@
"occur."
msgstr ""
"<li>Sélectionnez le <b>niveau de gravité</b> le plus bas pour lequel une \n"
-"notification doit être envoyée. Les évènements de sécurité seront "
-"journalisés et \n"
-"les notifications envoyées au moment indiqué par la fréquence lorsque les "
-"évènements \n"
-"seront de gravité égale ou supérieure au niveau sélectionné. Si la fréquence "
-"est \n"
-"1 jour, la notification sera envoyée quotidiennement, si des évènements de "
-"sécurité \n"
+"notification doit être envoyée. Les évènements de sécurité seront journalisés et \n"
+"les notifications envoyées au moment indiqué par la fréquence lorsque les évènements \n"
+"seront de gravité égale ou supérieure au niveau sélectionné. Si la fréquence est \n"
+"1 jour, la notification sera envoyée quotidiennement, si des évènements de sécurité \n"
"surviennent."
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91
@@ -1723,8 +1487,7 @@
"or services denied.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<b>Niveaux de gravité :</b> ils sont numérotés de 1 à 10, \n"
-"10 étant l'incident de sécurité le plus grave. Le fichier <b>severity.db</"
-"b> \n"
+"10 étant l'incident de sécurité le plus grave. Le fichier <b>severity.db</b> \n"
"définit le niveau de gravité des évènements de sécurité potentiels. \n"
"Les niveaux de gravité sont déterminés par l'importance des \n"
"différents évènements de sécurité, comme l'accès à certaines ressources \n"
@@ -1733,12 +1496,10 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n"
-"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</"
-"li>"
+"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li>Sélectionnez <b>Inclure les évènements de sécurité inconnus</b> si \n"
-"vous voulez inclure les évènements qui n'ont pas été évalués avec un indice "
-"de gravité.</li>"
+"vous voulez inclure les évènements qui n'ont pas été évalués avec un indice de gravité.</li>"
# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__16
#. ----------------------------
@@ -1748,15 +1509,12 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
-"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control "
-"module. \n"
+"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n"
"You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n"
"by using the suggestions made by AppArmor."
msgstr ""
-"Cet assistant présente les entrées générées par le module de contrôle "
-"d'accès AppArmor. \n"
-"Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité extrêmement robustes et "
-"optimisés \n"
+"Cet assistant présente les entrées générées par le module de contrôle d'accès AppArmor. \n"
+"Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité extrêmement robustes et optimisés \n"
"en utilisant les suggestions faites par AppArmor."
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111
@@ -1766,10 +1524,8 @@
"that display were logged during the normal application \n"
"execution test previously performed. <br>"
msgstr ""
-"AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources "
-"spécifiques \n"
-"ou que vous définissez les permissions d'exécution pour ces entrées. Les "
-"questions \n"
+"AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources spécifiques \n"
+"ou que vous définissez les permissions d'exécution pour ces entrées. Les questions \n"
"affichées ont été enregistrées lors du test d'exécution normale \n"
"de l'application précédemment mené. <br>"
@@ -1795,12 +1551,8 @@
msgstr "<b>Modes d'accès</b><br>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six "
-"modes:"
-msgstr ""
-"Les modes de permissions d'accès aux fichiers consistent en des combinaisons "
-"des six modes suivants :"
+msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:"
+msgstr "Les modes de permissions d'accès aux fichiers consistent en des combinaisons des six modes suivants :"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129
msgid "<li>r - read</li>"
@@ -1899,15 +1651,6 @@
"Incompatible avec l'exécution héritée et profil distinct."
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:162
-#| msgid ""
-#| "This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n"
-#| "be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n"
-#| "rebooting the machine. By placing the privileged section \n"
-#| "in another executable and granting unconfined \n"
-#| "execution rights, it is possible to bypass the mandatory \n"
-#| "constraints imposed on all confined processes.\n"
-#| "For more information on what is constrained, see the\n"
-#| "subdomain(7) man page."
msgid ""
"This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n"
"be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n"
@@ -1982,56 +1725,34 @@
"populaires tels que csh(1), bash(1), zsh(1)."
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>*</b> peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, "
-"sauf '/'<li>"
+msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>*</b> peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, sauf '/'<li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</"
-"li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>**</b> peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, y "
-"compris '/'</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>**</b> peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, y compris '/'</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202
msgid "<li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>?</b> peut se substituer à un caractère quelconque, sauf '/'</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>?</b> peut se substituer à un caractère quelconque, sauf '/'</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[abc]</b> se substitue à un caractère a, b ou c</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[a-c]</b> se substitue à un caractère a, b, ou c</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match "
-"cd</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> crée deux règles : une qui correspond à ab, une qui "
-"correspond à cd</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> crée deux règles : une qui correspond à ab, une qui correspond à cd</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214
msgid "<b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>"
msgstr "<b>Exécution propre</b>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:215
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n"
-#| "execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n"
-#| "environment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n"
-#| "variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize "
-#| "the\n"
-#| "enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n"
-#| "The variables are:"
msgid ""
"The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n"
"execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n"
@@ -2089,7 +1810,6 @@
#. for the updated permissions and filename
#. for the profile entry
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:292
-#| msgid "Profile Entry For "
msgid "Profile Entry for "
msgstr "Entrée de profil pour"
@@ -2178,18 +1898,13 @@
#. Update table values
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602
msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined."
-msgstr ""
-"L'entrée ne sera pas ajoutée. Le nom ou les autorisations de l'entrée ne "
-"sont pas définis."
+msgstr "L'entrée ne sera pas ajoutée. Le nom ou les autorisations de l'entrée ne sont pas définis."
#. Prompts the user for a hatname
#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"]
#. returns true (hat entered)
#. false (user aborted)
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Please enter the name of the Hat that you would like \n"
-#| "to add to the profile"
msgid ""
"Enter the name of the Hat that you would like \n"
"to add to the profile\n"
@@ -2215,35 +1930,17 @@
"enter a hat name to create a new hat, or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
msgstr ""
"Vous n'avez pas donné de nom au hat que vous voulez ajouter.\n"
-"Veuillez entrer un nom de hat pour en créer un nouveau, ou cliquez sur "
-"Abandonner pour annuler cet assistant."
+"Veuillez entrer un nom de hat pour en créer un nouveau, ou cliquez sur Abandonner pour annuler cet assistant."
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Please enter a "
-#| "different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
-msgid ""
-"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name "
-"or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
-msgstr ""
-"Le profil contient déjà le nom du hat fourni. Saisissez un nouveau nom ou "
-"cliquez sur Interrompre pour arrêter cet assistant."
+msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
+msgstr "Le profil contient déjà le nom du hat fourni. Saisissez un nouveau nom ou cliquez sur Interrompre pour arrêter cet assistant."
#. FIXME: format these texts better
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual "
-#| "profile. \n"
-#| "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a "
-#| "modification dialog.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing "
-"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ce formulaire vous permet d'afficher et de modifier le contenu d'un "
-"profil donné. Pour les entrées existantes, double-cliquez sur les "
-"permissions pour accéder à une boîte de dialogue de modification.</p>"
+msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Ce formulaire vous permet d'afficher et de modifier le contenu d'un profil donné. Pour les entrées existantes, double-cliquez sur les permissions pour accéder à une boîte de dialogue de modification.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933
@@ -2255,128 +1952,88 @@
"U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Définition des permissions :</b><br><code> r - lecture <br> \n"
-"w - écriture<br>l - lien<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - verrouillage du "
-"fichier<br>\n"
-"a - ajout au fichier<br>x - exécution<br> i - hérité<br> p - profil "
-"distinct<br>\n"
+"w - écriture<br>l - lien<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - verrouillage du fichier<br>\n"
+"a - ajout au fichier<br>x - exécution<br> i - hérité<br> p - profil distinct<br>\n"
"P - profil distinct <br> (*exéc. propre)<br> u - sans contrainte<br>\n"
"U -sans contrainte<br> (*exéc. propre)</code></p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop "
-"down list.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ajouter une entrée :</b><br> Sélectionnez le type de ressource à "
-"ajouter dans la liste déroulante.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ajouter une entrée :</b><br> Sélectionnez le type de ressource à ajouter dans la liste déroulante.</p>"
#. help text - part x1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947
-#| msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile</li>"
msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><ul><li><b>Fichier</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de fichier à ce profil.</li>"
+msgstr "<p><ul><li><b>Fichier</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de fichier à ce profil.</li>"
#. help text - part x2
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951
-#| msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile</li>"
msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Répertoire</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de répertoire à ce profil.</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>Répertoire</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de répertoire à ce profil.</li>"
#. help text - part x3
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955
-#| msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile</li>"
msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Capacité</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de capacité à ce profil.</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>Capacité</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de capacité à ce profil.</li>"
#. help text - part x4
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959
msgid ""
"<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n"
-"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load "
-"time.</li>"
+"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Inclusion</b><br>Ajouter une entrée d'inclusion à ce profil. Cette "
-"option \n"
-"inclut le contenu de l'entrée de profil d'un autre fichier dans ce profil au "
-"moment du chargement.</li>"
+"<li><b>Inclusion</b><br>Ajouter une entrée d'inclusion à ce profil. Cette option \n"
+"inclut le contenu de l'entrée de profil d'un autre fichier dans ce profil au moment du chargement.</li>"
#. help text - part x5
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963
msgid ""
"<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n"
-"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the "
-"profile. \n"
+"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n"
"You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li><b>Entrée réseau</b><br>Ajouter une règle de réseau à ce profil. \n"
-"Cette option vous autorisera à spécifier les privilèges d'accès au réseau "
-"pour le profil. \n"
+"Cette option vous autorisera à spécifier les privilèges d'accès au réseau pour le profil. \n"
"Vous pouvez spécifier une famille d'adresse réseau et le type de socket.</li>"
#. help text - part x6
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile - called a Hat. \n"
-#| "This option is analagous to manually creating a new profile, which can "
-#| "selected \n"
-#| "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat "
-#| "aware</b> \n"
-#| "application. For more information on changehat please see <b>man "
-#| "changehat</b> on your \n"
-#| "system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
msgid ""
"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n"
-"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be "
-"selected\n"
+"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n"
"during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n"
"aware</b> application. \n"
-"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system "
-"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
+"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Ajouter à ce profil un sous-profil, appelé « Hat ». Cette\n"
-"option est analogue à la création manuelle d'un nouveau profil et ne peut "
-"être sélectionnée \n"
-"que lors de l'exécution dans le contexte d'une invite de la part d'une "
-"application \n"
+"option est analogue à la création manuelle d'un nouveau profil et ne peut être sélectionnée \n"
+"que lors de l'exécution dans le contexte d'une invite de la part d'une application \n"
"<b>supportant changehat</b>. \n"
-"Pour plus d'informations sur changehat, reportez-vous à <b>man changehat</b> "
-"sur votre système ou au Guide d'administration de Novell AppArmor.</li>"
+"Pour plus d'informations sur changehat, reportez-vous à <b>man changehat</b> sur votre système ou au Guide d'administration de Novell AppArmor.</li>"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__182
#. help text - part x7
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977
msgid "</ul></p><p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>Edit the selected entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"</ul></p><p><b>Modifier l'entrée :</b><br>Modifiez l'entrée sélectionnée.</p>"
+msgstr "</ul></p><p><b>Modifier l'entrée :</b><br>Modifiez l'entrée sélectionnée.</p>"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__182
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Supprimer une entrée :</b><br>Supprime l'entrée sélectionnée de ce "
-"profil.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Supprimer une entrée :</b><br>Supprime l'entrée sélectionnée de ce profil.</p>"
#. help text - part y1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n"
-"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping "
-"the environment \n"
-"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These "
-"variables are:"
+"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n"
+"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:"
msgstr ""
-"<b>*Exéc. propre</b><br>L'option Exéc. propre s'applique aux permissions "
-"d'exécution \n"
-"profil distinct et sans contrainte. Elle renforce la sécurité en supprimant "
-"certaines variables \n"
-"de l'environnement hérité par le programme enfant. Les variables sont les "
-"suivantes :"
+"<b>*Exéc. propre</b><br>L'option Exéc. propre s'applique aux permissions d'exécution \n"
+"profil distinct et sans contrainte. Elle renforce la sécurité en supprimant certaines variables \n"
+"de l'environnement hérité par le programme enfant. Les variables sont les suivantes :"
# TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__80
#. help text - part y2
@@ -2447,15 +2104,8 @@
#. Widget activated in the table
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage "
-#| "Include entries."
-msgid ""
-"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include "
-"entries."
-msgstr ""
-"Les entrées d'inclusion ne peuvent pas être modifiées. Sélectionnez Ajouter "
-"ou Supprimer pour gérer les entrées d'inclusion."
+msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries."
+msgstr "Les entrées d'inclusion ne peuvent pas être modifiées. Sélectionnez Ajouter ou Supprimer pour gérer les entrées d'inclusion."
#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294
@@ -2468,12 +2118,8 @@
msgstr "Sélectionner le fichier à inclure"
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335
-msgid ""
-"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these "
-"directories: \n"
-msgstr ""
-"Fichier #include invalide. Les fichiers inclus doivent être situés dans l'un "
-"des répertoires suivants : \n"
+msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n"
+msgstr "Fichier #include invalide. Les fichiers inclus doivent être situés dans l'un des répertoires suivants : \n"
# TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__40
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379
1
0